[Title 49 CFR ]
[Code of Federal Regulations (annual edition) - October 1, 2019 Edition]
[From the U.S. Government Publishing Office]



[[Page i]]

          

                                     Title 49

                                   Transportation
                               ________________________
                               
                                   Parts 100 to 177

                         Revised as of October 1, 2019

          Containing a codification of documents of general 
          applicability and future effect

          As of October 1, 2019
                    Published by the Office of the Federal Register 
                    National Archives and Records Administration as a 
                    Special Edition of the Federal Register

[[Page ii]]

          U.S. GOVERNMENT OFFICIAL EDITION NOTICE

          Legal Status and Use of Seals and Logos
          
          
          The seal of the National Archives and Records Administration 
              (NARA) authenticates the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) as 
              the official codification of Federal regulations established 
              under the Federal Register Act. Under the provisions of 44 
              U.S.C. 1507, the contents of the CFR, a special edition of the 
              Federal Register, shall be judicially noticed. The CFR is 
              prima facie evidence of the original documents published in 
              the Federal Register (44 U.S.C. 1510).

          It is prohibited to use NARA's official seal and the stylized Code 
              of Federal Regulations logo on any republication of this 
              material without the express, written permission of the 
              Archivist of the United States or the Archivist's designee. 
              Any person using NARA's official seals and logos in a manner 
              inconsistent with the provisions of 36 CFR part 1200 is 
              subject to the penalties specified in 18 U.S.C. 506, 701, and 
              1017.

          Use of ISBN Prefix

          This is the Official U.S. Government edition of this publication 
              and is herein identified to certify its authenticity. Use of 
              the 0-16 ISBN prefix is for U.S. Government Publishing Office 
              Official Editions only. The Superintendent of Documents of the 
              U.S. Government Publishing Office requests that any reprinted 
              edition clearly be labeled as a copy of the authentic work 
              with a new ISBN.

              
              
          U . S . G O V E R N M E N T P U B L I S H I N G O F F I C E

          ------------------------------------------------------------------

          U.S. Superintendent of Documents  Washington, DC 
              20402-0001

          http://bookstore.gpo.gov

          Phone: toll-free (866) 512-1800; DC area (202) 512-1800

[[Page iii]]




                            Table of Contents



                                                                    Page
  Explanation.................................................       v

  Title 49:
    SUBTITLE B--Other Regulations Relating to Transportation
          Chapter I--Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety 
          Administration, Department of Transportation               5
  Finding Aids:
      Table of CFR Titles and Chapters........................     943
      Alphabetical List of Agencies Appearing in the CFR......     963
      List of CFR Sections Affected...........................     973

[[Page iv]]





                     ----------------------------

                     Cite this Code: CFR
                     To cite the regulations in 
                       this volume use title, 
                       part and section number. 
                       Thus, 49 CFR 105.5 refers 
                       to title 49, part 105, 
                       section 5.

                     ----------------------------

[[Page v]]



                               EXPLANATION

    The Code of Federal Regulations is a codification of the general and 
permanent rules published in the Federal Register by the Executive 
departments and agencies of the Federal Government. The Code is divided 
into 50 titles which represent broad areas subject to Federal 
regulation. Each title is divided into chapters which usually bear the 
name of the issuing agency. Each chapter is further subdivided into 
parts covering specific regulatory areas.
    Each volume of the Code is revised at least once each calendar year 
and issued on a quarterly basis approximately as follows:

Title 1 through Title 16.................................as of January 1
Title 17 through Title 27..................................as of April 1
Title 28 through Title 41...................................as of July 1
Title 42 through Title 50................................as of October 1

    The appropriate revision date is printed on the cover of each 
volume.

LEGAL STATUS

    The contents of the Federal Register are required to be judicially 
noticed (44 U.S.C. 1507). The Code of Federal Regulations is prima facie 
evidence of the text of the original documents (44 U.S.C. 1510).

HOW TO USE THE CODE OF FEDERAL REGULATIONS

    The Code of Federal Regulations is kept up to date by the individual 
issues of the Federal Register. These two publications must be used 
together to determine the latest version of any given rule.
    To determine whether a Code volume has been amended since its 
revision date (in this case, October 1, 2019), consult the ``List of CFR 
Sections Affected (LSA),'' which is issued monthly, and the ``Cumulative 
List of Parts Affected,'' which appears in the Reader Aids section of 
the daily Federal Register. These two lists will identify the Federal 
Register page number of the latest amendment of any given rule.

EFFECTIVE AND EXPIRATION DATES

    Each volume of the Code contains amendments published in the Federal 
Register since the last revision of that volume of the Code. Source 
citations for the regulations are referred to by volume number and page 
number of the Federal Register and date of publication. Publication 
dates and effective dates are usually not the same and care must be 
exercised by the user in determining the actual effective date. In 
instances where the effective date is beyond the cut-off date for the 
Code a note has been inserted to reflect the future effective date. In 
those instances where a regulation published in the Federal Register 
states a date certain for expiration, an appropriate note will be 
inserted following the text.

OMB CONTROL NUMBERS

    The Paperwork Reduction Act of 1980 (Pub. L. 96-511) requires 
Federal agencies to display an OMB control number with their information 
collection request.

[[Page vi]]

Many agencies have begun publishing numerous OMB control numbers as 
amendments to existing regulations in the CFR. These OMB numbers are 
placed as close as possible to the applicable recordkeeping or reporting 
requirements.

PAST PROVISIONS OF THE CODE

    Provisions of the Code that are no longer in force and effect as of 
the revision date stated on the cover of each volume are not carried. 
Code users may find the text of provisions in effect on any given date 
in the past by using the appropriate List of CFR Sections Affected 
(LSA). For the convenience of the reader, a ``List of CFR Sections 
Affected'' is published at the end of each CFR volume. For changes to 
the Code prior to the LSA listings at the end of the volume, consult 
previous annual editions of the LSA. For changes to the Code prior to 
2001, consult the List of CFR Sections Affected compilations, published 
for 1949-1963, 1964-1972, 1973-1985, and 1986-2000.

``[RESERVED]'' TERMINOLOGY

    The term ``[Reserved]'' is used as a place holder within the Code of 
Federal Regulations. An agency may add regulatory information at a 
``[Reserved]'' location at any time. Occasionally ``[Reserved]'' is used 
editorially to indicate that a portion of the CFR was left vacant and 
not dropped in error.

INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

    What is incorporation by reference? Incorporation by reference was 
established by statute and allows Federal agencies to meet the 
requirement to publish regulations in the Federal Register by referring 
to materials already published elsewhere. For an incorporation to be 
valid, the Director of the Federal Register must approve it. The legal 
effect of incorporation by reference is that the material is treated as 
if it were published in full in the Federal Register (5 U.S.C. 552(a)). 
This material, like any other properly issued regulation, has the force 
of law.
    What is a proper incorporation by reference? The Director of the 
Federal Register will approve an incorporation by reference only when 
the requirements of 1 CFR part 51 are met. Some of the elements on which 
approval is based are:
    (a) The incorporation will substantially reduce the volume of 
material published in the Federal Register.
    (b) The matter incorporated is in fact available to the extent 
necessary to afford fairness and uniformity in the administrative 
process.
    (c) The incorporating document is drafted and submitted for 
publication in accordance with 1 CFR part 51.
    What if the material incorporated by reference cannot be found? If 
you have any problem locating or obtaining a copy of material listed as 
an approved incorporation by reference, please contact the agency that 
issued the regulation containing that incorporation. If, after 
contacting the agency, you find the material is not available, please 
notify the Director of the Federal Register, National Archives and 
Records Administration, 8601 Adelphi Road, College Park, MD 20740-6001, 
or call 202-741-6010.

CFR INDEXES AND TABULAR GUIDES

    A subject index to the Code of Federal Regulations is contained in a 
separate volume, revised annually as of January 1, entitled CFR Index 
and Finding Aids. This volume contains the Parallel Table of Authorities 
and Rules. A list of CFR titles, chapters, subchapters, and parts and an 
alphabetical list of agencies publishing in the CFR are also included in 
this volume.
    An index to the text of ``Title 3--The President'' is carried within 
that volume.

[[Page vii]]

    The Federal Register Index is issued monthly in cumulative form. 
This index is based on a consolidation of the ``Contents'' entries in 
the daily Federal Register.
    A List of CFR Sections Affected (LSA) is published monthly, keyed to 
the revision dates of the 50 CFR titles.

REPUBLICATION OF MATERIAL

    There are no restrictions on the republication of material appearing 
in the Code of Federal Regulations.

INQUIRIES

    For a legal interpretation or explanation of any regulation in this 
volume, contact the issuing agency. The issuing agency's name appears at 
the top of odd-numbered pages.
    For inquiries concerning CFR reference assistance, call 202-741-6000 
or write to the Director, Office of the Federal Register, National 
Archives and Records Administration, 8601 Adelphi Road, College Park, MD 
20740-6001 or e-mail [email protected].

SALES

    The Government Publishing Office (GPO) processes all sales and 
distribution of the CFR. For payment by credit card, call toll-free, 
866-512-1800, or DC area, 202-512-1800, M-F 8 a.m. to 4 p.m. e.s.t. or 
fax your order to 202-512-2104, 24 hours a day. For payment by check, 
write to: US Government Publishing Office - New Orders, P.O. Box 979050, 
St. Louis, MO 63197-9000.

ELECTRONIC SERVICES

    The full text of the Code of Federal Regulations, the LSA (List of 
CFR Sections Affected), The United States Government Manual, the Federal 
Register, Public Laws, Public Papers of the Presidents of the United 
States, Compilation of Presidential Documents and the Privacy Act 
Compilation are available in electronic format via www.govinfo.gov. For 
more information, contact the GPO Customer Contact Center, U.S. 
Government Publishing Office. Phone 202-512-1800, or 866-512-1800 (toll-
free). E-mail, [email protected].
    The Office of the Federal Register also offers a free service on the 
National Archives and Records Administration's (NARA) website for public 
law numbers, Federal Register finding aids, and related information. 
Connect to NARA's website at www.archives.gov/federal-register.
    The e-CFR is a regularly updated, unofficial editorial compilation 
of CFR material and Federal Register amendments, produced by the Office 
of the Federal Register and the Government Publishing Office. It is 
available at www.ecfr.gov.

    Oliver A. Potts,
    Director,
    Office of the Federal Register
    October 1, 2019







[[Page ix]]



                               THIS TITLE

    Title 49--Transportation is composed of nine volumes. The parts in 
these volumes are arranged in the following order: Parts 1-99, parts 
100-177, parts 178-199, parts 200-299, parts 300-399, parts 400-571, 
parts 572-999, parts 1000-1199, and part 1200 to end. The first volume 
(parts 1-99) contains current regulations issued under subtitle A--
Office of the Secretary of Transportation; the second volume (parts 100-
177) and the third volume (parts 178-199) contain the current 
regulations issued under chapter I--Pipeline and Hazardous Materials 
Safety Administration (DOT); the fourth volume (parts 200-299) contains 
the current regulations issued under chapter II--Federal Railroad 
Administration (DOT); the fifth volume (parts 300-399) contains the 
current regulations issued under chapter III--Federal Motor Carrier 
Safety Administration (DOT); the sixth volume (parts 400-571) contains 
the current regulations issued under chapter IV--Coast Guard (DHS), and 
some of chapter V--National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (DOT); 
the seventh volume (parts 572-999) contains the rest of the regulations 
issued under chapter V--National Highway Traffic Safety Administration 
(DOT), and the current regulations issued under chapter VI--Federal 
Transit Administration (DOT), chapter VII--National Railroad Passenger 
Corporation (AMTRAK), and chapter VIII--National Transportation Safety 
Board; the eighth volume (parts 1000-1199) contains some of the current 
regulations issued under chapter X--Surface Transportation Board and the 
ninth volume (part 1200 to end) contains the rest of the current 
regulations issued under chapter X--Surface Transportation Board, 
chapter XI--Research and Innovative Technology Administration (DOT), and 
chapter XII--Transportation Security Administration (DHS). The contents 
of these volumes represent all current regulations codified under this 
title of the CFR as of October 1, 2019.

    In the volume containing parts 100-177, see Sec.  172.101 for the 
Hazardous Materials Table. The Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards 
appear in part 571.

    For this volume, Ann Worley was Chief Editor. The Code of Federal 
Regulations publication program is under the direction of John Hyrum 
Martinez, assisted by Stephen J. Frattini.

[[Page 1]]



                        TITLE 49--TRANSPORTATION




                  (This book contains parts 100 to 177)

  --------------------------------------------------------------------

        SUBTITLE B--Other Regulations Relating To Transportation

                                                                    Part

chapter i--Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety 
  Administration, Department of Transportation..............         105

[[Page 3]]

        Subtitle B--Other Regulations Relating to Transportation

[[Page 5]]



   CHAPTER I--PIPELINE AND HAZARDOUS MATERIALS SAFETY ADMINISTRATION, 
                      DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION




  --------------------------------------------------------------------

        SUBCHAPTER A--HAZARDOUS MATERIALS AND OIL TRANSPORTATION
Part                                                                Page
100-104         [Reserved]

105             Hazardous Materials Program definitions and 
                    general procedures......................           7
106             Rulemaking procedures.......................          13
107             Hazardous materials program procedures......          19
109             Department of Transportation hazardous 
                    material procedural regulations.........          78
110             Hazardous materials public sector training 
                    and planning grants.....................          87
                    SUBCHAPTER B--OIL TRANSPORTATION
130             Oil spill prevention and response plans.....          90
              SUBCHAPTER C--HAZARDOUS MATERIALS REGULATIONS
171             General information, regulations, and 
                    definitions.............................          99
172             Hazardous materials table, special 
                    provisions, hazardous materials 
                    communications, emergency response 
                    information, training requirements, and 
                    security plans..........................         148
173             Shippers--general requirements for shipments 
                    and packagings..........................         458
174             Carriage by rail............................         801
175             Carriage by aircraft........................         828
176             Carriage by vessel..........................         851
177             Carriage by public highway..................         915

[[Page 7]]



         SUBCHAPTER A_HAZARDOUS MATERIALS AND OIL TRANSPORTATION



                        PARTS 100	104 [RESERVED]



PART 105_HAZARDOUS MATERIALS PROGRAM DEFINITIONS AND GENERAL 
PROCEDURES--Table of Contents



                          Subpart A_Definitions

Sec.
105.5 Definitions.

                      Subpart B_General Procedures

105.15 Defined terms used in this subpart.

                Obtaining Guidance and Public Information

105.20 Guidance and interpretations.
105.25 Reviewing public documents.
105.26 Obtaining records on file with PHMSA.
105.30 Information made available to the public and request for 
          confidential treatment.

                            Serving Documents

105.35 Serving documents in PHMSA proceedings.
105.40 Designated agents for non-residents.

                                Subpoenas

105.45 Issuing a subpoena.
105.50 Serving a subpoena.
105.55 Refusal to obey a subpoena.

    Authority: 49 U.S.C. 5101-5128; 49 CFR 1.81 and 1.97.

    Source: 67 FR 42951, June 25, 2002, unless otherwise noted.

    Editorial Note: Nomenclature changes to part 105 appear at 70 FR 
56087, Sept. 23, 2005.



                          Subpart A_Definitions



Sec.105.5  Definitions.

    (a) This part contains the definitions for certain words and phrases 
used throughout this subchapter (49 CFR parts 105 through 110). At the 
beginning of each subpart, the Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety 
Administration (``PHMSA'' or ``we'') will identify the defined terms 
that are used within the subpart--by listing them--and refer the reader 
to the definitions in this part. This way, readers will know that PHMSA 
has given a term a precise meaning and will know where to look for it.
    (b) Terms used in this part are defined as follows:
    Approval means a written authorization, including a competent 
authority approval, issued by the Associate Administrator, the Associate 
Administrator's designee, or as otherwise prescribed in the HMR, to 
perform a function for which prior authorization by the Associate 
Administrator is required under subchapter C of this chapter (49 CFR 
parts 171 through 180).
    Associate Administrator means Associate Administrator for Hazardous 
Materials Safety, Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety 
Administration.
    Competent Authority means a national agency that is responsible, 
under its national law, for the control or regulation of some aspect of 
hazardous materials (dangerous goods) transportation. Another term for 
Competent Authority is ``Appropriate authority'' which is used in the 
International Civil Aviation Organization's (ICAO) Technical 
Instructions for the Safe Transport of Dangerous Goods by Air. The 
Associate Administrator is the United States Competent Authority for 
purposes of 49 CFR part 107.
    Competent Authority Approval means an approval by the competent 
authority that is required under an international standard (for example, 
the ICAO Technical Instructions for the Safe Transport of Dangerous 
Goods by Air and the International Maritime Dangerous Goods Code). Any 
of the following may be considered a competent authority approval if it 
satisfies the requirement of an international standard:
    (1) A specific regulation in subchapter A or C of this chapter.
    (2) A special permit or approval issued under subchapter A or C of 
this chapter.
    (3) A separate document issued to one or more persons by the 
Associate Administrator.
    Federal hazardous material transportation law means 49 U.S.C. 5101 
et seq.

[[Page 8]]

    File or Filed means received by the appropriate PHMSA or other 
designated office within the time specified in a regulation or 
rulemaking document.
    Hazardous material means a substance or material that the Secretary 
of Transportation has determined is capable of posing an unreasonable 
risk to health, safety, and property when transported in commerce, and 
has designated as hazardous under section 5103 of Federal hazardous 
materials transportation law (49 U.S.C. 5103). The term includes 
hazardous substances, hazardous wastes, marine pollutants, elevated 
temperature materials, materials designated as hazardous in the 
Hazardous Materials Table (see 49 CFR 172.101), and materials that meet 
the defining criteria for hazard classes and divisions in part 173 of 
subchapter C of this chapter.
    Hazardous Materials Regulations or HMR means the regulations at 49 
CFR parts 171 through 180.
    Indian tribe has the same meaning given that term in section 4 of 
the Indian Self-Determination and Education Assistance Act (25 U.S.C. 
450b).
    Person means an individual, firm, copartnership, corporation, 
company, association, or joint-stock association (including any trustee, 
receiver, assignee, or similar representative); or a government or 
Indian tribe (or an agency or instrumentality of any government or 
Indian tribe) that transports a hazardous material to further a 
commercial enterprise or offers a hazardous material for transportation 
in commerce. Person does not include the following:
    (1) The United States Postal Service.
    (2) Any agency or instrumentality of the Federal government, for the 
purposes of 49 U.S.C. 5123 (civil penalties) and 5124 (criminal 
penalties).
    (3) Any government or Indian tribe (or an agency or instrumentality 
of any government or Indian tribe) that transports hazardous material 
for a governmental purpose.
    Political subdivision means a municipality; a public agency or other 
instrumentality of one or more States, municipalities, or other 
political body of a State; or a public corporation, board, or commission 
established under the laws of one or more States.
    Preemption determination means an administrative decision by the 
Associate Administrator that Federal hazardous materials law does or 
does not void a specific State, political subdivision, or Indian tribe 
requirement.
    Regulations issued under Federal hazardous material transportation 
law include this subchapter A (parts 105-110) and subchapter C (parts 
171-180) of this chapter, certain regulations in chapter I (United 
States Coast Guard) of title 46, Code of Federal Regulations, and in 
chapters III (Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration) and XII 
(Transportation Security Administration) of subtitle B of this title, as 
indicated by the authority citations therein.
    Special permit means a document issued by the Associate 
Administrator, the Associate Administrator's designee, or as otherwise 
prescribed in the HMR, under the authority of 49 U.S.C. 5117 permitting 
a person to perform a function that is not otherwise permitted under 
subchapter A or C of this chapter, or other regulations issued under 49 
U.S.C. 5101 et seq. (e.g., Federal Motor Carrier Safety routing 
requirements).
    State means a State of the United States, the District of Columbia, 
the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the Commonwealth of the Northern 
Mariana Islands, the Virgin Islands, American Samoa, Guam, or any other 
territory or possession of the United States designated by the 
Secretary.
    Transports or Transportation means the movement of property and 
loading, unloading, or storage incidental to the movement.
    Waiver of Preemption means a decision by the Associate Administrator 
to forego preemption of a non-Federal requirement--that is, to allow a 
State, political subdivision or Indian tribe requirement to remain in 
effect. The non-Federal requirement must provide at least as much public 
protection as the Federal hazardous materials transportation law and the 
regulations

[[Page 9]]

issued under Federal hazardous materials transportation law, and may not 
unreasonably burden commerce.

[67 FR 42951, June 25, 2002, as amended at 68 FR 52846, Sept. 8, 2003; 
70 FR 56087, Sept. 23, 2005; 70 FR 73158, Dec. 9, 2005; 80 FR 54436, 
Sept. 10, 2015]



                      Subpart B_General Procedures



Sec.105.15  Defined terms used in this subpart.

    The following defined terms (see subpart A of this part) appear in 
this subpart: Approval; Federal hazardous material transportation law; 
Hazardous material; Hazardous materials regulations; Indian tribe; 
Preemption determination; Special permit; State; Transportation; Waiver 
of preemption

[67 FR 42951, June 25, 2002, as amended at 70 FR 73159, Dec. 9, 2005]

                Obtaining Guidance and Public Information



Sec.105.20  Guidance and interpretations.

    (a) Hazardous materials regulations. You can obtain information and 
answers to your questions on compliance with the hazardous materials 
regulations (49 CFR parts 171 through 180) and interpretations of those 
regulations by contacting PHMSA's Office of Hazardous Materials Safety 
as follows:
    (1) Call the Hazardous Materials Information Center at 1-800-467-
4922 (in Washington, DC, call (202) 366-4488). The Center is staffed 
from 9 a.m. through 5 p.m. Eastern time, Monday through Friday except 
Federal holidays. After hours, you can leave a recorded message and your 
call will be returned by the next business day.
    (2) E-mail the Hazardous Materials Information Center at 
[email protected].
    (3) Obtain hazardous materials safety information via the Internet 
at http://www.phmsa.dot.gov.
    (4) Send a letter, with your return address and a daytime telephone 
number, to: Standards and Rulemaking Division, Pipeline and Hazardous 
Materials Safety Administration, Attn: PHH-10, U.S. Department of 
Transportation, East Building, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, 
DC 20590-0001.
    (b) Federal hazardous materials transportation law and preemption. 
You can obtain information and answers to your questions on Federal 
hazardous materials transportation law, 49 U.S.C. 5101 et seq., and 
Federal preemption of State, local, and Indian tribe hazardous material 
transportation requirements, by contacting PHMSA's Office of the Chief 
Counsel as follows:
    (1) Call the office of the Chief Counsel at (202) 366-4400 from 9 
a.m. to 5 p.m. Eastern time, Monday through Friday except Federal 
holidays.
    (2) Access information from the Office of the Chief Counsel via the 
Internet at http://www.phmsa.dot.gov.
    (3) Send a letter, with your return address and a daytime telephone 
number, to: Office of the Chief Counsel, Pipeline and Hazardous 
Materials Safety Administration, Attn: PHC-10, U.S. Department of 
Transportation, East Building, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, 
DC 20590-0001.
    (4) Contact the Office of the Chief Counsel for a copy of 
applications for preemption determinations, waiver of preemption 
determinations, and inconsistency rulings received by PHMSA before 
February 1, 1997.

[70 FR 56087, Sept. 23, 2005, as amended at 72 FR 55682, Oct. 1, 2007; 
76 FR 56310, Sept. 13, 2011]



Sec.105.25  Reviewing public documents.

    PHMSA is required by statute to make certain documents and 
information available to the public. You can review and copy publicly 
available documents and information at the locations described in this 
section.
    (a) DOT Docket Management System. Unless a particular document says 
otherwise, the following documents are available for public review and 
copying at the Department of Transportation's Docket Management System, 
West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., 
Washington, DC 20590-0001, or for review and downloading through the 
Internet at http://www.regulations.gov.
    (1) Rulemaking documents in proceedings started after February 1, 
1997, including notices of proposed rulemaking, advance notices of 
proposed rulemaking, public comments, related Federal Register notices, 
final rules,

[[Page 10]]

appeals, and PHMSA's decisions in response to appeals.
    (2) Applications for special permits numbered DOT-E or DOT-SP 11832 
and above. Also available are supporting data, memoranda of any informal 
meetings with applicants, related Federal Register notices, public 
comments, and decisions granting or denying applications for special 
permits.
    (3) Applications for preemption determinations and waiver of 
preemption determinations received by PHMSA after February 1, 1997. Also 
available are public comments, Federal Register notices, and PHMSA's 
rulings, determinations, decisions on reconsideration, and orders issued 
in response to those applications.
    (b) Office of Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety 
Administration's Office of Hazardous Materials Safety. (1) You may 
obtain documents (e.g., proposed and final rules, notices, letters of 
clarification, safety notices, DOT forms and other documents) by 
contacting the Hazardous Materials Information Center at 1-800-467-4922 
or through the Internet at http://www.phmsa.dot.gov.
    (2) Upon your written request, we will make the following documents 
and information available to you:
    (i) Appeals under 49 CFR part 107 and PHMSA's decisions issued in 
response to those appeals.
    (ii) Records of compliance order proceedings and PHMSA compliance 
orders.
    (iii) Applications for approvals, including supporting data, 
memoranda of any informal meetings with applicants, and decisions 
granting or denying approvals applications.
    (iv) Applications for special permits numbered below DOT-E or DOT-SP 
11832 and related background information are available for public review 
and copying at the Office of Hazardous Materials Safety, Approvals and 
Permits Division, U.S. Department of Transportation, PHH-30, East 
Building, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590-0001.
    (v) Other information about PHMSA's hazardous materials program 
required by statute to be made available to the public for review and 
copying and any other information PHMSA decides should be available to 
the public.
    (3) Your written request to review documents should include the 
following:
    (i) A detailed description of the documents you wish to review.
    (ii) Your name, address, and telephone number.
    (4) Send your written request to: Associate Administrator for 
Hazardous Materials Safety, Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety 
Administration, Attn: PHH-1, U.S. Department of Transportation, East 
Building, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590-0001.

[70 FR 56088, Sept. 23, 2005, as amended at 70 FR 73159, Dec. 9, 2005; 
72 FR 55682, Oct. 1, 2007; 76 FR 56310, Sept. 13, 2011]



Sec.105.26  Obtaining records on file with PHMSA.

    To obtain records on file with PHMSA, other than those described in 
Sec.105.25, you must file a request with PHMSA under the Freedom of 
Information Act (FOIA) (5 U.S.C. 552). The procedures for filing a FOIA 
request are contained in 49 CFR part 7.



Sec.105.30  Information made available to the public and request for
confidential treatment.

    When you submit information to PHMSA during a rulemaking proceeding, 
as part of your application for special permit or approval, or for any 
other reason, we may make that information publicly available unless you 
ask that we keep the information confidential.
    (a) Asking for confidential treatment. You may ask us to give 
confidential treatment to information you give to the agency by taking 
the following steps:
    (1) Mark ``confidential'' on each page of the original document you 
would like to keep confidential.
    (2) Send us, along with the original document, a second copy of the 
original document with the confidential information deleted.
    (3) Explain why the information you are submitting is confidential 
(for example, it is exempt from mandatory public disclosure under the 
Freedom of

[[Page 11]]

Information Act, 5 U.S.C. 552 or it is information referred to in 18 
U.S.C. 1905).
    (b) PHMSA Decision. PHMSA will decide whether or not to treat your 
information as confidential. We will notify you, in writing, of a 
decision to grant or deny confidentiality at least five days before the 
information is publicly disclosed, and give you an opportunity to 
respond.

[67 FR 42951, June 25, 2002, as amended at 70 FR 73159, Dec. 9, 2005]

                            Serving Documents



Sec.105.35  Serving documents in PHMSA proceedings.

    (a) Service by PHMSA. We may serve the document by one of the 
following methods, except where a different method of service is 
specifically required:
    (1) Registered or certified mail.
    (i) If we serve a document by registered or certified mail, it is 
considered served when mailed.
    (ii) An official United States Postal Service receipt from the 
registered or certified mailing is proof of service.
    (iii) We may serve a person's authorized representative or agent by 
registered or certified mail, or in any other manner authorized by law. 
Service on a person's authorized agent is the same as service on the 
person.
    (2) Personal service.
    (3) Publication in the Federal Register.
    (4) Electronic service. (i) Service by electronic means if consented 
to in writing by the party to be served.
    (ii) For all special permits and approvals actions, electronic 
service is authorized.
    (b) Service by others. If you are required under this subchapter to 
serve a person with a document, serve the document by one of the 
following methods, except where a different method of service is 
specifically required:
    (1) Registered or certified mail.
    (i) If you serve a document by registered or certified mail, it is 
considered served when mailed.
    (ii) An official United States Postal Service receipt from the 
registered or certified mailing is proof of service.
    (iii) You may serve a person's authorized representative or agent by 
registered or certified mail or in any other manner authorized by law. 
Service on a person's authorized agent is the same as service on the 
person.
    (2) Personal service.
    (3) Electronic service.
    (i) In a proceeding under Sec.107.317 of this subchapter (an 
administrative law judge proceeding), you may electronically serve 
documents on us.
    (ii) Serve documents electronically through the Internet at http://
www.regulations.gov.

[67 FR 42951, June 25, 2002, as amended at 72 FR 55682, Oct. 1, 2007; 76 
FR 460, Jan. 5, 2011]



Sec.105.40  Designated agents for non-residents.

    (a) General requirement. If you are not a resident of the United 
States but are required by this subchapter or subchapter C of this 
chapter to designate a permanent resident of the United States to act as 
your agent and receive documents on your behalf, you must prepare a 
designation and file it with us.
    (b) Agents. An agent, also known as ``agent for service of 
process'':
    (1) May be an individual, a firm, or a domestic corporation.
    (2) May represent any number of principals.
    (3) May not reassign responsibilities under a designation to another 
person.
    (c) Preparing a designation. Your designation must be written and 
dated, and it must contain the following information:
    (1) The section in the HMR that requires you to file a designation.
    (2) A certification that the designation is in the correct legal 
form required to make it valid and binding on you under the laws, 
corporate bylaws, and other requirements that apply to designations at 
the time and place you are making the designation.
    (3) Your full legal name, the principal name of your business, and 
your mailing address.
    (4) A statement that your designation will remain in effect until 
you withdraw or replace it.
    (5) The legal name and mailing address of your agent.
    (6) A declaration of acceptance signed by your agent.

[[Page 12]]

    (d) Each designation must be submitted to: Approvals and Permits 
Division, Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration, Attn: 
PHH-30, U.S. Department of Transportation, East Building, 1200 New 
Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20590-0001 or by electronic mail to: 
[email protected] or [email protected] as appropriate.
    (e) Designations are binding. You are bound by your designation of 
an agent, even if you did not follow all the requirements in this 
section, until we reject your designation.

[67 FR 42951, June 25, 2002, as amended at 70 FR 56088, Sept. 23, 2005; 
70 FR 73159, Dec. 9, 2005; 72 FR 55682, Oct. 1, 2007; 75 FR 27211, May 
14, 2010; 76 FR 56310, Sept. 13, 2011; 78 FR 15321, Mar. 11, 2013]

                                Subpoenas



Sec.105.45  Issuing a subpoena.

    (a) Subpoenas explained. A subpoena is a document that may require 
you to attend a proceeding, produce documents or other physical evidence 
in your possession or control, or both. PHMSA may issue a subpoena 
either on its initiative or at the request of someone participating in a 
proceeding. Anyone who requests that PHMSA issue a subpoena must show 
that the subpoena seeks information that will materially advance the 
proceeding.
    (b) Attendance and mileage expenses. (1) If you receive a subpoena 
to attend a proceeding under this part, you may receive money to cover 
attendance and mileage expenses. The attendance and mileage fees will be 
the same as those paid to a witness in a proceeding in the district 
courts of the United States.
    (2) If PHMSA issues a subpoena to you based upon a request, the 
requester must serve a copy of the original subpoena on you, as required 
in Sec.105.50. The requester must also include attendance and mileage 
fees with the subpoena unless the requester asks PHMSA to pay the 
attendance and mileage fees because of demonstrated financial hardship 
and PHMSA agrees to do so.
    (3) If PHMSA issues a subpoena at the request of an officer or 
agency of the Federal government, the officer or agency is not required 
to include attendance and mileage fees when serving the subpoena. The 
officer or agency must pay the fees before you leave the hearing at 
which you testify.



Sec.105.50  Serving a subpoena.

    (a) Personal service. Anyone who is not an interested party and who 
is at least 18 years of age may serve you with a subpoena and fees by 
handing the subpoena and fees to you, by leaving them at your office 
with the individual in charge, or by leaving them at your house with 
someone who lives there and is capable of making sure that you receive 
them. If PHMSA issues a subpoena to an entity, rather than an 
individual, personal service is made by delivering the subpoena and fees 
to the entity's registered agent for service of process or to any 
officer, director or agent in charge of any of the entity's offices.
    (b) Service by mail. You may be served with a copy of a subpoena and 
fees by certified or registered mail at your last known address. Service 
of a subpoena and fees may also be made by registered or certified mail 
to your agent for service of process or any of your representatives at 
that person's last known address.
    (c) Other methods. You may be served with a copy of a subpoena by 
any method where you receive actual notice of the subpoena and receive 
the fees before leaving the hearing at which you testify.
    (d) Filing after service. After service is complete, the individual 
who served a copy of a subpoena and fees must file the original subpoena 
and a certificate of service with the PHMSA official who is responsible 
for conducting the hearing.



Sec.105.55  Refusal to obey a subpoena.

    (a) Quashing or modifying a subpoena. If you receive a subpoena, you 
can ask PHMSA to overturn (``quash'') or modify the subpoena within 10 
days after the subpoena is served on you. Your request must briefly 
explain the reasons you are asking for the subpoena to be quashed or 
modified. PHMSA may then do the following:
    (1) Deny your request.
    (2) Quash or modify the subpoena.

[[Page 13]]

    (3) Grant your request on the condition that you satisfy certain 
specified requirements.
    (b) Failure to obey. If you disobey a subpoena, PHMSA may ask the 
Attorney General to seek help from the United States District Court for 
the appropriate District to compel you, after notice, to appear before 
PHMSA and give testimony, produce subpoenaed documents or physical 
evidence, or both.



PART 106_RULEMAKING PROCEDURES--Table of Contents



                  Subpart A_PHMSA Rulemaking Documents

Sec.
106.5 Defined terms used in this subpart.
106.10 Process for issuing rules.
106.15 Advance notice of proposed rulemaking.
106.20 Notice of proposed rulemaking.
106.25 Revising regulations without first issuing an ANPRM or NPRM.
106.30 Final rule.
106.35 Interim final rule.
106.40 Direct final rule.
106.45 Tracking rulemaking actions.

            Subpart B_Participating in the Rulemaking Process

106.50 Defined terms used in this subpart.
106.55 Public participation in the rulemaking process.

                            Written Comments

106.60 Filing comments.
106.65 Required information for written comments.
106.70 Where and when to file comments.
106.75 Extension of time to file comments.

                  Public Meetings and Other Proceedings

106.80 Public meeting procedures.
106.85 Requesting a public meeting.
106.90 Other rulemaking proceedings.

                        Petitions for Rulemaking

106.95 Requesting a change to the regulations.
106.100 Required information for a petition for rulemaking.
106.105 PHMSA response to a petition for rulemaking.

                                 Appeals

106.110 Appealing a PHMSA action.
106.115 Required information for an appeal.
106.120 Appeal deadline.
106.125 Filing an appeal.
106.130 PHMSA response to an appeal.

    Authority: 49 U.S.C. 5101-5127; 49 CFR 1.53.

    Source: 67 FR 42954, June 25, 2002, unless otherwise noted.

    Editorial Note: Nomenclature changes to part 106 appear at 70 FR 
56088, Sept. 23, 2005.



                  Subpart A_PHMSA Rulemaking Documents



Sec.106.5  Defined terms used in this subpart.

    The following defined terms (see part 105, subpart A, of this 
subchapter) appear in this subpart: File; Person; State.



Sec.106.10  Process for issuing rules.

    (a) PHMSA (``we'') uses informal rulemaking procedures under the 
Administrative Procedure Act (5 U.S.C. 553) to add, amend, or delete 
regulations. To propose or adopt changes to a regulation, PHMSA may 
issue one or more of the following documents. We publish the following 
rulemaking documents in the Federal Register unless we name and 
personally serve a copy of a rule on every person subject to it:
    (1) An advance notice of proposed rulemaking.
    (2) A notice of proposed rulemaking.
    (3) A final rule.
    (4) An interim final rule.
    (5) A direct final rule.
    (b) Each of the rulemaking documents in paragraph (a) of this 
section generally contains the following information:
    (1) The topic involved in the rulemaking document.
    (2) PHMSA's legal authority for issuing the rulemaking document.
    (3) How interested persons may participate in the rulemaking 
proceeding (for example, by filing written comments or making oral 
presentations).
    (4) Whom to call if you have questions about the rulemaking 
document.
    (5) The date, time, and place of any public meetings being held to 
discuss the rulemaking document.
    (6) The docket number and regulation identifier number (RIN) for the 
rulemaking proceeding.

[67 FR 42954, June 25, 2002, as amended at 70 FR 56088, Sept. 23, 2005]

[[Page 14]]



Sec.106.15  Advance notice of proposed rulemaking.

    An advance notice of proposed rulemaking (ANPRM) tells the public 
that PHMSA is considering an area for rulemaking and requests written 
comments on the appropriate scope of the rulemaking or on specific 
topics. An advance notice of proposed rulemaking may or may not include 
the text of potential changes to a regulation.



Sec.106.20  Notice of proposed rulemaking.

    A notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM) contains PHMSA's specific 
proposed regulatory changes for public comment and contains supporting 
information. It generally includes proposed regulatory text.



Sec.106.25  Revising regulations without first issuing an ANPRM
or NPRM.

    PHMSA may add, amend, or delete regulations without first issuing an 
ANPRM or NPRM in the following situations:
    (a) We may go directly to a final rule or interim final rule if, for 
good cause, we find that a notice of proposed rulemaking is 
impracticable, unnecessary, or contrary to the public interest. We must 
place that finding and a brief statement of the reasons for it in the 
final rule or interim final rule.
    (b) We may issue a direct final rule (see Sec.106.40).



Sec.106.30  Final rule.

    A final rule sets out new regulatory requirements and their 
effective date. A final rule will also identify issues raised by 
commenters in response to the notice of proposed rulemaking and give the 
agency's response.



Sec.106.35  Interim final rule.

    An interim final rule is issued without first issuing a notice of 
proposed rulemaking and accepting public comments and sets out new 
regulatory requirements and their effective date. PHMSA may issue an 
interim final rule if it finds, for good cause, that notice and public 
procedure are impracticable, unnecessary, or contrary to the public 
interest. PHMSA will clearly set out this finding in the interim final 
rule. After receiving and reviewing public comments, as well as any 
other relevant documents, PHMSA may revise the interim final rule and 
then issue a final rule.



Sec.106.40  Direct final rule.

    A direct final rule makes regulatory changes and states that the 
regulatory changes will take effect on a specified date unless PHMSA 
receives an adverse comment or notice of intent to file an adverse 
comment within the comment period--generally 60 days after the direct 
final rule is published in the Federal Register.
    (a) Actions taken by direct final rule. We may use direct final 
rulemaking procedures to issue rules that do any of the following:
    (1) Make minor substantive changes to regulations.
    (2) Incorporate by reference the latest edition of technical or 
industry standards.
    (3) Extend compliance dates.
    (4) Make noncontroversial changes to regulations. We must determine 
and publish a finding that use of direct final rulemaking, in this 
situation, is in the public interest and unlikely to result in adverse 
comment.
    (b) Adverse comment. An adverse comment explains why a rule would be 
inappropriate, or would be ineffective or unacceptable without a change. 
It may challenge the rule's underlying premise or approach. Under the 
direct final rule process, we do not consider the following types of 
comments to be adverse:
    (1) A comment recommending another rule change, in addition to the 
change in the direct final rule at issue, unless the commenter states 
why the direct final rule would be ineffective without the change.
    (2) A frivolous or irrelevant comment.
    (c) Confirmation of effective date. We will publish a confirmation 
document in the Federal Register, generally within 15 days after the 
comment period closes, if we have not received an adverse comment or 
notice of intent to file an adverse comment. The confirmation document 
tells the public the effective date of the rule--either the date stated 
in the direct final rule or at least 30 days after the publication

[[Page 15]]

date of the confirmation document, whichever is later.
    (d) Withdrawing a direct final rule. (1) If we receive an adverse 
comment or notice of intent to file an adverse comment, we will publish 
a document in the Federal Register before the effective date of the 
direct final rule advising the public and withdrawing the direct final 
rule in whole or in part.
    (2) If we withdraw a direct final rule because of an adverse 
comment, we may incorporate the adverse comment into a later direct 
final rule or may publish a notice of proposed rulemaking.
    (e) Appeal. You may appeal PHMSA's issuance of a direct final rule 
(see Sec.106.115) only if you have previously filed written comments 
(see Sec.106.60) to the direct final rule.



Sec.106.45  Tracking rulemaking actions.

    The following identifying numbers allow you to track PHMSA's 
rulemaking activities:
    (a) Docket number. We assign an identifying number, called a docket 
number, to each rulemaking proceeding. Each rulemaking document that 
PHMSA issues in a particular rulemaking proceeding will display the same 
docket number. This number allows you to do the following:
    (1) Associate related documents that appear in the Federal Register.
    (2) Search the DOT Docket Management System (``DMS'') for 
information on particular rulemaking proceedings--including notices of 
proposed rulemaking, public comments, petitions for rulemaking, appeals, 
records of additional rulemaking proceedings and final rules. There are 
two ways you can search the DMS:
    (i) Visit the public docket room and review and copy any docketed 
materials during regular business hours. The DOT Docket Management 
System is located at the U.S. Department of Transportation, West 
Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., 
Washington, DC 20590-0001.
    (ii) View and download docketed materials through the Internet at 
http://www.regulations.gov.
    (b) Regulation identifier number. The Department of Transportation 
publishes a semiannual agenda of all current and projected Department of 
Transportation rulemakings, reviews of existing regulations, and 
completed actions. This semiannual agenda appears in the Unified Agenda 
of Federal Regulations that is published in the Federal Register in 
April and October of each year. The semiannual agenda tells the public 
about the Department's--including PHMSA's--regulatory activities. The 
Department assigns a regulation identifier number (RIN) to each 
individual rulemaking proceeding in the semiannual agenda. This number 
appears on all rulemaking documents published in the Federal Register 
and makes it easy for you to track those rulemaking proceedings in both 
the Federal Register and the semiannual regulatory agenda itself, as 
well as to locate all documents in the Docket Management System 
pertaining to a particular rulemaking.

[70 FR 56088, Sept. 23, 2005, as amended at 72 FR 55682, Oct. 1, 2007]



            Subpart B_Participating in the Rulemaking Process



Sec.106.50  Defined terms used in this subpart.

    The following defined terms (see part 105, subpart A, of this 
subchapter) appear in this subpart: File; Person; Political subdivision; 
State.



Sec.106.55  Public participation in the rulemaking process.

    You may participate in PHMSA's rulemaking process by doing any of 
the following:
    (a) File written comments on any rulemaking document that asks for 
comments, including an advance notice of proposed rulemaking, notice of 
proposed rulemaking, interim final rule, or direct final rule.
    (b) Ask that we hold a public meeting in any rulemaking proceeding 
and participate in any public meeting that we hold.
    (c) File a petition for rulemaking that asks us to add, amend, or 
delete a regulation.
    (d) File an appeal that asks us to reexamine our decision to issue 
all or part of a final rule, interim final rule, or direct final rule.

[[Page 16]]

                            Written Comments



Sec.106.60  Filing comments.

    Anyone may file written comments about proposals made in any 
rulemaking document that requests public comments, including any State 
government agency, any political subdivision of a State, and any 
interested person invited by PHMSA to participate in the rulemaking 
process.



Sec.106.65  Required information for written comments.

    Your comments must be in English and must contain the following:
    (a) The docket number of the rulemaking document you are commenting 
on, clearly set out at the beginning of your comments.
    (b) Information, views, or arguments that follow the instructions 
for participation that appear in the rulemaking document on which you 
are commenting.
    (c) All material that is relevant to any statement of fact in your 
comments.
    (d) The document title and page number of any material that you 
reference in your comments.



Sec.106.70  Where and when to file comments.

    (a) Unless you are told to do otherwise in the rulemaking document 
on which you are commenting, send your comments to us in either of the 
following ways:
    (1) By mail to: Docket Management System, U.S. Department of 
Transportation, West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New 
Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590-0001.
    (2) Through the Internet at http://www.regulations.gov.
    (b) Make sure that your comments reach us by the deadline set out in 
the rulemaking document on which you are commenting. We will consider 
late filed comments to the extent possible.
    (c) We may reject comments that are not relevant to the rulemaking. 
We may reject comments you file electronically if you do not follow the 
electronic filing instructions at the DOT Web site.

[67 FR 42954, June 25, 2002, as amended at 69 FR 54044, Sept. 7, 2004; 
72 FR 55682, Oct. 1, 2007]



Sec.106.75  Extension of time to file comments.

    You may ask for more time to file comments on a rulemaking 
proceeding. If PHMSA grants your request, it is granted to all persons. 
We will notify the public of the extension by publishing a document in 
the Federal Register. If PHMSA denies your request, PHMSA will notify 
you of the denial. To ask for more time, you must do the following:
    (a) File a request for extension at least ten days before the end of 
the comment period established in the rulemaking document.
    (b) Show that you have good cause for the extension and that an 
extension is in the public interest.
    (c) Include the docket number of the rulemaking document you are 
seeking additional time to comment on, clearly set out at the beginning 
of your request.
    (d) Send your request to: Docket Management System, U.S. Department 
of Transportation, West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New 
Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590-0001.

[67 FR 42954, June 25, 2002, as amended at 72 FR 55682, Oct. 1, 2007]

                  Public Meetings and Other Proceedings



Sec.106.80  Public meeting procedures.

    A public meeting is a non-adversarial, fact-finding proceeding 
conducted by a PHMSA representative. Generally, public meetings are 
announced in the Federal Register. Interested persons are invited to 
attend and to present their views to the agency on specific issues. 
There are no formal pleadings and no adverse parties, and any regulation 
issued afterward is not necessarily based exclusively on the record of 
the meeting. Sections 556 and 557 of the Administrative Procedure Act (5 
U.S.C. 556 and 557) do not apply to public meetings under this part.

[[Page 17]]



Sec.106.85  Requesting a public meeting.

    (a) You may ask for a public meeting by filing a written request 
with PHMSA no later than 20 days before the expiration of the comment 
period specified in the rulemaking document. Send your request for a 
public meeting to: Docket Management System, U.S. Department of 
Transportation, West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New 
Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590-0001.
    (b) PHMSA will review your request and, if you have shown good cause 
for a public meeting, we will grant it and publish a notice of the 
meeting in the Federal Register.

[67 FR 42954, June 25, 2002, as amended at 72 FR 55682, Oct. 1, 2007]



Sec.106.90  Other rulemaking proceedings.

    During a rulemaking proceeding, PHMSA may invite you to do the 
following:
    (a) Participate in a conference at which minutes are taken.
    (b) Make an oral presentation.
    (c) Participate in any other public proceeding to ensure that PHMSA 
makes informed decisions during the rulemaking process and to protect 
the public interest, including a negotiated rulemaking or work group led 
by a facilitator.

                        Petitions for Rulemaking



Sec.106.95  Requesting a change to the regulations.

    You may ask PHMSA to add, amend, or delete a regulation by filing a 
petition for rulemaking as follows:
    (a) For regulations in 49 CFR parts 110, 130, 171 through 180, 
submit the petition to: Standards and Rulemaking Division, Pipeline and 
Hazardous Materials Safety Administration, Attn: PHH-10, U.S. Department 
of Transportation, East Building, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., 
Washington, DC 20590-0001.
    (b) For regulations in 49 CFR parts 105, 106, or 107, submit the 
petition to: Office of the Chief Counsel, Pipeline and Hazardous 
Materials Safety Administration, Attn: PHC-10, U.S. Department of 
Transportation, East Building, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, 
DC 20590-0001.

[70 FR 56089, Sept. 23, 2005, as amended at 72 FR 55683, Oct. 1, 2007; 
76 FR 56310, Sept. 13, 2011]



Sec.106.100  Required information for a petition for rulemaking.

    (a) You must include the following information in your petition for 
rulemaking:
    (1) A summary of your proposed action and an explanation of its 
purpose.
    (2) The language you propose for a new or amended rule, or the 
language you would delete from a current rule.
    (3) An explanation of your interest in your proposed action and the 
interest of anyone you may represent.
    (4) Information and arguments that support your proposed action, 
including relevant technical and scientific data available to you.
    (5) Any specific cases that support or demonstrate the need for your 
proposed action.
    (b) If the impact of your proposed action is substantial, and data 
or other information about that impact are available to you, we may ask 
that you provide information about the following:
    (1) The costs and benefits of your proposed action to society in 
general, and identifiable groups within society in particular.
    (2) The direct effects, including preemption effects under section 
5125 of Federal hazardous materials transportation law, of your proposed 
action on States, on the relationship between the Federal government and 
the States, and on the distribution of power and responsibilities among 
the various levels of government. (See 49 CFR part 107, subpart C, 
regarding preemption.)
    (3) The regulatory burden of your proposed action on small 
businesses, small organizations, small governmental jurisdictions, and 
Indian tribes.
    (4) The recordkeeping and reporting burdens of your proposed action 
and whom they would affect.
    (5) The effect of your proposed action on the quality of the natural 
and social environments.

[[Page 18]]



Sec.106.105  PHMSA response to a petition for rulemaking.

    We will review and respond to your petition for rulemaking as 
follows:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                       And if we
    If your petition is . . .     determine that . .      Then . . .
                                           .
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(a) Incomplete..................  ..................  We may return your
                                                       petition with a
                                                       written
                                                       explanation.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(b) Complete....................  Your petition does  We will notify you
                                   not justify a       in writing that
                                   rulemaking action.  we will not start
                                                       a rulemaking
                                                       proceeding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(c) Complete....................  Your petition does  We will notify you
                                   justify a           in writing that
                                   rulemaking action.  we will start a
                                                       rulemaking
                                                       proceeding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                 Appeals



Sec.106.110  Appealing a PHMSA Action.

    You may appeal the following PHMSA actions:
    (a) PHMSA's issuance of a final rule or PHMSA's withdrawal of a 
notice of proposed rulemaking under the rulemaking procedures in this 
part. However, you may appeal PHMSA's issuance of a direct final rule 
only if you previously filed comments to the direct final rule (see 
Sec.106.40(e)).
    (b) Any PHMSA decision on a petition for rulemaking.



Sec.106.115  Required information for an appeal.

    (a) Appeal of a final rule or withdrawal of a notice of proposed 
rulemaking. If you appeal PHMSA's issuance of a final rule or PHMSA's 
withdrawal of a notice of proposed rulemaking, your appeal must include 
the following:
    (1) The docket number of the rulemaking you are concerned about, 
clearly set out at the beginning of your appeal.
    (2) A brief statement of your concern about the final rule or the 
withdrawal of notice of proposed rulemaking at issue.
    (3) An explanation of why compliance with the final rule is not 
practical, reasonable, or in the public interest.
    (4) If you want PHMSA to consider more facts, the reason why you did 
not present those facts within the time given during the rulemaking 
process for public comment.
    (b) Appeal of a decision. If you appeal PHMSA's decision on a 
petition for rulemaking, you must include the following:
    (1) The contested aspects of the decision.
    (2) Any new arguments or information.



Sec.106.120  Appeal deadline.

    (a) Appeal of a final rule or withdrawal of a notice of proposed 
rulemaking. If you appeal PHMSA's issuance of a final rule or PHMSA's 
withdrawal of a proposed rulemaking, your appeal document must reach us 
no later than 30 days after the date PHMSA published the regulation or 
the withdrawal notice in the Federal Register. After that time, PHMSA 
will consider your appeal to be a petition for rulemaking under Sec.
106.100.
    (b) Appeal of a decision. If you appeal PHMSA's decision on a 
petition for rulemaking, your appeal document must reach us no later 
than 30 days from the date PHMSA served you with written notice of 
PHMSA's decision.

[70 FR 56089, Sept. 23, 2005]



Sec.106.125  Filing an appeal.

    Send your appeal to: Docket Management System, U.S. Department of 
Transportation, West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New 
Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590-0001.

[67 FR 42954, June 25, 2002, as amended at 72 FR 55682, Oct. 1, 2007]



Sec.106.130  PHMSA response to an appeal.

    Unless PHMSA provides otherwise, filing an appeal will not keep a 
final rule from becoming effective. We will handle an appeal according 
to the following procedures:
    (a) Appeal of a final rule or withdrawal of a notice of proposed 
rulemaking. (1) We may consolidate your appeal with other appeals of the 
same rule.
    (2) We may grant or deny your appeal, in whole or in part, without 
further rulemaking proceedings, unless granting your appeal would result 
in the issuance of a new final rule.

[[Page 19]]

    (3) If we decide to grant your appeal, we may schedule further 
proceedings and an opportunity to comment.
    (4) PHMSA will notify you, in writing, of the action on your appeal 
within 90 days after the date that PHMSA published the final rule or 
withdrawal of notice of proposed rulemaking at issue in the Federal 
Register. If we do not issue a decision on your appeal within the 90-day 
period and we anticipate a substantial delay, we will notify you 
directly about the delay and will give you an expected decision date. We 
will also publish a notice of the delay in the Federal Register.
    (b) Appeal of a decision. (1) We will not consider your appeal if it 
merely repeats arguments that PHMSA has previously rejected.
    (2) PHMSA will notify you, in writing, of the action on your appeal 
within 90 days after the date that PHMSA served you with written notice 
of its decision on your petition for rulemaking. If we do not issue a 
decision on your appeal within the 90-day period, and we anticipate a 
substantial delay, we will notify you directly about the delay and will 
give you an expected decision date.



PART 107_HAZARDOUS MATERIALS PROGRAM PROCEDURES--Table of Contents



                          Subpart A_Definitions

Sec.
107.1 Definitions.

                        Subpart B_Special Permits

107.101 Purpose and scope.
107.105 Application for special permit.
107.107 Application for party status.
107.109 Application for renewal.
107.111 Withdrawal.
107.113 Application processing and evaluation.
107.117 Emergency processing.
107.121 Modification, suspension or termination of special permit or 
          grant of party status.
107.123 Reconsideration.
107.125 Appeal.
107.127 Availability of documents for public inspection.

                          Subpart C_Preemption

107.201 Purpose and scope.
107.202 Standards for determining preemption.

                        Preemption Determinations

107.203 Application.
107.205 Notice.
107.207 Processing.
107.209 Determination.
107.211 Petition for reconsideration.
107.213 Judicial review.

                   Waiver of Preemption Determinations

107.215 Application.
107.217 Notice.
107.219 Processing.
107.221 Determination.
107.223 Petition for reconsideration.
107.227 Judicial review.

                          Subpart D_Enforcement

107.301 Delegated authority for enforcement.
107.303 Purpose and scope.
107.305 Investigations.

                  Compliance Orders and Civil Penalties

107.307 General.
107.309 Warning letters.
107.310 Ticketing.
107.311 Notice of probable violation.
107.313 Reply.
107.315 Admission of violations.
107.317 Informal response.
107.319 Request for a hearing.
107.321 Hearing.
107.323 ALJ's decision.
107.325 Appeals.
107.327 Compromise and settlement.
107.329 Maximum penalties.
107.331 Assessment considerations.

                           Criminal Penalties

107.333 Criminal penalties generally.
107.335 Referral for prosecution.
107.336 Limitation on fines and penalties.

                            Injunctive Action

107.337 Injunctions generally.
107.338 Prohibition of hazardous materials operations.
107.339 Imminent hazards.

Appendix A to Subpart D of Part 107--Guidelines for Civil Penalties

      Subpart E_Designation of Approval and Certification Agencies

107.401 Purpose and scope.
107.402 Application for designation as an approval or certification 
          agency.
107.403 Designation of certification agencies.
107.404 Conditions of designation.

[[Page 20]]

107.405 [Reserved]

   Subpart F_Registration of Cargo Tank and Cargo Tank Motor Vehicle 
 Manufacturers, Assemblers, Repairers, Inspectors, Testers, and Design 
                          Certifying Engineers

107.501 Scope.
107.502 General registration requirements.
107.503 Registration statement.
107.504 Period of registration, updates, and record retention.

   Subpart G_Registration of Persons Who Offer or Transport Hazardous 
                                Materials

107.601 Applicability.
107.606 Exceptions.
107.608 General registration requirements.
107.612 Amount of fee.
107.616 Payment procedures.
107.620 Recordkeeping requirements.

           Subpart H_Approvals, Registrations and Submissions

107.701 Purpose and scope.
107.705 Registrations, reports, and applications for approval.
107.709 Processing of an application for approval, including an 
          application for renewal or modification.
107.711 Withdrawal.
107.713 Approval modification, suspension or termination.
107.715 Reconsideration.
107.717 Appeal.

    Subpart I_Approval of Independent Inspection Agencies, Cylinder 
   Requalifiers, and Non-domestic Chemical Analyses and Tests of DOT 
                         Specification Cylinders

107.801 Purpose and scope.
107.803 Approval of an independent inspection agency (IIA).
107.805 Approval of cylinder and pressure receptacle requalifiers.
107.807 Approval of non-domestic chemical analyses and tests.
107.809 Conditions of UN pressure receptacle approvals.

Appendix A to Part 107--Standard Operating Procedures for Special 
          Permits and Approvals

     Authority: 49 U.S.C. 5101-5128, 44701; Pub. L. 101-410 Section 4; 
Pub. L. 104-121 Sections 212-213; Pub. L. 104-134 Section 31001; Pub. L. 
114-74 Section 4 (28 U.S.C. 2461 note); 49 CFR 1.81 and 1.97; 33 U.S.C. 
1321.

    Editorial Note: Nomenclature changes to part 107 appear at 67 FR 
61011, Sept. 27, 2002, 70 FR 56089, Sept. 23, 2005, and 70 FR 73159, 
Dec. 9, 2005.



                          Subpart A_Definitions



Sec.107.1  Definitions.

    All terms defined in 49 U.S.C. 5102 are used in their statutory 
meaning. Other terms used in this part are defined as follows:
    Acting knowingly means acting or failing to act while
    (1) Having actual knowledge of the facts giving rise to the 
violation, or
    (2) Having the knowledge that a reasonable person acting in the same 
circumstances and exercising due care would have had.
    Administrator means the Administrator, Pipeline and Hazardous 
Materials Safety Administration or his or her delegate.
    Applicant means the person in whose name a special permit, approval, 
registration, a renewed or modified special permit or approval, or party 
status to a special permit is requested to be issued.
    Applicant fitness means a determination by PHMSA, the Associate 
Administrator's designee, or as otherwise prescribed in the HMR, that a 
special permit or approval applicant is fit to conduct operations 
requested in the application or an authorized special permit or 
approval.
    Application means a request under subpart B of this part for a 
special permit, a renewal or modification of a special permit, party 
status to a special permit, or a request under subpart H of this part 
for an approval, or renewal or modification of an approval.
    Approval means a written authorization, including a competent 
authority approval, issued by the Associate Administrator, the Associate 
Administrator's designee, or as otherwise prescribed in the HMR, to 
perform a function for which prior authorization by the Associate 
Administrator is required under subchapter C of this chapter (49 CFR 
parts 171 through 180).
    Approval Agency means an organization or a person designated by the 
PHMSA to certify packagings as having been designed, manufactured, 
tested, modified, marked or maintained in compliance with applicable DOT 
regulations.
    Associate Administrator means the Associate Administrator for 
Hazardous

[[Page 21]]

Materials Safety, Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety 
Administration.
    Competent Authority means a national agency that is responsible, 
under its national law, for the control or regulation of some aspect of 
hazardous materials (dangerous goods) transportation. Another term for 
Competent Authority is ``Appropriate authority,'' which is used in the 
International Civil Aviation Organization's (ICAO) Technical 
Instructions for the Safe Transport of Dangerous Goods by Air. The 
Associate Administrator is the United States Competent Authority for 
purposes of this part 107.
    Competent Authority Approval means an approval by the competent 
authority that is required under an international standard (for example, 
the ICAO Technical Instructions for the Safe Transport of Dangerous 
Goods by Air and the International Maritime Dangerous Goods Code). Any 
of the following may be considered a competent authority approval if it 
satisfies the requirement of an international standard:
    (1) A specific regulation in subchapter A or C of this chapter.
    (2) A special permit or approval issued under subchapter A or C of 
this chapter.
    (3) A separate document issued to one or more persons by the 
Associate Administrator.
    DOT or Department means U.S. Department of Transportation.
    Federal hazardous material transportation law means 49 U.S.C. 5101 
et seq.
    Filed means received by the appropriate PHMSA or other designated 
office within the time specified in a regulation or rulemaking document.
    Fit or fitness means demonstrated and documented knowledge and 
capabilities resulting in the assurance of a level of safety and 
performance necessary to ensure compliance with the applicable 
provisions and requirements of subchapter C of this chapter or a special 
permit or approval issued under subchapter C of this chapter.
    Fitness coordinator means the PHMSA Field Operations (FOPS) Division 
officer or an authorized representative or special agent of DOT upon 
request, such as an Operating Administration (OA) representative, that 
conducts reviews regarding an organization's hazardous materials 
operations, including such areas as accident history, on-site 
inspection, compliance data, and other safety and transportation records 
to determine whether a special permit or approval applicant is 
determined to be fit as prescribed in Sec. Sec.107.113(f)(5) and 
107.709(d)(5).
    Holder means the person in whose name a special permit or approval 
has been issued.
    Imminent Hazard means the existence of a condition which presents a 
substantial likelihood that death, serious illness, severe personal 
injury, or substantial endangerment to health, property, or the 
environment may occur before the reasonably foreseeable completion of an 
administrative hearing or other formal proceeding initiated to abate the 
risks of those effects.
    Incident means an event resulting in the unintended and 
unanticipated release of a hazardous material or an event meeting 
incident reporting requirements in Sec.171.15 or Sec.171.16 of this 
chapter.
    Indian Tribe has the same meaning given that term in section 4 of 
the Indian Self-Determination and Education Assistance Act (25 U.S.C. 
450b).
    Insufficient corrective action means that either a PHMSA Field 
Operations (FOPS) Division officer or an authorized representative or 
special agent of DOT upon request, such as an Operating Administration 
(OA) representative, has determined that evidence of an applicant's 
corrective action in response to prior enforcement cases is inadequate 
or incomplete and the basic safety management controls proposed for the 
type of hazardous material, packaging, procedures, and/or mode of 
transportation remain inadequate to prevent recurrence of a violation.
    Investigation includes investigations authorized under 49 U.S.C. 
5121 and inspections authorized under 49 U.S.C. 5118 and 5121.
    Manufacturing special permit means a special permit from compliance 
with specified requirements that otherwise must be met before 
representing, marking, certifying (including requalifying, inspecting, 
and testing), selling or offering a packaging or container as

[[Page 22]]

meeting the requirements of subchapter C of this chapter governing its 
use in the transportation in commerce of a hazardous material. A 
manufacturing special permit is a special permit issued to a 
manufacturer of packagings who does not offer for transportation or 
transport hazardous materials in packagings subject to the special 
permit.
    Party means a person, other than a holder, authorized to act under 
the terms of a special permit.
    Person means an individual, firm, copartnership, corporation, 
company, association, or joint-stock association (including any trustee, 
receiver, assignee, or similar representative); or a government or 
Indian tribe (or an agency or instrumentality of any government or 
Indian tribe) that transports a hazardous material to further a 
commercial enterprise or offers a hazardous material for transportation 
in commerce. Person does not include the following:
    (1) The United States Postal Service.
    (2) Any agency or instrumentality of the Federal government, for the 
purposes of 49 U.S.C. 5123 (civil penalties) and 5124 (criminal 
penalties.)
    (3) Any government or Indian tribe (or an agency or instrumentality 
of any government or Indian tribe) that transports hazardous material 
for a governmental purpose.
    Registration means a written acknowledgment from the Associate 
Administrator that a registrant is authorized to perform a function for 
which registration is required under subchapter C of this chapter (e.g., 
registration in accordance with 49 CFR 178.503 regarding marking of 
packagings). For purposes of subparts A through E, ``registration'' does 
not include registration under subpart F or G of this part.
    Report means information, other than an application, registration or 
part thereof, required to be submitted to the Associate Administrator 
pursuant to this subchapter, subchapter B or subchapter C of this 
chapter.
    Respondent means a person upon whom the PHMSA has served a notice of 
probable violation.
    Special permit means a document issued by the Associate 
Administrator, the Associate Administrator's designee, or as otherwise 
prescribed in the HMR, under the authority of 49 U.S.C. 5117 permitting 
a person to perform a function that is not otherwise permitted under 
subchapters A or C of this chapter, or other regulations issued under 49 
U.S.C. 5101 et seq. (e.g., Federal Motor Carrier Safety routing 
requirements).
    State means a State of the United States, the District of Columbia, 
the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the Commonwealth of the Northern 
Mariana Islands, the Virgin Islands, American Samoa, Guam, or any other 
territory or possession of the United States designated by the 
Secretary.
    Sufficient corrective action means that either a PHMSA Field 
Operations officer or an authorized representative or special agent of 
DOT upon request, such as an Operating Administration (OA) 
representative, has determined that evidence of an applicant's 
corrective action in response to prior enforcement cases is sufficient 
and the basic safety management controls proposed for the type of 
hazardous material, packaging, procedures, and/or mode of transportation 
are adequate.
    Transports or transportation means the movement of property and 
loading, unloading, or storage incidental to the movement.

[Amdt. 107-3, 41 FR 38170, Sept. 9, 1976]

    Editorial Note: For Federal Register citations affecting Sec.
107.1, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the 
Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov.



                        Subpart B_Special Permits

    Source: Amdt. 107-38, 61 FR 21095, May 9, 1996, unless otherwise 
noted.



Sec.107.101  Purpose and scope.

    This subpart prescribes procedures for the issuance, modification 
and termination of special permits from requirements of this subchapter, 
subchapter C of this chapter, or regulations issued under chapter 51 of 
49 U.S.C.

[[Page 23]]



Sec.107.105  Application for special permit.

    (a) General. Each application for a special permit or modification 
of a special permit and all supporting documents must be written in 
English and submitted for timely consideration at least 120 days before 
the requested effective date and conform to the following requirements:
    (1) The application, including a table of contents, must:
    (i) Be submitted to the Associate Administrator for Hazardous 
Materials Safety (Attention: General Approvals and Permits, PHH-31), 
Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration, U.S. Department 
of Transportation, East Building, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., 
Washington, DC 20590-0001;
    (ii) Be submitted with any attached supporting documentation by 
facsimile (fax) to: (202) 366-3753 or (202) 366-3308;
    (iii) Be submitted electronically by e-mail to: 
[email protected]; or
    (iv) Be submitted using PHMSA's online system (table of contents 
omitted) at: http://www.phmsa.dot.gov/hazmat/regs/sp-a.
    (2) The application must state the name, mailing address, physical 
address(es) of all known locations where the special permit would be 
used, e-mail address (if available), and telephone number of the 
applicant. If the applicant is not an individual, the application must 
state the company name, mailing address, physical address(es) of all 
known locations where the special permit would be used, e-mail address 
(if available), and telephone number of an individual designated as the 
point of contact for the applicant for all purposes related to the 
application, the name of the company Chief Executive Officer (CEO) or 
president, or ranking officer; and the Dun and Bradstreet Data Universal 
Numbering System (D-U-N-S) identifier.
    (3) If the applicant is not a resident of the United States, in 
addition to the information listed in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, 
the application must identify and designate an agent that is a permanent 
resident of the United States for service in accordance with Sec.
105.40 of this part.
    (4) For a manufacturing special permit, in addition to the 
information listed in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, the application 
must state the name and street address of each of the facilities of the 
applicant where manufacturing under the special permit will occur, and 
the symbol of the packaging manufacturer (``M'' number), if applicable.
    (5) For persons required to be registered in accordance with Subpart 
F or G of this part, in addition to the information listed in paragraph 
(a)(2) of this section, the application must provide the registration 
number or the name of the company to which the registration number is 
assigned if different from the applicant. For persons not required to be 
registered in accordance with Subpart F or G of this part, in addition 
to the information listed in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, the 
application must provide a statement indicating that registration is not 
required.
    (b) Confidential treatment. To request confidential treatment for 
information contained in the application, the applicant must comply with 
Sec.105.30(a).
    (c) Description of special permit proposal. The application must 
include the following information that is relevant to the special permit 
proposal:
    (1) A citation of the specific regulation from which the applicant 
seeks relief;
    (2) The proposed mode or modes of transportation, including a 
description of all operational controls required;
    (3) A detailed description of the proposed special permit (e.g., 
alternative packaging, test, procedure, activity, or hazard 
communication, including marking and labeling requirements) including, 
as appropriate, written descriptions, drawings, flow charts, plans and 
other supporting documents;
    (4) A specification of the proposed duration or schedule of events 
for which the special permit is sought;
    (5) A statement outlining the applicant's basis for seeking relief 
from compliance with the specified regulations and, if the special 
permit is requested for a fixed period, a description of how compliance 
will be achieved at the end of that period. For transportation by air, a 
statement outlining

[[Page 24]]

the reason(s) the hazardous material is being transported by air if 
other modes are available;
    (6) If the applicant seeks emergency processing specified in Sec.
107.117, a statement of supporting facts and reasons;
    (7) Identification and description, including an estimated quantity 
of each shipment of the hazardous materials planned for transportation 
under the special permit or;
    (8) Description of each packaging, including specification or 
special permit number, as applicable, to be used in conjunction with the 
requested special permit;
    (9) For alternative packagings, documentation of quality assurance 
controls, package design, manufacture, performance test criteria, in-
service performance and service-life limitations;
    (10) An estimate of the number of operations expected to be 
conducted or number of shipments to be transported under the special 
permit;
    (11) An estimate of the number of packagings expected to be 
manufactured under the special permit, if applicable;
    (12) A statement as to whether the special permit being sought is 
related to a compliance review, inspection activity, or enforcement 
action; and
    (13) When a Class 1 material is forbidden for transportation by 
aircraft except under a special permit (see Columns 9A and 9B in the 
table in 49 CFR 172.101), a certification from an applicant for a 
special permit to transport such Class 1 material on passenger-carrying 
or cargo-only aircraft with a maximum certificated takeoff weight of 
less than 12,500 pounds that no person within the categories listed in 
18 U.S.C. 842(i) will participate in the transportation of the Class 1 
material.
    (14) A statement indicating whether the applicant will be acting as 
a shipper (offeror), carrier or both under the terms of the special 
permit.
    (d) Justification of special permit proposal. The application must 
demonstrate that a special permit achieves a level of safety at least 
equal to that required by regulation, or if a required safety level does 
not exist, is consistent with the public interest. At a minimum, the 
application must provide the following:
    (1) Information describing all relevant shipping and incident 
experience of which the applicant is aware that relates to the 
application; and
    (2) A statement identifying any increased risk to safety or property 
that may result if the special permit is granted, and a description of 
the measures to be taken to address that risk; and
    (3) Either:
    (i) Substantiation, with applicable analyses, data or test results 
(e.g., failure mode and effect analysis), that the proposed alternative 
will achieve a level of safety that is at least equal to that required 
by the regulation from which the special permit is sought; or
    (ii) If the regulations do not establish a level of safety, an 
analysis that identifies each hazard, potential failure mode and the 
probability of its occurrence, and how the risks associated with each 
hazard and failure mode are controlled for the duration of an activity 
or life-cycle of a packaging.

[76 FR 460, Jan. 5, 2011, as amended at 76 FR 44500, July 26, 2011; 76 
FR 43524, July 20, 2011; 76 FR 56310, Sept. 13, 2011]



Sec.107.107  Application for party status.

    (a) Any person eligible to apply for a special permit may apply to 
be a party to an application or an existing special permit, other than a 
manufacturing special permit.
    (b) Each application filed under this section must conform to the 
following requirements:--
    (1) The application must:
    (i) Be submitted to the Associate Administrator for Hazardous 
Materials Safety (Attention: General Approvals and Permits, PHH-31), 
Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration, U.S. Department 
of Transportation, East Building, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., 
Washington, DC 20590-0001;
    (ii) Be submitted with any attached supporting documentation by 
facsimile (fax) to: (202) 366-3753 or (202) 366-3308; or
    (iii) Be submitted by electronically by e-mail to: 
[email protected], or on-line at: http://www.phmsa.dot.gov/hazmat/
regs/sp-a.

[[Page 25]]

    (2) The application must identify by number the special permit 
application or special permit to which the applicant seeks to become a 
party.
    (3) The application must state the name, mailing address, physical 
address(es) of all known locations where the special permit would be 
used, e-mail address (if available), and telephone number of the 
applicant. If the applicant is not an individual, the application must 
state the company name, mailing address, physical address(es) of all 
known locations where the special permit would be used, e-mail address 
(if available), and telephone number of an individual designated as the 
point of contact for the applicant for all purposes related to the 
application, the name of the company Chief Executive Officer (CEO), 
president, or ranking executive officer and the Dun and Bradstreet Data 
Universal Numbering System (D-U-N-S) identifier. In addition, each 
applicant must state why party status to the special permit is needed 
and must submit a certification of understanding of the provisions of 
the special permit to which party status is being requested.
    (4) If the applicant is not a resident of the United States, the 
application must identify and designate an agent that is a permanent 
resident of the United States for service in accordance with Sec.
105.40 of part.
    (5) For a Class 1 material that is forbidden for transportation by 
aircraft except under a special permit (see Columns 9A and 9B in the 
table in 49 CFR 172.101), a certification from an applicant for party 
status to a special permit to transport such Class 1 material on 
passenger-carrying or cargo-only aircraft with a maximum certificated 
takeoff weight of less than 12,500 pounds that no person within the 
categories listed in 18 U.S.C. 842(i) will participate in the 
transportation of the Class 1 material.
    (6) The applicant must certify that the applicant has not previously 
been granted party status to the special permit. If the applicant has 
previously been granted party status, the applicant must follow renewal 
procedures as specified in Sec.107.109.
    (7) A statement indicating whether the applicant will be acting as a 
shipper (offeror), carrier or both under the terms of the special 
permit.
    (c) The Associate Administrator may grant or deny an application for 
party status in the manner specified in Sec.107.113(e) and (f) of this 
subpart.
    (d) A party to a special permit is subject to all terms of that 
special permit, including the expiration date. If a party to a special 
permit wishes to renew party status, the special permit renewal 
procedures set forth in Sec.107.109 apply.

[76 FR 461, Jan. 5, 2011, as amended at 76 FR 44500, July 26, 2011; 76 
FR 43524, July 20, 2011; 76 FR 56310, Sept. 13, 2011]



Sec.107.109  Application for renewal.

    (a) Each application for renewal of a special permit or party status 
to a special permit must conform to the following requirements:
    (1) The application must:
    (i) Be submitted to the Associate Administrator for Hazardous 
Materials Safety (Attention: General Approvals and Permits, PHH-31), 
Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration, U.S. Department 
of Transportation, East Building, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., 
Washington, DC 20590-0001;
    (ii) Be submitted with any attached supporting documentation 
submitted in an appropriate format by facsimile (fax) to: (202) 366-3753 
or (202) 366-3308; or
    (iii) Be submitted electronically by e-mail to: 
[email protected]; or on-line at: http://www.phmsa.dot.gov/hazmat/
regs/sp-a.
    (2) The application must identify by number the special permit for 
which renewal is requested.
    (3) The application must state the name, mailing address, physical 
address(es) of all known new locations not previously identified in the 
application where the special permit would be used and all locations not 
previously identified where the special permit was used, e-mail address 
(if available), and telephone number of the applicant. If the applicant 
is not an individual, the application must state the name, mailing 
address, physical address(es) of all known new locations not previously 
identified in the application where the

[[Page 26]]

special permit would be used and all locations not previously identified 
where the special permit was used, e-mail address (if available), and 
telephone number of an individual designated as the point of contact for 
the applicant for all purposes related to the application, the name of 
the company Chief Executive Officer (CEO), president, or ranking 
executive officer, and the Dun and Bradstreet Data Universal Numbering 
System (D-U-N-S) identifier. In addition, each applicant for renewal of 
party status must state why party status to the special permit is needed 
and must submit a certification of understanding of the provisions of 
the special permit to which party status is being requested.
    (4) The application must include either a certification by the 
applicant that the original application, as it may have been updated by 
any application for renewal, remains accurate (e.g., all section 
references, shipping descriptions, etc.) and complete; or include an 
amendment to the previously submitted application as is necessary to 
update and ensure the accuracy and completeness of the application, with 
certification by the applicant that the application as amended is 
accurate and complete.
    (5) The application must include a statement describing all relevant 
operational, shipping, and incident experience of which the applicant is 
aware in connection with the special permit since its issuance or most 
recent renewal. If the applicant is aware of no incidents, the applicant 
must so certify. When known to the applicant, the statement must 
indicate the approximate number of shipments made or packages shipped, 
as applicable, and the number of shipments or packages involved in any 
loss of contents, including loss by venting other than as authorized in 
subchapter C.
    (6) When a Class 1 material is forbidden for transportation by 
aircraft, except under a special permit (see Columns 9A and 9B in the 
table in 49 CFR 172.101), an application to renew a special permit to 
transport such Class 1 material on passenger-carrying or cargo-only 
aircraft with a maximum certificated takeoff weight of less than 12,500 
pounds must certify that no person within the categories listed in 18 
U.S.C. 842(i) will participate in the transportation of the Class 1 
material.
    (7) If the renewal is requested after the expiration date of the 
special permit, the following information is required:
    (i) The reason the special permit authorization was allowed to 
expire;
    (ii) A certification statement that no shipments were transported 
after the expiration date of the special permit, or a statement 
describing any transportation under the terms of the special permit 
after the expiration date, if applicable; and
    (iii) A statement describing the action(s) the applicant will take 
to ensure future renewal is requested before the expiration date.
    (8) If no operations or shipments have been made since the issuance 
or renewal of the special permit, the applicant must provide specific 
justification as to why the special permit should be renewed.
    (9) A statement indicating whether the applicant will be acting as a 
shipper (offeror), carrier or both under the terms of the special 
permit.
    (b) If, at least 60 days before an existing special permit expires 
the holder files an application for renewal that is complete and 
conforms to the requirements of this section, the special permit will 
not expire until final administrative action on the application for 
renewal has been taken.

[76 FR 462, Jan. 5, 2011, as amended at 76 FR 44501, July 26, 2011; 76 
FR 43524, July 20, 2011; 76 FR 56310, Sept. 13, 2011]



Sec.107.111  Withdrawal.

    An application may be withdrawn at any time before a decision to 
grant or deny it is made. Withdrawal of an application does not 
authorize the removal of any related records from the PHMSA dockets or 
files. Applications that are eligible for confidential treatment under 
Sec.105.30 will remain confidential after the application is 
withdrawn. The duration of this confidential treatment for trade secrets 
and commercial or financial information is indefinite, unless the party 
requesting

[[Page 27]]

the confidential treatment of the materials notifies the Associate 
Administrator that the confidential treatment is no longer required.



Sec.107.113  Application processing and evaluation.

    (a) The Associate Administrator reviews an application for a special 
permit, modification of a special permit, party to a special permit, or 
renewal of a special permit in conformance with the standard operating 
procedures specified in appendix A of this part (``Standard Operating 
Procedures for Special Permits and Approvals'') to determine if it is 
complete and conforms with the requirements of this subpart. This 
determination will typically be made within 30 days of receipt of the 
application for a special permit, modification of a special permit, or 
party to a special permit, and typically within 15 days of receipt of an 
application for renewal of a special permit. If an application is 
determined to be incomplete, the Associate Administrator may reject the 
application. If that occurs, PHMSA will inform the applicant of the 
deficiency in writing.
    (b) An application, that is not a renewal, party to, or emergency 
special permit application, and is determined to be complete is 
docketed. Notice of the application is published in the Federal 
Register, and an opportunity for public comment is provided. All 
comments received during the comment period are considered before final 
action is taken on the application.
    (c) No public hearing or other formal proceeding is required under 
this subpart before the disposition of an application. Unless emergency 
processing under Sec.107.117 is requested and granted, applications 
are usually processed in the order in which they are filed.
    (d) During the processing and evaluation of an application, the 
Associate Administrator may conduct an on-site review or request 
additional information from the applicant. A failure to cooperate with 
an on-site review may result in the application being deemed incomplete 
and subsequently being denied. If the applicant does not respond to a 
written or electronic request for additional information within 30 days 
of the date the request was received, the application may be deemed 
incomplete and denied. However, if the applicant responds in writing or 
by electronic means within the 30-day period requesting an additional 30 
days within which it will gather the requested information, the 
Associate Administrator may grant the 30-day extension.
    (e) The Associate Administrator may grant or deny an application, in 
whole or in part. In the Associate Administrator's discretion, an 
application may be granted subject to provisions that are appropriate to 
protect health, safety or property. The Associate Administrator may 
impose additional provisions not specified in the application or remove 
conditions in the application that are unnecessary.
    (f) The Associate Administrator may grant an application on finding 
that--
    (1) The application complies with this subpart;
    (2) The application demonstrates that the proposed alternative will 
achieve a level of safety that:
    (i) Is at least equal to that required by the regulation from which 
the special permit is sought, or
    (ii) If the regulations do not establish a level of safety, is 
consistent with the public interest and adequately will protect against 
the risks to life and property inherent in the transportation of 
hazardous materials in commerce;
    (3) The application states all material facts, and contains no 
materially false or materially misleading statement;
    (4) The applicant meets the qualifications required by applicable 
regulations; and
    (5) The applicant is fit to conduct the activity authorized by the 
special permit. This assessment may be based on information in the 
application, prior compliance history of the applicant, and other 
information available to the Associate Administrator.
    (g) An applicant is notified in writing or by electronic means 
whether the application is granted or denied. A denial contains a brief 
statement of reasons.
    (h) The initial special permit terminates according to its terms or, 
if not otherwise specified, 24 months from the date of issuance. A 
subsequent renewal of a special permit terminates according to its terms 
or, if not otherwise

[[Page 28]]

specified, 48 months after the date of issuance. A grant of party status 
to a special permit, unless otherwise stated, terminates on the date 
that the special permit expires.
    (i) The Associate Administrator, on determining that an application 
concerns a matter of general applicability and future effect and should 
be the subject of rulemaking, may initiate rulemaking under part 106 of 
this chapter in addition to or instead of acting on the application.
    (j) The Associate Administrator publishes in the Federal Register a 
list of all special permit grants, denials, and modifications and all 
special permit applications withdrawn under this section.

[Amdt. 107-38, 61 FR 21095, May 9, 1996, as amended at 67 FR 61011, 
Sept. 27, 2002; 70 FR 73161, Dec. 9, 2005; 76 FR 463, Jan. 5, 2011; 80 
FR 54437, Sept. 10, 2015]



Sec.107.117  Emergency processing.

    (a) An application is granted emergency processing if the Associate 
Administrator, on the basis of the application and any inquiry 
undertaken, finds that--
    (1) Emergency processing is necessary to prevent significant injury 
to persons or property (other than the hazardous material to be 
transported) that could not be prevented if the application were 
processed on a routine basis; or
    (2) Emergency processing is necessary for immediate national 
security purposes or to prevent significant economic loss that could not 
be prevented if the application were processed on a routine basis.
    (b) Where the significant economic loss is to the applicant, or to a 
party in a contractual relationship to the applicant with respect to the 
activity to be undertaken, the Associate Administrator may deny 
emergency processing if timely application could have been made.
    (c) A request for emergency processing on the basis of potential 
economic loss must reasonably describe and estimate the potential loss.
    (d) An application submitted under this section must conform to 
Sec.107.105 to the extent that the receiving Department official deems 
necessary to process the application. An application on an emergency 
basis must be submitted to the Department modal contact official for the 
initial mode of transportation to be utilized, as follows:
    (1) Certificate-Holding Aircraft: The Federal Aviation 
Administration Civil Aviation Security Office that serves the place 
where the flight will originate or that is responsible for the aircraft 
operator's overall aviation security program. The nearest Civil Aviation 
Security Office may be located by calling the FAA Duty Officer, 202-267-
3333 (any hour).
    (2) Noncertificate-Holding Aircraft (Those Which Operate Under 14 
CFR Part 91): The Federal Aviation Administration Civil Aviation 
Security Office that serves the place where the flight will originate. 
The nearest Civil Aviation Security Office may be located by calling the 
FAA Duty Officer, 202-267-3333 (any hour).
    (3) Motor Vehicle Transportation: Chief, Hazardous Materials 
Division, Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, U.S. Department 
of Transportation, Washington, DC 20590-0001, 202-385-2400 (day); 1-800-
424-8802 (night).
    (4) Rail Transportation: Staff Director, Hazardous Materials 
Division, Office of Safety Assurance and Compliance, Federal Railroad 
Administration, U.S. Department of Transportation, Washington, DC 20590-
0001, 202-493-6248 or 202-493-6244 (day); 1-800-424-8802 (night).
    (5) Water Transportation: Chief, Hazardous Materials Standards 
Division, Office of Operating and Environmental Standards, U.S. Coast 
Guard, U.S. Department of Homeland Security, Washington, DC 20593-0001; 
202-372-1420 (day); 1-800-424-8802 (night).
    (e) Upon receipt of all information necessary to process the 
application, the receiving Department official transmits to the 
Associate Administrator, by the most rapidly available means of 
communication, an evaluation as to whether an emergency exists under 
Sec.107.117(a) and, if appropriate, recommendations as to the 
conditions to be included in the special permit. The Associate 
Administrator will review an application for emergency processing of a 
special permit in conformance with the standard operating

[[Page 29]]

procedures specified in appendix A of this part (``Standard Operating 
Procedures for Special Permits and Approvals'') to determine if it is 
complete and conforms with the requirements of this subpart. If the 
Associate Administrator determines that an emergency exists under Sec.
107.117(a) and that, with reference to the criteria of Sec.107.113(f), 
granting of the application is in the public interest, the Associate 
Administrator will grant the application subject to such terms as 
necessary and immediately notify the applicant. If the Associate 
Administrator determines that an emergency does not exist or that 
granting of the application is not in the public interest, the applicant 
will be notified immediately.
    (f) A determination that an emergency does not exist is not subject 
to reconsideration under Sec.107.123 of this part.
    (g) Within 90 days following issuance of an emergency special 
permit, the Associate Administrator will publish, in the Federal 
Register, a notice of issuance with a statement of the basis for the 
finding of emergency and the scope and duration of the special permit.

[Amdt. 107-38, 61 FR 21095, May 9, 1996, as amended at 62 FR 51556, Oct. 
1, 1997; 64 FR 51914, Sept. 27, 1999; 65 FR 58618, Sept. 29, 2000; 66 FR 
45377, Aug. 28, 2001; 67 FR 61011, Sept. 27, 2002; 70 FR 56090, Sept. 
23, 2005; 75 FR 53596, Sept. 1, 2010; 76 FR 463, Jan. 5, 2011; 80 FR 
54437, Sept. 10, 2015]



Sec.107.121  Modification, suspension or termination of special 
permit or grant of party status.

    (a) The Associate Administrator may modify a special permit or grant 
of party status on finding that:
    (1) Modification is necessary so that the special permit reflects 
current statutes and regulations; or
    (2) Modification is required by changed circumstances to meet the 
standards of Sec.107.113(f).
    (b) The Associate Administrator may modify, suspend or terminate a 
special permit or grant of party status, as appropriate, on finding 
that:
    (1) Because of a change in circumstances, the special permit or 
party status no longer is needed or no longer would be granted if 
applied for;
    (2) The application contained inaccurate or incomplete information, 
and the special permit or party status would not have been granted had 
the application been accurate and complete;
    (3) The application contained deliberately inaccurate or incomplete 
information; or
    (4) The holder or party knowingly has violated the terms of the 
special permit or an applicable requirement of this chapter in a manner 
demonstrating the holder or party is not fit to conduct the activity 
authorized by the special permit.
    (c) Except as provided in paragraph (d) of this section, before a 
special permit or grant of party status is modified, suspended, or 
terminated, the Associate Administrator notifies the holder or party in 
writing or by electronic means of the proposed action and the reasons 
for it, and provides an opportunity to show cause why the proposed 
action should not be taken.
    (1) Within 30 days of receipt of notice of the proposed action, the 
holder or party may file a response in writing or by electronic means 
that shows cause why the proposed action should not be taken.
    (2) After considering the holder's or party's response, or after 30 
days have passed without response since receipt of the notice, the 
Associate Administrator notifies the holder or party in writing or by 
electronic means of the final decision with a brief statement of 
reasons.
    (d) The Associate Administrator, if necessary to avoid a risk of 
significant harm to persons or property, may, in the notification, 
declare the proposed action immediately effective.

[76 FR 463, Jan. 5, 2011]



Sec.107.123  Reconsideration.

    (a) An applicant for special permit, a special permit holder, or an 
applicant for party status to a special permit may request that the 
Associate Administrator reconsider a decision under Sec.107.113(g), 
Sec.107.117(e) or Sec.107.121(c) of this part. The request must--
    (1) Be in writing or by electronic means and filed within 20 days of 
receipt of the decision;

[[Page 30]]

    (2) State in detail any alleged errors of fact and law;
    (3) Enclose any additional information needed to support the request 
to reconsider; and
    (4) State in detail the modification of the final decision sought.
    (b) The Associate Administrator grants or denies, in whole or in 
part, the relief requested and informs the requesting person in writing 
or by electronic means of the decision. If necessary to avoid a risk of 
significant harm to persons or property, the Associate Administrator 
may, in the notification, declare the action immediately effective.

[76 FR 463, Jan. 5, 2011]



Sec.107.125  Appeal.

    (a) A person who requested reconsideration under Sec.107.123 and 
is denied the relief requested may appeal to the Administrator. The 
appeal must--
    (1) Be in writing or by electronic means and filed within 30 days of 
receipt of the Associate Administrator's decision on reconsideration; 
(2) state in detail any alleged errors of fact and law;
    (2) State in detail any alleged errors of fact and law;
    (3) Enclose any additional information needed to support the appeal; 
and
    (4) State in detail the modification of the final decision sought.
    (b) The Administrator, if necessary to avoid a risk of significant 
harm to persons or property, may declare the Associate Administrator's 
action effective pending a decision on appeal.
    (c) The Administrator grants or denies, in whole or in part, the 
relief requested and informs the appellant in writing or by electronic 
means of the decision. The Administrator's decision is the final 
administrative action.

[Amdt. 107-38, 61 FR 21095, May 9, 1996, as amended at 76 FR 463, Jan. 
5, 2011]



Sec.107.127  Availability of documents for public inspection.

    (a) Documents related to an application under this subpart, 
including the application itself, are available for public inspection, 
except as specified in paragraph (b) of this section, at the Office of 
the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety, Pipeline and 
Hazardous Materials Safety Administration, Approvals and Permits 
Division, U.S. Department of Transportation, East Building, PHH-30, 1200 
New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590-0001. Office hours are 8:30 
a.m. to 5 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays when the 
office is closed. Copies of available documents may be obtained as 
provided in part 7 of this title. Documents numbered 11832 and above may 
also be viewed at the website address http://www.regulations.gov.
    (b) Documents available for inspection do not include materials 
determined to be withheld from public disclosure under Sec.105.30 and 
in accordance with the applicable provisions of section 552(b) of title 
5, United States Code, and part 7 of this title.

[Amdt. 107-38, 61 FR 21095, May 9, 1996, as amended at 65 FR 58618, 
Sept. 29, 2000; 66 FR 45377, Aug. 28, 2001; 67 FR 61011, Sept. 27, 2002; 
70 FR 73162, Dec. 9, 2005; 72 FR 55683, Oct. 1, 2007; 76 FR 56310, Sept. 
13, 2011]



                          Subpart C_Preemption



Sec.107.201  Purpose and scope.

    (a) This subpart prescribes procedures by which:
    (1) Any person, including a State, political subdivision, or Indian 
tribe, directly affected by a requirement of a State, political 
subdivision, or Indian tribe, may apply for a determination as to 
whether that requirement is preempted under 49 U.S.C. 5125.
    (2) A State, political subdivision, or Indian tribe may apply for a 
waiver of preemption with respect to any requirement that the State, 
political subdivision, or Indian tribe acknowledges to be preempted by 
49 U.S.C. 5125, or that has been determined by a court of competent 
jurisdiction to be so preempted.
    (b) For purposes of this subpart ``political subdivision'' includes 
a municipality; a public agency or other instrumentality of one or more 
States, municipalities, or other political subdivisions of a State; or a 
public corporation, board, or commission established under the laws of 
one or more States.
    (c) [Reserved]

[[Page 31]]

    (d) An application for a preemption determination that includes an 
application for a waiver of preemption will be treated and processed 
solely as an application for a preemption determination.

[Amdt. 107-3, 41 FR 38171, Sept. 9, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 107-24, 56 
FR 8622, Feb. 28, 1991; Amdt. 107-25, 57 FR 20428, May 13, 1992; Amdt. 
107-32, 59 FR 49130, Sept. 26, 1994; Amdt. 107-35, 60 FR 49108, Sept. 
21, 1995; Amdt. 107-38, 61 FR 21098, May 9, 1996; 68 FR 52846, Sept. 8, 
2003; 71 FR 30067, May 25, 2006]



Sec.107.202  Standards for determining preemption.

    (a) Except as provided in Sec.107.221 and unless otherwise 
authorized by Federal law, any requirement of a State or political 
subdivision thereof or an Indian tribe that concerns one of the 
following subjects and that is not substantively the same as any 
provision of the Federal hazardous materials transportation law, a 
regulation issued under the Federal hazardous material transportation 
law, or a hazardous material transportation security regulation or 
directive issued by the Secretary of Homeland Security that concerns 
that subject, is preempted:
    (1) The designation, description, and classification of hazardous 
material.
    (2) The packing, repacking, handling, labeling, marking, and 
placarding of hazardous material.
    (3) The preparation, execution, and use of shipping documents 
pertaining to hazardous material and requirements related to the number, 
content, and placement of those documents.
    (4) The written notification, recording, and reporting of the 
unintentional release in transportation of hazardous material and other 
written hazardous materials transportation incident reporting involving 
State or local emergency responders in the initial response to the 
incident.
    (5) The design, manufacturing, fabrication, marking, maintenance, 
reconditioning, repairing, or testing of a packaging or a container 
which is represented, marked, certified, or sold as qualified for use in 
the transportation of hazardous material.
    (b) Except as provided in Sec.107.221 and unless otherwise 
authorized by Federal law, any requirement of a State or political 
subdivision or Indian tribe is preempted if--
    (1) It is not possible to comply with a requirement of the State, 
political subdivision, or Indian tribe and a requirement under the 
Federal hazardous material transportation law, a regulation issued under 
the Federal hazardous material transportation law, or a hazardous 
material transportation security regulation or directive issued by the 
Secretary of Homeland Security;
    (2) The requirement of the State, political subdivision, or Indian 
tribe, as applied or enforced, is an obstacle to accomplishing and 
carrying out the Federal hazardous material transportation law, a 
regulation issued under the Federal hazardous material transportation 
law, or a hazardous material transportation security regulation or 
directive issued by the Secretary of Homeland Security.
    (3) It is preempted under 49 U.S.C. 5125 (c).
    (c) A State, political subdivision, or Indian tribe may impose a fee 
related to transporting hazardous material only if the fee is fair and 
used for a purpose related to transporting hazardous material, including 
enforcement and planning, developing and maintaining a capability for 
emergency response.
    (d) For purposes of this section, ``substantively the same'' means 
that the non-Federal requirement conforms in every significant respect 
to the Federal requirement. Editorial and other similar de minimis 
changes are permitted.

[Amdt. 107-24, 56 FR 8622, Feb. 28, 1991, as amended by Amdt. 107-25, 57 
FR 20428, May 13, 1992; Amdt. 107-29, 58 FR 51527, Oct. 1, 1993; Amdt. 
107-32, 59 FR 49130, Sept. 26, 1994; Amdt. 107-38, 61 FR 21098, May 9, 
1996; Amdt. 107-39, 61 FR 51337, Oct. 1, 1996; 68 FR 52847, Sept. 8, 
2003; 77 FR 60939, Oct. 5, 2012]

                        Preemption Determinations



Sec.107.203  Application.

    (a) With the exception of highway routing matters covered under 49 
U.S.C. 5125(c), any person, including a State or political subdivision 
thereof or an Indian tribe, directly affected by any requirement of a 
State or political subdivision thereof or an Indian tribe, may apply to 
the Chief Counsel for a

[[Page 32]]

determination as to whether that requirement is preempted by Sec.
107.202(a), (b), or (c).
    (b) Each application filed under this section for a determination 
must:
    (1) Be submitted to the Chief Counsel:
    (i) By mail addressed to the Chief Counsel, Pipeline and Hazardous 
Materials Safety Administration, U.S. Department of Transportation, East 
Building, PHC-1, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590-0001;
    (ii) By facsimile to 202-366-7041; or
    (iii) Electronically to the Chief Counsel at 
[email protected].
    (2) Set forth the text of the State or political subdivision or 
Indian tribe requirement for which the determination is sought;
    (3) Specify each requirement of the Federal hazardous materials 
transportation law, regulations issued under the Federal hazardous 
material transportation law, or hazardous material transportation 
security regulations or directives issued by the Secretary of Homeland 
Security with which the applicant seeks the State or political 
subdivision or Indian tribe requirement to be compared;
    (4) Explain why the applicant believes the State or political 
subdivision or Indian tribe requirement should or should not be 
preempted under the standards of Sec.107.202; and
    (5) State how the applicant is affected by the State or political 
subdivision or Indian tribe requirement.
    (c) The filing of an application for a determination under this 
section does not constitute grounds for noncompliance with any 
requirement of the Federal hazardous materials transportation law, 
regulations issued under the Federal hazardous material transportation 
law, or hazardous material transportation security regulations or 
directives issued by the Secretary of Homeland Security.
    (d) Once the Chief Counsel has published notice in the Federal 
Register of an application received under paragraph (a) of this section, 
no applicant for such determination may seek relief with respect to the 
same or substantially the same issue in any court until final action has 
been taken on the application or until 180 days after filing of the 
application, whichever occurs first. Nothing in Sec.107.203(a) 
prohibits a State or political subdivision thereof or Indian tribe, or 
any other person directly affected by any requirement of a State or 
political subdivision thereof or Indian tribe, from seeking a 
determination of preemption in any court of competent jurisdiction in 
lieu of applying to the Chief Counsel under paragraph (a) of this 
section.

[Amdt. 107-24, 56 FR 8622, Feb. 28, 1991, as amended by Amdt. 107-25, 57 
FR 20428, May 13, 1992; Amdt. 107-32, 59 FR 49131, Sept. 26, 1994; Amdt. 
107-38, 61 FR 21098, May 9, 1996; 68 FR 52847, Sept. 8, 2003; 71 FR 
30067, May 25, 2006; 72 FR 55683, Oct. 1, 2007]



Sec.107.205  Notice.

    (a) If the applicant is other than a State, political subdivision, 
or Indian tribe, the applicant shall mail a copy of the application to 
the State, political subdivision, or Indian tribe concerned accompanied 
by a statement that the State, political subdivision, or Indian tribe 
may submit comments regarding the application to the Chief Counsel. The 
application filed with the Chief Counsel must include a certification 
that the applicant has complied with this paragraph and must include the 
names and addresses of each State, political subdivision, or Indian 
tribe official to whom a copy of the application was sent.
    (b) The Chief Counsel will publish notice of, including an 
opportunity to comment on, an application in the Federal Register and 
may notify in writing any person readily identifiable as affected by the 
outcome of the determination.
    (c) Each person submitting written comments to the Chief Counsel 
with respect to an application filed under this section must send a copy 
of the comments to the applicant and certify to the Chief Counsel that 
he or she has complied with this requirement. The Chief Counsel may 
notify other persons participating in the proceeding of the comments and 
provide an opportunity for those other persons to respond. Late-filed 
comments are considered so far as practicable.

[Amdt. 107-38, 61 FR 21098, May 9, 1996, as amended at 71 FR 30067, May 
25, 2006]

[[Page 33]]



Sec.107.207  Processing.

    (a) The Chief Counsel may initiate an investigation of any statement 
in an application and utilize in his or her evaluation any relevant 
facts obtained by that investigation. The Chief Counsel may solicit and 
accept submissions from third persons relevant to an application and 
will provide the applicant an opportunity to respond to all third person 
submissions. In evaluating an application, the Chief Counsel may 
consider any other source of information. The Chief Counsel on his or 
her own initiative may convene a hearing or conference, if he or she 
considers that a hearing or conference will advance his or her 
evaluation of the application.
    (b) The Chief Counsel may dismiss the application without prejudice 
if:
    (1) He or she determines that there is insufficient information upon 
which to base a determination; or
    (2) He or she requests additional information from the applicant and 
it is not submitted.

[Amdt. 107-3, 41 FR 38171, Sept. 9, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 107-24, 56 
FR 8621, 8622, Feb. 28, 1991; Amdt. 107-38, 61 FR 21098, May 9, 1996; 71 
FR 30067, May 25, 2006]



Sec.107.209  Determination.

    (a) Upon consideration of the application and other relevant 
information received, the Chief Counsel issues a determination.
    (b) The determination includes a written statement setting forth the 
relevant facts and the legal basis for the determination, and provides 
that any person aggrieved thereby may file a petition for 
reconsideration with the Chief Counsel.
    (c) The Chief Counsel provides a copy of the determination to the 
applicant and to any other person who substantially participated in the 
proceeding or requested in comments to the docket to be notified of the 
determination. A copy of each determination is placed on file in the 
public docket. The Chief Counsel will publish the determination or 
notice of the determination in the Federal Register, at which time the 
determination becomes a final agency action.
    (d) A determination issued under this section constitutes an 
administrative determination as to whether a particular requirement of a 
State or political subdivision or Indian tribe is preempted under the 
Federal hazardous materials transportation law. The fact that a 
determination has not been issued under this section with respect to a 
particular requirement of a State or political subdivision or Indian 
tribe carries no implication as to whether the requirement is preempted 
under the Federal hazardous materials transportation law.

[Amdt. 107-24, 56 FR 8623, Feb. 28, 1991, as amended by Amdt. 107-25, 57 
FR 20428, May 13, 1992; Amdt. 107-32, 59 FR 49131, Sept. 26, 1994; Amdt. 
107-38, 61 FR 21098, May 9, 1996; 68 FR 52847, Sept. 8, 2003; 71 FR 
30067, May 25, 2006]



Sec.107.211  Petition for reconsideration.

    (a) Any person aggrieved by a determination issued under Sec.
107.209 may file a petition for reconsideration. The petition must be 
filed with the Chief Counsel, in the same manner specified for filing an 
application in Sec.107.203(b), within 20 days of publication of the 
determination in the Federal Register.
    (b) The petition must contain a concise statement of the basis for 
seeking review, including any specific factual or legal error alleged. 
If the petition requests consideration of information that was not 
previously made available to the Chief Counsel, the petition must 
include the reasons why such information was not previously made 
available.
    (c) The petitioner shall mail a copy of the petition to each person 
who participated, either as an applicant or commenter, in the preemption 
determination proceeding, accompanied by a statement that the person may 
submit comments concerning the petition to the Chief Counsel within 20 
days. The petition filed with the Chief Counsel must contain a 
certification that the petitioner has complied with this paragraph and 
include the names and addresses of all persons to whom a copy of the 
petition was sent. Late-filed comments are considered so far as 
practicable.
    (d) The Chief Counsel will publish the decision on the petition for 
reconsideration or notice of the decision in the Federal Register, at 
which time the

[[Page 34]]

decision on the petition for reconsideration becomes a final agency 
action.

[Amdt. 107-25, 57 FR 20428, May 13, 1992, as amended by Amdt. 107-38, 61 
FR 21099, May 9, 1996; 71 FR 30067, May 25, 2006]



Sec.107.213  Judicial review.

    A party to a proceeding under Sec.107.203(a) may seek review of a 
determination of the Chief Counsel by filing a petition, within 60 days 
after the determination becomes final, in the United States Court of 
Appeals for the District of Columbia or in the Court of Appeals for the 
United States for the circuit in which the person resides or has its 
principal place of business.

[71 FR 30068, May 25, 2006]

                   Waiver of Preemption Determinations



Sec.107.215  Application.

    (a) With the exception of requirements preempted under 49 U.S.C. 
5125(c), a State or political subdivision thereof, or Indian tribe may 
apply to the Chief Counsel for a waiver of preemption with respect to 
any requirement that the State or political subdivision thereof or 
Indian tribe acknowledges to be preempted under the Federal hazardous 
materials transportation law, or that has been determined by a court of 
competent jurisdiction to be so preempted. The Chief Counsel may waive 
preemption with respect to such requirement upon a determination that 
such requirement--
    (1) Affords an equal or greater level of protection to the public 
than is afforded by the requirements of the Federal hazardous material 
transportation law or the regulations issued thereunder, and
    (2) Does not unreasonably burden commerce.
    (b) Each application filed under this section for a waiver of 
preemption determination must:
    (1) Be submitted to the Chief Counsel:
    (i) By mail addressed to the Chief Counsel, Pipeline and Hazardous 
Materials Safety Administration, U.S. Department of Transportation, East 
Building, PHC-1, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590-0001;
    (ii) By facsimile to 202-366-7041; or
    (iii) Electronically to the Chief Counsel at 
[email protected].
    (2) Set forth the text of the State or political subdivision 
requirement for which the determination is being sought;
    (3) Include a copy of any court order and any ruling issued under 
Sec.107.209 having a bearing on the application;
    (4) Contain an express acknowledgment by the applicant that the 
State, political subdivision, or Indian tribe requirement is preempted 
under Federal hazardous materials transportation law, unless it has been 
so determined by a court of competent jurisdiction or in a determination 
issued under Sec.107.209;
    (5) Specify each requirement of the Federal hazardous materials 
transportation law that preempts the State, political subdivision, or 
Indian tribe requirement;
    (6) State why the applicant believes the State, political 
subdivision or Indian tribe requirements affords an equal or greater 
level of protection to the public than is afforded by the requirements 
of the Federal hazardous material transportation law or the regulations 
issued thereunder;
    (7) State why the applicant believes the State, political 
subdivision or Indian tribe requirement does not unreasonably burden 
commerce; and
    (8) Specify what steps the State, political subdivision or Indian 
tribe is taking to administer and enforce effectively its inconsistent 
requirement.

[Amdt. 107-3, 41 FR 38171, Sept. 9, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 107-22, 55 
FR 39978, Oct. 1, 1990; Amdt. 107-24, 56 FR 8621, 8623, Feb. 28, 1991; 
56 FR 15510, Apr. 17, 1991; Amdt. 107-23, 56 FR 66156, Dec. 20, 1991; 
Amdt. 107-25, 57 FR 20428, May 13, 1992; Amdt. 107-32, 59 FR 49131, 
Sept. 26, 1994; Amdt. 107-38, 61 FR 21099, May 9, 1996; 68 FR 52847, 
Sept. 8, 2003; 71 FR 30068, May 25, 2006; 72 FR 55683, Oct. 1, 2007]



Sec.107.217  Notice.

    (a) The applicant shall mail a copy of the application and any 
subsequent amendments or other documents relating to the application to 
each person who is reasonably ascertainable by the applicant as a person 
who will be affected by the determination sought. The copy of the 
application must be accompanied by a statement that the

[[Page 35]]

person may submit comments regarding the application within 45 days. The 
application must include a certification that the application has 
complied with this paragraph and must include the names and addresses of 
each person to whom the application was sent.
    (b) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (a) of this section, 
if the State or political subdivision determines that compliance with 
paragraph (a) of this section would be impracticable, the applicant 
shall:
    (1) Comply with the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section 
with regard to those persons whom it is reasonable and practicable to 
notify; and
    (2) Include with the application a description of the persons or 
class or classes of persons to whom notice was not sent.
    (c) The Chief Counsel may require the applicant to provide notice in 
addition to that required by paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, or 
may determine that the notice required by paragraph (a) of the section 
is not impracticable, or that notice should be published in the Federal 
Register. Late-filed comments are considered so far as practicable.
    (d) The Chief Counsel may notify any other persons who may be 
affected by the outcome of a determination on the application.
    (e) Any person submitting written comments with respect to an 
application filed under this section shall send a copy of the comments 
to the applicant. The person shall certify that he has complied with the 
requirements of this paragraph. The Chief Counsel may notify other 
persons participating in the proceeding of the comments and provide an 
opportunity for those other persons to respond.

[Amdt. 107-3, 41 FR 38171, Sept. 9, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 107-24, 56 
FR 8621, Feb. 28, 1991; Amdt. 107-25, 57 FR 20429, May 13, 1992; Amdt. 
107-38, 61 FR 21099, May 9, 1996; 71 FR 30068, May 25, 2006]



Sec.107.219  Processing.

    (a) The Chief Counsel may initiate an investigation of any statement 
in an application and utilize in his or her evaluation any relevant 
facts obtained by that investigation. The Chief Counsel may solicit and 
accept submissions from third persons relevant to an application and 
will provide the applicant an opportunity to respond to all third person 
submissions. In evaluating an application, the Chief Counsel on his or 
her own initiative may convene a hearing or conference, if he or she 
considers that a hearing or conference will advance his or her 
evaluation of the application.
    (b) The Chief Counsel may dismiss the application without prejudice 
if:
    (1) He or she determines that there is insufficient information upon 
which to base a determination;
    (2) Upon his or her request, additional information is not submitted 
by the applicant; or
    (3) The applicant fails to provide the notice required by Sec.
107.217.
    (c) The Chief Counsel will only consider an application for waiver 
of preemption determination if--
    (1) The applicant State or political subdivision thereof or Indian 
tribe expressly acknowledges in its application that the State or 
political subdivision or Indian tribe requirement for which the 
determination is sought is inconsistent with the requirements of the 
Federal hazardous materials transportation law, regulations issued under 
the Federal hazardous material transportation law, or hazardous material 
transportation security regulations or directives issued by the 
Secretary of Homeland Security.
    (2) The State or political subdivision thereof or Indian tribe 
requirement has been determined by a court of competent jurisdiction or 
in a ruling issued under Sec.107.209 to be inconsistent with the 
requirements of the Federal hazardous materials transportation law, 
regulations issued under the Federal hazardous material transportation 
law, or hazardous material transportation security regulations or 
directives issued by the Secretary of Homeland Security.
    (d) When the Chief Counsel has received all substantive information 
it considers necessary to process an application for a waiver of 
preemption determination, it serves notice of that fact upon the 
applicant and all other persons who received notice of the proceeding 
pursuant to Sec.107.217.

[[Page 36]]

    (e) To the extent possible, each application for a waiver of 
preemption determination will be acted upon in a manner consistent with 
the disposition of previous applications for waiver of preemption 
determinations.

[Amdt. 107-3, 41 FR 38171, Sept. 9, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 107-24, 56 
FR 8621, 8623, Feb. 28, 1991; Amdt. 107-32, 59 FR 49131, Sept. 26, 1994; 
Amdt. 107-38, 61 FR 21099, May 9, 1996; 65 FR 58618, Sept. 29, 2000; 68 
FR 52847, Sept. 8, 2003; 69 FR 54044, Sept. 7, 2004; 71 FR 30068, May 
25, 2006]



Sec.107.221  Determination.

    (a) After considering the application and other relevant information 
received or obtained during the proceeding, the Chief Counsel issues a 
determination.
    (b) The Chief Counsel may issue a waiver of preemption only on 
finding that the requirement of the State or political subdivision 
thereof or Indian tribe affords the public a level of safety at least 
equal to that afforded by the requirements of the Federal hazardous 
material transportation law or the regulations issued thereunder and 
does not unreasonably burden commerce. In determining if the requirement 
of the State or political subdivision thereof or Indian tribe 
unreasonably burdens commerce, the Chief Counsel considers:
    (1) The extent to which increased costs and impairment of efficiency 
result from the requirement of the State or political subdivision 
thereof or Indian tribe.
    (2) Whether the requirement of the State or political subdivision 
thereof or Indian tribe has a rational basis.
    (3) Whether the requirement of the State or political subdivision 
thereof or Indian tribe achieves its stated purpose.
    (4) Whether there is need for uniformity with regard to the subject 
concerned and if so, whether the requirement of the State or political 
subdivision thereof or Indian tribe competes or conflicts with those of 
other States or political subdivisions thereof or Indian tribes.
    (c) The determination includes a written statement setting forth 
relevant facts and legal bases and providing that any person aggrieved 
by the determination may file a petition for reconsideration with the 
Chief Counsel.
    (d) The Chief Counsel provides a copy of the determination to the 
applicant and to any other person who substantially participated in the 
proceeding or requested in comments to the docket to be notified of the 
determination. A copy of the determination is placed on file in the 
public docket. The Chief Counsel will publish the determination or 
notice of the determination in the Federal Register, at which time the 
determination becomes a final agency action.
    (e) A determination under this section constitutes an administrative 
finding of whether a particular requirement of a State or political 
subdivision thereof or Indian tribe is preempted under the Federal 
hazardous materials transportation law, or whether preemption is waived.

[Amdt. 107-38, 61 FR 21099, May 9, 1996, as amended at 68 FR 52848, 
Sept. 8, 2003; 71 FR 30068, May 25, 2006]



Sec.107.223  Petition for reconsideration.

    (a) Any person aggrieved by a determination under Sec.107.221 may 
file a petition for reconsideration. The petition must be filed with the 
Chief Counsel, in the same manner specified for filing an application in 
Sec.107.215(b), within 20 days of publication of the determination in 
the Federal Register.
    (b) The petition must contain a concise statement of the basis for 
seeking review, including any specific factual or legal error alleged. 
If the petition requests consideration of information that was not 
previously made available to the Chief Counsel, the petition must 
include the reasons why such information was not previously made 
available.
    (c) The petitioner shall mail a copy of the petition to each person 
who participated, either as an applicant or commenter, in the waiver of 
preemption proceeding, accompanied by a statement that the person may 
submit comments concerning the petition to the Chief Counsel within 20 
days. The petition filed with the Chief Counsel must contain a 
certification that the petitioner has complied with this paragraph and 
include the names and addresses of all persons to whom a copy

[[Page 37]]

of the petition was sent. Late-filed comments are considered so far as 
practicable.
    (d) The Chief Counsel will publish the decision on the petition for 
reconsideration or notice of the decision in the Federal Register, at 
which time the decision on the petition for reconsideration becomes a 
final agency action.

[Amdt. 107-25, 57 FR 20429, May 13, 1992, as amended by Amdt. 107-38, 61 
FR 21099, May 9, 1996; 71 FR 30068, May 25, 2006]



Sec.107.227  Judicial review.

    A party to a proceeding under Sec.107.215(a) may seek review of a 
determination of the Chief Counsel by filing a petition, within 60 days 
after the determination becomes final, in the United States Court of 
Appeals for the District of Columbia or in the Court of Appeals for the 
United States for the circuit in which the person resides or has its 
principal place of business.

[71 FR 30068, May 25, 2006]



                          Subpart D_Enforcement

    Source: Amdt. 107-11, 48 FR 2651, Jan. 20, 1983, unless otherwise 
noted.



Sec.107.301  Delegated authority for enforcement.

    Under redelegation from the Administrator of the Pipeline and 
Hazardous Materials Safety Administration, the Associate Administrator 
for Hazardous Materials Safety and the Office of the Chief Counsel 
exercise their authority for enforcement of the Federal hazardous 
material transportation law, Federal Water Pollution Control Act, this 
subchapter, and subchapters B and C of this chapter, in accordance with 
Sec.1.97 of this title.

[84 FR 6947, Feb. 28, 2019]



Sec.107.303  Purpose and scope.

    This subchapter describes the various enforcement authorities 
exercised by the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety 
and the Office of Chief Counsel and the associated sanctions and 
prescribes the procedures governing the exercise of those authorities 
and the imposition of those sanctions.

[Amdt. 107-11, 48 FR 2651, Jan. 20, 1983, as amended by Amdt. 107-15, 51 
FR 34986, Oct. 1, 1986; Amdt. 107-24, 56 FR 8621, Feb. 28, 1991]



Sec.107.305  Investigations.

    (a) General. In accordance with its delegated authority under part 1 
of this title, the Associate Administrator may initiate investigations 
relating to compliance by any person with any provisions of this 
subchapter, subchapter B of this chapter, or subchapter C of this 
chapter, or any special permit, approval, response plan, or order issued 
thereunder, or any court decree relating thereto. The Associate 
Administrator encourages voluntary production of documents in accordance 
with and subject to Sec.105.45 of this subchapter, and hearings may be 
conducted, and depositions taken pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 5121(a). The 
Associate Administrator may conduct investigative conferences and 
hearings in the course of any investigation.
    (b) Investigations and Inspections. Investigations under 49 U.S.C. 
5121(a) are conducted by personnel duly authorized for that purpose by 
the Associate Administrator. Inspections under 49 U.S.C. 5121(c) are 
conducted by Hazardous Materials Enforcement Specialists or Hazardous 
Materials Compliance Investigators, also known as ``hazmat 
investigators'' or ``investigators,'' whom the Associate Administrator 
has designated for that purpose.
    (1) An investigator will, on request, present his or her credentials 
for examination, but the credentials may not be reproduced.
    (2) An investigator may administer oaths and receive affirmations in 
any matter under investigation by the Associate Administrator.
    (3) An investigator may gather information by reasonable means 
including, but not limited to, interviews, statements, photocopying, 
photography, and video- and audio-recording.
    (4) With concurrence of the Director, Field Operations, Pipeline and 
Hazardous Materials Safety Administration, an investigator may issue a 
subpoena for the production of documentary or other tangible evidence 
if, on the basis of information available to

[[Page 38]]

the investigator, the documents and evidence materially will advance a 
determination of compliance with this subchapter or subchapter C. 
Service of a subpoena shall be in accordance with Sec.105.50. A person 
to whom a subpoena is directed may seek review of the subpoena by 
applying to the Office of Chief Counsel in accordance with Sec.
105.55(a). A subpoena issued under this paragraph may be enforced in 
accordance with Sec.105.55(b).
    (c) Notification. Any person who is the subject of an Associate 
Administrator investigation and who is requested to furnish information 
or documentary evidence is notified as to the general purpose for which 
the information or evidence is sought.
    (d) Termination. When the facts disclosed by an investigation 
indicate that further action is unnecessary or unwarranted at that time, 
the person being investigated is notified and the investigative file is 
closed without prejudice to further investigation by the Associate 
Administrator.
    (e) Confidentiality. Information received in an investigation under 
this section, including the identity of the person investigated and any 
other person who provides information during the investigation, shall 
remain confidential under the investigatory file exception, or other 
appropriate exception, to the public disclosure requirements of 5 U.S.C. 
552.

[Amdt. 107-11, 48 FR 2651, Jan. 20, 1983, as amended by Amdt. 107-24, 56 
FR 8621, Feb. 28, 1991; Amdt. 107-32, 59 FR 49131, Sept. 26, 1994; Amdt. 
107-38, 61 FR 21099, May 9, 1996; 66 FR 45377, Aug. 28, 2001; 67 FR 
61011, Sept. 27, 2002; 73 FR 4711, Jan. 28, 2008; 76 FR 56311, Sept. 13, 
2011; 84 FR 6947, Feb. 28, 2019]

                  Compliance Orders and Civil Penalties



Sec.107.307  General.

    (a) When the Associate Administrator and the Office of Chief Counsel 
have reason to believe that a person is knowingly engaging or has 
knowingly engaged in conduct which is a violation of the Federal 
hazardous material transportation law or any provision of this 
subchapter or subchapter C of this chapter, or any exemption, special 
permit, or order issued thereunder, for which the Associate 
Administrator or the Office of Chief Counsel exercise enforcement 
authority, they may--
    (1) Issue a warning letter, as provided in Sec.107.309;
    (2) Initiate proceedings to assess a civil penalty, as provided in 
either Sec.107.310 or Sec.107.311;
    (3) Issue an order directing compliance, regardless of whether a 
warning letter has been issued or a civil penalty assessed; and
    (4) Seek any other remedy available under the Federal hazardous 
material transportation law.
    (b) In the case of a proceeding initiated for failure to comply with 
an exemption or special permit, the allegation of a violation of a term 
or condition thereof is considered by the Associate Administrator and 
the Office of Chief Counsel to constitute an allegation that the special 
permit holder or party to the special permit is failing, or has failed 
to comply with the underlying regulations from which relief was granted 
by the special permit.

[Amdt. 107-11, 48 FR 2651, Jan. 20, 1983, as amended by Amdt. 107-32, 59 
FR 49131, Sept. 26, 1994; Amdt. 107-36, 61 FR 7183, Feb. 26, 1996; 66 FR 
45377, Aug. 28, 2001; 70 FR 73162, Dec. 9, 2005]



Sec.107.309  Warning letters.

    (a) The Associate Administrator may issue a warning letter to any 
person whom the Associate Administrator believes to have committed a 
probable violation of the Federal hazardous material transportation law, 
the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, or any provision of this 
subchapter, subchapter B of this chapter, subchapter C of this chapter, 
or any special permit issued thereunder.
    (b) A warning letter issued under this section includes:
    (1) A statement of the facts upon which the Associate Administrator 
bases its determination that the person has committed a probable 
violation;
    (2) A statement that the recurrence of the probable violations cited 
may subject the person to enforcement action; and
    (3) An opportunity to respond to the warning letter by submitting 
pertinent

[[Page 39]]

information or explanations concerning the probable violations cited 
therein.

[Amdt. 107-11, 48 FR 2651, Jan. 20, 1983, as amended by Amdt. 107-15, 51 
FR 34986, Oct. 1, 1986; Amdt. 107-24, 56 FR 8621, Feb. 28, 1991; Amdt. 
107-32, 59 FR 49131, Sept. 26, 1994; Amdt. 107-36, 61 FR 7183, Feb. 26, 
1996; 66 FR 45377, Aug. 28, 2001; 84 FR 6947, Feb. 28, 2019]



Sec.107.310  Ticketing.

    (a) For an alleged violation that does not have a direct or 
substantial impact on safety, the Associate Administrator may issue a 
ticket.
    (b) The Associate Administrator issues a ticket by mailing it by 
certified or registered mail to the person alleged to have committed the 
violation. The ticket includes:
    (1) A statement of the facts on which the Associate Administrator 
bases the conclusion that the person has committed the alleged 
violation;
    (2) The maximum penalty provided for by statute, the proposed full 
penalty determined according to PHMSA's civil penalty guidelines and the 
statutory criteria for penalty assessment, and the ticket penalty 
amount; and
    (3) A statement that within 45 days of receipt of the ticket, the 
person must pay the penalty in accordance with paragraph (d) of this 
section, make an informal response under Sec.107.317, or request a 
formal administrative hearing under Sec.107.319.
    (c) If the person makes an informal response or requests a formal 
administrative hearing, the Associate Administrator forwards the 
inspection report, ticket and response to the Office of the Chief 
Counsel for processing under Sec. Sec.107.307-107.339, except that the 
Office of the Chief Counsel will not issue a Notice of Probable 
Violation under Sec.107.311. The Office of the Chief Counsel may 
impose a civil penalty that does not exceed the proposed full penalty 
set forth in the ticket.
    (d) Payment of the ticket penalty amount must be made in accordance 
with the instructions on the ticket.
    (e) If within 45 days of receiving the ticket the person does not 
pay the ticket amount, make an informal response, or request a formal 
administrative hearing, the person has waived the right to make an 
informal response or request a hearing, has admitted the violation and 
owes the ticket penalty amount to PHMSA.

[Amdt. 107-36, 61 FR 7183, Feb. 26, 1996, as amended at 66 FR 45377, 
Aug. 28, 2001]



Sec.107.311  Notice of probable violation.

    (a) The Office of Chief Counsel may serve a notice of probable 
violation on a person alleging the violation of one or more provisions 
of the Federal hazardous material transportation law, the Federal Water 
Pollution Control Act, or any provision of this subchapter, subchapter B 
of this chapter, or subchapter C of this chapter, or any special permit, 
response plan, or order issued thereunder.
    (b) A notice of probable violation issued under this section 
includes the following information:
    (1) A citation of the provisions of the Federal hazardous material 
transportation law, Federal Water Pollution Control Act, an order issued 
thereunder, this subchapter, subchapter B of this chapter, subchapter C 
of this chapter, or the terms of any special permit issued thereunder 
which the Office of Chief Counsel believes the respondent is violating 
or has violated.
    (2) A statement of the factual allegations upon which the demand for 
remedial action, a civil penalty, or both, is based.
    (3) A statement of the respondent's right to present written or oral 
explanations, information, and arguments in answer to the allegations 
and in mitigation of the sanction sought in the notice of probable 
violation.
    (4) A statement of the respondent's right to request a hearing and 
the procedures for requesting a hearing.
    (5) In addition, in the case of a notice of probable violation 
proposing a compliance order, a statement of the proposed actions to be 
taken by the respondent to achieve compliance.
    (6) In addition, in the case of a notice of probable violation 
proposing a civil penalty:
    (i) A statement of the maximum civil penalty for which the 
respondent may be liable;
    (ii) The amount of the preliminary civil penalty being sought by the 
Office

[[Page 40]]

of Chief Counsel, constitutes the maximum amount the Chief Counsel may 
seek throughout the proceeding; and
    (iii) A description of the manner in which the respondent makes 
payment of any money due the United States as a result of the 
proceeding.
    (c) The Office of Chief Counsel may amend a notice of probable 
violation at any time before issuance of a compliance order or an order 
assessing a civil penalty. If the Office of Chief Counsel alleges any 
new material facts or seeks new or additional remedial action or an 
increase in the amount of the proposed civil penalty, it issues a new 
notice of probable violation under this section.

[Amdt. 107-11, 48 FR 2651, Jan. 20, 1983, as amended at 50 FR 45730, 
Nov. 1, 1985; Amdt. 107-24, 56 FR 8624, Feb. 28, 1991; Amdt. 107-32, 59 
FR 49131, Sept. 26, 1994; Amdt. 107-35, 60 FR 49108, Sept. 21, 1995; 
Amdt. 107-36, 61 FR 7184, Feb. 26, 1996; 84 FR 6947, Feb. 28, 2019]



Sec.107.313  Reply.

    (a) Within 30 days of receipt of a notice of probable violation, the 
respondent must either:
    (1) Admit the violation under Sec.107.315;
    (2) Make an informal response under Sec.107.317; or
    (3) Request a hearing under Sec.107.319.
    (b) Failure of the respondent to file a reply as provided in this 
section constitutes a waiver of the respondent's right to appear and 
contest the allegations and authorizes the Chief Counsel, without 
further notice to the respondent, to find the facts to be as alleged in 
the notice of probable violation and issue an order directing compliance 
or assess a civil penalty, or, if proposed in the notice, both. Failure 
to request a hearing under paragraph (a)(3) of this section constitutes 
a waiver of the respondent's right to a hearing.
    (c) Upon the request of the respondent, the Office of Chief Counsel 
may, for good cause shown and filed within the 30 days prescribed in the 
notice of probable violation, extend the 30-day response period.



Sec.107.315  Admission of violations.

    (a) In responding to a notice of probable violation issued under 
Sec.107.311, the respondent may admit the alleged violations and agree 
to accept the terms of a proposed compliance order or to pay the amount 
of the preliminarily assessed civil penalty, or, if proposed in the 
notice, both.
    (b) If the respondent agrees to the terms of a proposed compliance 
order, the Chief Counsel issues a final order prescribing the remedial 
action to be taken by the respondent.
    (c) Payment of a civil penalty, when the amount of the penalty 
exceeds $10,000, must be made by wire transfer, through the Federal 
Reserve Communications System (Fedwire), to the account of the U.S. 
Treasury. Detailed instructions on making payments by wire transfer may 
be obtained from the Financial Operations Division (AMZ-120), Federal 
Aviation Administration, Mike Monroney Aeronautical Center, P.O. Box 
25082, Oklahoma City, OK 73125.
    (d) Payment of a civil penalty, when the amount of the penalty is 
$10,000 or less, must be made either by wire transfer, as set forth in 
paragraph (c) of this section, or certified check or money order payable 
to ``U.S. Department of Transportation'' and submitted to the Financial 
Operations Division (AMZ-120), Federal Aviation Administration, Mike 
Monroney Aeronautical Center, P.O. Box 25082, Oklahoma City, OK 73125.

[Amdt. 107-11, 48 FR 265l, Jan. 20, 1983, as amended by Amdt. 107-23, 57 
FR 45453, Oct. 1, 1992; Amdt. 107-29, 58 FR 51527, Oct. 1, 1993; Amdt. 
107-38, 61 FR 21100, May 9, 1996; 68 FR 52848, Sept. 8, 2003]



Sec.107.317  Informal response.

    (a) In responding to a notice of probable violation under Sec.
107.311, the respondent may submit to the official who issued the 
notice, written explanations, information, or arguments in response to 
the allegations, the terms of a proposed compliance order, or the amount 
of the preliminarily assessed civil penalty.
    (b) The respondent may include in his informal response a request 
for a conference. Upon the request of the respondent, the conference may 
be either in person or by telephone. A request for a conference must set 
forth the issues the respondent will raise at the conference.

[[Page 41]]

    (c) Upon receipt of a request for a conference under paragraph (b) 
of this section, the Chief Counsel's Office, in consultation with the 
Associate Administrator, arranges for a conference as soon as 
practicable at a time and place of mutual convenience.
    (d) The respondent's written explanations, information, and 
arguments as well as the respondent's presentation at a conference are 
considered by the Chief Counsel in reviewing the notice of probable 
violation. Based upon a review of the proceeding, the Chief Counsel may 
dismiss the notice of probable violation in whole or in part. If he does 
not dismiss it in whole, he issues an order directing compliance or 
assessing a civil penalty, or, if proposed in the notice, both.

[Amdt. 107-11, 48 FR 2651, Jan. 20, 1983, as amended by Amdt. 107-23, 56 
FR 66157, Dec. 20, 1991; 66 FR 45377, Aug. 28, 2001]



Sec.107.319  Request for a hearing.

    (a) In responding to a notice of probable violation under Sec.
107.311, the respondent may request a formal administrative hearing on 
the record before an Administrative Law Judge (ALJ) obtained by the 
Office of the Chief Counsel.
    (b) A request for a hearing under paragraph (a) of this section 
must:
    (1) State the name and address of the respondent and of the person 
submitting the request if different from the respondent;
    (2) State which allegations of violations, if any, are admitted; and
    (3) State generally the issues to be raised by the respondent at the 
hearing. Issues not raised in the request are not barred from 
presentation at the hearing; and
    (4) Be addressed to the official who issued the notice.
    (c) After a request for a hearing that complies with the 
requirements of paragraph (b) of this section, the Chief Counsel obtains 
an ALJ to preside over the hearing and notifies the respondent of this 
fact. Upon assignment of an ALJ, further matters in the proceeding 
generally are conducted by and through the ALJ, except that the Chief 
Counsel and respondent may compromise or settle the case under Sec.
107.327 of this subpart without order of the ALJ or voluntarily dismiss 
the case under Rule 41(a)(1) of the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure 
without order of the ALJ; in the event of such a compromise, settlement 
or dismissal, the Chief Counsel expeditiously will notify the ALJ 
thereof.
    (d) At any time after requesting a formal administrative hearing but 
prior to the issuance of a decision and final order by the ALJ, the 
respondent may withdraw such request in writing, thereby terminating the 
jurisdication of the ALJ in the case. Such a withdrawal constitutes an 
irrevocable waiver of respondent's right to such a hearing on the facts, 
allegations, and proposed sanction presented in the notice of probable 
violation to which the request for hearing relates.

[Amdt. 107-11, 48 FR 2651, Jan. 20, 1983, as amended at 48 FR 17094, 
Apr. 21, 1983; Amdt. 107-19, 54 FR 22899, May 30, 1989]



Sec.107.321  Hearing.

    (a) To the extent practicable, the hearing is held in the general 
vicinity of the place where the alleged violation occurred or at a place 
convenient to the respondent. Testimony by witnesses shall be given 
under oath and the hearing shall be recorded verbatim.
    (b) Hearings are conducted in accordance with the Federal Rules of 
Evidence and Federal Rules of Civil Procedure; however, the ALJ may 
modify them as he determines necessary in the interest of a full 
development of the facts. In addition, the ALJ may:
    (1) Administer oaths and affirmations;
    (2) Issue subpoenas as provided by Sec.105.45;
    (3) Adopt procedures for the submission of motions, evidence, and 
other documents pertinent to the proceeding;
    (4) Take or cause depositions to be taken;
    (5) Rule on offers of proof and receive relevant evidence;
    (6) Examine witnesses at the hearing;
    (7) Convene, recess, reconvene, adjourn and otherwise regulate the 
course of the hearing;
    (8) Hold conferences for settlement, simplification of the issues, 
or any other proper purpose; and
    (9) Take any other action authorized by, or consistent with, the 
provisions

[[Page 42]]

of this subpart and permitted by law which may expedite the hearing or 
aid in the disposition of an issue raised therein.
    (c) The official who issued the notice of probable violation, or his 
representative, has the burden of proving the facts alleged therein.
    (d) The respondent may appear and be heard on his own behalf or 
through counsel of his choice. The respondent or his counsel may offer 
relevant information including testimony which he believes should be 
considered in opposition to the allegations or which may bear on the 
sanction being sought and conduct such cross-examination as may be 
required for a full disclosure of the facts.

[Amdt. 107-11, 48 FR 2651, Jan. 20, 1983, as amended at 67 FR 61011, 
Sept. 27, 2002]



Sec.107.323  ALJ's decision.

    (a) After consideration of all matters of record in the proceeding, 
the ALJ shall issue an order dismissing the notice of probable violation 
in whole or in part or granting the sanction sought by the Office of 
Chief Counsel in the notice. If the ALJ does not dismiss the notice of 
probable violation in whole, he issues an order directing compliance or 
assessing a civil penalty, or, if proposed in the notice, both. The 
order includes a statement of the findings and conclusions, and the 
reasons therefore, on all material issues of fact, law, and discretion.
    (b) If, within 20 days of receipt of an order issued under paragraph 
(a) of this section, the respondent does not submit in writing his 
acceptance of the terms of an order directing compliance, or, where 
appropriate, pay a civil penalty, or file an appeal under Sec.107.325, 
the case may be referred to the Attorney General with a request that an 
action be brought in the appropriate United States District Court to 
enforce the terms of a compliance order or collect the civil penalty.



Sec.107.325  Appeals.

    (a) Hearing proceedings. A party aggrieved by an ALJ's decision and 
order issued under Sec.107.323, may file a written appeal in 
accordance with paragraph (c) of this section with the Administrator, 
Office of the Administrator, Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety 
Administration, East Building, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, 
DC 20590-0001.
    (b) Non-Hearing proceedings. A respondent aggrieved by an order 
issued under Sec.107.317, may file a written appeal in accordance with 
paragraph (c) of this section with the Administrator, Office of the 
Administrator, Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration, 
East Building, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590-0001.
    (c) An appeal of an order issued under this subpart must:
    (1) Be filed within 20 days of receipt of the order by the appealing 
party; and
    (2) State with particularity the findings in the order that the 
appealing party challenges, and include all information and arguments 
pertinent thereto.
    (d) If the Administrator, PHMSA, affirms the order in whole or in 
part, the respondent must comply with the terms of the decision within 
20 days of the respondent's receipt thereof, or within the time 
prescribed in the order. If the respondent does not comply with the 
terms of the decision within 20 days of receipt, or within the time 
prescribed in the order, the case may be referred to the Attorney 
General for action to enforce the terms of the decision.
    (e) The filing of an appeal stays the effectiveness of an order 
issued under Sec.107.317 or Sec.107.323. However, if the 
Administrator, PHMSA, determines that it is in the public interest, he 
may keep an order directing compliance in force pending appeal.

[70 FR 56090, Sept. 23, 2005, as amended at 72 FR 55683, Oct. 1, 2007]



Sec.107.327  Compromise and settlement.

    (a) At any time before an order issued under Sec.107.317 or Sec.
107.323 is referred to the Attorney General for enforcement, the 
respondent or the Office of Chief Counsel may propose a compromise as 
follows:
    (1) In civil penalty cases, the respondent or Chief Counsel may 
offer to compromise the amount of the penalty by submitting an offer for 
a specific amount to the other party. An offer of

[[Page 43]]

compromise by the respondent shall be submitted to the Chief Counsel who 
may, after consultation with the Associate Administrator, accept or 
reject it.
    (i) A compromise offer stays the running of any response period then 
outstanding.
    (ii) If a compromise is agreed to by the parties, the respondent is 
notified in writing. Upon receipt of payment by Office of Chief Counsel, 
the respondent is notified in writing that acceptance of payment is in 
full satisfaction of the civil penalty proposed or assessed, and Office 
of Chief Counsel closes the case with prejudice to the respondent.
    (iii) If a compromise cannot be agreed to, the respondent is 
notified in writing and is given 10 days or the amount of time remaining 
in the then outstanding response period, whichever is longer, to respond 
to whatever action was taken by the Office of Chief Counsel or the 
Administrator, PHMSA.
    (2) In compliance order cases, the respondent may propose a consent 
agreement to the Chief Counsel. If the Chief Counsel accepts the 
agreement, he issues an order in accordance with its terms. If the Chief 
Counsel rejects the agreement, he directs that the proceeding continue. 
An agreement submitted to the Chief Counsel must include:
    (i) A statement of any allegations of fact which the respondent 
challenges;
    (ii) The reasons why the terms of a compliance order or proposed 
compliance order are or would be too burdensome for the respondent, or 
why such terms are not supported by the record in the case;
    (iii) A proposed compliance order suitable for issuance by the Chief 
Counsel;
    (iv) An admission of all jurisdictional facts; and
    (v) An express waiver of further procedural steps and all right to 
seek judicial review or otherwise challenge or contest the validity of 
the order.
    (b) Notwithstanding paragraph (a)(1) of this section, the respondent 
or Office of Chief Counsel may propose to settle the case. If the Chief 
Counsel agrees to a settlement, the respondent is notified and the case 
is closed without prejudice to the respondent.

[Amdt. 107-11, 48 FR 2651, Jan. 20, 1983, as amended at 50 FR 45730, 
Nov. 1, 1985; Amdt. 107-24, 56 FR 8621, Feb. 28, 1991; 56 FR 15510, Apr. 
17, 1991; Amdt. 107-29, 58 FR 51527, Oct. 1, 1993; 66 FR 45377, Aug. 28, 
2001]



Sec.107.329  Maximum penalties.

    (a) A person who knowingly violates a requirement of the Federal 
hazardous material transportation law, an order issued thereunder, this 
subchapter, subchapter C of the chapter, or a special permit or approval 
issued under this subchapter applicable to the transportation of 
hazardous materials or the causing of them to be transported or shipped 
is liable for a civil penalty of not more than $81,993 for each 
violation, except the maximum civil penalty is $191,316 if the violation 
results in death, serious illness, or severe injury to any person or 
substantial destruction of property. There is no minimum civil penalty, 
except for a minimum civil penalty of $493 for violations relating to 
training. When the violation is a continuing one, each day of the 
violation constitutes a separate offense.
    (b) A person who knowingly violates a requirement of the Federal 
hazardous material transportation law, an order issued thereunder, this 
subchapter, subchapter C of the chapter, or a special permit or approval 
issued under this subchapter applicable to the design, manufacture, 
fabrication, inspection, marking, maintenance, reconditioning, repair or 
testing of a package, container, or packaging component which is 
represented, marked, certified, or sold by that person as qualified for 
use in the transportation of hazardous materials in commerce is liable 
for a civil penalty of not more than $81,993 for each violation, except 
the maximum civil penalty is $191,316 if the violation results in death, 
serious illness, or severe injury to any person or substantial 
destruction of property. There is no minimum civil penalty, except for a 
minimum civil penalty of $493 for violations relating to training.

[84 FR 37071, July 31, 2019]

[[Page 44]]



Sec.107.331  Assessment considerations.

    After finding a knowing violation under this subpart, the Office of 
Chief Counsel assesses a civil penalty taking the following into 
account:
    (a) The nature and circumstances of the violation;
    (b) The extent and gravity of the violation;
    (c) The degree of the respondent's culpability;
    (d) The respondent's prior violations;
    (e) The respondent's ability to pay;
    (f) The effect on the respondent's ability to continue in business; 
and
    (g) Such other matters as justice may require.

[Amdt. 107-11, 48 FR 2651, Jan. 20, 1983, as amended by Amdt. 107-30, 58 
FR 50500, Sept. 27, 1993; Amdt. 107-38, 61 FR 21100, May 9, 1996]

                           Criminal Penalties



Sec.107.333  Criminal penalties generally.

    A person who knowingly violates Sec.171.2(l) of this title or 
willfully or recklessly violates a requirement of the Federal hazardous 
material transportation law or a regulation, order, special permit, or 
approval issued thereunder shall be fined under title 18, United States 
Code, or imprisoned for not more than 5 years, or both, except the 
maximum amount of imprisonment shall be 10 years in any case in which 
the violation involves the release of a hazardous material which results 
in death or bodily injury to any person.

[71 FR 8487, Feb. 17, 2006]



Sec.107.335  Referral for prosecution.

    If the Associate Administrator becomes aware of a possible willful 
violation of the Federal hazardous material transportation law, this 
subchapter, subchapter C of this chapter, or any special permit, or 
order issued thereunder, for which the Associate Administrator exercises 
enforcement responsibility, it shall report it to the Office of the 
Chief Counsel, Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration, 
U.S. Department of Transportation, Washington, DC 20590-0001. If 
appropriate, the Chief Counsel refers the report to the Department of 
Justice for criminal prosecution of the offender.

[Amdt. 107-11, 48 FR 2651, Jan. 20, 1983, as amended by Amdt. 107-22, 55 
FR 39978, Oct. 1, 1990; Amdt. 107-24, 56 FR 8621, Feb. 28, 1991; 56 FR 
15510, Apr. 17, 1991; Amdt. 107-32, 59 FR 49131, Sept. 26, 1994; Amdt. 
107-35, 60 FR 49108, Sept. 21, 1995; 66 FR 45377, Aug. 28, 2001]



Sec.107.336  Limitation on fines and penalties.

    If a State or political subdivision or Indian tribe assesses any 
fine or penalty determined by the Secretary to be appropriate for a 
violation concerning a subject listed in Sec.107.202(a), no additional 
fine or penalty may be assessed for such violation by any other 
authority.

[Amdt. 107-24, 56 FR 8624, Feb. 28, 1991]

                            Injunctive Action



Sec.107.337  Injunctions generally.

    Whenever it appears to the Office of Chief Counsel that a person has 
engaged, or is engaged, or is about to engage in any act or practice 
constituting a violation of any provision of the Federal hazardous 
material transportation law, this subchapter, subchapter C of this 
chapter, or any special permit, or order issued thereunder, for which 
the Office of Chief Counsel exercises enforcement responsibility, the 
Administrator, PHMSA, or his delegate, may request the Attorney General 
to bring an action in the appropriate United States District Court for 
such relief as is necessary or appropriate, including mandatory or 
prohibitive injunctive relief, interim equitable relief, and punitive 
damages as provided by 49 U.S.C. 5122(a).

[Amdt. 107-11, 48 FR 2651, Jan. 20, 1983, as amended by Amdt. 107-32, 59 
FR 49131, Sept. 26, 1994]



Sec.107.338  Prohibition of hazardous materials operations.

    As provided for in subpart E of part 109 of this subchapter, a 
person who fails to pay a civil penalty in accordance with agreed upon 
installments or in full within prescribed time lines, is prohibited from 
conducting hazardous

[[Page 45]]

materials operations and shall immediately cease all hazardous materials 
operations.

[79 FR 46199, Aug. 7, 2014]



Sec.107.339  Imminent hazards.

    Whenever it appears to the Office of the Chief Counsel that there is 
a substantial likelihood that death, serious illness, or severe personal 
injury will result from the transportation of a particular hazardous 
material or hazardous materials container, before a compliance order 
proceeding or other administrative hearing or formal proceeding to abate 
the risk of that harm can be completed, the Administrator, PHMSA, or his 
delegate, may bring an action under 49 U.S.C. 5122(b) in the appropriate 
United States District Court for an order suspending or restricting the 
transporation of that hazardous material or those containers or for such 
other equitable relief as is necessary or appropriate to ameliorate the 
hazard.

[Amdt. 107-11, 48 FR 2651, Jan. 20, 1983, as amended by Amdt. 107-15, 51 
FR 34987, Oct. 1, 1986; Amdt. 107-32, 59 FR 49131, Sept. 26, 1994]



Sec. Appendix A to Subpart D of Part 107--Guidelines for Civil Penalties

    I. This appendix sets forth the guidelines PHMSA uses (as of October 
2, 2013) in making initial baseline determinations for civil penalties. 
The first part of these guidelines is a list of baseline amounts or 
ranges for frequently-cited probable violations. Following the list of 
violations are general guidelines PHMSA uses in making penalty 
determinations in enforcement cases.

                 II. List of Frequently Cited Violations

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                           Baseline
      Violation description         Section or cite       assessment
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                          General Requirements
------------------------------------------------------------------------
A. Registration Requirements:     107.608, 107.612.
 Failure to register as an
 offeror or carrier of hazardous
 material and pay registration
 fee:
    1. Small business or not-for- ..................  $1,200 + $600 each
     profit.                                           additional year.
    2. All others...............  ..................  $3,500 + $1,000
                                                       each additional
                                                       year.
B. Training Requirements:
    1. Failure to provide         172.702.
     initial training to hazmat
     employees (general
     awareness, function-
     specific, safety, and
     security awareness
     training):
        a. More than 10 hazmat    ..................  $1,500 for each
         employees.                                    area.
        b. 10 hazmat employees    ..................  $1,000 for each
         or fewer.                                     area.
    2. Failure to provide         172.702...........  $1,000 for each
     recurrent training to                             area.
     hazmat employees (general
     awareness, function-
     specific, safety, and
     security awareness
     training).
    3. Failure to provide in-     172.702...........  Included in
     depth security training                           penalty for no
     when a security plan is                           security plan.
     required but has not been
     developed.
    4. Failure to provide in-     172.702...........  $3,100.
     depth security training
     when a security plan is
     required and has been
     developed.
    5. Failure to create and      172.704.
     maintain training records:.
        a. More than 10 hazmat    ..................  $1,000.
         employees.
        b. 10 hazmat employees    ..................  $600.
         or fewer.
C. Security Plans:
    1. Failure to develop a       172.800...........
     security plan; failure to
     adhere to security plan:
        a. Section 172.504 Table  ..................  $9,300.
         1 materials.
        b. Packing Group I......  ..................  $7,500.
        c. Packing Group II.....  ..................  $5,600.
        d. Packing Group III....  ..................  $3,700.
    2. Incomplete security plan   ..................  One-quarter (25
     or incomplete adherence                           percent) of above
     (one or more of four                              for each element.
     required elements missing).
    3. Failure to update a        172.802(b)........  One-third (33
     security plan to reflect                          percent) of
     changing circumstances.                           baseline for no
                                                       plan.
    4. Failure to put security    172.800(b)........  One-third (33
     plan in writing; failure to                       percent) of
     make all copies identical.                        baseline for no
                                                       plan.
D. Notification to a Foreign      171.22(f).
 Shipper: Failure to provide a
 foreign offeror or forwarding
 agent written information of
 HMR requirements applicable to
 a shipment of hazardous
 materials within the United
 States, at the place of entry
 into the United States:
    1. Packing Group I and Sec. ..................  $9,300 .*
      172.504 Table 1 materials.
    2. Packing Group II.........  ..................  $5,500 .*

[[Page 46]]

 
    3. Packing Group III........  ..................  $1,800 .*
------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * The baseline applied to the importer shall be equal to or less than
 the baseline applied to the foreign offeror or forwarding agent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------


------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                           Baseline
      Violation description         Section or cite       assessment
------------------------------------------------------------------------
E. Special Permits and
 Approvals:
    1. Offering or transporting   171.2.
     a hazardous material, or
     otherwise performing a
     function covered by a
     special permit or approval,
     without authorization:
        a. After the special      ..................  $1,200 + $600 for
         permit or approval has                        each additional
         expired.                                      year.
        b. After the special      ..................  $5,000 to $25,000.
         permit or approval has
         been terminated.
    2. Failure to comply with a   171.2.
     provision of a special
     permit or approval (when no
     other baseline is
     applicable):
        a. That relates to        ..................  $4,000 and up.
         safety.
        b. That does not relate   ..................  $500 and up.
         to safety.
    3. Failure to maintain a      Special Permit....  $1,000.
     copy of the special permit
     in the transport vehicle or
     facility, when required by
     the terms of the special
     permit.
    4. Use an approval or         Approval, Various.  $9,000.
     approval symbol issued to
     another person.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
              Offeror Requirements--All hazardous materials
------------------------------------------------------------------------
A. Undeclared Shipment:.........  172.200, 172.300,
                                   172.400, 172.500.
    1. Offering for
     transportation a hazardous
     material without shipping
     papers, package markings,
     labels, and placards (where
     required):
        a. Packing Group I and    ..................  $30,000 and up.
         Sec. 172.504 Table 1
         materials.
        b. Packing Group II.....  ..................  $20,000.
        c. Packing Group III....  ..................  $17,500.
        d. Consumer Commodity,    ..................  $5,000.
         ORM-D.
    2. Offering for
     transportation a hazardous
     material that is
     misclassified on the
     shipping paper, markings,
     labels, and placards
     (including improper
     treatment as consumer
     commodity, ORM-D):
        a. Packing Group I and    ..................  $20,000.
         Sec. 172.504 Table I
         materials.
        b. Packing Group II.....  ..................  $12,000.
        c. Packing Group III....  ..................  $8,000.
    3. Offering for
     transportation a forbidden
     hazardous material:
        a. Packing Group I and    ..................  $35,000.
         Sec. 172.504 Table I
         materials.
        b. Packing Group II.....  ..................  $25,000.
        c. Packing Group III....  ..................  $20,000.
    4. Offering for
     transportation a lithium
     battery, without shipping
     papers, package markings,
     labels, or placards (when
     required):
        a. For air transport....  ..................  $40,000.
        b. For ground transport.  ..................  $20,000.
B. Shipping Papers:
    1. Failure to provide a       172.201,
     shipping paper for a          177.817(a).
     shipment of hazardous
     materials or accepting
     hazardous materials for
     transportation without a
     shipping paper:
        a. Packing Group I and    ..................  $7,500.
         Sec. 172.504 Table 1
         materials.
        b. Packing Group II.....  ..................  $5,600.
        c. Packing Group III....  ..................  $3,700.
    2. Failure to follow one or   172.201(a)(1).....  $1,500.
     more of the three approved
     formats for listing
     hazardous materials and non-
     hazardous materials on a
     shipping paper.
    3. Failure to retain          172.201(e)........  $1,200.
     shipping papers as required.

[[Page 47]]

 
    4. Failure to include a       172.202.
     proper shipping name in the
     shipping description or
     using an incorrect proper
     shipping name:
        a. Packing Group I and    ..................  $2,000.
         Sec. 172.504 Table 1
         materials.
        b. Packing Group II.....  ..................  $1,500.
        c. Packing Group III....  ..................  $1,000.
    5. Failure to include a       172.202.
     hazard class/division
     number in the shipping
     description:
        a. Packing Group I and    ..................  $2,000.
         Sec. 172.504 Table 1
         materials.
        b. Packing Group II.....  ..................  $1,500.
        c. Packing Group III....  ..................  $1,000.
    6. Failure to include an      172.202.
     identification number in
     the shipping description:
        a. Packing Group I and    ..................  $2,500.
         Sec. 172.504 Table 1
         materials.
        b. Packing Group II.....  ..................  $1,800.
        c. Packing Group III....  ..................  $1,200.
    7. Using an incorrect hazard  172.202.
     class:.
        a. That does not affect   ..................  $1,000.
         compatibility
         requirements.
        b. That affects
         compatibility
         requirements:
            i. Packing Group I    ..................  $7,500.
             and Sec. 172.504
             Table 1 materials.
            ii. Packing Group II  ..................  $5,600.
            iii. Packing Group    ..................  $3,700.
             III.
    8. Using an incorrect         172.202.
     identification number:.
        a. That does not change   ..................  $1,000.
         the response
         information.
        b. That changes response
         information:
            i. Packing Group I    ..................  $7,500.
             and Sec. 172.504
             Table 1 materials.
            ii. Packing Group II  ..................  $5,600.
            iii. Packing Group    ..................  $3,700.
             III.
    9. Failure to include the     172.202.
     Packing Group or using an
     incorrect Packing Group:
        a. Packing Group I and    ..................  $1,700.
         Sec. 172.504 Table 1
         materials.
        b. Packing Group II and   ..................  $1,300.
         III.
    10. Using a shipping          172.202...........  $1,000.
     description that includes
     additional unauthorized
     information (extra or
     incorrect words).
    11. Using a shipping          172.202...........  $600.
     description not in required
     sequence.
    12. Failure to include the    172.202...........  $600.
     total quantity of hazardous
     material covered by a
     shipping description
     (including net explosive
     mass).
    13. Failure to include any    172.203(a), (b),    $600.
     of the following on a         (c)(2), (k), (l).
     shipping paper, as
     required: Special permit
     number; ``Limited Quantity
     or ``Ltd Qty;'' ``RQ'' for
     a hazardous substance;
     technical name in
     parentheses for a listed
     generic or ``n.o.s.''
     material; or marine
     pollutant.
    14. Failure to indicate       172.203(m)........  $2,500.
     poison inhalation hazard on
     a shipping paper.
    15. Failure to include or     172.204...........  $1,000.
     sign the required shipper's
     certification on a shipping
     paper.
C. Emergency Response
 Information Requirements:
    1. Providing incorrect        172.602.
     emergency response
     information with or on a
     shipping paper:
        a. No significant         ..................  $1,000.
         difference in response.
        b. Significant
         difference in response:
            i. Packing Group I    ..................  $7,500.
             and Sec. 172.504
             Table 1 materials.
            ii. Packing Group II  ..................  $5,600.
            iii. Packing Group    ..................  $3,700.
             III.

[[Page 48]]

 
    2. Failure to include an      172.604...........  $3,200.
     emergency response
     telephone number on a
     shipping paper.
    3. Failure to have the        172.604...........  $1,600.
     emergency response
     telephone number monitored
     while a hazardous material
     is in transportation; or
     listing the number in a
     manner that it is not
     readily identifiable or
     cannot be found easily and
     quickly (e.g., multiple
     telephone numbers); or
     failing to include the
     name, contract number, or
     other unique identifier of
     the person registered with
     the emergency response
     provider.
    4. Listing an emergency       172.604...........  $3,200 to $5,200
     response telephone number
     on a shipping paper that
     causes emergency responders
     delay in obtaining
     emergency response
     information (e.g., listing
     a telephone number that not
     working, incorrect, or
     otherwise not capable of
     providing required
     information).
D. Package Marking Requirements:
    1. Failure to mark the        172.301(a).
     proper shipping name and
     identification number on a
     package:
        a. Packing Group I and    ..................  $6,000.
         Sec. 172.504 Table 1
         materials.
        b. Packing Group II.....  ..................  $4,500.
        c. Packing Group III....  ..................  $3,000.
    2. Marking a package with an  172.301(a).
     incorrect shipping name and
     identification number:
        a. That does not change
         the response
         information:
            i. Packing Group I    ..................  $3,700.
             and Sec. 172.504
             Table 1 materials.
            ii. Packing Group II  ..................  $2,700.
            iii. Packing Group    ..................  $2,200.
             III.
        b. That changes the
         response information:
            i. Packing Group I    ..................  $9,500.
             and Sec. 172.504
             Table 1 materials.
            ii. Packing Group II  ..................  $7,100.
            iii. Packing Group    ..................  $4,700.
             III.
    3. Failure to mark the        172.301(a).
     proper shipping name on a
     package or marking an
     incorrect shipping name on
     a package:
        a. Packing Group I and    ..................  $2,000.
         Sec. 172.504 Table 1
         materials.
        b. Packing Group II.....  ..................  $1,500.
        c. Packing Group III....  ..................  $1,000.
    4. Failure to mark the        172.301(a).
     identification number on a
     package:.
        a. Packing Group I and    ..................  $2,500.
         Sec. 172.504 Table 1
         materials.
        b. Packing Group II.....  ..................  $1,800.
        c. Packing Group III....  ..................  $1,200.
    5. Marking a package with an  172.301(a).
     incorrect identification
     number:.
        a. That does not change   ..................  $1,000.
         the response
         information.
        b. That changes the
         response information:
            i. Packing Group I    ..................  $7,500.
             and Sec. 172.504
             Table 1 materials.
            ii. Packing Group II  ..................  $5,600.
            iii. Packing Group    ..................  $3,700.
             III.
    6. Failure to include the     172.301(c)........  $600.
     required technical name(s)
     in parentheses for a listed
     generic or ``n.o.s.'' entry.
    7. Failure to mark ``non-     172.301(f)........  $2,000.
     odorized'' on a cylinder
     containing liquefied
     petroleum gas.
    8. Marking a package as       172.303(a)........  $1,000.
     containing hazardous
     material when it contains
     no hazardous material.
    9. Failure to locate          172.304(a)(4).....  $1,000.
     required markings away from
     other markings that could
     reduce their effectiveness.
    10. Failure to mark a         172.312.
     package containing liquid
     hazardous materials with
     required orientation
     markings:
        a. Packing Group I and    ..................  $4,000.
         Sec. 172.504 Table 1
         materials.
        b. Packing Group II.....  ..................  $3,500.

[[Page 49]]

 
        c. Packing Group III....  ..................  $3,000.
    11. Failure to mark           172.313(a),         $4,000.
     ``Biohazard on an             172.323.
     infectious substance or
     ``Inhalation Hazard'' on a
     package containing a poison
     by inhalation hazard.
    12. Failure to apply limited  172.315,            $600.
     quantity marking or ``RQ''    172.324(b).
     marking on a non-bulk
     package containing a
     hazardous substance.
    13. Listing the technical     172.301(b)........  $1,600.
     name of a select agent
     hazardous material when it
     should not be listed.
    14. Failure to apply a        172.317, 172.322,   $1,200.
     ``Keep away from heat,''      172.325.
     marine pollutant, or
     elevated temperature
     (``HOT'') marking.
    15. Failure to properly mark  172.331, 172.334,   $1,000.
     a bulk container.             172.336, 172.338.
E. Package Labeling
 Requirements:
    1. Failure to label a         172.400...........  $7,000.
     package or applying a label
     that represents a hazard
     other than the hazard
     presented by the hazardous
     material in the package.
    2. Placing a label on a       172.401(a)........  $1,000.
     package that does not
     contain a hazardous
     material.
    3. Failure to place a         172.402.
     required subsidiary label
     on a package:.
        a. Packing Group I and    ..................  $3,100.
         Sec. 172.504 Table 1
         materials.
        b. Packing Group II.....  ..................  $1,800.
        c. Packing Group III....  ..................  $600.
    4. Placing a label on a       172.406(a)........  $1,000.
     different surface of the
     package than, or away from,
     the proper shipping name.
    5. Placing an improper size   172.407(c)........  $1,000.
     label on a package.
    6. Placing a label on a       172.407(d)........  $1,000.
     package that does not meet
     color specification
     requirements (depending on
     the variance).
    7. Failure to place a Cargo   172.402(c)........  $5,000.
     Aircraft Only label on a
     package intended for air
     transportation, when
     required.
    8. Failure to place a Cargo   172.402(c),
     Aircraft Only label on a      172.102(c)(1)
     package containing a          Special Provision
     primary lithium battery or    188, 189, 190.
     failure to mark a package
     containing a primary
     lithium battery as
     forbidden for transport on
     passenger aircraft:
        a. For air transport....  ..................  $10,000.
        b. For ground transport.  ..................  $1,000.
    9. Failure to provide an      172.411...........  $3,100.
     appropriate class or
     division number on an
     explosive label.
F. Placarding Requirements:
    1. Improperly placarding a    172.504.
     freight container or
     vehicle containing
     hazardous materials:
        a. Packing Group I and    ..................  $1,200 to $11,200.
         Sec. 172.504 Table 1
         materials.
        b. Packing Group II and   ..................  $1,000 to $9,000.
         III.
    2. Failure to placard a       172.504.
     freight container or
     vehicle containing
     hazardous materials (no
     placard at all):
        a. Packing Group I and    ..................  $12,000.
         Sec. 172.504 Table 1
         materials.
        b. Packing Group II and   ..................  $8,500.
         III.
G. Packaging Requirements:
    1. Failure to comply with     173.4, 173.4a,      $1,000 to $5,000.
     package testing               173.4b, 173.6,
     requirements for small        173.156, 173.306.
     quantities, excepted
     quantities, de minimis,
     materials of trade, limited
     quantities, and ORM-D.
    2. Offering a hazardous       Various.
     material for transportation
     in an unauthorized non-UN
     standard or non-
     specification packaging
     (includes failure to comply
     with the terms of a special
     permit authorizing use of a
     non-standard or non-
     specification packaging):
        a. Packing Group I, Sec...................  $11,200.
           172.504 Table 1
         materials, and Division
         2.3 gases.
        b. Packing Group II and   ..................  $8,700.
         Divisions 2.1 and 2.2
         gases.
        c. Packing Group III....  ..................  $6,200.
    3. Offering a hazardous       Various.
     material for transportation
     in a package that was not
     retested as required:
        a. Packing Group I and    ..................  $8,000.
         Sec. 172.504 Table 1
         materials.

[[Page 50]]

 
        b. Packing Group II.....  ..................  $5,000.
        c. Packing Group III....  ..................  $3,000.
    4. Offering a hazardous       Various.
     material for transportation
     in an improper package:
        a. When Packing Group I   ..................  $8,000.
         material is packaged in
         a Packing Group III
         package.
        b. When Packing Group I   ..................  $5,000.
         material is packaged in
         a Packing Group II
         package.
        c. When Packing Group II  ..................  $3,000.
         material is packaged in
         a Packing Group III
         package.
    5. Offering a hazardous       Various...........  $7,500.
     material for transportation
     in a packaging (including a
     packaging manufactured
     outside the United States)
     that is torn, damaged, has
     hazardous material present
     on the outside of the
     package, or is otherwise
     not suitable for shipment.
    6. Offering a hazardous       178.601, Various.
     material for transportation
     in a self-certified
     packaging that has not been
     subjected to design
     qualification testing:
        a. Packing Group I and    ..................  $13,500.
         Sec. 172.504 Table 1
         materials.
        b. Packing Group II.....  ..................  $10,500.
        c. Packing Group III....  ..................  $7,500.
    7. Offering a hazardous       173.32(d),          $4,500.
     material for transportation   173.24(c).
     in a packaging that has
     been successfully tested to
     an applicable UN standard
     but is not marked with the
     required UN marking
     (including missing
     specification plates).
    8. Failure to close a UN      173.22(a)(4).
     standard packaging in
     accordance with the closure
     instructions:
        a. Packing Group I and    ..................  $2,000 to $5,000.
         Sec. 172.504 Table 1
         materials.
        b. Packing Group II.....  ..................  $1,000 to $4,000.
        c. Packing Group III....  ..................  $500 to $3,000.
    9. Offering a hazardous       173.24(b).
     material for transportation
     in a packaging that leaks
     during conditions normally
     incident to transportation:
        a. Packing Group I and    ..................  $16,500.
         Sec. 172.504 Table 1
         materials.
        b. Packing Group II.....  ..................  $11,200.
        c. Packing Group III....  ..................  $7,500.
    10. Overfilling or            173.24(b).
     underfilling a package so
     that the effectiveness is
     substantially reduced:
        a. Packing Group I and    ..................  $11,200.
         Sec. 172.504 Table 1
         materials.
        b. Packing Group II.....  ..................  $7,500.
        c. Packing Group III....  ..................  $3,700.
    11. Failure to ensure         173.24(e).........  $9,000 to $12,000.
     packaging is compatible
     with hazardous material
     lading.
    12. Failure to mark an        173.25(a)(4)......  $3,700.
     overpack as required.
    13. Packaging incompatible    173.25(a)(5)......  $9,300.
     materials in an overpack.
    14. Marking a package         173.25(a).
     ``overpack'' when the inner
     packages do not meet the
     requirements of the HMR:
        a. Packing Group I and    ..................  $15,000.
         Sec. 172.504 Table 1
         materials.
        b. Packing Group II.....  ..................  $10,000.
        c. Packing Group III....  ..................  $7,000.
    15. Failure to comply with    173.27............  $1,000 to $10,000.
     additional requirements for
     transportation by aircraft.
    16. Filling an IBC, portable  173.32(a),
     tank, or cargo tank (DOT,     173.33(a)(3),
     UN, or IM) that is out of     180.352, 180.407,
     test and offering hazardous   180.605.
     materials for
     transportation in that IBC
     or portable tank. (Penalty
     amount depends on number of
     units and time out of
     test.).
        a. Packing Group I and
         Sec. 172.504 Table 1
         materials:
            i. All testing        ..................  $8,700.
             overdue.
            ii. Only periodic (5  ..................  $4,600.
             year) tests overdue
             or only
             intermediate
             periodic (2.5 year)
             tests overdue.
        b. Packing Group II:
            i. All testing        ..................  $6,600.
             overdue.

[[Page 51]]

 
            ii. Only periodic (5  ..................  $3,300.
             year) tests overdue
             or only
             intermediate
             periodic (2.5 year)
             tests overdue.
        c. Packing Group III:
            i. All testing        ..................  $4,600.
             overdue.
            ii. Only periodic (5  ..................  $2,300.
             year) tests overdue
             or only
             intermediate
             periodic (2.5 year)
             tests overdue.
    17. Manifolding cylinders     173.301(g)........  $3,700 and up.
     without conforming to
     manifolding requirements.
    18. Failure to ensure a       173.315(n)(3).....  $2,500.
     cargo tank motor vehicle in
     metered delivery service
     has an operational off-
     truck remote shut-off
     activation device.
    19. Offering a hazardous      173.33............  $15,000.
     material in a cargo tank
     motor vehicle when the
     material does not meet
     compatibility requirements
     with the tank or other
     lading or residue.
    20. Failure to provide the    173.32(f)(6).
     required outage in a
     portable tank that results
     in a release of hazardous
     materials:.
        a. Packing Group I and    ..................  $15,000.
         Sec. 172.504 Table 1
         materials.
        b. Packing Group II.....  ..................  $11,200.
        c. Packing Group III....  ..................  $7,500.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
           Offeror Requirements--Specific hazardous materials
------------------------------------------------------------------------
A. Cigarette Lighters:
    1. Offering for               173.21(i).........  $7,500.
     transportation an
     unapproved cigarette
     lighter, lighter refill, or
     similar device, equipped
     with an ignition element
     and containing fuel.
    2. Failure to include the     173.308(d)(1).....  $1,000.
     cigarette lighter test
     report identifier on the
     shipping paper.
    3. Failure to mark the        173.308(d)(2).....  $1,000.
     approval number on the
     package..
B. Class 1--Explosives:
    1. Failure to mark the        172.320...........  $1,000.
     package with the EX number
     for each substance
     contained in the package
     or, alternatively, indicate
     the EX number for each
     substance in association
     with the description on the
     shipping description.
    2. Offering an unapproved     173.54, 173.56(b).
     explosive for
     transportation:.
        a. Division 1.4           ..................  $5,000.
         fireworks meeting the
         chemistry requirements
         of APA Standard 87-1.
        b. Division 1.3           ..................  $7,500.
         fireworks meeting the
         chemistry requirements
         of APA Standard 87-1.
        c. All other explosives   ..................  $12,500 and up.
         (including forbidden).
    3. Offering an unapproved     173.54, 173.56(b).
     explosive for
     transportation that
     minimally deviates from an
     approved design in a manner
     that does not impact
     safety:
        a. Division 1.4.........  ..................  $3,000.
        b. Division 1.3.........  ..................  $4,000.
        c. All other explosives.  ..................  $6,000.
    4. Offering a leaking or      173.54(c).
     damaged package of
     explosives for
     transportation:
        a. Division 1.3 and 1.4.  ..................  $12,500.
        b. All other explosives.  ..................  $16,500.
    5. Offering a Class 1         173.60(b)(5)......  $15,000.
     material that is fitted
     with its own means of
     ignition or initiation,
     without providing
     protection from accidental
     actuation.
    6. Packaging explosives in    173.61............  $9,300.
     the same outer packaging
     with other materials.
    7. Transporting a detonator   177.835(g)(3).....  $10,000.
     on the same vehicle as
     incompatible materials
     using the approved method
     listed in 177.835(g)(3)
     without meeting the
     requirements of IME
     Standard 22.
C. Class 7--Radioactive
 Materials:
    1. Failure to include         172.203(d)........  $2,000 to $5,000.
     required additional entries
     for radioactive material on
     a shipping paper, or
     providing incorrect
     information for these
     additional entries.
    2. Failure to mark the gross  172.310(a)........  $1,000.
     mass on the outside of a
     package of Class 7 material
     that exceeds 110 pounds.

[[Page 52]]

 
    3. Failure to mark each       172.310(b)........  $3,700.
     package with the words
     ``Type A'' or ``Type B,''
     as appropriate.
    4. Placing a label on Class   172.403...........  $6,200.
     7 material that understates
     the proper label category.
    5. Placing a label on Class   172.403(g)........  $2,000 to $5,000.
     7 material that fails to
     contain (or has erroneous)
     entries for the name of the
     radionuclide(s), activity,
     and transport index.
    6. Failure to meet one or     173.410...........  $6,200.
     more of the general design
     requirements for a package
     used to ship a Class 7
     material.
    7. Failure to comply with     173.411...........  $6,200.
     the industrial packaging
     (IP) requirements when
     offering a Class 7 material
     for transportation.
    8. Failure to provide a       173.412(a)........  $5,000.
     tamper-indicating device on
     a Type A package used to
     ship a Class 7 material.
    9. Failure to meet the        173.412(b)-(i)....  $6,200.
     additional design
     requirements of a Type A
     package used to ship a
     Class 7 material.
    10. Failure to meet the       173.412(j)-(l)....  $11,200.
     performance requirements
     for a Type A package used
     to ship a Class 7 material.
    11. Offering a DOT            173.415(a),
     specification 7A packaging    173.461.
     without maintaining
     complete documentation of
     tests and an engineering
     evaluation or comparative
     data:
        a. Tests and evaluation   ..................  $13,500.
         not performed.
        b. Test performed but     ..................  $2,500 to $6,200.
         complete records not
         maintained.
    12. Offering any Type B,      173.416...........  $16,500.
     Type B(U), or Type B(M)
     packaging that failed to
     meet the approved DOT, NRC
     or DOE design, as
     applicable.
    13. Offering a Type B         173.471(a).
     packaging without
     registering as a party to
     the NRC approval
     certificate:
        a. Never obtained         ..................  $3,700.
         approval.
        b. Holding an expired     ..................  $1,200.
         certificate.
    14. Failure to meet one or    173.420...........  $13,500.
     more of the special
     requirements for a package
     used to ship more than 0.1
     kg of uranium hexafluoride.
    15. Offering Class 7          173.421(a)........  $8,000.
     materials for
     transportation as a limited
     quantity without meeting
     the requirements for a
     limited quantity.
    16. Offering a multiple-      173.423(a)........  $600 to $3,100.
     hazard limited quantity
     Class 7 material without
     addressing the additional
     hazard.
    17. Offering Class 7          173.424...........  $6,200 to $12,500.
     materials for
     transportation under
     exceptions for radioactive
     instruments and articles
     while failing to meet the
     applicable requirements.
    18. Offering Class 7 low      173.427...........  $7,500 to $12,500.
     specific activity (LSA)
     materials or surface
     contaminated objects (SCO)
     while failing to comply
     with applicable transport
     requirements (including, an
     external dose rate that
     exceeds an external
     radiation level of 10 mSv/h
     at 3 meters from the
     unshielded material).
    19. Offering Class 7 LSA      173.427(a)(6).....  $1,200.
     materials or SCO as
     exclusive use without
     providing specific
     instructions to the carrier
     for maintenance of
     exclusive use shipment
     controls.
    20. Offering in excess of a   173.431...........  $15,000.
     Type A quantity of a Class
     7 material in a Type A
     packaging.
    21. Offering a package that   173.441...........  $12,500.
     exceeds the permitted
     radiation level or
     transport index.
    22. Offering a package        173.443...........  $6,200 and up.
     without determining the
     level of removable external
     contamination, or that
     exceeds the limit for
     removable external
     contamination.
    23. Storing packages of       173.447(a)........  $6,200 and up.
     radioactive material in a
     group with a total
     criticality safety index of
     more than 50.
    24. Offering for              173.448(e)........  $6,200 and up.
     transportation or
     transporting aboard a
     passenger aircraft any
     single package or overpack
     of Class 7 material with a
     transport index greater
     than 3.0.

[[Page 53]]

 
    25. Exporting a Type B, Type  173.471(d)........  $3,700.
     B(U), Type B(M), or fissile
     package without obtaining a
     U.S. Competent Authority
     Certificate or, after
     obtaining a U.S. Competent
     Authority Certificate,
     failing to submit a copy to
     the national competent
     authority of each country
     into or through which the
     package is transported.
    26. Offering or exporting     173.476(a), (b)...  $3,700.
     special form radioactive
     materials without
     maintaining a complete
     safety analysis or
     Certificate of Competent
     Authority, as required.
    27. Shipping a fissile        173.417, 173.453,   $12,500.
     material as fissile-exempt    173.457.
     without meeting one of the
     exemption requirements or
     otherwise not complying
     with fissile material
     requirements.
    28. Offering Class 7 fissile  173.417...........  $1,000 to $12,500.
     materials while failing to
     have a DOT Competent
     Authority Certificate or
     NRC Certificate of
     Compliance, as required, or
     failing to meet the
     requirements of the
     applicable Certificate.
D. Class 2--Compressed Gases in
 Cylinders:
    1. Filling and offering a     173.301(a)(6),
     cylinder with compressed      (a)(7).
     gas when the cylinder is
     out of test or after its
     authorized service life:
        a. Table 1 and            ..................  $10,000 to
         compressed gas in                             $15,000.
         solution.
        b. Division 2.1 gases...  ..................  $7,500 to $10,000.
        c. Division 2.2 gases...  ..................  $5,000 to $7,500.
    2. Overfilling cylinders:...  Various.
        a. Division 2.3 gases...  ..................  $15,000.
        b. Division 2.1 gases...  ..................  $10,000.
        c. Division 2.2 gases...  ..................  $7,500.
        d. Aerosols, limited      ..................  $5,000.
         quantities, consumer
         commodities.
    3. Failure to check each day  173.303(d)........  $6,200.
     the pressure of a cylinder
     charged with acetylene that
     is representative of that
     day's compression, after
     the cylinder has cooled to
     a settled temperature, or
     failure to keep a record of
     this test for 30 days.
    4. Offering a limited         173.306(a)(3).....  $1,800 to $5,000.
     quantity of a compressed
     gas in a metal container
     for the purpose of
     propelling a nonpoisonous
     material and failure to
     heat the cylinder until the
     pressure is equivalent to
     the equilibrium pressure at
     131 [deg]F, without
     evidence of leakage,
     distortion, or other defect.
    5. Offering a limited         173.306(a)(3)(v)..  $5,000.
     quantity of a compressed
     gas in a metal container
     intended to expel a non-
     poisonous material, while
     failing to subject the
     filled container to a hot
     water bath, as required.
    6. Offering liquefied         173.315(j)........  $7,500 to $10,000.
     petroleum gas for permanent
     installation on consumer
     premises when the
     requirements are not met.
E. Oxygen Generators Offered by
 Air:
    1. Offering an unapproved     173.168...........  $25,000.
     oxygen generator for
     transportation.
    2. Offering an oxygen         173.168...........  $12,500 to
     generator for                                     $25,000.
     transportation without
     installing a means of
     preventing actuation, as
     required.
    3. Offering an oxygen         172.102(c)(1)       $35,000.
     generator as spent when the   Special Provision
     ignition and chemical         61.
     contents were still present.
F. Batteries:                     173.159, 173.185,
                                   173.21(c).
    1. Offering lithium
     batteries in transportation
     that have not been tested:
        a. Ground transport.....  ..................  $15,000.
        b. Air transport........  ..................  $30,000.
    2. Offering lithium           ..................  $5,000 + 25
     batteries in transportation                       percent increase
     that have been assembled                          for each
     from tested cells, but have                       additional
     not been tested.                                  design.
    3. Failure to create records  ..................  $2,500 to $9,300.
     of design testing.
    4. Offering lithium           ..................  $15,000.
     batteries in transportation
     that have not been
     protected against short
     circuit.
    5. Offering lithium           ..................  $12,500.
     batteries in transportation
     in unauthorized packages.
    6. Offering lead acid         ..................  $10,000.
     batteries in transportation
     in unauthorized packages.

[[Page 54]]

 
    7. Offering lithium           ..................  $30,000.
     batteries in transportation
     on passenger aircraft or
     misclassifying them for air
     transport.
    8. Failure to prepare         ..................  $6,000.
     batteries so as to prevent
     damage in transit.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
          Manufacturing, Reconditioning, Retesting Requirements
------------------------------------------------------------------------
A. Activities Subject to
 Approval:
    1. Failure to report in       171.2(c), Approval  $700 to $1,500.
     writing a change in name,     Letter.
     address, ownership, test
     equipment, management, or
     test personnel.
    2. Failure by an independent  178.35(c)(1), (2),  $5,000 to $16,500.
     inspection agency of          (3).
     specification cylinders to
     satisfy all inspector
     duties, including
     inspecting materials, and
     verifying materials of
     construction and cylinders
     comply with applicable
     specifications.
    3. Failure to properly        178.25(c)(4),       $4,000.
     complete or retain            Various.
     inspector's report for
     specification packages.
    4. Failure to have a          Various...........  $2,500.
     cylinder manufacturing
     registration number/symbol,
     when required.
B. Packaging Manufacturers
 (General):
    1. Failure of a manufacturer  178.2(c)..........  $3,100.
     or distributor to notify
     each person to whom the
     packaging is transferred of
     all the requirements not
     met at the time of
     transfer, including closure
     instructions.
    2. Failure to comply with     178.504 to
     specified construction        178.523.
     requirements for non-bulk
     packagings:
        a. Packing Group I and    ..................  $12,000.
         Sec. 172.504 Table 1
         materials.
        b. Packing Group II.....  ..................  $8,000.
        c. Packing Group III....  ..................  $4,000.
    3. Fail testing: Failure to   178.601(b),
     ensure a packaging            178.609, part 178
     certified as meeting the UN   subparts O, Q.
     standard is capable of
     passing the required
     performance testing
     (depending on size of
     package):
        a. Infectious substances  ..................  $16,500.
        b. Packing Group I and    ..................  $13,500 to
         Sec. 172.504 Table 1                        $16,500.
         materials.
        c. Packing Group II.....  ..................  $10,500 to
                                                       $13,500.
        d. Packing Group III....  ..................  $7,500 to $10,500.
    4. No testing: Certifying a   178.601(d),
     packaging as meeting a UN     178.609, part 178
     standard when design          subparts O, Q.
     qualification testing was
     not performed (depending on
     size of package):
        a. Infectious substances  ..................  $16,500.
        a. Packing Group I and    ..................  $13,500 to
         Sec. 172.504 table 1                        $16,500.
         materials.
        b. Packing Group II.....  ..................  $10,500 to
                                                       $13,500.
        c. Packing Group III....  ..................  $7,500 to $10,500.
    5. Failure to conduct         178.601(e), part    $2,500 to $16,500.
     periodic testing on UN        178 subparts O, Q.
     standard packaging
     (depending on length of
     time, Packing Group, and
     size of package).
    6. Improper testing: Failure
     to properly conduct testing
     for UN standard packaging
     (e.g., testing with less
     weight than marked on
     packaging; drop testing
     from lesser height than
     required; failing to
     condition fiberboard boxes
     before design test)
     (depending on size of
     package):
        a. Design qualification   178.601(d),
         testing:.                 178.609, part 178
                                   subparts O, Q.
            i. Infectious         ..................  $13,500.
             substances.
            ii. Packing Group I.  ..................  $10,500 to
                                                       $13,500.
            iii. Packing Group    ..................  $7,500 to $10,500.
             II.
            iv. Packing Group     ..................  $2,500 to $7,500.
             III.
        b. Periodic testing:....  178.601(e),
                                   178.609.
            i. Infectious         ..................  $10,500.
             substances.
            ii. Packing Group I.  ..................  $7,000 to $10,500.
            iii. Packing Group    ..................  $4,000 to $7,000.
             II.
            iv. Packing Group     ..................  $600 to $4,000.
             III.
    7. Failure to keep complete   178.601(l).
     and accurate testing
     records:.
        a. No records kept......  ..................  $5,000.
        b. Incomplete or          ..................  $1,200 to $3,700.
         inaccurate records.
    8. Improper marking of UN     178.503...........  $600 per item.
     certification.

[[Page 55]]

 
C. Drum Manufacturers &
 Reconditioners:
    1. Failure to properly        178.604(b), (d),
     conduct a production          173.28(b)(2)(i).
     leakproofness test on a new
     or reconditioned drum:
        a. Improper testing:
            i. Packing Group I..  ..................  $3,000.
            ii. Packing Group II  ..................  $2,500.
            iii. Packing Group    ..................  $2,000.
             III.
        b. No testing performed:
            i. Packing Group I..  ..................  $6,200.
            ii. Packing Group II  ..................  $5,000.
            iii. Packing Group    ..................  $3,700.
             III.
    2. Marking incorrect tester   173.28(b)(2)(ii).
     information on a reused
     drum:.
        a. Incorrect information  ..................  $1,000.
        b. Unauthorized use of    ..................  $9,000.
         another's information.
    3. Representing, marking, or  173.28(c).........  $7,500 to $13,500.
     certifying a drum as a
     reconditioned UN standard
     packaging when the drum
     does not meet a UN
     standard..
    4. Representing, marking, or  173.28(d).........  $600
     certifying a drum as
     altered from one UN
     standard to another, when
     the drum has not been
     altered.
D. IBC and Portable Tank
 Requalification:
    1. Failure to properly test   180.352, 180.603.
     and inspect IBCs or
     portable tanks.
        a. Packing Group I......  ..................  $10,000.
        b. Packing Group II.....  ..................  $7,500.
        c. Packing Group III....  ..................  $5,000.
    2. Failure to properly mark   180.352(e),         $600 per item.
     an IBC or portable tank       178.703(b),
     with the most current         180.605(k).
     retest and/or inspection
     information.
    3. Failure to keep complete   180.352(f),
     and accurate records of IBC   180.605(l).
     or portable tank retest and
     reinspection:
        a. No records kept......  ..................  $5,000.
        b. Incomplete or          ..................  $1,200 to $3,700.
         inaccurate records.
    4. Failure to make            180.352(g), 49      $1,200.
     inspection and test records   U.S.C. 5121(b)(2).
     available to a DOT
     representative upon request.
    5. Failure to perform tests   180.352(d)........  $3,700 to $6,200.
     (internal visual,
     leakproofness) on an IBC as
     part of a repair.
    6. Failure to perform         180.350(c)........  $2,500.
     routine maintenance on an
     IBC.
E. Cylinder Manufacturers &
 Rebuilders:
    1. Manufacturing,             178.35............  $10,000 to
     representing, marking,                            $25,000.
     certifying, or selling a
     DOT high-pressure cylinder
     that was not inspected and
     verified by an approved
     independent inspection
     agency.
    2. Failure to mark a          178.35, Various...  $1,000.
     registration number/symbol
     on a cylinder, when
     required.
    3. Failure to mark the date   178.65(i).........  $3,700.
     of manufacture or lot
     number on a DOT-39 cylinder.
    4. Failure to have a          107.807, 178.35...  $6,200.
     chemical analysis performed
     in the U.S. for a material
     manufactured outside the
     U.S., without an approval.
    5. Failure to comply with     178.35(d), (e),     $5,000.
     defect and attachment         (f).
     requirements, safety device
     requirements, or marking
     requirements.
    6. Failure to meet wall       Various...........  $9,300 to $18,700.
     thickness requirements.
    7. Failure to heat treat      Various...........  $6,200 to $18,700.
     cylinders prior to testing.
    8. Failure to conduct a       Various...........  $3,100 to $7,700.
     complete visual internal
     examination.
    9. Failure to conduct a       Various...........  $3,100 to $7,700.
     hydrostatic test, or
     conducting a hydrostatic
     test with inaccurate test
     equipment.
    10. Failure to conduct a      Various...........  $9,300 to $18,700.
     flattening test.
    11. Failure to conduct a      178.33-8, 178.33a-  $6,200 to $18,700.
     burst test on a DOT-2P, 2Q,   8, 178.33b-8,
     2S, or 39 cylinder.           178.65(f)(2).
    12. Failure to maintain       178.35, Various.
     required inspector's
     reports:.
        a. No reports at all....  ..................  $5,000.
        b. Incomplete or          ..................  $1,200 to $3,700.
         inaccurate reports.
    13. Failure to complete or    178.35(g).........  $6,200.
     retain manufacturer's
     reports.
    14. Representing a DOT-4      180.211(a)........  $10,000 to
     series cylinder as repaired                       $25,000.
     or rebuilt to the
     requirements of the HMR
     without being authorized by
     the Associate Administrator.
F. Cargo Tank Motor Vehicles:

[[Page 56]]

 
    1. Failure to maintain        180.417(b), (c).
     complete cargo tank test
     reports, as required:
        a. No records...........  ..................  $5,000.
        b. Incomplete records...  ..................  $1,200 to $3,700.
    2. Failure to have a cargo    180.407(c)........  $8,000 and up;
     tank tested or inspected                          increase by 25
     (e.g., visual, thickness,                         percent for each
     pressure, leakproofness).                         additional.
    3. Failure to mark a cargo    180.415...........  $600 each item.
     tank with test and
     inspection markings.
    4. Failure to retain a cargo  178.320(b),         $6,200.
     tank's data report and        178.337-18,
     Certificates or design        178.338-19,
     certification.                178.345-15.
    5. Failure to mark a special  172.301(c)........  $1,800.
     permit number on a cargo
     tank.
    6. Constructing a cargo tank  178.320(b),         $13,500.
     or cargo tank motor vehicle   Special Permit.
     not in accordance with a
     special permit or design
     certification.
    7. Failure to mark manhole    178.345-5(e)......  $4,500.
     assemblies on a cargo tank
     motor vehicle manufactured
     after October 1, 2004.
    8. Failure to apply           178.337-17,
     specification plate and       178.338-18,
     name plate:.                  178.345-14.
        a. No marking...........  ..................  $4,500.
        b. Incomplete marking...  ..................  $600 per item.
    9. Failure to conduct         180.416(d)........  $2,500.
     monthly inspections and
     tests of discharge system
     in cargo tanks.
G. Cylinder Requalification:
    1. Certifying or marking as   180.205(a)........  $1,000.
     retested a non-
     specification cylinder.
    2. Failure to have            180.205(b)........  $5,000.
     retester's identification
     number (RIN).
    3. Failure to have current    180.205(b)........  $2,500 + $600 each
     authority due to failure to                       additional year.
     renew a RIN.
    4. Marking a RIN before       180.205(b)........  $1,000.
     successfully completing a
     hydrostatic retest.
    5. Representing, marking, or  171.2(c), (e),      $2,500 to $7,500.
     certifying a cylinder as      180.205(c),
     meeting the requirements of   Special Permit.
     a special permit when the
     cylinder was not maintained
     or retested in accordance
     with the special permit.
    6. Failure to conduct a       180.205(f)........  $2,600 to $6,500.
     complete visual external
     and internal examination.
    7. Performing hydrostatic     180.205(g)(1),      $2,600 to $6,500.
     retesting without             180.205(g)(3).
     confirming the accuracy of
     the test equipment or
     failing to conduct
     hydrostatic testing.
    8. Failure to hold            180.205(g)(5).....  $3,800.
     hydrostatic test pressure
     for 30 seconds or
     sufficiently longer to
     allow for complete
     expansion.
    9. Failure to perform a       180.205(g)(5).....  $3,800.
     second retest, after
     equipment failure, at a
     pressure increased by the
     lesser of 10 percent or 100
     psi (includes exceeding
     90percent of test pressure
     prior to conducting a
     retest).
    10. Failure to condemn a      180.205(i)........  $7,500 to $13,500.
     cylinder when required
     (e.g., permanent expansion
     exceeds 10 percent of total
     expansion [5percent for
     certain special permit
     cylinders], internal or
     external corrosion,
     denting, bulging, evidence
     of rough usage).
    11. Failure to properly mark  180.205(i)(2).....  $1,000 to $5,000.
     a condemned cylinder or
     render it incapable of
     holding pressure.
    12. Failure to notify the     180.205(i)(2).....  $1,200.
     cylinder owner in writing
     when a cylinder has been
     condemned.
    13. Failure to perform        180.209(a)........  $2,600 to $6,500.
     hydrostatic retesting at
     the minimum specified test
     pressure.
    14. Marking a star on a       180.209(b)........  $2,500 to $5,000.
     cylinder that does not
     qualify for that mark.
    15. Marking a `` + '' sign    173.302a(b).......  $2,500 to $5,000.
     on a cylinder without
     determining the average or
     minimum wall stress by
     calculation or reference to
     CGA Pamphlet C-5.
    16. Marking a cylinder in or  180.213(b)........  $7,500 to $13,500.
     on the sidewall when not
     permitted by the applicable
     specification.
    17. Failure to maintain       180.213(b)(1).....  $1,000.
     legible markings on a
     cylinder.
    18. Marking a DOT 3HT         180.213(c)(2).....  $7,500 to $13,500.
     cylinder with a steel stamp
     other than a low-stress
     steel stamp.
    19. Improper marking of the   180.213(d)........  $1,000.
     RIN or retest date on a
     cylinder.

[[Page 57]]

 
    20. Marking an FRP cylinder   Special Permit....  $7,500 to $13,500.
     with steel stamps in the
     FRP area of the cylinder
     such that the integrity of
     the cylinder is compromised.
    21. Failure to comply with    Appendix C to part  $2,600 to $6,500.
     eddy current examination      180.
     requirements for DOT 3AL
     cylinders manufactured of
     aluminum alloy 6351-T6,
     when applicable.
    22. Failure to maintain       180.215(a)........  $700 to $1,500.
     current copies of the HMR,
     DOT special permits, and
     CGA Pamphlets applicable to
     inspection, retesting, and
     marking activities.
    23. Failure to keep complete  180.215(b).
     and accurate records of
     cylinder reinspection and
     retest:
        a. No records kept......  ..................  $5,000.
        b. Incomplete or          ..................  $1,200 to $3,700.
         inaccurate records.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                          Carrier Requirements
------------------------------------------------------------------------
A. Incident Notification:
    1. Failure to provide         171.15............  $6,000.
     immediate telephone/online
     notification of a
     reportable hazardous
     materials incident
     reportable under 171.15(b).
    2. Failure to file a written  171.16............  $4,000.
     hazardous material incident
     report within 30 days of
     discovering a hazardous
     materials incident
     reportable under 171.15(b)
     or 171.16(a).
    3. Failure to include all     171.15, 171.16....  $1,000.
     required information in
     hazardous materials
     incident notice or report
     or failure to update report.
B. Shipping Papers:
    1. Failure to retain          174.24(b),          $1,200.
     shipping papers for 1 year    175.33(c),
     after a hazardous material    176.24(b),
     (or 3 years for a hazardous   177.817(f).
     waste) is accepted by the
     initial carrier.
C. Stowage/Attendance/
 Transportation Requirements:
    1. Transporting packages of   Various...........  $3,700 and up.
     hazardous material that
     have not been secured
     against movement.
    2. Failure to properly        Various...........  $9,300 and up.
     segregate hazardous
     materials.
    3. Failure to remove a        177.834(h).
     package containing
     hazardous materials from a
     motor vehicle before
     discharge of its contents:
        a. Packing Group I and    ..................  $5,000.
         Sec. 172.504 Table 1
         materials.
        b. Packing Group II.....  ..................  $3,000.
        c. Packing Group III....  ..................  $1,000.
    4. Transporting explosives    177.835(i)........  $6,500 and up.
     in a motor vehicle
     containing metal or other
     articles or materials
     likely to damage the
     explosives or any package
     in which they are
     contained, without
     segregating in different
     parts of the load or
     securing them in place in
     or on the motor vehicle and
     separated by bulkheads or
     other suitable means to
     prevent damage.
    5. Failure to attend Class 1  177.835(k)........  $3,000.
     explosive materials during
     transportation.
    6. Transporting railway       171.2(b), (e).....  $8,700.
     track torpedoes outside of
     flagging kits, in violation
     of DOT-E 7991.
    7. Failure to carry a hazmat  107.620(b)........  $1,000.
     registration letter or
     number in the transport
     vehicle.
    8. Transporting Class 7       177.842(a)........  $6,200 and up.
     (radioactive) material
     having a total transport
     index greater than 50.
    9. Transporting Class 7       177.842(b)........  $6,200 and up.
     (radioactive) material
     without maintaining the
     required separation
     distance.
    10. Failure to comply with    171.2(b), (e),      $6,200 and up.
     radiation survey              Special Permit.
     requirements of a special
     permit that authorizes the
     transportation of Class 7
     (radioactive) material
     having a total
     transportation index
     exceeding 50.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The baseline penalty amounts in Part II are used as a starting 
amount or range appropriate for the normal or typical nature, extent, 
circumstances, and gravity of the probable violations frequently cited 
in enforcement reports. PHMSA must also consider any additional factors, 
as provided in 49 U.S.C. 5123(c) and 49 CFR 107.331, including the 
nature, circumstances, extent and gravity of a violation, the degree of 
culpability and compliance history of the respondent,

[[Page 58]]

the financial impact of the penalty on the respondent, and other matters 
as justice requires. Consequently, at each stage of the administrative 
enforcement process, up to and including issuance of a final order or 
decision on appeal, PHMSA can adjust the baseline amount in light of the 
specific facts and circumstances of each case.
    As part of this analysis, PHMSA reviews the factors outlined in the 
next section, Miscellaneous Factors Affecting Penalty Amounts, the 
safety implications of the violation, the pervasiveness of the 
violation, and all other relevant information. PHMSA considers not only 
what happened as a result of the violation, but also what could have 
happened as a result of continued violation of the regulations. As a 
general matter, one or more specific instances of a violation are 
presumed to reflect a respondent's general manner of operations, rather 
than isolated occurrences.
    PHMSA may draw factors relevant to the statutory considerations from 
the initial information gathered by PHMSA's Office of Hazardous 
Materials Safety Field Operations, the respondent in response to an exit 
briefing, ticket, or Notice of Probable Violation (NOPV), or information 
otherwise available to us. We will generally apply the specific 
statutory factors that are outlined in the next section, Miscellaneous 
Factors Affecting Penalty Amounts, in the following order:
    1. Select the appropriate penalty amount within a specific baseline 
or range, with appropriate increases or decreases depending on the 
packing group or material involved and other information regarding the 
frequency or duration of the violation, the culpability of the 
respondent, and the actual or potential consequences of the violation.
    2. Apply decreases for a reshipper or carrier that reasonably relied 
on an offeror's non-compliant preparation of a hazardous materials 
shipment.
    3. Apply increases for multiple counts of the same violation.
    4. Apply increases for prior violations of the HMR within the past 
six years.
    5. Apply decreases for corrective actions.
    6. Apply decreases for respondent's inability to pay or adverse 
effect on its ability to continue in business.

After each adjustment listed above, PHMSA will use the new modified 
baseline to calculate each subsequent adjustment. PHMSA will apply 
adjustments separately to each individual violation. All penalty 
assessments will be subject to additional adjustments as appropriate to 
reflect other matters as justice requires.

                       A. Respondents That Reship

    A person who either receives hazardous materials from another 
company and reships them (reshipper), or accepts a hazardous material 
for transportation, and transports that material (carrier), is 
responsible for ensuring that the shipment complies in all respects with 
Federal hazardous materials transportation law. In both cases, the 
reshipper or carrier independently may be subject to enforcement action 
if the shipment does not comply.
    Depending on all the circumstances, however, the person who 
originally prepared the shipment and placed it into transportation may 
have greater culpability for the noncompliance than the reshipper or 
carrier who reasonably relies on the shipment as received and does not 
open or alter the package before the shipment continues in 
transportation. PHMSA will consider the specific knowledge and expertise 
of all parties, as well as which party is responsible for compliance 
under the regulations, when evaluating the culpability of a reshipper or 
carrier. PHMSA recognizes that a reshipper or carrier may have 
reasonably relied upon information from the original shipper and may 
reduce the applicable baseline penalty amount up to 25 percent.

                B. Penalty Increases for Multiple Counts

    A main objective of PHMSA's enforcement program is to obtain 
compliance with the HMR and the correction of violations which, in many 
cases, have been part of a company's regular course of business. As 
such, there may be multiple instances of the same violation. Examples 
include a company shipping various hazardous materials in the same 
unauthorized packaging, shipping the same hazardous material in more 
than one type of unauthorized packaging, shipping hazardous materials in 
one or more packagings with the same marking errors, or using shipping 
papers with multiple errors.
    Under the Federal hazmat law, 49 U.S.C. 5123(a), each violation of 
the HMR and each day of a continuing violation (except for violations 
relating to packaging manufacture or qualification) is subject to a 
civil penalty of up to $81,993 or $191,316 for a violation occurring on 
or after July 31, 2019. As such, PHMSA generally will treat multiple 
occurrences that violate a single regulatory provision as separate 
violations and assess the applicable baseline penalty for each distinct 
occurrence of the violation. PHMSA will generally consider multiple 
shipments or, in the case of package testers, multiple package designs, 
to be multiple occurrences; and each shipment or package design may 
constitute a separate violation.
    PHMSA, however, will exercise its discretion in each case to 
determine the appropriateness of combining into a single violation what 
could otherwise be alleged as separate violations and applying a single 
penalty for multiple counts or days of a violation, increased by 25 
percent for each additional instance, as directed by 49 U.S.C. 5123(c). 
For

[[Page 59]]

example, PHMSA may treat a single shipment containing three items or 
packages that violate the same regulatory provision as a single 
violation and apply a single baseline penalty with a 50 percent increase 
for the two additional items or packages; and PHMSA may treat minor 
variations in a package design for a package tester as a single 
violation and apply a single baseline penalty with a 25 percent increase 
for each additional variation in design.
    When aggravating circumstances exist for a particular violation, 
PHMSA may handle multiple instances of a single regulatory violation 
separately, each meriting a separate baseline or increase the civil 
penalty by 25 percent for each additional instance. Aggravating factors 
may include increased safety risks, continued violation after receiving 
notice, or separate and distinct acts. For example, if the multiple 
occurrences each require their own distinct action, then PHMSA may count 
each violation separately (e.g., failure to obtain approvals for 
separate fireworks devices).

                C. Penalty Increases for Prior Violations

    The baseline penalty in the List of Frequently Cited Violations 
assumes an absence of prior violations. If a respondent has prior 
violations of the HMR, generally, PHMSA will increase a proposed 
penalty.
    When setting a civil penalty, PHMSA will review the respondent's 
compliance history and determine if there are any finally-adjudicated 
violations of the HMR initiated within the previous six years. Only 
cases or tickets that have been finally-adjudicated will be considered 
(i.e., the ticket has been paid, a final order has been issued, or all 
appeal remedies have been exhausted or expired). PHMSA will include 
prior violations that were initiated within six years of the present 
case; a case or ticket will be considered to have been initiated on the 
date of the exit briefing for both the prior case and the present case. 
If multiple cases are combined into a single Notice of Probable 
Violation or ticket, the oldest exit briefing will be used to determine 
the six-year period. If a situation arises where no exit briefing is 
issued, the date of the Notice of Probable Violation or Ticket will be 
used to determine the six-year period. PHMSA may consider prior 
violations of the Hazardous Materials Regulations from other DOT 
Operating Administrations.
    The general standards for increasing a baseline proposed penalty on 
the basis of prior violations are as follows:
    1. For each prior civil or criminal enforcement case--25 percent 
increase over the pre-mitigation recommended baseline penalty.
    2. For each prior ticket--10 percent increase over the pre-
mitigation recommended baseline penalty.
    3. If a respondent is cited for operating under an expired special 
permit and previously operated under an expired special permit (as 
determined in a finally-adjudicated civil, criminal, or administrative 
enforcement case or a ticket), PHMSA will increase the civil penalty 100 
percent.
    4. If a respondent is cited for the exact same violation that it has 
been previously cited for within the six-year period (in a finally-
adjudicated civil, criminal, or administrative enforcement case or a 
ticket), PHMSA will increase the baseline for that violation by 100 
percent. This increase will apply only when the present violation is 
identical to the previous violation and applies only to the specific 
violation that has recurred.
    5. A baseline proposed penalty (both for each individual violation 
and the combined total) will not be increased more than 100 percent on 
the basis of prior violations.

                          D. Corrective Action

    PHMSA may lower a proposed penalty when a respondent's documented 
corrective action has fixed an alleged violation. Corrective action 
should demonstrate not only that the specific deficiency is corrected 
but also that any systemic corrections have been addressed to prevent 
recurrence of the violation.
    The two primary factors that determine the reduction amount are the 
extent and timing of the corrective action. In other words, PHMSA will 
determine the amount of mitigation based on how much corrective action a 
respondent completes and how soon after the exit briefing it performs 
corrective action. Comprehensive systemic action to prevent future 
violations may warrant greater mitigation than actions that simply 
target violations identified during the inspection. Actions taken 
immediately (within the 30 calendar day period that respondents have to 
respond to an exit briefing, or upon approval of Field Operations) may 
warrant greater mitigation than actions that are not taken promptly.
    PHMSA may consider a respondent's corrective action to assess 
mitigation at various stages in the enforcement process, including: (1) 
AFTEr an inspection and before an NOPV is issued; (2) on receipt of an 
NOPV; or (3) after receipt of an NOPV. In order to reduce a civil 
penalty for corrective action, PHMSA must receive satisfactory 
documentation that demonstrates the corrective action was completed. If 
a corrective action is of a type that cannot be documented (e.g., no 
longer using a particular packaging), then a respondent may provide a 
signed affidavit describing the action it took. The affidavit must begin 
with the affirmative oath ``I hereby affirm under the penalties of 
perjury that the below statements are true and correct to the best of my 
knowledge, information and belief,'' in accordance with 28 U.S.C. 1746.

[[Page 60]]

    Generally, corrective action credit may not exceed 25 percent. 
Mitigation is applied to individual violations and fact patterns but 
should not be considered to be automatic reduction. Thus, in a case with 
two violations, if corrective action for the first violation is more 
extensive than for the second, the penalty for the first will be 
mitigated more than that for the second. If a respondent has previously 
committed the same violation, however, as determined in a finally-
adjudicated civil, criminal, or administrative enforcement case or a 
ticket, PHMSA will not apply any reduction for corrective action.
    In determining the appropriate civil penalty reduction, PHMSA will 
consider the extent to which the respondent corrected the violation and 
any risks or harms it created, the respondent's actions to prevent the 
violation from recurring, improvements to overall company practices to 
address a widespread compliance issue, and how quickly the corrective 
action was performed. In general, PHMSA will apply the following 
reductions for corrective action, subject to the facts and circumstances 
of individual cases and respondents. If a respondent has given full 
documentation of timely corrective action and PHMSA does not believe 
that anything else can be done to correct the violation or improve 
overall company practices, we will generally reduce the civil penalty by 
no more than 25 percent. As noted above, a 25 percent reduction is not 
automatic. We will reduce the penalty up to 20 percent when a respondent 
promptly and completely corrected the cited violation and has taken 
substantial steps toward comprehensive improvements. PHMSA will 
generally apply a reduction up to 15 percent when a respondent has made 
substantial and timely progress toward correcting the specific violation 
as well as overall company practices, but additional actions are needed. 
A reduction up to 10 percent is appropriate when a respondent has taken 
significant steps toward addressing the violation, but minimal or no 
steps toward correcting broader company policies to prevent future 
violations. PHMSA may reduce a penalty up to 5 percent when a respondent 
made untimely or minimal efforts toward correcting the violation.

                       E. Financial Considerations

    PHMSA may mitigate a proposed penalty when a respondent documents 
that the penalty would either (1) exceed an amount that the respondent 
is able to pay, or (2) have an adverse effect on the respondent's 
ability to continue in business. These criteria relate to a respondent's 
entire business, and not just the product line or part of its operations 
involved in a violation. PHMSA may apply this mitigation by reducing the 
civil penalty or instituting a payment plan.
    PHMSA will only mitigate a civil penalty based on financial 
considerations when a respondent supplies financial documentation 
demonstrating one of the factors above. A respondent may submit 
documentation of financial hardship at any stage to receive mitigation 
or an installment payment plan. Documentation includes tax records, a 
current balance sheet, profit and loss statements, and any other 
relevant records. Evidence of a respondent's financial condition is used 
only to decrease a penalty, and not to increase it.
    In evaluating the financial impact of a penalty on a respondent, 
PHMSA will consider all relevant information on a case-by-case basis. 
Although PHMSA will determine financial hardship and appropriate penalty 
adjustments on an individual basis, in general, we will consider the 
following factors.
    1. The overall financial size of the respondent's business and 
information on the respondent's balance sheet, including the current 
ratio (current assets to current liabilities), the nature of current 
assets, and net worth (total assets minus total liabilities).
    2. A current ratio close to or below 1.0 may suggest that the 
company would have difficulty in paying a large penalty or in paying it 
in a single lump sum.
    3. A small amount of cash on hand (representing limited liquidity), 
even with substantial other current assets (such as accounts receivable 
or inventory), may suggest a company would have difficulty in paying a 
penalty in a single lump sum.
    4. A small or negative net worth may suggest a company would have 
difficulty in paying a penalty in a single lump sum. Notwithstanding, 
many respondents have paid substantial civil penalties in installments 
even though net worth was negative. For this reason, negative net worth 
alone does not always warrant reduction of a proposed penalty or even, 
in the absence of factors discussed above, a payment plan.
    When PHMSA determines that a proposed penalty poses a significant 
financial hardship, we may reduce the proposed penalty and/or implement 
an installment payment plan. The appropriateness of these options will 
depend on the circumstances of the case.
    When an installment payment plan is appropriate, the length of the 
payment plan should be as short as possible, but may be adjusted as 
necessary. PHMSA will not usually exceed six months for a payment plan. 
In unusual circumstances, PHMSA may extend the period of a payment plan. 
For example, the duration of a payment plan may reflect fluctuations in 
a company's income if its business is seasonal or if the company has

[[Page 61]]

documented specific reasons for current non-liquidity.

[78 FR 60733, Oct. 2, 2013, as amended at 81 FR 42268, June 29, 2016; 82 
FR 18399, Apr. 19, 2017; 84 FR 37071, July 31, 2019]



      Subpart E_Designation of Approval and Certification Agencies



Sec.107.401  Purpose and scope.

    (a) This subpart establishes procedures for the designation of 
agencies to issue certificates and certifications for types of 
packagings designed, manufactured, tested, or maintained in conformance 
with the requirements of this subchapter, subchapter C of this chapter, 
and standards set forth in the United Nations (U.N.) Recommendations 
(Transport of Dangerous Goods), and for lighters, portable tanks, multi-
element gas containers, and Division 1.4G consumer fireworks in 
conformance with the requirements of this subchapter. Except for 
certifications of compliance with U.N. packaging standards, this subpart 
does not apply unless made applicable by a rule in subchapter C of this 
chapter.
    (b) The Associate Administrator may issue approval certificates and 
certifications addressed in paragraph (a) of this section.

[78 FR 42473, July 16, 2013]



Sec.107.402  Application for designation as a certification agency.

    (a) Any organization or person seeking to be approved as a 
certification agency must apply in writing to the Associate 
Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety (PHH-32), Department of 
Transportation, East Building, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington DC 
20590-0001. Alternatively, the application in an appropriate format may 
be submitted by facsimile (fax) to: (202) 366-3753 or (202) 366-3308 or 
by electronic mail (email) to: [email protected]. Each application must 
be signed and certified to be correct by the applicant or, if the 
applicant is an organization, by an authorized officer or official 
representative of the organization. Any false statement or 
representation, or the knowing and willful concealment of a material 
fact, may subject the applicant to prosecution under the provisions of 
18 U.S.C. 1001, and result in the denial or termination of a 
designation.
    (b) Each application for approval as a certification agency must be 
in English and include the following information:
    (1) Information required by the provisions in subpart H of this 
part;
    (2) Name and address of the applicant, including place of 
incorporation if a corporation. In addition, if the applicant is not a 
resident of the United States, the name and address of a permanent 
resident of the United States designated in accordance with Sec.105.40 
of this subchapter to serve as agent for service of process. A person 
approved as a certification agency is not a PHMSA agent or 
representative;
    (3) A statement acknowledging that the Associate Administrator or a 
designated official may inspect, on demand, its records and facilities 
in so far as they relate to the certification activities and will 
cooperate in the conduct of such inspections; and
    (4) Any additional information relevant to the applicant's 
qualifications, upon request of the Associate Administrator or a 
designated official.
    (c) UN Third-Party Packaging Certification Agency. In addition to 
the requirements in paragraph (b) of this section, the application must 
include the following information:
    (1) A listing, by DOT specification (or special permit) number, or 
U.N. designation, of the types of packagings for which certification 
authority is sought;
    (2) A statement showing proof that the applicant has:
    (i) The ability to review and evaluate design drawings, design and 
stress calculations;
    (ii) The knowledge of the applicable regulations of subchapter C of 
this chapter and, when applicable, U.N. standards;
    (iii) The ability to conduct or monitor and evaluate test procedures 
and results; and
    (iv) The ability to review and evaluate the qualifications of 
materials and fabrication procedures.
    (3) A statement that the applicant will perform its functions 
independent

[[Page 62]]

of the manufacturers and owners of the packagings concerned.
    (4) If the applicant's principal place of business is in a country 
other than the United States, a copy of the designation from the 
Competent Authority of that country delegating to the applicant an 
approval or designated agency authority for the type of packaging for 
which a DOT designation is sought, and a statement that the Competent 
Authority also delegates similar authority to U.S. Citizens or 
organizations having designations under this subpart from PHMSA.
    (d) Fireworks Certification Agency. Prior to reviewing, and 
certifying Division 1.4G consumer fireworks (UN0336) for compliance with 
the APA Standard 87-1 (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this chapter) as 
specified in part 173 of this chapter, a person must apply to, and be 
approved by, the Associate Administrator to act as an Fireworks 
Certification Agency.
    (1) Fireworks Certification Agency applicant requirements. The 
Fireworks Certification Agency applicant must--
    (i) Be a U.S. resident, or for a non-U.S. resident, have a 
designated U.S. agent representative as specified in Sec.105.40 of 
this subchapter;
    (ii) Employ personnel with work experience in manufacturing or 
testing of fireworks or explosives; or a combination of work experience 
in manufacturing or testing of fireworks or explosives and a degree in 
the physical sciences or engineering from an accredited university;
    (iii) Have the ability to:
    (A) Review design drawings, and applications to certify that they 
are in accordance with the APA Standard 87-1; and
    (B) Verify that the applicant has certified the thermal stability 
test procedures and results.
    (iv) Must be independent of and not owned by any consumer fireworks 
manufacturer, distributor, import or export company, or proprietorship.
    (2) Fireworks Certification Agency application submittal 
requirements. In addition to the requirements of paragraphs (b) and 
(d)(1) of this section, the Fireworks Certification Agency application 
must include--
    (i) Name, address, and country of each facility where Division 1.4G 
consumer fireworks applications are reviewed and certified;
    (ii) A detailed description of the qualifications of each individual 
the applicant proposes to employ to review, and certify that the 
requirements specified by part 173 of this chapter and the APA Standard 
87-1 have been met;
    (iii) Written operating procedures to be used by the Fireworks 
Certification Agency to review and certify that a Division 1.4G consumer 
fireworks application meets the requirements specified in the APA 
Standard 87-1;
    (iv) Name, address, and principal business activity of each person 
having any direct or indirect interest in the applicant greater than 
three percent and any direct or indirect ownership interest in each 
subsidiary or division of the applicant; and
    (v) A statement that the applicant will perform its functions 
independent of the manufacturers, transporters, importers, and owners of 
the fireworks.
    (e) Lighter certification agency. Prior to examining and testing 
lighters (UN1057) for certification of compliance with the requirements 
of Sec.173.308 of this chapter a person must submit an application to, 
and be approved by, the Associate Administrator to act as a lighter 
certification agency. In addition to paragraph (b) of this section, the 
application must include the following information:
    (1) The name and address of each facility where lighters are 
examined and tested;
    (2) A detailed description of the applicant's qualifications and 
ability to, examine and test lighters and certify that the requirements 
specified by Sec.173.308 of this chapter have been met; and
    (3) A statement that the agency is independent of and not owned by a 
lighter manufacturer, distributor, import or export company, or 
proprietorship.
    (f) Portable tank and MEGC certification agencies. Prior to 
inspecting portable tanks or multi-element gas containers (MEGCs) for 
certification of compliance with the requirements of Sec. Sec.178.273 
and 178.74 of this chapter, respectively, a person must submit an 
application to, and be approved by, the Associate Administrator to act 
as a

[[Page 63]]

certification agency. In addition to paragraph (b) of this section, the 
application must provide the following information:
    (1) The name and address of each facility where the portable tank or 
MEGC, as applicable, is examined and tested;
    (2) A detailed description of the applicant's qualifications and 
ability to examine and test portable tanks or MEGCs, as applicable, and 
certify that the requirements specified by Sec.178.273 of this chapter 
for the approval of UN portable tanks, or Sec.178.74 of this chapter 
for the approval of MEGCs have been met; and
    (3) A statement indicating that the agency is independent of and not 
owned by a portable tank or MEGC manufacturer, owner, or distributor.

[78 FR 42473, July 16, 2013, as amended at 78 FR 60750, Oct. 2, 2013; 81 
FR 35512, June 2, 2016]



Sec.107.403  Designation of certification agencies.

    (a) If the Associate Administrator determines that an application 
contains all the required information, the applicant is sent a letter of 
designation and assigned an identification code.
    (b) If the Associate Administrator determines that an application 
does not contain all the required information, the application is denied 
and the applicant is sent a written notice containing all the reasons 
for the denial.
    (c) Within 30 days of an initial denial of an application under 
paragraph (b) of this section, the applicant may file an amended 
application. If the application is denied by the Associate Administrator 
of Hazardous Materials Safety, the applicant may, within 20 days of 
receipt of the decision, request reconsideration by the Associate 
Administrator as set forth in Sec.107.715. If the reconsideration is 
denied by the Associate Administrator, the applicant may appeal the 
Associate Administrator's decision, within 30 days of the Associate 
Administrator's decision, to the Administrator of PHMSA, as specified in 
Sec.107.717.
    (d) The Associate Administrator may modify, suspend, or terminate an 
approval submitted under this subpart as set forth in Sec.107.713.

[Amdt. 107-13, 50 FR 10062, Mar. 13, 1985, as amended by Amdt. 107-23, 
56 FR 66157, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 107-32, 59 FR 49131, Sept. 26, 1994; 
66 FR 45377, Aug. 28, 2001; 78 FR 42474, July 16, 2013]



Sec.107.404  Conditions of designation.

    (a) Each designation made under this subpart contains the following 
conditions:
    (1) The designated approval or certification agency may use only 
testing equipment that it has determined, through personal inspection, 
to be suitable for the purpose.
    (2) Each approval certificate and certification issued by the 
designated approval agency must contain the name and identification code 
of the approval agency.
    (3) Each approval certificate and certification must be in a format 
acceptable to the Associate Administrator.
    (b) The designated approval agency shall notify the Associate 
Administrator within 20 days after the date there is any change in the 
information submitted under Sec.107.402.
    (c) The designated approval agency shall comply with all of the 
terms and conditions stated in its letter of designation under the 
subpart.
    (d) Nothing in this part relieves a manufacturer or owner of a 
packaging of responsibility for compliance with any of the applicable 
requirements of this title.

[Amdt. 107-13, 50 FR 10062, Mar. 13, 1985, as amended by Amdt. 107-23, 
56 FR 66157, Dec. 20, 1991; 66 FR 45377, Aug. 28, 2001]



Sec.107.405  [Reserved]



   Subpart F_Registration of Cargo Tank and Cargo Tank Motor Vehicle 
 Manufacturers, Assemblers, Repairers, Inspectors, Testers, and Design 
                          Certifying Engineers



Sec.107.501  Scope.

    (a) This subpart establishes a registration procedure for persons 
who are engaged in the manufacture, assembly, inspection and testing, 
certification, or repair of a cargo tank or a cargo tank

[[Page 64]]

motor vehicle manufactured in accordance with a DOT specification under 
subchapter C of this chapter or under terms of a special permit issued 
under this part.
    (b) Persons engaged in continuing qualification and maintenance of 
cargo tanks and cargo tank motor vehicles must be familiar with the 
requirements set forth in part 180, subpart E, of this chapter.

[Amdt. 107-20, 55 FR 37047, Sept. 7, 1990]



Sec.107.502  General registration requirements.

    (a) Definitions: For purposes of this subpart--
    (1) Assembly means the performance of any of the following functions 
when the function does not involve welding on the cargo tank wall:
    (i) The mounting of one or more tanks or cargo tanks on a motor 
vehicle or to a motor vehicle suspension component;
    (ii) The installation of equipment or components necessary to meet 
the specification requirements prior to the certification of the cargo 
tank motor vehicle; or
    (iii) The installation of linings, coatings, or other materials to 
the inside of a cargo tank wall.
    (2) The terms Authorized Inspector, Cargo tank, Cargo tank motor 
vehicle, Design Certifying Engineer, Registered Inspector, and Person 
are defined in Sec.171.8 of this chapter.
    (3) The terms cargo tank wall and manufacturer are defined in Sec.
178.320(a), and repair is defined in Sec.180.403 of this chapter.
    (b) No person may engage in the manufacture, assembly, 
certification, inspection or repair of a cargo tank or cargo tank motor 
vehicle manufactured under the terms of a DOT specification under 
subchapter C of this chapter or a special permit issued under this part 
unless the person is registered with the Department in accordance with 
the provisions of this subpart. A person employed as an inspector or 
design certifying engineer is considered to be registered if the 
person's employer is registered. The requirements of this paragraph (b) 
do not apply to a person engaged in the repair of a DOT specification 
cargo tank used in the transportation of hazardous materials in the 
United States in accordance with Sec.180.413(a)(1)(iii) of this 
chapter.
    (c) A person who performs functions which are subject to the 
provisions of this subpart may perform only those functions which have 
been identified to the Department in accordance with the procedures of 
this subpart.
    (d) Registration statements must be in English, contain all of the 
information required by this subpart, and be submitted to: FMCSA 
Hazardous Materials Division--MC-ECH, West Building, MC-ECH, 1200 New 
Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590.
    (e) Upon determination that a registration statement contains all 
the information required by this subpart, the Department will send the 
registrant a letter confirming receipt of the registration application 
and assigning a registration number to that person. A separate 
registration number will be assigned for each cargo tank manufacturing, 
assembly, repair facility or other place of business identified by the 
registrant.

[Amdt. 107-20, 54 FR 25003, June 12, 1989; 55 FR 37047, Sept. 7, 1990, 
as amended by Amdt. 107-22, 55 FR 39978, Oct. 1, 1990; Amdt. 107-23, 56 
FR 66157, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 107-28, 58 FR 46873, Sept. 3, 1993; Amdt. 
107-39, 61 FR 51337, Oct. 1, 1996; 67 FR 61011, Sept. 27, 2002; 68 FR 
19273, Apr. 18, 2003; 72 FR 55683, Oct. 1, 2007; 82 FR 15832, Mar. 30, 
2017]



Sec.107.503  Registration statement.

    (a) Each registration statement must be in English and contain the 
following information:
    (1) Name;
    (2) Street address, mailing address and telephone number for each 
facility or place of business;
    (3) A statement indicating whether the facility uses mobile testing/
inspection equipment to perform inspections, tests, or repairs at a 
location other than the address listed in paragraph (a)(2) of this 
section.
    (4) A statement signed by the person responsible for compliance with 
the applicable requirements of this chapter, certifying knowledge of 
those requirements and that each employee who is a Registered Inspector 
or Design Certifying Engineer meets the minimum

[[Page 65]]

qualification requirements set forth in Sec.171.8 of this chapter for 
``Registered Inspector'' or ``Design Certifying Engineer''. The 
following language may be used.

    I certify that all Registered Inspectors and Design Certifying 
Engineers used in performance of the prescribed functions meet the 
minimum qualification requirements set forth in 49 CFR 171.8, that I am 
the person responsible for ensuring compliance with the applicable 
requirements of this chapter, and that I have knowledge of the 
requirements applicable to the functions to be performed.

    (5) A description of the specific functions to be performed on cargo 
tanks or cargo tank motor vehicles, e.g.:
    (i) Manufacture,
    (ii) Assembly,
    (iii) Inspection and testing (specify type, e.g., external or 
internal visual inspection, lining inspection, hydrostatic pressure 
test, leakage test, thickness test),
    (iv) Certification,
    (v) Repair, or
    (vi) Equipment manufacture;
    (6) An identification of the types of DOT specification and special 
permit cargo tanks or cargo tank motor vehicles which the registrant 
intends to manufacture, assemble, repair, inspect, test or certify;
    (7) A statement indicating whether the registrant employs Registered 
Inspectors or Design Certifying Engineers to conduct certification, 
inspection or testing functions addressed by this subpart. If the 
registrant engages a person who is not an employee of the registrant to 
perform these functions, provide the name, address and registration 
number of that person; and
    (8) If the registrant is not a resident of the United States, the 
name and address of a permanent resident of the United States designated 
in accordance with Sec.105.40 to serve as agent for service of 
process.
    (b) In addition to the information required under paragraph (a) of 
this section, each person who manufactures a cargo tank or cargo tank 
motor vehicle must submit a copy of the manufacturer's current ASME 
Certificate of Authorization for the use of the ASME ``U'' stamp.
    (c) In addition to the information required under paragraph (a) of 
this section, each person who repairs a cargo tank or cargo tank motor 
vehicle must submit a copy of the repair facility's current National 
Board Certificate of Authorization for the use of the ``R'' stamp or 
ASME Certificate of Authorization for the use of the ASME ``U'' stamp. 
Any person who repairs MC-series cargo tanks which are not certified to 
the ASME Code must submit a copy of the National Board or ASME 
Certificate of Authorization to PHMSA before June 30, 1992.

[Amdt. 107-20, 54 FR 25003, June 12, 1989; 55 FR 37047, Sept. 7, 1990; 
57 FR 365, Jan. 6, 1992; Amdt. 107-32, 59 FR 49131, Sept. 26, 1994; 
Amdt. 107-39, 61 FR 51337, Oct. 1, 1996; 63 FR 52846, Oct. 1, 1998; 68 
FR 19273, Apr. 18, 2003]



Sec.107.504  Period of registration, updates, and record retention.

    (a) Registration will be for a maximum of six years from the date of 
the original registration.
    (b) Any correspondence with the Department must contain the 
registrant's name and registration number.
    (c) A registration must be renewed every six years or within thirty 
days of reissuance of an ASME or National Board Certification, whichever 
occurs first, by submitting an up-to-date registration statement 
containing the information prescribed by Sec.107.503. Any person 
initially registered under the provisions of Sec.107.502 and who is in 
good standing is eligible for renewal.
    (d) A registrant shall provide written notification to the 
Department within thirty days of any of the following occurrences:
    (1) Any change in the registration information submitted under Sec.
107.503;
    (2) Replacement of the person responsible for compliance with the 
requirements in Sec.107.503(a)(4). If this occurs, the registrant 
shall resubmit the required certification;
    (3) Loss of ASME or National Board Certificate of Authorization; or
    (4) A change in function; such as, from assembly to manufacture, an 
addition of a function, or a change to the types of inspections, tests 
or certifications of cargo tanks or cargo tank motor vehicles.
    (e) Each registrant shall maintain a current copy of the 
registration information submitted to the Department

[[Page 66]]

and a current copy of the registration number identification received 
from the Department at the location identified in Sec.107.503(a)(2) 
during such time the person is registered with the Department and for 
two years thereafter.
    (f) The issuance of a registration number under this subpart is not 
an approval or endorsement by the Department of the qualifications of 
any person to perform the specified functions.

[Amdt. 107-20, 54 FR 25003, June 12, 1989; 55 FR 37048, Sept. 7, 1990, 
as amended by Amdt. 107-20, 56 FR 27875, June 17, 1991; Amdt. 107-37, 61 
FR 18931, Apr. 29, 1996; 71 FR 54390, Sept. 14, 2006]



   Subpart G_Registration of Persons Who Offer or Transport Hazardous 
                                Materials

    Source: Amdt. 107-26, 57 FR 30630, July 9, 1992, unless otherwise 
noted.



Sec.107.601  Applicability.

    (a) The registration and fee requirements of this subpart apply to 
any person who offers for transportation, or transports, in foreign, 
interstate or intrastate commerce--
    (1) A highway route-controlled quantity of a Class 7 (radioactive) 
material, as defined in Sec.173.403 of this chapter;
    (2) More than 25 kg (55 pounds) of a Division 1.1, 1.2, or 1.3 
(explosive) material (see Sec.173.50 of this chapter) in a motor 
vehicle, rail car or freight container;
    (3) More than one L (1.06 quarts) per package of a material 
extremely toxic by inhalation (i.e., ``material poisonous by 
inhalation,'' as defined in Sec.171.8 of this chapter, that meets the 
criteria for ``hazard zone A,'' as specified in Sec.173.116(a) or 
Sec.173.133(a) of this chapter);
    (4) A shipment of a quantity of hazardous materials in a bulk 
packaging (see Sec.171.8 of this chapter) having a capacity equal to 
or greater than 13,248 L (3,500 gallons) for liquids or gases or more 
than 13.24 cubic meters (468 cubic feet) for solids;
    (5) A shipment in other than a bulk packaging of 2,268 kg (5,000 
pounds) gross weight or more of one class of hazardous materials for 
which placarding of a vehicle, rail car, or freight container is 
required for that class, under the provisions of subpart F of part 172 
of this chapter; or
    (6) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, a quantity 
of hazardous material that requires placarding, under provisions of 
subpart F of part 172 of this chapter.
    (b) Paragraph (a)(6) of this section does not apply to those 
activities of a farmer, as defined in Sec.171.8 of this chapter, that 
are in direct support of the farmer's farming operations.
    (c) In this subpart, the term ``shipment'' means the offering or 
loading of hazardous material at one loading facility using one 
transport vehicle, or the transport of that transport vehicle.

[65 FR 7309, Feb. 14, 2000, as amended at 67 FR 61011, Sept. 27, 2002]



Sec.107.606  Exceptions.

    (a) The following are excepted from the requirements of this 
subpart:
    (1) An agency of the Federal government.
    (2) A State agency.
    (3) An agency of a political subdivision of a State.
    (4) An Indian tribe.
    (5) An employee of any of those entities in paragraphs (a)(1) 
through (a)(4) of this section with respect to the employee's official 
duties.
    (6) A hazmat employee (including, for purposes of this subpart, the 
owner-operator of a motor vehicle that transports in commerce hazardous 
materials, if that vehicle at the time of those activities, is leased to 
a registered motor carrier under a 30-day or longer lease as prescribed 
in 49 CFR part 376 or an equivalent contractual agreement).
    (7) A person domiciled outside the United States, who offers solely 
from a location outside the United States, hazardous materials for 
transportation in commerce, provided that the country of which such a 
person is a domiciliary does not require persons domiciled in the United 
States, who solely offer hazardous materials for transportation to the 
foreign country from places in the United States, to file a registration 
statement or to pay a registration fee.
    (b) Upon making a determination that persons domiciled in the United 
States, who offer hazardous materials for transportation to a foreign 
country

[[Page 67]]

solely from places in the United States, must file registration 
statements or pay fees to that foreign country, the U.S. Competent 
Authority will provide notice of such determination directly to the 
Competent Authority of that foreign country and by publication in the 
Federal Register. Persons who offer hazardous materials for 
transportation to the United States from that foreign country must file 
a registration statement and pay the required fee no later than 60 days 
following publication of the determination in the Federal Register.

[Amdt. 107-34, 60 FR 27233, May 23, 1995, as amended at 63 FR 52847, 
Oct. 1, 1998; 72 FR 24538, May 3, 2007]



Sec.107.608  General registration requirements.

    (a) Each person subject to this subpart must submit a complete and 
accurate registration statement on DOT Form F 5800.2 not later than June 
30 for each registration year, or in time to comply with paragraph (b) 
of this section, whichever is later. Each registration year begins on 
July 1 and ends on June 30 of the following year.
    (b) No person required to file a registration statement may 
transport a hazardous material or cause a hazardous material to be 
transported or shipped, unless such person has on file, in accordance 
with Sec.107.620, a current Certificate of Registration in accordance 
with the requirements of this subpart.
    (c) A registrant whose name or principal place of business has 
changed during the year of registration must notify PHMSA of that change 
by submitting an amended registration statement not later than 30 days 
after the change.
    (d) Copies of DOT Form F 5800.2 and instructions for its completion 
may be obtained from the Outreach, Training and Grants Division, PHH-50, 
U.S. Department of Transportation, Washington, DC 20590-0001, by calling 
202-366-4109, or via the Internet at http://phmsa.dot.gov/hazmat/
registration.
    (e) If the registrant is not a resident of the United States, the 
registrant must attach to the registration statement the name and 
address of a permanent resident of the United States, designated in 
accordance with Sec.105.40, to serve as agent for service of process.

[Amdt. 107-26, 57 FR 30630, July 9, 1992, as amended by Amdt. 107-31, 59 
FR 32932, June 27, 1994; 65 FR 7309, Feb. 14, 2000; 67 FR 61011, Sept. 
27, 2002; 70 FR 56090, Sept. 23, 2005; 72 FR 55683, Oct. 1, 2007; 76 FR 
56311, Sept. 13, 2011]



Sec.107.612  Amount of fee.

    (a) For purposes of determining the applicable annual registration 
fee specified in paragraph (b) of this section, the following 
classification applies to each person required to register and pay a 
registration fee:
    (1) Small business. A person that qualifies as a small business, 
under criteria specified in 13 CFR part 121 applicable to the North 
American Industry Classification System (NAICS) code that describes that 
person's primary commercial activity.
    (2) Not-for-profit organization. An organization exempt from 
taxation under 26 U.S.C. 501(a).
    (3) Other than a small business or not-for-profit organization. Each 
person that does not meet the criteria specified in paragraph (a)(1) or 
(a)(2) of this section.
    (b) Each person subject to the requirements of this subpart must pay 
the processing fee specified in paragraph (c) of this section and the 
annual registration fee set forth in the following table:

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                Other than small
                                                                              Not-for-profit    business or not-
                   Registration year                       Small business      organization        for-profit
                                                                                                  organization
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2014-2015 and later....................................               $250               $250             $2,575
2013-2014..............................................                125                125              1,300
2012-2013, 2011-2012, 2010-2011........................                250                250              2,575
2009-2010, 2008-2009, 2007-2008, 2006-2007.............                250                250                975
2005-2006, 2004-2005, 2003-2004........................                125                125                275
2002-2003, 2001-2002, 2000-2001........................                275              (\1\)              1,975
1999-2000 and earlier..................................                250                250                250
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Fee appropriate for small or other than small business.


[[Page 68]]

    (c) Each person submitting a registration statement must pay the 
following processing fee in addition to the registration fees specified 
in paragraph (b) of this section:
    (1) For registration years 2000-2001 and later, the processing fee 
is $25 for each registration statement filed. A single statement may be 
filed for one, two, or three registration years as provided in Sec.
107.616(c).
    (2) For registration years 1999-2000 and earlier, the processing fee 
is $50 for each registration statement filed. A separate statement must 
be filed for each registration year.

[78 FR 23506, Apr. 19, 2013]



Sec.107.616  Payment procedures.

    (a) Each person subject to the requirements of this subpart must 
mail the registration statement and payment in full to the U.S. 
Department of Transportation--Hazardous Materials, P.O. Box 6200-01, 
Portland, OR 97228-6200, or submit the statement and payment 
electronically through the Department's e-Commerce internet site. Access 
to this service is provided at https://www.phmsa.dot.gov/hazmat/
registration. A registrant required to file an amended registration 
statement under Sec.107.608(c) of this subpart must mail it to the 
same address or submit it through the same internet site.
    (b) Payment must be made by certified check, cashier's check, 
personal check, or money order in U.S. funds and drawn on a U.S. bank, 
payable to the U.S. Department of Transportation and identified as 
payment for the ``Hazmat Registration Fee,'' or by completing an 
authorization for payment by credit card or other electronic means of 
payment acceptable to the Department on the registration statement or as 
part of an Internet registration as provided in paragraph (a) of this 
section.
    (c) Payment must correspond to the total fees properly calculated in 
the ``Amount Due'' block of the DOT form F 5800.2. A person may elect to 
register and pay the required fees for up to three registration years by 
filing one complete and accurate registration statement.

[Amdt. 107-26, 57 FR 30630, July 9, 1992, as amended by Amdt. 107-26, 58 
FR 12545, Mar. 5, 1993; 65 FR 7310, Feb. 14, 2000; 67 FR 58345, Sept. 
16, 2002; 68 FR 1346, Jan. 9, 2003; 71 FR 54390, Sept. 14, 2006; 72 FR 
24538, May 3, 2007; 76 FR 56311, Sept. 13, 2011; 84 FR 3999, Feb. 14, 
2019]



Sec.107.620  Recordkeeping requirements.

    (a) Each person subject to the requirements of this subpart, or its 
agent designated under Sec.107.608(e), must maintain at its principal 
place of business for a period of three years from the date of issuance 
of each Certificate of Registration:
    (1) A copy of the registration statement filed with PHMSA; and
    (2) The Certificate of Registration issued to the registrant by 
PHMSA.
    (b) After January 1, 1993, each motor carrier subject to the 
requirements of this subpart must carry a copy of its current 
Certificate of Registration issued by PHMSA or another document bearing 
the registration number identified as the ``U.S. DOT Hazmat Reg. No.'' 
on board each truck and truck tractor (not including trailers and semi-
trailers) used to transport hazardous materials subject to the 
requirements of this subpart. The Certificate of Registration or 
document bearing the registration number must be made available, upon 
request, to enforcement personnel.
    (c) In addition to the requirements of paragraph (a) of this 
section, after January 1, 1995, each person who transports by vessel a 
hazardous material subject to the requirements of this subpart must 
carry on board the vessel a copy of its current Certificate of 
Registration or another document bearing the current registration number 
identified as the ``U.S. DOT Hazmat Reg. No.''
    (d) Each person subject to this subpart must furnish its Certificate 
of Registration (or a copy thereof) and all other records and 
information pertaining to the information contained in

[[Page 69]]

the registration statement to an authorized representative or special 
agent of DOT upon request.

[Amdt. 107-26, 57 FR 30630, July 9, 1992, as amended at 57 FR 37902, 
Aug. 21, 1992; Amdt. 107-26, 58 FR 12545, Mar. 5, 1993; Amdt. 107-31, 59 
FR 32932, June 27, 1994]



           Subpart H_Approvals, Registrations and Submissions

    Source: Amdt. 107-38, 61 FR 21100, May 9, 1996, unless otherwise 
noted.



Sec.107.701  Purpose and scope.

    (a) This subpart prescribes procedures for the issuance, 
modification and termination of approvals, and the submission of 
registrations and reports, as required by this chapter.
    (b) The procedures of this subpart are in addition to any 
requirements in subchapter C of this chapter applicable to a specific 
approval, registration or report. If compliance with both a specific 
requirement of subchapter C of this chapter and a procedure of this 
subpart is not possible, the specific requirement applies.
    (c) Registration under subpart F or G of this part is not subject to 
the procedures of this subpart.

[Amdt. 107-38, 61 FR 21100, May 9, 1996; Amdt. 107-38, 61 FR 27948, June 
3, 1996]



Sec.107.705  Registrations, reports, and applications for approval.

    (a) A person filing a registration, report, or application for an 
approval, or a renewal or modification of an approval subject to the 
provisions of this subpart must--
    (1) File the registration, report, or application with the Associate 
Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety (Attention: Approvals, PHH-
32), Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration, U.S. 
Department of Transportation, East Building, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, 
SE., Washington, DC 20590-0001. Alternatively, the document with any 
attached supporting documentation in an appropriate format may be filed 
by facsimile (fax) to: (202) 366-3753 or (202) 366-3308 or by electronic 
mail (e-mail) to: [email protected].
    (2) Identify the section of the chapter under which the 
registration, report, or application is made;
    (3) If a report is required by an approval, a registration or a 
special permit, identify the approval, registration or special permit 
number;
    (4) Provide the name, street and mailing addresses, e-mail address 
optional, and telephone number of the person on whose behalf the 
registration, report, or application is made and, if different, the 
person making the filing;
    (5) If the person on whose behalf the filing is made is not a 
resident of the United States, provide a designation of agent for 
service in accordance with Sec.105.40;
    (6) Provide a description of the activity for which the registration 
or report is required; and
    (7) Provide additional information as requested by the Associate 
Administrator, if the Associate Administrator determines that a filing 
lacks pertinent information or otherwise does not comply with applicable 
requirements.
    (b) Description of approval proposal. In addition to the provisions 
in paragraph (a) for an approval, an application for an approval, or an 
application for modification or renewal of an approval, the applicant 
must include the following information that is relevant to the approval 
application--
    (1) A description of the activity for which the approval is 
required;
    (2) The proposed duration of the approval;
    (3) The transport mode or modes affected, as applicable;
    (4) Any additional information specified in the section containing 
the approval; and
    (5) For an approval which provides exceptions from regulatory 
requirements or prohibitions--
    (i) Identification of any increased risk to safety or property that 
may result if the approval is granted, and specification of the measures 
that the applicant considers necessary or appropriate to address that 
risk; and
    (ii) Substantiation, with applicable analyses or evaluations, if 
appropriate, demonstrating that the proposed activity will achieve a 
level of safety that is

[[Page 70]]

at least equal to that required by the regulation.
    (c) For an approval with an expiration date, each application for 
renewal or modification must be filed in the same manner as an original 
application. If, at least 60 days before an existing approval expires 
the holder files an application for renewal that is complete and 
conforms to the requirements of this section, the approval will not 
expire until final administrative action on the application for renewal 
has been taken. Operation under an expired approval not filed within 60 
days of the expiration date is prohibited. This paragraph does not limit 
the authority of the Associate Administrator to modify, suspend or 
terminate an approval under Sec.107.713.
    (d) To request confidential treatment for information contained in 
the application, the applicant shall comply with Sec.105.30(a).

[Amdt. 107-38, 61 FR 21100, May 9, 1996, as amended at 65 FR 50457, Aug. 
18, 2000; 67 FR 61011, Sept. 27, 2002; 70 FR 56090, Sept. 23, 2005; 70 
FR 73162, Dec. 9, 2005; 72 FR 55683, Oct. 1, 2007; 79 FR 15043, Mar. 18, 
2014; 80 FR 54437, Sept. 10, 2015]



Sec.107.709  Processing of an application for approval, including 
an application for renewal or modification.

    (a) No public hearing or other formal proceeding is required under 
this subpart before the disposition of an application.
    (b) The Associate Administrator will review an application for an 
approval, modification of an approval, or renewal of an approval in 
conformance with the standard operating procedures specified in appendix 
A of this part (``Standard Operating Procedures for Special Permits and 
Approvals''). At any time during the processing of an application, the 
Associate Administrator may request additional information from the 
applicant. If the applicant does not respond to a written request for 
additional information within 30 days of the date the request was 
received, the Associate Administrator may deem the application 
incomplete and deny it. The Associate Administrator may grant a 30-day 
extension to respond to the written request for additional information 
if the applicant makes such a request in writing.
    (c) The Associate Administrator may grant or deny an application, in 
whole or in part. At the Associate Administrator's discretion, an 
application may be granted subject to provisions that are appropriate to 
protect health, safety and property. The Associate Administrator may 
impose additional provisions not specified in the application, or delete 
conditions in the application which are unnecessary.
    (d) The Associate Administrator may grant an application on finding 
that--
    (1) The application complies with this subpart;
    (2) The application demonstrates that the proposed activity will 
achieve a level of safety that--
    (i) Is at least equal to that required by the regulation, or
    (ii) If the regulations do not establish a level of safety, is 
consistent with the public interest and adequately will protect against 
the risks to life and property inherent in the transportation of 
hazardous materials in commerce;
    (3) The application states all material facts, and contains no 
materially false or materially misleading statement;
    (4) The applicant meets the qualifications required by applicable 
regulations; and
    (5) The applicant is fit to conduct the activity authorized by the 
approval, or renewal or modification of approval. This assessment may be 
based on information in the application, prior compliance history of the 
applicant, and other information available to the Associate 
Administrator.
    (e) Unless otherwise specified in this chapter or by the Associate 
Administrator, an approval in which a term is not specified does not 
expire.
    (f) The Associate Administrator notifies the applicant in writing of 
the decision on the application. A denial contains a brief statement of 
reasons.

[Amdt. 107-38, 61 FR 21100, May 9, 1996, as amended at 80 FR 54437, 
Sept. 10, 2015]



Sec.107.711  Withdrawal.

    An application may be withdrawn at any time before a decision to 
grant or

[[Page 71]]

deny it is made. Withdrawal of an application does not authorize the 
removal of any related records from the PHMSA dockets or files. 
Applications that are eligible for confidential treatment under Sec.
105.30 will remain confidential after the application is withdrawn. The 
duration of this confidential treatment for trade secrets and commercial 
or financial information is indefinite, unless the party requesting the 
confidential treatment of the materials notifies the Associate 
Administrator that the confidential treatment is no longer required.

[Amdt. 107-38, 61 FR 21100, May 9, 1996, as amended at 67 FR 61011, 
Sept. 27, 2002]



Sec.107.713  Approval modification, suspension or termination.

    (a) The Associate Administrator may modify an approval on finding 
that--
    (1) Modification is necessary to conform an existing approval to 
relevant statutes and regulations as they may be amended from time to 
time; or
    (2) Modification is required by changed circumstances to enable the 
approval to continue to meet the standards of Sec.107.709(d).
    (b) The Associate Administrator may modify, suspend or terminate an 
approval, as appropriate, on finding that--
    (1) Because of a change in circumstances, the approval no longer is 
needed or no longer would be granted if applied for;
    (2) The application contained inaccurate or incomplete information, 
and the approval would not have been granted had the application been 
accurate and complete;
    (3) The application contained deliberately inaccurate or incomplete 
information; or
    (4) The holder knowingly has violated the terms of the approval or 
an applicable requirement of this chapter in a manner demonstrating lack 
of fitness to conduct the activity for which the approval is required.
    (c) Except as provided in paragraph (d) of this section, before an 
approval is modified, suspended or terminated, the Associate 
Administrator notifies the holder in writing of the proposed action and 
the reasons for it, and provides an opportunity to show cause why the 
proposed action should not be taken.
    (1) The holder may file a written response with the Associate 
Administrator within 30 days of receipt of notice of the proposed 
action.
    (2) After considering the holder's or party's written response, or 
after 30 days have passed without response since receipt of the notice, 
the Associate Administrator notifies the holder in writing of the final 
decision with a brief statement of reasons.
    (d) The Associate Administrator, if necessary to avoid a risk of 
significant harm to persons or property, may in the notification declare 
the proposed action immediately effective.



Sec.107.715  Reconsideration.

    (a) An applicant or a holder may request that the Associate 
Administrator reconsider a decision under Sec.107.709(f) or Sec.
107.713(c). The request must:
    (1) Be in writing and filed within 20 days of receipt of the 
decision;
    (2) State in detail any alleged errors of fact and law;
    (3) Enclose any additional information needed to support the request 
to reconsider; and
    (4) State in detail the modification of the final decision sought.
    (b) The Associate Administrator considers newly submitted 
information on a showing that the information could not reasonably have 
been submitted during application processing.
    (c) The Associate Administrator grants or denies, in whole or in 
part, the relief requested and informs the requesting person in writing 
of the decision.



Sec.107.717  Appeal.

    (a) A person who requested reconsideration under Sec.107.715 may 
appeal to the Administrator the Associate Administrator's decision on 
the request. The appeal must:
    (1) Be in writing and filed within 30 days of receipt of the 
Associate Administrator's decision on reconsideration;
    (2) State in detail any alleged errors of fact and law;
    (3) Enclose any additional information needed to support the appeal; 
and
    (4) State in detail the modification of the final decision sought.

[[Page 72]]

    (b) The Administrator, if necessary to avoid a risk of significant 
harm to persons or property, may declare the Associate Administrator's 
action effective pending a decision on appeal.
    (c) The Administrator grants or denies, in whole or in part, the 
relief requested and informs the appellant in writing of the decision on 
appeal. The Administrator's decision on appeal is the final 
administrative action.



    Subpart I_Approval of Independent Inspection Agencies, Cylinder 
   Requalifiers, and Non-domestic Chemical Analyses and Tests of DOT 
                         Specification Cylinders

    Source: 67 FR 51639, Aug. 8, 2002, unless otherwise noted.



Sec.107.801  Purpose and scope.

    (a) This subpart prescribes procedures for--
    (1) A person who seeks approval to be an independent inspection 
agency to perform tests, inspections, verifications and certifications 
of DOT specification cylinders or UN pressure receptacles as required by 
parts 178 and 180 of this chapter;
    (2) A person who seeks approval to engage in the requalification 
(e.g. inspection, testing, or certification), rebuilding, or repair of a 
cylinder manufactured in accordance with a DOT specification or a 
pressure receptacle in accordance with a UN standard under subchapter C 
of this chapter or under the terms of a special permit issued under this 
part, or a cylinder or tube manufactured in accordance with a TC, CTC, 
CRC, or BTC specification under the Transport Canada TDG Regulations 
(IBR; see Sec.171.7 of this chapter);
    (3) A person who seeks approval to perform the manufacturing 
chemical analyses and tests of DOT specification cylinders, special 
permit cylinders, or UN pressure receptacles outside the United States.
    (b) No person may engage in a function identified in paragraph (a) 
of this section unless approved by the Associate Administrator in 
accordance with the provisions of this subpart. Each person must comply 
with the applicable requirements in this subpart. In addition, the 
procedural requirements in subpart H of this part apply to the filing, 
processing, and termination of an approval issued under this subpart.

[67 FR 51639, Aug. 8, 2002, as amended at 71 FR 33873, June 12, 2006; 78 
FR 60750, Oct. 2, 2013; 82 FR 15832, Mar. 30, 2017]



Sec.107.803  Approval of an independent inspection agency (IIA).

    (a) General. Prior to performing cylinder inspections and 
verifications required by parts 178 and 180 of this chapter, a person 
must apply to the Associate Administrator for an approval as an 
independent inspection agency. A person approved as an independent 
inspection agency is not an PHMSA agent or representative.
    (b) Criteria. No applicant for approval as an independent inspection 
agency may be engaged in the manufacture of cylinders for use in the 
transportation of hazardous materials, or be directly or indirectly 
controlled by, or have a financial involvement with, any entity that 
manufactures cylinders for use in the transportation of hazardous 
materials, except for providing services as an independent inspector.
    (c) Application information. Each applicant must submit an 
application in conformance with Sec.107.705 containing the information 
prescribed in Sec.107.705(a). In addition, the application must 
contain the following information:
    (1) Name and address of each facility where tests and inspections 
are to be performed.
    (2) Detailed description of the inspection and testing facilities to 
be used by the applicant.
    (3) Detailed description of the applicant's qualifications and 
ability to perform the inspections and to verify the inspections 
required by part 178 of this chapter or under the terms of a special 
permit issued under this part.
    (4) Name, address, and principal business activity of each person 
having any direct or indirect ownership interest in the applicant 
greater than three percent and any direct or indirect ownership interest 
in each subsidiary or division of the applicant.

[[Page 73]]

    (5) Name of each individual whom the applicant proposes to employ as 
an inspector and who will be responsible for certifying inspection and 
test results, and a statement of that person's qualifications.
    (6) An identification or qualification number assigned to each 
inspector who is supervised by a certifying inspector identified in 
paragraph (c)(5) of this section.
    (7) A statement that the applicant will perform its functions 
independent of the manufacturers and owners of the cylinders.
    (8) If the applicant's principal place of business is in a country 
other than the United States, the Associate Administrator may approve 
the applicant on the basis of an approval issued by the Competent 
Authority of the country of manufacture. The Competent Authority must 
maintain a current listing of approved IIAs and their identification 
marks. The applicant must provide a copy of the designation from the 
Competent Authority of that country delegating to the applicant an 
approval or designated agency authority for the type of packaging for 
which a DOT or UN designation is sought; and
    (9) The signature of the person certifying the approval application 
and the date on which it was signed.
    (d) Facility inspection. Upon the request of the Associate 
Administrator, the applicant must allow the Associate Administrator or 
the Associate Administrator's designee to inspect the applicant's 
facilities and records. The person seeking approval must bear the cost 
of the inspection.
    (e) After approval, the Associate Administrator may authorize, upon 
request, the independent inspection agency to perform other inspections 
and functions for which the Associate Administrator finds the applicant 
to be qualified. Such additional authorizations will be noted on each 
inspection agency's approval documents.

[67 FR 51639, Aug. 8, 2002, as amended at 68 FR 24659, May 8, 2003; 71 
FR 33873, June 12, 2006; 78 FR 60750, Oct. 2, 2013]



Sec.107.805  Approval of cylinder and pressure receptacle requalifiers.

    (a) General. A person must meet the requirements of this section to 
be approved to inspect, test, certify, repair, or rebuild a cylinder in 
accordance with a DOT specification or a UN pressure receptacle under 
subpart C of part 178 or subpart C of part 180 of this chapter, or under 
the terms of a special permit issued under this part, or a TC, CTC, CRC, 
or BTC specification cylinder or tube manufactured in accordance with 
the TDG Regulations (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this chapter).
    (b) Independent Inspection Agency Review. Each applicant must 
arrange for an independent inspection agency, approved by the Associate 
Administrator pursuant to this subpart, to perform a review of its 
inspection or requalification operation. The person seeking approval 
must bear the cost of the inspection. A list of approved independent 
inspection agencies is available from the Associate Administrator at the 
address listed in Sec.107.705. Assistance in obtaining an approval is 
available from the same address.
    (c) Application for approval. If the inspection performed by an 
independent inspection agency is completed with satisfactory results, 
the applicant must submit a letter of recommendation from the 
independent inspection agency, an inspection report, and an application 
containing the information prescribed in Sec.107.705(a). In addition, 
the application must contain--
    (1) The name of the facility manager;
    (2) The types of DOT specification or special permit cylinders, UN 
pressure receptacles, or TC, CTC, CRC, or BTC specification cylinders or 
tubes that will be inspected, tested, repaired, or rebuilt at the 
facility;
    (3) A certification that the facility will operate in compliance 
with the applicable requirements of subchapter C of this chapter; and
    (4) The signature of the person making the certification and the 
date on which it was signed.
    (d) Issuance of requalifier identification number (RIN). The 
Associate Administrator issues a RIN as evidence of approval to 
requalify DOT specification or special permit cylinders, or TC, CTC, 
CRC, or BTC specification cylinders or tubes, or UN pressure receptacles 
if it is determined, based on the applicant's submission and other 
available information, that the applicant's

[[Page 74]]

qualifications and, when applicable, facility are adequate to perform 
the requested functions in accordance with the criteria prescribed in 
subpart C of part 180 of this subchapter or TDG Regulations, as 
applicable.
    (e) Expiration of RIN. Unless otherwise provided in the issuance 
letter, an approval expires five years from the date of issuance, 
provided the applicant's facility and qualifications are maintained at 
or above the level observed at the time of inspection by the independent 
inspection agency, or at the date of the certification in the 
application for approval for requalifiers only performing inspections 
made under Sec.180.209(g) of this chapter.
    (f) Exceptions. The requirements in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this 
section do not apply to:
    (1) A person who only performs inspections in accordance with Sec.
180.209(g) of this chapter provided the application contains the 
following, in addition to the information prescribed in Sec.
107.705(a): Identifies the DOT specification/special permit cylinders to 
be inspected; certifies the requalifier will operate in compliance with 
the applicable requirements of subchapter C of this chapter; certifies 
the persons performing inspections have been trained and have the 
information contained in each applicable CGA publication incorporated by 
reference in Sec.171.7 of this chapter applicable to the requalifiers' 
activities; and includes the signature of the person making the 
certification and the date on which it was signed. Each person must 
comply with the applicable requirements in this subpart. In addition, 
the procedural requirements in subpart H of this part apply to the 
filing, processing and termination of an approval issued under this 
subpart; or
    (2) A person holding a DOT-issued RIN to perform the requalification 
(inspect, test, certify), repair, or rebuild of DOT specification 
cylinders, that wishes to perform any of these actions on corresponding 
TC, CTC, CRC, or BTC cylinders or tubes may submit an application that, 
in addition to the information prescribed in Sec.107.705(a): 
Identifies the TC, CTC, CRC, or BTC specification cylinder(s) or tube(s) 
to be inspected; certifies the requalifier will operate in compliance 
with the applicable TDG Regulations; certifies the persons performing 
requalification have been trained in the functions applicable to the 
requalifiers' activities; and includes the signature of the person 
making the certification and the date on which it was signed. In 
addition, the procedural requirements in subpart H of this part apply to 
the filing, processing and termination of an approval issued under this 
subpart.
    (3) A person holding a certificate of registration issued by 
Transport Canada in accordance with the TDG Regulations to perform the 
requalification (inspect, test, certify), repair, or rebuild of a TC, 
CTC, CRC, or BTC cylinder who performs any of these actions on 
corresponding DOT specification cylinders.
    (g) Each holder of a current RIN shall report in writing any change 
in its name, address, ownership, testing equipment, or management or 
personnel performing any function under this section, to the Associate 
Administrator (PHH-32) within 20 days of the change.

[67 FR 51639, Aug. 8, 2002, as amended at 68 FR 24659, May 8, 2003; 68 
FR 55544, Sept. 26, 2003; 70 FR 56090, Sept. 23, 2005; 70 FR 73162, Dec. 
9, 2005; 71 FR 33873, June 12, 2006; 76 FR 56311, Sept. 13, 2011; 82 FR 
15833, Mar. 30, 2017]



Sec.107.807  Approval of non-domestic chemical analyses and tests.

    (a) General. A person who seeks to manufacture DOT specification or 
special permit cylinders outside the United States must seek an approval 
from the Associate Administrator to perform the chemical analyses and 
tests of those cylinders outside the United States.
    (b) Application for approval. Each applicant must submit an 
application containing the information prescribed in Sec.107.705(a). 
In addition, the application must contain--
    (1) The name, address, and a description of each facility at which 
cylinders are to be manufactured and chemical analyses and tests are to 
be performed;
    (2) Complete details concerning the dimensions, materials of 
construction, wall thickness, water capacity, shape, type of joints, 
location and size of openings and other pertinent physical

[[Page 75]]

characteristics of each specification or special permit cylinder for 
which approval is being requested, including calculations for cylinder 
wall stress and wall thickness, which may be shown on a drawing or on 
separate sheets attached to a descriptive drawing;
    (3) The name of the independent inspection agency to be used to 
certify the analyses and tests and a statement from the agency 
indicating that it is independent of and not owned by a cylinder 
manufacturer, owner, or distributor; and
    (4) The signature of the person making the certification and the 
date on which it was signed.
    (c) Facility inspections. Upon the request of the Associate 
Administrator, the applicant must allow the Associate Administrator or 
the Associate Administrator's designee to inspect the applicant's 
cylinder manufacturing and testing facilities and records, and must 
provide such materials and cylinders for analyses and tests as the 
Associate Administrator may specify. The applicant or holder must bear 
the cost of the initial and subsequent inspections, analyses, and tests.

[67 FR 51639, Aug. 8, 2002, as amended at 81 FR 35513, June 2, 2016]



Sec.107.809  Conditions of UN pressure receptacle approvals.

    (a) Each approval issued under this subpart contains the following 
conditions:
    (1) Upon the request of the Associate Administrator, the applicant 
or holder must allow the Associate Administrator or the Associate 
Administrator's designee to inspect the applicant's pressure receptacle 
manufacturing and testing facilities and records, and must provide such 
materials and pressure receptacles for analyses and tests as the 
Associate Administrator may specify. The applicant or holder must bear 
the cost of the initial and subsequent inspections, analyses, and tests.
    (2) Each holder must comply with all of the terms and conditions 
stated in the approval letter issued under this subpart.
    (b) In addition to the conditions specified in Sec.107.713, an 
approval may be denied or if issued, suspended or terminated if the 
Competent Authority of the country of manufacture fails to initiate, 
maintain or recognize an IIA approved under this subpart; fails to 
recognize UN standard packagings manufactured in accordance with this 
subchapter; or implements a condition or limitation on United States 
citizens or organizations that is not required of its own citizenry.

[71 FR 33874, June 12, 2006]





 Sec. Appendix A to Part 107--Standard Operating Procedures for Special 
                          Permits and Approvals

    This appendix sets forth the standard operating procedures (SOPs) 
for processing an application for a special permit or an approval in 
conformance with 49 CFR parts 107 and 171 through 180. It is to be used 
by PHMSA for the internal management of its special permit and approval 
programs.
    The words ``special permit'' and ``approval'' are defined in Sec.
107.1. PHMSA receives applications for: (1) Designation as an approval 
or certification agency, (2) a new special permit or approval, renewal 
or modification of an existing special permit or an existing approval, 
(3) granting of party status to an existing special permit, and (4) in 
conformance with Sec.107.117, emergency processing for a special 
permit. Depending on the type of application, the SOP review process 
includes several phases, such as Completeness, Publication, Evaluation, 
and Disposition.

                              Special Permit and Approval Evaluation Review Process
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                     Non-
                                               Special permit   classification   Classification    Registration
                                                                   approval         approval         approval
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Completeness.............................               X                X                X                X
2. Publication..............................               X   ...............
3. Evaluation...............................
a. Technical................................               X                X                X
b. Safety Profile...........................               X                X   ...............               X
4. Disposition..............................
a. Approval.................................               X                X                X                X
b. Denial...................................               X                X                X                X

[[Page 76]]

 
c. Reconsideration/Appeal...................               X                X                X                X
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    An approval for assessing an applicant's ability to perform a 
function that does not involve classifying a hazardous material is 
described as a non-classification approval and certifies that: An 
approval holder is qualified to requalify, repair, rebuild, and/or 
manufacture cylinders stipulated in the HMR; an agency is qualified to 
perform inspections and other functions outlined in an approval and the 
HMR; an approval holder is providing an equivalent level of safety or 
safety that is consistent with the public interest in the transportation 
of hazardous materials outlined in the approval; and a radioactive 
package design or material classification fully complies with applicable 
domestic or international regulations. An approval for assessing the 
hazard class of a material is described as a classification approval and 
certifies that explosives, fireworks, chemical oxygen generators, self-
reactive materials, and organic peroxides have been classed for 
manufacturing and/or transportation based on requirements stipulated in 
the HMR. Registration approvals include the issuance of a unique 
identification number used solely as an identifier or in conjunction 
with approval holder's name and address, or the issuance of a 
registration number that is evidence the approval holder is qualified to 
perform an HMR-authorized function, such as visually requalifying 
cylinders. This appendix does not include registrations issued under 49 
CFR part 107, subpart G.
    1. Completeness. PHMSA reviews all special permit and approval 
applications to determine if they contain all the information required 
under Sec.107.105 (for a special permit), Sec.107.117 (for emergency 
processing) or Sec.107.402 (for designation as a certification agency) 
or Sec.107.705 (for an approval). If PHMSA determines an application 
does not contain all the information needed to evaluate the safety of 
the actions requested in the application, the Associate Administrator 
may reject the application. If the application is rejected, PHMSA will 
notify the applicant of the deficiencies in writing. An applicant may 
resubmit a rejected application as a new application, provided the newly 
submitted application contains the information PHMSA needs to make a 
determination.
    Emergency special permit applications must comply with all the 
requirements prescribed in Sec.107.105 for a special permit 
application, and contain sufficient information to determine that the 
applicant's request for emergency processing is justified under the 
conditions prescribed in Sec.107.117.
    2. Publication. When PHMSA determines an application for a new 
special permit or a request to modify an existing special permit is 
complete and sufficient, PHMSA publishes a summary of the application in 
the Federal Register in conformance with Sec.107.113(b). This provides 
the public an opportunity to comment on a request for a new or a 
modification of an existing special permit.
    3. Evaluation. The evaluation phase consists of two assessments, 
which may be done concurrently, a technical evaluation and a safety 
profile evaluation. When applicable, PHMSA consults and coordinates its 
evaluation of applications with the following Operating Administrations 
(OAs) that share enforcement authority under Federal hazardous material 
transportation law: Federal Aviation Administration, Federal Motor 
Carrier Safety Administration, Federal Railroad Administration, and 
United States Coast Guard. PHMSA also consults other agencies with 
hazardous material subject-matter expertise, such as the Nuclear 
Regulatory Commission and the Department of Energy.
    (a) Technical evaluation. A technical evaluation considers whether 
the proposed special permit or approval will achieve a level of safety 
at least equal to that required under the HMR or, if a required safety 
level does not exist, considers whether the proposed special permit is 
consistent with the public interest in that it will adequately protect 
against the risks to life and property inherent in the transportation of 
hazardous material. For a classification approval, the technical 
evaluation is a determination that the application meets the 
requirements of the regulations for issuance of the approval. If formal 
coordination with another OA is included as part of the evaluation 
phase, that OA is responsible for managing this process within the 
applicable OA. The OA reviews the application materials and PHMSA's 
technical evaluation, and may provide their own evaluation, comments and 
recommendations. The OA may also recommend operational controls or 
limitations to be incorporated into the special permit or approval to 
improve its safety.
    (b) Safety profile evaluation. Each applicant for a special permit 
or non-classification approval is subject to a safety profile evaluation 
to assess if the applicant is fit to conduct the activity authorized by 
the special permit or approval application. PHMSA will

[[Page 77]]

coordinate the safety profile evaluations with the appropriate OA if a 
proposed activity is specific to a particular mode of transportation, if 
the proposed activity will set new precedent or have a significant 
economic impact, or if an OA requests participation. PHMSA does not 
conduct initial safety profile reviews as part of processing 
classification approvals, which include fireworks, explosives, organic 
peroxides, and self-reactive materials. Additionally, cylinder approvals 
and certification agency approvals do not follow the same minimum safety 
profile review model.
    (i) Automated Review. An applicant for a special permit or approval 
which requires a safety profile evaluation, but does not include 
coordination with an OA, is subject to an automated safety profile 
review. If the applicant passes the initial automated review, the 
applicant is determined to be fit. If the applicant fails the initial 
automated review, the applicant is subject to a safety profile 
evaluation. An applicant that fails a safety profile evaluation may be 
determined to be unfit. To begin this review, PHMSA or the applicant 
enters the applicant's information into the web-based Hazardous 
Materials Information System (HMIS) or Hazmat Intelligence Portal (HIP), 
or other future application processing technology that provide an 
integrated information source to identify hazardous material safety 
trends through the analysis of incident and accident information, and 
provide access to comprehensive information on hazardous materials 
incidents, special permits and approvals, enforcement actions, and other 
elements that support PHMSA's regulatory program. PHMSA then screens the 
applicant to determine if, within the four years prior to submitting its 
application, the applicant was involved in any incident attributable to 
the applicant or package where two or more triggers for a safety profile 
review or five or more triggers for on-site inspection enforcement case 
referral events occurred.
    (1) The trigger events are listed in the following table:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                          Trigger for on-site inspection
   Trigger for safety profile review                    *
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1) Any incident that involved a death   (1) Evidence that an applicant
 or injury;.                              is at risk of being unable to
                                          comply with the terms of an
                                          application, including those
                                          listed below.
(2) Two or more incidents involving a    (2) An on-site inspection at
 Sec. 172.504(e) (placarding) Table 1   the recommendation of the
 hazardous material;                      fitness coordinator if the
                                          following criteria applies--
                                          Any incident listed under
                                          automated review in paragraph
                                          3(b)(i) of this appendix is
                                          attributable to the applicant
                                          or package, other than driver
                                          error.
(3) Three or more incidents involving a  (3) If, during an inspection,
 bulk packaging, or an applicant that     evidence is found in the four
 is acting as an interstate carrier of    years prior to submitting its
 hazardous materials under the terms of   application that an applicant
 the special permit or an approval; or    has not implemented sufficient
                                          corrective actions for prior
                                          violations, or is at risk of
                                          being unable to comply with
                                          the terms of an application
                                          for a special permit or
                                          approval, an existing special
                                          permit or approval, or the
                                          HMR, then PHMSA will determine
                                          that the applicant is unfit to
                                          conduct the activities
                                          requested in an application or
                                          authorized special permit or
                                          approval.
(4) Any incident that involved:          (4) Incorrect or missing: (a)
 Incorrect package selection; leaking     Markings, (b) labels, (c)
 packages; not following closure          placards, or (d) shipping
 instructions; failure to test            papers.
 packages, if applicable; and failure
 to secure packages, including
 incorrect blocking and/or bracing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
* The Fitness Coordinator assesses and applies these triggers.

    (2) If an applicant is acting as an interstate carrier of hazardous 
materials under the terms of the special permit, they will be screened 
in an automated manner based upon criteria established by FMCSA, such as 
that contained in its Safety and Fitness Electronic Records (SAFER) 
system, which consists of interstate carrier data, several states' 
intrastate data, interstate vehicle registration data, and may include 
operational data such as inspections and crashes.
    (ii) Safety profile evaluation. A fitness coordinator, as defined in 
Sec.107.1, conducts a safety profile evaluation of all applicants 
meeting any of the criteria listed earlier in this appendix under 
``automated review,'' and all applicants whose safety profile 
evaluations are subject to coordination with an OA, as described in 
introductory paragraph 3(b) of this appendix. In a safety profile 
evaluation, PHMSA or the OA performs an in-depth evaluation of the 
applicant based upon items the automated review triggered concerning the 
applicant's four-year performance and compliance history prior to the 
submission of the application. Information considered during this review 
may include the applicant's history of prior violations, insufficient 
corrective actions, or evidence that the applicant is at risk of being 
unable to comply with the terms of an application for an existing 
special permit, approval, or the HMR. PHMSA performs the review or 
coordinates with the OAs, if necessary, if two or more

[[Page 78]]

modes of transportation are requested in the application, and 
coordinates this review with the OA(s) of the applicable mode(s). The 
applicable OA performs the review if one mode of transportation is 
requested in the application. If necessary, the fitness coordinator will 
attempt to contact the applicant for clarifying information. If the 
information provided is sufficient, an on-site inspection may not be 
necessary. After conducting an evaluation, if the fitness coordinator 
determines that the applicant may be unfit to conduct the activities 
requested in the application, the coordinator will forward the request 
and supporting documentation to PHMSA's Field Operations Division, or a 
representative of the Department, such as an authorized Operating 
Administration representative, to perform an on-site inspection. After 
the safety profile evaluation is completed, if the applicant is not 
selected for an on-site inspection, the applicant is determined to be 
fit. On-site inspections are not required for fitness determinations 
from modal administrations according to their own procedures.
    (iii) On-Site Inspection. (A) The factors in paragraph 3(b)(i) and 
3(b)(ii) are used as evidence that an applicant is at risk of being 
unable to comply with the terms of an application, including those 
listed below. PHMSA's Field Operations Division or representative of the 
Department, such as an Operating Administration representative, will 
conduct an on-site inspection at the recommendation of the fitness 
coordinator if one of the following criteria applies:
    (1) Any incident listed under automated review in paragraph 3(b)(i) 
of this appendix is attributable to the applicant or package, other than 
driver error;
    (2) Insufficient Corrective Actions, as defined in Sec.107.1, in 
any enforcement case for a period of four years prior to submitting the 
application, except when re-inspected with no violations noted; or
    (3) Items noted by an IIA on a cylinder requalifier inspection 
report, except when re-inspected with no violations noted.
    (B) If, during an inspection, the PHMSA investigator or a 
representative of the Department finds evidence in the four years prior 
to submitting its application that an applicant has not implemented 
sufficient corrective actions for prior violations, or is at risk of 
being unable to comply with the terms of an application for a special 
permit or approval, an existing special permit or approval, or the HMR, 
then PHMSA will determine that the applicant is unfit to conduct the 
activities requested in an application or authorized special permit or 
approval.
    4. Disposition. (a) Special Permit. If an application for a special 
permit is issued, PHMSA provides the applicant, in writing, with a 
special permit and an authorization letter if party status is 
authorized.
    (b) Approval. If an application for approval is issued, PHMSA 
provides the applicant, in writing, with an approval, which may come in 
various forms, including:
    (1) An ``EX'' approval number for classifying an explosive 
(including fireworks; see Sec. Sec.173.56, 173.124, 173.128, and 
173.168(a));
    (2) A ``RIN'' (requalification identification number) to uniquely 
identify a cylinder requalification, repair, or rebuilding facility (see 
Sec.180.203);
    (3) A ``VIN'' (visual identification number) to uniquely identify a 
facility that performs an internal or external visual inspection, or 
both, of a cylinder in conformance with 49 CFR part 180, subpart C, or 
applicable CGA Pamphlet or HMR provision;
    (4) An ``M'' number for identifying packaging manufacturers (see 
Sec.178.3); or
    (5) A ``CA'' (competent authority) for general approvals (see 
Sec. Sec.107.705, 173.185, and 173.230).
    (c) Denial. An application for a special permit or approval may be 
denied in whole or in part. For example, if an application contains 
sufficient information to successfully complete its technical review but 
the Associate Administrator determines the applicant is unfit, the 
application will be denied. If an application for a special permit or an 
approval is denied, PHMSA provides the applicant with a brief statement, 
in writing, of the reasons for denial and the opportunity to request 
reconsideration (see Sec. Sec.107.113(g), 107.402, and 107.709(f)).
    (d) Reconsideration and Appeal. (1) Special Permit. If an 
application for a special permit is denied, the applicant may request 
reconsideration as provided in Sec.107.123 and, if the reconsideration 
is denied, may appeal as provided in Sec.107.125. Applicants 
submitting special permit reconsiderations and appeals must do so in the 
same manner as new applications, provided the new submission is 
sufficiently complete to make a determination.
    (2) Approval. If an application for an approval is denied, the 
applicant may request reconsideration as provided in Sec.107.715 and, 
if the reconsideration is denied, may appeal as provided in Sec.
107.717. Applicants submitting approval reconsiderations and appeals 
must do so in the same manner as new applications, provided the new 
submission is sufficiently complete to make a determination.

[80 FR 54438, Sept. 10, 2015]



PART 109_DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION HAZARDOUS MATERIAL PROCEDURAL
REGULATIONS--Table of Contents



                          Subpart A_Definitions

Sec.
109.1 Definitions.

[[Page 79]]

                Subpart B_Inspections and investigations

109.3 Inspections and investigations.
109.5 Opening of packages.
109.7 Removal from transportation.
109.9 Transportation for examination and analysis.
109.11 Assistance of properly qualified personnel.
109.13 Closing packages/safe resumption of transportation.
109.15 Termination.
109.16 Notification of enforcement measures.

                       Subpart C_Emergency Orders

109.17 Emergency orders.
109.19 Petitions for review of emergency orders.
109.21 Remedies generally.

                           Subpart D_Equipment

109.25 Equipment.

Subpart E_Prohibition on Hazardous Materials Operations After Nonpayment 
                              of Penalties

109.101 Prohibition of hazardous materials operations.
109.103 Notice of nonpayment of penalties.

    Authority: 49 U.S.C. 5101-5128, 44701; Pub. L. 101-410 Sec. 4 (28 
U.S.C. 2461 note); Pub. L. 104-121 Secs. 212-213; Pub. L. 104-134 Sec. 
31001; 49 CFR 1.81, 1.97.

    Source: 76 FR 11592, Mar. 2, 2011, unless otherwise noted.



                          Subpart A_Definitions



Sec.109.1  Definitions.

    For purposes of this part, all terms defined in 49 U.S.C. 5102 are 
used in their statutory meaning. Other terms used in this part are 
defined as follows:
    Administrator means the head of any operating administration within 
the Department of Transportation, and includes the Administrators of the 
Federal Aviation Administration, Federal Motor Carrier Safety 
Administration, Federal Railroad Administration, and Pipeline and 
Hazardous Materials Safety Administration, to whom the Secretary has 
delegated authority in part 1 of this title, and any person within an 
operating administration to whom an Administrator has delegated 
authority to carry out this part.
    Agent of the Secretary or agent means a Federal officer, employee, 
or agent authorized by the Secretary to conduct inspections or 
investigations under the Federal hazardous material transportation law.
    Chief Safety Officer or CSO means the Assistant Administrator of the 
Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration.
    Emergency order means an emergency restriction, prohibition, recall, 
or out-of-service order set forth in writing.
    Freight container means a package configured as a reusable container 
that has a volume of 64 cubic feet or more, designed and constructed to 
permit being lifted with its contents intact and intended primarily for 
containment of smaller packages (in unit form) during transportation.
    Immediately adjacent means a packaging that is in direct contact 
with the hazardous material or is otherwise the primary means of 
containment of the hazardous material.
    Imminent hazard means the existence of a condition relating to 
hazardous material that presents a substantial likelihood that death, 
serious illness, severe personal injury, or a substantial endangerment 
to health, property, or the environment may occur before the reasonably 
foreseeable completion date of a formal proceeding begun to lessen the 
risk of that death, illness, injury, or endangerment.
    In writing means unless otherwise specified, the written expression 
of any actions related to this part, rendered in paper or digital 
format, and delivered in person; via facsimile, commercial delivery, 
U.S. Mail; or electronically.
    Objectively reasonable and articulable belief means a belief based 
on particularized and identifiable facts that provide an objective basis 
to believe or suspect that a package may contain a hazardous material.
    Out-of-service order means a written requirement issued by the 
Secretary, or a designee, that an aircraft, vessel, motor vehicle, 
train, railcar, locomotive, other vehicle, transport unit, transport 
vehicle, freight container, portable tank, or other package not be moved 
or cease operations until specified conditions have been met.
    Packaging means a receptacle and any other components or materials 
necessary for the receptacle to perform

[[Page 80]]

its containment function in conformance with the minimum packing 
requirements of this subchapter. For radioactive materials packaging, 
see Sec.173.403 of subchapter C of this chapter.
    Perishable hazardous material means a hazardous material that is 
subject to significant risk of speedy decay, deterioration, or spoilage, 
or hazardous materials consigned for medical use, in the prevention, 
treatment, or cure of a disease or condition in human beings or animals 
where expeditious shipment and delivery meets a critical medical need.
    Properly qualified personnel means a company, partnership, 
proprietorship, or individual who is technically qualified to perform 
designated tasks necessary to assist an agent in inspecting, examining, 
opening, removing, testing, or transporting packages.
    Related packages means any packages in a shipment, series or group 
of packages that can be traced to a common nexus of facts, including, 
but not limited to: The same offeror or packaging manufacturer; the same 
hazard communications information (marking, labeling, shipping 
documentation); or other reasonable and articulable facts that may lead 
an agent to believe such packages are related to a package that may pose 
an imminent hazard. Packages that are located within the same trailer, 
freight container, unit load device, etc. as a package removed subject 
to this enhanced authority without additional facts to substantiate its 
nexus to an imminent hazard are not ``related packages'' for purposes of 
removal. The related packages must also demonstrate that they may pose 
an imminent hazard. They must exhibit a commonality or nexus of origin, 
which may include, but are not limited to, a common offeror, package 
manufacturer, marking, labeling, shipping documentation, hazard 
communications, etc.
    Remove means to keep a package from entering the stream of 
transportation in commerce; to take a package out of the stream of 
transportation in commerce by physically detaining a package that was 
offered for transportation in commerce; or stopping a package from 
continuing in transportation in commerce.
    Safe and expeditious means prudent measures or procedures designed 
to minimize delay.



                Subpart B_Inspections and Investigations



Sec.109.3  Inspections and Investigations.

    (a) General authority. An Administrator may initiate an inspection 
or investigation to determine compliance with Federal hazardous material 
transportation law, or a regulation, order, special permit, or approval 
prescribed or issued under the Federal hazardous material transportation 
law, or any court decree or order relating thereto.
    (b) Inspections and investigations. Inspections and investigations 
are conducted by designated agents of the Secretary who will, upon 
request, present their credentials for examination. Such an agent is 
authorized to:
    (1) Administer oaths and receive affirmations in any matter under 
investigation.
    (2) Gather information by any reasonable means, including, but not 
limited to, gaining access to records and property (including packages), 
interviewing, photocopying, photographing, and video- and audio-
recording in a reasonable manner.
    (3) Serve subpoenas for the production of documents or other 
tangible evidence if, on the basis of information available to the 
agent, the evidence is relevant to a determination of compliance with 
the Federal hazardous material transportation law, regulation, order, 
special permit, or approval prescribed or issued under the Federal 
hazardous material transportation law, or any court decree or order 
relating thereto. Service of a subpoena shall be in accordance with the 
requirements of the agent's operating administration as set forth in 14 
CFR 13.3 (Federal Aviation Administration); 49 CFR 209.7 (Federal 
Railroad Administration), 49 U.S.C. 502(d), 5121(a) (Federal Motor 
Carrier Safety Administration), and 49 CFR 105.45-105.55 (Pipeline and 
Hazardous Materials Safety Administration).



Sec.109.5  Opening of packages.

    (a) In general. Except as provided in paragraph (b):

[[Page 81]]

    (1) Stop movement of the package in transportation and gather 
information from any person to learn the nature and contents of the 
package;
    (2) Open any overpack, outer packaging, or other component of the 
package that is not immediately adjacent to the hazardous materials 
contained in the package and examine the inner packaging(s) or packaging 
components.
    (b) Perishable hazardous material. To ensure the expeditious 
transportation of a package containing a perishable hazardous material, 
an agent will utilize appropriate alternatives before exercising an 
authority under paragraph (a) of this section.

[76 FR 11592, Mar. 2, 2011, as amended at 78 FR 60763, Oct. 2, 2013]



Sec.109.7  Removal from transportation.

    An agent may remove a package and related packages in a shipment or 
a freight container from transportation in commerce for up to forty-
eight (48) hours when the agent has an objectively reasonable and 
articulable belief that the packages may pose an imminent hazard. The 
agent must record this belief in writing as soon as practicable and 
provide written notification stating the reason for removal to the 
person in possession.



Sec.109.9  Transportation for examination and analysis.

    (a) An agent may direct a package to be transported to a facility 
for examination and analysis when the agent determines that:
    (1) Further examination of the package is necessary to evaluate 
whether the package conforms to subchapter C of this chapter;
    (2) Conflicting information concerning the package exists; or
    (3) Additional investigation is not possible on the immediate 
premises.
    (b) In the event of a determination in accordance with paragraph (a) 
of this section, an agent may:
    (1) Direct the offeror of the package, or other person responsible 
for the package, to have the package transported to a facility where the 
material may be examined and analyzed;
    (2) Direct the packaging manufacturer or tester of the packaging to 
have the package transported to a facility where the packaging may be 
tested in accordance with the HMR; or
    (3) Direct the carrier to transport the package to a facility 
capable of conducting such examination and analysis.
    (c) The 48-hour removal period provided in Sec.109.7 may be 
extended in writing by the Administrator pending the conclusion of 
examination and analysis under this section.



Sec.109.11  Assistance of properly qualified personnel.

    An agent may authorize properly qualified personnel to assist in the 
activities conducted under this part if the agent is not properly 
qualified to perform a function that is essential to the agent's 
exercise of authority under this part or when safety might otherwise be 
compromised by the agent's performance of such a function.



Sec.109.13  Closing packages and safe resumption of transportation.

    (a) No imminent hazard found. If, after an agent exercises an 
authority under Sec.109.5, the agent finds that no imminent hazard 
exists, and the package otherwise conforms to applicable requirements in 
subchapter C of this chapter, the agent will:
    (1) Assist in preparing the package for safe and prompt 
transportation, when practicable, by reclosing the package in accordance 
with the packaging manufacturer's closure instructions or other 
appropriate closure method;
    (2) Mark and certify the reclosed package to indicate that it was 
opened and reclosed in accordance with this part;
    (3) Return the package to the person from whom the agent obtained 
it, as soon as practicable; and
    (4) For a package containing a perishable hazardous material, assist 
in resuming the safe and expeditious transportation of the package as 
soon as practicable after determining that the package presents no 
imminent hazard.
    (b) Imminent hazard found. If an imminent hazard is found to exist 
after an agent exercises an authority under Sec.109.5, the 
Administrator or his/her designee may issue an out-of-service order 
prohibiting the movement of the

[[Page 82]]

package until the package has been brought into compliance with 
subchapter C of this chapter. Upon receipt of the out-of-service order, 
the person in possession of, or responsible for, the package must remove 
the package from transportation until it is brought into compliance.
    (c) Package does not contain hazardous material. If, after an agent 
exercises an authority under Sec.109.5, the agent finds that a package 
does not contain a hazardous material, the agent shall securely close 
the package, mark and certify the reclosed package to indicate that it 
was opened and reclosed, and return the package to transportation.
    (d) Non-compliant package. If, after an agent exercises an authority 
under Sec.109.5, the agent finds that a package contains hazardous 
material and does not conform to requirements in subchapter C of this 
chapter, but does not present an imminent hazard, the agent will return 
the package to the person in possession of the package at the time the 
non-compliance is discovered for appropriate corrective action. A non-
compliant package may not continue in transportation until all 
identified non-compliance issues are resolved.



Sec.109.15  Termination.

    When the facts disclosed by an investigation indicate that further 
action is not warranted under this part at the time, the Administrator 
will close the investigation without prejudice to further investigation 
and notify the person being investigated of the decision. Nothing herein 
precludes civil enforcement action at a later time related to the 
findings of the investigation.



Sec.109.16  Notification of enforcement measures.

    In addition to complying with the notification requirements in Sec.
109.7 of this part, an agent, after exercising an authority under this 
subpart, will immediately take reasonable measures to notify the offeror 
and the person in possession of the package, providing the reason for 
the action being taken, the results of any preliminary investigation 
including apparent violations of subchapter C of this chapter, and any 
further action that may be warranted.

[78 FR 60763, Oct. 2, 2013]



                       Subpart C_Emergency Orders



Sec.109.17  Emergency Orders.

    (a) Determination of imminent hazard. When an Administrator 
determines that a violation of a provision of the Federal hazardous 
material transportation law, or a regulation or order prescribed under 
that law, or an unsafe condition or practice, constitutes or is causing 
an imminent hazard, as defined in Sec.109.1, the Administrator may 
issue or impose emergency restrictions, prohibitions, recalls, or out-
of-service orders, without advance notice or an opportunity for a 
hearing. The basis for any action taken under this section shall be set 
forth in writing which must--
    (1) Describe the violation, condition, or practice that constitutes 
or is causing the imminent hazard;
    (2) Set forth the terms and conditions of the emergency order;
    (3) Be limited to the extent necessary to abate the imminent hazard; 
and,
    (4) Advise the recipient that, within 20 calendar days of the date 
the order is issued, recipient may request review; and that any request 
for a formal hearing in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 554 must set forth the 
material facts in dispute giving rise to the request for a hearing; and
    (5) Set forth the filing and service requirements contained in Sec.
109.19(f), including the address of DOT Docket Operations and of all 
persons to be served with the petition for review.
    (b) Out-of-service order. An out-of-service order is issued to 
prohibit the movement of an aircraft, vessel, motor vehicle, train, 
railcar, locomotive, transport unit, transport vehicle, or other 
vehicle, or a freight container, portable tank, or other package until 
specified conditions of the out-of-service order have been met.
    (1) Upon receipt of an out-of-service order, the person in 
possession of, or responsible for, the package must remove the package 
from transportation until it is brought into compliance with the out-of-
service order.

[[Page 83]]

    (2) A package subject to an out-of-service order may be moved from 
the place where it was found to present an imminent hazard to the 
nearest location where the package can be brought into compliance, 
provided that the agent who issued the out-of-service order is notified 
before the move.
    (3) The recipient of the out-of-service order must notify the 
operating administration that issued the order when the package is 
brought into compliance.
    (4) Upon receipt of an out-of-service order, a recipient may appeal 
the decision of the agent issuing the order to PHMSA's Chief Safety 
Officer. A petition for review of an out-of-service order must meet the 
requirements of Sec.109.19.
    (c) Recalls. PHMSA's Associate Administrator, Office of Hazardous 
Materials Safety, may issue an emergency order mandating the immediate 
recall of any packaging, packaging component, or container certified, 
represented, marked, or sold as qualified for use in the transportation 
of hazardous materials in commerce when the continued use of such item 
would constitute an imminent hazard. All petitions for review of such an 
emergency order will be governed by the procedures set forth at Sec.
109.19.



Sec.109.19  Petitions for review of emergency orders.

    (a) Petitions for review. A petition for review must--
    (1) Be in writing;
    (2) State with particularity each part of the emergency order that 
is sought to be amended or rescinded and include all information, 
evidence and arguments in support thereof;
    (3) State whether a formal hearing in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 554 
is requested, and, if so, the material facts in dispute giving rise to 
the request for a hearing; and,
    (4) Be filed and served in accordance with Sec.109.19(f).
    (b) Response to the petition for review. An attorney designated by 
the Office of Chief Counsel of the operating administration issuing the 
emergency order may file and serve, in accordance with Sec.109.19(f), 
a response, including appropriate pleadings, within five calendar days 
of receipt of the petition by the Chief Counsel of the operating 
administration issuing the emergency order.
    (c) Chief Safety Officer Responsibilities--(1) Hearing requested. 
Upon receipt of a petition for review of an emergency order that 
includes a formal hearing request and states material facts in dispute, 
the Chief Safety Officer shall immediately assign the petition to the 
Office of Hearings. Unless the Chief Safety Officer issues an order 
stating that the petition fails to set forth material facts in dispute 
and will be decided under paragraph (c)(2) of this section, a petition 
for review including a formal hearing request will be deemed assigned to 
the Office of Hearings three calendar days after the Chief Safety 
Officer receives it.
    (2) No hearing requested. For a petition for review of an emergency 
order that does not include a formal hearing request or fails to state 
material facts in dispute, the Chief Safety Officer shall issue an 
administrative decision on the merits within 30 days of receipt of the 
petition. The Chief Safety Officer's decision constitutes final agency 
action.
    (d) Hearings. Formal hearings shall be conducted by an 
Administrative Law Judge assigned by the Chief Administrative Law Judge 
of the Office of Hearings. The Administrative Law Judge may:
    (1) Administer oaths and affirmations;
    (2) Issue subpoenas as provided by the appropriate agency 
regulations (49 CFR 209.7, 49 CFR 105.45, 14 CFR 13.3, and 49 U.S.C. 502 
and 31133);
    (3) Adopt the relevant Federal Rules of Civil Procedure for the 
United States District Courts for the procedures governing the hearings 
when appropriate;
    (4) Adopt the relevant Federal Rules of Evidence for United States 
Courts and Magistrates for the submission of evidence when appropriate;
    (5) Take or cause depositions to be taken;
    (6) Examine witnesses at the hearing;
    (7) Rule on offers of proof and receive relevant evidence;
    (8) Convene, recess, adjourn or otherwise regulate the course of the 
hearing;

[[Page 84]]

    (9) Hold conferences for settlement, simplification of the issues, 
or any other proper purpose; and,
    (10) Take any other action authorized by or consistent with the 
provisions of this part and permitted by law that may expedite the 
hearing or aid in the disposition of an issue raised therein.
    (e) Parties. The petitioner may appear and be heard in person or by 
an authorized representative. The operating administration issuing the 
emergency order shall be represented by an attorney designated by its 
respective Office of Chief Counsel.
    (f) Filing and service. (1) Each petition, pleading, motion, notice, 
order, or other document submitted in connection with an order issued 
under this subpart must be filed (commercially delivered or submitted 
electronically) with: U.S. Department of Transportation, Docket 
Operations, M-30, West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New 
Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590. All documents filed will be 
published on the Department's docket management Web site, http://
www.regulations.gov. The emergency order shall state the above filing 
requirements and the address of DOT Docket Operations.
    (2) Service. Each document filed in accordance with paragraph (f)(1) 
of this section must be concurrently served upon the following persons:
    (i) Chief Safety Officer (Attn: Office of Chief Counsel, PHC), 
Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration, U.S. Department 
of Transportation, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., East Building, 
Washington, DC 20590 (facsimile: 202-366-7041) (electronic mail: 
[email protected]);
    (ii) The Chief Counsel of the operating administration issuing the 
emergency order;
    (iii) If the petition for review requests a formal hearing, the 
Chief Administrative Law Judge, U.S. Department of Transportation, 
Office of Hearings, M-20, Room E12-320, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., 
Washington, DC 20590 (facsimile: 202-366-7536).
    (iv) Service shall be made personally, by commercial delivery 
service, or by electronic means if consented to in writing by the party 
to be served, except as otherwise provided herein. The emergency order 
shall state all relevant service requirements and list the persons to be 
served and may be updated as necessary. The emergency order shall also 
be published in the Federal Register as soon as practicable after its 
issuance.
    (3) Certificate of service. Each order, pleading, motion, notice, or 
other document shall be accompanied by a certificate of service 
specifying the manner in which and the date on which service was made.
    (4) The emergency order shall be served by ``hand delivery,'' unless 
such delivery is not practicable, or by electronic means if consented to 
in writing by the party to be served.
    (5) Service upon a person's duly authorized representative, agent 
for service, or an organization's president constitutes service upon 
that person.
    (g) Report and recommendation. The Administrative Law Judge shall 
issue a report and recommendation at the close of the record. The report 
and recommendation shall:
    (1) Contain findings of fact and conclusions of law and the grounds 
for the decision based on the material issues of fact or law presented 
on the record;
    (2) Be served on the parties to the proceeding; and
    (3) Be issued no later than 25 days after receipt of the petition 
for review by the Chief Safety Officer.
    (h) Expiration of order. If the Chief Safety Officer, or the 
Administrative Law Judge, where appropriate, has not disposed of the 
petition for review within 30 days of receipt, the emergency order shall 
cease to be effective unless the Administrator issuing the emergency 
order determines, in writing, that the imminent hazard providing a basis 
for the emergency order continues to exist. The requirements of such an 
extension shall remain in full force and effect pending decision on a 
petition for review unless stayed or modified by the Administrator.
    (i) Reconsideration. (1) A party aggrieved by the Administrative Law 
Judge's report and recommendation may file a petition for 
reconsideration with the Chief Safety Officer within

[[Page 85]]

one calendar day of service of the report and recommendation. The 
opposing party may file a response to the petition within one calendar 
day of service of a petition for reconsideration.
    (2) The Chief Safety Officer shall issue a final agency decision 
within three calendar days of service of the final pleading, but no 
later than 30 days after receipt of the original petition for review.
    (3) The Chief Safety Officer's decision on the merits of a petition 
for reconsideration constitutes final agency action.
    (j) Appellate review. A person aggrieved by the final agency action 
may petition for review of the final decision in the appropriate Court 
of Appeals for the United States as provided in 49 U.S.C. 5127. The 
filing of the petition for review does not stay or modify the force and 
effect of the final agency.
    (k) Time. In computing any period of time prescribed by this part or 
by an order issued by the Administrative Law Judge, the day of filing of 
the petition for review or of any other act, event, or default from 
which the designated period of time begins to run shall not be included. 
The last day of the period so computed shall be included, unless it is a 
Saturday, Sunday, or Federal holiday, in which event the period runs 
until the end of the next day which is not one of the aforementioned 
days.



Sec.109.21  Remedies generally.

    An Administrator may request the Attorney General to bring an action 
in the appropriate United States district court seeking temporary or 
permanent injunctive relief, punitive damages, assessment of civil 
penalties as provided by 49 U.S.C. 5122(a), and any other appropriate 
relief to enforce the Federal hazardous material transportation law, 
regulation, order, special permit, or approval prescribed or issued 
under the Federal hazardous material transportation law.



                           Subpart D_Equipment

    Source: 78 FR 60763, Oct. 2, 2013, unless otherwise noted.



Sec.109.25  Equipment.

    When an agent exercises an authority under subpart B of this part, 
the agent shall use the appropriate safety, handling, and other 
equipment authorized by his or her operating administration's equipment 
requirements for hazardous material inspectors and investigators.



Subpart E_Prohibition on Hazardous Materials Operations After Nonpayment 
                              of Penalties

    Source: 79 FR 46199, Aug. 7, 2014, unless otherwise noted.



Sec.109.101  Prohibition of hazardous materials operations.

    (a) Definition of hazardous materials operations. For the purposes 
of this subpart, hazardous materials operations means any activity 
regulated under the Federal hazardous material transportation law, this 
subchapter or subchapter C of this chapter, or an exemption or special 
permit, approval, or registration issued under this subchapter or under 
subchapter C of this chapter.
    (b) Failure to pay civil penalty in full. A respondent that fails to 
pay a hazardous material civil penalty in full within 90 days after the 
date specified for payment by an order of the Pipeline and Hazardous 
Materials Safety Administration, Federal Aviation Administration, 
Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, or Federal Railroad 
Administration is prohibited from conducting hazardous materials 
operations and shall immediately cease all hazardous materials 
operations beginning on the next day (i.e., the 91st). The prohibition 
shall continue until payment of the penalty has been made in full or at 
the discretion of the agency issuing the order an acceptable payment 
plan has been arranged.
    (c) Civil penalties paid in installments. On a case by case basis, a 
respondent may be allowed to pay a civil penalty pursuant to a payment 
plan, which may consist of installment payments. If the respondent fails 
to make an installment payment contained in the payment plan on the 
agreed upon schedule, the payment plan shall be

[[Page 86]]

null and void and the full outstanding balance of the civil penalty 
shall be payable immediately. A respondent that fails to pay the full 
outstanding balance of its civil penalty within 90 days after the date 
of the missed installment payment shall be prohibited from conducting 
hazardous materials operations beginning on the next day (i.e., the 
91st). The prohibition shall continue until payment of the outstanding 
balance of the civil penalty has been made in full, including any 
incurred interest or until at the discretion of the agency issuing the 
order another acceptable payment plan has been arranged.
    (d) Appeals to Federal Court. If the respondent appeals an agency 
order issued pursuant to Sec.109.103 to a Federal Circuit Court of 
Appeals, the terms and payment due date of the order are not stayed 
unless the Court so specifies.
    (e) Applicability to ticketing. This section does not apply to a 
respondent who fails to pay a civil penalty assessed by a ticket issued 
pursuant to Sec.107.310 of this subchapter.
    (f) Applicability to debtors. This section does not apply to a 
respondent who is unable to pay a civil penalty because the respondent 
is a debtor in a case under chapter 11, title 11, United States Code. A 
respondent who is a debtor in a case under chapter 11, title 11, United 
States Code must provide the following information to the agency 
decision maker identified in the original agency order or on its 
certificate of service.
    (1) The chapter of the Bankruptcy Code under which the bankruptcy 
proceeding is filed;
    (2) The bankruptcy case number;
    (3) The court in which the bankruptcy proceeding was filed; and
    (4) Any other information requested by the agency to determine a 
debtor's bankruptcy status.
    (g) Penalties for prohibited hazardous materials operations. A 
respondent that continues to conduct hazardous materials operations in 
violation of this section may be subject to additional penalties, 
including criminal prosecution pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 5124.



Sec.109.103  Notice of nonpayment of penalties.

    (a) If a full payment of a civil penalty, or an installment payment 
as part of agreed upon payment plan, has not been made within 45 days 
after the date specified for payment by the final agency order, the 
agency may issue a cessation of hazardous materials operations order to 
the respondent.
    (b) The cessation of hazardous materials operations order issued 
under this section shall include the following information:
    (1) A citation to the statutory provision or regulation the 
respondent was found to have violated and to the terms of the order or 
agreement requiring payment;
    (2) A statement indicating that if the respondent fails to pay the 
full outstanding balance of the civil penalty within 90 days after the 
payment due date, the respondent shall be prohibited` from conducting 
any activity regulated under the Federal hazardous material 
transportation law, this subchapter or subchapter C of this chapter, or 
an exemption or special permit, approval, or registration issued under 
this subchapter or under subchapter C of this chapter;
    (3) A statement describing the respondent's options for responding 
to the order which will include an option to file an appeal for 
reconsideration of the cessation of operations order within 20 days of 
receipt of the order; and
    (4) A description of the manner in which the respondent can make 
payment of any money due the United States as a result of the proceeding 
(i.e., the full outstanding balance of the civil penalty).
    (c) The cessation of hazardous materials operation order will be 
delivered by personal service, unless such service is impossible or 
impractical. If personal service is impossible or impractical then 
service may be made by certified mail or commercial express service. If 
a respondent's principal place of business is in a foreign country, it 
will be delivered to the respondent's designated agent (as prepared in 
accordance with Sec.105.40 of this subchapter).

[[Page 87]]



PART 110_HAZARDOUS MATERIALS PUBLIC SECTOR TRAINING AND PLANNING
GRANTS--Table of Contents



Sec.
110.1 Purpose.
110.5 Scope.
110.7 Control Number under the Paperwork Reduction Act.
110.10 Administering the hazardous materials emergency preparedness 
          grants.
110.20 Definitions.
110.30 Hazardous materials emergency preparedness grant application.
110.40 Activities eligible for hazardous materials emergency 
          preparedness grant funding.
110.50 Disbursement of grant funds.
110.60 Cost sharing.
110.70-110.90 [Reserved]
110.100 Enforcement.
110.110 Post-award requirements.
110.120 Deviation from this part.
110.130 Disputes.

    Authority: 49 U.S.C. 5101-5128; 49 CFR 1.97.

    Source: Amdt. 110-1, 57 FR 43067, Sept. 17, 1992, unless otherwise 
noted.

    Editorial Note: Nomenclature changes to part 110 appear at 70 FR 
56090, Sept. 23, 2005.



Sec.110.1  Purpose.

    This part sets forth procedures for grants to States, Territories, 
and Indian tribes to support emergency planning and training to respond 
to hazardous materials emergencies, particularly those involving 
transportation. Grants may also be used to enhance the implementation of 
the Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act of 1986 (42 
U.S.C. 11001 et seq.). For information regarding the Hazardous Materials 
Instructor Training, Supplemental Public Sector Training, and Community 
Safety grants, please refer to PHMSA's website at: https://
www.phmsa.dot.gov/.

[84 FR 3999, Feb. 14, 2019]



Sec.110.5  Scope.

    (a) This part applies to States, Territories, and Indian tribes and 
contains the program requirements for public sector grants to support 
hazardous materials emergency planning and training efforts.
    (b) The requirements contained in 2 CFR part 200 ``Uniform 
Administrative Requirements, Cost Principles, and Audit Requirements for 
Federal Awards,'' apply to grants issued under this part.
    (c) Copies of standard forms and OMB circulars referenced in this 
part are available at https://www.grants.gov/web/grants/forms.html or 
from the Grants Chief, Office of Hazardous Materials Safety, Pipeline 
and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration, U.S. Department of 
Transportation, East Building, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Washington, DC 
20590-0001.

[84 FR 3999, Feb. 14, 2019]



Sec.110.7  Control Number under the Paperwork Reduction Act.

    The Office of Management and Budget control number assigned to 
collection of information in Sec. Sec.110.30, 110.70, 110.80, and 
110.90 is 2137-0586.



Sec.110.10  Administering the hazardous materials emergency 
preparedness grants.

    This part applies to States, Territories, and Indian tribes.

[84 FR 3999, Feb. 14, 2019]



Sec.110.20  Definitions.

    Unless defined in this part, all terms defined in 49 U.S.C. 5102 are 
used in their statutory meaning and all terms defined in 2 CFR part 200 
with respect to administrative requirements for grants are used as 
defined therein. Other terms used in this part are defined as follows:
    Allowable costs means those costs that are: Eligible, reasonable, 
necessary, and allocable to the activities permitted by the appropriate 
Federal cost principles, and approved in the grant.
    Associate Administrator means the Associate Administrator for 
Hazardous Materials Safety, Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety 
Administration or a person designated by the Associate Administrator.
    National curriculum means the curriculum required to be developed 
under 49 U.S.C. 5115 and necessary to train public sector emergency 
response and preparedness teams, enabling them to comply with 
performance standards as stated in 49 U.S.C. 5115(c).
    Political subdivision means a county, municipality, city, town, 
township,

[[Page 88]]

local public authority (including any public and Indian housing agency 
under the United States Housing Act of 1937), school district, special 
district, intrastate district, council of governments (whether or not 
incorporated as a nonprofit corporation under State law), any other 
regional or interstate government entity, or any agency or 
instrumentality of a local government.
    Public sector employee means an individual employed by a State, 
political subdivision of a State, Territory, or Indian tribe and who 
during the course of employment has responsibilities related to 
responding to an accident or incident involving the transportation of 
hazardous material, including an individual employed by a State, 
political subdivision of a State, Territory, or Indian tribe as a 
firefighter or law enforcement officer and an individual who volunteers 
to serve as a firefighter for a State, political subdivision of a State, 
Territory, or Indian tribe.

[84 FR 3999, Feb. 14, 2019]



Sec.110.30  Hazardous materials emergency preparedness grant 
application.

    An application must comply with the applicable Notice of Funding 
Opportunity that will include or reference forms approved by the Office 
of Management and Budget (OMB) under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1980 
(44 U.S.C. 3502). Applicants are required to electronically submit 
application packages at the OMB designated website. Applications must 
adhere to the instructions outlined in the Notice of Funding Opportunity 
and application kit.

[84 FR 4000, Feb. 14, 2019]



Sec.110.40  Activities eligible for hazardous materials emergency 
preparedness grant funding.

    Eligible applicants may receive funding for the following 
activities:
    (a) To develop, improve, and implement emergency plans required 
under the Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act of 1986, as 
well as exercises that test the emergency plan. To enhance emergency 
plans to include hazard analysis, as well as response procedures for 
emergencies involving transportation of hazardous materials.
    (b) To determine commodity flow patterns of hazardous materials 
within a State, between a State and another State, Territory, or Tribal 
lands, and develop and maintain a system to keep such information 
current.
    (c) To determine the need for regional hazardous materials emergency 
response teams.
    (d) To assess local response capabilities.
    (e) To conduct emergency response drills and exercises associated 
with emergency preparedness plans.
    (f) To provide for technical staff to support the planning effort.
    (g) To train public sector employees to respond to hazardous 
materials transportation accidents and incidents.
    (h) To determine the number of public sector employees employed or 
used by a political subdivision who need the proposed training and to 
select courses consistent with national consensus standards or the 
National Curriculum.
    (i) To deliver comprehensive preparedness and response training to 
public sector employees, which may include design and delivery of 
preparedness and response training to meet specialized needs, and 
financial assistance for trainees and for the trainers, if appropriate, 
such as tuition, travel expenses to and from a training facility, and 
room and board while at the training facility.
    (j) To deliver emergency response drills and exercises associated 
with training, a course of study, and tests and evaluation of emergency 
preparedness plans.
    (k) To pay expenses associated with training by a person (including 
a department, agency, or instrumentality of a State or political 
subdivision thereof, a Territory, or an Indian tribe) and activities 
necessary to monitor such training including, but not limited to 
examinations, critiques, and instructor evaluations.
    (l) To maintain staff to manage the training effort designed to 
result in increased benefits, proficiency, and rapid deployment of local 
and regional responders.
    (m) Additional hazardous materials emergency preparedness activities 
not

[[Page 89]]

otherwise described in this section that the Associate Administrator 
deems appropriate under the grant agreement.

[84 FR 4000, Feb. 14, 2019]



Sec.110.50  Disbursement of grant funds.

    (a) Pre-award costs. (1) PHMSA expects the recipient to be fully 
aware that pre-award costs result in borrowing against future support 
and that such borrowing must not impair the recipient's ability to 
accomplish the activities in the approved period of performance.
    (2) A recipient may, at its own risk, incur pre-award costs to cover 
costs up to 90 days before the beginning date of the initial period of 
performance.
    (3) The incurrence of pre-award costs in anticipation of a 
competitive or non-competitive grant imposes no obligation on PHMSA 
under any circumstances, including in the event of:
    (i) The absence of appropriations;
    (ii) A grant is not subsequently being made; or
    (iii) A grant being made for a lesser amount than the recipient 
anticipated.
    (b) Payments may not be made for activities not approved in the 
grant agreement. If a recipient seeks additional grant funds, the 
supplemental amendment request will be evaluated on the basis of needs, 
performance, and availability of grant funds. An existing grant is not a 
commitment of future funding.

[84 FR 4000, Feb. 14, 2019]



Sec.110.60  Cost sharing.

    The recipient must provide 20 percent of the direct and indirect 
costs of all activities approved in the grant agreement with non-Federal 
funds.

[84 FR 4000, Feb. 14, 2019]



Sec. Sec.110.70-110.90  [Reserved]



Sec.110.100  Enforcement.

    If a recipient fails to comply with any term of the grant agreement, 
a noncompliance action may be taken. The recipient will have the 
opportunity to object and provide information and documentation 
challenging the suspension or termination action. Costs incurred by the 
recipient during a suspension or after termination of the grant 
agreement are not allowable unless the Associate Administrator 
authorizes it in writing. Grant agreements may also be terminated in 
whole or in part with the consent of the recipient at any agreed upon 
effective date, or by the recipient upon written notification.

[84 FR 4000, Feb. 14, 2019]



Sec.110.110  Post-award requirements.

    The Associate Administrator will close out the grant upon 
determination that all applicable administrative actions and all 
required work of the grant are complete. The recipient must submit all 
financial, performance, and other reports required as a condition of the 
grant within 90 days after the expiration or termination of the grant. 
This time frame may be extended by the Associate Administrator for 
cause.

[84 FR 4000, Feb. 14, 2019]



Sec.110.120  Deviation from this part.

    Recipients may request a deviation from the non-statutory provisions 
of this part. The Associate Administrator will respond to such requests 
in writing. If appropriate, the decision will be included in the grant 
agreement. Request for deviations from this part must be submitted 
electronically to the Grants Chief at [email protected].

[84 FR 4000, Feb. 14, 2019]



Sec.110.130  Disputes.

    Disputes should be resolved at the lowest level possible, beginning 
with the Grants Management Specialist, the Grants Team Lead, and the 
Grants Chief. If an agreement cannot be reached, the Associate 
Administrator will serve as the dispute resolution official, whose 
decision will be final.

[84 FR 4001, Feb. 14, 2019]

[[Page 90]]



                     SUBCHAPTER B_OIL TRANSPORTATION





PART 130_OIL SPILL PREVENTION AND RESPONSE PLANS--Table of Contents



            Subpart A_Applicability and General Requirements

Sec.
130.1 Purpose.
130.2 Scope.
130.3 General requirements.
130.5 Definitions.
130.11 Communication requirements.
130.21 Packaging requirements.
130.22--130.29 [Reserved]

                  Subpart B_Basic Spill Response Plans

130.31 Basic spill response plans.
130.33 Basic response plan implementation.
130.34--130.99 [Reserved]

            Subpart C_Comprehensive Oil Spill Response Plans

130.100 Applicability of comprehensive oil spill response plans.
130.105 Purpose and general format.
130.110 Consistency with the National Contingency Plan.
130.115 Consistency with Area Contingency Plans.
130.120 Information summary.
130.125 Notification procedures and contacts.
130.130 Response and mitigation activities.
130.135 Training.
130.140 Equipment testing and exercise procedures.
130.145 Plan review, update, and recordkeeping procedures.
130.150 Approval and submission procedures.
130.155 Implementation of comprehensive oil spill response plans.

    Authority: 33 U.S.C 1321; 49 CFR 1.81 and 1.97.

    Source: Amdt. 130-2, 61 FR 30541, June 17, 1996, unless otherwise 
noted.

Subpart A--Applicability and General Requirements



Sec.130.1  Purpose.

    This part prescribes prevention, containment and response planning 
requirements of the Department of Transportation applicable to 
transportation of oil by motor vehicles and rolling stock.



Sec.130.2  Scope.

    (a) The requirements of this part apply to oil that is subject to a 
basic or comprehensive oil spill response plan in accordance with 
subparts B and C of this part.
    (b) The requirements of this part have no effect on--
    (1) The applicability of the Hazardous Materials Regulations set 
forth in subchapter C of this chapter; and
    (2) The discharge notification requirements of the United States 
Coast Guard (33 CFR part 153) and EPA (40 CFR part 110).
    (c) The requirements of this part do not apply to--
    (1) Any mixture or solution in which oil is in a concentration by 
weight of less than 10 percent.
    (2) Transportation of oil by aircraft or vessel.
    (3) Any petroleum oil carried in a fuel tank for the purpose of 
supplying fuel for propulsion of the transport vehicle to which it is 
attached.
    (4) Oil transport exclusively within the confines of a non-
transportation-related or terminal facility in a vehicle not intended 
for use in interstate or intrastate commerce (see 40 CFR part 112, 
appendix A).
    (d) The requirements in subpart C of this part do not apply to 
mobile marine transportation-related facilities (see 33 CFR part 154).

[Amdt. 130-2, 61 FR 30541, June 17, 1996, as amended at 84 FR 6947, Feb. 
28, 2019]



Sec.130.3  General requirements.

    No person may offer or accept for transportation or transport oil 
subject to this part unless that person--
    (a) Complies with this part; and
    (b) Has been instructed on the applicable requirements of this part.



Sec.130.5  Definitions.

    In this subchapter:
    Adverse weather means the weather conditions (e.g., ice conditions, 
temperature ranges, flooding, strong winds) that will be considered when 
identifying response systems and

[[Page 91]]

equipment to be deployed in accordance with a response plan.
    Animal fat means a non-petroleum oil, fat, or grease derived from 
animals, not specifically identified elsewhere in this part.
    Contract or other means is:
    (1) A written contract with a response contractor identifying and 
ensuring the availability of the necessary personnel or equipment within 
the shortest practicable time;
    (2) A written certification by the owner or operator that the 
necessary personnel or equipment can and will be made available by the 
owner or operator within the shortest practicable time; or
    (3) Documentation of membership in an oil spill response 
organization that ensures the owner's or operator's access to the 
necessary personnel or equipment within the shortest practicable time.
    Environmentally sensitive or significant areas (ESA) means a 
``sensitive area'' identified in the applicable Area Contingency Plan 
(ACP), or if no applicable, complete ACP exists, an area of 
environmental importance which is in or adjacent to navigable waters.
    EPA means the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.
    Liquid means a material, with a melting point or initial melting 
point of 20 [deg]C (68 [deg]F) or lower at a standard pressure of 101.3 
kPa (14.7 psia). A viscous material for which a specific melting point 
cannot be determined must be subjected to the procedures specified in 
ASTM D4359-90 ``Standard Test Method for Determining Whether a Material 
is Liquid or Solid'' (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this chapter).
    Maximum extent practicable means the limits of available technology 
and the practical and technical limits on an owner or operator of an 
onshore facility in planning the response resources required to provide 
the on-water recovery capability and the shoreline protection and 
cleanup capability to conduct response activities for a worst-case 
discharge of oil in adverse weather.
    Maximum potential discharge means a planning volume for a discharge 
from a motor vehicle or rail car equal to the capacity of the cargo 
container.
    Non-petroleum oil means any animal fat, vegetable oil or other non-
petroleum oil.
    Oil means oil of any kind or in any form, including, but not limited 
to, petroleum, fuel oil, sludge, oil refuse, and oil mixed with wastes 
other than dredged spoil.

    Note: This definition does not include hazardous substances (see 40 
CFR part 116).

    Oil Spill Removal Organization (OSRO) means an entity that provides 
response resources.
    On-Scene Coordinator (OSC) means the Federal official pre-designated 
by the Administrator of the United States Environmental Protection 
Agency (EPA) or by the Commandant of the United States Coast Guard 
(USCG) to coordinate and direct Federal response under the National 
Contingency Plan (NCP) (40 CFR part 300, subpart D).
    Other non-petroleum oil means a non-petroleum oil of any kind that 
is not an animal fat or vegetable oil.
    Packaging means a receptacle and any other components or materials 
necessary for the receptacle to perform its containment function in 
conformance with the packaging requirements of this part. A 
compartmented tank is a single packaging.
    Person means an individual, firm, corporation, partnership, 
association, State, municipality, commission, or political subdivision 
of a State, or any interstate body, as well as a department, agency, or 
instrumentality of the executive, legislative, or judicial branch of the 
Federal Government. This definition includes railroads.
    Petroleum oil means any oil extracted or derived from geological 
hydrocarbon deposits, including oils produced by distillation or their 
refined products.
    Qualified individual means an individual familiar with the response 
plan, trained in his or her responsibilities in implementing the plan, 
and authorized, on behalf of the owner or operator, to initiate all 
response activities identified in the plan, to enter into response-
related contracts and obligate funds for such contracts, and to act as a 
liaison with the on-scene coordinator and other responsible officials. 
The qualified individual must be available at all times the owner or 
operator is engaged

[[Page 92]]

in transportation subject to part 130 (alone or in conjunction with an 
equally qualified alternate), must be fluent in English, and must have 
in his or her possession documentation of the required authority.
    Response activities means the containment and removal of oil from 
navigable waters and adjoining shorelines, the temporary storage and 
disposal of recovered oil, or the taking of other actions as necessary 
to minimize or mitigate damage to the environment.
    Response plan means a basic oil spill response plan meeting 
requirements of subpart B of this part or a comprehensive oil spill 
response plan meeting requirements of subpart C of this part. For 
comprehensive plans in subpart C, this definition includes both the 
railroad's core plan and the response zone appendices, for responding, 
to the maximum extent practicable, to a worst-case discharge of oil or 
the substantial threat of such a discharge.
    Response zone means a geographic area along applicable rail 
route(s), containing one or more adjacent route segments for which the 
railroad is required to plan for the deployment of, and provide, spill 
response capabilities meeting the planning requirements of Sec.
130.130. The size, locations, and boundaries of the zone are determined 
and identified by the railroad after considering the existing location 
and organizational structure of each railroad's incident management team 
(IMT), including the availability and capability of response resources.
    Transports or Transportation means any movement of oil by highway or 
rail, and any loading, unloading, or storage incidental thereto.
    Vegetable oil means a non-petroleum oil or fat derived from plant 
seeds, nuts, kernels or fruits, not specifically identified elsewhere in 
this part.
    Worst-case discharge means ``the largest foreseeable discharge in 
adverse weather conditions,'' as defined at 33 U.S.C. 1321(a)(24). The 
largest foreseeable discharge includes discharges resulting from fire or 
explosion. The worst-case discharge from a unit train consist is the 
greater of:
    (1) 300,000 gallons of liquid petroleum oil; or
    (2) 15 percent of the total lading of liquid petroleum oil 
transported within the largest unit train consist reasonably expected to 
transport liquid petroleum oil in a given response zone. The worst-case 
discharge calculated from tank cars exceeding 42,000 gallons is equal to 
the capacity of the cargo container.

[Amdt. 130-2, 61 FR 30541, June 17, 1996, as amended by 66 FR 45378, 
Aug. 28, 2001; 67 FR 61011, Sept. 27, 2002; 69 FR 18803, Apr. 9, 2004; 
84 FR 6947, Feb. 28, 2019]



Sec.130.11  Communication requirements.

    (a) No person may offer oil subject to this part for transportation 
unless that person provides the person accepting the oil for 
transportation a document indicating the shipment contains oil.
    (b) No person may transport oil subject to this part unless a 
readily available document indicating that the shipment contains oil is 
in the possession of the transport vehicle operator during 
transportation.
    (c) A material subject to the requirements of this part need not be 
specifically identified as oil when the shipment document accurately 
describes the material as: aviation fuel, diesel fuel, fuel oil, 
gasoline, jet fuel, kerosene, motor fuel, or petroleum.



Sec.130.21  Packaging requirements.

    Each packaging used for the transportation of oil subject to this 
part must be designed, constructed, maintained, closed, and loaded so 
that, under conditions normally incident to transportation, there will 
be no release of oil to the environment.



Sec. Sec.130.22--130.29  [Reserved]

Subpart B--Basic Spill Response Plans



Sec.130.31  Basic spill response plans.

    (a) No person may transport liquid petroleum oil in a packaging 
having a capacity of 3,500 gallons or more unless that person has a 
current basic written plan that:
    (1) Sets forth the manner of response to discharges that may occur 
during transportation;

[[Page 93]]

    (2) Takes into account the maximum potential discharge of the 
contents from the packaging;
    (3) Identifies private personnel and equipment available to respond 
to a discharge;
    (4) Identifies the appropriate persons and agencies (including their 
telephone numbers) to be contacted in regard to such a discharge and its 
handling, including the National Response Center; and
    (5) For each motor carrier, is retained on file at that person's 
principal place of business and at each location where dispatching of 
motor vehicles occurs; and for each railroad, is retained on file at 
that person's principal place of business and at the dispatcher's 
office.
    (b) A railroad with a comprehensive plan in conformance with the 
requirements of subpart C of this part is not required to have a basic 
spill response plan for routes covered by the comprehensive plan.

(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 
2137-0591)

[Amdt. 130-2, 61 FR 30541, June 17, 1996, as amended at 72 FR 55683, 
Oct. 1, 2007; 76 FR 56311, Sept. 13, 2011; 84 FR 6948, Feb. 28, 2019]



Sec.130.33  Basic response plan implementation.

    If, during transportation of oil subject to this part, a discharge 
occurs--into or on the navigable waters of the United States; on the 
adjoining shorelines to the navigable waters; or that may affect natural 
resources belonging to, appertaining to, or under the exclusive 
management authority of, the United States--the person transporting the 
oil shall implement the plan required by Sec.130.31, in a manner 
consistent with the National Contingency Plan, 40 CFR part 300, or as 
otherwise directed by the Federal on-scene coordinator.



Sec. Sec.130.34--130.99  [Reserved]



            Subpart C_Comprehensive Oil Spill Response Plans

    Source: 84 FR 6948, Feb. 28, 2019, unless otherwise noted.



Sec.130.100  Applicability of comprehensive oil spill response plans.

    (a) Railroads must have current, written comprehensive oil spill 
response plans (COSRPs) meeting the requirements of this subpart for any 
route or route segments used to transport either of the following:
    (1) Any liquid petroleum oil or other non-petroleum oil subject to 
this part in a quantity greater than 42,000 gallons (1,000 barrels) per 
packaging; or
    (2) A single train carrying 20 or more loaded tank cars of liquid 
petroleum oil in a continuous block or a single train carrying 35 or 
more loaded tank cars of liquid petroleum oil throughout the train 
consist.
    (i) Tank cars carrying liquid petroleum oil products not meeting the 
criteria for Class 3 flammable or combustible material in Sec.173.120 
of this chapter, or containing residue as defined in Sec.171.8 of this 
chapter, are not required to be included when determining the number of 
tank cars transporting liquid petroleum oil in paragraph (a)(2) of this 
section.
    (ii) [Reserved]
    (b) The requirements of this subpart do not apply if the oil being 
transported is otherwise excepted per Sec.130.2(c).
    (c) A railroad required to develop a response plan in accordance 
with this section may not transport applicable quantities of oil 
(including handling and storage incidental to transport) unless--
    (1) The response plan is submitted, reviewed, and approved as 
required by Sec.130.150 except as described in paragraph (d) of this 
section; and
    (2) The railroad is operating in compliance with the response plan.
    (d) A railroad required to develop a response plan in accordance 
with this section may continue to transport oil without an approval from 
PHMSA provided that all of the following criteria are met:
    (1) The railroad submitted a plan in accordance with the 
requirements of Sec.130.150(a) within the previous two years;
    (2) The submitted plan includes the certification in Sec.130.130;
    (3) The railroad is operating in compliance with the submitted plan; 
and

[[Page 94]]

    (4) PHMSA has not issued a final decision that all or part of the 
plan does not meet the requirements of this subpart.



Sec.130.105  Purpose and general format.

    (a) Each railroad subject to this subpart must prepare and submit a 
plan, including resources and procedures, for responding, to the maximum 
extent practicable, to a worst-case discharge, and to a substantial 
threat of such a discharge, of oil. The plan must use and be consistent 
with the core principle of the National Incident Management System 
(NIMS) including the utilization of the Incident Command System (ICS).
    (b) Each response plan must be formatted to include:
    (1) Core plan. Response plans with more than one response zone must 
include a core plan containing an information summary required by Sec.
130.120 and information that does not change between different response 
zones; and
    (2) Response zone appendix or appendices. For each response zone 
included in the response plan, the response plan must include a response 
zone appendix that provides the information summary required by Sec.
130.120 and any additional information that differs between response 
zones or is not included in the core plan. In addition, each response 
zone appendix must identify all of the following:
    (i) A description of the response zone, including county(s) and 
state(s);
    (ii) A list of route sections contained in the response zone, 
identified by railroad milepost or other identifier;
    (iii) Identification of environmentally sensitive or significant 
areas per route section as determined by Sec.130.115; and
    (iv) The location from which the Oil Spill Removal Organization will 
deploy, and the location and description of the response equipment 
required by Sec.130.130(c)(6).
    (c) To meet the requirements of the response plan as required by 
Sec.130.100, a railroad may submit an applicable Annex(es) of an 
Integrated Contingency Plan (ICP). The Annex(es) must meet the minimum 
requirements of a Federal response plan required under this part. 
Guidance on the ICP is available from the National Response Team (http:/
/www.NRT.org).
    (d) To meet the requirements of the response plan as required by 
Sec.130.100, a railroad may submit a response plan that complies with 
a State law or regulation. The state plan must meet the minimum 
requirements of a Federal response plan required under this part and 
must include all of the following:
    (1) An information summary as required by Sec.130.120;
    (2) A list of the names or titles and 24-hour telephone numbers of 
the qualified individual(s) and at least one alternate qualified 
individual(s); and
    (3) A certification and documentation that that railroad has 
identified and secured, through contract or other approved means, the 
private personnel and equipment necessary to respond to a worst-case 
discharge or a substantial threat of such a discharge.



Sec.130.110  Consistency with the National Contingency Plan.

    (a) A railroad must certify in the response plan that it reviewed 
the NCP (40 CFR part 300) and that its response plan is consistent with 
the NCP.
    (b) At a minimum, for consistency with the NCP, a comprehensive 
response plan must include all of the following:
    (1) Demonstrate a railroad's clear understanding of the Incident 
Command System and Unified Command and the roles and responsibilities of 
the Federal On-Scene Coordinator;
    (2) Include procedures to immediately notify the National Response 
Center; and
    (3) Establish provisions to ensure safety at the response site.



Sec.130.115  Consistency with Area Contingency Plans.

    (a) A railroad must certify for each response zone that it reviewed 
each applicable ACP (or Regional Contingency Plan (RCP) for areas 
lacking an ACP).
    (b) At a minimum, for consistency with the applicable ACP (or 
Regional Contingency Plan (RCP) for areas lacking an ACP), the 
comprehensive response plan must do all of the following:
    (1) Address the removal of a worst-case discharge, and the 
mitigation or

[[Page 95]]

prevention of the substantial threat of a worst-case discharge, of oil;
    (2) Identify environmentally sensitive or significant areas along 
the route, as defined in Sec.130.5, which could be adversely affected 
by a worst-case discharge, by reviewing and summarizing the applicable 
ACP or RCP;
    (3) Incorporate appropriate strategies identified in applicable ACPs 
or RCPs, to protect environmentally sensitive or significant areas 
identified in paragraph (b)(2) of this section;
    (4) Describe the responsibilities of the railroad and of Federal, 
State, and local agencies in removing a discharge and in mitigating or 
preventing a substantial threat of a discharge; and
    (5) Identify the procedures to obtain any required Federal and State 
authorization for using alternative response strategies such as in-situ 
burning and/or chemical agents, as provided for in the applicable ACP 
and subpart J of 40 CFR part 300.



Sec.130.120  Information summary.

    (a) Each person preparing a comprehensive response plan must include 
information summaries for the core plan and each response zone meeting 
the requirements of this section.
    (b) The information summary for the core plan must include all of 
the following:
    (1) The name and mailing address of the railroad;
    (2) A listing and description of each response zone, including 
county(s) and State(s); and
    (3) The name or title of the qualified individual(s) and 
alternate(s) for each response zone, with telephone numbers at which 
they can be contacted on a 24-hour basis.
    (c) The information summary for each response zone appendix must 
include all of the following:
    (1) The name and mailing address of the railroad;
    (2) A description of the response zone, including county(s) and 
State(s);
    (3) The name or title of the qualified individual(s) and 
alternate(s) for the response zone, with telephone numbers at which they 
can be contacted on a 24-hour basis;
    (4) The type(s) of oil expected to be carried; and
    (5) Determination of the worst-case discharge and supporting 
calculations.
    (d) The information summary should be listed first, before other 
information in the plan, or clearly identified through the use of tabs 
or other visual aids.



Sec.130.125  Notification procedures and contacts.

    (a) The railroad must develop and implement notification procedures 
that include all of the following:
    (1) Procedures for immediate notification of the qualified 
individual or alternate and immediate communications between that 
individual, and the appropriate Federal official and the persons 
providing personnel and equipment;
    (2) A checklist of the notifications required under the response 
plan, listed in the order of priority;
    (3) The primary and secondary communication methods by which 
notifications can be made;
    (4) The circumstances and necessary time frames under which the 
notifications must be made; and
    (5) The information to be provided in the initial and each follow-up 
notification.
    (b) The notification procedures must include the names of the 
following individuals or organizations, with the ten-digit telephone 
numbers at which they can be contacted on a 24-hour basis:
    (1) The National Response Center (NRC);
    (2) Qualified individual, or alternative;
    (3) Federal, State, and local agencies that the railroad expects to 
have pollution control responsibilities or provide pollution control 
support; and
    (4) Personnel or organizations to notify for the activation of 
equipment and personnel resources identified in Sec.130.130.



Sec.130.130  Response and mitigation activities.

    (a) Each railroad must certify that it has identified and secured, 
by contract or other means, the private response resources in each 
response zone necessary to remove and control, to the maximum extent 
practicable, a worst-

[[Page 96]]

case discharge. The certification must be signed by the qualified 
individual or an appropriate corporate officer.
    (b) Each railroad must identify and describe in the plan the 
response resources that are available to arrive onsite within 12 hours 
of the discovery of a worst-case discharge or the substantial threat of 
such a discharge. It is assumed that resources can travel according to a 
land speed of 35 miles per hour, unless the railroad can demonstrate 
otherwise.
    (c) Each plan must identify all of the following information for 
response and mitigation activities:
    (1) Methods of initial discharge detection;
    (2) Responsibilities of, and actions to be taken by, personnel to 
initiate and supervise response activities pending the arrival of the 
qualified individual or other response resources identified in the 
response plan that are necessary to ensure the protection of safety at 
the response site and to mitigate or prevent any discharge from the tank 
cars;
    (3) The qualified individual's responsibilities and authority;
    (4) Procedures for coordinating the actions of the railroad or 
qualified individual with the actions of the U.S. EPA or U.S. Coast 
Guard On-Scene Coordinator responsible for monitoring or directing 
response and mitigation activities;
    (5) The Oil Spill Removal Organization's responsibilities and 
authority; and
    (6) For each Oil Spill Removal Organization identified under this 
section, a listing adequate for the worst-case discharge listed in the 
plan of:
    (i) Equipment, supplies, and personnel available, and the location 
thereof, including equipment suitable for adverse weather conditions and 
the personnel necessary to continue operation of the equipment and staff 
the Oil Spill Removal Organization during the response, in accordance 
with appendix C of 33 CFR part 154; or
    (ii) In lieu of the listing of equipment, supplies, and personnel, a 
statement that the Oil Spill Removal Organization has been classified by 
the United States Coast Guard under 33 CFR 154.1035 or 155.1035.



Sec.130.135  Training.

    (a) A railroad must certify in the response plan that it has 
conducted training to ensure that:
    (1) All railroad employees subject to the plan know--
    (i) Their responsibilities under the comprehensive oil spill 
response plan; and
    (ii) The name of, and procedures for contacting, the qualified 
individual or alternate on a 24-hour basis;
    (2) All railroad employees with responsibilities as reporting 
personnel in the plan also know--
    (i) The content of the information summary of the response plan;
    (ii) The toll-free telephone number of the National Response Center; 
and
    (iii) The notification process required by Sec.130.105; and
    (3) The qualified individual or, as an alternative, the person 
acting in an Incident Commander role, may be trained in the Incident 
Command System at the Incident Commander Level.
    (b) Employees subject to this section must be trained at least once 
every five years or, if the plan is revised during the five-year 
recurrent training cycle, within 90 days of implementation of the 
revised plan. New employees must be trained within 90 days of employment 
or change in job function.
    (c) Each railroad must create and retain records of current training 
of each railroad employee engaged in oil spill response, inclusive of 
the preceding five years, in accordance with this section, for as long 
as that employee is employed and for 90 days thereafter. A railroad must 
make the employee's record of training available upon request, at a 
reasonable time and location, to an authorized official of the 
Department of Transportation. The record must include all of the 
following:
    (1) The employee's name;
    (2) The completion date of the employee's most recent training;
    (3) The name and address of the person providing the training; and
    (4) A certification statement that the designated employee has been 
trained, as required by this subpart.
    (d) Nothing in this section relieves a person from the 
responsibility to ensure that all personnel are trained in

[[Page 97]]

accordance with other regulations. As an example, response personnel may 
be subject to the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) 
standards for emergency response operations in 29 CFR 1910.120, 
including volunteers or casual laborers employed during a response who 
are subject to those standards pursuant to 40 CFR part 311. Hazmat 
employees, as defined in Sec.171.8 of this chapter, are subject to the 
training requirements in subpart H of part 172 of this chapter, 
including safety training.



Sec.130.140  Equipment testing and exercise procedures.

    (a) Testing. The plan must include a description of the methods used 
to ensure that equipment testing meets the manufacturer's minimum 
recommendations or equivalent.
    (b) Exercises. A railroad must implement and describe an exercise 
program for COSRPs following the National Preparedness for Response 
Exercise Program (PREP) Guidelines, which can be found using the search 
function on the USCG's web page (https://homeport.uscg.mil). These 
guidelines are also available from the TASC DEPT Warehouse, 33141Q 75th 
Avenue, Landover, MD 20875 (fax: 301-386-5394, stock number USCG-X0241). 
As an alternative, a railroad choosing not to follow PREP Guidelines 
must have an exercise program that is equivalent to PREP. The plan must 
include a description of the exercise procedures and programs the 
railroad uses to assess whether its response plan will function as 
planned, including the types of exercises and their frequencies.
    (c) Recordkeeping. Railroads must keep records showing the exercise 
dates and times, and the after action reports that accompany the 
response plan exercises. Railroads must provide copies of these records 
to Department of Transportation representatives upon request.



Sec.130.145  Plan review, update, and recordkeeping procedures.

    (a) For purposes of this part, copy means a hardcopy or an 
electronic version. Each railroad must:
    (1) Maintain a copy of the complete plan at the railroad's principal 
place of business;
    (2) Provide a copy of the core plan and the appropriate response 
zone appendix to each qualified individual and alternate; and
    (3) Provide a copy of the information summary to each dispatcher in 
response zones identified in the plan.
    (b) Each railroad must include procedures to review the plan after a 
discharge requiring the activation of the plan in order to evaluate and 
record the plan's effectiveness.
    (c) Each railroad must update its plan to address new or different 
conditions or information. In addition, each railroad must review its 
plan in full at least every 5 years from the date of the last approval.
    (d) If changes to the plans are made, updated copies of the plan 
must be provided to every individual referenced under paragraph (a) of 
this section.
    (e) If new or different operating conditions or information would 
substantially affect the implementation of the response plan, the 
railroad must immediately modify its plan to address such a change and 
must submit the change to PHMSA within 90 days in accordance with Sec.
130.111. Examples of changes in operating conditions or information that 
would substantially affect a railroad's response plan are:
    (1) Establishment of a new railroad route, including an extension of 
an existing railroad route, construction of a new track, or obtaining 
trackage rights over a route not covered by the previously approved plan 
used for trains which require a comprehensive plan in accordance with 
Sec.130.100(a);
    (2) The name of the Oil Spill Removal Organization;
    (3) Emergency response procedures;
    (4) The qualified individual;
    (5) A change in the NCP or an ACP that has significant impact on the 
equipment appropriate for response activities (e.g., identification of 
ESAs as described by Sec.130.115);
    (6) A change in the type of oil transported, if the type affects the 
required response resources (e.g., a change from crude oil to gasoline); 
and

[[Page 98]]

    (7) Any other information relating to circumstances that may affect 
full implementation of the plan.
    (f) If PHMSA determines that a change to a response plan does not 
meet the requirements of this part, PHMSA will notify the operator of 
any alleged deficiencies, and provide the railroad with an opportunity 
to respond--including an opportunity for an informal conference--to any 
proposed plan revisions, as well as an opportunity to correct any 
deficiencies.
    (g) A railroad that disagrees with a determination that proposed 
revisions to a plan are deficient may petition PHMSA for reconsideration 
within 30 days from the date of receipt of PHMSA's notice. After 
considering all relevant material presented in writing or at an informal 
conference, PHMSA will notify the railroad of its final decision. The 
railroad must comply with the final decision within 30 days of issuance, 
unless PHMSA allows additional time.



Sec.130.150  Approval and submission procedures.

    (a) Each railroad must submit an electronic copy in an industry 
standard format (e.g., Adobe Acrobat, Microsoft Word, or hypertext 
markup language (HTML)) of the COSRP required by this part. Copies of 
the response plan must be submitted via commercial carrier to: Associate 
Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety, Pipeline and Hazardous 
Materials Safety Administration, U.S. Department of Transportation, East 
Building, 2nd Floor, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Washington, DC 20590-
0001. Alternatively, the railroad may arrange for secure electronic 
transfer of the file to PHMSA or email a copy of the plan to 
[email protected].
    (b) If PHMSA determines that a response plan requiring approval does 
not meet all the requirements of this part, PHMSA will notify the 
railroad of any alleged deficiencies and provide the railroad an 
opportunity to respond--including the opportunity for an informal 
conference--to any proposed plan revisions, as well as an opportunity to 
correct any deficiencies.
    (c) A railroad that disagrees with PHMSA's determination that a plan 
contains alleged deficiencies may petition PHMSA for reconsideration 
within 30 days from the date of receipt of PHMSA's notice. After 
considering all relevant material presented in writing or at an informal 
conference, PHMSA will notify the operator of its final decision. The 
railroad must comply with the final decision within 30 days of issuance, 
unless PHMSA allows additional time.
    (d) PHMSA will approve the response plan if PHMSA determines that 
the response plan meets all requirements of this part. PHMSA may consult 
with the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) or the U.S. Coast 
Guard (USCG), allowing a Federal On-Scene Coordinator (OSC) to identify 
concerns regarding a plan's compliance with the statutory and regulatory 
requirements.
    (e) If PHMSA receives a request from a Federal OSC to review a 
response plan, PHMSA will give a copy of the response plan to the 
Federal OSC provided that any requests for the plan are referred to 
PHMSA. PHMSA may consider Federal OSC comments on: Response techniques; 
protecting fish, wildlife and environmentally sensitive environments; 
and consistency with the ACP. PHMSA remains the approving authority for 
the response plan.
    (f) A railroad may ask for confidential treatment in accordance with 
the procedures in Sec.105.30 of this chapter.



Sec.130.155  Implementation of comprehensive oil spill response
plans.

    If, during transportation of oil subject to this subpart, a 
discharge of oil occurs--into or on the navigable waters; on the 
adjoining shorelines to the navigable waters; or that may affect natural 
resources belonging to, appertaining to, or under the exclusive 
management authority of, the United States--the person transporting the 
oil must implement the plan required by Sec.130.100 in a manner 
consistent with the National Contingency Plan, 40 CFR part 300, or as 
otherwise directed by the Federal On-Scene Coordinator.

[[Page 99]]



              SUBCHAPTER C_HAZARDOUS MATERIALS REGULATIONS





PART 171_GENERAL INFORMATION, REGULATIONS, AND DEFINITIONS--
Table of Contents



   Subpart A_Applicability, General Requirements, and North American 
                                Shipments

Sec.
171.1 Applicability of Hazardous Materials Regulations (HMR) to persons 
          and functions.
171.2 General requirements.
171.3 Hazardous waste.
171.4 Marine pollutants.
171.6 Control numbers under the Paperwork Reduction Act.
171.7 Reference material.
171.8 Definitions and abbreviations.
171.9 Rules of construction.
171.10 Units of measure.
171.11 [Reserved]
171.12 North American Shipments.
171.12a [Reserved]
171.14 [Reserved]

     Subpart B_Incident Reporting, Notification, BOE Approvals and 
                              Authorization

171.15 Immediate notice of certain hazardous materials incidents.
171.16 Detailed hazardous materials incident reports.
171.17-171.18 [Reserved]
171.19 Approvals or authorizations issued by the Bureau of Explosives.
171.20 Submission of Examination Reports.
171.21 Assistance in investigations and special studies.

 Subpart C_Authorization and Requirements for the Use of International 
                   Transport Standards and Regulations

171.22 Authorization and conditions for the use of international 
          standards and regulations.
171.23 Requirements for specific materials and packagings transported 
          under the ICAO Technical Instructions, IMDG Code, Transport 
          Canada TDG Regulations, or the IAEA Regulations.
171.24 Additional requirements for the use of the ICAO Technical 
          Instructions.
171.25 Additional requirements for the use of the IMDG Code.
171.26 Additional requirements for the use of the IAEA Regulations.

    Authority: 49 U.S.C. 5101-5128, 44701; Pub. L. 101-410 section 4; 
Pub. L. 104-134, section 31001; Pub. L. 114-74 section 4 (28 U.S.C. 2461 
note); 49 CFR 1.81 and 1.97.

    Editorial Note: Nomenclature changes to part 171 appear at 70 FR 
56090, Sept. 23, 2005.



   Subpart A_Applicability, General Requirements, and North American 
                                Shipments



Sec.171.1  Applicability of Hazardous Materials Regulations (HMR)
to persons and functions.

    Federal hazardous materials transportation law (49 U.S.C. 5101 et 
seq.) directs the Secretary of Transportation to establish regulations 
for the safe and secure transportation of hazardous materials in 
commerce, as the Secretary considers appropriate. The Secretary is 
authorized to apply these regulations to persons who transport hazardous 
materials in commerce. In addition, the law authorizes the Secretary to 
apply these regulations to persons who cause hazardous materials to be 
transported in commerce. The law also authorizes the Secretary to apply 
these regulations to persons who manufacture or maintain a packaging or 
a component of a packaging that is represented, marked, certified, or 
sold as qualified for use in the transportation of a hazardous material 
in commerce. Federal hazardous material transportation law also applies 
to anyone who indicates by marking or other means that a hazardous 
material being transported in commerce is present in a package or 
transport conveyance when it is not, and to anyone who tampers with a 
package or transport conveyance used to transport hazardous materials in 
commerce or a required marking, label, placard, or shipping description. 
Regulations prescribed in accordance with Federal hazardous materials 
transportation law shall govern safety aspects, including security, of 
the transportation of hazardous materials that the Secretary considers 
appropriate. In 49 CFR 1.53, the Secretary delegated authority to issue 
regulations for the safe and secure transportation of hazardous 
materials in commerce to the Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety 
Administrator. The Administrator issues the Hazardous Materials 
Regulations (HMR; 49 CFR

[[Page 100]]

parts 171 through 180) under that delegated authority. This section 
addresses the applicability of the HMR to packagings represented as 
qualified for use in the transportation of hazardous materials in 
commerce and to pre-transportation and transportation functions.
    (a) Packagings. Requirements in the HMR apply to each person who 
manufactures, fabricates, marks, maintains, reconditions, repairs, or 
tests a packaging or a component of a packaging that is represented, 
marked, certified, or sold as qualified for use in the transportation of 
a hazardous material in commerce, including each person under contract 
with any department, agency, or instrumentality of the executive, 
legislative, or judicial branch of the Federal government who 
manufactures, fabricates, marks, maintains, reconditions, repairs, or 
tests a packaging or a component of a packaging that is represented, 
marked, certified, or sold as qualified for use in the transportation of 
a hazardous material in commerce.
    (b) Pre-transportation functions. Requirements in the HMR apply to 
each person who offers a hazardous material for transportation in 
commerce, causes a hazardous material to be transported in commerce, or 
transports a hazardous material in commerce and who performs or is 
responsible for performing a pre-transportation function, including each 
person performing pre-transportation functions under contract with any 
department, agency, or instrumentality of the executive, legislative, or 
judicial branch of the Federal government. Pre-transportation functions 
include, but are not limited to, the following:
    (1) Determining the hazard class of a hazardous material.
    (2) Selecting a hazardous materials packaging.
    (3) Filling a hazardous materials packaging, including a bulk 
packaging.
    (4) Securing a closure on a filled or partially filled hazardous 
materials package or container or on a package or container containing a 
residue of a hazardous material.
    (5) Marking a package to indicate that it contains a hazardous 
material.
    (6) Labeling a package to indicate that it contains a hazardous 
material.
    (7) Preparing a shipping paper.
    (8) Providing and maintaining emergency response information.
    (9) Reviewing a shipping paper to verify compliance with the HMR or 
international equivalents.
    (10) For each person importing a hazardous material into the United 
States, providing the shipper with timely and complete information as to 
the HMR requirements that will apply to the transportation of the 
material within the United States.
    (11) Certifying that a hazardous material is in proper condition for 
transportation in conformance with the requirements of the HMR.
    (12) Loading, blocking, and bracing a hazardous materials package in 
a freight container or transport vehicle.
    (13) Segregating a hazardous materials package in a freight 
container or transport vehicle from incompatible cargo.
    (14) Selecting, providing, or affixing placards for a freight 
container or transport vehicle to indicate that it contains a hazardous 
material.
    (c) Transportation functions. Requirements in the HMR apply to 
transportation of a hazardous material in commerce and to each person 
who transports a hazardous material in commerce, including each person 
under contract with any department, agency, or instrumentality of the 
executive, legislative, or judicial branch of the Federal government who 
transports a hazardous material in commerce. Transportation of a 
hazardous material in commerce begins when a carrier takes physical 
possession of the hazardous material for the purpose of transporting it 
and continues until the package containing the hazardous material is 
delivered to the destination indicated on a shipping document, package 
marking, or other medium, or, in the case of a rail car, until the car 
is delivered to a private track or siding. For a private motor carrier, 
transportation of a hazardous material in commerce begins when a motor 
vehicle driver takes possession of a hazardous

[[Page 101]]

material for the purpose of transporting it and continues until the 
driver relinquishes possession of the package containing the hazardous 
material at its destination and is no longer responsible for performing 
functions subject to the HMR with respect to that particular package. 
Transportation of a hazardous material in commerce includes the 
following:
    (1) Movement. Movement of a hazardous material by rail car, 
aircraft, motor vehicle, or vessel (except as delegated by Department of 
Homeland Security Delegation No. 0170 at 2(103)).
    (2) Loading incidental to movement of a hazardous material. Loading 
of packaged or containerized hazardous material onto a transport 
vehicle, aircraft, or vessel for the purpose of transporting it, 
including blocking and bracing a hazardous materials package in a 
freight container or transport vehicle, and segregating a hazardous 
materials package in a freight container or transport vehicle from 
incompatible cargo, when performed by carrier personnel or in the 
presence of carrier personnel. For a bulk packaging, loading incidental 
to movement is filling the packaging with a hazardous material for the 
purpose of transporting it when performed by carrier personnel or in the 
presence of carrier personnel (except as delegated by Department of 
Homeland Security Delegation No. 0170 at 2(103)), including 
transloading.
    (3) Unloading incidental to movement of a hazardous material. 
Removing a package or containerized hazardous material from a transport 
vehicle, aircraft, or vessel; or for a bulk packaging, emptying a 
hazardous material from the bulk packaging after the hazardous material 
has been delivered to the consignee when performed by carrier personnel 
or in the presence of carrier personnel or, in the case of a private 
motor carrier, while the driver of the motor vehicle from which the 
hazardous material is being unloaded immediately after movement is 
completed is present during the unloading operation. (Emptying a 
hazardous material from a bulk packaging while the packaging is on board 
a vessel is subject to separate regulations as delegated by Department 
of Homeland Security Delegation No. 0170 at 2(103).) Unloading 
incidental to movement includes transloading.
    (4) Storage incidental to movement of a hazardous material. Storage 
of a transport vehicle, freight container, or package containing a 
hazardous material by any person between the time that a carrier takes 
physical possession of the hazardous material for the purpose of 
transporting it until the package containing the hazardous material has 
been delivered to the destination indicated on a shipping document, 
package marking, or other medium, or, in the case of a private motor 
carrier, between the time that a motor vehicle driver takes physical 
possession of the hazardous material for the purpose of transporting it 
until the driver relinquishes possession of the package at its 
destination and is no longer responsible for performing functions 
subject to the HMR with respect to that particular package.
    (i) Storage incidental to movement includes--
    (A) Storage at the destination shown on a shipping document, 
including storage at a transloading facility, provided the original 
shipping documentation identifies the shipment as a through-shipment and 
identifies the final destination or destinations of the hazardous 
material; and
    (B) A rail car containing a hazardous material that is stored on 
track that does not meet the definition of ``private track or siding'' 
in Sec.171.8, even if the car has been delivered to the destination 
shown on the shipping document.
    (ii) Storage incidental to movement does not include storage of a 
hazardous material at its final destination as shown on a shipping 
document.
    (d) Functions not subject to the requirements of the HMR. The 
following are examples of activities to which the HMR do not apply:
    (1) Storage of a freight container, transport vehicle, or package 
containing a hazardous material at an offeror facility prior to a 
carrier taking possession of the hazardous material for movement in 
transportation in commerce or, for a private motor carrier, prior to a 
motor vehicle driver

[[Page 102]]

taking physical possession of the hazardous material for movement in 
transportation in commerce.
    (2) Unloading of a hazardous material from a transport vehicle or a 
bulk packaging performed by a person employed by or working under 
contract to the consignee following delivery of the hazardous material 
by the carrier to its destination and departure from the consignee's 
premises of the carrier's personnel or, in the case of a private 
carrier, departure of the driver from the unloading area.
    (3) Storage of a freight container, transport vehicle, or package 
containing a hazardous material after its delivery by a carrier to the 
destination indicated on a shipping document, package marking, or other 
medium, or, in the case of a rail car, storage of a rail car on private 
track.
    (4) Rail and motor vehicle movements of a hazardous material 
exclusively within a contiguous facility boundary where public access is 
restricted, except to the extent that the movement is on or crosses a 
public road or is on track that is part of the general railroad system 
of transportation, unless access to the public road is restricted by 
signals, lights, gates, or similar controls.
    (5) Transportation of a hazardous material in a motor vehicle, 
aircraft, or vessel operated by a Federal, state, or local government 
employee solely for noncommercial Federal, state, or local government 
purposes.
    (6) Transportation of a hazardous material by an individual for non-
commercial purposes in a private motor vehicle, including a leased or 
rented motor vehicle.
    (7) Any matter subject to the postal laws and regulations of the 
United States.
    (e) Requirements of other Federal agencies. Each facility at which 
pre-transportation or transportation functions are performed in 
accordance with the HMR may be subject to applicable standards and 
regulations of other Federal agencies.
    (f) Requirements of state and local government agencies. (1) Under 
49 U.S.C. 5125, a requirement of a state, political subdivision of a 
state, or an Indian tribe is preempted, unless otherwise authorized by 
another Federal statute or DOT issues a waiver of preemption, if--
    (i) Complying with both the non-Federal requirement and Federal 
hazardous materials transportation law, the regulations issued under 
Federal hazardous material transportation law or a hazardous material 
transportation security regulation or directive issued by the Secretary 
of Homeland Security is not possible;
    (ii) The non-Federal requirement, as applied or enforced, is an 
obstacle to accomplishing and carrying out Federal hazardous materials 
transportation law, the regulations issued under Federal hazardous 
material transportation law, or a hazardous material transportation 
security regulation or directive issued by the Secretary of Homeland 
Security;
    (iii) The non-Federal requirement is not substantively the same as a 
provision of Federal hazardous materials transportation law, the 
regulations issued under Federal hazardous material transportation law, 
or a hazardous material transportation security regulation or directive 
issued by the Secretary of Homeland Security with respect to--
    (A) The designation, description, and classification of hazardous 
material;
    (B) The packing, repacking, handling, labeling, marking, and 
placarding of hazardous material;
    (C) The preparation, execution, and use of shipping documents 
related to hazardous material and requirements related to the number, 
contents, and placement of those documents;
    (D) The written notification, recording, and reporting of the 
unintentional release of hazardous material; or
    (E) The design, manufacturing, fabricating, marking, maintenance, 
reconditioning, repairing, or testing of a package or container 
represented, marked, certified, or sold as qualified for use in 
transporting hazardous material.
    (iv) A non-Federal designation, limitation or requirement on highway 
routes over which hazardous material may or may not be transported does 
not comply with the regulations in subparts C and D of part 397 of this 
title; or

[[Page 103]]

    (v) A fee related to the transportation of a hazardous material is 
not fair or is used for a purpose that is not related to transporting 
hazardous material, including enforcement and planning, developing, and 
maintaining a capability for emergency response.
    (2) Subject to the limitations in paragraph (f)(1) of this section, 
each facility at which functions regulated under the HMR are performed 
may be subject to applicable laws and regulations of state and local 
governments and Indian tribes.
    (3) The procedures for DOT to make administrative determinations of 
preemption are set forth in subpart E of part 397 of this title with 
respect to non-Federal requirements on highway routing (paragraph 
(f)(1)(iv) of this section) and in subpart C of part 107 of this chapter 
with respect to all other non-Federal requirements.
    (g) Penalties for noncompliance. Each person who knowingly violates 
a requirement of the Federal hazardous material transportation law, an 
order issued under Federal hazardous material transportation law, 
subchapter A of this chapter, or a special permit or approval issued 
under subchapter A or C of this chapter is liable for a civil penalty of 
not more than $81,993 for each violation, except the maximum civil 
penalty is $191,316 if the violation results in death, serious illness, 
or severe injury to any person or substantial destruction of property. 
There is no minimum civil penalty, except for a minimum civil penalty of 
$493 for a violation relating to training.

[68 FR 61937, Oct. 30, 2003; 70 FR 20031, Apr. 15, 2005, as amended at 
70 FR 73162, Dec. 9, 2005; 71 FR 8488, Feb. 17, 2006; 71 FR 44931, Aug. 
8, 2006; 74 FR 68702, Dec. 29, 2009; 75 FR 53596, Sept. 1, 2010; 84 FR 
37071, July 31, 2019]



Sec.171.2  General requirements.

    (a) Each person who performs a function covered by this subchapter 
must perform that function in accordance with this subchapter.
    (b) Each person who offers a hazardous material for transportation 
in commerce must comply with all applicable requirements of this 
subchapter, or an exemption or special permit, approval, or registration 
issued under this subchapter or under subchapter A of this chapter. 
There may be more than one offeror of a shipment of hazardous materials. 
Each offeror is responsible for complying with the requirements of this 
subchapter, or an exemption or special permit, approval, or registration 
issued under this subchapter or subchapter A of this chapter, with 
respect to any pre-transportation function that it performs or is 
required to perform; however, each offeror is responsible only for the 
specific pre-transportation functions that it performs or is required to 
perform, and each offeror may rely on information provided by another 
offeror, unless that offeror knows or, a reasonable person, acting in 
the circumstances and exercising reasonable care, would have knowledge 
that the information provided by the other offeror is incorrect.
    (c) Each person who performs a function covered by or having an 
effect on a specification or activity prescribed in part 178, 179, or 
180 of this subchapter, an approval issued under this subchapter, or an 
exemption or special permit issued under subchapter A of this chapter, 
must perform the function in accordance with that specification, 
approval, an exemption or special permit, as appropriate.
    (d) No person may offer or accept a hazardous material for 
transportation in commerce or transport a hazardous material in commerce 
unless that person is registered in conformance with subpart G of part 
107 of this chapter, if applicable.
    (e) No person may offer or accept a hazardous material for 
transportation in commerce unless the hazardous material is properly 
classed, described, packaged, marked, labeled, and in condition for 
shipment as required or authorized by applicable requirements of this 
subchapter or an exemption or special permit, approval, or registration 
issued under this subchapter or subchapter A of this chapter.
    (f) No person may transport a hazardous material in commerce unless 
the hazardous material is transported in accordance with applicable 
requirements of this subchapter, or an exemption or special permit, 
approval, or registration issued under this subchapter or subchapter A 
of this chapter. Each

[[Page 104]]

carrier who transports a hazardous material in commerce may rely on 
information provided by the offeror of the hazardous material or a prior 
carrier, unless the carrier knows or, a reasonable person, acting in the 
circumstances and exercising reasonable care, would have knowledge that 
the information provided by the offeror or prior carrier is incorrect.
    (g) No person may represent, mark, certify, sell, or offer a 
packaging or container as meeting the requirements of this subchapter 
governing its use in the transportation of a hazardous material in 
commerce unless the packaging or container is manufactured, fabricated, 
marked, maintained, reconditioned, repaired, and retested in accordance 
with the applicable requirements of this subchapter. No person may 
represent, mark, certify, sell, or offer a packaging or container as 
meeting the requirements of an exemption, a special permit, approval, or 
registration issued under this subchapter or subchapter A of this 
chapter unless the packaging or container is manufactured, fabricated, 
marked, maintained, reconditioned, repaired, and retested in accordance 
with the applicable requirements of the exemption, special permit, 
approval, or registration issued under this subchapter or subchapter A 
of this chapter. The requirements of this paragraph apply whether or not 
the packaging or container is used or to be used for the transportation 
of a hazardous material.
    (h) The representations, markings, and certifications subject to the 
prohibitions of paragraph (g) of this section include:
    (1) Specification identifications that include the letters ``ICC'', 
``DOT'', ``TC'', ``CTC'', ``CRC'', ``BTC'', ``MC'', or ``UN'';
    (2) Exemption, special permit, approval, and registration numbers 
that include the letters ``DOT'', ``EX'', ``M'', or ``R''; and
    (3) Test dates associated with specification, registration, 
approval, retest, exemption, or special permit markings indicating 
compliance with a test or retest requirement of the HMR, or an 
exemption, special permit, approval, or registration issued under the 
HMR or under subchapter A of this chapter.
    (i) No person may certify that a hazardous material is offered for 
transportation in commerce in accordance with the requirements of this 
subchapter unless the hazardous material is properly classed, described, 
packaged, marked, labeled, and in condition for shipment as required or 
authorized by applicable requirements of this subchapter or an exemption 
or special permit, approval, or registration issued under this 
subchapter or subchapter A of this chapter. Each person who offers a 
package containing a hazardous material for transportation in commerce 
in accordance with the requirements of this subchapter or an exemption 
or special permit, approval, or registration issued under this 
subchapter or subchapter A of this chapter, must assure that the package 
remains in condition for shipment until it is in the possession of the 
carrier.
    (j) No person may, by marking or otherwise, represent that a 
container or package for transportation of a hazardous material is safe, 
certified, or in compliance with the requirements of this chapter unless 
it meets the requirements of all applicable regulations issued under 
Federal hazardous material transportation law.
    (k) No person may, by marking or otherwise, represent that a 
hazardous material is present in a package, container, motor vehicle, 
rail car, aircraft, or vessel if the hazardous material is not present.
    (l) No person may alter, remove, deface, destroy, or otherwise 
unlawfully tamper with any marking, label, placard, or description on a 
document required by Federal hazardous material transportation law or 
the regulations issued under Federal hazardous material transportation 
law. No person may alter, deface, destroy, or otherwise unlawfully 
tamper with a package, container, motor vehicle, rail car, aircraft, or 
vessel used for the transportation of hazardous materials.
    (m) No person may falsify or alter an exemption or special permit, 
approval, registration, or other grant of authority issued under this 
subchapter or subchapter A of this chapter. No person may offer a 
hazardous material for transportation or transport a hazardous material 
in commerce under an

[[Page 105]]

exemption or special permit, approval, registration or other grant of 
authority issued under this subchapter or subchapter A of this chapter 
if such grant of authority has been altered without the consent of the 
issuing authority. No person may represent, mark, certify, or sell a 
packaging or container under an exemption or special permit, approval, 
registration or other grant of authority issued under this subchapter or 
subchapter A of this chapter if such grant of authority has been altered 
without the consent of the issuing authority.

[68 FR 61937, Oct. 30, 2003, as amended at 70 FR 43643, July 28, 2005; 
70 FR 73162, Dec. 9, 2005; 82 FR 15833, Mar. 30, 2017]



Sec.171.3  Hazardous waste.

    (a) No person may offer for transportation or transport a hazardous 
waste (as defined in Sec.171.8 of this subchapter) in interstate or 
intrastate commerce except in accordance with the requirements of this 
subchapter.
    (b) No person may accept for transportation, transport, or deliver a 
hazardous waste for which a manifest is required unless that person:
    (1) Has marked each motor vehicle used to transport hazardous waste 
in accordance with Sec.390.21 of this title even though placards may 
not be required;
    (2) Complies with the requirements for manifests set forth in Sec.
172.205 of this subchapter; and
    (3) Delivers, as designated on the manifest by the generator, the 
entire quantity of the waste received from the generator or a 
transporter to:
    (i) The designated facility or, if not possible, to the designated 
alternate facility;
    (ii) The designated subsequent carrier; or
    (iii) A designated place outside the United States.

    Note: Federal law specifies penalties up to $250,000 fine for an 
individual and $500,000 for a company and 5 years imprisonment for the 
willful discharge of hazardous waste at other than designated 
facilities. 49 U.S.C. 5124.

    (c) If a discharge of hazardous waste or other hazardous material 
occurs during transportation, and an official of a State or local 
government or a Federal agency, acting within the scope of his official 
responsibilities, determines that immediate removal of the waste is 
necessary to prevent further consequence, that official may authorize 
the removal of the waste without the preparation of a manifest. [Note: 
In such cases, EPA does not require carriers to have EPA identification 
numbers.]

    Note 1: EPA requires shippers (generators) and carriers 
(transporters) of hazardous wastes to have identification numbers which 
must be displayed on hazardous waste manifests. See 40 CFR parts 262 and 
263. (Identification number application forms may be obtained from EPA 
regional offices.)
    Note 2: In 40 CFR part 263, the EPA sets forth requirements for the 
cleanup of releases of hazardous wastes.

[Amdt. 171-53, 45 FR 34586, May 22, 1980, as amended by Amdt. 171-53, 45 
FR 74648, Nov. 10, 1980; Amdt. 171-78, 49 FR 10510, Mar. 20, 1984; Amdt. 
171-107, 54 FR 40068, Sept. 29, 1989; Amdt. 171-111, 55 FR 52466, Dec. 
21, 1990; 56 FR 66157, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 171-2, 59 FR 49132, Sept. 
26, 1994; Amdt. 171-141, 61 FR 21102, May 9, 1996; 73 FR 57004, Oct. 1, 
2008]



Sec.171.4  Marine pollutants.

    (a) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, no person 
may offer for transportation or transport a marine pollutant, as defined 
in Sec.171.8, in intrastate or interstate commerce except in 
accordance with the requirements of this subchapter.
    (b) The requirements of this subchapter for the transportation of 
marine pollutants are based on the provisions of Annex III of the 1973 
International Convention for Prevention of Pollution from Ships, as 
modified by the Protocol of 1978 (MARPOL 73/78).
    (c) Exceptions. (1) Except when all or part of the transportation is 
by vessel, the requirements of this subchapter specific to marine 
pollutants do not apply to non-bulk packagings transported by motor 
vehicle, rail car or aircraft.
    (2) Single or combination packagings containing a net quantity per 
single or inner packaging of 5 L or less for liquids or having a net 
mass of 5 kg or less for solids, are not subject to any other 
requirements of this subchapter provided the packagings meet the general 
requirements in Sec. Sec.173.24 and 173.24a. This exception does not 
apply

[[Page 106]]

to marine pollutants that are a hazardous waste or a hazardous 
substance. In the case of marine pollutants also meeting the criteria 
for inclusion in another hazard class, all provisions of this subchapter 
relevant to any additional hazards continue to apply.

[Amdt. 171-116, 57 FR 52934, Nov. 5, 1993, as amended by Amdt. 107-39, 
61 FR 51337, Oct. 1, 1996; 80 FR 1114, Jan. 8, 2015]



Sec.171.6  Control numbers under the Paperwork Reduction Act.

    (a) Purpose and scope. This section collects and displays the 
control numbers assigned to the HMR collections of information by the 
Office of Management and Budget (OMB) under the Paperwork Reduction Act 
of 1995. This section complies with the requirements of 5 CFR 1320.7(f), 
1320.12, 1320.13 and 1320.14 (OMB regulations implementing the Paperwork 
Reduction Act of 1995) for the display of control numbers assigned by 
OMB to collections of information of the HMR.
    (b) OMB control numbers. The table in paragraph (b)(2) of this 
section sets forth the control numbers assigned to collection of 
information in the HMR by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) 
under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995.
    (1) Column 1 lists the OMB control number assigned to the HMR 
collections of information. Column 2 contains the Report Title of the 
approved collection of information. Column 3 lists the part(s) or 
section(s) in 49 CFR identified or described in the collection of 
information.
    (2) Table.

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    Title 49 CFR part or
                                                       section where
  Current OMB control No.           Title              identified and
                                                         described
------------------------------------------------------------------------
2137-0014.................  Cargo Tank             Sec.Sec. 107.503,
                             Specification          107.504, 178.320,
                             Requirements.          178.337, 178.338,
                                                    178.345, 180.407,
                                                    180.409, 180.413,
                                                    180.417.
2137-0018.................  Inspection and         Sec.Sec. 173.24,
                             Testing of Portable    173.32, 178.3,
                             Tanks and              178.255, 178.273,
                             Intermediate Bulk      178.274, 178.703,
                             Containers.            178.801, 180.352,
                                                    180.605.
2137-0022.................  Testing, Inspection,   Sec.Sec. 173.5b,
                             and Marking            173.302a, 173.303,
                             Requirements for       173.304, 173.309,
                             Cylinders.             178.2, 178.3,
                                                    178.35, 178.44,
                                                    178.45, 178.46,
                                                    178.57, 178.59,
                                                    178.60, 178.61,
                                                    178.68, 180.205,
                                                    180.207, 180.209,
                                                    180.211, 180.213,
                                                    180.215, 180.217,
                                                    appendix C to part
                                                    180.
2137-0034.................  Hazardous Materials    Sec.Sec. 172.200,
                             Shipping Papers and    172.201, 172.202,
                             Emergency Response     172.203, 172.204,
                             Information.           172.505, 172.600,
                                                    172.602, 172.604,
                                                    172.606, 173.6,
                                                    173.7, 173.22,
                                                    173.56, 174.24,
                                                    174.26, 174.114,
                                                    175.30, 175.31,
                                                    175.33, 176.24,
                                                    176.27, 176.30,
                                                    176.36, 176.89,
                                                    177.817.
2137-0039.................  Hazardous Materials    Sec.Sec. 171.15,
                             Incidents Reports.     171.16, 171.21.
2137-0051.................  Rulemaking and         Sec.Sec. 105.30,
                             Special Permit         105.40, 106.95,
                             Petitions.             106.110, 107.105,
                                                    107.107, 107.109,
                                                    107.113, 107.117,
                                                    107.121, 107.123,
                                                    107.125, 107.205,
                                                    107.211, 107.215,
                                                    107.217, 107.219,
                                                    107.221, 107.223.
2137-0510.................  RAM Transportation     Part 173, subpart I,
                             Requirements.          Sec.Sec. 173.22,
                                                    173.411, 173.415,
                                                    173.416, 173.417,
                                                    173.457, 173.471,
                                                    173.472, 173.473,
                                                    173.476.
2137-0542.................  Flammable Cryogenic    Sec.Sec. 173.318,
                             Liquids.               177.816, 177.840,
                                                    180.405.

[[Page 107]]

 
2137-0557.................  Approvals for          Sec.Sec. 107.402,
                             Hazardous Materials    107.403, 107.405,
                                                    107.502, 107.503,
                                                    107.705, 107.713,
                                                    107.715, 107.717,
                                                    107.803, 107.805,
                                                    107.807, 110.30,
                                                    172.101, 172.102,
                                                    Special Provisions
                                                    19, 26, 53, 55, 60,
                                                    105, 118, 121, 125,
                                                    129, 131, 133, 136,
                                                    B45, B55, B61, B69,
                                                    B77, B81, N10, N72,
                                                    173.2a, 173.4,
                                                    173.7, 173.21,
                                                    173.22, 173.24,
                                                    173.31, 173.38,
                                                    173.51, 173.56,
                                                    173.58, 173.59,
                                                    173.124, 173.128,
                                                    173.159, 173.166,
                                                    173.171, 173.214,
                                                    173.222, 173.224,
                                                    173.225, 173.245,
                                                    173.301, 173.305,
                                                    173.306, 173.314,
                                                    173.315, 173.316,
                                                    173.318, 173.334,
                                                    173.340, 173.411,
                                                    173.433, 173.457,
                                                    173.471, 173.472,
                                                    173.476, 174.50,
                                                    174.63, 175.8,
                                                    175.85, 175.701,
                                                    175.703, 176.168,
                                                    176.340, 176.704,
                                                    178.3, 178.35,
                                                    178.47, 178.53,
                                                    178.273, 178.274,
                                                    178.503, 178.509,
                                                    178.605, 178.606,
                                                    178.608, 178.801,
                                                    178.813, 180.213.
2137-0559.................  (Rail Carriers and     Sec.Sec. 172.102,
                             Tank Car Tank          Special provisions:
                             Requirements)          B45, B46, B55, B61,
                             Requirements for       B69, B77, B78, B81;
                             Rail Tank Car Tanks--  173.10, 173.31,
                             Transportation of      174.20, 174.50,
                             Hazardous Materials    174.63, 174.104,
                             by Rail..              174.114, 174.204,
                                                    179.3, 179.4, 179.5,
                                                    179.6, 179.7,
                                                    179.11, 179.18,
                                                    179.22, 179.100-9,
                                                    179.100-12, 179.100-
                                                    13, 179.100-16,
                                                    179.100-17, 179.102-
                                                    4, 179.102-17,
                                                    179.103-1, 179.103-
                                                    2, 179.103-3,
                                                    179.103-5, 179.200-
                                                    10, 179.200-14,
                                                    179.200-15, 179.200-
                                                    16, 179.200-17,
                                                    179.200-19, 179.201-
                                                    3, 179.201-8,
                                                    179.201-9, 179.220-
                                                    4, 179.220-7,
                                                    179.220-8, 179.220-
                                                    13, 179.220-15,
                                                    179.220-17, 179.220-
                                                    18, 179.220-20,
                                                    179.220-22, 179.300-
                                                    3, 179.300-7,
                                                    179.300-9, 179.300-
                                                    12, 179.300-13,
                                                    179.300-15, 179.300-
                                                    20, 179.400-3,
                                                    179.400-4, 179.400-
                                                    11, 179.400-13,
                                                    179.400-16, 179.400-
                                                    17, 179.400-19,
                                                    179.400-20, 179.500-
                                                    5, 179.500-8,
                                                    179.500-12, 179.500-
                                                    18, 180.505,
                                                    180.509, 180.515,
                                                    180.517.
2137-0572.................  Testing requirements   Sec.Sec. 173.168,
                             for non-bulk           178.2, 178.601,
                             packages.              appendix C to part
                                                    178, appendix D to
                                                    part 178.
2137-0582.................  Container              Sec.Sec. 176.27,
                             Certification          176.172.
                             Statement.
2137-0586.................  Hazardous Materials    Part 110.
                             Public Sector
                             Training and
                             Planning Grants.
2137-0591.................  Response Plans for     Part 130.
                             Shipments of Oil.
2137-0595.................  Cargo Tank Motor       Sec.Sec. 173.315,
                             Vehicles in            178.337-8, 178.337-
                             Liquefied Compressed   9, 180.405, 180.416.
                             Gas Service.
2137-0612.................  Hazardous Materials    Part 172, subpart I,
                             Security Plans.        Sec.Sec.
                                                    172.800, 172.802,
                                                    172.804.
2137-0613.................  Subsidiary Hazard      Sec.Sec. 172.202,
                             Class and Number/      172.203
                             Type of Packagings.
2137-0620.................  Inspection and         Part 173, subpart A,
                             Testing of Meter       Sec. 173.5a.
                             Provers.
2137-0621.................  Requirements for       Sec.Sec. 173.301,
                             United Nations (UN)    173.304, 173.304b,
                             Cylinders.             178.69, 178.70,
                                                    178.74, 178.75,
                                                    180.207, 180.209,
                                                    180.212, 180.215,
                                                    180.217.
------------------------------------------------------------------------


[Amdt. 171-111, 56 FR 66157, Dec. 20, 1991]

    Editorial Note: For Federal Register citations affecting Sec.
171.6, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the 
Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov.

[[Page 108]]



Sec.171.7  Reference material.

    (a) Matter incorporated by reference--(1) General. Certain material 
is incorporated by reference into subchapters A, B, and C with the 
approval of the Director of the Federal Register under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) 
and 1 CFR part 51. To enforce any edition other than that specified in 
this section, PHMSA must publish a document in the Federal Register and 
the material must be available to the public. Matters referenced by 
footnote are included as part of the regulations of this subchapter.
    (2) Accessibility of materials. All incorporated matter is available 
for inspection at:
    (i) The Office of Hazardous Materials Safety, Office of Hazardous 
Materials Standards, East Building, PHH-10, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., 
Washington, DC 20590-0001. For information on the availability of this 
material at PHH-10, call 1-800-467-4922, or go to: http://
www.phmsa.dot.gov; and
    (ii) The National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For 
information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-
6030, or go to: http://www.archives.gov/federal_register/
code_of_federal_regulations/ibr_locations.html.
    (b) Air Transport Association of America, 1301 Pennsylvania Avenue 
NW., Washington, DC 20004-1707.
    (1) ATA Specification No. 300 Packaging of Airline Supplies, 
Revision 19, July 31, 1996, into Sec.172.102.
    (2) [Reserved]
    (c) The Aluminum Association, 1525 Wilson Blvd., Suite 6000, 
Arlington, VA 22209, telephone 703-358-2960, http://www.aluminum.org.
    (1) Aluminum Standards and Data, Seventh Edition, June 1982, into 
Sec. Sec.172.102; 178.65.
    (2) Welding Aluminum: Theory and Practice, 2002 Fourth Edition, into 
Sec.178.68.
    (d) American National Standards Institute, Inc., 25 West 43rd 
Street, New York, NY 10036.
    (1) ANSI/ASHRAE 15-94, Safety Code for Mechanical Refrigeration, 
1944, into Sec. Sec.173.306; 173.307.
    (2) ANSI N14.1 Uranium Hexafluoride--Packaging for Transport, 1971 
Edition, into Sec. Sec.173.417; 173.420.
    (3) ANSI N14.1 Uranium Hexafluoride--Packaging for Transport, 1982 
Edition, into Sec. Sec.173.417; 173.420.
    (4) ANSI N14.1 Uranium Hexafluoride--Packaging for Transport, 1987 
Edition, into Sec. Sec.173.417; 173.420.
    (5) ANSI N14.1 Uranium Hexafluoride--Packaging for Transport, 1990 
Edition, into Sec. Sec.173.417; 173.420.
    (6) ANSI N14.1 Uranium Hexafluoride--Packaging for Transport, 1995 
Edition, into Sec. Sec.173.417; 173.420.
    (7) ANSI N14.1 Uranium Hexafluoride--Packaging for Transport, 2001 
Edition, into Sec. Sec.173.417; 173.420.
    (e) American Petroleum Institute, 1220 L Street NW., Washington, DC 
20005-4070.
    (1) API Recommended Practice Closures of Underground Petroleum 
Storage Tanks, 3rd Edition, March 1996, into Sec.172.102.
    (2) [Reserved]
    (f) American Pyrotechnics Association (APA), P.O. Box 30438, 
Bethesda, MD 20824, (301) 907-8181, www.americanpyro.com.
    (1) APA Standard 87-1, Standard for Construction and Approval for 
Transportation of Fireworks, Novelties, and Theatrical Pyrotechnics, 
December 1, 2001 version into Sec.173.56.
    (2) [Reserved]
    (g) The American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME), 150 Clove 
Road, Little Falls, NJ 07424-2139, telephone 1-800-843-2763, http://
www.asme.org.
    (1) 2015 ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (ASME Code), 2015 
Edition, July 1, 2015 (as follows), into Sec. Sec.172.102; 173.3; 
173.5b; 173.24b; 173.306; 173.315; 173.318; 173.420; 178.255-1; 178.255-
2; 178.255-14; 178.255-15; 178.273; 178.274; 178.276; 178.277; 178.320; 
178.337-1; 178.337-2; 178.337-3; 178.337-4; 178.337-6; 178.337-16; 
178.337-18; 178.338-1; 178.338-2; 178.338-3; 178.338-4; 178.338-5; 
178.338-6; 178.338-13; 178.338-16; 178.338-18; 178.338-19; 178.345-1; 
178.345-2; 178.345-3; 178.345-4; 178.345-7; 178.345-14; 178.345-15; 
178.346-1; 178.347-1; 178.348-1; 179.400-3; 180.407:

[[Page 109]]

    (i) Section II--Materials--Part A--Ferrous Materials Specifications.
    (ii) Section II--Materials--Part B--Nonferrous Material 
Specifications.
    (iii) Section V--Nondestructive Examination.
    (iv) Section VIII--Rules for Construction of Pressure Vessels 
Division 1.
    (v) Section IX--Welding, Brazing, and Fusing Qualifications.
    (2) ASME B31.4-2012, Pipeline Transportation Systems for Liquids and 
Slurries, November 12, 2012, into Sec.173.5a.
    (h) ASTM International, 100 Barr Harbor Drive, West Conshohocken, PA 
1942, telephone (610) 832-9585, http://www.astm.org. Copies of 
historical standards or standards that ASTM does not have may be 
purchased from: Engineering Societies Library, 354 East 47th Street, New 
York, NY 10017.
    (1) ASTM A 20/A 20M-93a Standard Specification for General 
Requirements for Steel Plates for Pressure Vessels, 1993, into 
Sec. Sec.178.337-2; 179.102-4; 179.102-1; 179.102-17.
    (2) ASTM A 47-68 Malleable Iron Castings, 1968, into Sec.179.200-
15.
    (3) ASTM A 53/A 53M-06a (ASTM A 53) Standard Specification for Pipe, 
Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless, 2006, 
into Sec.173.5b.
    (4) ASTM A 106/A 106M-06a (ASTM A 106) Standard Specification for 
Seamless Carbon Steel Pipe for High-Temperature Service, 2006, into 
Sec.173.5b.
    (5) ASTM A 240/A 240M-99b Standard Specification for Heat-Resisting 
Chromium and Chromium-Nickel Stainless Steel Plate, Sheet and Strip for 
Pressure Vessels, 1999, into Sec. Sec.178.57; 178.358-5; 179.100-7; 
179.100-10; 179.102-1; 179.102-4; 179.102-17; 179.200-7; 179.201-5; 
179.220-7; 179.300-7; 179.400-5.
    (6) ASTM A 242-81 Standard Specification for High-Strength Low-Alloy 
Structural Steel, 1981, into Sec.178.338-2.
    (7) ASTM A 262-93a Standard Practices for Detecting Susceptibility 
to Intergranular Attack in Austenitic Stainless Steels, 1993, into 
179.100-7; 179.200-7; 179.201-4.
    (8) ASTM A 285-78 Pressure Vessel Plates, Carbon Steel, Low- and 
Intermediate-Tensile Strength, 1978, into Sec.179.300-7.
    (9) ASTM A 300-58 Steel Plates for Pressure Vessels for Service at 
Low Temperatures, 1958, into Sec.178.337-2.
    (10) ASTM A 302/A 302M-93 Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel 
Plates, Alloy Steel, Manganese-Molybdenum and Manganese-Molybdenum 
Nickel, 1993, into Sec.179.100-7; 179.200-7; 179.220-7.
    (11) ASTM A 333-67 Seamless and Welded Steel Pipe for Low-
Temperature Service, 1967, into Sec.178.45.
    (12) ASTM A 370-94 Standard Test 179.102-1; 179.102-4; Methods and 
Definitions for Mechanical Testing of Steel Products, 1994, into 
Sec. Sec.179.102-17; 179.102-1; 179.102-4.
    (13) ASTM A 441-81 Standard Specification for High-Strength Low-
Alloy Structural Manganese Vanadium Steel, 1981, into Sec.178.338-2.
    (14) ASTM A 514-81 Standard Specification for High-Yield Strength 
Quenched and Tempered Alloy Steel Plate, Suitable for Welding, 1981, 
into Sec.178.338-2.
    (15) ASTM A 515/A 515M-03 Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel 
Plates, Carbon Steel, for Intermediate- and Higher-Temperature Service, 
2003, into Sec.179.300-7.
    (16) ASTM A 516/A 516M-90 Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel 
Plates, Carbon Steel, for Moderate and Lower-Temperature Service, 1990, 
into Sec.178.337-2; 179.100-7; 179.102-1; 179.102-2; 179.102-4; 
179.102-17; 179.200-7; 179.220-7; 179.300-7.
    (17) ASTM A 537/A 537M-91 Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel 
Plates, Heat-Treated, Carbon-Manganese-Silicon Steel, 1991, into Sec.
179.100-7; 179.102-4; 179.102-17.
    (18) ASTM A 572-82 Standard Specification for High-Strength Low-
Alloy Columbian-Vanadium Steels of Structural Quality, 1982, into Sec.
178.338-2.
    (19) ASTM A 588-81 Standard Specification for High-Strength Low-
Alloy Structural Steel with 50 Ksi Minimum Yield Point to 4 in. Thick, 
1981, into Sec.178.338-2.
    (20) ASTM A 606-75 Standard Specification for Steel Sheet and Strip 
Hot-Rolled and Cold-Rolled, High-Strength, Low-Alloy, with Improved 
Atmospheric Corrosion Resistance, 1975 (Reapproved 1981), into Sec.
178.338-2.

[[Page 110]]

    (21) ASTM A 607-98 Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and 
Strip, High-Strength, Low-Alloy, Columbium or Vanadium, or Both, Hot-
Rolled and Cold-Rolled, 1998, into Sec.178.338-2.
    (22) ASTM A 612-72a High Strength Steel Plates for Pressure Vessels 
for Moderate and Lower Temperature Service, 1972, into Sec.178.337-2.
    (23) ASTM A 633-79a Standard Specification for Normalized High-
Strength Low-Alloy Structural Steel, 1979 Edition, into Sec.178.338-2.
    (24) ASTM A 715-81 Standard Specification for Steel Sheet and Strip, 
Hot-Rolled, High-Strength, Low-Alloy with Improved Formability, 1981, 
into Sec.178.338-2.
    (25) ASTM A 1008/A 1008M-03 Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet, 
Cold-Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High-Strength Low-Alloy and High 
Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability, 2003, into Sec.178.338-
2; 178.345-2.
    (26) ASTM A 1011/A 1011M-03a Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet 
and Strip, Hot-Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High-Strength Low Alloy and 
High Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability, 2003, into Sec.
178.338-2; 178.345-2.
    (27) ASTM B 162-93a Standard Specification for Nickel Plate, Sheet, 
and Strip, 1993, into Sec.173.249; 179.200-7.
    (28) ASTM B 209-93 Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-
Alloy Sheet and Plate, 1993, into Sec.179.100-7; 179.200-7; 179.220-7.
    (29) ASTM B 221-76 Aluminum Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Shapes, and 
Tubes, 1976, into Sec.178.46.
    (30) ASTM B 557-84 Tension Testing Wrought and Cast Aluminum and 
Magnesium-Alloy Products, 1984, into Sec.178.46.
    (31) ASTM B 580-79 Standard Specification for Anodic Oxide Coatings 
on Aluminum, (Re-approved 2000), into Sec.173.316; 173.318; 178.338-
17.
    (32) ASTM D 56-05, Standard Test Method for Flash Point by Tag 
Closed Cup Tester, approved May 1, 2005, into Sec.173.120.
    (33) ASTM D 86-07a, Standard Test Method for Distillation of 
Petroleum Products at Atmospheric Pressure, approved April 1, 2007, into 
Sec.173.121.
    (34) ASTM D 93-08, Standard Test Methods for Flash Point by Pensky-
Martens Closed Cup Tester, approved October 15, 2008, into Sec.
173.120.
    (35) ASTM D 1078-05, Standard Test Method for Distillation Range of 
Volatile Organic Liquids, approved May 15, 2005, into Sec.173.121.
    (36) ASTM D 1238-90b Standard Test Method for Flow Rates of 
Thermoplastics for Extrusion Plastometer, 1990, into Sec.173.225.
    (37) ASTM D 1709-01 Standard Test Methods for Impact Resistance of 
Plastic Film by the Free-Falling Dart Method, 2001, into Sec.173.197.
    (38) ASTM D 1835-97 Standard Specification for Liquefied Petroleum 
(LP) Gases, 1997, into Sec.180.209.
    (39) ASTM D 1838-64 Copper Strip Corrosion by Liquefied Petroleum 
(LP) Gases, 1964, into Sec.173.315.
    (40) ASTM D 1922-00a Standard Test Method for Propogation Tear 
Resistance of Plastic Film and Thin Sheeting by Pendulum Method, 2000, 
into Sec.173.197.
    (41) ASTM D 3278-96 (Reapproved 2004) E1, Standard Test Methods for 
Flash Point of Liquids by Small Scale Closed-Cup Apparatus, approved 
November 1, 2004, into Sec.173.120.
    (42) ASTM D 3828-07a, Standard Test Methods for Flash Point by Small 
Scale Closed Cup Tester, approved July 15, 2007, Sec.173.120.
    (43) ASTM D 4206-96 Standard Test Method for Sustained Burning of 
Liquid Mixtures Using the Small Scale Open-Cup Apparatus, 1996, into 
Sec.173.120.
    (44) ASTM D 4359-90 Standard Test Method for Determining Whether a 
Material is a Liquid or a Solid, 1990 into Sec. Sec.130.5, 171.8.
    (45) ASTM D7900-13\e1\, Standard Test Method for Determination of 
Light Hydrocarbons in Stabilized Crude Oils by Gas Chromatography, 
Approved December 1, 2013, into Sec.173.121.
    (46) ASTM E 8-99 Standard Test Methods for Tension Testing of 
Metallic Materials, 1999, into Sec.178.36; 178.37; 178.38; 178.39; 
178.44; 178.45; 178.50; 178.51; 178.53; 178.55; 178.56; 178.57; 178.58; 
178.59; 178.60; 178.61; 178.68.
    (47) ASTM E 23-98 Standard Test Methods for Notched Bar Impact 
Testing of Metallic Materials, 1998, into Sec.178.57.

[[Page 111]]

    (48) ASTM E 112-88 Standard Test Methods for Determining Average 
Grain Size, 1988, into Sec.178.44.
    (49) ASTM E 112-96 Standard Test Methods for Determining Average 
Grain Size, 1996 Edition, into Sec.178.274; part 178, appendix A.
    (50) ASTM E 114-95 Standard Practice for Ultrasonic Pulse-Echo 
Straight-Beam Examination by the Contact Method, 1995, into Sec.
178.45.
    (51) ASTM E 213-98 Standard Practice for Ultrasonic Examination of 
Metal Pipe and Tubing, into Sec.178.45.
    (52) ASTM E 290-97a Standard Test Methods for Bend Testing of 
Material for Ductility, published February 1998, into Sec.178.37.
    (i) [Reserved]
    (j) American Welding Society, 550 NW. Le Jeune Road, Miami, Florida 
33126.
    (1) AWS Code B 3.0; Standard Qualification Procedure; 1972 (FRB 3.0-
41, rev. May 1973), into Sec. Sec.178.356-2, 178.358-2.
    (2) AWS Code D 1.0; Code for Welding in Building Construction (FR D 
1.0-66, 1966), into Sec. Sec.178.356-2; 178.358-2.
    (k) Association of American Railroads, American Railroads Building, 
50 F Street NW., Washington, DC 20001; telephone (877) 999-8824, http://
www.aar.org/publications.com.
    (1) AAR Manual of Standards and Recommended Practices, Section C--
Part III, Specifications for Tank Cars, Specification M-1002, (AAR 
Specifications for Tank Cars), December 2000, Sec. Sec.173.31; 179.6; 
179.7; 179.15; 179.16; 179.20; 179.22; 179.24; 179.100-9; 179.100-10; 
179.100-12; 179.100-13; 179.100-14; 179.100-18; 179.101-1; 179.102-1; 
179.102-4; 179.102-17; 179.103-5; 179.200-7; 179.200-9; 179.200-10; 
179.200-11; 179.200-13; 179.200-17; 179.200-22; 179.201-6; 179.220-6; 
179.220-7; 179.220-10; 179.220-11; 179.220-14; 179.220-18; 179.220-26; 
179.300-9; 179.300-10; 179.300-15; 179.300-17; 179.400-5; 179.400-6; 
179.400-8; 179.400-11; 179.400-12; 179.400-15; 179.400-18; 179.400-20; 
179.400-25; 180.503; 180.509; 180.513; 180.515; 180.517.
    (2) AAR Manual of Standards and Recommended Practices, Section C--
III, Specifications for Tank Cars, Specification M-1002 (AAR 
Specifications for Tank Cars), Appendix E, Design Details, implemented 
April 2010; into Sec. Sec.179.202-9, and 179.202-12(f).
    (3) AAR Manual of Standards and Recommended Practices, Section I, 
Specially Equipped Freight Car and Intermodal Equipment, 1988, into 
Sec.174.55; 174.63.
    (4) AAR Specifications for Design, Fabrication and Construction of 
Freight Cars, Volume 1, 1988, into Sec.179.16.
    (5) AAR Standard 286; AAR Manual of Standards and Recommended 
Practices, Section C, Car Construction Fundamentals and Details, 
Standard S-286, Free/Unrestricted Interchange for 286,000 lb Gross Rail 
Load Cars (Adopted 2002; Revised: 2003, 2005, 2006), into 179.13.
    (l) Chlorine Institute, Inc., 1300 Wilson Boulevard, Arlington, VA 
22209.
    (1) Chlorine Institute Emergency Kit ``A'' for 100-lb. & 150-lb. 
Chlorine Cylinders, Edition 12, Revision 2, January 2014, into Sec.
173.3.
    (2) Chlorine Institute Emergency Kit ``B'' for Chlorine Ton 
Containers, Edition 11, July 2014, into Sec.173.3.
    (3) Type 1 JQ 225, Dwg., H51970, Revision F, November 1996, into 
Sec.173.315.
    (4) Type 1 JQ 225, Dwg. H50155, Revision H, November 1996, into 
Sec.173.315.
    (5) Pamphlet 57, Emergency Shut-Off Systems for Bulk Transfer of 
Chlorine, Edition 6, June 2015, into Sec.177.840.
    (6) Section 3, Pamphlet 166, Angle Valve Guidelines for Chlorine 
Bulk Transportation, 1st Edition, October 2002, into Sec.178.337-9.
    (7) Pamphlet 168, Guidelines for Dual Valve Systems for Bulk 
Chlorine Transport, Edition 2, July 2015, into Sec.178.337-9.
    (8) Standard Chlorine Angle Valve Assembly, Dwg. 104-8, July 1993, 
into Sec.178.337-9.
    (9) Excess Flow Valve with Removable Seat, Dwg. 101-7, July 1993, 
into Sec.178.337-8.
    (10) Excess Flow Valve with Removable Basket, Dwg. 106-6, July 1993, 
into Sec.178.337-8.
    (11) Standards for Housing and Manway Covers for Steel Cargo Tanks, 
Dwgs. 137-1 and 137-2, September 1, 1982, into Sec.178.337-10.
    (12) Typical Manway Arrangement Chlorine Cargo Tank, Dwg 137-5, 
November 1996, into 178.337-10.
    (m) Canadian General Standards Board, Place du Portage III, 6B1 11

[[Page 112]]

Laurier Street, Gatineau, Quebec, Canada K1A 1G6.
    (1) National Standard of Canada (CAN/CGSB 43.147--2005) 
Construction, Modification, Qualification, Maintenance, and Selection 
and Use of Means of Containment for the Handling, Offering for 
Transport, or Transportation of Dangerous Goods by Rail, into Sec.
171.12.
    (2) [Reserved]
    (n) Compressed Gas Association (CGA), 1235 Jefferson Davis Highway, 
Arlington, VA 22202.
    (1) CGA Pamphlet C-3, Standards for Welding on Thin-Walled Steel 
Cylinders, 1994, into Sec.178.47; 178.50; 178.51; 178.53; 178.55; 
178.56; 178.57; 178.58; 178.59; 178.60; 178.61; 178.65; 178.68; 180.211.
    (2) CGA C-5, Cylinder Service Life--Seamless Steel High Pressure 
Cylinders, 1991 (reaffirmed 1995), into Sec.173.302a.
    (3) CGA Pamphlet C-6, Standards for Visual Inspection of Steel 
Compressed Gas Cylinders, 1993, into Sec.172.102, Sec.173.3, 
173.198, 180.205, 180.209, 180.211, 180.411, 180.519.
    (4) CGA Pamphlet C-6.1, Standards for Visual Inspection of High 
Pressure Aluminum Compressed Gas Cylinders, 2002, Fourth Edition, into 
Sec.180.205; 180.209.
    (5) CGA Pamphlet C-6.2, Guidelines for Visual Inspection and 
Requalification of Fiber Reinforced High Pressure Cylinders, 1996, Third 
Edition, into Sec.180.205.
    (6) CGA Pamphlet C-6.3, Guidelines for Visual Inspection and 
Requalification of Low Pressure Aluminum Compressed Gas Cylinders, 1991, 
into Sec.180.205; 180.209.
    (7) CGA C-7-2014, Guide to Classification and Labeling of Compressed 
Gases, Tenth Edition, copyright 2014, into Sec.172.400a.
    (8) CGA Pamphlet C-8, Standard for Requalification of DOT-3HT 
Cylinder Design, 1985, into Sec.180.205; 180.209.
    (9) CGA Pamphlet C-11, Recommended Practices for Inspection of 
Compressed Gas Cylinders at Time of Manufacture, 2001, Third Edition, 
into Sec.178.35.
    (10) CGA Pamphlet C-12, Qualification Procedure for Acetylene 
Cylinder Design, 1994, into Sec.173.301; 173.303; 178.59; 178.60.
    (11) CGA Pamphlet C-13, Guidelines for Periodic Visual Inspection 
and Requalification of Acetylene Cylinders, 2000, Fourth Edition, into 
Sec.173.303; 180.205; 180.209.
    (12) CGA Pamphlet C-14, Procedures for Fire Testing of DOT Cylinder 
Pressure Relief Device Systems, 1979, into Sec.173.301; 173.323.
    (13) CGA G-1.6-2011, Standard for Mobile Acetylene Trailer Systems, 
Seventh Edition, copyright 2011, into Sec.173.301.
    (14) CGA Pamphlet G-2.2, Guideline Method for Determining Minimum of 
0.2% Water in Anhydrous Ammonia, 1985, Second Edition, Reaffirmed 1997, 
into Sec.173.315.
    (15) CGA Pamphlet G-4.1, Cleaning Equipment for Oxygen Service, 
1985, into Sec.178.338-15.
    (16) CGA Pamphlet P-20, Standard for the Classification of Toxic Gas 
Mixtures, 1995, into Sec.173.115.
    (17) CGA Pamphlet P-20, Standard for the Classification of Toxic Gas 
Mixtures, 2003, Third Edition, into Sec.173.115.
    (18) CGA S-1.1, Pressure Relief Device Standards--Part 1--Cylinders 
for Compressed Gases, (with the exception of paragraph 9.1.1.1), Twelfth 
Edition, 2005, into Sec.173.301, 173.304a 178.75.
    (19) CGA Pamphlet S-1.2, Safety Relief Device Standards Part 2--
Cargo and Portable Tanks for Compressed Gases, 1980, into Sec.173.315; 
173.318; 178.276; 178.277.
    (20) CGA S-7, Method for Selecting Pressure Relief Devices for 
Compressed Gas Mixtures in Cylinders, 2005, into Sec.173.301.
    (21) CGA Technical Bulletin TB-2, Guidelines for Inspection and 
Repair of MC-330 and MC-331 Cargo Tanks, 1980, into Sec.180.407; 
180.413.
    (22) CGA Technical Bulletin TB-25, Design Considerations for Tube 
Trailers, 2008 Edition, into Sec.173.301.
    (23) CGA V-9-2012, Compressed Gas Association Standard for 
Compressed Cylinder Valves, Seventh Edition, 2012, into Sec.173.301.
    (o) Department of Defense (DoD), DoD Explosives Safety Board, 4800 
Mark Center Drive, Suite 16E12, Alexandria, VA 22350, https://
www.ddesb.pentagon.mil/; or Defense Logistics Agency, Technical and 
Quality

[[Page 113]]

Assurance Division, 8725 John J. Kingman Rd., Fort Belvoir, VA 22060, 
http://www.dla.mil/Pages/default.aspx.
    (1) TB 700-2; NAVSEAINST 8020.8C/TO 11A-1-47: DOD Ammunition and 
Explosives Hazard Classification Procedures, July 30, 2012, into Sec.
173.56.
    (2) DLAR 4145.41/AR 700-143/NAVSUPINST 4030.55D/AFMAN 24-210_IP/MCO 
4030.40C: Packaging of Hazardous Material, April 21, 2015, into Sec.
173.7.
    (p) [Reserved]
    (q) General Services Administration, Specification Office, Room 
6662, 7th and D Street, S.W., Washington, DC 20407.
    (1) Federal Specification RR-C-901D, Cylinders, Compressed Gas: 
Seamless Shatterproof, High Pressure DOT 3AA Steel, and 3AL Aluminum, 
February 21, 2003, into Sec. Sec.173.302; 173.336; 173.337.
    (2) [Reserved]
    (r) Institute of Makers of Explosives, 1120 19th Street NW., Suite 
310, Washington, DC 20036-3605.
    (1) IME Standard 22,IME Safety Library Publication No. 22, 
Recommendations for the Safe Transportation of Detonators in a Vehicle 
with Certain Other Explosive Materials, February 2007, into Sec. Sec.
173.63; 177.835.
    (2) IME Standard 23, IME Safety Library Publication No. 23 (IME 
Standard 23), Recommendations for the Transportation of Explosives, 
Division 1.5, Ammonium Nitrate Emulsions, Division 5.1, Combustible 
Liquids, Class 3, and Corrosives, Class 8 in Bulk Packaging, October 
2011, into Sec. Sec.173.66(intro); 177.835(d).
    (s) International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA), P.O. Box 100, 
Wagramer Strasse 5, A-1400 Vienna, Austria. Also available from: Bernan 
Associates, 4611-F Assembly Drive, Lanham, MD 20706-4391, USA; or Renouf 
Publishing Company, Ltd., 812 Proctor Avenue, Ogdensburg, New York 
13669, USA.
    (1) IAEA Safety Standards for Protecting People and the Environment; 
Regulations for the Safe Transport of Radioactive Material, No. SSR-6, 
(IAEA Regulations), 2012 Edition, into Sec. Sec.171.22; 171.23; 
171.26; 173.415; 173.416; 173.417; 173.435; 173.473.
    (2) [Reserved]
    (t) International Civil Aviation Organization (``ICAO''), 999 
Robert-Bourassa Boulevard, Montr[eacute]al, Quebec H3C 5H7, Canada, 1-
514-954-8219, http://www.icao.int. ICAO Technical Instructions available 
from: ICAO Document Sales Unit, [email protected].
    (1) Technical Instructions for the Safe Transport of Dangerous Goods 
by Air (ICAO Technical Instructions), 2017-2018 Edition, copyright 2016, 
into Sec. Sec.171.8; 171.22; 171.23; 171.24; 172.101; 172.202; 
172.401; 172.407; 172.512; 172.519; 172.602; 173.56; 173.320; 175.10, 
175.33; 178.3.
    (2) [Reserved]
    (u) International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC), 3 rue de 
Varemb[eacute], P.O. Box 131, CH--1211, GENEVA 20, Switzerland.
    (1) IEC 62282-6-100:2010(E), Fuel cell technologies--Part 6-100: 
Micro fuel cell power systems--Safety, Edition 1.0, March 2010, into 
Sec. Sec.173.230; 175.10.
    (2) 62282-6-100 Amend. 1 IEC 2012(E), Amendment 1 to IEC 62282-6-
100: Fuel cell technologies--Part 6-100: Micro fuel cell power systems--
Safety, Edition 1.0, October 2012, into Sec. Sec.173.230; 175.10
    (v) International Maritime Organization (``IMO''), 4 Albert 
Embankment, London, SE1 7SR, United Kingdom, + 44 (0) 20 7735 7611, 
http://www.imo.org. IMDG Code available from: IMO Publishing, 
[email protected].
    (1) International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974, 
Consolidated Edition (SOLAS), Chapter II-2, Construction--Fire 
protection, fire detection and fire extinction, Regulation 19, Carriage 
of dangerous goods, Fifth Edition 2009, into Sec. Sec.176.63, 176.84.
    (2) International Maritime Dangerous Goods Code (IMDG Code), 
Incorporating Amendment 38-16 (English Edition), 2016 Edition, into 
Sec. Sec.171.22; 171.23; 171.25; 172.101; 172.202; 172.203 172.401; 
172.407; 172.502; 172.519; 172.602; 173.21; 173.56; 176.2; 176.5; 
176.11; 176.27; 176.30; 176.83; 176.84; 176.140; 176.720; 176.906; 
178.3; 178.274.
    (w) International Organization for Standardization, Case Postale 56, 
CH-1211, Geneve 20, Switzerland, http://www.iso.org. Also available 
from: ANSI 25, West 43rd Street, New York, NY 10036, 1-212-642-4900, 
http://www.ansi.org.

[[Page 114]]

    (1) ISO 535-1991(E) Paper and board--Determination of water 
absorptiveness--Cobb method, 1991, into Sec. Sec.178.707; 178.708; 
178.516.
    (2) ISO 1496-1: 1990 (E)--Series 1 freight containers--Specification 
and testing, Part 1: General cargo containers. Fifth Edition, (August 
15, 1990), into Sec.173.411.
    (3) ISO 1496-3(E)--Series 1 freight containers--Specification and 
testing--Part 3: Tank containers for liquids, gases and pressurized dry 
bulk, Fourth edition, March 1995, into Sec. Sec.178.74; 178.75; 
178.274.
    (4) ISO 1516:2002(E), Determination of flash/no flash--Closed cup 
equilibrium method, Third Edition, 2002-03-01, into Sec.173.120.
    (5) ISO 1523:2002(E), Determination of flash point--Closed cup 
equilibrium method, Third Edition, 2002-03-01, into Sec.173.120.
    (6) ISO 2431-1984(E) Standard Cup Method, 1984, into Sec.173.121.
    (7) ISO 2592:2000(E), Determination of flash and fire points--
Cleveland open cup method, Second Edition, 2000-09-15, into Sec.
173.120.
    (8) ISO 2719:2002(E), Determination of flash point--Pensky-Martens 
closed cup method, Third Edition, 2002-11-15, into Sec.173.120.
    (9) ISO 2919:1999(E), Radiation Protection--Sealed radioactive 
sources--General requirements and classification, (ISO 2919), second 
edition, February 15, 1999, into Sec.173.469.
    (10) ISO 3036-1975(E) Board--Determination of puncture resistance, 
1975, into Sec.178.708.
    (11) ISO 3405:2000(E), Petroleum products--Determination of 
distillation characteristics at atmospheric pressure, Third Edition, 
2000-03-01, into Sec.173.121.
    (12) ISO 3574-1986(E) Cold-reduced carbon steel sheet of commercial 
and drawing qualities, into Sec.178.503; part 178, appendix C.
    (13) ISO 3679:2004(E), Determination of flash point--Rapid 
equilibrium closed cup method, Third Edition, 2004-04-01, into Sec.
173.120.
    (14) ISO 3680:2004(E), Determination of flash/no flash--Rapid 
equilibrium closed cup method, Fourth Edition, 2004-04-01, into Sec.
173.120.
    (15) ISO 3807-2(E), Cylinders for acetylene--Basic requirements--
Part 2: Cylinders with fusible plugs, First edition, March 2000, into 
Sec. Sec.173.303; 178.71.
    (16) ISO 3807:2013(E), Gas cylinders--Acetylene cylinders--Basic 
requirements and type testing, Second edition, 2013-09-01, into 
Sec. Sec.173.303; 178.71.
    (17) ISO 3924:1999(E), Petroleum products--Determination of boiling 
range distribution--Gas chromatography method, Second Edition, 1999-08-
01, into Sec.173.121.
    (18) ISO 4126-1:2004(E): Safety devices for protection against 
excessive pressure--Part 1: Safety valves, Second edition 2004-02-15, 
into Sec.178.274.
    (19) ISO 4126-7:2004(E): Safety devices for protection against 
excessive pressure--Part 7: Common data, First Edition 2004-02-15 into 
Sec.178.274.
    (20) ISO 4126-7:2004/Cor.1:2006(E): Safety devices for protection 
against excessive pressure--Part 7: Common data, Technical Corrigendum 
1, 2006-11-01, into Sec.178.274.
    (21) ISO 4626:1980(E), Volatile organic liquids--Determination of 
boiling range of organic solvents used as raw materials, First Edition, 
1980-03-01, into Sec.173.121.
    (22) ISO 4706:2008(E), Gas cylinders--Refillable welded steel 
cylinders--Test pressure 60 bar and below, First Edition, 2008-07-014, 
Corrected Version, 2008-07-01, into Sec.178.71.
    (23) ISO 6406(E), Gas cylinders--Seamless steel gas cylinders--
Periodic inspection and testing, Second edition, February 2005, into 
Sec.180.207.
    (24) ISO 6892 Metallic materials--Tensile testing, July 15, 1984, 
First Edition, into Sec.178.274.
    (25) ISO 7225(E), Gas cylinders--Precautionary labels, Second 
Edition, July 2005, into Sec.178.71.
    (26) ISO 7866(E), Gas cylinders--Refillable seamless aluminum alloy 
gas cylinders--Design, construction and testing, First edition, June 
1999, into Sec.178.71.
    (27) ISO 7866:2012(E), Gas cylinders--Refillable seamless aluminium 
alloy gas cylinders--Design, construction and testing, Second edition, 
2012-09-01, into Sec.178.71.
    (28) ISO 7866:2012/Cor.1:2014(E), Gas cylinders -- Refillable 
seamless aluminium alloy gas cylinders -- Design,

[[Page 115]]

construction and testing, Technical Corrigendum 1, 2014-04-15, into 
Sec.178.71.
    (29) ISO 8115 Cotton bales--Dimensions and density, 1986 Edition, 
into Sec.172.102.
    (30) ISO 9809-1:1999(E): Gas cylinders--Refillable seamless steel 
gas cylinders--Design, construction and testing--Part 1: Quenched and 
tempered steel cylinders with tensile strength less than 1100 MPa., 
First edition, June 1999, into Sec. Sec.178.37; 178.71; 178.75.
    (31) ISO 9809-1:2010(E): Gas cylinders--Refillable seamless steel 
gas cylinders--Design, construction and testing--Part 1: Quenched and 
tempered steel cylinders with tensile strength less than 1 100 MPa., 
Second edition, 2010-04-15, into Sec. Sec.178.37; 178.71; 178.75.
    (32) ISO 9809-2:2000(E): Gas cylinders--Refillable seamless steel 
gas cylinders--Design, construction and testing--Part 2: Quenched and 
tempered steel cylinders with tensile strength greater than or equal to 
1 100 MPa., First edition, June 2000, into Sec. Sec.178.71; 178.75.
    (33) ISO 9809-2:2010(E): Gas cylinders--Refillable seamless steel 
gas cylinders--Design, construction and testing--Part 2: Quenched and 
tempered steel cylinders with tensile strength greater than or equal to 
1100 MPa., Second edition, 2010-04-15, into Sec. Sec.178.71; 178.75.
    (34) ISO 9809-3:2000(E): Gas cylinders--Refillable seamless steel 
gas cylinders--Design, construction and testing--Part 3: Normalized 
steel cylinders, First edition, December 2000, into Sec. Sec.178.71; 
178.75.
    (35) ISO 9809-3:2010(E): Gas cylinders--Refillable seamless steel 
gas cylinders--Design, construction and testing--Part 3: Normalized 
steel cylinders, Second edition, 2010-04-15, into Sec. Sec.178.71; 
178.75.
    (36) ISO 9809-4:2014(E), Gas cylinders--Refillable seamless steel 
gas cylinders--Design, construction and testing--Part 4: Stainless steel 
cylinders with an Rm value of less than 1 100 MPa, First edition, 2014-
07-15, into Sec. Sec.178.71; 178.75.
    (37) ISO 9978:1992(E)--Radiation protection--Sealed radioactive 
sources--Leakage test methods. First Edition, (February 15, 1992), into 
Sec.173.469.
    (38) ISO 10156:2010(E): Gases and gas mixtures--Determination of 
fire potential and oxidizing ability for the selection of cylinder valve 
outlets, Third edition, 2010-04-01, into Sec.173.115.
    (39) ISO 10156:2010/Cor.1:2010(E): Gases and gas mixtures--
Determination of fire potential and oxidizing ability for the selection 
of cylinder valve outlets, Technical Corrigendum 1, 2010-09-01, into 
Sec.173.115.
    (40) ISO 10297:1999(E), Gas cylinders--Refillable gas cylinder 
valves--Specification and type testing, First Edition, 1995-05-01, into 
Sec. Sec.173.301b; 178.71.
    (41) ISO 10297:2006(E), Transportable gas cylinders--Cylinder 
valves--Specification and type testing, Second Edition, 2006-01-15, into 
Sec. Sec.173.301b; 178.71.
    (42) ISO 10297:2014(E), Gas cylinders--Cylinder valves--
Specification and type testing, Third Edition, 20014-07-15, into 
Sec. Sec.173.301b; 178.71.
    (43) ISO 10461:2005(E), Gas cylinders--Seamless aluminum-alloy gas 
cylinders--Periodic inspection and testing, Second Edition, 2005-02-15 
and Amendment 1, 2006-07-15, into Sec.180.207.
    (44) ISO 10462 (E), Gas cylinders--Transportable cylinders for 
dissolved acetylene--Periodic inspection and maintenance, Second 
edition, February 2005, into Sec.180.207.
    (45) ISO 10462:2013(E), Gas cylinders--Acetylene cylinders--Periodic 
inspection and maintenance, Third edition, 2013-12-15, into Sec.
180.207.
    (46) ISO 10692-2:2001(E), Gas cylinders--Gas cylinder valve 
connections for use in the micro-electronics industry--Part 2: 
Specification and type testing for valve to cylinder connections, First 
Edition, 2001-08-01, into Sec. Sec.173.40; 173.302c.
    (47) ISO 11114-1:2012(E), Gas cylinders--Compatibility of cylinder 
and valve materials with gas contents--Part 1: Metallic materials, 
Second edition, 2012-03-15, into Sec. Sec.172.102; 173.301b; 178.71.
    (48) ISO 11114-2:2013(E), Gas cylinders--Compatibility of cylinder 
and valve materials with gas contents--Part 2: Non-metallic materials, 
Second edition, 2013-04-01, into Sec. Sec.173.301b; 178.71.

[[Page 116]]

    (49) ISO 11117:1998(E): Gas cylinders--Valve protection caps and 
valve guards for industrial and medical gas cylinders.--Design, 
construction and tests, First edition, 1998-08-01, into Sec.173.301b.
    (50) ISO 11117:2008(E): Gas cylinders--Valve protection caps and 
valve guards--Design, construction and tests, Second edition, 2008-09-
01, into Sec.173.301b.
    (51) ISO 11117:2008/Cor.1:2009(E): Gas cylinders--Valve protection 
caps and valve guards--Design, construction and tests, Technical 
Corrigendum 1, 2009-05-01, into Sec.173.301b.
    (52) ISO 11118(E), Gas cylinders--Non-refillable metallic gas 
cylinders--Specification and test methods, First edition, October 1999, 
into Sec.178.71.
    (53) ISO 11119-1(E), Gas cylinders--Gas cylinders of composite 
construction--Specification and test methods--Part 1: Hoop-wrapped 
composite gas cylinders, First edition, May 2002, into Sec.178.71.
    (54) ISO 11119-1:2012(E), Gas cylinders--Refillable composite gas 
cylinders and tubes--Design, construction and testing-- Part 1: Hoop 
wrapped fibre reinforced composite gas cylinders and tubes up to 450 l, 
Second edition, 2012-08-01, into Sec.178.71.
    (55) ISO 11119-2(E), Gas cylinders--Gas cylinders of composite 
construction--Specification and test methods--Part 2: Fully wrapped 
fibre reinforced composite gas cylinders with load-sharing metal liners, 
First edition, May 2002, into Sec.178.71.
    (56) ISO 11119-2:2012(E), Gas cylinders--Refillable composite gas 
cylinders and tubes--Design, construction and testing--Part 2: Fully 
wrapped fibre reinforced composite gas cylinders and tubes up to 450 l 
with load-sharing metal liners, Second edition, 2012-07-15, into Sec.
178.71.
    (57) ISO 11119-2:2012/Amd.1:2014(E), Gas cylinders--Refillable 
composite gas cylinders and tubes--Design, construction and testing--
Part 2: Fully wrapped fibre reinforced composite gas cylinders and tubes 
up to 450 l with load-sharing metal liners, Amendment 1, 2014-08-15, 
into Sec.178.71.
    (58) ISO 11119-3(E), Gas cylinders of composite construction--
Specification and test methods--Part 3: Fully wrapped fibre reinforced 
composite gas cylinders with non-load-sharing metallic or non-metallic 
liners, First edition, September 2002, into Sec.178.71.
    (59) ISO 11119-3:2013(E), Gas cylinders-- Refillable composite gas 
cylinders and tubes--Design, construction and testing--Part 3: Fully 
wrapped fibre reinforced composite gas cylinders and tubes up to 450 l 
with non-load-sharing metallic or non-metallic liners, Second edition, 
2013-04-15, into Sec.178.71.
    (60) ISO 11120(E), Gas cylinders--Refillable seamless steel tubes of 
water capacity between 150 L and 3000 L--Design, construction and 
testing, First edition, March 1999, into Sec. Sec.178.71; 178.75.
    (61) ISO 11513:2011(E), Gas cylinders--Refillable welded steel 
cylinders containing materials for sub-atmospheric gas packaging 
(excluding acetylene)--Design, construction, testing, use and periodic 
inspection, First edition, 2011-09-12, into Sec. Sec.173.302c; 178.71; 
180.207.
    (62) ISO 11621(E), Gas cylinders--Procedures for change of gas 
service, First edition, April 1997, into Sec. Sec.173.302, 173.336, 
173.337.
    (63) ISO 11623(E), Transportable gas cylinders--Periodic inspection 
and testing of composite gas cylinders, First edition, March 2002, into 
Sec.180.207.
    (64) ISO 13340:2001(E) Transportable gas cylinders--Cylinder valves 
for non-refillable cylinders--Specification and prototype testing, First 
edition, 2004-04-01, into Sec. Sec.173.301b; 178.71.
    (65) ISO 13736:2008(E), Determination of flash point--Abel closed-
cup method, Second Edition, 2008-09-15, into Sec.173.120.
    (66) ISO 16111:2008(E), Transportable gas storage devices--Hydrogen 
absorbed in reversible metal hydride, First Edition, 2008-11-15, into 
Sec. Sec.173.301b; 173.311; 178.71.
    (67) ISO 18172-1:2007(E), Gas cylinders--Refillable welded stainless 
steel cylinders--Part 1: Test pressure 6 MPa and below, First Edition, 
2007-03-01, into Sec.178.71.
    (68) ISO 20703:2006(E), Gas cylinders--Refillable welded aluminum-
alloy cylinders--Design, construction and testing, First Edition, 2006-
05-01, into Sec.178.71.

[[Page 117]]

    (x) National Board of Boiler and Pressure Vessel Inspectors, 1055 
Crupper Avenue, Columbus, Ohio 43229.
    (1) NB-23, National Board Inspection Code, A Manual for Boiler and 
Pressure Vessel Inspectors, 1992 Edition, into Sec.180.413.
    (2) [Reserved]
    (y) National Fire Protection Association, 1 Batterymarch Park, 
Quincy, MA, 02169-7471 1-617-770-3000, http://www.nfpa.org.
    (1) NFPA 58-Liquefied Petroleum Gas Code, 2001 Edition, into 
Sec. Sec.173.5, 173.315, 173.301(a)(11).
    (2) NFPA 498-Standards for Safe Havens and Interchange Lots for 
Vehicles Transporting Explosives, 2010 Edition, into Sec.177.835.
    (z) National Institute of Standards and Technology, Department of 
Commerce, 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, VA 22151.
    (1) USDC, NBS Handbook H-28 (1957), 1957 Handbook of Screw-Thread 
Standards for Federal Services, December 1966 Edition, into Sec. Sec.
179.2; 178.45; 178.46.
    (2) [Reserved]
    (aa) Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD), 
OECD Publications and Information Center, 2001 L Street, N.W., Suite 
700, Washington, DC 20036.
    (1) Test No. 404: Acute Dermal Irritation/Corrosion, OECD Guidelines 
for the Testing of Chemicals, Section 4: Health Effects, adopted April 
24, 2002, into Sec.173.137.
    (2) Test No. 430: In VitroSkin Corrosion: Transcutaneous Electrical 
Resistance Test (TER), OECD Guidelines for the Testing of Chemicals, 
Section 4: Health Effects, adopted April 13, 2004, into Sec.173.137.
    (3) OECD (2004), Test No. 431: In VitroSkin Corrosion: Human Skin 
Model Test, OECD Guidelines for the Testing of Chemicals, Section 4: 
Health Effects, OECD Publishing, adopted April 13, 2004, into Sec.
173.137.
    (4) Test No. 435: In VitroMembrane Barrier Test Method for Skin 
Corrosion, OECD Guidelines for the Testing of Chemicals, Section 4: 
Health Effects, adopted July 19, 2006, into Sec.173.137.
    (bb) Transport Canada, Transport Dangerous Goods. Mailstop: ASD 330 
Sparks Street, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada K1A 0N5, 416-973-1868, http://
www.tc.gc.ca.
    (1) Transportation of Dangerous Goods Regulations (Transport Canada 
TDG Regulations), into Sec. Sec.107.801; 107.805; 171.12; 171.22; 
171.23; 172.401; 172.407; 172.502; 172.519; 172.602; 173.31; 173.32; 
173.33; 173.301; 180.205; 180.211; 180.212; 180.413.
    (i) SOR 2001-286, including Clear Language Amendments, August 2001.
    (ii) SOR/2002-306 August 8, 2002.
    (iii) SOR/2003-273 July 24, 2003
    (iv) SOR/2003-400 December 3, 2003
    (v) SOR/2005-216 July 13, 2005
    (vi) SOR/2005-279 September 21, 2005
    (vii) SOR/2008-34 February 7, 2008
    (viii) SOR/2007-179 July 31, 2007
    (ix) SOR/2011-239 November 9, 2011.
    (x) SOR/2011-60 March 16, 2011.
    (xi) SOR/2011-210 October 12, 2011.
    (xii) SOR/2012-245 December 5, 2012.
    (xiii) SOR/2014-152 July 2, 2014.
    (xiv) SOR/2014-159 July 2, 2014.
    (xv) SOR/2014-159 Erratum July 16, 2014.
    (xvi) SOR/2014-152 Erratum August 27, 2014.
    (xvii) SOR/2014-306 December 31, 2014.
    (xviii) SOR/2014-306 Erratum January 28, 2015.
    (xix) SOR/2015-100 May 20, 2015.
    (2) [Reserved]
    (cc) Truck Trailer Manufacturers Association, 1020 Princess Street, 
Alexandria, Virginia 22314.
    (1) TTMA RP No. 61-98, Performance of manhole and/or Fill Opening 
Assemblies on MC 306, DOT 406, Non-ASME MC 312 and Non-ASME DOT 412 
Cargo Tanks, June 1, 1998, into Sec.180.405.
    (2) TTMA RP No. 81-97, Performance of Spring Loaded Pressure Relief 
Valves on MC 306, MC 307, MC 312, DOT 406, DOT 407, and DOT 412 Tanks, 
July 1, 1997 Edition, into Sec. Sec.178.345-10; 178.346-3.
    (3) TTMA TB No. 107, Procedure for Testing In-Service Unmarked and/
or Uncertified MC 306 and Non-ASME MC 312 Type Cargo Tank Manhole 
Covers, June 1, 1998 Edition, into Sec.180.405.
    (dd) United Nations, Bookshop, GA-1B-103, New York, NY 10017, 1-212-
963-7680, https://shop.un.org or [email protected].
    (1) UN Recommendations on the Transport of Dangerous Goods, Model 
Regulations (UN Recommendations),

[[Page 118]]

19th revised edition, Volumes I and II (2015), into Sec. Sec.171.8; 
171.12; 172.202; 172.401; 172.407; 172.502; 172.519; 173.22; 173.24; 
173.24b; 173.40; 173.56; 173.192; 173.302b; 173.304b; 178.75; 178.274.
    (2) UN Recommendations on the Transport of Dangerous Goods, Manual 
of Tests and Criteria, (Manual of Tests and Criteria), Sixth revised 
edition (2015), into Sec. Sec.171.24, 172.102; 173.21; 173.56; 173.57; 
173.58; 173.60; 173.115; 173.124; 173.125; 173.127; 173.128; 173.137; 
173.185; 173.220; 173.221; 173.225, part 173, appendix H; 176.905; 
178.274.
    (3) UN Recommendations on the Transport of Dangerous Goods, Globally 
Harmonized System of Classification and Labelling of Chemicals (GHS), 
Sixth revised edition (2015), into Sec.172.401.

    Table 1 to 49 CFR 171.7--Materials Not Incorporated by Reference
------------------------------------------------------------------------
        Source and name of material                49 CFR reference
------------------------------------------------------------------------
American Biological Safety Association 1202
 Allanson Road, Mundelein, IL 60060:
    Risk Group Classification for            173.134.
     Infectious Agents, 1998.
American Institute of Chemical Engineers
 (AIChE), 3 Park Avenue New York, NY 10016-
 5991:
    Process Safety Progress Journal, Vol.    Note to Sec.
     21, No. 2, Example of a Test Method      173.225(h)(3)(vi).
     for Venting Sizing: OPPSD/SPI
     Methodology.
American Society for Testing and Materials,
 100 Barr Harbor Drive, West Conshohocken,
 PA 19428 (Noncurrent ASTM Standards are
 available from: Engineering Societies
 Library, 354 East 47th Street, New York,
 NY 10017):
    ASTM E 380-89 Standards for Metric       171.10
     Practice.
Association of American Railroads, American
 Railroads Building, 50 F Street, NW.,
 Washington, DC 20001:
    AAR Catalog Nos. SE60CHT; SE60CC;        179.14
     SE60CHTE; SE60CE; SE60DC; SE60DE.
    AAR Catalog Nos. SE67CC; SE67CE;         179.14
     SE67BHT; SE67BC; SE67BHTE; SE67BE.
    AAR Catalog Nos. SE68BHT; SE68BC;        179.14
     SE68BHTE; SE68BE.
    AAR Catalog Nos. SE69AHTE; SE69AE......  179.14
    AAR Catalog Nos. SF70CHT; SF70CC;        179.14
     SF70CHTE; SF70CE.
    AAR Catalog Nos. SF73AC; SF73AE;         179.14
     SF73AHT; SF73AHTE.
    AAR Catalog Nos. SF79CHT; SF79CC;        179.14
     SF79CHTE; SF79CE.
Bureau of Explosives, Hazardous Materials
 Systems (BOE), Association of American
 Railroads, American Railroads Building, 50
 F Street NW., Washington, DC 20001:
    Fetterley's Formula (The Determination   173.315
     of the Relief Dimensions for Safety
     Valves on Containers in which
     Liquefied gas is charged and when the
     exterior surface of the container is
     exposed to a temperature of 1,200
     [deg]F.).
    Intermodal Loading Guide for Products    174.55; 174.101; 174.112;
     in Closed Trailers and Containers,       174.115.
     issued June 2001.
    Pamphlet 6, Illustrating Methods for     174.55; 174.101; 174.112;
     Loading and Bracing Carload and Less-    174.115; 174.290.
     Than-Carload Shipments of Explosives
     and Other Dangerous Articles, 1962.
    Pamphlet 6A (includes appendix No. 1,    174.101; 174.290
     October 1944 and appendix 2, December
     1945), Illustrating Methods for
     Loading and Bracing Carload and Less-
     Than-Carload Shipments of Loaded
     Projectiles, Loaded Bombs, etc., 1943.
    Pamphlet 6C, Illustrating Methods for    174.55; 174.63; 174.101;
     Loading and Bracing Trailers and Less-   174.112; 174.115
     Than-Trailer Shipments of Explosives
     and Other Dangerous Articles Via
     Trailer-on-Flatcar (TOFC) or Container-
     on-Flatcar (COFC), 1985.
    Emergency Handling of Hazardous          171.7
     Materials in Surface Transportation,
     1989.
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention
 1600 Clifton Road, Atlanta, GA 30333:
    Biosafety in Microbiological and         173.134
     Biomedical Laboratories, Fourth
     Edition, April 1999.
National Institutes of Health Bethesda, MD
 20892:
    NIH Guidelines for Research Involving    173.134
     Recombinant DNA Molecules (NIH
     Guidelines), January 2001, Appendix B.
Pantone Incorporated 590 Commerce
 Boulevard, Carlstadt, New Jersey 07072-
 3098:
    Pantone [supreg]Formula guide coated/    172.407, 172.519
     uncoated, Second Edition 2004.
Society of Plastics Industries, Inc.,
 Organic Peroxide Producers Safety
 Division, 1275 K Street NW., Suite 400,
 Washington, DC 20005:
    Self Accelerating Decomposition          173.21
     Temperature Test, 1972.
The Sulphur Institute, 1020 19th St. NW.,
 Suite 520, Washington, DC 20036.
    Molten Sulphur Rail Tank Car Guidance    172.102
     document, November 2010.
Truck Trailer Manufacturers Association,
 1020 Princess Street, Alexandria, Virginia
 22314, telephone (703) 549-3010, http://
 www.ttmanet.org:
    TTMA RP No. 96-01, TTMA RP No. 96-01,    178.345-3
     Structural Integrity of DOT 406, DOT
     407, and DOT 412 Cylindrical Cargo
     Tanks, January 2001 Edition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------


[78 FR 1027, Jan. 7, 2013, as amended at 78 FR 15321, Mar. 11, 2013; 78 
FR 65468, Oct. 31, 2013; 79 FR 15043, Mar. 18, 2014; 79 FR 40609, July 
11, 2014; 80 FR 1114, Jan. 8, 2015; 80 FR 26746, May 8, 2015; 80 FR 
79449, Dec. 21, 2015; 81 FR 25617, Apr. 29, 2016; 81 FR 35513, June 2, 
2016; 82 FR 15833, Mar. 30, 2017; 83 FR 55806, Nov. 7, 2018; 84 FR 6952, 
Feb. 28, 2019]

[[Page 119]]



Sec.171.8  Definitions and abbreviations.

    In this subchapter,
    Administrator means the Administrator, Pipeline and Hazardous 
Materials Safety Administration.
    Adsorbed gas. See Sec.173.115 of this subchapter.
    Aerosol means an article consisting of any non-refillable receptacle 
containing a gas compressed, liquefied or dissolved under pressure, the 
sole purpose of which is to expel a nonpoisonous (other than a Division 
6.1 Packing Group III material) liquid, paste, or powder and fitted with 
a self-closing release device allowing the contents to be ejected by the 
gas.
    Agricultural product means a hazardous material, other than a 
hazardous waste, whose end use directly supports the production of an 
agricultural commodity including, but not limited to a fertilizer, 
pesticide, soil amendment or fuel. An agricultural product is limited to 
a material in Class 3, 8 or 9, Division 2.1, 2.2, 5.1, or 6.1, or an 
ORM-D material.
    Aircraft battery means a battery designed in accordance with a 
recognized aircraft battery design standard (e.g. FAA technical standard 
order) that is capable of meeting all aircraft airworthiness 
requirements and operating regulations.
    Approval means a written authorization, including a competent 
authority approval, issued by the Associate Administrator, the Associate 
Administrator's designee, or as otherwise prescribed in the HMR, to 
perform a function for which prior authorization by the Associate 
Administrator is required under subchapter C of this chapter (49 CFR 
parts 171 through 180).
    Approved means approval issued or recognized by the Department 
unless otherwise specifically indicated in this subchapter.
    Asphyxiant gas means a gas which dilutes or replaces oxygen normally 
in the atmosphere.
    Associate Administrator means the Associate Administrator for 
Hazardous Materials Safety, Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety 
Administration.
    Atmospheric gases means air, nitrogen, oxygen, argon, krypton, neon 
and xenon.
    Authorized Inspection Agency means: (1) A jurisdiction which has 
adopted and administers one or more sections of the ASME Boiler and 
Pressure Vessel Code as a legal requirement and has a representative 
serving as a member of the ASME Conference Committee; or (2) an 
insurance company which has been licensed or registered by the 
appropriate authority of a State of the United States or a Province of 
Canada to underwrite boiler and pressure vessel insurance in such State 
or Province.
    Authorized Inspector means an Inspector who is currently 
commissioned by the National Board of Boiler and Pressure Vessel 
Inspectors and employed as an Inspector by an Authorized Inspection 
Agency.
    Bag means a flexible packaging made of paper, plastic film, 
textiles, woven material or other similar materials.
    Bar means 1 BAR = 100 kPa (14.5 psi).
    Barge means a non-selfpropelled vessel.
    Biological product. See Sec.173.134 of this subchapter.
    Biological substances, Category B. See Sec.173.134 of this 
subchapter.
    Bottle means an inner packaging having a neck of relatively smaller 
cross section than the body and an opening capable of holding a closure 
for retention of the contents.
    Bottom shell means that portion of a tank car tank surface, 
excluding the head ends of the tank car tank, that lies within two feet, 
measured circumferentially, of the bottom longitudinal center line of 
the tank car tank.
    Box means a packaging with complete rectangular or polygonal faces, 
made of metal, wood, plywood, reconstituted wood, fiberboard, plastic, 
or other suitable material. Holes appropriate to the size and use of the 
packaging, for purposes such as ease of handling or opening, or to meet 
classification requirements, are permitted as long as they do not 
compromise the integrity of the packaging during transportation, and are 
not otherwise prohibited in this subchapter.
    Break-bulk means packages of hazardous materials that are handled 
individually, palletized, or unitized for purposes of transportation as 
opposed to bulk and containerized freight.

[[Page 120]]

    Btu means British thermal unit.
    Bulk packaging means a packaging, other than a vessel or a barge, 
including a transport vehicle or freight container, in which hazardous 
materials are loaded with no intermediate form of containment. A Large 
Packaging in which hazardous materials are loaded with an intermediate 
form of containment, such as one or more articles or inner packagings, 
is also a bulk packaging. Additionally, a bulk packaging has:
    (1) A maximum capacity greater than 450 L (119 gallons) as a 
receptacle for a liquid;
    (2) A maximum net mass greater than 400 kg (882 pounds) and a 
maximum capacity greater than 450 L (119 gallons) as a receptacle for a 
solid; or
    (3) A water capacity greater than 454 kg (1000 pounds) as a 
receptacle for a gas as defined in Sec.173.115 of this subchapter.
    Bundle of cylinders means assemblies of UN cylinders fastened 
together and interconnected by a manifold and transported as a unit. The 
total water capacity for the bundle may not exceed 3,000 L, except that 
a bundle intended for the transport of gases in Division 2.3 is limited 
to a water capacity of 1,000 L. Not permitted for air transport.
    Bureau of Explosives means the Bureau of Explosives (B of E) of the 
Association of American Railroads.
    C means Celsius or Centigrade.
    Captain of the Port (COTP) means the officer of the Coast Guard, 
under the command of a District Commander, so designated by the 
Commandant for the purpose of giving immediate direction to Coast Guard 
law enforcement activities within an assigned area. As used in this 
subchapter, the term Captain of the Port includes an authorized 
representative of the Captain of the Port.
    Carfloat means a vessel that operates on a short run on an irregular 
basis and serves one or more points in a port area as an extension of a 
rail line or highway over water, and does not operate in ocean, 
coastwise, or ferry service.
    Cargo aircraft only means an aircraft that is used to transport 
cargo and is not engaged in carrying passengers. For purposes of this 
subchapter, the terms cargo aircraft only, cargo-only aircraft and cargo 
aircraft have the same meaning.
    Cargo tank means a bulk packaging that:
    (1) Is a tank intended primarily for the carriage of liquids or 
gases and includes appurtenances, reinforcements, fittings, and closures 
(for the definition of a tank, see 49 CFR 178.320, 178.337-1, or 
178.338-1, as applicable);
    (2) Is permanently attached to or forms a part of a motor vehicle, 
or is not permanently attached to a motor vehicle but which, by reason 
of its size, construction or attachment to a motor vehicle is loaded or 
unloaded without being removed from the motor vehicle; and
    (3) Is not fabricated under a specification for cylinders, 
intermediate bulk containers, multi-unit tank car tanks, portable tanks, 
or tank cars.
    Cargo tank motor vehicle means a motor vehicle with one or more 
cargo tanks permanently attached to or forming an integral part of the 
motor vehicle.
    Cargo vessel means: (1) Any vessel other than a passenger vessel; 
and
    (2) Any ferry being operated under authority of a change of 
character certificate issued by a Coast Guard Officer-in-Charge, Marine 
Inspection.
    Carrier means a person who transports passengers or property in 
commerce by rail car, aircraft, motor vehicle, or vessel.
    CC means closed-cup.
    Character of vessel means the type of service in which the vessel is 
engaged at the time of carriage of a hazardous material.
    Class means hazard class. See hazard class.
    Class 1. See Sec.173.50 of this subchapter.
    Class 2. See Sec.173.115 of this subchapter.
    Class 3. See Sec.173.120 of this subchapter.
    Class 4. See Sec.173.124 of this subchapter.
    Class 5. See Sec.173.128 of this subchapter.
    Class 6. See Sec.173.132 of this subchapter.
    Class 7. See Sec.173.403 of this subchapter.
    Class 8. See Sec.173.136 of this subchapter.

[[Page 121]]

    Class 9. See Sec.173.140 of this subchapter.
    Closure means a device which closes an opening in a receptacle.
    COFC means container-on-flat-car.
    Combination packaging means a combination of packaging, for 
transport purposes, consisting of one or more inner packagings secured 
in a non-bulk outer packaging. It does not include a composite 
packaging.
    Combustible liquid. See Sec.173.120 of this subchapter.
    Commerce means trade or transportation in the jurisdiction of the 
United States within a single state; between a place in a state and a 
place outside of the state; that affects trade or transportation between 
a place in a state and place outside of the state; or on a United 
States-registered aircraft.
    Compatibility group letter means a designated alphabetical letter 
used to categorize different types of explosive substances and articles 
for purposes of stowage and segregation. See Sec.173.52 of this 
subchapter.
    Competent Authority means a national agency responsible under its 
national law for the control or regulation of a particular aspect of the 
transportation of hazardous materials (dangerous goods). The term 
Appropriate Authority, as used in the ICAO Technical Instructions (IBR, 
see Sec.171.7), has the same meaning as Competent Authority. For 
purposes of this subchapter, the Associate Administrator is the 
Competent Authority for the United States.
    Composite packaging means a packaging consisting of an outer 
packaging and an inner receptacle, so constructed that the inner 
receptacle and the outer packaging form an integral packaging. Once 
assembled it remains thereafter an integrated single unit; it is filled, 
stored, shipped and emptied as such.
    Compressed gas. See Sec.173.115 of this subchapter.
    Consignee means the person or place shown on a shipping document, 
package marking, or other media as the location to which a carrier is 
directed to transport a hazardous material.
    Consumer commodity means a material that is packaged and distributed 
in a form intended or suitable for sale through retail sales agencies or 
instrumentalities for consumption by individuals for purposes of 
personal care or household use. This term also includes drugs and 
medicines.
    Container ship means a cargo vessel designed and constructed to 
transport, within specifically designed cells, portable tanks and 
freight containers which are lifted on and off with their contents 
intact.
    Corrosive material. See Sec.173.136 of this subchapter.
    Crate means an outer packaging with incomplete surfaces.
    Crewmember means a person assigned to perform duty in an aircraft 
during flight time.
    Cryogenic liquid. See Sec.173.115(g) of this subchapter.
    Cultures and stocks. See Sec.173.134 of this subchapter.
    Cylinder means a pressure vessel designed for pressures higher than 
40 psia and having a circular cross section. It does not include a 
portable tank, multi-unit tank car tank, cargo tank, or tank car.
    Dangerous when wet material. See Sec.173.124 of this subchapter.
    Design Certifying Engineer means a person registered with the 
Department in accordance with subpart F of part 107 of this chapter who 
has the knowledge and ability to perform stress analysis of pressure 
vessels and otherwise determine whether a cargo tank design and 
construction meets the applicable DOT specification. A Design Certifying 
Engineer meets the knowledge and ability requirements of this section by 
meeting any one of the following requirements:
    (1) Has an engineering degree and one year of work experience in 
cargo tank structural or mechanical design;
    (2) Is currently registered as a professional engineer by 
appropriate authority of a state of the United States or a province of 
Canada; or
    (3) Has at least three years' experience in performing the duties of 
a Design Certifying Engineer prior to September 1, 1991.
    Design life, for composite cylinders and tubes, means the maximum 
life (in number of years) to which the cylinder or tube is designed and 
approved in accordance with the applicable standard.
    Designated facility means a hazardous waste treatment, storage, or 
disposal

[[Page 122]]

facility that has been designated on the manifest by the generator.
    Display pack means a package intended to be placed at retail 
locations which provide direct customer access to consumer commodities 
contained within the package when all or part of the outer fiberboard 
packaging is removed.
    District Commander means the District Commander of the Coast Guard, 
or his authorized representative, who has jurisdiction in the particular 
geographical area.
    Division means a subdivision of a hazard class.
    DOD means the U.S. Department of Defense.
    Domestic transportation means transportation between places within 
the United States other than through a foreign country.
    DOT or Department means U.S. Department of Transportation.
    Drum means a flat-ended or convex-ended cylindrical packaging made 
of metal, fiberboard, plastic, plywood, or other suitable materials. 
This definition also includes packagings of other shapes made of metal 
or plastic (e.g., round taper-necked packagings or pail-shaped 
packagings) but does not include cylinders, jerricans, wooden barrels or 
bulk packagings.
    Electronic data interchange (EDI) means the computer-to-computer 
exchange of business data in standard formats. In EDI, information is 
organized according to a specific format (electronic transmission 
protocol) agreed upon by the sender and receiver of this information, 
and transmitted through a computer transaction that requires no human 
intervention or retyping at either end of the transmission.
    Elevated temperature material means a material which, when offered 
for transportation or transported in a bulk packaging:
    (1) Is in a liquid phase and at a temperature at or above 100 [deg]C 
(212 [deg]F);
    (2) Is in a liquid phase with a flash point at or above 38 [deg]C 
(100 [deg]F) that is intentionally heated and offered for transportation 
or transported at or above its flash point; or
    (3) Is in a solid phase and at a temperature at or above 240 [deg]C 
(464 [deg]F).
    Engine means a locomotive propelled by any form of energy and used 
by a railroad.
    EPA means U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.
    Etiologic agent. See Sec.173.134 of this subchapter.
    EX number means a number preceded by the prefix ``EX'', assigned by 
the Associate Administrator, to an item that has been evaluated under 
the provisions of Sec.173.56 of this subchapter.
    Explosive. See Sec.173.50 of this subchapter.
    F means degree Fahrenheit.
    Farmer means a person engaged in the production or raising of crops, 
poultry, or livestock.
    FC number means a number preceded by the prefix ``FC'', assigned by 
a Fireworks Certification Agency to a Division 1.4G Consumer firework 
device that has been certified under the provisions of Sec.173.65 of 
this subchapter.
    Federal hazardous material transportation law means 49 U.S.C. 5101 
et seq.
    Ferry vessel means a vessel which is limited in its use to the 
carriage of deck passengers or vehicles or both, operates on a short run 
on a frequent schedule between two points over the most direct water 
route, other than in ocean or coastwise service, and is offered as a 
public service of a type normally attributed to a bridge or tunnel.
    Filling density has the following meanings:
    (1) For compressed gases in cylinders, see Sec.173.304a(a)(2) 
table note 1.
    (2) For compressed gases in tank cars, see Sec.173.314(c) table 
note 1.
    (3) For compressed gases in cargo tanks and portable tanks, see 
Sec.173.315(a) table note 1.
    (4) For cryogenic liquids in cylinders, except hydrogen, see Sec.
173.316(c)(1).
    (5) For hydrogen, cryogenic liquid in cylinders, see Sec.
173.316(c)(3) table note 1.
    (6) For cryogenic liquids in cargo tanks, see Sec.173.318(f)(1).
    (7) For cryogenic liquids in tank cars, see Sec.173.319(d)(1).
    Flammable gas. See Sec.173.115 of this subchapter.
    Flammable liquid. See Sec.173.120 of this subchapter.
    Flammable solid. See Sec.173.124 of this subchapter.

[[Page 123]]

    Flexible bulk container means a flexible container with a capacity 
not exceeding 15 cubic meters and includes liners and attached handling 
devices and service equipment.
    Flash point. See Sec.173.120 of this subchapter.
    Freight container means a reusable container having a volume of 64 
cubic feet or more, designed and constructed to permit being lifted with 
its contents intact and intended primarily for containment of packages 
(in unit form) during transportation.
    Fuel cell means an electrochemical device that converts the energy 
of the chemical reaction between a fuel, such as hydrogen or hydrogen 
rich gases, alcohols, or hydrocarbons, and an oxidant, such as air or 
oxygen, to direct current (d.c.) power, heat, and other reaction 
products.
    Fuel cell cartridge or fuel cartridge means an article that stores 
fuel for discharge into the fuel cell through a valve(s) that controls 
the discharge of fuel into the fuel cell.
    Fuel cell system means a fuel cell with an installed fuel cell 
cartridge together with wiring, valves, and other attachments that 
connect the fuel cell or cartridge to the device it powers. The fuel 
cell or cartridge may be so constructed that it forms an integral part 
of the device or may be removed and connected manually to the device.
    Fuel tank means a tank other than a cargo tank, used to transport 
flammable or combustible liquid, or compressed gas for the purpose of 
supplying fuel for propulsion of the transport vehicle to which it is 
attached, or for the operation of other equipment on the transport 
vehicle.
    Fumigated lading. See Sec. Sec.172.302(g) and 173.9.
    Gas means a material which has a vapor pressure greater than 300 kPa 
(43.5 psia) at 50 [deg]C (122 [deg]F) or is completely gaseous at 20 
[deg]C (68 [deg]F) at a standard pressure of 101.3 kPa (14.7 psia).
    Gross weight or Gross mass means the weight of a packaging plus the 
weight of its contents.
    Hazard class means the category of hazard assigned to a hazardous 
material under the definitional criteria of part 173 of this subchapter 
and the provisions of the Sec.172.101 table. A material may meet the 
defining criteria for more than one hazard class but is assigned to only 
one hazard class.
    Hazard zone means one of four levels of hazard (Hazard Zones A 
through D) assigned to gases, as specified in Sec.173.116(a) of this 
subchapter, and one of two levels of hazards (Hazard Zones A and B) 
assigned to liquids that are poisonous by inhalation, as specified in 
Sec.173.133(a) of this subchapter. A hazard zone is based on the LC50 
value for acute inhalation toxicity of gases and vapors, as specified in 
Sec.173.133(a).
    Hazardous material means a substance or material that the Secretary 
of Transportation has determined is capable of posing an unreasonable 
risk to health, safety, and property when transported in commerce, and 
has designated as hazardous under section 5103 of Federal hazardous 
materials transportation law (49 U.S.C. 5103). The term includes 
hazardous substances, hazardous wastes, marine pollutants, elevated 
temperature materials, materials designated as hazardous in the 
Hazardous Materials Table (see 49 CFR 172.101), and materials that meet 
the defining criteria for hazard classes and divisions in part 173 of 
this subchapter.
    Hazardous substance for the purposes of this subchapter, means a 
material, including its mixtures and solutions, that--
    (1) Is listed in the appendix A to Sec.172.101 of this subchapter;
    (2) Is in a quantity, in one package, which equals or exceeds the 
reportable quantity (RQ) listed in the appendix A to Sec.172.101 of 
this subchapter; and
    (3) When in a mixture or solution--
    (i) For radionuclides, conforms to paragraph 7 of the appendix A to 
Sec.172.101.
    (ii) For other than radionuclides, is in a concentration by weight 
which equals or exceeds the concentration corresponding to the RQ of the 
material, as shown in the following table:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                      Concentration by
                                                           weight
               RQ pounds (kilograms)               ---------------------
                                                     Percent      PPM
------------------------------------------------------------------------
5000 (2270).......................................         10    100,000
1000 (454)........................................          2     20,000
100 (45.4)........................................        0.2      2,000
10 (4.54).........................................       0.02        200
1 (0.454).........................................      0.002         20
------------------------------------------------------------------------


[[Page 124]]

    The term does not include petroleum, including crude oil or any 
fraction thereof which is not otherwise specifically listed or 
designated as a hazardous substance in appendix A to Sec.172.101 of 
this subchapter, and the term does not include natural gas, natural gas 
liquids, liquefied natural gas, or synthetic gas usable for fuel (or 
mixtures of natural gas and such synthetic gas).
    Hazardous waste, for the purposes of this chapter, means any 
material that is subject to the Hazardous Waste Manifest Requirements of 
the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency specified in 40 CFR part 262.
    Hazmat means a hazardous material.
    Hazmat employee means: (1) A person who is:
    (i) Employed on a full-time, part time, or temporary basis by a 
hazmat employer and who in the course of such full time, part time or 
temporary employment directly affects hazardous materials transportation 
safety;
    (ii) Self-employed (including an owner-operator of a motor vehicle, 
vessel, or aircraft) transporting hazardous materials in commerce who in 
the course of such self-employment directly affects hazardous materials 
transportation safety;
    (iii) A railroad signalman; or
    (iv) A railroad maintenance-of-way employee.
    (2) This term includes an individual, employed on a full time, part 
time, or temporary basis by a hazmat employer, or who is self-employed, 
who during the course of employment:
    (i) Loads, unloads, or handles hazardous materials;
    (ii) Designs, manufactures, fabricates, inspects, marks, maintains, 
reconditions, repairs, or tests a package, container or packaging 
component that is represented, marked, certified, or sold as qualified 
for use in transporting hazardous material in commerce.
    (iii) Prepares hazardous materials for transportation;
    (iv) Is responsible for safety of transporting hazardous materials;
    (v) Operates a vehicle used to transport hazardous materials.
    Hazmat employer means:
    (1) A person who employs or uses at least one hazmat employee on a 
full-time, part time, or temporary basis; and who:
    (i) Transports hazardous materials in commerce;
    (ii) Causes hazardous materials to be transported in commerce; or
    (iii) Designs, manufactures, fabricates, inspects, marks, maintains, 
reconditions, repairs or tests a package, container, or packaging 
component that is represented, marked, certified, or sold by that person 
as qualified for use in transporting hazardous materials in commerce;
    (2) A person who is self-employed (including an owner-operator of a 
motor vehicle, vessel, or aircraft) transporting materials in commerce; 
and who:
    (i) Transports hazardous materials in commerce;
    (ii) Causes hazardous materials to be transported in commerce; or
    (iii) Designs, manufactures, fabricates, inspects, marks, maintains, 
reconditions, repairs or tests a package, container, or packaging 
component that is represented, marked, certified, or sold by that person 
as qualified for use in transporting hazardous materials in commerce; or
    (3) A department, agency, or instrumentality of the United States 
Government, or an authority of a State, political subdivision of a 
State, or an Indian tribe; and who:
    (i) Transports hazardous materials in commerce;
    (ii) Causes hazardous materials to be transported in commerce; or
    (iii) Designs, manufactures, fabricates, inspects, marks, maintains, 
reconditions, repairs or tests a package, container, or packaging 
component that is represented, marked, certified, or sold by that person 
as qualified for use in transporting hazardous materials in commerce.
    Hermetically sealed means closed by fusion, gasketing, crimping, or 
equivalent means so that no gas or vapor can enter or escape.
    High-hazard flammable train (HHFT) means a single train transporting 
20 or more loaded tank cars of a Class 3 flammable liquid in a 
continuous block or a single train carrying 35 or more

[[Page 125]]

loaded tank cars of a Class 3 flammable liquid throughout the train 
consist.
    High-hazard flammable unit train (HHFUT) means a single train 
transporting 70 or more loaded tank cars containing Class 3 flammable 
liquid.
    Household waste means any solid waste (including garbage, trash, and 
sanitary waste from septic tanks) derived from households (including 
single and multiple residences, hotels and motels, bunkhouses, ranger 
stations, crew quarters, campgrounds, picnic grounds, and day-use 
recreation areas). This term is not applicable to consolidated shipments 
of household hazardous materials transported from collection centers. A 
collection center is a central location where household waste is 
collected.
    HMR means the Hazardous Materials Regulations, parts 171 through 180 
of this chapter.
    IAEA means International Atomic Energy Agency.
    IATA means International Air Transport Association.
    ICAO means International Civil Aviation Organization.
    IMO means International Maritime Organization.
    Incorporated by reference or IBR means a publication or a portion of 
a publication that is made a part of the regulations of this subchapter. 
See Sec.171.7.
    Infectious substance (etiologic agent). See Sec.173.134 of this 
subchapter.
    Inner packaging means a packaging for which an outer packaging is 
required for transport. It does not include the inner receptacle of a 
composite packaging.
    Inner receptacle means a receptacle which requires an outer 
packaging in order to perform its containment function. The inner 
receptacle may be an inner packaging of a combination packaging or the 
inner receptacle of a composite packaging.
    Intermediate bulk container or IBC means a rigid or flexible 
portable packaging, other than a cylinder or portable tank, which is 
designed for mechanical handling. Standards for IBCs manufactured in the 
United States are set forth in subparts N and O of part 178 of this 
subchapter.
    Intermediate packaging means a packaging which encloses an inner 
packaging or article and is itself enclosed in an outer packaging.
    Intermodal container means a freight container designed and 
constructed to permit it to be used interchangeably in two or more modes 
of transport.
    Intermodal portable tank or IM portable tank means a specific class 
of portable tanks designed primarily for international intermodal use.
    International transportation means transportation--
    (1) Between any place in the United States and any place in a 
foreign country;
    (2) Between places in the United States through a foreign country; 
or
    (3) Between places in one or more foreign countries through the 
United States.
    Irritating material. See Sec.173.132(a)(2) of this subchapter.
    Jerrican means a metal or plastic packaging of rectangular or 
polygonal cross-section.
    Large packaging means a packaging that--
    (1) Consists of an outer packaging that contains articles or inner 
packagings;
    (2) Is designated for mechanical handling;
    (3) Exceeds 400 kg net mass or 450 liters (118.9 gallons) capacity;
    (4) Has a volume of not more than 3 cubic meters (m\3\) (see Sec.
178.801(i) of this subchapter); and
    (5) Conforms to the requirements for the construction, testing and 
marking of Large Packagings as specified in subparts P and Q of part 178 
of this subchapter.
    Large salvage packaging means a special packaging into which 
damaged, defective, leaking or non-conforming hazardous materials 
packages, or hazardous materials that have spilled or leaked are placed 
for the purpose of transport for recovery or disposal, that--
    (1) Is designed for mechanical handling; and
    (2) Has a net mass greater than 400 kg (882 pounds) or a capacity of 
greater than 450 L (119 gallons), but has a volume of not more than 3 
cubic meters (106 cubic feet).

[[Page 126]]

    Limited quantity, when specified as such in a section applicable to 
a particular material, means the maximum amount of a hazardous material 
for which there is a specific labeling or packaging exception.
    Lighter means a mechanically operated flame-producing device 
employing an ignition device and containing a Class 3 or a Division 2.1 
material. For design, capacity, and filling density requirements for 
lighters containing a Division 2.1 material, see Sec.173.308.
    Lighter refill means a pressurized container that does not contain 
an ignition device but does contain a release device and is intended for 
use as a replacement cartridge in a lighter or to refill a lighter with 
a Division 2.1 flammable gas fuel. For capacity limits, see Sec.
173.306(h) of this subchapter.
    Liquid means a material, other than an elevated temperature 
material, with a melting point or initial melting point of 20 [deg]C (68 
[deg]F) or lower at a standard pressure of 101.3 kPa (14.7 psia). A 
viscous material for which a specific melting point cannot be determined 
must be subjected to the procedures specified in ASTM D 4359 ``Standard 
Test Method for Determining Whether a Material is Liquid or Solid'' 
(IBR, see Sec.171.7).
    Liquid phase means a material that meets the definition of liquid 
when evaluated at the higher of the temperature at which it is offered 
for transportation or at which it is transported, not at the 38 [deg]C 
(100 [deg]F) temperature specified in ASTM D 4359 (IBR, see Sec.
171.7).
    Lithium ion cell or battery means a rechargeable electrochemical 
cell or battery in which the positive and negative electrodes are both 
lithium compounds constructed with no metallic lithium in either 
electrode. A lithium ion polymer cell or battery that uses lithium ion 
chemistries, as described herein, is regulated as a lithium ion cell or 
battery.
    Lithium metal cell or battery means an electrochemical cell or 
battery utilizing lithium metal or lithium alloys as the anode. The 
lithium content of a lithium metal or lithium alloy cell or battery is 
measured when the cell or battery is in an undischarged state. The 
lithium content of a lithium metal or lithium alloy battery is the sum 
of the grams of lithium content contained in the component cells of the 
battery.
    Loading incidental to movement means loading by carrier personnel or 
in the presence of carrier personnel of packaged or containerized 
hazardous material onto a transport vehicle, aircraft, or vessel for the 
purpose of transporting it, including the loading, blocking and bracing 
a hazardous materials package in a freight container or transport 
vehicle, and segregating a hazardous materials package in a freight 
container or transport vehicle from incompatible cargo. For a bulk 
packaging, loading incidental to movement means filling the packaging 
with a hazardous material for the purpose of transporting it. Loading 
incidental to movement includes transloading.
    Magazine vessel means a vessel used for the receiving, storing, or 
dispensing of explosives.
    Magnetic material. See Sec.173.21(d) of this subchapter.
    Marine pollutant, means a material which is listed in appendix B to 
Sec.172.101 of this subchapter (also see Sec.171.4) and, when in a 
solution or mixture of one or more marine pollutants, is packaged in a 
concentration which equals or exceeds:
    (1) Ten percent by weight of the solution or mixture for materials 
listed in the appendix; or
    (2) One percent by weight of the solution or mixture for materials 
that are identified as severe marine pollutants in the appendix.
    Marking means a descriptive name, identification number, 
instructions, cautions, weight, specification, or UN marks, or 
combinations thereof, required by this subchapter on outer packagings of 
hazardous materials.
    Material of trade means a hazardous material, other than a hazardous 
waste, that is carried on a motor vehicle--
    (1) For the purpose of protecting the health and safety of the motor 
vehicle operator or passengers;
    (2) For the purpose of supporting the operation or maintenance of a 
motor vehicle (including its auxiliary equipment); or

[[Page 127]]

    (3) By a private motor carrier (including vehicles operated by a 
rail carrier) in direct support of a principal business that is other 
than transportation by motor vehicle.
    Material poisonous by inhalation or Material toxic by inhalation 
means:
    (1) A gas meeting the defining criteria in Sec.173.115(c) of this 
subchapter and assigned to Hazard Zone A, B, C, or D in accordance with 
Sec.173.116(a) of this subchapter;
    (2) A liquid (other than as a mist) meeting the defining criteria in 
Sec.173.132(a)(1)(iii) of this subchapter and assigned to Hazard Zone 
A or B in accordance with Sec.173.133(a) of this subchapter; or
    (3) Any material identified as an inhalation hazard by a special 
provision in column 7 of the Sec.172.101 table.
    Maximum allowable working pressure or MAWP: For DOT specification 
cargo tanks used to transport liquid hazardous materials, see Sec.
178.320(a) of this subchapter.
    Maximum capacity means the maximum inner volume of receptacles or 
packagings.
    Maximum net mass means the allowable maximum net mass of contents in 
a single packaging, or as used in subpart M of part 178 of this 
subchapter, the maximum combined mass of inner packaging, and the 
contents thereof.
    Mechanical displacement meter prover means a mechanical device used 
in the oilfield service industry consisting of a pipe assembly that is 
used to calibrate the accuracy and performance of meters that measure 
the quantities of a product being pumped or transferred at facilities 
such as drilling locations, refineries, tank farms, and loading racks.
    Metered delivery service means a cargo tank unloading operation 
conducted at a metered flow rate of 378.5 L (100 gallons) per minute or 
less through an attached delivery hose with a nominal inside diameter of 
3.175 cm (1\1/4\ inches) or less.
    Metal hydride storage system means a single complete hydrogen 
storage system that includes a receptacle, metal hydride, pressure 
relief device, shut-off valve, service equipment and internal components 
used for the transportation of hydrogen only.
    Miscellaneous hazardous material. See Sec.173.140 of this 
subchapter.
    Mixture means a material composed of more than one chemical compound 
or element.
    Mode means any of the following transportation methods; rail, 
highway, air, or water.
    Motor vehicle includes a vehicle, machine, tractor, trailer, or 
semitrailer, or any combination thereof, propelled or drawn by 
mechanical power and used upon the highways in the transportation of 
passengers or property. It does not include a vehicle, locomotive, or 
car operated exclusively on a rail or rails, or a trolley bus operated 
by electric power derived from a fixed overhead wire, furnishing local 
passenger transportation similar to street-railway service.
    Movement means the physical transfer of a hazardous material from 
one geographic location to another by rail car, aircraft, motor vehicle, 
or vessel.
    Multiple-element gas container or MEGC means assemblies of UN 
cylinders, tubes, or bundles of cylinders interconnected by a manifold 
and assembled within a framework. The term includes all service 
equipment and structural equipment necessary for the transport of gases.
    Name of contents means the proper shipping name as specified in 
Sec.172.101 of this subchapter.
    Navigable waters means, for the purposes of this subchapter, waters 
of the United States, including the territorial seas.
    Neutron Radiation Detector means a device that detects neutron 
radiation. In such a device, a gas may be contained in a hermetically 
sealed electron tube transducer that converts neutron radiation into a 
measurable electric signal.
    Non-bulk packaging means a packaging which has:
    (1) A maximum capacity of 450 L (119 gallons) or less as a 
receptacle for a liquid;
    (2) A maximum net mass of 400 kg (882 pounds) or less and a maximum 
capacity of 450 L (119 gallons) or less as a receptacle for a solid;
    (3) A water capacity of 454 kg (1000 pounds) or less as a receptacle 
for a gas

[[Page 128]]

as defined in Sec.173.115 of this subchapter; or
    (4) Regardless of the definition of bulk packaging, a maximum net 
mass of 400 kg (882 pounds) or less for a bag or a box conforming to the 
applicable requirements for specification packagings, including the 
maximum net mass limitations, provided in subpart L of part 178 of this 
subchapter.
    Nonflammable gas. See Sec.173.115 of this subchapter.
    N.O.S. means not otherwise specified.
    N.O.S. description means a shipping description from the Sec.
172.101 table which includes the abbreviation n.o.s.
    NPT means an American Standard taper pipe thread conforming to the 
requirements of NBS Handbook H-28 (IBR, see Sec.171.7).
    NRC (non-reusable container) means a packaging (container) whose 
reuse is restricted in accordance with the provisions of Sec.173.28 of 
this subchapter.
    Occupied caboose means a rail car being used to transport non-
passenger personnel.
    Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection means a person from the 
civilian or military branch of the Coast Guard designated as such by the 
Commandant and who under the supervision and direction of the Coast 
Guard District Commander is in charge of a designated inspection zone 
for the performance of duties with respect to the enforcement and 
administration of title 52, Revised Statutes, acts amendatory thereof or 
supplemental thereto, rules and regulations thereunder, and the 
inspection required thereby.
    Offshore supply vessel means a cargo vessel of less than 500 gross 
tons that regularly transports goods, supplies or equipment in support 
of exploration or production of offshore mineral or energy resources.
    Open cryogenic receptacle means a transportable thermally insulated 
receptacle for refrigerated liquefied gases maintained at atmospheric 
pressure by continuous venting of the refrigerated gas.
    Operator means a person who controls the use of an aircraft, vessel, 
or vehicle.
    Organic peroxide. See Sec.173.128 of this subchapter.
    ORM means other regulated material. See Sec.173.144 of this 
subchapter.
    Outage or ullage means the amount by which a packaging falls short 
of being liquid full, usually expressed in percent by volume.
    Outer packaging means the outermost enclosure of a composite or 
combination packaging together with any absorbent materials, cushioning 
and any other components necessary to contain and protect inner 
receptacles or inner packagings.
    Overpack, except as provided in subpart K of part 178 of this 
subchapter, means an enclosure that is used by a single consignor to 
provide protection or convenience in handling of a package or to 
consolidate two or more packages. Overpack does not include a transport 
vehicle, freight container, or aircraft unit load device. Examples of 
overpacks are one or more packages:
    (1) Placed or stacked onto a load board such as a pallet and secured 
by strapping, shrink wrapping, stretch wrapping, or other suitable 
means; or
    (2) Placed in a protective outer packaging such as a box or crate.
    Oxidizer. See Sec.173.127 of this subchapter.
    Oxidizing gas means a gas which may, generally by providing oxygen, 
cause or contribute to the combustion of other material more than air 
does.
    Oxidizing gas means a gas that may, generally by providing oxygen, 
cause or contribute to the combustion of other material more than air 
does. Specifically, this means a pure gas or gas mixture with an 
oxidizing power greater than 23.5% as determined by a method specified 
in ISO 10156: or 10156-2: (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this subchapter) (see 
also Sec.173.115(k)).
    Oxygen generator (chemical) means a device containing chemicals that 
upon activation release oxygen as a product of chemical reaction.
    Package or Outside Package means a packaging plus its contents. For 
radioactive materials, see Sec.173.403 of this subchapter.
    Packaging means a receptacle and any other components or materials 
necessary for the receptacle to perform

[[Page 129]]

its containment function in conformance with the minimum packing 
requirements of this subchapter. For radioactive materials packaging, 
see Sec.173.403 of this subchapter.
    Packing group means a grouping according to the degree of danger 
presented by hazardous materials. Packing Group I indicates great 
danger; Packing Group II, medium danger; Packing Group III, minor 
danger. See Sec.172.101(f) of this subchapter.
    Passenger (With respect to vessels and for the purposes of part 176 
only) means a person being carried on a vessel other than:
    (1) The owner or his representative;
    (2) The operator;
    (3) A bona fide member of the crew engaged in the business of the 
vessel who has contributed no consideration for his carriage and who is 
paid for his services; or
    (4) A guest who has not contributed any consideration directly or 
indirectly for his carriage.
    Passenger-carrying aircraft means an aircraft that carries any 
person other than a crewmember, company employee, an authorized 
representative of the United States, or a person accompanying the 
shipment.
    Passenger vessel means--
    (1) A vessel subject to any of the requirements of the International 
Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974, which carries more than 
12 passengers;
    (2) A cargo vessel documented under the laws of the United States 
and not subject to that Convention, which carries more than 16 
passengers;
    (3) A cargo vessel of any foreign nation that extends reciprocal 
privileges and is not subject to that Convention and which carries more 
than 16 passengers; and
    (4) A vessel engaged in a ferry operation and which carries 
passengers.
    Person means an individual, corporation, company, association, firm, 
partnership, society, joint stock company; or a government, Indian 
Tribe, or authority of a government or Tribe, that offers a hazardous 
material for transportation in commerce, transports a hazardous material 
to support a commercial enterprise, or designs, manufactures, 
fabricates, inspects, marks, maintains, reconditions, repairs, or tests 
a package, container, or packaging component that is represented, 
marked, certified, or sold as qualified for use in transporting 
hazardous material in commerce. This term does not include the United 
States Postal Service or, for purposes of 49 U.S.C. 5123 and 5124, a 
Department, agency, or instrumentality of the government.
    Person who offers or offeror means:
    (1) Any person who does either or both of the following:
    (i) Performs, or is responsible for performing, any pre-
transportation function required under this subchapter for 
transportation of the hazardous material in commerce.
    (ii) Tenders or makes the hazardous material available to a carrier 
for transportation in commerce.
    (2) A carrier is not an offeror when it performs a function required 
by this subchapter as a condition of acceptance of a hazardous material 
for transportation in commerce (e.g., reviewing shipping papers, 
examining packages to ensure that they are in conformance with this 
subchapter, or preparing shipping documentation for its own use) or when 
it transfers a hazardous material to another carrier for continued 
transportation in commerce without performing a pre-transportation 
function.
    PHMSA means the Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety 
Administration, U.S. Department of Transportation, Washington, DC 20590.
    Placarded car means a rail car which is placarded in accordance with 
the requirements of part 172 of this subchapter.
    Poisonous gas. See Sec.173.115 of this subchapter.
    Poisonous materials. See Sec.173.132 of this subchapter.
    Portable tank means a bulk packaging (except a cylinder having a 
water capacity of 1000 pounds or less) designed primarily to be loaded 
onto, or on, or temporarily attached to a transport vehicle or ship and 
equipped with skids, mountings, or accessories to facilitate handling of 
the tank by mechanical means. It does not include a cargo tank, tank 
car, multi-unit tank car tank, or trailer carrying 3AX, 3AAX, or 3T 
cylinders.

[[Page 130]]

    Preferred route or Preferred highway is a highway for shipment of 
highway route controlled quantities of radioactive materials so 
designated by a State routing agency, and any Interstate System highway 
for which an alternative highway has not been designated by such State 
agency as provided by Sec.397.103 of this title.
    Pre-transportation function means a function specified in the HMR 
that is required to assure the safe transportation of a hazardous 
material in commerce, including--
    (1) Determining the hazard class of a hazardous material.
    (2) Selecting a hazardous materials packaging.
    (3) Filling a hazardous materials packaging, including a bulk 
packaging.
    (4) Securing a closure on a filled or partially filled hazardous 
materials package or container or on a package or container containing a 
residue of a hazardous material.
    (5) Marking a package to indicate that it contains a hazardous 
material.
    (6) Labeling a package to indicate that it contains a hazardous 
material.
    (7) Preparing a shipping paper.
    (8) Providing and maintaining emergency response information.
    (9) Reviewing a shipping paper to verify compliance with the HMR or 
international equivalents.
    (10) For each person importing a hazardous material into the United 
States, providing the shipper with timely and complete information as to 
the HMR requirements that will apply to the transportation of the 
material within the United States.
    (11) Certifying that a hazardous material is in proper condition for 
transportation in conformance with the requirements of the HMR.
    (12) Loading, blocking, and bracing a hazardous materials package in 
a freight container or transport vehicle.
    (13) Segregating a hazardous materials package in a freight 
container or transport vehicle from incompatible cargo.
    (14) Selecting, providing, or affixing placards for a freight 
container or transport vehicle to indicate that it contains a hazardous 
material.
    Primary hazard means the hazard class of a material as assigned in 
the Sec.172.101 table.
    Private track or Private siding means: (i) Track located outside of 
a carrier's right-of-way, yard, or terminals where the carrier does not 
own the rails, ties, roadbed, or right-of-way, or
    (ii) Track leased by a railroad to a lessee, where the lease 
provides for, and actual practice entails, exclusive use of that 
trackage by the lessee and/or a general system railroad for purpose of 
moving only cars shipped to or by the lessee, and where the lessor 
otherwise exercises no control over or responsibility for the trackage 
or the cars on the trackage.
    Proper shipping name means the name of the hazardous material shown 
in Roman print (not italics) in Sec.172.101 of this subchapter.
    Psi means pounds per square inch.
    Psia means pounds per square inch absolute.
    Psig means pounds per square inch gauge.
    Public vessel means a vessel owned by and being used in the public 
service of the United States. It does not include a vessel owned by the 
United States and engaged in a trade or commercial service or a vessel 
under contract or charter to the United States.
    Pyrophoric liquid. See Sec.173.124(b) of this subchapter.
    Radiation detection system means an apparatus that contains 
radiation detectors as components.
    Radioactive materials. See Sec.173.403 of this subchapter for 
definitions relating to radioactive materials.
    Rail car means a car designed to carry freight or non-passenger 
personnel by rail, and includes a box car, flat car, gondola car, hopper 
car, tank car, and occupied caboose.
    Railroad means a person engaged in transportation by rail.
    Receptacle means a containment vessel for receiving and holding 
materials, including any means of closing.
    U.N. Recommendations means the U.N. Recommendations on the Transport 
of Dangerous Goods, Model Regulations (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this 
subchapter).
    Reconditioned packaging. See Sec.173.28 of this subchapter.

[[Page 131]]

    Registered Inspector means a person registered with the Department 
in accordance with subpart F of part 107 of this chapter who has the 
knowledge and ability to determine whether a cargo tank conforms to the 
applicable DOT specification. A Registered Inspector meets the knowledge 
and ability requirements of this section by meeting any one of the 
following requirements:
    (1) Has an engineering degree and one year of work experience 
relating to the testing and inspection of cargo tanks;
    (2) Has an associate degree in engineering and two years of work 
experience relating to the testing and inspection of cargo tanks;
    (3) Has a high school diploma (or General Equivalency Diploma) and 
three years of work experience relating to the testing and inspection of 
cargo tanks; or
    (4) Has at least three years' experience performing the duties of a 
Registered Inspector prior to September 1, 1991.
    Regulated medical waste. See Sec.173.134 of this subchapter.
    Remanufactured packagings. See Sec.173.28 of this subchapter.
    Reportable quantity (RQ) for the purposes of this subchapter means 
the quantity specified in column 2 of the appendix to Sec.172.101 for 
any material identified in column 1 of the appendix.
    Research means investigation or experimentation aimed at the 
discovery of new theories or laws and the discovery and interpretation 
of facts or revision of accepted theories or laws in the light of new 
facts. Research does not include the application of existing technology 
to industrial endeavors.
    Residue means the hazardous material remaining in a packaging, 
including a tank car, after its contents have been unloaded to the 
maximum extent practicable and before the packaging is either refilled 
or cleaned of hazardous material and purged to remove any hazardous 
vapors.
    Reused packaging. See Sec.173.28 of this subchapter.
    Reverse logistics means the process of offering for transport or 
transporting by motor vehicle goods from a retail store for return to 
its manufacturer, supplier, or distribution facility for the purpose of 
capturing value (e.g., to receive manufacturer's credit), recall, 
replacement, recycling, or similar reason. This definition does not 
include materials that meet the definition of a hazardous waste as 
defined in this section.
    SADT means self-accelerated decomposition temperature. See Sec.
173.21(f) of this subchapter.
    Salvage packaging means a special packaging conforming to Sec.
173.3 of this subchapter into which damaged, defective, leaking, or non-
conforming hazardous materials packages, or hazardous materials that 
have spilled or leaked, are placed for purposes of transport for 
recovery or disposal.
    SAPT means self-accelerated polymerization temperature. See Sec.
173.21(f) of this subchapter. This definition will be effective until 
January 2, 2019.
    SCF (standard cubic foot) means one cubic foot of gas measured at 60 
[deg]F. and 14.7 psia.
    Secretary means the Secretary of Transportation.
    Self-defense spray means an aerosol or non-pressurized device that:
    (1) Is intended to have an irritating or incapacitating effect on a 
person or animal; and
    (2) Meets no hazard criteria other than for Class 9 (for example, a 
pepper spray; see Sec.173.140(a) of this subchapter) and, for an 
aerosol, Division 2.1 or 2.2 (see Sec.173.115 of this subchapter), 
except that it may contain not more than two percent by mass of a tear 
gas substance (e.g., chloroacetophenone (CN) or 0-
chlorobenzylmalonitrile (CS); see Sec.173.132(a)(2) of this 
subchapter.)
    Service life, for composite cylinders and tubes, means the number of 
years the cylinder or tube is permitted to be in service.
    Settled pressure means the pressure exerted by the contents of a UN 
pressure receptacle in thermal and diffusive equilibrium.
    Sharps. See Sec.173.134 of this subchapter.
    Shipping paper means a shipping order, bill of lading, manifest or 
other shipping document serving a similar purpose and prepared in 
accordance with subpart C of part 172 of this chapter.

[[Page 132]]

    Short circuit means a direct connection between positive and 
negative terminals of a cell or battery that provides an abnormally low 
resistance path for current flow.
    Siftproof packaging means a packaging impermeable to dry contents, 
including fine solid material produced during transportation.
    Single packaging means a non-bulk packaging other than a combination 
packaging.
    Solid means a material which is not a gas or a liquid.
    Solution means any homogeneous liquid mixture of two or more 
chemical compounds or elements that will not undergo any segregation 
under conditions normal to transportation.
    Special permit means a document issued by the Associate 
Administrator, the Associate Administrator's designee, or as otherwise 
prescribed in the HMR, under the authority of 49 U.S.C. 5117 permitting 
a person to perform a function that is not otherwise permitted under 
subchapter A or C of this chapter, or other regulations issued under 49 
U.S.C. 5101 et seq. (e.g., Federal Motor Carrier Safety routing 
requirements).
    Specification packaging means a packaging conforming to one of the 
specifications or standards for packagings in part 178 or part 179 of 
this subchapter.
    Spontaneously combustible material. See Sec.173.124(b) of this 
subchapter.
    Stabilized means that the hazardous material is in a condition that 
precludes uncontrolled reaction. This may be achieved by methods such as 
adding an inhibiting chemical, degassing the hazardous material to 
remove dissolved oxygen and inerting the air space in the package, or 
maintaining the hazardous material under temperature control.
    State means a State of the United States, the District of Columbia, 
the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the Commonwealth of the Northern 
Mariana Islands, the Virgin Islands, American Samoa, Guam, or any other 
territory or possession of the United States designated by the 
Secretary.
    State-designated route means a preferred route selected in 
accordance with U.S. DOT ``Guidelines for Selecting Preferred Highway 
Routes for Highway Route Controlled Quantities of Radioactive 
Materials'' or an equivalent routing analysis which adequately considers 
overall risk to the public.
    Storage incidental to movement means storage of a transport vehicle, 
freight container, or package containing a hazardous material by any 
person between the time that a carrier takes physical possession of the 
hazardous material for the purpose of transporting it in commerce until 
the package containing the hazardous material is physically delivered to 
the destination indicated on a shipping document, package marking, or 
other medium, or, in the case of a private motor carrier, between the 
time that a motor vehicle driver takes physical possession of the 
hazardous material for the purpose of transporting it in commerce until 
the driver relinquishes possession of the package at its destination and 
is no longer responsible for performing functions subject to the HMR 
with respect to that particular package.
    (1) Storage incidental to movement includes--
    (i) Storage at the destination shown on a shipping document, 
including storage at a transloading facility, provided the shipping 
documentation identifies the shipment as a through-shipment and 
identifies the final destination or destinations of the hazardous 
material; and
    (ii) Rail cars containing hazardous materials that are stored on 
track that does not meet the definition of ``private track or siding'' 
in Sec.171.8, even if those cars have been delivered to the 
destination shown on the shipping document.
    (2) Storage incidental to movement does not include storage of a 
hazardous material at its final destination as shown on a shipping 
document.
    Stowage means the act of placing hazardous materials on board a 
vessel.
    Strong outer packaging means the outermost enclosure that provides 
protection against the unintentional release of its contents. It is a 
packaging that is sturdy, durable, and constructed so that it will 
retain its contents under normal conditions of transportation. In 
addition, a strong outer packaging

[[Page 133]]

must meet the general packaging requirements of subpart B of part 173 of 
this subchapter but need not comply with the specification packaging 
requirements in part 178 of the subchapter. For transport by aircraft, a 
strong outer packaging is subject to Sec.173.27 of this subchapter. 
The terms ``strong outside container'' and ``strong outside packaging'' 
are synonymous with ``strong outer packaging.''
    Subsidiary hazard means a hazard of a material other than the 
primary hazard. (See primary hazard).
    Table in Sec.172.101 or Sec.172.101 table means the Hazardous 
Materials Table in Sec.172.101 of this subchapter.
    Technical name means a recognized chemical name or microbiological 
name currently used in scientific and technical handbooks, journals, and 
texts. Generic descriptions are authorized for use as technical names 
provided they readily identify the general chemical group, or 
microbiological group. Examples of acceptable generic chemical 
descriptions are organic phosphate compounds, petroleum aliphatic 
hydrocarbons and tertiary amines. For proficiency testing only, generic 
microbiological descriptions such as bacteria, mycobacteria, fungus, and 
viral samples may be used. Except for names which appear in subpart B of 
part 172 of this subchapter, trade names may not be used as technical 
names.
    TOFC means trailer-on-flat-car.
    Top shell means the tank car tank surface, excluding the head ends 
and bottom shell of the tank car tank.
    Toxin. See Sec.173.134 of this subchapter.
    Trailership means a vessel, other than a carfloat, specifically 
equipped to carry motor transport vehicles and fitted with installed 
securing devices to tie down each vehicle. The term trailership includes 
Roll-on/Roll-off (RO/RO) vessels.
    Train means one or more engines coupled with one or more rail cars, 
except during switching operations or where the operation is that of 
classifying and assembling rail cars within a railroad yard for the 
purpose of making or breaking up trains.
    Train consist means a written record of the contents and location of 
each rail car in a train.
    Trainship means a vessel other than a rail car ferry or carfloat, 
specifically equipped to transport railroad vehicles, and fitted with 
installed securing devices to tie down each vehicle.
    Transloading means the transfer of a hazardous material by any 
person from one bulk packaging to another bulk packaging, from a bulk 
packaging to a non-bulk packaging, or from a non-bulk packaging to a 
bulk packaging for the purpose of continuing the movement of the 
hazardous material in commerce.
    Transport vehicle means a cargo-carrying vehicle such as an 
automobile, van, tractor, truck, semitrailer, tank car or rail car used 
for the transportation of cargo by any mode. Each cargo-carrying body 
(trailer, rail car, etc.) is a separate transport vehicle.
    Transportation or transport means the movement of property and 
loading, unloading, or storage incidental to that movement.
    UFC means Uniform Freight Classification.
    UN means United Nations.
    UN cylinder means a transportable pressure receptacle with a water 
capacity not exceeding 150 L that has been marked and certified as 
conforming to the applicable requirements in part 178 of this 
subchapter.
    UN portable tank means an intermodal tank having a capacity of more 
than 450 liters (118.9 gallons). It includes a shell fitted with service 
equipment and structural equipment, including stabilizing members 
external to the shell and skids, mountings or accessories to facilitate 
mechanical handling. A UN portable tank must be capable of being filled 
and discharged without the removal of its structural equipment and must 
be capable of being lifted when full. Cargo tanks, rail tank car tanks, 
non-metallic tanks, non-specification tanks, bulk bins, and IBCs and 
packagings made to cylinder specifications are not UN portable tanks.
    UN pressure receptacle means a UN cylinder or tube.
    UN Recommendations means the UN Recommendations on the Transport of 
Dangerous Goods (IBR, see Sec.171.7).

[[Page 134]]

    UN standard packaging means a packaging conforming to standards in 
the UN Recommendations (IBR, see Sec.171.7).
    UN tube means a transportable pressure receptacle of seamless or 
composite construction having with a water capacity exceeding 150 L 
(39.6 gallons) but not more than 3,000 L (792.5 gallons) that has been 
marked and certified as conforming to the requirements in part 178 of 
this subchapter.
    Undeclared hazardous material means a hazardous material that is: 
(1) Subject to any of the hazard communication requirements in subparts 
C (Shipping Papers), D (Marking), E (Labeling), and F (Placarding) of 
part 172 of this subchapter, or an alternative marking requirement in 
part 173 of this subchapter (such as Sec. Sec.173.4(a)(10) and 
173.6(c)); and (2) offered for transportation in commerce without any 
visible indication to the person accepting the hazardous material for 
transportation that a hazardous material is present, on either an 
accompanying shipping document, or the outside of a transport vehicle, 
freight container, or package.
    Unintentional release means the escape of a hazardous material from 
a package on an occasion not anticipated or planned. This includes 
releases resulting from collision, package failures, human error, 
criminal activity, negligence, improper packing, or unusual conditions 
such as the operation of pressure relief devices as a result of over-
pressurization, overfill or fire exposure. It does not include releases, 
such as venting of packages, where allowed, and the operational 
discharge of contents from packages.
    Unit load device means any type of freight container, aircraft 
container, aircraft pallet with a net, or aircraft pallet with a net 
over an igloo.
    United States means a State of the United States, the District of 
Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the Commonwealth of the 
Northern Mariana Islands, the Virgin Islands, American Samoa, Guam, or 
any other territory or possession of the United States designated by the 
Secretary.
    Unloading incidental to movement means removing a packaged or 
containerized hazardous material from a transport vehicle, aircraft, or 
vessel, or for a bulk packaging, emptying a hazardous material from the 
bulk packaging after the hazardous material has been delivered to the 
consignee when performed by carrier personnel or in the presence of 
carrier personnel or, in the case of a private motor carrier, while the 
driver of the motor vehicle from which the hazardous material is being 
unloaded immediately after movement is completed is present during the 
unloading operation. (Emptying a hazardous material from a bulk 
packaging while the packaging is on board a vessel is subject to 
separate regulations as delegated by Department of Homeland Security 
Delegation No. 0170.1 at 2(103).) Unloading incidental to movement 
includes transloading.
    Vessel includes every description of watercraft, used or capable of 
being used as a means of transportation on the water.
    Viscous liquid means a liquid material which has a measured 
viscosity in excess of 2500 centistokes at 25 [deg]C. (77 [deg]F.) when 
determined in accordance with the procedures specified in ASTM Method D 
445-72 ``Kinematic Viscosity of Transparent and Opaque Liquids (and the 
Calculation of Dynamic Viscosity)'' or ASTM Method D 1200-70 ``Viscosity 
of Paints, Varnishes, and Lacquers by Ford Viscosity Cup.''
    Volatility refers to the relative rate of evaporation of materials 
to assume the vapor state.
    Water reactive material. See Sec.173.124(c) of this subchapter.
    Water resistant means having a degree of resistance to permeability 
by and damage caused by water in liquid form.
    Watt-hour (Wh) means a unit of energy equivalent to one watt (1 W) 
of work acting for one hour (1 h) of time. The Watt-hour rating of a 
lithium ion cell or battery is determined by multiplying the rated 
capacity of a cell or battery in ampere-hours, by its nominal voltage. 
Therefore, Watt-hour (Wh) = ampere-hour (Ah) x volts (V).
    Wooden barrel means a packaging made of natural wood, of round 
cross-section, having convex walls, consisting of staves and heads and 
fitted with hoops.
    Working pressure for purposes of UN pressure receptacles, means the 
settled

[[Page 135]]

pressure of a compressed gas at a reference temperature of 15 [deg]C (59 
[deg]F).
    W.T. means watertight.

[Amdt. 171-32, 41 FR 15994, Apr. 15, 1976]

    Editorial Note: For Federal Register citations affecting Sec.
171.8, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the 
Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov.



Sec.171.9  Rules of construction.

    (a) In this subchapter, unless the context requires otherwise:
    (1) Words imparting the singular include the plural;
    (2) Words imparting the plural include the singular; and
    (3) Words imparting the masculine gender include the feminine;
    (b) In this subchapter, the word: (1) ``Shall'' is used in an 
imperative sense;
    (2) ``Must'' is used in an imperative sense;
    (3) ``Should'' is used in a recommendatory sense;
    (4) ``May'' is used in a permissive sense to state authority or 
permission to do the act described, and the words ``no person may * * 
*'' or ``a person may not * * *'' means that no person is required, 
authorized, or permitted to do the act described; and
    (5) ``Includes'' is used as a word of inclusion not limitation.

[Amdt. 171-32, 41 FR 15996, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 171-32A, 
41 FR 40630, Sept. 20, 1976; Amdt. 171-121, 58 FR 51528, Oct. 1, 1993; 
75 FR 60338, Sept. 30, 2010]



Sec.171.10  Units of measure.

    (a) General. To ensure compatibility with international 
transportation standards, most units of measure in this subchapter are 
expressed using the International System of Units (``SI'' or metric). 
Where SI units appear, they are the regulatory standard. U.S. standard 
or customary units, which appear in parentheses following the SI units, 
are for information only and are not intended to be the regulatory 
standard.
    (b) Abbreviations for SI units of measure generally used throughout 
this subchapter are as shown in paragraph (c) of this section. Customary 
units shown throughout this subchapter are generally not abbreviated.
    (c) Conversion values. (1) Conversion values are provided in the 
following table and are based on values provided in ASTM E 380, 
``Standard for Metric Practice''.
    (2) If an exact conversion is needed, the following conversion table 
should be used.

                                    Table of Conversion Factors for SI Units
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
            Measurement                  SI to U.S. standard                    U.S. standard to SI
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Activity...........................  1 TBq = 27 Ci..............  1 Ci = 0.037 TBq
Length.............................  1 cm = 0.3937008 in........  1 in = 2.540000 cm
                                     1 m = 3.280840 ft..........  1 ft = 0.3048000 m
Thickness..........................  1 mm = 0.03937008 in.......  1 in = 25.40000 mm
Mass (weight)......................  1 kg = 2.204622 lb.........  1 lb = 0.4535924 kg
                                     1 g = 0.03527397 oz........  1 oz = 28.34952 g
Pressure...........................  1 kPa = 0.1450377 psi......  1 psi = 6.894757 kPa
                                     1 Bar = 100 kPa = 14.504     1 psi = 0.06895 Bar
                                      psi.
                                     1 kPa = 7.5 mm Hg..........
Radiation level....................  1 Sv/hr = 100 rem/hr.......  1 rem/hr = 0.01 Sv/hr
Volume (liquid)....................  1 L = 0.2641720 gal........  1 gal = 3.785412 L
                                     1 mL = 0.03381402 oz.......  1 oz = 29.57353 mL
                                     1 m\3\ = 35.31466 ft\3\....  1 ft\3\ = 0.02831685 m\3\
Density............................  1 kg/m\3\ = 0.06242797 lb/   1 lb/ft\3\ = 16.01846 kg/m\3\
                                      ft\3\.
Force..............................  1 Newton = 0.2248 Pound-     1 Pound-force = 4.483 N
                                      force.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Abbreviation for units of measure are as follows:
Unit of measure and abbreviation:
(SI): millimeter, mm; centimeter, cm; meter, m; gram, g; kilogram, kg; kiloPascal, kPa; liter, L; milliliter,
  mL; cubic meter, m\3\; Terabecquerel, TBq; Gigabecquerel, GBq; millisievert, mSv; Newton, N;
(U.S.): Inch, in; foot, ft; ounce, oz; pound, lb; psig, psi; gallon, gal; cubic feet, ft \3\; Curie, Ci;
  millicurie, mCi; millirem, mrem.


[Amdt. 171-111, 56 FR 66159, Dec. 20, 1991, as amended by Amdt. 171-136, 
60 FR 49108, Sept. 21, 1995; Amdt. 171-135, 60 FR 50302, Sept. 28, 1995; 
66 FR 33335, June 21, 2001; 66 FR 45378, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 75740, 
Dec. 31, 2003]

[[Page 136]]



Sec.171.11  [Reserved]



Sec.171.12  North American Shipments.

    (a) Requirements for the use of the Transport Canada TDG 
Regulations. (1) A hazardous material transported from Canada to the 
United States, from the United States to Canada, or transiting the 
United States to Canada or a foreign destination may be offered for 
transportation or transported by motor carrier and rail in accordance 
with the Transport Canada TDG Regulations (IBR, see Sec.171.7) or an 
equivalency certificate (permit for equivalent level of safety) issued 
under the TDG Regulations, as authorized in Sec.171.22, provided the 
requirements in Sec. Sec.171.22 and 171.23, as applicable, and this 
section are met. In addition, a cylinder, MEGC, cargo tank motor 
vehicle, portable tank or rail tank car authorized by the Transport 
Canada TDG Regulations may be used for transportation to, from, or 
within the United States provided the cylinder, MEGC, cargo tank motor 
vehicle, portable tank or rail tank car conforms to the applicable 
requirements of this section. Except as otherwise provided in this 
subpart and subpart C of this part, the requirements in parts 172, 173, 
and 178 of this subchapter do not apply for a material transported in 
accordance with the Transport Canada TDG Regulations.
    (2) General packaging requirements. When the provisions of this 
subchapter require a DOT specification or UN standard packaging to be 
used for transporting a hazardous material, a packaging authorized by 
the Transport Canada TDG Regulations may be used, subject to the 
limitations of this part, and only if it is equivalent to the 
corresponding DOT specification or UN packaging (see Sec.173.24(d)(2) 
of this subchapter) authorized by this subchapter.
    (3) Bulk packagings. A portable tank, cargo tank motor vehicle or 
rail tank car equivalent to a corresponding DOT specification and 
conforming to and authorized by the Transport Canada TDG Regulations may 
be used provided--
    (i) An equivalent type of packaging is authorized for the hazardous 
material according to the Sec.172.101 table of this subchapter;
    (ii) The portable tank, cargo tank motor vehicle or rail tank car 
conforms to the requirements of the applicable part 173 bulk packaging 
section specified in the Sec.172.101 table for the material to be 
transported;
    (iii) The portable tank, cargo tank motor vehicle or rail tank car 
conforms to the requirements of all assigned bulk packaging special 
provisions (B codes, and T and TP codes) in Sec.172.102 of this 
subchapter; and
    (iv) The bulk packaging conforms to all applicable requirements of 
Sec. Sec.173.31, 173.32, 173.33 and 173.35 of this subchapter, and 
parts 177 and 180 of this subchapter. The periodic retests and 
inspections required by Sec. Sec.173.31, 173.32 and 173.33 of this 
subchapter may be performed in accordance with part 180 of this 
subchapter or in accordance with the requirements of the TDG Regulations 
provided that the intervals prescribed in part 180 of this subchapter 
are met.
    (v) Rail tank cars must conform to the requirements of Canadian 
General Standards Board standard 43.147 (IBR, see Sec.171.7).
    (4) Cylinders and MEGCs. When the provisions of this subchapter 
require that a DOT specification or a UN pressure receptacle must be 
used for a hazardous material, a packaging authorized by the Transport 
Canada TDG Regulations may be used only if it corresponds to the DOT 
specification or UN standard authorized by this subchapter. Unless 
otherwise excepted in this subchapter, a cylinder (including a UN 
pressure receptacle) or MEGC may not be transported unless--
    (i) The packaging is a UN pressure receptacle or MEGC marked with 
the letters ``CAN'' for Canada as a country of manufacture or a country 
of approval or is a cylinder that was manufactured, inspected and tested 
in accordance with a DOT specification or a UN standard prescribed in 
part 178 of this subchapter, except that cylinders not conforming to 
these requirements must meet the requirements in Sec.171.23. Each 
cylinder must conform to the applicable requirements in part 173 of this 
subchapter for the hazardous material involved.

[[Page 137]]

    (ii) A Canadian Railway Commission (CRC), Board of Transport 
Commissioners for Canada (BTC), Canadian Transport Commission (CTC) or 
Transport Canada (TC) specification cylinder manufactured, originally 
marked, and approved in accordance with the TDG Regulations, and in full 
conformance with the TDG Regulations is authorized for transportation 
to, from or within the United States provided:
    (A) The CRC, BTC, CTC or TC specification cylinder corresponds with 
a DOT specification cylinder and the markings are the same as those 
specified in this subchapter, except that the original markings were 
``CRC'', ``BTC'', ``CTC'', or ``TC'';
    (B) The cylinder has been requalified under a program authorized by 
the TDG Regulations or subpart I of part 107 of this chapter;
    (C) When the regulations authorize a cylinder for a specific 
hazardous material with a specification marking prefix of ``DOT,'' a 
cylinder marked ``CRC'', ``BTC'', ``CTC'', or ``TC'' otherwise bearing 
the same markings required of the specified ``DOT'' cylinder may be 
used; and
    (D) Transport of the cylinder and the material it contains is in all 
other respects in conformance with the requirements of this subchapter 
(e.g. valve protection, filling requirements, operational requirements, 
etc.).
    (iii) Authorized CRC, BTC, CTC or TC specification cylinders that 
correspond with a DOT specification cylinder are as follows:

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                          DOT (some or all of these              CTC (some or all of these
                TC                  specifications may instead be marked    specifications may instead be marked
                                            with the prefix ICC)                with the prefix BTC or CRC)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TC-3AM...........................  DOT-3A [ICC-3]                          CTC-3A
TC-3AAM..........................  DOT-3AA                                 CTC-3AA
TC-3ANM..........................  DOT-3BN                                 CTC-3BN
TC-3EM...........................  DOT-3E                                  CTC-3E
TC-3HTM..........................  DOT-3HT                                 CTC-3HT
TC-3ALM..........................  DOT-3AL                                 CTC-3AL
                                   DOT-3B                                  CTC-3B
TC-3AXM..........................  DOT-3AX                                 CTC-3AX
TC-3AAXM.........................  DOT-3AAX                                CTC-3AAX
                                   DOT-3A480X                              CTC-3A480X
TC-3TM...........................  DOT-3T
TC-4AAM33........................  DOT-4AA480                              CTC-4AA480
TC-4BM...........................  DOT-4B                                  CTC-4B
TC-4BM17ET.......................  DOT-4B240ET                             CTC-4B240ET
TC-4BAM..........................  DOT-4BA                                 CTC-4BA
TC-4BWM..........................  DOT-4BW                                 CTC-4BW
TC-4DM...........................  DOT-4D                                  CTC-4D
TC-4DAM..........................  DOT-4DA                                 CTC-4DA
TC-4DSM..........................  DOT-4DS                                 CTC-4DS
TC-4EM...........................  DOT-4E                                  CTC-4E
TC-39M...........................  DOT-39                                  CTC-39
TC-4LM...........................  DOT-4L                                  CTC-4L
                                   DOT-8                                   CTC-8
                                   DOT-8AL                                 CTC-8AL
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (5) Class 1 (explosive) materials. When transporting Class 1 
(explosive) material, rail and motor carriers must comply with 49 CFR 
1572.9 and 1572.11 to the extent the requirements apply.
    (6) Lithium metal cells and batteries. Lithium metal cells and 
batteries (UN3090) are forbidden for transport aboard passenger-carrying 
aircraft. The outside of each package that contains lithium cells or 
batteries meeting the conditions for exception in Sec.173.185(c) of 
this subchapter and transported in accordance with the Transport Canada 
TDG Regulations must be marked in accordance with Sec.
173.185(c)(1)(iii) or (c)(1)(iv) as appropriate.
    (b) Shipments to or from Mexico. Unless otherwise excepted, 
hazardous materials shipments from Mexico to the United States or from 
the United States to Mexico must conform to all applicable requirements 
of this subchapter. When a hazardous material

[[Page 138]]

that is a material poisonous by inhalation (see Sec.171.8) is 
transported by highway or rail from Mexico to the United States, or from 
the United States to Mexico, the following requirements apply:
    (1) The shipping description must include the words ``Toxic 
Inhalation Hazard'' or ``Poison-Inhalation Hazard'' or ``Inhalation 
Hazard'', as required in Sec.172.203(m) of this subchapter.
    (2) The material must be packaged in accordance with requirements of 
this subchapter.
    (3) The package must be marked in accordance with Sec.172.313 of 
this subchapter.
    (4) Except as provided in paragraph (e)(5) of this section, the 
package must be labeled or placarded POISON GAS or POISON INHALATION 
HAZARD, as appropriate, in accordance with subparts E and F of this 
subchapter.
    (5) A label or placard that conforms to the UN Recommendations (IBR, 
see Sec.171.7) specifications for a ``Division 2.3'' or ``Division 
6.1'' label or placard may be substituted for the POISON GAS or POISON 
INHALATION HAZARD label or placard required by Sec. Sec.172.400(a) and 
172.504(e) of this subchapter on a package transported in a closed 
transport vehicle or freight container. The transport vehicle or freight 
container must be marked with identification numbers for the material, 
regardless of the total quantity contained in the transport vehicle or 
freight container, in the manner specified in Sec.172.313(c) of this 
subchapter and placarded as required by subpart F of this subchapter.

[Amdt. 171-111, 55 FR 52472, Dec. 21, 1990]

    Editorial Note: For Federal Register citations affecting Sec.
171.12, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the 
Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov.



Sec.171.12a  [Reserved]



Sec.171.14  [Reserved]



     Subpart B_Incident Reporting, Notification, BOE Approvals and 
                              Authorization



Sec.171.15  Immediate notice of certain hazardous materials incidents.

    (a) General. As soon as practical but no later than 12 hours after 
the occurrence of any incident described in paragraph (b) of this 
section, each person in physical possession of the hazardous material 
must provide notice by telephone to the National Response Center (NRC) 
on 800-424-8802 (toll free) or 202-267-2675 (toll call) or online at 
http://www.nrc.uscg.mil. Each notice must include the following 
information:
    (1) Name of reporter;
    (2) Name and address of person represented by reporter;
    (3) Phone number where reporter can be contacted;
    (4) Date, time, and location of incident;
    (5) The extent of injury, if any;
    (6) Class or division, proper shipping name, and quantity of 
hazardous materials involved, if such information is available; and
    (7) Type of incident and nature of hazardous material involvement 
and whether a continuing danger to life exists at the scene.
    (b) Reportable incident. A telephone report is required whenever any 
of the following occurs during the course of transportation in commerce 
(including loading, unloading, and temporary storage):
    (1) As a direct result of a hazardous material--
    (i) A person is killed;
    (ii) A person receives an injury requiring admittance to a hospital;
    (iii) The general public is evacuated for one hour or more;
    (iv) A major transportation artery or facility is closed or shut 
down for one hour or more; or
    (v) The operational flight pattern or routine of an aircraft is 
altered;
    (2) Fire, breakage, spillage, or suspected radioactive contamination 
occurs involving a radioactive material (see also Sec.176.48 of this 
subchapter);

[[Page 139]]

    (3) Fire, breakage, spillage, or suspected contamination occurs 
involving an infectious substance other than a regulated medical waste;
    (4) A release of a marine pollutant occurs in a quantity exceeding 
450 L (119 gallons) for a liquid or 400 kg (882 pounds) for a solid;
    (5) A situation exists of such a nature (e.g., a continuing danger 
to life exists at the scene of the incident) that, in the judgment of 
the person in possession of the hazardous material, it should be 
reported to the NRC even though it does not meet the criteria of 
paragraphs (b)(1), (2), (3) or (4) of this section; or
    (6) During transportation by aircraft, a fire, violent rupture, 
explosion or dangerous evolution of heat (i.e., an amount of heat 
sufficient to be dangerous to packaging or personal safety to include 
charring of packaging, melting of packaging, scorching of packaging, or 
other evidence) occurs as a direct result of a battery or battery-
powered device.
    (c) Written report. Each person making a report under this section 
must also make the report required by Sec.171.16 of this subpart.

    Note to Sec.171.15: Under 40 CFR 302.6, EPA requires persons in 
charge of facilities (including transport vehicles, vessels, and 
aircraft) to report any release of a hazardous substance in a quantity 
equal to or greater than its reportable quantity, as soon as that person 
has knowledge of the release, to DOT's National Response Center at (toll 
free) 800-424-8802 or (toll) 202-267-2675.

[68 FR 67759, Dec. 3, 2003, as amended at 72 FR 55684, Oct. 1, 2007; 74 
FR 2233, Jan. 14, 2009; 74 FR 53186, Oct. 16, 2009; 76 FR 43525, July 
20, 2011]



Sec.171.16  Detailed hazardous materials incident reports.

    (a) General. Each person in physical possession of a hazardous 
material at the time that any of the following incidents occurs during 
transportation (including loading, unloading, and temporary storage) 
must submit a Hazardous Materials Incident Report on DOT Form F 5800.1 
(01/2004) within 30 days of discovery of the incident:
    (1) Any of the circumstances set forth in Sec.171.15(b);
    (2) An unintentional release of a hazardous material or the 
discharge of any quantity of hazardous waste;
    (3) A specification cargo tank with a capacity of 1,000 gallons or 
greater containing any hazardous material suffers structural damage to 
the lading retention system or damage that requires repair to a system 
intended to protect the lading retention system, even if there is no 
release of hazardous material;
    (4) An undeclared hazardous material is discovered; or
    (5) A fire, violent rupture, explosion or dangerous evolution of 
heat (i.e., an amount of heat sufficient to be dangerous to packaging or 
personal safety to include charring of packaging, melting of packaging, 
scorching of packaging, or other evidence) occurs as a direct result of 
a battery or battery-powered device.
    (b) Providing and retaining copies of the report. Each person 
reporting under this section must--
    (1) Submit a written Hazardous Materials Incident Report to the 
Information Systems Manager, PHH-60, Pipeline and Hazardous Materials 
Safety Administration, Department of Transportation, East Building, 1200 
New Jersey Ave., SE., Washington, DC 20590-0001, or an electronic 
Hazardous Material Incident Report to the Information System Manager, 
PHH-60, Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration, 
Department of Transportation, Washington, DC 20590-0001 at http://
hazmat.dot.gov;
    (2) For an incident involving transportation by aircraft, submit a 
written or electronic copy of the Hazardous Materials Incident Report to 
the FAA Security Field Office nearest the location of the incident; and
    (3) Retain a written or electronic copy of the Hazardous Materials 
Incident Report for a period of two years at the reporting person's 
principal place of business. If the written or electronic Hazardous 
Materials Incident Report is maintained at other than the reporting 
person's principal place of business, the report must be made available 
at the reporting person's principal place of business within 24 hours of 
a request

[[Page 140]]

for the report by an authorized representative or special agent of the 
Department of Transportation.
    (c) Updating the incident report. A Hazardous Materials Incident 
Report must be updated within one year of the date of occurrence of the 
incident whenever:
    (1) A death results from injury caused by a hazardous material;
    (2) There was a misidentification of the hazardous material or 
package information on a prior incident report;
    (3) Damage, loss or related cost that was not known when the initial 
incident report was filed becomes known; or
    (4) Damage, loss, or related cost changes by $25,000 or more, or 10% 
of the prior total estimate, whichever is greater.
    (d) Exceptions. Unless a telephone report is required under the 
provisions of Sec.171.15 of this part, the requirements of paragraphs 
(a), (b), and (c) of this section do not apply to the following 
incidents:
    (1) A release of a minimal amount of material from--
    (i) A vent, for materials for which venting is authorized;
    (ii) The routine operation of a seal, pump, compressor, or valve; or
    (iii) Connection or disconnection of loading or unloading lines, 
provided that the release does not result in property damage.
    (2) An unintentional release of a hazardous material when:
    (i) The material is--
    (A) A limited quantity material packaged under authorized exceptions 
in the Sec.172.101 Hazardous Materials Table of this subchapter 
excluding Class 7 (radioactive) material; or
    (B) A Packing Group III material in Class or Division 3, 4, 5, 6.1, 
8, or 9;
    (ii) The material is released from a package having a capacity of 
less than 20 liters (5.2 gallons) for liquids or less than 30 kg (66 
pounds) for solids;
    (iii) The total amount of material released is less than 20 liters 
(5.2 gallons) for liquids or less than 30 kg (66 pounds) for solids; and
    (iv) The material is not--
    (A) Offered for transportation or transported by aircraft;
    (B) A hazardous waste; or
    (C) An undeclared hazardous material;
    (3) An undeclared hazardous material discovered in an air 
passenger's checked or carry-on baggage during the airport screening 
process. (For discrepancy reporting by carriers, see Sec.175.31 of 
this subchapter.)

[68 FR 67759, Dec. 3, 2003; 69 FR 30119, May 26, 2004, as amended at 70 
FR 56091, Sept. 23, 2005; 74 FR 2233, Jan. 14, 2009; 76 FR 56311, Sept. 
13, 2011; 78 FR 1112, Jan. 7, 2013]



Sec. Sec.171.17-171.18  [Reserved]



Sec.171.19  Approvals or authorizations issued by the Bureau
of Explosives.

    Effective December 31, 1998, approvals or authorizations issued by 
the Bureau of Explosives (BOE), other than those issued under part 179 
of this subchapter, are no longer valid.

[63 FR 37459, July 10, 1998]



Sec.171.20  Submission of Examination Reports.

    (a) When it is required in this subchapter that the issuance of an 
approval by the Associate Administrator be based on an examination by 
the Bureau of Explosives (or any other test facility recognized by 
PHMSA), it is the responsibility of the applicant to submit the results 
of the examination to the Associate Administrator.
    (b) Applications for approval submitted under paragraph (a) of this 
section, must be submitted to the Associate Administrator for Hazardous 
Materials Safety, Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety 
Administration, Washington, DC 20590-0001.
    (c) Any applicant for an approval aggrieved by an action taken by 
the Associate Administrator, under this subpart may file an appeal with 
the Administrator, PHMSA within 30 days of service of notification of a 
denial.

[Amdt. 171-54, 45 FR 32692, May 19, 1980, as amended by Amdt. 171-66, 47 
FR 43064, Sept. 30, 1982; Amdt. 171-109, 55 FR 39978, Oct. 1, 1990; 
Amdt. 171-111, 56 FR 66162, Dec. 20, 1991; 66 FR 45378, Aug. 28, 2001]

[[Page 141]]



Sec.171.21  Assistance in investigations and special studies.

    (a) A shipper, carrier, package owner, package manufacturer or 
certifier, repair facility, or person reporting an incident under the 
provisions of Sec.171.16 must:
    (1) Make all records and information pertaining to the incident 
available to an authorized representative or special agent of the 
Department of Transportation upon request; and
    (2) Give an authorized representative or special agent of the 
Department of Transportation reasonable assistance in the investigation 
of the incident.
    (b) If an authorized representative or special agent of the 
Department of Transportation makes an inquiry of a person required to 
complete an incident report in connection with a study of incidents, the 
person shall:
    (1) Respond to the inquiry within 30 days after its receipt or 
within such other time as the inquiry may specify; and
    (2) Provide true and complete answers to any questions included in 
the inquiry.

[68 FR 67760, Dec. 3, 2003]



 Subpart C_Authorization and Requirements for the Use of International 
                   Transport Standards and Regulations

    Source: 72 FR 25172, May 3, 2007, unless otherwise noted.



Sec.171.22  Authorization and conditions for the use of international
standards and regulations.

    (a) Authorized international standards and regulations. This subpart 
authorizes, with certain conditions and limitations, the offering for 
transportation and the transportation in commerce of hazardous materials 
in accordance with the International Civil Aviation Organization's 
Technical Instructions for the Safe Transport of Dangerous Goods by Air 
(ICAO Technical Instructions), the International Maritime Dangerous 
Goods Code (IMDG Code), Transport Canada's Transportation of Dangerous 
Goods Regulations (Transport Canada TDG Regulations), and the 
International Atomic Energy Agency Regulations for the Safe Transport of 
Radioactive Material (IAEA Regulations) (IBR, see Sec.171.7).
    (b) Limitations on the use of international standards and 
regulations. A hazardous material that is offered for transportation or 
transported in accordance with the international standards and 
regulations authorized in paragraph (a) of this section--
    (1) Is subject to the requirements of the applicable international 
standard or regulation and must be offered for transportation or 
transported in conformance with the applicable standard or regulation; 
and
    (2) Must conform to all applicable requirements of this subpart.
    (c) Materials excepted from regulation under international standards 
and regulations. A material designated as a hazardous material under 
this subchapter, but excepted from or not subject to the international 
transport standards and regulations authorized in paragraph (a) of this 
section (e.g., paragraph 1.16 of the Transport Canada TDG Regulations 
excepts from regulation quantities of hazardous materials less than or 
equal to 500 kg gross transported by rail) must be transported in 
accordance with all applicable requirements of this subchapter.
    (d) Materials not regulated under this subchapter. Materials not 
designated as hazardous materials under this subchapter but regulated by 
an international transport standard or regulation authorized in 
paragraph (a) of this section may be offered for transportation and 
transported in the United States in full compliance (i.e., packaged, 
marked, labeled, classed, described, stowed, segregated, secured) with 
the applicable international transport standard or regulation.
    (e) Forbidden materials. No person may offer for transportation or 
transport a hazardous material that is a forbidden material or package 
as designated in--
    (1) Section 173.21 of this subchapter;
    (2) Column (3) of the Sec.172.101 Table of this subchapter;
    (3) Column (9A) of the Sec.172.101 Table of this subchapter when 
offered for transportation or transported on passenger aircraft or 
passenger railcar; or

[[Page 142]]

    (4) Column (9B) of the Sec.172.101 Table of this subchapter when 
offered for transportation or transported by cargo aircraft.
    (f) Complete information and certification. (1) Except for shipments 
into the United States from Canada conforming to Sec.171.12, each 
person importing a hazardous material into the United States must 
provide the shipper, and the forwarding agent at the place of entry into 
the United States, timely and complete written information as to the 
requirements of this subchapter applicable to the particular shipment.
    (2) The shipper, directly or through the forwarding agent at the 
place of entry, must provide the initial U.S. carrier with the shipper's 
certification required by Sec.172.204 of this subchapter, unless the 
shipment is otherwise excepted from the certification requirement. 
Except for shipments for which the certification requirement does not 
apply, a carrier may not accept a hazardous material for transportation 
unless provided a shipper's certification.
    (3) All shipping paper information and package markings required in 
accordance with this subchapter must be in English. The use of shipping 
papers and a package marked with both English and a language other than 
English, in order to dually comply with this subchapter and the 
regulations of a foreign entity, is permitted under this subchapter.
    (4) Each person who provides for transportation or receives for 
transportation (see Sec. Sec.174.24, 175.30, 176.24 and 177.817 of 
this subchapter) a shipping paper must retain a copy of the shipping 
paper or an electronic image thereof that is accessible at or through 
its principal place of business in accordance with Sec.172.201(e) of 
this subchapter.
    (g) Additional requirements for the use of international standards 
and regulations. All shipments offered for transportation or transported 
in the United States in accordance with this subpart must conform to the 
following requirements of this subchapter, as applicable:
    (1) The emergency response information requirements in subpart G of 
part 172 of this subchapter;
    (2) The training requirements in subpart H of part 172 of this 
subchapter, including function-specific training in the use of the 
international transport standards and regulations authorized in 
paragraph (a) of this section, as applicable;
    (3) The security requirements in subpart I of part 172 of this 
subchapter;
    (4) The incident reporting requirements in Sec. Sec.171.15 and 
171.16 of this part for incidents occurring within the jurisdiction of 
the United States including on board vessels in the navigable waters of 
the United States and aboard aircraft of United States registry anywhere 
in air commerce;
    (5) For export shipments, the general packaging requirements in 
Sec. Sec.173.24 and 173.24a of this subchapter;
    (6) For export shipments, the requirements for the reuse, 
reconditioning, and remanufacture of packagings in Sec.173.28 of this 
subchapter; and
    (7) The registration requirements in subpart G of part 107 of this 
chapter.

[72 FR 25172, May 3, 2007, as amended at 72 FR 55091 Sept. 28, 2007; 74 
FR 53186, Oct. 16, 2009; 76 FR 56311, Sept. 13, 2011; 80 FR 72920, Nov. 
23, 2015; 81 FR 35513, June 2, 2016]



Sec.171.23  Requirements for specific materials and packagings 
transported under the ICAO Technical Instructions, IMDG Code, 
Transport Canada TDG Regulations, or the IAEA Regulations.
          

    All shipments offered for transportation or transported in the 
United States under the ICAO Technical Instructions, IMDG Code, 
Transport Canada TDG Regulations, or the IAEA Regulations (IBR, see 
Sec.171.7) must conform to the requirements of this section, as 
applicable.
    (a) Conditions and requirements for cylinders. (1) Except as 
provided in this paragraph (a), a filled cylinder (pressure receptacle) 
manufactured to other than a DOT specification or a UN standard in 
accordance with part 178 of this subchapter, a DOT exemption or special 
permit cylinder, a TC, CTC, CRC, or BTC cylinder authorized under Sec.
171.12, or a cylinder used as a fire extinguisher in conformance with 
Sec.173.309(a) of this subchapter, may not be transported to, from, or 
within the United States.

[[Page 143]]

    (2) Cylinders (including UN pressure receptacles) transported to, 
from, or within the United States must conform to the applicable 
requirements of this subchapter. Unless otherwise excepted in this 
subchapter, a cylinder must not be transported unless--
    (i) The cylinder is manufactured, inspected and tested in accordance 
with a DOT specification or a UN standard prescribed in part 178 of this 
subchapter, or a TC, CTC, CRC, or BTC specification set out in the 
Transport Canada TDG Regulations (IBR, see Sec.171.7), except that 
cylinders not conforming to these requirements must meet the 
requirements in paragraph (a)(3), (4), or (5) of this section;
    (ii) The cylinder is equipped with a pressure relief device in 
accordance with Sec.173.301(f) of this subchapter and conforms to the 
applicable requirements in part 173 of this subchapter for the hazardous 
material involved;
    (iii) The openings on an aluminum cylinder in oxygen service conform 
to the requirements of this paragraph, except when the cylinder is used 
for aircraft parts or used aboard an aircraft in accordance with the 
applicable airworthiness requirements and operating regulations. An 
aluminum DOT specification cylinder must have an opening configured with 
straight (parallel) threads. A UN pressure receptacle may have straight 
(parallel) or tapered threads provided the UN pressure receptacle is 
marked with the thread type, e.g. ``17E, 25E, 18P, or 25P'' and fitted 
with the properly marked valve; and
    (iv) A UN pressure receptacle is marked with ``USA'' as a country of 
approval in conformance with Sec. Sec.178.69 and 178.70 of this 
subchapter, or ``CAN'' for Canada.
    (3) Importation of cylinders for discharge within a single port 
area. A cylinder manufactured to other than a DOT specification or UN 
standard in accordance with part 178 of this subchapter, or a TC, CTC, 
BTC, or CRC specification cylinder set out in the Transport Canada TDG 
Regulations (IBR, see Sec.171.7), and certified as being in 
conformance with the transportation regulations of another country may 
be authorized, upon written request to and approval by the Associate 
Administrator, for transportation within a single port area, provided--
    (i) The cylinder is transported in a closed freight container;
    (ii) The cylinder is certified by the importer to provide a level of 
safety at least equivalent to that required by the regulations in this 
subchapter for a comparable DOT, TC, CTC, BTC, or CRC specification or 
UN cylinder; and
    (iii) The cylinder is not refilled for export unless in compliance 
with paragraph (a)(4) of this section.
    (4) Filling of cylinders for export or for use on board a vessel. A 
cylinder not manufactured, inspected, tested and marked in accordance 
with part 178 of this subchapter, or a cylinder manufactured to other 
than a UN standard, DOT specification, exemption or special permit, or 
other than a TC, CTC, BTC, or CRC specification, may be filled with a 
gas in the United States and offered for transportation and transported 
for export or alternatively, for use on board a vessel, if the following 
conditions are met:
    (i) The cylinder has been requalified and marked with the month and 
year of requalification in accordance with subpart C of part 180 of this 
subchapter, or has been requalified as authorized by the Associate 
Administrator;
    (ii) In addition to other requirements of this subchapter, the 
maximum filling density, service pressure, and pressure relief device 
for each cylinder conform to the requirements of this part for the gas 
involved; and
    (iii) The bill of lading or other shipping paper identifies the 
cylinder and includes the following certification: ``This cylinder has 
(These cylinders have) been qualified, as required, and filled in 
accordance with the DOT requirements for export.''
    (5) Cylinders not equipped with pressure relief devices. A DOT 
specification or a UN cylinder manufactured, inspected, tested and 
marked in accordance with part 178 of this subchapter and otherwise 
conforms to the requirements of part 173 of this subchapter for the gas 
involved, except that the cylinder is not equipped with a pressure 
relief device may be filled with a gas and offered for transportation 
and transported for export if the following conditions are met:

[[Page 144]]

    (i) Each DOT specification cylinder or UN pressure receptacle must 
be plainly and durably marked ``For Export Only'';
    (ii) The shipping paper must carry the following certification: 
``This cylinder has (These cylinders have) been retested and refilled in 
accordance with the DOT requirements for export.''; and
    (iii) The emergency response information provided with the shipment 
and available from the emergency response telephone contact person must 
indicate that the pressure receptacles are not fitted with pressure 
relief devices and provide appropriate guidance for exposure to fire.
    (b) Conditions and requirements specific to certain materials--(1) 
Aerosols. Except for a limited quantity of a compressed gas in a 
container of not more than 4 fluid ounces capacity meeting the 
requirements in Sec.173.306(a)(1) of this subchapter, the proper 
shipping name ``Aerosol,'' UN1950, may be used only for a non-refillable 
receptacle containing a gas compressed, liquefied, or dissolved under 
pressure the sole purpose of which is to expel a nonpoisonous (other 
than Division 6.1, Packing Group III material) liquid, paste, or powder 
and fitted with a self-closing release device (see Sec.171.8). In 
addition, an aerosol must be in a metal packaging when the packaging 
exceeds 7.22 cubic inches.
    (2) Safety devices for vehicles, vessels or aircraft, e.g. air bag 
inflators, air bag modules, seat-belt pretensioners, and pyromechanical 
devices. For each safety device, the shipping paper description must 
conform to the requirements in Sec.173.166(c) of this subchapter.
    (3) Chemical oxygen generators. Chemical oxygen generators must be 
approved, classed, described, packaged, and transported in accordance 
with the requirements of this subchapter.
    (4) Class 1 (explosive) materials. Prior to being transported, Class 
1 (explosive) materials must be approved by the Associate Administrator 
in accordance with Sec.173.56 of this subchapter. Each package 
containing a Class 1 (explosive) material must conform to the marking 
requirements in Sec.172.320 of this subchapter.
    (5) Hazardous substances. A material meeting the definition of a 
hazardous substance as defined in Sec.171.8, must conform to the 
shipping paper requirements in Sec.172.203(c) of this subchapter and 
the marking requirements in Sec.172.324 of this subchapter:
    (i) The proper shipping name must identify the hazardous substance 
by name, or the name of the substance must be entered in parentheses in 
association with the basic description and marked on the package in 
association with the proper shipping name. If the hazardous substance 
meets the definition for a hazardous waste, the waste code (for example, 
D001), may be used to identify the hazardous substance;
    (ii) The shipping paper and the package markings must identify at 
least two hazardous substances with the lowest reportable quantities 
(RQs) when the material contains two or more hazardous substances; and
    (iii) The letters ``RQ'' must be entered on the shipping paper 
either before or after the basic description, and marked on the package 
in association with the proper shipping name for each hazardous 
substance listed.
    (6) Hazardous wastes. A material meeting the definition of a 
hazardous waste (see Sec.171.8) must conform to the following:
    (i) The shipping paper and the package markings must include the 
word ``Waste'' immediately preceding the proper shipping name;
    (ii) The shipping paper must be retained by the shipper and by each 
carrier for three years after the material is accepted by the initial 
carrier (see Sec.172.205(e)(5)); and
    (iii) A hazardous waste manifest must be completed in accordance 
with Sec.172.205 of this subchapter.
    (7) Marine pollutants. Except for marine pollutants (see Sec.
171.8) transported in accordance with the IMDG Code, marine pollutants 
transported in bulk packages must meet the shipping paper requirements 
in Sec.172.203(l) of this subchapter and the package marking 
requirements in Sec.172.322 of this subchapter.
    (8) Organic peroxides. Organic peroxides not identified by technical 
name in the Organic Peroxide Table in Sec.173.225(c) of this 
subchapter must be

[[Page 145]]

approved by the Associate Administrator in accordance with Sec.
173.128(d) of this subchapter.
    (9) [Reserved]
    (10) Poisonous by inhalation materials. A material poisonous by 
inhalation (see Sec.171.8) must conform to the following requirements:
    (i) The words ``Poison-Inhalation Hazard'' or ``Toxic-Inhalation 
Hazard'' and the words ``Zone A,'' ``Zone B,'' ``Zone C,'' or ``Zone D'' 
for gases, or ``Zone A'' or ``Zone B'' for liquids, as appropriate, must 
be entered on the shipping paper immediately following the basic 
shipping description. The word ``Poison'' or ``Toxic'' or the phrase 
``Poison-Inhalation Hazard'' or ``Toxic-Inhalation Hazard'' need not be 
repeated if it otherwise appears in the shipping description;
    (ii) The material must be packaged in accordance with the 
requirements of this subchapter;
    (iii) The package must be marked in accordance with Sec.172.313 of 
this subchapter; and
    (iv) Except as provided in subparagraph (B) of this paragraph 
(b)(10)(iv) and for a package containing anhydrous ammonia prepared in 
accordance with the Transport Canada TDG Regulations, the package must 
be labeled or placarded with POISON INHALATION HAZARD or POISON GAS, as 
appropriate, in accordance with Subparts E and F of part 172 of this 
subchapter.
    (A) For a package transported in accordance with the IMDG Code in a 
closed transport vehicle or freight container, a label or placard 
conforming to the IMDG Code specifications for a ``Class 2.3'' or 
``Class 6.1'' label or placard may be substituted for the POISON GAS or 
POISON INHALATION HAZARD label or placard, as appropriate. The transport 
vehicle or freight container must be marked with the identification 
numbers for the hazardous material in the manner specified in Sec.
172.313(c) of this subchapter and placarded as required by subpart F of 
part 172 of this subchapter.
    (B) For a package transported in accordance with the Transport 
Canada TDG Regulations in a closed transport vehicle or freight 
container, a label or placard conforming to the TDG Regulations 
specifications for a ``Class 2.3'' or ``Class 6.1'' label or placard may 
be substituted for the POISON GAS or POISON INHALATION HAZARD label or 
placard, as appropriate. The transport vehicle or freight container must 
be marked with the identification numbers for the hazardous material in 
the manner specified in Sec.172.313(c) of this subchapter and 
placarded as required by subpart F of part 172 of this subchapter. While 
in transportation in the United States, the transport vehicle or freight 
container may also be placarded in accordance with the appropriate TDG 
Regulations in addition to being placarded with the POISON GAS or POISON 
INHALATION HAZARD placards.
    (11) Class 7 (radioactive) materials. (i) Highway route controlled 
quantities (see Sec.173.403 of this subchapter) must be shipped in 
accordance with Sec. Sec.172.203(d)(4) and (d)(10); 172.507, and 
173.22(c) of this subchapter;
    (ii) For fissile materials and Type B, Type B(U), and Type B(M) 
packagings, the competent authority certification and any necessary 
revalidation must be obtained from the appropriate competent authorities 
as specified in Sec. Sec.173.471, 173.472, and 173.473 of this 
subchapter, and all requirements of the certificates and revalidations 
must be met;
    (iii) Type A package contents are limited in accordance with Sec.
173.431 of this subchapter;
    (iv) The country of origin for the shipment must have adopted the 
edition of SSR-6 of the IAEA Regulations referenced in Sec.171.7.
    (v) The shipment must conform to the requirements of Sec.173.448, 
when applicable;
    (vi) The definition for ``radioactive material'' in Sec.173.403 of 
this subchapter must be applied to radioactive materials transported 
under the provisions of this subpart;
    (vii) Except for limited quantities, the shipment must conform to 
the requirements of Sec.172.204(c)(4) of this subchapter; and
    (viii) Excepted packages of radioactive material, instruments or 
articles, or articles containing natural uranium or thorium must conform 
to the requirements of Sec.173.421, Sec.173.424, or

[[Page 146]]

Sec.173.426 of this subchapter, as appropriate.
    (ix) Packages containing fissile materials must conform to the 
requirements of Sec.173.453 to be otherwise excepted from the 
requirements of subpart I of part 173 for fissile materials.
    (12) Self-reactive materials. Self-reactive materials not identified 
by technical name in the Self-reactive Materials Table in Sec.
173.224(b) of this subchapter must be approved by the Associate 
Administrator in accordance with Sec.173.124(a)(2)(iii) of this 
subchapter.

[72 FR 25172, May 3, 2007, as amended at 72 FR 55684, Oct. 1, 2007; 73 
FR 57004, Oct. 1, 2008; 76 FR 3345, Jan. 19, 2011; 76 FR 56311, Sept. 
13, 2011; 78 FR 60751, Oct. 2, 2013; 78 FR 65468, Oct. 31, 2013; 80 FR 
1116, Jan. 8, 2015; 80 FR 72920, Nov. 23, 2015; 81 FR 35513, June 2, 
2016; 82 FR 15837, Mar. 30, 2017]



Sec.171.24  Additional requirements for the use of the ICAO Technical
Instructions.

    (a) A hazardous material that is offered for transportation or 
transported within the United States by aircraft, and by motor vehicle 
or rail either before or after being transported by aircraft in 
accordance with the ICAO Technical Instructions (IBR, see Sec.171.7), 
as authorized in paragraph (a) of Sec.171.22, must conform to the 
requirements in Sec.171.22, as applicable, and this section.
    (b) Any person who offers for transportation or transports a 
hazardous material in accordance with the ICAO Technical Instructions 
must comply with the following additional conditions and requirements:
    (1) All applicable requirements in parts 171 and 175 of this 
subchapter (also see 14 CFR 121.135, 121.401, 121.433a, 135.323, 135.327 
and 135.333);
    (2) The quantity limits prescribed in the ICAO Technical 
Instructions for transportation by passenger-carrying or cargo aircraft, 
as applicable;
    (3) The conditions or requirements of a United States variation, 
when specified in the ICAO Technical Instructions.
    (c) Highway transportation. For transportation by highway prior to 
or after transportation by aircraft, a shipment must conform to the 
applicable requirements of part 177 of this subchapter, and the motor 
vehicle must be placarded in accordance with subpart F of part 172 of 
this subchapter.
    (d) Conditions and requirements specific to certain materials. 
Hazardous materials offered for transportation or transported in 
accordance with the ICAO Technical Instructions must conform to the 
following specific conditions and requirements, as applicable:
    (1) Batteries--(i) Nonspillable wet electric storage batteries. 
Nonspillable wet electric storage batteries are not subject to the 
requirements of this subchapter provided--
    (A) The battery meets the conditions specified in Special Provision 
67 of the ICAO Technical Instructions;
    (B) The battery, its outer packaging, and any overpack are plainly 
and durably marked ``NONSPILLABLE'' or ``NONSPILLABLE BATTERY''; and
    (C) The batteries or battery assemblies are offered for 
transportation or transported in a manner that prevents short circuiting 
or forced discharge, including, but not limited to, protection of 
exposed terminals.
    (ii) Lithium metal cells and batteries. Lithium metal cells and 
batteries (UN3090) are forbidden for transport aboard passenger-carrying 
aircraft. The outside of each package that contains lithium metal cells 
or lithium metal batteries (UN3090) transported in accordance with 
Packing Instruction 968, Section II must be marked ``PRIMARY LITHIUM 
BATTERIES--FORBIDDEN FOR TRANSPORT ABOARD PASSENGER AIRCRAFT'' or 
``LITHIUM METAL BATTERIES--FORBIDDEN FOR TRANSPORT ABOARD PASSENGER 
AIRCRAFT'', or labeled with a CARGO AIRCRAFT ONLY label specified in 
Sec.172.448 of this subchapter.
    (iii) Low production runs or prototypes lithium cells or batteries. 
Production runs consisting of not more than 100 lithium cells or 
batteries per year, or prototype lithium cells or batteries (including 
cells or batteries packed with, or contained in, equipment or motor 
vehicles) not of a type proven to meet the requirements of section 38.3 
of the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this 
subchapter), must be approved by the Associate Administrator prior to 
transportation aboard aircraft.

[[Page 147]]

    (2) A package containing Oxygen, compressed, or any of the following 
oxidizing gases must be packaged as required by parts 173 and 178 of 
this subchapter: carbon dioxide and oxygen mixtures, compressed; 
compressed gas, oxidizing, n.o.s.; liquefied gas, oxidizing, n.o.s.; 
nitrogen trifluoride; and nitrous oxide.

[72 FR 25172, May 3, 2007, as amended at 72 FR 44847, Aug. 9, 2007; 72 
FR 55097, Sept. 28, 2007; 79 FR 46034, Aug. 6, 2014; 80 FR 1116, Jan. 8, 
2015; 80 FR 72920, Nov. 23, 2015]



Sec.171.25  Additional requirements for the use of the IMDG Code.

    (a) A hazardous material may be offered for transportation or 
transported to, from or within the United States by vessel, and by motor 
carrier and rail in accordance with the IMDG Code (IBR, see Sec.
171.7), as authorized in Sec.171.22, provided all or part of the 
movement is by vessel. Such shipments must conform to the requirements 
in Sec.171.22, as applicable, and this section.
    (b) Any person who offers for transportation or transports a 
hazardous material in accordance with the IMDG Code must conform to the 
following additional conditions and requirements:
    (1) Unless specified otherwise in this subchapter, a shipment must 
conform to the requirements in part 176 of this subchapter. For 
transportation by rail or highway prior to or subsequent to 
transportation by vessel, a shipment must conform to the applicable 
requirements of parts 174 and 177 respectively, of this subchapter, and 
the motor vehicle or rail car must be placarded in accordance with 
subpart F of part 172 of this subchapter. When a hazardous material 
regulated by this subchapter for transportation by highway is 
transported by motor vehicle on a public highway or by rail under the 
provisions of subpart C of part 171, the segregation requirements of 
Part 7, Chapter 7.2 of the IMDG Code are authorized.
    (2) For transportation by vessel, the stowage and segregation 
requirements in Part 7 of the IMDG Code may be substituted for the 
stowage and segregation requirements in part 176 of this subchapter.
    (3) The outside of each package containing lithium metal cells or 
batteries (UN3090) transported in accordance with special provision 188 
of the IMDG Code must be marked ``PRIMARY LITHIUM BATTERIES--FORBIDDEN 
FOR TRANSPORT ABOARD PASSENGER AIRCRAFT'' or ``LITHIUM METAL BATTERIES--
FORBIDDEN FOR TRANSPORT ABOARD PASSENGER AIRCRAFT'', or labeled with a 
CARGO AIRCRAFT ONLY label specified in Sec.172.448 of this subchapter. 
The provisions of this paragraph do not apply to packages that contain 5 
kg (11 pounds) net weight or less of lithium metal cells or batteries 
that are packed with, or contained in, equipment.
    (4) Material consigned under UN3166 and UN3171 (e.g., Engines, 
internal combustion, etc., Vehicles, etc. and Battery-powered equipment) 
may be prepared in accordance with the IMDG Code or this subchapter.
    (c) Conditions and requirements for bulk packagings. Except for IBCs 
and UN portable tanks used for the transportation of liquids or solids, 
bulk packagings must conform to the requirements of this subchapter. 
Additionally, the following requirements apply:
    (1) UN portable tanks must conform to the requirements in Special 
Provisions TP37, TP38, TP44 and TP45 when applicable, and any applicable 
bulk special provisions assigned to the hazardous material in the 
Hazardous Materials Table in Sec.172.101 of this subchapter;
    (2) IMO Type 5 portable tanks must conform to DOT Specification 51 
or UN portable tank requirements, unless specifically authorized in this 
subchapter or approved by the Associate Administrator;
    (3) Except as specified in this subpart, for a material poisonous 
(toxic) by inhalation, the T Codes specified in Column 13 of the 
Dangerous Goods List in the IMDG Code may be applied to the 
transportation of those materials in IM, IMO and DOT Specification 51 
portable tanks, when these portable tanks are authorized in accordance 
with the requirements of this subchapter; and
    (4) No person may offer an IM or UN portable tank containing liquid 
hazardous materials of Class 3, PG I or II,

[[Page 148]]

or PG III with a flash point less than 100 [deg]F (38 [deg]C); Division 
5.1, PG I or II; or Division 6.1, PG I or II, for unloading while it 
remains on a transport vehicle with the motive power unit attached, 
unless it conforms to the requirements in Sec.177.834(o) of this 
subchapter.
    (d) Use of IMDG Code in port areas. (1) Except for Division 1.1, 
1.2, and Class 7 materials, a hazardous material being imported into or 
exported from the United States or passing through the United States in 
the course of being shipped between locations outside the United States 
may be offered and accepted for transportation and transported by motor 
vehicle within a single port area, including contiguous harbors, when 
packaged, marked, classed, labeled, stowed and segregated in accordance 
with the IMDG Code, offered and accepted in accordance with the 
requirements of subparts C and F of part 172 of this subchapter 
pertaining to shipping papers and placarding, and otherwise conforms to 
the applicable requirements of part 176 of this subchapter.
    (2) The requirement in Sec.172.201(d) of this subchapter for an 
emergency telephone number does not apply to shipments made in 
accordance with the IMDG Code if the hazardous material is not offloaded 
from the vessel, or is offloaded between ocean vessels at a U.S. port 
facility without being transported by public highway.

[72 FR 25172, May 3, 2007, as amended at 72 FR 44847, Aug. 9, 2007; 73 
FR 57004, Oct. 1, 2008; 74 FR 2233, Jan. 14, 2009; 76 FR 3345, Jan. 19, 
2011; 79 FR 46034, Aug. 6, 2014; 80 FR 1116, Jan. 8, 2015]



Sec.171.26  Additional requirements for the use of the IAEA
Regulations.

    A Class 7 (radioactive) material being imported into or exported 
from the United States or passing through the United States in the 
course of being shipped between places outside the United States may be 
offered for transportation or transported in accordance with the IAEA 
Regulations (IBR, see Sec.171.7) as authorized in paragraph (a) of 
Sec.171.22, provided the requirements in Sec.171.22, as applicable, 
are met.



PART 172_HAZARDOUS MATERIALS TABLE, SPECIAL PROVISIONS, HAZARDOUS
MATERIALS COMMUNICATIONS, EMERGENCY RESPONSE INFORMATION, TRAINING 
REQUIREMENTS, AND SECURITY PLANS--Table of Contents




                            Subpart A_General

Sec.
172.1 Purpose and scope.
172.3 Applicability.

      Subpart B_Table of Hazardous Materials and Special Provisions

172.101 Purpose and use of hazardous materials table.
172.102 Special provisions.

                        Subpart C_Shipping Papers

172.200 Applicability.
172.201 Preparation and retention of shipping papers.
172.202 Description of hazardous material on shipping papers.
172.203 Additional description requirements.
172.204 Shipper's certification.
172.205 Hazardous waste manifest.

                            Subpart D_Marking

172.300 Applicability.
172.301 General marking requirements for non-bulk packagings.
172.302 General marking requirements for bulk packagings.
172.303 Prohibited marking.
172.304 Marking requirements.
172.306 [Reserved]
172.308 Authorized abbreviations.
172.310 Class 7 (radioactive) materials.
172.312 Liquid hazardous materials in non-bulk packagings.
172.313 Poisonous hazardous materials.
172.315 Limited quantities.
172.316 Packagings containing materials classed as ORM-D.
172.317 KEEP AWAY FROM HEAT handling mark.
172.320 Explosive hazardous materials.
172.322 Marine pollutants.
172.323 Infectious substances.
172.324 Hazardous substances in non-bulk packagings.
172.325 Elevated temperature materials.
172.326 Portable tanks.
172.327 Petroleum sour crude oil in bulk packaging.
172.328 Cargo tanks.
172.330 Tank cars and multi-unit tank car tanks.

[[Page 149]]

172.331 Bulk packagings other than portable tanks, cargo tanks, tank 
          cars and multi-unit tank car tanks.
172.332 Identification number markings.
172.334 Identification numbers; prohibited display.
172.336 Identification numbers; special provisions.
172.338 Replacement of identification numbers.

                           Subpart E_Labeling

172.400 General labeling requirements.
172.400a Exceptions from labeling.
172.401 Prohibited labeling.
172.402 Additional labeling requirements.
172.403 Class 7 (radioactive) material.
172.404 Labels for mixed and consolidated packaging.
172.405 Authorized label modifications.
172.406 Placement of labels.
172.407 Label specifications.
172.411 EXPLOSIVE 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5 and 1.6 labels, and EXPLOSIVE 
          Subsidiary label.
172.415 NON-FLAMMABLE GAS label.
172.416 POISON GAS label.
172.417 FLAMMABLE GAS label.
172.419 FLAMMABLE LIQUID label.
172.420 FLAMMABLE SOLID label.
172.422 SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE label.
172.423 DANGEROUS WHEN WET label.
172.426 OXIDIZER label.
172.427 ORGANIC PEROXIDE label.
172.429 POISON INHALATION HAZARD label.
172.430 POISON label.
172.431 [Reserved]
172.432 INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCE label.
172.436 RADIOACTIVE WHITE-I label.
172.438 RADIOACTIVE YELLOW-II label.
172.440 RADIOACTIVE YELLOW-III label.
172.441 FISSILE label.
172.442 CORROSIVE label.
172.444 [Reserved]
172.446 CLASS 9 label.
172.447 LITHIUM BATTERY label.
172.448 CARGO AIRCRAFT ONLY label.
172.450 EMPTY label.

                          Subpart F_Placarding

172.500 Applicability of placarding requirements.
172.502 Prohibited and permissive placarding.
172.503 Identification number display on placards.
172.504 General placarding requirements.
172.505 Placarding for subsidiary hazards.
172.506 Providing and affixing placards: Highway.
172.507 Special placarding provisions: Highway.
172.508 Placarding and affixing placarding: Rail.
172.510 Special placarding provisions: Rail.
172.512 Freight containers and aircraft unit load devices.
172.514 Bulk packagings.
172.516 Visibility and display of placards.
172.519 General specifications for placards.
172.521 DANGEROUS placard.
172.522 EXPLOSIVES 1.1, EXPLOSIVES 1.2 and EXPLOSIVES 1.3 placards.
172.523 EXPLOSIVES 1.4 placard.
172.524 EXPLOSIVES 1.5 placard.
172.525 EXPLOSIVES 1.6 placard.
172.526 [Reserved]
172.527 Background requirements for certain placards.
172.528 NON-FLAMMABLE GAS placard.
172.530 OXYGEN placard.
172.532 FLAMMABLE GAS placard.
172.536 [Reserved]
172.540 POISON GAS placard.
172.542 FLAMMABLE placard.
172.544 COMBUSTIBLE placard.
172.546 FLAMMABLE SOLID placard.
172.547 SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE placard.
172.548 DANGEROUS WHEN WET placard.
172.550 OXIDIZER placard.
172.552 ORGANIC PEROXIDE placard.
172.553 [Reserved]
172.554 POISON placard.
172.555 POISON INHALATION HAZARD placard.
172.556 RADIOACTIVE placard.
172.558 CORROSIVE placard.
172.560 CLASS 9 placard.

                Subpart G_Emergency Response Information

172.600 Applicability and general requirements.
172.602 Emergency response information.
172.604 Emergency response telephone number.
172.606 Carrier information contact.

                           Subpart H_Training

172.700 Purpose and scope.
172.701 Federal-State relationship.
172.702 Applicability and responsibility for training and testing.
172.704 Training requirements.

                   Subpart I_Safety and Security Plans

172.800 Purpose and applicability.
172.802 Components of a security plan.
172.804 Relationship to other Federal requirements.
172.820 Additional planning requirements for transportation by rail.
172.822 Limitation on actions by states, local governments, and Indian 
          tribes.

Appendix A to Part 172--Office of Hazardous Materials Transportation 
          Color Tolerance Charts and Tables

[[Page 150]]

Appendix B to Part 172--Trefoil Symbol
Appendix C to Part 172--Dimensional Specifications for Recommended 
          Placard Holder
Appendix D to Part 172--Rail Risk Analysis Factors

    Authority: 49 U.S.C. 5101-5128, 44701; 49 CFR 1.81, 1.96 and 1.97.

    Source: Amdt. 172-29, 41 FR 15996, Apr. 15, 1976, unless otherwise 
noted.



                            Subpart A_General



Sec.172.1  Purpose and scope.

    This part lists and classifies those materials which the Department 
has designated as hazardous materials for purposes of transportation and 
prescribes the requirements for shipping papers, package marking, 
labeling, and transport vehicle placarding applicable to the shipment 
and transportation of those hazardous materials.

[Amdt. 172-29, 41 FR 15997, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended by 66 FR 45379, 
Aug. 28, 2001]



Sec.172.3  Applicability.

    (a) This part applies to--
    (1) Each person who offers a hazardous material for transportation, 
and
    (2) Each carrier by air, highway, rail, or water who transports a 
hazardous material.
    (b) When a person, other than one of those provided for in paragraph 
(a) of this section, performs a packaging labeling or marking function 
required by this part, that person shall perform the function in 
accordance with this part.

[Amdt. 172-29, 41 FR 15996, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 172-32, 
41 FR 38179, Sept. 9, 1976]



      Subpart B_Table of Hazardous Materials and Special Provisions



Sec.172.101  Purpose and use of hazardous materials table.

    (a) The Hazardous Materials Table (Table) in this section designates 
the materials listed therein as hazardous materials for the purpose of 
transportation of those materials. For each listed material, the Table 
identifies the hazard class or specifies that the material is forbidden 
in transportation, and gives the proper shipping name or directs the 
user to the preferred proper shipping name. In addition, the Table 
specifies or references requirements in this subchapter pertaining to 
labeling, packaging, quantity limits aboard aircraft and stowage of 
hazardous materials aboard vessels.
    (b) Column 1: Symbols. Column 1 of the Table contains six symbols 
(`` + '', ``A'', ``D'', ``G'', ``I'' and ``W'') as follows:
    (1) The plus (+) sign fixes the proper shipping name, hazard class 
and packing group for that entry without regard to whether the material 
meets the definition of that class, packing group or any other hazard 
class definition. When the plus sign is assigned to a proper shipping 
name in Column (1) of the Sec.172.101 Table, it means that the 
material is known to pose a risk to humans. When a plus sign is assigned 
to mixtures or solutions containing a material where the hazard to 
humans is significantly different from that of the pure material or 
where no hazard to humans is posed, the material may be described using 
an alternative shipping name that represents the hazards posed by the 
material. An appropriate alternate proper shipping name and hazard class 
may be authorized by the Associate Administrator.
    (2) The letter ``A'' denotes a material that is subject to the 
requirements of this subchapter only when offered or intended for 
transportation by aircraft, unless the material is a hazardous substance 
or a hazardous waste. A shipping description entry preceded by an ``A'' 
may be used to describe a material for other modes of transportation 
provided all applicable requirements for the entry are met.
    (3) The letter ``D'' identifies proper shipping names which are 
appropriate for describing materials for domestic transportation but may 
be inappropriate for international transportation under the provisions 
of international regulations (e.g., IMO, ICAO). An alternate proper 
shipping name may be selected when either domestic or international 
transportation is involved.
    (4) The letter ``G'' identifies proper shipping names for which one 
or more technical names of the hazardous material must be entered in 
parentheses, in association with the basic description. (See Sec.
172.203(k).)

[[Page 151]]

    (5) The letter ``I'' identifies proper shipping names which are 
appropriate for describing materials in international transportation. An 
alternate proper shipping name may be selected when only domestic 
transportation is involved.
    (6) The letter ``W'' denotes a material that is subject to the 
requirements of this subchapter only when offered or intended for 
transportation by vessel, unless the material is a hazardous substance 
or a hazardous waste. A shipping description entry preceded by a ``W'' 
may be used to describe a material for other modes of transportation 
provided all applicable requirements for the entry are met.
    (c) Column 2: Hazardous materials descriptions and proper shipping 
names. Column 2 lists the hazardous materials descriptions and proper 
shipping names of materials designated as hazardous materials. 
Modification of a proper shipping name may otherwise be required or 
authorized by this section. Proper shipping names are limited to those 
shown in Roman type (not italics).
    (1) Proper shipping names may be used in the singular or plural and 
in either capital or lower case letters. Words may be alternatively 
spelled in the same manner as they appear in the ICAO Technical 
Instructions or the IMDG Code. For example ``aluminum'' may be spelled 
``aluminium'' and ``sulfur'' may be spelled ``sulphur''. However, the 
word ``inflammable'' may not be used in place of the word ``flammable''.
    (2) Punctuation marks and words in italics are not part of the 
proper shipping name, but may be used in addition to the proper shipping 
name. The word ``or'' in italics indicates that there is a choice of 
terms in the sequence that may alternately be used as the proper 
shipping name or as part of the proper shipping name, as appropriate. 
For example, for the hazardous materials description ``Carbon dioxide, 
solid or Dry ice'' either ``Carbon dioxide, solid'' or ``Dry ice'' may 
be used as the proper shipping name; and for the hazardous materials 
description ``Articles, pressurized pneumatic or hydraulic,'' either 
``Articles, pressurized pneumatic'' or ``Articles, pressurized 
hydraulic'' may be used as the proper shipping name.
    (3) The word ``poison'' or ``poisonous'' may be used interchangeably 
with the word ``toxic'' when only domestic transportation is involved. 
The abbreviation ``n.o.i.'' or ``n.o.i.b.n.'' may be used 
interchangeably with ``n.o.s.''.
    (4) Except for hazardous wastes, when qualifying words are used as 
part of the proper shipping name, their sequence in the package markings 
and shipping paper description is optional. However, the entry in the 
Table reflects the preferred sequence.
    (5) When one entry references another entry by use of the word 
``see'', if both names are in Roman type, either name may be used as the 
proper shipping name (e.g., Ethyl alcohol, see Ethanol).
    (6) When a proper shipping name includes a concentration range as 
part of the shipping description, the actual concentration, if it is 
within the range stated, may be used in place of the concentration 
range. For example, an aqueous solution of hydrogen peroxide containing 
30 percent peroxide may be described as ``Hydrogen peroxide, aqueous 
solution with not less than 20 percent but not more than 40 percent 
hydrogen peroxide'' or ``Hydrogen peroxide, aqueous solution with 30 
percent hydrogen peroxide.'' Also, the percent sign (%) may be used in 
place of the word ``percent'' when words in italics containing the word 
``percent'' are used in addition to the proper shipping name.
    (7) Use of the prefix ``mono'' is optional in any shipping name, 
when appropriate. Thus, Iodine monochloride may be used interchangeably 
with Iodine chloride. In ``Glycerol alpha-monochlorohydrin'' the term 
``mono'' is considered a prefix to the term ``chlorohydrin'' and may be 
deleted.
    (8) Use of the word ``liquid'' or ``solid''. The word ``liquid'' or 
``solid'' may be added to a proper shipping name when a hazardous 
material specifically listed by name may, due to differing physical 
states, be a liquid or solid. When the packaging specified in Column 8 
is inappropriate for the physical state of the material, the table 
provided in paragraph (i)(4) of this section should be used to determine 
the appropriate packaging section.

[[Page 152]]

    (9) Hazardous wastes. If the word ``waste'' is not included in the 
hazardous material description in Column 2 of the Table, the proper 
shipping name for a hazardous waste (as defined in Sec.171.8 of this 
subchapter), shall include the word ``Waste'' preceding the proper 
shipping name of the material. For example: Waste acetone.
    (10) Mixtures and solutions. (i) A mixture or solution meeting the 
definition of one or more hazard class that is not identified 
specifically by name, comprised of a single predominant hazardous 
material identified in the Table by technical name and one or more 
hazardous and/or non-hazardous material, must be described using the 
proper shipping name of the hazardous material and the qualifying word 
``mixture'' or ``solution'', as appropriate, unless--
    (A) Except as provided in Sec.172.101(i)(4) the packaging 
specified in Column 8 is inappropriate to the physical state of the 
material;
    (B) The shipping description indicates that the proper shipping name 
applies only to the pure or technically pure hazardous material;
    (C) The hazard class, packing group, or subsidiary hazard of the 
mixture or solution is different from that specified for the entry;
    (D) There is a significant change in the measures to be taken in 
emergencies;
    (E) The material is identified by special provision in Column 7 of 
the Sec.172.101 Table as a material poisonous by inhalation; however, 
it no longer meets the definition of poisonous by inhalation or it falls 
within a different hazard zone than that specified in the special 
provision; or
    (F) The material can be appropriately described by a shipping name 
that describes its intended application, such as ``Coating solution'', 
``Extracts, flavoring'' or ``Compound, cleaning liquid.''.
    (ii) If one or more of the conditions in paragraphs (c)(10)(i)(A) 
through (F) of this section is satisfied then the proper shipping name 
selection process in (c)(12)(ii) must be used.
    (iii) A mixture or solution meeting the definition of one or more 
hazard class that is not identified in the Table specifically by name, 
comprised of two or more hazardous materials in the same hazard class, 
must be described using an appropriate shipping description (e.g., 
``Flammable liquid, n.o.s.''). The name that most appropriately 
describes the material shall be used; e.g., an alcohol not listed by its 
technical name in the Table shall be described as ``Alcohol, n.o.s.'' 
rather than ``Flammable liquid, n.o.s.''. Some mixtures may be more 
appropriately described according to their application, such as 
``Coating solution'' or ``Extracts, flavoring liquid'' rather than by an 
n.o.s. entry. Under the provisions of subparts C and D of this part, the 
technical names of at least two components most predominately 
contributing to the hazards of the mixture or solution may be required 
in association with the proper shipping name.
    (11) Except for a material subject to or prohibited by Sec.173.21, 
Sec.173.54, Sec.173.56(d), Sec.173.56(e), Sec.173.224(c) or 
Sec.173.225(b) of this subchapter, a material that is considered to be 
a hazardous waste or a sample of a material for which the hazard class 
is uncertain and must be determined by testing may be assigned a 
tentative proper shipping name, hazard class, identification number and 
packing group, if applicable, based on the shipper's tentative 
determination according to:
    (i) Defining criteria in this subchapter;
    (ii) The hazard precedence prescribed in Sec.173.2a of this 
subchapter;
    (iii) The shipper's knowledge of the material;
    (iv) In addition to paragraphs (c)(11)(i) through (iii) of this 
section, for a sample of a material other than a waste, the following 
must be met:
    (A) Except when the word ``Sample'' already appears in the proper 
shipping name, the word ``Sample'' must appear as part of the proper 
shipping name or in association with the basic description on the 
shipping paper.
    (B) When the proper shipping description for a sample is assigned a 
``G'' in Column (1) of the Sec.172.101 Table, and the primary 
constituent(s) for which the tentative classification is based are not 
known, the provisions requiring a technical name for the constituent(s) 
do not apply; and

[[Page 153]]

    (C) A sample must be transported in a combination packaging that 
conforms to the requirements of this subchapter that are applicable to 
the tentative packing group assigned, and may not exceed a net mass of 
2.5 kg (5.5 pounds) per package.

    Note to paragraph (c)(11): For the transportation of samples of 
self-reactive materials, organic peroxides, explosives or lighters, see 
Sec.173.224(c)(3), Sec.173.225(c)(2), Sec.173.56(d) or Sec.
173.308(b)(2) of this subchapter, respectively.

    (12) Except when the proper shipping name in the Table is preceded 
by a plus (+)--
    (i) If it is specifically determined that a material meets the 
definition of a hazard class, packing group or hazard zone, other than 
the class, packing group or hazard zone shown in association with the 
proper shipping name, or does not meet the defining criteria for a 
subsidiary hazard shown in Column 6 of the Table, the material shall be 
described by an appropriate proper shipping name listed in association 
with the correct hazard class, packing group, hazard zone, or subsidiary 
hazard for the material.
    (ii) Generic or n.o.s. descriptions. If an appropriate technical 
name is not shown in the Table, selection of a proper shipping name 
shall be made from the generic or n.o.s. descriptions corresponding to 
the specific hazard class, packing group, hazard zone, or subsidiary 
hazard, if any, for the material. The name that most appropriately 
describes the material shall be used; e.g., an alcohol not listed by its 
technical name in the Table shall be described as ``Alcohol, n.o.s.'' 
rather than ``Flammable liquid, n.o.s.''. Some mixtures may be more 
appropriately described according to their application, such as 
``Coating solution'' or ``Extracts, flavoring, liquid'', rather than by 
an n.o.s. entry, such as ``Flammable liquid, n.o.s.'' It should be 
noted, however, that an n.o.s. description as a proper shipping name may 
not provide sufficient information for shipping papers and package 
markings. Under the provisions of subparts C and D of this part, the 
technical name of one or more constituents which makes the product a 
hazardous material may be required in association with the proper 
shipping name.
    (iii) Multiple hazard materials. If a material meets the definition 
of more than one hazard class, and is not identified in the Table 
specifically by name (e.g., acetyl chloride), the hazard class of the 
material shall be determined by using the precedence specified in Sec.
173.2a of this subchapter, and an appropriate shipping description 
(e.g., ``Flammable liquid, corrosive n.o.s.'') shall be selected as 
described in paragraph (c)(12)(ii) of this section.
    (iv) If it is specifically determined that a material is not a 
forbidden material and does not meet the definition of any hazard class, 
the material is not a hazardous material.
    (13) Self-reactive materials and organic peroxides. A generic proper 
shipping name for a self-reactive material or an organic peroxide, as 
listed in Column 2 of the Table, must be selected based on the 
material's technical name and concentration, in accordance with the 
provisions of Sec.173.224 or Sec.173.225 of this subchapter, 
respectively.
    (14) A proper shipping name that describes all isomers of a material 
may be used to identify any isomer of that material if the isomer meets 
criteria for the same hazard class or division, subsidiary risk(s) and 
packing group, unless the isomer is specifically identified in the 
Table.
    (15) Unless a hydrate is specifically listed in the Table, a proper 
shipping name for the equivalent anhydrous substance may be used, if the 
hydrate meets the same hazard class or division, subsidiary risk(s) and 
packing group.
    (16) Unless it is already included in the proper shipping name in 
the Sec.172.101 Table, the qualifying words ``liquid'' or ``solid'' 
may be added in association with the proper shipping name when a 
hazardous material specifically listed by name in the Sec.172.101 
Table may, due to the differing physical states of the various isomers 
of the material, be either a liquid or a solid (for example 
``Dinitrotoluenes, liquid'' and ``Dinitrotoluenes, solid''). Use of the 
words ``liquid'' or ``solid'' is subject to the limitations specified 
for the use of the words ``mixture'' or ``solution'' in paragraph 
(c)(10) of this section. The

[[Page 154]]

qualifying word ``molten'' may be added in association with the proper 
shipping name when a hazardous material, which is a solid in accordance 
with the definition in Sec.171.8 of this subchapter, is offered for 
transportation in the molten state (for example, ``Alkylphenols, solid, 
n.o.s., molten'').
    (d) Column 3: Hazard class or Division. Column 3 contains a 
designation of the hazard class or division corresponding to each proper 
shipping name, or the word ``Forbidden''.
    (1) A material for which the entry in this column is ``Forbidden'' 
may not be offered for transportation or transported. This prohibition 
does not apply if the material is diluted, stabilized or incorporated in 
a device and it is classed in accordance with the definitions of 
hazardous materials contained in part 173 of this subchapter.
    (2) When a reevaluation of test data or new data indicates a need to 
modify the ``Forbidden'' designation or the hazard class or packing 
group specified for a material specifically identified in the Table, 
this data should be submitted to the Associate Administrator.
    (3) A basic description of each hazard class and the section 
reference for class definitions appear in Sec.173.2 of this 
subchapter.
    (4) Each reference to a Class 3 material is modified to read 
``Combustible liquid'' when that material is reclassified in accordance 
with Sec.173.150(e) or (f) of this subchapter or has a flash point 
above 60 [deg]C (140 [deg]F) but below 93 [deg]C (200 [deg]F).
    (e) Column 4: Identification number. Column 4 lists the 
identification number assigned to each proper shipping name. Those 
preceded by the letters ``UN'' are associated with proper shipping names 
considered appropriate for international transportation as well as 
domestic transportation. Those preceded by the letters ``NA'' are 
associated with proper shipping names not recognized for international 
transportation, except to and from Canada. Identification numbers in the 
``NA9000'' series are associated with proper shipping names not 
appropriately covered by international hazardous materials (dangerous 
goods) transportation standards, or not appropriately addressed by 
international transportation standards for emergency response 
information purposes, except for transportation between the United 
States and Canada. Those preceded by the letters ``ID'' are associated 
with proper shipping names recognized by the ICAO Technical Instructions 
(IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this subchapter).
    (f) Column 5: Packing group. Column 5 specifies one or more packing 
groups assigned to a material corresponding to the proper shipping name 
and hazard class for that material. Class 2, Class 7, Division 6.2 
(other than regulated medical wastes), and ORM-D materials, do not have 
packing groups. Articles in other than Class 1 are not assigned to 
packing groups. For packing purposes, any requirement for a specific 
packaging performance level is set out in the applicable packing 
authorizations of part 173. Packing Groups I, II and III indicate the 
degree of danger presented by the material is great, medium or minor, 
respectively. If more than one packing group is indicated for an entry, 
the packing group for the hazardous material is determined using the 
criteria for assignment of packing groups specified in subpart D of part 
173. When a reevaluation of test data or new data indicates a need to 
modify the specified packing group(s), the data should be submitted to 
the Associate Administrator. Each reference in this column to a material 
which is a hazardous waste or a hazardous substance, and whose proper 
shipping name is preceded in Column 1 of the Table by the letter ``A'' 
or ``W'', is modified to read ``III'' on those occasions when the 
material is offered for transportation or transported by a mode in which 
its transportation is not otherwise subject to requirements of this 
subchapter.
    (g) Column 6: Labels. Column 6 specifies codes which represent the 
hazard warning labels required for a package filled with a material 
conforming to the associated hazard class and proper shipping name, 
unless the package is otherwise excepted from labeling by a provision in 
subpart E of this part, or part 173 of this subchapter. The first code 
is indicative of the primary hazard of the material. Additional label 
codes are indicative of subsidiary hazards. Provisions in Sec.172.402 
may require that a label other than that specified

[[Page 155]]

in Column 6 be affixed to the package in addition to that specified in 
Column 6. No label is required for a material classed as a combustible 
liquid or for a Class 3 material that is reclassed as a combustible 
liquid. For ``Empty'' label requirements, see Sec.173.428 of this 
subchapter. The codes contained in Column 6 are defined according to the 
following table:

                        Label Substitution Table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                Label code                           Label name
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.........................................  Explosive
1.1 \1\...................................  Explosive 1.1\1\
1.2 \1\...................................  Explosive 1.2\1\
1.3 \1\...................................  Explosive 1.3\1\
1.4 \1\...................................  Explosive 1.4\1\
1.5 \1\...................................  Explosive 1.5\1\
1.6 \1\...................................  Explosive 1.6\1\
2.1.......................................  Flammable Gas
2.2.......................................  Non-Flammable Gas
2.3.......................................  Poison Gas
3.........................................  Flammable Liquid
4.1.......................................  Flammable Solid
4.2.......................................  Spontaneously Combustible
4.3.......................................  Dangerous When Wet
5.1.......................................  Oxidizer
5.2.......................................  Organic Peroxide
6.1 (inhalation hazard, Zone A or B)......  Poison Inhalation Hazard
6.1 (other than inhalation hazard, Zone A   Poison
 or B) \2\.
6.2.......................................  Infectious substance
7.........................................  Radioactive
8.........................................  Corrosive
9.........................................  Class 9
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Refers to the appropriate compatibility group letter.
\2\ The packing group for a material is indicated in column 5 of the
  table.

    (h) Column 7: Special provisions. Column 7 specifies codes for 
special provisions applicable to hazardous materials. When Column 7 
refers to a special provision for a hazardous material, the meaning and 
requirements of that special provision are as set forth in Sec.172.102 
of this subpart.
    (i) Column 8: Packaging authorizations. Columns 8A, 8B and 8C 
specify the applicable sections for exceptions, non-bulk packaging 
requirements and bulk packaging requirements, respectively, in part 173 
of this subchapter. Columns 8A, 8B and 8C are completed in a manner 
which indicates that ``Sec.173.'' precedes the designated numerical 
entry. For example, the entry ``202'' in Column 8B associated with the 
proper shipping name ``Gasoline'' indicates that for this material 
conformance to non-bulk packaging requirements prescribed in Sec.
173.202 of this subchapter is required. When packaging requirements are 
specified, they are in addition to the standard requirements for all 
packagings prescribed in Sec.173.24 of this subchapter and any other 
applicable requirements in subparts A and B of part 173 of this 
subchapter.
    (1) Exceptions. Column 8A contains exceptions from some of the 
requirements of this subchapter. The referenced exceptions are in 
addition to those specified in subpart A of part 173 and elsewhere in 
this subchapter. A ``None'' in this column means no packaging exceptions 
are authorized, except as may be provided by special provisions in 
Column 7.
    (2) Non-bulk packaging. Column 8B references the section in part 173 
of this subchapter which prescribes packaging requirements for non-bulk 
packagings. A ``None'' in this column means non-bulk packagings are not 
authorized, except as may be provided by special provisions in Column 7. 
Each reference in this column to a material which is a hazardous waste 
or a hazardous substance, and whose proper shipping name is preceded in 
Column 1 of the Table by the letter ``A'' or ``W'', is modified to 
include ``Sec.173.203'' or ``Sec.173.213'', as appropriate for 
liquids and solids, respectively, on those occasions when the material 
is offered for transportation or transported by a mode in which its 
transportation is not otherwise subject to the requirements of this 
subchapter.
    (3) Bulk packaging. Column (8C) specifies the section in part 173 of 
this subchapter that prescribes packaging requirements for bulk 
packagings, subject to the limitations, requirements, and additional 
authorizations of Columns (7) and (8B). A ``None'' in Column (8C) means 
bulk packagings are not authorized, except as may be provided by special 
provisions in Column (7) and in packaging authorizations Column (8B). 
Additional authorizations and limitations for use of UN portable tanks 
are set forth in Column 7. For each reference in this column to a 
material that is a hazardous waste or a hazardous substance, and whose 
proper shipping name is preceded in Column 1 of the Table by the letter 
``A'' or ``W'' and that is offered for transportation or transported by 
a mode in which its

[[Page 156]]

transportation is not otherwise subject to the requirements of this 
subchapter:
    (4) For a hazardous material which is specifically named in the 
Table and whose packaging sections specify packagings not applicable to 
the form of the material (e.g., packaging specified is for solid 
material and the material is being offered for transportation in a 
liquid form) the following table should be used to determine the 
appropriate packaging section:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                 Corresponding packaging
Packaging section reference for solid materials     section for liquid
                                                        materials
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sec. 173.187.................................           Sec. 173.181
Sec. 173.211.................................           Sec. 173.201
Sec. 173.212.................................           Sec. 173.202
Sec. 173.213.................................           Sec. 173.203
Sec. 173.240.................................           Sec. 173.241
Sec. 173.242.................................           Sec. 173.243
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (5) Cylinders. For cylinders, both non-bulk and bulk packaging 
authorizations are set forth in Column (8B). Notwithstanding a 
designation of ``None'' in Column (8C), a bulk cylinder may be used when 
specified through the section reference in Column (8B).
    (j) Column 9: Quantity limitations. Columns 9A and 9B specify the 
maximum quantities that may be offered for transportation in one package 
by passenger-carrying aircraft or passenger-carrying rail car (Column 
9A) or by cargo aircraft only (Column 9B), subject to the following:
    (1) ``Forbidden'' means the material may not be offered for 
transportation or transported in the applicable mode of transport.
    (2) The quantity limitation is ``net'' except where otherwise 
specified, such as for ``Consumer commodity'' which specifies ``30 kg 
gross.''
    (3) When articles or devices are specifically listed by name, the 
net quantity limitation applies to the entire article or device (less 
packaging and packaging materials) rather than only to its hazardous 
components.
    (4) A package offered or intended for transportation by aircraft and 
which is filled with a material forbidden on passenger-carrying aircraft 
but permitted on cargo aircraft only, or which exceeds the maximum net 
quantity authorized on passenger-carrying aircraft, shall be labelled 
with the CARGO AIRCRAFT ONLY label specified in Sec.172.448 of this 
part.
    (5) The total net quantity of hazardous material for an outer non-
bulk packaging that contains more than one hazardous material may not 
exceed the lowest permitted maximum net quantity per package as shown in 
Column 9A or 9B, as appropriate. If one material is a liquid and one is 
a solid, the maximum net quantity must be calculated in kilograms. See 
Sec.173.24a(c)(1)(iv).
    (k) Column 10: Vessel stowage requirements. Column 10A [Vessel 
stowage] specifies the authorized stowage locations on board cargo and 
passenger vessels. Column 10B [Other provisions] specifies codes for 
stowage and handling requirements for specific hazardous materials. 
Hazardous materials offered for transportation as limited quantities are 
allocated stowage category A and are not subject to the stowage codes 
assigned by column 10B. The meaning of each code in Column 10B is set 
forth in Sec.176.84 of this subchapter. Section 176.63 of this 
subchapter sets forth the physical requirements for each of the 
authorized locations listed in Column 10A. (For bulk transportation by 
vessel, see 46 CFR parts 30 to 40, 70, 98, 148, 151, 153 and 154.) The 
authorized stowage locations specified in Column 10A are defined as 
follows:
    (1) Stowage category ``A'' means the material may be stowed ``on 
deck'' or ``under deck'' on a cargo vessel or on a passenger vessel.
    (2) Stowage category ``B'' means--
    (i) The material may be stowed ``on deck'' or ``under deck'' on a 
cargo vessel and on a passenger vessel carrying a number of passengers 
limited to not more than the larger of 25 passengers, or one passenger 
per each 3 m of overall vessel length; and
    (ii) ``On deck only'' on passenger vessels in which the number of 
passengers specified in paragraph (k)(2)(i) of this section is exceeded.
    (3) Stowage category ``C'' means the material must be stowed ``on 
deck only'' on a cargo vessel or on a passenger vessel.
    (4) Stowage category ``D'' means the material must be stowed ``on 
deck

[[Page 157]]

only'' on a cargo vessel or on a passenger vessel carrying a number of 
passengers limited to not more than the larger of 25 passengers or one 
passenger per each 3 m of overall vessel length, but the material is 
prohibited on a passenger vessel in which the limiting number of 
passengers is exceeded.
    (5) Stowage category ``E'' means the material may be stowed ``on 
deck'' or ``under deck'' on a cargo vessel or on a passenger vessel 
carrying a number of passengers limited to not more than the larger of 
25 passengers, or one passenger per each 3 m of overall vessel length, 
but is prohibited from carriage on a passenger vessel in which the 
limiting number of passengers is exceeded.
    (6) Stowage category ``01'' means the material may be stowed ``on 
deck'' in closed cargo transport units or ``under deck'' on a cargo 
vessel (up to 12 passengers) or on a passenger vessel.
    (7) Stowage category ``02'' means the material may be stowed ``on 
deck'' in closed cargo transport units or ``under deck'' on a cargo 
vessel (up to 12 passengers) or ``on deck'' in closed cargo transport 
units or ``under deck'' in closed cargo transport units on a passenger 
vessel.
    (8) Stowage category ``03'' means the material may be stowed ``on 
deck'' in closed cargo transport units or ``under deck'' on a cargo 
vessel (up to 12 passengers) but the material is prohibited on a 
passenger vessel.
    (9) Stowage category ``04'' means the material may be stowed ``on 
deck'' in closed cargo transport units or ``under deck'' in closed cargo 
transports on a cargo vessel (up to 12 passengers) but the material is 
prohibited on a passenger vessel.
    (10) Stowage category ``05'' means the material may be stowed ``on 
deck'' in closed cargo transport units on a cargo vessel (up to 12 
passengers) but the material is prohibited on a passenger vessel.
    (l) Changes to the Table. (1) Unless specifically stated otherwise 
in a rule document published in the Federal Register amending the 
Table--
    (i) Such a change does not apply to the shipment of any package 
filled prior to the effective date of the amendment; and
    (ii) Stocks of preprinted shipping papers and package markings may 
be continued in use, in the manner previously authorized, until depleted 
or for a one-year period, subsequent to the effective date of the 
amendment, whichever is less.
    (2) Except as otherwise provided in this section, any alteration of 
a shipping description or associated entry which is listed in the Sec.
172.101 Table must receive prior written approval from the Associate 
Administrator.
    (3) The proper shipping name of a hazardous material changed in the 
May 6, 1997 final rule, in effect on October 1, 1997, only by the 
addition or omission of the word ``compressed,'' ``inhibited,'' 
``liquefied'' or ``solution'' may continue to be used to comply with 
package marking requirements, until January 1, 2003.

[[Page 158]]



                                                                            Sec. 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                                 (8)                           (9)           (10) Vessel stowage
                                                                                                                --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                     Packaging (Sec. 173.***)       Quantity limitations
               Hazardous materials          Hazard                                                              ------------------------------------     (see Sec.Sec.
Symbols      descriptions and proper       class or   Identification     PG     Label      Special provisions                                          173.27 and 175.75)
                  shipping names           Division       Numbers               Codes       (Sec. 172.102)                                        ------------------------  Location    Other
                                                                                                                  Exceptions    Non-bulk     Bulk     Passenger     Cargo
                                                                                                                                                      aircraft/   aircraft
                                                                                                                                                        rail        only
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1)      (2)                                    (3)  (4)                (5)   (6)                           (7)  (8A)          (8B)        (8C)            (9A)        (9B)  (10A)         (10B)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
         Accellerene, see p-
          Nitrosodimethylaniline
         Accumulators, electric, see
          Batteries, wet etc
         Accumulators, pressurized,
          pneumatic or hydraulic
          (containing non-flamable gas),
          see Articles pressurized,
          pneumatic or hydraulic
          (containing non-flamable gas)
         Acetal                                   3  UN1088              II   3                    IB2, T4, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  E
         Acetaldehyde                             3  UN1089               I   3              B16, T11, TP2, TP7  None          201         243        Forbidden        30 L  E
   A     Acetaldehyde ammonia                     9  UN1841             III   9         IB8, IP3, IP7, T1, TP33  155           204         240           200 kg      200 kg  A                34
         Acetaldehyde oxime                       3  UN2332             III   3                B1, IB3, T4, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
         Acetic acid, glacial or Acetic           8  UN2789              II   8, 3        A3, A7, A10, B2, IB2,  154           202         243              1 L        30 L  A
          acid solution, with more than                                                                 T7, TP2
          80 percent acid, by mass
         Acetic acid solution, not less           8  UN2790              II   8           148, A3, A7, A10, B2,  154           202         242              1 L        30 L  A
          than 50 percent but not more                                                             IB2, T7, TP2
          than 80 percent acid, by mass
         Acetic acid solution, with more          8  UN2790             III   8               148, IB3, T4, TP1  154           203         242              5 L        60 L  A
          than 10 percent and less than
          50 percent acid, by mass
         Acetic anhydride                         8  UN1715              II   8, 3        A3, A7, A10, B2, IB2,  154           202         243              1 L        30 L  A                40
                                                                                                        T7, TP2
         Acetone                                  3  UN1090              II   3                    IB2, T4, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B
         Acetone cyanohydrin, stabilized        6.1  UN1541               I   6.1         2, B9, B14, B32, B76,  None          227         244        Forbidden   Forbidden  D           25, 40,
                                                                                            B77, N34, T20, TP2,                                                                           52, 53
                                                                                               TP13, TP38, TP45
         Acetone oils                             3  UN1091              II   3               IB2, T4, TP1, TP8  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B
         Acetonitrile                             3  UN1648              II   3                    IB2, T7, TP2  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B                40
         Acetyl acetone peroxide with     Forbidden
          more than 9 percent by mass
          active oxygen
         Acetyl benzoyl peroxide, solid,  Forbidden
          or with more than 40 percent
          in solution
         Acetyl bromide                           8  UN1716              II   8                B2, IB2, T8, TP2  154           202         242              1 L        30 L  C                40

[[Page 159]]

 
         Acetyl chloride                          3  UN1717              II   3, 8        A3, A7, IB1, N34, T8,  150           202         243              1 L         5 L  B                40
                                                                                                            TP2
         Acetyl cyclohexanesulfonyl       Forbidden
          peroxide, with more than 82
          percent wetted with less than
          12 percent water
         Acetyl iodide                            8  UN1898              II   8          B2, IB2, T7, TP2, TP13  154           202         242              1 L        30 L  C                40
         Acetyl methyl carbinol                   3  UN2621             III   3                B1, IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
         Acetyl peroxide, solid, or with  Forbidden
          more than 25 percent in
          solution
         Acetylene, dissolved                   2.1  UN1001            .....  2.1                      N86, N88  None          303         None       Forbidden       15 kg  D           25, 40,
                                                                                                                                                                                              57
         Acetylene (liquefied)            Forbidden
         Acetylene silver nitrate         Forbidden
         Acetylene, solvent free          Forbidden
         Acetylene tetrabromide, see
          Tetrabromoethane
         Acid butyl phosphate, see Butyl
          acid phosphate
         Acid, sludge, see Sludge acid
         Acridine                               6.1  UN2713             III   6.1            IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  153           213         240           100 kg      200 kg  A
         Acrolein dimer, stabilized               3  UN2607             III   3           387, B1, IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  C            25, 40
         Acrolein, stabilized                   6.1  UN1092               I   6.1, 3      1, 380, 387, B9, B14,  None          226         244        Forbidden   Forbidden  D            25, 40
                                                                                            B30, B42, B77, T22,
                                                                                          TP2, TP7, TP13, TP38,
                                                                                                           TP44
         Acrylamide, solid                      6.1  UN2074             III   6.1            IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  153           213         240           100 kg      200 kg  A            12, 25
         Acrylamide solution                    6.1  UN3426             III   6.1                  IB3, T4, TP1  153           203         241             60 L       220 L  A            12, 25
         Acrylic acid, stabilized                 8  UN2218              II   8, 3        387, B2, IB2, T7, TP2  154           202         243              1 L        30 L  C            25, 40
         Acrylonitrile, stabilized                3  UN1093               I   3, 6.1    387, B9, T14, TP2, TP13  None          201         243        Forbidden        30 L  D            25, 40
         Actuating cartridge, explosive,
          see Cartridges, power device
         Adhesives, containing a                  3  UN1133               I   3             T11, TP1, TP8, TP27  150           201         243              1 L        30 L  B
          flammable liquid
                                                                         II   3         149, 383, B52, IB2, T4,  150           173         242              5 L        60 L  B
                                                                                                       TP1, TP8
                                                                        III   3           B1, B52, IB3, T2, TP1  150           173         242             60 L       220 L  A
         Adiponitrile                           6.1  UN2205             III   6.1                  IB3, T3, TP1  153           203         241             60 L       220 L  A
   G     Adsorbed gas, n.o.s                    2.2  UN3511            .....  2.2       .......................  None          302c        None           75 kg      150 kg  A
   G     Adsorbed gas, flammable, n.o.s         2.1  UN3510            .....  2.1       .......................  None          302c        None       Forbidden      150 kg  D                40
   G     Adsorbed gas, oxidizing, n.o.s         2.2  UN3513            .....  2.2, 5.1  .......................  None          302c        None           75 kg      150 kg  D
   G     Adsorbed gas, toxic, n.o.s.            2.3  UN3512            .....  2.3                             1  None          302c        None       Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
          Inhalation hazard zone A
   G     Adsorbed gas, toxic, n.o.s.            2.3  UN3512            .....  2.3                    2, B9, B14  None          302c        None       Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
          Inhalation hazard zone B
   G     Adsorbed gas, toxic, n.o.s.            2.3  UN3512            .....  2.3                        3, B14  None          302c        None       Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
          Inhalation hazard zone C

[[Page 160]]

 
   G     Adsorbed gas, toxic, n.o.s.            2.3  UN3512            .....  2.3                             4  None          302c        None       Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
          Inhalation hazard zone D
   G     Adsorbed gas, toxic, corrosive,        2.3  UN3516            .....  2.3, 8                     1, 379  None          302c        None       Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
          n.o.s. Inhalation hazard zone
          A
   G     Adsorbed gas, toxic, corrosive,        2.3  UN3516            .....  2.3, 8            2, 379, B9, B14  None          302c        None       Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
          n.o.s. Inhalation hazard zone
          B
   G     Adsorbed gas, toxic, corrosive,        2.3  UN3516            .....  2.3, 8                3, 379, B14  None          302c        None       Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
          n.o.s. Inhalation hazard zone
          C
   G     Adsorbed gas, toxic, corrosive,        2.3  UN3516            .....  2.3, 8                     4, 379  None          302c        None       Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
          n.o.s. Inhalation hazard zone
          D
   G     Adsorbed gas, toxic, flammable,        2.3  UN3514            .....  2.3, 2.1                        1  None          302c        None       Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
          n.o.s. Inhalation hazard zone
          A
   G     Adsorbed gas, toxic, flammable,        2.3  UN3514            .....  2.3, 2.1               2, B9, B14  None          302c        None       Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
          n.o.s. Inhalation hazard zone
          B
   G     Adsorbed gas, toxic, flammable,        2.3  UN3514            .....  2.3, 2.1                   3, B14  None          302c        None       Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
          n.o.s. Inhalation hazard zone
          C
   G     Adsorbed gas, toxic, flammable,        2.3  UN3514            .....  2.3, 2.1                        4  None          302c        None       Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
          n.o.s. Inhalation hazard zone
          D
   G     Adsorbed gas, toxic, flammable,        2.3  UN3517            .....  2.3,                            1  None          302c        None       Forbidden   Forbidden  D            17, 40
          corrosive, n.o.s. Inhalation                                         2.1, 8
          hazard zone A
   G     Adsorbed gas, toxic, flammable,        2.3  UN3517            .....  2.3,                   2, B9, B14  None          302c        None       Forbidden   Forbidden  D            17, 40
          corrosive, n.o.s. Inhalation                                         2.1, 8
          hazard zone B
   G     Adsorbed gas, toxic, flammable,        2.3  UN3517            .....  2.3,                       3, B14  None          302c        None       Forbidden   Forbidden  D            17, 40
          corrosive, n.o.s. Inhalation                                         2.1, 8
          hazard zone C
   G     Adsorbed gas, toxic, flammable,        2.3  UN3517            .....  2.3,                            4  None          302c        None       Forbidden   Forbidden  D            17, 40
          corrosive, n.o.s. Inhalation                                         2.1, 8
          hazard zone D
   G     Adsorbed gas, toxic, oxidizing,        2.3  UN3515            .....  2.3, 5.1                        1  None          302c        None       Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
          n.o.s. Inhalation hazard zone
          A
   G     Adsorbed gas, toxic, oxidizing,        2.3  UN3515            .....  2.3, 5.1               2, B9, B14  None          302c        None       Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
          n.o.s. Inhalation hazard zone
          B
   G     Adsorbed gas, toxic, oxidizing,        2.3  UN3515            .....  2.3, 5.1                   3, B14  None          302c        None       Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
          n.o.s. Inhalation hazard zone
          C
   G     Adsorbed gas, toxic, oxidizing,        2.3  UN3515            .....  2.3, 5.1                        4  None          302c        None       Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
          n.o.s. Inhalation hazard zone
          D

[[Page 161]]

 
   G     Adsorbed gas, toxic, oxidizing,        2.3  UN3518            .....  2.3,                            1  None          302c        None       Forbidden   Forbidden  D           40, 89,
          corrosive, n.o.s. Inhalation                                         5.1, 8                                                                                                         90
          hazard zone A
   G     Adsorbed gas, toxic, oxidizing,        2.3  UN3518            .....  2.3,                   2, B9, B14  None          302c        None       Forbidden   Forbidden  D           40, 89,
          corrosive, n.o.s. Inhalation                                         5.1, 8                                                                                                         90
          hazard zone B
   G     Adsorbed gas, toxic, oxidizing,        2.3  UN3518            .....  2.3,                       3, B14  None          302c        None       Forbidden   Forbidden  D           40, 89,
          corrosive, n.o.s. Inhalation                                         5.1, 8                                                                                                         90
          hazard zone C
   G     Adsorbed gas, toxic, oxidizing,        2.3  UN3518            .....  2.3,                            4  None          302c        None       Forbidden   Forbidden  D           40, 89,
          corrosive, n.o.s. Inhalation                                         5.1, 8                                                                                                         90
          hazard zone D
         Aerosols, corrosive, Packing           2.2  UN1950            .....  2.2, 8                        A34  306           None        None           75 kg      150 kg  A           25, 87,
          Group II or III, (each not                                                                                                                                                         126
          exceeding 1 L capacity).
         Aerosols, flammable, (each not         2.1  UN1950            .....  2.1                           N82  306           None        None           75 kg      150 kg  A           25, 87,
          exceeding 1 L capacity)                                                                                                                                                            126
         Aerosols, flammable, n.o.s.            2.1  UN1950            .....  2.1                           N82  306           304         None       Forbidden      150 kg  A           25, 87,
          (engine starting fluid) (each                                                                                                                                                      126
          not exceeding 1 L capacity)
         Aerosols, non-flammable, (each         2.2  UN1950            .....  2.2       .......................  306           None        None           75 kg      150 kg  A           25, 87,
          not exceeding 1 L capacity)                                                                                                                                                        126
         Aerosols, poison, Packing Group        2.2  UN1950            .....  2.2, 6.1  .......................  306           None        None       Forbidden   Forbidden  A           25, 87,
          III (each not exceeding 1 L                                                                                                                                                        126
          capacity)
         Air bag inflators, or Air bag
          modules, or Seat-belt
          pretensioners, see Safety
          devices, electrically
          initiated or Safety devices,
          pyrotechnic
         Air, compressed                        2.2  UN1002            .....  2.2                            78  306, 307      302         302            75 kg      150 kg  A
         Air, refrigerated liquid,              2.2  UN1003            .....  2.2, 5.1           T75, TP5, TP22  320           316         318, 319   Forbidden   Forbidden  D                51
          (cryogenic liquid)
         Air, refrigerated liquid,              2.2  UN1003            .....  2.2, 5.1           T75, TP5, TP22  320           316         318, 319   Forbidden   Forbidden  D                51
          (cryogenic liquid) non-
          pressurized
         Aircraft engines (including
          turbines), see Engines,
          internal combustion
         Aircraft evacuation slides, see
          Life saving appliances etc
         Aircraft hydraulic power unit            3  UN3165               I   3, 6.1,   .......................  None          172         None       Forbidden        42 L  E           21, 40,
          fuel tank (containing a                                              8                                                                                                         49, 100
          mixture of anhydrous hydrazine
          and monomethyl hydrazine) (M86
          fuel)
         Aircraft survival kits, see
          Life saving appliances etc
   G     Alcoholates solution, n.o.s.,            3  UN3274              II   3, 8                          IB2  150           202         243              1 L         5 L  B
          in alcohol
         Alcoholic beverages                      3  UN3065              II   3           24, 149, B1, IB2, T4,  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  A
                                                                                                            TP1

[[Page 162]]

 
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   3           24, B1, IB3, N11, T2,  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
                                                                                                            TP1
         Alcohols, n.o.s.                         3  UN1987               I   3             172, T11, TP1, TP8,  4b            201         243              1 L        30 L  E
                                                                                                           TP27
                                          .........  ................    II   3         172, IB2, T7, TP1, TP8,  4b, 150       202         242              5 L        60 L  B
                                                                                                           TP28
                                          .........  ................   III   3          172, B1, IB3, T4, TP1,  4b, 150       203         242             60 L       220 L  A
                                                                                                           TP29
   G     Alcohols, flammable, toxic               3  UN1986               I   3, 6.1       T14, TP2, TP13, TP27  None          201         243        Forbidden        30 L  E                40
          n.o.s
                                                                         II   3, 6.1        IB2, T11, TP2, TP27  150           202         243              1 L        60 L  B                40
                                                                        III   3, 6.1     B1, IB3, T7, TP1, TP28  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
         Aldehydes, n.o.s.                        3  UN1989               I   3                  T11, TP1, TP27  None          201         243              1 L        30 L  E
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   3         IB2, T7, TP1, TP8, TP28  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   3          B1, IB3, T4, TP1, TP29  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
   G     Aldehydes, flammable, toxic,             3  UN1988               I   3, 6.1       T14, TP2, TP13, TP27  None          201         243        Forbidden        30 L  E                40
          n.o.s.
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   3, 6.1        IB2, T11, TP2, TP27  150           202         243              1 L        60 L  B                40
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   3, 6.1     B1, IB3, T7, TP1, TP28  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
         Aldol                                  6.1  UN2839              II   6.1                  IB2, T7, TP2  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  A            12, 25
   G     Alkali metal alcoholates, self-        4.2  UN3206              II   4.2, 8      64, A7, IB5, IP2, T3,  None          212         242            15 kg       50 kg  B
          heating, corrosive, n.o.s                                                                   TP33, W31
                                          .........                     III   4.2, 8      64, A7, IB8, IP3, T1,  None          213         242            25 kg      100 kg  B
                                                                                                      TP33, W31
         Alkali metal alloys, liquid,           4.3  UN1421               I   4.3         A2, A7, B48, N34, W31  None          201         244        Forbidden         1 L  D           13, 52,
          n.o.s                                                                                                                                                                              148
         Alkali metal amalgam, liquid           4.3  UN1389               I   4.3              A2, A7, N34, W31  None          201         244        Forbidden         1 L  D           13, 40,
                                                                                                                                                                                         52, 148
         Alkali metal amalgam, solid            4.3  UN3401               I   4.3       IB4, IP1, N40, T9, TP7,  None          211         242        Forbidden       15 kg  D           13, 52,
                                                                                                      TP33, W32                                                                              148
         Alkali metal amides                    4.3  UN1390              II   4.3         A6, A7, A8, A19, A20,  151           212         241            15 kg       50 kg  E           13, 40,
                                                                                            IB7, IP2, IP21, T3,                                                                          52, 148
                                                                                                 TP33, W31, W40
         Alkali metal dispersions,              4.3  UN3482               I   4.3, 3                A2, A7, W31  None          201         244        Forbidden         1 L  D           13, 52,
          flammable or Alkaline earth                                                                                                                                                        148
          metal dispersions, flammable
         Alkali metal dispersions, or           4.3  UN1391               I   4.3                   A2, A7, W31  None          201         244        Forbidden         1 L  D           13, 52,
          Alkaline earth metal                                                                                                                                                               148
          dispersions
         Alkaline corrosive liquids,
          n.o.s., see Caustic alkali
          liquids, n.o.s.

[[Page 163]]

 
   G     Alkaline earth metal                   4.2  UN3205              II   4.2         65, A7, IB6, IP2, T3,  None          212         241            15 kg       50 kg  B
          alcoholates, n.o.s                                                                          TP33, W31
                                          .........                     III   4.2         65, A7, IB8, IP3, T1,  None          213         241            25 kg      100 kg  B
                                                                                                      TP33, W31
         Alkaline earth metal alloys,           4.3  UN1393              II   4.3       A19, IB7, IP2, IP4, T3,  151           212         241            15 kg       50 kg  E           13, 52,
          n.o.s                                                                                  TP33, W31, W40                                                                              148
         Alkaline earth metal amalgams,         4.3  UN1392               I   4.3            A19, N34, N40, W31  None          201         244        Forbidden         1 L  E           13, 40,
          liquid                                                                                                                                                                         52, 148
         Alkaline earth metal amalgams,         4.3  UN3402               I   4.3       A19, N34, N40, T9, TP7,  None          211         242        Forbidden       15 kg  D           13, 52,
          solid                                                                                       TP33, W32                                                                              148
   G     Alkaloids, liquid, n.o.s., or          6.1  UN3140               I   6.1            A4, T14, TP2, TP27  None          201         243              1 L        30 L  A
          Alkaloid salts, liquid, n.o.s.
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   6.1           IB2, T11, TP2, TP27  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  A
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   6.1            IB3, T7, TP1, TP28  153           203         241             60 L       220 L  A
   G     Alkaloids, solid, n.o.s. or            6.1  UN1544               I   6.1            IB7, IP1, T6, TP33  None          211         242             5 kg       50 kg  A           .......
          Alkaloid salts, solid, n.o.s.
          poisonous
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A           .......
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   6.1            IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  153           213         240           100 kg      200 kg  A           .......
         Alkyl sulfonic acids, liquid or          8  UN2584              II   8          B2, IB2, T8, TP2, TP13  154           202         242              1 L        30 L  B
          Aryl sulfonic acids, liquid
          with more than 5 percent free
          sulfuric acid
         Alkyl sulfonic acids, liquid or          8  UN2586             III   8                    IB3, T4, TP1  154           203         241              5 L        60 L  B
          Aryl sulfonic acids, liquid
          with not more than 5 percent
          free sulfuric acid
         Alkyl sulfonic acids, solid or           8  UN2583              II   8         IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  154           212         240            15 kg       50 kg  A
          Aryl sulfonic acids, solid,
          with more than 5 percent free
          sulfuric acid
         Alkyl sulfonic acids, solid or           8  UN2585             III   8              IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  154           213         240            25 kg      100 kg  A
          Aryl sulfonic acids, solid
          with not more than 5 percent
          free sulfuric acid
         Alkylphenols, liquid, n.o.s.             8  UN3145               I   8                        T14, TP2  None          201         243            0.5 L       2.5 L  B
          (including C2-C12 homologues)
                                                                         II   8             IB2, T11, TP2, TP27  154           202         242              1 L        30 L  B
                                                                        III   8              IB3, T7, TP1, TP28  154           203         241              5 L        60 L  A
         Alkylphenols, solid, n.o.s.              8  UN2430               I   8              IB7, IP1, T6, TP33  None          211         242             1 kg       25 kg  B
          (including C2-C12 homologues)
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   8         IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  154           212         240            15 kg       50 kg  B
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   8              IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  154           213         240            25 kg      100 kg  A
         Alkylsulfuric acids                      8  UN2571              II   8         B2, IB2, T8, TP2, TP13,  154           202         242              1 L        30 L  C                14
                                                                                                           TP28
         Allethrin, see Pesticides,
          liquid, toxic, n.o.s.
         Allyl acetate                            3  UN2333              II   3, 6.1         IB2, T7, TP1, TP13  150           202         243              1 L        60 L  E                40
         Allyl alcohol                          6.1  UN1098               I   6.1, 3      2, B9, B14, B32, B77,  None          227         244        Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
                                                                                          T20, TP2, TP13, TP38,
                                                                                                           TP45
         Allyl bromide                            3  UN1099               I   3, 6.1             T14, TP2, TP13  None          201         243        Forbidden        30 L  B                40
         Allyl chloride                           3  UN1100               I   3, 6.1             T14, TP2, TP13  None          201         243        Forbidden        30 L  E                40

[[Page 164]]

 
         Allyl chlorocarbonate, see
          Allyl chloroformate
         Allyl chloroformate                    6.1  UN1722               I   6.1, 3,     2, B9, B14, B32, N41,  None          227         244        Forbidden   Forbidden  D           21, 40,
                                                                               8          T20, TP2, TP13, TP38,                                                                              100
                                                                                                           TP45
         Allyl ethyl ether                        3  UN2335              II   3, 6.1         IB2, T7, TP1, TP13  150           202         243              1 L        60 L  E                40
         Allyl formate                            3  UN2336               I   3, 6.1             T14, TP2, TP13  None          201         243        Forbidden        30 L  E                40
         Allyl glycidyl ether                     3  UN2219             III   3                B1, IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
         Allyl iodide                             3  UN1723              II   3, 8       A3, IB1, N34, T7, TP2,  150           202         243              1 L         5 L  B                40
                                                                                                           TP13
         Allyl isothiocyanate,                  6.1  UN1545              II   6.1, 3      387, A3, A7, IB2, T7,  None          202         243        Forbidden        60 L  D            25, 40
          stabilized                                                                                        TP2
         Allylamine                             6.1  UN2334               I   6.1, 3      2, B9, B14, B32, T20,  None          227         244        Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
                                                                                          TP2, TP13, TP38, TP45
         Allyltrichlorosilane,                    8  UN1724              II   8, 3        387, A7, B2, B6, N34,  None          206         243        Forbidden        30 L  C            25, 40
          stabilized                                                                        T10, TP2, TP7, TP13
         Aluminum borohydride or                4.2  UN2870               I   4.2, 4.3      B11, T21, TP7, TP33  None          181         244        Forbidden   Forbidden  D           13, 148
          Aluminum borohydride in
          devices
         Aluminum bromide, anhydrous              8  UN1725              II   8         IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  154           212         240            15 kg       50 kg  A                40
         Aluminum bromide, solution               8  UN2580             III   8                    IB3, T4, TP1  154           203         241              5 L        60 L  A
         Aluminum carbide                       4.3  UN1394              II   4.3          A20, IB7, IP2, IP21,  151           212         242            15 kg       50 kg  A           13, 52,
                                                                                        N41, T3, TP33, W31, W40                                                                              148
         Aluminum chloride, anhydrous             8  UN1726              II   8         IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  154           212         240            15 kg       50 kg  A                40
         Aluminum chloride, solution              8  UN2581             III   8                    IB3, T4, TP1  154           203         241              5 L        60 L  A
         Aluminum dross, wet or hot       Forbidden
         Aluminum ferrosilicon powder           4.3  UN1395              II   4.3, 6.1       A19, IB5, IP2, T3,  151           212         242            15 kg       50 kg  A           13, 39,
                                                                                                 TP33, W31, W40                                                                          40, 52,
                                                                                                                                                                                         53, 85,
                                                                                                                                                                                            103,
                                                                                                                                                                                             148
                                          .........                     III   4.3, 6.1            A19, A20, IB4  151           213         241            25 kg      100 kg  A           13, 39,
                                                                                                                                                                                         40, 52,
                                                                                                                                                                                         53, 85,
                                                                                                                                                                                            103,
                                                                                                                                                                                             148
         Aluminum hydride                       4.3  UN2463               I   4.3                 A19, N40, W32  None          211         242        Forbidden       15 kg  E           13, 148
   D     Aluminum, molten                         9  NA9260             III   9                    IB3, T1, TP3  None          None        247        Forbidden   Forbidden  D

[[Page 165]]

 
         Aluminum nitrate                       5.1  UN1438             III   5.1        A1, A29, IB8, IP3, T1,  152           213         240            25 kg      100 kg  A
                                                                                                           TP33
         Aluminum phosphate solution,
          see Corrosive liquids, etc
         Aluminum phosphide                     4.3  UN1397               I   4.3, 6.1        A8, A19, N40, W32  None          211         242        Forbidden       15 kg  E           13, 40,
                                                                                                                                                                                         52, 85,
                                                                                                                                                                                             148
         Aluminum phosphide pesticides          6.1  UN3048               I   6.1       A8, IB7, IP1, T6, TP33,  None          211         242        Forbidden       15 kg  E            40, 85
                                                                                                            W31
         Aluminum powder, coated                4.1  UN1309              II   4.1           IB8, IP2, IP21, T3,  151           212         240            15 kg       50 kg  A           13, 39,
                                                                                                     TP33, W100                                                                          52, 53,
                                                                                                                                                                                             74,
                                                                                                                                                                                            101,
                                                                                                                                                                                            147,
                                                                                                                                                                                             148
                                          .........                     III   4.1          B134, IB8, IP21, T1,  151           213         240            25 kg      100 kg  A           13, 39,
                                                                                                     TP33, W100                                                                          52, 53,
                                                                                                                                                                                             74,
                                                                                                                                                                                            101,
                                                                                                                                                                                            147,
                                                                                                                                                                                             148
         Aluminum powder, uncoated              4.3  UN1396              II   4.3           A19, A20, IB7, IP2,  151           212         242            15 kg       50 kg  A           13, 39,
                                                                                           IP21, T3, TP33, W31,                                                                          52, 53,
                                                                                                            W40                                                                              148
                                          .........                     III   4.3          A19, A20, IB8, IP21,  151           213         241            25 kg      100 kg  A           13, 39,
                                                                                             T1, TP33, W31, W40                                                                          52, 53,
                                                                                                                                                                                             148
         Aluminum resinate                      4.1  UN2715             III   4.1                 IB6, T1, TP33  151           213         240            25 kg      100 kg  A
         Aluminum silicon powder,               4.3  UN1398             III   4.3        A1, A19, IB8, IP4, T1,  151           213         241            25 kg      100 kg  A           13, 39,
          uncoated                                                                               TP33, W31, W40                                                                          40, 52,
                                                                                                                                                                                         53, 85,
                                                                                                                                                                                            103,
                                                                                                                                                                                             148
         Aluminum smelting by-products          4.3  UN3170              II   4.3          128, B115, IB7, IP2,  None          212         242            15 kg       50 kg  B           13, 85,
          or Aluminum remelting by-                                                        IP21, T3, TP33, W31,                                                                             103,
          products                                                                                          W40                                                                              148
                                          .........                     III   4.3         128, B115, IB8, IP21,  None          213         241            25 kg      100 kg  B           13, 85,
                                                                                                  T1, TP33, W31                                                                             103,
                                                                                                                                                                                             148
         Amatols, see Explosives,
          blasting, type B
   G     Amine, flammable, corrosive,             3  UN2733               I   3, 8               T14, TP1, TP27  None          201         243            0.5 L       2.5 L  D            40, 52
          n.o.s. or Polyamines,
          flammable, corrosive, n.o.s
                                                                         II   3, 8          IB2, T11, TP1, TP27  150           202         243              1 L         5 L  B            40, 52
                                                                        III   3, 8       B1, IB3, T7, TP1, TP28  150           203         242              5 L        60 L  A            40, 52
   G     Amine, liquid, corrosive,                8  UN2734               I   8, 3          N34, T14, TP2, TP27  None          201         243            0.5 L       2.5 L  A                52
          flammable, n.o.s. or
          Polyamines, liquid, corrosive,
          flammable, n.o.s
                                                                         II   8, 3          IB2, T11, TP2, TP27  None          202         243              1 L        30 L  A                52

[[Page 166]]

 
   G     Amines, liquid, corrosive,               8  UN2735               I   8             B10, N34, T14, TP2,  None          201         243            0.5 L       2.5 L  A                52
          n.o.s. or Polyamines, liquid,                                                                    TP27
          corrosive, n.o.s
                                                                         II   8         B2, IB2, T11, TP1, TP27  154           202         242              1 L        30 L  A                52
                                                                        III   8              IB3, T7, TP1, TP28  154           203         241              5 L        60 L  A                52
   G     Amines, solid, corrosive,                8  UN3259               I   8              IB7, IP1, T6, TP33  None          211         242             1 kg       25 kg  A                52
          n.o.s., or Polyamines, solid,
          corrosive n.o.s.
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   8         IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  154           212         240            15 kg       50 kg  A                52
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   8              IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  154           213         240            25 kg      100 kg  A                52
         2-Amino-4-chlorophenol                 6.1  UN2673              II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A
         2-Amino-5-diethylaminopentane          6.1  UN2946             III   6.1                  IB3, T4, TP1  153           203         241             60 L       220 L  A
         2-Amino-4,6-Dinitrophenol,             4.1  UN3317               I   4.1        23, A8, A19, A20, N41,  None          211         None            1 kg       15 kg  E            28, 36
          wetted with not less than 20                                                                      W31
          percent water by mass
         2-(2-Aminoethoxy) ethanol                8  UN3055             III   8                    IB3, T4, TP1  154           203         241              5 L        60 L  A
         N-Aminoethylpiperazine                   8  UN2815             III   8, 6.1               IB3, T4, TP1  154           203         241              5 L        60 L  B           12, 25,
                                                                                                                                                                                              40
   +     Aminophenols (o-; m-; p-)              6.1  UN2512             III   6.1            IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  153           213         240           100 kg      200 kg  A
         Aminopropyldiethanolamine, see
          Amines, etc
         n-Aminopropylmorpholine, see
          Amines, etc
         Aminopyridines (o-; m-; p-)            6.1  UN2671              II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  B           12, 25,
                                                                                                                                                                                          40, 52
   I     Ammonia, anhydrous                     2.3  UN1005            .....  2.3, 8           4, 379, N87, T50  None          304         314, 315   Forbidden   Forbidden  D           40, 52,
                                                                                                                                                                                              57
   D     Ammonia, anhydrous                     2.2  UN1005            .....  2.2                  13, 379, T50  None          304         314, 315   Forbidden   Forbidden  D           40, 52,
                                                                                                                                                                                              57
         Ammonia solution, relative             2.2  UN2073                   2.2                           N87  306           304         314, 315   Forbidden      150 kg  E           40, 52,
          density less than 0.880 at 15                                                                                                                                                       57
          degrees C in water, with more
          than 35 percent but not more
          than 50 percent ammonia

[[Page 167]]

 
         Ammonia solution, relative               8  UN2672             III   8          336, IB3, IP8, T7, TP2  154           203         241               5L         60L  A           40, 52,
          density between 0.880 and                                                                                                                                                           85
          0.957 at 15 degrees C in
          water, with more than 10
          percent but not more than 35
          percent ammonia
   I     Ammonia solution, relative             2.3  UN3318            .....  2.3, 8                4, N87, T50  None          304         314, 315   Forbidden   Forbidden  D           40, 52,
          density less than 0.880 at 15                                                                                                                                                       57
          degrees C in water, with more
          than 50 percent ammonia
   D     Ammonia solution, relative             2.2  UN3318            .....  2.2                       13, T50  None          304         314, 315   Forbidden   Forbidden  D           40, 52,
          density less than 0.880 at 15                                                                                                                                                       57
          degrees C in water, with more
          than 50 percent ammonia
         Ammonium arsenate                      6.1  UN1546              II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A                53
         Ammonium azide                   Forbidden
         Ammonium bifluoride, solid, see
          Ammonium hydrogen difluoride,
          solid
         Ammonium bifluoride solution,
          see Ammonium hydrogen
          difluoride, solution
         Ammonium bromate                 Forbidden
         Ammonium chlorate                Forbidden
         Ammonium dichromate                    5.1  UN1439              II   5.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  152           212         242             5 kg       25 kg  A                52
         Ammonium dinitro-o-cresolate,          6.1  UN1843              II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  B           36, 65,
          solid                                                                                                                                                                           66, 77
         Ammonium dinitro-o-cresolate           6.1  UN3424              II   6.1                  IB2, T7, TP2  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  B           36, 66,
          solution                                                                                                                                                                        78, 91
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   6.1                  IB2, T7, TP2  153           203         241             60 L       220 L  A           36, 66,
                                                                                                                                                                                          78, 91
         Ammonium fluoride                      6.1  UN2505             III   6.1            IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  153           213         240           100 kg      200 kg  A                52
         Ammonium fluorosilicate                6.1  UN2854             III   6.1            IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  153           213         240           100 kg      200 kg  A                52
         Ammonium fulminate               Forbidden
         Ammonium hydrogen sulfate                8  UN2506              II   8         IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  154           212         240            15 kg       50 kg  A                40
         Ammonium hydrogendifluoride,             8  UN1727              II   8         IB8, IP2, IP4, N34, T3,  154           212         240            15 kg       50 kg  A           25, 40,
          solid                                                                                            TP33                                                                               52
         Ammonium hydrogendifluoride,             8  UN2817              II   8, 6.1    IB2, N34, T8, TP2, TP13  154           202         243              1 L        30 L  B                40
          solution
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   8, 6.1    IB3, N3, T4, TP1 , TP13  154           203         241              5 L        60 L  B            40, 95
         Ammonium hydrosulfide,
          solution, see Ammonium sulfide
          solution
   D     Ammonium hydroxide, see Ammonia
          solutions, etc
         Ammonium metavanadate                  6.1  UN2859              II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A           44, 89,
                                                                                                                                                                                            100,
                                                                                                                                                                                             141
         Ammonium nitrate based                 5.1  UN2067             III   5.1           52, 148, 150, B120,  152           213         240            25 kg      100 kg  B           25, 59,
          fertilizer                                                                         IB8, IP3, T1, TP33                                                                          60, 66,
                                                                                                                                                                                            117,
                                                                                                                                                                                            124*

[[Page 168]]

 
 A W     Ammonium nitrate based                   9  UN2071             III   9                   132, IB8, IP3  155           213         240           200 kg      200 kg  A
          fertilizer
         Ammonium nitrate emulsion or           5.1  UN3375              II   5.1           147, 148, 163, IB2,  None          231         251        Forbidden   Forbidden  D           25, 59,
          Ammonium nitrate suspension or                                                                   IP16                                                                          60, 66,
          Ammonium nitrate gel,                                                                                                                                                              124
          intermediate for blasting
          explosives
   D     Ammonium nitrate-fuel oil             1.5D  NA0331            .....  1.5D                          148  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  03          25, 19E
          mixture containing only
          prilled ammonium nitrate and
          fuel oil
         Ammonium nitrate, liquid (hot          5.1  UN2426            .....  5.1                   148, B5, T7  None          None        243        Forbidden   Forbidden  D           59, 60,
          concentrated solution)                                                                                                                                                             124
         Ammonium nitrate, with more           1.1D  UN0222            .....  1.1D                          370  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04          25, 19E
          than 0.2 percent combustible
          substances, including any
          organic substance calculated
          as carbon, to the exclusion of
          any other added substance
         Ammonium nitrate, with not more        5.1  UN1942             III   5.1           148, A1, A29, B120,  152           213         240            25 kg      100 kg  A           25, 59,
          than 0.2% combustible                                                              IB8, IP3, T1, TP33                                                                          60, 66,
          substances, including any                                                                                                                                                         116,
          organic substance calculated                                                                                                                                                       124
          as carbon, to the exclusion of
          any other added substance
         Ammonium nitrite                 Forbidden
         Ammonium perchlorate                  1.1D  UN0402            .....  1.1D                          107  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04          25, 19E
         Ammonium perchlorate                   5.1  UN1442              II   5.1        107, A9, IB6, IP2, T3,  152           212         242             5 kg       25 kg  E            58, 69
                                                                                                           TP33
         Ammonium permanganate            Forbidden
         Ammonium persulfate                    5.1  UN1444             III   5.1        A1, A29, IB8, IP3, T1,  152           213         240            25 kg      100 kg  A
                                                                                                           TP33
         Ammonium picrate, dry or wetted       1.1D  UN0004            .....  1.1D      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04          25, 5E,
          with less than 10 percent                                                                                                                                                          19E
          water, by mass
         Ammonium picrate, wetted with          4.1  UN1310               I   4.1              23, A2, N41, W31  None          211         None          0.5 kg      0.5 kg  D            28, 36
          not less than 10 percent
          water, by mass

[[Page 169]]

 
         Ammonium polysulfide, solution           8  UN2818              II   8, 6.1         IB2, T7, TP2, TP13  154           202         243              1 L        30 L  B           12, 25,
                                                                                                                                                                                          40, 52
                                                                        III   8, 6.1         IB3, T4, TP1, TP13  154           203         241              5 L        60 L  B           12, 25,
                                                                                                                                                                                          40, 52
         Ammonium polyvanadate                  6.1  UN2861              II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A           44, 89,
                                                                                                                                                                                            100,
                                                                                                                                                                                             141
         Ammonium silicofluoride, see
          Ammonium fluorosilicate
         Ammonium sulfide solution                8  UN2683              II   8, 6.1,        IB1, T7, TP2, TP13  154           202         243              1 L        30 L  B           12, 22,
                                                                               3                                                                                                         25, 52,
                                                                                                                                                                                             100
         Ammunition, blank, see
          Cartridges for weapons, blank
         Ammunition, illuminating with         1.2G  UN0171            .....  1.2G      .......................  ............  62          62         Forbidden   Forbidden  03               25
          or without burster, expelling
          charge or propelling charge
         Ammunition, illuminating with         1.3G  UN0254            .....  1.3G      .......................  ............  62          62         Forbidden   Forbidden  03               25
          or without burster, expelling
          charge or propelling charge
         Ammunition, illuminating with         1.4G  UN0297            .....  1.4G      .......................  ............  62          62         Forbidden       75 kg  02               25
          or without burster, expelling
          charge or propelling charge
         Ammunition, incendiary liquid         1.3J  UN0247            .....  1.3J      .......................  ............  62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  05          25, 23E
          or gel, with burster,
          expelling charge or propelling
          charge
         Ammunition, incendiary (water-
          activated contrivances) with
          burster, expelling charge or
          propelling charge, see
          Contrivances, water-activated,
          etc.
         Ammunition, incendiary, white         1.2H  UN0243            .....  1.2H      .......................  ............  62          62         Forbidden   Forbidden  05              25,
          phosphorus, with burster,                                                                                                                                                         14E,
          expelling charge or propelling                                                                                                                                                    15E,
          charge                                                                                                                                                                             17E
         Ammunition, incendiary, white         1.3H  UN0244            .....  1.3H      .......................  ............  62          62         Forbidden   Forbidden  05              25,
          phosphorus, with burster,                                                                                                                                                         14E,
          expelling charge or propelling                                                                                                                                                    15E,
          charge                                                                                                                                                                             17E
         Ammunition, incendiary with or        1.2G  UN0009            .....  1.2G      .......................  ............  62          62         Forbidden   Forbidden  03               25
          without burster, expelling
          charge, or propelling charge
         Ammunition, incendiary with or        1.3G  UN0010            .....  1.3G      .......................  ............  62          62         Forbidden   Forbidden  03               25
          without burster, expelling
          charge, or propelling charge
         Ammunition, incendiary with or        1.4G  UN0300            .....  1.4G      .......................  ............  62          62         Forbidden       75 kg  02               25
          without burster, expelling
          charge or propelling charge
         Ammunition, practice                  1.4G  UN0362            .....  1.4G      .......................  ............  62          62         Forbidden       75 kg  02               25
         Ammunition, practice                  1.3G  UN0488            .....  1.3G      .......................  ............  62          62         Forbidden   Forbidden  03               25

[[Page 170]]

 
         Ammunition, proof                     1.4G  UN0363            .....  1.4G      .......................  ............  62          62         Forbidden       75 kg  02               25
         Ammunition, rocket, see
          Warheads, rocket etc
         Ammunition, SA (small arms),
          see Cartridges for weapons,
          etc
         Ammunition, smoke (water-
          activated contrivances), white
          phosphorus, with burster,
          expelling charge or propelling
          charge, see Contrivances,
          water-activated, etc. (UN
          0248)
         Ammunition, smoke (water-
          activated contrivances),
          without white phosphorus or
          phosphides, with burster,
          expelling charge or propelling
          charge, see Contrivances,
          water-activated, etc. (UN
          0249)
         Ammunition smoke, white               1.2H  UN0245            .....  1.2H      .......................  ............  62          62         Forbidden   Forbidden  05              25,
          phosphorus with burster,                                                                                                                                                          14E,
          expelling charge, or                                                                                                                                                              15E,
          propelling charge                                                                                                                                                                  17E
         Ammunition, smoke, white              1.3H  UN0246            .....  1.3H      .......................  ............  62          62         Forbidden   Forbidden  05              25,
          phosphorus with burster,                                                                                                                                                          14E,
          expelling charge, or                                                                                                                                                              15E,
          propelling charge                                                                                                                                                                  17E
         Ammunition, smoke with or             1.2G  UN0015            .....  1.2G      .......................  ............  62          62         Forbidden   Forbidden  03          25, 17E
          without burster, expelling
          charge or propelling charge
         Ammunition, smoke with or             1.3G  UN0016            .....  1.3G      .......................  ............  62          62         Forbidden   Forbidden  03          25, 17E
          without burster, expelling
          charge or propelling charge
         Ammunition, smoke with or             1.4G  UN0303            .....  1.4G      .......................  ............  62          62         Forbidden       75 kg  02              25,
          without burster, expelling                                                                                                                                                        14E,
          charge or propelling charge                                                                                                                                                       15E,
                                                                                                                                                                                             17E

[[Page 171]]

 
         Ammunition, sporting, see
          Cartridges for weapons, etc.
          (UN 0012; UN 0328; UN 0339)
         Ammunition, tear-producing, non-       6.1  UN2017            .....  6.1, 8    .......................  None          212         None       Forbidden       50 kg  E            13, 40
          explosive, without burster or
          expelling charge, non-fuzed
         Ammunition, tear-producing with       1.2G  UN0018            .....  1.2G, 8,  .......................  ............  62          62         Forbidden   Forbidden  03          25, 17E
          burster, expelling charge or                                         6.1
          propelling charge
         Ammunition, tear-producing with       1.3G  UN0019            .....  1.3G, 8,  .......................  ............  62          62         Forbidden   Forbidden  03          25, 17E
          burster, expelling charge or                                         6.1
          propelling charge
         Ammunition, tear-producing with       1.4G  UN0301            .....  1.4G, 8,  .......................  ............  62          62         Forbidden       75 kg  02              25,
          burster, expelling charge or                                         6.1                                                                                                          14E,
          propelling charge                                                                                                                                                                 15E,
                                                                                                                                                                                             17E
         Ammunition, toxic, non-                6.1  UN2016            .....  6.1       .......................  None          212         None       Forbidden      100 kg  E            13, 40
          explosive, without burster or
          expelling charge, non-fuzed
         Ammunition, toxic (water-
          activated contrivances), with
          burster, expelling charge or
          propelling charge, see
          Contrivances, water-activated,
          etc
   G     Ammunition, toxic with burster,       1.2K  UN0020            .....  1.2K,     .......................  ............  62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  05              25,
          expelling charge, or                                                 6.1                                                                                                          14E,
          propelling charge                                                                                                                                                                 15E,
                                                                                                                                                                                             17E
   G     Ammunition, toxic with burster,       1.3K  UN0021            .....  1.3K,     .......................  ............  62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  05              25,
          expelling charge, or                                                 6.1                                                                                                          14E,
          propelling charge                                                                                                                                                                 15E,
                                                                                                                                                                                             17E
         Amyl acetates                            3  UN1104             III   3                B1, IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
         Amyl acid phosphate                      8  UN2819             III   8                    IB3, T4, TP1  154           203         241              5 L        60 L  A
         Amyl butyrates                           3  UN2620             III   3                B1, IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
         Amyl chloride                            3  UN1107              II   3                    IB2, T4, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B
         Amyl formates                            3  UN1109             III   3                B1, IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
         Amyl mercaptan                           3  UN1111              II   3                A3, IB2, T4, TP1  None          202         242              5 L        60 L  B           95, 102
         n-Amyl methyl ketone                     3  UN1110             III   3                B1, IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
         Amyl nitrate                             3  UN1112             III   3                B1, IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A                40
         Amyl nitrite                             3  UN1113              II   3                    IB2, T4, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  E                40
         Amylamines                               3  UN1106              II   3, 8                 IB2, T7, TP1  150           202         243              1 L         5 L  B
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   3, 8             B1, IB3, T4, TP1  150           203         242              5 L        60 L  A
         Amyltrichlorosilane                      8  UN1728              II   8           A7, B2, B6, N34, T10,  None          206         242        Forbidden        30 L  C                40
                                                                                                 TP2, TP7, TP13
         Anhydrous ammonia, see Ammonia,
          anhydrous
         Anhydrous hydrofluoric acid,
          see Hydrogen fluoride,
          anhydrous
   +     Aniline                                6.1  UN1547              II   6.1                  IB2, T7, TP2  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  A            40, 52

[[Page 172]]

 
         Aniline hydrochloride                  6.1  UN1548             III   6.1            IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  153           213         240           100 kg      200 kg  A
         Aniline oil, see Aniline
         Anisidines                             6.1  UN2431             III   6.1                  IB3, T4, TP1  153           203         241             60 L       220 L  A
         Anisole                                  3  UN2222             III   3                B1, IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
         Anisoyl chloride                         8  UN1729              II   8          B2, B4, IB8, IP2, IP4,  154           212         240            15 kg       50 kg  A                40
                                                                                                       T3, TP33
         Anti-freeze, liquid, see
          Flammable liquids, n.o.s.
         Antimonous chloride, see
          Antimony trichloride
   G     Antimony compounds, inorganic,         6.1  UN3141             III   6.1        35, IB3, T7, TP1, TP28  153           203         241             60 L       220 L  A
          liquid, n.o.s
   G     Antimony compounds, inorganic,         6.1  UN1549             III   6.1        35, IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  153           213         240           100 kg      200 kg  A
          solid, n.o.s
         Antimony lactate                       6.1  UN1550             III   6.1            IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  153           213         240           100 kg      200 kg  A
         Antimony pentachloride, liquid           8  UN1730              II   8                B2, IB2, T7, TP2  None          202         242              1 L        30 L  C                40
         Antimony pentachloride,                  8  UN1731              II   8                B2, IB2, T7, TP2  154           202         242              1 L        30 L  C                40
          solutions
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   8                    IB3, T4, TP1  154           203         241              5 L        60 L  C                40
         Antimony pentafluoride                   8  UN1732              II   8, 6.1      A3, A7, A10, IB2, N3,  None          202         243        Forbidden        30 L  D           40, 44,
                                                                                                   N36, T7, TP2                                                                              89,
                                                                                                                                                                                            100,
                                                                                                                                                                                             141
         Antimony potassium tartrate            6.1  UN1551             III   6.1            IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  153           213         240           100 kg      200 kg  A
         Antimony powder                        6.1  UN2871             III   6.1            IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  153           213         240           100 kg      200 kg  A
         Antimony sulfide and a           Forbidden
          chlorate, mixtures of
         Antimony sulfide, solid, see
          Antimony compounds, inorganic,
          n.o.s.
         Antimony trichloride, liquid             8  UN1733              II   8                         B2, IB2  154           202         242              1 L        30 L  C                40
         Antimony trichloride, solid              8  UN1733              II   8         IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  154           212         240            15 kg       50 kg  A               40.
         Aqua ammonia, see Ammonia
          solution, etc
         Argon, compressed                      2.2  UN1006            .....  2.2       .......................  306, 307      302         314, 315       75 kg      150 kg  A
         Argon, refrigerated liquid             2.2  UN1951            .....  2.2                      T75, TP5  320           316         318            50 kg      500 kg  D
          (cryogenic liquid)
         Arsenic                                6.1  UN1558              II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A

[[Page 173]]

 
         Arsenic acid, liquid                   6.1  UN1553               I   6.1          T20, TP2, TP7, TP13,  None          201         243              1 L        30 L  B                46
                                                                                                            W31
         Arsenic acid, solid                    6.1  UN1554              II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A
         Arsenic bromide                        6.1  UN1555              II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A           12, 25,
                                                                                                                                                                                              40
         Arsenic chloride, see Arsenic
          trichloride
   G     Arsenic compounds, liquid,             6.1  UN1556               I   6.1          T14, TP2, TP13, TP27  None          201         243              1 L        30 L  B           40, 137
          n.o.s. inorganic, including
          arsenates, n.o.s.; arsenites,
          n.o.s.; arsenic sulfides,
          n.o.s.; and organic compounds
          of arsenic, n.o.s
                                          .........  ................    II   6.1          IB2, T11, TP2, TP13,  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  B           40, 137
                                                                                                           TP27
                                          .........  ................   III   6.1            IB3, T7, TP2, TP28  153           203         241             60 L       220 L  B           40, 137
   G     Arsenic compounds, solid,              6.1  UN1557               I   6.1            IB7, IP1, T6, TP33  None          211         242             5 kg       50 kg  A               137
          n.o.s. inorganic, including
          arsenates, n.o.s.; arsenites,
          n.o.s.; arsenic sulfides,
          n.o.s.; and organic compounds
          of arsenic, n.o.s
                                          .........  ................    II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A               137
                                          .........  ................   III   6.1            IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  153           213         240           100 kg      200 kg  A               137
         Arsenic pentoxide                      6.1  UN1559              II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A
         Arsenic sulfide and a chlorate,  Forbidden
          mixtures of
         Arsenic trichloride                    6.1  UN1560               I   6.1         2, B9, B14, B32, T20,  None          227         244        Forbidden   Forbidden  B                40
                                                                                          TP2, TP13, TP38, TP45
         Arsenic trioxide                       6.1  UN1561              II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A
         Arsenic, white, solid, see
          Arsenic trioxide
         Arsenical dust                         6.1  UN1562              II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A
         Arsenical pesticides, liquid,            3  UN2760               I   3, 6.1       T14, TP2, TP13, TP27  None          201         243        Forbidden        30 L  B                40
          flammable, toxic, flash point
          less than 23 degrees C
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   3, 6.1       IB2, T11, TP2, TP13,  150           202         243              1 L        60 L  B                40
                                                                                                           TP27
         Arsenical pesticides, liquid,          6.1  UN2994               I   6.1          T14, TP2, TP13, TP27  None          201         243              1 L        30 L  B                40
          toxic
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   6.1          IB2, T11, TP2, TP13,  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  B                40
                                                                                                           TP27
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   6.1            IB3, T7, TP2, TP28  153           203         241             60 L       220 L  A                40
         Arsenical pesticides, liquid,          6.1  UN2993               I   6.1, 3       T14, TP2, TP13, TP27  None          201         243              1 L        30 L  B                40
          toxic, flammable, flash point
          not less than 23 degrees C
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   6.1, 3       IB2, T11, TP2, TP13,  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  B                40
                                                                                                           TP27
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   6.1, 3     B1, IB3, T7, TP2, TP28  153           203         242             60 L       220 L  A                40
         Arsenical pesticides, solid,           6.1  UN2759               I   6.1            IB7, IP1, T6, TP33  None          211         242             5 kg       50 kg  A                40
          toxic
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A                40
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   6.1            IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  153           213         240           100 kg      200 kg  A                40

[[Page 174]]

 
         Arsenious acid, solid, see
          Arsenic trioxide
         Arsenious and mercuric iodide
          solution, see Arsenic
          compounds, liquid, n.o.s.
         Arsine                                 2.3  UN2188            .....  2.3, 2.1                        1  None          192         245        Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
         Arsine, adsorbed                       2.3  UN3522            .....  2.3, 2.1                        1  None          302c        None       Forbidden   Forbidden  D
         Articles, explosive, extremely        1.6N  UN0486            .....  1.6N      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  03               25
          insensitive or Articles, EEI
   G     Articles, explosive, n.o.s.           1.4S  UN0349            .....  1.4S                101, 148, 382  None          62          None           25 kg      100 kg  01               25
   G     Articles, explosive, n.o.s.           1.4B  UN0350            .....  1.4B                          101  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  05               25
   G     Articles, explosive, n.o.s.           1.4C  UN0351            .....  1.4C                          101  None          62          None       Forbidden       75 kg  02               25
   G     Articles, explosive, n.o.s.           1.4D  UN0352            .....  1.4D                          101  None          62          None       Forbidden       75 kg  02               25
   G     Articles, explosive, n.o.s.           1.4G  UN0353            .....  1.4G                          101  None          62          None       Forbidden       75 kg  02               25
   G     Articles, explosive, n.o.s.           1.1L  UN0354            .....  1.1L                          101  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  02              25,
                                                                                                                                                                                            14E,
                                                                                                                                                                                             15E
   G     Articles, explosive, n.o.s.           1.2L  UN0355            .....  1.2L                          101  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  05              25,
                                                                                                                                                                                            14E,
                                                                                                                                                                                             15E
   G     Articles, explosive, n.o.s.           1.3L  UN0356            .....  1.3L                          101  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  05              25,
                                                                                                                                                                                            14E,
                                                                                                                                                                                             15E
   G     Articles, explosive, n.o.s.           1.1C  UN0462            .....  1.1C                          101  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
   G     Articles, explosive, n.o.s.           1.1D  UN0463            .....  1.1D                          101  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
   G     Articles, explosive, n.o.s.           1.1E  UN0464            .....  1.1E                          101  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
   G     Articles, explosive, n.o.s.           1.1F  UN0465            .....  1.1F                          101  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  05               25
   G     Articles, explosive, n.o.s.           1.2C  UN0466            .....  1.2C                          101  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
   G     Articles, explosive, n.o.s.           1.2D  UN0467            .....  1.2D                          101  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
   G     Articles, explosive, n.o.s.           1.2E  UN0468            .....  1.2E                          101  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
   G     Articles, explosive, n.o.s.           1.2F  UN0469            .....  1.2F                          101  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  05               25
   G     Articles, explosive, n.o.s.           1.3C  UN0470            .....  1.3C                          101  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
   G     Articles, explosive, n.o.s.           1.4E  UN0471            .....  1.4E                          101  None          62          None       Forbidden       75 kg  03               25
   G     Articles, explosive, n.o.s.           1.4F  UN0472            .....  1.4F                          101  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  05               25

[[Page 175]]

 
         Articles, pressurized pneumatic        2.2  UN3164            .....  2.2                           371  306           302, 304    None        No limit    No limit  A
          or hydraulic containing non-
          flammable gas
         Articles, pyrophoric                  1.2L  UN0380            .....  1.2L      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  05              25,
                                                                                                                                                                                            14E,
                                                                                                                                                                                            15E,
                                                                                                                                                                                             17E
         Articles, pyrotechnic for             1.1G  UN0428            .....  1.1G      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  03               25
          technical purposes
         Articles, pyrotechnic for             1.2G  UN0429            .....  1.2G      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  03               25
          technical purposes
         Articles, pyrotechnic for             1.3G  UN0430            .....  1.3G      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  03               25
          technical purposes
         Articles, pyrotechnic for             1.4G  UN0431            .....  1.4G                          381  None          62          None       Forbidden       75 kg  02               25
          technical purposes
         Articles, pyrotechnic for             1.4S  UN0432            .....  1.4S      .......................  None          62          None           25 kg      100 kg  01               25
          technical purposes
   D     Asbestos                                 9  NA2212             III   9              156, IB8, IP2, IP4  155           216         216, 240      200 kg      200 kg  A            34, 40
 G I     Asbestos, amphibole amosite,             9  UN2212              II   9         156, IB8, IP2, IP4, T3,  155           216         216, 240   Forbidden   Forbidden  A            34, 40
          tremolite, actinolite,                                                                           TP33
          anthophyllite, or crocidolite
   I     Asbestos, chrysotile                     9  UN2590             III   9         156, IB8, IP2, IP3, T1,  155           216         216, 240      200 kg      200 kg  A            34, 40
                                                                                                           TP33
         Ascaridole (organic peroxide)    Forbidden
   D     Asphalt, at or above its flash           3  NA1999             III   3                    IB3, T1, TP3  150           203         247        Forbidden   Forbidden  D
          point
   D     Asphalt, cut back, see Tars,
          liquid, etc
         Automobile, motorcycle,
          tractor, other self-propelled
          vehicle, engine, or other
          mechanical apparatus, see
          Vehicles or Battery etc
 A, G    Aviation regulated liquid,               9  UN3334            .....  9                       A35, A189  155           204         ........       450 L       450 L  A
          n.o.s
 A, G    Aviation regulated solid, n.o.s          9  UN3335            .....  9                             A35  155           204         ........      400 kg      400 kg  A
         Azaurolic acid (salt of) (dry)   Forbidden
         Azido guanidine picrate (dry)    Forbidden
         5-Azido-1-hydroxy tetrazole      Forbidden
         Azido hydroxy tetrazole          Forbidden
          (mercury and silver salts)
         3-Azido-1,2-Propylene glycol     Forbidden
          dinitrate
         Azidodithiocarbonic acid         Forbidden
         Azidoethyl nitrate               Forbidden
         1-Aziridinylphosphine oxide-
          (tris), see Tris-(1-
          aziridinyl) phosphine oxide,
          solution
         Azodicarbonamide                       4.1  UN3242              II   4.1             38, IB8, T3, TP33  151           223         240        Forbidden   Forbidden  D            2, 52,
                                                                                                                                                                                          53, 74

[[Page 176]]

 
         Azotetrazole (dry)               Forbidden
         Barium                                 4.3  UN1400              II   4.3          A19, IB7, IP2, IP21,  151           212         241            15 kg       50 kg  E           13, 52,
                                                                                             T3, TP33, W31, W40                                                                              148
         Barium alloys, pyrophoric              4.2  UN1854               I   4.2           T21, TP7, TP33, W31  None          181         None       Forbidden   Forbidden  D           13, 148
         Barium azide, dry or wetted           1.1A  UN0224            .....  1.1A,                    111, 117  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  05               25
          with less than 50 percent                                            6.1
          water, by mass
         Barium azide, wetted with not          4.1  UN1571               I   4.1, 6.1             162, A2, W31  None          182         None       Forbidden      0.5 kg  D            28, 36
          less than 50 percent water, by
          mass
         Barium bromate                         5.1  UN2719              II   5.1, 6.1  IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  152           212         242             5 kg       25 kg  A            56, 58
         Barium chlorate, solid                 5.1  UN1445              II   5.1, 6.1   A9, IB6, IP2, N34, T3,  152           212         242             5 kg       25 kg  A            56, 58
                                                                                                           TP33
         Barium chlorate, solution              5.1  UN3405              II   5.1, 6.1    A9, IB2, N34, T4, TP1  152           202         243              1 L         5 L  A           56, 58,
                                                                                                                                                                                             133
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   5.1, 6.1    A9, IB2, N34, T4, TP1  152           203         242            2.5 L        30 L  A           56, 58,
                                                                                                                                                                                             133
   G     Barium compounds, n.o.s                6.1  UN1564              II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A
                                          .........  ................   III   6.1            IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  153           213         240           100 kg      200 kg  A
         Barium cyanide                         6.1  UN1565               I   6.1       IB7, IP1, N74, N75, T6,  None          211         242             5 kg       50 kg  A            40, 52
                                                                                                      TP33, W31
         Barium hypochlorite with more          5.1  UN2741              II   5.1, 6.1   A7, A9, IB8, IP2, IP4,  152           212         None            5 kg       25 kg  B            4, 52,
          than 22 percent available                                                               N34, T3, TP33                                                                          56, 58,
          chlorine                                                                                                                                                                           106
         Barium nitrate                         5.1  UN1446              II   5.1, 6.1  IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  152           212         242             5 kg       25 kg  A
         Barium oxide                           6.1  UN1884             III   6.1            IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  153           213         240           100 kg      200 kg  A
         Barium perchlorate, solid              5.1  UN1447              II   5.1, 6.1       IB6, IP2, T3, TP33  152           212         242             5 kg       25 kg  A            56, 58
         Barium perchlorate, solution           5.1  UN3406              II   5.1, 6.1             IB2, T4, TP1  152           202         243              1 L         5 L  A           56, 58,
                                                                                                                                                                                             133
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   5.1, 6.1             IB2, T4, TP1  152           203         242            2.5 L        30 L  A           56, 58,
                                                                                                                                                                                             133
         Barium permanganate                    5.1  UN1448              II   5.1, 6.1       IB6, IP2, T3, TP33  152           212         242             5 kg       25 kg  D           56, 58,
                                                                                                                                                                                             138
         Barium peroxide                        5.1  UN1449              II   5.1, 6.1  A9, IB6, IP2, T3, TP33,  152           212         242             5 kg       25 kg  C           13, 52,
                                                                                                           W100                                                                          66, 75,
                                                                                                                                                                                             148

[[Page 177]]

 
         Barium selenate, see Selenates
          or Selenites
         Barium selenite, see Selenates
          or Selenites
         Batteries, containing sodium           4.3  UN3292            .....  4.3       .......................  189           189         189        Forbidden    No limit  A           13, 148
         Batteries, dry, containing               8  UN3028                   8                             237  None          213         None           25 kg      230 kg  A                52
          potassium hydroxide solid,
          electric storage
         Batteries, dry, sealed, n.o.s.   .........  ................  .....  ........                      130
   W     Batteries, nickel-metal hydride          9  UN3496            .....  9                             340  ............  ..........  ........  ..........  ..........  A                25
          see Batteries, dry, sealed,
          n.o.s. for nickel-metal
          hydride batteries transported
          by modes other than vessel
         Batteries, wet, filled with              8  UN2794            .....  8                             A51  159           159         159            30 kg    No limit  A               146
          acid, electric storage
         Batteries, wet, filled with              8  UN2795            .....  8                             A51  159           159         159            30 kg    No limit  A           52, 146
          alkali, electric storage
         Batteries, wet, non-spillable,           8  UN2800            .....  8         .......................  159a          159         159         No limit    No limit  A
          electric storage
         Battery fluid, acid                      8  UN2796              II   8           A3, A7, B2, B15, IB2,  154           202         242              1 L        30 L  B
                                                                                               N6, N34, T8, TP2
         Battery fluid, alkali                    8  UN2797              II   8           B2, IB2, N6, T7, TP2,  154           202         242              1 L        30 L  A                29
                                                                                                           TP28
         Battery lithium type, see
          Lithium batteries etc
         Battery-powered vehicle or               9  UN3171            .....  9                             134  220           220         None        No limit    No limit  A
          Battery-powered equipment
         Battery, wet, filled with acid
          or alkali with vehicle or
          mechanical equipment
          containing an internal
          combustion engine, see
          Vehicle, etc. or Engines,
          internal combustion, etc
   +     Benzaldehyde                             9  UN1990             III   9                    IB3, T2, TP1  155           203         241            100 L       220 L  A
         Benzene                                  3  UN1114              II   3                    IB2, T4, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B                40
         Benzene diazonium chloride       Forbidden
          (dry)
         Benzene diazonium nitrate (dry)  Forbidden
         Benzene phosphorus dichloride,
          see Phenyl phosphorus
          dichloride
         Benzene phosphorus
          thiodichloride, see Phenyl
          phosphorus thiodichloride
         Benzene sulfonyl chloride                8  UN2225             III   8                    IB3, T4, TP1  154           203         241              5 L        60 L  A                40
         Benzene triozonide               Forbidden
         Benzenethiol, see Phenyl
          mercaptan
         Benzidine                              6.1  UN1885              II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A
         1, 3, 2-Benzodioxaborole         .........  ................  .....  ........                     A210
         Benzol, see Benzene
         Benzonitrile                           6.1  UN2224              II   6.1                  IB2, T7, TP2  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  A            40, 52

[[Page 178]]

 
         Benzoquinone                           6.1  UN2587              II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A
         Benzotrichloride                         8  UN2226              II   8                B2, IB2, T7, TP2  154           202         242              1 L        30 L  A                40
         Benzotrifluoride                         3  UN2338              II   3                    IB2, T4, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B                40
         Benzoxidiazoles (dry)            Forbidden
         Benzoyl azide                    Forbidden
         Benzoyl chloride                         8  UN1736              II   8          B2, IB2, T8, TP2, TP13  154           202         242              1 L        30 L  C                40
         Benzyl bromide                         6.1  UN1737              II   6.1, 8     A3, A7, IB2, N33, N34,  None          202         243              1 L        30 L  D           13, 40.
                                                                                                  T8, TP2, TP13
         Benzyl chloride                        6.1  UN1738              II   6.1, 8     A3, A7, B70, IB2, N33,  None          202         243              1 L        30 L  D           13, 40.
                                                                                             N42, T8, TP2, TP13
         Benzyl chloride unstabilized           6.1  UN1738              II   6.1, 8      A3, A7, B8, B11, IB2,  153           202         243              1 L        30 L  D            13, 40
                                                                                        N33, N34, N43, T8, TP2,
                                                                                                           TP13
         Benzyl chloroformate                     8  UN1739               I   8         B4, N41, T10, TP2, TP13  None          201         243        Forbidden       2.5 L  D                40
         Benzyl iodide                          6.1  UN2653              II   6.1                  IB2, T7, TP2  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  B            12, 40
         Benzyldimethylamine                      8  UN2619              II   8, 3             B2, IB2, T7, TP2  154           202         243              1 L        30 L  A            25, 40
         Benzylidene chloride                   6.1  UN1886              II   6.1                  IB2, T7, TP2  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  D                40
   G     Beryllium compounds, n.o.s             6.1  UN1566              II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A
                                          .........  ................   III   6.1            IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  153           213         240           100 kg      200 kg  A
         Beryllium nitrate                      5.1  UN2464              II   5.1, 6.1  IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  152           212         242             5 kg       25 kg  A
         Beryllium, powder                      6.1  UN1567              II   6.1, 4.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3,  153           212         242            15 kg       50 kg  A               13,
                                                                                                     TP33, W100                                                                             147,
                                                                                                                                                                                             148
         Bicyclo [2,2,1] hepta-2,5-               3  UN2251              II   3               387, IB2, T7, TP2  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  D                25
          diene, stabilized or 2,5-
          Norbornadiene, stabilized
         Biological substance, Category         6.2  UN3373            .....  ........                      A82  134           199         None        4 L or 4    4 L or 4  A                40
          B                                                                                                                                                  kg          kg
         Biphenyl triozonide              Forbidden
         Bipyridilium pesticides,                 3  UN2782               I   3, 6.1       T14, TP2, TP13, TP27  None          201         243        Forbidden        30 L  E
          liquid, flammable, toxic,
          flash point less than 23
          degrees C
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   3, 6.1       IB2, T11, TP2, TP13,  150           202         243              1 L        60 L  B                40
                                                                                                           TP27
         Bipyridilium pesticides,               6.1  UN3016               I   6.1          T14, TP2, TP13, TP27  None          201         243              1 L        30 L  B                40
          liquid, toxic
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   6.1          IB2, T11, TP2, TP13,  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  B                40
                                                                                                           TP27

[[Page 179]]

 
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   6.1            IB3, T7, TP2, TP28  153           203         241             60 L       220 L  A                40
         Bipyridilium pesticides,               6.1  UN3015               I   6.1, 3       T14, TP2, TP13, TP27  None          201         243              1 L        30 L  B            21, 40
          liquid, toxic, flammable,
          flash point not less than 23
          degrees C
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   6.1, 3       IB2, T11, TP2, TP13,  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  B            21, 40
                                                                                                           TP27
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   6.1, 3     B1, IB3, T7, TP2, TP28  153           203         242             60 L       220 L  A            21, 40
         Bipyridilium pesticides, solid,        6.1  UN2781               I   6.1            IB7, IP1, T6, TP33  None          211         242             5 kg       50 kg  A                40
          toxic
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A                40
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   6.1            IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  153           213         240           100 kg      200 kg  A                40
         Bis (Aminopropyl) piperazine,
          see Corrosive liquid, n.o.s.
         Bisulfate, aqueous solution              8  UN2837              II   8           A7, B2, IB2, N34, T7,  154           202         242              1 L        30 L  A
                                                                                                            TP2
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   8           A7, IB3, N34, T4, TP1  154           203         241              5 L        60 L  A
         Bisulfites, aqueous solutions,           8  UN2693             III   8              IB3, T7, TP1, TP28  154           203         241              5 L        60 L  A            40, 52
          n.o.s.
         Black powder, compressed or           1.1D  UN0028            .....  1.1D      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
          Gunpowder, compressed or Black
          powder, in pellets or
          Gunpowder, in pellets
         Black powder or Gunpowder,            1.1D  UN0027            .....  1.1D      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
          granular or as a meal
   D     Black powder for small arms            4.1  NA0027               I   4.1                            70  None          170         None       Forbidden   Forbidden  E
         Blasting agent, n.o.s., see
          Explosives, blasting etc
         Blasting cap assemblies, see
          Detonator assemblies, non-
          electric, for blasting
         Blasting caps, electric, see
          Detonators, electric for
          blasting
         Blasting caps, non-electric,
          see Detonators, non-electric,
          for blasting
         Bleaching powder, see Calcium
          hypochlorite mixtures, etc
         Bombs, photo-flash                    1.1F  UN0037            .....  1.1F      .......................  ............  62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  05               25
         Bombs, photo-flash                    1.1D  UN0038            .....  1.1D      .......................  ............  62          62         Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
         Bombs, photo-flash                    1.2G  UN0039            .....  1.2G      .......................  ............  62          62         Forbidden   Forbidden  03               25
         Bombs, photo-flash                    1.3G  UN0299            .....  1.3G      .......................  ............  62          62         Forbidden   Forbidden  03               25
         Bombs, smoke, non-explosive,             8  UN2028              II   8         .......................  None          160         None       Forbidden       50 kg  E                40
          with corrosive liquid, without
          initiating device
         Bombs, with bursting charge           1.1F  UN0033            .....  1.1F      .......................  ............  62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  05               25
         Bombs, with bursting charge           1.1D  UN0034            .....  1.1D      .......................  ............  62          62         Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
         Bombs, with bursting charge           1.2D  UN0035            .....  1.2D      .......................  ............  62          62         Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
         Bombs, with bursting charge           1.2F  UN0291            .....  1.2F      .......................  ............  62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  05               25
         Bombs with flammable liquid,          1.1J  UN0399            .....  1.1J      .......................  ............  62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  05          25, 23E
          with bursting charge
         Bombs with flammable liquid,          1.2J  UN0400            .....  1.2J      .......................  ............  62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  05          25, 23E
          with bursting charge
         Boosters with detonator               1.1B  UN0225            .....  1.1B      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  05               25

[[Page 180]]

 
         Boosters with detonator               1.2B  UN0268            .....  1.2B      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  05               25
         Boosters, without detonator           1.1D  UN0042            .....  1.1D                          148  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
         Boosters, without detonator           1.2D  UN0283            .....  1.2D      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
         Borate and chlorate mixtures,
          see Chlorate and borate
          mixtures
         Borneol                                4.1  UN1312             III   4.1        A1, IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  None          213         240            25 kg      100 kg  A
   +     Boron tribromide                         8  UN2692               I   8, 6.1      2, B9, B14, B32, N34,  None          227         244        Forbidden   Forbidden  C            12, 25
                                                                                          T20, TP2, TP13, TP38,
                                                                                                           TP45
         Boron trichloride                      2.3  UN1741            .....  2.3, 8                 3, B9, B14  None          304         314        Forbidden   Forbidden  D            25, 40
         Boron trifluoride                      2.3  UN1008            .....  2.3, 8            2, 238, B9, B14  None          302         314, 315   Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
         Boron trifluoride acetic acid            8  UN1742              II   8            B2, B6, IB2, T8, TP2  154           202         242              1 L        30 L  A
          complex, liquid
         Boron trifluoride acetic acid            8  UN3419              II   8          B2, B6, IB8, IP2, IP4,  154           212         240            15 kg       50 kg  A
          complex, solid                                                                               T3, TP33
         Boron trifluoride, adsorbed            2.3  UN3519            .....  2.3, 8                 2, B9, B14  None          302c        None       Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
         Boron trifluoride diethyl                8  UN2604               I   8, 3           A19, T10, TP2, W31  None          201         243            0.5 L       2.5 L  D                40
          etherate
         Boron trifluoride dihydrate              8  UN2851              II   8                    IB2, T7, TP2  154           212         240            15 kg       50 kg  B           12, 25,
                                                                                                                                                                                              40
         Boron trifluoride dimethyl             4.3  UN2965               I   4.3, 8,       A19, T10, TP2, TP7,  None          201         243        Forbidden         1 L  D           21, 25,
          etherate                                                             3                      TP13, W31                                                                          40, 49,
                                                                                                                                                                                             100
         Boron trifluoride propionic              8  UN1743              II   8                B2, IB2, T8, TP2  154           202         242              1 L        30 L  A
          acid complex, liquid
         Boron trifluoride propionic              8  UN3420              II   8          B2, IB8, IP2, IP4, T3,  154           212         240            15 kg       50 kg  A
          acid complex, solid                                                                              TP33
         Box toe gum, see Nitrocellulose
          etc
   G     Bromates, inorganic, aqueous           5.1  UN3213              II   5.1             350, IB2, T4, TP1  152           202         242              1 L         5 L  B           56, 58,
          solution, n.o.s                                                                                                                                                                    133
                                          .........  ................   III   5.1             350, IB2, T4, TP1  152           203         241            2.5 L        30 L  B           56, 58,
                                                                                                                                                                                             133
   G     Bromates, inorganic, n.o.s             5.1  UN1450              II   5.1       350, IB8, IP2, IP4, T3,  152           212         242             5 kg       25 kg  A            56, 58
                                                                                                           TP33
   +     Bromine                                  8  UN1744               I   8, 6.1      1, B9, B85, N34, N43,  None          226         249        Forbidden   Forbidden  D           12, 25,
                                                                                           T22, TP2, TP10, TP13                                                                          40, 66,
                                                                                                                                                                                         74, 89,
                                                                                                                                                                                              90

[[Page 181]]

 
         Bromine azide                    Forbidden
         Bromine chloride                       2.3  UN2901            .....  2.3, 8,           2, B9, B14, N86  None          304         314, 315   Forbidden   Forbidden  D           40, 89,
                                                                               5.1                                                                                                            90
   +     Bromine pentafluoride                  5.1  UN1745               I   5.1,        1, B9, B14, B30, T22,  None          228         244        Forbidden   Forbidden  D           25, 40,
                                                                               6.1, 8     TP2, TP13, TP38, TP44                                                                           66, 90
   +     Bromine solutions                        8  UN1744               I   8, 6.1      1, B9, B85, N34, N43,  None          226         249        Forbidden   Forbidden  D           12, 25,
                                                                                           T22, TP2, TP10, TP13                                                                          40, 66,
                                                                                                                                                                                         74, 89,
                                                                                                                                                                                              90
   +     Bromine solutions                        8  UN1744               I   8, 6.1      2, B9, B85, N34, N43,  None          227         249        Forbidden   Forbidden  D           12, 25,
                                                                                           T22, TP2, TP10, TP13                                                                          40, 66,
                                                                                                                                                                                         74, 89,
                                                                                                                                                                                              90
   +     Bromine trifluoride                    5.1  UN1746               I   5.1,        2, B9, B14, B32, T22,  None          228         244        Forbidden   Forbidden  D           25, 40,
                                                                               6.1, 8     TP2, TP13, TP38, TP45                                                                           66, 90
         4-Bromo-1,2-dinitrobenzene       Forbidden
         4-Bromo-1,2-dinitrobenzene       Forbidden
          (unstable at 59 degrees C)
         1-Bromo-3-chloropropane                6.1  UN2688             III   6.1                  IB3, T4, TP1  153           203         241             60 L       220 L  A
         1-Bromo-3-methylbutane                   3  UN2341             III   3                B1, IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
         1-Bromo-3-nitrobenzene           Forbidden
          (unstable at 56 degrees C)
         2-Bromo-2-nitropropane-1,3-diol        4.1  UN3241             III   4.1                  46, IB8, IP3  151           213         None           25 kg       50 kg  C           12, 25,
                                                                                                                                                                                              40
         Bromoacetic acid, solid                  8  UN3425              II   8         A7, IB8, IP2, IP4, N34,  154           212         240            15 kg       50 kg  A
                                                                                                       T3, TP33
         Bromoacetic acid solution                8  UN1938              II   8            A7, B2, IB2, T7, TP2  154           202         242              1 L        30 L  A                40
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   8                B2, IB3, T7, TP2  154           203         241              5 L        60 L  A                40
   +     Bromoacetone                           6.1  UN1569              II   6.1, 3          2, T20, TP2, TP13  None          193         245        Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
         Bromoacetyl bromide                      8  UN2513              II   8                B2, IB2, T8, TP2  154           202         242              1 L        30 L  C            40, 53
         Bromobenzene                             3  UN2514             III   3                B1, IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
         Bromobenzyl cyanides, liquid           6.1  UN1694               I   6.1           T14, TP2, TP13, W31  None          201         243        Forbidden        30 L  D           12, 25,
                                                                                                                                                                                          40, 52
         Bromobenzyl cyanides, solid            6.1  UN3449               I   6.1                 T6, TP33, W31  None          211         242             5 kg       50 kg  D           12, 25,
                                                                                                                                                                                          40, 52
         1-Bromobutane                            3  UN1126              II   3                    IB2, T4, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B                40
         2-Bromobutane                            3  UN2339              II   3                B1, IB2, T4, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B                40
         Bromochloromethane                     6.1  UN1887             III   6.1                  IB3, T4, TP1  153           203         241             60 L       220 L  A
         2-Bromoethyl ethyl ether                 3  UN2340              II   3                    IB2, T4, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B                40
         Bromoform                              6.1  UN2515             III   6.1                  IB3, T4, TP1  153           203         241             60 L       220 L  A           12, 25,
                                                                                                                                                                                              40
         Bromomethylpropanes                      3  UN2342              II   3                    IB2, T4, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B
         2-Bromopentane                           3  UN2343              II   3                    IB2, T4, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B
         Bromopropanes                            3  UN2344              II   3                    IB2, T4, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B                40
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   3                    IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
         3-Bromopropyne                           3  UN2345              II   3                    IB2, T4, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  D                40
         Bromosilane                      Forbidden

[[Page 182]]

 
         Bromotoluene-alpha, see Benzyl
          bromide
         Bromotrifluoroethylene                 2.1  UN2419            .....  2.1       .......................  None          304         314, 315   Forbidden      150 kg  B                40
         Bromotrifluoromethane or               2.2  UN1009            .....  2.2                           T50  306           304         314, 315       75 kg      150 kg  A
          Refrigerant gas, R 13B1.
         Brucine                                6.1  UN1570               I   6.1            IB7, IP1, T6, TP33  None          211         242             5 kg       50 kg  A
         Bursters, explosive                   1.1D  UN0043            .....  1.1D      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
         Butadienes, stabilized or              2.1  UN1010            .....  2.1                      387, T50  306           304         314, 315   Forbidden      150 kg  B            25, 40
          Butadienes and Hydrocarbon
          mixture, stabilized containing
          more than 40% butadienes
         Butane see also Petroleum              2.1  UN1011            .....  2.1                       19, T50  306           304         314, 315   Forbidden      150 kg  E                40
          gases, liquefied
         Butane, butane mixtures and
          mixtures having similar
          properties in cartridges each
          not exceeding 500 grams, see
          Receptacles, etc
         Butanedione                              3  UN2346              II   3                    IB2, T4, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B
         1,2,4-Butanetriol trinitrate     Forbidden
         Butanols                                 3  UN1120              II   3              IB2, T4, TP1, TP29  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   3                B1, IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
         tert-Butoxycarbonyl azide        Forbidden
         Butyl acetates                           3  UN1123              II   3                    IB2, T4, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   3                B1, IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
         Butyl acid phosphate                     8  UN1718             III   8                    IB3, T4, TP1  154           203         241              5 L        60 L  A
         Butyl acrylates, stabilized              3  UN2348             III   3           387, B1, IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  C                25
         Butyl alcohols, see Butanols
         Butyl benzenes                           3  UN2709             III   3                B1, IB3, T2, TP2  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
         n-Butyl bromide, see 1-
          Bromobutane
         n-Butyl chloride, see
          Chlorobutanes
         n-Butyl chloroformate                  6.1  UN2743               I   6.1, 8,     2, B9, B14, B32, T20,  None          227         244        Forbidden   Forbidden  A           12, 13,
                                                                               3          TP2, TP13, TP38, TP45                                                                          21, 25,
                                                                                                                                                                                         40, 100
         Butyl ethers, see Dibutyl
          ethers
         Butyl ethyl ether, see Ethyl
          butyl ether

[[Page 183]]

 
         n-Butyl formate                          3  UN1128              II   3                    IB2, T4, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B
         tert-Butyl hydroperoxide, with   Forbidden
          more than 90 percent with
          water
         tert-Butyl hypochlorite                4.2  UN3255               I   4.2, 8    .......................  None          211         243        Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
         N-n-Butyl imidazole                    6.1  UN2690              II   6.1                  IB2, T7, TP2  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  A
         tert-Butyl isocyanate                  6.1  UN2484               I   6.1, 3      1, B9, B14, B30, T20,  None          226         244        Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
                                                                                          TP2, TP13, TP38, TP44
         n-Butyl isocyanate                     6.1  UN2485               I   6.1, 3      2, B9, B14, B32, B77,  None          227         244        Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
                                                                                          T20, TP2, TP13, TP38,
                                                                                                           TP45
         Butyl mercaptan                          3  UN2347              II   3                A3, IB2, T4, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  D           52, 95,
                                                                                                                                                                                             102
         n-Butyl methacrylate,                    3  UN2227             III   3           387, B1, IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  C                25
          stabilized
         Butyl methyl ether                       3  UN2350              II   3                    IB2, T4, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B
         Butyl nitrites                           3  UN2351               I   3             T11, TP1, TP8, TP27  150           201         243              1 L        30 L  E                40
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   3                    IB2, T4, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B                40
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   3                B1, IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A                40
         tert-Butyl peroxyacetate, with   Forbidden
          more than 76 percent in
          solution
         n-Butyl peroxydicarbonate, with  Forbidden
          more than 52 percent in
          solution
         tert-Butyl peroxyisobutyrate,    Forbidden
          with more than 77 percent in
          solution
         Butyl phosphoric acid, see
          Butyl acid phosphate
         Butyl propionates                        3  UN1914             III   3                B1, IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
         5-tert-Butyl-2,4,6-trinitro-m-         4.1  UN2956             III   4.1                           159  None          223         None       Forbidden   Forbidden  D           12, 25,
          xylene or Musk xylene                                                                                                                                                          40, 127
         Butyl vinyl ether, stabilized            3  UN2352              II   3               387, IB2, T4, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  C            25, 40
         n-Butylamine                             3  UN1125              II   3, 8                 IB2, T7, TP1  150           202         242              1 L         5 L  B                40
         N-Butylaniline                         6.1  UN2738              II   6.1                  IB2, T7, TP2  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  A                74
         tert-                                  6.1  UN2747             III   6.1                  IB3, T4, TP1  153           203         241             60 L       220 L  A           12, 13,
          Butylcyclohexylchloroformate                                                                                                                                                        25
         Butylene see also Petroleum            2.1  UN1012            .....  2.1                       19, T50  306           304         314, 315   Forbidden      150 kg  E                40
          gases, liquefied
         1,2-Butylene oxide, stabilized           3  UN3022              II   3               387, IB2, T4, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  C           25, 27,
                                                                                                                                                                                              49
         Butyltoluenes                          6.1  UN2667             III   6.1                  IB3, T4, TP1  153           203         241             60 L       220 L  A
         Butyltrichlorosilane                     8  UN1747              II   8, 3        A7, B2, B6, N34, T10,  None          206         243        Forbidden        30 L  C                40
                                                                                                 TP2, TP7, TP13
         1,4-Butynediol                         6.1  UN2716             III   6.1        A1, IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  None          213         240           100 kg      200 kg  C           52, 53,
                                                                                                                                                                                              70
         Butyraldehyde                            3  UN1129              II   3                    IB2, T4, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B
         Butyraldoxime                            3  UN2840             III   3                B1, IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
         Butyric acid                             8  UN2820             III   8                    IB3, T4, TP1  154           203         241              5 L        60 L  A            12, 25
         Butyric anhydride                        8  UN2739             III   8                    IB3, T4, TP1  154           203         241              5 L        60 L  A
         Butyronitrile                            3  UN2411              II   3, 6.1         IB2, T7, TP1, TP13  150           202         243              1 L        60 L  E                40
         Butyryl chloride                         3  UN2353              II   3, 8           IB2, T8, TP2, TP13  150           202         243              1 L         5 L  C                40
         Cacodylic acid                         6.1  UN1572              II   6.1        IB8, IP2, IP4,T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  E                52
   G     Cadmium compounds                      6.1  UN2570               I   6.1            IB7, IP1, T6, TP33  None          211         242             5 kg       50 kg  A

[[Page 184]]

 
                                          .........  ................    II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A
                                          .........  ................   III   6.1            IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  153           213         240           100 kg      200 kg  A
         Caesium hydroxide                        8  UN2682              II   8         IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  154           212         240            15 kg       50 kg  A           29, 52.
         Caesium hydroxide solution               8  UN2681              II   8                B2, IB2, T7, TP2  154           202         242              1 L        30 L  A            29, 52
                                                                        III   8                    IB3, T4, TP1  154           203         241              5 L        60 L  A            29, 52
         Calcium                                4.3  UN1401              II   4.3           IB7, IP2, IP21, T3,  151           212         241            15 kg        50kg  E           13, 52,
                                                                                                 TP33, W31, W40                                                                              148
         Calcium arsenate                       6.1  UN1573              II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A
         Calcium arsenate and calcium           6.1  UN1574              II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A
          arsenite, mixtures, solid
         Calcium bisulfite solution, see
          Bisulfites, aqueous solutions,
          n.o.s.
         Calcium carbide                        4.3  UN1402               I   4.3        A1, A8, B55, B59, IB4,  None          211         242        Forbidden       15 kg  B           13, 52,
                                                                                             IP1, N34, T9, TP7,                                                                              148
                                                                                                      TP33, W32
                                          .........                      II   4.3        A1, A8, B55, B59, IB7,  151           212         241            15 kg       50 kg  B           13, 52,
                                                                                            IP2, IP21, N34, T3,                                                                              148
                                                                                                 TP33, W31, W40
         Calcium chlorate                       5.1  UN1452              II   5.1       A9, IB8, IP2, IP4, N34,  152           212         242             5 kg       25 kg  A            56, 58
                                                                                                       T3, TP33
         Calcium chlorate aqueous               5.1  UN2429              II   5.1         A2, IB2, N41, T4, TP1  152           202         242              1 L         5 L  B           56, 58,
          solution                                                                                                                                                                           133
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   5.1         A2, IB2, N41, T4, TP1  152           203         241            2.5 L        30 L  B           56, 68,
                                                                                                                                                                                             133
         Calcium chlorite                       5.1  UN1453              II   5.1       A9, IB8, IP2, IP4, N34,  152           212         242             5 kg       25 kg  A            56, 58
                                                                                                       T3, TP33
         Calcium cyanamide with more            4.3  UN1403             III   4.3        A1, A19, IB8, IP4, T1,  151           213         241            25 kg      100 kg  A           13, 52,
          than 0.1 percent of calcium                                                            TP33, W31, W40                                                                              148
          carbide
         Calcium cyanide                        6.1  UN1575               I   6.1       IB7, IP1, N79, N80, T6,  None          211         242             5 kg       50 kg  A            40, 52
                                                                                                      TP33, W31
         Calcium dithionite or Calcium          4.2  UN1923              II   4.2       A19, A20, IB6, IP2, T3,  None          212         241            15 kg       50 kg  E                13
          hydrosulfite                                                                                TP33, W31
         Calcium hydride                        4.3  UN1404               I   4.3                 A19, N40, W32  None          211         242        Forbidden       15 kg  E           13, 52,
                                                                                                                                                                                             148
         Calcium hydrosulfite, see
          Calcium dithionite

[[Page 185]]

 
         Calcium hypochlorite, dry,             5.1  UN3485              II   5.1, 8     165, 166, A7, A9, IB8,  152           212         None            5 kg       25 kg  D            4, 25,
          corrosive or Calcium                                                          IP2, IP4, IP13, N34, W9                                                                          52, 56,
          hypochlorite mixture, dry,                                                                                                                                                     58, 69,
          corrosive with more than 39%                                                                                                                                                       142
          available chlorine (8.8%
          available oxygen)
         Calcium hypochlorite, dry or           5.1  UN1748              II   5.1        165, 166, A7, A9, IB8,  152           212         None            5 kg       25 kg  D            4, 25,
          Calcium hypochlorite mixture                                                  IP2, IP4, IP13, N34, W9                                                                          52, 56,
          dry with more than 39%                                                                                                                                                         58, 69,
          available chlorine (8.8%                                                                                                                                                           142
          available oxygen)
                                                                        III   5.1        165, 171, A7, A9, IB8,  152           213         240            25 kg      100 kg  D            4, 25,
                                                                                             IP4, IP13, N34, W9                                                                          52, 56,
                                                                                                                                                                                         58, 69,
                                                                                                                                                                                             142
         Calcium hypochlorite, hydrated,        5.1  UN3487              II   5.1, 8        165, IB8, IP2, IP4,  152           212         240             5 kg       25 kg  D            4, 25,
          corrosive or Calcium                                                                         IP13, W9                                                                          52, 56,
          hypochlorite, hydrated                                                                                                                                                         58, 69,
          mixture, corrosive with not                                                                                                                                                        142
          less than 5.5% but not more
          than 16% water
                                                                        III   5.1, 8          165, IB8, IP4, W9  152           213         240            25 kg      100 kg  D            4, 25,
                                                                                                                                                                                         52, 56,
                                                                                                                                                                                         58, 69,
                                                                                                                                                                                             142
         Calcium hypochlorite, hydrated         5.1  UN2880              II   5.1           165, IB8, IP2, IP4,  152           212         240             5 kg       25 kg  D            4, 25,
          or Calcium hypochlorite,                                                                     IP13, W9                                                                          52, 56,
          hydrated mixture, with not                                                                                                                                                     58, 69,
          less than 5.5% but not more                                                                                                                                                        142
          than 16% water
                                                                        III   5.1           165, 171, IB8, IP4,  152           213         240            25 kg      100 kg  D            4, 25,
                                                                                                       IP13, W9                                                                          52, 56,
                                                                                                                                                                                         58, 69,
                                                                                                                                                                                             142
         Calcium hypochlorite mixture,          5.1  UN3486             III   5.1, 8    165, A1, A29, IB8, IP3,  152           213         240             5 kg       25 kg  D            4, 25,
          dry, corrosive with more than                                                      IP13, N34, W9, W10                                                                          52, 56,
          10% but not more than 39%                                                                                                                                                      58, 69,
          available chlorine                                                                                                                                                                 142
         Calcium hypochlorite mixture,          5.1  UN2208             III   5.1       165, A1, A29, IB8, IP3,  152           213         240            25 kg      100 kg  D            4, 25,
          dry, with more than 10% but                                                        IP13, N34, W9, W10                                                                          52, 56,
          not more than 39% available                                                                                                                                                    58, 69,
          chlorine                                                                                                                                                                           142
         Calcium manganese silicon              4.3  UN2844             III   4.3        A1, A19, IB8, IP4, T1,  151           213         241            25 kg      100 kg  A           13, 52,
                                                                                                      TP33, W31                                                                              85,
                                                                                                                                                                                            103,
                                                                                                                                                                                             148
         Calcium nitrate                        5.1  UN1454             III   5.1       34, B120, IB8, IP3, T1,  152           213         240            25 kg      100 kg  A           .......
                                                                                                           TP33
   A     Calcium oxide                            8  UN1910             III   8              IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  154           213         240            25 kg      100 kg  A
         Calcium perchlorate                    5.1  UN1455              II   5.1            IB6, IP2, T3, TP33  152           212         242             5 kg       25 kg  A            56, 58
         Calcium permanganate                   5.1  UN1456              II   5.1            IB6, IP2, T3, TP33  152           212         242             5 kg       25 kg  D           56, 58,
                                                                                                                                                                                             138

[[Page 186]]

 
         Calcium peroxide                       5.1  UN1457              II   5.1           IB6, IP2, T3, TP33,  152           212         242             5 kg       25 kg  C           13, 52,
                                                                                                           W100                                                                          66, 75,
                                                                                                                                                                                             148
         Calcium phosphide                      4.3  UN1360               I   4.3, 6.1        A8, A19, N40, W32  None          211         242        Forbidden       15 kg  E           13, 40,
                                                                                                                                                                                         52, 85,
                                                                                                                                                                                             148
         Calcium, pyrophoric or Calcium         4.2  UN1855               I   4.2                           W31  None          187         None       Forbidden   Forbidden  D           13, 148
          alloys, pyrophoric
         Calcium resinate                       4.1  UN1313             III   4.1        A1, A19, IB6, T1, TP33  None          213         240            25 kg      100 kg  A
         Calcium resinate, fused                4.1  UN1314             III   4.1        A1, A19, IB4, T1, TP33  None          213         240            25 kg      100 kg  A
         Calcium selenate, see Selenates
          or Selenites
         Calcium silicide                       4.3  UN1405              II   4.3          A19, IB7, IP2, IP21,  151           212         241            15 kg       50 kg  B           13, 52,
                                                                                                  T3, TP33, W31                                                                              85,
                                                                                                                                                                                            103,
                                                                                                                                                                                             148
                                          .........                     III   4.3       A1, A19, IB8, IP21, T1,  151           213         241            25 kg      100 kg  B           13, 52,
                                                                                                 TP33, W31, W40                                                                              85,
                                                                                                                                                                                            103,
                                                                                                                                                                                             148
         Camphor oil                              3  UN1130             III   3                B1, IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
         Camphor, synthetic                     4.1  UN2717             III   4.1        A1, IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  None          213         240            25 kg      100 kg  A
         Cannon primers, see Primers,
          tubular
         Capacitor, asymmetric with an            9  UN3508            .....  9                             372  176           176         176         No limit    No Limit  A
          energy storage capacity
          greater than 0.3 Wh
         Capacitor, electric double               9  UN3499            .....  9                             361  176           176         176         No limit    No limit  A
          layer with an energy storage
          capacity greater than 0.3 Wh
         Caproic acid                             8  UN2829             III   8                    IB3, T4, TP1  154           203         241              5 L        60 L  A
         Caps, blasting, see Detonators,
          etc
         Carbamate pesticides, liquid,            3  UN2758               I   3, 6.1       T14, TP2, TP13, TP27  None          201         243        Forbidden        30 L  B                40
          flammable, toxic, flash point
          less than 23 degrees C
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   3, 6.1       IB2, T11, TP2, TP13,  150           202         243              1 L        60 L  B                40
                                                                                                           TP27
         Carbamate pesticides, liquid,          6.1  UN2992               I   6.1          T14, TP2, TP13, TP27  None          201         243              1 L        30 L  B                40
          toxic

[[Page 187]]

 
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   6.1          IB2, T11, TP2, TP13,  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  B                40
                                                                                                           TP27
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   6.1            IB3, T7, TP2, TP28  153           203         241             60 L       220 L  A                40
         Carbamate pesticides, liquid,          6.1  UN2991               I   6.1, 3       T14, TP2, TP13, TP27  None          201         243              1 L        30 L  B                40
          toxic, flammable, flash point
          not less than 23 degrees C
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   6.1, 3       IB2, T11, TP2, TP13,  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  B                40
                                                                                                           TP27
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   6.1, 3     B1, IB3, T7, TP2, TP28  153           203         242             60 L       220 L  A                40
         Carbamate pesticides, solid,           6.1  UN2757               I   6.1            IB7, IP1, T6, TP33  None          211         242             5 kg       50 kg  A                40
          toxic
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A                40
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   6.1            IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  153           213         240           100 kg      200 kg  A                40
         Carbolic acid, see Phenol,
          solid or Phenol, molten
         Carbolic acid solutions, see
          Phenol solutions
   I     Carbon, activated                      4.2  UN1362             III   4.2       IB8, IP3, T1, TP33, W31  None          213         241           0.5 kg      0.5 kg  A            12, 25
   I     Carbon, animal or vegetable            4.2  UN1361              II   4.2                 IB6, T3, TP33  None          212         242        Forbidden   Forbidden  A            12, 25
          origin
                                                                        III   4.2            IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  None          213         241        Forbidden   Forbidden  A            12, 25
         Carbon bisulfide, see Carbon
          disulfide
         Carbon dioxide                         2.2  UN1013            .....  2.2       .......................  306           302, 304    302,           75 kg      150 kg  A
                                                                                                                                            314,
                                                                                                                                            315
         Carbon dioxide, refrigerated           2.2  UN2187            .....  2.2                      T75, TP5  306           304         314, 315       50 kg      500 kg  D
          liquid
 A W     Carbon dioxide, solid or Dry             9  UN1845            .....  None      .......................  217           217         240           200 kg      200 kg  C                40
          ice
         Carbon disulfide                         3  UN1131               I   3, 6.1        B16, T14, TP2, TP7,  None          201         243        Forbidden   Forbidden  D           40, 78,
                                                                                                      TP13, W31                                                                              115
         Carbon monoxide, compressed            2.3  UN1016            .....  2.3, 2.1                        4  None          302         314, 315   Forbidden       25 kg  D                40
   D     Carbon monoxide, refrigerated          2.3  NA9202            .....  2.3, 2.1              4, T75, TP5  None          316         318        Forbidden   Forbidden  D
          liquid (cryogenic liquid)
         Carbon tetrabromide                    6.1  UN2516             III   6.1            IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  153           213         240           100 kg      200 kg  A                25
         Carbon tetrachloride                   6.1  UN1846              II   6.1             IB2, N36, T7, TP2  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  A                40
         Carbonyl chloride, see Phosgene
         Carbonyl fluoride                      2.3  UN2417            .....  2.3, 8                          2  None          302         None       Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
         Carbonyl sulfide                       2.3  UN2204            .....  2.3, 2.1                   3, B14  None          304         314, 315   Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
         Cartridge cases, empty primed,
          see Cases, cartridge, empty,
          with primer
         Cartridges, actuating, for
          aircraft ejector seat
          catapult, fire extinguisher,
          canopy removal or apparatus,
          see Cartridges, power device
         Cartridges, explosive, see
          Charges, demolition

[[Page 188]]

 
         Cartridges, sporting, see
          Cartridges for weapons, inert
          projectile, or Cartridges,
          small arms
         Cartridges, flash                     1.1G  UN0049            .....  1.1G      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  03               25
         Cartridges, flash                     1.3G  UN0050            .....  1.3G      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden       75 kg  03               25
         Cartridges for weapons, blank         1.1C  UN0326            .....  1.1C      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
         Cartridges for weapons, blank         1.2C  UN0413            .....  1.2C      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
         Cartridges for weapons, blank         1.3C  UN0327            .....  1.3C      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
          or Cartridges, small arms,
          blank
         Cartridges for weapons, blank         1.4C  UN0338            .....  1.4C      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden       75 kg  02               25
          or Cartridges, small arms,
          blank
         Cartridges for weapons, blank         1.4S  UN0014            .....  None      .......................  63            62          None           25 kg      100 kg  01               25
          or Cartridges, small arms,
          blank or Cartridges for tools,
          blank
         Cartridges for weapons, inert         1.2C  UN0328            .....  1.2C      .......................  None          62          62         Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
          projectile
         Cartridges for weapons, inert         1.4S  UN0012            .....  None      .......................  63            62          None           25 kg      100 kg  01               25
          projectile or Cartridges,
          small arms
         Cartridges for weapons, inert         1.4C  UN0339            .....  1.4C      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden       75 kg  02               25
          projectile or Cartridges,
          small arms
         Cartridges for weapons, inert         1.3C  UN0417            .....  1.3C      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
          projectile or Cartridges,
          small arms
         Cartridges for weapons, with          1.1F  UN0005            .....  1.1F      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  05               25
          bursting charge
         Cartridges for weapons, with          1.1E  UN0006            .....  1.1E      .......................  None          62          62         Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
          bursting charge
         Cartridges for weapons, with          1.2F  UN0007            .....  1.2F      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  05               25
          bursting charge
         Cartridges for weapons, with          1.2E  UN0321            .....  1.2E      .......................  None          62          62         Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
          bursting charge
         Cartridges for weapons, with          1.4F  UN0348            .....  1.4F      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  05               25
          bursting charge
         Cartridges for weapons, with          1.4E  UN0412            .....  1.4E      .......................  None          62          62         Forbidden       75 kg  03               25
          bursting charge
         Cartridges, oil well                  1.3C  UN0277            .....  1.3C      .......................  None          62          62         Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
         Cartridges, oil well                  1.4C  UN0278            .....  1.4C      .......................  None          62          62         Forbidden       75 kg  02               25
         Cartridges, power device              1.3C  UN0275            .....  1.3C      .......................  None          62          62         Forbidden       75 kg  04               25
         Cartridges, power device              1.4C  UN0276            .....  1.4C                          110  None          62          62         Forbidden       75 kg  02               25

[[Page 189]]

 
         Cartridges, power device              1.4S  UN0323            .....  1.4S                     110, 347  63            62          62             25 kg      100 kg  01               25
         Cartridges, power device              1.2C  UN0381            .....  1.2C      .......................  None          62          62         Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
   D     Cartridges power device (used        ORM-D  ................  .....  None                          222  63            None        None           30 kg   Forbidden  A
          to project fastening devices)                                                                                                                   gross
         Cartridges, safety, blank, see
          Cartridges for weapons, blank
          (UN 0014)
         Cartridges, safety, see          .........  ................  .....  ........  .......................  ............  ..........  ........  ..........  ..........  ..........  .......
          Cartriges for weapons, inert
          projectile, or Cartridges,
          small arms or Cartridges,
          power device (UN 0323)
         Cartridges, signal                    1.3G  UN0054            .....  1.3G      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden       75 kg  03               25
         Cartridges, signal                    1.4G  UN0312            .....  1.4G      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden       75 kg  02               25
         Cartridges, signal                    1.4S  UN0405            .....  1.4S      .......................  None          62          None           25 kg      100 kg  01               25
   D     Cartridges, small arms               ORM-D  ................  .....  None                          222  63            None        None           30 kg   Forbidden  A
                                                                                                                                                          gross
         Cartridges, starter, jet
          engine, see Cartridges, power
          device
         Cases, cartridge, empty with          1.4S  UN0055            .....  1.4S                           50  63            62          None           25 kg      100 kg  01               25
          primer
         Cases, cartridges, empty with         1.4C  UN0379            .....  1.4C                           50  None          62          None       Forbidden       75 kg  02               25
          primer
         Cases, combustible, empty,            1.4C  UN0446            .....  1.4C      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden       75 kg  02               25
          without primer
         Cases, combustible, empty,            1.3C  UN0447            .....  1.3C      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
          without primer
         Casinghead gasoline see
          Gasoline
 A W     Castor beans or Castor meal or           9  UN2969              II   None      IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  155           204         240         No limit    No limit  E           34, 40,
          Castor pomace or Castor flake                                                                                                                                                  44, 122
         Catecholborane                   .........  ................  .....  ........                     A210
   G     Caustic alkali liquids, n.o.s.           8  UN1719              II   8         B2, IB2, T11, TP2, TP27  154           202         242              1 L        30 L  A            29, 52
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   8              IB3, T7, TP1, TP28  154           203         241              5 L        60 L  A            29, 52
         Caustic potash, see Potassium
          hydroxide etc
         Caustic soda, (etc.) see Sodium
          hydroxide etc
         Cells, containing sodium               4.3  UN3292            .....  4.3                                189           189         189            25 kg    No limit  A
         Celluloid, in block, rods,             4.1  UN2000             III   4.1                           420  None          213         240            25 kg      100 kg  A
          rolls, sheets, tubes, etc.,
          except scrap
         Celluloid, scrap                       4.2  UN2002             III   4.2                      IB8, IP3  None          213         241        Forbidden   Forbidden  D
         Cement, see Adhesives
          containing flammable liquid
         Cerium, slabs, ingots, or rods         4.1  UN1333              II   4.1           IB8, IP2, IP4, N34,  None          212         240            15 kg       50 kg  A           13, 74,
                                                                                                           W100                                                                              91,
                                                                                                                                                                                            147,
                                                                                                                                                                                             148
         Cerium, turnings or gritty             4.3  UN3078              II   4.3       A1, IB7, IP2, IP21, T3,  151           212         242            15 kg       50 kg  E           13, 52,
          powder                                                                                 TP33, W31, W40                                                                              148
         Cesium or Caesium                      4.3  UN1407               I   4.3       A7, A19, IB4, IP1, N34,  None          211         242        Forbidden       15 kg  D           13, 52,
                                                                                                       N40, W32                                                                              148

[[Page 190]]

 
         Cesium nitrate or Caesium              5.1  UN1451             III   5.1        A1, A29, IB8, IP3, T1,  152           213         240            25 kg      100 kg  A
          nitrate                                                                                          TP33
   D     Charcoal briquettes, shell,            4.2  NA1361             III   4.2                 IB8, T1, TP33  151           213         240            25 kg      100 kg  A                12
          screenings, wood, etc.
         Charges, bursting, plastics           1.1D  UN0457            .....  1.1D      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
          bonded
         Charges, bursting, plastics           1.2D  UN0458            .....  1.2D      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
          bonded
         Charges, bursting, plastics           1.4D  UN0459            .....  1.4D      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden       75 kg  02               25
          bonded
         Charges, bursting, plastics           1.4S  UN0460            .....  1.4S                          347  None          62          None           25 kg      100 kg  01               25
          bonded
         Charges, demolition                   1.1D  UN0048            .....  1.1D      .......................  None          62          62         Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
         Charges, depth                        1.1D  UN0056            .....  1.1D      .......................  None          62          62         Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
         Charges, expelling, explosive,
          for fire extinguishers, see
          Cartridges, power device
         Charges, explosive, commercial        1.1D  UN0442            .....  1.1D      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
          without detonator
         Charges, explosive, commercial        1.2D  UN0443            .....  1.2D      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
          without detonator
         Charges, explosive, commercial        1.4D  UN0444            .....  1.4D      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden       75 kg  02               25
          without detonator
         Charges, explosive, commercial        1.4S  UN0445            .....  1.4S                          347  None          62          None           25 kg      100 kg  01               25
          without detonator
         Charges, propelling                   1.1C  UN0271            .....  1.1C      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
         Charges, propelling                   1.3C  UN0272            .....  1.3C      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
         Charges, propelling                   1.2C  UN0415            .....  1.2C      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
         Charges, propelling                   1.4C  UN0491            .....  1.4C      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden       75 kg  02               25
         Charges, propelling, for cannon       1.3C  UN0242            .....  1.3C      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
         Charges, propelling, for cannon       1.1C  UN0279            .....  1.1C      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
         Charges, propelling, for cannon       1.2C  UN0414            .....  1.2C      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
         Charges, shaped, flexible,            1.4D  UN0237            .....  1.4D      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden       75 kg  02               25
          linear
         Charges, shaped, flexible,            1.1D  UN0288            .....  1.1D      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
          linear
         Charges, shaped, without              1.1D  UN0059            .....  1.1D      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
          detonator
         Charges, shaped, without              1.2D  UN0439            .....  1.2D      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
          detonator
         Charges, shaped, without              1.4D  UN0440            .....  1.4D      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden       75 kg  02               25
          detonator
         Charges, shaped, without              1.4S  UN0441            .....  1.4S                          347  None          62          None           25 kg      100 kg  01               25
          detonator
         Charges, supplementary                1.1D  UN0060            .....  1.1D      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
          explosive
   D     Chemical kit                             8  NA1760              II   8         .......................  154           161         None             1 L        30 L  B                40
         Chemical kits                            9  UN3316              II   9                              15  161           161         None           10 kg       10 kg  A
                                                                        III   9                              15  161           161         None           10 kg       10 kg  A

[[Page 191]]

 
   G     Chemical under pressure,               2.2  UN3503            .....  2.2, 8             362, T50, TP40  None          335         313, 315   Forbidden      100 kg  D                40
          corrosive, n.o.s
   G     Chemical under pressure,               2.1  UN3505            .....  2.1, 8             362, T50, TP40  None          335         313, 315   Forbidden       75 kg  D                40
          flammable, corrosive, n.o.s
   G     Chemical under pressure,               2.1  UN3501            .....  2.1                362, T50, TP40  None          335         313, 315   Forbidden       75 kg  D                40
          flammable, n.o.s
   G     Chemical under pressure,               2.1  UN3504            .....  2.1, 6.1           362, T50, TP40  None          335         313, 315   Forbidden       75 kg  D                40
          flammable, toxic, n.o.s
   G     Chemical under pressure, n.o.s         2.2  UN3500            .....  2.2                362, T50, TP40  None          335         313, 315       75 kg      150 kg  B
   G     Chemical under pressure, toxic,        2.2  UN3502            .....  2.2, 6.1           362, T50, TP40  None          335         313, 315   Forbidden      100 kg  D                40
          n.o.s
         Chloral, anhydrous, stabilized         6.1  UN2075              II   6.1                  IB2, T7, TP2  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  D                40
         Chlorate and borate mixtures           5.1  UN1458              II   5.1       A9, IB8, IP2, IP4, N34,  152           212         240             5 kg       25 kg  A            56, 58
                                                                                                       T3, TP33
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   5.1        A9, IB8, IP3, N34, T1,  152           213         240            25 kg      100 kg  A            56, 58
                                                                                                           TP33
         Chlorate and magnesium chloride        5.1  UN1459              II   5.1       A9, IB8, IP2, IP4, N34,  152           212         240             5 kg       25 kg  A            56, 58
          mixture solid                                                                                T3, TP33
                                                                        III   5.1        A9, IB8, IP3, N34, T1,  152           213         240            25 kg      100 kg  A            56, 58
                                                                                                           TP33
         Chlorate and magnesium chloride        5.1  UN3407              II   5.1         A9, IB2, N34, T4, TP1  152           202         242              1 L         5 L  A           56, 58,
          mixture solution                                                                                                                                                                   133
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   5.1         A9, IB2, N34, T4, TP1  152           203         241            2.5 L        30 L  A           56, 58,
                                                                                                                                                                                             133
         Chlorate of potash, see          .........  ................  .....  ........  .......................  ............  ..........  ........  ..........  ..........  ..........  .......
          Potassium chlorate
         Chlorate of soda, see Sodium
          chlorate
   G     Chlorates, inorganic, aqueous          5.1  UN3210              II   5.1             351, IB2, T4, TP1  152           202         242              1 L         5 L  B           56, 58,
          solution, n.o.s                                                                                                                                                                    133
                                          .........  ................   III   5.1             351, IB2, T4, TP1  152           203         241            2.5 L        30 L  B           56, 58,
                                                                                                                                                                                             133
   G     Chlorates, inorganic, n.o.s            5.1  UN1461              II   5.1       351, A9, IB6, IP2, N34,  152           212         242             5 kg       25 kg  A            56, 58
                                                                                                       T3, TP33
         Chloric acid aqueous solution,         5.1  UN2626              II   5.1             IB2, T4, TP1, W31  None          229         None       Forbidden   Forbidden  D            56, 58
          with not more than 10 percent
          chloric acid
         Chloride of phosphorus, see
          Phosphorus trichloride
         Chloride of sulfur, see Sulfur
          chloride
         Chlorinated lime, see Calcium
          hypochlorite mixtures, etc
         Chlorine                               2.3  UN1017            .....  2.3,        2, B9, B14, N86, T50,  None          304         314, 315   Forbidden   Forbidden  D           40, 51,
                                                                               5.1, 8                      TP19                                                                          55, 62,
                                                                                                                                                                                         68, 89,
                                                                                                                                                                                              90

[[Page 192]]

 
         Chlorine, adsorbed                     2.3  UN3520            .....  2.3,              2, B9, B14, N86  None          302c        None       Forbidden   Forbidden  D           40, 89,
                                                                               5.1, 8                                                                                                         90
         Chlorine azide                   Forbidden
   D     Chlorine dioxide, hydrate,             5.1  NA9191              II   5.1, 6.1  .......................  None          229         None       Forbidden   Forbidden  E
          frozen
         Chlorine dioxide (not hydrate)   Forbidden
         Chlorine pentafluoride                 2.3  UN2548            .....  2.3,          1, B7, B9, B14, N86  None          304         314        Forbidden   Forbidden  D           40, 89,
                                                                               5.1, 8                                                                                                         90
         Chlorine trifluoride                   2.3  UN1749            .....  2.3,          2, B7, B9, B14, N86  None          304         314        Forbidden   Forbidden  D           40, 89,
                                                                               5.1, 8                                                                                                         90
         Chlorite solution                        8  UN1908              II   8           A3, A7, B2, IB2, N34,  154           202         242              1 L        30 L  B           26, 44,
                                                                                                  T7, TP2, TP24                                                                              89,
                                                                                                                                                                                            100,
                                                                                                                                                                                             141
                                                                        III   8           A3, A7, B2, IB3, N34,  154           203         241              5 L        60 L  B           26, 44,
                                                                                                  T4, TP2, TP24                                                                              89,
                                                                                                                                                                                            100,
                                                                                                                                                                                             141
   G     Chlorites, inorganic, n.o.s            5.1  UN1462              II   5.1       352, A7, IB6, IP2, N34,  152           212         242             5 kg       25 kg  A            56, 58
                                                                                                       T3, TP33
         1-Chloro-1,1-difluoroethane or         2.1  UN2517            .....  2.1                           T50  306           304         314, 315   Forbidden      150 kg  B                40
          Refrigerant gas R 142b
         3-Chloro-4-methylphenyl                6.1  UN2236              II   6.1                           IB2  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  B                40
          isocyanate, liquid
         3-Chloro-4-methylphenyl                6.1  UN3428              II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  B                40
          isocyanate, solid
         1-Chloro-1,2,2,2-                      2.2  UN1021            .....  2.2                           T50  306           304         314, 315       75 kg      150 kg  A
          tetrafluoroethaneor
          Refrigerant gas R 124
         4-Chloro-o-toluidine                   6.1  UN1579             III   6.1            IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  153           213         240           100 kg      200 kg  A
          hydrochloride, solid
         4-Chloro-o-toluidine                   6.1  UN3410             III   6.1                  IB3, T4, TP1  153           203         241             60 L       220 L  A
          hydrochloride, solution
         1-Chloro-2,2,2-trifluoroethane         2.2  UN1983            .....  2.2                           T50  306           304         314, 315       75 kg      150 kg  A
          or Refrigerant gas R 133a
         Chloroacetic acid, molten              6.1  UN3250              II   6.1, 8         IB1, T7, TP3, TP28  None          202         243        Forbidden   Forbidden  C                40

[[Page 193]]

 
         Chloroacetic acid, solid               6.1  UN1751              II   6.1, 8     A3, A7, IB8, IP2, IP4,  153           212         242            15 kg       50 kg  C                40
                                                                                                  N34, T3, TP33
         Chloroacetic acid, solution            6.1  UN1750              II   6.1, 8      A7, IB2, N34, T7, TP2  153           202         243              1 L        30 L  C                40
         Chloroacetone, stabilized              6.1  UN1695               I   6.1, 3,     2, B9, B14, B32, N12,  None          227         244        Forbidden   Forbidden  D           21, 40,
                                                                               8            N32, N34, T20, TP2,                                                                              100
                                                                                               TP13, TP38, TP45
         Chloroacetone (unstabilized)     Forbidden
   +     Chloroacetonitrile                     6.1  UN2668               I   6.1, 3      2, B9, B14, B32, IB9,  None          227         244        Forbidden   Forbidden  A           12, 25,
                                                                                          T20, TP2, TP13, TP38,                                                                           40, 52
                                                                                                           TP45
         Chloroacetophenone, liquid,            6.1  UN3416              II   6.1       A3, IB2, N12, N32, N33,  None          202         243        Forbidden        60 L  D           12, 25,
          (CN)                                                                                    T7, TP2, TP13                                                                               40
         Chloroacetophenone, solid, (CN)        6.1  UN1697              II   6.1       A3, IB8, IP2, IP4, N12,  None          212         None       Forbidden      100 kg  D           12, 25,
                                                                                        N32, N33, N34, T3, TP2,                                                                               40
                                                                                                     TP13, TP33
         Chloroacetyl chloride                  6.1  UN1752               I   6.1, 8        2, B3, B8, B9, B14,  None          227         244        Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
                                                                                            B32, B77, N34, N43,
                                                                                          T20, TP2, TP13, TP38,
                                                                                                           TP45
         Chloroanilines, liquid                 6.1  UN2019              II   6.1                  IB2, T7, TP2  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  A                52
         Chloroanilines, solid                  6.1  UN2018              II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A
         Chloroanisidines                       6.1  UN2233             III   6.1            IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  153           213         240           100 kg      200 kg  A
         Chlorobenzene                            3  UN1134             III   3                B1, IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
         Chlorobenzol, see Chlorobenzene
         Chlorobenzotrifluorides                  3  UN2234             III   3                B1, IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A                40
         Chlorobenzyl chlorides, liquid         6.1  UN2235             III   6.1                  IB3, T4, TP1  153           203         241             60 L       220 L  A
         Chlorobenzyl chlorides, solid          6.1  UN3427             III   6.1            IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  153           213         240           100 kg      200 kg  A
         Chlorobutanes                            3  UN1127              II   3                    IB2, T4, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B
         Chlorocresols solution                 6.1  UN2669              II   6.1                  IB2, T7, TP2  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  A            12, 25
                                                                        III   6.1                  IB3, T7, TP2  153           203         241             60 L       220 L  A            12, 25
         Chlorocresols, solid                   6.1  UN3437              II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A            12, 25
         Chlorodifluorobromomethane or          2.2  UN1974            .....  2.2                           T50  306           304         314, 315       75 kg      150 kg  A
          Refrigerant gas R 12B1
         Chlorodifluoromethane and              2.2  UN1973            .....  2.2                           T50  306           304         314, 315       75 kg      150 kg  A
          chloropentafluoroethane
          mixture or Refrigerant gas R
          502 with fixed boiling point,
          with approximately 49 percent
          chlorodifluoromethane
         Chlorodifluoromethane or               2.2  UN1018            .....  2.2                           T50  306           304         314, 315       75 kg      150 kg  A
          Refrigerant gas R 22
   +     Chlorodinitrobenzenes, liquid.         6.1  UN1577              II   6.1                  IB2, T7, TP2  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  B                91
   +     Chlorodinitrobenzenes, solid           6.1  UN3441              II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A                91
         2-Chloroethanal                        6.1  UN2232               I   6.1         2, B9, B14, B32, T20,  None          227         244        Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
                                                                                          TP2, TP13, TP38, TP45
         Chloroform                             6.1  UN1888             III   6.1             IB3, N36, T7, TP2  153           203         241             60 L       220 L  A                40
   G     Chloroformates, toxic,                 6.1  UN2742              II   6.1, 8,           5, IB1, T7, TP2  153           202         243              1 L        30 L  A           12, 13,
          corrosive, flammable, n.o.s.                                         3                                                                                                         21, 25,
                                                                                                                                                                                         40, 100
   G     Chloroformates, toxic,                 6.1  UN3277              II   6.1, 8        IB2, T8, TP2, TP13,  153           202         243              1 L        30 L  A           12, 13,
          corrosive, n.o.s.                                                                                TP28                                                                           25, 40

[[Page 194]]

 
         Chloromethyl chloroformate             6.1  UN2745              II   6.1, 8         IB2, T7, TP2, TP13  153           202         243              1 L        30 L  A           12, 13,
                                                                                                                                                                                          25, 40
         Chloromethyl ethyl ether                 3  UN2354              II   3, 6.1         IB2, T7, TP1, TP13  150           202         243              1 L        60 L  E                40
         Chloronitroanilines                    6.1  UN2237             III   6.1            IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  153           213         240           100 kg      200 kg  A
   +     Chloronitrobenzenes, liquid            6.1  UN3409              II   6.1                  IB2, T7, TP2  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  A           44, 89,
                                                                                                                                                                                            100,
                                                                                                                                                                                             141
   +     Chloronitrobenzenes, solid             6.1  UN1578              II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A
         Chloronitrotoluenes, liquid            6.1  UN2433             III   6.1                  IB3, T4, TP1  153           203         241             60 L       220 L  A           44, 89,
                                                                                                                                                                                            100,
                                                                                                                                                                                             141
         Chloronitrotoluenes, solid             6.1  UN3457             III   6.1             IB8, IP3,T1, TP33  153           213         240            25 kg      200 kg  A
         Chloropentafluoroethane or             2.2  UN1020            .....  2.2                           T50  306           304         314, 315       75 kg      150 kg  A
          Refrigerant gas R 115
         Chlorophenolates, liquid or              8  UN2904             III   8                             IB3  154           203         241              5 L        60 L  A
          Phenolates, liquid
         Chlorophenolates, solid or               8  UN2905             III   8              IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  154           213         240            25 kg      100 kg  A
          Phenolates, solid
         Chlorophenols, liquid                  6.1  UN2021             III   6.1                  IB3, T4, TP1  153           203         241             60 L       220 L  A
         Chlorophenols, solid                   6.1  UN2020             III   6.1       IB8, IP3, T1, TP1, TP33  153           213         240           100 kg      200 kg  A
         Chlorophenyltrichlorosilane              8  UN1753              II   8           A7, B2, B6, N34, T10,  None          206         242        Forbidden        30 L  C                40
                                                                                                       TP2, TP7
   +     Chloropicrin                           6.1  UN1580               I   6.1          2, B7, B9, B14, B32,  None          227         244        Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
                                                                                           B46, T22, TP2, TP13,
                                                                                                     TP38, TP45
         Chloropicrin and methyl bromide        2.3  UN1581            .....  2.3          2, B9, B14, N86, T50  None          193         314, 315   Forbidden   Forbidden  D            25, 40
          mixtures
         Chloropicrin and methyl                2.3  UN1582            .....  2.3                   2, N86, T50  None          193         245        Forbidden   Forbidden  D            25, 40
          chloride mixtures
         Chloropicrin mixture, flammable
          (pressure not exceeding 14.7
          psia at 115 degrees F flash
          point below 100 degrees F) see
          Toxic liquids, flammable, etc
   G     Chloropicrin mixtures, n.o.s           6.1  UN1583               I   6.1                             5  None          201         243        Forbidden   Forbidden  C                40
                                          .........  ................    II   6.1                           IB2  153           202         243        Forbidden   Forbidden  C                40
                                          .........  ................   III   6.1                           IB3  153           203         241        Forbidden   Forbidden  C                40

[[Page 195]]

 
   D     Chloropivaloyl chloride                6.1  NA9263               I   6.1, 8      2, B9, B14, B32, T20,  None          227         244        Forbidden   Forbidden  B                40
                                                                                          TP4, TP13, TP38, TP45
         Chloroplatinic acid, solid               8  UN2507             III   8              IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  154           213         240            25 kg      100 kg  A
         Chloroprene, stabilized                  3  UN1991               I   3, 6.1        387, B57, T14, TP2,  None          201         243        Forbidden        30 L  D            25, 40
                                                                                                           TP13
         Chloroprene, uninhibited         Forbidden
         1-Chloropropane                          3  UN1278              II   3          IB2, IP8, N34, T7, TP2  None          202         242        Forbidden        60 L  E
         2-Chloropropane                          3  UN2356               I   3             N36, T11, TP2, TP13  150           201         243              1 L        30 L  E
         3-Chloropropanol-1                     6.1  UN2849             III   6.1                  IB3, T4, TP1  153           203         241             60 L       220 L  A
         2-Chloropropene                          3  UN2456               I   3                   N36, T11, TP2  150           201         243              1 L        30 L  E
         2-Chloropropionic acid                   8  UN2511             III   8                    IB3, T4, TP2  154           203         241              5 L        60 L  A                 8
         2-Chloropyridine                       6.1  UN2822              II   6.1                  IB2, T7, TP2  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  A                40
         Chlorosilanes, corrosive,                8  UN2986              II   8, 3         T14, TP2, TP7, TP13,  None          206         243        Forbidden        30 L  C                40
          flammable, n.o.s                                                                                 TP27
         Chlorosilanes, corrosive, n.o.s          8  UN2987              II   8              B2, T14, TP2, TP7,  None          206         242        Forbidden        30 L  C                40
                                                                                                     TP13, TP27
         Chlorosilanes, flammable,                3  UN2985              II   3, 8         T14, TP2, TP7, TP13,  None          206         243        Forbidden         5 L  B                40
          corrosive, n.o.s                                                                                 TP27
G        Chlorosilanes, toxic,                  6.1  UN3362              II   6.1,8,3      T14, TP2, TP7, TP13,  None          206         243        Forbidden        30 L  C           40, 125
          corrosive, flammable, n.o.s                                                                      TP27
G        Chlorosilanes, toxic,                  6.1  UN3361              II   6.1, 8       T14, TP2, TP7, TP13,  None          206         243        Forbidden        30 L  C                40
          corrosive, n.o.s                                                                                 TP27
         Chlorosilanes, water-reactive,         4.3  UN2988               I   4.3, 3,        A2, T14, TP2, TP7,  None          201         244        Forbidden         1 L  D           13, 21,
          flammable, corrosive, n.o.s                                          8                      TP13, W31                                                                          40, 49,
                                                                                                                                                                                            100,
                                                                                                                                                                                            147,
                                                                                                                                                                                             148
   +     Chlorosulfonic acid (with or             8  UN1754               I   8, 6.1      2, B9, B10, B14, B32,  None          227         244        Forbidden   Forbidden  C                40
          without sulfur trioxide)                                                         T20, TP2, TP38, TP45
         Chlorotoluenes                           3  UN2238             III   3                B1, IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
         Chlorotoluidines, liquid               6.1  UN3429             III   6.1                  IB3, T4, TP1  153           203         241             60 L       220 L  A
         Chlorotoluidines, solid                6.1  UN2239             III   6.1            IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  153           213         240           100 kg      200 kg  A
         Chlorotrifluoromethane and             2.2  UN2599            .....  2.2       .......................  306           304         314, 315       75 kg      150 kg  A
          trifluoromethane azeotropic
          mixture or Refrigerant gas R
          503 with approximately 60
          percent chlorotrifluoromethane
         Chlorotrifluoromethane or              2.2  UN1022            .....  2.2       .......................  306           304         314, 315       75 kg      150 kg  A
          Refrigerant gas R 13
         Chromic acid solution                    8  UN1755              II   8                B2, IB2, T8, TP2  154           202         242              1 L        30 L  C           40, 44,
                                                                                                                                                                                             89,
                                                                                                                                                                                            100,
                                                                                                                                                                                             141
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   8                    IB3, T4, TP1  154           203         241              5 L        60 L  C           40, 44,
                                                                                                                                                                                             89,
                                                                                                                                                                                            100,
                                                                                                                                                                                             141
         Chromic anhydride, see Chromium
          trioxide, anhydrous
         Chromic fluoride, solid                  8  UN1756              II   8         IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  154           212         240            15 kg       50 kg  A                52

[[Page 196]]

 
         Chromic fluoride, solution               8  UN1757              II   8                B2, IB2, T7, TP2  154           202         242              1 L        30 L  A
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   8                    IB3, T4, TP1  154           203         241              5 L        60 L  A
         Chromium nitrate                       5.1  UN2720             III   5.1        A1, A29, IB8, IP3, T1,  152           213         240            25 kg      100 kg  A
                                                                                                           TP33
         Chromium oxychloride                     8  UN1758               I   8          A7, B10, N34, T10, TP2  None          201         243            0.5 L       2.5 L  C           40, 66,
                                                                                                                                                                                         74, 89,
                                                                                                                                                                                              90
         Chromium trioxide, anhydrous           5.1  UN1463              II   5.1,           IB8, IP2, IP4, T3,  None          212         242             5 kg       25 kg  A            66, 90
                                                                               6.1, 8                 TP33, W31
         Chromosulfuric acid                      8  UN2240               I   8           A7, B4, B6, N34, T10,  None          201         243             0.5L        2.5L  B           40, 66,
                                                                                                      TP2, TP13                                                                          74, 89,
                                                                                                                                                                                              90
         Chromyl chloride, see Chromium
          oxychloride
         Cigar and cigarette lighters,
          charged with fuel, see
          Lighters or Lighter refills
          containing flammable gas.
         Coal briquettes, hot             Forbidden
         Coal gas, compressed                   2.3  UN1023            .....  2.3, 2.1                        3  None          302         314, 315   Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
         Coal tar distillates, flammable          3  UN1136              II   3                    IB2, T4, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   3          B1, IB3, T4, TP1, TP29  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
         Coal tar dye, corrosive,
          liquid, n.o.s, see Dyes,
          liquid or solid, n.o.s. or Dye
          intermediates, liquid or
          solid, corrosive, n.o.s.
         Coating solution (includes               3  UN1139               I   3             T11, TP1, TP8, TP27  150           201         243              1 L        30 L  E           .......
          surface treatments or coatings
          used for industrial or other
          purposes such as vehicle
          undercoating, drum or barrel
          lining)
         ...............................             ................    II   3          149, IB2, T4, TP1, TP8  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B           .......
         ...............................             ................   III   3                B1, IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A           .......
         Cobalt naphthenates, powder            4.1  UN2001             III   4.1       A19, IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  151           213         240            25 kg      100 kg  A
         Cobalt resinate, precipitated          4.1  UN1318             III   4.1        A1, A19, IB6, T1, TP33  151           213         240            25 kg      100 kg  A
         Coke, hot                        Forbidden

[[Page 197]]

 
         Collodion, see Nitrocellulose
          etc
 D G     Combustible liquid, n.o.s.        Comb liq  NA1993             III   None            148, IB3, T1, TP1  150           203         241             60 L       220 L  A           .......
   G     Components, explosive train,          1.2B  UN0382            .....  1.2B                          101  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  05               25
          n.o.s.
   G     Components, explosive train,          1.4B  UN0383            .....  1.4B                          101  None          62          None       Forbidden       75 kg  05               25
          n.o.s.
   G     Components, explosive train,          1.4S  UN0384            .....  1.4S                          101  None          62          None           25 kg      100 kg  01               25
          n.o.s.
   G     Components, explosive train,          1.1B  UN0461            .....  1.1B                          101  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  05               25
          n.o.s.
         Composition B, see Hexolite,
          etc
 D G     Compounds, cleaning liquid               8  NA1760               I   8         A7, B10, T14, TP2, TP27  None          201         243            0.5 L       2.5 L  B                40
         ...............................             ................    II   8         386, B2, IB2, N37, T11,  154           202         242              1 L        30 L  B                40
                                                                                                      TP2, TP27
         ...............................             ................   III   8         386, IB3, N37, T7, TP1,  154           203         241              5 L        60 L  A                40
                                                                                                           TP28
 D G     Compounds, cleaning liquid               3  NA1993               I   3                        T11, TP1  150           201         243              1 L        30 L  E
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   3         IB2, T7, TP1, TP8, TP28  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   3          B1, B52, IB3, T4, TP1,  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
                                                                                                           TP29
 D G     Compounds, tree killing, liquid          8  NA1760               I   8         A7, B10, T14, TP2, TP27  None          201         243            0.5 L       2.5 L  B                40
          or Compounds, weed killing,
          liquid
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   8         B2, IB2, N37, T11, TP2,  154           202         242              1 L        30 L  B                40
                                                                                                           TP27
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   8         IB3, N37, T7, TP1, TP28  154           203         241              5 L        60 L  A                40
 D G     Compounds, tree killing, liquid          3  NA1993               I   3                        T11, TP1  150           201         243              1 L        30 L  E
          or Compounds, weed killing,
          liquid
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   3         IB2, T7, TP1, TP8, TP28  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   3          B1, B52, IB3, T4, TP1,  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
                                                                                                           TP29
 D G     Compounds, tree killing, liquid        6.1  NA2810               I   6.1          T14, TP2, TP13, TP27  None          201         243              1 L        30 L  B                40
          or Compounds, weed killing,
          liquid
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   6.1           IB2, T11, TP2, TP27  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  B                40
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   6.1            IB3, T7, TP1, TP28  153           203         241             60 L       220 L  A                40
   G     Compressed gas, flammable,             2.1  UN1954            .....  2.1       .......................  306           302, 305    314, 315   Forbidden      150 kg  D                40
          n.o.s.
   G     Compressed gas, n.o.s                  2.2  UN1956            .....  2.2       .......................  306, 307      302, 305    314, 315       75 kg      150 kg  A
   G     Compressed gas, oxidizing,             2.2  UN3156            .....  2.2, 5.1                      A14  306           302         314, 315       75 kg      150 kg  D
          n.o.s.
 G I     Compressed gas, toxic,                 2.3  UN3304            .....  2.3, 8                          1  None          192         245        Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
          corrosive, n.o.s. Inhalation
          Hazard Zone A
 G I     Compressed gas, toxic,                 2.3  UN3304            .....  2.3, 8                 2, B9, B14  None          302, 305    314, 315   Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
          corrosive, n.o.s. Inhalation
          Hazard Zone B
 G I     Compressed gas, toxic,                 2.3  UN3304            .....  2.3, 8                     3, B14  None          302, 305    314, 315   Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
          corrosive, n.o.s. Inhalation
          Hazard Zone C
 G I     Compressed gas, toxic,                 2.3  UN3304            .....  2.3, 8                          4  None          302, 305    314, 315   Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
          corrosive, n.o.s. Inhalation
          Hazard Zone D
 G I     Compressed gas, toxic,                 2.3  UN3305            .....  2.3,                            1  None          192         245        Forbidden   Forbidden  D            17, 40
          flammable, corrosive, n.o.s.                                         2.1, 8
          Inhalation Hazard Zone A

[[Page 198]]

 
 G I     Compressed gas, toxic,                 2.3  UN3305            .....  2.3,                   2, B9, B14  None          302, 305    314, 315   Forbidden   Forbidden  D            17, 40
          flammable, corrosive, n.o.s.                                         2.1, 8
          Inhalation Hazard Zone B
 G I     Compressed gas, toxic,                 2.3  UN3305            .....  2.3,                       3, B14  None          302, 305    314, 315   Forbidden   Forbidden  D            17, 40
          flammable, corrosive, n.o.s.                                         2.1, 8
          Inhalation Hazard Zone C
 G I     Compressed gas, toxic,                 2.3  UN3305            .....  2.3,                            4  None          302, 305    314, 315   Forbidden   Forbidden  D            17, 40
          flammable, corrosive, n.o.s.                                         2.1, 8
          Inhalation Hazard Zone D
   G     Compressed gas, toxic,                 2.3  UN1953            .....  2.3, 2.1                        1  None          192         245        Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
          flammable, n.o.s. Inhalation
          hazard Zone A
   G     Compressed gas, toxic,                 2.3  UN1953            .....  2.3, 2.1               2, B9, B14  None          302, 305    314, 315   Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
          flammable, n.o.s. Inhalation
          hazard Zone B
   G     Compressed gas, toxic,                 2.3  UN1953            .....  2.3, 2.1                   3, B14  None          302, 305    314, 315   Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
          flammable, n.o.s. Inhalation
          Hazard Zone C
   G     Compressed gas, toxic,                 2.3  UN1953            .....  2.3, 2.1                        4  None          302, 305    314, 315   Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
          flammable, n.o.s. Inhalation
          Hazard Zone D
   G     Compressed gas, toxic, n.o.s.          2.3  UN1955            .....  2.3                             1  None          192         245        Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
          Inhalation Hazard Zone A
   G     Compressed gas, toxic, n.o.s.          2.3  UN1955            .....  2.3                    2, B9, B14  None          302, 305    314, 315   Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
          Inhalation Hazard Zone B
   G     Compressed gas, toxic, n.o.s.          2.3  UN1955            .....  2.3                        3, B14  None          302, 305    314, 315   Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
          Inhalation Hazard Zone C
   G     Compressed gas, toxic, n.o.s.          2.3  UN1955            .....  2.3                             4  None          302, 305    314, 315   Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
          Inhalation Hazard Zone D
 G I     Compressed gas, toxic,                 2.3  UN3306            .....  2.3,                            1  None          192         244        Forbidden   Forbidden  D           40, 89,
          oxdizing, corrosive, n.o.s.                                          5.1, 8                                                                                                         90
          Inhalation Hazard Zone A
 G I     Compressed gas, toxic,                 2.3  UN3306            .....  2.3,                   2, B9, B14  None          302, 305    314, 315   Forbidden   Forbidden  D           40, 89,
          oxidizing, corrosive, n.o.s.                                         5.1, 8                                                                                                         90
          Inhalation Hazard Zone B
 G I     Compressed gas, toxic,                 2.3  UN3306            .....  2.3,                       3, B14  None          302, 305    314, 315   Forbidden   Forbidden  D           40, 89,
          oxidizing, corrosive, n.o.s.                                         5.1, 8                                                                                                         90
          Inhalation Hazard Zone C
 G I     Compressed gas, toxic,                 2.3  UN3306            .....  2.3,                            4  None          302, 305    314, 315   Forbidden   Forbidden  D           40, 89,
          oxidizing, corrosive, n.o.s.                                         5.1, 8                                                                                                         90
          Inhalation Hazard Zone D

[[Page 199]]

 
   G     Compressed gas, toxic,                 2.3  UN3303            .....  2.3, 5.1                        1  None          192         245        Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
          oxidizing, n.o.s. Inhalation
          Hazard Zone A
   G     Compressed gas, toxic,                 2.3  UN3303            .....  2.3, 5.1               2, B9, B14  None          302, 305    314, 315   Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
          oxidizing, n.o.s. Inhalation
          Hazard Zone B
   G     Compressed gas, toxic,                 2.3  UN3303            .....  2.3, 5.1                   3, B14  None          302, 305    314, 315   Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
          oxidizing, n.o.s. Inhalation
          Hazard Zone C
   G     Compressed gas, toxic,                 2.3  UN3303            .....  2.3, 5.1                        4  None          302, 305    314, 315   Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
          oxidizing, n.o.s. Inhalation
          Hazard Zone D
   D     Consumer commodity                   ORM-D  ................  .....  None                          222  156, 306      156, 306    None           30 kg   Forbidden  A
                                                                                                                                                          gross
         Consumer commodity                       9  ID8000            .....  9         .......................  167           167         None           30 kg       30 kg
                                                                                                                                                          gross       gross
   G     Contrivances, water-activated,        1.2L  UN0248            .....  1.2L      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  05              25,
          with burster, expelling charge                                                                                                                                                    14E,
          or propelling charge                                                                                                                                                              15E,
                                                                                                                                                                                             17E
   G     Contrivances, water-activated,        1.3L  UN0249            .....  1.3L      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  05              25,
          with burster, expelling charge                                                                                                                                                    14E,
          or propelling charge                                                                                                                                                              15E,
                                                                                                                                                                                             17E
         Copper acetoarsenite                   6.1  UN1585              II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A
         Copper acetylide                 Forbidden
         Copper amine azide               Forbidden
         Copper arsenite                        6.1  UN1586              II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A
         Copper based pesticides,                 3  UN2776               I   3, 6.1       T14, TP2, TP13, TP27  None          201         243        Forbidden        30 L  B                40
          liquid, flammable, toxic,
          flash point less than 23
          degrees C
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   3, 6.1       IB2, T11, TP2, TP13,  150           202         243              1 L        60 L  B                40
                                                                                                           TP27
         Copper based pesticides,               6.1  UN3010               I   6.1          T14, TP2, TP13, TP27  None          201         243              1 L        30 L  B                40
          liquid, toxic
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   6.1          IB2, T11, TP2, TP13,  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  B                40
                                                                                                           TP27
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   6.1            IB3, T7, TP2, TP28  153           203         241             60 L       220 L  A                40
         Copper based pesticides,               6.1  UN3009               I   6.1, 3       T14, TP2, TP13, TP27  None          201         243              1 L        30 L  B                40
          liquid, toxic, flammable,
          flash point not less than 23
          degrees C
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   6.1, 3       IB2, T11, TP2, TP13,  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  B                40
                                                                                                           TP27
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   6.1, 3     B1, IB3, T7, TP2, TP28  153           203         242             60 L       220 L  A                40
         Copper based pesticides, solid,        6.1  UN2775               I   6.1            IB7, IP1, T6, TP33  None          211         242             5 kg       50 kg  A                40
          toxic
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A                40
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   6.1            IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  153           213         240           100 kg      200 kg  A                40
         Copper chlorate                        5.1  UN2721              II   5.1        A1, IB8, IP2, IP4, T3,  152           212         242             5 kg       25 kg  A            56, 58
                                                                                                           TP33
         Copper chloride                          8  UN2802             III   8              IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  154           213         240            25 kg      100 kg  A
         Copper cyanide                         6.1  UN1587              II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           204         242            25 kg      100 kg  A                52
         Copper selenate, see Selenates
          or Selenites

[[Page 200]]

 
         Copper selenite, see Selenates
          or Selenites
         Copper tetramine nitrate         Forbidden
A W      Copra                                  4.2  UN1363             III   4.2                 IB8, IP3, IP7  None          213         241        Forbidden   Forbidden  A           13, 25,
                                                                                                                                                                                             119
         Cord, detonating, flexible            1.1D  UN0065            .....  1.1D                     102, 148  63(a)         62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
         Cord, detonating, flexible            1.4D  UN0289            .....  1.4D                          148  None          62          None       Forbidden       75 kg  02               25
         Cord detonating or Fuse               1.2D  UN0102            .....  1.2D      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
          detonating metal clad
         Cord, detonating or Fuse,             1.1D  UN0290            .....  1.1D      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
          detonating metal clad
         Cord, detonating, mild effect         1.4D  UN0104            .....  1.4D      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden       75 kg  02               25
          or Fuse, detonating, mild
          effect metal clad
         Cord, igniter                         1.4G  UN0066            .....  1.4G      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden       75 kg  02               25
         Cordeau detonant fuse, see
          Cord, detonating, etc; Cord,
          detonating, flexible
         Cordite, see Powder, smokeless
   G     Corrosive liquid, acidic,                8  UN3264               I   8             B10, T14, TP2, TP27  None          201         243            0.5 L       2.5 L  B                40
          inorganic, n.o.s
                                                                         II   8         386, B2, IB2, T11, TP2,  154           202         242              1 L        30 L  B                40
                                                                                                           TP27
                                                                        III   8              IB3, T7, TP1, TP28  154           203         241              5 L        60 L  A                40
   G     Corrosive liquid, acidic,                8  UN3265               I   8             B10, T14, TP2, TP27  None          201         243            0.5 L       2.5 L  B                40
          organic, n.o.s
                                                                         II   8         148, B2, IB2, T11, TP2,  154           202         242              1 L        30 L  B                40
                                                                                                           TP27
                                                                        III   8         386, IB3, T7, TP1, TP28  154           203         241              5 L        60 L  A                40
   G     Corrosive liquid, basic,                 8  UN3266               I   8                  T14, TP2, TP27  None          201         243            0.5 L       2.5 L  B            40, 52
          inorganic, n.o.s
                                                                         II   8         386, B2, IB2, T11, TP2,  154           202         242              1 L        30 L  B            40, 52
                                                                                                           TP27
                                                                        III   8              IB3, T7, TP1, TP28  154           203         241              5 L        60 L  A            40, 52
   G     Corrosive liquid, basic,                 8  UN3267               I   8             B10, T14, TP2, TP27  None          201         243            0.5 L       2.5 L  B            40, 52
          organic, n.o.s
                                                                         II   8         B2, IB2, T11, TP2, TP27  154           202         242              1 L        30 L  B            40, 52
                                                                        III   8              IB3, T7, TP1, TP28  154           203         241              5 L        60 L  A            40, 52

[[Page 201]]

 
   G     Corrosive liquid, self-heating,          8  UN3301               I   8, 4.2                        B10  None          201         243            0.5 L       2.5 L  D
          n.o.s
                                                                         II   8, 4.2                    B2, IB1  154           202         242              1 L        30 L  D
   G     Corrosive liquids, flammable,            8  UN2920               I   8, 3          B10, T14, TP2, TP27  None          201         243            0.5 L       2.5 L  C            25, 40
          n.o.s
                                                                         II   8, 3      B2, IB2, T11, TP2, TP27  154           202         243              1 L        30 L  C            25, 40
   G     Corrosive liquids, n.o.s                 8  UN1760               I   8         A7, B10, T14, TP2, TP27  None          201         243            0.5 L       2.5 L  B                40
                                                                         II   8         B2, IB2, T11, TP2, TP27  154           202         242              1 L        30 L  B                40
                                                                        III   8              IB3, T7, TP1, TP28  154           203         241              5 L        60 L  A                40
   G     Corrosive liquids, oxidizing,            8  UN3093               I   8, 5.1                         A7  None          201         243        Forbidden       2.5 L  C                89
          n.o.s
                                                                         II   8, 5.1                    A7, IB2  None          202         243              1 L        30 L  C                89
   G     Corrosive liquids, toxic, n.o.s          8  UN2922               I   8, 6.1         A7, B10, T14, TP2,  None          201         243            0.5 L       2.5 L  B                40
                                                                                                     TP13, TP27
                                                                         II   8, 6.1           B3, IB2, T7, TP2  154           202         243              1 L        30 L  B                40
                                                                        III   8, 6.1         IB3, T7, TP1, TP28  154           203         241              5 L        60 L  B                40
   G     Corrosive liquids, water-                8  UN3094               I   8, 4.3                         A7  None          201         243        Forbidden         1 L  E           13, 148
          reactive, n.o.s
                                                                         II   8, 4.3                         A7  None          202         243              1 L         5 L  E           13, 148
   G     Corrosive solid, acidic,                 8  UN3260               I   8              IB7, IP1, T6, TP33  None          211         242             1 kg       25 kg  B
          inorganic, n.o.s.
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   8         IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  154           212         240            15 kg       50 kg  B
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   8              IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  154           213         240            25 kg      100 kg  A
   G     Corrosive solid, acidic,                 8  UN3261               I   8              IB7, IP1, T6, TP33  None          211         242             1 kg       25 kg  B
          organic, n.o.s.
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   8         IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  154           212         240            15 kg       50 kg  B
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   8              IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  154           213         240            25 kg      100 kg  A
   G     Corrosive solid, basic,                  8  UN3262               I   8              IB7, IP1, T6, TP33  None          211         242             1 kg       25 kg  B                52
          inorganic, n.o.s.
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   8         IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  154           212         240            15 kg       50 kg  B                52
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   8              IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  154           213         240            25 kg      100 kg  A                52
   G     Corrosive solid, basic,                  8  UN3263               I   8              IB7, IP1, T6, TP33  None          211         242             1 kg       25 kg  B                52
          organic, n.o.s.
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   8         IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  154           212         240            15 kg       50 kg  B                52
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   8              IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  154           213         240            25 kg      100 kg  A                52
   G     Corrosive solids, flammable,             8  UN2921               I   8, 4.1              IB6, T6, TP33  None          211         242             1 kg       25 kg  B            12, 25
          n.o.s.
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   8, 4.1    IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  None          212         242            15 kg       50 kg  B            12, 25
   G     Corrosive solids, n.o.s.                 8  UN1759               I   8              IB7, IP1, T6, TP33  None          211         242             1 kg       25 kg  B
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   8         128, IB8, IP2, IP4, T3,  154           212         240            15 kg       50 kg  A
                                                                                                           TP33
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   8         128, IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  154           213         240            25 kg      100 kg  A
   G     Corrosive solids, oxidizing,             8  UN3084               I   8, 5.1                   T6, TP33  None          211         242             1 kg       25 kg  C
          n.o.s.
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   8, 5.1         IB6, IP2, T3, TP33  None          212         242            15 kg       50 kg  C
   G     Corrosive solids, self-heating,          8  UN3095               I   8, 4.2                   T6, TP33  None          211         243             1 kg       25 kg  C
          n.o.s.
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   8, 4.2         IB6, IP2, T3, TP33  None          212         242            15 kg       50 kg  C
   G     Corrosive solids, toxic, n.o.s           8  UN2923               I   8, 6.1              IB7, T6, TP33  None          211         242             1 kg       25 kg  B                40
                                                                         II   8, 6.1    IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  154           212         240            15 kg       50 kg  B                40
                                                                        III   8, 6.1         IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  154           213         240            25 kg      100 kg  B                40
   G     Corrosive solids, water-                 8  UN3096               I   8, 4.3         IB4, IP1, T6, TP33  None          211         243             1 kg       25 kg  D           13, 148
          reactive, n.o.s
                                          .........                      II   8, 4.3        IB6, IP2, T3, TP33,  None          212         242            15 kg       50 kg  D           13, 148
                                                                                                           W100

[[Page 202]]

 
 D W     Cotton                                   9  NA1365            .....  9         137, IB8, IP2, IP4, W41  None          None        None        No limit    No limit  A
 A W     Cotton waste, oily                     4.2  UN1364             III   4.2                 IB8, IP3, IP7  None          213         None       Forbidden   Forbidden  A                54
A I W    Cotton, wet                            4.2  UN1365             III   4.2                 IB8, IP3, IP7  None          204         241        Forbidden   Forbidden  A
         Coumarin derivative pesticides,          3  UN3024               I   3, 6.1       T14, TP2, TP13, TP27  None          201         243        Forbidden        30 L  B                40
          liquid, flammable, toxic,
          flash point less than 23
          degrees C
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   3, 6.1       IB2, T11, TP2, TP13,  150           202         243              1 L        60 L  B                40
                                                                                                           TP27
         Coumarin derivative pesticides,        6.1  UN3026               I   6.1          T14, TP2, TP13, TP27  None          201         243              1 L        30 L  B                40
          liquid, toxic
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   6.1           IB2, T11, TP2, TP27  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  B                40
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   6.1            IB3, T7, TP1, TP28  153           203         241             60 L       220 L  A                40
         Coumarin derivative pesticides,        6.1  UN3025               I   6.1, 3       T14, TP2, TP13, TP27  None          201         243              1 L        30 L  B                40
          liquid, toxic, flammable,
          flash point not less than 23
          degrees C
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   6.1, 3       IB2, T11, TP2, TP13,  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  B                40
                                                                                                           TP27
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   6.1, 3     B1, IB3, T7, TP1, TP28  153           203         242             60 L       220 L  A                40
         Coumarin derivative pesticides,        6.1  UN3027               I   6.1            IB7, IP1, T6, TP33  None          211         242             5 kg       50 kg  A                40
          solid, toxic
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A                40
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   6.1            IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  153           213         240           100 kg      200 kg  A                40
         Cresols, liquid                        6.1  UN2076              II   6.1, 8     IB2, IP2, IP4, T7, TP2  153           202         243              1 L        30 L  B
         Cresols, solid                         6.1  UN3455              II   6.1, 8    IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            15 kg       50 kg  B
         Cresylic acid                          6.1  UN2022              II   6.1, 8         IB2, T7, TP2, TP13  153           202         243              1 L        30 L  B
         Crotonaldehyde or                      6.1  UN1143               I   6.1, 3      2, 175, 387, B9, B14,  None          227         244        Forbidden   Forbidden  D            25, 40
          Crotonaldehyde, stabilized                                                        B32, B77, T20, TP2,
                                                                                               TP13, TP38, TP45
         Crotonic acid, liquid                    8  UN3472             III   8                         IB8, T1  154           203         241              5 L        60 L  A            12, 25
         Crotonic acid, solid                     8  UN2823             III   8              IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  154           213         240            25 kg      100 kg  A            12, 25
         Crotonylene                              3  UN1144               I   3                        T11, TP2  150           201         243              1 L        30 L  E
         Cupriethylenediamine solution            8  UN1761              II   8, 6.1               IB2, T7, TP2  154           202         243              1 L        30 L  A
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   8, 6.1         IB3, T7, TP1, TP28  154           203         242              5 L        60 L  A                95
         Cutters, cable, explosive             1.4S  UN0070            .....  1.4S      .......................  None          62          62             25 kg      100 kg  01               25
         Cyanide or cyanide mixtures,
          dry, see Cyanides, inorganic,
          solid, n.o.s.
   G     Cyanide solutions, n.o.s.              6.1  UN1935               I   6.1          T14, TP2, TP13, TP27  None          201         243              1 L        30 L  B            40, 52

[[Page 203]]

 
                                                                         II   6.1          IB2, T11, TP2, TP13,  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  A            40, 52
                                                                                                           TP27
                                                                        III   6.1           IB3, T7, TP2, TP13,  153           203         241             60 L       220 L  A            40, 52
                                                                                                           TP28
         Cyanides, inorganic, solid,            6.1  UN1588               I   6.1       IB7, IP1, N74, N75, T6,  None          211         242             5 kg       50 kg  A                52
          n.o.s.                                                                                           TP33
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   6.1           IB8, IP2, IP4, N74,  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A                52
                                                                                                  N75, T3, TP33
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   6.1       IB8, IP3, N74, N75, T1,  153           213         240           100 kg      200 kg  A                52
                                                                                                           TP33
         Cyanogen                               2.3  UN1026            .....  2.3, 2.1                        2  None          304         245        Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
         Cyanogen bromide                       6.1  UN1889               I   6.1, 8      A6, A8, T6, TP33, W31  None          211         242             1 kg       15 kg  D            40, 52
         Cyanogen chloride, stabilized          2.3  UN1589            .....  2.3, 8                     1, 387  None          192         245        Forbidden   Forbidden  D            25, 40
         Cyanuric chloride                        8  UN2670              II   8         IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  None          212         240            15 kg       50 kg  A           12, 25,
                                                                                                                                                                                              40
         Cyanuric triazide                Forbidden
         Cyclobutane                            2.1  UN2601            .....  2.1       .......................  306           304         314, 315   Forbidden      150 kg  B                40
         Cyclobutyl chloroformate               6.1  UN2744              II   6.1, 8,        IB1, T7, TP2, TP13  153           202         243              1 L        30 L  A           12, 13,
                                                                               3                                                                                                         21, 25,
                                                                                                                                                                                         40, 100
         1,5,9-Cyclododecatriene                6.1  UN2518             III   6.1                  IB3, T4, TP1  153           203         241             60 L       220 L  A                40
         Cycloheptane                             3  UN2241              II   3                    IB2, T4, TP2  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B                40
         Cycloheptatriene                         3  UN2603              II   3, 6.1         IB2, T7, TP1, TP13  150           202         243              1 L        60 L  E                40
         Cycloheptene                             3  UN2242              II   3                B1, IB2, T4, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B
         Cyclohexane                              3  UN1145              II   3                    IB2, T4, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  E
         Cyclohexanone                            3  UN1915             III   3                B1, IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
         Cyclohexene                              3  UN2256              II   3                    IB2, T4, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  E
         Cyclohexenyltrichlorosilane              8  UN1762              II   8          A7, B2, N34, T10, TP2,  None          206         242        Forbidden        30 L  C                40
                                                                                                      TP7, TP13
         Cyclohexyl acetate                       3  UN2243             III   3                B1, IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
         Cyclohexyl isocyanate                  6.1  UN2488               I   6.1, 3      2, B9, B14, B32, B77,  None          227         244        Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
                                                                                          T20, TP2, TP13, TP38,
                                                                                                           TP45
         Cyclohexyl mercaptan                     3  UN3054             III   3                B1, IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A           40, 95,
                                                                                                                                                                                             102
         Cyclohexylamine                          8  UN2357              II   8, 3                 IB2, T7, TP2  None          202         243              1 L        30 L  A                40
         Cyclohexyltrichlorosilane                8  UN1763              II   8          A7, B2, N34, T10, TP2,  None          206         242        Forbidden        30 L  C                40
                                                                                                      TP7, TP13
         Cyclonite and
          cyclotetramethylenetetranitram
          ine mixtures, wetted or
          desensitized see RDX and HMX
          mixtures, wetted or
          desensitized etc
         Cyclonite and HMX mixtures,
          wetted or desensitized see RDX
          and HMX mixtures, wetted or
          desensitized etc

[[Page 204]]

 
         Cyclonite and octogen mixtures,
          wetted or desensitized see RDX
          and HMX mixtures, wetted or
          desensitized etc
         Cyclonite, see
          Cyclotrimethylenetrinitramine,
          etc
         Cyclooctadiene phosphines, see
          9-Phosphabicyclononanes
         Cyclooctadienes                          3  UN2520             III   3                B1, IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
         Cyclooctatetraene                        3  UN2358              II   3                    IB2, T4, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B
         Cyclopentane                             3  UN1146              II   3                    IB2, T7, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  E
         Cyclopentane, methyl, see
          Methylcyclopentane
         Cyclopentanol                            3  UN2244             III   3                B1, IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
         Cyclopentanone                           3  UN2245             III   3                B1, IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
         Cyclopentene                             3  UN2246              II   3               IB2, IP8, T7, TP2  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  E
         Cyclopropane                           2.1  UN1027            .....  2.1                           T50  306           304         314, 315   Forbidden      150 kg  E                40
         Cyclotetramethylene              Forbidden
          tetranitramine (dry or
          unphlegmatized) (HMX)
         Cyclotetramethylenetetranitrami       1.1D  UN0484            .....  1.1D      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
          ne, desensitized or Octogen,
          desensitized or HMX,
          desensitized
         Cyclotetramethylenetetranitrami       1.1D  UN0226            .....  1.1D      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
          ne, wetted or HMX, wetted or
          Octogen, wetted with not less
          than 15 percent water, by mass
         Cyclotrimethylenenitramine and   .........  ................  .....  ........  .......................  ............  ..........  ........  ..........  ..........  ..........  .......
          octogen, mixtures, wetted or
          desensitized see RDX and HMX
          mixtures, wetted or
          desensitized, etc
         Cyclotrimethylenetrinitramine
          and
          cyclotetramethylenetetranitram
          ine mixtures, wetted or
          desensitized see RDX and HMX
          mixtures, wetted or
          desensitized etc

[[Page 205]]

 
         Cyclotrimethylenetrinitramine                                        ........                           ............  ..........  ........  ..........
          and HMX mixtures, wetted or
          desensitized see RDX and HMX
          mixtures, wetted or
          desensitized etc
         Cyclotrimethylenetrinitramine,        1.1D  UN0483            .....  1.1D      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
          desensitized or Cyclonite,
          desensitized or Hexogen,
          desensitized or RDX,
          desensitized
         Cyclotrimethylenetrinitramine,        1.1D  UN0072            .....  1.1D      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
          wetted or Cyclonite, wetted or
          Hexogen, wetted or RDX, wetted
          with not less than 15 percent
          water by mass
         Cymenes                                  3  UN2046             III   3                B1, IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
         Dangerous Goods in Machinery or          9  UN3363            .....  ........                136, A105  None          222         None        See A105    See A105  A.
          Dangerous Goods in Apparatus
         Decaborane                             4.1  UN1868              II   4.1, 6.1  A19, A20, IB6, IP2, T3,  None          212         None       Forbidden       50 kg  A                74
                                                                                                      TP33, W31
         Decahydronaphthalene                     3  UN1147             III   3                B1, IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
         n-Decane                                 3  UN2247             III   3                B1, IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
         Deflagrating metal salts of           1.3C  UN0132            .....  1.3C      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04           25, 5E
          aromatic nitroderivatives,
          n.o.s.
         Delay electric igniter, see
          Igniters
   D     Denatured alcohol                        3  NA1987              II   3                         172, T8  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B           .......
                                          .........  ................   III   3                     172, B1, T7  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A           .......
         Depth charges, see Charges,
          depth
   G     Desensitized explosive, liquid,          3  UN3379               I   3                             164  None          201         None       Forbidden   Forbidden  D                36
          n.o.s.
   G     Desensitized explosive, solid,         4.1  UN3380               I   4.1                           164  None          211         None       Forbidden   Forbidden  D            28, 36
          n.o.s.
         Detonating relays, see
          Detonators, etc
         Detonator assemblies, non-            1.1B  UN0360            .....  1.1B      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  05               25
          electric for blasting
         Detonator assemblies, non-            1.4B  UN0361            .....  1.4B                     103, 148  63(f), 63(g)  62          None       Forbidden       75 kg  05               25
          electric, for blasting
         Detonator assemblies, non-            1.4S  UN0500            .....  1.4S                     148, 347  63(f), 63(g)  62          None           25 kg      100 kg  01               25
          electric, for blasting
         Detonators, electric, for             1.1B  UN0030            .....  1.1B                          148  63(f), 63(g)  62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  05               25
          blasting
         Detonators, electric, for             1.4B  UN0255            .....  1.4B                     103, 148  63(f), 63(g)  62          None       Forbidden       75 kg  05               25
          blasting
         Detonators, electric for              1.4S  UN0456            .....  1.4S                     148, 347  63(f), 63(g)  62          None           25 kg      100 kg  01               25
          blasting
         Detonators for ammunition             1.1B  UN0073            .....  1.1B      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  05               25
         Detonators for ammunition             1.2B  UN0364            .....  1.2B      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  05               25
         Detonators for ammunition             1.4B  UN0365            .....  1.4B                          103  None          62          None       Forbidden       75 kg  05               25
         Detonators for ammunition             1.4S  UN0366            .....  1.4S                          347  None          62          None           25 kg      100 kg  01               25
         Detonators, non-electric, for         1.1B  UN0029            .....  1.1B      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  05               25
          blasting
         Detonators, non-electric, for         1.4B  UN0267            .....  1.4B                          103  63(f), 63(g)  62          None       Forbidden       75 kg  05               25
          blasting

[[Page 206]]

 
         Detonators, non-electric, for         1.4S  UN0455            .....  1.4S                     148, 347  63(f), 63(g)  62          None           25 kg      100 kg  01               25
          blasting
         Deuterium, compressed                  2.1  UN1957            .....  2.1                           N89  306           302         None       Forbidden      150 kg  E                40
         Devices, small, hydrocarbon gas        2.1  UN3150            .....  2.1       .......................  306           304         None            1 kg       15 kg  B                40
          powered or Hydrocarbon gas
          refills for small devices with
          release device
         Di-n-amylamine                           3  UN2841             III   3, 6.1           B1, IB3, T4, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
         Di-n-butyl peroxydicarbonate,    Forbidden
          with more than 52 percent in
          solution
         Di-n-butylamine                          8  UN2248              II   8, 3                 IB2, T7, TP2  None          202         243              1 L        30 L  A
         2,2-Di-(tert-butylperoxy)        Forbidden
          butane, with more than 55
          percent in solution
         Di-(tert-butylperoxy)            Forbidden
          phthalate, with more than 55
          percent in solution
         2,2-Di-(4,4-di-tert-             Forbidden
          butylperoxycyclohexyl)
          propane, with more than 42
          percent with inert solid
         Di-2,4-dichlorobenzoyl           Forbidden
          peroxide, with more than 75
          percent with water
         1,2-Di-(dimethylamino)ethane             3  UN2372              II   3                    IB2, T4, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B
         Di-2-ethylhexyl phosphoric
          acid, see Diisooctyl acid
          phosphate
         Di-(1-hydroxytetrazole) (dry)    Forbidden
         Di-(1-naphthoyl) peroxide        Forbidden
         a,a'-Di-(nitroxy) methylether    Forbidden
         Di-(beta-nitroxyethyl) ammonium  Forbidden
          nitrate
         Diacetone alcohol                        3  UN1148              II   3                    IB2, T4, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   3                B1, IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A

[[Page 207]]

 
         Diacetone alcohol peroxides,     Forbidden
          with more than 57 percent in
          solution with more than 9
          percent hydrogen peroxide,
          less than 26 percent diacetone
          alcohol and less than 9
          percent water; total active
          oxygen content more than 9
          percent by mass
         Diacetyl, see Butanedione
         Diacetyl peroxide, solid, or     Forbidden
          with more than 25 percent in
          solution
         Diallylamine                             3  UN2359              II   3, 6.1,              IB2, T7, TP1  150           202         243              1 L         5 L  B           21, 40,
                                                                               8                                                                                                             100
         Diallylether                             3  UN2360              II   3, 6.1    IB2, N12, T7, TP1, TP13  150           202         243              1 L        60 L  E                40
         4,4'-Diaminodiphenyl methane           6.1  UN2651             III   6.1            IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  153           213         240           100 kg      200 kg  A
         p-Diazidobenzene                 Forbidden
         1,2-Diazidoethane                Forbidden
         1,1'-Diazoaminonaphthalene       Forbidden
         Diazoaminotetrazole (dry)        Forbidden
         Diazodinitrophenol (dry)         Forbidden
         Diazodinitrophenol, wetted with       1.1A  UN0074            .....  1.1A                     111, 117  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  05               25
          not less than 40 percent water
          or mixture of alcohol and
          water, by mass
         Diazodiphenylmethane             Forbidden
         Diazonium nitrates (dry)         Forbidden
         Diazonium perchlorates (dry)     Forbidden
         1,3-Diazopropane                 Forbidden
         Dibenzyl peroxydicarbonate,      Forbidden
          with more than 87 percent with
          water
         Dibenzyldichlorosilane                   8  UN2434              II   8         B2, T10, TP2, TP7, TP13  154           206         242        Forbidden        30 L  C                40
         Diborane                               2.3  UN1911            .....  2.3, 2.1                   1, N89  None          302         None       Forbidden   Forbidden  D            40, 57
   D     Diborane mixtures                      2.1  NA1911            .....  2.1                             5  None          302         245        Forbidden   Forbidden  D            40, 57
         Dibromoacetylene                 Forbidden
         1,2-Dibromobutan-3-one                 6.1  UN2648              II   6.1                           IB2  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  B                40
         Dibromochloropropane                   6.1  UN2872              II   6.1                  IB2, T7, TP2  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  A
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   6.1                  IB3, T4, TP1  153           203         241             60 L       220 L  A
   A     Dibromodifluoromethane, R12B2            9  UN1941             III   None                     T11, TP2  155           203         241            100 L       220 L  A                25
         1,2-Dibromoethane, see Ethylene
          dibromide
         Dibromomethane                         6.1  UN2664             III   6.1                  IB3, T4, TP1  153           203         241             60 L       220 L  A
         Dibutyl ethers                           3  UN1149             III   3                B1, IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
         Dibutylaminoethanol                    6.1  UN2873             III   6.1                  IB3, T4, TP1  153           203         241             60 L       220 L  A
         N,N'-Dichlorazodicarbonamidine   Forbidden
          (salts of) (dry)
         1,1-Dichloro-1-nitroethane             6.1  UN2650              II   6.1                  IB2, T7, TP2  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  A           12, 25,
                                                                                                                                                                                          40, 74

[[Page 208]]

 
   D     3,5-Dichloro-2,4,6-                    6.1  NA9264               I   6.1         2, B9, B14, B32, T20,  None          227         244        Forbidden   Forbidden  A                40
          trifluoropyridine                                                               TP4, TP13, TP38, TP45
         Dichloroacetic acid                      8  UN1764              II   8           A3, A7, B2, IB2, N34,  154           202         242              1 L        30 L  A
                                                                                                        T8, TP2
         1,3-Dichloroacetone                    6.1  UN2649              II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  B           12, 25,
                                                                                                                                                                                              40
         Dichloroacetyl chloride                  8  UN1765              II   8            A3, A7, B2, B6, IB2,  154           202         242              1 L        30 L  D                40
                                                                                                   N34, T7, TP2
         Dichloroacetylene                Forbidden
   +     Dichloroanilines, liquid               6.1  UN1590              II   6.1                  IB2, T7, TP2  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  A                40
         Dichloroanilines, solid                6.1  UN3442              II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A                40
   +     o-Dichlorobenzene                      6.1  UN1591             III   6.1                  IB3, T4, TP1  153           203         241             60 L       220 L  A
         2,2'-Dichlorodiethyl ether             6.1  UN1916              II   6.1, 3     IB2, N33, N34, T7, TP2  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  A
         Dichlorodifluoromethane and            2.2  UN2602            .....  2.2                           T50  306           304         314, 315       75 kg      150 kg  A
          difluoroethane azeotropic
          mixture or Refrigerant gas R
          500 with approximately 74
          percent
          dichlorodifluoromethane
         Dichlorodifluoromethane or             2.2  UN1028            .....  2.2                           T50  306           304         314, 315       75 kg      150 kg  A
          Refrigerant gas R 12
         Dichlorodimethyl ether,                6.1  UN2249               I   6.1, 3    .......................  None          201         243        Forbidden   Forbidden  ..........       40
          symmetrical
         1,1-Dichloroethane                       3  UN2362              II   3                    IB2, T4, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B                40
         1,2-Dichloroethane, see
          Ethylene dichloride
         Dichloroethyl sulfide            Forbidden
         1,2-Dichloroethylene                     3  UN1150              II   3                    IB2, T7, TP2  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B
         Dichlorofluoromethane or               2.2  UN1029            .....  2.2                           T50  306           304         314, 315       75 kg      150 kg  A
          Refrigerant gas R21
         Dichloroisocyanuric acid, dry          5.1  UN2465              II   5.1        28, IB8, IP2, IP4, T3,  152           212         240             5 kg       25 kg  A                13
          or Dichloroisocyanuric acid                                                                      TP33
          salts
         Dichloroisopropyl ether                6.1  UN2490              II   6.1                  IB2, T7, TP2  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  B
         Dichloromethane                        6.1  UN1593             III   6.1        IB3, IP8, N36, T7, TP2  153           203         241             60 L       220 L  A
         Dichloropentanes                         3  UN1152             III   3                B1, IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
         Dichlorophenyl isocyanates             6.1  UN2250              II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  B            25, 40
         Dichlorophenyltrichlorosilane            8  UN1766              II   8           A7, B2, B6, N34, T10,  None          206         242        Forbidden        30 L  C                40
                                                                                                 TP2, TP7, TP13
         1,2-Dichloropropane                      3  UN1279              II   3               IB2, N36, T4, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B

[[Page 209]]

 
         1,3-Dichloropropanol-2                 6.1  UN2750              II   6.1                  IB2, T7, TP2  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  A           12, 25,
                                                                                                                                                                                              40
         Dichloropropene and propylene
          dichloride mixture, see 1,2-
          Dichloropropane
         Dichloropropenes                         3  UN2047              II   3                    IB2, T4, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   3                B1, IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
         Dichlorosilane                         2.3  UN2189            .....  2.3,                   2, B9, B14  None          304         314, 315   Forbidden   Forbidden  D            17, 40
                                                                               2.1, 8
         1,2-Dichloro-1,1,2,2-                  2.2  UN1958            .....  2.2                           T50  306           304         314, 315       75 kg      150 kg  A
          tetrafluoroethane or
          Refrigerant gas R 114
         Dichlorovinylchloroarsine        Forbidden
         Dicycloheptadiene, see Bicyclo
          [2,2,1] hepta-2,5-diene,
          stabilized
         Dicyclohexylamine                        8  UN2565             III   8                    IB3, T4, TP1  154           203         241              5 L        60 L  A
         Dicyclohexylammonium nitrite           4.1  UN2687             III   4.1            IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  151           213         240            25 kg      100 kg  A                25
         Dicyclopentadiene                        3  UN2048             III   3                B1, IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
         Didymium nitrate                       5.1  UN1465             III   5.1        A1, IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  152           213         240            25 kg      100 kg  A
   D     Diesel fuel                              3  NA1993             III   None       144, B1, IB3, T4, TP1,  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
                                                                                                           TP29
   I     Diesel fuel                              3  UN1202             III   3           144, B1, IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
         Diethanol nitrosamine dinitrate  Forbidden
          (dry)
         Diethoxymethane                          3  UN2373              II   3                    IB2, T4, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  E
         3,3-Diethoxypropene                      3  UN2374              II   3                    IB2, T4, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B
         Diethyl carbonate                        3  UN2366             III   3                B1, IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
         Diethyl cellosolve, see
          Ethylene glycol diethyl ether
         Diethyl ether or Ethyl ether             3  UN1155               I   3                        T11, TP2  150           201         243              1 L        30 L  E                40
         Diethyl ketone                           3  UN1156              II   3                    IB2, T4, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B
         Diethyl peroxydicarbonate, with  Forbidden
          more than 27 percent in
          solution
         Diethyl sulfate                        6.1  UN1594              II   6.1                  IB2, T7, TP2  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  C
         Diethyl sulfide                          3  UN2375              II   3              IB2, T7, TP1, TP13  None          202         243              5 L        60 L  E
         Diethylamine                             3  UN1154              II   3, 8        A3, IB2, N34, T7, TP1  150           202         243              1 L         5 L  E                40
         2-Diethylaminoethanol                    8  UN2686              II   8, 3             B2, IB2, T7, TP2  None          202         243              1 L        30 L  A
         3-Diethyamino-propylamine.               3  UN2684             III   3, 8             B1, IB3, T4, TP1  150           203         242              5 L        60 L  A
   +     N, N-Diethylaniline                    6.1  UN2432             III   6.1                  IB3, T4, TP1  153           203         241             60 L       220 L  A
         Diethylbenzene                           3  UN2049             III   3                B1, IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
         Diethyldichlorosilane                    8  UN1767              II   8, 3       A7, B6, N34, T10, TP2,  None          206         243        Forbidden        30 L  C                40
                                                                                                      TP7, TP13
         Diethylene glycol dinitrate      Forbidden
         Diethyleneglycol dinitrate,           1.1D  UN0075            .....  1.1D      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04          25, 21E
          desensitized with not less
          than 25 percent non-volatile
          water-insoluble phlegmatizer,
          by mass
         Diethylenetriamine                       8  UN2079              II   8                B2, IB2, T7, TP2  154           202         242              1 L        30 L  A            40, 52
         N,N-Diethylethylenediamine               8  UN2685              II   8, 3                 IB2, T7, TP2  None          202         243              1 L        30 L  A
         Diethylgold bromide              Forbidden

[[Page 210]]

 
         Diethylthiophosphoryl chloride           8  UN2751              II   8                B2, IB2, T7, TP2  None          212         240            15 kg       50 kg  D           12, 25,
                                                                                                                                                                                              40
         Difluorochloroethanes, see 1-
          Chloro-1,1-difluoroethanes
         1,1-Difluoroethane or                  2.1  UN1030            .....  2.1                           T50  306           304         314, 315   Forbidden      150 kg  B                40
          Refrigerant gas R 152a
         1,1-Difluoroethylene or                2.1  UN1959            .....  2.1       .......................  306           304         None       Forbidden      150 kg  E                40
          Refrigerant gas R 1132a
         Difluoromethane or Refrigerant         2.1  UN3252            .....  2.1                           T50  306           302         314, 315   Forbidden      150 kg  D                40
          gas R 32
         Difluorophosphoric acid,                 8  UN1768              II   8           A7, B2, IB2, N5, N34,  None          202         242              1 L        30 L  A                40
          anhydrous                                                                                     T8, TP2
         2,3-Dihydropyran                         3  UN2376              II   3                    IB2, T4, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B
         1,8-Dihydroxy-2,4,5,7-           Forbidden
          tetranitroanthraquinone
          (chrysamminic acid)
         Diiodoacetylene                  Forbidden
         Diisobutyl ketone                        3  UN1157             III   3                B1, IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
         Diisobutylamine                          3  UN2361             III   3, 8             B1, IB3, T4, TP1  150           203         242              5 L        60 L  A
         Diisobutylene, isomeric                  3  UN2050              II   3                    IB2, T4, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B
          compounds
         Diisooctyl acid phosphate                8  UN1902             III   8                    IB3, T4, TP1  154           203         241              5 L        60 L  A
         Diisopropyl ether                        3  UN1159              II   3                    IB2, T4, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  E                40
         Diisopropylamine                         3  UN1158              II   3, 8                 IB2, T7, TP1  150           202         243              1 L         5 L  B
         Diisopropylbenzene               Forbidden
          hydroperoxide, with more than
          72 percent in solution
         Diketene, stabilized                   6.1  UN2521               I   6.1, 3      2, 387, B9, B14, B32,  None          227         244        Forbidden   Forbidden  D           25, 26,
                                                                                          T20, TP2, TP13, TP38,                                                                           27, 40
                                                                                                           TP45
         1,2-Dimethoxyethane                      3  UN2252              II   3                    IB2, T4, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B
         1,1-Dimethoxyethane                      3  UN2377              II   3                    IB2, T7, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B
         Dimethyl carbonate                       3  UN1161              II   3                    IB2, T4, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B
         Dimethyl chlorothiophosphate,
          see Dimethyl thiophosphoryl
          chloride
         2,5-Dimethyl-2,5-dihydroperoxy   Forbidden
          hexane, with more than 82
          percent with water

[[Page 211]]

 
         Dimethyl disulfide                       3  UN2381              II   3, 6.1        IB2, T7, TP2, TP13,  150           202         242        Forbidden   Forbidden  B                40
                                                                                                           TP39
         Dimethyl ether                         2.1  UN1033            .....  2.1                           T50  306           304         314, 315   Forbidden      150 kg  B                40
         Dimethyl-N-propylamine                   3  UN2266              II   3, 8           IB2, T7, TP2, TP13  150           202         243              1 L         5 L  B                40
         Dimethyl sulfate                       6.1  UN1595               I   6.1, 8      2, B9, B14, B32, B77,  None          227         244        Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
                                                                                          T20, TP2, TP13, TP38,
                                                                                                           TP45
         Dimethyl sulfide                         3  UN1164              II   3               IB2, IP8, T7, TP2  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  E                40
         Dimethyl thiophosphoryl                6.1  UN2267              II   6.1, 8               IB2, T7, TP2  153           202         243              1 L        30 L  B                25
          chloride
         Dimethylamine, anhydrous               2.1  UN1032            .....  2.1                      N87, T50  None          304         314, 315   Forbidden      150 kg  D                40
         Dimethylamine solution                   3  UN1160              II   3, 8                 IB2, T7, TP1  150           202         243              1 L         5 L  B               52.
         2-Dimethylaminoacetonitrile              3  UN2378              II   3, 6.1               IB2, T7, TP1  150           202         243              1 L        60 L  A            40, 52
         2-Dimethylaminoethanol                   8  UN2051              II   8, 3             B2, IB2, T7, TP2  154           202         243              1 L        30 L  A
         2-Dimethylaminoethyl acrylate          6.1  UN3302              II   6.1                  IB2, T7, TP2  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  D                25
         2-Dimethylaminoethyl                   6.1  UN2522              II   6.1                  IB2, T7, TP2  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  B                40
          methacrylate
         N,N-Dimethylaniline                    6.1  UN2253              II   6.1                  IB1, T7, TP2  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  A
         2,3-Dimethylbutane                       3  UN2457              II   3                    IB2, T7, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  E
         1, 3-Dimethylbutylamine                  3  UN2379              II   3, 8                 IB2, T7, TP1  150           202         243              1 L         5 L  B               52.
         Dimethylcarbamoyl chloride               8  UN2262              II   8                B2, IB2, T7, TP2  154           202         242              1 L        30 L  A                40
         Dimethylcyclohexanes                     3  UN2263              II   3                    IB2, T4, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B
         N,N-Dimethylcyclohexylamine              8  UN2264              II   8, 3             B2, IB2, T7, TP2  154           202         243              1 L        30 L  A                40
         Dimethyldichlorosilane                   3  UN1162              II   3, 8          B77, T10, TP2, TP7,  None          206         243        Forbidden   Forbidden  B                40
                                                                                                           TP13
         Dimethyldiethoxysilane                   3  UN2380              II   3                    IB2, T4, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B
         Dimethyldioxanes                         3  UN2707              II   3                    IB2, T4, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   3                B1, IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
         N,N-Dimethylformamide                    3  UN2265             III   3                B1, IB3, T2, TP2  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
         Dimethylhexane dihydroperoxide   Forbidden
          (dry)
         Dimethylhydrazine, symmetrical         6.1  UN2382               I   6.1, 3      2, B9, B14, B32, B77,  None          227         244        Forbidden   Forbidden  D           40, 52,
                                                                                          T20, TP2, TP13, TP38,                                                                              74.
                                                                                                           TP45
         Dimethylhydrazine,                     6.1  UN1163               I   6.1, 3,      2, B7, B9, B14, B32,  None          227         244        Forbidden   Forbidden  D           21, 38,
          unsymmetrical                                                        8          T20, TP2, TP13, TP38,                                                                          40, 52,
                                                                                                           TP45                                                                             100.
         2,2-Dimethylpropane                    2.1  UN2044            .....  2.1       .......................  306           304         314, 315   Forbidden      150 kg  E                40
         Dinitro-o-cresol                       6.1  UN1598              II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A
         1,3-Dinitro-5,5-dimethyl         Forbidden
          hydantoin
         Dinitro-7,8-dimethylglycoluril   Forbidden
          (dry)
         1,3-Dinitro-4,5-                 Forbidden
          dinitrosobenzene
         1,4-Dinitro-1,1,4,4-             Forbidden
          tetramethylolbutanetetranitrat
          e (dry)
         2,4-Dinitro-1,3,5-               Forbidden
          trimethylbenzene
         Dinitroanilines                        6.1  UN1596              II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A                91
         Dinitrobenzenes, liquid                6.1  UN1597              II   6.1              11, IB2, T7, TP2  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  A                91
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   6.1              11, IB3, T7, TP2  153           203         241             60 L       220 L  A                91

[[Page 212]]

 
         Dinitrobenzenes, solid                 6.1  UN3443              II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A                91
         Dinitrochlorobenzene, see
          Chlorodinitrobenzene
         1,2-Dinitroethane                Forbidden
         1,1-Dinitroethane (dry)          Forbidden
         Dinitrogen tetroxide                   2.3  UN1067            .....  2.3,        1, B7, B14, B45, B46,  None          336         314        Forbidden   Forbidden  D           40, 89,
                                                                               5.1, 8       B61, B66, B67, B77,                                                                               90
                                                                                                      T50, TP21
         Dinitroglycoluril or Dingu            1.1D  UN0489            .....  1.1D      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
         Dinitromethane                   Forbidden
         Dinitrophenol, dry or wetted          1.1D  UN0076            .....  1.1D,     .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04           25, 5E
          with less than 15 percent                                            6.1
          water, by mass
         Dinitrophenol solutions                6.1  UN1599              II   6.1                  IB2, T7, TP2  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  A                36
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   6.1                  IB3, T4, TP1  153           203         241             60 L       220 L  A                36
         Dinitrophenol, wetted with not         4.1  UN1320               I   4.1, 6.1   23, A8, A19, A20, N41,  None          211         None            1 kg       15 kg  E            28, 36
          less than 15 percent water, by                                                                    W31
          mass
         Dinitrophenolates alkali              1.3C  UN0077            .....  1.3C,     .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04           25, 5E
          metals, dry or wetted with                                           6.1
          less than 15 percent water, by
          mass
         Dinitrophenolates, wetted with         4.1  UN1321               I   4.1, 6.1   23, A8, A19, A20, N41,  None          211         None            1 kg       15 kg  E            28, 36
          not less than 15 percent                                                                          W31
          water, by mass
         Dinitropropylene glycol          Forbidden
         Dinitroresorcinol, dry or             1.1D  UN0078            .....  1.1D      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04           25, 5E
          wetted with less than 15
          percent water, by mass
         2,4-Dinitroresorcinol (heavy     Forbidden
          metal salts of) (dry)
         4,6-Dinitroresorcinol (heavy     Forbidden
          metal salts of) (dry)
         Dinitroresorcinol, wetted with         4.1  UN1322               I   4.1        23, A8, A19, A20, N41,  None          211         None            1 kg       15 kg  E            28, 36
          not less than 15 percent                                                                          W31
          water, by mass
         3,5-Dinitrosalicylic acid (lead  Forbidden
          salt) (dry)
         Dinitrosobenzene                      1.3C  UN0406            .....  1.3C      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25

[[Page 213]]

 
         Dinitrosobenzylamidine and       Forbidden
          salts of (dry)
         2,2-Dinitrostilbene              Forbidden
         Dinitrotoluenes, liquid                6.1  UN2038              II   6.1                  IB2, T7, TP2  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  A
         Dinitrotoluenes, molten                6.1  UN1600              II   6.1                       T7, TP3  None          202         243        Forbidden   Forbidden  C
         Dinitrotoluenes, solid                 6.1  UN3454              II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A
         1,9-Dinitroxy pentamethylene-    Forbidden
          2,4, 6,8-tetramine (dry)
         Dioxane                                  3  UN1165              II   3                    IB2, T4, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B
         Dioxolane                                3  UN1166              II   3                    IB2, T4, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B                40
         Dipentene                                3  UN2052             III   3                B1, IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
         Diphenylamine chloroarsine             6.1  UN1698               I   6.1                 T6, TP33, W31  None          201         None       Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
         Diphenylchloroarsine, liquid           6.1  UN1699               I   6.1       A8, B14, B32, N33, N34,  None          201         243        Forbidden        30 L  D                40
                                                                                          T14, TP2, TP13, TP27,
                                                                                                            W31
         Diphenylchloroarsine, solid            6.1  UN3450               I   6.1       IB7, IP1, T6, TP33, W31  None          211         242             5 kg       50 kg  D                40
         Diphenyldichlorosilane                   8  UN1769              II   8          A7, B2, N34, T10, TP2,  None          206         242        Forbidden        30 L  C                40
                                                                                                      TP7, TP13
         Diphenylmethyl bromide                   8  UN1770              II   8         IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  154           212         240            15 kg       50 kg  D                40
         Dipicryl sulfide, dry or wetted       1.1D  UN0401            .....  1.1D      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
          with less than 10 percent
          water, by mass
         Dipicryl sulfide, wetted with          4.1  UN2852               I   4.1        162, A2, N41, N84, W31  None          211         None       Forbidden      0.5 kg  D            28, 36
          not less than 10 percent
          water, by mass
         Dipicrylamine, see
          Hexanitrodiphenylamine
         Dipropionyl peroxide, with more  Forbidden
          than 28 percent in solution
         Di-n-propyl ether                        3  UN2384              II   3                    IB2, T4, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B
         Dipropyl ketone                          3  UN2710             III   3                B1, IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
         Dipropylamine                            3  UN2383              II   3, 8                 IB2, T7, TP1  150           202         243              1 L         5 L  B
   G     Disinfectant, liquid,                    8  UN1903               I   8         A7, B10, T14, TP2, TP27  None          201         243            0.5 L       2.5 L  B
          corrosive, n.o.s
   G     Disinfectants, liquid,                   8  UN1903              II   8                B2, IB2, T7, TP2  154           202         242              1 L        30 L  B
          corrosive n.o.s.
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   8                    IB3, T4, TP1  154           203         241              5 L        60 L  A
   G     Disinfectants, liquid, toxic,          6.1  UN3142               I   6.1            A4, T14, TP2, TP27  None          201         243              1 L        30 L  A                40
          n.o.s.
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   6.1           IB2, T11, TP2, TP27  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  A                40
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   6.1            IB3, T7, TP1, TP28  153           203         241             60 L       220 L  A                40
   G     Disinfectants, solid, toxic,           6.1  UN1601               I   6.1            IB7, IP1, T6, TP33  None          211         242             5 kg       50 kg  A                40
          n.o.s.
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A                40
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   6.1            IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  153           213         240           100 kg      200 kg  A                40
         Disodium trioxosilicate                  8  UN3253             III   8              IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  154           213         240            25 kg      100 kg  A               52.
   G     Dispersant gases, n.o.s. see
          Refrigerant gases, n.o.s.
         Divinyl ether, stabilized                3  UN1167               I   3               387, A7, T11, TP2  None          201         243              1 L        30 L  E            25, 40
         Dodecyltrichlorosilane                   8  UN1771              II   8           A7, B2, B6, N34, T10,  None          206         242        Forbidden        30 L  C                40
                                                                                                 TP2, TP7, TP13
         Dry ice, see Carbon dioxide,
          solid

[[Page 214]]

 
   G     Dyes, liquid, corrosive, n.o.s.          8  UN2801               I   8         11, B10, T14, TP2, TP27  None          201         243            0.5 L       2.5 L  A
          or Dye intermediates, liquid,
          corrosive, n.o.s
                                                                         II   8          11, B2, IB2, T11, TP2,  154           202         242              1 L        30 L  A
                                                                                                           TP27
                                                                        III   8          11, IB3, T7, TP1, TP28  154           203         241              5 L        60 L  A
   G     Dyes, liquid, toxic, n.o.s. or         6.1  UN1602               I   6.1       .......................  None          201         243              1 L        30 L  A
          Dye intermediates, liquid,
          toxic, n.o.s.
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   6.1                           IB2  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  A
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   6.1                           IB3  153           203         241             60 L       220 L  A
   G     Dyes, solid, corrosive, n.o.s.           8  UN3147               I   8              IB7, IP1, T6, TP33  None          211         242             1 kg       25 kg  A
          or Dye intermediates, solid,
          corrosive, n.o.s.
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   8         IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  154           212         240            15 kg       50 kg  A
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   8              IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  154           213         240            25 kg      100 kg  A
   G     Dyes, solid, toxic, n.o.s. or          6.1  UN3143               I   6.1        A5, IB7, IP1, T6, TP33  None          211         242             5 kg       50 kg  A
          Dye intermediates, solid,
          toxic, n.o.s.
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   6.1            IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  153           213         240           100 kg      200 kg  A
         Dynamite, see Explosive,
          blasting, type A
         Electrolyte (acid or alkali)
          for batteries, see Battery
          fluid, acid or Battery fluid,
          alkali
   G     Elevated temperature liquid,             3  UN3256             III   3              IB1, T3, TP3, TP29  None          None        247        Forbidden   Forbidden  A
          flammable, n.o.s., with flash
          point above 37.8 C, at or
          above its flash point
   G     Elevated temperature liquid,             9  UN3257             III   9              IB1, T3, TP3, TP29  None          None        247        Forbidden   Forbidden  A                85
          n.o.s., at or above 100 C and
          below its flash point
          (including molten metals,
          molten salts, etc.)
   G     Elevated temperature solid,              9  UN3258             III   9         .......................  247 (h)(4)    None        247        Forbidden   Forbidden  A                85
          n.o.s., at or above 240 C, see
          Sec. 173.247(h)(4)

[[Page 215]]

 
         Engine, internal combustion,           2.1  UN3529            .....  2.1                     135, A200  220           220         220        Forbidden    No limit  E
          flammable gas powered or
          Engine, fuel cell, flammable
          gas powered or Machinery,
          internal combustion, flammable
          gas powered or Machinery, fuel
          cell, flammable gas powered
         Engine, internal combustion,             3  UN3528            .....  3                       135, A200  220           220         220         No limit    No limit  E               149
          flammable liquid powered or
          Engine, fuel cell, flammable
          liquid powered or Machinery,
          internal combustion, flammable
          liquid powered or Machinery,
          fuel cell, flammable liquid
          powered
         Engine, internal combustion or           9  UN3530            .....  9                       135, A200  220           220         220         No limit    No limit  A
          Machinery, internal combustion
   G     Environmentally hazardous                9  UN3082             III   9          8, 146, 173, 335, IB3,  155           203         241         No limit    No limit  A
          substance, liquid, n.o.s.                                                               T4, TP1, TP29
   G     Environmentally hazardous                9  UN3077             III   9         8, 146, 335, 384, A112,  155           213         240         No limit    No limit  A
          substance, solid, n.o.s                                                          B54, B120, IB8, IP3,
                                                                                             N20, N91, T1, TP33
         Epibromohydrin                         6.1  UN2558               I   6.1, 3             T14, TP2, TP13  None          201         243        Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
   +     Epichlorohydrin                        6.1  UN2023              II   6.1, 3         IB2, T7, TP2, TP13  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  A                40
         1,2-Epoxy-3-ethoxypropane                3  UN2752             III   3                B1, IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
         Esters, n.o.s.                           3  UN3272              II   3         IB2, T7, TP1, TP8, TP28  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   3          B1, IB3, T4, TP1, TP29  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
         Etching acid, liquid, n.o.s.,
          see Hydrofluoric acid, etc
         Ethane                                 2.1  UN1035            .....  2.1       .......................  306           304         302        Forbidden      150 kg  E                40
   D     Ethane-Propane mixture,                2.1  NA1961            .....  2.1                      T75, TP5  None          316         314, 315   Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
          refrigerated liquid
         Ethane, refrigerated liquid            2.1  UN1961            .....  2.1                      T75, TP5  None          None        315        Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
         Ethanol amine dinitrate          Forbidden
         Ethanol and gasoline mixture or          3  UN3475              II   3          144, 177, IB2, T4, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  E
          Ethanol and motor spirit
          mixture or Ethanol and petrol
          mixture, with more than 10%
          ethanol
         Ethanol or Ethyl alcohol or              3  UN1170              II   3                24, IB2, T4, TP1  4b, 150       202         242              5 L        60 L  A
          Ethanol solutions or Ethyl
          alcohol solutions
                                          .........  ................   III   3            24, B1, IB3, T2, TP1  4b, 150       203         242             60 L       220 L  A
         Ethanolamine or Ethanolamine             8  UN2491             III   8                    IB3, T4, TP1  154           203         241              5 L        60 L  A               52.
          solutions
         Ether, see Diethyl ether
         Ethers, n.o.s.                           3  UN3271              II   3         IB2, T7, TP1, TP8, TP28  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   3          B1, IB3, T4, TP1, TP29  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
         Ethyl acetate                            3  UN1173              II   3                    IB2, T4, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B
         Ethyl acrylate, stabilized               3  UN1917              II   3         387, IB2, T4, TP1, TP13  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  C            25, 40
         Ethyl alcohol, see Ethanol
         Ethyl aldehyde, see
          Acetaldehyde

[[Page 216]]

 
         Ethyl amyl ketone                        3  UN2271             III   3                B1, IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
         N-Ethylbenzyltoluidines, solid         6.1  UN3460             III   6.1            IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  153           213         240           100 kg      200 kg  A
         N-Ethyl-N-benzylaniline                6.1  UN2274             III   6.1                  IB3, T4, TP1  153           203         241             60 L       220 L  A
         Ethyl borate                             3  UN1176              II   3                    IB2, T4, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B
         Ethyl bromide                          6.1  UN1891              II   6.1       IB2, IP8, T7, TP2, TP13  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  B            40, 85
         Ethyl bromoacetate                     6.1  UN1603              II   6.1, 3               IB2, T7, TP2  None          202         243        Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
         Ethyl butyl ether                        3  UN1179              II   3                B1, IB2, T4, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B
         Ethyl butyrate                           3  UN1180             III   3                B1, IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
         Ethyl chloride                         2.1  UN1037            .....  2.1                 B77, N86, T50  None          322         314, 315   Forbidden      150 kg  B                40
         Ethyl chloroacetate                    6.1  UN1181              II   6.1, 3               IB2, T7, TP2  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  A
         Ethyl chloroformate                    6.1  UN1182               I   6.1, 3,     2, B9, B14, B32, N34,  None          227         244        Forbidden   Forbidden  D           21, 40,
                                                                               8          T20, TP2, TP13, TP38,                                                                              100
                                                                                                           TP45
         Ethyl 2-chloropropionate                 3  UN2935             III   3                B1, IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
   +     Ethyl chlorothioformate                  8  UN2826              II   8, 6.1,     2, B9, B14, B32, T20,  None          227         244        Forbidden   Forbidden  A                40
                                                                               3                TP2, TP38, TP45
         Ethyl crotonate                          3  UN1862              II   3                    IB2, T4, TP2  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B
         Ethyl ether, see Diethyl ether
         Ethyl fluoride or Refrigerant          2.1  UN2453            .....  2.1       .......................  306           304         314, 315   Forbidden      150 kg  E                40
          gas R161
         Ethyl formate                            3  UN1190              II   3                    IB2, T4, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  E
         Ethyl hydroperoxide              Forbidden
         Ethyl isobutyrate                        3  UN2385              II   3                    IB2, T4, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B
   +     Ethyl isocyanate                       6.1  UN2481               I   6.1, 3      1, B9, B14, B30, T20,  None          226         244        Forbidden   Forbidden  D            40, 52
                                                                                          TP2, TP13, TP38, TP44
         Ethyl lactate                            3  UN1192             III   3                B1, IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
         Ethyl mercaptan                          3  UN2363               I   3                  T11, TP2, TP13  None          201         243        Forbidden        30 L  E           95, 102
         Ethyl methacrylate, stabilized           3  UN2277              II   3               387, IB2, T4, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  C                25
         Ethyl methyl ether                     2.1  UN1039            .....  2.1       .......................  None          201         314, 315   Forbidden      150 kg  B                40
         Ethyl methyl ketone or Methyl            3  UN1193              II   3                    IB2, T4, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B
          ethyl ketone
         Ethyl nitrite solutions                  3  UN1194               I   3, 6.1    .......................  None          201         None       Forbidden   Forbidden  E           40, 105
         Ethyl orthoformate                       3  UN2524             III   3                B1, IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
         Ethyl oxalate                          6.1  UN2525             III   6.1                  IB3, T4, TP1  153           203         241             60 L       220 L  A
         Ethyl perchlorate                Forbidden

[[Page 217]]

 
   D     Ethyl phosphonothioic                  6.1  NA2927               I   6.1, 8      2, B9, B14, B32, T20,  None          227         244        Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
          dichloride, anhydrous                                                          TP4, TP12, TP13, TP38,
                                                                                                           TP45
   D     Ethyl phosphonous dichloride,          6.1  NA2845               I   6.1, 4.2    2, B9, B14, B32, T20,  None          227         244        Forbidden   Forbidden  D                18
          anhydrous pyrophoric liquid                                                    TP4, TP12, TP13, TP38,
                                                                                                           TP45
   D     Ethyl phosphorodichloridate            6.1  NA2927               I   6.1, 8      2, B9, B14, B32, T20,  None          227         244        Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
                                                                                         TP4, TP12, TP13, TP38,
                                                                                                           TP45
         Ethyl propionate                         3  UN1195              II   3                    IB2, T4, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B
         Ethyl propyl ether                       3  UN2615              II   3                    IB2, T4, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  E
         Ethyl silicate, see Tetraethyl
          silicate
         Ethylacetylene, stabilized             2.1  UN2452            .....  2.1                      387, N88  None          304         314, 315   Forbidden      150 kg  B            25, 40
         Ethylamine                             2.1  UN1036            .....  2.1                 B77, N87, T50  None          321         314, 315   Forbidden      150 kg  D                40
         Ethylamine, aqueous solution             3  UN2270              II   3, 8                 IB2, T7, TP1  150           202         243              1 L         5 L  B           40, 52.
          with not less than 50 percent
          but not more than 70 percent
          ethylamine
         N-Ethylaniline                         6.1  UN2272             III   6.1                  IB3, T4, TP1  153           203         241             60 L       220 L  A            52, 74
         2-Ethylaniline                         6.1  UN2273             III   6.1                  IB3, T4, TP1  153           203         241             60 L       220 L  A            52, 74
         Ethylbenzene                             3  UN1175              II   3                    IB2, T4, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B
         N-Ethylbenzyltoluidines liquid         6.1  UN2753             III   6.1                  IB3, T7, TP1  153           203         241             60 L       220 L  A
         2-Ethylbutanol                           3  UN2275             III   3                B1, IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
         2-Ethylbutyl acetate                     3  UN1177             III   3                B1, IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
         2-Ethylbutyraldehyde                     3  UN1178              II   3                B1, IB2, T4, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B
         Ethyldichloroarsine                    6.1  UN1892               I   6.1         2, B9, B14, B32, T20,  None          227         244        Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
                                                                                          TP2, TP13, TP38, TP45
         Ethyldichlorosilane                    4.3  UN1183               I   4.3, 8,    A2, A7, N34, T14, TP2,  None          201         244        Forbidden         1 L  D           21, 40,
                                                                               3                 TP7, TP13, W31                                                                          49, 100
         Ethylene, acetylene and                2.1  UN3138            .....  2.1                      T75, TP5  None          304         314, 315   Forbidden   Forbidden  D            40, 57
          propylene in mixture,
          refrigerated liquid with at
          least 71.5 percent ethylene
          with not more than 22.5
          percent acetylene and not more
          than 6 percent propylene
         Ethylene chlorohydrin                  6.1  UN1135               I   6.1, 3      2, B9, B14, B32, T20,  None          227         244        Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
                                                                                          TP2, TP13, TP38, TP45
         Ethylene                               2.1  UN1962            .....  2.1       .......................  306           304         302        Forbidden      150 kg  E                40
         Ethylene diamine diperchlorate   Forbidden
         Ethylene dibromide                     6.1  UN1605               I   6.1         2, B9, B14, B32, B77,  None          227         244        Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
                                                                                          T20, TP2, TP13, TP38,
                                                                                                           TP45
         Ethylene dibromide and methyl
          bromide liquid mixtures, see
          Methyl bromide and ethylene
          dibromide, liquid mixtures
         Ethylene dichloride                      3  UN1184              II   3, 6.1          IB2, N36, T7, TP1  150           202         243              1 L        60 L  B                40
         Ethylene glycol diethyl ether            3  UN1153              II   3                    IB2, T4, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  A
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   3                B1, IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A

[[Page 218]]

 
         Ethylene glycol dinitrate        Forbidden
         Ethylene glycol monoethyl ether          3  UN1171             III   3                B1, IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
         Ethylene glycol monoethyl ether          3  UN1172             III   3                B1, IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
          acetate
         Ethylene glycol monomethyl               3  UN1188             III   3                B1, IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
          ether
         Ethylene glycol monomethyl               3  UN1189             III   3                B1, IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
          ether acetate
         Ethylene oxide and carbon              2.3  UN3300            .....  2.3, 2.1                        4  None          304         314, 315   Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
          dioxide mixture with more than
          87 percent ethylene oxide
         Ethylene oxide and carbon              2.1  UN1041            .....  2.1                           T50  306           304         314, 315   Forbidden       25 kg  B                40
          dioxide mixtures with more
          than 9 percent but not more
          than 87 percent ethylene oxide
         Ethylene oxide and carbon              2.2  UN1952            .....  2.2       .......................  306           304         314, 315       75 kg      150 kg  A
          dioxide mixtures with not more
          than 9 percent ethylene oxide
         Ethylene oxide and                     2.2  UN3297            .....  2.2                           T50  306           304         314, 315       75 kg      150 kg  A
          chlorotetrafluoroethane
          mixture with not more than 8.8
          percent ethylene oxide
         Ethylene oxide and                     2.2  UN3070            .....  2.2                           T50  306           304         314, 315       75 kg      150 kg  A
          dichlorodifluoromethane
          mixture, with not more than
          12.5 percent ethylene oxide
         Ethylene oxide and                     2.2  UN3298            .....  2.2                           T50  306           304         314, 315       75 kg      150 kg  A
          pentafluoroethane mixture with
          not more than 7.9 percent
          ethylene oxide
         Ethylene oxide and propylene             3  UN2983               I   3, 6.1      5, A11, N4, N34, T14,  None          201         243        Forbidden        30 L  E                40
          oxide mixtures, with not more                                                          TP2, TP7, TP13
          than 30 percent ethylene oxide
         Ethylene oxide and                     2.2  UN3299            .....  2.2                           T50  306           304         314, 315       75 kg      150 kg  A
          tetrafluoroethane mixture with
          not more than 5.6 percent
          ethylene oxide

[[Page 219]]

 
         Ethylene oxide or Ethylene             2.3  UN1040            .....  2.3, 2.1        4, 342, T50, TP20  None          323         323        Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
          oxide with nitrogen up to a
          total pressure of 1 MPa (10
          bar) at 50 degrees C
         Ethylene, refrigerated liquid          2.1  UN1038            .....  2.1                      T75, TP5  None          316         318, 319   Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
          (cryogenic liquid)
         Ethylenediamine                          8  UN1604              II   8, 3                 IB2, T7, TP2  154           202         243              1 L        30 L  A           40, 52.
         Ethyleneimine, stabilized              6.1  UN1185               I   6.1, 3      1, 387, B9, B14, B30,  None          226         244        Forbidden   Forbidden  D            25, 40
                                                                                            B77, N25, N32, T22,
                                                                                          TP2, TP13, TP38, TP44
         Ethylhexaldehyde, see Octyl
          aldehydes etc
         2-Ethylhexyl chloroformate             6.1  UN2748              II   6.1, 8         IB2, T7, TP2, TP13  153           202         243              1 L        30 L  A           12, 13,
                                                                                                                                                                                          25, 40
         2-Ethylhexylamine                        3  UN2276             III   3, 8             B1, IB3, T4, TP1  150           203         242              5 L        60 L  A                40
         Ethylphenyldichlorosilane                8  UN2435              II   8          A7, B2, N34, T10, TP2,  None          206         242        Forbidden        30 L  C
                                                                                                      TP7, TP13
         1-Ethylpiperidine                        3  UN2386              II   3, 8                 IB2, T7, TP1  150           202         243              1 L         5 L  B               52.
         N-Ethyltoluidines                      6.1  UN2754              II   6.1                  IB2, T7, TP2  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  A
         Ethyltrichlorosilane                     3  UN1196              II   3, 8      A7, N34, T10, TP2, TP7,  None          206         243        Forbidden         5 L  B                40
                                                                                                           TP13
         Etiologic agent, see Infectious
          substances, etc
         Explosive articles, see
          Articles, explosive , n.o.s.
          etc
         Explosive, blasting, type A           1.1D  UN0081            .....  1.1D                          148  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04              25,
                                                                                                                                                                                            19E,
                                                                                                                                                                                             21E
         Explosive, blasting, type B           1.1D  UN0082            .....  1.1D      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04          25, 19E
         Explosive, blasting, type B or        1.5D  UN0331            .....  1.5D                105, 106, 148  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  03          25, 19E
          Agent blasting, Type B
         Explosive, blasting, type C           1.1D  UN0083            .....  1.1D                          123  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04          25, 22E
         Explosive, blasting, type D           1.1D  UN0084            .....  1.1D      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
         Explosive, blasting, type E           1.1D  UN0241            .....  1.1D                          148  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04          25, 19E
         Explosive, blasting, type E or        1.5D  UN0332            .....  1.5D                105, 106, 148  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  03          25, 19E
          Agent blasting, Type E
         Explosive, forbidden. See Sec. Forbidden
           173.54
         Explosive substances, see
          Substances, explosive, n.o.s.
          etc
         Explosives, slurry, see
          Explosive, blasting, type E
         Explosives, water gels, see
          Explosive, blasting, type E
         Extracts, aromatic, liquid               3  UN1169              II   3          149, IB2, T4, TP1, TP8  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   3                B1, IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
         Extracts, flavoring, liquid              3  UN1197              II   3          149, IB2, T4, TP1, TP8  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   3                B1, IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A

[[Page 220]]

 
         Fabric with animal or vegetable
          oil, see Fibers or fabrics,
          etc
         Ferric arsenate                        6.1  UN1606              II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A
         Ferric arsenite                        6.1  UN1607              II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A
         Ferric chloride, anhydrous               8  UN1773             III   8              IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  154           213         240            25 kg      100 kg  A
         Ferric chloride, solution                8  UN2582             III   8               B15, IB3, T4, TP1  154           203         241              5 L        60 L  A
         Ferric nitrate                         5.1  UN1466             III   5.1        A1, A29, IB8, IP3, T1,  152           213         240            25 kg      100 kg  A
                                                                                                           TP33
         Ferrocerium                            4.1  UN1323              II   4.1       59, A19, IB8, IP2, IP4,  151           212         240            15 kg       50 kg  A               13,
                                                                                                 T3, TP33, W100                                                                             147,
                                                                                                                                                                                             148
         Ferrosilicon with 30 percent or        4.3  UN1408             III   4.3, 6.1   A1, A19, B6, IB8, IP4,  151           213         240            25 kg      100 kg  A           13, 40,
          more but less than 90 percent                                                     IP7, T1, TP33, W100                                                                          52, 53,
          silicon                                                                                                                                                                            85,
                                                                                                                                                                                            103,
                                                                                                                                                                                             148
         Ferrous arsenate                       6.1  UN1608              II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A
   D     Ferrous chloride, solid                  8  NA1759              II   8         IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  154           212         240            15 kg       50 kg  A
   D     Ferrous chloride, solution               8  NA1760              II   8         B3, IB2, T11, TP2, TP27  154           202         242              1 L        30 L  B                40
         Ferrous metal borings or               4.2  UN2793             III   4.2           A1, A19, B134, IB8,  None          213         241            25 kg      100 kg  A           13, 148
          Ferrous metal shavings or                                                        IP3, IP21, IP7, W100
          Ferrous metal turnings or
          Ferrous metal cuttings in a
          form liable to self-heating
         Fertilizer ammoniating solution        2.2  UN1043            .....  2.2                           N87  306           304         314, 315   Forbidden      150 kg  E                40
          with free ammonia
A I W    Fibers, animal or Fibers,              4.2  UN1372             III   4.2       .......................  151           213         240        Forbidden   Forbidden  A
          vegetable burnt, wet or damp
  IW     Fibers, vegetable, dry                 4.1  UN3360             III   4.1                           137  151           213         240         No Limit    No Limit  A
 A W     Fibers or Fabrics, animal or           4.2  UN1373             III   4.2            137, IB8, IP3, T1,  None          213         241        Forbidden   Forbidden  A
          vegetable or Synthetic, n.o.s.                                                              TP33, W31
          with animal or vegetable oil
         Fibers or Fabrics impregnated          4.1  UN1353             III   4.1                  A1, IB8, IP3  None          213         240            25 kg      100 kg  D
          with weakly nitrated
          nitrocellulose, n.o.s.
         Films, nitrocellulose base,
          from which gelatine has been
          removed; film scrap, see
          Celluloid scrap

[[Page 221]]

 
         Films, nitrocellulose base,            4.1  UN1324             III   4.1       .......................  None          183         None           25 kg      100 kg  D                28
          gelatine coated (except scrap)
         Fire extinguisher charges,               8  UN1774              II   8                             N41  154           202         None             1 L        30 L  A
          corrosive liquid
         Fire extinguisher charges,
          expelling, explosive, see
          Cartridges, power device
         Fire extinguishers containing          2.2  UN1044            .....  2.2                           110  309           309         None           75 kg      150 kg  A           .......
          compressed or liquefied gas
         Firelighters, solid with               4.1  UN2623             III   4.1                       A1, A19  None          213         None           25 kg      100 kg  A                52
          flammable liquid
         Fireworks                             1.1G  UN0333            .....  1.1G                          108  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  03               25
         Fireworks                             1.2G  UN0334            .....  1.2G                          108  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  03               25
         Fireworks                             1.3G  UN0335            .....  1.3G                          108  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  03               25
         Fireworks                             1.4G  UN0336            .....  1.4G                     108, 200  None          62          None       Forbidden       75 kg  02               25
         Fireworks                             1.4S  UN0337            .....  1.4S                          108  None          62          None           25 kg      100 kg  01               25
         First aid kits                           9  UN3316              II   9                              15  161           161         None           10 kg       10 kg  A
         First aid kits                           9  UN3316             III   9                              15  161           161         None           10 kg       10 kg  A
 A W     Fish meal, stabilized or Fish            9  UN2216             III   None      155, IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  155           218         218        Forbidden   Forbidden  B           25, 88,
          scrap, stabilized                                                                                                                                                                 122,
                                                                                                                                                                                             128
         Fish meal, unstablized or Fish         4.2  UN1374              II   4.2       155, A1, A19, IB8, IP2,  None          212         241        Forbidden   Forbidden  B           18, 25,
          scrap, unstabilized                                                           IP4, T3, TP33, W31, W40                                                                              128
         Flammable compressed gas, see
          Compressed or Liquefied gas,
          flammable, etc
         Flammable compressed gas (small
          receptacles not fitted with a
          dispersion device, not
          refillable), see Receptacles,
          etc
         Flammable gas in lighters, see
          Lighters or lighter refills,
          cigarettes, containing
          flammable gas
   G     Flammable liquid, toxic,                 3  UN3286               I   3, 6.1,      T14, TP2, TP13, TP27  None          201         243        Forbidden       2.5 L  E           21, 40,
          corrosive, n.o.s.                                                    8                                                                                                             100
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   3, 6.1,      IB2, T11, TP2, TP13,  150           202         243              1 L         5 L  B           21, 40,
                                                                               8                           TP27                                                                              100
   G     Flammable liquids, corrosive,            3  UN2924               I   3, 8                     T14, TP2  None          201         243            0.5 L       2.5 L  E                40
          n.o.s.
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   3, 8          IB2, T11, TP2, TP27  150           202         243              1 L         5 L  B                40
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   3, 8       B1, IB3, T7, TP1, TP28  150           203         242              5 L        60 L  A                40
   G     Flammable liquids, n.o.s.                3  UN1993               I   3                  T11, TP1, TP27  150           201         243              1 L        30 L  E
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   3         IB2, T7, TP1, TP8, TP28  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   3          B1, B52, IB3, T4, TP1,  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
                                                                                                           TP29
   G     Flammable liquids, toxic,                3  UN1992               I   3, 6.1       T14, TP2, TP13, TP27  None          201         243        Forbidden        30 L  E                40
          n.o.s.
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   3, 6.1         IB2, T7, TP2, TP13  150           202         243              1 L        60 L  B                40
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   3, 6.1     B1, IB3, T7, TP1, TP28  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
   G     Flammable solid, corrosive,            4.1  UN3180              II   4.1, 8     A1, IB6, IP2, T3, TP33  151           212         242            15 kg       50 kg  D                40
          inorganic, n.o.s.

[[Page 222]]

 
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   4.1, 8          A1, IB6, T1, TP33  151           213         242            25 kg      100 kg  D                40
   G     Flammable solid, inorganic,            4.1  UN3178              II   4.1        A1, IB8, IP2, IP4, T3,  151           212         240            15 kg       50 kg  B
          n.o.s.                                                                                           TP33
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   4.1        A1, IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  151           213         240            25 kg      100 kg  B
   G     Flammable solid, organic,              4.1  UN3176              II   4.1            IB1, T3, TP3, TP26  151           212         240        Forbidden   Forbidden  C
          molten, n.o.s.
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   4.1            IB1, T1, TP3, TP26  151           213         240        Forbidden   Forbidden  C
   G     Flammable solid, oxidizing,            4.1  UN3097              II   4.1, 5.1                      131  None          214         214        Forbidden   Forbidden  E                40
          n.o.s.
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   4.1, 5.1            131, T1, TP33  None          214         214        Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
   G     Flammable solid, toxic,                4.1  UN3179              II   4.1, 6.1   A1, IB6, IP2, T3, TP33  151           212         242            15 kg       50 kg  B                40
          inorganic, n.o.s.
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   4.1, 6.1        A1, IB6, T1, TP33  151           213         242            25 kg      100 kg  B                40
   G     Flammable solids, corrosive,           4.1  UN2925              II   4.1, 8     A1, IB6, IP2, T3, TP33  None          212         242            15 kg       50 kg  D                40
          organic, n.o.s.
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   4.1, 8          A1, IB6, T1, TP33  151           213         242            25 kg      100 kg  D                40
   G     Flammable solids, organic,             4.1  UN1325              II   4.1        A1, IB8, IP2, IP4, T3,  151           212         240            15 kg       50 kg  B
          n.o.s.                                                                                           TP33
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   4.1        A1, IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  151           213         240            25 kg      100 kg  B
   G     Flammable solids, toxic,               4.1  UN2926              II   4.1, 6.1   A1, IB6, IP2, T3, TP33  151           212         242            15 kg       50 kg  B                40
          organic, n.o.s.
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   4.1, 6.1        A1, IB6, T1, TP33  151           213         242            25 kg      100 kg  B                40
         Flares, aerial                        1.3G  UN0093            .....  1.3G      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden       75 kg  03               25
         Flares, aerial                        1.4G  UN0403            .....  1.4G      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden       75 kg  02               25
         Flares, aerial                        1.4S  UN0404            .....  1.4S      .......................  None          62          None           25 kg      100 kg  01               25
         Flares, aerial                        1.1G  UN0420            .....  1.1G      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  03               25
         Flares, aerial                        1.2G  UN0421            .....  1.2G      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  03               25
         Flares, airplane, see Flares,
          aerial
         Flares, signal, see Cartridges,
          signal
         Flares, surface                       1.3G  UN0092            .....  1.3G      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden       75 kg  03               25
         Flares, surface                       1.1G  UN0418            .....  1.1G      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  03               25
         Flares, surface                       1.2G  UN0419            .....  1.2G      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  03               25
         Flares, water-activated, see
          Contrivances, water-activated,
          etc

[[Page 223]]

 
         Flash powder                          1.1G  UN0094            .....  1.1G      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  03               25
         Flash powder                          1.3G  UN0305            .....  1.3G      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  03               25
         Flue dusts, poisonous, see
          Arsenical dust
         Fluoric acid, see Hydrofluoric
          acid, etc
         Fluorine, compressed                   2.3  UN1045            .....  2.3,                       1, N86  None          302         None       Forbidden   Forbidden  D           40, 89,
                                                                               5.1, 8                                                                                                         90
         Fluoroacetic acid                      6.1  UN2642               I   6.1            IB7, IP1, T6, TP33  None          211         242             1 kg       15 kg  E
         Fluoroanilines                         6.1  UN2941             III   6.1                  IB3, T4, TP1  153           203         241             60 L       220 L  A
         Fluorobenzene                            3  UN2387              II   3                    IB2, T4, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B
         Fluoroboric acid                         8  UN1775              II   8           A7, B2, B15, IB2, N3,  154           202         242              1 L        30 L  A
                                                                                                   N34, T7, TP2
         Fluorophosphoric acid anhydrous          8  UN1776              II   8           A7, B2, IB2, N3, N34,  None          202         242              1 L        30 L  A
                                                                                                        T8, TP2
   G     Fluorosilicates, n.o.s                 6.1  UN2856             III   6.1            IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  153           213         240           100 kg      200 kg  A                52
         Fluorosilicic acid                       8  UN1778              II   8           A7, B2, B15, IB2, N3,  None          202         242              1 L        30 L  A
                                                                                                   N34, T8, TP2
         Fluorosulfonic acid                      8  UN1777               I   8           A7, A10, B6, B10, N3,  None          201         243            0.5 L       2.5 L  D                40
                                                                                                  N36, T10, TP2
         Fluorotoluenes                           3  UN2388              II   3                    IB2, T4, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B                40
         Forbidden materials. See Sec.Forbidden
          173.21
         Formaldehyde solutions,                  3  UN1198             III   3, 8        176, B1, IB3, T4, TP1  150           203         242              5 L        60 L  A                40
          flammable
         Formaldehyde solutions (with
          not less than 10% and less
          than 25% formaldehyde), see
          Aviation regulated liquid,
          n.o.s. or Other regulated
          substances, liquid, n.o.s.
         Formaldehyde solutions, with             8  UN2209             III   8                    IB3, T4, TP1  154           203         241              5 L          60
          not less than 25 percent
          formaldehyde
         Formalin, see Formaldehyde,
          solutions
         Formic acid with not less than           8  UN3412              II   8                    IB2, T7, TP2  154           202         242              1 L        30 L  A               40.
          10% but not more than 85% acid
          by mass
         Formic acid with not less than           8  UN3412             III   8                    IB3, T4, TP1  154           203         241              5 L        60 L  A                40
          5% but less than 10% acid by
          mass
         Formic acid with more than 85%           8  UN1779              II   8, 3        B2, B28, IB2, T7, TP2  154           202         242              1 L        30 L  A               40.
          acid by mass
         Fracturing devices, explosive,        1.1D  UN0099            .....  1.1D      .......................  None          62          62         Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
          without detonators for oil
          wells
         Fuel, aviation, turbine engine           3  UN1863               I   3             144, T11, TP1, TP8,  150           201         243              1 L        30 L  E
                                                                                                           TP28
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   3          144, IB2, T4, TP1, TP8  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   3           144, B1, IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A

[[Page 224]]

 
         Fuel cell cartridges or Fuel             8  UN3477            .....  8                             328  230           230         230             5 kg       50 kg  A
          cell cartridges contained in
          equipment or Fuel cell
          cartridges packed with
          equipment, containing
          corrosive substances
         Fuel cell cartridges or Fuel             3  UN3473            .....  3                             328  230           230         230             5 kg       50 kg  A
          cell cartridges contained in
          equipment or Fuel cell
          cartridges packed with
          equipment, containing
          flammable liquids
         Fuel cell cartridges or Fuel           2.1  UN3479            .....  2.1                           328  230           230         230             1 kg       15 kg  B
          cell cartridges contained in
          equipment or Fuel cell
          cartridges packed with
          equipment, containing hydrogen
          in metal hydride
         Fuel cell cartridges or Fuel           2.1  UN3478            .....  2.1                           328  230           230         230             1 kg       15 kg  B
          cell cartridges contained in
          equipment or Fuel cell
          cartridges packed with
          equipment, containing
          liquefied flammable gas
         Fuel cell cartridges or Fuel           4.3  UN3476            .....  4.3                           328  230           230         230             5 kg       50 kg  A           13, 148
          cell cartridges contained in
          equipment or Fuel cell
          cartridges packed with
          equipment, containing water-
          reactive substances
   D     Fuel oil (No. 1, 2, 4, 5, or 6)          3  NA1993             III   3          144, B1, IB3, T4, TP1,  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
                                                                                                           TP29
         Fuel system components
          (including fuel control units
          (FCU), carburetors, fuel
          lines, fuel pumps) see
          Dangerous Goods in Apparatus
          or Dangerous Goods in
          Machinery
         Fulminate of mercury (dry)       Forbidden
         Fulminate of mercury, wet, see
          Mercury fulminate, etc
         Fulminating gold                 Forbidden

[[Page 225]]

 
         Fulminating mercury              Forbidden
         Fulminating platinum             Forbidden
         Fulminating silver               Forbidden
         Fulminic acid                    Forbidden
         Fumaryl chloride                         8  UN1780              II   8                B2, IB2, T7, TP2  154           202         242              1 L        30 L  C             8, 40
         Fumigated lading, see Sec.
          Sec. 172.302(g), 173.9 and
          176.76(h)
         Fumigated transport vehicle or                                       ........                           ............  ..........  ........  ..........
          freight container see Sec.
          173.9
         Furaldehydes                           6.1  UN1199              II   6.1, 3               IB2, T7, TP2  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  A
         Furan                                    3  UN2389               I   3                  T12, TP2, TP13  None          201         243              1 L        30 L  E                40
         Furfuryl alcohol                       6.1  UN2874             III   6.1                  IB3, T4, TP1  153           203         241             60 L       220 L  A            52, 74
         Furfurylamine                            3  UN2526             III   3, 8             B1, IB3, T4, TP1  150           203         242              5 L        60 L  A                40
         Fuse, detonating, metal clad,
          see Cord, detonating, metal
          clad
         Fuse, detonating, mild effect,
          metal clad, see Cord,
          detonating, mild effect, metal
          clad
         Fuse, igniter tubular metal           1.4G  UN0103            .....  1.4G      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden       75 kg  02               25
          clad
         Fuse, non-detonating                  1.3G  UN0101            .....  1.3G      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  03               25
          instantaneous or quickmatch
         Fuse, safety                          1.4S  UN0105            .....  1.4S      .......................  None          62          None           25 kg      100 kg  01               25
   D     Fusee (railway or highway)             4.1  NA1325              II   4.1                           381  None          184         None           15 kg       50 kg  B
         Fusel oil                                3  UN1201              II   3                    IB2, T4, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   3                B1, IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
         Fuses, tracer, see Tracers for
          ammunition
         Fuzes, combination, percussion
          and time, see Fuzes,
          detonating (UN0257, UN0367);
          Fuzes, igniting (UN0317,
          UN0368)
         Fuzes, detonating                     1.1B  UN0106            .....  1.1B      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  05               25
         Fuzes, detonating                     1.2B  UN0107            .....  1.2B      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  05               25
         Fuzes, detonating                     1.4B  UN0257            .....  1.4B                          116  None          62          None       Forbidden       75 kg  05               25
         Fuzes, detonating                     1.4S  UN0367            .....  1.4S                          116  None          62          None           25 kg      100 kg  01               25
         Fuzes, detonating, with               1.1D  UN0408            .....  1.1D      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
          protective features
         Fuzes, detonating, with               1.2D  UN0409            .....  1.2D      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
          protective features
         Fuzes, detonating, with               1.4D  UN0410            .....  1.4D                          116  None          62          None       Forbidden       75 kg  02               25
          protective features
         Fuzes, igniting                       1.3G  UN0316            .....  1.3G      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  03               25
         Fuzes, igniting                       1.4G  UN0317            .....  1.4G      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden       75 kg  02               25
         Fuzes, igniting                       1.4S  UN0368            .....  1.4S      .......................  None          62          None           25 kg      100 kg  01               25
         Galactsan trinitrate             Forbidden
         Gallium                                  8  UN2803             III   8                        T1, TP33  None          162         240            20 kg       20 kg  B                25
         Gas cartridges, (flammable)            2.1  UN2037            .....  2.1       .......................  306           304         None            1 kg       15 kg  B                40
          without a release device, non-
          refillable
   D     Gas identification set                 2.3  NA9035            .....  2.3                             6  None          194         None       Forbidden   Forbidden  D

[[Page 226]]

 
         Gas oil                                  3  UN1202             III   3           144, B1, IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
   G     Gas, refrigerated liquid,              2.1  UN3312            .....  2.1                      T75, TP5  None          316         318        Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
          flammable, n.o.s. (cryogenic
          liquid)
   G     Gas, refrigerated liquid,              2.2  UN3158            .....  2.2                      T75, TP5  320           316         318            50 kg      500 kg  D
          n.o.s. (cryogenic liquid)
   G     Gas, refrigerated liquid,              2.2  UN3311            .....  2.2, 5.1           T75, TP5, TP22  320           316         318        Forbidden   Forbidden  D
          oxidizing, n.o.s. (cryogenic
          liquid)
         Gas sample, non-pressurized,           2.1  UN3167            .....  2.1       .......................  306           302, 304    None             1 L         5 L  D
          flammable, n.o.s., not
          refrigerated liquid
         Gas sample, non-pressurized,           2.3  UN3168            .....  2.3, 2.1                        6  306           302         None       Forbidden         1 L  D
          toxic, flammable, n.o.s., not
          refrigerated liquid
         Gas sample, non-pressurized,           2.3  UN3169            .....  2.3                             6  306           302, 304    None       Forbidden         1 L  D                 D
          toxic, n.o.s., not
          refrigerated liquid
         Gasoline includes gasoline               3  UN1203              II   3         144, 177, B1, B33, IB2,  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  E
          mixed with ethyl alcohol, with                                                                     T4
          not more than 10% alcohol
         Gasoline, casinghead, see
          Gasoline
         Gelatine, blasting, see
          Explosive, blasting, type A
         Gelatine dynamites, see
          Explosive, blasting, type A
         Germane                                2.3  UN2192            .....  2.3, 2.1                        2  None          302         245        Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
         Germane, adsorbed                      2.3  UN3523            .....  2.3, 2.1                        2  None          302c        None       Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
         Glycerol-1,3-dinitrate           Forbidden
         Glycerol gluconate trinitrate    Forbidden
         Glycerol lactate trinitrate      Forbidden
         Glycerol alpha-monochlorohydrin        6.1  UN2689             III   6.1                  IB3, T4, TP1  153           203         241             60 L       220 L  A
         Glyceryl trinitrate, see
          Nitroglycerin, etc
         Glycidaldehyde                           3  UN2622              II   3, 6.1          IB2, IP8, T7, TP1  150           202         243              1 L        60 L  A                40
         Grenades, hand or rifle, with         1.1D  UN0284            .....  1.1D      .......................  ............  62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
          bursting charge
         Grenades, hand or rifle, with         1.2D  UN0285            .....  1.2D      .......................  ............  62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
          bursting charge

[[Page 227]]

 
         Grenades, hand or rifle, with         1.1F  UN0292            .....  1.1F      .......................  ............  62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  05               25
          bursting charge
         Grenades, hand or rifle, with         1.2F  UN0293            .....  1.2F      .......................  ............  62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  05               25
          bursting charge
         Grenades, illuminating, see
          Ammunition, illuminating, etc
         Grenades, practice, hand or           1.4S  UN0110            .....  1.4S      .......................  ............  62          None           25 kg      100 kg  01               25
          rifle
         Grenades, practice, hand or           1.3G  UN0318            .....  1.3G      .......................  ............  62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  03               25
          rifle
         Grenades, practice, hand or           1.2G  UN0372            .....  1.2G      .......................  ............  62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  03               25
          rifle
         Grenades practice, hand or            1.4G  UN0452            .....  1.4G      .......................  ............  62          None       Forbidden       75 kg  02               25
          rifle
         Grenades, smoke, see
          Ammunition, smoke, etc
         Guanidine nitrate                      5.1  UN1467             III   5.1        A1, IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  152           213         240            25 kg      100 kg  A                73
         Guanyl nitrosaminoguanylidene    Forbidden
          hydrazine (dry)
         Guanyl nitrosaminoguanylidene         1.1A  UN0113            .....  1.1A                     111, 117  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  05               25
          hydrazine, wetted with not
          less than 30 percent water, by
          mass
         Guanyl                           Forbidden
          nitrosaminoguanyltetrazene
          (dry)
         Guanyl                                1.1A  UN0114            .....  1.1A                     111, 117  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  05               25
          nitrosaminoguanyltetrazene,
          wetted or Tetrazene, wetted
          with not less than 30 percent
          water or mixture of alcohol
          and water, by mass
         Gunpowder, compressed or
          Gunpowder in pellets, see
          Black powder (UN 0028)
         Gunpowder, granular or as a
          meal, see Black powder (UN
          0027)
         Hafnium powder, dry                    4.2  UN2545               I   4.2                           W31  None          211         242        Forbidden   Forbidden  D           13, 148
                                          .........                      II   4.2           A19, A20, IB6, IP2,  None          212         241            15 kg       50 kg  D           13, 148
                                                                                             N34, T3, TP33, W31
                                          .........                     III   4.2          B135, IB8, IP21, T1,  None          213         241            25 kg      100 kg  D           13, 148
                                                                                                      TP33, W31
         Hafnium powder, wetted with not        4.1  UN1326              II   4.1       A6, A19, A20, IB6, IP2,  None          212         241            15 kg       50 kg  E                74
          less than 25 percent water (a                                                 N34, T3, TP33, W31, W40
          visible excess of water must
          be present) (a) mechanically
          produced, particle size less
          than 53 microns; (b)
          chemically produced, particle
          size less than 840 microns
         Hand signal device, see Signal
          devices, hand
         Hazardous substances, liquid or
          solid, n.o.s., see
          Environmentally hazardous
          substances, etc
 D G     Hazardous waste, liquid, n.o.s.          9  NA3082             III   9                    IB3, T2, TP1  155           203         241         No limit    No limit  A
 D G     Hazardous waste, solid, n.o.s.           9  NA3077             III   9         B54, IB8, IP2, T1, TP33  155           213         240         No limit    No limit  A

[[Page 228]]

 
         Heating oil, light                       3  UN1202             III   3                B1, IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
         Helium, compressed                     2.2  UN1046            .....  2.2       .......................  306           302         302, 314       75 kg      150 kg  A                85
         Helium, refrigerated liquid            2.2  UN1963            .....  2.2                      T75, TP5  320           316         318            50 kg      500 kg  D
          (cryogenic liquid)
         Heptafluoropropane or                  2.2  UN3296            .....  2.2                           T50  306           304         314, 315       75 kg      150 kg  A
          Refrigerant gas R 227
         n-Heptaldehyde                           3  UN3056             III   3                B1, IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
         Heptanes                                 3  UN1206              II   3                    IB2, T4, TP2  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B
         n-Heptene                                3  UN2278              II   3                    IB2, T4, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B
         Hexachloroacetone                      6.1  UN2661             III   6.1                  IB3, T4, TP1  153           203         241             60 L       220 L  B            12, 40
         Hexachlorobenzene                      6.1  UN2729             III   6.1        B3, IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  153           203         241             60 L       220 L  A
         Hexachlorobutadiene                    6.1  UN2279             III   6.1                  IB3, T4, TP1  153           203         241             60 L       220 L  A
         Hexachlorocyclopentadiene              6.1  UN2646               I   6.1         2, B9, B14, B32, B77,  None          227         244        Forbidden   Forbidden  D            25, 40
                                                                                          T20, TP2, TP13, TP38,
                                                                                                           TP45
         Hexachlorophene                        6.1  UN2875             III   6.1            IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  153           213         240           100 kg      200 kg  A
         Hexadecyltrichlorosilane                 8  UN1781              II   8           A7, B2, B6, N34, T10,  None          206         242        Forbidden        30 L  C                40
                                                                                                 TP2, TP7, TP13
         Hexadienes                               3  UN2458              II   3                    IB2, T4, TP1  None          202         242              5 L        60 L  B
         Hexaethyl tetraphosphate and           2.3  UN1612            .....  2.3                             3  None          334         None       Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
          compressed gas mixtures
         Hexaethyl tetraphosphate,              6.1  UN1611              II   6.1             IB2, N76, T7, TP2  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  E                40
          liquid
         Hexaethyl tetraphosphate, solid        6.1  UN1611              II   6.1            IB8, IP2, IP4, N76  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  E                40
         Hexafluoroacetone                      2.3  UN2420            .....  2.3, 8                 2, B9, B14  None          304         314, 315   Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
         Hexafluoroacetone hydrate,             6.1  UN2552              II   6.1                  IB2, T7, TP2  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  B                40
          liquid
         Hexafluoroacetone hydrate,             6.1  UN3436              II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  B                40
          solid
         Hexafluoroethane, or                   2.2  UN2193            .....  2.2       .......................  306           304         314, 315       75 kg      150 kg  A
          Refrigerant gas R 116
         Hexafluorophosphoric acid                8  UN1782              II   8           A7, B2, IB2, N3, N34,  None          202         242              1 L        30 L  A
                                                                                                        T8, TP2
         Hexafluoropropylene compressed         2.2  UN1858            .....  2.2                           T50  306           304         314, 315       75 kg      150 kg  A
          or Refrigerant gas R 1216
         Hexaldehyde                              3  UN1207             III   3                B1, IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
         Hexamethylene diisocyanate             6.1  UN2281              II   6.1            IB2, T7, TP2, TP13  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  C            13, 40
         Hexamethylene triperoxide        Forbidden
          diamine (dry)

[[Page 229]]

 
         Hexamethylenediamine, solid              8  UN2280             III   8              IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  154           213         240            25 kg      100 kg  A            12, 25
         Hexamethylenediamine solution            8  UN1783              II   8                    IB2, T7, TP2  None          202         242              1 L        30 L  A
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   8                    IB3, T4, TP1  154           203         241              5 L        60 L  A
         Hexamethyleneimine                       3  UN2493              II   3, 8                 IB2, T7, TP1  150           202         243              1 L         5 L  B                40
         Hexamethylenetetramine                 4.1  UN1328             III   4.1        A1, IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  151           213         240            25 kg      100 kg  A
         Hexamethylol benzene             Forbidden
          hexanitrate
         Hexanes                                  3  UN1208              II   3                    IB2, T4, TP2  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  E
         2,2',4,4',6,6'- Hexanitro-3,3'-  Forbidden
          dihydroxyazobenzene (dry)
         Hexanitroazoxy benzene           Forbidden
         N,N'-(hexanitrodiphenyl)         Forbidden
          ethylene dinitramine (dry)
         Hexanitrodiphenyl urea           Forbidden
         2,2',3',4,4',6-                  Forbidden
          Hexanitrodiphenylamine
         Hexanitrodiphenylamine or             1.1D  UN0079            .....  1.1D      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
          Dipicrylamine or Hexyl
         2,3',4,4',6,6'-                  Forbidden
          Hexanitrodiphenylether
         Hexanitroethane                  Forbidden
         Hexanitrooxanilide               Forbidden
         Hexanitrostilbene                     1.1D  UN0392            .....  1.1D      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
         Hexanoic acid, see Corrosive
          liquids, n.o.s.
         Hexanols                                 3  UN2282             III   3                B1, IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A                74
         1-Hexene                                 3  UN2370              II   3                    IB2, T4, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  E
         Hexogen and
          cyclotetramethylenetetranitram
          ine mixtures, wetted or
          desensitized see RDX and HMX
          mixtures, wetted or
          desensitized etc
         Hexogen and HMX mixtures,
          wetted or desensitized see RDX
          and HMX mixtures, wetted or
          desensitized etc
         Hexogen and octogen mixtures,
          wetted or desensitized see RDX
          and HMX mixtures, wetted or
          desensitized etc
         Hexogen, see
          Cyclotrimethylenetrinitramine,
          etc
         Hexolite, or Hexotol dry or           1.1D  UN0118            .....  1.1D      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
          wetted with less than 15
          percent water, by mass
         Hexotonal                             1.1D  UN0393            .....  1.1D      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
         Hexyl, see
          Hexanitrodiphenylamine
         Hexyltrichlorosilane                     8  UN1784              II   8           A7, B2, B6, N34, T10,  None          206         242        Forbidden        30 L  C                40
                                                                                                 TP2, TP7, TP13
         High explosives, see individual
          explosives' entries

[[Page 230]]

 
         HMX, see Cyclotetramethylenete
          tranitramine, etc
         Hydrazine, anhydrous                     8  UN2029               I   8, 3,       A7, A10, B7, B16, B53  None          201         243        Forbidden       2.5 L  D           40, 52,
                                                                               6.1                                                                                                           125
         Hydrazine, aqueous solution,           6.1  UN3293             III   6.1                  IB3, T4, TP1  153           203         241             60 L       220 L  A               52.
          with not more than 37 percent
          hydrazine, by mass
         Hydrazine aqueous solution,              8  UN3484               I   8, 3,         B16, B53, T10, TP2,  None          201         243        Forbidden       2.5 L  D           40, 52,
          flammable with more than 37%                                         6.1                         TP13                                                                              125
          hydrazine, by mass
         Hydrazine aqueous solution,              8  UN2030               I   8, 6.1        B16, B53, T10, TP2,  None          201         243        Forbidden       2.5 L  D            40, 52
          with more than 37% hydrazine,                                                                    TP13
          by mass
                                                                         II   8, 6.1    B16, B53, IB2, T7, TP2,  None          202         243        Forbidden        30 L  D            40, 52
                                                                                                           TP13
                                                                        III   8, 6.1     B16, B53, IB3, T4, TP1  154           203         241              5 L        60 L  D            40, 52
         Hydrazine azide                  Forbidden
         Hydrazine chlorate               Forbidden
         Hydrazine dicarbonic acid        Forbidden
          diazide
         Hydrazine perchlorate            Forbidden
         Hydrazine selenate               Forbidden
         Hydriodic acid, anhydrous, see
          Hydrogen iodide, anhydrous
         Hydriodic acid                           8  UN1787              II   8           A3, B2, IB2, N41, T7,  154           202         242              1 L        30 L  C
                                                                                                            TP2
                                                                        III   8                    IB3, T4, TP1  154           203         241              5 L        60 L  C                 8
         Hydrobromic acid, anhydrous,
          see Hydrogen bromide,
          anhydrous
         Hydrobromic acid, with more              8  UN1788              II   8          B2, B15, IB2, N41, T7,  154           202         242        Forbidden   Forbidden  C
          than 49 percent hydrobromic                                                                       TP2
          acid
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   8                    IB3, T4, TP1  154           203         241        Forbidden   Forbidden  C                 8
         Hydrobromic acid, with not more          8  UN1788              II   8          A3, B2, B15, IB2, N41,  154           202         242              1 L        30 L  C
          than 49 percent hydrobromic                                                                   T7, TP2
          acid
                                                                        III   8                A3, IB3, T4, TP1  154           203         241              5 L        60 L  C                 8
         Hydrocarbon gas mixture,               2.1  UN1964            .....  2.1       .......................  306           302         314, 315   Forbidden      150 kg  E                40
          compressed, n.o.s.
         Hydrocarbon gas mixture,               2.1  UN1965            .....  2.1                           T50  306           304         314, 315   Forbidden      150 kg  E                40
          liquefied, n.o.s.

[[Page 231]]

 
         Hydrocarbons, liquid, n.o.s.             3  UN3295               I   3             144, T11, TP1, TP8,  150           201         243              1 L        30 L  E
                                                                                                           TP28
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   3         144, IB2, T7, TP1, TP8,  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B
                                                                                                           TP28
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   3          144, B1, IB3, T4, TP1,  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
                                                                                                           TP29
         Hydrochloric acid, anhydrous,
          see Hydrogen chloride,
          anhydrous
         Hydrochloric acid                        8  UN1789              II   8         386, A3, B3, B15, B133,  154           202         242              1 L        30 L  C
                                                                                              IB2, N41, T8, TP2
                                                                        III   8                A3, IB3, T4, TP1  154           203         241              5 L        60 L  C                 8
         Hydrocyanic acid, anhydrous,
          see Hydrogen cyanide etc
         Hydrocyanic acid, aqueous              6.1  UN1613               I   6.1        2, B61, B65, B77, B82,  None          195         244        Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
          solutions or Hydrogen cyanide,                                                         T20, TP2, TP13
          aqueous solutions with not
          more than 20 percent hydrogen
          cyanide
   D     Hydrocyanic acid, aqueous              6.1  NA1613              II   6.1          IB1, T14, TP2, TP13,  None          195         243        Forbidden         5 L  D                40
          solutions with less than 5                                                                       TP27
          percent hydrogen cyanide
         Hydrocyanic acid, liquefied,
          see Hydrogen cyanide, etc
         Hydrocyanic acid (prussic),      Forbidden
          unstabilized
         Hydrofluoric acid and Sulfuric           8  UN1786               I   8, 6.1     A7, B15, B23, N5, N34,  None          201         243        Forbidden       2.5 L  D                40
          acid mixtures                                                                          T10, TP2, TP13
         Hydrofluoric acid, anhydrous,
          see Hydrogen fluoride,
          anhydrous
         Hydrofluoric acid, with more             8  UN1790               I   8, 6.1      A7, B4, B15, B23, N5,  None          201         243            0.5 L       2.5 L  D           12, 25,
          than 60 percent strength                                                          N34, T10, TP2, TP13                                                                               40
         Hydrofluoric acid, with not              8  UN1790              II   8, 6.1     A7, B15, IB2, N5, N34,  154           202         243              1 L        30 L  D           12, 25,
          more than 60 percent strength                                                                 T8, TP2                                                                               40
         Hydrofluoroboric acid, see
          Fluoroboric acid
         Hydrofluorosilicic acid, see
          Fluorosilicic acid
         Hydrogen and Methane mixtures,         2.1  UN2034            .....  2.1                           N89  306           302         302,       Forbidden      150 kg  E            40, 57
          compressed                                                                                                                        314,
                                                                                                                                            315
         Hydrogen bromide, anhydrous            2.3  UN1048            .....  2.3, 8           3, B14, N86, N89  None          304         314, 315   Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
         Hydrogen chloride, anhydrous           2.3  UN1050            .....  2.3, 8                3, N86, N89  None          304         None       Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
         Hydrogen chloride, refrigerated        2.3  UN2186            .....  2.3, 8                      3, B6  None          None        314, 315   Forbidden   Forbidden  B                40
          liquid
         Hydrogen, compressed                   2.1  UN1049            .....  2.1                           N89  306           302         302, 314   Forbidden      150 kg  E            40, 57
         Hydrogen cyanide, solution in          6.1  UN3294               I   6.1, 3      2, B9, B14, B32, T20,  None          227         244        Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
          alcohol with not more than 45                                                   TP2, TP13, TP38, TP45
          percent hydrogen cyanide

[[Page 232]]

 
         Hydrogen cyanide, stabilized           6.1  UN1051               I   6.1, 3     1, 387, B35, B61, B65,  None          195         244        Forbidden   Forbidden  D            25, 40
          with less than 3 percent water                                                               B77, B82
         Hydrogen cyanide, stabilized,          6.1  UN1614               I   6.1                        5, 387  None          195         None       Forbidden   Forbidden  D            25, 40
          with less than 3 percent water
          and absorbed in a porous inert
          material
         Hydrogen fluoride, anhydrous             8  UN1052               I   8.6.1       3, B7, B46, B77, N86,  None          163         244        Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
                                                                                                       T10, TP2
         Hydrogen in a metal hydride            2.1  UN3468            .....  2.1                           167  None          311         None       Forbidden      100 kg  D
          storage system or Hydrogen in
          a metal hydride storage system
          contained in equipment or
          Hydrogen in a metal hydride
          storage system packed with
          equipment
         Hydrogen iodide, anhydrous             2.3  UN2197            .....  2.3, 8           3, B14, N86, N89  None          304         314, 315   Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
         Hydrogen iodide solution, see                                        ........  .......................  ............  ..........  ........  ..........  ..........  ..........  .......
          Hydriodic acid
         Hydrogen peroxide and                  5.1  UN3149              II   5.1, 8     145, A2, A3, B53, IB2,  None          202         243              1 L         5 L  D           25, 66,
          peroxyacetic acid mixtures,                                                   IP5, T7, TP2, TP6, TP24                                                                               75
          stabilized with acids, water,
          and not more than 5 percent
          peroxyacetic acid
         Hydrogen, peroxide, aqueous            5.1  UN2014              II   5.1, 8    12, A60, B53, B80, B81,  None          202         243        Forbidden   Forbidden  D           25, 66,
          solutions with more than 40                                                   B85, IB2, IP5, T7, TP2,                                                                               75
          percent but not more than 60                                                          TP6, TP24, TP37
          percent hydrogen peroxide
          (stabilized as necessary)
         Hydrogen peroxide, aqueous             5.1  UN2014              II   5.1, 8     A2, A3, B53, IB2, IP5,  None          202         243              1 L         5 L  D           25, 66,
          solutions with not less than                                                      T7, TP2, TP6, TP24,                                                                               75
          20 percent but not more than                                                                     TP37
          40 percent hydrogen peroxide
          (stabilized as necessary)
         Hydrogen, peroxide, aqueous            5.1  UN2984             III   5.1        A1, IB2, IP5, T4, TP1,  152           203         241            2.5 L        30 L  B           25, 66,
          solutions with not less than 8                                                        TP6, TP24, TP37                                                                               75
          percent but less than 20
          percent hydrogen peroxide
          (stabilized as necessary)

[[Page 233]]

 
         Hydrogen peroxide, stabilized          5.1  UN2015               I   5.1, 8    12, B53, B80, B81, B85,  None          201         243        Forbidden   Forbidden  D           25, 66,
          or Hydrogen peroxide aqueous                                                      T9, TP2, TP6, TP24,                                                                              75.
          solutions, stabilized with                                                                       TP37
          more than 60 percent hydrogen
          peroxide
         Hydrogen, refrigerated liquid          2.1  UN1966            .....  2.1                      T75, TP5  None          316         318, 319   Forbidden   Forbidden  D            40, 57
          (cryogenic liquid)
         Hydrogen selenide, adsorbed            2.3  UN3526            .....  2.3, 2.1                        1  None          302c        None       Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
         Hydrogen selenide, anhydrous           2.3  UN2202            .....  2.3, 2.1                        1  None          192         245        Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
         Hydrogen sulfate, see Sulfuric
          acid
         Hydrogen sulfide                       2.3  UN1053            .....  2.3, 2.1          2, B9, B14, N89  None          304         314, 315   Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
         Hydrogendifluoride, solid,               8  UN1740              II   8         IB8, IP2, IP4, N3, N34,  None          212         240            15 kg       50 kg  A           25, 40,
          n.o.s                                                                                        T3, TP33                                                                               52
                                                                        III   8          IB8, IP3, N3, N34, T1,  154           213         240            25 kg      100 kg  A           25, 40,
                                                                                                           TP33                                                                               52
         Hydrogendifluoride solution,             8  UN3471              II   8, 6.1               IB2, T7, TP2  154           202         242              1 L        30 L  A           25, 40,
          n.o.s                                                                                                                                                                              52.
                                                                        III   8, 6.1               IB3, T4, TP1  154           203         241              5 L        60 L  A           25, 40,
                                                                                                                                                                                             52.
         Hydrosilicofluoric acid, see
          Fluorosilicic acid
         1-Hydroxybenzotriazole,               1.3C  UN0508            .....  1.3C      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
          anhydrous, dry or wetted with
          less than 20 percent water, by
          mass
         1-Hydroxybenzotriazole,                4.1  UN3474               I   4.1                           N90  None          211         None          0.5 kg      0.5 kg  D            28, 36
          monohydrate
         Hydroxyl amine iodide            Forbidden
         Hydroxylamine sulfate                    8  UN2865             III   8              IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  154           213         240            25 kg      100 kg  A
         Hypochlorite solutions                   8  UN1791              II   8          148, A7, B2, B15, IB2,  154           202         242              1 L        30 L  B                26
                                                                                        IP5, N34, T7, TP2, TP24
                                                                        III   8         386, IB3, N34, T4, TP2,  154           203         241              5 L        60 L  B                26
                                                                                                           TP24
   G     Hypochlorites, inorganic, n.o.s        5.1  UN3212              II   5.1       349, A9, IB8, IP2, IP4,  152           212         240             5 kg       25 kg  D            4, 25,
                                                                                                       T3, TP33                                                                          52, 56,
                                                                                                                                                                                         58, 69,
                                                                                                                                                                                            116,
                                                                                                                                                                                             118
         Hyponitrous acid                 Forbidden
         Igniter fuse, metal clad, see
          Fuse, igniter, tubular, metal
          clad
         Igniters                              1.1G  UN0121            .....  1.1G      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  03               25
         Igniters                              1.2G  UN0314            .....  1.2G      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  03               25
         Igniters                              1.3G  UN0315            .....  1.3G      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  03               25
         Igniters                              1.4G  UN0325            .....  1.4G      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden       75 kg  02               25
         Igniters                              1.4S  UN0454            .....  1.4S      .......................  None          62          None           25 kg      100 kg  01               25
         3,3'-Iminodipropylamine                  8  UN2269             III   8                    IB3, T4, TP2  154           203         241              5 L        60 L  A
   G     Infectious substances,                 6.2  UN2900            .....  6.2                           A82  134           196         None        50 mL or    4 L or 4  B                40
          affecting animals only                                                                                                                           50 g          kg

[[Page 234]]

 
   G     Infectious substances,                 6.2  UN 2814           .....  6.2                           A82  134           196         None        50 mL or    4 L or 4  B                40
          affecting humans                                                                                                                                 50 g          kg
         Inflammable, see Flammable
         Initiating explosives (dry)      Forbidden
         Inositol hexanitrate (dry)       Forbidden
   G     Insecticide gases, n.o.s.              2.2  UN1968            .....  2.2       .......................  306           304         314, 315       75 kg      150 kg  A
   G     Insecticide gases, flammable,          2.1  UN3354            .....  2.1                           T50  306           304         314, 315   Forbidden      150 kg  D                40
          n.o.s.
   G     Insecticide gases, toxic,              2.3  UN3355            .....  2.3, 2.1                        1  None          192         245        Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
          flammable, n.o.s. Inhalation
          hazard Zone A
   G     Insecticide gases, toxic,              2.3  UN3355            .....  2.3, 2.1               2, B9, B14  None          302, 305    314, 315   Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
          flammable, n.o.s. Inhalation
          hazard Zone B
   G     Insecticide gases, toxic,              2.3  UN3355            .....  2.3, 2.1                   3, B14  None          302, 305    314, 315   Forbidden   Forbidden  D
          flammable, n.o.s. Inhalation
          hazard Zone C
   G     Insecticide gases, toxic,              2.3  UN3355            .....  2.3, 2.1                        4  None          302, 305    314, 315   Forbidden   Forbidden  D
          flammable, n.o.s. Inhalation
          hazard Zone D
   G     Insecticide gases, toxic,              2.3  UN1967            .....  2.3                             3  None          193, 334    245        Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
          n.o.s.
         Inulin trinitrate (dry)          Forbidden
   +     Iodine                                   8  UN3495             III   8, 6.1         IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  154           213         240            25 kg      100 kg  B            40, 55
         Iodine azide (dry)               Forbidden
         Iodine monochloride, liquid              8  UN3498              II   8                    IB2, T7, TP2  154           202         242              1 L        30 L  D           40, 66,
                                                                                                                                                                                         74, 89,
                                                                                                                                                                                              90
         Iodine monochloride, solid               8  UN1792              II   8         B6, IB8, IP2, IP4, N41,  None          212         240        Forbidden       50 kg  D           40, 66,
                                                                                                        T7, TP2                                                                              74,
         Iodine pentafluoride                   5.1  UN2495               I   5.1,      .......................  None          205         243        Forbidden   Forbidden  D           25, 40,
                                                                               6.1, 8                                                                                                    52, 66,
                                                                                                                                                                                              90
         2-Iodobutane                             3  UN2390              II   3                    IB2, T4, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B
         Iodomethylpropanes                       3  UN2391              II   3                    IB2, T4, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B
         Iodopropanes                             3  UN2392             III   3                B1, IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
         Iodoxy compounds (dry)           Forbidden
         Iridium nitratopentamine         Forbidden
          iridium nitrate
         Iron chloride, see Ferric
          chloride

[[Page 235]]

 
         Iron oxide, spent, or Iron             4.2  UN1376             III   4.2         B18, B134, IB8, IP21,  None          213         240        Forbidden   Forbidden  E           13, 148
          sponge, spent obtained from                                                            T1, TP33, W100
          coal gas purification
         Iron pentacarbonyl                     6.1  UN1994               I   6.1, 3      1, B9, B14, B30, B77,  None          226         244        Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
                                                                                          T22, TP2, TP13, TP38,
                                                                                                           TP44
         Iron sesquichloride, see Ferric
          chloride
         Irritating material, see Tear
          gas substances, etc
         Isobutane see also Petroleum           2.1  UN1969            .....  2.1                       19, T50  306           304         314, 315   Forbidden      150 kg  E                40
          gases, liquefied
         Isobutanol or Isobutyl alcohol           3  UN1212             III   3                B1, IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
         Isobutyl acetate                         3  UN1213              II   3                    IB2, T4, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B
         Isobutyl acrylate, stabilized            3  UN2527             III   3           387, B1, IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  C                25
         Isobutyl alcohol, see
          Isobutanol
         Isobutyl aldehyde, see
          Isobutyraldehyde
         Isobutyl formate                         3  UN2393              II   3                    IB2, T4, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B
         Isobutyl isobutyrate                     3  UN2528             III   3                B1, IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
   +     Isobutyl isocyanate                    6.1  UN2486               I   6.1, 3      1, B9, B14, B30, T20,  None          226         244        Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
                                                                                                TP2, TP13, TP27
         Isobutyl methacrylate,                   3  UN2283             III   3           387, B1, IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  C                25
          stabilized
         Isobutyl propionate                      3  UN2394             III   3                B1, IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  B
         Isobutylamine                            3  UN1214              II   3, 8                 IB2, T7, TP1  150           202         243              1 L         5 L  B                40
         Isobutylene see also Petroleum         2.1  UN1055            .....  2.1                       19, T50  306           304         314, 315   Forbidden      150 kg  E                40
          gases, liquefied
         Isobutyraldehyde or Isobutyl             3  UN2045              II   3                    IB2, T4, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  E                40
          aldehyde
         Isobutyric acid                          3  UN2529             III   3, 8             B1, IB3, T4, TP1  150           203         242              5 L        60 L  A
         Isobutyronitrile                         3  UN2284              II   3, 6.1         IB2, T7, TP2, TP13  150           202         243              1 L        60 L  E                40
         Isobutyryl chloride                      3  UN2395              II   3, 8                 IB1, T7, TP2  150           202         243              1 L         5 L  C                40
   G     Isocyanates, flammable, toxic,           3  UN2478              II   3, 6.1       5, A3, A7, IB2, T11,  150           202         243              1 L        60 L  D                40
          n.o.s. or Isocyanate                                                             TP2, TP13, TP27, W31
          solutions, flammable, toxic,
          n.o.s. flash point less than
          23 degrees C
                                          .........                     III   3, 6.1        5, A3, A7, IB3, T7,  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
                                                                                           TP1, TP13, TP28, W31
   G     Isocyanates, toxic, flammable,         6.1  UN3080              II   6.1, 3       IB2, T11, TP2, TP13,  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  B            25, 40
          n.o.s. or Isocyanate                                                                             TP27
          solutions, toxic, flammable,
          n.o.s., flash point not less
          than 23 degrees C but not more
          than 61 degrees C and boiling
          point less than 300 degrees C
   G     Isocyanates, toxic, n.o.s. or          6.1  UN2206              II   6.1          IB2, T11, TP2, TP13,  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  E            25, 40
          Isocyanate solutions, toxic,                                                                     TP27
          n.o.s., flash point more than
          61 degrees C and boiling point
          less than 300 degrees C

[[Page 236]]

 
         ...............................             ................   III   6.1           IB3, T7, TP1, TP13,  153           203         241             60 L       220 L  E            25, 40
                                                                                                           TP28
         Isocyanatobenzotrifluorides            6.1  UN2285              II   6.1, 3            5, IB2, T7, TP2  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  D            25, 40
         Isoheptenes                              3  UN2287              II   3                    IB2, T4, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B
         Isohexenes                               3  UN2288              II   3              IB2, IP8, T11, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  E
         Isooctane, see Octanes
         Isooctenes                               3  UN1216              II   3                    IB2, T4, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B
         Isopentane, see Pentane
         Isopentanoic acid, see
          Corrosive liquids, n.o.s.
         Isopentenes                              3  UN2371               I   3                        T11, TP2  150           201         243              1 L        30 L  E
         Isophorone diisocyanate                6.1  UN2290             III   6.1                  IB3, T4, TP2  153           203         241             60 L       220 L  B                40
         Isophoronediamine                        8  UN2289             III   8                    IB3, T4, TP1  154           203         241              5 L        60 L  A
         Isoprene, stabilized                     3  UN1218               I   3                   387, T11, TP2  150           201         243              1 L        30 L  D                25
         Isopropanol or Isopropyl                 3  UN1219              II   3                    IB2, T4, TP1  4b, 150       202         242              5 L        60 L  B
          alcohol
         Isopropenyl acetate                      3  UN2403              II   3                    IB2, T4, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B
         Isopropenylbenzene                       3  UN2303             III   3                B1, IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
         Isopropyl acetate                        3  UN1220              II   3                    IB2, T4, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B
         Isopropyl acid phosphate                 8  UN1793             III   8                    IB2, T4, TP1  154           213         240            25 kg      100 kg  A
         Isopropyl alcohol, see
          Isopropanol
         Isopropyl butyrate                       3  UN2405             III   3                B1, IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
         Isopropyl chloroacetate                  3  UN2947             III   3                B1, IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
         Isopropyl chloroformate                6.1  UN2407               I   6.1, 3,     2, B9, B14, B32, B77,  None          227         244        Forbidden   Forbidden  B           21, 40,
                                                                               8          T20, TP2, TP13, TP38,                                                                              100
                                                                                                           TP44
         Isopropyl 2-chloropropionate             3  UN2934             III   3                B1, IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
         Isopropyl isobutyrate                    3  UN2406              II   3                    IB2, T4, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B
   +     Isopropyl isocyanate                   6.1  UN2483               I   6.1, 3      1, B9, B14, B30, T20,  None          226         244        Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
                                                                                          TP2, TP13, TP38, TP44
         Isopropyl mercaptan, see
          Propanethiols
         Isopropyl nitrate                        3  UN1222              II   3                             IB9  150           202         None             5 L        60 L  D
         Isopropyl phosphoric acid, see
          Isopropyl acid phosphate
         Isopropyl propionate                     3  UN2409              II   3                    IB2, T4, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B
         Isopropylamine                           3  UN1221               I   3, 8                     T11, TP2  None          201         243            0.5 L       2.5 L  E
         Isopropylbenzene                         3  UN1918             III   3                B1, IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A

[[Page 237]]

 
         Isopropylcumyl hydroperoxide,    Forbidden
          with more than 72 percent in
          solution
         Isosorbide dinitrate mixture           4.1  UN2907              II   4.1                 IB6, IP2, N85  None          212         None           15 kg       50 kg  E            28, 36
          with not less than 60 percent
          lactose, mannose, starch or
          calcium hydrogen phosphate
         Isosorbide-5-mononitrate               4.1  UN3251             III   4.1                  66, 159, IB8  151           223         240        Forbidden   Forbidden  D           12, 25,
                                                                                                                                                                                          40, 84
         Isothiocyanic acid               Forbidden
         Jet fuel, see Fuel aviation,
          turbine engine
   D     Jet perforating guns, charged         1.1D  NA0124            .....  1.1D                       55, 56  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
          oil well, with detonator
   D     Jet perforating guns, charged         1.4D  NA0494            .....  1.4D                       55, 56  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  02               25
          oil well, with detonator
         Jet perforating guns, charged,        1.4D  UN0494            .....  1.4D                      55, 114  None          62          None       Forbidden      300 kg  02               25
          oil well, without detonator
         Jet perforating guns, charged         1.1D  UN0124            .....  1.1D                           55  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
          oil well, without detonator
         Jet perforators, see Charges,
          shaped, etc
         Jet tappers, without detonator,
          see Charges, shaped, etc
         Jet thrust igniters, for rocket
          motors or Jato, see Igniters
         Jet thrust unit (Jato), see
          Rocket motors
         Kerosene                                 3  UN1223             III   3           144, B1, IB3, T2, TP2  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
   G     Ketones, liquid, n.o.s.                  3  UN1224               I   3             T11, TP1, TP8, TP27  None          201         243              1 L        30 L  E
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   3         IB2, T7, TP1, TP8, TP28  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   3          B1, IB3, T4, TP1, TP29  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
         Krill meal                             4.2  UN3497              II   4.2       155, IB6, IP2, T3, TP33  None          212         242            15 kg       50 kg  B           25, 88,
                                                                                                                                                                                             128
                                                                        III   4.2       155, IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  None          213         242            25 kg      100 kg  A               128
         Krypton, compressed                    2.2  UN1056                   2.2                      306, 307  302           None        75 kg         150 kg           A
         Krypton, refrigerated liquid           2.2  UN1970            .....  2.2                      T75, TP5  320           None        None           50 kg      500 kg  D
          (cryogenic liquid)
         Lacquer base or lacquer chips,
          nitrocellulose, dry, see
          Nitrocellulose, etc. (UN 2557)
         Lacquer base or lacquer chips,
          plastic, wet with alcohol or
          solvent, see Nitrocellulose
          (UN2059, UN2555, UN2556,
          UN2557) or Paint etc.(UN1263)
         Lead acetate                           6.1  UN1616             III   6.1            IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  153           213         240           100 kg      200 kg  A
         Lead arsenates                         6.1  UN1617              II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A
         Lead arsenites                         6.1  UN1618              II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A
         Lead azide (dry)                 Forbidden

[[Page 238]]

 
         Lead azide, wetted with not           1.1A  UN0129            .....  1.1A                     111, 117  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  05               25
          less than 20 percent water or
          mixture of alcohol and water,
          by mass
   G     Lead compounds, soluble, n.o.s         6.1  UN2291             III   6.1       138, IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  153           213         240           100 kg      200 kg  A
         Lead cyanide                           6.1  UN1620              II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A                52
         Lead dioxide                           5.1  UN1872             III   5.1        A1, IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  152           213         240            25 kg      100 kg  A
         Lead dross, see Lead sulfate,
          with more than 3 percent free
          acid
         Lead nitrate                           5.1  UN1469              II   5.1, 6.1  IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  152           212         242             5 kg       25 kg  A
         Lead nitroresorcinate (dry)      Forbidden
         Lead perchlorate, solid                5.1  UN1470              II   5.1, 6.1       IB6, IP2, T3, TP33  152           212         242             5 kg       25 kg  A            56, 58
         Lead perchlorate, solution             5.1  UN3408              II   5.1, 6.1             IB2, T4, TP1  152           202         243              1 L         5 L  A            56, 58
                                                                        III   5.1, 6.1             IB2, T4, TP1  152           203         242            2.5 L        30 L  A            56, 58
         Lead peroxide, see Lead dioxide
         Lead phosphite, dibasic                4.1  UN2989              II   4.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  None          212         240            15 kg       50 kg  B               34.
                                                                        III   4.1            IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  151           213         240            25 kg      100 kg  B               34.
         Lead picrate (dry)               Forbidden
         Lead styphnate (dry)             Forbidden
         Lead styphnate, wetted or Lead        1.1A  UN0130            .....  1.1A                     111, 117  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  05               25
          trinitroresorcinate, wetted
          with not less than 20 percent
          water or mixture of alcohol
          and water, by mass
         Lead sulfate with more than 3            8  UN1794              II   8         IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  154           212         240            15 kg       50 kg  A
          percent free acid
         Lead trinitroresorcinate, see
          Lead styphnate, etc
         Life-saving appliances, not              9  UN3072            .....  None                          182  None          219         None        No limit    No limit  A               122
          self inflating containing
          dangerous goods as equipment
         Life-saving appliances, self             9  UN2990            .....  None                          338  None          219         None        No limit    No limit  A               122
          inflating
         Lighters containing flammable          2.1  UN1057            .....  2.1                           168  21,308        21,308      None            1 kg       15 kg  B                40
          gas
         Lighters, new or empty, purged   .........  ................  .....  ........                      168
          of all residual fuel and
          vapors

[[Page 239]]

 
         Lighters, non-pressurized,               3  NA1057              II   3                             168  21            None        None       Forbidden   Forbidden  B                40
          containing flammable liquid,
         Lighter refills containing             2.1  UN1057            .....  2.1                           169  306           306         None            1 kg       15 kg  B                40
          flammable gas not exceeding 4
          fluid ounces (7.22 cubic
          inches) and 65 grams of
          flammable gas
         Lighter replacement cartridges
          containing liquefied petroleum
          gases see Lighter refills
          containing flammable gas. Etc.
         Lighters, fuse                        1.4S  UN0131            .....  1.4S      .......................  None          62          None           25 kg      100 kg  01               25
         Lime, unslaked, see Calcium
          oxide
   G     Liquefied gas, flammable,              2.1  UN3161            .....  2.1                           T50  306           304         314, 315   Forbidden      150 kg  D                40
          n.o.s.
   G     Liquefied gas, n.o.s.                  2.2  UN3163            .....  2.2                           T50  306           304         314, 315       75 kg      150 kg  A
   G     Liquefied gas, oxidizing,              2.2  UN3157            .....  2.2, 5.1                      A14  306           304         314, 315       75 kg      150 kg  D
          n.o.s.
 G I     Liquefied gas, toxic,                  2.3  UN3308            .....  2.3, 8                          1  None          192         245        Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
          corrosive, n.o.s. Inhalation
          Hazard Zone A
 G I     Liquefied gas, toxic,                  2.3  UN3308            .....  2.3, 8                 2, B9, B14  None          304         314, 315   Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
          corrosive, n.o.s. Inhalation
          Hazard Zone B
 G I     Liquefied gas, toxic,                  2.3  UN3308            .....  2.3, 8                     3, B14  None          304         314, 315   Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
          corrosive, n.o.s. Inhalation
          Hazard Zone C
 G I     Liquefied gas, toxic,                  2.3  UN3308            .....  2.3, 8                          4  None          304         314, 315   Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
          corrosive, n.o.s. Inhalation
          Hazard Zone D
 G I     Liquefied gas, toxic,                  2.3  UN3309            .....  2.3,                            1  None          192         245        Forbidden   Forbidden  D            17, 40
          flammable, corrosive, n.o.s.                                         2.1, 8
          Inhalation Hazard Zone A
 G I     Liquefied gas toxic, flammable,        2.3  UN3309            .....  2.3,                   2, B9, B14  None          304         314, 315   Forbidden   Forbidden  D            17, 40
          corrosive, n.o.s. Inhalation                                         2.1, 8
          Hazard Zone B
 G I     Liquefied gas, toxic,                  2.3  UN3309            .....  2.3,                       3, B14  None          304         314, 315   Forbidden   Forbidden  D            17, 40
          flammable, corrosive, n.o.s.                                         2.1, 8
          Inhalation Hazard Zone C
 G I     Liquefied gas, toxic,                  2.3  UN3309            .....  2.3,                            4  None          304         314, 315   Forbidden   Forbidden  D            17, 40
          flammable, corrosive, n.o.s.                                         2.1, 8
          Inhalation Hazard Zone D
   G     Liquefied gas, toxic,                  2.3  UN3160            .....  2.3, 2.1                        1  None          192         245        Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
          flammable, n.o.s. Inhalation
          Hazard Zone A
   G     Liquefied gas, toxic,                  2.3  UN3160            .....  2.3, 2.1               2, B9, B14  None          304         314, 315   Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
          flammable, n.o.s. Inhalation
          Hazard Zone B
   G     Liquefied gas, toxic,                  2.3  UN3160            .....  2.3, 2.1                   3, B14  None          304         314, 315   Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
          flammable, n.o.s. Inhalation
          Hazard Zone C
   G     Liquefied gas, toxic,                  2.3  UN3160            .....  2.3, 2.1                        4  None          304         314, 315   Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
          flammable, n.o.s. Inhalation
          Hazard Zone D
   G     Liquefied gas, toxic, n.o.s.           2.3  UN3162            .....  2.3                             1  None          192         245        Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
          Inhalation Hazard Zone A
   G     Liquefied gas, toxic, n.o.s.           2.3  UN3162            .....  2.3                    2, B9, B14  None          304         314, 315   Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
          Inhalation Hazard Zone B

[[Page 240]]

 
   G     Liquefied gas, toxic, n.o.s.           2.3  UN3162            .....  2.3                        3, B14  None          304         314, 315   Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
          Inhalation Hazard Zone C
   G     Liquefied gas, toxic, n.o.s.           2.3  UN3162            .....  2.3                             4  None          304         314, 315   Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
          Inhalation Hazard Zone D
 G I     Liquefied gas, toxic,                  2.3  UN3310            .....  2.3,                            1  None          192         245        Forbidden   Forbidden  D           40, 89,
          oxidizing, corrosive, n.o.s.                                         5.1, 8                                                                                                         90
          Inhalation Hazard Zone A
 G I     Liquefied gas, toxic,                  2.3  UN3310            .....  2.3,                   2, B9, B14  None          304         314, 315   Forbidden   Forbidden  D           40, 89,
          oxidizing, corrosive, n.o.s.                                         5.1, 8                                                                                                         90
          Inhalation Hazard Zone B
 G I     Liquefied gas, toxic,                  2.3  UN3310            .....  2.3,                       3, B14  None          304         314, 315   Forbidden   Forbidden  D           40, 89,
          oxidizing, corrosive, n.o.s.                                         5.1, 8                                                                                                         90
          Inhalation Hazard Zone C
 G I     Liquefied gas, toxic,                  2.3  UN3310            .....  2.3,                            4  None          304         314, 315   Forbidden   Forbidden  D           40, 89,
          oxidizing, corrosive, n.o.s.                                         5.1, 8                                                                                                         90
          Inhalation Hazard Zone D
   G     Liquefied gas, toxic,                  2.3  UN3307            .....  2.3, 5.1                        1  None          192         245        Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
          oxidizing, n.o.s. Inhalation
          Hazard Zone A
   G     Liquefied gas, toxic,                  2.3  UN3307            .....  2.3, 5.1               2, B9, B14  None          304         314, 315   Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
          oxidizing, n.o.s. Inhalation
          Hazard Zone B
   G     Liquefied gas, toxic,                  2.3  UN3307            .....  2.3, 5.1                   3, B14  None          304         314, 315   Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
          oxidizing, n.o.s. Inhalation
          Hazard Zone C
   G     Liquefied gas, toxic,                  2.3  UN3307            .....  2.3, 5.1                        4  None          304         314, 315   Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
          oxidizing, n.o.s. Inhalation
          Hazard Zone D
         Liquefied gases, non-flammable         2.2  UN1058            .....  2.2       .......................  306           304         None           75 kg      150 kg  A
          charged with nitrogen, carbon
          dioxide or air
         Liquefied hydrocarbon gas, see
          Hydrocarbon gas mixture,
          liquefied, n.o.s.
         Liquefied natural gas, see
          Methane, etc. (UN 1972)
         Liquefied petroleum gas see
          Petroleum gases, liquefied
         Lithium                                4.3  UN1415               I   4.3       A7, A19, IB4, IP1, N45,  151           211         244        Forbidden       15 kg  D           13, 52,
                                                                                             T9, TP7, TP33, W32                                                                              148

[[Page 241]]

 
         Lithium acetylide
          ethylenediamine complex, see
          Water reactive solid etc
         Lithium aluminum hydride               4.3  UN1410               I   4.3                      A19, W32  None          211         242        Forbidden       15 kg  E           13, 52,
                                                                                                                                                                                             148
         Lithium aluminum hydride,              4.3  UN1411               I   4.3, 3               A2, A11, N34  None          201         244        Forbidden         1 L  D           13, 40,
          ethereal                                                                                                                                                                           148
         Lithium borohydride                    4.3  UN1413               I   4.3                 A19, N40, W32  None          211         242        Forbidden       15 kg  E           13, 52,
                                                                                                                                                                                             148
         Lithium ferrosilicon                   4.3  UN2830              II   4.3          A19, IB7, IP2, IP21,  151           212         241            15 kg       50 kg  E           13, 40,
                                                                                             T3, TP33, W31, W40                                                                              85,
                                                                                                                                                                                            103,
                                                                                                                                                                                             148
         Lithium hydride                        4.3  UN1414               I   4.3                 A19, N40, W32  None          211         242        Forbidden       15 kg  E           13, 52,
                                                                                                                                                                                             148
         Lithium hydride, fused solid           4.3  UN2805              II   4.3        A8, A19, A20, IB4, T3,  151           212         241            15 kg       50 kg  E           13, 52,
                                                                                                 TP33, W31, W40                                                                              148
         Lithium hydroxide                        8  UN2680              II   8         IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  154           212         240            15 kg       50 kg  A               52.
         Lithium hydroxide, solution              8  UN2679              II   8                B2, IB2, T7, TP2  154           202         242              1 L        30 L  A           29, 52.
                                                                        III   8                    IB3, T4, TP2  154           203         241              5 L        60 L  A           29, 52,
                                                                                                                                                                                             96.
         Lithium hypochlorite, dry or           5.1  UN1471              II   5.1       A9, IB8, IP2, IP4, N34,  152           212         240             5 kg       25 kg  A            4, 25,
          Lithium hypochlorite mixture                                                                 T3, TP33                                                                          52, 56,
                                                                                                                                                                                         58, 69,
                                                                                                                                                                                            106,
                                                                                                                                                                                             116
         ...............................             ................   III   5.1       IB8, IP3, N34, T1, TP33  152           213         240            25 kg      100 kg  A            4, 25,
                                                                                                                                                                                         52, 56,
                                                                                                                                                                                         58, 69,
                                                                                                                                                                                            106,
                                                                                                                                                                                             116
         Lithium in cartridges, see
          Lithium
         Lithium ion batteries including          9  UN3480            .....  9                  422, A54, A100  185           185         185        Forbidden       35 kg  A
          lithium ion polymer batteries
         Lithium ion batteries contained          9  UN3481            .....  9                   181, 422, A54  185           185         185             5 kg       35 kg  A
          in equipment including lithium
          ion polymer batteries
         Lithium ion batteries packed             9  UN3481            .....  9                   181, 422, A54  185           185         185             5 kg       35 kg  A
          with equipment including
          lithium ion polymer batteries
         Lithium metal batteries                  9  UN3090            .....  9                        422, A54  185           185         185        Forbidden       35 kg  A
          including lithium alloy
          batteries
         Lithium metal batteries                  9  UN3091            .....  9             181, 422, A54, A101  185           185         185             5 kg       35 kg  A
          contained in equipment
          including lithium alloy
          batteries
         Lithium metal batteries packed           9  UN3091            .....  9                   181, 422, A54  185           185         185             5 kg       35 kg  A
          with equipment including
          lithium alloy batteries
         Lithium nitrate                        5.1  UN2722             III   5.1        A1, IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  152           213         240            25 kg      100 kg  A
         Lithium nitride                        4.3  UN2806               I   4.3       A19, IB4, IP1, N40, W32  None          211         242        Forbidden       15 kg  E

[[Page 242]]

 
         Lithium peroxide                       5.1  UN1472              II   5.1        A9, IB6, IP2, N34, T3,  152           212         None            5 kg       25 kg  C           13, 52,
                                                                                                     TP33, W100                                                                          66, 75,
                                                                                                                                                                                             148
         Lithium silicon                        4.3  UN1417              II   4.3           A19, A20, IB7, IP2,  151           212         241            15 kg       50 kg  A           13, 85,
                                                                                           IP21, T3, TP33, W31,                                                                             103,
                                                                                                            W40                                                                              148
         LNG, see Methane etc. (UN 1972)
         London purple                          6.1  UN1621              II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A
         LPG, see Petroleum gases,
          liquefied
         Lye, see Sodium hydroxide,
          solutions
         Magnesium aluminum phosphide           4.3  UN1419               I   4.3, 6.1       A19, N34, N40, W32  None          211         242        Forbidden       15 kg  E           13, 40,
                                                                                                                                                                                         52, 85,
                                                                                                                                                                                             148
   +     Magnesium arsenate                     6.1  UN1622              II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A
         Magnesium bisulfite solution,
          see Bisulfites, aqueous
          solutions, n.o.s.
         Magnesium bromate                      5.1  UN1473              II   5.1        A1, IB8, IP2, IP4, T3,  152           212         242             5 kg       25 kg  A            56, 58
                                                                                                           TP33
         Magnesium chlorate                     5.1  UN2723              II   5.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  152           212         242             5 kg       25 kg  A            56, 58
         Magnesium diamide                      4.2  UN2004              II   4.2        A8, A19, A20, IB6, T3,  None          212         241            15 kg       50 kg  C           13, 148
                                                                                                      TP33, W31
         Magnesium dross, wet or hot      Forbidden
         Magnesium fluorosilicate               6.1  UN2853             III   6.1            IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  153           213         240           100 kg      200 kg  A                52
         Magnesium granules, coated,            4.3  UN2950             III   4.3        A1, A19, IB8, IP4, T1,  151           213         240            25 kg      100 kg  A           13, 52,
          particle size not less than                                                                TP33, W100                                                                              148
          149 microns
         Magnesium hydride                      4.3  UN2010               I   4.3                 A19, N40, W32  None          211         242        Forbidden       15 kg  E           13, 52,
                                                                                                                                                                                             148
         Magnesium or Magnesium alloys          4.1  UN1869             III   4.1          A1, B134, IB8, IP21,  151           213         240            25 kg      100 kg  A           13, 39,
          with more than 50 percent                                                              T1, TP33, W100                                                                          52, 53,
          magnesium in pellets, turnings                                                                                                                                                     74,
          or ribbons                                                                                                                                                                        101,
                                                                                                                                                                                            147,
                                                                                                                                                                                             148

[[Page 243]]

 
         Magnesium nitrate                      5.1  UN1474             III   5.1           332, A1, B120, IB8,  152           213         240            25 kg      100 kg  A
                                                                                                  IP3, T1, TP33
         Magnesium perchlorate                  5.1  UN1475              II   5.1            IB6, IP2, T3, TP33  152           212         242             5 kg       25 kg  A            56, 58
         Magnesium peroxide                     5.1  UN1476              II   5.1           IB6, IP2, T3, TP33,  152           212         242             5 kg       25 kg  C           13, 52,
                                                                                                           W100                                                                          66, 75,
                                                                                                                                                                                             148
         Magnesium phosphide                    4.3  UN2011               I   4.3, 6.1            A19, N40, W32  None          211         None       Forbidden       15 kg  E           13, 40,
                                                                                                                                                                                         52, 85,
                                                                                                                                                                                             148
         Magnesium, powder or Magnesium         4.3  UN1418               I   4.3, 4.2            A19, B56, W32  None          211         244        Forbidden       15 kg  A           13, 39,
          alloys, powder                                                                                                                                                                 52, 148
                                          .........                      II   4.3, 4.2  A19, B56, IB5, IP2, T3,  None          212         241            15 kg       50 kg  A           13, 39,
                                                                                                 TP33, W31, W40                                                                          52, 148
                                          .........                     III   4.3, 4.2  A19, B56, IB8, IP4, T1,  None          213         241            25 kg      100 kg  A           13, 39,
                                                                                                      TP33, W31                                                                          52, 148
         Magnesium scrap, see Magnesium,
          etc. (UN 1869)
         Magnesium silicide                     4.3  UN2624              II   4.3           A19, A20, IB7, IP2,  151           212         241            15 kg       50 kg  B           13, 85,
                                                                                           IP21, T3, TP33, W31,                                                                             103,
                                                                                                            W40                                                                              148
         Magnetized material, see Sec.
          173.21
         Maleic anhydride                         8  UN2215             III   8              IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  154           213         240            25 kg      100 kg  A           95, 102
         Maleic anhydride, molten                 8  UN2215             III   8                         T4, TP3  None          213         240        Forbidden   Forbidden  A           95, 102
         Malononitrile                          6.1  UN2647              II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A            12, 25
         Mancozeb (manganese
          ethylenebisdithiocarbamate
          complex with zinc) see Maneb
         Maneb or Maneb preparations            4.2  UN2210             III   4.2, 4.3    57, A1, A19, IB6, T1,  None          213         242            25 kg      100 kg  A           13, 34,
          with not less than 60 percent                                                              TP33, W100                                                                              148
          maneb
         Maneb stabilized or Maneb              4.3  UN2968             III   4.3        54, A1, A19, IB8, IP4,  151           213         242            25 kg      100 kg  B           13, 34,
          preparations, stabilized                                                               T1, TP33, W100                                                                          52, 148
          against self-heating
         Manganese nitrate                      5.1  UN2724             III   5.1        A1, IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  152           213         240            25 kg      100 kg  A
         Manganese resinate                     4.1  UN1330             III   4.1             A1, IB6, T1, TP33  151           213         240            25 kg      100 kg  A
         Mannitan tetranitrate            Forbidden
         Mannitol hexanitrate (dry)       Forbidden
         Mannitol hexanitrate, wetted or       1.1D  UN0133            .....  1.1D                          121  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
          Nitromannite, wetted with not
          less than 40 percent water, or
          mixture of alcohol and water,
          by mass
         Marine pollutants, liquid or
          solid, n.o.s., see
          Environmentally hazardous
          substances, liquid or solid,
          n.o.s.
         Matches, block, see Matches,
          'strike anywhere'
         Matches, fusee                         4.1  UN2254             III   4.1       .......................  186           186         None       Forbidden   Forbidden  A
         Matches, safety (book, card or         4.1  UN1944             III   4.1       .......................  186           186         None           25 kg      100 kg  A
          strike on box)
         Matches, strike anywhere               4.1  UN1331             III   4.1       .......................  186           186         None       Forbidden   Forbidden  B

[[Page 244]]

 
         Matches, wax, Vesta                    4.1  UN1945             III   4.1       .......................  186           186         None           25 kg      100 kg  B
         Matting acid, see Sulfuric acid
         Medicine, liquid, flammable,             3  UN3248              II   3, 6.1                        IB2  150           202         243              1 L        60 L  B                40
          toxic, n.o.s
                                          .........  ................   III   3, 6.1                        IB3  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
         Medicine, liquid, toxic, n.o.s         6.1  UN1851              II   6.1       .......................  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  C                40
                                          .........  ................   III   6.1       .......................  153           203         241             60 L       220 L  C                40
         Medicine, solid, toxic, n.o.s          6.1  UN3249              II   6.1                      T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  C                40
                                          .........  ................   III   6.1                      T3, TP33  153           213         240           100 kg      200 kg  C                40
         Memtetrahydrophthalic
          anhydride, see Corrosive
          liquids, n.o.s.
         Mercaptans, liquid, flammable,           3  UN3336               I   3                        T11, TP2  150           201         243              1 L        30 L  E           95, 102
          n.o.s. or Mercaptan mixture,
          liquid, flammable, n.o.s
                                                                         II   3         IB2, T7, TP1, TP8, TP28  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B           95, 102
                                                                        III   3          B1, B52, IB3, T4, TP1,  150           203         241             60 L       220 L  B           95, 102
                                                                                                           TP29
         Mercaptans, liquid, flammable,           3  UN1228              II   3, 6.1        IB2, T11, TP2, TP27  None          202         243        Forbidden        60 L  B           40, 95,
          toxic, n.o.s. or Mercaptan                                                                                                                                                         102
          mixtures, liquid, flammable,
          toxic, n.o.s
                                                                        III   3, 6.1     B1, IB3, T7, TP1, TP28  150           203         242              5 L       220 L  A           40, 95,
                                                                                                                                                                                             102
         Mercaptans, liquid, toxic,             6.1  UN3071              II   6.1, 3       IB2, T11, TP2, TP13,  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  C               40,
          flammable, n.o.s. or Mercaptan                                                                   TP27                                                                             102,
          mixtures, liquid, toxic,                                                                                                                                                           121
          flammable, n.o.s., flash point
          not less than 23 degrees C
         5-Mercaptotetrazol-1-acetic           1.4C  UN0448            .....  1.4C      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden       75 kg  02               25
          acid
         Mercuric arsenate                      6.1  UN1623              II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A
         Mercuric chloride                      6.1  UN1624              II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A
         Mercuric compounds, see Mercury
          compounds, etc
         Mercuric nitrate                       6.1  UN1625              II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, N73, T3,  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A
                                                                                                           TP33
   +     Mercuric potassium cyanide             6.1  UN1626               I   6.1       IB7, IP1, N74, N75, T6,  None          211         242             5 kg       50 kg  A                52
                                                                                                      TP33, W31

[[Page 245]]

 
         Mercuric sulfocyanate, see
          Mercury thiocyanate
         Mercurol, see Mercury nucleate
         Mercurous azide                  Forbidden
         Mercurous compounds, see
          Mercury compounds, etc
         Mercurous nitrate                      6.1  UN1627              II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A
 A W     Mercury                                  8  UN2809             III   8, 6.1                        365  164           164         240            35 kg       35 kg  B            40, 97
         Mercury acetate                        6.1  UN1629              II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A
         Mercury acetylide                Forbidden
         Mercury ammonium chloride              6.1  UN1630              II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A
         Mercury based pesticides,                3  UN2778               I   3, 6.1       T14, TP2, TP13, TP27  None          201         243        Forbidden        30 L  B                40
          liquid, flammable, toxic,
          flash point less than 23
          degrees C
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   3, 6.1       IB2, T11, TP2, TP13,  150           202         243              1 L        60 L  B                40
                                                                                                           TP27
         Mercury based pesticides,              6.1  UN3012               I   6.1          T14, TP2, TP13, TP27  None          201         243              1 L        30 L  B                40
          liquid, toxic
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   6.1          IB2, T11, TP2, TP13,  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  B                40
                                                                                                           TP27
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   6.1            IB3, T7, TP2, TP28  153           203         241             60 L       220 L  A                40
         Mercury based pesticides,              6.1  UN3011               I   6.1, 3       T14, TP2, TP13, TP27  None          201         243              1 L        30 L  B                40
          liquid, toxic, flammable,
          flash point not less than 23
          degrees C
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   6.1, 3       IB2, T11, TP2, TP13,  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  B                40
                                                                                                           TP27
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   6.1, 3         IB3, T7, TP2, TP28  153           203         242             60 L       220 L  A                40
         Mercury based pesticides,              6.1  UN2777               I   6.1            IB7, IP1, T6, TP33  None          211         242             5 kg       50 kg  A                40
          solid, toxic
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A                40
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   6.1            IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  153           213         240           100 kg      200 kg  A                40
         Mercury benzoate                       6.1  UN1631              II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A
         Mercury bromides                       6.1  UN1634              II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A
   G     Mercury compound, liquid, n.o.s        6.1  UN2024               I   6.1       .......................  None          201         243              1 L        30 L  B                40
                                          .........  ................    II   6.1                           IB2  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  B                40
                                          .........  ................   III   6.1                           IB3  153           203         241             60 L       220 L  B                40
   G     Mercury compound, solid, n.o.s         6.1  UN2025               I   6.1            IB7, IP1, T6, TP33  None          211         242             5 kg       50 kg  A
                                          .........  ................    II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A
                                          .........  ................   III   6.1            IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  153           213         240           100 kg      200 kg  A
 A W     Mercury contained in                     8  UN3506            .....  8, 6.1                       A191  164           None        None        No limit    No limit  B            40, 97
          manufactured articles
         Mercury cyanide                        6.1  UN1636              II   6.1           IB8, IP2, IP4, N74,  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A                52
                                                                                                  N75, T3, TP33
         Mercury fulminate, wetted with        1.1A  UN0135            .....  1.1A                     111, 117  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  05               25
          not less than 20 percent
          water, or mixture of alcohol
          and water, by mass
         Mercury gluconate                      6.1  UN1637              II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A
         Mercury iodide                         6.1  UN1638              II   6.1       IB2, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A

[[Page 246]]

 
         Mercury iodide aquabasic         Forbidden
          ammonobasic (Iodide of
          Millon's base)
         Mercury nitride                  Forbidden
         Mercury nucleate                       6.1  UN1639              II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A
         Mercury oleate                         6.1  UN1640              II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A
         Mercury oxide                          6.1  UN1641              II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A
         Mercury oxycyanide               Forbidden
         Mercury oxycyanide,                    6.1  UN1642              II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A            52, 91
          desensitized
         Mercury potassium iodide               6.1  UN1643              II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A
         Mercury salicylate                     6.1  UN1644              II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A
   +     Mercury sulfates                       6.1  UN1645              II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A
         Mercury thiocyanate                    6.1  UN1646              II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A
         Mesityl oxide                            3  UN1229             III   3                B1, IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
   G     Metal carbonyls, liquid, n.o.s.        6.1  UN3281               I   6.1       5, T14, TP2, TP13, TP27  None          201         243              1 L        30 L  B                40
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   6.1           IB2, T11, TP2, TP27  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  B                40
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   6.1            IB3, T7, TP1, TP28  153           203         241             60 L       220 L  A                40
   G     Metal carbonyls, solid, n.o.s.         6.1  UN3466               I   6.1            IB7, IP1, T6, TP33  None          211         242             5 kg       50 kg  D                40
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  B                40
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   6.1            IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  153           213         240           100 kg      200 kg  B                40
   G     Metal catalyst, dry                    4.2  UN2881               I   4.2          N34, T21, TP7, TP33,  None          187         None       Forbidden   Forbidden  C               13,
                                                                                                            W31                                                                             147,
                                                                                                                                                                                             148
                                          .........                      II   4.2            IB6, IP2, N34, T3,  None          187         242        Forbidden       50 kg  C               13,
                                                                                                      TP33, W31                                                                             147,
                                                                                                                                                                                             148
                                          .........                     III   4.2         B135, IB8, IP21, N34,  None          187         241            25 kg      100 kg  C               13,
                                                                                                  T1, TP33, W31                                                                             147,
                                                                                                                                                                                             148
   G     Metal catalyst, wetted with a          4.2  UN1378              II   4.2         A2, A8, IB1, N34, T3,  None          212         None       Forbidden       50 kg  C
          visible excess of liquid                                                               TP33, W31, W40
         Metal hydrides, flammable,             4.1  UN3182              II   4.1       A1, IB4, T3, TP33, W31,  151           212         240            15 kg       50 kg  E
          n.o.s                                                                                             W40
                                          .........                     III   4.1        A1, IB4, T1, TP33, W31  151           213         240            25 kg      100 kg  E
         Metal hydrides, water reactive,        4.3  UN1409               I   4.3            A19, N34, N40, W32  None          211         242        Forbidden       15 kg  D           13, 52,
          n.o.s                                                                                                                                                                              148

[[Page 247]]

 
                                          .........                      II   4.3       A19, IB4, N34, N40, T3,  151           212         242            15 kg       50 kg  D           13, 52,
                                                                                                 TP33, W31, W40                                                                              148
         Metal powder, self-heating,            4.2  UN3189              II   4.2       IB6, IP2, T3, TP33, W31  None          212         241            15 kg       50 kg  C           13, 148
          n.o.s
                                          .........                     III   4.2           B135, IB8, IP4, T1,  None          213         241            25 kg      100 kg  C           13, 148
                                                                                                      TP33, W31
         Metal powders, flammable, n.o.s        4.1  UN3089              II   4.1            IB8, IP2, IP4, T3,  151           212         240            15 kg       50 kg  B           13, 74,
                                                                                                     TP33, W100                                                                             147,
                                                                                                                                                                                             148
                                          .........                     III   4.1            IB8, IP2, IP4, T1,  151           213         240            25 kg      100 kg  B           13, 74,
                                                                                                     TP33, W100                                                                             147,
                                                                                                                                                                                             148
         Metal salts of methyl nitramine  Forbidden
          (dry)
   G     Metal salts of organic                 4.1  UN3181              II   4.1        A1, IB8, IP2, IP4, T3,  151           212         240            15 kg       50 kg  B                40
          compounds, flammable, n.o.s                                                                 TP33, W31
                                          .........                     III   4.1       A1, IB8, IP3, T1, TP33,  151           213         240            25 kg      100 kg  B                40
                                                                                                            W31
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   4.1        A1, IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  151           213         240            25 kg      100 kg  B                40
         Metaldehyde                            4.1  UN1332             III   4.1        A1, IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  151           213         240            25 kg      100 kg  A
   G     Metallic substance, water-             4.3  UN3208               I   4.3                  A7, IB4, W32  None          211         242        Forbidden       15 kg  E           13, 40,
          reactive, n.o.s                                                                                                                                                                    148
                                          .........                      II   4.3       A7, IB7, IP2, IP21, T3,  151           212         242            15 kg       50 kg  E           13, 40,
                                                                                                      TP33, W31                                                                              148
                                          .........                     III   4.3            A7, IB8, IP21, T1,  151           213         241            25 kg      100 kg  E           13, 40,
                                                                                                 TP33, W31, W40                                                                              148
   G     Metallic substance, water-             4.3  UN3209               I   4.3, 4.2                  A7, W32  None          211         242        Forbidden       15 kg  E           13, 40,
          reactive, self-heating, n.o.s                                                                                                                                                      148
                                          .........                      II   4.3, 4.2  A7, IB5, IP2, T3, TP33,  None          212         242            15 kg       50 kg  E           13, 40,
                                                                                                       W32, W40                                                                              148
                                          .........                     III   4.3, 4.2  A7, IB8, IP4, T1, TP33,  None          213         242            25 kg      100 kg  E           13, 40,
                                                                                                            W32                                                                              148
         Methacrylaldehyde, stabilized            3  UN2396              II   3, 6.1     45, 387, IB2, T7, TP1,  150           202         243              1 L        60 L  D            25, 40
                                                                                                           TP13
         Methacrylic acid, stabilized             8  UN2531              II   8          41, 387, IB2, T7, TP1,  154           202         242              1 L        30 L  C            25, 40
                                                                                                     TP18, TP30
   +     Methacrylonitrile, stabilized          6.1  UN3079               I   6.1, 3      2, 387, B9, B14, B32,  None          227         244        Forbidden   Forbidden  D           12, 25,
                                                                                          T20, TP2, TP13, TP38,                                                                               40
                                                                                                           TP45
         Methallyl alcohol                        3  UN2614             III   3                B1, IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
         Methane and hydrogen, mixtures,
          see Hydrogen and methane,
          mixtures, etc
         Methane, compressed or Natural         2.1  UN1971            .....  2.1       .......................  306           302         302        Forbidden      150 kg  E                40
          gas, compressed (with high
          methane content)
         Methane, refrigerated liquid           2.1  UN1972            .....  2.1                      T75, TP5  None          None        318        Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
          (cryogenic liquid) or Natural
          gas, refrigerated liquid
          (cryogenic liquid), with high
          methane content)
         Methanesulfonyl chloride               6.1  UN3246               I   6.1, 8      2, B9, B14, B32, T20,  None          227         244        Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
                                                                                          TP2, TP13, TP38, TP45

[[Page 248]]

 
 + I     Methanol                                 3  UN1230              II   3, 6.1               IB2, T7, TP2  150           202         242              1 L        60 L  B                40
   D     Methanol                                 3  UN1230              II   3                    IB2, T7, TP2  150           202         242              1 L        60 L  B                40
         Methazoic acid                   Forbidden
         4-Methoxy-4-methylpentan-2-one           3  UN2293             III   3                B1, IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
         1-Methoxy-2-propanol                     3  UN3092             III   3                B1, IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
   +     Methoxymethyl isocyanate               6.1  UN2605               I   6.1, 3      1, B9, B14, B30, T20,  None          226         244        Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
                                                                                          TP2, TP13, TP38, TP44
         Methyl acetate                           3  UN1231              II   3                    IB2, T4, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B
         Methyl acetylene and propadiene        2.1  UN1060            .....  2.1                 387, N88, T50  306           304         314, 315   Forbidden      150 kg  B            25, 40
          mixtures, stabilized
         Methyl acrylate, stabilized              3  UN1919              II   3         387, IB2, T4, TP1, TP13  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  C                25
         Methyl alcohol, see Methanol
         Methyl allyl chloride                    3  UN2554              II   3              IB2, T4, TP1, TP13  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  E
         Methyl amyl ketone, see Amyl
          methyl ketone
         Methyl bromide                         2.3  UN1062            .....  2.3              3, B14, N86, T50  None          193         314, 315   Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
         Methyl bromide and chloropicrin
          mixtures with more than 2
          percent chloropicrin, see
          Chloropicrin and methyl
          bromide mixtures
         Methyl bromide and chloropicrin
          mixtures with not more than 2
          percent chloropicrin, see
          Methyl bromide
         Methyl bromide and ethylene            6.1  UN1647               I   6.1         2, B9, B14, B32, N65,  None          227         244        Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
          dibromide mixtures, liquid                                                      T20, TP2, TP13, TP38,
                                                                                                           TP44
         Methyl bromoacetate                    6.1  UN2643              II   6.1                  IB2, T7, TP2  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  D                40
         2-Methylbutanal                          3  UN3371              II   3                    IB2, T4, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B
         2-Methyl-1-butene                        3  UN2459               I   3                        T11, TP2  None          201         243              1 L        30 L  E
         2-Methyl-2-butene                        3  UN2460              II   3               IB2, IP8, T7, TP1  None          202         242              5 L        60 L  E
         3-Methyl-1-butene                        3  UN2561               I   3                        T11, TP2  None          201         243              1 L        30 L  E
         Methyl tert-butyl ether                  3  UN2398              II   3                    IB2, T7, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  E
         Methyl butyrate                          3  UN1237              II   3                    IB2, T4, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B
         Methyl chloride or Refrigerant         2.1  UN1063            .....  2.1                      N86, T50  306           304         314, 315        5 kg      100 kg  D                40
          gas R 40

[[Page 249]]

 
         Methyl chloride and
          chloropicrin mixtures, see
          Chloropicrin and methyl
          chloride mixtures
         Methyl chloride and methylene          2.1  UN1912            .....  2.1                      N86, T50  306           304         314, 315   Forbidden      150 kg  D                40
          chloride mixtures
         Methyl chloroacetate                   6.1  UN2295               I   6.1, 3             T14, TP2, TP13  None          201         243              1 L        30 L  D
         Methyl chlorocarbonate, see
          Methyl chloroformate
         Methyl chloroform, see 1,1,1-
          Trichloroethane
         Methyl chloroformate                   6.1  UN1238               I   6.1, 3,     1, B9, B14, B30, N34,  None          226         244        Forbidden   Forbidden  D           21, 40,
                                                                               8          T22, TP2, TP13, TP38,                                                                              100
                                                                                                           TP44
         Methyl chloromethyl ether              6.1  UN1239               I   6.1, 3      1, B9, B14, B30, T22,  None          226         244        Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
                                                                                          TP2, TP13, TP38, TP44
         Methyl 2-chloropropionate                3  UN2933             III   3                B1, IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
         Methyl dichloroacetate                 6.1  UN2299             III   6.1                  IB3, T4, TP1  153           203         241             60 L       220 L  A
         Methyl ethyl ether, see Ethyl
          methyl ether
         Methyl ethyl ketone, see Ethyl
          methyl ketone
         Methyl ethyl ketone peroxide,    Forbidden
          in solution with more than 9
          percent by mass active oxygen
         2-Methyl-5-ethylpyridine               6.1  UN2300             III   6.1                  IB3, T4, TP1  153           203         241             60 L       220 L  A
         Methyl fluoride, or Refrigerant        2.1  UN2454            .....  2.1       .......................  306           304         314, 315   Forbidden      150 kg  E                40
          gas R 41
         Methyl formate                           3  UN1243               I   3                        T11, TP2  150           201         243              1 L        30 L  E
         2-Methyl-2-heptanethiol                6.1  UN3023               I   6.1, 3      2, B9, B14, B32, T20,  None          227         244        Forbidden   Forbidden  D           40, 102
                                                                                          TP2, TP13, TP38, TP45
         Methyl iodide                          6.1  UN2644               I   6.1         2, B9, B14, B32, T20,  None          227         244        Forbidden   Forbidden  D           12, 25,
                                                                                          TP2, TP13, TP38, TP45                                                                               40
         Methyl isobutyl carbinol                 3  UN2053             III   3                B1, IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
         Methyl isobutyl ketone                   3  UN1245              II   3                    IB2, T4, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B
         Methyl isobutyl ketone           Forbidden
          peroxide, in solution with
          more than 9 percent by mass
          active oxygen
         Methyl isocyanate                      6.1  UN2480               I   6.1, 3      1, B9, B14, B30, T22,  None          226         244        Forbidden   Forbidden  D            40, 52
                                                                                          TP2, TP13, TP38, TP44
         Methyl isopropenyl ketone,               3  UN1246              II   3               387, IB2, T4, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  C                25
          stabilized
         Methyl isothiocyanate                  6.1  UN2477               I   6.1, 3      2, B9, B14, B32, T20,  None          227         244        Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
                                                                                          TP2, TP13, TP38, TP45
         Methyl isovalerate                       3  UN2400              II   3                    IB2, T4, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B
         Methyl magnesium bromide, in           4.3  UN1928               I   4.3, 3    .......................  None          201         243        Forbidden         1 L  D           13, 148
          ethyl ether
         Methyl mercaptan                       2.3  UN1064            .....  2.3, 2.1     3, B7, B9, B14, N89,  None          304         314, 315   Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
                                                                                                            T50
         Methyl mercaptopropionaldehyde,                                      ........                           ............  ..........  ........  ..........
          see 4-Thiapentanal

[[Page 250]]

 
         Methyl methacrylate monomer,             3  UN1247              II   3               387, IB2, T4, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  C            25, 40
          stabilized
         Methyl nitramine (dry)           Forbidden
         Methyl nitrate                   Forbidden
         Methyl nitrite                   Forbidden
         Methyl norbornene dicarboxylic
          anhydride, see Corrosive
          liquids, n.o.s.
         Methyl orthosilicate                   6.1  UN2606               I   6.1, 3      2, B9, B14, B32, T20,  None          227         244        Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
                                                                                          TP2, TP13, TP38, TP45
   D     Methyl phosphonic dichloride           6.1  NA9206               I   6.1, 8      2, B9, B14, B32, N34,  None          227         244        Forbidden   Forbidden  C
                                                                                           N43, T20, TP4, TP13,
                                                                                                     TP38, TP45
         Methyl phosphonothioic
          dichloride, anhydrous, see
          Corrosive liquid, n.o.s.
   D     Methyl phosphonous dichloride,         6.1  NA2845               I   6.1, 4.2    2, B9, B14, B16, B32,  None          227         244        Forbidden   Forbidden  D                18
          pyrophoric liquid                                                               T20, TP4, TP12, TP13,
                                                                                                     TP38, TP45
         Methyl picric acid (heavy metal  Forbidden
          salts of)
         Methyl propionate                        3  UN1248              II   3                    IB2, T4, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B
         Methyl propyl ether                      3  UN2612              II   3               IB2, IP8, T7, TP2  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  E                40
         Methyl propyl ketone                     3  UN1249              II   3                    IB2, T4, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B
         Methyl sulfate, see Dimethyl
          sulfate
         Methyl sulfide, see Dimethyl
          sulfide
         Methyl trichloroacetate                6.1  UN2533             III   6.1                  IB3, T4, TP1  153           203         241             60 L       220 L  A
         Methyl trimethylol methane       Forbidden
          trinitrate
         Methyl vinyl ketone, stabilized        6.1  UN1251               I   6.1, 3,     1, 387, B9, B14, B30,  None          226         244        Forbidden   Forbidden  B           21, 25,
                                                                               8          T22, TP2, TP13, TP38,                                                                          40, 100
                                                                                                           TP44
         Methylal                                 3  UN1234              II   3               IB2, IP8, T7, TP2  None          202         242              5 L        60 L  E
         Methylamine, anhydrous                 2.1  UN1061            .....  2.1                      N87, T50  306           304         314, 315   Forbidden      150 kg  B                40
         Methylamine, aqueous solution            3  UN1235              II   3, 8             B1, IB2, T7, TP1  150           202         243              1 L         5 L  E               52,
                                                                                                                                                                                            135.
         Methylamine dinitramine and dry  Forbidden
          salts thereof

[[Page 251]]

 
         Methylamine nitroform            Forbidden
         Methylamine perchlorate (dry)    Forbidden
         Methylamyl acetate                       3  UN1233             III   3                B1, IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
         N-Methylaniline                        6.1  UN2294             III   6.1                  IB3, T4, TP2  153           203         241             60 L       220 L  A
         alpha-Methylbenzyl alcohol,            6.1  UN2937             III   6.1                  IB3, T4, TP1  153           203         241             60 L       220 L  A
          liquid
         alpha-Methylbenzyl alcohol,            6.1  UN3438             III   6.1            IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  153           213         240           100 kg      200 kg  A
          solid
         3-Methylbutan-2-one                      3  UN2397              II   3                    IB2, T4, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B
         N-Methylbutylamine                       3  UN2945              II   3, 8                 IB2, T7, TP1  150           202         243              1 L         5 L  B                40
         Methylchlorosilane                     2.3  UN2534            .....  2.3,              2, B9, B14, N34  None          226         314, 315   Forbidden   Forbidden  D            17, 40
                                                                               2.1, 8
         Methylcyclohexane                        3  UN2296              II   3                B1, IB2, T4, TP2  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B
         Methylcyclohexanols, flammable           3  UN2617             III   3                B1, IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
         Methylcyclohexanone                      3  UN2297             III   3                B1, IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
         Methylcyclopentane                       3  UN2298              II   3                    IB2, T4, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B
   D     Methyldichloroarsine                   6.1  NA1556               I   6.1            2, T20, TP4, TP13,  None          192         None       Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
                                                                                                     TP38, TP45
         Methyldichlorosilane                   4.3  UN1242               I   4.3, 8,     A2, A7, B6, B77, N34,  None          201         243        Forbidden         1 L  D           21, 40,
                                                                               3           T14, TP2, TP7, TP13,                                                                          49, 100
                                                                                                            W31
         Methylene chloride, see
          Dichloromethane
         Methylene glycol dinitrate       Forbidden
         2-Methylfuran                            3  UN2301              II   3                    IB2, T4, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  E
         a-Methylglucoside tetranitrate   Forbidden
         a-Methylglycerol trinitrate      Forbidden
         5-Methylhexan-2-one                      3  UN2302             III   3                B1, IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
         Methylhydrazine                        6.1  UN1244               I   6.1, 3,      1, B7, B9, B14, B30,  None          226         244        Forbidden   Forbidden  D           21, 40,
                                                                               8            B77, N34, T22, TP2,                                                                           49, 52
                                                                                               TP13, TP38, TP44                                                                          and 100
         4-Methylmorpholine or n-                 3  UN2535              II   3, 8             B6, IB2, T7, TP1  150           202         243              1 L         5 L  B                40
          methylmorpholine
         Methylpentadienes                        3  UN2461              II   3                    IB2, T4, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  E
         2-Methylpentan-2-ol                      3  UN2560             III   3                B1, IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
         Methylpentanes, see Hexanes
         Methylphenyldichlorosilane               8  UN2437              II   8             T10, TP2, TP7, TP13  None          206         242        Forbidden        30 L  C                40
         1-Methylpiperidine                       3  UN2399              II   3, 8                 IB2, T7, TP1  150           202         243              1 L         5 L  B               52.
         Methyltetrahydrofuran                    3  UN2536              II   3                    IB2, T4, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B
         Methyltrichlorosilane                    3  UN1250              II   3, 8       A7, B6, B77, N34, T10,  None          206         243        Forbidden         5 L  B                40
                                                                                                 TP2, TP7, TP13
         alpha-Methylvaleraldehyde                3  UN2367              II   3                B1, IB2, T4, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B
         Mine rescue equipment
          containing carbon dioxide, see
          Carbon dioxide
         Mines with bursting charge            1.1F  UN0136            .....  1.1F      .......................  ............  62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  05               25
         Mines with bursting charge            1.1D  UN0137            .....  1.1D      .......................  ............  62          62         Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
         Mines with bursting charge            1.2D  UN0138            .....  1.2D      .......................  ............  62          62         Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
         Mines with bursting charge            1.2F  UN0294            .....  1.2F      .......................  ............  62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  05               25

[[Page 252]]

 
         Mixed acid, see Nitrating acid,
          mixtures etc
         Mobility aids, see Battery
          powered equipment or Battery
          powered vehicle'
   D     Model rocket motor                    1.4C  NA0276            .....  1.4C                           51  None          62          None       Forbidden       75 kg  02               25
   D     Model rocket motor                    1.4S  NA0323            .....  1.4S                           51  None          62          None           25 kg      100 kg  01               25
         Molybdenum pentachloride                 8  UN2508             III   8              IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  154           213         240            25 kg      100 kg  C                40
         Monochloroacetone                Forbidden
          (unstabilized)
         Monochloroethylene, see Vinyl
          chloride, stabilized
         Monoethanolamine, see
          Ethanolamine, solutions
         Monoethylamine, see Ethylamine
         Morpholine                               8  UN2054               I   8, 3                     T10, TP2  None          201         243            0.5 L       2.5 L  A
         Morpholine, aqueous, mixture,
          see Corrosive liquids, n.o.s.
         Motor fuel anti-knock compounds
          see Motor fuel anti-knock
          mixtures
   +     Motor fuel anti-knock mixture,         6.1  UN3483               I   6.1, 3         14, T14, TP2, TP13  None          201         244        Forbidden   Forbidden  D            25, 40
          flammable
   +     Motor fuel anti-knock mixtures         6.1  UN1649               I   6.1        14, B9, B90, T14, TP2,  None          201         244        Forbidden        30 L  D            25, 40
                                                                                                           TP13
         Motor spirit, see Gasoline
         Muriatic acid, see Hydrochloric
          acid
         Musk xylene, see 5-tert-Butyl-
          2,4,6-trinitro-m-xylene
         Naphtha see Petroleum
          distillates n.o.s.
         Naphthalene, crude or                  4.1  UN1334             III   4.1        A1, B120,IB8, IP3, T1,  151           213         240            25 kg      100 kg  A
          Naphthalene, refined                                                                             TP33
         Naphthalene diozonide            Forbidden
         beta-Naphthylamine, solid              6.1  UN1650              II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A
         beta-Naphthylamine solution            6.1  UN3411              II   6.1                  IB2, T7, TP2  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  A
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   6.1                  IB2, T7, TP2  153           203         241             60 L       220 L  A
         alpha-Naphthylamine                    6.1  UN2077             III   6.1            IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  153           213         240           100 kg      200 kg  A
         Naphthalene, molten                    4.1  UN2304             III   4.1                  IB1, T1, TP3  151           213         241        Forbidden   Forbidden  C

[[Page 253]]

 
         Naphthylamineperchlorate         Forbidden
         Naphthylthiourea                       6.1  UN1651              II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A
         Naphthylurea                           6.1  UN1652              II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A
         Natural gases (with high
          methane content), see Methane,
          etc. (UN 1971, UN 1972)
         Neohexane, see Hexanes
         Neon, compressed                       2.2  UN1065            .....  2.2       .......................  306, 307      302         None           75 kg      150 kg  A
         Neon, refrigerated liquid              2.2  UN1913            .....  2.2                      T75, TP5  320           316         None           50 kg      500 kg  D
          (cryogenic liquid)
         New explosive or explosive
          device, see Sec.Sec.
          173.51 and 173.56
         Nickel carbonyl                        6.1  UN1259               I   6.1, 3                          1  None          198         None       Forbidden   Forbidden  D            40, 78
         Nickel cyanide                         6.1  UN1653              II   6.1           IB8, IP2, IP4, N74,  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A                52
                                                                                                  N75, T3, TP33
         Nickel nitrate                         5.1  UN2725             III   5.1        A1, IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  152           213         240            25 kg      100 kg  A
         Nickel nitrite                         5.1  UN2726             III   5.1        A1, IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  152           213         240            25 kg      100 kg  A            56, 58
         Nickel picrate                   Forbidden
         Nicotine                               6.1  UN1654              II   6.1                           IB2  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  A
   G     Nicotine compounds, liquid,            6.1  UN3144               I   6.1                            A4  None          201         243              1 L        30 L  B                40
          n.o.s. or Nicotine
          preparations, liquid, n.o.s
                                          .........  ................    II   6.1           IB2, T11, TP2, TP27  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  B                40
                                          .........  ................   III   6.1            IB3, T7, TP1, TP28  153           203         241             60 L       220 L  B                40
   G     Nicotine compounds, solid,             6.1  UN1655               I   6.1            IB7, IP1, T6, TP33  None          211         242             5 kg       50 kg  B
          n.o.s. or Nicotine
          preparations, solid, n.o.s
                                          .........  ................    II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A
                                          .........  ................   III   6.1            IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  153           213         240           100 kg      200 kg  A
         Nicotine compounds, solid,             6.1  UN1655               I   6.1            IB7, IP1, T6, TP33  None          211         242             5 kg       50 kg  B
          n.o.s. or Nicotine
          preparations, solid, n.o.s.
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   6.1            IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  153           213         240           100 kg      200 kg  A
         Nicotine hydrochloride liquid          6.1  UN1656              II   6.1                           IB2  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  A
          or solution
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   6.1                           IB3  153           203         241             60 L       220 L  A
         Nicotine hydrochloride, solid          6.1  UN3444              II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A
         Nicotine salicylate                    6.1  UN1657              II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A
         Nicotine sulfate solution              6.1  UN1658              II   6.1                  IB2, T7, TP2  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  A
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   6.1                  IB3, T7, TP2  153           203         241             60 L       220 L  A
         Nicotine sulphate, solid               6.1  UN3445              II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A
         Nicotine tartrate                      6.1  UN1659              II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A
         Nitrated paper (unstable)        Forbidden
         Nitrates, inorganic, aqueous           5.1  UN3218              II   5.1              58, IB2, T4, TP1  152           202         242              1 L         5 L  B           56, 58,
          solution, n.o.s.                                                                                                                                                                   133
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   5.1              58, IB2, T4, TP1  152           203         241            2.5 L        30 L  B           56, 58,
                                                                                                                                                                                             133
         Nitrates, inorganic, n.o.s.            5.1  UN1477              II   5.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  152           212         240             5 kg       25 kg  A            56, 58
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   5.1            IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  152           213         240            25 kg      100 kg  A            56, 58
         Nitrates of diazonium compounds  Forbidden

[[Page 254]]

 
         Nitrating acid mixtures, spent           8  UN1826               I   8, 5.1         A7, T10, TP2, TP13  None          158         243        Forbidden       2.5 L  D            40, 66
          with more than 50 percent
          nitric acid
         Nitrating acid mixtures spent            8  UN1826              II   8            A7, B2, IB2, T8, TP2  None          158         242        Forbidden        30 L  D                40
          with not more than 50 percent
          nitric acid
         Nitrating acid mixtures with             8  UN1796               I   8, 5.1         A7, T10, TP2, TP13  None          158         243        Forbidden       2.5 L  D            40, 66
          more than 50 percent nitric
          acid
         Nitrating acid mixtures with             8  UN1796              II   8           A7, B2, IB2, T8, TP2,  None          158         242        Forbidden        30 L  D                40
          not more than 50 percent                                                                         TP13
          nitric acid
         Nitric acid other than red               8  UN2031              II   8, 5.1         B2, B47, B53, IB2,  None          158         242        Forbidden        30 L  D           66, 74,
          fuming, with at least 65                                                                IP15, T8, TP2                                                                           89, 90
          percent, but not more than 70
          percent nitric acid
         Nitric acid other than red               8  UN2031              II   8             A212, B2, B47, B53,  None          158         242        Forbidden        30 L  D           44, 66,
          fuming, with more than 20                                                          IB2, IP15, T8, TP2                                                                          74, 89,
          percent and less than 65                                                                                                                                                            90
          percent nitric acid
         Nitric acid other than red               8  UN2031              II   8          B2, B47, B53, IB2, T8,  None          158         242              1 L        30 L  D
          fuming with not more than 20                                                                      TP2
          percent nitric acid
   +     Nitric acid, red fuming                  8  UN2032               I   8, 5.1,     2, B9, B32, T20, TP2,  None          227         244        Forbidden   Forbidden  D           40, 66,
                                                                               6.1             TP13, TP38, TP45                                                                          74, 89,
                                                                                                                                                                                              90
         Nitric acid other than red               8  UN2031               I   8, 5.1        B47, B53, T10, TP2,  None          158         243        Forbidden       2.5 L  D           44, 66,
          fuming, with more than 70                                                                  TP12, TP13                                                                          89, 90,
          percent nitric acid                                                                                                                                                               110,
                                                                                                                                                                                             111
         Nitric oxide, compressed               2.3  UN1660            .....  2.3,                       1, B77  None          337         None       Forbidden   Forbidden  D           40, 89,
                                                                               5.1, 8                                                                                                         90
         Nitric oxide and dinitrogen            2.3  UN1975            .....  2.3,                       1, B77  None          337         None       Forbidden   Forbidden  D           40, 89,
          tetroxide mixturesor Nitric                                          5.1, 8                                                                                                         90
          oxide and nitrogen dioxide
          mixtures
   G     Nitriles, flammable, toxic,              3  UN3273               I   3, 6.1       T14, TP2, TP13, TP27  None          201         243        Forbidden        30 L  E            40, 52
          n.o.s.
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   3, 6.1       IB2, T11, TP2, TP13,  150           202         243              1 L        60 L  B            40, 52
                                                                                                           TP27
   G     Nitrites, inorganic, aqueous           5.1  UN3219              II   5.1             148, IB1, T4, TP1  152           202         242              1 L         5 L  B           46, 56,
          solution, n.o.s                                                                                                                                                                58, 133
         ...............................             ................   III   5.1                  IB2, T4, TP1  152           203         241            2.5 L        30 L  B           46, 56,
                                                                                                                                                                                         58, 133

[[Page 255]]

 
   G     Nitrites, inorganic, n.o.s             5.1  UN2627              II   5.1        33, IB8, IP2, IP4, T3,  152           212         None            5 kg       25 kg  A           46, 56,
                                                                                                           TP33                                                                           58, 13
 G       Nitriles, liquid, toxic, n.o.s.        6.1  UN3276               I   6.1       5, T14, TP2, TP13, TP27  None          201         243              1 L        30 L  B                52
                                                                         II   6.1           IB2, T11, TP2, TP27  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  B                52
                                                                        III   6.1            IB3, T7, TP1, TP28  153           203         241             60 L       220 L  A                52
 G       Nitriles, solid, toxic, n.o.s.         6.1  UN3439               I   6.1            IB7, IP1, T6, TP33  None          211         242             5 kg       50 kg  D                52
                                                                         II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  B                52
                                                                        III   6.1            IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  153           213         240           100 kg      200 kg  A                52
   G     Nitriles, toxic, flammable,            6.1  UN3275               I   6.1, 3    5, T14, TP2, TP13, TP27  None          201         243              1 L        30 L  B            40, 52
          n.o.s.
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   6.1, 3       IB2, T11, TP2, TP13,  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  B            40, 52
                                                                                                           TP27
         3-Nitro-4-                             6.1  UN2307              II   6.1                  IB2, T7, TP2  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  A                40
          chlorobenzotrifluoride
         6-Nitro-4-diazotoluene-3-        Forbidden
          sulfonic acid (dry)
         Nitro isobutane triol            Forbidden
          trinitrate
         N-Nitro-N-methylglycolamide      Forbidden
          nitrate
         2-Nitro-2-methylpropanol         Forbidden
          nitrate
         Nitro urea                            1.1D  UN0147            .....  1.1D      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
         N-Nitroaniline                   Forbidden
   +     Nitroanilines (o-; m-; p-;)            6.1  UN1661              II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A
         Nitroanisole, liquid                   6.1  UN2730             III   6.1                  IB3, T4, TP1  153           203         241             60 L       220 L  A
         Nitroanisoles, solid                   6.1  UN3458             III   6.1            IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  153           213         240           100 kg      200 kg  A
   +     Nitrobenzene                           6.1  UN1662              II   6.1                  IB2, T7, TP2  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  A                40
         m-Nitrobenzene diazonium         Forbidden
          perchlorate
         Nitrobenzenesulfonic acid                8  UN2305              II   8          B2, B4, IB8, IP2, IP4,  154           202         242              1 L        30 L  A
                                                                                                       T3, TP33
         Nitrobenzol, see Nitrobenzene
         5-Nitrobenzotriazol                   1.1D  UN0385            .....  1.1D      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
         Nitrobenzotrifluorides, liquid         6.1  UN2306              II   6.1                  IB2, T7, TP2  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  A                40
         Nitrobenzotrifluorides, solid          6.1  UN3431              II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A                40
         Nitrobromobenzenes, liquid             6.1  UN2732             III   6.1                  IB3, T4, TP1  153           203         241             60 L       220 L  A
         Nitrobromobenzenes, solid              6.1  UN3459             III   6.1            IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  153           213         240           100 kg      200 kg  A
         Nitrocellulose, dry or wetted         1.1D  UN0340            .....  1.1D      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04          25, 27E
          with less than 25 percent
          water (or alcohol), by mass
         Nitrocellulose, with not more          4.1  UN2557              II   4.1                       44, W31  151           212         240             1 kg       15 kg  D            28, 36
          than 12.6 percent nitrogen, by
          dry mass mixture with or
          without plasticizer, with or
          without pigment
         Nitrocellulose membrane                4.1  UN3270              II   4.1                        43, A1  151           212         240             1 kg       15 kg  D
          filters, with not more than
          12.6% nitrogen, by dry mass
         Nitrocellulose, plasticized           1.3C  UN0343            .....  1.3C      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
          with not less than 18 percent
          plasticizing substance, by
          mass

[[Page 256]]

 
         Nitrocellulose, solution,                3  UN2059               I   3             198, T11, TP1, TP8,  None          201         243              1 L        30 L  E
          flammable with not more than                                                                     TP27
          12.6 percent nitrogen, by
          mass, and not more than 55
          percent nitrocellulose
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   3          198, IB2, T4, TP1, TP8  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   3           198, B1, IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
         Nitrocellulose, unmodified or         1.1D  UN0341            .....  1.1D      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04          25, 27E
          plasticized with less than 18
          percent plasticizing
          substance, by mass
         Nitrocellulose, wetted with not       1.3C  UN0342            .....  1.3C      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
          less than 25 percent alcohol,
          by mass
         Nitrocellulose with alcohol            4.1  UN2556              II   4.1                           W31  151           212         None            1 kg       15 kg  D            28, 36
          with not less than 25 percent
          alcohol by mass, and with not
          more than 12.6 percent
          nitrogen, by dry mass
         Nitrocellulose with water with         4.1  UN2555              II   4.1                           W31  151           212         None           15 kg       50 kg  E            28, 36
          not less than 25 percent water
          by mass
         Nitrochlorobenzene, see
          Chloronitrobenzenes etc
         Nitrocresols, liquid                   6.1  UN3434             III   6.1                  IB3, T4, TP1  153           203         241             60 L       220 L  A
         Nitrocresols, solid                    6.1  UN2446             III   6.1            IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  153           213         240           100 kg      200 kg  A           .......
         Nitroethane                              3  UN2842             III   3                B1, IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
         Nitroethyl nitrate               Forbidden
         Nitroethylene polymer            Forbidden
         Nitrogen, compressed                   2.2  UN1066            .....  2.2       .......................  306, 307      302         314, 315       75 kg      150 kg  A
         Nitrogen dioxide, see
          Dinitrogen tetroxide
         Nitrogen fertilizer solution,
          see Fertilizer ammoniating
          solution etc
         Nitrogen peroxide, see                                               ........                           ............  ..........  ........  ..........
          Dinitrogen tetroxide
         Nitrogen, refrigerated liquid          2.2  UN1977            .....  2.2            345, 346, T75, TP5  320           316         318            50 kg      500 kg  D
          cryogenic liquid

[[Page 257]]

 
         Nitrogen tetroxide and nitric
          oxide mixtures, see Nitric
          oxide and nitrogen tetroxide
          mixtures
         Nitrogen tetroxide, see
          Dinitrogen tetroxide
         Nitrogen trichloride             Forbidden
         Nitrogen trifluoride                   2.2  UN2451            .....  2.2, 5.1  .......................  None          302         None           75 kg      150 kg  D                40
         Nitrogen triiodide               Forbidden
         Nitrogen triiodide monoamine     Forbidden
         Nitrogen trioxide                      2.3  UN2421            .....  2.3,                            1  None          336         245        Forbidden   Forbidden  D           40, 89,
                                                                               5.1, 8                                                                                                         90
         Nitroglycerin, desensitized           1.1D  UN0143            .....  1.1D,                         125  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04          25, 21E
          with not less than 40 percent                                        6.1
          non-volatile water insoluble
          phlegmatizer, by mass
         Nitroglycerin, liquid, not       Forbidden
          desensitized
         Nitroglycerin mixture,                   3  UN3343            .....  3                             129  None          214         None       Forbidden   Forbidden  D
          desensitized, liquid,
          flammable, n.o.s. with not
          more than 30 percent
          nitroglycerin, by mass
         Nitroglycerin mixture,                   3  UN3357              II   3                             142  None          202         243              5 L        60 L  E
          desensitized, liquid, n.o.s.
          with not more than 30%
          nitroglycerin, by mass
         Nitroglycerin mixture,                 4.1  UN3319              II   4.1                           118  None          None        None       Forbidden      0.5 kg  E
          desensitized, solid, n.o.s.
          with more than 2 percent but
          not more than 10 percent
          nitroglycerin, by mass
         Nitroglycerin, solution in               3  UN3064              II   3                              N8  None          202         None       Forbidden         5 L  E
          alcohol, with more than 1
          percent but not more than 5
          percent nitroglycerin
         Nitroglycerin, solution in            1.1D  UN0144            .....  1.1D      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04          25, 21E
          alcohol, with more than 1
          percent but not more than 10
          percent nitroglycerin
         Nitroglycerin solution in                3  UN1204              II   3                        IB2, N34  150           202         None             5 L        60 L  B
          alcohol with not more than 1
          percent nitroglycerin
         Nitroguanidine nitrate           Forbidden
         Nitroguanidine or Picrite, dry        1.1D  UN0282            .....  1.1D      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
          or wetted with less than 20
          percent water, by mass
         Nitroguanidine, wetted or              4.1  UN1336               I   4.1        23, A8, A19, A20, N41,  None          211         None            1 kg       15 kg  E            28, 36
          Picrite, wetted with not less                                                                     W31
          than 20 percent water, by mass
         1-Nitrohydantoin                 Forbidden

[[Page 258]]

 
         Nitrohydrochloric acid                   8  UN1798               I   8             B10, N41, T10, TP2,  None          201         243        Forbidden       2.5 L  D           40, 66,
                                                                                                           TP13                                                                          74, 89,
                                                                                                                                                                                              90
         Nitromannite (dry)               Forbidden
         Nitromannite, wetted, see
          Mannitol hexanitrate, etc
         Nitromethane                             3  UN1261              II   3         .......................  150           202         None       Forbidden        60 L  A
         Nitromuriatic acid, see
          Nitrohydrochloric acid
         Nitronaphthalene                       4.1  UN2538             III   4.1        A1, IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  151           213         240            25 kg      100 kg  A
   +     Nitrophenols (o-; m-; p-;)             6.1  UN1663             III   6.1            IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  153           213         240           100 kg      200 kg  A
         m-Nitrophenyldinitro methane     Forbidden
         4-Nitrophenylhydrazine, with           4.1  UN3376               I   4.1       162, A8, A19, A20, N41,  None          211         None       Forbidden       15 kg  E            28, 36
          not less than 30 percent                                                                          W31
          water, by mass
         Nitropropanes                            3  UN2608             III   3                B1, IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
         p-Nitrosodimethylaniline               4.2  UN1369              II   4.2           A19, A20, IB6, IP2,  None          212         241            15 kg       50 kg  D                34
                                                                                                  N34, T3, TP33
         Nitrostarch, dry or wetted with       1.1D  UN0146            .....  1.1D      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
          less than 20 percent water, by
          mass
         Nitrostarch, wetted with not           4.1  UN1337               I   4.1        23, A8, A19, A20, N41,  None          211         None            1 kg       15 kg  D            28, 36
          less than 20 percent water, by                                                                    W31
          mass
         Nitrosugars (dry)                Forbidden
         Nitrosyl chloride                      2.3  UN1069            .....  2.3, 8                     3, B14  None          304         314, 315   Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
         Nitrosylsulfuric acid, liquid            8  UN2308              II   8           A3, A7, B2, IB2, N34,  154           202         242              1 L        30 L  D           40, 66,
                                                                                                        T8, TP2                                                                          74, 89,
                                                                                                                                                                                              90
         Nitrosylsulphuric acid, solid            8  UN3456              II   8         IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  154           212         240            15 kg       50 kg  D           40, 66,
                                                                                                                                                                                         74, 89,
                                                                                                                                                                                              90
         Nitrotoluenes, liquid                  6.1  UN1664              II   6.1                  IB2, T7, TP2  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  A
         Nitrotoluenes, solid                   6.1  UN3446              II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A
         Nitrotoluidines (mono)                 6.1  UN2660             III   6.1            IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  153           213         240           100 kg      200 kg  A
         Nitrotriazolone or NTO                1.1D  UN0490            .....  1.1D      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
         Nitrous oxide                          2.2  UN1070            .....  2.2, 5.1                      A14  306           304         314, 315       75 kg      150 kg  A                40

[[Page 259]]

 
         Nitrous oxide, refrigerated            2.2  UN2201            .....  2.2, 5.1       B6, T75, TP5, TP22  None          304         314, 315   Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
          liquid
         Nitroxylenes, liquid                   6.1  UN1665              II   6.1                  IB2, T7, TP2  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  A
         Nitroxylenes, solid                    6.1  UN3447              II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A
         Nitroxylol, see Nitroxylenes
         Nonanes                                  3  UN1920             III   3                B1, IB3, T2, TP2  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
         Non-flammable gas, n.o.s., see
          Compressed gas, etc. or
          Liquefied gas, etc
         Nonliquefied gases, see
          Compressed gases, etc
         Nonliquefied hydrocarbon gas,
          see Hydrocarbon gas mixture,
          compressed, n.o.s.
         Nonyltrichlorosilane                     8  UN1799              II   8           A7, B2, B6, N34, T10,  None          206         242        Forbidden        30 L  C                40
                                                                                                 TP2, TP7, TP13
         Nordhausen acid, see Sulfuric
          acid, fuming etc
         2,5-Norbornadiene, stabilized,
          see Bicyclo [2,2,1] hepta-2,5-
          diene, stabilized
         Octadecyltrichlorosilane                 8  UN1800              II   8           A7, B2, B6, N34, T10,  None          206         242        Forbidden        30 L  C                40
                                                                                                 TP2, TP7, TP13
         Octadiene                                3  UN2309              II   3                B1, IB2, T4, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B
         1,7-Octadine-3,5-diyne-1,8-      Forbidden
          dimethoxy-9-octadecynoic acid
         Octafluorobut-2-ene or                 2.2  UN2422            .....  2.2       .......................  None          304         314, 315       75 kg      150 kg  A
          Refrigerant gas R 1318
         Octafluorocyclobutane, or              2.2  UN1976            .....  2.2                           T50  None          304         314, 315       75 kg      150 kg  A
          Refrigerant gas RC 318
         Octafluoropropaneor Refrigerant        2.2  UN2424            .....  2.2                           T50  None          304         314, 315       75 kg      150 kg  A
          gas R 218
         Octanes                                  3  UN1262              II   3                    IB2, T4, TP2  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B
         Octogen, etc. see
          Cyclotetramethylene
          tetranitramine, etc.
         Octolite or Octol, dry or             1.1D  UN0266            .....  1.1D      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
          wetted with less than 15
          percent water, by mass
         Octonal                               1.1D  UN0496            .....  1.1D      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
         Octyl aldehydes                          3  UN1191             III   3                B1, IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
         Octyltrichlorosilane                     8  UN1801              II   8           A7, B2, B6, N34, T10,  None          206         242        Forbidden        30 L  C                40
                                                                                                 TP2, TP7, TP13
         Oil gas, compressed                    2.3  UN1071            .....  2.3, 2.1                        6  None          304         314, 315   Forbidden       25 kg  D                40
         Oleum, see Sulfuric acid,
          fuming
         Organic peroxide type A, liquid  Forbidden
          or solid
   G     Organic peroxide type B, liquid        5.2  UN3101            .....  5.2, 1                         53  152           225         None       Forbidden   Forbidden  D           12, 25,
                                                                                                                                                                                          52, 53

[[Page 260]]

 
   G     Organic peroxide type B,               5.2  UN3111            .....  5.2, 1                         53  None          225         None       Forbidden   Forbidden  D            2, 25,
          liquid, temperature controlled                                                                                                                                                  52, 53
   G     Organic peroxide type B, solid         5.2  UN3102            .....  5.2, 1                         53  152           225         None       Forbidden   Forbidden  D           12, 25,
                                                                                                                                                                                          52, 53
   G     Organic peroxide type B, solid,        5.2  UN3112            .....  5.2, 1                         53  None          225         None       Forbidden   Forbidden  D            2, 25,
          temperature controlled                                                                                                                                                          52, 53
   G     Organic peroxide type C, liquid        5.2  UN3103            .....  5.2       .......................  152           225         None             5 L        10 L  D           12, 25,
                                                                                                                                                                                          52, 53
   G     Organic peroxide type C,               5.2  UN3113            .....  5.2       .......................  None          225         None       Forbidden   Forbidden  D            2, 25,
          liquid, temperature controlled                                                                                                                                                  52, 53
   G     Organic peroxide type C, solid         5.2  UN3104            .....  5.2       .......................  152           225         None            5 kg       10 kg  D           12, 25,
                                                                                                                                                                                          52, 53
   G     Organic peroxide type C, solid,        5.2  UN3114            .....  5.2       .......................  None          225         None       Forbidden   Forbidden  D            2, 25,
          temperature controlled                                                                                                                                                          52, 53
   G     Organic peroxide type D, liquid        5.2  UN3105            .....  5.2       .......................  152           225         None             5 L        10 L  D           12, 25,
                                                                                                                                                                                          52, 53
   G     Organic peroxide type D,               5.2  UN3115            .....  5.2       .......................  None          225         None       Forbidden   Forbidden  D            2, 25,
          liquid, temperature controlled                                                                                                                                                  52, 53
   G     Organic peroxide type D, solid         5.2  UN3106            .....  5.2       .......................  152           225         None            5 kg       10 kg  D           12, 25,
                                                                                                                                                                                          52, 53
   G     Organic peroxide type D, solid,        5.2  UN3116            .....  5.2       .......................  None          225         None       Forbidden   Forbidden  D            2, 25,
          temperature controlled                                                                                                                                                          52, 53
   G     Organic peroxide type E, liquid        5.2  UN3107            .....  5.2                           A61  152           225         None            10 L        25 L  D           12, 25,
                                                                                                                                                                                          52, 53
   G     Organic peroxide type E,               5.2  UN3117            .....  5.2       .......................  None          225         None       Forbidden   Forbidden  D            2, 25,
          liquid, temperature controlled                                                                                                                                                  52, 53
   G     Organic peroxide type E, solid         5.2  UN3108            .....  5.2       .......................  152           225         None           10 kg       25 kg  D           12, 25,
                                                                                                                                                                                          52, 53
   G     Organic peroxide type E, solid,        5.2  UN3118            .....  5.2       .......................  None          225         None       Forbidden   Forbidden  D            2, 25,
          temperature controlled                                                                                                                                                          52, 53
   G     Organic peroxide type F, liquid        5.2  UN3109            .....  5.2                      A61, IP5  152           225         225             10 L        25 L  D           12, 25,
                                                                                                                                                                                          52, 53
   G     Organic peroxide type F,               5.2  UN3119            .....  5.2                           IP5  None          225         225        Forbidden   Forbidden  D            2, 25,
          liquid, temperature controlled                                                                                                                                                  52, 53
   G     Organic peroxide type F, solid         5.2  UN3110            .....  5.2                          TP33  152           225         225            10 kg       25 kg  D           12, 25,
                                                                                                                                                                                          52, 53
   G     Organic peroxide type F, solid,        5.2  UN3120            .....  5.2                          TP33  None          225         225        Forbidden   Forbidden  D            2, 25,
          temperature controlled                                                                                                                                                          52, 53

[[Page 261]]

 
   D     Organic phosphate, mixed with          2.3  NA1955            .....  2.3                             3  None          334         None       Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
          compressed gas or Organic
          phosphate compound, mixed with
          compressed gas or Organic
          phosphorus compound, mixed
          with compressed gas
         Organic pigments, self-heating         4.2  UN3313              II   4.2       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  None          212         241            15 kg       50 kg  C
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   4.2            IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  None          213         241            25 kg      100 kg  C
   G     Organoarsenic compound, liquid,        6.1  UN3280               I   6.1       5, T14, TP2, TP13, TP27  None          201         242              1 L        30 L  B
          n.o.s.
                                                                         II   6.1           IB2, T11, TP2, TP27  153           202         242              5 L        60 L  B
                                                                        III   6.1            IB3, T7, TP1, TP28  153           203         241             60 L       220 L  A
   G     Organoarsenic compound, solid,         6.1  UN3465               I   6.1            IB7, IP1, T6, TP33  None          211         242             5 kg       50 kg  B
          n.o.s.
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  B
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   6.1            IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  153           213         240           100 kg      200 kg  A
         Organochlorine pesticides                3  UN2762               I   3, 6.1       T14, TP2, TP13, TP27  None          201         243        Forbidden        30 L  B                40
          liquid, flammable, toxic,
          flash point less than 23
          degrees C
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   3, 6.1       IB2, T11, TP2, TP13,  150           202         243              1 L        60 L  B                40
                                                                                                           TP27
         Organochlorine pesticides,             6.1  UN2996               I   6.1          T14, TP2, TP13, TP27  None          201         243              1 L        30 L  B                40
          liquid, toxic
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   6.1          IB2, T11, TP2, TP13,  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  B                40
                                                                                                           TP27
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   6.1            IB3, T7, TP2, TP28  153           203         241             60 L       220 L  A                40
         Organochlorine pesticides,             6.1  UN2995               I   6.1, 3       T14, TP2, TP13, TP27  None          201         243              1 L        30 L  B                40
          liquid, toxic, flammable,
          flash point not less than 23
          degrees C
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   6.1, 3       IB2, T11, TP2, TP13,  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  B                40
                                                                                                           TP27
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   6.1, 3     B1, IB3, T7, TP2, TP28  153           203         242             60 L       220 L  A                40
         Organochlorine pesticides,             6.1  UN2761               I   6.1            IB7, IP1, T6, TP33  None          211         242             5 kg       50 kg  A                40
          solid, toxic
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A                40
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   6.1            IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  153           213         240           100 kg      200 kg  A                40
 G       Organometallic compound,               6.1  UN3282               I   6.1          T14, TP2, TP13, TP27  None          201         242              1 L        30 L  B
          liquid, toxic, n.o.s
                                                                         II   6.1           IB2, T11, TP2, TP27  153           202         242              5 L        60 L  B
                                                                        III   6.1            IB3, T7, TP1, TP28  153           203         241             60 L       220 L  A
 G       Organometallic compound, solid,        6.1  UN3467               I   6.1            IB7, IP1, T6, TP33  None          211         242             5 kg       50 kg  B
          toxic, n.o.s
                                                                         II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  B
                                                                        III   6.1            IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  153           213         240           100 kg      200 kg  A
   G     Organometallic substance,              4.2  UN3392               I   4.2           B11, T21, TP2, TP7,  None          181         244        Forbidden   Forbidden  D           13, 78,
          liquid, pyrophoric                                                                               TP36                                                                              148
   G     Organometallic substance,              4.2  UN3394               I   4.2, 4.3      B11, T21, TP2, TP7,  None          181         244        Forbidden   Forbidden  D           13, 52,
          liquid, pyrophoric, water-                                                                 TP36, TP47                                                                          78, 148
          reactive
   G     Organometallic substance,              4.3  UN3398               I   4.3          T13, TP2, TP7, TP36,  None          201         244        Forbidden         1 L  D           13, 40,
          liquid, water-reactive                                                                      TP47, W31                                                                          52, 148

[[Page 262]]

 
                                          .........                      II   4.3       IB1, IP2, T7, TP2, TP7,  None          202         243              1 L         5 L  D           13, 40,
                                                                                                TP36, TP47, W31                                                                          52, 148
                                          .........                     III   4.3       IB2, IP4, T7, TP2, TP7,  None          203         242              5 L        60 L  E           13, 40,
                                                                                                TP36, TP47, W31                                                                          52, 148
   G     Organometallic substance,              4.3  UN3399               I   4.3, 3       T13, TP2, TP7, TP36,  None          201         244        Forbidden         1 L  D           13, 40,
          liquid, water-reactive,                                                                     TP47, W31                                                                          52, 148
          flammable
                                          .........                      II   4.3, 3    IB1, IP2, T7, TP2, TP7,  None          202         243              1 L         5 L  D           13, 40,
                                                                                                TP36, TP47, W31                                                                          52, 148
                                          .........                     III   4.3, 3    IB2, IP4, T7, TP2, TP7,  None          203         242              5 L        60 L  E           13, 40,
                                                                                                TP36, TP47, W31                                                                          52, 148
   G     Organometallic substance,              4.2  UN3391               I   4.2          T21, TP7, TP33, TP36  None          187         244        Forbidden   Forbidden  D           13, 148
          solid, pyrophoric
   G     Organometallic substance,              4.2  UN3393               I   4.2, 4.3     B11, T21, TP7, TP33,  None          187         244        Forbidden   Forbidden  D           13, 52,
          solid, pyrophoric, water-                                                                  TP36, TP47                                                                              148
          reactive
   G     Organometallic substance,              4.2  UN3400              II   4.2           IB6, T3, TP33, TP36  None          212         242            15 kg       50 kg  C
          solid, self-heating
                                                                        III   4.2           IB8, T1, TP33, TP36  None          213         242            25 kg      100 kg  C
   G     Organometallic substance,              4.3  UN3395               I   4.3           N40, T9, TP7, TP33,  None          211         242        Forbidden       15 kg  E           13, 40,
          solid, water-reactive                                                                 TP36, TP47, W31                                                                          52, 148
                                          .........                      II   4.3          IB4, T3, TP33, TP36,  151           212         242            15 kg       50 kg  E           13, 40,
                                                                                                      TP47, W31                                                                          52, 148
                                          .........                     III   4.3          IB6, T1, TP33, TP36,  151           213         241            25 kg      100 kg  E           13, 40,
                                                                                                      TP47, W31                                                                          52, 148
   G     Organometallic substance,              4.3  UN3396               I   4.3, 4.1      N40, T9, TP7, TP33,  None          211         242        Forbidden       15 kg  E           13, 40,
          solid, water-reactive,                                                                TP36, TP47, W31                                                                          52, 148
          flammable
                                          .........                      II   4.3, 4.1     IB4, T3, TP33, TP36,  151           212         242            15 kg       50 kg  E           13, 40,
                                                                                                      TP47, W31                                                                          52, 148
                                          .........                     III   4.3, 4.1     IB6, T1, TP33, TP36,  151           213         241            25 kg      100 kg  E           13, 40,
                                                                                                      TP47, W31                                                                          52, 148
   G     Organometallic substance,              4.3  UN3397               I   4.3, 4.2      N40, T9, TP7, TP33,  None          211         242        Forbidden       15 kg  E           13, 40,
          solid, water-reactive, self-                                                          TP36, TP47, W31                                                                          52, 148
          heating
                                          .........                      II   4.3, 4.2     IB4, T3, TP33, TP36,  None          212         242            15 kg       50 kg  E           13, 40,
                                                                                                      TP47, W31                                                                          52, 148
                                          .........                     III   4.3, 4.2     IB6, T1, TP33, TP36,  None          213         241            25 kg      100 kg  E           13, 40,
                                                                                                      TP47, W31                                                                          52, 148
         Organophosphorus compound,             6.1  UN3279               I   6.1, 3    5, T14, TP2, TP13, TP27  None          201         243              1 L        30 L  B                40
          toxic, flammable, n.o.s.

[[Page 263]]

 
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   6.1, 3       IB2, T11, TP2, TP13,  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  B                40
                                                                                                           TP27
 G       Organophosphorus compound,             6.1  UN3278               I   6.1       5, T14, TP2, TP13, TP27  None          201         243              1 L        30 L  B
          liquid, toxic, n.o.s
                                                                         II   6.1           IB2, T11, TP2, TP27  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  B
                                                                        III   6.1            IB3, T7, TP1, TP28  153           203         241             60 L       220 L  A
 G       Organophosphorus compound,             6.1  UN3464               I   6.1            IB7, IP1, T6, TP33  None          211         242             5 kg       50 kg  B
          solid, toxic, n.o.s
                                                                         II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  B
                                                                        III   6.1            IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  153           213         240           100 kg      200 kg  A
         Organophosphorus pesticides,             3  UN2784               I   3, 6.1       T14, TP2, TP13, TP27  None          201         243        Forbidden        30 L  B                40
          liquid, flammable, toxic,
          flash point less than 23
          degrees C
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   3, 6.1       IB2, T11, TP2, TP13,  150           202         243              1 L        60 L  B                40
                                                                                                           TP27
         Organophosphorus pesticides,           6.1  UN3018               I   6.1          N76, T14, TP2, TP13,  None          201         243              1 L        30 L  B                40
          liquid, toxic                                                                                    TP27
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   6.1           IB2, N76, T11, TP2,  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  B                40
                                                                                                     TP13, TP27
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   6.1       IB3, N76, T7, TP2, TP28  153           203         241             60 L       220 L  A                40
         Organophosphorus pesticides,           6.1  UN3017               I   6.1, 3       N76, T14, TP2, TP13,  None          201         243              1 L        30 L  B                40
          liquid, toxic, flammable,                                                                        TP27
          flash point not less than 23
          degrees C
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   6.1, 3        IB2, N76, T11, TP2,  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  B                40
                                                                                                     TP13, TP27
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   6.1, 3     B1, IB3, N76, T7, TP2,  153           203         242             60 L       220 L  A                40
                                                                                                           TP28
         Organophosphorus pesticides,           6.1  UN2783               I   6.1       IB7, IP1, N77, T6, TP33  None          211         242             5 kg       50 kg  A                40
          solid, toxic
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, N77, T3,  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A                40
                                                                                                           TP33
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   6.1       IB8, IP3, N77, T1, TP33  153           213         240           100 kg      200 kg  A                40
         Organotin compounds, liquid,           6.1  UN2788               I   6.1           N33, N34, T14, TP2,  None          201         243              1 L        30 L  B                40
          n.o.s                                                                                      TP13, TP27
                                                                         II   6.1       A3, IB2, N33, N34, T11,  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  A                40
                                                                                                TP2, TP13, TP27
                                                                        III   6.1            IB3, T7, TP2, TP28  153           203         241             60 L       220 L  A                40
         Organotin compounds, solid,            6.1  UN3146               I   6.1        A5, IB7, IP1, T6, TP33  None          211         242             5 kg       50 kg  B                40
          n.o.s.
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A                40
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   6.1            IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  153           213         240           100 kg      200 kg  A                40
         Organotin pesticides, liquid,            3  UN2787               I   3, 6.1       T14, TP2, TP13, TP27  None          201         243        Forbidden        30 L  B                40
          flammable, toxic, flash point
          less than 23 degrees C
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   3, 6.1       IB2, T11, TP2, TP13,  150           202         243              1 L        60 L  B                40
                                                                                                           TP27
         Organotin pesticides, liquid,          6.1  UN3020               I   6.1          T14, TP2, TP13, TP27  None          201         243              1 L        30 L  B                40
          toxic
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   6.1          IB2, T11, TP2, TP13,  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  B                40
                                                                                                           TP27
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   6.1            IB3, T7, TP2, TP28  153           203         241             60 L       220 L  A                40

[[Page 264]]

 
         Organotin pesticides, liquid,          6.1  UN3019               I   6.1, 3       T14, TP2, TP13, TP27  None          201         243              1 L        30 L  B                40
          toxic, flammable, flash point
          not less than 23 degrees C
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   6.1, 3       IB2, T11, TP2, TP13,  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  B                40
                                                                                                           TP27
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   6.1, 3     B1, IB3, T7, TP2, TP28  153           203         242             60 L       220 L  A                40
         Organotin pesticides, solid,           6.1  UN2786               I   6.1            IB7, IP1, T6, TP33  None          211         242             5 kg       50 kg  A                40
          toxic
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A                40
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   6.1            IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  153           213         240           100 kg      200 kg  A                40
         Orthonitroaniline, see
          Nitroanilines etc
         Osmium tetroxide                       6.1  UN2471               I   6.1       A8, IB7, IP1, N33, N34,  None          211         242             5 kg       50 kg  B                40
                                                                                                  T6, TP33, W31
 D G     Other regulated substances,              9  NA3082             III   9              A189, IB3, T2, TP1  155           203         241         No limit    No limit  A
          liquid, n.o.s
 D G     Other regulated substances,              9  NA3077             III   9         384, B54, IB8, IP2, T1,  155           213         240         No limit    No limit  A
          solid, n.o.s                                                                                     TP33
   G     Oxidizing liquid, corrosive,           5.1  UN3098               I   5.1, 8                         62  None          201         244        Forbidden       2.5 L  D           13, 56,
          n.o.s                                                                                                                                                                          58, 138
                                                                         II   5.1, 8                    62, IB1  None          202         243              1 L         5 L  B           13, 56,
                                                                                                                                                                                         58, 138
                                                                        III   5.1, 8                    62, IB2  152           203         242            2.5 L        30 L  B           13, 56,
                                                                                                                                                                                         58, 138
   G     Oxidizing liquid, n.o.s                5.1  UN3139               I   5.1                   62, 127, A2  None          201         243        Forbidden       2.5 L  D           56, 58,
                                                                                                                                                                                             138
                                                                         II   5.1         62, 127, 148, A2, IB2  152           202         242              1 L         5 L  B           56, 58,
                                                                                                                                                                                             138
                                                                        III   5.1         62, 127, 148, A2, IB2  152           203         241            2.5 L        30 L  B           56, 58,
                                                                                                                                                                                             138
   G     Oxidizing liquid, toxic, n.o.s         5.1  UN3099               I   5.1, 6.1                       62  None          201         244        Forbidden       2.5 L  D           56, 58,
                                                                                                                                                                                             138
                                                                         II   5.1, 6.1                  62, IB1  152           202         243              1 L         5 L  B           56, 58,
                                                                                                                                                                                         95, 138
                                                                        III   5.1, 6.1                  62, IB2  152           203         242            2.5 L        30 L  B           56, 58,
                                                                                                                                                                                         95, 138
   G     Oxidizing solid, corrosive,            5.1  UN3085               I   5.1, 8                         62  None          211         242             1 kg       15 kg  D           13, 56,
          n.o.s                                                                                                                                                                          58, 138

[[Page 265]]

 
                                                                         II   5.1, 8     62, IB6, IP2, T3, TP33  152           212         242             5 kg       25 kg  B           13, 34,
                                                                                                                                                                                         56, 58,
                                                                                                                                                                                             138
                                                                        III   5.1, 8     62, IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  152           213         240            25 kg      100 kg  B           13, 34,
                                                                                                                                                                                         56, 58,
                                                                                                                                                                                             138
   G     Oxidizing solid, flammable,            5.1  UN3137               I   5.1, 4.1                       62  None          214         214        Forbidden   Forbidden  ..........      13,
          n.o.s                                                                                                                                                                             147,
                                                                                                                                                                                             148
   G     Oxidizing solid, n.o.s.                5.1  UN1479               I   5.1                  62, IB5, IP1  None          211         242             1 kg       15 kg  D           56, 58,
                                                                                                                                                                                            106,
                                                                                                                                                                                             138
         ...............................             ................    II   5.1        62, IB8, IP2, IP4, T3,  152           212         240             5 kg       25 kg  B           56, 58,
                                                                                                           TP33                                                                             106,
                                                                                                                                                                                             138
         ...............................             ................   III   5.1        62, 148, IB8, IP3, T1,  152           213         240            25 kg      100 kg  B           56, 58,
                                                                                                           TP33                                                                             106,
                                                                                                                                                                                             138
   G     Oxidizing solid, self-heating,         5.1  UN3100               I   5.1, 4.2                       62  None          214         214        Forbidden   Forbidden
          n.o.s.
                                                                         II   5.1, 4.2                       62  None          214         214        Forbidden   Forbidden
   G     Oxidizing solid, toxic, n.o.s.         5.1  UN3087               I   5.1, 6.1                       62  None          211         242             1 kg       15 kg  D           56, 58,
                                                                                                                                                                                             138
                                                                         II   5.1, 6.1   62, IB6, IP2, T3, TP33  152           212         242             5 kg       25 kg  B           56, 58,
                                                                                                                                                                                             138
                                                                        III   5.1, 6.1   62, IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  152           213         240            25 kg      100 kg  B           56, 58,
                                                                                                                                                                                             138
   G     Oxidizing solid, water                 5.1  UN3121            .....  5.1, 4.3                       62  None          214         214        Forbidden   Forbidden  ..........  13, 148
          reactive, n.o.s
         Oxygen, compressed                     2.2  UN1072            .....  2.2, 5.1                 110, A14  306           302         314, 315       75 kg      150 kg  A
         Oxygen difluoride, compressed          2.3  UN2190            .....  2.3,                       1, N86  None          304         None       Forbidden   Forbidden  D           13, 40,
                                                                               5.1, 8                                                                                                     89, 90
         Oxygen generator, chemical             5.1  UN3356            .....  5.1       .......................  None          168         None       Forbidden       25 kg  D           56, 58,
          (including when contained in                                                                                                                                                   69, 106
          associated equipment, e.g.,
          passenger service units
          (PSUs), portable breathing
          equipment (PBE), etc)
   +     Oxygen generator, chemical,              9  NA3356             III   9                              61  None          213         None       Forbidden   Forbidden  A
          spent
         Oxygen, refrigerated liquid            2.2  UN1073            .....  2.2, 5.1           T75, TP5, TP22  320           316         318        Forbidden   Forbidden  D
          (cryogenic liquid)
         Paint including paint, lacquer,          3  UN1263               I   3             367, T11, TP1, TP8,  150           201         243              1 L        30 L  E
          enamel, stain, shellac                                                                           TP27
          solutions, varnish, polish,
          liquid filler and liquid
          lacquer base
                                                                         II   3             149, 367, 383, B52,  150           173         242              5 L        60 L  B
                                                                                            B131, IB2, T4, TP1,
                                                                                                      TP8, TP28

[[Page 266]]

 
                                                                        III   3             367, B1, B52, B131,  150           173         242             60 L       220 L  A
                                                                                             IB3, T2, TP1, TP29
         Paint or Paint related material          8  UN3066              II   8          367, B2, IB2, T7, TP2,  154           173         242              1 L        30 L  A                40
                                                                                                           TP28
                                                                        III   8         367, B52, IB3, T4, TP1,  154           173         241              5 L        60 L  A                40
                                                                                                           TP29
         Paint, corrosive, flammable              8  UN3470              II   8, 3      367, IB2, T7, TP2, TP8,  154           202         243              1 L        30 L  B                40
          (including paint, lacquer,                                                                       TP28
          enamel, stain, shellac,
          varnish, polish, liquid
          filler, and liquid lacquer
          base)
         Paint, flammable, corrosive,             3  UN3469               I   3, 8          367, T11, TP2, TP27  None          201         243            0.5 L       2.5 L  E                40
          (including paint , lacquer,
          enamel, stain, shellac,
          varnish, polish, liquid filler
          and liquid lacquer base)
                                                                         II   3, 8      367, IB2, T7, TP2, TP8,  150           202         243              1 L         5 L  B                40
                                                                                                           TP28
                                                                        III   3, 8      367, IB3, T4, TP1, TP29  150           203         242              5 L        60 L  A                40
         Paint related material                   3  UN1263               I   3             367, T11, TP1, TP8,  150           201         243              1 L        30 L  E
          including paint thinning,                                                                        TP27
          drying, removing, or reducing
          compound
                                                  3  UN1263              II   3             149, 367, 383, B52,  150           173         242              5 L        60 L  B
                                                                                            B131, IB2, T4, TP1,
                                                                                                      TP8, TP28
                                                                        III   3             367, B1, B52, B131,  150           173         242             60 L       220 L  A
                                                                                             IB3, T2, TP1, TP29
         Paint related material                   8  UN3470              II   8, 3      367, IB2, T7, TP2, TP8,  154           202         243              1 L        30 L  B                40
          corrosive, flammable                                                                             TP28
          (including paint thinning or
          reducing compound)
         Paint related material,                  3  UN3469               I   3, 8          367, T11, TP2, TP27  None          201         243            0.5 L       2.5 L  E                40
          flammable, corrosive
          (including paint thinning or
          reducing compound)
                                                                         II   3, 8      367, IB2, T7, TP2, TP8,  150           202         243              1 L         5 L  B                40
                                                                                                           TP28
                                                                        III   3, 8      367, IB3, T4, TP1, TP29  150           203         242              5 L        60 L  A                40
         Paper, unsaturated oil treated         4.2  UN1379             III   4.2                 IB8, IP3, W31  None          213         241        Forbidden   Forbidden  A
          incompletely dried (including
          carbon paper)

[[Page 267]]

 
         Paraformaldehyde                       4.1  UN2213             III   4.1       A1, B120, IB8, IP3, T1,  151           213         240            25 kg      100 kg  A
                                                                                                           TP33
         Paraldehyde                              3  UN1264             III   3                B1, IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
         Paranitroaniline, solid, see
          Nitroanilines etc
   D     Parathion and compressed gas           2.3  NA1967            .....  2.3                             3  None          334         245        Forbidden   Forbidden  E                40
          mixture
         Paris green, solid, see Copper
          acetoarsenite
         PCB, see Polychlorinated
          biphenyls
   +     Pentaborane                            4.2  UN1380               I   4.2, 6.1                        1  None          205         245        Forbidden   Forbidden  D           13, 148
         Pentachloroethane                      6.1  UN1669              II   6.1                  IB2, T7, TP2  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  A                40
         Pentachlorophenol                      6.1  UN3155              II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A
         Pentaerythrite tetranitrate      Forbidden
          (dry)
         Pentaerythrite tetranitrate            4.1  UN3344              II   4.1                      118, N85  None          214         None       Forbidden   Forbidden  E
          mixture, desensitized, solid,
          n.o.s. or Pentaerythritol
          tetranitrate mixture,
          desensitized, solid, n.o.s. or
          PETN mixture, desensitized,
          solid, n.o.s., with more than
          10 percent but not more than
          20 percent PETN, by mass
         Pentaerythrite tetranitrate or        1.1D  UN0411            .....  1.1D                          120  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
          Pentaerythritol tetranitrate
          or PETN, with not less than 7
          percent wax by mass
         Pentaerythrite tetranitrate,          1.1D  UN0150            .....  1.1D                          121  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
          wetted or Pentaerythritol
          tetranitrate, wetted, or PETN,
          wetted with not less than 25
          percent water, by mass, or
          Pentaerythrite tetranitrate,
          or Pentaerythritol
          tetranitrate or PETN,
          desensitized with not less
          than 15 percent phlegmatizer
          by mass
         Pentaerythritol tetranitrate,
          see Pentaerythrite
          tetranitrate, etc
         Pentafluoroethane or                   2.2  UN3220            .....  2.2                           T50  306           304         314, 315       75 kg      150 kg  A
          Refrigerant gas R 125
         Pentamethylheptane                       3  UN2286             III   3                B1, IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
         Pentane-2,4-dione                        3  UN2310             III   3, 6.1           B1, IB3, T4, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
         Pentanes                                 3  UN1265               I   3                        T11, TP2  150           201         243              1 L        30 L  E
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   3               IB2, IP8, T4, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  E
         Pentanitroaniline (dry)          Forbidden
         Pentanols                                3  UN1105              II   3              IB2, T4, TP1, TP29  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   3            B1, B3, IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
         1-Pentene (n-amylene)                    3  UN1108               I   3                        T11, TP2  150           201         243              1 L        30 L  E
         1-Pentol                                 8  UN2705              II   8                B2, IB2, T7, TP2  154           202         242              1 L        30 L  B            26, 27

[[Page 268]]

 
         Pentolite, dry or wetted with         1.1D  UN0151            .....  1.1D      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
          less than 15 percent water, by
          mass
         Pepper spray, see Aerosols,
          etc. or Self-defense spray,
          non-pressurized
         Perchlorates, inorganic,               5.1  UN3211              II   5.1                  IB2, T4, TP1  152           202         242              1 L         5 L  B           56, 58,
          aqueous solution, n.o.s.                                                                                                                                                           133
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   5.1                  IB2, T4, TP1  152           202         241            2.5 L        30 L  B           56, 58,
                                                                                                                                                                                         69, 133
         Perchlorates, inorganic, n.o.s.        5.1  UN1481              II   5.1            IB6, IP2, T3, TP33  152           212         242             5 kg       25 kg  A            56, 58
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   5.1            IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  152           213         240            25 kg      100 kg  A            56, 58
         Perchloric acid, with more than  Forbidden
          72 percent acid by mass
         Perchloric acid with more than         5.1  UN1873               I   5.1, 8          A2, N41, T10, TP1  None          201         243        Forbidden       2.5 L  D                66
          50 percent but not more than
          72 percent acid, by mass
         Perchloric acid with not more            8  UN1802              II   8, 5.1          IB2, N41, T7, TP2  None          202         243        Forbidden        30 L  C                66
          than 50 percent acid by mass
         Perchloroethylene, see
          Tetrachloroethylene
         Perchloromethyl mercaptan              6.1  UN1670               I   6.1         2, B9, B14, B32, N34,  None          227         244        Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
                                                                                          T20, TP2, TP13, TP38,
                                                                                                           TP45
         Perchloryl fluoride                    2.3  UN3083            .....  2.3, 5.1               2, B9, B14  None          302         314, 315   Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
         Percussion caps, see Primers,
          cap type
         Perfluoro-2-butene, see
          Octafluorobut-2-ene
         Perfluoro(ethyl vinyl ether)           2.1  UN3154            .....  2.1       .......................  306           302, 304,   314, 315   Forbidden      150 kg  E                40
                                                                                                                                305
         Perfluoro(methyl vinyl ether)          2.1  UN3153            .....  2.1                           T50  306           302, 304,   314, 315   Forbidden      150 kg  E                40
                                                                                                                                305
         Perfumery products with                  3  UN1266              II   3          149, IB2, T4, TP1, TP8  150           202         242             15 L        60 L  B
          flammable solvents
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   3                B1, IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A

[[Page 269]]

 
   G     Permanganates, inorganic,              5.1  UN3214              II   5.1         26, 353, IB2, T4, TP1  152           202         242              1 L         5 L  D           56, 58,
          aqueous solution, n.o.s                                                                                                                                                           133,
                                                                                                                                                                                             138
   G     Permanganates, inorganic, n.o.s        5.1  UN1482              II   5.1       26, 353, A30, IB6, IP2,  152           212         242             5 kg       25 kg  D           56, 58,
                                                                                                       T3, TP33                                                                              138
                                          .........  ................   III   5.1       26, 353, A30, IB8, IP3,  152           213         240            25 kg      100 kg  D           56, 58,
                                                                                                       T1, TP33                                                                               13
         Permeation devices for
          calibrating air quality
          monitoring equipment See Sec.
           173.175
         Peroxides, inorganic, n.o.s            5.1  UN1483              II   5.1       A7, A20, IB6, IP2, N34,  None          212         242             5 kg       25 kg  C           13, 52,
                                                                                                 T3, TP33, W100                                                                          66, 75,
                                                                                                                                                                                             148
                                          .........                     III   5.1           A7, A20, B134, IB8,  152           213         240            25 kg      100 kg  C           13, 52,
                                                                                           IP21, N34, T1, TP33,                                                                          66, 75,
                                                                                                           W100                                                                              148
         Peroxyacetic acid, with more     Forbidden
          than 43 percent and with more
          than 6 percent hydrogen
          peroxide
         Persulfates, inorganic, aqueous        5.1  UN3216             III   5.1            IB2, T4, TP1, TP29  152           203         241            2.5 L        30 L  A           56, 58,
          solution, n.o.s                                                                                                                                                                    133
         Persulfates, inorganic, n.o.s.         5.1  UN3215             III   5.1            IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  152           213         240            25 kg      100 kg  A            56, 58
   G     Pesticides, liquid, flammable,           3  UN3021               I   3, 6.1        B5, T14, TP2, TP13,  None          201         243        Forbidden        30 L  B                40
          toxic, flash point less than                                                                     TP27
          23 degrees C
                                                                         II   3, 6.1       IB2, T11, TP2, TP13,  150           202         243              1 L        60 L  B                40
                                                                                                           TP27
   G     Pesticides, liquid, toxic,             6.1  UN2903               I   6.1, 3       T14, TP2, TP13, TP27  None          201         243              1 L        30 L  B                40
          flammable, n.o.s. flash point
          not less than 23 degrees C
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   6.1, 3       IB2, T11, TP2, TP13,  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  B                40
                                                                                                           TP27
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   6.1, 3           B1, IB3, T7, TP2  153           203         242             60 L       220 L  A                40
   G     Pesticides, liquid, toxic,             6.1  UN2902               I   6.1          T14, TP2, TP13, TP27  None          201         243              1 L        30 L  B                40
          n.o.s.
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   6.1          IB2, T11, TP2, TP13,  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  B                40
                                                                                                           TP27
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   6.1            IB3, T7, TP2, TP28  153           203         241             60 L       220 L  A                40
   G     Pesticides, solid, toxic,              6.1  UN2588               I   6.1                 IB7, T6, TP33  None          211         242             5 kg       50 kg  A                40
          n.o.s.
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A                40
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   6.1            IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  153           213         240           100 kg      200 kg  A                40
         PETN, see Pentaerythrite
          tetranitrate
         PETN/TNT, see Pentolite, etc
         Petrol, see Gasoline
         Petroleum crude oil                      3  UN1267               I   3         144, 357, T11, TP1, TP8  150           201         243              1 L        30 L  E
                                          .........  ................    II   3         144, 357, IB2, T4, TP1,  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B
                                                                                                            TP8
                                          .........  ................   III   3          144, 357, B1, IB3, T2,  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
                                                                                                            TP1

[[Page 270]]

 
         Petroleum distillates, n.o.s.            3  UN1268               I   3              144, T11, TP1, TP8  150           201         243              1 L        30 L  E
          or Petroleum products, n.o.s.
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   3         144, IB2, T7, TP1, TP8,  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B
                                                                                                           TP28
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   3          144, B1, IB3, T4, TP1,  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
                                                                                                           TP29
         Petroleum gases, liquefied or          2.1  UN1075            .....  2.1                      T50, N95  306           304         314, 315   Forbidden      150 kg  E                40
          Liquefied petroleum gas
   D     Petroleum oil                            3  NA1270               I   3                   144, T11, TP1  None          201         243              1 L        30 L  E
                                                                         II   3         144, IB2, T7, TP1, TP8,  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B
                                                                                                           TP28
                                                                        III   3          144, B1, IB3, T4, TP1,  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
                                                                                                           TP29
   I     Petroleum sour crude oil,                3  UN3494               I   3, 6.1        343, T14, TP2, TP13  None          201         243        Forbidden        30 L  D                40
          flammable, toxic
                                                                         II   3, 6.1          343, IB2, T7, TP2  150           202         243              1 L        60 L  D                40
                                                                        III   3, 6.1          343, IB3, T4, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  C                40
         Phenacyl bromide                       6.1  UN2645              II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  B                40
   +     Phenetidines                           6.1  UN2311             III   6.1                  IB3, T4, TP1  153           203         241             60 L       220 L  A
         Phenol, molten                         6.1  UN2312              II   6.1                  B14, T7, TP3  None          202         243        Forbidden   Forbidden  B                40
   +     Phenol, solid                          6.1  UN1671              II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, N78, T3,  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A
                                                                                                           TP33
         Phenol solutions                       6.1  UN2821              II   6.1                  IB2, T7, TP2  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  A
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   6.1                  IB3, T4, TP1  153           203         241             60 L       220 L  A
         Phenolsulfonic acid, liquid              8  UN1803              II   8           B2, IB2, N41, T7, TP2  154           202         242              1 L        30 L  C                14
         Phenoxyacetic acid derivative            3  UN3346               I   3, 6.1       T14, TP2, TP13, TP27  None          201         243        Forbidden        30 L  B                40
          pesticide, liquid, flammable,
          toxic flash point less than 23
          degrees C
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   3, 6.1       IB2, T11, TP2, TP13,  150           202         243              1 L        60 L  B                40
                                                                                                           TP27
         Phenoxyacetic acid derivative          6.1  UN3348               I   6.1          T14, TP2, TP13, TP27  None          201         243              1 L        30 L  B                40
          pesticide, liquid, toxic
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   6.1           IB2, T11, TP2, TP27  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  B                40
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   6.1            IB3, T7, TP2, TP28  153           203         241             60 L       220 L  A                40

[[Page 271]]

 
         Phenoxyacetic acid derivative          6.1  UN3347               I   6.1, 3       T14, TP2, TP13, TP27  None          201         243              1 L        30 L  B                40
          pesticide, liquid, toxic,
          flammable, flash point not
          less than 23 degrees C
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   6.1, 3       IB2, T11, TP2, TP13,  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  B                40
                                                                                                           TP27
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   6.1, 3         IB3, T7, TP2, TP28  153           203         241             60 L       220 L  A                40
         Phenoxyacetic acid derivative          6.1  UN3345               I   6.1            IB7, IP1, T6, TP33  None          211         242             5 kg       50 kg  A                40
          pesticide, solid, toxic
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A                40
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   6.1            IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  153           213         240           100 kg      200 kg  A                40
         Phenyl chloroformate                   6.1  UN2746              II   6.1, 8         IB2, T7, TP2, TP13  153           202         243              1 L        30 L  A           12, 13,
                                                                                                                                                                                          25, 40
         Phenyl isocyanate                      6.1  UN2487               I   6.1, 3      2, B9, B14, B32, B77,  None          227         244        Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
                                                                                            N33, N34, T20, TP2,
                                                                                               TP13, TP38, TP45
         Phenyl mercaptan                       6.1  UN2337               I   6.1, 3      2, B9, B14, B32, B77,  None          227         244        Forbidden   Forbidden  D            40, 52
                                                                                          T20, TP2, TP13, TP38,
                                                                                                           TP45
         Phenyl phosphorus dichloride             8  UN2798              II   8           B2, B15, IB2, T7, TP2  154           202         242        Forbidden        30 L  B                40
         Phenyl phosphorus                        8  UN2799              II   8           B2, B15, IB2, T7, TP2  154           202         242        Forbidden        30 L  B                40
          thiodichloride
         Phenyl urea pesticides, liquid,        6.1  UN3002               I   6.1                 T14, TP2 TP27  None          201         243              1 L        30 L  B                40
          toxic
                                                                         II   6.1                       T7, TP2  None          202         243              5 L        60 L  B                40
                                                                        III   6.1                       T4, TP1  153           203         241             60 L       220 L  A                40
         Phenylacetonitrile, liquid             6.1  UN2470             III   6.1                  IB3, T4, TP1  153           203         241             60 L       220 L  A                52
         Phenylacetyl chloride                    8  UN2577              II   8                B2, IB2, T7, TP2  154           202         242              1 L        30 L  C                40
         Phenylcarbylamine chloride             6.1  UN1672               I   6.1         2, B9, B14, B32, T20,  None          227         244        Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
                                                                                          TP2, TP13, TP38, TP45
         m-Phenylene                      Forbidden
          diaminediperchlorate (dry)
   +     Phenylenediamines (o-; m-; p-;)        6.1  UN1673             III   6.1            IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  153           213         240           100 kg      200 kg  A
         Phenylhydrazine                        6.1  UN2572              II   6.1                  IB2, T7, TP2  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  A                40
         Phenylmercuric acetate                 6.1  UN1674              II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A
   G     Phenylmercuric compounds,              6.1  UN2026               I   6.1            IB7, IP1, T6, TP33  None          211         242             5 kg       50 kg  A
          n.o.s.
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   6.1            IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  153           213         240           100 kg      200 kg  A
         Phenylmercuric hydroxide               6.1  UN1894              II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A
         Phenylmercuric nitrate                 6.1  UN1895              II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A
         Phenyltrichlorosilane                    8  UN1804              II   8          A7, B6, N34, T10, TP2,  None          206         242        Forbidden        30 L  C                40
                                                                                                      TP7, TP13
         Phosgene                               2.3  UN1076            .....  2.3, 8            1, B7, B46, N86  None          192         314        Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
         9-Phosphabicyclononanes or             4.2  UN2940              II   4.2            A19, IB6, IP2, T3,  None          212         241            15 kg       50 kg  A
          Cyclooctadiene phosphines                                                                   TP33, W31
         Phosphine                              2.3  UN2199            .....  2.3, 2.1                        1  None          192         245        Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
         Phosphine, adsorbed                    2.3  UN3525            .....  2.3, 2.1                        1  None          302c        None       Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
         Phosphoric acid solution                 8  UN1805             III   8           A7, IB3, N34, T4, TP1  154           203         241              5 L        60 L  A
         Phosphoric acid, solid                   8  UN3453             III   8              IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  154           213         240            25 kg      100 kg  A

[[Page 272]]

 
         Phosphoric acid
          triethyleneimine, see Tris-(1-
          aziridiyl)phosphine oxide,
          solution
         Phosphoric anhydride, see
          Phosphorus pentoxide
         Phosphorous acid                         8  UN2834             III   8              IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  154           213         240            25 kg      100 kg  A                25
         Phosphorus, amorphous                  4.1  UN1338             III   4.1         A1, A19, B1, B9, B26,  None          213         243            25 kg      100 kg  A                74
                                                                                             IB8, IP3, T1, TP33
         Phosphorus bromide, see
          Phosphorus tribromide
         Phosphorus chloride, see
          Phosphorus trichloride
         Phosphorus heptasulfide, free          4.1  UN1339              II   4.1            A20, IB4, N34, T3,  None          212         240            15 kg       50 kg  B           13, 74,
          from yellow or white                                                                        TP33, W31                                                                             147,
          phosphorus                                                                                                                                                                         148
         Phosphorus oxybromide                    8  UN1939              II   8         B8, IB8, IP2, IP4, N41,  None          212         240        Forbidden       50 kg  C           12, 25,
                                                                                                  N43, T3, TP33                                                                               40
         Phosphorus oxybromide, molten            8  UN2576              II   8          B2, B8, IB1, N41, N43,  None          202         242        Forbidden   Forbidden  C                40
                                                                                                  T7, TP3, TP13
   +     Phosphorous oxychloride                6.1  UN1810               I   6.1, 8      2, B9, B14, B32, B77,  None          227         244        Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
                                                                                           N34, T20, TP2, TP13,
                                                                                                     TP38, TP45
         Phosphorus pentabromide                  8  UN2691              II   8         A7, IB8, IP2, IP4, N34,  154           212         240        Forbidden       50 kg  B           12, 25,
                                                                                                       T3, TP33                                                                          40, 53,
                                                                                                                                                                                              55
         Phosphorus pentachloride                 8  UN1806              II   8         A7, IB8, IP2, IP4, N34,  None          212         240        Forbidden       50 kg  C           40, 44,
                                                                                                       T3, TP33                                                                              89,
                                                                                                                                                                                            100,
                                                                                                                                                                                             141
         Phosphorus Pentafluoride               2.3  UN2198            .....  2.3, 8                 2, B9, B14  None          302, 304    314, 315   Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
         Phosphorus pentafluoride,              2.3  UN3524            .....  2.3, 8                 2, B9, B14  None          302c        None       Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
          adsorbed
         Phosphorus pentasulfide, free          4.3  UN1340              II   4.3, 4.1       A20, B59, IB4, T3,  151           212         242            15 kg       50 kg  B           13, 74,
          from yellow or white                                                                   TP33, W31, W40                                                                              148
          phosphorus
         Phosphorus pentoxide                     8  UN1807              II   8         A7, IB8, IP2, IP4, N34,  154           212         240            15 kg       50 kg  A
                                                                                                       T3, TP33
         Phosphorus sesquisulfide, free         4.1  UN1341              II   4.1            A20, IB4, N34, T3,  None          212         240            15 kg       50 kg  B                74
          from yellow or white                                                                        TP33, W31
          phosphorus

[[Page 273]]

 
         Phosphorus tribromide                    8  UN1808              II   8           A3, A7, B2, B25, IB2,  None          202         242        Forbidden        30 L  C                40
                                                                                              N34, N43, T7, TP2
         Phosphorus trichloride                 6.1  UN1809               I   6.1, 8      2, B9, B14, B15, B32,  None          227         244        Forbidden   Forbidden  C                40
                                                                                            B77, N34, T20, TP2,
                                                                                               TP13, TP38, TP45
         Phosphorus trioxide                      8  UN2578             III   8              IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  154           213         240            25 kg      100 kg  A            12, 25
         Phosphorus trisulfide, free            4.1  UN1343              II   4.1            A20, IB4, N34, T3,  None          212         240            15 kg       50 kg  B           13, 74,
          from yellow or white                                                                        TP33, W31                                                                             147,
          phosphorus                                                                                                                                                                         148
         Phosphorus, white dry or               4.2  UN1381               I   4.2, 6.1   B9, B26, N34, T9, TP3,  None          188         243        Forbidden   Forbidden  E
          Phosphorus, white, under water                                                              TP31, W31
          or Phosphorus white, in
          solution or Phosphorus, yellow
          dry or Phosphorus, yellow,
          under water or Phosphorus,
          yellow, in solution
         Phosphorus white, molten               4.2  UN2447               I   4.2, 6.1  B9, B26, N34, T21, TP3,  None          188         243        Forbidden   Forbidden  D
                                                                                                      TP7, TP26
         Phosphorus (white or red) and a  Forbidden
          chlorate, mixtures of
         Phosphoryl chloride, see
          Phosphorus oxychloride
         Phthalic anhydride with more             8  UN2214             III   8              IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  154           213         240            25 kg      100 kg  A
          than .05 percent maleic
          anhydride
         Picolines                                3  UN2313             III   3                B1, IB3, T4, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A                40
         Picric acid, see
          Trinitrophenol, etc
         Picrite, see Nitroguanidine,
          etc
         Picryl chloride, see
          Trinitrochlorobenzene
         Pine oil                                 3  UN1272             III   3                B1, IB3, T2, TP2  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
         alpha-Pinene                             3  UN2368             III   3                B1, IB3, T2, TP2  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
         Piperazine                               8  UN2579             III   8              IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  154           213         240            25 kg      100 kg  A           12, 25,
                                                                                                                                                                                              52
         Piperidine                               8  UN2401               I   8, 3                A10, T10, TP2  None          201         243            0.5 L       2.5 L  B                52
         Pivaloyl chloride, see
          Trimethylacetyl chloride
         Plastic molding compound in              9  UN3314             III   9               32, IB8, IP3, IP7  155           221         221           100 kg      200 kg  E           21, 25,
          dough, sheet or extruded rope                                                                                                                                                  87, 144
          form evolving flammable vapor
         Plastic solvent, n.o.s., see
          Flammable liquids, n.o.s.
         Plastics, nitrocellulose-based,        4.2  UN2006             III   4.2       .......................  None          213         None       Forbidden   Forbidden  C
          self-heating, n.o.s.
         Poisonous gases, n.o.s., see
          Compressed or liquefied gases,
          flammable or toxic, n.o.s.
         Polyalkylamines, n.o.s., see
          Amines, etc
         Polyamines, flammable,
          corrosive, n.o.s. see Amines,
          flammable, corrosive, n.o.s

[[Page 274]]

 
         Polyamines, liquid, corrosive,
          n.o.s. see Amines, liquid,
          corrosive, n.o.s
         Polyamines, liquid, corrosive,
          flammable, n.o.s. see Amines,
          liquid, corrosive, flammable,
          n.o.s
         Polychlorinated biphenyls,               9  UN2315              II   9            9, 81, 140, IB3, T4,  155           202         241            100 L       220 L  A                95
          liquid                                                                                            TP1
         Polychlorinated biphenyls,               9  UN3432              II   9            9, 81,140, IB8, IP2,  155           212         240           100 kg      200 kg  A                95
          solid                                                                                   IP4, T3, TP33
         Polyester resin kit, liquid              3  UN3269            .....  3                         40, 149  165           165         None            5 kg        5 kg  B
          base material
         Polyester resin kit, solid base        4.1  UN3527            .....  4.1                       40, 157  165           165         None            5 kg        5 kg  B
          material
         Polyhalogenated biphenyls,               9  UN3151              II   9                             IB2  155           204         241            100 L       220 L  A                95
          liquid or Halogenated
          monomethyldiphenyl-methanes,
          liquid or Polyhalogenated
          terphenyls, liquid
         Polyhalogenated biphenyls,               9  UN3152              II   9         IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  155           204         241           100 kg      200 kg  A                95
          solid or Halogenated
          monomethyldiphenyl-methanes,
          solid or Polyhalogenated
          terphenyls, solid
         Polymeric beads expandable,              9  UN2211             III   9          32, IB8, IP3, IP7, T1,  155           221         221           100 kg      200 kg  E           21, 25,
          evolving flammable vapor                                                                         TP33                                                                          87, 144
   G     Polymerizing substance, liquid,        4.1  UN3532             III   4.1          387, 421, IB3, IP19,  None          203         241             10 L        25 L  D           25, 52,
          stabilized, n.o.s                                                                   N92, T7, TP4, TP6                                                                               53
   G     Polymerizing substance, liquid,        4.1  UN3534             III   4.1          387, 421, IB3, IP19,  None          203         241        Forbidden   Forbidden  D            2, 25,
          temperature controlled, n.o.s                                                       N92, T7, TP4, TP6                                                                           52, 53
   G     Polymerizing substance, solid,         4.1  UN3531             III   4.1          387, 421, IB7, IP19,  None          213         240            10 kg       25 kg  D           25, 52,
          stabilized, n.o.s                                                             N92, T7, TP4, TP6, TP33                                                                               53
   G     Polymerizing substance, solid,         4.1  UN3533             III   4.1          387, 421, IB7, IP19,  None          213         240        Forbidden   Forbidden  D            2, 25,
          temperature controlled, n.o.s                                                 N92, T7, TP4, TP6, TP33                                                                           52, 53

[[Page 275]]

 
         Potassium                              4.3  UN2257               I   4.3       A7, A19, A20, B27, IB4,  151           211         244        Forbidden       15 kg  D           13, 52,
                                                                                         IP1, N6, N34, T9, TP7,                                                                              148
                                                                                                      TP33, W32
         Potassium arsenate                     6.1  UN1677              II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A
         Potassium arsenite                     6.1  UN1678              II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A
         Potassium bisulfite solution,
          see Bisulfites, aqueous
          solutions, n.o.s.
         Potassium borohydride                  4.3  UN1870               I   4.3                 A19, N40, W32  None          211         242        Forbidden       15 kg  E           13, 52,
                                                                                                                                                                                             148
         Potassium bromate                      5.1  UN1484              II   5.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  152           212         242             5 kg       25 kg  A            56, 58
         Potassium carbonyl               Forbidden
         Potassium chlorate                     5.1  UN1485              II   5.1       A9, IB8, IP2, IP4, N34,  152           212         242             5 kg       25 kg  A            56, 58
                                                                                                       T3, TP33
         Potassium chlorate, aqueous            5.1  UN2427              II   5.1              A2, IB2, T4, TP1  152           202         241              1 L         5 L  B           56, 58,
          solution                                                                                                                                                                           133
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   5.1              A2, IB2, T4, TP1  152           203         241            2.5 L        30 L  B           56, 58,
                                                                                                                                                                                         69, 133
         Potassium chlorate mixed with
          mineral oil, see Explosive,
          blasting, type C
         Potassium cuprocyanide                 6.1  UN1679              II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A                52
         Potassium cyanide, solid               6.1  UN1680               I   6.1           B69, B77, IB7, IP1,  None          211         242             5 kg       50 kg  B                52
                                                                                        N74, N75, T6, TP33, W31
         Potassium cyanide solution             6.1  UN3413               I   6.1           B69, B77, N74, N75,  None          201         243              1 L        30 L  B                52
                                                                                            T14, TP2, TP13, W31
                                          .........                      II   6.1           B69, B77, IB2, N74,  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  B                52
                                                                                           N75, T11, TP2, TP13,
                                                                                                      TP27, W31
                                          .........                     III   6.1           B69, B77, IB3, N74,  153           203         241             60 L       220 L  A                52
                                                                                            N75, T7, TP2, TP13,
                                                                                                      TP28, W31
         Potassium dichloro isocyanurate
          or Potassium dichloro-s-
          triazinetrione, see
          Dichloroisocyanuric acid, dry
          or Dichloroisocyanuric acid
          salts etc
         Potassium dithionite or                4.2  UN1929              II   4.2       A8, A19, A20, IB6, IP2,  None          212         241            15 kg       50 kg  E                13
          Potassium hydrosulfite                                                                  T3, TP33, W31
         Potassium fluoride, solid              6.1  UN1812             III   6.1            IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  153           213         240           100 kg      200 kg  A                52
         Potassium fluoride solution            6.1  UN3422             III   6.1                  IB3, T4, TP1  153           203         241             60 L       220 L  A                52
         Potassium fluoroacetate                6.1  UN2628               I   6.1            IB7, IP1, T6, TP33  None          211         242             5 kg       50 kg  E
         Potassium fluorosilicate               6.1  UN2655             III   6.1            IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  153           213         240           100 kg      200 kg  A                52
         Potassium hydrate, see
          Potassium hydroxide, solid
         Potassium hydrogen fluoride,
          see Potassium hydrogen
          difluoride
         Potassium hydrogen fluoride
          solution, see Corrosive
          liquid, n.o.s.

[[Page 276]]

 
         Potassium hydrogen sulfate               8  UN2509              II   8         A7, IB8, IP2, IP4, N34,  154           212         240            15 kg       50 kg  A
                                                                                                       T3, TP33
         Potassium hydrogendifluoride             8  UN1811              II   8, 6.1    IB8, IP2, IP4, N3, N34,  154           212         240            15 kg       50 kg  A           25, 40,
          solid                                                                                        T3, TP33                                                                               52
         Potassium hydrogendifluoride             8  UN3421              II   8, 6.1      IB2, N3, N34, T7, TP2  154           202         243              1 L        30 L  A           25, 40,
          solution                                                                                                                                                                            52
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   8, 6.1      IB3, N3, N34, T4, TP1  154           203         241              5 L        60 L  A            40, 52
         Potassium hydrosulfite, see
          Potassium dithionite
         Potassium hydroxide, liquid,
          see Potassium hydroxide
          solution
         Potassium hydroxide, solid               8  UN1813              II   8         IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  154           212         240            15 kg       50 kg  A               52.
         Potassium hydroxide, solution            8  UN1814              II   8                B2, IB2, T7, TP2  154           202         242              1 L        30 L  A               52.
                                                                        III   8                    IB3, T4, TP1  154           203         241              5 L        60 L  A               52.
         Potassium hypochlorite,
          solution, see Hypochlorite
          solutions, etc
         Potassium, metal alloys, liquid        4.3  UN1420               I   4.3        A7, A19, A20, B27, W31  None          201         244        Forbidden         1 L  E           13, 40,
                                                                                                                                                                                         52, 148
         Potassium, metal alloys, solid         4.3  UN3403               I   4.3           A19, A20, B27, IB4,  None          211         244        Forbidden       15 kg  D           13, 52,
                                                                                        IP1, T9, TP7, TP33, W32                                                                              148
         Potassium metavanadate                 6.1  UN2864              II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A
         Potassium monoxide                       8  UN2033              II   8         IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  154           212         240            15 kg       50 kg  A           29, 52.
         Potassium nitrate                      5.1  UN1486             III   5.1       A1, A29, B120 IB8, IP3,  152           213         240            25 kg      100 kg  A
                                                                                                   T1, TP33, W1
         Potassium nitrate and sodium           5.1  UN1487              II   5.1       B78, IB8, IP2, IP4, T3,  152           212         240             5 kg       25 kg  A            56, 58
          nitrite mixtures                                                                                 TP33
         Potassium nitrite                      5.1  UN1488              II   5.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  152           212         242             5 kg       25 kg  A            56, 58
         Potassium perchlorate                  5.1  UN1489              II   5.1            IB6, IP2, T3, TP33  152           212         242             5 kg       25 kg  A            56, 58
         Potassium permanganate                 5.1  UN1490              II   5.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  152           212         240             5 kg       25 kg  D           56, 58,
                                                                                                                                                                                             138
         Potassium peroxide                     5.1  UN1491               I   5.1            A20, IB6, IP1, N34  None          211         None       Forbidden       15 kg  C           13, 52,
                                                                                                                                                                                         66, 75,
                                                                                                                                                                                             148
         Potassium persulfate                   5.1  UN1492             III   5.1        A1, A29, IB8, IP3, T1,  152           213         240            25 kg      100 kg  A           58, 145
                                                                                                           TP33
         Potassium phosphide                    4.3  UN2012               I   4.3, 6.1            A19, N40, W32  None          211         None       Forbidden       15 kg  E           13, 40,
                                                                                                                                                                                         52, 85,
                                                                                                                                                                                             148

[[Page 277]]

 
         Potassium selenate, see
          Selenates or Selenites
         Potassium selenite, see
          Selenates or Selenites
         Potassium sodium alloys, liquid        4.3  UN1422               I   4.3       A7, A19, B27, N34, N40,  None          201         244        Forbidden         1 L  E           13, 40,
                                                                                        T9, TP3, TP7, TP31, W31                                                                          52, 148
         Potassium sodium alloys, solid         4.3  UN3404               I   4.3       A19, B27, N34, N40, T9,  None          211         244        Forbidden       15 kg  D           13, 52,
                                                                                                 TP7, TP33, W32                                                                              148
         Potassium sulfide, anhydrous or        4.2  UN1382              II   4.2           A19, A20, B16, IB6,  None          212         241            15 kg       50 kg  A                52
          Potassium sulfide with less                                                       IP2, N34, T3, TP33,
          than 30 percent water of                                                                     W31, W40
          crystallization
         Potassium sulfide, hydrated              8  UN1847              II   8         IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  154           212         240            15 kg       50 kg  A                52
          with not less than 30 percent
          water of crystallization
         Potassium superoxide                   5.1  UN2466               I   5.1                 A20, IB6, IP1  None          211         None       Forbidden       15 kg  D           13, 52,
                                                                                                                                                                                         66, 75,
                                                                                                                                                                                             148
         Powder cake, wetted or Powder         1.1C  UN0433            .....  1.1C      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
          paste, wetted with not less
          than 17 percent alcohol by
          mass
         Powder cake, wetted or Powder         1.3C  UN0159            .....  1.3C      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
          paste, wetted with not less
          than 25 percent water, by mass
         Powder paste, see Powder cake,
          etc
         Powder, smokeless                     1.1C  UN0160            .....  1.1C      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04          25, 26E
         Powder, smokeless                     1.3C  UN0161            .....  1.3C      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04          25, 26E
         Powder, smokeless                     1.4C  UN0509            .....  1.4C                           16  171           62          None       Forbidden       75 kg  02               25
         Power device, explosive, see
          Cartridges, power device
         Primers, cap type                     1.4S  UN0044            .....  None      .......................  None          62          None           25 kg      100 kg  01               25
         Primers, cap type                     1.1B  UN0377            .....  1.1B      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  05               25
         Primers, cap type                     1.4B  UN0378            .....  1.4B      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden       75 kg  05               25
         Primers, small arms, see
          Primers, cap type
         Primers, tubular                      1.3G  UN0319            .....  1.3G      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  03               25
         Primers, tubular                      1.4G  UN0320            .....  1.4G      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden       75 kg  02               25
         Primers, tubular                      1.4S  UN0376            .....  None      .......................  None          62          None           25 kg      100 kg  01               25
         Printing ink, flammable or               3  UN1210               I   3              367, T11, TP1, TP8  150           173         243              1 L        30 L  E           .......
          Printing ink related material
          (including printing ink
          thinning or reducing
          compound), flammable
         ...............................             ................    II   3         149, 367, 383, IB2, T4,  150           173         242              5 L        60 L  B           .......
                                                                                                       TP1, TP8
         ...............................             ................   III   3           367, B1, IB3, T2, TP1  150           173         242             60 L       220 L  A           .......
         Projectiles, illuminating, see
          Ammunition, illuminating, etc

[[Page 278]]

 
         Projectiles, inert with tracer        1.4S  UN0345            .....  1.4S      .......................  ............  62          62             25 kg      100 kg  01               25
         Projectiles, inert, with tracer       1.3G  UN0424            .....  1.3G      .......................  ............  62          62         Forbidden   Forbidden  03               25
         Projectiles, inert, with tracer       1.4G  UN0425            .....  1.4G      .......................  ............  62          62         Forbidden       75 kg  02               25
         Projectiles, with burster or          1.2D  UN0346            .....  1.2D      .......................  ............  62          62         Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
          expelling charge
         Projectiles, with burster or          1.4D  UN0347            .....  1.4D      .......................  ............  62          62         Forbidden       75 kg  02               25
          expelling charge
         Projectiles, with burster or          1.2F  UN0426            .....  1.2F      .......................  ............  62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  05               25
          expelling charge
         Projectiles, with burster or          1.4F  UN0427            .....  1.4F      .......................  ............  62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  05               25
          expelling charge
         Projectiles, with burster or          1.2G  UN0434            .....  1.2G      .......................  ............  62          62         Forbidden   Forbidden  03               25
          expelling charge
         Projectiles, with burster or          1.4G  UN0435            .....  1.4G      .......................  ............  62          62         Forbidden       75 kg  02               25
          expelling charge
         Projectiles, with bursting            1.1F  UN0167            .....  1.1F      .......................  ............  62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  05               25
          charge
         Projectiles, with bursting            1.1D  UN0168            .....  1.1D      .......................  ............  62          62         Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
          charge
         Projectiles, with bursting            1.2D  UN0169            .....  1.2D      .......................  ............  62          62         Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
          charge
         Projectiles, with bursting            1.2F  UN0324            .....  1.2F      .......................  ............  62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  05               25
          charge
         Projectiles, with bursting            1.4D  UN0344            .....  1.4D      .......................  ............  62          62         Forbidden       75 kg  02               25
          charge
         Propadiene, stabilized                 2.1  UN2200            .....  2.1                           387  None          304         314, 315   Forbidden      150 kg  B            25, 40
         Propadiene mixed with methyl
          acetylene, see Methyl
          acetylene and propadiene
          mixtures, stabilized
         Propane, see also Petroleum            2.1  UN1978            .....  2.1                  19, T50, N95  306           304         314, 315   Forbidden      150 kg  E                40
          gases, liquefied
         Propanethiols                            3  UN2402              II   3              IB2, T4, TP1, TP13  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  E           95, 102
         n-Propanol or Propyl alcohol,            3  UN1274              II   3                B1, IB2, T4, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B
          normal
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   3                B1, IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
         Propellant, liquid                    1.3C  UN0495            .....  1.3C                           37  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
         Propellant, liquid                    1.1C  UN0497            .....  1.1C                           37  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
         Propellant, solid                     1.1C  UN0498            .....  1.1C      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04          25, 26E
         Propellant, solid                     1.3C  UN0499            .....  1.3C      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04          25, 26E
         Propellant, solid                     1.4C  UN0501            .....  1.4C      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden       75 kg  02               25

[[Page 279]]

 
         Propionaldehyde                          3  UN1275              II   3                    IB2, T7, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  E
         Propionic acid with not less             8  UN3463              II   8, 3                 IB2, T7, TP2  154           202         243              1 L        30 L  A.
          than 90% acid by mass
         Propionic acid with not less             8  UN1848             III   8                    IB3, T4, TP1  154           203         241              5 L        60 L  A.
          than 10% and less than 90%
          acid by mass
         Propionic anhydride                      8  UN2496             III   8                    IB3, T4, TP1  154           203         241              5 L        60 L  A
         Propionitrile                            3  UN2404              II   3, 6.1         IB2, T7, TP1, TP13  None          202         243        Forbidden        60 L  E                40
         Propionyl chloride                       3  UN1815              II   3, 8                 IB1, T7, TP1  150           202         243              1 L         5 L  B                40
         n-Propyl acetate                         3  UN1276              II   3                    IB2, T4, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B
         Propyl alcohol, see Propanol
         n-Propyl benzene                         3  UN2364             III   3                B1, IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
         n-Propyl chloroformate                 6.1  UN2740               I   6.1, 3,     2, B9, B14, B32, B77,  None          227         244        Forbidden   Forbidden  B           21, 40,
                                                                               8           N34, T20, TP2, TP13,                                                                              100
                                                                                                     TP38, TP44
         Propyl chloride see 1-
          Chloropropane
         Propyl formates                          3  UN1281              II   3                    IB2, T4, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B
         n-Propyl isocyanate                    6.1  UN2482               I   6.1, 3      1, B9, B14, B30, T20,  None          226         244        Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
                                                                                          TP2, TP13, TP38, TP44
         Propyl mercaptan, see
          Propanethiols
         n-Propyl nitrate                         3  UN1865              II   3                             IB9  150           202         None             5 L        60 L  D           44, 89,
                                                                                                                                                                                         90, 100
         Propylamine                              3  UN1277              II   3, 8        A7, IB2, N34, T7, TP1  150           202         243              1 L         5 L  E                40
         Propylene see also Petroleum           2.1  UN1077            .....  2.1                       19, T50  306           304         314, 315   Forbidden      150 kg  E                40
          gases, liquefied
         Propylene chlorohydrin                 6.1  UN2611              II   6.1, 3         IB2, T7, TP2, TP13  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  A           12, 25,
                                                                                                                                                                                              40
         Propylene oxide                          3  UN1280               I   3              N34, T11, TP2, TP7  None          201         243              1 L        30 L  E                40
         Propylene tetramer                       3  UN2850             III   3                B1, IB3, T2, TP2  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
         1,2-Propylenediamine                     8  UN2258              II   8, 3        A3, IB2, N34, T7, TP2  None          202         243              1 L        30 L  A                40
         Propyleneimine, stabilized               3  UN1921               I   3, 6.1        N34, T14, TP2, TP13  None          201         243              1 L        30 L  D                40
         Propyltrichlorosilane                    8  UN1816              II   8, 3        A7, B2, B6, N34, T10,  None          206         243        Forbidden        30 L  C                40
                                                                                                 TP2, TP7, TP13
         Prussic acid, see Hydrogen
          cyanide
         Pyrethroid pesticide, liquid,            3  UN3350               I   3, 6.1       T14, TP2, TP13, TP27  None          201         243        Forbidden        30 L  B                40
          flammable, toxic, flash point
          less than 23 degrees C
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   3, 6.1       IB2, T11, TP2, TP13,  150           202         243              1 L        60 L  B                40
                                                                                                           TP27
         Pyrethroid pesticide, liquid           6.1  UN3352               I   6.1          T14, TP2, TP13, TP27  None          201         243              1 L        30 L  B                40
          toxic
                                                                         II   6.1           IB2, T11, TP2, TP27  153           202         243               5L         60L  B                40
                                                                        III   6.1            IB3, T7, TP2, TP28  153           203         241              60L        220L  A                40
         Pyrethroid pesticide, liquid,          6.1  UN3351               I   6.1, 3       T14, TP2, TP13, TP27  None          201         243              1 L        30 L  B                40
          toxic, flammable, flash point
          not less than 23 degrees C
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   6.1, 3       IB2, T11, TP2, TP13,  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  B                40
                                                                                                           TP27
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   6.1, 3         IB3, T7, TP2, TP28  153           203         241             60 L       220 L  B                40

[[Page 280]]

 
         Pyrethroid pesticide, solid,           6.1  UN3349               I   6.1            IB7, IP1, T6, TP33  None          211         242             5 kg       50 kg  A                40
          toxic
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A                40
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   6.1            IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  153           213         240           100 kg      200 kg  A                40
         Pyridine                                 3  UN1282              II   3                    IB2, T4, TP2  None          202         242              5 L        60 L  B           21, 100
         Pyridine perchlorate             Forbidden
   G     Pyrophoric liquid, inorganic,          4.2  UN3194               I   4.2       .......................  None          181         244        Forbidden   Forbidden  D           13, 78,
          n.o.s                                                                                                                                                                              148
   G     Pyrophoric liquids, organic,           4.2  UN2845               I   4.2       B11, T22, TP2, TP7, W31  None          187         244        Forbidden   Forbidden  D           13, 78,
          n.o.s                                                                                                                                                                              148
   G     Pyrophoric metals, n.o.s., or          4.2  UN1383               I   4.2          B11, T21, TP7, TP33,  None          187         242        Forbidden   Forbidden  D           13, 148
          Pyrophoric alloys, n.o.s                                                                          W31
   G     Pyrophoric solid, inorganic,           4.2  UN3200               I   4.2           T21, TP7, TP33, W31  None          187         242        Forbidden   Forbidden  D           13, 148
          n.o.s
   G     Pyrophoric solids, organic,            4.2  UN2846               I   4.2                           W31  None          187         242        Forbidden   Forbidden  D           13, 148
          n.o.s
         Pyrosulfuryl chloride                    8  UN1817              II   8                B2, IB2, T8, TP2  154           202         242              1 L        30 L  C                40
         Pyroxylin solution or solvent,
          see Nitrocellulose
         Pyrrolidine                              3  UN1922              II   3, 8                 IB2, T7, TP1  150           202         243              1 L         5 L  B            40, 52
         Quebrachitol pentanitrate        Forbidden  ................  .....  ........  .......................
         Quicklime, see Calcium oxide
         Quinoline                              6.1  UN2656             III   6.1                  IB3, T4, TP1  153           203         241             60 L       220 L  A            12, 25
         R 12, see
          Dichlorodifluoromethane
         R 12B1, see
          Chlorodifluorobromomethane
         R 13, see
          Chlorotrifluoromethane
         R 13B1, see
          Bromotrifluoromethane
         R 14, see Tetrafluoromethane
         R 21, see Dichlorofluoromethane
         R 22, see Chlorodifluoromethane
         R 114, see
          Dichlorotetrafluoroethane
         R 115, see
          Chloropentafluoroethane
         R 116, see Hexafluoroethane
         R 124, see
          Chlorotetrafluoroethane
         R 133a, see
          Chlorotrifluoroethane
         R 152a, see Difluoroethane
         R 500, see
          Dichlorodifluoromethane and
          difluorethane, etc

[[Page 281]]

 
         R 502, see
          Chlorodifluoromethane and
          chloropentafluoroethane
          mixture, etc
         R 503, see
          Chlorotrifluoromethane and
          trifluoromethane, etc
         Radioactive material, excepted           7  UN2909            .....  None      .......................  422, 426      422, 426    422, 426  ..........  ..........  A
          package-articles manufactured
          from natural uranium or
          depleted uranium or natural
          thorium
         Radioactive material, excepted           7  UN2908            .....  Empty     .......................  422, 428      422, 428    422, 428  ..........  ..........  A
          package-empty packaging
         Radioactive material, excepted           7  UN2911            .....  None      .......................  422, 424      422, 424    ........  ..........  ..........  A
          package-instruments or
          articles
         Radioactive material, excepted           7  UN2910            .....  None                          368  421, 422      421, 422    421, 422  ..........  ..........  A
          package-limited quantity of
          material
         Radioactive material, low                7  UN2912            .....  7                A56, T5, TP4, W7  421, 422,     427         427       ..........  ..........  A           95, 129
          specific activity (LSA-I) non                                                                           428
          fissile or fissile-excepted
         Radioactive material, low                7  UN3321            .....  7                A56, T5, TP4, W7  421, 422,     427         427       ..........  ..........  A           95, 129
          specific activity (LSA-II) non                                                                          428
          fissile or fissile-excepted
         Radioactive material, low                7  UN3322            .....  7                A56, T5, TP4, W7  421, 422,     427         427       ..........  ..........  A           95, 150
          specific activity (LSA-III)                                                                             428
          non fissile or fissile
          excepted
         Radioactive material, surface            7  UN2913            .....  7                             A56  421, 422,     427         427       ..........  ..........  A                95
          contaminated objects (SCO-I or                                                                          428
          SCO-II) non fissile or fissile-
          excepted
         Radioactive material,                    7  UN2919            .....  7                        A56, 139  ............  ..........  ........  ..........  ..........  A           95, 105
          transported under special
          arrangement, non fissile or
          fissile excepted
         Radioactive material,                    7  UN3331            .....  7                        A56, 139  ............  ..........  ........  ..........  ..........  A           95, 105
          transported under special
          arrangement, fissile
         Radioactive material, Type A             7  UN3327            .....  7                     A56, W7, W8  453           417         417       ..........  ..........  A               95,
          package, fissile non-special                                                                                                                                                      105,
          form                                                                                                                                                                               131
         Radioactive material, Type A             7  UN2915            .....  7                     A56, W7, W8  None          415, 418,   415,      ..........  ..........  A           95, 130
          package non-special form, non                                                                                         419         418,
          fissile or fissile-excepted                                                                                                       419
         Radioactive material, Type A             7  UN3332            .....  7                     A56, W7, W8  ............  415, 476    415, 476  ..........  ..........  A                95
          package, special form non
          fissile or fissile-excepted
         Radioactive material, Type A             7  UN3333            .....  7                     A56, W7, W8  453           417, 476    417, 476  ..........  ..........  A           95, 105
          package, special form, fissile
         Radioactive material, Type B(M)          7  UN3329            .....  7                             A56  453           417         417       ..........  ..........  A           95, 105
          package, fissile
         Radioactive material, Type B(M)          7  UN2917            .....  7                             A56  ............  416         416       ..........  ..........  A           95, 105
          package non fissile or fissile-
          excepted

[[Page 282]]

 
         Radioactive material, Type B(U)          7  UN3328            .....  7                             A56  453           417         417       ..........  ..........  A           95, 105
          package, fissile
         Radioactive material, Type B(U)          7  UN2916            .....  7                             A56  ............  416         416       ..........  ..........  A           95, 105
          package non fissile or fissile-
          excepted
         Radioactive material, uranium            7  UN2978            .....  7, 6.1,   .......................  423           420, 427    420, 427  ..........  ..........  B           40, 95,
          hexafluoride non fissile or                                          8                                                                                                             132
          fissile-excepted
         Radioactive material, uranium            7  UN2977            .....  7, 6.1,   .......................  453           417, 420    417, 420  ..........  ..........  B           40, 95,
          hexafluoride, fissile                                                8                                                                                                             132
 A W     Rags, oily                             4.2  UN1856             III   4.2       .......................  151           213         240        Forbidden   Forbidden  A
         Railway torpedo, see Signals,
          railway track, explosive
         RC 318, see
          Octafluorocyclobutane
         RDX and
          cyclotetramethylenetetranitram
          ine, wetted or desensitized
          see RDX and HMX mixtures,
          wetted or desensitized
         RDX and HMX mixtures, wetted          1.1D  UN0391            .....  1.1D      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
          with not less than 15 percent
          water by mass or RDX and HMX
          mixtures, desensitized with
          not less than 10 percent
          phlegmatizer by mass
         RDX and Octogen mixtures,
          wetted or desensitized see RDX
          and HMX mixtures, wetted or
          desensitized etc
         RDX, see Cyclotrimethylene
          trinitramine, etc
         Receptacles, small, containing         2.1  UN2037            .....  2.1       .......................  306           304         None            1 kg       15 kg  B                40
          gas or gas cartridges
          (flammable) without release
          device, not refillable and not
          exceeding 1 L capacity

[[Page 283]]

 
         Receptacles, small, containing         2.2  UN2037            .....  2.2       .......................  306           304         None            1 kg       15 kg  B                40
          gas or gas cartridges(non-
          flammable) without release
          device, not refillable and not
          exceeding 1 L capacity
         Receptacles, small, containing         2.2  UN2037            .....  2.2, 5.1                      A14  306           304         None            1 kg       15 kg  B                40
          gas or gas cartridges
          (oxidizing) without release
          device, not refillable and not
          exceeding 1 L capacity
         Red phosphorus, see Phosphorus,
          amorphous
         Refrigerant gas R 404A                 2.2  UN3337            .....  2.2                           T50  306           304         314, 315       75 kg      150 kg  A
         Refrigerant gas R 407A                 2.2  UN3338            .....  2.2                           T50  306           304         314, 315       75 kg      150 kg  A
         Refrigerant gas R 407B                 2.2  UN3339            .....  2.2                           T50  306           304         314, 315       75 kg      150 kg  A
         Refrigerant gas R 407C                 2.2  UN3340            .....  2.2                           T50  306           304         314, 315       75 kg      150 kg  A
   G     Refrigerant gases, n.o.s.              2.2  UN1078            .....  2.2                           T50  306           304         314, 315       75 kg      150 kg  A
   D     Refrigerant gases, n.o.s. or           2.1  NA1954            .....  2.1                           T50  306           304         314, 315   Forbidden      150 kg  D                40
          Dispersant gases, n.o.s.
         Refrigerating machines,                2.1  UN3358            .....  2.1       .......................  306, 307      306         306        Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
          containing flammable, non-
          toxic, liquefied gas
         Refrigerating machines,                2.2  UN2857            .....  2.2                           A53  306, 307      306         306, 307      450 kg      450 kg  A
          containing non-flammable, non-
          toxic gases, or ammonia
          solutions (UN2672)
         Regulated medical waste, n.o.s.        6.2  UN3291              II   6.2                  41, A13, 337  134           197         197         No limit    No limit  B                40
          or Clinical waste,
          unspecified, n.o.s. or (BIO)
          Medical waste, n.o.s., or
          Biomedical waste, n.o.s. or
          Medical waste, n.o.s
         Release devices, explosive            1.4S  UN0173            .....  1.4S      .......................  None          62          62             25 kg      100 kg  01               25
         Resin Solution, flammable                3  UN1866               I   3             B52, T11, TP1, TP8,  150           201         243              1 L        30 L  E
                                                                                                           TP28
                                                                         II   3         149, 383, B52, IB2, T4,  150           173         242              5 L        60 L  B
                                                                                                       TP1, TP8
                                                                        III   3           B1, B52, IB3, T2, TP1  150           173         242             60 L       220 L  A
         Resorcinol                             6.1  UN2876             III   6.1            IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  153           213         240           100 kg      200 kg  A
         Rifle grenade, see Grenades,
          hand or rifle, etc
         Rifle powder, see Powder,
          smokeless (UN 0160)
         Rivets, explosive                     1.4S  UN0174            .....  1.4S      .......................  None          62          62             25 kg      100 kg  01               25
         Road asphalt or tar liquid, see
          Tars, liquid, etc
         Rocket motors                         1.3C  UN0186            .....  1.3C                          109  None          62          62         Forbidden      220 kg  04               25
         Rocket motors                         1.1C  UN0280            .....  1.1C                          109  None          62          62         Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25

[[Page 284]]

 
         Rocket motors                         1.2C  UN0281            .....  1.2C                          109  None          62          62         Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
         Rocket motors                         1.4C  UN0510            .....  1.4C                          109  None          62          62         Forbidden       75 kg  02               25
         Rocket motors, liquid fueled          1.2J  UN0395            .....  1.2J                          109  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  05          25, 23E
         Rocket motors, liquid fueled          1.3J  UN0396            .....  1.3J                          109  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  05          25, 23E
         Rocket motors with hypergolic         1.3L  UN0250            .....  1.3L                          109  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  05              25,
          liquids with or without an                                                                                                                                                        14E,
          expelling charge                                                                                                                                                                   15E
         Rocket motors with hypergolic         1.2L  UN0322            .....  1.2L                          109  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  05              25,
          liquids with or without an                                                                                                                                                        14E,
          expelling charge                                                                                                                                                                   15E
         Rockets, line-throwing                1.2G  UN0238            .....  1.2G      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  03               25
         Rockets, line-throwing                1.3G  UN0240            .....  1.3G      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden       75 kg  03               25
         Rockets, line-throwing                1.4G  UN0453            .....  1.4G      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden       75 kg  02               25
         Rockets, liquid fueled with           1.1J  UN0397            .....  1.1J      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  05          25, 23E
          bursting charge
         Rockets, liquid fueled with           1.2J  UN0398            .....  1.2J      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  05          25, 23E
          bursting charge
         Rockets, with bursting charge         1.1F  UN0180            .....  1.1F      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  05               25
         Rockets, with bursting charge         1.1E  UN0181            .....  1.1E      .......................  None          62          62         Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
         Rockets, with bursting charge         1.2E  UN0182            .....  1.2E      .......................  None          62          62         Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
         Rockets, with bursting charge         1.2F  UN0295            .....  1.2F      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  05               25
         Rockets, with expelling charge        1.2C  UN0436            .....  1.2C      .......................  None          62          62         Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
         Rockets, with expelling charge        1.3C  UN0437            .....  1.3C      .......................  None          62          62         Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
         Rockets, with expelling charge        1.4C  UN0438            .....  1.4C      .......................  None          62          62         Forbidden       75 kg  02               25
         Rockets, with inert head              1.3C  UN0183            .....  1.3C      .......................  None          62          62         Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
         Rockets, with inert head              1.2C  UN0502            .....  1.2C      .......................  None          62          62         Forbidden   Forbidden  02           25, 5E
         Rosin oil                                3  UN1286              II   3                    IB2, T4, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   3                B1, IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
         Rubber solution                          3  UN1287              II   3          149, IB2, T4, TP1, TP8  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B
                                                                        III                    B1, IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
         Rubber scrap or shoddy,                4.1  UN1345              II   4.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  151           212         240            15 kg       50 kg  A
          powdered or granulated, not
          exceeding 840 microns and
          rubber contend exceeding 45%
         Rubidium                               4.3  UN1423               I   4.3        22, A7, A19, IB4, IP1,  None          211         242        Forbidden       15 kg  D           13, 52,
                                                                                             N34, N40, N45, W32                                                                              148

[[Page 285]]

 
         Rubidium hydroxide                       8  UN2678              II   8         IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  154           212         240            15 kg       50 kg  A           29, 52.
         Rubidium hydroxide solution              8  UN2677              II   8                B2, IB2, T7, TP2  154           202         242              1 L        30 L  A           29, 52.
                                                                        III   8                    IB3, T4, TP1  154           203         241              5 L        60 L  A           29, 52.
         Safety devices, electrically             9  UN3268            .....  9                       160, A200  166           166         166            25 kg      100 kg  A
          initiated
         Safety devices, pyrotechnic           1.4G  UN0503            .....  1.4G                         A200  None          62          None       Forbidden       75 kg  02               25
         Safety fuse, see Fuse, safety
   G     Samples, explosive, other than              UN0190            .....  ........                      113  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  05               25
          initiating explosives
         Sand acid, see Fluorosilicic
          acid
         Seed cake, containing vegetable        4.2  UN1386             III   None            IB8, IP3, IP7, N7  None          213         241        Forbidden   Forbidden  A            13, 25
          oil solvent extractions and
          expelled seeds, with not more
          than 10 percent of oil and
          when the amount of moisture is
          higher than 11 percent, with
          not more than 20 percent of
          oil and moisture combined
   I     Seed cake with more than 1.5           4.2  UN1386             III   None            IB8, IP3, IP7, N7  None          213         241        Forbidden   Forbidden  E            13, 25
          percent oil and not more than
          11 percent moisture
   I     Seed cake with not more than           4.2  UN2217             III   None            IB8, IP3, IP7, N7  None          213         241        Forbidden   Forbidden  A           13, 25,
          1.5 percent oil and not more                                                                                                                                                       120
          than 11 percent moisture
   G     Selenates or Selenites                 6.1  UN2630               I   6.1            IB7, IP1, T6, TP33  None          211         242             5 kg       50 kg  E
         Selenic acid                             8  UN1905               I   8         IB7, IP1, N34, T6, TP33  None          211         242        Forbidden       25 kg  A
   G     Selenium compound, liquid,             6.1  UN3440               I   6.1                T14, TP2, TP27  None          201         243              1 L        30 L  B
          n.o.s
                                          .........  ................    II   6.1           IB2, T11, TP2, TP27  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  B
                                          .........  ................   III   6.1            IB3, T7, TP1, TP28  153           203         241             60 L       220 L  A
   G     Selenium compound, solid, n.o.s        6.1  UN3283               I   6.1            IB7, IP1, T6, TP33  None          211         242             5 kg       50 kg  B
                                          .........  ................    II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  B
                                          .........  ................   III   6.1            IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  153           213         240           100 kg      200 kg  A
         Selenium disulfide                     6.1  UN2657              II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A
         Selenium hexafluoride                  2.3  UN2194            .....  2.3, 8                          1  None          302         None       Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
         Selenium nitride                 Forbidden
         Selenium oxychloride                     8  UN2879               I   8, 6.1    A7, N34, T10, TP2, TP13  None          201         243            0.5 L       2.5 L  E                40
         Self-defense spray, aerosol,
          see Aerosols, etc
 + A D   Self-defense spray, non-                 9  NA3334             III   9                             A37  155           203         None        No limit    No limit  A
          pressurized
   G     Self-heating liquid, corrosive,        4.2  UN3188              II   4.2, 8                   IB2, W31  None          202         243              1 L         5 L  C
          inorganic, n.o.s
                                          .........                     III   4.2, 8                   IB2, W31  None          203         241              5 L        60 L  C
   G     Self-heating liquid, corrosive,        4.2  UN3185              II   4.2, 8                   IB2, W31  None          202         243              1 L         5 L  C
          organic, n.o.s
                                          .........                     III   4.2, 8                   IB2, W31  None          203         241              5 L        60 L  C
   G     Self-heating liquid, inorganic,        4.2  UN3186              II   4.2                      IB2, W31  None          202         242              1 L         5 L  C
          n.o.s
                                          .........                     III   4.2                      IB2, W31  None          203         241              5 L        60 L  C
   G     Self-heating liquid, organic,          4.2  UN3183              II   4.2                      IB2, W31  None          202         242              1 L         5 L  C
          n.o.s
                                          .........                     III   4.2                      IB2, W31  None          203         241              5 L        60 L  C
   G     Self-heating liquid, toxic,            4.2  UN3187              II   4.2, 6.1                 IB2, W31  None          202         243              1 L         5 L  C
          inorganic, n.o.s

[[Page 286]]

 
                                          .........                     III   4.2, 6.1                 IB2, W31  None          203         241              5 L        60 L  C
   G     Self-heating liquid, toxic,            4.2  UN3184              II   4.2, 6.1                 IB2, W31  None          202         243              1 L         5 L  C
          organic, n.o.s
                                          .........                     III   4.2, 6.1                 IB2, W31  None          203         241              5 L        60 L  C
   G     Self-heating solid, corrosive,         4.2  UN3192              II   4.2, 8         IB5, IP2, T3, TP33  None          212         242            15 kg       50 kg  C
          inorganic, n.o.s.
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   4.2, 8         IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  None          213         242            25 kg      100 kg  C
   G     Self-heating solid, corrosive,         4.2  UN3126              II   4.2, 8         IB5, IP2, T3, TP33  None          212         242            15 kg       50 kg  C
          organic, n.o.s
                                                                        III   4.2, 8         IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  None          213         242            25 kg      100 kg  C           .......
   G     Self-heating solid, inorganic,         4.2  UN3190              II   4.2       IB6, IP2, T3, TP33, W31  None          212         241            15 kg       50 kg  C
          n.o.s
                                          .........                     III   4.2       IB8, IP3, T1, TP33, W31  None          213         241            25 kg      100 kg  C
   G     Self-heating solid, organic,           4.2  UN3088              II   4.2       IB6, IP2, T3, TP33, W31  None          212         241            15 kg       50 kg  C
          n.o.s
                                          .........                     III   4.2         B116, B130, IB8, IP3,  None          213         241            25 kg      100 kg  C
                                                                                                  T1, TP33, W31
   G     Self-heating solid, oxidizing,         4.2  UN3127            .....  4.2, 5.1  .......................  None          214         214        Forbidden   Forbidden
          n.o.s.
   G     Self-heating solid, toxic,             4.2  UN3191              II   4.2, 6.1       IB5, IP2, T3, TP33  None          212         242            15 kg       50 kg  C
          inorganic, n.o.s.
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   4.2, 6.1       IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  None          213         242            25 kg      100 kg  C
   G     Self-heating solid, toxic,             4.2  UN3128              II   4.2, 6.1       IB5, IP2, T3, TP33  None          212         242            15 kg       50 kg  C
          organic, n.o.s
                                                                        III   4.2, 6.1       IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  None          213         242            25 kg      100 kg  C
         Self-propelled vehicle, see
          Engines or Batteries etc
   G     Self-reactive liquid type B            4.1  UN3221            .....  4.1                            53  151           224         None       Forbidden   Forbidden  D           25, 52,
                                                                                                                                                                                         53, 127
   G     Self-reactive liquid type B,           4.1  UN3231            .....  4.1                            53  None          224         None       Forbidden   Forbidden  D            2, 25,
          temperature controlled                                                                                                                                                          52, 53
   G     Self-reactive liquid type C            4.1  UN3223            .....  4.1       .......................  151           224         None             5 L        10 L  D           25, 52,
                                                                                                                                                                                              53
   G     Self-reactive liquid type C,           4.1  UN3233            .....  4.1       .......................  None          224         None       Forbidden   Forbidden  D            2, 25,
          temperature controlled                                                                                                                                                          52, 53

[[Page 287]]

 
   G     Self-reactive liquid type D            4.1  UN3225            .....  4.1       .......................  151           224         None             5 L        10 L  D           25, 52,
                                                                                                                                                                                              53
   G     Self-reactive liquid type D,           4.1  UN3235            .....  4.1       .......................  None          224         None       Forbidden   Forbidden  D            2, 25,
          temperature controlled                                                                                                                                                          52, 53
   G     Self-reactive liquid type E            4.1  UN3227            .....  4.1       .......................  151           224         None            10 L        25 L  D           25, 52,
                                                                                                                                                                                              53
   G     Self-reactive liquid type E,           4.1  UN3237            .....  4.1       .......................  None          224         None       Forbidden   Forbidden  D            2, 25,
          temperature controlled                                                                                                                                                          52, 53
   G     Self-reactive liquid type F            4.1  UN3229            .....  4.1       .......................  151           224         None            10 L        25 L  D           25, 52,
                                                                                                                                                                                              53
   G     Self-reactive liquid type F,           4.1  UN3239            .....  4.1       .......................  None          224         None       Forbidden   Forbidden  D            2, 25,
          temperature controlled                                                                                                                                                          52, 53
   G     Self-reactive solid type B             4.1  UN3222            .....  4.1                            53  151           224         None       Forbidden   Forbidden  D           25, 52,
                                                                                                                                                                                         53, 127
   G     Self-reactive solid type B,            4.1  UN3232            .....  4.1                            53  None          224         None       Forbidden   Forbidden  D            2, 25,
          temperature controlled                                                                                                                                                          52, 53
   G     Self-reactive solid type C             4.1  UN3224            .....  4.1       .......................  151           224         None            5 kg       10 kg  D           25, 52,
                                                                                                                                                                                              53
   G     Self-reactive solid type C,            4.1  UN3234            .....  4.1       .......................  None          224         None       Forbidden   Forbidden  D            2, 25,
          temperature controlled                                                                                                                                                          52, 53
   G     Self-reactive solid type D             4.1  UN3226            .....  4.1       .......................  151           224         None            5 kg       10 kg  D           25, 52,
                                                                                                                                                                                              53
   G     Self-reactive solid type D,            4.1  UN3236            .....  4.1       .......................  None          224         None       Forbidden   Forbidden  D            2, 25,
          temperature controlled                                                                                                                                                          52, 53
   G     Self-reactive solid type E             4.1  UN3228            .....  4.1       .......................  151           224         None           10 kg       25 kg  D           25, 52,
                                                                                                                                                                                              53
   G     Self-reactive solid type E,            4.1  UN3238            .....  4.1       .......................  None          224         None       Forbidden   Forbidden  D            2, 25,
          temperature controlled                                                                                                                                                          52, 53
   G     Self-reactive solid type F             4.1  UN3230            .....  4.1       .......................  151           224         None           10 kg       25 kg  D           25, 52,
                                                                                                                                                                                              53
   G     Self-reactive solid type F,            4.1  UN3240            .....  4.1       .......................  None          224         None       Forbidden   Forbidden  D            2, 25,
          temperature controlled                                                                                                                                                          52, 53
         Shale oil                                3  UN1288               I   3             T11, TP1, TP8, TP27  None          201         243              1 L        30 L  B
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   3               IB2, T4, TP1, TP8  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   3                B1, IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
         Shaped charges, see Charges,
          shaped, etc
         Signal devices, hand                  1.4G  UN0191            .....  1.4G                          381  None          62          None       Forbidden       75 kg  02               25
         Signal devices, hand                  1.4S  UN0373            .....  1.4S                          381  None          62          None           25 kg      100 kg  01               25
         Signals, distress, ship               1.1G  UN0194            .....  1.1G      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  03               25
         Signals, distress, ship               1.3G  UN0195            .....  1.3G      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden       75 kg  03               25
         Signals, distress, ship               1.4G  UN0505            .....  1.4G      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden       75 kg  02               25
         Signals, distress, ship               1.4S  UN0506            .....  1.4S      .......................  None          62          None           25 kg      100 kg  01               25
         Signals, highway, see Signal
          devices, hand
         Signals, railway track,               1.1G  UN0192            .....  1.1G      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  03               25
          explosive
         Signals, railway track,               1.4S  UN0193            .....  1.4S                          381  None          62          None           25 kg      100 kg  01               25
          explosive
         Signals, railway track,               1.3G  UN0492            .....  1.3G      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  03               25
          explosive
         Signals, railway track,               1.4G  UN0493            .....  1.4G      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden       75 kg  02               25
          explosive

[[Page 288]]

 
         Signals, ship distress, water-
          activated, see Contrivances,
          water-activated, etc
         Signals, smoke                        1.1G  UN0196            .....  1.1G      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  03               25
         Signals, smoke                        1.4G  UN0197            .....  1.4G      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden       75 kg  02               25
         Signals, smoke                        1.2G  UN0313            .....  1.2G      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  03               25
         Signals, smoke                        1.3G  UN0487            .....  1.3G      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  03               25
         Signals, smoke                        1.4S  UN0507            .....  1.4S      .......................  None          62          None           25 kg      100 kg  01               25
         Silane                                 2.1  UN2203            .....  2.1       .......................  None          302         None       Forbidden   Forbidden  E           40, 57,
                                                                                                                                                                                             104
         Silicofluoric acid, see
          Fluorosilicic acid
         Silicon chloride, see Silicon
          tetrachloride
         Silicon powder, amorphous              4.1  UN1346             III   4.1        A1, IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  None          213         240            25 kg      100 kg  A                74
         Silicon tetrachloride                    8  UN1818              II   8           A3, B2, B6, T10, TP2,  None          202         242        Forbidden        30 L  C                40
                                                                                                      TP7, TP13
         Silicon tetrafluoride                  2.3  UN1859            .....  2.3, 8                          2  None          302         None       Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
         Silicon tetrafluoride, adsorbed        2.3  UN3521            .....  2.3, 8                          2  None          302c        None       Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
         Silver acetylide (dry)           Forbidden
         Silver arsenite                        6.1  UN1683              II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A
         Silver azide (dry)               Forbidden
         Silver chlorite (dry)            Forbidden
         Silver cyanide                         6.1  UN1684              II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A            40, 52
         Silver fulminate (dry)           Forbidden
         Silver nitrate                         5.1  UN1493              II   5.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  152           212         242             5 kg       25 kg  A
         Silver oxalate (dry)             Forbidden
         Silver picrate (dry)             Forbidden
         Silver picrate, wetted with not        4.1  UN1347               I   4.1                       23, W31  None          211         None       Forbidden   Forbidden  D            28, 36
          less than 30 percent water, by
          mass
         Sludge, acid                             8  UN1906              II   8           A3, A7, B2, IB2, N34,  None          202         242        Forbidden        30 L  C                14
                                                                                                  T8, TP2, TP28
   D     Smokeless powder for small arms        4.1  NA3178               I   4.1                            16  None          171         None       Forbidden      7.3 kg  A
          (100 pounds or less)
         Soda lime with more than 4               8  UN1907             III   8              IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  154           213         240            25 kg      100 kg  A               52.
          percent sodium hydroxide

[[Page 289]]

 
         Sodium                                 4.3  UN1428               I   4.3         A7, A8, A19, A20, B9,  151           211         244        Forbidden       15 kg  D           13, 52,
                                                                                            B48, B68, IB4, IP1,                                                                              148
                                                                                            N34, T9, TP7, TP33,
                                                                                                      TP46, W32
   A     Sodium aluminate, solid                  8  UN2812             III   8              IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  154           213         240            25 kg      100 kg  A
         Sodium aluminate, solution               8  UN1819              II   8                B2, IB2, T7, TP2  154           202         242              1 L        30 L  A               52.
                                                                        III   8                    IB3, T4, TP1  154           203         241              5 L        60 L  A               52.
         Sodium aluminum hydride                4.3  UN2835              II   4.3        A8, A19, A20, IB4, T3,  151           212         242        Forbidden       50 kg  E           13, 52,
                                                                                                 TP33, W31, W40                                                                              148
         Sodium ammonium vanadate               6.1  UN2863              II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A
         Sodium arsanilate                      6.1  UN2473             III   6.1            IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  153           213         240           100 kg      200 kg  A
         Sodium arsenate                        6.1  UN1685              II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A
         Sodium arsenite, aqueous               6.1  UN1686              II   6.1                  IB2, T7, TP2  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  A
          solutions
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   6.1                  IB3, T4, TP2  153           203         241             60 L       220 L  A
         Sodium arsenite, solid                 6.1  UN2027              II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A
         Sodium azide                           6.1  UN1687              II   6.1                 IB8, IP2, IP4  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A           36, 52,
                                                                                                                                                                                              91
         Sodium bifluoride, see Sodium
          hydrogendifluoride
         Sodium bisulfite, solution, see
          Bisulfites, aqueous solutions,
          n.o.s.
         Sodium borohydride                     4.3  UN1426               I   4.3                      N40, W32  None          211         242        Forbidden       15 kg  E           13, 52,
                                                                                                                                                                                             148
         Sodium borohydride and sodium            8  UN3320              II   8           B2, IB2, N34, T7, TP2  154           202         242              1 L        30 L  A                52
          hydroxide solution, with not
          more than 12 percent sodium
          borohydride and not more than
          40 percent sodium hydroxide by
          mass
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   8           B2, IB3, N34, T4, TP2  154           203         241              5 L        60 L  A                52
         Sodium bromate                         5.1  UN1494              II   5.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  152           212         242             5 kg       25 kg  A            56, 58
         Sodium cacodylate                      6.1  UN1688              II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A                52
         Sodium carbonate peroxyhydrate         5.1  UN3378              II   5.1          B120, IB8, IP2, IP4,  152           212         240             5 kg       25 kg  A           13, 25,
                                                                                                       T3, TP33                                                                               75
         ...............................             ................   III   5.1           B120, IB8, IP3, T1,  152           213         240            25 kg      100 kg  A           13, 25,
                                                                                                           TP33                                                                               75
         Sodium chlorate                        5.1  UN1495              II   5.1       A9, IB8, IP2, IP4, N34,  152           212         240             5 kg       25 kg  A            56, 58
                                                                                                       T3, TP33
         Sodium chlorate, aqueous               5.1  UN2428              II   5.1              A2, IB2, T4, TP1  152           202         241              1 L         5 L  B           56, 58,
          solution                                                                                                                                                                           133
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   5.1              A2, IB2, T4, TP1  152           203         241            2.5 L        30 L  B           56, 58,
                                                                                                                                                                                         69, 133
         Sodium chlorate mixed with
          dinitrotoluene, see Explosive
          blasting, type C
         Sodium chlorite                        5.1  UN1496              II   5.1       A9, IB8, IP2, IP4, N34,  None          212         242             5 kg       25 kg  A            56, 58
                                                                                                       T3, TP33
         Sodium chloroacetate                   6.1  UN2659             III   6.1            IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  153           213         240           100 kg      200 kg  A
         Sodium cuprocyanide, solid             6.1  UN2316               I   6.1            IB7, IP1, T6, TP33  None          211         242             5 kg       50 kg  A                52

[[Page 290]]

 
         Sodium cuprocyanide, solution          6.1  UN2317               I   6.1                T14, TP2, TP13  None          201         243              1 L        30 L  B            40, 52
         Sodium cyanide, solid                  6.1  UN1689               I   6.1           B69, B77, IB7, N74,  None          211         242             5 kg       50 kg  B                52
                                                                                             N75, T6, TP33, W31
         Sodium cyanide solution                6.1  UN3414               I   6.1           B69, B77, N74, N75,  None          201         243              1 L        30 L  B                52
                                                                                            T14, TP2, TP13, W31
                                          .........                      II   6.1           B69, B77, IB2, N74,  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  B                52
                                                                                           N75, T11, TP2, TP13,
                                                                                                      TP27, W31
                                          .........                     III   6.1           B69, B77, IB3, N74,  153           203         241             60 L       220 L  A                52
                                                                                            N75, T7, TP2, TP13,
                                                                                                      TP28, W31
         Sodium dichloroisocyanurate or
          Sodium dichloro-s-
          triazinetrione, see
          Dichloroisocyanuric acid etc
         Sodium dinitro-o-cresolate, dry       1.3C  UN0234            .....  1.3C      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04           25, 5E
          or wetted with less than 15
          percent water, by mass
         Sodium dinitro-o-cresolate,            4.1  UN3369               I   4.1       162, A8, A19, N41, N84,  None          211         None          0.5 kg      0.5 kg  E            28, 36
          wetted with not less than 10%                                                                     W31
          water, by mass
         Sodium dinitro-o-cresolate,            4.1  UN1348               I   4.1, 6.1   23, A8, A19, A20, N41,  None          211         None            1 kg       15 kg  E            28, 36
          wetted with not less than 15                                                                      W31
          percent water, by mass
         Sodium dithionite or Sodium            4.2  UN1384              II   4.2       A19, A20, IB6, IP2, T3,  None          212         241            15 kg       50 kg  E                13
          hydrosulfite                                                                                TP33, W31
         Sodium fluoride, solid                 6.1  UN1690             III   6.1            IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  153           213         240           100 kg      200 kg  A                52
         Sodium fluoride solution               6.1  UN3415             III   6.1                  IB3, T4, TP1  153           203         241             60 L       220 L  A                52
         Sodium fluoroacetate                   6.1  UN2629               I   6.1            IB7, IP1, T6, TP33  None          211         242             5 kg       50 kg  E
         Sodium fluorosilicate                  6.1  UN2674             III   6.1            IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  153           213         240           100 kg      200 kg  A                52
         Sodium hydrate, see Sodium
          hydroxide, solid
         Sodium hydride                         4.3  UN1427               I   4.3                 A19, N40, W32  None          211         242        Forbidden       15 kg  E           13, 52,
                                                                                                                                                                                             148
         Sodium hydrogendifluoride                8  UN2439              II   8         IB8, IP2, IP4, N3, N34,  154           212         240            15 kg       50 kg  A           12, 25,
                                                                                                       T3, TP33                                                                           40, 52
         Sodium hydrosulfide, with less         4.2  UN2318              II   4.2       A7, A19, A20, IB6, IP2,  None          212         241            15 kg       50 kg  A                52
          than 25 percent water of                                                                T3, TP33, W31
          crystallization

[[Page 291]]

 
         Sodium hydrosulfide with not             8  UN2949              II   8          A7, IB8, IP2, IP4, T7,  154           212         240            15 kg       50 kg  A                52
          less than 25 percent water of                                                                     TP2
          crystallization
         Sodium hydrosulfite, see Sodium
          dithionite
         Sodium hydroxide, solid                  8  UN1823              II   8         IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  154           212         240            15 kg       50 kg  A               52.
         Sodium hydroxide solution                8  UN1824              II   8           B2, IB2, N34, T7, TP2  154           202         242              1 L        30 L  A               52.
                                                                        III   8               IB3, N34, T4, TP1  154           203         241              5 L        60 L  A               52.
         Sodium hypochlorite, solution,
          see Hypochlorite solutions etc
         Sodium metal, liquid alloy, see
          Alkali metal alloys, liquid,
          n.o.s.
         Sodium methylate                       4.2  UN1431              II   4.2, 8     A7, A19, IB5, IP2, T3,  None          212         242            15 kg       50 kg  B
                                                                                                      TP33, W31
         Sodium methylate solutions in            3  UN1289              II   3, 8            IB2, T7, TP1, TP8  150           202         243              1 L         5 L  B
          alcohol
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   3, 8             B1, IB3, T4, TP1  150           203         242              5 L        60 L  A
         Sodium monoxide                          8  UN1825              II   8         IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  154           212         240            15 kg       50 kg  A               52.
         Sodium nitrate                         5.1  UN1498             III   5.1           A1, A29, B120, IB8,  152           213         240            25 kg      100 kg  A
                                                                                              IP3, T1, TP33, W1
         Sodium nitrate and potassium           5.1  UN1499             III   5.1           A1, A29, B120, IB8,  152           213         240            25 kg      100 kg  A
          nitrate mixtures                                                                    IP3, T1, TP33, W1
         Sodium nitrite                         5.1  UN1500             III   5.1, 6.1   A1, A29, IB8, IP3, T1,  152           213         240            25 kg      100 kg  A            56, 58
                                                                                                           TP33
         Sodium pentachlorophenate              6.1  UN2567              II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A
         Sodium perborate monohydrate           5.1  UN3377             III   5.1           B120, IB8, IP3, T1,  152           213         240            25 kg      100 kg  A           13, 25,
                                                                                                           TP33                                                                               75
         Sodium perchlorate                     5.1  UN1502              II   5.1            IB6, IP2, T3, TP33  152           212         242             5 kg       25 kg  A            56, 58
         Sodium permanganate                    5.1  UN1503              II   5.1            IB6, IP2, T3, TP33  152           212         242             5 kg       25 kg  D           56, 58,
                                                                                                                                                                                             138
         Sodium peroxide                        5.1  UN1504               I   5.1            A20, IB5, IP1, N34  None          211         None       Forbidden       15 kg  C           13, 52,
                                                                                                                                                                                         66, 75,
                                                                                                                                                                                             148
         Sodium peroxoborate, anhydrous         5.1  UN3247              II   5.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  152           212         240             5 kg       25 kg  A            13, 25
         Sodium persulfate                      5.1  UN1505             III   5.1        A1, IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  152           213         240            25 kg      100 kg  A           58, 145
         Sodium phosphide                       4.3  UN1432               I   4.3, 6.1            A19, N40, W32  None          211         None       Forbidden       15 kg  E           13, 40,
                                                                                                                                                                                         52, 85,
                                                                                                                                                                                             148
         Sodium picramate, dry or wetted       1.3C  UN0235            .....  1.3C      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04           25, 5E
          with less than 20 percent
          water, by mass
         Sodium picramate, wetted with          4.1  UN1349               I   4.1         23, A8, A19, N41, W31  None          211         None       Forbidden       15 kg  E            28, 36
          not less than 20 percent
          water, by mass
         Sodium picryl peroxide           Forbidden
         Sodium potassium alloys, see
          Potassium sodium alloys
         Sodium selenate, see Selenates
          or Selenites

[[Page 292]]

 
         Sodium sulfide, anhydrous or           4.2  UN1385              II   4.2           A19, A20, IB6, IP2,  None          212         241            15 kg       50 kg  A                52
          Sodium sulfide with less than                                                 N34, T3, TP33, W31, W40
          30 percent water of
          crystallization
         Sodium sulfide, hydrated with            8  UN1849              II   8         IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  154           212         240            15 kg       50 kg  A               52.
          not less than 30 percent water
         Sodium superoxide                      5.1  UN2547               I   5.1            A20, IB6, IP1, N34  None          211         None       Forbidden       15 kg  D           13, 52,
                                                                                                                                                                                         66, 75,
                                                                                                                                                                                             148
         Sodium tetranitride              Forbidden
   G     Solids containing corrosive              8  UN3244              II   8               49, IB5, T3, TP33  154           212         240            15 kg       50 kg  B                40
          liquid, n.o.s.
   G     Solids containing flammable            4.1  UN3175              II   4.1        47, IB6, IP2, T3, TP33  151           212         240            15 kg       50 kg  B
          liquid, n.o.s.
   G     Solids containing toxic liquid,        6.1  UN3243              II   6.1             48, IB2, T2, TP33  153           212         240            25 kg      100 kg  B                40
          n.o.s.
         Sounding devices, explosive           1.2F  UN0204            .....  1.2F      .......................  None          62          62         Forbidden   Forbidden  05               25
         Sounding devices, explosive           1.1F  UN0296            .....  1.1F      .......................  None          62          62         Forbidden   Forbidden  05               25
         Sounding devices, explosive           1.1D  UN0374            .....  1.1D      .......................  None          62          62         Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
         Sounding devices, explosive           1.2D  UN0375            .....  1.2D      .......................  None          62          62         Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
         Spirits of salt, see
          Hydrochloric acid
         Squibs, see Igniters etc
         Stannic chloride, anhydrous              8  UN1827              II   8                B2, IB2, T7, TP2  154           202         242              1 L        30 L  C
         Stannic chloride pentahydrate            8  UN2440             III   8              IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  154           213         240            25 kg      100 kg  A
         Stannic phosphide                      4.3  UN1433               I   4.3, 6.1            A19, N40, W32  None          211         242        Forbidden       15 kg  E           13, 40,
                                                                                                                                                                                         52, 85,
                                                                                                                                                                                             148
         Steel swarf, see Ferrous metal
          borings, etc
         Stibine                                2.3  UN2676            .....  2.3, 2.1                        1  None          304         None       Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
         Storage batteries, wet, see
          Batteries, wet etc
         Strontium arsenite                     6.1  UN1691              II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A
         Strontium chlorate                     5.1  UN1506              II   5.1        A1, A9, IB8, IP2, IP4,  152           212         242             5 kg       25 kg  A            56, 58
                                                                                                  N34, T3, TP33
         Strontium nitrate                      5.1  UN1507             III   5.1        A1, A29, IB8, IP3, T1,  152           213         240            25 kg      100 kg  A
                                                                                                           TP33
         Strontium perchlorate                  5.1  UN1508              II   5.1            IB6, IP2, T3, TP33  152           212         242             5 kg       25 kg  A            56, 58

[[Page 293]]

 
         Strontium peroxide                     5.1  UN1509              II   5.1           IB6, IP2, T3, TP33,  152           212         242             5 kg       25 kg  C           13, 52,
                                                                                                           W100                                                                          66, 75,
                                                                                                                                                                                             148
         Strontium phosphide                    4.3  UN2013               I   4.3, 6.1            A19, N40, W32  None          211         None       Forbidden       15 kg  E           13, 40,
                                                                                                                                                                                         52, 85,
                                                                                                                                                                                             148
         Strychnine or Strychnine salts         6.1  UN1692               I   6.1            IB7, IP1, T6, TP33  None          211         242             5 kg       50 kg  A                40
         Styphnic acid, see
          Trinitroresorcinol, etc
         Styrene monomer, stabilized              3  UN2055             III   3           387, B1, IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  C                25
   G     Substances, explosive, n.o.s.         1.1L  UN0357            .....  1.1L                          101  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  05              25,
                                                                                                                                                                                            14E,
                                                                                                                                                                                             15E
   G     Substances, explosive, n.o.s.         1.2L  UN0358            .....  1.2L                          101  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  05              25,
                                                                                                                                                                                            14E,
                                                                                                                                                                                             15E
   G     Substances, explosive, n.o.s.         1.3L  UN0359            .....  1.3L                          101  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  05              25,
                                                                                                                                                                                            14E,
                                                                                                                                                                                             15E
   G     Substances, explosive, n.o.s.         1.1A  UN0473            .....  1.1A                     101, 111  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  05               25
   G     Substances, explosive, n.o.s.         1.1C  UN0474            .....  1.1C                          101  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
   G     Substances, explosive, n.o.s.         1.1D  UN0475            .....  1.1D                          101  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
   G     Substances, explosive, n.o.s.         1.1G  UN0476            .....  1.1G                          101  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  03               25
   G     Substances, explosive, n.o.s.         1.3C  UN0477            .....  1.3C                          101  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
   G     Substances, explosive, n.o.s.         1.3G  UN0478            .....  1.3G                          101  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  03               25
   G     Substances, explosive, n.o.s.         1.4C  UN0479            .....  1.4C                          101  None          62          None       Forbidden       75 kg  02               25
   G     Substances, explosive, n.o.s.         1.4D  UN0480            .....  1.4D                          101  None          62          None       Forbidden       75 kg  02               25
   G     Substances, explosive, n.o.s.         1.4S  UN0481            .....  1.4S                          101  None          62          None           25 kg       75 kg  01               25
   G     Substances, explosive, n.o.s.         1.4G  UN0485            .....  1.4G                          101  None          62          None       Forbidden       75 kg  02               25
   G     Substances, explosive, very           1.5D  UN0482            .....  1.5D                          101  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  03               25
          insensitive, n.o.s. or
          Substances, EVI, n.o.s.
         Substituted nitrophenol                  3  UN2780               I   3, 6.1       T14, TP2, TP13, TP27  None          201         243        Forbidden        30 L  B                40
          pesticides, liquid, flammable,
          toxic, flash point less than
          23 degrees C
         ...............................             ................    II   3, 6.1       IB2, T11, TP2, TP13,  150           202         243              1 L        60 L  B                40
                                                                                                           TP27
         Substituted nitrophenol                6.1  UN3014               I   6.1          T14, TP2, TP13, TP27  None          201         243              1 L        30 L  B                40
          pesticides, liquid, toxic
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   6.1          IB2, T11, TP2, TP13,  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  B                40
                                                                                                           TP27
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   6.1            IB3, T7, TP2, TP28  153           203         241             60 L       220 L  A                40
         Substituted nitrophenol                6.1  UN3013               I   6.1, 3       T14, TP2, TP13, TP27  None          201         243              1 L        30 L  B                40
          pesticides, liquid, toxic,
          flammable, flash point not
          less than 23 degrees C
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   6.1, 3       IB2, T11, TP2, TP13,  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  B                40
                                                                                                           TP27
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   6.1, 3     B1, IB3, T7, TP2, TP28  153           203         242             60 L       220 L  A                40
         Substituted nitrophenol                6.1  UN2779               I   6.1            IB7, IP1, T6, TP33  None          211         242             5 kg       50 kg  A                40
          pesticides, solid, toxic

[[Page 294]]

 
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A                40
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   6.1            IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  153           213         240           100 kg      200 kg  A                40
         Sucrose octanitrate (dry)        Forbidden
         Sulfamic acid                            8  UN2967             III   8              IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  154           213         240            25 kg      100 kg  A
   D     Sulfur                                   9  NA1350             III   9              30, B120, IB8, IP2  None          None        240         No Limit    No Limit  A            25, 74
   I     Sulfur                                 4.1  UN1350             III   4.1       30, B120, IB8, IP3, T1,  None          None        240            25 kg      100 kg  A            25, 74
                                                                                                           TP33
         Sulfur and chlorate, loose       Forbidden
          mixtures of
         Sulfur chlorides                         8  UN1828               I   8           5, A7, A10, B10, B77,  None          201         243        Forbidden       2.5 L  C                40
                                                                                                  N34, T20, TP2
         Sulfur dichloride, see Sulfur
          chlorides
         Sulfur dioxide                         2.3  UN1079            .....  2.3, 8          3, B14, T50, TP19  None          304         314, 315   Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
         Sulfur dioxide solution, see
          Sulfurous acid
         Sulfur hexafluoride                    2.2  UN1080            .....  2.2       .......................  306           304         314, 315       75 kg      150 kg  A
   D     Sulfur, molten                           9  NA2448             III   9            30,B13, IB3, R1, T1,  None          213         247        Forbidden   Forbidden  C                61
                                                                                                            TP3
   I     Sulfur, molten                         4.1  UN2448             III   4.1         30, B13, IB1, R1, T1,  None          213         247        Forbidden   Forbidden  C                74
                                                                                                            TP3
         Sulfur tetrafluoride                   2.3  UN2418            .....  2.3, 8                          1  None          302         245        Forbidden   Forbidden  D            40, 52
   +     Sulfur trioxide, stabilized              8  UN1829               I   8, 6.1      2, 387, B9, B14, B32,  None          227         244        Forbidden   Forbidden  A            25, 40
                                                                                            B49, B77, N34, T20,
                                                                                         TP4, TP13, TP25, TP26,
                                                                                                     TP38, TP45
         Sulfuretted hydrogen, see
          Hydrogen sulfide
         Sulfuric acid, fuming with less          8  UN1831               I   8         A7, N34, T20, TP2, TP13  None          201         243        Forbidden       2.5 L  C            14, 40
          than 30 percent free sulfur
          trioxide
         Sulfuric acid, fuming with 30            8  UN1831               I   8, 6.1      2, B9, B14, B32, B77,  None          227         244        Forbidden   Forbidden  C
          percent or more free sulfur                                                       B84, N34, T20, TP2,
          trioxide                                                                                   TP12, TP13
         Sulfuric acid, spent                     8  UN1832              II   8           A3, A7, B2, B83, B84,  None          202         242        Forbidden        30 L  C                14
                                                                                              IB2, N34, T8, TP2

[[Page 295]]

 
         Sulfuric acid with more than 51          8  UN1830              II   8           A3, A7, B3, B83, B84,  154           202         242              1 L        30 L  C                14
          percent acid                                                                        IB2, N34, T8, TP2
         Sulfuric acid with not more              8  UN2796              II   8           386, A3, A7, B2, B15,  154           202         242              1 L        30 L  B
          than 51% acid                                                                   IB2, N6, N34, T8, TP2
         Sulfuric and hydrofluoric acid
          mixtures, see Hydrofluoric and
          sulfuric acid mixtures
         Sulfuric anhydride, see Sulfur
          trioxide, stabilized
         Sulfurous acid                           8  UN1833              II   8                B3, IB2, T7, TP2  154           202         242              1 L        30 L  B                40
   +     Sulfuryl chloride                      6.1  UN1834               I   6.1, 8       1, B6, B9, B10, B14,  None          226         244        Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
                                                                                            B30, B77, N34, T22,
                                                                                          TP2, TP13, TP38, TP44
         Sulfuryl fluoride                      2.3  UN2191            .....  2.3                             4  None          304         314, 315   Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
         Tars, liquid including road              3  UN1999              II   3         149, B13, IB2, T3, TP3,  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B
          oils and cutback bitumens                                                                        TP29
                                          .........  ................   III   3           B1, B13, IB3, T1, TP3  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
         Tear gas candles                       6.1  UN1700            .....  6.1, 4.1  .......................  None          340         None       Forbidden       50 kg  D                40
         Tear gas cartridges, see
          Ammunition, tear-producing,
          etc
   D     Tear gas devices with more than        6.1  NA1693               I   6.1       .......................  None          340         None       Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
          2 percent tear gas substances,
          by mass
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   6.1       .......................  None          340         None       Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
         Tear gas devices, with not more
          than 2 percent tear gas
          substances, by mass, see
          Aerosols, etc
         Tear gas grenades, see Tear gas
          candles
   G     Tear gas substances, liquid,           6.1  UN1693               I   6.1                           W31  None          201         None       Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
          n.o.s
                                          .........                      II   6.1                      IB2, W31  None          202         None       Forbidden         5 L  D                40
   G     Tear gas substance, solid,             6.1  UN3448               I   6.1                 T6, TP33, W31  None          211         242        Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
          n.o.s
                                          .........                      II   6.1            IB8, IP2, IP4, T3,  None          212         242        Forbidden       25 kg  D                40
                                                                                                      TP33, W31
   G     Tellurium compound, n.o.s              6.1  UN3284               I   6.1            IB7, IP1, T6, TP33  None          211         242             5 kg       50 kg  B
                                                                         II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  B
                                                                        III   6.1            IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  153           213         240           100 kg      200 kg  A
         Tellurium hexafluoride                 2.3  UN2195            .....  2.3, 8                          1  None          302         None       Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
         Terpene hydrocarbons, n.o.s.             3  UN2319             III   3          B1, IB3, T4, TP1, TP29  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
         Terpinolene                              3  UN2541             III   3                B1, IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
         Tetraazido benzene quinone       Forbidden
         Tetrabromoethane                       6.1  UN2504             III   6.1                  IB3, T4, TP1  153           203         241             60 L       220 L  A
         1,1,2,2-Tetrachloroethane              6.1  UN1702              II   6.1             IB2, N36, T7, TP2  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  A                40
         Tetrachloroethylene                    6.1  UN1897             III   6.1             IB3, N36, T4, TP1  153           203         241             60 L       220 L  A                40
         Tetraethyl dithiopyrophosphate         6.1  UN1704              II   6.1                  IB2, T7, TP2  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  D                40
         Tetraethyl silicate                      3  UN1292             III   3                B1, IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A

[[Page 296]]

 
         Tetraethylammonium perchlorate   Forbidden
          (dry)
         Tetraethylenepentamine                   8  UN2320             III   8                    IB3, T4, TP1  154           203         241              5 L        60 L  A               52.
         1,1,1,2-Tetrafluoroethane or           2.2  UN3159            .....  2.2                           T50  306           304         314, 315       75 kg      150 kg  A
          Refrigerant gas R 134a
         Tetrafluoroethylene, stabilized        2.1  UN1081            .....  2.1                           387  306           304         None       Forbidden      150 kg  E            25, 40
         Tetrafluoromethane or                  2.2  UN1982            .....  2.2       .......................  None          302         None           75 kg      150 kg  A
          Refrigerant gas R 14
         1,2,3,6-Tetrahydrobenzaldehyde           3  UN2498             III   3                B1, IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
         Tetrahydrofuran                          3  UN2056              II   3                    IB2, T4, TP1  None          202         242              5 L        60 L  B
         Tetrahydrofurfurylamine                  3  UN2943             III   3                B1, IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
         Tetrahydrophthalic anhydrides            8  UN2698             III   8              IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  154           213         240            25 kg      100 kg  A
          with more than 0.05 percent of
          maleic anhydride
         1,2,3,6-Tetrahydropyridine               3  UN2410              II   3                    IB2, T4, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B
         Tetrahydrothiophene                      3  UN2412              II   3                    IB2, T4, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B
         Tetramethylammonium hydroxide,           8  UN3423              II   8          B2, IB8, IP2, IP4, T3,  154           213         240            15 kg       50 kg  A                52
          solid                                                                                            TP33
         Tetramethylammonium hydroxide            8  UN1835              II   8                B2, IB2, T7, TP2  154           202         242              1 L        30 L  A                52
          solution
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   8                B2, IB3, T7, TP2  154           203         241              5 L        60 L  A                52
         Tetramethylene diperoxide        Forbidden
          dicarbamide
         Tetramethylsilane                        3  UN2749               I   3                    A7, T14, TP2  None          201         243        Forbidden        30 L  D
         Tetranitro diglycerin            Forbidden
         Tetranitroaniline                     1.1D  UN0207            .....  1.1D      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
   +     Tetranitromethane                      6.1  UN1510               I   6.1, 5.1  2, B32, T20, TP2, TP13,  None          227         None       Forbidden   Forbidden  D             40, 6
                                                                                                     TP38, TP44
         2,3,4,6-Tetranitrophenol         Forbidden
         2,3,4,6-Tetranitrophenyl methyl  Forbidden
          nitramine
         2,3,4,6-                         Forbidden
          Tetranitrophenylnitramine
         Tetranitroresorcinol (dry)       Forbidden
         2,3,5,6-Tetranitroso-1,4-        Forbidden
          dinitrobenzene
         2,3,5,6-Tetranitroso             Forbidden
          nitrobenzene (dry)
         Tetrapropylorthotitanate                 3  UN2413             III   3                B1, IB3, T4, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A

[[Page 297]]

 
         Tetrazene, see Guanyl
          nitrosaminoguanyltetrazene
         Tetrazine (dry)                  Forbidden
         Tetrazol-1-acetic acid                1.4C  UN0407            .....  1.4C      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden       75 kg  02               25
         1H-Tetrazole                          1.1D  UN0504            .....  1.1D      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04           25, 5E
         Tetrazolyl azide (dry)           Forbidden
         Tetryl, see
          Trinitrophenylmethylnitramine
A I W    Textile waste, wet                     4.2  UN1857             III   4.2       .......................  151           213         240        Forbidden   Forbidden  A
         Thallium chlorate                      5.1  UN2573              II   5.1, 6.1       IB6, IP2, T3, TP33  152           212         242             5 kg       25 kg  A            56, 58
   G     Thallium compounds, n.o.s              6.1  UN1707              II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A
         Thallium nitrate                       6.1  UN2727              II   6.1, 5.1       IB6, IP2, T3, TP33  153           212         242             5 kg       25 kg  A
         4-Thiapentanal                         6.1  UN2785             III   6.1             IB3, T4, TP1, W31  153           203         241             60 L       220 L  D            25, 49
         Thioacetic acid                          3  UN2436              II   3                    IB2, T4, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B
         Thiocarbamate pesticide,                 3  UN2772               I   3, 6.1       T14, TP2, TP13, TP27  None          201         243        Forbidden        30 L  B                40
          liquid, flammable, toxic,
          flash point less than 23
          degrees C
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   3, 6.1       IB2, T11, TP13, TP27  150           202         243              1 L        60 L  B                40
         Thiocarbamate pesticide,               6.1  UN3005               I   6.1, 3             T14, TP2, TP13  None          201         243              1 L        30 L  B                40
          liquid, toxic, flammable,
          flash point not less than 23
          degrees C
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   6.1, 3       IB2, T11, TP2, TP13,  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  B                40
                                                                                                           TP27
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   6.1, 3         IB3, T7, TP2, TP28  153           203         242             60 L       220 L  A                40
         Thiocarbamate pesticide,               6.1  UN3006               I   6.1                T14, TP2, TP13  None          201         243              1 L        30 L  B                40
          liquid, toxic
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   6.1          IB2, T11, TP2, TP13,  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  B                40
                                                                                                           TP27
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   6.1            IB3, T7, TP2, TP28  153           203         241             60 L       220 L  A                40
         Thiocarbamate pesticides,              6.1  UN2771               I   6.1            IB7, IP1, T6, TP33  None          211         242             5 kg       50 kg  A                40
          solid, toxic
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A                40
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   6.1            IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  153           213         240           100 kg      200 kg  A                40
         Thiocarbonylchloride, see
          Thiophosgene
         Thioglycol                             6.1  UN2966              II   6.1                  IB2, T7, TP2  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  A
         Thioglycolic acid                        8  UN1940              II   8           A7, B2, IB2, N34, T7,  154           202         242              1 L        30 L  A
                                                                                                            TP2
         Thiolactic acid                        6.1  UN2936              II   6.1                  IB2, T7, TP2  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  A
         Thionyl chloride                         8  UN1836               I   8         B6, B10, N34, T10, TP2,  None          201         243        Forbidden   Forbidden  C                40
                                                                                                           TP13
         Thiophene                                3  UN2414              II   3                    IB2, T4, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B                40
   +     Thiophosgene                           6.1  UN2474               I   6.1         2, B9, B14, B32, N33,  None          227         244        Forbidden   Forbidden  D            40, 52
                                                                                           N34, T20, TP2, TP13,
                                                                                                     TP38, TP45
         Thiophosphoryl chloride                  8  UN1837              II   8            A3, A7, B2, B8, B25,  None          202         242        Forbidden        30 L  C                40
                                                                                              IB2, N34, T7, TP2
         Thiourea dioxide                       4.2  UN3341              II   4.2       IB6, IP2, T3, TP33, W31  None          212         241            15 kg       50 kg  D

[[Page 298]]

 
                                          .........                     III   4.2       IB8, IP3, T1, TP33, W31  None          213         241            25 kg      100 kg  D
         Tin chloride, fuming, see
          Stannic chloride, anhydrous
         Tin perchloride or Tin
          tetrachloride, see Stannic
          chloride, anhydrous
         Tinctures, medicinal                     3  UN1293              II   3               IB2, T4, TP1, TP8  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   3                B1, IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
         Tinning flux, see Zinc chloride
         Tires and tire assemblies, see
          Air, compressed or Nitrogen,
          compressed
         Titanium disulphide                    4.2  UN3174             III   4.2       IB8, IP3, T1, TP33, W31  None          213         241            25 kg      100 kg  A
         Titanium hydride                       4.1  UN1871              II   4.1       A19, A20, IB4, N34, T3,  None          212         241            15 kg       50 kg  E
                                                                                                 TP33, W31, W40
         Titanium powder, dry                   4.2  UN2546               I   4.2                           W31  None          211         242        Forbidden   Forbidden  D           13, 148
                                          .........                      II   4.2       A19, A20, IB6, IP2, N5,  None          212         241            15 kg       50 kg  D           13, 148
                                                                                             N34, T3, TP33, W31
                                          .........                     III   4.2          B135, IB8, IP21, T1,  None          213         241            25 kg      100 kg  D           13, 148
                                                                                                      TP33, W31
         Titanium powder, wetted with           4.1  UN1352              II   4.1           A19, A20, IB6, IP2,  None          212         240            15 kg       50 kg  E                74
          not less than 25 percent water                                                N34, T3, TP33, W31, W40
          (a visible excess of water
          must be present) (a)
          mechanically produced,
          particle size less than 53
          microns; (b) chemically
          produced, particle size less
          than 840 microns
         Titanium sponge granules or            4.1  UN2878             III   4.1          A1, B134, IB8, IP21,  None          213         240            25 kg      100 kg  D           13, 74,
          Titanium sponge powders                                                                T1, TP33, W100                                                                             147,
                                                                                                                                                                                             148
   +     Titanium tetrachloride                 6.1  UN1838               I   6.1, 8       2, B7, B9, B14, B32,  None          227         244        Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
                                                                                           B77, T20, TP2, TP13,
                                                                                                     TP38, TP45
         Titanium trichloride mixtures            8  UN2869              II   8         A7, IB8, IP2, IP4, N34,  154           212         240            15 kg       50 kg  A                40
                                                                                                       T3, TP33
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   8          A7, IB8, IP3, N34, T1,  154           213         240            25 kg      100 kg  A                40
                                                                                                           TP33

[[Page 299]]

 
         Titanium trichloride,                  4.2  UN2441               I   4.2, 8                   N34, W31  None          181         244        Forbidden   Forbidden  D           13, 40,
          pyrophoric or Titanium                                                                                                                                                             148
          trichloride mixtures,
          pyrophoric
         TNT mixed with aluminum, see
          Tritonal
         TNT, see Trinitrotoluene, etc
         Toluene                                  3  UN1294              II   3                    IB2, T4, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B
   +     Toluene diisocyanate                   6.1  UN2078              II   6.1            IB2, T7, TP2, TP13  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  D            25, 40
         Toluene sulfonic acid, see
          Alkyl, or Aryl sulfonic acid
          etc
   +     Toluidines, liquid                     6.1  UN1708              II   6.1                  IB2, T7, TP2  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  A
         Toluidines, solid                      6.1  UN3451              II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A
         2,4-Toluylenediamine, solid or         6.1  UN1709             III   6.1            IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  153           213         240           100 kg      200 kg  A
          2,4-Toluenediamine, solid
         2,4-Toluylenediamine solution          6.1  UN3418             III   6.1                  IB3, T4, TP1  153           203         241             60 L       220 L  A
          or 2,4-Toluenediamine solution
         Torpedoes, liquid fueled, with        1.3J  UN0450            .....  1.3J      .......................  ............  62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  05          25, 23E
          inert head
         Torpedoes, liquid fueled, with        1.1J  UN0449            .....  1.1J      .......................  ............  62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  05          25, 23E
          or without bursting charge
         Torpedoes with bursting charge        1.1E  UN0329            .....  1.1E      .......................  ............  62          62         Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
         Torpedoes with bursting charge        1.1F  UN0330            .....  1.1F      .......................  ............  62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  05               25
         Torpedoes with bursting charge        1.1D  UN0451            .....  1.1D      .......................  ............  62          62         Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
   G     Toxic by inhalation liquid,            6.1  UN3488               I   6.1, 3,     1, B9, B14, B30, T22,  None          226         244        Forbidden   Forbidden  D           40, 125
          flammable, corrosive, n.o.s.                                         8         TP2, TP13, TP27, TP38,
          with an LC50 lower than or                                                                       TP44
          equal to 200 ml/m3 and
          saturated vapor concentration
          greater than or equal to 500
          LC50
   G     Toxic by inhalation liquid,            6.1  UN3489               I   6.1, 3,     2, B9, B14, B32, T20,  None          227         244        Forbidden   Forbidden  D           40, 125
          flammable, corrosive, n.o.s.                                         8         TP2, TP13, TP27, TP38,
          with an LC50 lower than or                                                                       TP45
          equal to 1000 ml/m3 and
          saturated vapor concentration
          greater than or equal to 10
          LC50
 G       Toxic by inhalation liquid,            6.1  UN3381               I   6.1         1, B9, B14, B30, T22,  None          226         244        Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
          n.o.s. with an LC50 lower than                                                 TP2, TP13, TP27, TP38,
          or equal to 200 ml/m\3\ and                                                                      TP44
          saturated vapor concentration
          greater than or equal to 500
          LC50
 G       Toxic by inhalation liquid,            6.1  UN3382               I   6.1         2, B9, B14, B32, T20,  None          227         244        Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
          n.o.s. with an LC50 lower than                                                 TP2, TP13, TP27, TP38,
          or equal to 1000 ml/m\3\ and                                                                     TP45
          saturated vapor concentration
          greater than or equal to 10
          LC50

[[Page 300]]

 
 G       Toxic by inhalation liquid,            6.1  UN3383               I   6.1, 3      1, B9, B14, B30, T22,  None          226         244        Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
          flammable, n.o.s. with an LC50                                                 TP2, TP13, TP27, TP38,
          lower than or equal to 200 ml/                                                                   TP44
          m\3\ and saturated vapor
          concentration greater than or
          equal to 500 LC50
 G       Toxic by inhalation liquid,            6.1  UN3384               I   6.1, 3      2, B9, B14, B32, T20,  None          227         244        Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
          flammable, n.o.s. with an LC50                                                 TP2, TP13, TP27, TP38,
          lower than or equal to 1000 ml/                                                                  TP45
          m\3\ and saturated vapor
          concentration greater than or
          equal to 10 LC50
   G     Toxic by inhalation liquid,            6.1  UN3385               I   6.1, 4.3    1, B9, B14, B30, T22,  None          226         244        Forbidden   Forbidden  D           13, 40,
          water-reactive, n.o.s. with an                                                  TP2, TP13, TP38, TP44                                                                              148
          LC50 lower than or equal to
          200 ml/m\3\ and saturated
          vapor concentration greater
          than or equal to 500 LC50
   G     Toxic by inhalation liquid,            6.1  UN3386               I   6.1, 4.3    2, B9, B14, B32, T20,  None          227         244        Forbidden   Forbidden  D           13, 40,
          water-reactive, n.o.s. with an                                                  TP2, TP13, TP38, TP44                                                                              148
          LC50 lower than or equal to
          1000 ml/m\3\ and saturated
          vapor concentration greater
          than or equal to 10 LC50
   G     Toxic by inhalation liquid,            6.1  UN3490               I   6.1,        1, B9, B14, B30, T22,  None          226         244        Forbidden   Forbidden  D           13, 21,
          water-reactive, flammable,                                           4.3, 3    TP2, TP13, TP27, TP38,                                                                          40, 49,
          n.o.s. with an LC50 lower than                                                                   TP44                                                                              148
          or equal to 200 ml/ m3 and
          saturated vapor concentration
          greater than or equal to 500
          LC50
   G     Toxic by inhalation liquid,            6.1  UN3491               I   6.1,        2, B9, B14, B32, T20,  None          227         244        Forbidden   Forbidden  D           13, 21,
          water-reactive, flammable,                                           4.3, 3    TP2, TP13, TP27, TP38,                                                                          28, 40,
          n.o.s. with an LC50 lower or                                                                     TP45                                                                          49, 148
          equal to 1000 ml/m3 and
          saturated vapor concentration
          greater than or equal to 10
          LC50

[[Page 301]]

 
 G       Toxic by inhalation liquid,            6.1  UN3387               I   6.1, 5.1    1, B9, B14, B30, T22,  None          226         244        Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
          oxidizing, n.o.s. with an LC50                                                  TP2, TP13, TP38, TP44
          lower than or equal to 200 ml/
          m\3\ and saturated vapor
          concentration greater than or
          equal to 500 LC50
 G       Toxic by inhalation liquid,            6.1  UN3388               I   6.1, 5.1    2, B9, B14, B32, T20,  None          227         244        Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
          oxidizing, n.o.s. with an LC50                                                  TP2, TP13, TP38, TP44
          lower than or equal to 1000 ml/
          m\3\ and saturated vapor
          concentration greater than or
          equal to 10 LC50
 G       Toxic by inhalation liquid,            6.1  UN3389               I   6.1, 8      1, B9, B14, B30, T22,  None          226         244        Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
          corrosive, n.o.s. with an LC50                                                 TP2, TP13, TP27, TP38,
          lower than or equal to 200 ml/                                                                   TP44
          m\3\ and saturated vapor
          concentration greater than or
          equal to 500 LC50
 G       Toxic by inhalation liquid,            6.1  UN3390               I   6.1, 8      2, B9, B14, B32, T20,  None          227         244        Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
          corrosive, n.o.s. with an LC50                                                 TP2, TP13, TP27, TP38,
          lower than or equal to 1000 ml/                                                                  TP45
          m\3\ and saturated vapor
          concentration greater than or
          equal to 10 LC50
   G     Toxic liquid, corrosive,               6.1  UN3289               I   6.1, 8       T14, TP2, TP13, TP27  None          201         243            0.5 L       2.5 L  A                40
          inorganic, n.o.s
                                                                         II   6.1, 8        IB2, T11, TP2, TP27  153           202         243              1 L        30 L  A                40
   G     Toxic liquid, inorganic, n.o.s         6.1  UN3287               I   6.1          T14, TP2, TP13, TP27  None          201         243              1 L        30 L  A                40
                                                                         II   6.1           IB2, T11, TP2, TP27  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  A                40
                                                                        III   6.1            IB3, T7, TP1, TP28  153           203         241             60 L       220 L  A                40
   G     Toxic liquids, corrosive,              6.1  UN2927               I   6.1, 8       T14, TP2, TP13, TP27  None          201         243            0.5 L       2.5 L  B                40
          organic, n.o.s.
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   6.1, 8        IB2, T11, TP2, TP27  153           202         243              1 L        30 L  B                40
   G     Toxic liquids, flammable,              6.1  UN2929               I   6.1, 3       T14, TP2, TP13, TP27  None          201         243              1 L        30 L  B                40
          organic, n.o.s.
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   6.1, 3       IB2, T11, TP2, TP13,  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  B                40
                                                                                                           TP27
   G     Toxic, liquids, organic, n.o.s.        6.1  UN2810               I   6.1          T14, TP2, TP13, TP27  None          201         243              1 L        30 L  B                40
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   6.1          IB2, T11, TP2, TP13,  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  B                40
                                                                                                           TP27
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   6.1            IB3, T7, TP1, TP28  153           203         241             60 L       220 L  A                40
   G     Toxic liquids, oxidizing,              6.1  UN3122               I   6.1, 5.1                       A4  None          201         243        Forbidden       2.5 L  C
          n.o.s.
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   6.1, 5.1                      IB2  153           202         243              1 L         5 L  C
   G     Toxic liquids, water-reactive,         6.1  UN3123               I   6.1, 4.3                       A4  None          201         243        Forbidden         1 L  E            13,40,
          n.o.s                                                                                                                                                                              148
                                                                         II   6.1, 4.3                      IB2  None          202         243              1 L         5 L  E           13, 40,
                                                                                                                                                                                             148
   G     Toxic solid, corrosive,                6.1  UN3290               I   6.1, 8              IB7, T6, TP33  None          211         242             1 kg       25 kg  A                40
          inorganic, n.o.s
                                                                         II   6.1, 8         IB6, IP2, T3, TP33  153           212         242            15 kg       50 kg  A                40
   G     Toxic solid, inorganic, n.o.s.         6.1  UN3288               I   6.1                 IB7, T6, TP33  None          211         242             5 kg       50 kg  A                40
                                                                         II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A                40

[[Page 302]]

 
                                                                        III   6.1            IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  153           213         240           100 kg      200 kg  A                40
   G     Toxic solids, corrosive,               6.1  UN2928               I   6.1, 8              IB7, T6, TP33  None          211         242             1 kg       25 kg  B                40
          organic, n.o.s.
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   6.1, 8         IB6, IP2, T3, TP33  153           212         242            15 kg       50 kg  B                40
   G     Toxic solids, flammable,               6.1  UN2930               I   6.1, 4.1            IB6, T6, TP33  None          211         242             1 kg       15 kg  B
          organic, n.o.s.
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   6.1, 4.1  IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            15 kg       50 kg  B
   G     Toxic solids, organic, n.o.s.          6.1  UN2811               I   6.1                 IB7, T6, TP33  None          211         242             5 kg       50 kg  B
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  B
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   6.1            IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  153           213         240           100 kg      200 kg  A
   G     Toxic solids, oxidizing, n.o.s.        6.1  UN3086               I   6.1, 5.1                 T6, TP33  None          211         242             1 kg       15 kg  C
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   6.1, 5.1       IB6, IP2, T3, TP33  153           212         242            15 kg       50 kg  C
   G     Toxic solids, self-heating,            6.1  UN3124               I   6.1, 4.2             A5, T6, TP33  None          211         242             5 kg       15 kg  D                40
          n.o.s.
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   6.1, 4.2       IB6, IP2, T3, TP33  None          212         242            15 kg       50 kg  D                40
   G     Toxic solids, water-reactive,          6.1  UN3125               I   6.1, 4.3       A5, T6, TP33, W100  None          211         242             5 kg       15 kg  D           13, 40,
          n.o.s                                                                                                                                                                              148
   G     Toxins, extracted from living          6.1  UN3172               I   6.1                           141  None          201         243              1 L        30 L  B                40
          sources, liquid, n.o.s.
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   6.1                      141, IB2  None          202         243              5 L        60 L  B                40
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   6.1                      141, IB3  153           203         241             60 L       220 L  B                40
   G     Toxins, extracted from living          6.1  UN3462               I   6.1       141, IB7, IP1, T6, TP33  None          211         243             5 kg       50 kg  B
          sources, solid, n.o.s.
                                                                         II   6.1        141, IB8, IP2, IP4, T3  None          212         243            25 kg      100 kg  B
                                                                                                           TP33
                                                                        III   6.1        141, IB8, IP3, T1 TP33  153           213         241           100 kg      200 kg  A
   D     Toy Caps                              1.4S  NA0337            .....  1.4S      .......................  None          62          None           25 kg      100 kg  01               25
         Tracers for ammunition                1.3G  UN0212            .....  1.3G      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  03               25
         Tracers for ammunition                1.4G  UN0306            .....  1.4G      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden       75 kg  02               25
         Tractors, see Vehicle, etc
         Tri-(b-nitroxyethyl) ammonium    Forbidden
          nitrate
         Triallyl borate                        6.1  UN2609             III   6.1                           IB3  153           203         241             60 L       220 L  A                13
         Triallylamine                            3  UN2610             III   3, 8             B1, IB3, T4, TP1  None          203         242              5 L        60 L  A                40

[[Page 303]]

 
         Triazine pesticides, liquid,             3  UN2764               I   3, 6.1       T14, TP2, TP13, TP27  None          201         243        Forbidden        30 L  B                40
          flammable, toxic, flash point
          less than 23 degrees C
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   3, 6.1       IB2, T11, TP2, TP13,  150           202         243              1 L        60 L  B                40
                                                                                                           TP27
         Triazine pesticides, liquid,           6.1  UN2998               I   6.1          T14, TP2, TP13, TP27  None          201         243              1 L        30 L  B                40
          toxic
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   6.1          IB2, T11, TP2, TP13,  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  B                40
                                                                                                           TP27
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   6.1            IB3, T7, TP2, TP28  153           203         241             60 L       220 L  A                40
         Triazine pesticides, liquid,           6.1  UN2997               I   6.1, 3       T14, TP2, TP13, TP27  None          201         243              1 L        30 L  B                40
          toxic, flammable, flash point
          not less than 23 degrees C
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   6.1, 3       IB2, T11, TP2, TP13,  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  B                40
                                                                                                           TP27
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   6.1, 3         IB3, T7, TP2, TP28  153           203         242             60 L       220 L  A                40
         Triazine pesticides, solid,            6.1  UN2763               I   6.1            IB7, IP1, T6, TP33  None          211         242             5 kg       50 kg  A                40
          toxic
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A                40
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   6.1            IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  153           213         240           100 kg      200 kg  A                40
         Tributylamine                          6.1  UN2542              II   6.1                  IB2, T7, TP2  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  A
         Tributylphosphane                      4.2  UN3254               I   4.2                T21, TP7, TP33  None          211         242        Forbidden   Forbidden  D               136
         Trichloro-s-triazinetrione dry,
          with more than 39 percent
          available chlorine, see
          Trichloroisocyanuric acid, dry
         Trichloroacetic acid                     8  UN1839              II   8         A7, IB8, IP2, IP4, N34,  154           212         240            15 kg       50 kg  A
                                                                                                       T3, TP33
         Trichloroacetic acid, solution           8  UN2564              II   8           A3, A7, B2, IB2, N34,  154           202         242              1 L        30 L  B
                                                                                                        T7, TP2
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   8           A3, A7, IB3, N34, T4,  154           203         241              5 L        60 L  B                 8
                                                                                                            TP1
   +     Trichloroacetyl chloride                 8  UN2442              II   8, 6.1      2, B9, B14, B32, N34,  None          227         244        Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
                                                                                           T20, TP2, TP38, TP45
         Trichlorobenzenes, liquid              6.1  UN2321             III   6.1                  IB3, T4, TP1  153           203         241             60 L       220 L  A
         Trichlorobutene                        6.1  UN2322              II   6.1                  IB2, T7, TP2  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  A            25, 40
         1,1,1-Trichloroethane                  6.1  UN2831             III   6.1             IB3, N36, T4, TP1  153           203         241             60 L       220 L  A                40
         Trichloroethylene                      6.1  UN1710             III   6.1             IB3, N36, T4, TP1  153           203         241             60 L       220 L  A                40
         Trichloroisocyanuric acid, dry         5.1  UN2468              II   5.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  152           212         240             5 kg       25 kg  A                13
         Trichloromethyl perchlorate      Forbidden
         Trichlorosilane                        4.3  UN1295               I   4.3, 3,       N34, T14, TP2, TP7,  None          201         244        Forbidden   Forbidden  D           21, 40,
                                                                               8                      TP13, W31                                                                          49, 100
         Tricresyl phosphate with more          6.1  UN2574              II   6.1        A3, IB2, N33, N34, T7,  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  A
          than 3 percent ortho isomer                                                                       TP2
         Triethyl phosphite                       3  UN2323             III   3                B1, IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
         Triethylamine                            3  UN1296              II   3, 8                 IB2, T7, TP1  150           202         243              1 L         5 L  B                40
         Triethylenetetramine                     8  UN2259              II   8                B2, IB2, T7, TP2  154           202         242              1 L        30 L  B            40, 52
         Trifluoroacetic acid                     8  UN2699               I   8           A7, B4, N3, N34, N36,  None          201         243            0.5 L       2.5 L  B           12, 25,
                                                                                                       T10, TP2                                                                               40
         Trifluoroacetyl chloride               2.3  UN3057            .....  2.3, 8       2, B7, B9, B14, T50,  None          304         314, 315   Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
                                                                                                           TP21

[[Page 304]]

 
         Trifluorochloroethylene,               2.3  UN1082            .....  2.3, 2.1         3, 387, B14, T50  None          304         314, 315   Forbidden   Forbidden  D            25, 40
          stabilized or Refrigerant gas
          R 1113
         Trifluoromethane or Refrigerant        2.2  UN1984            .....  2.2       .......................  306           304         314, 315       75 kg      150 kg  A
          gas R 23
         Trifluoromethane, refrigerated         2.2  UN3136            .....  2.2                      T75, TP5  306           None        314, 315       50 kg      500 kg  D
          liquid
         1,1,1-Trifluoroethane or               2.1  UN2035            .....  2.1                           T50  306           304         314, 315   Forbidden      150 kg  B                40
          Refrigerant gas, R 143a
         2-Trifluoromethylaniline               6.1  UN2942             III   6.1                           IB3  153           203         241             60 L       220 L  A
         3-Trifluoromethylaniline               6.1  UN2948              II   6.1                  IB2, T7, TP2  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  A                40
         Triformoxime trinitrate          Forbidden
         Triisobutylene                           3  UN2324             III   3                B1, IB3, T4, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
         Triisopropyl borate                      3  UN2616              II   3                    IB2, T4, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  A
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   3                B1, IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
   D     Trimethoxysilane                       6.1  NA9269               I   6.1, 3      2, B9, B14, B32, T20,  None          227         244        Forbidden   Forbidden  E                40
                                                                                          TP4, TP13, TP38, TP45
         Trimethyl borate                         3  UN2416              II   3                    IB2, T7, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B
         Trimethyl phosphite                      3  UN2329             III   3                B1, IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
         1,3,5-Trimethyl-2,4,6-           Forbidden
          trinitrobenzene
         Trimethylacetyl chloride               6.1  UN2438               I   6.1, 8,      2, B3, B9, B14, B32,  None          227         244        Forbidden   Forbidden  D           21, 25,
                                                                               3           N34, T20, TP2, TP13,                                                                          40, 100
                                                                                                     TP38, TP45
         Trimethylamine, anhydrous              2.1  UN1083            .....  2.1                      N87, T50  306           304         314, 315   Forbidden      150 kg  B                40
         Trimethylamine, aqueous                  3  UN1297               I   3, 8                     T11, TP1  None          201         243            0.5 L       2.5 L  D           40, 135
          solutions with not more than
          50 percent trimethylamine by
          mass
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   3, 8             B1, IB2, T7, TP1  150           202         243              1 L         5 L  B            40, 41
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   3, 8             B1, IB3, T7, TP1  150           203         242              5 L        60 L  A            40, 41
         1,3,5-Trimethylbenzene                   3  UN2325             III   3                B1, IB3, T2, TP2  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
         Trimethylchlorosilane                    3  UN1298              II   3, 8       A3, A7, B77, N34, T10,  None          206         243        Forbidden         5 L  E                40
                                                                                                 TP2, TP7, TP13
         Trimethylcyclohexylamine                 8  UN2326             III   8                    IB3, T4, TP1  154           203         241              5 L        60 L  A
         Trimethylene glycol              Forbidden
          diperchlorate
         Trimethylhexamethylene                 6.1  UN2328             III   6.1            IB3, T4, TP2, TP13  153           203         241             60 L       220 L  B
          diisocyanate
         Trimethylhexamethylenediamines           8  UN2327             III   8                    IB3, T4, TP1  154           203         241              5 L        60 L  A
         Trimethylol nitromethane         Forbidden
          trinitrate

[[Page 305]]

 
         Trinitro-m-cresol                     1.1D  UN0216            .....  1.1D      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04           25, 5E
         2,4,6-Trinitro-1,3-diazobenzene  Forbidden
         2,4,6-Trinitro-1,3,5-triazido    Forbidden
          benzene (dry)
         Trinitroacetic acid              Forbidden
         Trinitroacetonitrile             Forbidden
         Trinitroamine cobalt             Forbidden
         Trinitroaniline or Picramide          1.1D  UN0153            .....  1.1D      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
         Trinitroanisole                       1.1D  UN0213            .....  1.1D      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
         Trinitrobenzene, dry or wetted        1.1D  UN0214            .....  1.1D      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
          with less than 30 percent
          water, by mass
         Trinitrobenzene, wetted, with          4.1  UN3367               I   4.1       162, A8, A19, N41, N84,  None          211         None          0.5 kg      0.5 kg  E            28, 36
          not less than 10% water, by                                                                       W31
          mass
         Trinitrobenzene, wetted with           4.1  UN1354               I   4.1         23, A2, A8, A19, N41,  None          211         None          0.5 kg      0.5 kg  E            28, 36
          not less than 30 percent                                                                          W31
          water, by mass
         Trinitrobenzenesulfonic acid          1.1D  UN0386            .....  1.1D      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04           25, 5E
         Trinitrobenzoic acid, dry or          1.1D  UN0215            .....  1.1D      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
          wetted with less than 30
          percent water, by mass
         Trinitrobenzoic acid, wetted           4.1  UN3368               I   4.1       162, A8, A19, N41, N84,  None          211         None          0.5 kg      0.5 kg  E            28, 36
          with not less than 10% water                                                                      W31
          by mass
         Trinitrobenzoic acid, wetted           4.1  UN1355               I   4.1         23, A2, A8, A19, N41,  None          211         None          0.5 kg      0.5 kg  E            28, 36
          with not less than 30 percent                                                                     W31
          water, by mass
         Trinitrochlorobenzene or Picryl       1.1D  UN0155            .....  1.1D      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
          chloride
         Trinitrochlorobenzene (picryl          4.1  UN3365               I   4.1       162, A8, A19, N41, N84,  None          211         None          0.5 kg      0.5 kg  E            28, 36
          chloride), wetted, with not                                                                       W31
          less than 10% water by mass
         Trinitroethanol                  Forbidden
         Trinitroethylnitrate             Forbidden
         Trinitrofluorenone                    1.1D  UN0387            .....  1.1D      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
         Trinitromethane                  Forbidden
         1,3,5-Trinitronaphthalene        Forbidden
         Trinitronaphthalene                   1.1D  UN0217            .....  1.1D      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
         Trinitrophenetole                     1.1D  UN0218            .....  1.1D      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
         Trinitrophenol (picric acid),          4.1  UN3364               I   4.1        23, A8, A19, N41, N84,  None          211         None          0.5 kg      0.5 kg  E            28, 36
          wetted, with not less than 10                                                                     W31
          percent water by mass
         Trinitrophenol or Picric acid,        1.1D  UN0154            .....  1.1D      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04           25, 5E
          dry or wetted with less than
          30 percent water, by mass
         Trinitrophenol, wetted with not        4.1  UN1344               I   4.1        162, A8, A19, N41, W31  None          211         None            1 kg       15 kg  E            28, 36
          less than 30 percent water, by
          mass
         2,4,6-Trinitrophenyl guanidine   Forbidden  ................  .....  ........  .......................  ............  ..........  ........
          (dry)
         2,4,6-Trinitrophenyl nitramine   Forbidden  ................  .....  ........  .......................  ............  ..........  ........
         2,4,6-Trinitrophenyl             Forbidden  ................  .....  ........  .......................  ............  ..........  ........
          trimethylol methyl nitramine
          trinitrate (dry)

[[Page 306]]

 
         Trinitrophenylmethylnitramine         1.1D  UN0208            .....  1.1D      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
          or Tetryl
         Trinitroresorcinol or Styphnic        1.1D  UN0219            .....  1.1D      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04           25, 5E
          acid, dry or wetted with less
          than 20 percent water, or
          mixture of alcohol and water,
          by mass
         Trinitroresorcinol, wetted or         1.1D  UN0394            .....  1.1D                          385  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04           25, 5E
          Styphnic acid, wetted with not
          less than 20 percent water, or
          mixture of alcohol and water
          by mass
         2,4,6-Trinitroso-3-methyl        Forbidden
          nitraminoanisole
         Trinitrotetramine cobalt         Forbidden
          nitrate
         Trinitrotoluene and                   1.1D  UN0388            .....  1.1D      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
          Trinitrobenzene mixtures or
          TNT and trinitrobenzene
          mixtures or TNT and
          hexanitrostilbene mixtures or
          Trinitrotoluene and
          hexanitrostilnene mixtures
         Trinitrotoluene mixtures              1.1D  UN0389            .....  1.1D      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
          containing Trinitrobenzene and
          Hexanitrostilbene or TNT
          mixtures containing
          trinitrobenzene and
          hexanitrostilbene
         Trinitrotoluene or TNT, dry or        1.1D  UN0209            .....  1.1D      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
          wetted with less than 30
          percent water, by mass
         Trinitrotoluene (TNT), wetted,         4.1  UN3366               I   4.1       162, A8, A19, N41, N84,  None          211         None          0.5 kg      0.5 kg  E            28, 36
          with not less than 10 percent                                                                     W31
          water by mass
         Trinitrotoluene, wetted or TNT,        4.1  UN1356               I   4.1         23, A2, A8, A19, N41,  None          211         None          0.5 kg      0.5 kg  E            28, 36
          wetted, with not less than 30                                                                     W31
          percent water by mass
         Tripropylamine                           3  UN2260             III   3, 8             B1, IB3, T4, TP1  150           203         242              5 L        60 L  A                40
         Tripropylene                             3  UN2057              II   3                    IB2, T4, TP2  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B
                                          .........                     III   3                B1, IB3, T2, TP2  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A

[[Page 307]]

 
         Tris-(1-aziridinyl)phosphine           6.1  UN2501              II   6.1                  IB2, T7, TP2  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  A
          oxide, solution
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   6.1                  IB3, T4, TP1  153           203         241             60 L       220 L  A
         Tris, bis-bifluoroamino          Forbidden
          diethoxy propane (TVOPA)
         Tritonal                              1.1D  UN0390            .....  1.1D      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
         Tungsten hexafluoride                  2.3  UN2196            .....  2.3, 8                     2, N86  None          338         None       Forbidden   Forbidden  D                40
         Turpentine                               3  UN1299             III   3                B1, IB3, T2, TP2  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
         Turpentine substitute                    3  UN1300               I   3             T11, TP1, TP8, TP27  None          201         243              1 L        30 L  B
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   3                    IB2, T4, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   3                B1, IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
         Undecane                                 3  UN2330             III   3                B1, IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
         Uranium hexafluoride,                  6.1  UN3507               I   6.1, 7,                       369  420           None        None       Less than   Less than  A               132
          radioactive material, excepted                                       8                                                                          .1 kg       .1 kg
          package, less than 0.1 kg per
          package, non-fissile or
          fissile-excepted
         Urea hydrogen peroxide                 5.1  UN1511             III   5.1, 8     A1, A7, A29, IB8, IP3,  152           213         240            25 kg      100 kg  A                13
                                                                                                       T1, TP33
         Urea nitrate, dry or wetted           1.1D  UN0220            .....  1.1D                          119  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
          with less than 20 percent
          water, by mass
         Urea nitrate, wetted, with not         4.1  UN3370               I   4.1       162, A8, A19, N41, N84,  None          211         None          0.5 kg      0.5 kg  E            28, 36
          less than 10 percent water by                                                                     W31
          mass
         Urea nitrate, wetted with not          4.1  UN1357               I   4.1         23, 39, A8, A19, N41,  None          211         None            1 kg       15 kg  E            28, 36
          less than 20 percent water, by                                                                    W31
          mass
         Urea peroxide, see Urea
          hydrogen peroxide
         Valeraldehyde                            3  UN2058              II   3                    IB2, T4, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B
         Valeric acid, see Corrosive
          liquids, n.o.s.
         Valeryl chloride                         8  UN2502              II   8, 3        A3, A7, B2, IB2, N34,  154           202         243              1 L        30 L  C                40
                                                                                                        T7, TP2
   G     Vanadium compound, n.o.s               6.1  UN3285               I   6.1            IB7, IP1, T6, TP33  None          211         242             5 kg       50 kg  B
                                          .........  ................    II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  B
                                          .........  ................   III   6.1            IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  153           213         240           100 kg      200 kg
         Vanadium oxytrichloride                  8  UN2443              II   8           A3, A7, B2, B16, IB2,  154           202         242        Forbidden        30 L  C                40
                                                                                                   N34, T7, TP2
         Vanadium pentoxide, non-fused          6.1  UN2862             III   6.1            IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  153           213         240           100 kg      200 kg  A                40
          form
         Vanadium tetrachloride                   8  UN2444               I   8           A7, B4, N34, T10, TP2  None          201         243        Forbidden       2.5 L  C                40
         Vanadium trichloride                     8  UN2475             III   8              IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  154           213         240            25 kg      100 kg  A                40
         Vanadyl sulfate                        6.1  UN2931              II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A
         Vehicle, flammable gas powered           9  UN3166            .....  9                       135, A200  220           220         220        Forbidden    No limit  A
          or Vehicle, fuel cell,
          flammable gas powered
         Vehicle, flammable liquid                9  UN3166            .....  9                       135, A200  220           220         220         No limit    No limit  A
          powered or Vehicle, fuel cell,
          flammable liquid powered
         Very signal cartridge, see
          Cartridges, signal
         Vinyl acetate, stabilized                3  UN1301              II   3               387, IB2, T4, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  C                25

[[Page 308]]

 
         Vinyl bromide, stabilized              2.1  UN1085            .....  2.1                 387, N86, T50  306           304         314, 315   Forbidden      150 kg  B            25, 40
         Vinyl butyrate, stabilized               3  UN2838              II   3               387, IB2, T4, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  C                25
         Vinyl chloride, stabilized             2.1  UN1086            .....  2.1        21, 387, B44, N86, T50  306           304         314, 315   Forbidden      150 kg  B            25, 40
         Vinyl chloroacetate                    6.1  UN2589              II   6.1, 3               IB2, T7, TP2  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  A
         Vinyl ethyl ether, stabilized            3  UN1302               I   3                   387, T11, TP2  None          201         243              1 L        30 L  D
         Vinyl fluoride, stabilized             2.1  UN1860            .....  2.1                      387, N86  306           304         314, 315   Forbidden      150 kg  E            25, 40
         Vinyl isobutyl ether,                    3  UN1304              II   3               387, IB2, T4, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  C                25
          stabilized
         Vinyl methyl ether, stabilized         2.1  UN1087            .....  2.1                 387, B44, T50  306           304         314, 315   Forbidden      150 kg  B            25, 40
         Vinyl nitrate polymer            Forbidden
         Vinylidene chloride, stabilized          3  UN1303               I   3              387, T12, TP2, TP7  150           201         243              1 L        30 L  D            25, 40
         Vinylpyridines, stabilized             6.1  UN3073              II   6.1, 3,   387, IB1, T7, TP2, TP13  153           202         243              1 L        30 L  B           21, 25,
                                                                               8                                                                                                         40, 52,
                                                                                                                                                                                             100
         Vinyltoluenes, stabilized                3  UN2618             III   3           387, B1, IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  C                25
         Vinyltrichlorosilane                     3  UN1305              II   3, 8        A3, A7, B6, N34, T10,  None          206         243        Forbidden         5 L  B                40
                                                                                                 TP2, TP7, TP13
         Warheads, rocket with burster         1.4D  UN0370            .....  1.4D      .......................  None          62          62         Forbidden       75 kg  02               25
          or expelling charge
         Warheads, rocket with burster         1.4F  UN0371            .....  1.4F      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  05               25
          or expelling charge
         Warheads, rocket with bursting        1.1D  UN0286            .....  1.1D      .......................  None          62          62         Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
          charge
         Warheads, rocket with bursting        1.2D  UN0287            .....  1.2D      .......................  None          62          62         Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
          charge
         Warheads, rocket with bursting        1.1F  UN0369            .....  1.1F      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  05               25
          charge
         Warheads, torpedo with bursting       1.1D  UN0221            .....  1.1D      .......................  None          62          62         Forbidden   Forbidden  04               25
          charge
   G     Water-reactive liquid,                 4.3  UN3129               I   4.3, 8        T14, TP2, TP7, TP13  None          201         243        Forbidden         1 L  D           13, 148
          corrosive, n.o.s
                                                                         II   4.3, 8         IB1, T11, TP2, TP7  None          202         243              1 L         5 L  E           13, 85,
                                                                                                                                                                                             148
                                                                        III   4.3, 8          IB2, T7, TP2, TP7  None          203         242              5 L        60 L  E           13, 148

[[Page 309]]

 
   G     Water-reactive liquid, n.o.s           4.3  UN3148               I   4.3          T13, TP2, TP7, TP41,  None          201         244        Forbidden         1 L  E           13, 40,
                                                                                                            W31                                                                              148
                                          .........                      II   4.3        IB1, T7, TP2, TP7, W31  None          202         243              1 L         5 L  E           13, 40,
                                                                                                                                                                                             148
                                          .........                     III   4.3        IB2, T7, TP2, TP7, W31  None          203         242              5 L        60 L  E           13, 40,
                                                                                                                                                                                             148
   G     Water-reactive liquid, toxic,          4.3  UN3130               I   4.3, 6.1                       A4  None          201         243        Forbidden         1 L  D           13, 148
          n.o.s
                                                                         II   4.3, 6.1                      IB1  None          202         243              1 L         5 L  E           13, 85,
                                                                                                                                                                                             148
                                                                        III   4.3, 6.1                      IB2  None          203         242              5 L        60 L  E           13, 85,
                                                                                                                                                                                             148
   G     Water-reactive solid,                  4.3  UN3131               I   4.3, 8    IB4, IP1, N40, T9, TP7,  None          211         242        Forbidden       15 kg  D           13, 148
          corrosive, n.o.s                                                                            TP33, W31
                                          .........                      II   4.3, 8        IB6, IP2, T3, TP33,  151           212         242            15 kg       50 kg  E           13, 85,
                                                                                                       W31, W40                                                                              148
                                          .........                     III   4.3, 8    IB8, IP4, T1, TP33, W31  151           213         241            25 kg      100 kg  E           13, 85,
                                                                                                                                                                                             148
   G     Water-reactive solid,                  4.3  UN3132               I   4.3, 4.1            IB4, N40, W31  None          211         242        Forbidden       15 kg  D           13, 148
          flammable, n.o.s
                                          .........                      II   4.3, 4.1  IB4, T3, TP33, W31, W40  151           212         242            15 kg       50 kg  E           13, 148
                                          .........                     III   4.3, 4.1       IB6, T1, TP33, W31  151           213         241            25 kg      100 kg  E           13, 148
   G     Water-reactive solid, n.o.s            4.3  UN2813               I   4.3            IB4, N40, T9, TP7,  None          211         242        Forbidden       15 kg  E           13, 40,
                                                                                                      TP33, W32                                                                              148
                                          .........                      II   4.3         B132, IB7, IP2, IP21,  151           212         242            15 kg       50 kg  E           13, 40,
                                                                                             T3, TP33, W31, W40                                                                              148
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   4.3          B132, IB8, IP21, T1,  151           213         241            25 kg      100 kg  E           13, 40,
                                                                                                      TP33, W31                                                                              148
   G     Water-reactive, solid,                 4.3  UN3133              II   4.3, 5.1  .......................  None          214         214        Forbidden   Forbidden  E           13, 40,
          oxidizing, n.o.s                                                                                                                                                                   148
                                                                        III   4.3, 5.1  .......................  None          214         214        Forbidden   Forbidden  E           13, 40,
                                                                                                                                                                                             148
   G     Water-reactive solid, self-            4.3  UN3135               I   4.3, 4.2                 N40, W31  None          211         242        Forbidden       15 kg  E           13, 148
          heating, n.o.s
                                          .........                      II   4.3, 4.2      IB5, IP2, T3, TP33,  None          212         242            15 kg       50 kg  E           13, 148
                                                                                                       W31, W40
                                          .........                     III   4.3, 4.2  IB8, IP4, T1, TP33, W31  None          213         241            25 kg      100 kg  E           13, 148
   G     Water-reactive solid, toxic,           4.3  UN3134               I   4.3, 6.1   A8, IB4, IP1, N40, W31  None          211         242        Forbidden       15 kg  D           13, 148
          n.o.s
                                          .........                      II   4.3, 6.1      IB5, IP2, T3, TP33,  151           212         242            15 kg       50 kg  E           13, 85,
                                                                                                       W31, W40                                                                              148
                                          .........                     III   4.3, 6.1  IB8, IP4, T1, TP33, W31  151           213         241            25 kg      100 kg  E           13, 85,
                                                                                                                                                                                             148
         Wheel chair, electric, see
          Battery powered vehicle or
          Battery powered equipment
         White acid, see Hydrofluoric
          acid

[[Page 310]]

 
         Wood preservatives, liquid               3  UN1306              II   3          149, IB2, T4, TP1, TP8  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   3                B1, IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A                40
A I W    Wool waste, wet                        4.2  UN1387             III   4.2       .......................  151           213         240        Forbidden   Forbidden  A
         Xanthates                              4.2  UN3342              II   4.2       IB6, IP2, T3, TP33, W31  None          212         241            15 kg       50 kg  D                40
                                          .........                     III   4.2       IB8, IP3, T1, TP33, W31  None          213         241            25 kg      100 kg  D                40
         Xenon, compressed                      2.2  UN2036            .....  2.2       .......................  306, 307      302         None           75 kg      150 kg  A
         Xenon, refrigerated liquid             2.2  UN2591            .....  2.2                      T75, TP5  320           None        None           50 kg      500 kg  D
          (cryogenic liquids)
         Xylenes                                  3  UN1307              II   3                    IB2, T4, TP1  150           202         242              5 L        60 L  B
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   3                B1, IB3, T2, TP1  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  A
         Xylenols, solid                        6.1  UN2261              II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A
         Xylenols, liquid                       6.1  UN3430              II   6.1                  IB2, T7, TP2  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  A
         Xylidines, liquid                      6.1  UN1711              II   6.1                  IB2, T7, TP2  153           202         243              5 L        60 L  A
         Xylidines, solid                       6.1  UN3452              II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A
         Xylyl bromide, liquid                  6.1  UN1701              II   6.1         A3, A7, IB2, N33, T7,  None          340         None       Forbidden        60 L  D                40
                                                                                                 TP2, TP13, W31
         Xylyl bromide, solid                   6.1  UN3417              II   6.1         A3, A6, A7, IB8, IP2,  None          340         None           25 kg      100 kg  B                40
                                                                                             IP4, N33, T3, TP33
         p-Xylyl diazide                  Forbidden
         Zinc ammonium nitrite                  5.1  UN1512              II   5.1            IB8, IP4, T3, TP33  None          212         242             5 kg       25 kg  E
         Zinc arsenate or Zinc arsenite         6.1  UN1712              II   6.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  153           212         242            25 kg      100 kg  A
          or Zinc arsenate and zinc
          arsenite mixtures
         Zinc ashes                             4.3  UN1435             III   4.3        A1, A19, IB8, IP4, T1,  151           213         241            25 kg      100 kg  A           13, 148
                                                                                                     TP33, W100
         Zinc bisulfite solution, see
          Bisulfites, aqueous solutions,
          n.o.s.
         Zinc bromate                           5.1  UN2469             III   5.1        A1, A29, IB8, IP3, T1,  152           213         240            25 kg      100 kg  A            56, 58
                                                                                                           TP33
         Zinc chlorate                          5.1  UN1513              II   5.1       A9, IB8, IP2, IP4, N34,  152           212         242             5 kg       25 kg  A            56, 58
                                                                                                       T3, TP33
         Zinc chloride, anhydrous                 8  UN2331             III   8              IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  None          213         240            25 kg      100 kg  A
         Zinc chloride, solution                  8  UN1840             III   8                    IB3, T4, TP2  154           203         241              5 L        60 L  A
         Zinc cyanide                           6.1  UN1713               I   6.1            IB7, IP1, T6, TP33  None          211         242             5 kg       50 kg  A                52
         Zinc dithionite or Zinc                  9  UN1931             III   None           IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  155           204         240           100 kg      200 kg  A           13, 26,
          hydrosulfite                                                                                                                                                                       123
         Zinc fluorosilicate                    6.1  UN2855             III   6.1            IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  153           213         240           100 kg      200 kg  A                52

[[Page 311]]

 
         Zinc hydrosulfite, see Zinc
          dithionite
         Zinc muriate solution, see Zinc
          chloride, solution
         Zinc nitrate                           5.1  UN1514              II   5.1       IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33  152           212         240             5 kg       25 kg  A
         Zinc permanganate                      5.1  UN1515              II   5.1            IB6, IP2, T3, TP33  152           212         242             5 kg       25 kg  D           56, 58,
                                                                                                                                                                                             138
         Zinc peroxide                          5.1  UN1516              II   5.1           IB6, IP2, T3, TP33,  152           212         242             5 kg       25 kg  C           13, 52,
                                                                                                           W100                                                                          66, 75,
                                                                                                                                                                                             148
         Zinc phosphide                         4.3  UN1714               I   4.3, 6.1            A19, N40, W32  None          211         None       Forbidden       15 kg  E           13, 40,
                                                                                                                                                                                         52, 85,
                                                                                                                                                                                             148
         Zinc powder or Zinc dust               4.3  UN1436               I   4.3, 4.2  A19, IB4, IP1, N40, W31  None          211         242        Forbidden       15 kg  A           13, 52,
                                                                                                                                                                                         53, 148
                                          .........                      II   4.3, 4.2       A19, IB7, IP2, T3,  None          212         242            15 kg       50 kg  A           13, 52,
                                                                                                 TP33, W31, W40                                                                          53, 148
                                          .........                     III   4.3, 4.2  IB8, IP4, T1, TP33, W31  None          213         242            25 kg      100 kg  A           13, 52,
                                                                                                                                                                                         53, 148
         Zinc resinate                          4.1  UN2714             III   4.1             A1, IB6, T1, TP33  151           213         240            25 kg      100 kg  A
         Zinc selenate, see Selenates or
          Selenites
         Zinc selenite, see Selenates or
          Selenites
         Zinc silicofluoride, see Zinc
          fluorosilicate
         Zirconium, dry, coiled wire,           4.1  UN2858             III   4.1                      A1, W100  151           213         240            25 kg      100 kg  A               13,
          finished metal sheets, strip                                                                                                                                                      147,
          (thinner than 254 microns but                                                                                                                                                      148
          not thinner than 18 microns)
         Zirconium, dry, finished               4.2  UN2009             III   4.2                  A1, A19, W31  None          213         240            25 kg      100 kg  D           13, 148
          sheets, strip or coiled wire
         Zirconium hydride                      4.1  UN1437              II   4.1       A19, A20, IB4, N34, T3,  None          212         240            15 kg       50 kg  E
                                                                                                 TP33, W31, W40
         Zirconium nitrate                      5.1  UN2728             III   5.1        A1, A29, IB8, IP3, T1,  152           213         240            25 kg      100 kg  A
                                                                                                           TP33
         Zirconium picramate, dry or           1.3C  UN0236            .....  1.3C      .......................  None          62          None       Forbidden   Forbidden  04           25, 5E
          wetted with less than 20
          percent water, by mass
         Zirconium picramate, wetted            4.1  UN1517               I   4.1                  23, N41, W31  None          211         None            1 kg       15 kg  D            28, 36
          with not less than 20 percent
          water, by mass
         Zirconium powder, dry                  4.2  UN2008               I   4.2           T21, TP7, TP33, W31  None          211         242        Forbidden   Forbidden  D           13, 148
                                          .........                      II   4.2       A19, A20, IB6, IP2, N5,  None          212         241            15 kg       50 kg  D           13, 148
                                                                                             N34, T3, TP33, W31
                                          .........                     III   4.2           B135, IB8, IP4, T1,  None          213         241            25 kg      100 kg  D           13, 148
                                                                                                      TP33, W31

[[Page 312]]

 
         Zirconium powder, wetted with          4.1  UN1358              II   4.1           A19, A20, IB6, IP2,  None          212         241            15 kg       50 kg  E           13, 74,
          not less than 25 percent water                                                N34, T3, TP33, W31, W40                                                                             147,
          (a visible excess of water                                                                                                                                                         148
          must be present) (a)
          mechanically produced,
          particle size less than 53
          microns; (b) chemically
          produced, particle size less
          than 840 microns
         Zirconium scrap                        4.2  UN1932             III   4.2         B135, IB8, IP21, N34,  None          213         240        Forbidden   Forbidden  D           13, 148
                                                                                                  T1, TP33, W31
         Zirconium suspended in a liquid          3  UN1308               I   3         .......................  None          201         243        Forbidden   Forbidden  B
         ...............................  .........  ................    II   3                             IB2  None          202         242              5 L        60 L  B
         ...............................  .........  ................   III   3                         B1, IB2  150           203         242             60 L       220 L  B
         Zirconium tetrachloride                  8  UN2503             III   8              IB8, IP3, T1, TP33  154           213         240            25 kg      100 kg  A


[[Page 313]]

Appendix A to Sec.172.101--List of Hazardous Substances and Reportable 
                               Quantities

    1. This appendix lists materials and their corresponding reportable 
quantities (RQ's) that are listed or designated as ``hazardous 
substances'' under section 101(14) of the Comprehensive Environmental 
Response, Compensation, and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C. 9601(14) (CERCLA; 
42 U.S.C. 9601 et seq). This listing fulfills the requirement of CERCLA, 
42 U.S.C. 9656(a), that all ``hazardous substances,'' as defined in 42 
U.S.C. 9601(14), be listed and regulated as hazardous materials under 49 
U.S.C. 5101-5127. That definition includes substances listed under 
sections 311(b)(2)(A) and 307(a) of the Federal Water Pollution Control 
Act, 33 U.S.C. 1321(b)(2)(A) and 1317(a), section 3001 of the Solid 
Waste Disposal Act, 42 U.S.C. 6921, and section 112 of the Clean Air 
Act, 42 U.S.C. 7412. In addition, this list contains materials that the 
Administrator of the Environmental Protection Agency has determined to 
be hazardous substances in accordance with section 102 of CERCLA, 42 
U.S.C. 9602. It should be noted that 42 U.S.C. 9656(b) provides that 
common and contract carriers may be held liable under laws other than 
CERCLA for the release of a hazardous substance as defined in that Act, 
during transportation that commenced before the effective date of the 
listing and regulating of that substance as a hazardous material under 
49 U.S.C. 5101-5127.
    2. This appendix is divided into two TABLES which are entitled 
``TABLE 1--HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES OTHER THAN RADIONUCLIDES'' and ``TABLE 
2--RADIONUCLIDES.'' A material listed in this appendix is regulated as a 
hazardous material and a hazardous substance under this subchapter if it 
meets the definition of a hazardous substance in Sec.171.8 of this 
subchapter.
    3. The procedure for selecting a proper shipping name for a 
hazardous substance is set forth in Sec.172.101(c).
    4. Column 1 of TABLE 1, entitled ``Hazardous substance'', contains 
the names of those elements and compounds that are hazardous substances. 
Following the listing of elements and compounds is a listing of waste 
streams. These waste streams appear on the list in numerical sequence 
and are referenced by the appropriate ``D'', ``F'', or ``K'' numbers. 
Column 2 of TABLE 1, entitled ``Reportable quantity (RQ)'', contains the 
reportable quantity (RQ), in pounds and kilograms, for each hazardous 
substance listed in Column 1 of TABLE 1.
    5. A series of notes is used throughout TABLE 1 and TABLE 2 to 
provide additional information concerning certain hazardous substances. 
These notes are explained at the end of each TABLE.
    6. TABLE 2 lists radionuclides that are hazardous substances and 
their corresponding RQ's. The RQ's in table 2 for radionuclides are 
expressed in units of curies and terabecquerels, whereas those in table 
1 are expressed in units of pounds and kilograms. If a material is 
listed in both table 1 and table 2, the lower RQ shall apply. 
Radionuclides are listed in alphabetical order. The RQ's for 
radionuclides are given in the radiological unit of measure of curie, 
abbreviated ``Ci'', followed, in parentheses, by an equivalent unit 
measured in terabecquerels, abbreviated ``TBq''.
    7. For mixtures of radionuclides, the following requirements shall 
be used in determining if a package contains an RQ of a hazardous 
substance: (i) if the identity and quantity (in curies or 
terabecquerels) of each radionuclide in a mixture or solution is known, 
the ratio between the quantity per package (in curies or terabecquerels) 
and the RQ for the radionuclide must be determined for each 
radionuclide. A package contains an RQ of a hazardous substance when the 
sum of the ratios for the radionuclides in the mixture or solution is 
equal to or greater than one; (ii) if the identity of each radionuclide 
in a mixture or solution is known but the quantity per package (in 
curies or terabecquerels) of one or more of the radionuclides is 
unknown, an RQ of a hazardous substance is present in a package when the 
total quantity (in curies or terabecquerels) of the mixture or solution 
is equal to or greater than the lowest RQ of any individual radionuclide 
in the mixture or solution; and (iii) if the identity of one or more 
radionuclides in a mixture or solution is unknown (or if the identity of 
a radionuclide by itself is unknown), an RQ of a hazardous substance is 
present when the total quantity (in curies or terabecquerels) in a 
package is equal to or greater than either one curie or the lowest RQ of 
any known individual radionuclide in the mixture or solution, whichever 
is lower.

  Table 1 to Appendix A--Hazardous Substances Other Than Radionuclides
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                            Reportable
                                                           quantity (RQ)
                   Hazardous substance                        pounds
                                                            (kilograms)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
A2213...................................................     5000 (2270)
Acenaphthene............................................      100 (45.4)
Acenaphthylene..........................................     5000 (2270)
Acetaldehyde............................................      1000 (454)
Acetaldehyde, chloro-...................................      1000 (454)

[[Page 314]]

 
Acetaldehyde, trichloro-................................     5000 (2270)
Acetamide...............................................      100 (45.4)
Acetamide, N-(aminothioxomethyl)-.......................      1000 (454)
Acetamide, N-(4-ethoxyphenyl)-..........................      100 (45.4)
Acetamide, N-9H-fluoren-2-yl-...........................       1 (0.454)
Acetamide, 2-fluoro-....................................      100 (45.4)
Acetic acid.............................................     5000 (2270)
Acetic acid, (2,4-dichlorophenoxy)-, salts & esters.....      100 (45.4)
Acetic acid, ethyl ester................................     5000 (2270)
Acetic acid, fluoro-, sodium salt.......................       10 (4.54)
Acetic acid, lead(2 + ) salt............................       10 (4.54)
Acetic acid, thallium(1 + ) salt........................      100 (45.4)
Acetic acid, (2,4,5-trichlorophenoxy)-..................      1000 (454)
Acetic anhydride........................................     5000 (2270)
Acetone.................................................     5000 (2270)
Acetone cyanohydrin.....................................       10 (4.54)
Acetonitrile............................................     5000 (2270)
Acetophenone............................................     5000 (2270)
2-Acetylaminofluorene...................................       1 (0.454)
Acetyl bromide..........................................     5000 (2270)
Acetyl chloride.........................................     5000 (2270)
1-Acetyl-2-thiourea.....................................      1000 (454)
Acrolein................................................       1 (0.454)
Acrylamide..............................................     5000 (2270)
Acrylic acid............................................     5000 (2270)
Acrylonitrile...........................................      100 (45.4)
Adipic acid.............................................     5000 (2270)
Aldicarb................................................       1 (0.454)
Aldicarb sulfone........................................      100 (45.4)
Aldrin..................................................       1 (0.454)
Allyl alcohol...........................................      100 (45.4)
Allyl chloride..........................................      1000 (454)
Aluminum phosphide......................................      100 (45.4)
Aluminum sulfate........................................     5000 (2270)
4-Aminobiphenyl.........................................       1 (0.454)
5-(Aminomethyl)-3-isoxazolol............................      1000 (454)
4-Aminopyridine.........................................      1000 (454)
Amitrole................................................       10 (4.54)
Ammonia.................................................      100 (45.4)
Ammonium acetate........................................     5000 (2270)
Ammonium benzoate.......................................     5000 (2270)
Ammonium bicarbonate....................................     5000 (2270)
Ammonium bichromate.....................................       10 (4.54)
Ammonium bifluoride.....................................      100 (45.4)
Ammonium bisulfite......................................     5000 (2270)
Ammonium carbamate......................................     5000 (2270)
Ammonium carbonate......................................     5000 (2270)
Ammonium chloride.......................................     5000 (2270)
Ammonium chromate.......................................       10 (4.54)
Ammonium citrate, dibasic...............................     5000 (2270)
Ammonium dichromate @...................................       10 (4.54)
Ammonium fluoborate.....................................     5000 (2270)
Ammonium fluoride.......................................      100 (45.4)
Ammonium hydroxide......................................      1000 (454)
Ammonium oxalate........................................     5000 (2270)
Ammonium picrate........................................       10 (4.54)
Ammonium silicofluoride.................................      1000 (454)
Ammonium sulfamate......................................     5000 (2270)
Ammonium sulfide........................................      100 (45.4)
Ammonium sulfite........................................     5000 (2270)
Ammonium tartrate.......................................     5000 (2270)
Ammonium thiocyanate....................................     5000 (2270)
Ammonium vanadate.......................................      1000 (454)
Amyl acetate............................................     5000 (2270)
    iso-Amyl acetate....................................
    sec-Amyl acetate....................................
    tert-Amyl acetate...................................
Aniline.................................................     5000 (2270)
o-Anisidine.............................................      100 (45.4)
Anthracene..............................................     5000 (2270)

[[Page 315]]

 
Antimony [cent].........................................     5000 (2270)
Antimony pentachloride..................................      1000 (454)
Antimony potassium tartrate.............................      100 (45.4)
Antimony tribromide.....................................      1000 (454)
Antimony trichloride....................................      1000 (454)
Antimony trifluoride....................................      1000 (454)
Antimony trioxide.......................................      1000 (454)
Argentate(1-), bis(cyano-C)-, potassium.................       1 (0.454)
Aroclor 1016............................................       1 (0.454)
Aroclor 1221............................................       1 (0.454)
Aroclor 1232............................................       1 (0.454)
Aroclor 1242............................................       1 (0.454)
Aroclor 1248............................................       1 (0.454)
Aroclor 1254............................................       1 (0.454)
Aroclor 1260............................................       1 (0.454)
Aroclors................................................       1 (0.454)
Arsenic [cent]..........................................       1 (0.454)
Arsenic acid H3AsO4.....................................       1 (0.454)
Arsenic disulfide.......................................       1 (0.454)
Arsenic oxide As2O3.....................................       1 (0.454)
Arsenic oxide As2O5.....................................       1 (0.454)
Arsenic pentoxide.......................................       1 (0.454)
Arsenic trichloride.....................................       1 (0.454)
Arsenic trioxide........................................       1 (0.454)
Arsenic trisulfide......................................       1 (0.454)
Arsine, diethyl-........................................       1 (0.454)
Arsinic acid, dimethyl-.................................       1 (0.454)
Arsonous dichloride, phenyl-............................       1 (0.454)
Asbestos [cent][cent]...................................       1 (0.454)
Auramine................................................      100 (45.4)
Azaserine...............................................       1 (0.454)
Aziridine...............................................       1 (0.454)
Aziridine, 2-methyl-....................................       1 (0.454)
Azirino[2',3':3,4]pyrrolo[1,2-a]indole-4,7-dione, 6-           10 (4.54)
 amino-8-[[(aminocarbonyl)oxy]methyl]-1,1a,2,8,8a,8b-
 hexahydro-8a-methoxy-5-methyl-, [1aS-
 (1aalpha,8beta,8aalpha, 8balpha)]-.....................
Barban..................................................       10 (4.54)
Barium cyanide..........................................       10 (4.54)
Bendiocarb..............................................      100 (45.4)
Bendiocarb phenol.......................................      1000 (454)
Benomyl.................................................       10 (4.54)
Benz[j]aceanthrylene, 1,2-dihydro-3-methyl-.............       10 (4.54)
Benz[c]acridine.........................................      100 (45.4)
Benzal chloride.........................................     5000 (2270)
Benzamide, 3,5-dichloro-N-(1,1-dimethyl-2-propynyl)-....     5000 (2270)
Benz[a]anthracene.......................................       10 (4.54)
1,2-Benzanthracene......................................       10 (4.54)
Benz[a]anthracene, 7,12-dimethyl-.......................       1 (0.454)
Benzenamine.............................................     5000 (2270)
Benzenamine, 4,4'-carbonimidoylbis (N,N dimethyl-.......      100 (45.4)
Benzenamine, 4-chloro-..................................      1000 (454)
Benzenamine, 4-chloro-2-methyl-, hydrochloride..........      100 (45.4)
Benzenamine, N,N-dimethyl-4-(phenylazo)-................       10 (4.54)
Benzenamine, 2-methyl-..................................      100 (45.4)
Benzenamine, 4-methyl-..................................      100 (45.4)
Benzenamine, 4,4'-methylenebis[2-chloro-................       10 (4.54)
Benzenamine, 2-methyl-, hydrochloride...................      100 (45.4)
Benzenamine, 2-methyl-5-nitro-..........................      100 (45.4)
Benzenamine, 4-nitro-...................................     5000 (2270)
Benzene.................................................       10 (4.54)
Benzeneacetic acid, 4-chloro-[alpha]-(4-chlorophenyl)-         10 (4.54)
 [alpha]-hydroxy-, ethyl ester..........................
Benzene, 1-bromo-4-phenoxy-.............................      100 (45.4)
Benzenebutanoic acid, 4-[bis(2-chloroethyl)amino]-......       10 (4.54)
Benzene, chloro-........................................      100 (45.4)
Benzene, (chloromethyl)-................................      100 (45.4)
Benzenediamine, ar-methyl-..............................       10 (4.54)
1,2-Benzenedicarboxylic acid, bis(2-ethylhexyl) ester...      100 (45.4)
1,2-Benzenedicarboxylic acid, dibutyl ester.............       10 (4.54)
1,2-Benzenedicarboxylic acid, diethyl ester.............      1000 (454)
1,2-Benzenedicarboxylic acid, dimethyl ester............     5000 (2270)
1,2-Benzenedicarboxylic acid, dioctyl ester.............     5000 (2270)

[[Page 316]]

 
Benzene, 1,2-dichloro-..................................      100 (45.4)
Benzene, 1,3-dichloro-..................................      100 (45.4)
Benzene, 1,4-dichloro-..................................      100 (45.4)
Benzene, 1,1'-(2,2-dichloroethylidene) bis[4-chloro-....       1 (0.454)
Benzene, (dichloromethyl)-..............................     5000 (2270)
Benzene, 1,3-diisocyanatomethyl-........................      100 (45.4)
Benzene, dimethyl-......................................      100 (45.4)
1,3-Benzenediol.........................................     5000 (2270)
1,2-Benzenediol,4-[1-hydroxy-2-(methylamino) ethyl]-....      1000 (454)
Benzeneethanamine, alpha,alpha-dimethyl-................     5000 (2270)
Benzene, hexachloro-....................................       10 (4.54)
Benzene, hexahydro-.....................................      1000 (454)
Benzene, methyl-........................................      1000 (454)
Benzene, 1-methyl-2,4-dinitro-..........................       10 (4.54)
Benzene, 2-methyl-1,3-dinitro-..........................      100 (45.4)
Benzene, (1-methylethyl)-...............................     5000 (2270)
Benzene, nitro-.........................................      1000 (454)
Benzene, pentachloro-...................................       10 (4.54)
Benzene, pentachloronitro-..............................      100 (45.4)
Benzenesulfonic acid chloride...........................      100 (45.4)
Benzenesulfonyl chloride................................      100 (45.4)
Benzene,1,2,4,5-tetrachloro-............................     5000 (2270)
Benzenethiol............................................      100 (45.4)
Benzene,1,1'-(2,2,2-trichloroethylidene) bis[4-chloro-..       1 (0.454)
Benzene,1,1'-(2,2,2-trichloroethylidene) bis[4-methoxy-.       1 (0.454)
Benzene, (trichloromethyl)-.............................       10 (4.54)
Benzene, 1,3,5-trinitro-................................       10 (4.54)
Benzidine...............................................       1 (0.454)
Benzo[a]anthracene......................................       10 (4.54)
1,3-Benzodioxole, 5-(1-propenyl)-1......................      100 (45.4)
1,3-Benzodioxole, 5-(2-propenyl)-.......................      100 (45.4)
1,3-Benzodioxole, 5-propyl-.............................       10 (4.54)
1,3-Benzodioxol-4-ol, 2,2-dimethyl-.....................      1000 (454)
1,3-Benzodioxol-4-ol, 2,2-dimethyl-, methyl carbamate...      100 (45.4)
Benzo[b]fluoranthene....................................       1 (0.454)
Benzo(k)fluoranthene....................................     5000 (2270)
7-Benzofuranol, 2,3-dihydro-2,2-dimethyl-...............       10 (4.54)
7-Benzofuranol, 2,3-dihydro-2,2-dimethyl-,                     10 (4.54)
 methylcarbamate........................................
Benzoic acid............................................     5000 (2270)
Benzoic acid, 2-hydroxy-, compd. with (3aS-cis)-              100 (45.4)
 1,2,3,3a,8,8a-hexahydro-1,3a,8-trimethylpyrrolo [2,3-
 b]indol-5-yl methylcarbamate ester (1:1)...............
Benzonitrile............................................     5000 (2270)
Benzo[rst]pentaphene....................................       10 (4.54)
Benzo[ghi]perylene......................................     5000 (2270)
2H-1-Benzopyran-2-one, 4-hydroxy-3-(3-oxo-1-phenylbutyl)-     100 (45.4)
 , & salts..............................................
Benzo[a]pyrene..........................................       1 (0.454)
3,4-Benzopyrene.........................................       1 (0.454)
p-Benzoquinone..........................................       10 (4.54)
Benzotrichloride........................................       10 (4.54)
Benzoyl chloride........................................      1000 (454)
Benzyl chloride.........................................      100 (45.4)
Beryllium [cent]........................................       10 (4.54)
Beryllium chloride......................................       1 (0.454)
Beryllium fluoride......................................       1 (0.454)
Beryllium nitrate.......................................       1 (0.454)
Beryllium powder [cent].................................       10 (4.54)
alpha-BHC...............................................       10 (4.54)
beta-BHC................................................       1 (0.454)
delta-BHC...............................................       1 (0.454)
gamma-BHC...............................................       1 (0.454)
2,2'-Bioxirane..........................................       10 (4.54)
Biphenyl................................................      100 (45.4)
[1,1'-Biphenyl]-4,4'-diamine............................       1 (0.454)
[1,1'-Biphenyl]-4,4'-diamine,3,3'-dichloro-.............       1 (0.454)
[1,1'-Biphenyl]-4,4'-diamine,3,3'-dimethoxy-............      100 (45.4)
[1,1'-Biphenyl]-4,4'-diamine,3,3'-dimethyl-.............       10 (4.54)
Bis(2-chloroethoxy) methane.............................      1000 (454)
Bis(2-chloroethyl) ether................................       10 (4.54)
Bis(chloromethyl) ether.................................       10 (4.54)
Bis(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate.............................      100 (45.4)

[[Page 317]]

 
Bromoacetone............................................      1000 (454)
Bromoform...............................................      100 (45.4)
Bromomethane............................................      1000 (454)
4-Bromophenyl phenyl ether..............................      100 (45.4)
Brucine.................................................      100 (45.4)
1,3-Butadiene...........................................       10 (4.54)
1,3-Butadiene, 1,1,2,3,4,4-hexachloro-..................       1 (0.454)
1-Butanamine, N-butyl-N-nitroso-........................       10 (4.54)
1-Butanol...............................................     5000 (2270)
2-Butanone..............................................     5000 (2270)
2-Butanone, 3,3-dimethyl-1(methylthio)-, O                    100 (45.4)
 [(methylamino) carbonyl] oxime.........................
2-Butanone peroxide.....................................       10 (4.54)
2-Butenal...............................................      100 (45.4)
2-Butene, 1,4-dichloro-.................................       1 (0.454)
2-Butenoic acid, 2-methyl-, 7-[[2,3-dihydroxy-2-(1-            10 (4.54)
 methoxyethyl)-3-methyl-1-oxobutoxy] methyl]-2,3,5,7a-
 tetrahydro-1H-pyrrolizin-1-yl ester, [1S-[1alpha(Z),
 7(2S*,3R*),7aalpha]]-..................................
Butyl acetate...........................................     5000 (2270)
    iso-Butyl acetate...................................
    sec-Butyl acetate...................................
    tert-Butyl acetate..................................
n-Butyl alcohol.........................................     5000 (2270)
Butylamine..............................................      1000 (454)
    iso-Butylamine......................................
    sec-Butylamine......................................
    tert-Butylamine.....................................
Butyl benzyl phthalate..................................      100 (45.4)
n-Butyl phthalate.......................................       10 (4.54)
Butyric acid............................................     5000 (2270)
    iso-Butyric acid....................................
Cacodylic acid..........................................       1 (0.454)
Cadmium [cent]..........................................       10 (4.54)
Cadmium acetate.........................................       10 (4.54)
Cadmium bromide.........................................       10 (4.54)
Cadmium chloride........................................       10 (4.54)
Calcium arsenate........................................       1 (0.454)
Calcium arsenite........................................       1 (0.454)
Calcium carbide.........................................       10 (4.54)
Calcium chromate........................................       10 (4.54)
Calcium cyanamide.......................................      1000 (454)
Calcium cyanide Ca(CN)2.................................       10 (4.54)
Calcium dodecylbenzenesulfonate.........................      1000 (454)
Calcium hypochlorite....................................       10 (4.54)
Captan..................................................       10 (4.54)
Carbamic acid, 1H-benzimidazol-2-yl, methyl ester.......       10 (4.54)
Carbamic acid, [1-[(butylamino)carbonyl]-1H-benzimidazol-      10 (4.54)
 2-yl]-, methyl ester...................................
Carbamic acid, (3-chlorophenyl)-, 4-chloro-2-butynyl           10 (4.54)
 ester..................................................
Carbamic acid, [(dibutylamino)-thio]methyl-, 2,3-dihydro-     1000 (454)
 2,2-dimethyl-7-benzofuranyl ester......................
Carbamic acid, dimethyl-,1-[(dimethyl-amino)carbonyl]-5-       1 (0.454)
 methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl ester...........................
Carbamic acid, dimethyl-, 3-methyl-1-(1-methylethyl)-1H-      100 (45.4)
 pyrazol-5-yl ester.....................................
Carbamic acid, ethyl ester..............................      100 (45.4)
Carbamic acid, methyl-, 3-methylphenyl ester............      1000 (454)
Carbamic acid, methylnitroso-, ethyl ester..............       1 (0.454)
Carbamic acid, [1,2-phenylenebis(iminocarbonothioyl)]          10 (4.54)
 bis-, dimethyl ester...................................
Carbamic acid, phenyl-, 1-methylethyl ester.............      1000 (454)
Carbamic chloride, dimethyl-............................       1 (0.454)
Carbamodithioic acid, 1,2-ethanediylbis-, salts & esters     5000 (2270)
Carbamothioic acid, bis(1-methylethyl)-, S-(2,3-dichloro-     100 (45.4)
 2-propenyl) ester......................................
Carbamothioic acid, bis(1-methylethyl)-, S-(2,3,3-            100 (45.4)
 trichloro-2-propenyl) ester............................
Carbamothioic acid, dipropyl-, S-(phenylmethyl) ester...     5000 (2270)
Carbaryl................................................      100 (45.4)
Carbendazim.............................................       10 (4.54)
Carbofuran..............................................       10 (4.54)
Carbofuran phenol.......................................       10 (4.54)
Carbon disulfide........................................      100 (45.4)
Carbonic acid, dithallium(1 + ) salt....................      100 (45.4)
Carbonic dichloride.....................................       10 (4.54)
Carbonic difluoride.....................................      1000 (454)
Carbonochloridic acid, methyl ester.....................      1000 (454)
Carbon oxyfluoride......................................      1000 (454)
Carbon tetrachloride....................................       10 (4.54)

[[Page 318]]

 
Carbonyl sulfide........................................      100 (45.4)
Carbosulfan.............................................      1000 (454)
Catechol................................................      100 (45.4)
Chloral.................................................     5000 (2270)
Chloramben..............................................      100 (45.4)
Chlorambucil............................................       10 (4.54)
Chlordane...............................................       1 (0.454)
Chlordane, alpha & gamma isomers........................       1 (0.454)
CHLORDANE (TECHNICAL MIXTURE AND METABOLITES)...........       1 (0.454)
Chlorinated camphene....................................       1 (0.454)
Chlorine................................................       10 (4.54)
Chlornaphazine..........................................      100 (45.4)
Chloroacetaldehyde......................................      1000 (454)
Chloroacetic acid.......................................      100 (45.4)
2-Chloroacetophenone....................................      100 (45.4)
p-Chloroaniline.........................................      1000 (454)
Chlorobenzene...........................................      100 (45.4)
Chlorobenzilate.........................................       10 (4.54)
p-Chloro-m-cresol.......................................     5000 (2270)
Chlorodibromomethane....................................      100 (45.4)
1-Chloro-2,3-epoxypropane...............................      100 (45.4)
Chloroethane............................................      100 (45.4)
2-Chloroethyl vinyl ether...............................      1000 (454)
Chloroform..............................................       10 (4.54)
Chloromethane...........................................      100 (45.4)
Chloromethyl methyl ether...............................       10 (4.54)
beta-Chloronaphthalene..................................     5000 (2270)
2-Chloronaphthalene.....................................     5000 (2270)
2-Chlorophenol..........................................      100 (45.4)
o-Chlorophenol..........................................      100 (45.4)
4-Chlorophenyl phenyl ether.............................     5000 (2270)
1-(o-Chlorophenyl)thiourea..............................      100 (45.4)
Chloroprene.............................................      100 (45.4)
3-Chloropropionitrile...................................      1000 (454)
Chlorosulfonic acid.....................................      1000 (454)
4-Chloro-o-toluidine, hydrochloride.....................      100 (45.4)
Chlorpyrifos............................................       1 (0.454)
Chromic acetate.........................................      1000 (454)
Chromic acid............................................       10 (4.54)
Chromic acid H2CrO4, calcium salt.......................       10 (4.54)
Chromic sulfate.........................................      1000 (454)
Chromium [cent].........................................     5000 (2270)
Chromous chloride.......................................      1000 (454)
Chrysene................................................      100 (45.4)
Cobaltous bromide.......................................      1000 (454)
Cobaltous formate.......................................      1000 (454)
Cobaltous sulfamate.....................................      1000 (454)
Coke Oven Emissions.....................................       1 (0.454)
Copper [cent]...........................................     5000 (2270)
Copper chloride @.......................................       10 (4.54)
Copper cyanide Cu(CN)...................................       10 (4.54)
Coumaphos...............................................       10 (4.54)
Creosote................................................       1 (0.454)
Cresol (cresylic acid)..................................      100 (45.4)
m-Cresol................................................      100 (45.4)
o-Cresol................................................      100 (45.4)
p-Cresol................................................      100 (45.4)
Cresols (isomers and mixture)...........................      100 (45.4)
Cresylic acid (isomers and mixture).....................      100 (45.4)
Crotonaldehyde..........................................      100 (45.4)
Cumene..................................................     5000 (2270)
m-Cumenyl methylcarbamate...............................       10 (4.54)
Cupric acetate..........................................      100 (45.4)
Cupric acetoarsenite....................................       1 (0.454)
Cupric chloride.........................................       10 (4.54)
Cupric nitrate..........................................      100 (45.4)
Cupric oxalate..........................................      100 (45.4)
Cupric sulfate..........................................       10 (4.54)
Cupric sulfate, ammoniated..............................      100 (45.4)
Cupric tartrate.........................................      100 (45.4)

[[Page 319]]

 
Cyanides (soluble salts and complexes) not otherwise           10 (4.54)
 specified..............................................
Cyanogen................................................      100 (45.4)
Cyanogen bromide (CN)Br.................................      1000 (454)
Cyanogen chloride (CN)Cl................................       10 (4.54)
2,5-Cyclohexadiene-1,4-dione............................       10 (4.54)
Cyclohexane.............................................      1000 (454)
Cyclohexane, 1,2,3,4,5,6-hexachloro-, (1[alpha],               1 (0.454)
 2[alpha], 3[beta]-, 4[alpha], 5[alpha], 6[beta]).......
Cyclohexanone...........................................     5000 (2270)
2-Cyclohexyl-4,6-dinitrophenol..........................      100 (45.4)
1,3-Cyclopentadiene, 1,2,3,4,5,5-hexachloro-............       10 (4.54)
Cyclophosphamide........................................       10 (4.54)
2,4-D Acid..............................................      100 (45.4)
2,4-D Ester.............................................      100 (45.4)
2,4-D, salts and esters.................................      100 (45.4)
Daunomycin..............................................       10 (4.54)
DDD.....................................................       1 (0.454)
4,4'-DDD................................................       1 (0.454)
DDE (72-55-9) .........................................       1 (0.454)
DDE (3547-04-4) .......................................     5000 (2270)
4,4'-DDE................................................       1 (0.454)
DDT.....................................................       1 (0.454)
4,4'-DDT................................................       1 (0.454)
DEHP....................................................      100 (45.4)
Diallate................................................      100 (45.4)
Diazinon................................................       1 (0.454)
Diazomethane............................................      100 (45.4)
Dibenz[a,h]anthracene...................................       1 (0.454)
1,2:5,6-Dibenzanthracene................................       1 (0.454)
Dibenzo[a,h]anthracene..................................       1 (0.454)
Dibenzofuran............................................      100 (45.4)
Dibenzo[a,i]pyrene......................................       10 (4.54)
1,2-Dibromo-3-chloropropane.............................       1 (0.454)
Dibromoethane...........................................       1 (0.454)
Dibutyl phthalate.......................................       10 (4.54)
Di-n-butyl phthalate....................................       10 (4.54)
Dicamba.................................................      1000 (454)
Dichlobenil.............................................      100 (45.4)
Dichlone................................................       1 (0.454)
Dichlorobenzene.........................................      100 (45.4)
1,2-Dichlorobenzene.....................................      100 (45.4)
1,3-Dichlorobenzene.....................................      100 (45.4)
1,4-Dichlorobenzene.....................................      100 (45.4)
m-Dichlorobenzene.......................................      100 (45.4)
o-Dichlorobenzene.......................................      100 (45.4)
p-Dichlorobenzene.......................................      100 (45.4)
3,3'-Dichlorobenzidine..................................       1 (0.454)
Dichlorobromomethane....................................     5000 (2270)
1,4-Dichloro-2-butene...................................       1 (0.454)
Dichlorodifluoromethane.................................     5000 (2270)
1,1-Dichloroethane......................................      1000 (454)
1,2-Dichloroethane......................................      100 (45.4)
1,1-Dichloroethylene....................................      100 (45.4)
1,2-Dichloroethylene....................................      1000 (454)
Dichloroethyl ether.....................................       10 (4.54)
Dichloroisopropyl ether.................................      1000 (454)
Dichloromethane.........................................      1000 (454)
Dichloromethoxyethane...................................      1000 (454)
Dichloromethyl ether....................................       10 (4.54)
2,4-Dichlorophenol......................................      100 (45.4)
2,6-Dichlorophenol......................................      100 (45.4)
Dichlorophenylarsine....................................       1 (0.454)
Dichloropropane.........................................      1000 (454)
    1,1-Dichloropropane.................................
    1,3-Dichloropropane.................................
1,2-Dichloropropane.....................................      1000 (454)
Dichloropropane-Dichloropropene (mixture)...............      100 (45.4)
Dichloropropene.........................................      100 (45.4)
    2,3-Dichloropropene.................................
1,3-Dichloropropene.....................................      100 (45.4)
2,2-Dichloropropionic acid..............................     5000 (2270)

[[Page 320]]

 
Dichlorvos..............................................       10 (4.54)
Dicofol.................................................       10 (4.54)
Dieldrin................................................       1 (0.454)
1,2:3,4-Diepoxybutane...................................       10 (4.54)
Diethanolamine..........................................      100 (45.4)
Diethylamine............................................      100 (45.4)
N,N-Diethylaniline......................................      1000 (454)
Diethylarsine...........................................       1 (0.454)
Diethylene glycol, dicarbamate..........................     5000 (2270)
1,4-Diethyleneoxide.....................................      100 (45.4)
Diethylhexyl phthalate..................................      100 (45.4)
N,N'-Diethylhydrazine...................................       10 (4.54)
O,O-Diethyl S-methyl dithiophosphate....................     5000 (2270)
Diethyl-p-nitrophenyl phosphate.........................      100 (45.4)
Diethyl phthalate.......................................      1000 (454)
O,O-Diethyl O-pyrazinyl phosphorothioate................      100 (45.4)
Diethylstilbestrol......................................       1 (0.454)
Diethyl sulfate.........................................       10 (4.54)
Dihydrosafrole..........................................       10 (4.54)
Diisopropylfluorophosphate (DFP)........................      100 (45.4)
1,4:5,8-Dimethanonaphthalene, 1,2,3,4,10,10-hexachloro-        1 (0.454)
 1,4,4a,5,8,8a-hexahydro-, (1alpha, 4alpha, 4abeta,
 5alpha, 8alpha, 8abeta)-...............................
1,4:5,8-Dimethanonaphthalene, 1,2,3,4,10,10-hexachloro-
 1,4,4a,5,8,8a-hexahydro-, (1alpha, 4alpha, 4abeta,
 5beta, 8beta, 8abeta)-1 (0.454)........................
2,7:3,6-Dimethanonaphth[2,3-b]oxirene,3,4,5,6,9,9-             1 (0.454)
 hexachloro-1a,2,2a,3,6,6a,7,7a-octahydro-, (1aalpha,
 2beta, 2aalpha, 3beta, 6beta, 6aalpha, 7beta, 7aalpha)-
2,7:3,6-Dimethanonaphth[2, 3-b]oxirene,3,4,5,6,9,9-            1 (0.454)
 hexachloro-1a,2,2a,3,6,6a,7,7a-octahydro-, (1aalpha,
 2beta, 2abeta, 3alpha, 6alpha, 6abeta, 7beta, 7aalpha)-
 , & metabolites........................................
Dimethoate..............................................       10 (4.54)
3,3'-Dimethoxybenzidine.................................      100 (45.4)
Dimethylamine...........................................      1000 (454)
Dimethyl aminoazobenzene................................       10 (4.54)
p-Dimethylaminoazobenzene...............................       10 (4.54)
N,N-Dimethylaniline.....................................      100 (45.4)
7,12-Dimethylbenz[a]anthracene..........................       1 (0.454)
3,3'-Dimethylbenzidine..................................       10 (4.54)
alpha,alpha-Dimethylbenzylhydroperoxide.................       10 (4.54)
Dimethylcarbamoyl chloride..............................       1 (0.454)
Dimethylformamide.......................................      100 (45.4)
1,1-Dimethylhydrazine...................................       10 (4.54)
1,2-Dimethylhydrazine...................................       1 (0.454)
Dimethylhydrazine, unsymmetrical @......................       10 (4.54)
alpha,alpha-Dimethylphenethylamine......................     5000 (2270)
2,4-Dimethylphenol......................................      100 (45.4)
Dimethyl phthalate......................................     5000 (2270)
Dimethyl sulfate........................................      100 (45.4)
Dimetilan...............................................       1 (0.454)
Dinitrobenzene (mixed)..................................      100 (45.4)
    m-Dinitrobenzene....................................
    o-Dinitrobenzene....................................
    p-Dinitrobenzene....................................
4,6-Dinitro-o-cresol, and salts.........................       10 (4.54)
Dinitrogen tetroxide @..................................       10 (4.54)
Dinitrophenol...........................................       10 (4.54)
    2,5-Dinitrophenol...................................
    2,6-Dinitrophenol...................................
2,4-Dinitrophenol.......................................       10 (4.54)
Dinitrotoluene..........................................       10 (4.54)
    3,4-Dinitrotoluene..................................
2,4-Dinitrotoluene......................................       10 (4.54)
2,6-Dinitrotoluene......................................      100 (45.4)
Dinoseb.................................................      1000 (454)
Di-n-octyl phthalate....................................     5000 (2270)
1,4-Dioxane.............................................      100 (45.4)
1,2-Diphenylhydrazine...................................       10 (4.54)
Diphosphoramide, octamethyl-............................      100 (45.4)
Diphosphoric acid, tetraethyl ester.....................       10 (4.54)
Dipropylamine...........................................     5000 (2270)
Di-n-propylnitrosamine..................................       10 (4.54)
Diquat..................................................      1000 (454)

[[Page 321]]

 
Disulfoton..............................................       1 (0.454)
Dithiobiuret............................................      100 (45.4)
1,3-Dithiolane-2-carboxaldehyde, 2,4-dimethyl-, O-            100 (45.4)
 [(methylamino)-carbonyl]oxime..........................
Diuron..................................................      100 (45.4)
Dodecylbenzenesulfonic acid.............................      1000 (454)
Endosulfan..............................................       1 (0.454)
alpha-Endosulfan........................................       1 (0.454)
beta-Endosulfan.........................................       1 (0.454)
Endosulfan sulfate......................................       1 (0.454)
Endothall...............................................      1000 (454)
Endrin..................................................       1 (0.454)
Endrin aldehyde.........................................       1 (0.454)
Endrin, & metabolites...................................       1 (0.454)
Epichlorohydrin.........................................      100 (45.4)
Epinephrine.............................................      1000 (454)
1,2-Epoxybutane.........................................      100 (45.4)
Ethanal.................................................      1000 (454)
Ethanamine, N,N-diethyl-................................     5000 (2270)
Ethanamine, N-ethyl-N-nitroso-..........................       1 (0.454)
1,2-Ethanediamine, N,N-dimethyl-N'-2-pyridinyl-N'-(2-        5000 (2270)
 thienylmethyl)-........................................
Ethane, 1,2-dibromo-....................................       1 (0.454)
Ethane, 1,1-dichloro-...................................      1000 (454)
Ethane, 1,2-dichloro-...................................      100 (45.4)
Ethanedinitrile.........................................      100 (45.4)
Ethane, hexachloro-.....................................      100 (45.4)
Ethane, 1,1'-[methylenebis(oxy)]bis[2-chloro-...........      1000 (454)
Ethane, 1,1'-oxybis-....................................      100 (45.4)
Ethane, 1,1'-oxybis[2-chloro-...........................       10 (4.54)
Ethane, pentachloro-....................................       10 (4.54)
Ethane, 1,1,1,2-tetrachloro-............................      100 (45.4)
Ethane, 1,1,2,2-tetrachloro-............................      100 (45.4)
Ethanethioamide.........................................       10 (4.54)
Ethane, 1,1,1-trichloro-................................      1000 (454)
Ethane, 1,1,2-trichloro-................................      100 (45.4)
Ethanimidothioic acid, 2-(dimethylamino)-N-hydroxy-2-oxo-    5000 (2270)
 , methyl ester.........................................
Ethanimidothioic acid, 2-(dimethylamino)-N-                   100 (45.4)
 [[(methylamino) carbonyl]oxy]-2-oxo-, methyl ester.....
Ethanimidothioic acid, N-[[(methylamino) carbonyl]oxy]-,      100 (45.4)
 methyl ester...........................................
Ethanimidothioic acid,                                        100 (45.4)
 N,N'[thiobis[(methylimino)carbonyloxy]] bis-, dimethyl
 ester..................................................
Ethanol, 2-ethoxy-......................................      1000 (454)
Ethanol, 2,2'-(nitrosoimino)bis-........................       1 (0.454)
Ethanol, 2,2'-oxybis-, dicarbamate......................     5000 (2270)
Ethanone, 1-phenyl-.....................................     5000 (2270)
Ethene, chloro-.........................................       1 (0.454)
Ethene, (2-chloroethoxy)-...............................      1000 (454)
Ethene, 1,1-dichloro-...................................      100 (45.4)
Ethene, 1,2-dichloro-(E)................................      1000 (454)
Ethene, tetrachloro-....................................      100 (45.4)
Ethene, trichloro-......................................      100 (45.4)
Ethion..................................................       10 (4.54)
Ethyl acetate...........................................     5000 (2270)
Ethyl acrylate..........................................      1000 (454)
Ethylbenzene............................................      1000 (454)
Ethyl carbamate.........................................      100 (45.4)
Ethyl chloride..........................................      100 (45.4)
Ethyl cyanide...........................................       10 (4.54)
Ethylenebisdithiocarbamic acid, salts & esters..........     5000 (2270)
Ethylenediamine.........................................     5000 (2270)
Ethylenediamine-tetraacetic acid (EDTA).................     5000 (2270)
Ethylene dibromide......................................       1 (0.454)
Ethylene dichloride.....................................      100 (45.4)
Ethylene glycol.........................................     5000 (2270)
Ethylene glycol monoethyl ether.........................      1000 (454)
Ethylene oxide..........................................       10 (4.54)
Ethylenethiourea........................................       10 (4.54)
Ethylenimine............................................       1 (0.454)
Ethyl ether.............................................      100 (45.4)
Ethylidene dichloride...................................      1000 (454)
Ethyl methacrylate......................................      1000 (454)
Ethyl methanesulfonate..................................       1 (0.454)
Ethyl methyl ketone @...................................     5000 (2270)

[[Page 322]]

 
Famphur.................................................      1000 (454)
Ferric ammonium citrate.................................      1000 (454)
Ferric ammonium oxalate.................................      1000 (454)
Ferric chloride.........................................      1000 (454)
Ferric fluoride.........................................      100 (45.4)
Ferric nitrate..........................................      1000 (454)
Ferric sulfate..........................................      1000 (454)
Ferrous ammonium sulfate................................      1000 (454)
Ferrous chloride........................................      100 (45.4)
Ferrous sulfate.........................................      1000 (454)
Fluoranthene............................................      100 (45.4)
Fluorene................................................     5000 (2270)
Fluorine................................................       10 (4.54)
Fluoroacetamide.........................................      100 (45.4)
Fluoroacetic acid, sodium salt..........................       10 (4.54)
Formaldehyde............................................      100 (45.4)
Formetanate hydrochloride...............................      100 (45.4)
Formic acid.............................................     5000 (2270)
Formparanate............................................      100 (45.4)
Fulminic acid, mercury(2 + )salt........................       10 (4.54)
Fumaric acid............................................     5000 (2270)
Furan...................................................      100 (45.4)
2-Furancarboxyaldehyde..................................     5000 (2270)
2,5-Furandione..........................................     5000 (2270)
Furan, tetrahydro-......................................      1000 (454)
Furfural................................................     5000 (2270)
Furfuran................................................      100 (45.4)
Glucopyranose, 2-deoxy-2-(3-methyl-3-nitrosoureido)-, D-       1 (0.454)
D-Glucose, 2-deoxy-2-[[(methylnitrosoamino)-                   1 (0.454)
 carbonyl]amino]-.......................................
Glycidylaldehyde........................................       10 (4.54)
Guanidine, N-methyl-N'-nitro-N-nitroso-.................       10 (4.54)
Guthion.................................................       1 (0.454)
Heptachlor..............................................       1 (0.454)
Heptachlor epoxide......................................       1 (0.454)
Hexachlorobenzene.......................................       10 (4.54)
Hexachlorobutadiene.....................................       1 (0.454)
Hexachlorocyclopentadiene...............................       10 (4.54)
Hexachloroethane........................................      100 (45.4)
Hexachlorophene.........................................      100 (45.4)
Hexachloropropene.......................................      1000 (454)
Hexaethyl tetraphosphate................................      100 (45.4)
Hexamethylene-1,6-diisocyanate..........................      100 (45.4)
Hexamethylphosphoramide.................................       1 (0.454)
Hexane..................................................     5000 (2270)
Hexone..................................................     5000 (2270)
Hydrazine...............................................       1 (0.454)
Hydrazinecarbothioamide.................................      100 (45.4)
Hydrazine, 1,2-diethyl-.................................       10 (4.54)
Hydrazine, 1,1-dimethyl-................................       10 (4.54)
Hydrazine, 1,2-dimethyl-................................       1 (0.454)
Hydrazine, 1,2-diphenyl-................................       10 (4.54)
Hydrazine, methyl-......................................       10 (4.54)
Hydrochloric acid.......................................     5000 (2270)
Hydrocyanic acid........................................       10 (4.54)
Hydrofluoric acid.......................................      100 (45.4)
Hydrogen chloride.......................................     5000 (2270)
Hydrogen cyanide........................................       10 (4.54)
Hydrogen fluoride.......................................      100 (45.4)
Hydrogen phosphide......................................      100 (45.4)
Hydrogen sulfide H2S....................................      100 (45.4)
Hydroperoxide, 1-methyl-1-phenylethyl-..................       10 (4.54)
Hydroquinone............................................      100 (45.4)
2-Imidazolidinethione...................................       10 (4.54)
Indeno(1,2,3-cd)pyrene..................................      100 (45.4)
Iodomethane.............................................      100 (45.4)
1,3-Isobenzofurandione..................................     5000 (2270)
Isobutyl alcohol........................................     5000 (2270)
Isodrin.................................................       1 (0.454)
Isolan..................................................      100 (45.4)
Isophorone..............................................     5000 (2270)

[[Page 323]]

 
Isoprene................................................      100 (45.4)
Isopropanolamine dodecylbenzenesulfonate................      1000 (454)
3-Isopropylphenyl N-methylcarbamate.....................       10 (4.54)
Isosafrole..............................................      100 (45.4)
3(2H)-Isoxazolone, 5-(aminomethyl)-.....................      1000 (454)
Kepone..................................................       1 (0.454)
Lasiocarpine............................................       10 (4.54)
Lead [cent].............................................       10 (4.54)
Lead acetate............................................       10 (4.54)
Lead arsenate...........................................       1 (0.454)
Lead, bis(acetato-O)tetrahydroxytri-....................       10 (4.54)
Lead chloride...........................................       10 (4.54)
Lead fluoborate.........................................       10 (4.54)
Lead fluoride...........................................       10 (4.54)
Lead iodide.............................................       10 (4.54)
Lead nitrate............................................       10 (4.54)
Lead phosphate..........................................       10 (4.54)
Lead stearate...........................................       10 (4.54)
Lead subacetate.........................................       10 (4.54)
Lead sulfate............................................       10 (4.54)
Lead sulfide............................................       10 (4.54)
Lead thiocyanate........................................       10 (4.54)
Lindane.................................................       1 (0.454)
Lindane (all isomers)...................................       1 (0.454)
Lithium chromate........................................       10 (4.54)
Malathion...............................................      100 (45.4)
Maleic acid.............................................     5000 (2270)
Maleic anhydride........................................     5000 (2270)
Maleic hydrazide........................................     5000 (2270)
Malononitrile...........................................      1000 (454)
Manganese, bis(dimethylcarbamodithioato-S,S')-..........       10 (4.54)
Manganese dimethyldithiocarbamate.......................       10 (4.54)
MDI.....................................................     5000 (2270)
MEK.....................................................     5000 (2270)
Melphalan...............................................       1 (0.454)
Mercaptodimethur........................................       10 (4.54)
Mercuric cyanide........................................       1 (0.454)
Mercuric nitrate........................................       10 (4.54)
Mercuric sulfate........................................       10 (4.54)
Mercuric thiocyanate....................................       10 (4.54)
Mercurous nitrate.......................................       10 (4.54)
Mercury.................................................       1 (0.454)
Mercury, (acetato-O)phenyl-.............................      100 (45.4)
Mercury fulminate.......................................       10 (4.54)
Methacrylonitrile.......................................      1000 (454)
Methanamine, N-methyl-..................................      1000 (454)
Methanamine, N-methyl-N-nitroso-........................       10 (4.54)
Methane, bromo-.........................................      1000 (454)
Methane, chloro-........................................      100 (45.4)
Methane, chloromethoxy-.................................       10 (4.54)
Methane, dibromo-.......................................      1000 (454)
Methane, dichloro-......................................      1000 (454)
Methane, dichlorodifluoro-..............................     5000 (2270)
Methane, iodo-..........................................      100 (45.4)
Methane, isocyanato-....................................       10 (4.54)
Methane, oxybis(chloro-.................................       10 (4.54)
Methanesulfenyl chloride, trichloro-....................      100 (45.4)
Methanesulfonic acid, ethyl ester.......................       1 (0.454)
Methane, tetrachloro-...................................       10 (4.54)
Methane, tetranitro-....................................       10 (4.54)
Methanethiol............................................      100 (45.4)
Methane, tribromo-......................................      100 (45.4)
Methane, trichloro-.....................................       10 (4.54)
Methane, trichlorofluoro-...............................     5000 (2270)
Methanimidamide, N,N-dimethyl-N'-[3-[[(methylamino)           100 (45.4)
 carbonyl] oxy].........................................
phenyl]-, monohydrochloride.............................
Methanimidamide, N,N-dimethyl-N'-[2-methyl-4-                 100 (45.4)
 [[(methylamino)carbonyl] oxy]phenyl]-..................
6,9-Methano-2,4,3-benzodioxathiepin,6,7,8,9,10,10-             1 (0.454)
 hexachloro-1,5,5a,6,9,9a-hexahydro-, 3-oxide...........
4,7-Methano-1H-indene, 1,4,5,6,7,8,8-heptachloro-              1 (0.454)
 3a,4,7,7a-tetrahydro-..................................
4,7-Methano-1H-indene, 1,2,4,5,6,7,8,8-octachloro-             1 (0.454)
 2,3,3a,4,7,7a-hexahydro-...............................

[[Page 324]]

 
Methanol................................................     5000 (2270)
Methapyrilene...........................................     5000 (2270)
1,3,4-Metheno-2H-cyclobuta[cd]pentalen-2-one,                  1 (0.454)
 1,1a,3,3a,4,5,5,5a,5b,6-decachlorooctahydro-...........
Methiocarb..............................................       10 (4.54)
Methomyl................................................      100 (45.4)
Methoxychlor............................................       1 (0.454)
Methyl alcohol..........................................     5000 (2270)
Methylamine @...........................................      100 (45.4)
2-Methyl aziridine......................................       1 (0.454)
Methyl bromide..........................................      1000 (454)
1-Methylbutadiene.......................................      100 (45.4)
Methyl chloride.........................................      100 (45.4)
Methyl chlorocarbonate..................................      1000 (454)
Methyl chloroform.......................................      1000 (454)
Methyl chloroformate @..................................      1000 (454)
Methyl chloromethyl ether @.............................       10 (4.54)
3-Methylcholanthrene....................................       10 (4.54)
4,4'-Methylenebis(2-chloroaniline)......................       10 (4.54)
Methylene bromide.......................................      1000 (454)
Methylene chloride......................................      1000 (454)
4,4'-Methylenedianiline.................................       10 (4.54)
Methylene diphenyl diisocyanate.........................     5000 (2270)
Methyl ethyl ketone.....................................     5000 (2270)
Methyl ethyl ketone peroxide............................       10 (4.54)
Methyl hydrazine........................................       10 (4.54)
Methyl iodide...........................................      100 (45.4)
Methyl isobutyl ketone..................................     5000 (2270)
Methyl isocyanate.......................................       10 (4.54)
2-Methyllactonitrile....................................       10 (4.54)
Methyl mercaptan........................................      100 (45.4)
Methyl methacrylate.....................................      1000 (454)
Methyl parathion........................................      100 (45.4)
4-Methyl-2-pentanone....................................     5000 (2270)
Methyl tert-butyl ether.................................      1000 (454)
Methylthiouracil........................................       10 (4.54)
Metolcarb...............................................      1000 (454)
Mevinphos...............................................       10 (4.54)
Mexacarbate.............................................      1000 (454)
Mitomycin C.............................................       10 (4.54)
MNNG....................................................       10 (4.54)
Monoethylamine..........................................      100 (45.4)
Monomethylamine.........................................      100 (45.4)
Naled...................................................       10 (4.54)
5,12-Naphthacenedione, 8-acetyl-10-[(3-amino-2,3,6-            10 (4.54)
 trideoxy-alpha-L-lyxo-hexopyranosyl)oxy]-7,8,9,10-
 tetrahydro-6,8,11-trihydroxy-1-methoxy-, (8S-cis)-.....
1-Naphthalenamine.......................................      100 (45.4)
2-Naphthalenamine.......................................       10 (4.54)
Naphthalenamine, N,N'-bis(2-chloroethyl)-...............      100 (45.4)
Naphthalene.............................................      100 (45.4)
Naphthalene, 2-chloro-..................................     5000 (2270)
1,4-Naphthalenedione....................................     5000 (2270)
2,7-Naphthalenedisulfonic acid, 3,3'-[(3,3'-dimethyl-          10 (4.54)
 (1,1'-biphenyl)-4,4'-diyl)-bis(azo)]bis(5-amino-4-
 hydroxy)-tetrasodium salt..............................
1-Naphthalenol, methylcarbamate.........................      100 (45.4)
Naphthenic acid.........................................      100 (45.4)
1,4-Naphthoquinone......................................     5000 (2270)
alpha-Naphthylamine.....................................      100 (45.4)
beta-Naphthylamine......................................       10 (4.54)
alpha-Naphthylthiourea..................................      100 (45.4)
Nickel [cent]...........................................      100 (45.4)
Nickel ammonium sulfate.................................      100 (45.4)
Nickel carbonyl Ni(CO)4, (T-4)-.........................       10 (4.54)
Nickel chloride.........................................      100 (45.4)
Nickel cyanide Ni(CN)2..................................       10 (4.54)
Nickel hydroxide........................................       10 (4.54)
Nickel nitrate..........................................      100 (45.4)
Nickel sulfate..........................................      100 (45.4)
Nicotine, & salts.......................................      100 (45.4)
Nitric acid.............................................      1000 (454)
Nitric acid, thallium (1 + ) salt.......................      100 (45.4)

[[Page 325]]

 
Nitric oxide............................................       10 (4.54)
p-Nitroaniline..........................................     5000 (2270)
Nitrobenzene............................................      1000 (454)
4-Nitrobiphenyl.........................................       10 (4.54)
Nitrogen dioxide........................................       10 (4.54)
Nitrogen oxide NO.......................................       10 (4.54)
Nitrogen oxide NO2......................................       10 (4.54)
Nitroglycerine..........................................       10 (4.54)
Nitrophenol (mixed).....................................      100 (45.4)
    m-Nitrophenol.......................................
o-Nitrophenol...........................................      100 (45.4)
p-Nitrophenol...........................................      100 (45.4)
2-Nitrophenol...........................................      100 (45.4)
4-Nitrophenol...........................................      100 (45.4)
2-Nitropropane..........................................       10 (4.54)
N-Nitrosodi-n-butylamine................................       10 (4.54)
N-Nitrosodiethanolamine.................................       1 (0.454)
N-Nitrosodiethylamine...................................       1 (0.454)
N-Nitrosodimethylamine..................................       10 (4.54)
N-Nitrosodiphenylamine..................................      100 (45.4)
N-Nitroso-N-ethylurea...................................       1 (0.454)
N-Nitroso-N-methylurea..................................       1 (0.454)
N-Nitroso-N-methylurethane..............................       1 (0.454)
N-Nitrosomethylvinylamine...............................       10 (4.54)
N-Nitrosomorpholine.....................................       1 (0.454)
N-Nitrosopiperidine.....................................       10 (4.54)
N-Nitrosopyrrolidine....................................       1 (0.454)
Nitrotoluene............................................      1000 (454)
    m-Nitrotoluene......................................
    o-Nitrotoluene......................................
    p-Nitrotoluene......................................
5-Nitro-o-toluidine.....................................      100 (45.4)
Octamethylpyrophosphoramide.............................      100 (45.4)
Osmium oxide OsO4, (T-4)-...............................      1000 (454)
Osmium tetroxide........................................      1000 (454)
7-Oxabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-2,3-dicarboxylic acid........      1000 (454)
Oxamyl..................................................      100 (45.4)
1,2-Oxathiolane, 2,2-dioxide............................       10 (4.54)
2H-1,3,2-Oxazaphosphorin-2-amine, N,N-bis(2-chloroethyl)       10 (4.54)
 tetrahydro-, 2-oxide...................................
Oxirane.................................................       10 (4.54)
Oxiranecarboxyaldehyde..................................       10 (4.54)
Oxirane, (chloromethyl)-................................      100 (45.4)
Paraformaldehyde........................................      1000 (454)
Paraldehyde.............................................      1000 (454)
Parathion...............................................       10 (4.54)
PCBs....................................................       1 (0.454)
PCNB....................................................      100 (45.4)
Pentachlorobenzene......................................       10 (4.54)
Pentachloroethane.......................................       10 (4.54)
Pentachloronitrobenzene.................................      100 (45.4)
Pentachlorophenol.......................................       10 (4.54)
1,3-Pentadiene..........................................      100 (45.4)
Perchloroethylene.......................................      100 (45.4)
Perchloromethyl mercaptan @.............................      100 (45.4)
Phenacetin..............................................      100 (45.4)
Phenanthrene............................................     5000 (2270)
Phenol..................................................      1000 (454)
Phenol, 2-chloro-.......................................      100 (45.4)
Phenol, 4-chloro-3-methyl-..............................     5000 (2270)
Phenol, 2-cyclohexyl-4,6-dinitro-.......................      100 (45.4)
Phenol, 2,4-dichloro-...................................      100 (45.4)
Phenol, 2,6-dichloro-...................................      100 (45.4)
Phenol, 4,4'-(1,2-diethyl-1,2-ethenediyl)bis-, (E)......       1 (0.454)
Phenol, 2,4-dimethyl-...................................      100 (45.4)
Phenol, 4-(dimethylamino)-3,5-dimethyl-, methylcarbamate      1000 (454)
 (ester)................................................
Phenol, (3,5-dimethyl-4-(methylthio)-, methylcarbamate..       10 (4.54)
Phenol, 2,4-dinitro-....................................       10 (4.54)
Phenol, methyl-.........................................      100 (45.4)
Phenol, 2-methyl-4,6-dinitro-, & salts..................       10 (4.54)
Phenol, 2,2'-methylenebis[3,4,6-trichloro-..............      100 (45.4)

[[Page 326]]

 
Phenol, 2-(1-methylethoxy)-, methylcarbamate............      100 (45.4)
Phenol, 3-(1-methylethyl)-, methyl carbamate............       10 (4.54)
Phenol, 3-methyl-5-(1-methylethyl)-, methyl carbamate...      1000 (454)
Phenol, 2-(1-methylpropyl)-4,6-dinitro-.................      1000 (454)
Phenol, 4-nitro-........................................      100 (45.4)
Phenol, pentachloro-....................................       10 (4.54)
Phenol, 2,3,4,6-tetrachloro-............................       10 (4.54)
Phenol, 2,4,5-trichloro-................................       10 (4.54)
Phenol, 2,4,6-trichloro-................................       10 (4.54)
Phenol, 2,4,6-trinitro-, ammonium salt..................       10 (4.54)
L-Phenylalanine, 4-[bis(2-chloroethyl)amino]-...........       1 (0.454)
p-Phenylenediamine......................................     5000 (2270)
Phenyl mercaptan @......................................      100 (45.4)
Phenylmercury acetate...................................      100 (45.4)
Phenylthiourea..........................................      100 (45.4)
Phorate.................................................       10 (4.54)
Phosgene................................................       10 (4.54)
Phosphine...............................................      100 (45.4)
Phosphoric acid.........................................     5000 (2270)
Phosphoric acid, diethyl 4-nitrophenyl ester............      100 (45.4)
Phosphoric acid, lead(2 + ) salt (2:3)..................       10 (4.54)
Phosphorodithioic acid, O,O-diethyl S-[2-                      1 (0.454)
 (ethylthio)ethyl] ester................................
Phosphorodithioic acid, O,O-diethyl S-                         10 (4.54)
 [(ethylthio)methyl] ester..............................
Phosphorodithioic acid, O,O-diethyl S-methyl ester......     5000 (2270)
Phosphorodithioic acid, O,O-dimethyl S-[2-(methylamino)-       10 (4.54)
 2-oxoethyl] ester......................................
Phosphorofluoridic acid, bis(1-methylethyl) ester.......      100 (45.4)
Phosphorothioic acid, O,O-diethyl O-(4-nitrophenyl)            10 (4.54)
 ester..................................................
Phosphorothioic acid, O,O-diethyl O-pyrazinyl ester.....      100 (45.4)
Phosphorothioic acid, O-[4-[(dimethylamino)                   1000 (454)
 sulfonyl]phenyl] O,O-dimethyl ester....................
Phosphorothioic acid, O,O-dimethyl O-(4-nitrophenyl)          100 (45.4)
 ester..................................................
Phosphorus..............................................       1 (0.454)
Phosphorus oxychloride..................................      1000 (454)
Phosphorus pentasulfide.................................      100 (45.4)
Phosphorus sulfide......................................      100 (45.4)
Phosphorus trichloride..................................      1000 (454)
Phthalic anhydride......................................     5000 (2270)
Physostigmine...........................................      100 (45.4)
Physostigmine salicylate................................      100 (45.4)
2-Picoline..............................................     5000 (2270)
Piperidine, 1-nitroso-..................................       10 (4.54)
Plumbane, tetraethyl-...................................       10 (4.54)
POLYCHLORINATED BIPHENYLS...............................       1 (0.454)
Potassium arsenate......................................       1 (0.454)
Potassium arsenite......................................       1 (0.454)
Potassium bichromate....................................       10 (4.54)
Potassium chromate......................................       10 (4.54)
Potassium cyanide K(CN).................................       10 (4.54)
Potassium hydroxide.....................................      1000 (454)
Potassium permanganate..................................      100 (45.4)
Potassium silver cyanide................................       1 (0.454)
Promecarb...............................................      1000 (454)
Pronamide...............................................     5000 (2270)
Propanal, 2-methyl-2-(methyl-sulfonyl)-, O-                   100 (45.4)
 [(methylamino)carbonyl] oxime..........................
Propanal, 2-methyl-2-(methylthio)-, O-                         1 (0.454)
 [(methylamino)carbonyl] oxime..........................
1-Propanamine...........................................     5000 (2270)
1-Propanamine, N-propyl-................................     5000 (2270)
1-Propanamine, N-nitroso-N-propyl-......................       10 (4.54)
Propane, 1,2-dibromo-3-chloro-..........................       1 (0.454)
Propane, 1,2-dichloro-..................................      1000 (454)
Propanedinitrile........................................      1000 (454)
Propanenitrile..........................................       10 (4.54)
Propanenitrile, 3-chloro-...............................      1000 (454)
Propanenitrile, 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-.....................       10 (4.54)
Propane, 2-nitro-.......................................       10 (4.54)
Propane, 2,2'-oxybis[2-chloro-..........................      1000 (454)
1,3-Propane sultone.....................................       10 (4.54)
1,2,3-Propanetriol, trinitrate..........................       10 (4.54)
Propanoic acid, 2-(2,4,5-trichlorophenoxy)-.............      100 (45.4)
1-Propanol, 2,3-dibromo-, phosphate (3:1)...............       10 (4.54)
1-Propanol, 2-methyl-...................................     5000 (2270)

[[Page 327]]

 
2-Propanone.............................................     5000 (2270)
2-Propanone, 1-bromo-...................................      1000 (454)
Propargite..............................................       10 (4.54)
Propargyl alcohol.......................................      1000 (454)
2-Propenal..............................................       1 (0.454)
2-Propenamide...........................................     5000 (2270)
1-Propene, 1,3-dichloro-................................      100 (45.4)
1-Propene, 1,1,2,3,3,3-hexachloro-......................      1000 (454)
2-Propenenitrile........................................      100 (45.4)
2-Propenenitrile, 2-methyl-.............................      1000 (454)
2-Propenoic acid........................................     5000 (2270)
2-Propenoic acid, ethyl ester...........................      1000 (454)
2-Propenoic acid, 2-methyl-, ethyl ester................      1000 (454)
2-Propenoic acid, 2-methyl-, methyl ester...............      1000 (454)
2-Propen-1-ol...........................................      100 (45.4)
Propham.................................................      1000 (454)
beta-Propiolactone......................................       10 (4.54)
Propionaldehyde.........................................      1000 (454)
Propionic acid..........................................     5000 (2270)
Propionic anhydride.....................................     5000 (2270)
Propoxur (Baygon).......................................      100 (45.4)
n-Propylamine...........................................     5000 (2270)
Propylene dichloride....................................      1000 (454)
Propylene oxide.........................................      100 (45.4)
1,2-Propylenimine.......................................       1 (0.454)
2-Propyn-1-ol...........................................      1000 (454)
Prosulfocarb............................................     5000 (2270)
Pyrene..................................................     5000 (2270)
Pyrethrins..............................................       1 (0.454)
3,6-Pyridazinedione, 1,2-dihydro-.......................     5000 (2270)
4-Pyridinamine..........................................      1000 (454)
Pyridine................................................      1000 (454)
Pyridine, 2-methyl-.....................................     5000 (2270)
Pyridine, 3-(1-methyl-2-pyrrolidinyl)-, (S)-, & salts...      100 (45.4)
2,4-(1H,3H)-Pyrimidinedione, 5-[bis(2-chloroethyl)amino]-      10 (4.54)
 .......................................................
4(1H)-Pyrimidinone, 2,3-dihydro-6-methyl-2-thioxo-......       10 (4.54)
Pyrrolidine, 1-nitroso-.................................       1 (0.454)
Pyrrolo[2,3-b] indol-5-ol,1,2,3,3a,8,8a-hexahydro-1,3a,8-     100 (45.4)
 trimethyl-, methylcarbamate (ester), (3aS-cis)-........
Quinoline...............................................     5000 (2270)
Quinone.................................................       10 (4.54)
Quintobenzene...........................................      100 (45.4)
RADIONUCLIDES...........................................     See Table 2
Reserpine...............................................     5000 (2270)
Resorcinol..............................................     5000 (2270)
Safrole.................................................      100 (45.4)
Selenious acid..........................................       10 (4.54)
Selenious acid, dithallium (1 + ) salt..................      1000 (454)
Selenium [cent].........................................      100 (45.4)
Selenium dioxide........................................       10 (4.54)
Selenium oxide..........................................       10 (4.54)
Selenium sulfide SeS2...................................       10 (4.54)
Selenourea..............................................      1000 (454)
L-Serine, diazoacetate (ester)..........................       1 (0.454)
Silver [cent]...........................................      1000 (454)
Silver cyanide Ag(CN)...................................       1 (0.454)
Silver nitrate..........................................       1 (0.454)
Silvex (2,4,5-TP).......................................      100 (45.4)
Sodium..................................................       10 (4.54)
Sodium arsenate.........................................       1 (0.454)
Sodium arsenite.........................................       1 (0.454)
Sodium azide............................................      1000 (454)
Sodium bichromate.......................................       10 (4.54)
Sodium bifluoride.......................................      100 (45.4)
Sodium bisulfite........................................     5000 (2270)
Sodium chromate.........................................       10 (4.54)
Sodium cyanide Na(CN)...................................       10 (4.54)
Sodium dodecylbenzenesulfonate..........................      1000 (454)
Sodium fluoride.........................................      1000 (454)
Sodium hydrosulfide.....................................     5000 (2270)
Sodium hydroxide........................................      1000 (454)

[[Page 328]]

 
Sodium hypochlorite.....................................      100 (45.4)
Sodium methylate........................................      1000 (454)
Sodium nitrite..........................................      100 (45.4)
Sodium phosphate, dibasic...............................     5000 (2270)
Sodium phosphate, tribasic..............................     5000 (2270)
Sodium selenite.........................................      100 (45.4)
Streptozotocin..........................................       1 (0.454)
Strontium chromate......................................       10 (4.54)
Strychnidin-10-one, & salts.............................       10 (4.54)
Strychnidin-10-one, 2,3-dimethoxy-......................      100 (45.4)
Strychnine, & salts.....................................       10 (4.54)
Styrene.................................................      1000 (454)
Styrene oxide...........................................      100 (45.4)
Sulfur chlorides @......................................      1000 (454)
Sulfuric acid...........................................      1000 (454)
Sulfuric acid, dimethyl ester...........................      100 (45.4)
Sulfuric acid, dithallium (1 + ) salt...................      100 (45.4)
Sulfur monochloride.....................................      1000 (454)
Sulfur phosphide........................................      100 (45.4)
2,4,5-T.................................................      1000 (454)
2,4,5-T acid............................................      1000 (454)
2,4,5-T amines..........................................     5000 (2270)
2,4,5-T esters..........................................      1000 (454)
2,4,5-T salts...........................................      1000 (454)
TCDD....................................................       1 (0.454)
TDE.....................................................       1 (0.454)
1,2,4,5-Tetrachlorobenzene..............................     5000 (2270)
2,3,7,8-Tetrachlorodibenzo-p-dioxin.....................       1 (0.454)
1,1,1,2-Tetrachloroethane...............................      100 (45.4)
1,1,2,2-Tetrachloroethane...............................      100 (45.4)
Tetrachloroethylene.....................................      100 (45.4)
2,3,4,6-Tetrachlorophenol...............................       10 (4.54)
Tetraethyl pyrophosphate................................       10 (4.54)
Tetraethyl lead.........................................       10 (4.54)
Tetraethyldithiopyrophosphate...........................      100 (45.4)
Tetrahydrofuran.........................................      1000 (454)
Tetranitromethane.......................................       10 (4.54)
Tetraphosphoric acid, hexaethyl ester...................      100 (45.4)
Thallic oxide...........................................      100 (45.4)
Thallium [cent].........................................      1000 (454)
Thallium (I) acetate....................................      100 (45.4)
Thallium (I) carbonate..................................      100 (45.4)
Thallium chloride TlCl..................................      100 (45.4)
Thallium (I) nitrate....................................      100 (45.4)
Thallium oxide Tl2O3....................................      100 (45.4)
Thallium (I) selenite...................................      1000 (454)
Thallium (I) sulfate....................................      100 (45.4)
Thioacetamide...........................................       10 (4.54)
Thiodicarb..............................................      100 (45.4)
Thiodiphosphoric acid, tetraethyl ester.................      100 (45.4)
Thiofanox...............................................      100 (45.4)
Thioimidodicarbonic diamide [(H2N)C(S)]2NH..............      100 (45.4)
Thiomethanol............................................      100 (45.4)
Thioperoxydicarbonic diamide [(H2N)C(S)]2S2, tetramethyl-      10 (4.54)
 .......................................................
Thiophanate-methyl......................................       10 (4.54)
Thiophenol..............................................      100 (45.4)
Thiosemicarbazide.......................................      100 (45.4)
Thiourea................................................       10 (4.54)
Thiourea, (2-chlorophenyl)-.............................      100 (45.4)
Thiourea, 1-naphthalenyl-...............................      100 (45.4)
Thiourea, phenyl-.......................................      100 (45.4)
Thiram..................................................       10 (4.54)
Tirpate.................................................      100 (45.4)
Titanium tetrachloride..................................      1000 (454)
Toluene.................................................      1000 (454)
Toluenediamine..........................................       10 (4.54)
2,4-Toluene diamine.....................................       10 (4.54)
Toluene diisocyanate....................................      100 (45.4)
2,4-Toluene diisocyanate................................      100 (45.4)
o-Toluidine.............................................      100 (45.4)

[[Page 329]]

 
p-Toluidine.............................................      100 (45.4)
o-Toluidine hydrochloride...............................      100 (45.4)
Toxaphene...............................................       1 (0.454)
2,4,5-TP acid...........................................      100 (45.4)
2,4,5-TP esters.........................................      100 (45.4)
Triallate...............................................      100 (45.4)
1H-1,2,4-Triazol-3-amine................................       10 (4.54)
Trichlorfon.............................................      100 (45.4)
1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene..................................      100 (45.4)
1,1,1-Trichloroethane...................................      1000 (454)
1,1,2-Trichloroethane...................................      100 (45.4)
Trichloroethylene.......................................      100 (45.4)
Trichloromethanesulfenyl chloride.......................      100 (45.4)
Trichloromonofluoromethane..............................     5000 (2270)
Trichlorophenol.........................................       10 (4.54)
    2,3,4-Trichlorophenol...............................
    2,3,5-Trichlorophenol...............................
    2,3,6-Trichlorophenol...............................
    3,4,5-Trichlorophenol...............................
2,4,5-Trichlorophenol...................................       10 (4.54)
2,4,6-Trichlorophenol...................................       10 (4.54)
Triethanolamine dodecylbenzenesulfonate.................      1000 (454)
Triethylamine...........................................     5000 (2270)
Trifluralin.............................................       10 (4.54)
Trimethylamine..........................................      100 (45.4)
2,2,4-Trimethylpentane..................................      1000 (454)
1,3,5-Trinitrobenzene...................................       10 (4.54)
1,3,5-Trioxane, 2,4,6-trimethyl-........................      1000 (454)
Tris(2,3-dibromopropyl) phosphate.......................       10 (4.54)
Trypan blue.............................................       10 (4.54)
D002 Unlisted Hazardous Wastes Characteristic of              100 (45.4)
 Corrosivity............................................
D001 Unlisted Hazardous Wastes Characteristic of              100 (45.4)
 Ignitability...........................................
D003 Unlisted Hazardous Wastes Characteristic of              100 (45.4)
 Reactivity.............................................
D004-D043 Unlisted Hazardous Wastes Characteristic of
 Toxicity:
    Arsenic (D004)......................................       1 (0.454)
    Barium (D005).......................................      1000 (454)
    Benzene (D018)......................................       10 (4.54)
    Cadmium (D006)......................................       10 (4.54)
    Carbon tetrachloride (D019).........................       10 (4.54)
    Chlordane (D020)....................................       1 (0.454)
    Chlorobenzene (D021)................................      100 (45.4)
    Chloroform (D022)...................................       10 (4.54)
    Chromium (D007).....................................       10 (4.54)
    o-Cresol (D023).....................................      100 (45.4)
    m-Cresol (D024).....................................      100 (45.4)
    p-Cresol (D025).....................................      100 (45.4)
    Cresol (D026).......................................      100 (45.4)
    2,4-D (D016)........................................      100 (45.4)
    1,4-Dichlorobenzene (D027)..........................      100 (45.4)
    1,2-Dichloroethane (D028)...........................      100 (45.4)
    1,1-Dichloroethylene (D029).........................      100 (45.4)
    2,4-Dinitrotoluene (D030)...........................       10 (4.54)
    Endrin (D012).......................................       1 (0.454)
    Heptachlor (and epoxide) (D031).....................       1 (0.454)
    Hexachlorobenzene (D032)............................       10 (4.54)
    Hexachlorobutadiene (D033)..........................       1 (0.454)
    Hexachloroethane (D034).............................      100 (45.4)
    Lead (D008).........................................       10 (4.54)
    Lindane (D013)......................................       1 (0.454)
    Mercury (D009)......................................       1 (0.454)
    Methoxychlor (D014).................................       1 (0.454)
    Methyl ethyl ketone (D035)..........................     5000 (2270)
    Nitrobenzene (D036).................................      1000 (454)
    Pentachlorophenol (D037)............................       10 (4.54)
    Pyridine (D038).....................................      1000 (454)
    Selenium (D010).....................................       10 (4.54)
    Silver (D011).......................................       1 (0.454)
    Tetrachloroethylene (D039)..........................      100 (45.4)
    Toxaphene (D015)....................................       1 (0.454)
    Trichloroethylene (D040)............................      100 (45.4)

[[Page 330]]

 
    2,4,5-Trichlorophenol (D041)........................       10 (4.54)
    2,4,6-Trichlorophenol (D042)........................       10 (4.54)
    2,4,5-TP (D017).....................................      100 (45.4)
    Vinyl chloride (D043)...............................       1 (0.454)
Uracil mustard..........................................       10 (4.54)
Uranyl acetate..........................................      100 (45.4)
Uranyl nitrate..........................................      100 (45.4)
Urea, N-ethyl-N-nitroso-................................       1 (0.454)
Urea, N-methyl-N-nitroso-...............................       1 (0.454)
Urethane................................................      100 (45.4)
Vanadic acid, ammonium salt.............................      1000 (454)
Vanadium oxide V2O5.....................................      1000 (454)
Vanadium pentoxide......................................      1000 (454)
Vanadyl sulfate.........................................      1000 (454)
Vinyl acetate...........................................     5000 (2270)
Vinyl acetate monomer...................................     5000 (2270)
Vinylamine, N-methyl-N-nitroso-.........................       10 (4.54)
Vinyl bromide...........................................      100 (45.4)
Vinyl chloride..........................................       1 (0.454)
Vinylidene chloride.....................................      100 (45.4)
Warfarin, & salts.......................................      100 (45.4)
Xylene..................................................      100 (45.4)
m-Xylene................................................      1000 (454)
o-Xylene................................................      1000 (454)
p-Xylene................................................      100 (45.4)
Xylene (mixed)..........................................      100 (45.4)
Xylenes (isomers and mixture)...........................      100 (45.4)
Xylenol.................................................      1000 (454)
Yohimban-16-carboxylic acid,11,17-dimethoxy-18-[(3,4,5-      5000 (2270)
 trimethoxybenzoyl)
oxy]-, methyl ester (3beta,16beta,17alpha,18beta,
 20alpha)...............................................
Zinc [cent].............................................      1000 (454)
Zinc acetate............................................      1000 (454)
Zinc ammonium chloride..................................      1000 (454)
Zinc, bis(dimethylcarbamodithioato-S,S')-...............       10 (4.54)
Zinc borate.............................................      1000 (454)
Zinc bromide............................................      1000 (454)
Zinc carbonate..........................................      1000 (454)
Zinc chloride...........................................      1000 (454)
Zinc cyanide Zn(CN)2....................................       10 (4.54)
Zinc fluoride...........................................      1000 (454)
Zinc formate............................................      1000 (454)
Zinc hydrosulfite.......................................      1000 (454)
Zinc nitrate............................................      1000 (454)
Zinc phenolsulfonate....................................     5000 (2270)
Zinc phosphide Zn3P2....................................      100 (45.4)
Zinc silicofluoride.....................................     5000 (2270)
Zinc sulfate............................................      1000 (454)
Ziram...................................................       10 (4.54)
Zirconium nitrate.......................................     5000 (2270)
Zirconium potassium fluoride............................      1000 (454)
Zirconium sulfate.......................................     5000 (2270)
Zirconium tetrachloride.................................     5000 (2270)
F001....................................................       10 (4.54)
    (a) Tetrachloroethylene.............................      100 (45.4)
    (b) Trichloroethylene...............................      100 (45.4)
    (c) Methylene chloride..............................      1000 (454)
    (d) 1,1,1-Trichloroethane...........................      1000 (454)
    (e) Carbon tetrachloride............................       10 (4.54)
    (f) Chlorinated fluorocarbons.......................     5000 (2270)
F002....................................................       10 (4.54)
    (a) Tetrachloroethylene.............................      100 (45.4)
    (b) Methylene chloride..............................      1000 (454)
    (c) Trichloroethylene...............................      100 (45.4)
    (d) 1,1,1-Trichloroethane...........................      1000 (454)
    (e) Chlorobenzene...................................      100 (45.4)
    (f) 1,1,2-Trichloro-1,2,2-trifluoroethane...........     5000 (2270)
    (g) o-Dichlorobenzene...............................      100 (45.4)
    (h) Trichlorofluoromethane..........................     5000 (2270)
    (i) 1,1,2-Trichloroethane...........................      100 (45.4)
F003....................................................      100 (45.4)

[[Page 331]]

 
    (a) Xylene..........................................      1000 (454)
    (b) Acetone.........................................     5000 (2270)
    (c) Ethyl acetate...................................     5000 (2270)
    (d) Ethylbenzene....................................      1000 (454)
    (e) Ethyl ether.....................................      100 (45.4)
    (f) Methyl isobutyl ketone..........................     5000 (2270)
    (g) n-Butyl alcohol.................................     5000 (2270)
    (h) Cyclohexanone...................................     5000 (2270)
    (i) Methanol........................................     5000 (2270)
F004....................................................      100 (45.4)
    (a) Cresols/Cresylic acid...........................      100 (45.4)
    (b) Nitrobenzene....................................      1000 (454)
F005....................................................      100 (45.4)
    (a) Toluene.........................................      1000 (454)
    (b) Methyl ethyl ketone.............................     5000 (2270)
    (c) Carbon disulfide................................      100 (45.4)
    (d) Isobutanol......................................     5000 (2270)
    (e) Pyridine........................................      1000 (454)
F006....................................................       10 (4.54)
F007....................................................       10 (4.54)
F008....................................................       10 (4.54)
F009....................................................       10 (4.54)
F010....................................................       10 (4.54)
F011....................................................       10 (4.54)
F012....................................................       10 (4.54)
F019....................................................       10 (4.54)
F020....................................................       1 (0.454)
F021....................................................       1 (0.454)
F022....................................................       1 (0.454)
F023....................................................       1 (0.454)
F024....................................................       1 (0.454)
F025....................................................       1 (0.454)
F026....................................................       1 (0.454)
F027....................................................       1 (0.454)
F028....................................................       1 (0.454)
F032....................................................       1 (0.454)
F034....................................................       1 (0.454)
F035....................................................       1 (0.454)
F037....................................................       1 (0.454)
F038....................................................       1 (0.454)
F039....................................................       1 (0.454)
K001....................................................       1 (0.454)
K002....................................................       10 (4.54)
K003....................................................       10 (4.54)
K004....................................................       10 (4.54)
K005....................................................       10 (4.54)
K006....................................................       10 (4.54)
K007....................................................       10 (4.54)
K008....................................................       10 (4.54)
K009....................................................       10 (4.54)
K010....................................................       10 (4.54)
K011....................................................       10 (4.54)
K013....................................................       10 (4.54)
K014....................................................     5000 (2270)
K015....................................................       10 (4.54)
K016....................................................       1 (0.454)
K017....................................................       10 (4.54)
K018....................................................       1 (0.454)
K019....................................................       1 (0.454)
K020....................................................       1 (0.454)
K021....................................................       10 (4.54)
K022....................................................       1 (0.454)
K023....................................................     5000 (2270)
K024....................................................     5000 (2270)
K025....................................................       10 (4.54)
K026....................................................      1000 (454)
K027....................................................       10 (4.54)
K028....................................................       1 (0.454)
K029....................................................       1 (0.454)
K030....................................................       1 (0.454)

[[Page 332]]

 
K031....................................................       1 (0.454)
K032....................................................       10 (4.54)
K033....................................................       10 (4.54)
K034....................................................       10 (4.54)
K035....................................................       1 (0.454)
K036....................................................       1 (0.454)
K037....................................................       1 (0.454)
K038....................................................       10 (4.54)
K039....................................................       10 (4.54)
K040....................................................       10 (4.54)
K041....................................................       1 (0.454)
K042....................................................       10 (4.54)
K043....................................................       10 (4.54)
K044....................................................       10 (4.54)
K045....................................................       10 (4.54)
K046....................................................       10 (4.54)
K047....................................................       10 (4.54)
K048....................................................       10 (4.54)
K049....................................................       10 (4.54)
K050....................................................       10 (4.54)
K051....................................................       10 (4.54)
K052....................................................       10 (4.54)
K060....................................................       1 (0.454)
K061....................................................       10 (4.54)
K062....................................................       10 (4.54)
K064....................................................       10 (4.54)
K065....................................................       10 (4.54)
K066....................................................       10 (4.54)
K069....................................................       10 (4.54)
K071....................................................       1 (0.454)
K073....................................................       10 (4.54)
K083....................................................      100 (45.4)
K084....................................................       1 (0.454)
K085....................................................       10 (4.54)
K086....................................................       10 (4.54)
K087....................................................      100 (45.4)
K088....................................................       10 (4.54)
K090....................................................       10 (4.54)
K091....................................................       10 (4.54)
K093....................................................     5000 (2270)
K094....................................................     5000 (2270)
K095....................................................      100 (45.4)
K096....................................................      100 (45.4)
K097....................................................       1 (0.454)
K098....................................................       1 (0.454)
K099....................................................       10 (4.54)
K100....................................................       10 (4.54)
K101....................................................       1 (0.454)
K102....................................................       1 (0.454)
K103....................................................      100 (45.4)
K104....................................................       10 (4.54)
K105....................................................       10 (4.54)
K106....................................................       1 (0.454)
K107....................................................       10 (4.54)
K108....................................................       10 (4.54)
K109....................................................       10 (4.54)
K110....................................................       10 (4.54)
K111....................................................       10 (4.54)
K112....................................................       10 (4.54)
K113....................................................       10 (4.54)
K114....................................................       10 (4.54)
K115....................................................       10 (4.54)
K116....................................................       10 (4.54)
K117....................................................       1 (0.454)
K118....................................................       1 (0.454)
K123....................................................       10 (4.54)
K124....................................................       10 (4.54)
K125....................................................       10 (4.54)
K126....................................................       10 (4.54)
K131....................................................      100 (45.4)

[[Page 333]]

 
K132....................................................      1000 (454)
K136....................................................       1 (0.454)
K141....................................................       1 (0.454)
K142....................................................       1 (0.454)
K143....................................................       1 (0.454)
K144....................................................       1 (0.454)
K145....................................................       1 (0.454)
K147....................................................       1 (0.454)
K148....................................................       1 (0.454)
K149....................................................       10 (4.54)
K150....................................................       10 (4.54)
K151....................................................       10 (4.54)
K156....................................................       10 (4.54)
K157....................................................       10 (4.54)
K158....................................................       10 (4.54)
K159....................................................       10 (4.54)
K161....................................................       1 (0.454)
K169....................................................       10 (4.54)
K170....................................................       1 (0.454)
K171....................................................       1 (0.454)
K172....................................................       1 (0.454)
K174....................................................       1 (0.454)
K175....................................................       1 (0.454)
K176....................................................       1 (0.454)
K177....................................................     5000 (2270)
K178....................................................      1000 (454)
K181....................................................       1 (0.454)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
[cent] The RQ for these hazardous substances is limited to those pieces
  of the metal having a diameter smaller than 100 micrometers (0.004
  inches).
[cent] The RQ for asbestos is limited to friable forms only.
@ Indicates that the name was added by PHMSA because (1) the name is a
  synonym for a specific hazardous substance and (2) the name appears in
  the Hazardous Materials Table as a proper shipping name.
 To provide consistency with EPA regulations, two entries with
  different CAS numbers are provided. Refer to the EPA Table 302.4--List
  of Hazardous Substances and Reportable Quantities for an explanation
  of the two entries.

         List of Hazardous Substances and Reportable Quantities

                  Table 2 to Appendix A--Radionuclides
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                         (3)--Reportable
            (1)--Radionuclide              (2)--Atomic  Quantity (RQ) Ci
                                              Number          (TBq)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Actinium-224.............................         89           100 (3.7)
Actinium-225.............................         89            1 (.037)
Actinium-226.............................         89            10 (.37)
Actinium-227.............................         89     0.001 (.000037)
Actinium-228.............................         89            10 (.37)
Aluminum-26..............................         13            10 (.37)
Americium-237............................         95           1000 (37)
Americium-238............................         95           100 (3.7)
Americium-239............................         95           100 (3.7)
Americium-240............................         95            10 (.37)
Americium-241............................         95       0.01 (.00037)
Americium-242............................         95           100 (3.7)
Americium-242m...........................         95       0.01 (.00037)
Americium-243............................         95       0.01 (.00037)
Americium-244............................         95            10 (.37)
Americium-244m...........................         95           1000 (37)
Americium-245............................         95           1000 (37)
Americium-246............................         95           1000 (37)
Americium-246m...........................         95           1000 (37)
Antimony-115.............................         51           1000 (37)
Antimony-116.............................         51           1000 (37)
Antimony-116m............................         51           100 (3.7)
Antimony-117.............................         51           1000 (37)
Antimony-118m............................         51            10 (.37)
Antimony-119.............................         51           1000 (37)
Antimony-120 (16 min)....................         51           1000 (37)
Antimony-120 (5.76 day)..................         51            10 (.37)
Antimony-122.............................         51            10 (.37)
Antimony-124.............................         51            10 (.37)
Antimony-124m............................         51           1000 (37)
Antimony-125.............................         51            10 (.37)
Antimony-126.............................         51            10 (.37)
Antimony-126m............................         51           1000 (37)
Antimony-127.............................         51            10 (.37)
Antimony-128 (10.4 min)..................         51           1000 (37)
Antimony-128 (9.01 hr)...................         51            10 (.37)
Antimony-129.............................         51           100 (3.7)
Antimony-130.............................         51           100 (3.7)
Antimony-131.............................         51           1000 (37)
Argon-39.................................         18           1000 (37)
Argon-41.................................         18            10 (.37)
Arsenic-69...............................         33           1000 (37)
Arsenic-70...............................         33           100 (3.7)
Arsenic-71...............................         33           100 (3.7)
Arsenic-72...............................         33            10 (.37)
Arsenic-73...............................         33           100 (3.7)
Arsenic-74...............................         33            10 (.37)
Arsenic-76...............................         33           100 (3.7)

[[Page 334]]

 
Arsenic-77...............................         33           1000 (37)
Arsenic-78...............................         33           100 (3.7)
Astatine-207.............................         85           100 (3.7)
Astatine-211.............................         85           100 (3.7)
Barium-126...............................         56           1000 (37)
Barium-128...............................         56            10 (.37)
Barium-131...............................         56            10 (.37)
Barium-131m..............................         56           1000 (37)
Barium-133...............................         56            10 (.37)
Barium-133m..............................         56           100 (3.7)
Barium-135m..............................         56           1000 (37)
Barium-139...............................         56           1000 (37)
Barium-140...............................         56            10 (.37)
Barium-141...............................         56           1000 (37)
Barium-142...............................         56           1000 (37)
Berkelium-245............................         97           100 (3.7)
Berkelium-246............................         97            10 (.37)
Berkelium-247............................         97       0.01 (.00037)
Berkelium-249............................         97            1 (.037)
Berkelium-250............................         97           100 (3.7)
Beryllium-10.............................          4            1 (.037)
Beryllium-7..............................          4           100 (3.7)
Bismuth-200..............................         83           100 (3.7)
Bismuth-201..............................         83           100 (3.7)
Bismuth-202..............................         83           1000 (37)
Bismuth-203..............................         83            10 (.37)
Bismuth-205..............................         83            10 (.37)
Bismuth-206..............................         83            10 (.37)
Bismuth-207..............................         83            10 (.37)
Bismuth-210..............................         83            10 (.37)
Bismuth-210m.............................         83         0.1 (.0037)
Bismuth-212..............................         83           100 (3.7)
Bismuth-213..............................         83           100 (3.7)
Bismuth-214..............................         83           100 (3.7)
Bromine-74...............................         35           100 (3.7)
Bromine-74m..............................         35           100 (3.7)
Bromine-75...............................         35           100 (3.7)
Bromine-76...............................         35            10 (.37)
Bromine-77...............................         35           100 (3.7)
Bromine-80...............................         35           1000 (37)
Bromine-80m..............................         35           1000 (37)
Bromine-82...............................         35            10 (.37)
Bromine-83...............................         35           1000 (37)
Bromine-84...............................         35           100 (3.7)
Cadmium-104..............................         48           1000 (37)
Cadmium-107..............................         48           1000 (37)
Cadmium-109..............................         48            1 (.037)
Cadmium-113..............................         48         0.1 (.0037)
Cadmium-113m.............................         48         0.1 (.0037)
Cadmium-115..............................         48           100 (3.7)
Cadmium-115m.............................         48            10 (.37)
Cadmium-117..............................         48           100 (3.7)
Cadmium-117m.............................         48            10 (.37)
Calcium-41...............................         20            10 (.37)
Calcium-45...............................         20            10 (.37)
Calcium-47...............................         20            10 (.37)
Californium-244..........................         98           1000 (37)
Californium-246..........................         98            10 (.37)
Californium-248..........................         98         0.1 (.0037)
Californium-249..........................         98       0.01 (.00037)
Californium-250..........................         98       0.01 (.00037)
Californium-251..........................         98       0.01 (.00037)
Californium-252..........................         98         0.1 (.0037)
Californium-253..........................         98            10 (.37)
Californium-254..........................         98         0.1 (.0037)
Carbon-11................................          6           1000 (37)
Carbon-14................................          6            10 (.37)
Cerium-134...............................         58            10 (.37)
Cerium-135...............................         58            10 (.37)
Cerium-137...............................         58           1000 (37)
Cerium-137m..............................         58           100 (3.7)
Cerium-139...............................         58           100 (3.7)
Cerium-141...............................         58            10 (.37)
Cerium-143...............................         58           100 (3.7)
Cerium-144...............................         58            1 (.037)
Cesium-125...............................         55           1000 (37)
Cesium-127...............................         55           100 (3.7)
Cesium-129...............................         55           100 (3.7)
Cesium-130...............................         55           1000 (37)
Cesium-131...............................         55           1000 (37)
Cesium-132...............................         55            10 (.37)
Cesium-134...............................         55            1 (.037)
Cesium-134m..............................         55           1000 (37)
Cesium-135...............................         55            10 (.37)
Cesium-135m..............................         55           100 (3.7)
Cesium-136...............................         55            10 (.37)
Cesium-137...............................         55            1 (.037)
Cesium-138...............................         55           100 (3.7)
Chlorine-36..............................         17            10 (.37)
Chlorine-38..............................         17           100 (3.7)
Chlorine-39..............................         17           100 (3.7)
Chromium-48..............................         24           100 (3.7)
Chromium-49..............................         24           1000 (37)
Chromium-51..............................         24           1000 (37)
Cobalt-55................................         27            10 (.37)
Cobalt-56................................         27            10 (.37)
Cobalt-57................................         27           100 (3.7)
Cobalt-58................................         27            10 (.37)
Cobalt-58m...............................         27           1000 (37)
Cobalt-60................................         27            10 (.37)
Cobalt-60m...............................         27           1000 (37)
Cobalt-61................................         27           1000 (37)
Cobalt-62m...............................         27           1000 (37)
Copper-60................................         29           100 (3.7)
Copper-61................................         29           100 (3.7)
Copper-64................................         29           1000 (37)
Copper-67................................         29           100 (3.7)
Curium-238...............................         96           1000 (37)
Curium-240...............................         96            1 (.037)
Curium-241...............................         96            10 (.37)
Curium-242...............................         96            1 (.037)
Curium-243...............................         96       0.01 (.00037)
Curium-244...............................         96       0.01 (.00037)
Curium-245...............................         96       0.01 (.00037)
Curium-246...............................         96       0.01 (.00037)
Curium-247...............................         96       0.01 (.00037)
Curium-248...............................         96     0.001 (.000037)
Curium-249...............................         96           1000 (37)
Dysprosium-155...........................         66           100 (3.7)
Dysprosium-157...........................         66           100 (3.7)
Dysprosium-159...........................         66           100 (3.7)
Dysprosium-165...........................         66           1000 (37)
Dysprosium-166...........................         66            10 (.37)
Einsteinium-250..........................         99            10 (.37)
Einsteinium-251..........................         99           1000 (37)
Einsteinium-253..........................         99            10 (.37)
Einsteinium-254..........................         99         0.1 (.0037)
Einsteinium-254m.........................         99            1 (.037)
Erbium-161...............................         68           100 (3.7)
Erbium-165...............................         68           1000 (37)
Erbium-169...............................         68           100 (3.7)
Erbium-171...............................         68           100 (3.7)
Erbium-172...............................         68            10 (.37)
Europium-145.............................         63            10 (.37)
Europium-146.............................         63            10 (.37)
Europium-147.............................         63            10 (.37)

[[Page 335]]

 
Europium-148.............................         63            10 (.37)
Europium-149.............................         63           100 (3.7)
Europium-150 (12.6 hr)...................         63           1000 (37)
Europium-150 (34.2 yr)...................         63            10 (.37)
Europium-152.............................         63            10 (.37)
Europium-152m............................         63           100 (3.7)
Europium-154.............................         63            10 (.37)
Europium-155.............................         63            10 (.37)
Europium-156.............................         63            10 (.37)
Europium-157.............................         63            10 (.37)
Europium-158.............................         63           1000 (37)
Fermium-252..............................        100            10 (.37)
Fermium-253..............................        100            10 (.37)
Fermium-254..............................        100           100 (3.7)
Fermium-255..............................        100           100 (3.7)
Fermium-257..............................        100            1 (.037)
Fluorine-18..............................          9           1000 (37)
Francium-222.............................         87           100 (3.7)
Francium-223.............................         87           100 (3.7)
Gadolinium-145...........................         64           100 (3.7)
Gadolinium-146...........................         64            10 (.37)
Gadolinium-147...........................         64            10 (.37)
Gadolinium-148...........................         64     0.001 (.000037)
Gadolinium-149...........................         64           100 (3.7)
Gadolinium-151...........................         64           100 (3.7)
Gadolinium-152...........................         64     0.001 (.000037)
Gadolinium-153...........................         64            10 (.37)
Gadolinium-159...........................         64           1000 (37)
Gallium-65...............................         31           1000 (37)
Gallium-66...............................         31            10 (.37)
Gallium-67...............................         31           100 (3.7)
Gallium-68...............................         31           1000 (37)
Gallium-70...............................         31           1000 (37)
Gallium-72...............................         31            10 (.37)
Gallium-73...............................         31           100 (3.7)
Germanium-66.............................         32           100 (3.7)
Germanium-67.............................         32           1000 (37)
Germanium-68.............................         32            10 (.37)
Germanium-69.............................         32            10 (.37)
Germanium-71.............................         32           1000 (37)
Germanium-75.............................         32           1000 (37)
Germanium-77.............................         32            10 (.37)
Germanium-78.............................         32           1000 (37)
Gold-193.................................         79           100 (3.7)
Gold-194.................................         79            10 (.37)
Gold-195.................................         79           100 (3.7)
Gold-198.................................         79           100 (3.7)
Gold-198m................................         79            10 (.37)
Gold-199.................................         79           100 (3.7)
Gold-200.................................         79           1000 (37)
Gold-200m................................         79            10 (.37)
Gold-201.................................         79           1000 (37)
Hafnium-170..............................         72           100 (3.7)
Hafnium-172..............................         72            1 (.037)
Hafnium-173..............................         72           100 (3.7)
Hafnium-175..............................         72           100 (3.7)
Hafnium-177m.............................         72           1000 (37)
Hafnium-178m.............................         72         0.1 (.0037)
Hafnium-179m.............................         72           100 (3.7)
Hafnium-180m.............................         72           100 (3.7)
Hafnium-181..............................         72            10 (.37)
Hafnium-182..............................         72         0.1 (.0037)
Hafnium-182m.............................         72           100 (3.7)
Hafnium-183..............................         72           100 (3.7)
Hafnium-184..............................         72           100 (3.7)
Holmium-155..............................         67           1000 (37)
Holmium-157..............................         67           1000 (37)
Holmium-159..............................         67           1000 (37)
Holmium-161..............................         67           1000 (37)
Holmium-162..............................         67           1000 (37)
Holmium-162m.............................         67           1000 (37)
Holmium-164..............................         67           1000 (37)
Holmium-164m.............................         67           1000 (37)
Holmium-166..............................         67           100 (3.7)
Holmium-166m.............................         67            1 (.037)
Holmium-167..............................         67           100 (3.7)
Hydrogen-3...............................          1           100 (3.7)
Indium-109...............................         49           100 (3.7)
Indium-110 (4.9 hr)......................         49            10 (.37)
Indium-110 (69.1 min)....................         49           100 (3.7)
Indium-111...............................         49           100 (3.7)
Indium-112...............................         49           1000 (37)
Indium-113m..............................         49           1000 (37)
Indium-114m..............................         49            10 (.37)
Indium-115...............................         49         0.1 (.0037)
Indium-115m..............................         49           100 (3.7)
Indium-116m..............................         49           100 (3.7)
Indium-117...............................         49           1000 (37)
Indium-117m..............................         49           100 (3.7)
Indium-119m..............................         49           1000 (37)
Iodine-120...............................         53            10 (.37)
Iodine-120m..............................         53           100 (3.7)
Iodine-121...............................         53           100 (3.7)
Iodine-123...............................         53            10 (.37)
Iodine-124...............................         53         0.1 (.0037)
Iodine-125...............................         53       0.01 (.00037)
Iodine-126...............................         53       0.01 (.00037)
Iodine-128...............................         53           1000 (37)
Iodine-129...............................         53     0.001 (.000037)
Iodine-130...............................         53            1 (.037)
Iodine-131...............................         53       0.01 (.00037)
Iodine-132...............................         53            10 (.37)
Iodine-132m..............................         53            10 (.37)
Iodine-133...............................         53         0.1 (.0037)
Iodine-134...............................         53           100 (3.7)
Iodine-135...............................         53            10 (.37)
Iridium-182..............................         77           1000 (37)
Iridium-184..............................         77           100 (3.7)
Iridium-185..............................         77           100 (3.7)
Iridium-186..............................         77            10 (.37)
Iridium-187..............................         77           100 (3.7)
Iridium-188..............................         77            10 (.37)
Iridium-189..............................         77           100 (3.7)
Iridium-190..............................         77            10 (.37)
Iridium-190m.............................         77           1000 (37)
Iridium-192..............................         77            10 (.37)
Iridium-192m.............................         77           100 (3.7)
Iridium-194..............................         77           100 (3.7)
Iridium-194m.............................         77            10 (.37)
Iridium-195..............................         77           1000 (37)
Iridium-195m.............................         77           100 (3.7)
Iron-52..................................         26           100 (3.7)
Iron-55..................................         26           100 (3.7)
Iron-59..................................         26            10 (.37)
Iron-60..................................         26         0.1 (.0037)
Krypton-74...............................         36            10 (.37)
Krypton-76...............................         36            10 (.37)
Krypton-77...............................         36            10 (.37)
Krypton-79...............................         36           100 (3.7)
Krypton-81...............................         36           1000 (37)
Krypton-83m..............................         36           1000 (37)
Krypton-85...............................         36           1000 (37)
Krypton-85m..............................         36           100 (3.7)
Krypton-87...............................         36            10 (.37)
Krypton-88...............................         36            10 (.37)
Lanthanum-131............................         57           1000 (37)

[[Page 336]]

 
Lanthanum-132............................         57           100 (3.7)
Lanthanum-135............................         57           1000 (37)
Lanthanum-137............................         57            10 (.37)
Lanthanum-138............................         57            1 (.037)
Lanthanum-140............................         57            10 (.37)
Lanthanum-141............................         57           1000 (37)
Lanthanum-142............................         57           100 (3.7)
Lanthanum-143............................         57           1000 (37)
Lead-195m................................         82           1000 (37)
Lead-198.................................         82           100 (3.7)
Lead-199.................................         82           100 (3.7)
Lead-200.................................         82           100 (3.7)
Lead-201.................................         82           100 (3.7)
Lead-202.................................         82            1 (.037)
Lead-202m................................         82            10 (.37)
Lead-203.................................         82           100 (3.7)
Lead-205.................................         82           100 (3.7)
Lead-209.................................         82           1000 (37)
Lead-210.................................         82       0.01 (.00037)
Lead-211.................................         82           100 (3.7)
Lead-212.................................         82            10 (.37)
Lead-214.................................         82           100 (3.7)
Lutetium-169.............................         71            10 (.37)
Lutetium-170.............................         71            10 (.37)
Lutetium-171.............................         71            10 (.37)
Lutetium-172.............................         71            10 (.37)
Lutetium-173.............................         71           100 (3.7)
Lutetium-174.............................         71            10 (.37)
Lutetium-174m............................         71            10 (.37)
Lutetium-176.............................         71            1 (.037)
Lutetium-176m............................         71           1000 (37)
Lutetium-177.............................         71           100 (3.7)
Lutetium-177m............................         71            10 (.37)
Lutetium-178.............................         71           1000 (37)
Lutetium-178m............................         71           1000 (37)
Lutetium-179.............................         71           1000 (37)
Magnesium-28.............................         12            10 (.37)
Manganese-51.............................         25           1000 (37)
Manganese-52.............................         25            10 (.37)
Manganese-52m............................         25           1000 (37)
Manganese-53.............................         25           1000 (37)
Manganese-54.............................         25            10 (.37)
Manganese-56.............................         25           100 (3.7)
Mendelevium-257..........................        101           100 (3.7)
Mendelevium-258..........................        101            1 (.037)
Mercury-193..............................         80           100 (3.7)
Mercury-193m.............................         80            10 (.37)
Mercury-194..............................         80         0.1 (.0037)
Mercury-195..............................         80           100 (3.7)
Mercury-195m.............................         80           100 (3.7)
Mercury-197..............................         80           1000 (37)
Mercury-197m.............................         80           1000 (37)
Mercury-199m.............................         80           1000 (37)
Mercury-203..............................         80            10 (.37)
Molybdenum-101...........................         42           1000 (37)
Molybdenum-90............................         42           100 (3.7)
Molybdenum-93............................         42           100 (3.7)
Molybdenum-93m...........................         42            10 (.37)
Molybdenum-99............................         42           100 (3.7)
Neodymium-136............................         60           1000 (37)
Neodymium-138............................         60           1000 (37)
Neodymium-139............................         60           1000 (37)
Neodymium-139m...........................         60           100 (3.7)
Neodymium-141............................         60           1000 (37)
Neodymium-147............................         60            10 (.37)
Neodymium-149............................         60           100 (3.7)
Neodymium-151............................         60           1000 (37)
Neptunium-232............................         93           1000 (37)
Neptunium-233............................         93           1000 (37)
Neptunium-234............................         93            10 (.37)
Neptunium-235............................         93           1000 (37)
Neptunium-236 (1.2 E 5 yr)...............         93         0.1 (.0037)
Neptunium-236 (22.5 hr)..................         93           100 (3.7)
Neptunium-237............................         93       0.01 (.00037)
Neptunium-238............................         93            10 (.37)
Neptunium-239............................         93           100 (3.7)
Neptunium-240............................         93           100 (3.7)
Nickel-56................................         28            10 (.37)
Nickel-57................................         28            10 (.37)
Nickel-59................................         28           100 (3.7)
Nickel-63................................         28           100 (3.7)
Nickel-65................................         28           100 (3.7)
Nickel-66................................         28            10 (.37)
Niobium-88...............................         41           100 (3.7)
Niobium-89 (122 min).....................         41           100 (3.7)
Niobium-89 (66 min)......................         41           100 (3.7)
Niobium-90...............................         41            10 (.37)
Niobium-93m..............................         41           100 (3.7)
Niobium-94...............................         41            10 (.37)
Niobium-95...............................         41            10 (.37)
Niobium-95m..............................         41           100 (3.7)
Niobium-96...............................         41            10 (.37)
Niobium-97...............................         41           100 (3.7)
Niobium-98...............................         41           1000 (37)
Osmium-180...............................         76           1000 (37)
Osmium-181...............................         76           100 (3.7)
Osmium-182...............................         76           100 (3.7)
Osmium-185...............................         76            10 (.37)
Osmium-189m..............................         76           1000 (37)
Osmium-191...............................         76           100 (3.7)
Osmium-191m..............................         76           1000 (37)
Osmium-193...............................         76           100 (3.7)
Osmium-194...............................         76            1 (.037)
Palladium-100............................         46           100 (3.7)
Palladium-101............................         46           100 (3.7)
Palladium-103............................         46           100 (3.7)
Palladium-107............................         46           100 (3.7)
Palladium-109............................         46           1000 (37)
Phosphorus-32............................         15         0.1 (.0037)
Phosphorus-33............................         15            1 (.037)
Platinum-186.............................         78           100 (3.7)
Platinum-188.............................         78           100 (3.7)
Platinum-189.............................         78           100 (3.7)
Platinum-191.............................         78           100 (3.7)
Platinum-193.............................         78           1000 (37)
Platinum-193m............................         78           100 (3.7)
Platinum-195m............................         78           100 (3.7)
Platinum-197.............................         78           1000 (37)
Platinum-197m............................         78           1000 (37)
Platinum-199.............................         78           1000 (37)
Platinum-200.............................         78           100 (3.7)
Plutonium-234............................         94           1000 (37)
Plutonium-235............................         94           1000 (37)
Plutonium-236............................         94         0.1 (.0037)
Plutonium-237............................         94           1000 (37)
Plutonium-238............................         94       0.01 (.00037)
Plutonium-239............................         94       0.01 (.00037)
Plutonium-240............................         94       0.01 (.00037)
Plutonium-241............................         94            1 (.037)
Plutonium-242............................         94       0.01 (.00037)
Plutonium-243............................         94           1000 (37)
Plutonium-244............................         94       0.01 (.00037)
Plutonium-245............................         94           100 (3.7)
Polonium-203.............................         84           100 (3.7)
Polonium-205.............................         84           100 (3.7)
Polonium-207.............................         84            10 (.37)

[[Page 337]]

 
Polonium-210.............................         84       0.01 (.00037)
Potassium-40.............................         19            1 (.037)
Potassium-42.............................         19           100 (3.7)
Potassium-43.............................         19            10 (.37)
Potassium-44.............................         19           100 (3.7)
Potassium-45.............................         19           1000 (37)
Praseodymium-136.........................         59           1000 (37)
Praseodymium-137.........................         59           1000 (37)
Praseodymium-138m........................         59           100 (3.7)
Praseodymium-139.........................         59           1000 (37)
Praseodymium-142.........................         59           100 (3.7)
Praseodymium-142m........................         59           1000 (37)
Praseodymium-143.........................         59            10 (.37)
Praseodymium-144.........................         59           1000 (37)
Praseodymium-145.........................         59           1000 (37)
Praseodymium-147.........................         59           1000 (37)
Promethium-141...........................         61           1000 (37)
Promethium-143...........................         61           100 (3.7)
Promethium-144...........................         61            10 (.37)
Promethium-145...........................         61           100 (3.7)
Promethium-146...........................         61            10 (.37)
Promethium-147...........................         61            10 (.37)
Promethium-148...........................         61            10 (.37)
Promethium-148m..........................         61            10 (.37)
Promethium-149...........................         61           100 (3.7)
Promethium-150...........................         61           100 (3.7)
Promethium-151...........................         61           100 (3.7)
Protactinium-227.........................         91           100 (3.7)
Protactinium-228.........................         91            10 (.37)
Protactinium-230.........................         91            10 (.37)
Protactinium-231.........................         91       0.01 (.00037)
Protactinium-232.........................         91            10 (.37)
Protactinium-233.........................         91           100 (3.7)
Protactinium-234.........................         91            10 (.37)
RADIONUCLIDES $[dagger]..................  ...........          1 (.037)
Radium-223...............................         88            1 (.037)
Radium-224...............................         88            10 (.37)
Radium-225...............................         88            1 (.037)
Radium-226 **............................         88         0.1 (.0037)
Radium-227...............................         88           1000 (37)
Radium-228...............................         88         0.1 (.0037)
Radon-220................................         86         0.1 (.0037)
Radon-222................................         86         0.1 (.0037)
Rhenium-177..............................         75           1000 (37)
Rhenium-178..............................         75           1000 (37)
Rhenium-181..............................         75           100 (3.7)
Rhenium-182 (12.7 hr)....................         75            10 (.37)
Rhenium-182 (64.0 hr)....................         75            10 (.37)
Rhenium-184..............................         75            10 (.37)
Rhenium-184m.............................         75            10 (.37)
Rhenium-186..............................         75           100 (3.7)
Rhenium-186m.............................         75            10 (.37)
Rhenium-187..............................         75           1000 (37)
Rhenium-188..............................         75           1000 (37)
Rhenium-188m.............................         75           1000 (37)
Rhenium-189..............................         75           1000 (37)
Rhodium-100..............................         45            10 (.37)
Rhodium-101..............................         45            10 (.37)
Rhodium-101m.............................         45           100 (3.7)
Rhodium-102..............................         45            10 (.37)
Rhodium-102m.............................         45            10 (.37)
Rhodium-103m.............................         45           1000 (37)
Rhodium-105..............................         45           100 (3.7)
Rhodium-106m.............................         45            10 (.37)
Rhodium-107..............................         45           1000 (37)
Rhodium-99...............................         45            10 (.37)
Rhodium-99m..............................         45           100 (3.7)
Rubidium-79..............................         37           1000 (37)
Rubidium-81..............................         37           100 (3.7)
Rubidium-81m.............................         37           1000 (37)
Rubidium-82m.............................         37            10 (.37)
Rubidium-83..............................         37            10 (.37)
Rubidium-84..............................         37            10 (.37)
Rubidium-86..............................         37            10 (.37)
Rubidium-87..............................         37            10 (.37)
Rubidium-88..............................         37           1000 (37)
Rubidium-89..............................         37           1000 (37)
Ruthenium-103............................         44            10 (.37)
Ruthenium-105............................         44           100 (3.7)
Ruthenium-106............................         44            1 (.037)
Ruthenium-94.............................         44           1000 (37)
Ruthenium-97.............................         44           100 (3.7)
Samarium-141.............................         62           1000 (37)
Samarium-141m............................         62           1000 (37)
Samarium-142.............................         62           1000 (37)
Samarium-145.............................         62           100 (3.7)
Samarium-146.............................         62       0.01 (.00037)
Samarium-147.............................         62       0.01 (.00037)
Samarium-151.............................         62            10 (.37)
Samarium-153.............................         62           100 (3.7)
Samarium-155.............................         62           1000 (37)
Samarium-156.............................         62           100 (3.7)
Scandium-43..............................         21           1000 (37)
Scandium-44..............................         21           100 (3.7)
Scandium-44m.............................         21            10 (.37)
Scandium-46..............................         21            10 (.37)
Scandium-47..............................         21           100 (3.7)
Scandium-48..............................         21            10 (.37)
Scandium-49..............................         21           1000 (37)
Selenium-70..............................         34           1000 (37)
Selenium-73..............................         34            10 (.37)
Selenium-73m.............................         34           100 (3.7)
Selenium-75..............................         34            10 (.37)
Selenium-79..............................         34            10 (.37)
Selenium-81..............................         34           1000 (37)
Selenium-81m.............................         34           1000 (37)
Selenium-83..............................         34           1000 (37)
Silicon-31...............................         14           1000 (37)
Silicon-32...............................         14            1 (.037)
Silver-102...............................         47           100 (3.7)
Silver-103...............................         47           1000 (37)
Silver-104...............................         47           1000 (37)
Silver-104m..............................         47           1000 (37)
Silver-105...............................         47            10 (.37)
Silver-106...............................         47           1000 (37)
Silver-106m..............................         47            10 (.37)
Silver-108m..............................         47            10 (.37)
Silver-110m..............................         47            10 (.37)
Silver-111...............................         47            10 (.37)
Silver-112...............................         47           100 (3.7)
Silver-115...............................         47           1000 (37)
Sodium-22................................         11            10 (.37)
Sodium-24................................         11            10 (.37)
Strontium-80.............................         38           100 (3.7)
Strontium-81.............................         38           1000 (37)
Strontium-83.............................         38           100 (3.7)
Strontium-85.............................         38            10 (.37)
Strontium-85m............................         38           1000 (37)
Strontium-87m............................         38           100 (3.7)
Strontium-89.............................         38            10 (.37)
Strontium-90.............................         38         0.1 (.0037)
Strontium-91.............................         38            10 (.37)
Strontium-92.............................         38           100 (3.7)
Sulfur-35................................         16            1 (.037)
Tantalum-172.............................         73           100 (3.7)
Tantalum-173.............................         73           100 (3.7)

[[Page 338]]

 
Tantalum-174.............................         73           100 (3.7)
Tantalum-175.............................         73           100 (3.7)
Tantalum-176.............................         73            10 (.37)
Tantalum-177.............................         73           1000 (37)
Tantalum-178.............................         73           1000 (37)
Tantalum-179.............................         73           1000 (37)
Tantalum-180.............................         73           100 (3.7)
Tantalum-180m............................         73           1000 (37)
Tantalum-182.............................         73            10 (.37)
Tantalum-182m............................         73           1000 (37)
Tantalum-183.............................         73           100 (3.7)
Tantalum-184.............................         73            10 (.37)
Tantalum-185.............................         73           1000 (37)
Tantalum-186.............................         73           1000 (37)
Technetium-101...........................         43           1000 (37)
Technetium-104...........................         43           1000 (37)
Technetium-93............................         43           100 (3.7)
Technetium-93m...........................         43           1000 (37)
Technetium-94............................         43            10 (.37)
Technetium-94m...........................         43           100 (3.7)
Technetium-96............................         43            10 (.37)
Technetium-96m...........................         43           1000 (37)
Technetium-97............................         43           100 (3.7)
Technetium-97m...........................         43           100 (3.7)
Technetium-98............................         43            10 (.37)
Technetium-99............................         43            10 (.37)
Technetium-99m...........................         43           100 (3.7)
Tellurium-116............................         52           1000 (37)
Tellurium-121............................         52            10 (.37)
Tellurium-121m...........................         52            10 (.37)
Tellurium-123............................         52            10 (.37)
Tellurium-123m...........................         52            10 (.37)
Tellurium-125m...........................         52            10 (.37)
Tellurium-127............................         52           1000 (37)
Tellurium-127m...........................         52            10 (.37)
Tellurium-129............................         52           1000 (37)
Tellurium-129m...........................         52            10 (.37)
Tellurium-131............................         52           1000 (37)
Tellurium-131m...........................         52            10 (.37)
Tellurium-132............................         52            10 (.37)
Tellurium-133............................         52           1000 (37)
Tellurium-133m...........................         52           1000 (37)
Tellurium-134............................         52           1000 (37)
Terbium-147..............................         65           100 (3.7)
Terbium-149..............................         65           100 (3.7)
Terbium-150..............................         65           100 (3.7)
Terbium-151..............................         65            10 (.37)
Terbium-153..............................         65           100 (3.7)
Terbium-154..............................         65            10 (.37)
Terbium-155..............................         65           100 (3.7)
Terbium-156..............................         65            10 (.37)
Terbium-156m (24.4 hr)...................         65           1000 (37)
Terbium-156m (5.0 hr)....................         65           1000 (37)
Terbium-157..............................         65           100 (3.7)
Terbium-158..............................         65            10 (.37)
Terbium-160..............................         65            10 (.37)
Terbium-161..............................         65           100 (3.7)
Thallium-194.............................         81           1000 (37)
Thallium-194m............................         81           100 (3.7)
Thallium-195.............................         81           100 (3.7)
Thallium-197.............................         81           100 (3.7)
Thallium-198.............................         81            10 (.37)
Thallium-198m............................         81           100 (3.7)
Thallium-199.............................         81           100 (3.7)
Thallium-200.............................         81            10 (.37)
Thallium-201.............................         81           1000 (37)
Thallium-202.............................         81            10 (.37)
Thallium-204.............................         81            10 (.37)
Thorium (Irradiated).....................         90                 ***
Thorium (Natural)........................         90                  **
Thorium-226..............................         90           100 (3.7)
Thorium-227..............................         90            1 (.037)
Thorium-228..............................         90       0.01 (.00037)
Thorium-229..............................         90     0.001 (.000037)
Thorium-230..............................         90       0.01 (.00037)
Thorium-231..............................         90           100 (3.7)
Thorium-232 **...........................         90     0.001 (.000037)
Thorium-234..............................         90           100 (3.7)
Thulium-162..............................         69           1000 (37)
Thulium-166..............................         69            10 (.37)
Thulium-167..............................         69           100 (3.7)
Thulium-170..............................         69            10 (.37)
Thulium-171..............................         69           100 (3.7)
Thulium-172..............................         69           100 (3.7)
Thulium-173..............................         69           100 (3.7)
Thulium-175..............................         69           1000 (37)
Tin-110..................................         50           100 (3.7)
Tin-111..................................         50           1000 (37)
Tin-113..................................         50            10 (.37)
Tin-117m.................................         50           100 (3.7)
Tin-119m.................................         50            10 (.37)
Tin-121..................................         50           1000 (37)
Tin-121m.................................         50            10 (.37)
Tin-123..................................         50            10 (.37)
Tin-123m.................................         50           1000 (37)
Tin-125..................................         50            10 (.37)
Tin-126..................................         50            1 (.037)
Tin-127..................................         50           100 (3.7)
Tin-128..................................         50           1000 (37)
Titanium-44..............................         22            1 (.037)
Titanium-45..............................         22           1000 (37)
Tungsten-176.............................         74           1000 (37)
Tungsten-177.............................         74           100 (3.7)
Tungsten-178.............................         74           100 (3.7)
Tungsten-179.............................         74           1000 (37)
Tungsten-181.............................         74           100 (3.7)
Tungsten-185.............................         74            10 (.37)
Tungsten-187.............................         74           100 (3.7)
Tungsten-188.............................         74            10 (.37)
Uranium (Depleted).......................         92                 ***
Uranium (Irradiated).....................         92                 ***
Uranium (Natural)........................         92                  **
Uranium Enriched 20% or greater..........         92                 ***
Uranium Enriched less than 20%...........         92                 ***
Uranium-230..............................         92            1 (.037)
Uranium-231..............................         92           1000 (37)
Uranium-232..............................         92       0.01 (.00037)
Uranium-233..............................         92         0.1 (.0037)
Uranium-234 **...........................         92         0.1 (.0037)
Uranium-235 **...........................         92         0.1 (.0037)
Uranium-236..............................         92         0.1 (.0037)
Uranium-237..............................         92           100 (3.7)
Uranium-238 **...........................         92         0.1 (.0037)
Uranium-239..............................         92           1000 (37)
Uranium-240..............................         92           1000 (37)
Vanadium-47..............................         23           1000 (37)
Vanadium-48..............................         23            10 (.37)
Vanadium-49..............................         23           1000 (37)
Xenon-120................................         54           100 (3.7)
Xenon-121................................         54            10 (.37)
Xenon-122................................         54           100 (3.7)
Xenon-123................................         54            10 (.37)
Xenon-125................................         54           100 (3.7)
Xenon-127................................         54           100 (3.7)

[[Page 339]]

 
Xenon-129m...............................         54           1000 (37)
Xenon-131m...............................         54           1000 (37)
Xenon-133................................         54           1000 (37)
Xenon-133m...............................         54           1000 (37)
Xenon-135................................         54           100 (3.7)
Xenon-135m...............................         54            10 (.37)
Xenon-138................................         54            10 (.37)
Ytterbium-162............................         70           1000 (37)
Ytterbium-166............................         70            10 (.37)
Ytterbium-167............................         70           1000 (37)
Ytterbium-169............................         70            10 (.37)
Ytterbium-175............................         70           100 (3.7)
Ytterbium-177............................         70           1000 (37)
Ytterbium-178............................         70           1000 (37)
Yttrium-86...............................         39            10 (.37)
Yttrium-86m..............................         39           1000 (37)
Yttrium-87...............................         39            10 (.37)
Yttrium-88...............................         39            10 (.37)
Yttrium-90...............................         39            10 (.37)
Yttrium-90m..............................         39           100 (3.7)
Yttrium-91...............................         39            10 (.37)
Yttrium-91m..............................         39           1000 (37)
Yttrium-92...............................         39           100 (3.7)
Yttrium-93...............................         39           100 (3.7)
Yttrium-94...............................         39           1000 (37)
Yttrium-95...............................         39           1000 (37)
Zinc-62..................................         30           100 (3.7)
Zinc-63..................................         30           1000 (37)
Zinc-65..................................         30            10 (.37)
Zinc-69..................................         30           1000 (37)
Zinc-69m.................................         30           100 (3.7)
Zinc-71m.................................         30           100 (3.7)
Zinc-72..................................         30           100 (3.7)
Zirconium-86.............................         40           100 (3.7)
Zirconium-88.............................         40            10 (.37)
Zirconium-89.............................         40           100 (3.7)
Zirconium-93.............................         40            1 (.037)
Zirconium-95.............................         40            10 (.37)
Zirconium-97.............................         40            10 (.37)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
$ The RQs for all radionuclides apply to chemical compounds containing
  the radionuclides and elemental forms regardless of the diameter of
  pieces of solid material.
[dagger] The RQ of one curie applies to all radionuclides not otherwise
  listed. Whenever the RQs in TABLE 1--HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES OTHER THAN
  RADIONUCLIDES and this table conflict, the lowest RQ shall apply. For
  example, uranyl acetate and uranyl nitrate have RQs shown in TABLE 1
  of 100 pounds, equivalent to about one-tenth the RQ level for uranium-
  238 in this table.
** The method to determine the RQs for mixtures or solutions of
  radionuclides can be found in paragraph 7 of the note preceding TABLE
  1 of this appendix. RQs for the following four common radionuclide
  mixtures are provided: radium-226 in secular equilibrium with its
  daughters (0.053 curie); natural uranium (0.1 curie); natural uranium
  in secular equilibrium with its daughters (0.052 curie); and natural
  thorium in secular equilibrium with its daughters (0.011 curie).
*** Indicates that the name was added by PHMSA because it appears in the
  list of radionuclides in 49 CFR 173.435. The reportable quantity (RQ),
  if not specifically listed elsewhere in this appendix, shall be
  determined in accordance with the procedures in paragraph 7 of this
  appendix.

         Appendix B to Sec.172.101--List of Marine Pollutants

    1. See Sec.171.4 of this subchapter for applicability to marine 
pollutants. This appendix lists potential marine pollutants as defined 
in Sec.171.8 of this subchapter.
    2. Marine pollutants listed in this appendix are not necessarily 
listed by name in the Sec.172.101 Table. If a marine pollutant not 
listed by name or by synonym in the Sec.172.101 Table meets the 
definition of any hazard Class 1 through 8, then you must determine the 
class and division of the material in accordance with Sec.173.2a of 
this subchapter. You must also select the most appropriate hazardous 
material description and proper shipping name. If a marine pollutant not 
listed by name or by synonym in the Sec.172.101 Table does not meet 
the definition of any Class 1 through 8, then you must offer it for 
transportation under the most appropriate of the following two Class 9 
entries: ``Environmentally hazardous substances, liquid, n.o.s.,'' 
UN3082, or ``Environmentally hazardous substances, solid, n.o.s.'' 
UN3077.
    3. This appendix contains two columns. The first column, entitled 
``S.M.P.'' (for severe marine pollutants), identifies whether a material 
is a severe marine pollutant. If the letters ``PP'' appear in this 
column for a material, the material is a severe marine pollutant, 
otherwise it is not. The second column, entitled ``Marine Pollutant'' , 
lists the marine pollutants.
    4. If a material is not listed in this appendix and meets the 
criteria for a marine pollutant as provided in Chapter 2.9 of the IMDG 
Code, (incorporated by reference; see Sec.171.7 of this subchapter), 
the material may be transported as a marine pollutant in accordance with 
the applicable requirements of this subchapter.
    5. If a material or a solution meeting the definition of a marine 
pollutant in Sec.171.8 of this subchapter does not meet the criteria 
for a marine pollutant as provided in section 2.9.3.3 and 2.9.3.4 of the 
IMDG Code, (incorporated by reference; see Sec.171.7 of this 
subchapter), it may be excepted from the requirements of this subchapter 
as a marine pollutant if that exception is approved by the Associate 
Administrator.

                        List of Marine Pollutants
------------------------------------------------------------------------
           S.M.P. (1)                      Marine pollutant (2)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 Acetone cyanohydrin, stabilized
                                 Acetylene tetrabromide
                                 Acetylene tetrachloride
                                 Acraldehyde, inhibited
                                 Acroleic acid, stabilized
                                 Acrolein, inhibited
                                 Acrolein, stabilized
                                 Acrylic acid, stabilized
                                 Acrylic aldehyde, inhibited
                                 Alcohol C-12 - C-16 poly(1-6)
                                  ethoxylate
                                 Alcohol C-6 - C-17 (secondary)poly(3-6)
                                  ethoxylate
                                 Aldicarb
PP                               Aldrin
                                 Alkyl (c12-c14) dimethylamine
                                 Alkyl (c7-c9) nitrates
                                 Alkybenzenesulphonates, branched and
                                  straight chain (excluding C11-C13
                                  straight chain or branched chain
                                  homologues)

[[Page 340]]

 
                                 Allyl alcohol
                                 Allyl bromide
                                 ortho-Aminoanisole
                                 Aminobenzene
                                 Aminocarb
                                 Ammonia, anhydrous (I)
                                 Ammonia solution, relative density less
                                  than 0.880 at 15 degrees C in water,
                                  with more than 50 percent ammonia
                                 Ammonia solution relative density less
                                  than 0.880 at 15 degrees C in water,
                                  with more than 35% but not more than
                                  50% ammonia
                                 Ammonia solution, relative density
                                  between 0.880 and 0.957 at 15 degrees
                                  C in water, with more than 10 percent
                                  but not more than 35 percent ammonia,
                                  by mass
                                 Ammonium dinitro-o-cresolate
                                 n-Amylbenzene
                                 Aniline
                                 Aniline oil
PP                               Azinphos-ethyl
PP                               Azinphos-methyl
                                 Barium cyanide
                                 Bendiocarb
                                 Benomyl
                                 Benquinox
                                 Benzyl chlorocarbonate
                                 Benzyl chloroformate
PP                               Binapacryl
                                 N,N-Bis (2-hydroxyethyl) oleamide (LOA)
                                 Bleaching powder
PP                               Brodifacoum
                                 Bromine cyanide
                                 Bromoacetone
                                 Bromoallylene
                                 Bromobenzene
                                 ortho-Bromobenzyl cyanide
                                 Bromocyane
                                 Bromoform
PP                               Bromophos-ethyl
                                 3-Bromopropene
                                 Bromoxynil
                                 Butanedione
                                 2-Butenal, stabilized
                                 Butyl benzyl phthalate
                                 Butylbenzenes
                                 N-tert-butyl-N-cyclopropyl-6-methylthio-
                                  1,3,5-triazine-2,4-diamine
                                 2,4-Di-tert-butylphenol
PP                               2, 6-Di-tert-Butylphenol
                                 para-tertiary-butyltoluene
PP                               Cadmium compounds
                                 Cadmium sulphide
                                 Calcium arsenate
                                 Calcium arsenate and calcium arsenite,
                                  mixtures, solid
                                 Calcium cyanide
                                 Calcium hypochlorite, dry with more
                                  than 39% available chlorine (8.8%
                                  available oxygen)
                                 Calcium hypochlorite mixture, dry with
                                  more than 10% but not more than 39%
                                  available chlorine
                                 Calcium hypochlorite mixture, dry with
                                  more than 39% available chlorine (8.8%
                                  available oxygen)
                                 Calcium hypochlorite mixture, dry,
                                  corrosive with more than 10% but not
                                  more than 39% available chlorine
                                 Calcium hypochlorite mixture, dry,
                                  corrosive with more than 39% available
                                  chlorine (8.8% available oxygen)
                                 Calcium hypochlorite, hydrated with not
                                  less than 5.5% but not more than 16%
                                  water
                                 Calcium hypochlorite, hydrated,
                                  corrosive with not less than 5.5% but
                                  not more than 16% water
                                 Calcium hypochlorite, hydrated mixture
                                  with not less than 5.5% but not more
                                  than 16% water
                                 Calcium hypochlorite, hydrated mixture,
                                  corrosive with not less than 5.5% but
                                  not more than 16% water
PP                               Camphechlor
                                 Carbaryl
                                 Carbendazim
                                 Carbofuran
                                 Carbon tetrabromide
                                 Carbon tetrachloride
PP                               Carbophenothion
                                 Cartap hydrochloride
PP                               Chlordane
                                 Chlorfenvinphos
PP                               Chlorinated paraffins (C-10 - C-13)
PP                               Chlorinated paraffins (C14-C17), with
                                  more than 1% shorter chain length
                                 Chlorine
                                 Chlorine cyanide, inhibited
                                 Chlormephos
                                 Chloroacetone, stabilized
                                 1-Chloro-2,3-Epoxypropane
                                 2-Chloro-6-nitrotoluene
                                 4-Chloro-2-nitrotoluene
                                 Chloro-ortho-nitrotoluene
                                 2-Chloro-5-trifluoromethylnitrobenzene
                                 para-Chlorobenzyl chloride, liquid or
                                  solid
                                 Chlorodinitrobenzenes, liquid or solid
                                 1-Chloroheptane
                                 1-Chlorohexane
                                 Chloronitroanilines
                                 Chloronitrotoluenes, liquid
                                 Chloronitrotoluenes, solid
                                 1-Chlorooctane
PP                               Chlorophenolates, liquid
PP                               Chlorophenolates, solid
                                 Chlorophenyltrichlorosilane
                                 Chloropicrin
                                 alpha-Chloropropylene
                                 ortho-Chlorotoluene
PP                               Chlorpyriphos
PP                               Chlorthiophos
                                 Cocculus
                                 Coconitrile
                                 Copper acetoarsenite
                                 Copper arsenite
PP                               Copper chloride
PP                               Copper chloride solution
PP                               Copper cyanide
PP                               Copper metal powder
PP                               Copper sulphate, anhydrous, hydrates
                                 Coumachlor
PP                               Coumaphos
                                 Creosote salts
PP                               Cresyl diphenyl phosphate
                                 Crotonaldehyde, stabilized
                                 Crotonic aldehyde, stabilized
                                 Crotoxyphos
                                 Cupric arsenite
PP                               Cupric chloride
PP                               Cupric cyanide
PP                               Cupric sulfate
                                 Cupriethylenediamine solution
PP                               Cuprous chloride
                                 Cyanide mixtures
                                 Cyanide solutions
                                 Cyanides, inorganic, n.o.s.
                                 Cyanogen bromide

[[Page 341]]

 
                                 Cyanogen chloride, inhibited
                                 Cyanogen chloride, stabilized
                                 Cyanophos
PP                               1,5,9-Cyclododecatriene
                                 Cycloheptane
PP                               Cyhexatin
PP                               Cymenes (o-;m-;p-)
PP                               Cypermethrin
                                 Decyl acrylate
PP                               DDT
                                 Decycloxytetrahydrothiophene dioxide
                                 DEF
                                 Desmedipham
                                 Di-allate
                                 Di-n-Butyl phthalate
PP                               Dialifos
                                 4,4'-Diaminodiphenylmethane
PP                               Diazinon
                                 1,3-Dibromobenzene
PP                               Dichlofenthion
                                 Dichloroanilines
                                 1,3-Dichlorobenzene
                                 1,4-Dichlorobenzene
                                 Dichlorobenzene (meta-; para-)
                                 2,2-Dichlorodiethyl ether
                                 Dichlorodimethyl ether, symmetrical
                                 Di-(2-chloroethyl) ether
                                 1,1-Dichloroethylene, inhibited
                                 1,6-Dichlorohexane
                                 2,4-Dichlorophenol
                                 Dichlorophenyltrichlorosilane
                                 1,3-Dichloropropene
PP                               Dichlorvos
PP                               Diclofop-methyl
                                 Dicrotophos
PP                               Dieldrin
                                 Diisopropylbenzenes
                                 Diisopropylnaphthalenes, mixed isomers
PP                               Dimethoate
                                 Dimethyl disulphide
PP                               N,N-Dimethyldodecylamine
                                 Dimethylhydrazine, symmetrical
                                 Dimethylhydrazine, unsymmetrical
                                 Dinitro-o-cresol, solid
                                 Dinitro-o-cresol, solution
                                 Dinitrochlorobenzenes, liquid or solid
                                 Dinitrophenol, dry or wetted with less
                                  than 15 per cent water, by mass
                                 Dinitrophenol solutions
                                 Dinitrophenol, wetted with not less
                                  than 15 per cent water, by mass
                                 Dinitrophenolates alkali metals, dry or
                                  wetted with less than 15 per cent
                                  water, by mass
                                 Dinitrophenolates, wetted with not less
                                  than 15 per cent water, by mass
                                 Dinitrotoluenes, liquid
                                 Dinitrotoluenes, molton
                                 Dintrotoluenes, solid
                                 Dinobuton
                                 Dinoseb
                                 Dinoseb acetate
                                 Dioxacarb
                                 Dioxathion
                                 Dipentene
                                 Diphacinone
                                 Diphenyl
PP                               Diphenylamine chloroarsine
PP                               Diphenylchloroarsine, solid or liquid
                                 Disulfoton
                                 1,4-Di-tert-butylbenzene
                                 DNOC
                                 DNOC (pesticide)
                                 Dodecene
                                 Dodecyl diphenyl oxide disulphonate
PP                               Dodecyl hydroxypropyl sulfide
                                 1-Dodecylamine
PP                               Dodecylphenol
                                 Drazoxolon
                                 Edifenphos
PP                               Endosulfan
PP                               Endrin
                                 Epibromohydrin
                                 Epichlorohydrin
PP                               EPN
PP                               Esfenvalerate
PP                               Ethion
                                 Ethoprophos
                                 Ethyl fluid
                                 Ethyl mercaptan
                                 2-Ethylhexyl nitrate
                                 2-Ethyl-3-propylacrolein
                                 Ethyl tetraphosphate
                                 Ethyldichloroarsine
                                 Ethylene dibromide and methyl bromide
                                  mixtures, liquid
                                 2-Ethylhexaldehyde
                                 Fenamiphos
PP                               Fenbutatin oxide
PP                               Fenchlorazole-ethyl
PP                               Fenitrothion
PP                               Fenoxapro-ethyl
PP                               Fenoxaprop-P-ethyl
PP                               Fenpropathrin
                                 Fensulfothion
PP                               Fenthion
PP                               Fentin acetate
PP                               Fentin hydroxide
                                 Ferric arsenate
                                 Ferric arsenite
                                 Ferrous arsenate
PP                               Fonofos
                                 Formetanate
PP                               Furathiocarb (ISO)
PP                               gamma-BHC
                                 Gasoline, leaded
PP                               Heptachlor
                                 Heptanes
                                 Heptenophos
                                 n-Heptaldehyde
                                 n-Heptylbenzene
                                 normal-Heptyl chloride
PP                               Hexachlorobutadiene
PP                               1,3-Hexachlorobutadiene
                                 Hexaethyl tetraphosphate liquid
                                 Hexaethyl tetraphosphate, solid
                                 Hexane
                                 normal-Hexyl chloride
                                 n-Hexylbenzene
                                 Hydrocyanic acid, anhydrous,
                                  stabilized, containing less than 3%
                                  water
                                 Hydrocyanic acid, anhydrous,
                                  stabilized, containing less than 3%
                                  water and absorbed in a porous inert
                                  material
                                 Hydrocyanic acid, aqueous solutions not
                                  more than 20% hydrocyanic acid
                                 Hydrogen cyanide solution in alcohol,
                                  with not more than 45% hydrogen
                                  cyanide
                                 Hydrogen cyanide, stabilized with less
                                  than 3% water
                                 Hydrogen cyanide, stabilized with less
                                  than 3% water and absorbed in a porous
                                  inert material
                                 Hydroxydimethylbenzenes, liquid or
                                  solid

[[Page 342]]

 
                                 Hypochlorite solutions
                                 Ioxynil
                                 Isobenzan
                                 Isobutyl butyrate
                                 Isobutylbenzene
                                 Isodecyl acrylate
                                 Isodecyl diphenyl phosphate
                                 Isofenphos
                                 Isooctane
                                 Isooctyl nitrate
                                 Isoprene, stabilized
                                 Isoprocarb
                                 Isotetramethylbenzene
PP                               Isoxathion
                                 Lead acetate
                                 Lead arsenates
                                 Lead arsenites
                                 Lead compounds, soluble, n.o.s.
                                 Lead cyanide
                                 Lead nitrate
                                 Lead perchlorate, solid or solution
                                 Lead tetraethyl
                                 Lead tetramethyl
PP                               Lindane
                                 Linuron
                                 London Purple
                                 Magnesium arsenate
                                 Malathion
                                 Mancozeb (ISO)
                                 Maneb
                                 Maneb preparations with not less than
                                  60% maneb
                                 Maneb preparation, stabilized against
                                  self-heating
                                 Maneb stabilized or Maneb preparations,
                                  stabilized against self-heating
                                 Manganese ethylene-1,2-bis
                                  dithiocarbamate
                                 Manganese ethylene-1,2-bis-
                                  dithiocarbamate, stabilized against
                                  self-heating
                                 Mecarbam
                                 Mephosfolan
                                 Mercaptodimethur
PP                               Mercuric acetate
PP                               Mercuric ammonium chloride
PP                               Mercuric arsenate
PP                               Mercuric benzoate
PP                               Mercuric bisulphate
PP                               Mercuric bromide
PP                               Mercuric chloride
PP                               Mercuric cyanide
PP                               Mercuric gluconate
                                 Mercuric iodide
PP                               Mercuric nitrate
PP                               Mercuric oleate
PP                               Mercuric oxide
PP                               Mercuric oxycyanide, desensitized
PP                               Mercuric potassium cyanide
PP                               Mercuric Sulphate
PP                               Mercuric thiocyanate
PP                               Mercurol
PP                               Mercurous acetate
PP                               Mercurous bisulphate
PP                               Mercurous bromide
PP                               Mercurous chloride
PP                               Mercurous nitrate
PP                               Mercurous salicylate
PP                               Mercurous sulphate
PP                               Mercury acetates
PP                               Mercury ammonium chloride
PP                               Mercury based pesticide, liquid,
                                  flammable, toxic
PP                               Mercury based pesticides, liquid,
                                  toxic, flammable
PP                               Mercury based pesticides, liquid, toxic
PP                               Mercury based pesticides, solid, toxic
PP                               Mercury benzoate
PP                               Mercury bichloride
PP                               Mercury bisulphates
PP                               Mercury bromides
PP                               Mercury compounds, liquid, n.o.s.
PP                               Mercury compounds, solid, n.o.s.
PP                               Mercury cyanide
PP                               Mercury gluconate
PP                               Mercury (I) (mercurous) compounds
                                  (pesticides)
PP                               Mercury (II) (mercuric) compounds
                                  (pesticides)
                                 Mercury iodide
PP                               Mercury nucleate
PP                               Mercury oleate
PP                               Mercury oxide
PP                               Mercury oxycyanide, desensitized
PP                               Mercury potassium cyanide
PP                               Mercury potassium iodide
PP                               Mercury salicylate
PP                               Mercury sulfates
PP                               Mercury thiocyanate
                                 Mesitylene
                                 Metam-sodium
                                 Methamidophos
                                 Methanethiol
                                 Methidathion
                                 Methomyl
                                 ortho-Methoxyaniline
                                 Methyl bromide and ethylene dibromide
                                  mixtures, liquid
                                 Methyl disulphide
                                 Methyl mercaptan
                                 2-Methyl-2-phenylpropane
                                 3-Methylacroleine, stabilized
                                 N-Methylaniline
                                 Methylchlorobenzenes
                                 Methylcyclohexane
                                 Methyldinitrobenzenes, liquid
                                 Methyldinitrobenzenes, molten
                                 Methyldinitrobenzenes, solid
                                 Methyldithiomethane
                                 2-Methylheptane
                                 Methylnitrophenols
                                 2-Methylpentane
                                 3-Methylpyradine
                                 Methyltrithion
                                 Methylvinylbenzenes, inhibited
PP                               Mevinphos
                                 Mexacarbate
                                 Mirex
                                 Monocrotophos
                                 Motor fuel anti-knock mixtures
                                 Motor fuel anti-knock mixtures or
                                  compounds
                                 Nabam
                                 Naled
                                 Naphthalene, crude or Naphthalene,
                                  refined
                                 Napthalene, molten
PP                               Nickel carbonyl
PP                               Nickel cyanide
PP                               Nickel tetracarbonyl
                                 3-Nitro-4-chlorobenzotrifluoride
                                 Nitrobenzene
                                 Nitrobenzotrifluorides, liquid or solid
                                 Nonanes
                                 Nonylphenol
                                 normal-Octaldehyde
                                 Octanes
                                 Oleylamine
PP                               Organotin compounds, liquid, n.o.s.
PP                               Organotin compounds (pesticides)
PP                               Organotin compounds, solid, n.o.s.
PP                               Organotin pesticides, liquid,
                                  flammable, toxic, n.o.s., flash point
                                  less than 23deg C

[[Page 343]]

 
PP                               Organotin pesticides, liquid, toxic,
                                  flammable, n.o.s.
PP                               Organotin pesticides, liquid, toxic,
                                  n.o.s.
PP                               Organotin pesticides, solid, toxic,
                                  n.o.s.
                                 Orthoarsenic acid
PP                               Osmium tetroxide
                                 Oxamyl
                                 Oxydisulfoton
                                 Paraoxon
PP                               Parathion
PP                               Parathion-methyl
PP                               PCBs.
                                 Pentachloroethane
PP                               Pentachlorophenol
                                 Pentalin
                                 n-Pentylbenzene
                                 Perchloroethylene
                                 Perchloromethylmercaptan
                                 Petrol, leaded
PP                               Phenarsazine chloride
                                 d-Phenothrin
PP                               Phenthoate
                                 Phenylamine
                                 1-Phenylbutane
                                 2-Phenylbutane
                                 Phenylcyclohexane
PP                               Phenylmercuric acetate
PP                               Phenylmercuric compounds, n.o.s.
PP                               Phenylmercuric hydroxide
PP                               Phenylmercuric nitrate
PP                               Phorate
PP                               Phosalone
                                 Phosmet
PP                               Phosphamidon
PP                               Phosphorus, white, molten
PP                               Phosphorus, white or yellow dry or
                                  under water or in solution
PP                               Phosphorus white, or yellow, molten
PP                               Phosphorus, yellow, molten
                                 Pindone (and salts of)
                                 Pine Oil
                                 alpha-Pinene
                                 Pirimicarb
PP                               Pirimiphos-ethyl
PP                               Polychlorinated biphenyls
PP                               Polyhalogenated biphenyls, liquid or
                                  Terphenyls liquid
PP                               Polyhalogenated biphenyls, solid or
                                  Terphenyls, solid
PP                               Potassium cuprocyanide
                                 Potassium cyanide, solid
                                 Potassium cyanide, solution
PP                               Potassium cyanocuprate (I)
PP                               Potassium cyanomercurate
PP                               Potassium mercuric iodide
                                 Promecarb
                                 Propachlor
                                 Propaphos
                                 Propenal, inhibited
                                 Propenoic acid, stabilized
                                 Propenyl alcohol
                                 Propoxur
                                 Propylene tetramer
                                 Prothoate
                                 Prussic acid, anhydrous, stabilized
                                 Prussic acid, anhydrous, stabilized,
                                  absorbed in a porous inert material
PP                               Pyrazophos
                                 Quinalphos
PP                               Quizalofop
PP                               Quizalofop-p-ethyl
                                 Rotenone
                                 Salithion
PP                               Silafluofen
                                 Silver arsenite
                                 Silver cyanide
                                 Silver orthoarsenite
PP                               Sodium copper cyanide, solid
PP                               Sodium copper cyanide solution
PP                               Sodium cuprocyanide, solid
PP                               Sodium cuprocyanide, solution
                                 Sodium cyanide, solid
                                 Sodium cyanide, solution
                                 Sodium dinitro-o-cresolate, dry or
                                  wetted with less than 15 per cent
                                  water, by mass
                                 Sodium dinitro-ortho-cresolate, wetted
                                  with not less than 15 per cent water,
                                  by mass
                                 Sodium hypochlorite solution
PP                               Sodium pentachlorophenate
                                 Strychnine or Strychnine salts
                                 Sulfotep
PP                               Sulprophos
                                 Tallow nitrile
                                 Temephos
                                 TEPP
PP                               Terbufos
                                 Tetrabromoethane
                                 Tetrabromomethane
                                 1,1,2,2-Tetrachloroethane
                                 Tetrachloroethylene
                                 Tetrachloromethane
                                 Tetraethyl dithiopyrophosphate
PP                               Tetraethyl lead, liquid
                                 Tetramethrin
                                 Tetramethyllead
                                 Tetrapropylene
                                 Thallium chlorate
                                 Thallium compounds, n.o.s.
                                 Thallium compounds (pesticides)
                                 Thallium nitrate
                                 Thallium sulfate
                                 Thallous chlorate
                                 Thiocarbonyl tetrachloride
                                 Toluidines, liquid
                                 Toluidines, solid
                                 Triaryl phosphates, isopropylated
PP                               Triaryl phosphates, n.o.s.
                                 Triazophos
                                 Tribromomethane
PP                               Tributyltin compounds
                                 Trichlorfon
PP                               1,2,3--Trichlorobenzene
                                 Trichlorobenzenes, liquid
                                 Trichlorobutene
                                 Trichlorobutylene
                                 Trichloromethane sulphuryl chloride
                                 Trichloromethyl sulphochloride
                                 Trichloronat
                                 Tricresyl phosphate (less than 1% ortho-
                                  isomer)
PP                               Tricresyl phosphate, not less than 1%
                                  ortho-isomer but not more than 3%
                                  orthoisomer
PP                               Tricresyl phosphate with more than 3
                                  per cent ortho isomer
                                 Triethylbenzene
                                 Triisopropylated phenyl phosphates
                                 1,3,5-Trimethylbenzene
                                 Trimethylene dichloride
                                 2,2,4-Trimethylpentane
PP                               Triphenylphosphate
                                 Triphenyl phosphate/tert-butylated
                                  triphenyl phosphates mixtures
                                  containing 5% to 10% triphenyl
                                  phosphates

[[Page 344]]

 
PP                               Triphenyl phosphate/tert-butylated
                                  triphenyl phosphates mixtures
                                  containing 10% to 48% triphenyl
                                  phosphates
PP                               Triphenyltin compounds
                                 Tripropylene
                                 Tritolyl phosphate (less than 1% ortho-
                                  isomer)
PP                               Tritolyl phosphate (not less than 1%
                                  ortho-isomer)
                                 Trixylenyl phosphate
                                 Turpentine
                                 Vinylidene chloride, stabilized
                                 Warfarin (and salts of)
PP                               White phosphorus, dry
PP                               White phosphorus, wet
                                 White spirit, low (15-20%) aromatic
PP                               Yellow phosphorus, dry
PP                               Yellow phosphorus, wet
                                 Zinc bromide
                                 Zinc chloride, anhydrous
                                 Zinc chloride solution
                                 Zinc cyanide
------------------------------------------------------------------------


[Amdt. 172-173, 55 FR 52474, Dec. 21, 1990]

    Editorial Note: For Federal Register citations affecting Sec.
172.101, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the 
Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov.



Sec.172.102  Special provisions.

    (a) General. When column 7 of the Sec.172.101 table refers to a 
special provision for a hazardous material, the meaning and requirements 
of that provision are as set forth in this section. When a special 
provision specifies packaging or packaging requirements--
    (1) The special provision is in addition to the standard 
requirements for all packagings prescribed in Sec.173.24 of this 
subchapter and any other applicable packaging requirements in subparts A 
and B of part 173 of this subchapter; and
    (2) To the extent a special provision imposes limitations or 
additional requirements on the packaging provisions set forth in column 
8 of the Sec.172.101 table, packagings must conform to the 
requirements of the special provision.
    (b) Description of codes for special provisions. Special provisions 
contain packaging provisions, prohibitions, exceptions from requirements 
for particular quantities or forms of materials and requirements or 
prohibitions applicable to specific modes of transportation, as follows:
    (1) A code consisting only of numbers (for example, ``11'') is 
multi-modal in application and may apply to bulk and non-bulk 
packagings.
    (2) A code containing the letter ``A'' refers to a special provision 
which applies only to transportation by aircraft.
    (3) A code containing the letter ``B'' refers to a special provision 
that applies only to bulk packaging requirements. Unless otherwise 
provided in this subchapter, these special provisions do not apply to 
UN, IM Specification portable tanks or IBCs.
    (4) A code containing the letters ``IB'' or ``IP'' refers to a 
special provision that applies only to transportation in IBCs.
    (5) A code containing the letter ``N'' refers to a special provision 
which applies only to non-bulk packaging requirements.
    (6) A code containing the letter ``R'' refers to a special provision 
which applies only to transportation by rail.
    (7) A code containing the letter ``T'' refers to a special provision 
which applies only to transportation in UN or IM Specification portable 
tanks.
    (8) A code containing the letters ``TP'' refers to a portable tank 
special provision for UN or IM Specification portable tanks that is in 
addition to those provided by the portable tank instructions or the 
requirements in part 178 of this subchapter.
    (9) A code containing the letter ``W'' refers to a special provision 
that applies only to transportation by water.
    (c) Tables of special provisions. The following tables list, and set 
forth the requirements of, the special provisions referred to in column 
7 of the Sec.172.101 table.
    (1) Numeric provisions. These provisions are multi-modal and apply 
to bulk and non-bulk packagings:

                         Code/Special Provisions

1 This material is poisonous by inhalation (see Sec.171.8 of this 
subchapter) in Hazard Zone A (see Sec.173.116(a) or Sec.173.133(a) 
of this subchapter), and must be described as an inhalation hazard under 
the provisions of this subchapter.
2 This material is poisonous by inhalation (see Sec.171.8 of this 
subchapter) in Hazard Zone B (see Sec.173.116(a) or Sec.173.133(a) 
of this subchapter), and must be described as an

[[Page 345]]

inhalation hazard under the provisions of this subchapter.
3 This material is poisonous by inhalation (see Sec.171.8 of this 
subchapter) in Hazard Zone C (see Sec.173.116(a) of this subchapter), 
and must be described as an inhalation hazard under the provisions of 
this subchapter.
4 This material is poisonous by inhalation (see Sec.171.8 of this 
subchapter) in Hazard Zone D (see Sec.173.116(a) of this subchapter), 
and must be described as an inhalation hazard under the provisions of 
this subchapter.
5 If this material meets the definition for a material poisonous by 
inhalation (see Sec.171.8 of this subchapter), a shipping name must be 
selected which identifies the inhalation hazard, in Division 2.3 or 
Division 6.1, as appropriate.
6 This material is poisonous-by-inhalation and must be described as an 
inhalation hazard under the provisions of this subchapter.
8 A hazardous substance that is not a hazardous waste may be shipped 
under the shipping description ``Other regulated substances, liquid or 
solid, n.o.s.'', as appropriate. In addition, for solid materials, 
special provision B54 applies.
9 Packaging for certain PCBs for disposal and storage is prescribed by 
EPA in 40 CFR 761.60 and 761.65.
11 The hazardous material must be packaged as either a liquid or a 
solid, as appropriate, depending on its physical form at 55 [deg]C (131 
[deg]F) at atmospheric pressure.
12 In concentrations greater than 40 percent, this material has strong 
oxidizing properties and is capable of starting fires in contact with 
combustible materials. If appropriate, a package containing this 
material must conform to the additional labeling requirements of Sec.
172.402 of this subchapter.
13 The words ``Inhalation Hazard'' shall be entered on each shipping 
paper in association with the shipping description, shall be marked on 
each non-bulk package in association with the proper shipping name and 
identification number, and shall be marked on two opposing sides of each 
bulk package. Size of marking on bulk package must conform to Sec.
172.302(b) of this subchapter. The requirements of Sec. Sec.172.203(m) 
and 172.505 of this subchapter do not apply.
14 Motor fuel antiknock mixtures are:
    a. Mixtures of one or more organic lead mixtures (such as tetraethyl 
lead, triethylmethyl lead, diethyldimethyl lead, ethyltrimethyl lead, 
and tetramethyl lead) with one or more halogen compounds (such as 
ethylene dibromide and ethylene dichloride), hydrocarbon solvents or 
other equally efficient stabilizers; or
    b. tetraethyl lead.
15 This entry applies to ``Chemical kits'' and ``First aid kits'' 
containing one or more compatible items of hazardous materials in boxes, 
cases, etc. that, for example, are used for medical, analytical, 
diagnostic, testing, or repair purposes. Kits that are carried on board 
transport vehicles for first aid or operating purposes are not subject 
to the requirements of this subchapter.
16 This description applies to smokeless powder and other solid 
propellants that are used as powder for small arms and have been classed 
as Division 1.3C, 1.4C and Division 4.1 in accordance with Sec.173.56 
of this subchapter.
19 For domestic transportation only, the identification number 
``UN1075'' may be used in place of the identification number specified 
in column (4) of the Sec.172.101 table. The identification number used 
must be consistent on package markings, shipping papers and emergency 
response information.
21 This material must be stabilized by appropriate means (e.g., addition 
of chemical inhibitor, purging to remove oxygen) to prevent dangerous 
polymerization (see Sec.173.21(f) of this subchapter).
22 If the hazardous material is in dispersion in organic liquid, the 
organic liquid must have a flash point above 50 [deg]C (122 [deg]F).
23 This material may be transported under the provisions of Division 4.1 
only if it is so packed that the percentage of diluent will not fall 
below that stated in the shipping description at any time during 
transport. Quantities of not more than 500 g per package with not less 
than 10 percent water by mass may also be classed in Division 4.1, 
provided a negative test result is obtained when tested in accordance 
with test series 6(c) of the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria (IBR, see 
Sec.171.7 of this subchapter).
24 Alcoholic beverages containing more than 70 percent alcohol by volume 
must be transported as materials in Packing Group II. Alcoholic 
beverages containing more than 24 percent but not more than 70 percent 
alcohol by volume must be transported as materials in Packing Group III.
26 This entry does not include ammonium permanganate, the transport of 
which is prohibited except when approved by the Associate Administrator.
28 The dihydrated sodium salt of dichloroisocyanuric acid does not meet 
the criteria for inclusion in Division 5.1 (Oxidizer) and is not subject 
to the requirements of this subchapter unless meeting the criteria for 
inclusion in another class or division.
30 Sulfur is not subject to the requirements of this subchapter if 
transported in a non-bulk packaging or if formed to a specific shape 
(for example, prills, granules, pellets, pastilles, or flakes). A bulk 
packaging

[[Page 346]]

containing sulfur is not subject to the placarding requirements of 
subpart F of this part, if it is marked with the appropriate 
identification number as required by subpart D of this part. Molten 
sulfur must be marked as required by Sec.172.325 of this subchapter.
31 Materials which have undergone sufficient heat treatment to render 
them non-hazardous are not subject to the requirements of this 
subchapter.
32 Polymeric beads and molding compounds may be made from polystyrene, 
poly(methyl methacrylate) or other polymeric material.
33 Ammonium nitrites and mixtures of an inorganic nitrite with an 
ammonium salt are prohibited.
34 The commercial grade of calcium nitrate fertilizer, when consisting 
mainly of a double salt (calcium nitrate and ammonium nitrate) 
containing not more than 10 percent ammonium nitrate and at least 12 
percent water of crystallization, is not subject to the requirements of 
this subchapter.
35 Antimony sulphides and oxides which do not contain more than 0.5 
percent of arsenic calculated on the total mass do not meet the 
definition of Division 6.1.
37 Unless it can be demonstrated by testing that the sensitivity of the 
substance in its frozen state is no greater than in its liquid state, 
the substance must remain liquid during normal transport conditions. It 
must not freeze at temperatures above -15 [deg]C (5 [deg]F).
38 If this material shows a violent effect in laboratory tests involving 
heating under confinement, the labeling requirements of Special 
Provision 53 apply, and the material must be packaged in accordance with 
packing method OP6 in Sec.173.225 of this subchapter. If the SADT of 
the technically pure substance is higher than 75 [deg]C, the technically 
pure substance and formulations derived from it are not self-reactive 
materials and, if not meeting any other hazard class, are not subject to 
the requirements of this subchapter.
39 This substance may be carried under provisions other than those of 
Class 1 only if it is so packed that the percentage of water will not 
fall below that stated at any time during transport. When phlegmatized 
with water and inorganic inert material, the content of urea nitrate 
must not exceed 75 percent by mass and the mixture should not be capable 
of being detonated by test 1(a)(i) or test 1(a)(ii) in the UN Manual of 
Tests and Criteria (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this subchapter).
40 Polyester resin kits consist of two components: A base material 
(either Class 3 or Division 4.1, Packing Group II or III) and an 
activator (organic peroxide), each separately packed in an inner 
packaging. The organic peroxide must be type D, E, or F, not requiring 
temperature control. The components may be placed in the same outer 
packaging provided they will not interact dangerously in the event of 
leakage. The Packing Group assigned will be II or III, according to the 
classification criteria for either Class 3 or Division 4.1, as 
appropriate, applied to the base material. Additionally, unless 
otherwise excepted in this subchapter, polyester resin kits must be 
packaged in specification combination packagings based on the 
performance level of the base material contained within the kit.
41 This material at the Packing Group II hazard criteria level may be 
transported in Large Packagings.
43 The membrane filters, including paper separators and coating or 
backing materials, that are present in transport, must not be able to 
propagate a detonation as tested by one of the tests described in the UN 
Manual of Tests and Criteria, Part I, Test series 1(a) (IBR, see Sec.
171.7 of this subchapter). On the basis of the results of suitable 
burning rate tests, and taking into account the standard tests in the UN 
Manual of Tests and Criteria, Part III, subsection 33.2.1 (IBR, see 
Sec.171.7 of this subchapter), nitrocellulose membrane filters in the 
form in which they are to be transported that do not meet the criteria 
for a Division 4.1 material are not subject to the requirements of this 
subchapter. Packagings must be so constructed that explosion is not 
possible by reason of increased internal pressure. Nitrocellulose 
membrane filters covered by this entry, each with a mass not exceeding 
0.5 g, are not subject to the requirements of this subchapter when 
contained individually in an article or a sealed packet.
44 The formulation must be prepared so that it remains homogenous and 
does not separate during transport. Formulations with low nitrocellulose 
contents and neither showing dangerous properties when tested for their 
ability to detonate, deflagrate or explode when heated under defined 
confinement by the appropriate test methods and criteria in the UN 
Manual of Tests and Criteria (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this subchapter), 
nor classed as a Division 4.1 (flammable solid) when tested in 
accordance with the procedures specified in Sec.173.124 of this 
subchapter (chips, if necessary, crushed and sieved to a particle size 
of less than 1.25 mm), are not subject to the requirements of this 
subchapter.
45 Temperature should be maintained between 18 [deg]C (64.4 [deg]F) and 
40 [deg]C (104 [deg]F). Tanks containing solidified methacrylic acid 
must not be reheated during transport.
46 This material must be packed in accordance with packing method OP6 
(see Sec.173.225 of this subchapter). During transport, it

[[Page 347]]

must be protected from direct sunshine and stored (or kept) in a cool 
and well-ventilated place, away from all sources of heat.
47 Mixtures of solids that are not subject to this subchapter and 
flammable liquids may be transported under this entry without first 
applying the classification criteria of Division 4.1, provided there is 
no free liquid visible at the time the material is loaded or at the time 
the packaging or transport unit is closed. Except when the liquids are 
fully absorbed in solid material contained in sealed bags, for single 
packagings, each packaging must correspond to a design type that has 
passed a leakproofness test at the Packing Group II level. Small inner 
packagings consisting of sealed packets and articles containing less 
than 10 mL of a Class 3 liquid in Packing Group II or III absorbed onto 
a solid material are not subject to this subchapter provided there is no 
free liquid in the packet or article.
48 Mixtures of solids that are not subject to this subchapter and toxic 
liquids may be transported under this entry without first applying the 
classification criteria of Division 6.1, provided there is no free 
liquid visible at the time the material is loaded or at the time the 
packaging or transport unit is closed. For single packagings, each 
packaging must correspond to a design type that has passed a 
leakproofness test at the Packing Group II level. This entry may not be 
used for solids containing a Packing Group I liquid.
49 Mixtures of solids that are not subject to this subchapter and 
corrosive liquids may be transported under this entry without first 
applying the classification criteria of Class 8, provided there is no 
free liquid visible at the time the material is loaded or at the time 
the packaging or transport unit is closed. For single packagings, each 
packaging must correspond to a design type that has passed a 
leakproofness test at the Packing Group II level.
50 Cases, cartridge, empty with primer which are made of metallic or 
plastic casings and meeting the classification criteria of Division 1.4 
are not regulated for domestic transportation.
51 This description applies to items previously described as ``Toy 
propellant devices, Class C'' and includes reloadable kits. Model rocket 
motors containing 30 grams or less propellant are classed as Division 
1.4S and items containing more than 30 grams of propellant but not more 
than 62.5 grams of propellant are classed as Division 1.4C.
52 This entry may only be used for substances that are too insensitive 
for acceptance into Class 1 (explosive) when tested in accordance with 
Test Series 2 in the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria, Part I 
(incorporated by reference; see Sec.171.7 of this subchapter).
53 Packages of these materials must bear the subsidiary risk label, 
``EXPLOSIVE'', and the subsidiary hazard class/division must be entered 
in parentheses immediately following the primary hazard class in the 
shipping description, unless otherwise provided in this subchapter or 
through an approval issued by the Associate Administrator, or the 
competent authority of the country of origin. A copy of the approval 
shall accompany the shipping papers.
54 Maneb or maneb preparations not meeting the definition of Division 
4.3 or any other hazard class are not subject to the requirements of 
this subchapter when transported by motor vehicle, rail car, or 
aircraft.
55 This device must be approved in accordance with Sec.173.56 of this 
subchapter by the Associate Administrator.
56 A means to interrupt and prevent detonation of the detonator from 
initiating the detonating cord must be installed between each electric 
detonator and the detonating cord ends of the jet perforating guns 
before the charged jet perforating guns are offered for transportation.
57 Maneb or Maneb preparations stabilized against self-heating need not 
be classified in Division 4.2 when it can be demonstrated by testing 
that a volume of 1 m\3\ of substance does not self-ignite and that the 
temperature at the center of the sample does not exceed 200 [deg]C, when 
the sample is maintained at a temperature of not less than 75 [deg]C 
2 [deg]C for a period of 24 hours, in accordance 
with procedures set forth for testing self-heating materials in the UN 
Manual of Tests and Criteria (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this subchapter).
58 Aqueous solutions of Division 5.1 inorganic solid nitrate substances 
are considered as not meeting the criteria of Division 5.1 if the 
concentration of the substances in solution at the minimum temperature 
encountered in transport is not greater than 80% of the saturation 
limit.
59 Ferrocerium, stabilized against corrosion, with a minimum iron 
content of 10 percent is not subject to the requirements of this 
subchapter.
61 A chemical oxygen generator is spent if its means of ignition and all 
or a part of its chemical contents have been expended.
62 Oxygen generators (see Sec.171.8 of this subchapter) are not 
authorized for transportation under this entry.
64 The group of alkali metals includes lithium, sodium, potassium, 
rubidium, and caesium.
65 The group of alkaline earth metals includes magnesium, calcium, 
strontium, and barium.

[[Page 348]]

66 Formulations of these substances containing not less than 30 percent 
non-volatile, non-flammable phlegmatizer are not subject to this 
subchapter.
70 Black powder that has been classed in accordance with the 
requirements of Sec.173.56 of this subchapter may be reclassed and 
offered for domestic transportation as a Division 4.1 material if it is 
offered for transportation and transported in accordance with the 
limitations and packaging requirements of Sec.173.170 of this 
subchapter.
74 During transport, this material must be protected from direct 
sunshine and stored or kept in a cool and well-ventilated place, away 
from all sources of heat.
78 This entry may not be used to describe compressed air which contains 
more than 23.5 percent oxygen. Compressed air containing greater than 
23.5 percent oxygen must be shipped using the description ``Compressed 
gas, oxidizing, n.o.s., UN3156.''
79 This entry may not be used for mixtures that meet the definition for 
oxidizing gas.
81 Polychlorinated biphenyl items, as defined in 40 CFR 761.3, for which 
specification packagings are impractical, may be packaged in non-
specification packagings meeting the general packaging requirements of 
subparts A and B of part 173 of this subchapter. Alternatively, the item 
itself may be used as a packaging if it meets the general packaging 
requirements of subparts A and B of part 173 of this subchapter.
101 The name of the particular substance or article must be specified.
102 The ends of the detonating cord must be tied fast so that the 
explosive cannot escape. The articles may be transported as in Division 
1.4 Compatibility Group D (1.4D) if all of the conditions specified in 
Sec.173.63(a) of this subchapter are met.
103 Detonators which will not mass detonate and undergo only limited 
propagation in the shipping package may be assigned to 1.4B 
classification code. Mass detonate means that more than 90 percent of 
the devices tested in a package explode practically simultaneously. 
Limited propagation means that if one detonator near the center of a 
shipping package is exploded, the aggregate weight of explosives, 
excluding ignition and delay charges, in this and all additional 
detonators in the outside packaging that explode may not exceed 25 
grams.
105 The word ``Agents'' may be used instead of ``Explosives'' when 
approved by the Associate Administrator.
106 The recognized name of the particular explosive may be specified in 
addition to the type.
107 The classification of the substance is expected to vary especially 
with the particle size and packaging but the border lines have not been 
experimentally determined; appropriate classifications should be 
verified following the test procedures in Sec. Sec.173.57 and 173.58 
of this subchapter.
108 Fireworks must be so constructed and packaged that loose pyrotechnic 
composition will not be present in packages during transportation.
109 Rocket motors must be nonpropulsive in transportation unless 
approved in accordance with Sec.173.56 of this subchapter. A rocket 
motor to be considered ``nonpropulsive'' must be capable of unrestrained 
burning and must not appreciably move in any direction when ignited by 
any means.
110 Fire extinguishers transported under UN1044 and oxygen cylinders 
transported for emergency use under UN1072 may include installed 
actuating cartridges (cartridges, power device of Division 1.4C or 
1.4S), without changing the classification of Division 2.2, provided the 
aggregate quantity of deflagrating (propellant) explosives does not 
exceed 3.2 grams per cylinder. Oxygen cylinders with installed actuating 
cartridges as prepared for transportation must have an effective means 
of preventing inadvertent activation.
111 Explosive substances of Division 1.1 Compatibility Group A (1.1A) 
are forbidden for transportation if dry or not desensitized, unless 
incorporated in a device.
113 The sample must be given a tentative approval by an agency or 
laboratory in accordance with Sec.173.56 of this subchapter.
114 Jet perforating guns, charged, oil well, without detonator may be 
reclassed to Division 1.4 Compatibility Group D (1.4D) if the following 
conditions are met:
    a. The total weight of the explosive contents of the shaped charges 
assembled in the guns does not exceed 90.5 kg (200 pounds) per vehicle; 
and
    b. The guns are packaged in accordance with Packing Method US 1 as 
specified in Sec.173.62 of this subchapter.
115 Boosters with detonator, detonator assemblies and boosters with 
detonators in which the total explosive charge per unit does not exceed 
25 g, and which will not mass detonate and undergo only limited 
propagation in the shipping package may be assigned to 1.4B 
classification code. Mass detonate means more than 90 percent of the 
devices tested in a package explode practically simultaneously. Limited 
propagation means that if one booster near the center of the package is 
exploded, the aggregate weight of explosives, excluding ignition and 
delay charges, in this and all additional boosters in the outside 
packaging that explode may not exceed 25 g.
116 Fuzes, detonating may be classed in Division 1.4 if the fuzes do not 
contain more than 25 g of explosive per fuze and are made and packaged 
so that they will not cause functioning of other fuzes, explosives

[[Page 349]]

or other explosive devices if one of the fuzes detonates in a shipping 
packaging or in adjacent packages.
117 If shipment of the explosive substance is to take place at a time 
that freezing weather is anticipated, the water contained in the 
explosive substance must be mixed with denatured alcohol so that 
freezing will not occur.
118 This substance may not be transported under the provisions of 
Division 4.1 unless specifically authorized by the Associate 
Administrator (see UN0143 or UN0150 as appropriate).
119 This substance, when in quantities of not more than 11.5 kg (25.3 
pounds), with not less than 10 percent water, by mass, also may be 
classed as Division 4.1, provided a negative test result is obtained 
when tested in accordance with test series 6(c) of the UN Manual of 
Tests and Criteria (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this subchapter).
120 The phlegmatized substance must be significantly less sensitive than 
dry PETN.
121 This substance, when containing less alcohol, water or phlegmatizer 
than specified, may not be transported unless approved by the Associate 
Administrator.
123 Any explosives, blasting, type C containing chlorates must be 
segregated from explosives containing ammonium nitrate or other ammonium 
salts.
125 Lactose or glucose or similar materials may be used as a 
phlegmatizer provided that the substance contains not less than 90%, by 
mass, of phlegmatizer. These mixtures may be classified in Division 4.1 
when tested in accordance with test series 6(c) of the UN Manual of 
Tests and Criteria (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this subchapter) and 
approved by the Associate Administrator. Testing must be conducted on at 
least three packages as prepared for transport. Mixtures containing at 
least 98%, by mass, of phlegmatizer are not subject to the requirements 
of this subchapter. Packages containing mixtures with not less than 90% 
by mass, of phlegmatizer need not bear a POISON subsidiary risk label.
127 Mixtures containing oxidizing and organic materials transported 
under this entry may not meet the definition and criteria of a Class 1 
material. (See Sec.173.50 of this subchapter.)
128 Regardless of the provisions of Sec.172.101(c)(12), aluminum 
smelting by-products and aluminum remelting by-products described under 
this entry, meeting the definition of Class 8, Packing Group II and III 
may be classed as a Division 4.3 material and transported under this 
entry. The presence of a Class 8 hazard must be communicated as required 
by this part for subsidiary hazards.
129 These materials may not be classified and transported unless 
authorized by the Associate Administrator on the basis of results from 
Series 2 Test and a Series 6(c) Test from the UN Manual of Tests and 
Criteria (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this subchapter) on packages as 
prepared for transport. The packing group assignment and packaging must 
be approved by the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials 
Safety on the basis of the criteria in Sec.173.21 of this subchapter 
and the package type used for the Series 6(c) test.
130 ``Batteries, dry, sealed, n.o.s.,'' commonly referred to as dry 
batteries, are hermetically sealed and generally utilize metals (other 
than lead) and/or carbon as electrodes. These batteries are typically 
used for portable power applications. The rechargeable (and some non-
rechargeable) types have gelled alkaline electrolytes (rather than 
acidic) making it difficult for them to generate hydrogen or oxygen when 
overcharged and therefore, differentiating them from non-spillable 
batteries. Dry batteries specifically covered by another entry in the 
Sec.172.101 Table must be transported in accordance with the 
requirements applicable to that entry. For example, nickel-metal hydride 
batteries transported by vessel in certain quantities are covered by 
another entry (see Batteries, nickel-metal hydride, UN3496). Dry 
batteries not specifically covered by another entry in the Sec.172.101 
Table are covered by this entry (i.e., Batteries, dry, sealed, n.o.s.) 
and are not subject to requirements of this subchapter except for the 
following:
    (a) Incident reporting. For transportation by aircraft, a telephone 
report in accordance with Sec.171.15(a) is required if a fire, violent 
rupture, explosion or dangerous evolution of heat (i.e., an amount of 
heat sufficient to be dangerous to packaging or personal safety to 
include charring of packaging, melting of packaging, scorching of 
packaging, or other evidence) occurs as a direct result of a dry 
battery. For all modes of transportation, a written report submitted, 
retained, and updated in accordance with Sec.171.16 is required if a 
fire, violent rupture, explosion or dangerous evolution of heat occurs 
as a direct result of a dry battery or battery-powered device.
    (b) Preparation for transport. Batteries and battery-powered 
device(s) containing batteries must be prepared and packaged for 
transport in a manner to prevent:
    (1) A dangerous evolution of heat;
    (2) Short circuits, including but not limited to the following 
methods:
    (i) Packaging each battery or each battery-powered device when 
practicable, in fully enclosed inner packagings made of non-conductive 
material;
    (ii) Separating or packaging batteries in a manner to prevent 
contact with other batteries, devices or conductive materials (e.g., 
metal) in the packagings; or

[[Page 350]]

    (iii) Ensuring exposed terminals or connectors are protected with 
non-conductive caps, non-conductive tape, or by other appropriate means; 
and
    (3) Damage to terminals. If not impact resistant, the outer 
packaging should not be used as the sole means of protecting the battery 
terminals from damage or short circuiting. Batteries must be securely 
cushioned and packed to prevent shifting which could loosen terminal 
caps or reorient the terminals to produce short circuits. Batteries 
contained in devices must be securely installed. Terminal protection 
methods include but are not limited to the following:
    (i) Securely attaching covers of sufficient strength to protect the 
terminals;
    (ii) Packaging the battery in a rigid plastic packaging; or
    (iii) Constructing the battery with terminals that are recessed or 
otherwise protected so that the terminals will not be subjected to 
damage if the package is dropped.
    (c) Additional air transport requirements. For a battery whose 
voltage (electrical potential) exceeds 9 volts--
    (1) When contained in a device, the device must be packaged in a 
manner that prevents unintentional activation or must have an 
independent means of preventing unintentional activation (e.g., 
packaging restricts access to activation switch, switch caps or locks, 
recessed switches, trigger locks, temperature sensitive circuit 
breakers, etc.); and
    (2) An indication of compliance with this special provision must be 
provided by marking each package with the words ``not restricted'' or by 
including the words ``not restricted'' on a transport document such as 
an air waybill accompanying the shipment.
    (d) Used or spent battery exception. Used or spent dry batteries of 
both non-rechargeable and rechargeable designs, with a marked rating up 
to 9-volt that are combined in the same package and transported by 
highway or rail for recycling, reconditioning, or disposal are not 
subject to this special provision or any other requirement of the HMR. 
Note that batteries utilizing different chemistries (i.e., those battery 
chemistries specifically covered by another entry in the Sec.172.101 
Table) as well as dry batteries with a marked rating greater than 9-volt 
may not be combined with used or spent batteries in the same package. 
Note also that this exception does not apply to batteries that have been 
reconditioned for reuse.
131 This material may not be offered for transportation unless approved 
by the Associate Administrator.
132 This entry may only be used for uniform, ammonium nitrate based 
fertilizer mixtures, containing nitrogen, phosphate or potash, meeting 
the following criteria: (1) Contains not more than 70% ammonium nitrate 
and not more than 0.4% total combustible, organic material calculated as 
carbon or (2) Contains not more than 45% ammonium nitrate and 
unrestricted combustible material.
134 This entry only applies to vehicles powered by wet batteries, sodium 
batteries, lithium metal batteries or lithium ion batteries and 
equipment powered by wet batteries or sodium batteries that are 
transported with these batteries installed.
    a. For the purpose of this special provision, vehicles are self-
propelled apparatus designed to carry one or more persons or goods. 
Examples of such vehicles are electrically-powered cars, motorcycles, 
scooters, three- and four-wheeled vehicles or motorcycles, trucks, 
locomotives, bicycles (pedal cycles with an electric motor) and other 
vehicles of this type (e.g. self-balancing vehicles or vehicles not 
equipped with at least one seating position), lawn tractors, self-
propelled farming and construction equipment, boats, aircraft, 
wheelchairs and other mobility aids. This includes vehicles transported 
in a packaging. In this case some parts of the vehicle may be detached 
from its frame to fit into the packaging.
    b. Examples of equipment are lawnmowers, cleaning machines or model 
boats and model aircraft. Equipment powered by lithium metal batteries 
or lithium ion batteries must be consigned under the entries ``Lithium 
metal batteries contained in equipment'' or ``Lithium metal batteries 
packed with equipment'' or ``Lithium ion batteries contained in 
equipment'' or ``Lithium ion batteries packed with equipment'' as 
appropriate.
    c. Self-propelled vehicles or equipment that also contain an 
internal combustion engine must be consigned under the entries ``Engine, 
internal combustion, flammable gas powered'' or ``Engine, internal 
combustion, flammable liquid powered'' or ``Vehicle, flammable gas 
powered'' or ``Vehicle, flammable liquid powered,'' as appropriate. 
These entries include hybrid electric vehicles powered by both an 
internal combustion engine and batteries. Additionally, self-propelled 
vehicles or equipment that contain a fuel cell engine must be consigned 
under the entries ``Engine, fuel cell, flammable gas powered'' or 
``Engine, fuel cell, flammable liquid powered'' or ``Vehicle, fuel cell, 
flammable gas powered'' or ``Vehicle, fuel cell, flammable liquid 
powered,'' as appropriate. These entries include hybrid electric 
vehicles powered

[[Page 351]]

by a fuel cell engine, an internal combustion engine, and batteries.
135 Internal combustion engines installed in a vehicle must be consigned 
under the entries ``Vehicle, flammable gas powered'' or ``Vehicle, 
flammable liquid powered,'' as appropriate. If a vehicle is powered by a 
flammable liquid and a flammable gas internal combustion engine, it must 
be consigned under the entry ``Vehicle, flammable gas powered.'' These 
entries include hybrid electric vehicles powered by both an internal 
combustion engine and wet, sodium or lithium batteries installed. If a 
fuel cell engine is installed in a vehicle, the vehicle must be 
consigned using the entries ``Vehicle, fuel cell, flammable gas 
powered'' or ``Vehicle, fuel cell, flammable liquid powered,'' as 
appropriate. These entries include hybrid electric vehicles powered by a 
fuel cell, an internal combustion engine, and wet, sodium or lithium 
batteries installed. For the purpose of this special provision, vehicles 
are self-propelled apparatus designed to carry one or more persons or 
goods. Examples of such vehicles are cars, motorcycles, trucks, 
locomotives, scooters, three- and four-wheeled vehicles or motorcycles, 
lawn tractors, self-propelled farming and construction equipment, boats 
and aircraft.
136 This entry only applies to machinery and apparatus containing 
hazardous materials as an integral element of the machinery or 
apparatus. It may not be used to describe machinery or apparatus for 
which a proper shipping name exists in the Sec.172.101 Table. Except 
when approved by the Associate Administrator, machinery or apparatus may 
only contain hazardous materials for which exceptions are referenced in 
Column (8) of the Sec.172.101 Table and are provided in part 173, 
subparts D and G, of this subchapter. Hazardous materials shipped under 
this entry are excepted from the labeling requirements of this 
subchapter unless offered for transportation or transported by aircraft 
and are not subject to the placarding requirements of subpart F of this 
part. Orientation markings as described in Sec.172.312(a)(2) are 
required when liquid hazardous materials may escape due to incorrect 
orientation. The machinery or apparatus, if unpackaged, or the packaging 
in which it is contained shall be marked ``Dangerous goods in 
machinery'' or ``Dangerous goods in apparatus,'' as appropriate, with 
the identification number UN3363. For transportation by aircraft, 
machinery or apparatus may not contain any material forbidden for 
transportation by passenger or cargo aircraft. The Associate 
Administrator may except from the requirements of this subchapter 
equipment, machinery and apparatus provided:
    a. It is shown that it does not pose a significant risk in 
transportation;
    b. The quantities of hazardous materials do not exceed those 
specified in Sec.173.4a of this subchapter; and
    c. The equipment, machinery or apparatus conforms with Sec.173.222 
of this subchapter.
137 Cotton, dry; flax, dry; sisal, dry; and tampico fiber, dry are not 
subject to the requirements of this subchapter when they are baled in 
accordance with ISO 8115, ``Cotton Bales--Dimensions and Density'' (IBR, 
see Sec.171.7 of this subchapter) to a density of not less than 360 
kg/m\3\ (22.1 lb/ft\3\) for cotton, 400 kg/m\3\ (24.97 lb/ft\3\) for 
flax, 620 kg/m\3\ (38.71 lb/ft\3\) for sisal and 360 kg/m\3\ (22.1 lb/
ft\3\) for tampico fiber and transported in a freight container or 
closed transport vehicle.
138 This entry applies to lead compounds which, when mixed in a ratio of 
1:1,000 with 0.07 M (Molar concentration) hydrochloric acid and stirred 
for one hour at a temperature of 23 [deg]C 2 
[deg]C, exhibit a solubility of more than 5%. Lead compounds which, when 
mixed in a ratio of 1:1,000 with 0.07 M (Molar concentration) 
hydrochloric acid and stirred for one hour at a temperature of 23 [deg]C 
2 [deg]C, exhibit a solubility of 5% or less are 
not subject to the requirements of this subchapter unless they meet 
criteria as another hazard class or division. Lead compounds that have a 
solubility of 5% or less in accordance with this special provision are 
not subject to the requirements of this subchapter that pertain to 
Marine Pollutants.
139 Use of the ``special arrangement'' proper shipping names for 
international shipments must be made under an IAEA Certificate of 
Competent Authority issued by the Associate Administrator in accordance 
with the requirements in Sec.173.471, Sec.173.472, or Sec.173.473 
of this subchapter. Use of these proper shipping names for domestic 
shipments may be made only under a DOT special permit, as defined in, 
and in accordance with the requirements of subpart B of part 107 of this 
subchapter.
140 This material is regulated only when it meets the defining criteria 
for a hazardous substance or a marine pollutant. In addition, the column 
5 reference is modified to read ``III'' on those occasions when this 
material is offered for transportation or transported by highway or 
rail.
141 A toxin obtained from a plant, animal, or bacterial source 
containing an infectious substance, or a toxin contained in an 
infectious substance, must be classed as Division 6.2, described as an 
infectious substance, and assigned to UN 2814 or UN 2900, as 
appropriate.
142 These hazardous materials may not be classified and transported 
unless authorized by the Associate Administrator. The Associate 
Administrator will base the authorization on results from Series 2 tests

[[Page 352]]

and a Series 6(c) test from the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria (IBR, 
see Sec.171.7 of this subchapter) on packages as prepared for 
transport in accordance with the requirements of this subchapter.
144 If transported as a residue in an underground storage tank (UST), as 
defined in 40 CFR 280.12, that has been cleaned and purged or rendered 
inert according to the American Petroleum Institute (API) Standard 1604 
(IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this subchapter), then the tank and this 
material are not subject to any other requirements of this subchapter. 
However, sediments remaining in the tank that meet the definition for a 
hazardous material are subject to the applicable regulations of this 
subchapter.
145 This entry applies to formulations that neither detonate in the 
cavitated state nor deflagrate in laboratory testing, show no effect 
when heated under confinement, exhibit no explosive power, and are 
thermally stable (self-accelerating decomposition temperature (SADT) at 
60 [deg]C (140 [deg]F) or higher for a 50 kg (110.2 lbs.) package). 
Formulations not meeting these criteria must be transported under the 
provisions applicable to the appropriate entry in the Organic Peroxide 
Table in Sec.173.225 of this subchapter.
146 This description may be used for a material that poses a hazard to 
the environment but does not meet the definition for a hazardous waste 
or a hazardous substance, as defined in Sec.171.8 of this subchapter, 
or any hazard class, as defined in part 173 of this subchapter, if it is 
designated as environmentally hazardous by another Competent Authority. 
This provision may be used for both domestic and international 
shipments.
147 This entry applies to non-sensitized emulsions, suspensions, and 
gels consisting primarily of a mixture of ammonium nitrate and fuel, 
intended to produce a Type E blasting explosive only after further 
processing prior to use. The mixture for emulsions typically has the 
following composition: 60-85% ammonium nitrate; 5-30% water; 2-8% fuel; 
0.5-4% emulsifier or thickening agent; 0-10% soluble flame suppressants; 
and trace additives. Other inorganic nitrate salts may replace part of 
the ammonium nitrate. The mixture for suspensions and gels typically has 
the following composition: 60-85% ammonium nitrate; 0-5% sodium or 
potassium perchlorate; 0-17% hexamine nitrate or monomethylamine 
nitrate; 5-30% water; 2-15% fuel; 0.5-4% thickening agent; 0-10% soluble 
flame suppressants; and trace additives. Other inorganic nitrate salts 
may replace part of the ammonium nitrate. These substances must 
satisfactorily pass Tests 8(a), (b) and (c) of Test Series 8 of the UN 
Manual of Tests and Criteria, Part I, Section 18 (IBR, see Sec.171.7 
of this subchapter), and may not be classified and transported unless 
approved by the Associate Administrator.
148 For domestic transportation, this entry directs to Sec.173.66 for:
    a. The standards for transporting a single bulk hazardous material 
for blasting by cargo tank motor vehicles (CTMV); and
    b. The standards for CTMVs capable of transporting multiple 
hazardous materials for blasting in bulk and non-bulk packagings (i.e., 
a multipurpose bulk truck (MBT)).
149 When transported as a limited quantity or a consumer commodity, the 
maximum net capacity specified in Sec.173.150(b)(2) of this subchapter 
for inner packagings may be increased to 5 L (1.3 gallons).
150 This description may be used only for uniform mixtures of 
fertilizers containing ammonium nitrate as the main ingredient within 
the following composition limits:
    a. Not less than 90% ammonium nitrate with not more than 0.2% total 
combustible, organic material calculated as carbon, and with added 
matter, if any, that is inorganic and inert when in contact with 
ammonium nitrate; or
    b. Less than 90% but more than 70% ammonium nitrate with other 
inorganic materials, or more than 80% but less than 90% ammonium nitrate 
mixed with calcium carbonate and/or dolomite and/or mineral calcium 
sulphate, and not more than 0.4% total combustible, organic material 
calculated as carbon; or
    c. Ammonium nitrate-based fertilizers containing mixtures of 
ammonium nitrate and ammonium sulphate with more than 45% but less than 
70% ammonium nitrate, and not more than 0.4% total combustible, organic 
material calculated as carbon such that the sum of the percentage of 
compositions of ammonium nitrate and ammonium sulphate exceeds 70%.
151 If this material meets the definition of a flammable liquid in Sec.
173.120 of this subchapter, a FLAMMABLE LIQUID label is also required 
and the basic description on the shipping paper must indicate the Class 
3 subsidiary hazard.
155 Fish meal, fish scrap and krill meal may not be transported if the 
temperature at the time of loading either exceeds 35 [deg]C (95 [deg]F), 
or exceeds 5 [deg]C (41 [deg]F) above the ambient temperature, whichever 
is higher.
156 Asbestos that is immersed or fixed in a natural or artificial binder 
material, such as cement, plastic, asphalt, resins or mineral ore, or 
contained in manufactured products is not subject to the requirements of 
this subchapter.
157 When transported as a limited quantity or a consumer commodity, the 
maximum net capacity specified in Sec.173.151(b)(1)(i) of

[[Page 353]]

this subchapter for inner packagings may be increased to 5 kg (11 
pounds).
159 This material must be protected from direct sunshine and kept in a 
cool, well-ventilated place away from sources of heat.
160 This entry applies to safety devices for vehicles, vessels or 
aircraft, e.g. air bag inflators, air bag modules, seat-belt 
pretensioners, and pyromechanical devices containing Class 1 (explosive) 
materials or materials of other hazard classes. These articles must be 
tested in accordance with Test series 6(c) of Part I of the UN Manual of 
Tests and Criteria (incorporated by reference; see Sec.171.7 of this 
subchapter), with no explosion of the device, no fragmentation of device 
casing or pressure vessel, and no projection hazard or thermal effect 
that would significantly hinder fire-fighting or other emergency 
response efforts in the immediate vicinity. If the air bag inflator unit 
satisfactorily passes the series 6(c) test, it is not necessary to 
repeat the test on the air bag module. This entry does not apply to life 
saving appliances described in Sec.173.219 (UN2990 and UN3072).
162 This material may be transported under the provisions of Division 
4.1 only if it is packed so that at no time during transport will the 
percentage of diluent fall below the percentage that is stated in the 
shipping description.
163 Substances must satisfactorily pass Test Series 8 of the UN Manual 
of Tests and Criteria, Part I, Section 18 (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this 
subchapter).
164 Substances must not be transported under this entry unless approved 
by the Associate Administrator on the basis of the results of 
appropriate tests according to Part I of the UN Manual of Tests and 
Criteria (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this subchapter). The material must be 
packaged so that the percentage of diluent does not fall below that 
stated in the approval at any time during transportation.
165 These substances are susceptible to exothermic decomposition at 
elevated temperatures. Decomposition can be initiated by heat, moisture 
or by impurities (e.g., powdered metals (iron, manganese, cobalt, 
magnesium)). During the course of transportation, these substances must 
be shaded from direct sunlight and all sources of heat and be placed in 
adequately ventilated areas.
166 When transported in non-friable tablet form, calcium hypochlorite, 
dry, may be transported as a Packing Group III material.
167 These storage systems must always be considered as containing 
hydrogen. A metal hydride storage system installed in or intended to be 
installed in a vehicle or equipment or in vehicle or equipment 
components must be approved for transport by the Associate 
Administrator. A copy of the approval must accompany each shipment.
168 For lighters containing a Division 2.1 gas (see Sec.171.8 of this 
subchapter), representative samples of each new lighter design must be 
examined and successfully tested as specified in Sec.173.308(b)(3). 
For criteria in determining what is a new lighter design, see Sec.
173.308(b)(1). For transportation of new lighter design samples for 
examination and testing, see Sec.173.308(b)(2). The examination and 
testing of each lighter design must be performed by a person authorized 
by the Associate Administrator under the provisions of subpart E of part 
107 of this chapter, as specified in Sec.173.308(a)(4). For continued 
use of approvals dated prior to January 1, 2012, see Sec.
173.308(b)(5).
    For non-pressurized lighters containing a Class 3 (flammable liquid) 
material, its design, description, and packaging must be approved by the 
Associate Administrator prior to being offered for transportation or 
transported in commerce. In addition, a lighter design intended to 
contain a non-pressurized Class 3 material is excepted from the 
examination and testing criteria specified in Sec.173.308(b)(3). An 
unused lighter or a lighter that is cleaned of residue and purged of 
vapors is not subject to the requirements of this subchapter.
169 This entry applies to lighter refills (see Sec.171.8 of this 
subchapter) that contain a Division 2.1 (flammable) gas but do not 
contain an ignition device. Lighter refills offered for transportation 
under this entry may not exceed 4 fluid ounces capacity (7.22 cubic 
inches) or contain more than 65 grams of fuel. A lighter refill 
exceeding 4 fluid ounces capacity (7.22 cubic inches) or containing more 
than 65 grams of fuel must be classed as a Division 2.1 material, 
described with the proper shipping name appropriate for the material, 
and packaged in the packaging specified in part 173 of this subchapter 
for the flammable gas contained therein. In addition, a container 
exceeding 4 fluid ounces volumetric capacity (7.22 cubic inches) or 
containing more than 65 grams of fuel may not be connected or manifolded 
to a lighter or similar device and must also be described and packaged 
according to the fuel contained therein. For transportation by 
passenger-carrying aircraft, the net mass of lighter refills may not 
exceed 1 kg per package, and, for cargo-only aircraft, the net mass of 
lighter refills may not exceed 15 kg per package. See Sec.173.306(h) 
of this subchapter.
170 Air must be eliminated from the vapor space by nitrogen or other 
means.

[[Page 354]]

171 This entry may only be used when the material is transported in non-
friable tablet form or for granular or powered mixtures that have been 
shown to meet the PG III criteria in Sec.173.127.
172 This entry includes alcohol mixtures containing up to 5% petroleum 
products.
173 For adhesives, printing inks, printing ink-related materials, 
paints, paint-related materials, and resin solutions which are assigned 
to UN3082, and do not meet the definition of another hazard class, metal 
or plastic packaging for substances of packing groups II and III in 
quantities of 5 L (1.3 gallons) or less per packaging are not required 
to meet the UN performance package testing when transported:
    a. Except for transportation by aircraft, in palletized loads, a 
pallet box or unit load device (e.g. individual packaging placed or 
stacked and secured by strapping, shrink or stretch-wrapping or other 
suitable means to a pallet). For vessel transport, the palletized loads, 
pallet boxes or unit load devices must be firmly packed and secured in 
closed cargo transport units; or
    b. Except for transportation by aircraft, as an inner packaging of a 
combination packaging with a maximum net mass of 40 kg (88 pounds). For 
transportation by aircraft, as an inner packaging of a combination 
packaging with a maximum gross mass of 30 kg when packaged as a limited 
quantity in accordance with Sec.173.27(f).
175 This substance must be stabilized when in concentrations of not more 
than 99%.
176 This entry must be used for formaldehyde solutions containing 
methanol as a stabilizer. Formaldehyde solutions not containing methanol 
and not meeting the Class 3 flammable liquid criteria must be described 
using a different proper shipping name.
177 Gasoline, or, ethanol and gasoline mixtures, for use in internal 
combustion engines (e.g., in automobiles, stationary engines and other 
engines) must be assigned to Packing Group II regardless of variations 
in volatility.
181 When a package contains a combination of lithium batteries contained 
in equipment and lithium batteries packed with equipment, the following 
requirements apply:
    a. The shipper must ensure that all applicable requirements of Sec.
173.185 of this subchapter are met. The total mass of lithium batteries 
contained in any package must not exceed the quantity limits in columns 
(9A) and (9B) for passenger aircraft or cargo aircraft, as applicable;
    b. Except as provided in Sec.173.185(c)(3) of this subchapter, the 
package must be marked ``UN 3091 Lithium metal batteries packed with 
equipment'', or ``UN 3481 Lithium ion batteries packed with equipment,'' 
as appropriate. If a package contains both lithium metal batteries and 
lithium ion batteries packed with and contained in equipment, the 
package must be marked as required for both battery types. However, 
button cell batteries installed in equipment (including circuit boards) 
need not be considered; and
    c. The shipping paper must indicate ``UN 3091 Lithium metal 
batteries packed with equipment'' or ``UN 3481 Lithium ion batteries 
packed with equipment,'' as appropriate. If a package contains both 
lithium metal batteries and lithium ion batteries packed with and 
contained in equipment, then the shipping paper must indicate both ``UN 
3091 Lithium metal batteries packed with equipment'' and ``UN 3481 
Lithium ion batteries packed with equipment.''
182 Equipment containing only lithium batteries must be classified as 
either UN 3091 or UN 3481.
198 Nitrocellulose solutions containing not more than 20% nitrocellulose 
may be transported as paint, perfumery products, or printing ink, as 
applicable, provided the nitrocellulose contains no more 12.6% nitrogen 
(by dry mass). See UN1210, UN1263, UN1266, UN3066, UN3469, and UN3470.
200 Division 1.4G consumer fireworks may be certified for transportation 
by a DOT-approved Fireworks Certification Agency in accordance with the 
provisions of Sec.173.65 of this subchapter.
222 Shipments offered for transportation by aircraft may not be 
reclassed as ORM-D.
237 ``Batteries, dry, containing potassium hydroxide solid, electric 
storage'' must be prepared and packaged in accordance with the 
requirements of Sec.173.159(a) and (c). For transportation by 
aircraft, the provisions of Sec.173.159(b)(2) apply. This entry may 
only be used for the transport of non-activated batteries that contain 
dry potassium hydroxide and that are intended to be activated prior to 
use by the addition of an appropriate amount of water to the individual 
cells.
238 Neutron radiation detectors: a. Neutron radiation detectors 
containing non-pressurized boron trifluoride gas in excess of 1 gram 
(0.035 ounces) and radiation detection systems containing such neutron 
radiation detectors as components may be transported by highway, rail, 
vessel, or cargo aircraft in accordance with the following:
    a. Each radiation detector must meet the following conditions:
    (1) The pressure in each neutron radiation detector must not exceed 
105 kPa absolute at 20 [deg]C (68 [deg]F);
    (2) The amount of gas must not exceed 13 grams (0.45 ounces) per 
detector; and

[[Page 355]]

    (3) Each neutron radiation detector must be of welded metal 
construction with brazed metal to ceramic feed through assemblies. These 
detectors must have a minimum burst pressure of 1800 kPa as demonstrated 
by design type qualification testing; and
    (4) Each detector must be tested to a 1 x 10-10 cm\3\/s 
leaktightness standard before filling.
    b. Radiation detectors transported as individual components must be 
transported as follows:
    (1) They must be packed in a sealed intermediate plastic liner with 
sufficient absorbent or adsorbent material to absorb or adsorb the 
entire gas contents.
    (2) They must be packed in strong outer packagings and the completed 
package must be capable of withstanding a 1.8 meter (5.9 feet) drop 
without leakage of gas contents from detectors.
    (3) The total amount of gas from all detectors per outer packaging 
must not exceed 52 grams (1.83 ounces).
    c. Completed neutron radiation detection systems containing 
detectors meeting the conditions of paragraph a(1) of this special 
provision must be transported as follows:
    (1) The detectors must be contained in a strong sealed outer casing;
    (2) The casing must contain include sufficient absorbent or 
adsorbent material to absorb or adsorb the entire gas contents;
    (3) The completed system must be packed in strong outer packagings 
capable of withstanding a 1.8 meter (5.9 feet) drop test without leakage 
unless a system's outer casing affords equivalent protection.
    d. Except for transportation by aircraft, neutron radiation 
detectors and radiation detection systems containing such detectors 
transported in accordance with paragraph a. of this special provision 
are not subject to the labeling and placarding requirements of part 172 
of this subchapter.
    e. When transported by highway, rail, vessel, or as cargo on an 
aircraft, neutron radiation detectors containing not more than 1 gram of 
boron trifluoride, including those with solder glass joints are not 
subject to any other requirements of this subchapter provided they meet 
the requirements in paragraph a(1) of this special provision and are 
packed in accordance with paragraph a(2) of this special provision. 
Radiation detection systems containing such detectors are not subject to 
any other requirements of this subchapter provided they are packed in 
accordance with paragraph a(3) of this special provision.
328 When lithium metal or lithium ion batteries are contained in the 
fuel cell system, the item must be described under this entry and the 
appropriate entries for ``Lithium metal batteries contained in 
equipment'' or ``Lithium ion batteries contained in equipment''.
332 Magnesium nitrate hexahydrate is not subject to the requirements of 
this subchapter.
335 Mixtures of solids that are not subject to this subchapter and 
environmentally hazardous liquids or solids may be classified as 
``Environmentally hazardous substances, solid, n.o.s,'' UN3077 and may 
be transported under this entry, provided there is no free liquid 
visible at the time the material is loaded or at the time the packaging 
or transport unit is closed. Each transport unit must be leakproof when 
used as bulk packaging.
336 The use of UN1H1 drums, UN3H1 jerricans, and UN6HA1 composite 
packagings which meet the requirements of part 178 of the HMR at the 
Packing Group I or II performance level. These packagings are not 
required to: (1.) meet the venting requirements in Sec.173.24(g) or 
(2.) be marked with the hydrostatic pressure test marking specified in 
Sec.173.24a(b)(4). Shipment of packages under this special provision 
must be made by private or contract motor carrier. Transportation of 
these packages also requires the door of each van trailer to be marked 
with ``Warning trailer may contain chemical vapor. Do not enter until 
vapors have dissipated.'' The driver of the transport vehicle and the 
consignee(s) must be trained not to enter the transport vehicle until 
the ammonia vapors have dissipated, and the emergency response 
information on the shipping paper must indicate that the vehicle 
contains ammonia vapors. This training must be documented in training 
records required by Sec.172.704(d). Transport vehicles must be vented 
to prevent accumulation of vapors at a poisonous or flammable 
concentration.
337 Authorizes the use of regulated waste containers manufactured prior 
to October 1, 2006 to be marked with the alternative shipping name of 
Regulated medical waste, UN3291 and arrows that deviate as prescribed in 
Sec.172.312(a)(2) in that they may be black or white.
338 Life Saving appliances, self-inflating transported by motor vehicle 
only between an U.S. Coast Guard approved inflatable life raft servicing 
facility and a vessel are only subject to the following requirements:
    a. Prior to repacking into the life-saving appliance, an installed 
inflation cylinder must successfully meet and pass all inspection and 
test criteria and standards of the raft manufacturer and the vessel Flag 
State requirements for cylinders installed as part of life-saving 
appliances, self-inflating (UN2990) used on marine vessels. 
Additionally, each cylinder must

[[Page 356]]

be visually inspected in accordance with CGA pamphlet, CGA C-6 
(incorporated by reference, see Sec.171.7). A current copy of CGA 
pamphlet, CGA C-6 must be available at the facility servicing the life-
saving appliance.
    b. An installed inflation cylinder that requires recharging must be 
filled in accordance with Sec.173.301(l).
    c. Every installed inflation cylinder, as associated equipment of 
the life-saving appliance, must be packed within the protective 
packaging of the life raft and the life raft itself must otherwise be in 
compliance with Sec.173.219.
    d. The serial number for each cylinder must be recorded as part of 
the life-saving appliance service record by the U.S. Coast Guard-
approved servicing facility.
340 This entry applies only to the vessel transportation of nickel-metal 
hydride batteries as cargo. Nickel-metal hydride button cells or nickel-
metal hydride cells or batteries packed with or contained in battery-
powered devices transported by vessel are not subject to the 
requirements of this special provision. See ``Batteries, dry, sealed, 
n.o.s.'' in the Sec.172.101 Hazardous Materials Table (HMT) of this 
part for transportation requirements for nickel-metal hydride batteries 
transported by other modes and for nickel-metal hydride button cells or 
nickel-metal hydride cells or batteries packed with or contained in 
battery-powered devices transported by vessel. Nickel-metal hydride 
batteries subject to this special provision are subject only to the 
following requirements: (1) The batteries must be prepared and packaged 
for transport in a manner to prevent a dangerous evolution of heat, 
short circuits, and damage to terminals; and are subject to the incident 
reporting in accordance with Sec.171.16 of this subchapter if a fire, 
violent rupture, explosion or dangerous evolution of heat (i.e., an 
amount of heat sufficient to be dangerous to packaging or personal 
safety to include charring of packaging, melting of packaging, scorching 
of packaging, or other evidence) occurs as a direct result of a nickel 
metal hydride battery; and (2) when loaded in a cargo transport unit in 
a total quantity of 100 kg gross mass or more, the shipping paper 
requirements of Subpart C of this part, the manifest requirements of 
Sec.176.30 of this subchapter, and the vessel stowage requirements 
assigned to this entry in Column (10) of the Sec.172.101 Hazardous 
Materials Table.
342 Glass inner packagings (such as ampoules or capsules) intended only 
for use in sterilization devices, when containing less than 30 mL of 
ethylene oxide per inner packaging with not more than 300 mL per outer 
packaging, may be transported in accordance with Sec.173.4a of this 
subchapter, irrespective of the restriction of Sec.173.4a(b) and the 
indication of ``forbidden'' in columns (9A) and (9B) of the Sec.
172.101 table provided that:
    a. After filling, each glass inner packaging must be determined to 
be leak-tight by placing the glass inner packaging in a hot water bath 
at a temperature and for a period of time sufficient to ensure that an 
internal pressure equal to the vapor pressure of ethylene oxide at 55 
[deg]C is achieved. Any glass inner packaging showing evidence of 
leakage, distortion or other defect under this test must not be 
transported under the terms of this special provision;
    b. In addition to the packaging required in Sec.173.4a, each glass 
inner packaging must be placed in a sealed plastic bag compatible with 
ethylene oxide and capable of containing the contents in the event of 
breakage or leakage of the glass inner packaging; and
    c. Each glass inner packaging is protected by a means of preventing 
puncture of the plastic bag (e.g., sleeves or cushioning) in the event 
of damage to the packaging (e.g., by crushing).
343 A bulk packaging that emits hydrogen sulfide in sufficient 
concentration that vapors evolved from the crude oil can present an 
inhalation hazard must be marked as specified in Sec.172.327of this 
part.
345 ``Nitrogen, refrigerated liquid (cryogenic liquid), UN1977'' 
transported in open cryogenic receptacles with a maximum capacity of 1 L 
are not subject to the requirements of this subchapter. The receptacles 
must be constructed with glass double walls having the space between the 
walls vacuum insulated and each receptacle must be transported in an 
outer packaging with sufficient cushioning and absorbent materials to 
protect the receptacle from damage.
346 ``Nitrogen, refrigerated liquid (cryogenic liquid), UN1977'' 
transported in accordance with the requirements for open cryogenic 
receptacles in Sec.173.320 and this special provision are not subject 
to any other requirements of this subchapter. The receptacle must 
contain no hazardous materials other than the liquid nitrogen which must 
be fully absorbed in a porous material in the receptacle.
347 Effective July 1, 2011, for transportation by aircraft, this entry 
may only be used if the results of Test series 6(d) of Part I of the UN 
Manual of Tests and Criteria (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this subchapter) 
have demonstrated that any hazardous effects from accidental functioning 
are confined to within the package. Effective January 1, 2012, for 
transportation by vessel, this entry may only be used if the results of 
Test Series 6(d) of Part I of the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria (IBR, 
see Sec.171.7 of this

[[Page 357]]

subchapter) have demonstrated that any hazardous effects from accidental 
functioning are confined to within the package. Effective January 1, 
2014, for transportation domestically by highway or rail, this entry may 
only be used if the results of Test Series 6(d) of Part I of the UN 
Manual of Tests and Criteria (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this subchapter) 
have demonstrated that any hazardous effects from accidental functioning 
are confined to within the package. Testing must be performed or 
witnessed by a person who is approved by the Associate Administrator 
(see Sec.173.56(b) of this subchapter). All successfully conducted 
tests or reassignment to another compatibility group require the 
issuance of a new or revised approval by the Associate Administrator 
prior to transportation on or after the dates specified for each 
authorized mode of transport in this special provision.
349 Mixtures of hypochlorite with an ammonium salt are forbidden for 
transport. A hypochlorite solution, UN1791, is a Class 8 corrosive 
material.
350 Ammonium bromate, ammonium bromate aqueous solutions, and mixtures 
of a bromate with an ammonium salt are forbidden for transport.
351 Ammonium chlorate, ammonium chlorate aqueous solutions, and mixtures 
of a chlorate with an ammonium salt are forbidden for transport.
352 Ammonium chlorite, ammonium chlorite aqueous solutions, and mixtures 
of a chlorite with an ammonium salt are forbidden for transport.
353 Ammonium permanganate, ammonium permanganate aqueous solutions, and 
mixtures of a permanganate with an ammonium salt are forbidden for 
transport.
357 A bulk packaging that emits hydrogen sulfide in sufficient 
concentration that vapors evolved from the crude oil can present an 
inhalation hazard must be marked as specified in Sec.172.327 of this 
part.
360 Vehicles only powered by lithium batteries must be assigned the 
identification number UN3171.
361 Capacitors with an energy storage capacity of 0.3 Wh or less are not 
subject to the requirements of this subchapter. Energy storage capacity 
means the energy held by a capacitor, as calculated using the nominal 
voltage and capacitance. This entry does not apply to capacitors that by 
design maintain a terminal voltage (e.g., asymmetrical capacitors.)
362 This entry applies to liquids, pastes or powders, pressurized with a 
propellant that meets the definition of a gas in Sec.173.115. A 
chemical under pressure packaged in an aerosol dispenser must be 
transported under UN1950. The chemical under pressure must be classed 
based on the hazard characteristics of the components in the propellant; 
the liquid; or the solid. The following provisions also apply:
    a. If one of the components, which can be a pure substance or a 
mixture, is classed as flammable, the chemical under pressure must be 
classed as flammable in Division 2.1. Flammable components are flammable 
liquids and liquid mixtures, flammable solids and solid mixtures or 
flammable gases and gas mixtures meeting the following criteria:
    (1) A flammable liquid is a liquid having a flashpoint of not more 
than 93 [deg]C (200 [deg]F);
    (2) A flammable solid is a solid that meets the criteria in Sec.
173.124 of this subchapter; or
    (3) A flammable gas is a gas that meets the criteria in Sec.
173.115 of this subchapter.
    b. Gases of Division 2.3 and gases with a subsidiary risk of 5.1 
must not be used as a propellant in a chemical under pressure.
    c. Where the liquid or solid components are classed as Division 6.1, 
Packing Group II or III, or Class 8, Packing Group II or III, the 
chemical under pressure must be assigned a subsidiary risk of Division 
6.1 or Class 8 and the appropriate identification number must be 
assigned. Components classed as Division 6.1, Packing Group I, or Class 
8, Packing Group I, must not be offered for transportation and 
transported under this description.
    d. A chemical under pressure with components meeting the properties 
of: Class 1 (explosives); Class 3 (liquid desensitized explosives); 
Division 4.1 (self-reactive substances and solid desensitized 
explosives); Division 4.2 (substances liable to spontaneous combustion); 
Division 4.3 (substances which, in contact with water, emit flammable 
gases or toxic gases); Division 5.1 (oxidizing substances); Division 5.2 
(organic peroxides); Division 6.2 (Infectious substances); or, Class 7 
(Radioactive material), must not be offered for transportation under 
this description.
    e. A description to which special provision 170 or TP7 is assigned 
in Column 7 of the Sec.172.101 Hazardous Materials Table, and 
therefore requires air to be eliminated from the package vapor space by 
nitrogen or other means, must not be offered for transportation under 
this description.
    f. Chemicals under pressure containing components forbidden for 
transport on both passenger and cargo aircraft in Columns (9A) and (9B) 
of the Sec.172.101 Hazardous Materials Table must not be transported 
by air.
365 For manufactured instruments and articles containing mercury, see 
UN3506.
367 For the purposes of documentation and package marking:

[[Page 358]]

    a. The proper shipping name ``Paint related material'' may be used 
for consignments of packages containing ``Paint'' and ``Paint related 
material'' in the same package;
    b. The proper shipping name ``Paint related material, corrosive, 
flammable'' may be used for consignments of packages containing ``Paint, 
corrosive, flammable'' and ``Paint related material, corrosive, 
flammable'' in the same package;
    c. The proper shipping name ``Paint related material, flammable, 
corrosive'' may be used for consignments of packages containing ``Paint, 
flammable, corrosive'' and ``Paint related material, flammable, 
corrosive'' in the same package; and
    d. The proper shipping name ``Printing ink related material'' may be 
used for consignments of packages containing ``Printing ink'' and 
``Printing ink related material'' in the same package.
368 In the case of non-fissile or fissile-excepted uranium hexafluoride, 
the material must be classified under UN3507 or UN2978.
369 In accordance with Sec.173.2a of this subchapter, this radioactive 
material in an excepted package possessing corrosive properties is 
classified in Division 6.1 with a radioactive material and corrosive 
subsidiary risk. Uranium hexafluoride may be classified under this entry 
only if the conditions of Sec. Sec.173.420(a)(4) and (6) and (d) and 
173.421(b) and (d) of this subchapter, and, for fissile-excepted 
material, the conditions of Sec.173.453 of this subchapter are met. In 
addition to the provisions applicable to the transport of Division 6.1 
substances, the provisions of Sec. Sec.173.421(c) and 173.443(a) of 
this subchapter apply. In addition, packages shall be legibly and 
durably marked with an identification of the consignor, the consignee, 
or both. No Class 7 label is required to be displayed. The consignor 
shall be in possession of a copy of each applicable certificate when 
packages include fissile material excepted by competent authority 
approval. When a consignment is undeliverable, the consignment shall be 
placed in a safe location and the appropriate competent authority shall 
be informed as soon as possible and a request made for instructions on 
further action. If it is evident that a package of radioactive material, 
or conveyance carrying unpackaged radioactive material, is leaking, or 
if it is suspected that the package, or conveyance carrying unpackaged 
material, may have leaked, the requirements of Sec.173.443(e) of this 
subchapter apply.
370 This entry also applies to Ammonium nitrate with not more than 0.2% 
combustible substances, including any organic substance calculated as 
carbon, to the exclusion of any added substance, that gives a positive 
result when tested in accordance with Test Series 2 of the UN Manual of 
Tests and Criteria, Part I (incorporated by reference; see Sec.171.7 
of this subchapter). See also UN No. 1942.
371 a. This entry also applies to articles not conforming to the 
requirements of Sec. Sec.173.302, 173.304, or 173.306 of this 
subchapter, containing a small pressure receptacle with a release 
device. Such articles must comply with the following requirements:
    (1) The water capacity of the pressure receptacle must not exceed 
0.5 L and the working pressure must not exceed 25 bar at 15 [deg]C (59 
[deg]F);
    (2) The minimum burst pressure of the pressure receptacle must be at 
least four times the pressure of the gas at 15 [deg]C (59 [deg]F);
    (3) Each article must be manufactured in such a way that 
unintentional firing or release is avoided under normal conditions of 
handling, packing, transport and use. This may be fulfilled by an 
additional locking device linked to the activator;
    (4) Each article must be manufactured in such a way as to prevent 
hazardous projections of the pressure receptacle or parts of the 
pressure receptacle;
    (5) Each pressure receptacle must be manufactured from material 
which will not fragment upon rupture;
    (6) The design type of the article must be subjected to a fire test. 
For this test, the provisions of paragraphs 16.6.1.2 except letter g, 
16.6.1.3.1 to 16.6.1.3.6, 16.6.1.3.7(b) and 16.6.1.3.8 of the UN Manual 
of Tests and Criteria must be applied. It must be demonstrated that the 
article relieves its pressure by means of a fire degradable seal or 
other pressure relief device, in such a way that the pressure receptacle 
will not fragment and that the article or fragments of the article do 
not rocket more than 10 meters; and
    (7) The design type of the article must be subjected to the 
following test. A stimulating mechanism must be used to initiate one 
article in the middle of the packaging. There must be no hazardous 
effects outside the package such as disruption of the package, metal 
fragments or a receptacle which passes through the packaging.
    b. The manufacturer must produce technical documentation of the 
design type, manufacture as well as the tests and their results. The 
manufacturer must apply procedures to ensure that articles produced in 
series are made of good quality, conform to the design type and are able 
to meet the requirements in (a). The manufacturer must provide such 
information to a representative of the Department upon request.
372 This entry applies to asymmetric capacitors with an energy storage 
capacity

[[Page 359]]

greater than 0.3 Wh. Capacitors with an energy storage capacity of 0.3 
Wh or less are not subject to the requirements of this subchapter.
    Energy storage capacity means the energy stored in a capacitor, as 
calculated according to the following equation,

Wh = 1/2CN(UR\2\-UL\2\) x (1/3600)

Using the nominal capacitance (CN), rated voltage 
          (UR) and the rated lower limit voltage 
          (UL).

    Nickel-carbon asymmetric capacitors containing Class 8 alkaline 
electrolytes must be transported as UN2795, Batteries, wet, filled with 
alkali, electric storage.
379 When offered for transport by highway, rail, or cargo vessel, 
anhydrous ammonia adsorbed or absorbed on a solid contained in ammonia 
dispensing systems or receptacles intended to form part of such systems 
is not subject to the requirements of this subchapter if the following 
conditions in this provision are met. In addition to meeting the 
conditions in this provision, transport on cargo aircraft only may be 
authorized with prior approval of the Associate Administrator.
    a. The adsorption or absorption presents the following properties:
    (1) The pressure at a temperature of 20 [deg]C (68 [deg]F) in the 
receptacle is less than 0.6 bar (60 kPa);
    (2) The pressure at a temperature of 35 [deg]C (95 [deg]F) in the 
receptacle is less than 1 bar (100 kPa);
    (3) The pressure at a temperature of 85 [deg]C (185 [deg]F) in the 
receptacle is less than 12 bar (1200 kPa).
    b. The adsorbent or absorbent material shall not meet the definition 
or criteria for inclusion in Classes 1 to 8;
    c. The maximum contents of a receptacle shall be 10 kg of ammonia; 
and
    d. Receptacles containing adsorbed or absorbed ammonia shall meet 
the following conditions:
    (1) Receptacles shall be made of a material compatible with ammonia 
as specified in ISO 11114-1:2012 (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this 
subchapter);
    (2) Receptacles and their means of closure shall be hermetically 
sealed and able to contain the generated ammonia;
    (3) Each receptacle shall be able to withstand the pressure 
generated at 85 [deg]C (185 [deg]F) with a volumetric expansion no 
greater than 0.1%;
    (4) Each receptacle shall be fitted with a device that allows for 
gas evacuation once pressure exceeds 15 bar (1500 kPa) without violent 
rupture, explosion or projection; and
    (5) Each receptacle shall be able to withstand a pressure of 20 bar 
(2000 kPa) without leakage when the pressure relief device is 
deactivated.
    e. When offered for transport in an ammonia dispenser, the 
receptacles shall be connected to the dispenser in such a way that the 
assembly is guaranteed to have the same strength as a single receptacle.
    f. The properties of mechanical strength mentioned in this special 
provision shall be tested using a prototype of a receptacle and/or 
dispenser filled to nominal capacity, by increasing the temperature 
until the specified pressures are reached.
    g. The test results shall be documented, shall be traceable, and 
shall be made available to a representative of the Department upon 
request.
380 For transportation by private carrier in a motor carrier only, this 
material is not subject to the segregation requirements of Sec.
177.848(d) of this subchapter under the following conditions:
    a. The material is packaged in a DOT Specification 4BW240 cylinder, 
or in a DOT-51 portable tank.
    b. The material may only be loaded with Class 3, Class 8, and 
Division 4.1 materials in Packing Group II or III.
    c. The motor carrier must maintain a satisfactory safety rating as 
prescribed in 49 CFR part 385.
381 For railroad flagging kits, see Sec.173.184 (c) of this 
subchapter.
382 Packages containing toy plastic or paper caps for toy pistols 
described as ``UN0349, Articles, explosive, n.o.s. (Toy caps), 1.4S'' or 
``NA0337, Toy caps, 1.4S'' are not subject to the subpart E (labeling) 
requirements of this part when offered for transportation by motor 
vehicle, rail freight, cargo vessel, and cargo aircraft and, 
notwithstanding the packing method assigned in Sec.173.62 of this 
subchapter, in conformance with the following conditions:
    a. The toy plastic or paper caps must be in the form of sheets, 
strips, rolls, or individual caps;
    b. The caps must not contain more than an average of twenty-five 
hundredths of a grain of explosive composition per cap;
    c. The caps must be packed inside packagings constructed of 
cardboard not less than 0.013-inch in thickness, metal not less than 
0.008-inch in thickness, non-combustible plastic not less than 0.015-
inch in thickness, or a composite blister package consisting of 
cardboard not less than 0.013-inch in thickness and non-combustible 
plastic not less than 0.005-inch in thickness that completely encloses 
the caps;
    d. The minimum dimensions of each side and each end of the cardboard 
packaging must be 1/8th inch in height or more;
    e. The number of caps inside each packaging must be limited so that 
not more

[[Page 360]]

than 10 grains of explosives composition may be packed into one cubic 
inch of space, and not more than 17.5 grains of the explosive 
composition of toy caps may be packed in any inner packaging;
    f. Inner packagings must be packed in outer packagings meeting PG II 
performance criteria;
    g. Toy caps may be packed with non-explosive or non-flammable 
articles provided the outer packagings are marked as prescribed in this 
paragraph;
    h. Toy paper caps of any kind must not be packed in the same 
packaging with fireworks;
    i. The outside of each package must be plainly marked ``ARTICLES, 
EXPLOSIVES, N.O.S. (TOY CAPS)--HANDLE CAREFULLY'' OR ``TOY CAPS--HANDLE 
CAREFULLY''; and
    j. Explosives shipped in conformance with this paragraph must have 
been examined in accordance with Sec.173.56 of this subchapter and 
approved by the Associate Administrator.
383 For transportation by motor vehicle, substances meeting the 
conditions for high viscosity flammable liquids as prescribed in Sec.
173.121(b)(1)(i), (b)(1)(ii), and (b)(1)(iv) of this subchapter, may be 
reassigned to Packing Group III under the following conditions:
    a. Packaging must be UN standard metal drums attached with heavy 
duty steel strapping to a pallet; and
    b. The capacity of each drum must not exceed 220 L (58 gallons).
384 For green graphite electrodes and shapes that are large single 
component solid objects not subject to shifting, transport in open rail 
flat cars, open bed motor vehicles, and intermodal containers is also 
authorized. The objects must be secured to the flat car, motor vehicle, 
intermodal container, or unitized by steel banding to wooden runners or 
pallets and the units secured to the flat car, motor vehicle, or freight 
container to prevent shifting and movement, including relative motion 
between the objects, under conditions normally incident to 
transportation. Stacking is permitted two or more levels high to achieve 
maximum allowable utilization of the designated vehicle, rail car 
weight, or intermodal freight container weight or vessel hold volume.
385 Notwithstanding the provisions of Sec.177.834(l) of this 
subchapter, cargo heaters may be used when weather conditions are such 
that the freezing of a wetted explosive material is likely. Shipments 
must be made by private, leased or contract carrier vehicles under 
exclusive use of the offeror. Cargo heaters must be reverse 
refrigeration (heat pump) units. Shipments made in accordance with this 
Special provision are excepted from the requirements of Sec.
173.60(b)(4) of this subchapter.
386 When transported by private motor carrier only, the following 
corrosive liquids may be packaged in polyethylene bottles with a 
capacity no greater than 3.785L (one gallon), further packed inside an 
open-top, heavy wall, high density polyethylene box (i.e., crate) in a 
manner that the polyethylene bottles are not subjected to any 
superimposed weight, and the boxes must be reasonably secured against 
movement within the transport vehicle and loaded so as to minimize the 
possibility of coming in contact with other lading:

    Compounds, cleaning liquid, NA1760, PG II or III;
    Corrosive liquid, acidic, inorganic, n.o.s., UN3264, PG II;
    Corrosive liquid, acidic, organic, n.o.s., UN 3265, PG III;
    Corrosive liquid, basic, inorganic, n.o.s., UN3266, PG II;
    Hypochlorite solutions, UN1791, PG III;
    Hydrochloric acid solution, UN 1789, PG II; and
    Sulfuric acid, UN2796, PG II.

    a. No more than four bottles, securely closed with threaded caps, 
may be packed in each box.
    b. Each empty bottle must have a minimum weight of not less than 140 
grams and a minimum wall thickness of not less than 0.020 inch (0.508 
mm).
    c. The completed package must meet the Packing Group II performance 
level, as applicable for combination packagings with a plastic box outer 
packaging, in accordance with subpart M of part 178 of this subchapter.
    (i) Tests must be performed on each type and size of bottle, for 
each manufacturing location. Samples taken at random must withstand the 
prescribed tests without breakage or leakage.
    (ii) One bottle for every two hours of production, or for every 2500 
bottles produced, must be tested by dropping a bottle filled to 98% 
capacity with water from a height of 1.2 meters (3.9 feet) onto solid 
concrete directly on the closure.
    (iii) A copy of the test results must be kept on file at each 
facility where packagings are offered for transportation, and must be 
made available to a representative of the Department upon request.
    (iv) The name or symbol of the bottle producer, and the month and 
year of manufacture, must be marked by embossing, ink-jet printing of 
permanent ink, or other permanent means on the face or bottom of each 
bottle, in letters and numbers at least 6 mm (0.2 inch) high. Symbols, 
if used, must be registered with the Associate Administrator.

[[Page 361]]

    (v) The box must be constructed from high-density polyethylene in 
the density range 0.950-0.962, and be capable of holding liquid when in 
the upright position.
387 When materials are stabilized by temperature control, the provisions 
of Sec.173.21(f) of this subchapter apply. When chemical stabilization 
is employed, the person offering the material for transport shall ensure 
that the level of stabilization is sufficient to prevent the material as 
packaged from dangerous polymerization at 50 [deg]C (122 [deg]F). If 
chemical stabilization becomes ineffective at lower temperatures within 
the anticipated duration of transport, temperature control is required 
and is forbidden by aircraft. In making this determination factors to be 
taken into consideration include, but are not limited to, the capacity 
and geometry of the packaging and the effect of any insulation present, 
the temperature of the material when offered for transport, the duration 
of the journey, and the ambient temperature conditions typically 
encountered in the journey (considering also the season of year), the 
effectiveness and other properties of the stabilizer employed, 
applicable operational controls imposed by regulation (e.g. requirements 
to protect from sources of heat, including other cargo carried at a 
temperature above ambient) and any other relevant factors. The 
provisions of this special provision will be effective until January 2, 
2019, unless we terminate them earlier or extend them beyond that date 
by notice of a final rule in the Federal Register.
420 This entry does not apply to manufactured articles (such as table 
tennis balls).
421 This entry will no longer be effective on January 2, 2019 unless we 
terminate it earlier or extend it beyond that date by notice of a final 
rule in the Federal Register.
422 When labelling is required, the label to be used must be the label 
shown in Sec.172.447. Labels conforming to requirements in place on 
December 31, 2016 may continue to be used until December 31, 2018. When 
a placard is displayed, the placard must be the placard shown in Sec.
172.560.

    (2) ``A'' codes. These provisions apply only to transportation by 
aircraft:

                         Code/Special Provisions

A1 Single packagings are not permitted on passenger aircraft.
A2 Single packagings are not permitted on aircraft.
A3 For combination packagings, if glass inner packagings (including 
ampoules) are used, they must be packed with absorbent material in 
tightly closed rigid and leakproof receptacles before packing in outer 
packagings.
A4 Liquids having an inhalation toxicity of Packing Group I are not 
permitted on aircraft.
A5 Solids having an inhalation toxicity of Packing Group I are not 
permitted on passenger aircraft and may not exceed a maximum net 
quantity per package of 15 kg (33 pounds) on cargo aircraft.
A6 For combination packagings, if plastic inner packagings are used, 
they must be packed in tightly closed metal receptacles before packing 
in outer packagings.
A7 Steel packagings must be corrosion-resistant or have protection 
against corrosion.
A8 For combination packagings, if glass inner packagings (including 
ampoules) are used, they must be packed with cushioning material in 
tightly closed metal receptacles before packing in outer packagings.
A9 For combination packagings, if plastic bags are used, they must be 
packed in tightly closed metal receptacles before packing in outer 
packagings.
A10 When aluminum or aluminum alloy construction materials are used, 
they must be resistant to corrosion.
A11 For combination packagings, when metal inner packagings are 
permitted, only specification cylinders constructed of metals which are 
compatible with the hazardous material may be used.
A13 Bulk packagings are not authorized for transportation by aircraft.
A14 This material is not authorized to be transported as a limited 
quantity or consumer commodity in accordance with Sec.173.306 of this 
subchapter when transported aboard an aircraft.
A19 Combination packagings consisting of outer fiber drums or plywood 
drums, with inner plastic packagings, are not authorized for 
transportation by aircraft.
A20 Plastic bags as inner receptacles of combination packagings are not 
authorized for transportation by aircraft.
A29 Combination packagings consisting of outer expanded plastic boxes 
with inner plastic bags are not authorized for transportation by 
aircraft.
A30 Ammonium permanganate is not authorized for transportation on 
aircraft.
A34 Aerosols containing a corrosive liquid in Packing Group II charged 
with a gas are not permitted for transportation by aircraft.
A35 This includes any material which is not covered by any of the other 
classes but which has an anesthetic, narcotic, noxious or other similar 
properties such that, in the event of spillage or leakage on an 
aircraft, extreme annoyance or discomfort could be caused to crew 
members so as to prevent the correct performance of assigned duties.

[[Page 362]]

A37 This entry applies only to a material meeting the definition in 
Sec.171.8 of this subchapter for self-defense spray.
A51 For aircraft batteries, irrespective of the quantity limitations 
specified in Column (9A) of the Sec.172.101 Table or Sec.175.75(c), 
wet cell batteries, UN2794 or UN2795, up to a limit of 100 kg net mass 
per package may be transported aboard passenger aircraft. Transport in 
accordance with this special provision must be noted on the shipping 
paper.
A53 Refrigerating machines and refrigerating machine components are not 
subject to the requirements of this subchapter when containing less than 
12 kg (26.4 pounds) of a non-flammable gas or when containing 12 L (3 
gallons) or less of ammonia solution (UN2672) (see Sec.173.307 of this 
subchapter).
A54 Irrespective of the quantity limits in Column 9B of the Sec.
172.101 table, a lithium battery, including a lithium battery packed 
with, or contained in, equipment that otherwise meets the applicable 
requirements of Sec.173.185, may have a mass exceeding 35 kg if 
approved by the Associate Administrator prior to shipment.
A56 Radioactive material with a subsidiary hazard of Division 4.2, 
Packing Group I, must be transported in Type B packages when offered for 
transportation by aircraft. Radioactive material with a subsidiary 
hazard of Division 2.1 is forbidden from transport on passenger 
aircraft.
A60 Sterilization devices, when containing less than 30 mL per inner 
packaging with not more than 150 mL per outer packaging, may be 
transported in accordance with the provisions in Sec.173.4a, 
irrespective of Sec.173.4a(b), provided such packagings were first 
subjected to comparative fire testing. Comparative fire testing between 
a package as prepared for transport (including the substance to be 
transported) and an identical package filled with water must show that 
the maximum temperature measured inside the packages during testing does 
not differ by more than 200 [deg]C (392 [deg]F). Packagings may include 
a vent to permit the slow escape of gas (i.e. not more than 0.1 mL/hour 
per 30 mL inner packaging at 20 [deg]C (68 [deg]F) produced from gradual 
decomposition. The requirements of Sec. Sec.173.24(g)(1) and 173.27(c) 
do not apply.
A61 a. When used for purposes such as sterilization, inner packagings of 
peroxyacetic acid, stabilized, classified as UN 3107 Organic peroxide 
type E, liquid or UN 3109 Organic peroxide type F, liquid may be fitted 
with a vent consisting of hydrophobic membrane, provided:
    (1) Each inner packaging contains not more than 70 mL;
    (2) The inner packaging is designed so that the vent is not immersed 
in liquid in any orientation;
    (3) Each inner packaging is enclosed in an intermediate rigid 
plastic packaging with a small opening to permit release of gas and 
contains a buffer that neutralizes the contents of the inner packaging 
in the event of leakage;
    (4) Intermediate packagings are packed in a fiberboard box (4G) 
outer packaging;
    (5) Each outer packaging contains not more than 1.4 L of liquid; and
    (6) The rate of oxygen release from the outer packaging does not 
exceed 15 mL per hour.
    b. Such packages must be transported on cargo aircraft only. The 
requirements of Sec. Sec.173.24(g)(1) and 173.27(c) do not apply.
A82 The quantity limits in columns (9A) and (9B) do not apply to human 
or animal body parts, whole organs or whole bodies known to contain or 
suspected of containing an infectious substance.
A100 Lithium ion cells and batteries must be offered for transport at a 
state of charge not exceeding 30 percent of their rated capacity. 
Lithium ion cells and batteries at a state of charge greater than 30 
percent of their rated capacity may only be transported under conditions 
approved by the Associate Administrator in accordance with the 
requirements in 49 CFR part 107, subpart H. Guidance and methodology for 
determining the rated capacity can be found in sub-section 38.3.2.3 of 
the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this 
subchapter).
A101 In addition to the applicable requirements of Sec.173.185, the 
quantity of lithium metal in the batteries contained in any piece of 
equipment must not exceed 12 g per cell and 500 g per battery.
A105 The total net quantity of dangerous goods contained in one package, 
excluding magnetic material, must not exceed the following:
    a. 1 kg (2.2 pounds) in the case of solids;
    b. 0.5 L (0.1 gallons) in the case of liquids;
    c. 0.5 kg (1.1 pounds) in the case of Division 2.2 gases; or
    d. any combination thereof.
A112 Notwithstanding the quantity limits shown in Column (9A) and (9B) 
for this entry, the following IBCs are authorized for transportation 
aboard passenger and cargo-only aircraft. Each IBC may not exceed a 
maximum net quantity of 1,000 kg:
    a. Metal: 11A, 11B, 11N, 21A, 21B and 21N
    b. Rigid plastics: 11H1, 11H2, 21H1 and 21H2
    c. Composite with plastic inner receptacle: 11HZ1, 11HZ2, 21HZ1 and 
21HZ2
    d. Fiberboard: 11G
    e. Wooden: 11C, 11D and 11F (with inner liners)
    f. Flexible: 13H2, 13H3, 13H4, 13H5, 13L2, 13L3, 13L4, 13M1 and 13M2 
(flexible IBCs must be sift-proof and water resistant or must be fitted 
with a sift-proof and water resistant liner).

[[Page 363]]

A189 Except where the defining criteria of another class or division are 
met, concentrations of formaldehyde solution:
    a. With less than 25 percent but not less than 10 percent 
formaldehyde, must be described as UN3334, Aviation regulated liquid, 
n.o.s.; and
    b. With less than 10 percent formaldehyde, are not subject to this 
subchapter.
A191 Notwithstanding the Division 6.1 subsidiary risk for this 
description, the toxic subsidiary risk label and the requirement to 
indicate the subsidiary risk on the shipping paper are not required for 
manufactured articles containing less than 5 kg (11 pounds) of mercury.
A200 These articles must be transported as cargo and may not be carried 
aboard an aircraft by passengers or crewmembers in carry-on baggage, 
checked baggage, or on their person unless specifically authorized in 
Sec.175.10.
A210 This substance is forbidden for transport by air. It may be 
transported on cargo aircraft only with the prior approval of the 
Associate Administrator.
A212 ``UN 2031, Nitric acid, other than red fuming, with more than 20% 
and less than 65% nitric acid'' intended for use in sterilization 
devices only, may be transported on passenger aircraft irrespective of 
the indication of ``forbidden'' in columns (9A) of the Sec.172.101 
table provided that:
    a. Each inner packaging contains not more than 30 mL;
    b. Each inner packaging is contained in a sealed leak-proof 
intermediate packaging with sufficient absorbent material capable of 
containing the contents of the inner packaging;
    c. Intermediate packagings are securely packed in an outer packaging 
of a type permitted by Sec.173.158(g) of this subchapter which meet 
the requirements of part 178 of this subchapter at the Packing Group I 
performance level;
    d. The maximum quantity of nitric acid in the package does not 
exceed 300 mL; and
    e. Transport in accordance with this special provision must be noted 
on the shipping paper.

    (3) ``B'' codes. These provisions apply only to bulk packagings. 
Except as otherwise provided in this subchapter, these special 
provisions do not apply to UN portable tanks or IBCs:

                         Code/Special Provisions

B1 If the material has a flash point at or above 38 [deg]C (100 [deg]F) 
and below 93 [deg]C (200 [deg]F), then the bulk packaging requirements 
of Sec.173.241 of this subchapter are applicable. If the material has 
a flash point of less than 38 [deg]C (100 [deg]F), then the bulk 
packaging requirements of Sec.173.242 of this subchapter are 
applicable.
B2 MC 300, MC 301, MC 302, MC 303, MC 305, and MC 306 and DOT 406 cargo 
tanks are not authorized.
B3 MC 300, MC 301, MC 302, MC 303, MC 305, and MC 306 and DOT 406 cargo 
tanks and DOT 57 portable tanks are not authorized.
B4 MC 300, MC 301, MC 302, MC 303, MC 305, and MC 306 and DOT 406 cargo 
tanks are not authorized.
B5 Only ammonium nitrate solutions with 35 percent or less water that 
will remain completely in solution under all conditions of transport at 
a maximum lading temperature of 116 [deg]C (240 [deg]F) are authorized 
for transport in the following bulk packagings: MC 307, MC 312, DOT 407 
and DOT 412 cargo tanks with at least 172 kPa (25 psig) design pressure. 
The packaging shall be designed for a working temperature of at least 
121 [deg]C (250 [deg]F). Only Specifications MC 304, MC 307 or DOT 407 
cargo tank motor vehicles are authorized for transportation by vessel.
B6 Packagings shall be made of steel.
B7 Safety relief devices are not authorized on multi-unit tank car 
tanks. Openings for safety relief devices on multi-unit tank car tanks 
shall be plugged or blank flanged.
B8 Packagings shall be made of nickel, stainless steel, or steel with 
nickel, stainless steel, lead or other suitable corrosion resistant 
metallic lining.
B9 Bottom outlets are not authorized.
B10 MC 300, MC 301, MC 302, MC 303, MC 305, and MC 306 and DOT 406 cargo 
tanks, and DOT 57 portable tanks are not authorized.
B11 Tank car tanks must have a test pressure of at least 2,068.5 kPa 
(300 psig). Cargo and portable tanks must have a design pressure of at 
least 1,207 kPa (175 psig).
B13 A nonspecification cargo tank motor vehicle authorized in Sec.
173.247 of this subchapter must be at least equivalent in design and in 
construction to a DOT 406 cargo tank or MC 306 cargo tank (if 
constructed before August 31, 1995), except as follows:
    a. Packagings equivalent to MC 306 cargo tanks are excepted from the 
certification, venting, and emergency flow requirements of the MC 306 
specification.
    b. Packagings equivalent to DOT 406 cargo tanks are excepted from 
Sec. Sec.178.345-7(d)(5), circumferential reinforcements; 178.345-10, 
pressure relief; 178.345-11, outlets; 178.345-14, marking, and 178.345-
15, certification.
    c. Packagings are excepted from the design stress limits at elevated 
temperatures, as described in Section VIII of the ASME Code (IBR, see 
Sec.171.7 of this subchapter). However, the design stress limits may 
not exceed 25 percent of the stress for 0 temper at the maximum design 
temperature of the cargo tank, as specified in the

[[Page 364]]

Aluminum Association's ``Aluminum Standards and Data'' (IBR, see Sec.
171.7 of this subchapter).
B14 Each bulk packaging, except a tank car or a multi-unit-tank car 
tank, must be insulated with an insulating material so that the overall 
thermal conductance at 15.5 [deg]C (60 [deg]F) is no more than 1.5333 
kilojoules per hour per square meter per degree Celsius (0.075 Btu per 
hour per square foot per degree Fahrenheit) temperature differential. 
Insulating materials must not promote corrosion to steel when wet.
B15 Packagings must be protected with non-metallic linings impervious to 
the lading or have a suitable corrosion allowance.
B16 The lading must be completely covered with nitrogen, inert gas or 
other inert materials.
B18 Open steel hoppers or bins are authorized.
B23 Tanks must be made of steel that is rubber lined or unlined. Unlined 
tanks must be passivated before being placed in service. If unlined 
tanks are washed out with water, they must be repassivated prior to 
return to service. Lading in unlined tanks must be inhibited so that the 
corrosive effect on steel is not greater than that of hydrofluoric acid 
of 65 percent concentration.
B25 Packagings must be made from monel or nickel or monel-lined or 
nickel-lined steel.
B26 Tanks must be insulated. Insulation must be at least 100 mm (3.9 
inches) except that the insulation thickness may be reduced to 51 mm (2 
inches) over the exterior heater coils. Interior heating coils are not 
authorized. The packaging may not be loaded with a material outside of 
the packaging's design temperature range. In addition, the material also 
must be covered with an inert gas or the container must be filled with 
water to the tank's capacity. After unloading, the residual material 
also must be covered with an inert gas or the container must be filled 
with water to the tank's capacity.
B27 Tanks must have a service pressure of 1,034 kPa (150 psig). Tank car 
tanks must have a test pressure rating of 1,379 kPa (200 psig). Lading 
must be blanketed at all times with a dry inert gas at a pressure not to 
exceed 103 kPa (15 psig).
B28 Packagings must be made of stainless steel.
B30 MC 312, MC 330, MC 331 and DOT 412 cargo tanks and DOT 51 portable 
tanks must be made of stainless steel, except that steel other than 
stainless steel may be used in accordance with the provisions of Sec.
173.24b(b) of this subchapter. Thickness of stainless steel for tank 
shell and heads for cargo tanks and portable tanks must be the greater 
of 7.62 mm (0.300 inch) or the thickness required for a tank with a 
design pressure at least equal to 1.5 times the vapor pressure of the 
lading at 46 [deg]C (115 [deg]F). In addition, MC 312 and DOT 412 cargo 
tank motor vehicles must:
    a. Be ASME Code (U) stamped for 100% radiography of all pressure-
retaining welds;
    b. Have accident damage protection which conforms with Sec.
178.345-8 of this subchapter;
    c. Have a MAWP or design pressure of at least 87 psig: and
    d. Have a bolted manway cover.
B32 MC 312, MC 330, MC 331, DOT 412 cargo tanks and DOT 51 portable 
tanks must be made of stainless steel, except that steel other than 
stainless steel may be used in accordance with the provisions of Sec.
173.24b(b) of this subchapter. Thickness of stainless steel for tank 
shell and heads for cargo tanks and portable tanks must be the greater 
of 6.35 mm (0.250 inch) or the thickness required for a tank with a 
design pressure at least equal to 1.3 times the vapor pressure of the 
lading at 46 [deg]C (115 [deg]F). In addition, MC 312 and DOT 412 cargo 
tank motor vehicles must:
a. Be ASME Code (U) stamped for 100% radiography of all pressure-
retaining welds;
b. Have accident damage protection which conforms with Sec.178.345-8 
of this subchapter;
c. Have a MAWP or design pressure of at least 87 psig; and
d. Have a bolted manway cover.
B33 MC 300, MC 301, MC 302, MC 303, MC 305, MC 306, and DOT 406 cargo 
tanks equipped with a 1 psig normal vent used to transport gasoline must 
conform to Table I of this Special Provision. Based on the volatility 
class determined by using ASTM D 439 and the Reid vapor pressure (RVP) 
of the particular gasoline, the maximum lading pressure and maximum 
ambient temperature permitted during the loading of gasoline may not 
exceed that listed in Table I.

             Table I--Maximum Ambient Temperature--Gasoline
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                            Maximum lading and ambient
       ASTM D439 volatility class            temperature (see note 1)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
A......................................  131 [deg]F
(RVP <= 9.0 psia)
B......................................  124 [deg]F
(RVP <= 10.0 psia)
C......................................  116 [deg]F
(RVP <= 11.5 psia)
D......................................  107 [deg]F
(RVP <= 13.5 psia)
E......................................  100 [deg]F
(RVP <= 15.0 psia)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Note 1: Based on maximum lading pressure of 1 psig at top of cargo tank.

B35 Tank cars containing hydrogen cyanide may be alternatively marked 
``Hydrocyanic acid, liquefied'' if otherwise

[[Page 365]]

conforming to marking requirements in subpart D of this part. Tank cars 
marked ``HYDROCYANIC ACID'' prior to October 1, 1991 do not need to be 
remarked.
B42 Tank cars constructed before March 16, 2009, must have a test 
pressure of 34.47 Bar (500 psig) or greater and conform to Class 105J. 
Each tank car must have a reclosing pressure relief device having a 
start-to-discharge pressure of 10.34 Bar (150 psig). The tank car 
specification may be marked to indicate a test pressure of 13.79 Bar 
(200 psig).
B44 All parts of valves and safety relief devices in contact with lading 
must be of a material which will not cause formation of acetylides.
B45 Each tank must have a reclosing combination pressure relief device 
equipped with stainless steel or platinum rupture discs approved by the 
AAR Tank Car Committee.
B46 The detachable protective housing for the loading and unloading 
valves of multi-unit tank car tanks must withstand tank test pressure 
and must be approved by the Associate Administrator.
B47 Each tank may have a reclosing pressure relief device having a 
start-to-discharge pressure setting of 310 kPa (45 psig).
B48 Portable tanks in sodium metal service may be visually inspected at 
least once every 5 years instead of being retested hydrostatically. Date 
of the visual inspection must be stenciled on the tank near the other 
required markings.
B49 Tanks equipped with interior heater coils are not authorized. Single 
unit tank car tanks must have a reclosing pressure relief device having 
a start-to-discharge pressure set at no more than 1551 kPa (225 psig).
B52 Notwithstanding the provisions of Sec.173.24b of this subchapter, 
non-reclosing pressure relief devices are authorized on DOT 57 portable 
tanks.
B53 Packagings must be made of either aluminum or steel.
B54 Open-top, sift-proof rail cars are also authorized.
B55 Water-tight, sift-proof, closed-top, metal-covered hopper cars, 
equipped with a venting arrangement (including flame arrestors) approved 
by the Associate Administrator are also authorized.
B56 Water-tight, sift-proof, closed-top, metal-covered hopper cars are 
also authorized if the particle size of the hazardous material is not 
less than 149 microns.
B57 Class 115A tank car tanks used to transport chloroprene must be 
equipped with a non-reclosing pressure relief device of a diameter not 
less than 305 mm (12 inches) with a maximum rupture disc pressure of 310 
kPa (45 psig).
B59 Water-tight, sift-proof, closed-top, metal-covered hopper cars are 
also authorized provided that the lading is covered with a nitrogen 
blanket.
B61 Written procedures covering details of tank car appurtenances, dome 
fittings, safety devices, and marking, loading, handling, inspection, 
and testing practices must be approved by the Associate Administrator 
before any single unit tank car tank is offered for transportation.
B65 Tank cars constructed before March 16, 2009, must have a test 
pressure of 34.47 Bar (500 psig) or greater and conform to Class 105A. 
Each tank car must have a reclosing pressure relief device having a 
start-to-discharge pressure of 15.51 Bar (225 psig). The tank car 
specification may be marked to indicate a test pressure of 20.68 Bar 
(300 psig).
B66 Each tank must be equipped with gas tight valve protection caps. 
Outage must be sufficient to prevent tanks from becoming liquid full at 
55 [deg]C (130 [deg]F). Specification 110A500W tanks must be stainless 
steel.
B67 All valves and fittings must be protected by a securely attached 
cover made of metal not subject to deterioration by the lading, and all 
valve openings, except safety valve, must be fitted with screw plugs or 
caps to prevent leakage in the event of valve failure.
B68 Sodium must be in a molten condition when loaded and allowed to 
solidify before shipment. Outage must be at least 5 percent at 98 [deg]C 
(208 [deg]F). Bulk packagings must have exterior heating coils fusion 
welded to the tank shell which have been properly stress relieved. The 
only tank car tanks authorized are Class DOT 105 tank cars having a test 
pressure of 2,069 kPa (300 psig) or greater.
B69 Dry sodium cyanide or potassium cyanide may be shipped in the 
following sift-proof and weather-resistant packagings: metal covered 
hopper cars, covered motor vehicles, portable tanks, or non-
specification bins.
B70 If DOT 103ANW tank car tank is used: All cast metal in contact with 
the lading must have 96.7 percent nickel content; and the lading must be 
anhydrous and free from any impurities.
B76 Tank cars constructed before March 16, 2009, must have a test 
pressure of 20.68 Bar (300 psig) or greater and conform to Class 105S, 
112J, 114J or 120S. Each tank car must have a reclosing pressure relief 
device having a start-to-discharge pressure of 10.34 Bar (150 psig). The 
tank car specification may be marked to indicate a test pressure of 
13.79 Bar (200 psig).
B77 Other packaging are authorized when approved by the Associate 
Administrator.
B78 Tank cars must have a test pressure of 4.14 Bar (60 psig) or greater 
and conform to Class 103, 104, 105, 109, 111, 112, 114 or 120.

[[Page 366]]

Heater pipes must be of welded construction designed for a test pressure 
of 500 psig. A 25 mm (1 inch) woven lining of asbestos or other approved 
material must be placed between the bolster slabbing and the bottom of 
the tank. If a tank car tank is equipped with a non-reclosing pressure 
relief device, the rupture disc must be perforated with a 3.2 mm (0.13 
inch) diameter hole. If a tank car tank is equipped with a reclosing 
pressure relief valve, the tank must also be equipped with a vacuum 
relief valve.
B80 Each cargo tank must have a minimum design pressure of 276 kPa (40 
psig).
B81 Venting and pressure relief devices for tank car tanks and cargo 
tanks must be approved by the Associate Administrator.
B82 Cargo tanks and portable tanks are not authorized.
B83 Bottom outlets are prohibited on tank car tanks transporting 
sulfuric acid in concentrations over 65.25 percent.
B84 Packagings must be protected with non-metallic linings impervious to 
the lading or have a suitable corrosion allowance for sulfuric acid or 
spent sulfuric acid in concentration up to 65.25 percent.
B85 Cargo tanks must be marked with the name of the lading in accordance 
with the requirements of Sec.172.302(b).
B90 Steel tanks conforming or equivalent to ASME specifications which 
contain solid or semisolid residual motor fuel antiknock mixture 
(including rust, scale, or other contaminants) may be shipped by rail 
freight or highway. The tank must have been designed and constructed to 
be capable of withstanding full vacuum. All openings must be closed with 
gasketed blank flanges or vapor tight threaded closures.
B115 Rail cars, highway trailers, roll-on/roll-off bins, or other non-
specification bulk packagings are authorized. Packagings must be sift-
proof, prevent liquid water from reaching the hazardous material, and be 
provided with sufficient venting to preclude dangerous accumulation of 
flammable, corrosive, or toxic gaseous emissions such as methane, 
hydrogen, and ammonia. The material must be loaded dry.
B116 The use of non specification, sift-proof dump or hopper type 
vehicles, and sift-proof roll-on/roll-off bulk bins, which must be 
covered by a tarpaulin, metal cover, or equivalent means is authorized 
for the transportation of spent bleaching earth by motor vehicle. The 
material is also be subject to operational controls which include not 
exceeding a temperature of 55C (130F) at the time it is offered or 
during transportation, not exceeding a transportation time of 24 hours, 
and drivers transporting spent bleaching earth must be trained in the 
properties and hazards of the spent bleaching earth. This training must 
be documented in training records required by Sec.172.704(d).
B120 The use of flexible bulk containers conforming to the requirements 
in subpart R and subpart S of part 178 of this subchapter is permitted.
B130 When transported by motor vehicle, used diatomaceous earth filter 
material is not subject to any other requirements of this subchapter 
except for the shipping paper requirements of subpart C of part 172 of 
this subchapter; emergency response information as required by Sec.
172.602(a)(2) through (a)(7) of this subchapter; and the marking 
requirements of Sec.172.302 of this subchapter, if the following 
requirements are met:
    a. Packagings are non-DOT specification sift-proof motor vehicles or 
sift-proof roll-on/roll-off bulk bins, which are covered by a tarpaulin 
or other equivalent means.
    b. The temperature of the material at the time it is offered for 
transport and during transportation may not exceed 55 [deg]C (130 
[deg]F).
    c. The time between offering the material for transportation at the 
point of origin, and unloading the material at the destination does not 
exceed 48 hours.
    d. In addition to the training requirements prescribed in Sec. Sec.
172.700 through 172.704, each driver must be trained regarding the 
properties and hazards of diatomaceous earth filter material, 
precautions to ensure safe transport of the material, and actions to be 
taken in the event of an emergency during transportation, or a 
substantial delay in transit.
B131 When transported by highway, rail, or cargo vessel, waste Paint and 
Paint related material (UN1263; PG II and PG III), when in plastic or 
metal inner packagings of not more than 26.5 L (7 gallons), are excepted 
from the marking requirements in Sec.172.301(a) and (c) and the 
labeling requirements in Sec.172.400(a), when further packed in the 
following specification and non-specification bulk outer packagings and 
under the following conditions:
    a. Primary receptacles must conform to the general packaging 
requirements of subpart B of part 173 of this subchapter and may not 
leak. If they do leak, they must be overpacked in packagings conforming 
to the specification requirements of part 178 of this subchapter or in 
salvage packagings conforming to the requirements in Sec.173.12 of 
this subchapter.
    b. Primary receptacles must be further packed in non-specification 
bulk outer packagings such as cubic yard boxes, plastic rigid-wall bulk 
containers, dump trailers, and roll-off containers. Bulk outer 
packagings must be liquid tight

[[Page 367]]

through design or by the use of lining materials.
    c. Primary receptacles may also be further packed in specification 
bulk outer packagings. Authorized specification bulk outer packagings 
are UN11G fiberboard intermediate bulk containers (IBC) and UN13H4 woven 
plastic, coated and with liner flexible intermediate bulk containers 
(FIBCs) meeting the Packing Group II performance level and lined with a 
plastic liner of at least 6 mil thickness.
    d. All inner packagings placed inside bulk outer packagings must be 
blocked and braced to prevent movement during transportation that could 
cause the container to open or fall over. Specification IBCs and FIBCs 
are to be secured to a pallet.
B132 Except for transportation by aircraft, UN2813, Water reactive 
solid, n.o.s. (contains magnesium, magnesium nitrides) in PG II or III 
may be packaged in sift-proof bulk packagings that prevent liquid from 
reaching the hazardous material with sufficient venting to preclude 
dangerous accumulation of flammable, corrosive or toxic gaseous 
emissions such as methane, hydrogen and ammonia.
B133 Hydrochloric acid concentration not exceeding 38%, in Packing Group 
II, is authorized to be packaged in UN31H1 or UN31HH1 intermediate bulk 
containers when loaded in accordance with the requirements of Sec.
173.35(h) of this subchapter.
B134 For Large Packagings offered for transport by vessel, flexible or 
fibre inner packagings shall be sift-proof and water-resistant or shall 
be fitted with a sift-proof and water-resistant liner.
B135 For Large Packagings offered for transport by vessel, flexible or 
fibre inner packagings shall be hermetically sealed.

    (4) IB Codes and IP Codes. These provisions apply only to 
transportation in IBCs and Large Packagings. Table 1 authorizes IBCs for 
specific proper shipping names through the use of IB Codes assigned in 
the Sec.172.101 table of this subchapter. Table 2 defines IP Codes on 
the use of IBCs that are assigned to specific commodities in the Sec.
172.101 Table of this subchapter. Table 3 authorizes Large Packagings 
for specific proper shipping names through the use of IB Codes assigned 
in the Sec.172.101 table of this subchapter. Large Packagings are 
authorized for the Packing Group III entries of specific proper shipping 
names when either special provision IB3 or IB8 is assigned to that entry 
in the Sec.172.101 Table. When no IB code is assigned in the Sec.
172.101 Table for a specific proper shipping name, or in Sec.173.185 
or Sec.173.225(e) Organic Peroxide Table for Type F organic peroxides, 
use of an IBC or Large Packaging for the material may be authorized when 
approved by the Associate Administrator. The letter ``Z'' shown in the 
marking code for composite IBCs must be replaced with a capital code 
letter designation found in Sec.178.702(a)(2) of this subchapter to 
specify the material used for the other packaging. Tables 1, 2, and 3 
follow:

                      Table 1--IB Codes (IBC Codes)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
         IBC code                         Authorized IBCs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
IB1......................  Authorized IBCs: Metal (31A, 31B and 31N).
                           Additional Requirement: Only liquids with a
                            vapor pressure less than or equal to 110 kPa
                            at 50 [deg]C (1.1 bar at 122 [deg]F), or 130
                            kPa at 55 [deg]C (1.3 bar at 131 [deg]F) are
                            authorized.
IB2......................  Authorized IBCs: Metal (31A, 31B and 31N);
                            Rigid plastics (31H1 and 31H2); Composite
                            (31HZ1).
                           Additional Requirement: Only liquids with a
                            vapor pressure less than or equal to 110 kPa
                            at 50 [deg]C (1.1 bar at 122 [deg]F), or 130
                            kPa at 55 [deg]C (1.3 bar at 131 [deg]F) are
                            authorized.
IB3......................  Authorized IBCs: Metal (31A, 31B and 31N);
                            Rigid plastics (31H1 and 31H2); Composite
                            (31HZ1 and 31HA2, 31HB2, 31HN2, 31HD2 and
                            31HH2).
                           Additional Requirement: Only liquids with a
                            vapor pressure less than or equal to 110 kPa
                            at 50 [deg]C (1.1 bar at 122 [deg]F), or 130
                            kPa at 55 [deg]C (1.3 bar at 131 [deg]F) are
                            authorized, except for UN2672 (also see
                            special provision IP8 in Table 2 for
                            UN2672).
IB4......................  Authorized IBCs: Metal (11A, 11B, 11N, 21A,
                            21B, 21N, 31A, 31B and 31N).
IB5......................  Authorized IBCs: Metal (11A, 11B, 11N, 21A,
                            21B, 21N, 31A, 31B and 31N); Rigid plastics
                            (11H1, 11H2, 21H1, 21H2, 31H1 and 31H2);
                            Composite (11HZ1, 21HZ1 and 31HZ1).
IB6......................  Authorized IBCs: Metal (11A, 11B, 11N, 21A,
                            21B, 21N, 31A, 31B and 31N); Rigid plastics
                            (11H1, 11H2, 21H1, 21H2, 31H1 and 31H2);
                            Composite (11HZ1, 11HZ2, 21HZ1, 21HZ2 and
                            31HZ1).
                           Additional Requirement: Composite IBCs 11HZ2
                            and 21HZ2 may not be used when the hazardous
                            materials being transported may become
                            liquid during transport.
IB7......................  Authorized IBCs: Metal (11A, 11B, 11N, 21A,
                            21B, 21N, 31A, 31B and 31N); Rigid plastics
                            (11H1, 11H2, 21H1, 21H2, 31H1 and 31H2);
                            Composite (11HZ1, 11HZ2, 21HZ1, 21HZ2 and
                            31HZ1); Wooden (11C, 11D and 11F).
                           Additional Requirement: Liners of wooden IBCs
                            must be sift-proof.

[[Page 368]]

 
IB8......................  Authorized IBCs: Metal (11A, 11B, 11N, 21A,
                            21B, 21N, 31A, 31B and 31N); Rigid plastics
                            (11H1, 11H2, 21H1, 21H2, 31H1 and 31H2 );
                            Composite (11HZ1, 11HZ2, 21HZ1, 21HZ2 and
                            31HZ1); Fiberboard (11G); Wooden (11C, 11D
                            and 11F); Flexible (13H1, 13H2, 13H3, 13H4,
                            13H5, 13L1, 13L2, 13L3, 13L4, 13M1 or 13M2).
IB9......................  IBCs are only authorized if approved by the
                            Associate Administrator.
------------------------------------------------------------------------


                            Table 2--IP Codes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
         IP code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
IP1......................  IBCs must be packed in closed freight
                            containers or a closed transport vehicle.
IP2......................  When IBCs other than metal or rigid plastics
                            IBCs are used, they must be offered for
                            transportation in a closed freight container
                            or a closed transport vehicle.
IP3......................  Flexible IBCs must be sift-proof and water-
                            resistant or must be fitted with a sift-
                            proof and water-resistant liner.
IP4......................  Flexible, fiberboard or wooden IBCs must be
                            sift-proof and water-resistant or be fitted
                            with a sift-proof and water-resistant liner.
IP5......................  IBCs must have a device to allow venting. The
                            inlet to the venting device must be located
                            in the vapor space of the IBC under maximum
                            filling conditions.
IP6......................  Non-specification bulk bins are authorized.
IP7......................  For UN identification numbers 1327, 1363,
                            1364, 1365, 1386, 1841, 2211, 2217, 2793 and
                            3314, IBCs are not required to meet the IBC
                            performance tests specified in part 178,
                            subpart N, of this subchapter.
IP8......................  Ammonia solutions may be transported in rigid
                            or composite plastic IBCs (31H1, 31H2 and
                            31HZ1) that have successfully passed,
                            without leakage or permanent deformation,
                            the hydrostatic test specified in Sec.
                            178.814 of this subchapter at a test
                            pressure that is not less than 1.5 times the
                            vapor pressure of the contents at 55 [deg]C
                            (131 [deg]F).
IP13.....................  Transportation by vessel in IBCs is
                            prohibited.
IP14.....................  Air must be eliminated from the vapor space
                            by nitrogen or other means.
IP15.....................  For UN2031 with more than 55% nitric acid,
                            rigid plastic IBCs and composite IBCs with a
                            rigid plastic inner receptacle are
                            authorized for two years from the date of
                            IBC manufacture.
IP16.....................  IBCs of type 31A and 31N are only authorized
                            if approved by the Associate Administrator.
IP19.....................  For UN identification numbers 3531, 3532,
                            3533, and 3534, IBCs must be designed and
                            constructed to permit the release of gas or
                            vapor to prevent a build-up of pressure that
                            could rupture the IBCs in the event of loss
                            of stabilization.
IP20.....................  Dry sodium cyanide or potassium cyanide is
                            also permitted in siftproof, water-
                            resistant, fiberboard IBCs when transported
                            in closed freight containers or transport
                            vehicles.
IP21.....................  When transported by vessel, flexible,
                            fiberboard or wooden IBCs must be sift-proof
                            and water-resistant or be fitted with a sift-
                            proof and water-resistant liner.
------------------------------------------------------------------------


                            Table 3--IB Codes
                    [Large packaging authorizations]
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                  Authorized Large Packagings (LIQUIDS)
              IB3                      (PG III materials only) \2\
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Inner packagings:                Large outer packagings:
    Glass 10 liter.............  steel (50A).
    Plastics 30 liter..........  aluminum (50B).
    Metal 40 liter.............  metal other than steel or aluminum
                                  (50N).
                                    rigid plastics (50H).
                                    natural wood (50C).
                                    plywood (50D).
                                    reconstituted wood (50F).
                                    rigid fiberboard (50G).
------------------------------------------------------------------------


 
                  IB8                        Authorized Large Packagings (SOLIDS) (PG III materials only) \2\
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Inner packagings:                        Large outer packagings:
    Glass 10 kg........................     steel (50A).
    Plastics 50 kg.....................     aluminum (50B).
    Metal 50 kg........................     metal other than steel or aluminum (50N).
    Paper 50 kg........................     flexible plastics (51H). \1\
    Fiber 50 kg........................     rigid plastics (50H).
                                            natural wood (50C).
                                            plywood (50D).
                                            reconstituted wood (50F).

[[Page 369]]

 
                                            rigid fiberboard (50G).
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Flexible plastic (51H) Large Packagings are only authorized for use with flexible inner packagings.
\2\ Except when authorized under Special Provision 41.

    (5) ``N'' codes. These provisions apply only to non-bulk packagings:

                         Code/Special Provisions

N3 Glass inner packagings are permitted in combination or composite 
packagings only if the hazardous material is free from hydrofluoric 
acid.
N4 For combination or composite packagings, glass inner packagings, 
other than ampoules, are not permitted.
N5 Glass materials of construction are not authorized for any part of a 
packaging which is normally in contact with the hazardous material.
N6 Battery fluid packaged with electric storage batteries, wet or dry, 
must conform to the packaging provisions of Sec.173.159 (g) or (h) of 
this subchapter.
N7 The hazard class or division number of the material must be marked on 
the package in accordance with Sec.172.302 of this subchapter. 
However, the hazard label corresponding to the hazard class or division 
may be substituted for the marking.
N8 Nitroglycerin solution in alcohol may be transported under this entry 
only when the solution is packed in metal cans of not more than 1 L 
capacity each, overpacked in a wooden box containing not more than 5 L. 
Metal cans must be completely surrounded with absorbent cushioning 
material. Wooden boxes must be completely lined with a suitable material 
impervious to water and nitroglycerin.
N11 This material is excepted for the specification packaging 
requirements of this subchapter if the material is packaged in strong, 
tight non-bulk packaging meeting the requirements of subparts A and B of 
part 173 of this subchapter.
N12 Plastic packagings are not authorized.
N20 A 5M1 multi-wall paper bag is authorized if transported in a closed 
transport vehicle.
N25 Steel single packagings are not authorized.
N32 Aluminum materials of construction are not authorized for single 
packagings.
N33 Aluminum drums are not authorized.
N34 Aluminum construction materials are not authorized for any part of a 
packaging which is normally in contact with the hazardous material.
N36 Aluminum or aluminum alloy construction materials are permitted only 
for halogenated hydrocarbons that will not react with aluminum.
N37 This material may be shipped in an integrally-lined fiber drum (1G) 
which meets the general packaging requirements of subpart B of part 173 
of this subchapter, the requirements of part 178 of this subchapter at 
the packing group assigned for the material and to any other special 
provisions of column 7 of the Sec.172.101 table.
N40 This material is not authorized in the following packagings:
    a. A combination packaging consisting of a 4G fiberboard box with 
inner receptacles of glass or earthenware;
    b. A single packaging of a 4C2 sift-proof, natural wood box; or
    c. A composite packaging 6PG2 (glass, porcelain or stoneware 
receptacles within a fiberboard box).
N41 Metal construction materials are not authorized for any part of a 
packaging which is normally in contact with the hazardous material.
N42 1A1 drums made of carbon steel with thickness of body and heads of 
not less than 1.3 mm (0.050 inch) and with a corrosion-resistant 
phenolic lining are authorized for stabilized benzyl chloride if tested 
and certified to the Packing Group I performance level at a specific 
gravity of not less than 1.8.
N43 Metal drums are permitted as single packagings only if constructed 
of nickel or monel.
N45 Copper cartridges are authorized as inner packagings if the 
hazardous material is not in dispersion.
N65 Outage must be sufficient to prevent cylinders or spheres from 
becoming liquid full at 55 [deg]C (130 [deg]F). The vacant space 
(outage) may be charged with a nonflammable nonliquefied compressed gas 
if the pressure in the cylinder or sphere at 55 [deg]C (130 [deg]F) does 
not exceed 125 percent of the marked service pressure.
N73 Packagings consisting of outer wooden or fiberboard boxes with inner 
glass, metal or other strong containers; metal or fiber drums; kegs or 
barrels; or strong metal cans are authorized and need not conform to the 
requirements of part 178 of this subchapter.
N74 Packages consisting of tightly closed inner containers of glass, 
earthenware, metal or polyethylene, capacity not over 0.5 kg (1.1 
pounds) securely cushioned and packed in outer wooden barrels or wooden 
or fiberboard boxes, not over 15 kg (33 pounds) net weight, are 
authorized and

[[Page 370]]

need not conform to the requirements of part 178 of this subchapter.
N75 Packages consisting of tightly closed inner packagings of glass, 
earthenware or metal, securely cushioned and packed in outer wooden 
barrels or wooden or fiberboard boxes, capacity not over 2.5 kg (5.5 
pounds) net weight, are authorized and need not conform to the 
requirements of part 178 of this subchapter.
N76 For materials of not more than 25 percent active ingredient by 
weight, packages consisting of inner metal packagings not greater than 
250 mL (8 ounces) capacity each, packed in strong outer packagings 
together with sufficient absorbent material to completely absorb the 
liquid contents are authorized and need not conform to the requirements 
of part 178 of this subchapter.
N77 For materials of not more than two percent active ingredients by 
weight, packagings need not conform to the requirements of part 178 of 
this subchapter, if liquid contents are absorbed in an inert material.
N78 Packages consisting of inner glass, earthenware, or polyethylene or 
other nonfragile plastic bottles or jars not over 0.5 kg (1.1 pounds) 
capacity each, or metal cans not over five pounds capacity each, packed 
in outer wooden boxes, barrels or kegs, or fiberboard boxes are 
authorized and need not conform to the requirements of part 178 of this 
subchapter. Net weight of contents in fiberboard boxes may not exceed 29 
kg (64 pounds). Net weight of contents in wooden boxes, barrels or kegs 
may not exceed 45 kg (99 pounds).
N79 Packages consisting of tightly closed metal inner packagings not 
over 0.5 kg (1.1 pounds) capacity each, packed in outer wooden or 
fiberboard boxes, or wooden barrels, are authorized and need not conform 
to the requirements of part 178 of this subchapter. Net weight of 
contents may not exceed 15 kg (33 pounds).
N80 Packages consisting of one inner metal can, not over 2.5 kg (5.5 
pounds) capacity, packed in an outer wooden or fiberboard box, or a 
wooden barrel, are authorized and need not conform to the requirements 
of part 178 of this subchapter.
N82 See Sec.173.115 of this subchapter for classification criteria for 
flammable aerosols.
N83 This material may not be transported in quantities of more than 11.5 
kg (25.4 lbs) per package.
N84 The maximum quantity per package is 500 g (1.1 lbs.).
N85 Packagings certified at the Packing Group I performance level may 
not be used.
N86 UN pressure receptacles made of aluminum alloy are not authorized.
N87 The use of copper valves on UN pressure receptacles is prohibited.
N88 Any metal part of a UN pressure receptacle in contact with the 
contents may not contain more than 65% copper, with a tolerance of 1%.
N89 When steel UN pressure receptacles are used, only those bearing the 
``H'' mark are authorized.
N90 Metal packagings are not authorized. Packagings of other material 
with a small amount of metal, for example metal closures or other metal 
fittings such as those mentioned in part 178 of this subchapter, are not 
considered metal packagings. Packagings of other material constructed 
with a small amount of metal must be designed such that the hazardous 
material does not contact the metal.
N91 The use of a non specification sift-proof, non-bulk, metal can with 
or without lid, or a non specification sift-proof, non-bulk fiber drum, 
with or without lid is authorized when transporting coal tar pitch 
compounds by motor vehicle or rail freight. The fiber drum must to be 
fabricated with a three ply wall, as a minimum. The coal tar pitch 
compound must be in a solid mass during transportation.
N92 Notwithstanding the provisions of Sec.173.24(g) of this 
subchapter, packagings shall be designed and constructed to permit the 
release of gas or vapor to prevent a build-up of pressure that could 
rupture the packagings in the event of loss of stabilization.
N95 UN1075, Liquefied petroleum gas and UN1978, Propane authorized for 
transport in DOT 4BA240 cylinders is not subject to the UN 
identification number and proper shipping name marking or the label 
requirements of this part subject to the following conditions:
    a. The cylinder must be transported in a closed motor vehicle 
displaying FLAMMABLE GAS placards in accordance with subpart F of part 
172 of this subchapter.
    b. Shipping papers at all times must reflect a correct current 
accounting of all cylinders both full and expended.
    c. The cylinders are collected and transported by a private or a 
contract carrier for reconditioning, reuse or disposal.

    (6) ``R'' codes. These provisions apply only to transportation by 
rail.
    R1 A person who offers for transportation tank cars containing 
sulfur, molten or residue of sulfur, molten may reference the Sulfur 
Institute's, ``Molten Sulphur Rail Tank Car Guidance document'' (see 
Sec.171.7 of this subchapter) to identify tank cars that may pose a 
risk in transportation due to the accumulation of formed, solid sulfur 
on the outside of the tank.

[[Page 371]]

    (7) ``T'' codes. (i) These provisions apply to the transportation of 
hazardous materials in UN portable tanks. Portable tank instructions 
specify the requirements applicable to a portable tank when used for the 
transportation of a specific hazardous material. These requirements must 
be met in addition to the design and construction specifications in part 
178 of this subchapter. Portable tank instructions T1 through T22 
specify the applicable minimum test pressure, the minimum shell 
thickness (in reference steel), bottom opening requirements and pressure 
relief requirements. Liquefied compressed gases are assigned to portable 
tank instruction T50. Refrigerated liquefied gases that are authorized 
to be transported in portable tanks are specified in tank instruction 
T75.
    (ii) The following table specifies the portable tank requirements 
applicable to ``T'' Codes T1 through T22. Column 1 specifies the ``T'' 
Code. Column 2 specifies the minimum test pressure, in bar (1 bar = 14.5 
psig), at which the periodic hydrostatic testing required by Sec.
180.605 of this subchapter must be conducted. Column 3 specifies the 
section reference for minimum shell thickness or, alternatively, the 
minimum shell thickness value. Column 4 specifies the applicability of 
Sec.178.275(g)(3) of this subchapter for the pressure relief devices. 
When the word ``Normal'' is indicated, Sec.178.275(g)(3) of this 
subchapter does not apply. Column 5 references applicable requirements 
for bottom openings in part 178 of this subchapter. ``Prohibited'' means 
bottom openings are prohibited, and ``Prohibited for liquids'' means 
bottom openings are authorized for solid material only. The table 
follows:

                                      Table of Portable Tank T Codes T1-T22
   [Portable tank codes T1-T22 apply to liquid and solid hazardous materials of Classes 3 through 9 which are
                                         transported in portable tanks.]
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                  Pressure-relief
  Portable tank    Minimum test   Minimum shell thickness (in    requirements (See   Bottom opening requirements
 instruction (1)     pressure    mm-reference steel) (See Sec. Sec. 178.275(g))  (See Sec. 178.275(d)) (5)
                     (bar) (2)           178.274(d)) (3)                (4)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
T1...............          1.5   Sec. 178.274(d)(2)           Normal.............  Sec. 178.275(d)(2)
T2...............          1.5   Sec. 178.274(d)(2)           Normal.............  Sec. 178.275(d)(3)
T3...............          2.65  Sec. 178.274(d)(2)           Normal.............  Sec. 178.275(d)(2)
T4...............          2.65  Sec. 178.274(d)(2)           Normal.............  Sec. 178.275(d)(3)
T5...............          2.65  Sec. 178.274(d)(2)           Sec. Prohibited
                                                                 178.275(g)(3).
T6...............          4     Sec. 178.274(d)(2)           Normal.............  Sec. 178.275(d)(2)
T7...............          4     Sec. 178.274(d)(2)           Normal.............  Sec. 178.275(d)(3)
T8...............          4     Sec. 178.274(d)(2)           Normal.............  Prohibited
T9...............          4     6 mm                           Normal.............  Prohibited for liquids.
T10..............          4     6 mm                           Sec. Prohibited
                                                                 178.275(g)(3).
T11..............          6     Sec. 178.274(d)(2)           Normal.............  Sec. 178.275(d)(3)
T12..............          6     Sec. 178.274(d)(2)           Sec. Sec. 178.275(d)(3)
                                                                 178.275(g)(3).
T13..............          6     6 mm                           Normal.............  Prohibited
T14..............          6     6 mm                           Sec. Prohibited
                                                                 178.275(g)(3).
T15..............         10     Sec. 178.274(d)(2)           Normal.............  Sec. 178.275(d)(3)
T16..............         10     Sec. 178.274(d)(2)           Sec. Sec. 178.275(d)(3)
                                                                 178.275(g)(3).
T17..............         10     6 mm                           Normal.............  Sec. 178.275(d)(3)
T18..............         10     6 mm                           Sec. Sec. 178.275(d)(3)
                                                                 178.275(g)(3).
T19..............         10     6 mm                           Sec. Prohibited
                                                                 178.275(g)(3).
T20..............         10     8 mm                           Sec. Prohibited
                                                                 178.275(g)(3).
T21..............         10     10 mm                          Normal.............  Prohibited for liquids.
                                                                                      Sec. 178.275(d)(2).
T22..............         10     10 mm                          Sec. Prohibited
                                                                 178.275(g)(3).
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (iii) T50 When portable tank instruction T50 is indicated in Column 
(7) of the Sec.172.101 Hazardous Materials Table, the applicable 
liquefied compressed gas and chemical under pressure descriptions are 
authorized to be transported in portable tanks in accordance with the 
requirements of Sec.173.313 of this subchapter.
    (iv) T75. When portable tank instruction T75 is referenced in Column 
(7) of the Sec.172.101 Table, the applicable refrigerated liquefied 
gases are authorized to be transported in portable

[[Page 372]]

tanks in accordance with the requirements of Sec.178.277 of this 
subchapter.
    (v) UN and IM portable tank codes/special provisions. When a 
specific portable tank instruction is specified by a ``T'' Code in 
Column (7) of the Sec.172.101 Table for a specific hazardous material, 
a specification portable tank conforming to an alternative tank 
instruction may be used if:
    (A) The alternative portable tank has a higher or equivalent test 
pressure (for example, 4 bar when 2.65 bar is specified);
    (B) The alternative portable tank has greater or equivalent wall 
thickness (for example, 10 mm when 6 mm is specified);
    (C) The alternative portable tank has a pressure relief device as 
specified in the ``T'' Code. If a frangible disc is required in series 
with the reclosing pressure relief device for the specified portable 
tank, the alternative portable tank must be fitted with a frangible disc 
in series with the reclosing pressure relief device; and
    (D) With regard to bottom openings--
    (1) When two effective means are specified, the alternative portable 
tank is fitted with bottom openings having two or three effective means 
of closure or no bottom openings; or
    (2) When three effective means are specified, the portable tank has 
no bottom openings or three effective means of closure; or
    (3) When no bottom openings are authorized, the alternative portable 
tank must not have bottom openings.
    (vi) Except when an organic peroxide is authorized under Sec.
173.225(g), if a hazardous material is not assigned a portable tank 
``T'' Code, the hazardous material may not be transported in a portable 
tank unless approved by the Associate Administrator.
    (8) ``TP'' codes. (i) These provisions apply to the transportation 
of hazardous materials in IM and UN Specification portable tanks. 
Portable tank special provisions are assigned to certain hazardous 
materials to specify requirements that are in addition to those provided 
by the portable tank instructions or the requirements in part 178 of 
this subchapter. Portable tank special provisions are designated with 
the abbreviation TP (tank provision) and are assigned to specific 
hazardous materials in Column (7) of the Sec.172.101 Table.
    (ii) The following is a list of the portable tank special 
provisions:

                         Code/Special Provisions

    TP1 The maximum degree of filling must not exceed the degree of 
filling determined by the following:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TN21JN01.000

Where:

tr is the maximum mean bulk temperature during transport, and 
          tf is the temperature in degrees celsius of the 
          liquid during filling.

    TP2 a. The maximum degree of filling must not exceed the degree of 
filling determined by the following:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TN21JN01.001

Where:

tr is the maximum mean bulk temperature during transport,
tf is the temperature in degrees celsius of the liquid during 
          filling, and
[alpha] is the mean coefficient of cubical expansion of the liquid 
          between the mean temperature of the liquid during filling 
          (tf) and the maximum mean bulk temperature during 
          transportation (tr) both in degrees celsius.

    b. For liquids transported under ambient conditions [alpha] may be 
calculated using the formula:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TN21JN01.009

Where:

d15 and d50 are the densities (in units of mass 
          per unit volume) of the liquid at 15 [deg]C (59 [deg]F) and 50 
          [deg]C (122 [deg]F), respectively.

    TP3 The maximum degree of filling (in %) for solids transported 
above their melting points and for elevated temperature liquids shall be 
determined by the following:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR14JN05.003

Where: df and dr are the mean densities of the 
liquid at the mean temperature of the liquid during filling and the 
maximum mean bulk temperature during transport respectively.


[[Page 373]]


    TP4 The maximum degree of filling for portable tanks must not exceed 
90%.
    TP5 For a portable tank used for the transport of flammable 
refrigerated liquefied gases or refrigerated liquefied oxygen, the 
maximum rate at which the portable tank may be filled must not exceed 
the liquid flow capacity of the primary pressure relief system rated at 
a pressure not exceeding 120 percent of the portable tank's design 
pressure. For portable tanks used for the transport of refrigerated 
liquefied helium and refrigerated liquefied atmospheric gas (except 
oxygen), the maximum rate at which the tank is filled must not exceed 
the liquid flow capacity of the pressure relief device rated at 130 
percent of the portable tank's design pressure. Except for a portable 
tank containing refrigerated liquefied helium, a portable tank shall 
have an outage of at least two percent below the inlet of the pressure 
relief device or pressure control valve, under conditions of incipient 
opening, with the portable tank in a level attitude. No outage is 
required for helium.
    TP6 The tank must be equipped with a pressure release device which 
prevent a tank from bursting under fire engulfment conditions (the 
conditions prescribed in CGA pamphlet S-1.2 (see Sec.171.7 of this 
subchapter) or alternative conditions approved by the Associate 
Administrator may be used to consider the fire engulfment condition), 
taking into account the properties of the hazardous material to be 
transported.
    TP7 The vapor space must be purged of air by nitrogen or other 
means.
    TP8 A portable tank having a minimum test pressure of 1.5 bar (150 
kPa) may be used when the flash point of the hazardous material 
transported is greater than 0 [deg]C (32 [deg]F).
    TP9 A hazardous material assigned to special provision TP9 in Column 
(7) of the Sec.172.101 Table may only be transported in a portable 
tank if approved by the Associate Administrator.
    TP10 The portable tank must be fitted with a lead lining at least 5 
mm (0.2 inches) thick. The lead lining must be tested annually to ensure 
that it is intact and functional. Another suitable lining material may 
be used if approved by the Associate Administrator.
    TP12 This material is considered highly corrosive to steel.
    TP13 Self-contained breathing apparatus must be provided when this 
hazardous material is transported by sea.
    TP16 The portable tank must be protected against over and under 
pressurization which may be experienced during transportation. The means 
of protection must be approved by the approval agency designated to 
approve the portable tank in accordance with the procedures in part 107, 
subpart E, of this subchapter. The pressure relief device must be 
preceded by a frangible disk in accordance with the requirements in 
Sec.178.275(g)(3) of this subchapter to prevent crystallization of the 
product in the pressure relief device.
    TP17 Only inorganic non-combustible materials may be used for 
thermal insulation of the tank.
    TP18 The temperature of this material must be maintained between 18 
[deg]C (64.4 [deg]F) and 40 [deg]C (104 [deg]F) while in transportation. 
Portable tanks containing solidified methacrylic acid must not be 
reheated during transportation.
    TP19 The calculated wall thickness must be increased by 3 mm at the 
time of construction. Wall thickness must be verified ultrasonically at 
intervals midway between periodic hydraulic tests (every 2.5 years). The 
portable tank must not be used if the wall thickness is less than that 
prescribed by the applicable T code in Column (7) of the Table for this 
material.
    TP20 This hazardous material must only be transported in insulated 
tanks under a nitrogen blanket.
    TP21 The wall thickness must not be less than 8 mm. Portable tanks 
must be hydraulically tested and internally inspected at intervals not 
exceeding 2.5 years.
    TP22 Lubricants for portable tank fittings (for example, gaskets, 
shut-off valves, flanges) must be oxygen compatible.
    TP24 The portable tank may be fitted with a device to prevent the 
build up of excess pressure due to the slow decomposition of the 
hazardous material being transported. The device must be in the vapor 
space when the tank is filled under maximum filling conditions. This 
device must also prevent an unacceptable amount of leakage of liquid in 
the case of overturning.
    TP25 Sulphur trioxide 99.95% pure and above may be transported in 
tanks without an inhibitor provided that it is maintained at a 
temperature equal to or above 32.5 [deg]C (90.5 [deg]F).
    TP26 The heating device must be exterior to the shell. For UN 3176, 
this requirement only applies when the hazardous material reacts 
dangerously with water.
    TP27 A portable tank having a minimum test pressure of 4 bar (400 
kPa) may be used provided the calculated test pressure is 4 bar or less 
based on the MAWP of the hazardous material, as defined in Sec.178.275 
of this subchapter, where the test pressure is 1.5 times the MAWP.
    TP28 A portable tank having a minimum test pressure of 2.65 bar (265 
kPa) may be used provided the calculated test pressure is 2.65 bar or 
less based on the MAWP of the hazardous material, as defined in Sec.
178.275 of this subchapter, where the test pressure is 1.5 times the 
MAWP.
    TP29 A portable tank having a minimum test pressure of 1.5 bar 
(150.0 kPa) may be used provided the calculated test pressure is

[[Page 374]]

1.5 bar or less based on the MAWP of the hazardous materials, as defined 
in Sec.178.275 of this subchapter, where the test pressure is 1.5 
times the MAWP.
    TP30 This hazardous material may only be transported in insulated 
tanks.
    TP31 This hazardous material may only be transported in tanks in the 
solid state.
    TP32 Portable tanks may be used subject to the following conditions:
    a. Each portable tank constructed of metal must be fitted with a 
pressure-relief device consisting of a reclosing spring loaded type, a 
frangible disc or a fusible element. The set to discharge for the spring 
loaded pressure relief device and the burst pressure for the frangible 
disc, as applicable, must not be greater than 2.65 bar for portable 
tanks with minimum test pressures greater than 4 bar;
    b. The suitability for transport in tanks must be demonstrated using 
test 8(d) in Test Series 8 (see UN Manual of Tests and Criteria, Part 1, 
Sub-section 18.7) (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this subchapter) or an 
alternative means approved by the Associate Administrator.
    TP33 The portable tank instruction assigned for this substance 
applies for granular and powdered solids and for solids which are filled 
and discharged at temperatures above their melting point which are 
cooled and transported as a solid mass. Solid substances transported or 
offered for transport above their melting point are authorized for 
transportation in portable tanks conforming to the provisions of 
portable tank instruction T4 for solid substances of packing group III 
or T7 for solid substances of packing group II, unless a tank with more 
stringent requirements for minimum shell thickness, maximum allowable 
working pressure, pressure-relief devices or bottom outlets are assigned 
in which case the more stringent tank instruction and special provisions 
shall apply. Filling limits must be in accordance with portable tank 
special provision TP3. Solids meeting the definition of an elevated 
temperature material must be transported in accordance with the 
applicable requirements of this subchapter.
    TP36 For material assigned this portable tank special provision, 
portable tanks used to transport such material may be equipped with 
fusible elements in the vapor space of the portable tank.
    TP37 IM portable tanks are only authorized for the shipment of 
hydrogen peroxide solutions in water containing 72% or less hydrogen 
peroxide by weight. Pressure relief devices shall be designed to prevent 
the entry of foreign matter, the leakage of liquid and the development 
of any dangerous excess pressure. In addition, the portable tank must be 
designed so that internal surfaces may be effectively cleaned and 
passivated. Each tank must be equipped with pressure relief devices 
conforming to the following requirements:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                  Total
        Concentration of hydrogen per peroxide solution            \1\
------------------------------------------------------------------------
52% or less...................................................        11
Over 52%, but not greater than 60%............................        22
Over 60%, but not greater than 72%............................        32
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Total venting capacity in standard cubic feet hour (S.C.F.H.) per
  pound of hydrogen peroxide solution.

    TP38 Each portable tank must be insulated with an insulating 
material so that the overall thermal conductance at 15.5 [deg]C (60 
[deg]F) is no more than 1.5333 kilojoules per hour per square meter per 
degree Celsius (0.075 Btu per hour per square foot per degree 
Fahrenheit) temperature differential. Insulating materials may not 
promote corrosion to steel when wet.
    TP39 The portable tank instruction T4 prescribed may continue to be 
applied until December 31, 2018.
    TP40 The portable tank must not be transported when connected with 
spray application equipment.
    TP41 The portable tank instruction T9 may continue to be applied 
until December 31, 2018.
    TP44 Each portable tank must be made of stainless steel, except that 
steel other than stainless steel may be used in accordance with the 
provisions of Sec.173.24b(b) of this subchapter. Thickness of 
stainless steel for tank shell and heads must be the greater of 7.62 mm 
(0.300 inch) or the thickness required for a portable tank with a design 
pressure at least equal to 1.5 times the vapor pressure of the hazardous 
material at 46 [deg]C (115 [deg]F).
    TP45 Each portable tank must be made of stainless steel, except that 
steel other than stainless steel may be used in accordance with the 
provisions of 173.24b(b) of this subchapter. Thickness of stainless 
steel for portable tank shells and heads must be the greater of 6.35 mm 
(0.250 inch) or the thickness required for a portable tank with a design 
pressure at least equal to 1.3 times the vapor pressure of the hazardous 
material at 46 [deg]C (115 [deg]F).
    TP46 Portable tanks in sodium metal service are not required to be 
hydrostatically retested.
    TP47 The 2.5 year internal examination may be waived or substituted 
by other test methods or inspection procedures specified by the 
competent authority or its authorized body, provided that the portable 
tank is dedicated to the transport of the organometallic substances to 
which this tank special provision is assigned. However this examination 
is required when the conditions of Sec.180.605(f) are met.

    (9) ``W'' codes. These provisions apply only to transportation by 
water:

[[Page 375]]

                         Code/Special Provisions

W1 This substance in a non friable prill or granule form is not subject 
to the requirements of this subchapter when tested in accordance with 
the UN Manual of Test and Criteria (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this 
subchapter) and is found to not meet the definition or criteria for 
inclusion in Division 5.1.
W7 Vessel stowage category for uranyl nitrate hexahydrate solution is 
``D'' as defined in Sec.172.101(k)(4).
W8 Vessel stowage category for pyrophoric thorium metal or pyrophoric 
uranium metal is ``D'' as defined in Sec.172.101(k)(4).
W9 When offered for transportation by water, the following Specification 
packagings are not authorized unless approved by the Associate 
Administrator: woven plastic bags, plastic film bags, textile bags, 
paper bags, IBCs and bulk packagings.
W10 When offered for transportation by vessel, the use of Large 
Packagings (see Sec.171.8 of this subchapter) is prohibited.
W31 Non-bulk packagings must be hermetically sealed.
W32 Non-bulk packagings shall be hermetically sealed, except for solid 
fused material.
W40 Non-bulk bags are not allowed.
W41 When offered for transportation by water, this material must be 
packaged in bales and be securely and tightly bound with rope, wire or 
similar means.
W100 Non-bulk flexible, fibreboard or wooden packagings must be sift-
proof and water-resistant or must be fitted with a sift-proof and water-
resistant liner.

[Amdt. 172-123, 55 FR 52582, Dec. 21, 1990]

    Editorial Note: For Federal Register citations affecting Sec.
172.102, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the 
Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov.



                        Subpart C_Shipping Papers



Sec.172.200  Applicability.

    (a) Description of hazardous materials required. Except as otherwise 
provided in this subpart, each person who offers a hazardous material 
for transportation shall describe the hazardous material on the shipping 
paper in the manner required by this subpart.
    (b) This subpart does not apply to any material, other than a 
hazardous substance, hazardous waste or marine pollutant, that is--
    (1) Identified by the letter ``A'' in column 1 of the Sec.172.101 
table, except when the material is offered or intended for 
transportation by air; or
    (2) Identified by the letter ``W'' in column 1 of the Sec.172.101 
table, except when the material is offered or intended for 
transportation by water; or
    (3) A limited quantity package unless the material is offered for 
transportation by aircraft or vessel and, until December 31, 2020, a 
package of ORM-D material authorized by this subchapter on October 1, 
2010, when offered for transportation by highway, rail or vessel.
    (4) Category B infectious substances prepared in accordance with 
Sec.173.199.

[Amdt. 172-29A, 41 FR 40677, Sept. 20, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 172-58, 
45 FR 34697, May 22, 1980; Amdt. 172-74, 47 FR 43065, Sept. 30, 1982; 
Amdt. 172-112, 53 FR 17160, May 13, 1988; Amdt. 172-127, 57 FR 52938, 
Nov. 5, 1992; 71 FR 32258, June 2, 2006; 76 FR 3365, Jan. 19, 2011; 78 
FR 1112, Jan. 7, 2013]



Sec.172.201  Preparation and retention of shipping papers.

    (a) Contents. When a description of hazardous material is required 
to be included on a shipping paper, that description must conform to the 
following requirements:
    (1) When a hazardous material and a material not subject to the 
requirements of this subchapter are described on the same shipping 
paper, the hazardous material description entries required by Sec.
172.202 and those additional entries that may be required by Sec.
172.203:
    (i) Must be entered first, or
    (ii) Must be entered in a color that clearly contrasts with any 
description on the shipping paper of a material not subject to the 
requirements of this subchapter, except that a description on a 
reproduction of a shipping paper may be highlighted, rather than 
printed, in a contrasting color (the provisions of this paragraph apply 
only to the basic description required by Sec.172.202(a)(1), (2), (3), 
and (4)), or
    (iii) Must be identified by the entry of an ``X'' placed before the 
basic shipping description required by Sec.172.202 in a column 
captioned ``HM.'' (The ``X'' may be replaced by ``RQ,'' if appropriate.)
    (2) The required shipping description on a shipping paper and all 
copies of the shipping paper used for transportation purposes must be 
legible and

[[Page 376]]

printed (manually or mechanically) in English.
    (3) Unless it is specifically authorized or required in this 
subchapter, the required shipping description may not contain any code 
or abbreviation.
    (4) A shipping paper may contain additional information concerning 
the material provided the information is not inconsistent with the 
required description. Unless otherwise permitted or required by this 
subpart, additional information must be placed after the basic 
description required by Sec.172.202(a).
    (5) Electronic shipping papers. For transportation by rail, a rail 
carrier may accept shipping paper information either telephonically 
(i.e., voice communications and facsimiles) or electronically (EDI) from 
an offeror of a hazardous materials shipment in accordance with the 
provisions in paragraphs (a)(5)(i)-(a)(5)(iv) of this section. See Sec.
171.8 for the EDI definition.
    (i) When the information applicable to the consignment is provided 
under this requirement the information must be available to the offeror 
and carrier at all times during transport, and the carrier must have and 
maintain a printed copy of this information until delivery of the 
hazardous materials on the shipping paper is complete. When a paper 
document is produced, the data must be presented as required by this 
subpart.
    (ii) The offeror must forward the shipping paper (record) for a 
loaded movement to the carrier prior to shipment unless the carrier 
prepares the shipping paper on behalf of the offeror. The offeror is 
only relieved of the duty to forward the shipping paper once the offeror 
has received a copy of the shipping paper from the carrier;
    (iii) A carrier that generates a residue shipping paper using 
information from the previous loaded movement of a hazardous materials 
packaging must ensure the description of the hazardous material that 
accompanies the shipment complies with the offeror's request; and
    (iv) Verification. The carrier and the offeror must have a procedure 
by which the offeror can verify accuracy of the transmitted hazard 
communication information that will accompany the shipment.
    (b) [Reserved]
    (c) Continuation page. A shipping paper may consist of more than one 
page, if each page is consecutively numbered and the first page bears a 
notation specifying the total number of pages included in the shipping 
paper. For example, ``Page 1 of 4 pages.''
    (d) Emergency response telephone number. Except as provided in Sec.
172.604(d), a shipping paper must contain an emergency response 
telephone number and, if utilizing an emergency response information 
telephone number service provider, identify the person (by name or 
contract number) who has a contractual agreement with the service 
provider, as prescribed in subpart G of this part.
    (e) Retention and Recordkeeping. Each person who provides a shipping 
paper must retain a copy of the shipping paper required by Sec.
172.200(a), or an electronic image thereof, that is accessible at or 
through its principal place of business and must make the shipping paper 
available, upon request, to an authorized official of a Federal, State, 
or local government agency at reasonable times and locations. For a 
hazardous waste, the shipping paper copy must be retained for three 
years after the material is accepted by the initial carrier. For all 
other hazardous materials, the shipping paper must be retained for two 
years after the material is accepted by the initial carrier. Each 
shipping paper copy must include the date of acceptance by the initial 
carrier, except that, for rail, vessel, or air shipments, the date on 
the shipment waybill, airbill, or bill of lading may be used in place of 
the date of acceptance by the initial carrier. A motor carrier (as 
defined in Sec.390.5 of subchapter B of chapter III of subtitle B) 
using a shipping paper without change for multiple shipments of one or 
more hazardous materials having the same shipping name and 
identification number may retain a single copy of the shipping paper, 
instead of a copy for each shipment made, if the carrier also retains a 
record of each shipment

[[Page 377]]

made, to include shipping name, identification number, quantity 
transported, and date of shipment.

[Amdt. 172-29A, 41 FR 40677, Sept. 20, 1976]

    Editorial Note: For Federal Register citations affecting Sec.
172.201, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the 
Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov.



Sec.172.202  Description of hazardous material on shipping papers.

    (a) The shipping description of a hazardous material on the shipping 
paper must include:
    (1) The identification number prescribed for the material as shown 
in Column (4) of the Sec.172.101 table;
    (2) The proper shipping name prescribed for the material in Column 
(2) of the Sec.172.101 table;
    (3) The hazard class or division number prescribed for the material, 
as shown in Column (3) of the Sec.172.101 table. The subsidiary hazard 
class or division number is not required to be entered when a 
corresponding subsidiary hazard label is not required. Except for 
combustible liquids, the subsidiary hazard class(es) or subsidiary 
division number(s) must be entered in parentheses immediately following 
the primary hazard class or division number. In addition--
    (i) The words ``Class'' or ``Division'' may be included preceding 
the primary and subsidiary hazard class or division numbers.
    (ii) The hazard class need not be included for the entry 
``Combustible liquid, n.o.s.''
    (iii) For domestic shipments, primary and subsidiary hazard class or 
division names may be entered following the numerical hazard class or 
division, or following the basic description.
    (4) The packing group in Roman numerals, as designated for the 
hazardous material in Column (5) of the Sec.172.101 table. Class 1 
(explosives) materials; self-reactive substances; batteries other than 
those containing lithium, lithium ions, or sodium; Division 5.2 
materials; and entries that are not assigned a packing group (e.g., 
Class 7) are excepted from this requirement. The packing group may be 
preceded by the letters ``PG'' (for example, ``PG II''); and
    (5) Except for transportation by aircraft, the total quantity of 
hazardous materials covered by the description must be indicated (by 
mass or volume, or by activity for Class 7 materials) and must include 
an indication of the applicable unit of measurement, for example, ``200 
kg'' (440 pounds) or ``50 L'' (13 gallons). The following provisions 
also apply:
    (i) For Class 1 materials, the quantity must be the net explosive 
mass. For an explosive that is an article, such as Cartridges, small 
arms, the net explosive mass may be expressed in terms of the net mass 
of either the article or the explosive materials contained in the 
article.
    (ii) For hazardous materials in salvage packaging, an estimate of 
the total quantity is acceptable.
    (iii) The following are excepted from the requirements of paragraph 
(a)(5) of this section:
    (A) Bulk packages, provided some indication of the total quantity is 
shown, for example, ``1 cargo tank'' or ``2 IBCs.''
    (B) Cylinders, provided some indication of the total quantity is 
shown, for example, ``10 cylinders.''
    (C) Packages containing only residue.
    (6) For transportation by aircraft, the total net mass per package, 
must be shown unless a gross mass is indicated in Columns (9A) or (9B) 
of the Sec.172.101 table in which case the total gross mass per 
package must be shown; or, for Class 7 materials, the quantity of 
radioactive material must be shown by activity. The following provisions 
also apply:
    (i) For empty uncleaned packaging, only the number and type of 
packaging must be shown;
    (ii) For chemical kits and first aid kits, the total net mass of 
hazardous materials must be shown. Where the kits contain only liquids, 
or solids and liquids, the net mass of liquids within the kits is to be 
calculated on a 1 to 1 basis, i.e., 1 L (0.3 gallons) equals 1 kg (2.2 
pounds);
    (iii) For dangerous goods in machinery or apparatus, the individual 
total quantities or an estimate of the individual total quantities of 
dangerous goods in solid, liquid or gaseous state, contained in the 
article must be shown;

[[Page 378]]

    (iv) For dangerous goods transported in a salvage packaging, an 
estimate of the quantity of dangerous goods per package must be shown;
    (v) For cylinders, total quantity may be indicated by the number of 
cylinders, for example, ``10 cylinders;''
    (vi) For items where ``No Limit'' is shown in Column (9A) or (9B) of 
the Sec.172.101 table, the quantity shown must be the net mass or 
volume of the material. For articles (e.g., UN2800 and UN3166) the 
quantity must be the gross mass, followed by the letter ``G''; and
    (vii) For hazardous materials in limited quantities, the total net 
quantity per package must be shown unless a gross mass is indicated in 
Column 4 of Sec.173.27 Table 3, in which case the total gross mass per 
package must be shown. Where different hazardous materials in limited 
quantities are packed together in the same outer packaging, when a gross 
mass is indicated Column 4 of Sec.173.27 Table 3, the net quantity of 
each hazardous material must be shown in addition to the gross mass of 
the completed package.
    (viii) For authorized consumer commodities, the information provided 
may be either the gross mass of each package or the average gross mass 
of the packages.
    (7) The number and type of packages must be indicated. The type of 
packages must be indicated by description of the package (for example, 
``12 drums''). Indication of the packaging specification number 
(``1H1'') may be included in the description of the package (for 
example, ``12 1H1 drums'' or ``12 drums (UN 1A1)''). Abbreviations may 
be used for indicating packaging types (for example, ``cyl.'' for 
``cylinder'') provided the abbreviations are commonly accepted and 
recognizable.
    (b) Except as provided in this subpart, the basic description 
specified in paragraphs (a)(1), (2), (3), and (4) of this section must 
be shown in sequence with no additional information interspersed. For 
example, ``UN2744, Cyclobutyl chloroformate, 6.1, (8, 3), PG II.'' The 
shipping description sequences in effect on December 31, 2006, may be 
used until January 1, 2013. Shipping descriptions for hazardous 
materials offered or intended for transportation by rail that contain 
all the information required in this subpart and that are formatted and 
ordered in accordance with recognized electronic data interchange 
standards and, to the extent possible, in the order and manner required 
by this subpart are deemed to comply with this paragraph.
    (c)(1) The total quantity of the material covered by one description 
must appear before or after, or both before and after, the description 
required and authorized by this subpart. The type of packaging and 
destination marks may be entered in any appropriate manner before or 
after the basic description. Abbreviations may be used to express units 
of measurement and types of packagings.
    (2) Hazardous materials and hazardous substances transported by 
highway considered ``household wastes'' as defined in 40 CFR 261.4, and 
not subject to the Environmental Protection Agency's hazardous waste 
regulations in 40 CFR parts 262 and 263, are excepted from the 
requirements of this paragraph.
    (d) Technical and chemical group names may be entered in parentheses 
between the proper shipping name and hazard class or following the basic 
description. An appropriate modifier, such as ``contains'' or 
``containing,'' and/or the percentage of the technical constituent may 
also be used. For example: ``UN 1993, Flammable liquids, n.o.s. 
(contains Xylene and Benzene), 3, II''.
    (e) Except for those materials in the UN Recommendations, the ICAO 
Technical Instructions, or the IMDG Code (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this 
subchapter), a material that is not a hazardous material according to 
this subchapter may not be offered for transportation or transported 
when its description on a shipping paper includes a hazard class or an 
identification number specified in the Sec.172.101 Table.

[Amdt. 172-101, 45 FR 74665, Nov. 10, 1980]

    Editorial Note: For Federal Register citations affecting Sec.
172.202, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the 
Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov.

[[Page 379]]



Sec.172.203  Additional description requirements.

    (a) Special permits. Except as provided in Sec.173.23 of this 
subchapter, each shipping paper issued in connection with a shipment 
made under a special permit must bear the notation ``DOT-SP'' followed 
by the special permit number assigned and located so that the notation 
is clearly associated with the description to which the special permit 
applies. Each shipping paper issued in connection with a shipment made 
under an exemption or special permit issued prior to October 1, 2007, 
may bear the notation ``DOT-E'' followed by the number assigned and so 
located that the notation is clearly associated with the description to 
which it applies.
    (b) Limited quantities. When a shipping paper is required by this 
subchapter, the description for a material offered for transportation as 
``limited quantity,'' as authorized by this subchapter, must include the 
words ``Limited Quantity'' or ``Ltd Qty'' following the basic 
description.
    (c) Hazardous substances. (1) Except for Class 7 (radioactive) 
materials described in accordance with paragraph (d) of this section, if 
the proper shipping name for a material that is a hazardous substance 
does not identify the hazardous substance by name, the name of the 
hazardous substance must be entered in parentheses in association with 
the basic description. If the material contains two or more hazardous 
substances, at least two hazardous substances, including the two with 
the lowest reportable quantities (RQs), must be identified. For a 
hazardous waste, the waste code (e.g., D001), if appropriate, may be 
used to identify the hazardous substance.
    (2) The letters ``RQ'' must be entered on the shipping paper either 
before or after the basic description required by Sec.172.202 for each 
hazardous substance (see definition in Sec.171.8 of this subchapter). 
For example: ``RQ, UN 1098, Allyl alcohol, 6.1, I, Toxic-inhalation 
hazard, Zone B''; or ``UN 3077, Environmentally hazardous substances, 
solid, n.o.s., 9, III, RQ (Adipic acid)''.
    (d) Radioactive material. The description for a shipment of a Class 
7 (radioactive) material must include the following additional entries 
as appropriate:
    (1) The name of each radionuclide in the Class 7 (radioactive) 
material that is listed in Sec.173.435 of this subchapter. For 
mixtures of radionuclides, the radionuclides required to be shown must 
be determined in accordance with Sec.173.433(g) of this subchapter. 
Abbreviations, e.g., ``\99\Mo,'' are authorized.
    (2) A description of the physical and chemical form of the material:
    (i) For special form materials, the words ``special form'' unless 
the words ``special form'' already appear in the proper shipping name; 
or
    (ii) If the material is not in special form, a description of the 
physical and chemical form of the material (generic chemical 
descriptions are permitted).
    (3) The maximum activity of the radioactive contents contained in 
each package during transport in terms of the appropriate SI units 
(e.g., Becquerels (Bq), Terabecquerels (TBq)). The activity may also be 
stated in appropriate customary units (e.g., Curies (Ci), milliCuries 
(mCi), microCuries (uCi)) in parentheses following the SI units. 
Abbreviations are authorized. Except for plutonium-239 and plutonium-
241, the weight in grams or kilograms of fissile radionuclides (or the 
mass of each fissile nuclide for mixtures when appropriate) may be 
inserted instead of activity units. For plutonium-239 and plutonium-241, 
the weight in grams of fissile radionuclides (or the mass of each 
fissile nuclide for mixtures when appropriate) may be inserted in 
addition to the activity units.
    (4) The category of label applied to each package in the shipment. 
For example: ``RADIOACTIVE WHITE-I,'' or ``WHITE-I.''
    (5) The transport index assigned to each package in the shipment 
bearing RADIOACTIVE YELLOW-II or RADIOACTIVE YELLOW-III labels.
    (6) For a package containing fissile Class 7 (radioactive) material:
    (i) The words ``Fissile Excepted'' if the package is excepted 
pursuant to Sec.173.453 of this subchapter; or otherwise
    (ii) The criticality safety index for that package.
    (7) For a package approved by the U.S. Department of Energy (DOE) or

[[Page 380]]

U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC), a notation of the package 
identification marking as prescribed in the applicable DOE or NRC 
approval (see Sec.173.471 of the subchapter).
    (8) For an export shipment or a shipment in a foreign made package, 
a notation of the package identification marking as prescribed in the 
applicable International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA) Certificate of 
Competent Authority which has been issued for the package (see Sec.
173.473 of the subchapter).
    (9) For a shipment required by this subchapter to be consigned as 
exclusive use:
    (i) An indication that the shipment is consigned as exclusive use; 
or
    (ii) If all the descriptions on the shipping paper are consigned as 
exclusive use, then the statement ``Exclusive Use Shipment'' may be 
entered only once on the shipping paper in a clearly visible location.
    (10) For the shipment of a package containing a highway route 
controlled quantity of Class 7 (radioactive) materials (see Sec.
173.403 of this subchapter) the words ``Highway route controlled 
quantity'' or ``HRCQ'' must be entered in association with the basic 
description.
    (e) Empty packagings. (1) The description on the shipping paper for 
a packaging containing the residue of a hazardous material may include 
the words ``RESIDUE: Last Contained * * *'' immediately before or after 
the basic shipping description on the shipping paper.
    (2) The description on the shipping paper for a tank car containing 
the residue of a hazardous material must include the phrase, ``RESIDUE: 
LAST CONTAINED * * *'' immediately before or after the basic shipping 
description or immediately preceding the proper shipping name of the 
material on the shipping paper.
    (f) Transportation by air. A statement indicating that the shipment 
is within the limitations prescribed for either passenger and cargo 
aircraft or cargo aircraft only must be entered on the shipping paper.
    (g) Transportation by rail. (1) A shipping paper prepared by a rail 
carrier for a rail car, freight container, transport vehicle or portable 
tank that contains hazardous materials must include the reporting mark 
and number when displayed on the rail car, freight container, transport 
vehicle or portable tank.
    (2) The shipping paper for each DOT-113 tank car containing a 
Division 2.1 material or its residue must contain an appropriate 
notation, such as ``DOT 113'', and the statement ``Do not hump or cut 
off car while in motion.''
    (3) When shipments of elevated temperature materials are transported 
under the exception permitted in Sec.173.247(h)(3) of this subchapter, 
the shipping paper must contain an appropriate notation, such as 
``Maximum operating speed 15 mph.''.
    (h) Transportation by highway. Following the basic description for a 
hazardous material in a Specification MC 330 or MC 331 cargo tank, there 
must be entered for--
    (1) Anhydrous ammonia. (i) The words ``0.2 PERCENT WATER'' to 
indicate the suitability for shipping anhydrous ammonia in a cargo tank 
made of quenched and tempered steel as authorized by Sec.173.315(a), 
Note 14 of this subchapter, or
    (ii) The words ``NOT FOR Q and T TANKS'' when the anhydrous ammonia 
does not contain 0.2 percent or more water by weight.
    (2) Liquefied petroleum gas. (i) The word ``NONCORROSIVE'' or 
``NONCOR'' to indicate the suitability for shipping ``Noncorrosive'' 
liquefied petroleum gas in a cargo tank made of quenched and tempered 
steel as authorized by Sec.173.315(a), Note 15 of this subchapter, or
    (ii) The words ``NOT FOR Q and T TANKS'' for grades of liquefied 
petroleum gas other than ``Noncorrosive''.
    (i) Transportation by water. Each shipment by water must have the 
following additional shipping paper entries:
    (1) The name of the shipper.
    (2) Minimum flashpoint if 60 [deg]C (140 [deg]F) or below (in [deg]C 
closed cup (c.c.)) in association with the basic description. For lab 
packs packaged in conformance with Sec.173.12(b) of this subchapter, 
an indication that the lowest flashpoint of all hazardous materials 
contained in the lab pack is below 23 [deg]C or that the flash point is 
not less than 23 [deg]C but

[[Page 381]]

not more than 60 [deg]C must be identified on the shipping paper in lieu 
of the minimum flashpoint.
    (3) For a hazardous material consigned under an ``n.o.s.'' entry not 
included in the segregation groups listed in section 3.1.4 of the IMDG 
Code (IBR see Sec.171.7 of this subchapter) but belonging, in the 
opinion of the consignor, to one of these groups, the appropriate 
segregation group must be shown in association with the basic 
description (for example, IMDG Code segregation group--1 Acids). When no 
segregation group is applicable, there is no requirement to indicate 
that condition.
    (j) [Reserved]
    (k) Technical names for ``n.o.s.'' and other generic descriptions. 
Unless otherwise excepted, if a material is described on a shipping 
paper by one of the proper shipping names identified by the letter ``G'' 
in column (1) of the Sec.172.101 Table, the technical name of the 
hazardous material must be entered in parentheses in association with 
the basic description. For example ``UN 1760, Corrosive liquid, n.o.s., 
(Octanoyl chloride), 8, II'', or ``UN 1760, Corrosive liquid, n.o.s., 8, 
II (contains Octanoyl chloride)''. The word ``contains'' may be used in 
association with the technical name, if appropriate. For organic 
peroxides which may qualify for more than one generic listing depending 
on concentration, the technical name must include the actual 
concentration being shipped or the concentration range for the 
appropriate generic listing. For example, ``UN 3102, Organic peroxide 
type B, solid, 5.2, (dibenzoyl peroxide, 52-100%)'' or ``UN 3108, 
Organic peroxide type E, solid, 5.2, (dibenzoyl peroxide, paste, 
<52%)''. Shipping descriptions for toxic materials that meet the 
criteria of Division 6.1, PG I or II (as specified in Sec.173.132(a) 
of this subchapter) or Division 2.3 (as specified in Sec.173.115(c) of 
this subchapter) and are identified by the letter ``G'' in column (1) of 
the Sec.172.101 Table, must have the technical name of the toxic 
constituent entered in parentheses in association with the basic 
description. A material classed as Division 6.2 and assigned 
identification number UN 2814 or UN 2900 that is suspected to contain an 
unknown Category A infectious substance must have the words ``suspected 
Category A infectious substance'' entered in parentheses in place of the 
technical name as part of the proper shipping description. For 
additional technical name options, see the definition for ``Technical 
name'' in Sec.171.8. A technical name should not be marked on the 
outer package of a Division 6.2 material (see Sec.172.301(b)).
    (1) If a hazardous material is a mixture or solution of two or more 
hazardous materials, the technical names of at least two components most 
predominately contributing to the hazards of the mixture or solution 
must be entered on the shipping paper as required by paragraph (k) of 
this section. For example, ``UN 2924, Flammable liquid, corrosive, 
n.o.s., 3 (8), II (contains Methanol, Potassium hydroxide)''.
    (2) The provisions of this paragraph do not apply--
    (i) To a material that is a hazardous waste and described using the 
proper shipping name ``Hazardous waste, liquid or solid, n.o.s.'', 
classed as a miscellaneous Class 9, provided the EPA hazardous waste 
number is included on the shipping paper in association with the basic 
description, or provided the material is described in accordance with 
the provisions of Sec.172.203(c) of this part.
    (ii) To a material for which the hazard class is to be determined by 
testing under the criteria in Sec.172.101(c)(11).
    (iii) If the n.o.s. description for the material (other than a 
mixture of hazardous materials of different classes meeting the 
definitions of more than one hazard class) contains the name of the 
chemical element or group which is primarily responsible for the 
material being included in the hazard class indicated.
    (iv) If the n.o.s. description for the material (which is a mixture 
of hazardous materials of different classes meeting the definition of 
more than one hazard class) contains the name of the chemical element or 
group responsible for the material meeting the definition of one of 
these classes. In such cases, only the technical name of the component 
that is not appropriately identified in the n.o.s. description shall be 
entered in parentheses.

[[Page 382]]

    (l) Marine pollutants. (1) If the proper shipping name for a 
material which is a marine pollutant does not identify by name the 
component which makes the material a marine pollutant, the name of that 
component must appear in parentheses in association with the basic 
description. Where two or more components which make a material a marine 
pollutant are present, the names of at least two of the components most 
predominantly contributing to the marine pollutant designation must 
appear in parentheses in association with the basic description.
    (2) The words ``Marine Pollutant'' shall be entered in association 
with the basic description for a material which is a marine pollutant.
    (3) Except for transportation by vessel, marine pollutants subject 
to the provisions of 49 CFR 130.11 are excepted from the requirements of 
paragraph (l) of this section if a phrase indicating the material is an 
oil is placed in association with the basic description.
    (4) Except when all or part of transportation is by vessel, marine 
pollutants in non-bulk packagings are not subject to the requirements of 
paragraphs (l)(1) and (l)(2) of this section (see Sec.171.4 of this 
subchapter).
    (m) Poisonous Materials. Notwithstanding the hazard class to which a 
material is assigned, for materials that are poisonous by inhalation 
(see Sec.171.8 of this subchapter), the words ``Poison-Inhalation 
Hazard'' or ``Toxic-Inhalation Hazard'' and the words ``Zone A'', ``Zone 
B'', ``Zone C'', or ``Zone D'' for gases or ``Zone A'' or ``Zone B'' for 
liquids, as appropriate, shall be entered on the shipping paper 
immediately following the shipping description. The word ``Poison'' or 
``Toxic'' need not be repeated if it otherwise appears in the shipping 
description.
    (n) Elevated temperature materials. If a liquid material in a 
package meets the definition of an elevated temperature material in 
Sec.171.8 of this subchapter, and the fact that it is an elevated 
temperature material is not disclosed in the proper shipping name (for 
example, when the words ``Molten'' or ``Elevated temperature'' are part 
of the proper shipping name), the word ``HOT'' must immediately precede 
the proper shipping name of the material on the shipping paper.
    (o) Organic peroxides and self-reactive materials. The description 
on a shipping paper for a Division 4.1 (self-reactive) material or a 
Division 5.2 (organic peroxide) material must include the following 
additional information, as appropriate:
    (1) If notification or competent authority approval is required, the 
shipping paper must contain a statement of approval of the 
classification and conditions of transport.
    (2) For Division 4.1 (self-reactive) and Division 5.2 (organic 
peroxide) materials that require temperature control during transport, 
the control and emergency temperature must be included on the shipping 
paper.
    (3) The word ``SAMPLE'' must be included in association with the 
basic description when a sample of a Division 4.1 (self-reactive) 
material (see Sec.173.224(c)(3) of this subchapter) or Division 5.2 
(organic peroxide) material (see Sec.173.225(b)(2) of this subchapter) 
is offered for transportation.
    (p) Liquefied petroleum gas (LPG). The word ``non-odorized'' or 
``not-odorized'' must be included in association with the proper 
shipping description on a shipping paper when non-odorized liquefied 
petroleum gas is offered for transportation.

[Amdt. 172-29A, 41 FR 40677, Sept. 20, 1976]

    Editorial Note: For Federal Register citations affecting Sec.
172.203, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the 
Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov.



Sec.172.204  Shipper's certification.

    (a) General. Except as provided in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this 
section, each person who offers a hazardous material for transportation 
shall certify that the material is offered for transportation in 
accordance with this subchapter by printing (manually or mechanically) 
on the shipping paper containing the required shipping description the 
certification contained in paragraph (a)(1) of this section or the 
certification (declaration) containing the language contained in 
paragraph (a)(2) of this section. For transportation by rail only, the 
certification may be received verbally or with an

[[Page 383]]

electronic signature in conformance with paragraphs (a)(3)(i) and 
(a)(3)(ii) of this section.
    (1) ``This is to certify that the above-named materials are properly 
classified, described, packaged, marked and labeled, and are in proper 
condition for transportation according to the applicable regulations of 
the Department of Transportation.''

    Note: In line one of the certification the words ``herein-named'' 
may be substituted for the words ``above-named''.

    (2) ``I hereby declare that the contents of this consignment are 
fully and accurately described above by the proper shipping name, and 
are classified, packaged, marked and labeled/placarded, and are in all 
respects in proper condition for transport according to applicable 
international and national governmental regulations.''
    Note to paragraph (a)(2): In the certification the word ``above'' 
may be substituted for the word ``below'' as appropriate.
    (3) Rail only certifications. For transportation by rail, the 
shipping paper certification may also be accomplished by one of the 
following methods:
    (i) Verbal Certification. When received telephonically, by the 
carrier reading the complete shipping description that will accompany 
the shipment back to the offeror and receiving verbal acknowledgment 
that the description is as required. This verbal acknowledgement must be 
recorded, either on the shipping document or in a separate record, e.g., 
the waybill, in accordance with Sec.174.24, and must include the date 
and name of the person who provided this information; or
    (ii) Electronic Signature Certification. When transmitted 
electronically, by completing the field designated for the shipper's 
signature, the shipper is also certifying its compliance with the 
certification specified in Sec.172.204(a).'' The name of the principal 
partner, officer, or employee of the offeror or their agent must be 
substituted for the asterisks;
    (b) Exceptions. (1) Except for a hazardous waste, no certification 
is required for a hazardous material offered for transportation by motor 
vehicle and transported:
    (i) In a cargo tank supplied by the carrier, or
    (ii) By the shipper as a private carrier except for a hazardous 
material that is to be reshipped or transferred from one carrier to 
another.
    (2) No certification is required for the return of an empty tank car 
which previously contained a hazardous material and which has not been 
cleaned or purged.
    (c) Transportation by air--(1) General. Certification containing the 
following language may be used in place of the certification required by 
paragraph (a) of this section:

    I hereby certify that the contents of this consignment are fully and 
accurately described above by proper shipping name and are classified, 
packaged, marked and labeled, and in proper condition for carriage by 
air according to applicable national governmental regulations.

    Note to paragraph (c)(1): In the certification, the word ``packed'' 
may be used instead of the word ``packaged'' until October 1, 2010.
    (2) Certificate in duplicate. Each person who offers a hazardous 
material to an aircraft operator for transportation by air shall provide 
two copies of the certification required in this section. (See Sec.
175.30 of this subchapter.)
    (3) Additional certification requirements. Effective October 1, 
2006, each person who offers a hazardous material for transportation by 
air must add to the certification required in this section the following 
statement:
    ``I declare that all of the applicable air transport requirements 
have been met.''
    (i) Each person who offers any package or overpack of hazardous 
materials for transport by air must ensure that:
    (A) The articles or substances are not prohibited for transport by 
air (see the Sec.172.101 Table);
    (B) The articles or substances are properly classed, marked and 
labeled and otherwise in a condition for transport as required by this 
subchapter;
    (C) The articles or substances are packaged in accordance with all 
the applicable air transport requirements, including appropriate types 
of packaging that conform to the packing requirements and the ``A'' 
Special Provisions in Sec.172.102; inner packaging and maximum 
quantity per package limits; the compatibility requirements (see, for 
example, Sec.173.24 of this subchapter);

[[Page 384]]

and requirements for closure for both inner and outer packagings, 
absorbent materials, and pressure differential in Sec.173.27 of this 
subchapter. Other requirements may also apply. For example, single 
packagings may be prohibited, inner packaging may need to be packed in 
intermediate packagings, and certain materials may be required to be 
transported in packagings meeting a more stringent performance level.
    (ii) [Reserved]
    (4) Radioactive material. Each person who offers any radioactive 
material for transportation aboard a passenger-carrying aircraft shall 
sign (mechanically or manually) a printed certificate stating that the 
shipment contains radioactive material intended for use in, or incident 
to, research, or medical diagnosis or treatment.
    (d) Signature. The certifications required by paragraph (a) or (c) 
of this section:
    (1) Must be legibly signed by a principal, officer, partner, or 
employee of the shipper or his agent; and
    (2) May be legibly signed manually, by typewriter, or by other 
mechanical means.
    (3) For transportation by rail, when transmitted by telephone or 
electronically, the signature must be in one of the following forms: The 
name of the principal person, partner, officer, or employee of the 
offeror or his agent in a computer field defined for that purpose.

[Amdt. 172-29A, 41 FR 40677, Sept. 20, 1976]

    Editorial Note: For Federal Register citations affecting Sec.
172.204, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the 
Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov.



Sec.172.205  Hazardous waste manifest.

    (a) No person may offer, transport, transfer, or deliver a hazardous 
waste (waste) unless an EPA Form 8700-22 and 8700-22A (when necessary) 
hazardous waste manifest (manifest) is prepared in accordance with 40 
CFR 262.20 and is signed, carried, and given as required of that person 
by this section.
    (b) The shipper (generator) shall prepare the manifest in accordance 
with 40 CFR part 262.
    (c) The original copy of the manifest must be dated by, and bear the 
handwritten signature of, the person representing:
    (1) The shipper (generator) of the waste at the time it is offered 
for transportation, and
    (2) The initial carrier accepting the waste for transportation.
    (d) A copy of the manifest must be dated by, and bear the 
handwritten signature of the person representing:
    (1) Each subsequent carrier accepting the waste for transportation, 
at the time of acceptance, and
    (2) The designated facility receiving the waste, upon receipt.
    (e) A copy of the manifest bearing all required dates and signatures 
must be:
    (1) Given to a person representing each carrier accepting the waste 
for transportation,
    (2) Carried during transportation in the same manner as required by 
this subchapter for shipping papers,
    (3) Given to a person representing the designated facility receiving 
the waste,
    (4) Returned to the shipper (generator) by the carrier that 
transported the waste from the United States to a foreign destination 
with a notation of the date of departure from the United States, and
    (5) Retained by the shipper (generator) and by the initial and each 
subsequent carrier for three years from the date the waste was accepted 
by the initial carrier. Each retained copy must bear all required 
signatures and dates up to and including those entered by the next 
person who received the waste.
    (f) Transportation by rail. Notwithstanding the requirements of 
paragraphs (d) and (e) of this section, the following requirements 
apply:
    (1) When accepting hazardous waste from a non-rail transporter, the 
initial rail transporter must:
    (i) Sign and date the manifest acknowledging acceptance of the 
hazardous waste;
    (ii) Return a signed copy of the manifest to the non-rail 
transporter;
    (iii) Forward at least three copies of the manifest to:
    (A) The next non-rail transporter, if any;

[[Page 385]]

    (B) The designated facility, if the shipment is delivered to that 
facility by rail; or
    (C) The last rail transporter designated to handle the waste in the 
United States; and
    (iv) Retain one copy of the manifest and rail shipping paper in 
accordance with 40 CFR 263.22.
    (2) Rail transporters must ensure that a shipping paper containing 
all the information required on the manifest (excluding the EPA 
identification numbers, generator certification and signatures) and, for 
exports, an EPA Acknowledgment of Consent accompanies the hazardous 
waste at all times. Intermediate rail transporters are not required to 
sign either the manifest or shipping paper.
    (3) When delivering hazardous waste to the designated facility, a 
rail transporter must:
    (i) Obtain the date of delivery and handwritten signature of the 
owner or operator of the designated facility on the manifest or the 
shipping paper (if the manifest has not been received by the facility); 
and
    (ii) Retain a copy of the manifest or signed shipping paper in 
accordance with 40 CFR 263.22.
    (4) When delivering hazardous waste to a non-rail transporter, a 
rail transporter must:
    (i) Obtain the date of delivery and the handwritten signature of the 
next non-rail transporter on the manifest; and
    (ii) Retain a copy of the manifest in accordance with 40 CFR 263.22.
    (5) Before accepting hazardous waste from a rail transporter, a non-
rail transporter must sign and date the manifest and provide a copy to 
the rail transporter.
    (g) The person delivering a hazardous waste to an initial rail 
carrier shall send a copy of the manifest, dated and signed by a 
representative of the rail carrier, to the person representing the 
designated facility.
    (h) A hazardous waste manifest required by 40 CFR part 262, 
containing all of the information required by this subpart, may be used 
as the shipping paper required by this subpart.
    (i) The shipping description for a hazardous waste must be modified 
as required by Sec.172.101(c)(9).
    (j) Electronic manifests that are obtained, completed, and 
transmitted in accordance with 40 CFR262.20(a)(3), and used in 
accordance with 40 CFR 262.24 in lieu of EPA Forms 8700-22 and 8700-22A 
are the legal equivalent of paper manifest forms bearing handwritten 
signatures, and satisfy for all purposes any requirements in these 
regulations to obtain, complete, sign, provide, use, or retain a 
manifest. Electronic signatures in conformance with 40 CFR 262.25 are 
therefore acceptable in lieu of handwritten signatures required by 
paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section provided one printed copy of the 
electronic manifest bearing the electronic signature is provided to the 
initial transporter as required by 40 CFR 262.24(d). A copy of the 
electronic manifest would satisfy the 3-year retention requirement for 
maintaining a copy of the manifest.

[Amdt. 172-58, 45 FR 34698, May 22, 1980, as amended by Amdt. 172-90, 49 
FR 10510, Mar. 20, 1984; 49 FR 11184, Mar. 26, 1984; Amdt. 172-248, 61 
FR 28675, June 5, 1996; 70 FR 34075, June 13, 2005; 83 FR 55806, Nov. 7, 
2018]



                            Subpart D_Marking



Sec.172.300  Applicability.

    (a) Each person who offers a hazardous material for transportation 
shall mark each package, freight container, and transport vehicle 
containing the hazardous material in the manner required by this 
subpart.
    (b) When assigned the function by this subpart, each carrier that 
transports a hazardous material shall mark each package, freight 
container, and transport vehicle containing the hazardous material in 
the manner required by this subpart.
    (c) Unless otherwise provided in a specific rule, stocks of 
preprinted packagings marked in accordance with this subpart prior to 
the effective date of a final rule may be continued in use, in the 
manner previously authorized, until depleted or for a one-year period 
subsequent to the compliance date of

[[Page 386]]

the marking amendment, whichever is less.

[Amdt. 172-101, 45 FR 74666, Nov. 10, 1980, as amended at 76 FR 3365, 
Jan. 19, 2011]



Sec.172.301  General marking requirements for non-bulk packagings.

    (a) Proper shipping name and identification number. (1) Except as 
otherwise provided by this subchapter, each person who offers a 
hazardous material for transportation in a non-bulk packaging must mark 
the package with the proper shipping name and identification number 
(preceded by ``UN'', ``NA'' or ``ID,'' as appropriate) for the material 
as shown in the Sec.172.101 Hazardous Materials Table. The 
identification number marking preceded by ``UN'', ``NA'', or ``ID'' as 
appropriate must be marked in characters at least 12 mm (0.47 inches) 
high. Packages with a maximum capacity of 30 liters (8 gallons) or less, 
30 kg (66 pounds) maximum net mass, or cylinders with a water capacity 
of 60 liters (16 gallons) or less must be marked with characters at 
least 6 mm (0.24 inches) high. Packages with a maximum capacity of 5 
liters (1.32 gallons) or 5 kg (11 pounds) or less must be marked in a 
size appropriate for the size of the package.
    (i) Transitional exception. For domestic transportation, until 
January 1, 2017, the identification number markings are not subject to 
the minimum size requirements specified in this paragraph (a)(1).
    (ii) Exception for permanently marked packagings. For domestic 
transportation, a packaging manufactured prior to January 1, 2017 and 
permanently marked (e.g., by embossing or through a heat stamp process) 
with the appropriate identification number marking may continue in 
service until the end of its useful life regardless of whether the 
identification number markings meet the minimum size requirements 
specified in this paragraph (a)(1).
    (2) The proper shipping name for a hazardous waste (as defined in 
Sec.171.8 of this subchapter) is not required to include the word 
``waste'' if the package bears the EPA marking prescribed by 40 CFR 
262.32.
    (3) Large quantities of a single hazardous material in non-bulk 
packages. A transport vehicle or freight container containing only a 
single hazardous material in non-bulk packages must be marked, on each 
side and each end as specified in the Sec.172.332 or Sec.172.336, 
with the identification number specified for the hazardous material in 
the Sec.172.101 Table, subject to the following provisions and 
limitations:
    (i) Each package is marked with the same proper shipping name and 
identification number;
    (ii) The aggregate gross weight of the hazardous material is 4,000 
kg (8,820 pounds) or more;
    (iii) All of the hazardous material is loaded at one loading 
facility;
    (iv) The transport vehicle or freight container contains no other 
material, hazardous or otherwise; and
    (v) The identification number marking requirement of this paragraph 
(a)(3) does not apply to Class 1, Class 7, or to non-bulk packagings for 
which identification numbers are not required.
    (b) Technical names. In addition to the marking required by 
paragraph (a) of this section, each non-bulk packaging containing a 
hazardous material subject to the provisions of Sec.172.203(k) of this 
part, except for a Division 6.2 material, must be marked with the 
technical name in parentheses in association with the proper shipping 
name in accordance with the requirements and exceptions specified for 
display of technical descriptions on shipping papers in Sec.172.203(k) 
of this part. A technical name should not be marked on the outer package 
of a Division 6.2 material.
    (c) Special permit packagings. Except as provided in Sec.173.23 of 
this subchapter, the outside of each package authorized by a special 
permit must be plainly and durably marked ``DOT-SP'' followed by the 
special permit number assigned. Packages authorized by an exemption 
issued prior to October 1, 2007, may be plainly and durably marked 
``DOT-E'' in lieu of ``DOT-SP'' followed by the number assigned as 
specified in the most recent version of that exemption.
    (d) Consignee's or consignor's name and address. Each person who 
offers for transportation a hazardous material in a non-bulk package 
shall mark that package with the name and address of

[[Page 387]]

the consignor or consignee except when the package is--
    (1) Transported by highway only and will not be transferred from one 
motor carrier to another; or
    (2) Part of a carload lot, truckload lot or freight container load, 
and the entire contents of the rail car, truck or freight container are 
shipped from one consignor to one consignee.
    (e) Previously marked packagings. A package which has been 
previously marked as required for the material it contains and on which 
the marking remains legible, need not be remarked. (For empty 
packagings, see Sec.173.29 of this subchapter.)
    (f) NON-ODORIZED marking on cylinders containing LPG. No person may 
offer for transportation or transport a specification cylinder, except a 
Specification 2P or 2Q container or a Specification 39 cylinder, 
containing unodorized liquefied petroleum gas (LPG) unless it is legibly 
marked NON-ODORIZED or NOT ODORIZED in letters not less than 6.3 mm 
(0.25 inches) in height near the marked proper shipping name required by 
paragraph (a) of this section. The NON-ODORIZED or NOT ODORIZED marking 
may appear on a cylinder used for both unodorized and odorized LPG.

[Amdt. 172-123, 55 FR 52590, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended by Amdt. 172-151, 
62 FR 1227, Jan. 8, 1997; 62 FR 39404, July 22, 1997; 63 FR 16075, Apr. 
1, 1998; 66 FR 45182, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 45030, July 31, 2003; 69 FR 
64471, Nov. 4, 2004; 70 FR 73164, Dec. 9, 2005; 71 FR 32258, June 2, 
2006; 76 FR 3365, Jan. 19, 2011; 76 FR 56314, Sept. 13, 2011; 78 FR 
1072, Jan. 7, 2013; 78 FR 65478, Oct. 31, 2013; 81 FR 35540, June 2, 
2016]



Sec.172.302  General marking requirements for bulk packagings.

    (a) Identification numbers. Except as otherwise provided in this 
subpart, no person may offer for transportation or transport a hazardous 
material in a bulk packaging unless the packaging is marked as required 
by Sec.172.332 with the identification number specified for the 
material in the Sec.172.101 table--
    (1) On each side and each end, if the packaging has a capacity of 
3,785 L (1,000 gallons) or more;
    (2) On two opposing sides, if the packaging has a capacity of less 
than 3,785 L (1,000 gallons); or
    (3) For cylinders permanently installed on a tube trailer motor 
vehicle, on each side and each end of the motor vehicle.
    (b) Size of markings. Except as otherwise provided, markings 
required by this subpart on bulk packagings must--
    (1) Have a width of at least 6.0 mm (0.24 inch) and a height of at 
least 100 mm (3.9 inches) for rail cars;
    (2) Have a width of at least 4.0 mm (0.16 inch) and a height of at 
least 25 mm (one inch) for portable tanks with capacities of less than 
3,785 L (1,000 gallons) and IBCs; and
    (3) Have a width of at least 6.0 mm (0.24 inch) and a height of at 
least 50 mm (2.0 inches) for cargo tanks and other bulk packagings.
    (c) Special permit packagings. Except as provided in Sec.173.23 of 
this subchapter, the outside of each package used under the terms of a 
special permit must be plainly and durably marked ``DOT-SP'' followed by 
the special permit number assigned. Packages authorized by an exemption 
issued prior to October 1, 2007 may be plainly and durably marked ``DOT-
E'' in lieu of ``DOT-SP'' followed by the number assigned as specified 
in the most recent version of that exemption.
    (d) Each bulk packaging marked with a proper shipping name, common 
name or identification number as required by this subpart must remain 
marked when it is emptied unless it is--
    (1) Sufficiently cleaned of residue and purged of vapors to remove 
any potential hazard; or
    (2) Refilled, with a material requiring different markings or no 
markings, to such an extent that any residue remaining in the packaging 
is no longer hazardous.
    (e) Additional requirements for marking portable tanks, cargo tanks, 
tank cars, multi-unit tank car tanks, and other bulk packagings are 
prescribed in Sec. Sec.172.326, 172.328, 172.330, and 172.331, 
respectively, of this subpart.
    (f) A bulk packaging marked prior to October 1, 1991, in conformance 
to the regulations of this subchapter in effect on September 30, 1991, 
need not be remarked if the key words of the proper shipping name are 
identical to those currently specified in the Sec.172.101

[[Page 388]]

table. For example, a tank car marked ``NITRIC OXIDE'' need not be 
remarked ``NITRIC OXIDE, COMPRESSED''.
    (g) A rail car, freight container, truck body or trailer in which 
the lading has been fumigated with any hazardous material, or is 
undergoing fumigation, must be marked as specified in Sec.173.9 of 
this subchapter.

[Amdt. 172-123, 55 FR 52591, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66254, 
Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 172-150, 61 FR 50624, Sept. 26, 1996; Amdt. 172-
151, 62 FR 1228, Jan. 8, 1997; 62 FR 39398, July 22, 1997; 66 FR 45379, 
Aug. 28, 2001; 70 FR 73164, Dec. 9, 2005; 72 FR 55692, Oct. 1, 2007]



Sec.172.303  Prohibited marking.

    (a) No person may offer for transportation or transport a package 
which is marked with the proper shipping name, the identification number 
of a hazardous material or any other markings indicating that the 
material is hazardous (e.g., RQ, INHALATION HAZARD) unless the package 
contains the identified hazardous material or its residue.
    (b) This section does not apply to--
    (1) Transportation of a package in a transport vehicle or freight 
container if the package is not visible during transportation and is 
loaded by the shipper and unloaded by the shipper or consignee.
    (2) Markings on a package which are securely covered in 
transportation.
    (3) The marking of a shipping name on a package when the name 
describes a material not regulated under this subchapter.

[Amdt. 172-123, 55 FR 52591, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66254, 
Dec. 20, 1991; 72 FR 55692, Oct. 1, 2007]



Sec.172.304  Marking requirements.

    (a) The marking required in this subpart--
    (1) Must be durable, in English and printed on or affixed to the 
surface of a package or on a label, tag, or sign.
    (2) Must be displayed on a background of sharply contrasting color;
    (3) Must be unobscured by labels or attachments; and
    (4) Must be located away from any other marking (such as 
advertising) that could substantially reduce its effectiveness.
    (b) [Reserved]

[Amdt. 172-29, 41 FR 15996, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 172-29B, 
41 FR 57067, Dec. 30, 1976]



Sec.172.306  [Reserved]



Sec.172.308  Authorized abbreviations.

    (a) Abbreviations may not be used in a proper shipping name marking 
except as authorized in this section.
    (b) The abbreviation ``ORM'' may be used in place of the words 
``Other Regulated Material.''
    (c) Abbreviations which appear as authorized descriptions in column 
2 of the Sec.172.101 table (e.g., ``TNT'' and ``PCB'') are authorized.

[Amdt. 172-123, 55 FR 52591, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended by Amdt. 172-145, 
60 FR 49110, Sept. 21, 1995]



Sec.172.310  Class 7 (radioactive) materials.

    In addition to any other markings required by this subpart, each 
package containing Class 7 (radioactive) materials must be marked as 
follows:
    (a) Each package with a gross mass greater than 50 kg (110 lb) must 
have its gross mass including the unit of measurement (which may be 
abbreviated) marked on the outside of the package.
    (b) Each industrial, Type A, Type B(U), or Type B(M) package must be 
legibly and durably marked on the outside of the packaging, in letters 
at least 12 mm (0.47 in) high, with the words ``TYPE IP-1,'' ``TYPE IP-
2,'' ``TYPE IP-3,'' ``TYPE A,'' ``TYPE B(U)'' or ``TYPE B(M),'' as 
appropriate. A package which does not conform to Type IP-1, Type IP-2, 
Type IP-3, Type A, Type B(U) or Type B(M) requirements may not be so 
marked.
    (c) Each package which conforms to an IP-1, IP-2, IP-3 or a Type A 
package design must be legibly and durably marked on the outside of the 
packaging with the international vehicle registration code of the 
country of origin of the design. The international vehicle registration 
code for packages designed by a United States company or agency is the 
symbol ``USA.''

[[Page 389]]

    (d) Each package which conforms to a Type B(U) or Type B(M) package 
design must have the outside of the outermost receptacle, which is 
resistant to the effects of fire and water, plainly marked by embossing, 
stamping or other means resistant to the effects of fire and water with 
a radiation symbol that conforms to the requirements of appendix B of 
this part.
    (e) Each Type B(U), Type B(M) or fissile material package destined 
for export shipment must also be marked ``USA'' in conjunction with the 
specification marking, or other package certificate identification. (See 
Sec. Sec.173.471, 173.472, and 173.473 of this subchapter.)

[Doc. No. RSPA-99-6283 (HM-230), 69 FR 3668, Jan. 26, 2004, as amended 
at 79 FR 40609, July 11, 2014]



Sec.172.312  Liquid hazardous materials in non-bulk packagings.

    (a) Except as provided in this section, each non-bulk combination 
package having inner packagings containing liquid hazardous materials, 
single packaging fitted with vents, or open cryogenic receptacle 
intended for the transport of refrigerated liquefied gases must be:
    (1) Packed with closures upward, and
    (2) Legibly marked with package orientation markings that are 
similar to the illustration shown in this paragraph, on two opposite 
vertical sides of the package with the arrows pointing in the correct 
upright direction. The arrows must be either black or red on white or 
other suitable contrasting background and commensurate with the size of 
the package. Depicting a rectangular border around the arrows is 
optional.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC02MR91.011

    (b) Arrows for purposes other than indicating proper package 
orientation may not be displayed on a package containing a liquid 
hazardous material.
    (c) The requirements of paragraph (a) of this section do not apply 
to--
    (1) A non-bulk package with inner packagings which are cylinders.
    (2) Except when offered or intended for transportation by aircraft, 
packages containing flammable liquids in inner packagings of 1 L or less 
prepared in accordance with Sec.173.150 (b) or (c) of this subchapter.
    (3) When offered or intended for transportation by aircraft, 
packages containing liquid hazardous materials in inner packagings of 
120 mL (4 fluid oz.) or less when packed with sufficient absorption 
material between the inner and outer packagings to completely absorb the 
liquid contents.
    (4) Liquids contained in manufactured articles (e.g., alcohol or 
mercury in thermometers) which are leak-tight in all orientations.
    (5) A non-bulk package with hermetically sealed inner packagings not 
exceeding 500 mL each.
    (6) Packages containing liquid infectious substances in primary 
receptacles not exceeding 50 mL (1.7 oz.).

[[Page 390]]

    (7) Class 7 radioactive material in Type A, IP-2, IP-3, Type B(U), 
or Type B(M) packages.

[Amdt. 172-123, 55 FR 52591, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66254, 
Dec. 20, 1991; 57 FR 45458, Oct. 1, 1992; 64 FR 51918, Sept. 27, 1999; 
66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 45030, July 31, 2003; 71 FR 54395, 
Sept. 14, 2006; 71 FR 78627, Dec. 29, 2006; 76 FR 3365, Jan. 19, 2011; 
78 FR 1073, Jan. 7, 2013]



Sec.172.313  Poisonous hazardous materials.

    In addition to any other markings required by this subpart:
    (a) A material poisonous by inhalation (see Sec.171.8 of this 
subchapter) shall be marked ``Inhalation Hazard'' in association with 
the required labels or placards, as appropriate, and shipping name when 
required. The marking must be on two opposing sides of a bulk packaging. 
(See Sec.172.302(b) of this subpart for size of markings on bulk 
packages.) When the words ``Inhalation Hazard'' appear on the label, as 
prescribed in Sec. Sec.172.416 and 172.429, or placard, as prescribed 
in Sec. Sec.172.540 and 172.555, the ``Inhalation Hazard'' marking is 
not required on the package.
    (b) Each non-bulk plastic outer packaging used as a single or 
composite packaging for materials meeting the definition of Division 6.1 
(in Sec.173.132 of this subchapter) shall be permanently marked, by 
embossment or other durable means, with the word ``POISON'' in letters 
at least 6.3 mm (0.25 inch) in height. Additional text or symbols 
related to hazard warning may be included in the marking. The marking 
shall be located within 150 mm (6 inches) of the closure of the 
packaging.
    (c) A transport vehicle or freight container containing a material 
poisonous by inhalation in non-bulk packages shall be marked, on each 
side and each end as specified in Sec.172.332 or Sec.172.336, with 
the identification number specified for the hazardous material in the 
Sec.172.101 table, subject to the following provisions and 
limitations:
    (1) The material is in Hazard Zone A or B;
    (2) The transport vehicle or freight container is loaded at one 
facility with 1,000 kg (2,205 pounds) or more aggregate gross weight of 
the material in non-bulk packages marked with the same proper shipping 
name and identification number; and
    (3) If the transport vehicle or freight container contains more than 
one material meeting the provisions of this paragraph (c), it shall be 
marked with the identification number for one material, determined as 
follows:
    (i) For different materials in the same hazard zone, with the 
identification number of the material having the greatest aggregate 
gross weight; and
    (ii) For different materials in both Hazard Zones A and B, with the 
identification number for the Hazard Zone A material.
    (d) For a packaging containing a Division 6.1 PG III material, ``PG 
III'' may be marked adjacent to the POISON label. (See Sec.
172.405(c).)

[Amdt. 172-123, 55 FR 52592, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 57 FR 46624, 
Oct. 9, 1992; Amdt. 172-151, 62 FR 1228, Jan. 8, 1997; 62 FR 39398, 
39405, July 22, 1997; 63 FR 16075, Apr. 1, 1998; 64 FR 10776, Mar. 5, 
1999]



Sec.172.315  Limited quantities.

    (a) Modes other than air transport. Except for an article or 
substance of Class 7 prepared in accordance with subpart I of part 173, 
a package prepared in accordance with applicable limited quantity 
requirements in part 173 of this subchapter and offered for 
transportation by a mode other than air must display the limited 
quantity marking shown in paragraph (a)(1) of this section. A package 
displaying this mark is not subject to the marking requirements of Sec.
172.301 of this subpart unless the limited quantity package also 
contains a hazardous substance or a hazardous waste. Required markings 
need not be duplicated if already marked as prescribed elsewhere in this 
subpart. As an alternative, a packaging may display the limited quantity 
``Y'' mark shown in paragraph (b) of this section if the package 
conforms to authorized substance and article provisions and the inner 
and outer package quantity limits in Sec.173.27(f) of this subchapter.
    (1) Marking description. The top and bottom portions of the square-
on-point and the border forming the square-on-point must be black and 
the center white or of a suitable contrasting background as follows:

[[Page 391]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR30DE11.004

    (2) The square-on-point must be durable, legible and of a size 
relative to the packaging, readily visible, and must be applied on at 
least one side or one end of the outer packaging. The width of the 
border forming the square-on-point must be at least 2 mm and the minimum 
dimension of each side, as measured from the outside of the lines 
forming the border, must be 100 mm unless the packaging size requires a 
reduced size marking that must be no less than 50 mm on each side and 
the width of the border forming the square on point may be reduced to a 
minimum of 1 mm. Where dimensions are not specified, all features shall 
be in approximate proportion to those shown. When intended for 
transportation by vessel, a cargo transport unit (see Sec.176.2 of 
this subchapter) containing packages of hazardous materials in only 
limited quantities must be marked once on each side and once on each end 
of the exterior of the unit with an identical mark which must have 
minimum dimensions of 250 mm on each side.
    (i) Transitional exception. A marking in conformance with the 
requirements of this paragraph in effect on December 31, 2014, may 
continue to be used until December 31, 2016.
    (ii) For domestic transportation, a packaging marked prior to 
January 1, 2017 and in conformance with the requirements of this 
paragraph in effect on December 31, 2014, may continue in service until 
the end of its useful life.
    (3) Except for Class 1 and 7, and Division 6.1 and 6.2 materials, 
for highway transportation by private motor carrier, the limited 
quantity marking is not required to be displayed on a package containing 
materials assigned to Packing Group II and III prepared in accordance 
with the limited quantity requirements in subpart B of part 173 of this 
subchapter provided:
    (i) Inner packagings for liquid hazardous materials do not exceed 
1.0 L (0.3 gallons) net capacity each;
    (ii) Inner packagings for solid hazardous materials do not exceed 
1.0 kg (2.2 pounds) net capacity each;
    (iii) No more than 2 L (0.6 gallons) or 2 kg (4.4 pounds) aggregate 
net quantity of any one hazardous material is transported per vehicle;
    (iv) The total gross weight of all the limited quantity packages per 
vehicle does not exceed 60 kg (132 pounds); and
    (v) Each package is marked with the name and address of the offeror, 
a 24-hour emergency response telephone number and the statement 
``Contains

[[Page 392]]

Chemicals'' in letters at least 25 mm (one-inch) high on a contrasting 
background.
    (b) Air transport. Except for an article or substance of Class 7 
prepared in accordance with subpart I of part 173, a package prepared in 
accordance with air-specific limited quantity requirements prescribed in 
Sec.173.27 of this subchapter and intended for transportation by air 
must display the limited quantity mark prescribed in paragraph (b)(1) of 
this section in addition to other markings required by this subpart 
(e.g., ``RQ'', proper shipping name, identification number, as 
appropriate). Required markings need not be duplicated if already marked 
as prescribed elsewhere in this subpart.
    (1) Marking Description. The top and bottom portions of the square-
on-point and the border forming the square-on-point must be black and 
the center white or of a suitable contrasting background and the symbol 
``Y'' must be black and located in the center of the square-on-point and 
be clearly visible as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR30DE11.005

    (2) The square-on-point must be durable, legible and of a size 
relative to the package as to be readily visible. The square-on-point 
must be applied on at least one side or one end of the outer packaging. 
The width of the border forming the square-on-point must be at least 2 
mm and the minimum dimension of each side, as measured from the outside 
of the lines forming the border, must be 100 mm unless the package size 
requires a reduced size marking that must be no less than 50 mm on each 
side and the width of the border forming the square on point may be 
reduced to a minimum of 1 mm. Where dimensions are not specified, all 
features shall be in approximate proportion to those shown.
    (i) Transitional exception. A marking in conformance with the 
requirements of this paragraph in effect on December 31, 2014, may 
continue to be used until December 31, 2016.
    (ii) For domestic transportation, a packaging marked prior to 
January 1, 2017 and in conformance with the requirements of this 
paragraph in effect on December 31, 2014, may continue in service until 
the end of its useful life.
    (c) Limited quantity markings prescribed in paragraphs (a) and (b) 
of this section may use the packaging itself as the contrasting 
background for the center portion of the marking if the

[[Page 393]]

color sufficiently contrasts so that the black border, top and bottom 
portions of the square-on-point, and the ``Y'' symbol, if applicable, 
are clearly recognizable.
    (d) Transitional exceptions--(1) Alternative markings. Except for 
transportation by aircraft and until December 31, 2015, a package 
containing a limited quantity may continue to be marked in accordance 
with the requirements of this section in effect on October 1, 2010 
(i.e., square-on-point with identification number only) as an 
alternative to the marking required by paragraph (a) of this section.
    (2) ORM-D marked packaging. Except for transportation by aircraft 
and until December 31, 2020, a packaging marked in accordance with Sec.
172.316 of this part is not required to be marked with the limited 
quantity marking required by paragraph (a) of this section. For 
transportation by aircraft and until December 31, 2012, a packaging 
marked in accordance with Sec.172.316(a)(1) is not required to be 
marked with the limited quantity ``Y'' marking required by paragraph (b) 
of this section.

[76 FR 82174, Dec. 30, 2011, as amended at 78 FR 1073, Jan. 7, 2013; 78 
FR 65478, Oct. 31, 2013; 80 FR 1149, Jan. 8, 2015; 81 FR 3671, Jan. 21, 
2016]



Sec.172.316  Packagings containing materials classed as ORM-D.

    (a) Each non-bulk packaging containing a material classed as ORM-D 
must be marked on at least one side or end with the ORM-D designation 
immediately following or below the proper shipping name of the material. 
The ORM designation must be placed within a rectangle that is 
approximately 6.3 mm (0.25 inches) larger on each side than the 
designation. Until December 31, 2020, the designation ORM-D is for an 
ORM-D material, as defined in Sec.173.144, that is packaged in 
accordance with Sec. Sec.173.63(b), 173.150 through 173.156, and 
173.306.
    (b) When the ORM-D marking including the proper shipping name can 
not be affixed on the package surface, it may be on an attached tag.
    (c) The marking ORM-D is the certification by the person offering 
the packaging for transportation that the material is properly 
described, classed, packaged, marked and labeled (when appropriate) and 
in proper condition for transportation according to the applicable 
regulations of this subchapter. This form of certification does not 
preclude the requirement for a certificate on a shipping paper when 
required by subpart C of this part.

[Amdt. 172-29, 41 FR 15996, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 172-123, 
55 FR 52592, Dec. 21, 1990; 56 FR 66254, Dec. 20, 1991; 76 FR 3366, Jan. 
19, 2011; 78 FR 1113, Jan. 7, 2013; 78 FR 65478, Oct. 31, 2013]



Sec.172.317  KEEP AWAY FROM HEAT handling mark.

    (a) General. For transportation by aircraft, each package containing 
self-reactive substances of Division 4.1 or organic peroxides of 
Division 5.2 must be marked with the KEEP AWAY FROM HEAT handling mark 
specified in this section.
    (b) Location and design. The marking must be a rectangle measuring 
at least 105 mm (4.1 inches) in height by 74 mm (2.9 inches) in width as 
measured from the outside of the lines forming the border. Markings with 
not less than half this dimension are permissible where the dimensions 
of the package can only bear a smaller mark.
    (1) Transitional exception. A marking in conformance with the 
requirements of this paragraph in effect on December 31, 2014, may 
continue to be used until December 31, 2016.
    (2) For domestic transportation, a packaging marked prior to January 
1, 2017 and in conformance with the requirements of this paragraph in 
effect on December 31, 2014, may continue in service until the end of 
its useful life.
    (c) KEEP AWAY FROM HEAT handling mark. The KEEP AWAY FROM HEAT 
handling mark must conform to the following:
    (1) Except for size, the KEEP AWAY FROM HEAT handling mark must 
appear as follows:

[[Page 394]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20DE04.001

    (2) The symbol, letters and border must be black and the background 
white, except for the starburst which must be red.
    (3) The KEEP AWAY FROM HEAT handling marking required by paragraph 
(a) of this section must be durable, legible and displayed on a 
background of contrasting color.

[69 FR 76153, Dec. 20, 2004, as amended at 80 FR 1150, Jan. 8, 2015]



Sec.172.320  Explosive hazardous materials.

    (a) Except as otherwise provided in paragraphs (b), (c), (d) and (e) 
of this section, each package containing a Class 1 material must be 
marked with the EX-number for each substance, article or device 
contained therein.
    (b) Except for fireworks approved in accordance with Sec.173.64 of 
this subchapter, a package of Class 1 materials may be marked as 
follows, in lieu of the EX number required by paragraph (a) of this 
section:
    (1) With a national stock number issued by the Department of Defense 
or identifying information, such as a product code required by 
regulations for commercial explosives specified in 27 CFR part 555, if 
the national stock number or identifying information can be specifically 
associated with the EX number assigned; or
    (2) For Division 1.4G consumer fireworks reviewed by a Fireworks 
Certification Agency approved in accordance with 49 CFR part 107 subpart 
E and certified in accordance with Sec.173.65, with

[[Page 395]]

the FC number assigned by a DOT-approved Fireworks Certification Agency.
    (c) When more than five different Class 1 materials are packed in 
the same package, the package may be marked with only five of the EX-
numbers, national stock numbers, product codes, or combination thereof.
    (d) The requirements of this section do not apply if the EX number, 
FC number, product code or national stock number of each explosive item 
described under a proper shipping description is shown in association 
with the shipping description required by Sec.172.202(a). Product 
codes and national stock numbers must be traceable to the specific EX 
number assigned by the Associate Administrator or FC number assigned by 
a DOT-approved Fireworks Certification Agency.
    (e) The requirements of this section do not apply to the following 
Class 1 materials:
    (1) Those being shipped to a testing agency in accordance with Sec.
173.56(d) of this subchapter;
    (2) Those being shipped in accordance with Sec.173.56(e) of this 
subchapter, for the purposes of developmental testing;
    (3) Those which meet the requirements of Sec.173.56(h) of this 
subchapter and therefore are not subject to the approval process of 
Sec.173.56 of this subchapter;
    (4) [Reserved];
    (5) Those that are transported in accordance with Sec.173.56(c)(2) 
of this subchapter and, therefore, are covered by a national security 
classification currently in effect.

[Amdt. 172-123, 56 FR 66254, Dec. 20, 1991, as amended by Amdt. 172-139, 
59 FR 67487, Dec. 29, 1994; 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001; 74 FR 53188, 
Oct. 16, 2009; 78 FR 42477, July 16, 2013]



Sec.172.322  Marine pollutants.

    (a) For vessel transportation of each non-bulk packaging that 
contains a marine pollutant--
    (1) If the proper shipping name for a material which is a marine 
pollutant does not identify by name the component which makes the 
material a marine pollutant, the name of that component must be marked 
on the package in parentheses in association with the marked proper 
shipping name. Where two or more components which make a material a 
marine pollutant are present, the names of at least two of the 
components most predominantly contributing to the marine pollutant 
designation must appear in parentheses in association with the marked 
proper shipping name; and
    (2) Except as otherwise provided in this subchapter, the MARINE 
POLLUTANT mark shall be placed in association with the hazard warning 
labels required by subpart E of this part or, in the absence of any 
labels, in association with the marked proper shipping name.
    (b) Except as otherwise provided in this subchapter, a bulk 
packaging that contains a marine pollutant must--
    (1) Be marked with the MARINE POLLUTANT mark on at least two 
opposing sides or two ends other than the bottom if the packaging has a 
capacity of less than 3,785 L (1,000 gallons). The mark must be visible 
from the direction it faces. The mark may be displayed in black 
lettering on a square-on-point configuration having the same outside 
dimensions as a placard; or
    (2) Be marked on each end and each side with the MARINE POLLUTANT 
mark if the packaging has a capacity of 3,785 L (1,000 gallons) or more. 
The mark must be visible from the direction it faces. The mark may be 
displayed in black lettering on a square-on-point configuration having 
the same outside dimensions as a placard.
    (c) A transport vehicle or freight container that contains a package 
subject to the marking requirements of paragraph (a) or (b) of this 
section must be marked with the MARINE POLLUTANT mark. The mark must 
appear on each side and each end of the transport vehicle or freight 
container, and must be visible from the direction it faces. This 
requirement may be met by the marking displayed on a freight container 
or portable tank loaded on a motor vehicle or rail car. This mark may be 
displayed in black lettering on a white square-on-point configuration 
having the same outside dimensions as a placard.
    (d) The MARINE POLLUTANT mark is not required--
    (1) On single packagings or combination packagings where each single

[[Page 396]]

package or each inner packaging of combination packagings has:
    (i) A net quantity of 5 L (1.3 gallons) or less for liquids; or
    (ii) A net mass of 5 kg (11 pounds) or less for solids
    (2) On a combination packaging containing a marine pollutant, other 
than a severe marine pollutant, in inner packagings each of which 
contains:
    (i) 5 L (1.3 gallons) or less net capacity for liquids; or
    (ii) 5 kg (11 pounds) or less net capacity for solids.
    (3) Except for transportation by vessel, on a bulk packaging, 
freight container or transport vehicle that bears a label or placard 
specified in subparts E or F of this part.
    (4) On a package of limited quantity material marked in accordance 
with Sec.172.315 of this part.
    (e) MARINE POLLUTANT mark. The MARINE POLLUTANT mark must conform to 
the following:
    (1) Except for size, the MARINE POLLUTANT mark must appear as 
follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR14JA09.000

Symbol (fish and tree): Black on white or suitable contrasting 
    background.

    (2) The marking must be in the form of a square-on-point. The symbol 
and border must be black on a white or suitable contrasting background. 
The width of the border forming the square-on-point marking must be at 
least 2 mm. Each side of the mark must be--
    (i) At least 100 mm (4 inches) as measured from the outside of the 
lines forming the border for marks applied to:
    (A) Non-bulk packages, except in the case of packages which, because 
of their size, can only bear smaller marks. If the size of the package 
so requires, the dimensions/line thickness may be reduced, provided the 
marking remains clearly visible. Where dimensions are not specified, all 
features shall be in approximate proportion to those shown.
    (B) Bulk packages with a capacity of less than 3,785 L (1,000 
gallons); or
    (ii) At least 250 mm (10 inches) for marks applied to all other bulk 
packages.
    (3) Transitional exception. A marking in conformance with the 
requirements of this paragraph in effect on December 31, 2014, may 
continue to be used until December 31, 2016.
    (4) For domestic transportation, a packaging marked prior to January 
1, 2017 and in conformance with the requirements of this paragraph in 
effect on December 31, 2014, may continue in service until the end of 
its useful life.
    (f) Exceptions. See Sec.171.4(c).

[Amdt. 172-127, 57 FR 52938, Nov. 5, 1992, as amended by Amdt. 172-136, 
59 FR 38064, July 26, 1994; Amdt. 172-145, 60 FR 49110, Sept. 21, 1995; 
66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001; 70 FR 56098, Sept. 23, 2005; 74 FR 2252, 
Jan. 14, 2009; 76 FR 3367, Jan. 19, 2011; 80 FR 1150, Jan. 8, 2015]



Sec.172.323  Infectious substances.

    (a) In addition to other requirements of this subpart, a bulk 
packaging containing a regulated medical waste, as defined in Sec.
173.134(a)(5) of this subchapter, must be marked with a BIOHAZARD 
marking conforming to 29 CFR 1910.1030(g)(1)(i)--
    (1) On two opposing sides or two ends other than the bottom if the 
packaging has a capacity of less than 3,785 L (1,000 gallons). The 
BIOHAZARD marking must measure at least 152.4 mm (6 inches) on each side 
and must be visible from the direction it faces.
    (2) On each end and each side if the packaging has a capacity of 
3,785 L (1,000 gallons) or more. The BIOHAZARD marking must measure at 
least 152.4 mm (6 inches) on each side and must be visible from the 
direction it faces.
    (b) For a bulk packaging contained in or on a transport vehicle or 
freight container, if the BIOHAZARD marking on the bulk packaging is not 
visible, the transport vehicle or freight container must be marked as 
required by

[[Page 397]]

paragraph (a) of this section on each side and each end.
    (c) The background color for the BIOHAZARD marking required by 
paragraph (a) of this section must be orange and the symbol and letters 
must be black. Except for size the BIOHAZARD marking must appear as 
follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR14AU02.005

    (d) The BIOHAZARD marking required by paragraph (a) of this section 
must be displayed on a background of contrasting color. It may be 
displayed on a plain white square-on-point configuration having the same 
outside dimensions as a placard, as specified in Sec.172.519(c) of 
this part.

[67 FR 53135, Aug. 14, 2002, as amended at 76 FR 56314, Sept. 13, 2011]

[[Page 398]]



Sec.172.324  Hazardous substances in non-bulk packagings.

    For each non-bulk package that contains a hazardous substance--
    (a) Except for packages of radioactive material labeled in 
accordance with Sec.172.403, if the proper shipping name of a material 
that is a hazardous substance does not identify the hazardous substance 
by name, the name of the hazardous substance must be marked on the 
package, in parentheses, in association with the proper shipping name. 
If the material contains two or more hazardous substances, at least two 
hazardous substances, including the two with the lowest reportable 
quantities (RQs), must be identified. For a hazardous waste, the waste 
code (e.g., D001), if appropriate, may be used to identify the hazardous 
substance.
    (b) The letters ``RQ'' must be marked on the package in association 
with the proper shipping name.
    (c) A package of limited quantity material marked in accordance with 
Sec.172.315 must also be marked in accordance with the applicable 
requirements of this section.

[73 FR 4716, Jan. 28, 2008, as amended at 76 FR 3367, Jan. 19, 2011]



Sec.172.325  Elevated temperature materials.

    (a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, a bulk 
packaging containing an elevated temperature material must be marked on 
two opposing sides with the word ``HOT'' in black or white Gothic 
lettering on a contrasting background. The marking must be displayed on 
the packaging itself or in black lettering on a plain white square-on-
point configuration having the same outside dimensions as a placard. 
(See Sec.172.302(b) for size of markings on bulk packagings.)
    (b) Bulk packagings containing molten aluminum or molten sulfur must 
be marked ``MOLTEN ALUMINUM'' or ``MOLTEN SULFUR'', respectively, in the 
same manner as prescribed in paragraph (a) of this section.
    (c) If the identification number is displayed on a white-square-on-
point display configuration, as prescribed in Sec.172.336(b), the word 
``HOT'' may be displayed in the upper corner of the same white-square-
on-point display configuration. The word ``HOT'' must be in black 
letters having a height of at least 50 mm (2.0 inches). Except for size, 
these markings shall be as illustrated for an Elevated temperature 
material, liquid, n.o.s.:

[[Page 399]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR29DE94.000


[Amdt. 172-125, 58 FR 3348, Jan. 8, 1993, as amended by Amdt. 172-139, 
59 FR 67487, Dec. 29, 1994]



Sec.172.326  Portable tanks.

    (a) Shipping name. No person may offer for transportation or 
transport a portable tank containing a hazardous material unless it is 
legibly marked on two opposing sides with the proper shipping name 
specified for the material in the Sec.172.101 table. For 
transportation by vessel, the minimum height for a proper shipping name 
marked on a portable tank is 65 mm (2.5 inches); except that portable 
tanks with a capacity of less than 3,000 L (792.52 gallons) may reduce 
the marking size to not less than 12 mm (0.47 inches).
    (b) Owner's name. The name of the owner or of the lessee, if 
applicable, must be displayed on a portable tank that contains a 
hazardous material.
    (c) Identification numbers. (1) If the identification number 
markings required by Sec.172.302(a) are not visible, a transport 
vehicle or freight container used to transport a portable tank 
containing a hazardous material must be marked on each side and each end 
as required by Sec.172.332 with the identification number specified 
for the material in the Sec.172.101 table.
    (2) Each person who offers a portable tank containing a hazardous 
material to a motor carrier, for transportation in a transport vehicle 
or freight container, shall provide the motor carrier

[[Page 400]]

with the required identification numbers on placards, orange panels, or 
the white square-on-point configuration, as appropriate, for each side 
and each end of the transport vehicle or freight container from which 
identification numbers on the portable tank are not visible.
    (d) NON-ODORIZED marking on portable tanks containing LPG. No person 
may offer for transportation or transport a portable tank containing 
unodorized liquefied petroleum gas (LPG) as authorized in Sec.
173.315(b)(1) of this subchapter unless it is legibly marked NON-
ODORIZED or NOT ODORIZED on two opposing sides near the marked proper 
shipping name required by paragraph (a) of this section, or near the 
placards. The NON-ODORIZED or NOT ODORIZED marking may appear on a 
portable tank used for both unodorized and odorized LPG.

[Amdt. 172-123, 55 FR 52592, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66255, 
Dec. 20, 1991; 69 FR 64471, Nov. 4, 2004; 76 FR 3367, Jan. 19, 2011; 80 
FR 1150, Jan. 8, 2015; 81 FR 35540, June 2, 2016]



Sec.172.327  Petroleum sour crude oil in bulk packaging.

    A Bulk packaging used to transport petroleum crude oil containing 
hydrogen sulfide (i.e., sour crude oil) in sufficient concentration that 
vapors evolved from the crude oil may present an inhalation hazard must 
include a marking, label, tag, or sign to warn of the toxic hazard as 
follows:
    (a) The marking must be durable, legible and of a size relative to 
the package as to be readily visible and similar to the illustration 
shown in this paragraph with the minimum dimension of each side of the 
marking at least 100 mm (3.9 inches) as measured from the outside of the 
lines forming the border. The width of the border forming the square-on-
point marking must be at least 5 mm. The marking must be displayed at 
each location (e.g., manhole, loading head) where exposure to hydrogen 
sulfide vapors may occur.
    (1) Transitional exception--A marking in conformance with the 
requirements of this paragraph in effect on December 31, 2014, may 
continue to be used until December 31, 2016.
    (2) For domestic transportation, a packaging marked prior to January 
1, 2017 and in conformance with the requirements of this paragraph in 
effect on December 31, 2014, may continue in service until the end of 
its useful life.
    (b) The border of the square-on-point must be black or red on a 
white or other suitable contrasting background. The symbol must be black 
and located in the center of the square-on-point and be clearly visible 
as follows:

[[Page 401]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR19JA11.034

    (c) As an alternative to the marking required in (a) and (b) of this 
section, a label, tag, or sign may be displayed at each location (e.g., 
manhole, loading head) where exposure to hydrogen sulfide vapors may 
occur. The label, tag, or sign must be durable, in English, and printed 
legibly and of a size relative to the package with a warning statement 
such as ``Danger, Possible Hydrogen Sulfide Inhalation Hazard'' to 
communicate the possible risk of exposure to harmful concentrations of 
hydrogen sulfide gas.

[76 FR 3367, Jan. 19, 2011, as amended at 80 FR 1150, Jan. 8, 2015]



Sec.172.328  Cargo tanks.

    (a) Providing and affixing identification numbers. Unless a cargo 
tank is already marked with the identification numbers required by this 
subpart, the identification numbers must be provided or affixed as 
follows:
    (1) A person who offers a hazardous material to a motor carrier for 
transportation in a cargo tank shall provide the motor carrier the 
identification numbers on placards or shall affix orange panels 
containing the required identification numbers, prior to or at the time 
the material is offered for transportation.

[[Page 402]]

    (2) A person who offers a cargo tank containing a hazardous material 
for transportation shall affix the required identification numbers on 
panels or placards prior to or at the time the cargo tank is offered for 
transportation.
    (3) For a cargo tank transported on or in a transport vehicle or 
freight container, if the identification number marking on the cargo 
tank required by Sec.172.302(a) would not normally be visible during 
transportation--
    (i) The transport vehicle or freight container must be marked as 
required by Sec.172.332 on each side and each end with the 
identification number specified for the material in the Sec.172.101 
table; and
    (ii) When the cargo tank is permanently installed within an enclosed 
cargo body of the transport vehicle or freight container, the 
identification number marking required by Sec.172.302(a) need only be 
displayed on each side and end of a cargo tank that is visible when the 
cargo tank is accessed.
    (b) Required markings: Gases. Except for certain nurse tanks which 
must be marked as specified in Sec.173.315(m) of this subchapter, each 
cargo tank transporting a Class 2 material subject to this subchapter 
must be marked, in lettering no less than 50 mm (2.0 inches), on each 
side and each end with--
    (1) The proper shipping name specified for the gas in the Sec.
172.101 table; or
    (2) An appropriate common name for the material (e.g., ``Refrigerant 
Gas'').
    (c) QT/NQT markings. Each MC 330 and MC 331 cargo tank must be 
marked near the specification plate, in letters no less than 50 mm (2.0 
inches) in height, with--
    (1) ``QT'', if the cargo tank is constructed of quenched and 
tempered steel; or
    (2) ``NQT'', if the cargo tank is constructed of other than quenched 
and tempered steel.
    (d) After October 3, 2005, each on-vehicle manually-activated remote 
shutoff device for closure of the internal self-closing stop valve must 
be identified by marking ``Emergency Shutoff'' in letters at least 0.75 
inches in height, in a color that contrasts with its background, and 
located in an area immediately adjacent to the means of closure.
    (e) NON-ODORIZED marking on cargo tanks containing LPG. No person 
may offer for transportation or transport a cargo tank containing 
unodorized liquefied petroleum gas (LPG) as authorized in Sec.
173.315(b)(1) of this subchapter unless it is legibly marked NON-
ODORIZED or NOT ODORIZED on two opposing sides near the marked proper 
shipping name as specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, or near 
the placards. The NON-ODORIZED or NOT ODORIZED marking may appear on a 
cargo tank used for both unodorized and odorized LPG.

[Amdt. 172-123, 55 FR 52592, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66255, 
Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 172-151, 62 FR 1228, Jan. 8, 1997; 62 FR 39045, 
July 22, 1997; 68 FR 19277, Apr. 18, 2003; 69 FR 64471, Nov. 4, 2004; 81 
FR 35540, June 2, 2016]



Sec.172.330  Tank cars and multi-unit tank car tanks.

    (a) Shipping name and identification number. No person may offer for 
transportation or transport a hazardous material--
    (1) In a tank car unless the following conditions are met:
    (i) The tank car must be marked on each side and each end as 
required by Sec.172.302 with the identification number specified for 
the material in the Sec.172.101 table; and
    (ii) A tank car containing any of the following materials must be 
marked on each side with the key words of the proper shipping name 
specified for the material in the Sec.172.101 table, or with a common 
name authorized for the material in this subchapter (e.g., ``Refrigerant 
Gas''):

Acrolein, stabilized
Ammonia, anhydrous, liquefied
Ammonia solutions (more than 50% ammonia)
Bromine or Bromine solutions
Bromine chloride
Chloroprene, stabilized
Dispersant gas or Refrigerant gas (as defined in Sec.173.115 of this 
subchapter)
Division 2.1 materials
Division 2.2 materials (in Class DOT 107 tank cars only)
Division 2.3 materials
Formic acid
Hydrocyanic acid, aqueous solutions
Hydrofluoric acid, solution

[[Page 403]]

Hydrogen cyanide, stabilized (less than 3% water)
Hydrogen fluoride, anhydrous
Hydrogen peroxide, aqueous solutions (greater than 20% hydrogen 
peroxide)
Hydrogen peroxide, stabilized
Hydrogen peroxide and peroxyacetic acid mixtures
Nitric acid (other than red fuming)
Phosphorus, amorphous
Phosphorus, white dry or Phosphorus, white, under water or Phosphorus 
white, in solution, or Phosphorus, yellow dry or Phosphorus, yellow, 
under water or Phosphorus, yellow, in solution
Phosphorus white, molten
Potassium nitrate and sodium nitrate mixtures
Potassium permanganate
Sulfur trioxide, stabilized
Sulfur trioxide, uninhibited

    (2) In a multi-unit tank car tank, unless the tank is marked on two 
opposing sides, in letters and numerals no less than 50 mm (2.0 inches) 
high--
    (i) With the proper shipping name specified for the material in the 
Sec.172.101 table or with a common name authorized for the material in 
this subchapter (e.g., ``Refrigerant Gas''); and
    (ii) With the identification number specified for the material in 
the Sec.172.101 table, unless marked in accordance with Sec. Sec.
172.302(a) and 172.332 of this subpart.
    (b) A motor vehicle or rail car used to transport a multi-unit tank 
car tank containing a hazardous material must be marked on each side and 
each end, as required by Sec.172.332, with the identification number 
specified for the material in the Sec.172.101 table.
    (c) No person may offer for transportation or transport a tank car 
or multi-unit tank car tank containing unodorized liquefied petroleum 
gas (LPG) unless it is legibly marked NON-ODORIZED or NOT ODORIZED on 
two opposing sides near the marked proper shipping name required by 
paragraphs (a)(1) and (2) of this section, or near the placards. The 
NON-ODORIZED or NOT ODORIZED marking may appear on a tank car or multi-
unit tank car tank used for both unodorized and odorized LPG.

[Amdt. 172-123, 55 FR 52593, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66255, 
Dec. 20, 1991; 57 FR 45458, Oct. 1, 1992; Amdt. 172-148, 61 FR 28676, 
June 5, 1996; Amdt. 172-148, 61 FR 50254, Sept. 25, 1996; 66 FR 33425, 
June 21, 2001; 69 FR 64471, Nov. 4, 2004; 81 FR 35540, June 2, 2016]



Sec.172.331  Bulk packagings other than portable tanks, cargo tanks,
tank cars and multi-unit tank car tanks.

    (a) Each person who offers a hazardous material to a motor carrier 
for transportation in a bulk packaging shall provide the motor carrier 
with the required identification numbers on placards or plain white 
square-on-point display configurations, as authorized, or shall affix 
orange panels containing the required identification numbers to the 
packaging prior to or at the time the material is offered for 
transportation, unless the packaging is already marked with the 
identification number as required by this subchapter.
    (b) Each person who offers a bulk packaging containing a hazardous 
material for transportation shall affix to the packaging the required 
identification numbers on orange panels, square-on-point configurations 
or placards, as appropriate, prior to, or at the time the packaging is 
offered for transportation unless it is already marked with 
identification numbers as required by this subchapter.
    (c) For a bulk packaging contained in or on a transport vehicle or 
freight container, if the identification number marking on the bulk 
packaging (e.g., an IBC) required by Sec.172.302(a) is not visible, 
the transport vehicle or freight container must be marked as required by 
Sec.172.332 on each side and each end with the identification number 
specified for the material in the Sec.172.101 table.

[Amdt. 172-123, 55 FR 52593, Dec. 21, 1994, as amended by Amdt. 172-151, 
62 FR 1228, Jan. 8, 1997; 62 FR 39398, July 22, 1997]



Sec.172.332  Identification number markings.

    (a) General. When required by Sec.172.301, Sec.172.302, Sec.
172.313, Sec.172.326, Sec.172.328, Sec.172.330, or Sec.172.331, 
identification number markings must be displayed on orange panels or 
placards as

[[Page 404]]

specified in this section, or on white square-on-point configurations as 
prescribed in Sec.172.336(b).
    (b) Orange panels. Display of an identification number on an orange 
panel shall be in conformance with the following:
    (1) The orange panel must be 160 mm (6.3 inches) high by 400 mm 
(15.7 inches) wide with a 15 mm (0.6 inches) black outer border. The 
identification number shall be displayed in 100 mm (3.9 inches) black 
Helvetica Medium numerals on the orange panel. Measurements may vary 
from those specified plus or minus 5 mm (0.2 inches).
    (2) The orange panel may be made of any durable material prescribed 
for placards in Sec.172.519, and shall be of the orange color 
specified for labels or placards in appendix A to this part.
    (3) The name and hazard class of a material may be shown in the 
upper left border of the orange panel in letters not more than 18 points 
(0.25 in.) high.
    (4) Except for size and color, the orange panel and identification 
numbers shall be as illustrated for Liquefied petroleum gas:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC02MR91.013

    (c) Placards. Display of an identification number on a hazard 
warning placard shall be in conformance with the following:
    (1) The identification number shall be displayed across the center 
area of the placard in 88 mm (3.5 inches) black Alpine Gothic or 
Alternate Gothic No. 3 numerals on a white background 100 mm (3.9 
inches) high and approximately 215 mm (8.5 inches) wide and may be 
outlined with a solid or dotted line border.
    (2) The top of the 100 mm (3.9 inches) high white background shall 
be approximately 40 mm (1.6 inches) above the placard horizontal center 
line.
    (3) An identification number may be displayed only on a placard 
corresponding to the primary hazard class of the hazardous material.
    (4) For a COMBUSTIBLE placard used to display an identification 
number, the entire background below the white background for the 
identification number must be white during transportation by rail and 
may be white during transportation by highway.
    (5) The name of the hazardous material and the hazard class may be 
shown in letters not more than 18 points high immediately within the 
upper border of the space on the placard bearing the identification 
number of the material.
    (6) If an identification number is placed over the word(s) on a 
placard, the word(s) should be substantially covered to maximize the 
effectiveness of the identification number.
    (d) Except for size and color, the display of an identification 
number on a placard shall be as illustrated for Acetone:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC02MR91.014


[Amdt. 172-101, 45 FR 74667, Nov. 10, 1980, as amended by Amdt. 172-81, 
48 FR 28099, June 20, 1983; Amdt. 172-110, 52 FR 29527, Aug. 10, 1987; 
Amdt. 172-123, 55 FR 52593, Dec. 21, 1990; 56 FR 66255, Dec. 20, 1991; 
Amdt. 172-151, 62 FR 1228, Jan. 8, 1997; 65 FR 50459, Aug. 18, 2000; 68 
FR 57632, Oct. 6, 2003]



Sec.172.334  Identification numbers; prohibited display.

    (a) No person may display an identification number on a RADIOACTIVE, 
EXPLOSIVES 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5 or 1.6, DANGEROUS, or subsidiary 
hazard placard.
    (b) No person may display an identification number on a placard, 
orange

[[Page 405]]

panel or white square-on-point display configuration unless--
    (1) The identification number is specified for the material in Sec.
172.101;
    (2) The identification number is displayed on the placard, orange 
panel or white square-on-point configuration authorized by Sec.172.332 
or Sec.172.336(b), as appropriate, and any placard used for display of 
the identification number corresponds to the hazard class of the 
material specified in Sec.172.504;
    (3) Except as provided under Sec.172.336 (c)(4) or (c)(5), the 
package, freight container, or transport vehicle on which the number is 
displayed contains the hazardous material associated with that 
identification number in Sec.172.101.
    (c) Except as required by Sec.172.332(c)(4) for a combustible 
liquid, the identification number of a material may be displayed only on 
the placards required by the tables in Sec.172.504.
    (d) Except as provided in Sec.172.336, a placard bearing an 
identification number may not be used to meet the requirements of 
subpart F of this part unless it is the correct identification number 
for all hazardous materials of the same class in the transport vehicle 
or freight container on which it is displayed.
    (e) Except as specified in Sec.172.338, an identification number 
may not be displayed on an orange panel on a cargo tank unless affixed 
to the cargo tank by the person offering the hazardous material for 
transportation in the cargo tank.
    (f) If a placard is required by Sec.172.504, an identification 
number may not be displayed on an orange panel unless it is displayed in 
proximity to the placard.
    (g) No person shall add any color, number, letter, symbol, or word 
other than as specified in this subchapter, to any identification number 
marking display which is required or authorized by this subchapter.

[Amdt. 172-101, 45 FR 74667, Nov. 10, 1980, as amended by Amdt. 172-104, 
51 FR 23078, June 25, 1986; Amdt. 172-110, 52 FR 29528, Aug. 10, 1987; 
Amdt. 172-123, 55 FR 52593, Dec. 21, 1990; 56 FR 66255, Dec. 20, 1991; 
Amdt. 172-127, 59 FR 49133, Sept. 26, 1994]



Sec.172.336  Identification numbers; special provisions.

    (a) When not required or prohibited by this subpart, identification 
numbers may be displayed on a transport vehicle or a freight container 
in the manner prescribed by this subpart.
    (b) Identification numbers, when required, must be displayed on 
either orange panels (see Sec.172.332(b)) or on a plain white square-
on-point display configuration having the same outside dimensions as a 
placard. In addition, for materials in hazard classes for which placards 
are specified and identification number displays are required, but for 
which identification numbers may not be displayed on the placards 
authorized for the material (see Sec.172.334(a)), identification 
numbers must be displayed on orange panels or on the plain white square-
on-point display configuration in association with the required 
placards. An identification number displayed on a white square-on-point 
display configuration is not considered to be a placard.
    (1) The 100 mm (3.9 inch) by 215 mm (8.5 inches) area containing the 
identification number shall be located as prescribed by Sec.172.332 
(c)(1) and (c)(2) and may be outlined with a solid or dotted line 
border.
    (2) [Reserved]
    (c) Identification Numbers are not required:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                           Then the
                                                          alternative
           Packaging:                    When:              marking
                                                        requirement is:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
On the ends of portable tanks,    They have more      The identification
 cargo tanks, or tank cars.        than one            numbers on the
                                   compartment and     sides of the tank
                                   hazardous           are displayed in
                                   materials with      the same sequence
                                   different           as the
                                   identification      compartments
                                   numbers are being   containing the
                                   transported         materials they
                                   therein.            identify.
On cargo tanks..................  They contain only   The tank is marked
                                   gasoline.           ``Gasoline'' on
                                                       each side and
                                                       rear in letters
                                                       no less than 50
                                                       mm (2 inches)
                                                       high, or is
                                                       placarded in
                                                       accordance with
                                                       Sec.
                                                       172.542(c).

[[Page 406]]

 
On cargo tanks..................  They contain only   The cargo tank is
                                   fuel oil.           marked ``Fuel
                                                       Oil'' on each
                                                       side and rear in
                                                       letters no less
                                                       than 50 mm (2
                                                       inches) high, or
                                                       is placarded in
                                                       accordance with
                                                       Sec.
                                                       172.544(c).
On one end of nurse tanks if      They meet the       N/A.
 that end contains valves,         provisions of
 fittings, regulators or gauges    Sec. 173.315(m)
 when those appurtenances          of this
 prevent the markings and          subchapter.
 placard from being properly
 placed and visible.
On cargo tanks, including         They contain more   The identification
 compartmented cargo tanks, or     than one            number for the
 tank cars.                        petroleum           liquid petroleum
                                   distillate fuel.    distillate fuel
                                                       having the lowest
                                                       flash point is
                                                       displayed. If the
                                                       cargo tank also
                                                       contains gasoline
                                                       and alcohol fuel
                                                       blends consisting
                                                       of more than 10%
                                                       ethanol the
                                                       identification
                                                       number ``3475''
                                                       or ``1987,'' as
                                                       appropriate, must
                                                       also be
                                                       displayed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (d) When a bulk packaging is labeled instead of placarded in 
accordance with Sec.172.514(c) of this subchapter, identification 
number markings may be displayed on the package in accordance with the 
marking requirements of Sec.172.301(a)(1) of this subchapter.

[Amdt. 172-101, 45 FR 74667, Nov. 10, 1980, as amended by Amdt. 172-74, 
47 FR 40365, Sept. 30, 1982; Amdt. 172-109, 52 FR 13038, Apr. 20, 1987; 
Amdt. 172-110, 52 FR 29528, Aug. 10, 1987; Amdt. 172-123, 55 FR 52593, 
Dec. 21, 1990; 56 FR 66255, Dec. 20, 1991; 65 FR 50459, Aug. 18, 2000; 
73 FR 4716, Jan. 28, 2008; 76 FR 43527, July 20, 2011; 78 FR 14714, Mar. 
7, 2013; 78 FR 65478, Oct. 31, 2013]



Sec.172.338  Replacement of identification numbers.

    If more than one of the identification number markings on placards, 
orange panels, or white square-on-point display configurations that are 
required to be displayed are lost, damaged or destroyed during 
transportation, the carrier shall replace all the missing or damaged 
identification numbers as soon as practicable. However, in such a case, 
the numbers may be entered by hand on the appropriate placard, orange 
panel or white square-on-point display configuration providing the 
correct identification numbers are entered legibly using an indelible 
marking material. When entered by hand, the identification numbers must 
be located in the white display area specified in Sec.172.332. This 
section does not preclude required compliance with the placarding 
requirements of subpart F of this subchapter.

[Amdt. 172-110, 52 FR 29528, Aug. 10, 1987]



                           Subpart E_Labeling



Sec.172.400  General labeling requirements.

    (a) Except as specified in Sec.172.400a, each person who offers 
for transportation or transports a hazardous material in any of the 
following packages or containment devices, shall label the package or 
containment device with labels specified for the material in the Sec.
172.101 table and in this subpart:
    (1) A non-bulk package;
    (2) A bulk packaging, other than a cargo tank, portable tank, or 
tank car, with a volumetric capacity of less than 18 m\3\ (640 cubic 
feet), unless placarded in accordance with subpart F of this part;
    (3) A portable tank of less than 3785 L (1000 gallons) capacity, 
unless placarded in accordance with subpart F of this part;
    (4) A DOT Specification 106 or 110 multi-unit tank car tank, unless 
placarded in accordance with subpart F of this part; and
    (5) An overpack, freight container or unit load device, of less than 
18 m\3\ (640 cubic feet), which contains a package for which labels are 
required, unless placarded or marked in accordance with Sec.172.512 of 
this part.
    (b) Labeling is required for a hazardous material which meets one or 
more hazard class definitions, in accordance with column 6 of the Sec.
172.101 table and the following table:

[[Page 407]]



------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                Label
                                                              design or
     Hazard class or division             Label name           section
                                                              reference
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.1..............................  EXPLOSIVES 1.1..........      172.411
1.2..............................  EXPLOSIVES 1.2..........      172.411
1.3..............................  EXPLOSIVES 1.3..........      172.411
1.4..............................  EXPLOSIVES 1.4..........      172.411
1.5..............................  EXPLOSIVES 1.5..........      172.411
1.6..............................  EXPLOSIVES 1.6..........      172.411
2.1..............................  FLAMMABLE GAS...........      172.417
2.2..............................  NONFLAMMABLE GAS........      172.415
2.3..............................  POISON GAS..............      172.416
3 Flammable Liquid (Combustible    FLAMMABLE LIQUID (none).      172.419
 liquid).
4.1..............................  FLAMMABLE SOLID.........      172.420
4.2..............................  SPONTANEOUSLY                 172.422
                                    COMBUSTIBLE.
4.3..............................  DANGEROUS WHEN WET......      172.423
5.1..............................  OXIDIZER................      172.426
5.2..............................  ORGANIC PEROXIDE........      172.427
6.1 (material poisonous by         POISON INHALATION HAZARD      172.429
 inhalation (see Sec. 171.8 of
 this subchapter)).
6.1 (other than material           POISON..................      172.430
 poisonous by inhalation).
6.1 (inhalation hazard, Zone A or  POISON INHALATION HAZARD      172.429
 B).
6.1 (other than inhalation         POISON..................      172.430
 hazard, Zone A or B).
6.2..............................  INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCE \1\      172.432
7 (see Sec. 172.403)...........  RADIOACTIVE WHITE-I.....      172.436
7................................  RADIOACTIVE YELLOW-II...      172.438
7................................  RADIOACTIVE YELLOW-III..      172.440
7 (fissile radioactive material;   FISSILE.................      172.441
 see Sec. 172.402).
7 (empty packages, see Sec.EMPTY...................      172.450
 173.428 of this subchapter).
8................................  CORROSIVE...............      172.442
9................................  CLASS 9.................      172.446
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ The ETIOLOGIC AGENT label specified in regulations of the Department
  of Health and Human Services at 42 CFR 72.3 may apply to packages of
  infectious substances.


[Amdt. 172-123, 55 FR 52593, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66255, 
Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 172-151, 62 FR 1228, Jan. 8, 1997; 64 FR 10776, 
Mar. 5, 1999; 64 FR 51918, Sept. 27, 1999; 69 FR 3668, Jan. 26, 2004; 69 
FR 64471, Nov. 4, 2004; 78 FR 60753, Oct. 2, 2013]



Sec.172.400a  Exceptions from labeling.

    (a) Notwithstanding the provisions of Sec.172.400, a label is not 
required on--
    (1) A Dewar flask meeting the requirements in Sec.173.320 of this 
subchapter or a cylinder containing a Division 2.1, 2.2, or 2.3 material 
that is durably and legibly marked in accordance with CGA C-7, Appendix 
A (IBR; see Sec.171.7 of this subchapter). Notwithstanding this 
exception, overpacks must be labeled (see Sec.173.25 of this 
subchapter).
    (2) A package or unit of military explosives (including ammunition) 
shipped by or on behalf of the DOD when in--
    (i) Freight containerload, carload or truckload shipments, if loaded 
and unloaded by the shipper or DOD; or
    (ii) Unitized or palletized break-bulk shipments by cargo vessel 
under charter to DOD if at least one required label is displayed on each 
unitized or palletized load.
    (3) A package containing a hazardous material other than ammunition 
that is--
    (i) Loaded and unloaded under the supervision of DOD personnel, and
    (ii) Escorted by DOD personnel in a separate vehicle.
    (4) A compressed gas cylinder permanently mounted in or on a 
transport vehicle.
    (5) A freight container, aircraft unit load device or portable tank, 
which--
    (i) Is placarded in accordance with subpart F of this part, or
    (ii) Conforms to paragraph (a)(3) or (b)(3) of Sec.172.512.
    (6) An overpack or unit load device in or on which labels 
representative of each hazardous material in the overpack or unit load 
device are visible.
    (7) A package of low specific activity radioactive material and 
surface contaminated objects, when transported under Sec.
173.427(a)(6)(vi) of this subchapter.

[[Page 408]]

    (8) Packages containing toy plastic or paper caps for toy pistols 
described as ``UN0349, Articles, explosive, n.o.s. (Toy caps), 1.4S'' or 
``NA0337, Toy caps, 1.4S'' when offered in conformance with the 
conditions of Sec.172.102(c)(1), Special provision 382.
    (b) Certain exceptions to labeling requirements are provided for 
small quantities and limited quantities in applicable sections in part 
173 of this subchapter.
    (c) Notwithstanding the provisions of Sec.172.402(a), a Division 
6.1 subsidiary hazard label is not required on a package containing a 
Class 8 (corrosive) material which has a subsidiary hazard of Division 
6.1 (poisonous) if the toxicity of the material is based solely on the 
corrosive destruction of tissue rather than systemic poisoning. In 
addition, a Division 4.1 subsidiary hazard label is not required on a 
package bearing a Division 4.2 label.
    (d) A package containing a material poisonous by inhalation (see 
Sec.171.8 of this subchapter) in a closed transport vehicle or freight 
container may be excepted from the POISON INHALATION HAZARD or POISON 
GAS label or placard, under the conditions set forth in Sec.
171.23(b)(10) of this subchapter.

[Amdt. 172-123, 55 FR 52594, Dec. 21, 1990]

    Editorial Note: For Federal Register citations affecting Sec.
172.400a, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the 
Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov.



Sec.172.401  Prohibited labeling.

    (a) Except as otherwise provided in this section, no person may 
offer for transportation and no carrier may transport a package bearing 
a label specified in this subpart unless:
    (1) The package contains a material that is a hazardous material, 
and
    (2) The label represents a hazard of the hazardous material in the 
package.
    (b) No person may offer for transportation and no carrier may 
transport a package bearing any marking or label which by its color, 
design, or shape could be confused with or conflict with a label 
prescribed by this part.
    (c) The restrictions in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, do 
not apply to packages labeled in conformance with:
    (1) The UN Recommendations (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this 
subchapter);
    (2) The IMDG Code (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this subchapter);
    (3) The ICAO Technical Instructions (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this 
subchapter);
    (4) The TDG Regulations (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this subchapter).
    (5) The Globally Harmonized System of Classification and Labelling 
of Chemicals (GHS) (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this subchapter).
    (d) The provisions of paragraph (a) of this section do not apply to 
a packaging bearing a label if that packaging is:
    (1) Unused or cleaned and purged of all residue;
    (2) Transported in a transport vehicle or freight container in such 
a manner that the packaging is not visible during transportation; and
    (3) Loaded by the shipper and unloaded by the shipper or consignee.

[Amdt. 172-9, 41 FR 15996, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 172-75, 47 
FR 44471, Oct. 7, 1982; Amdt. 172-77, 47 FR 54822, Dec. 6, 1982; Amdt. 
172-94, 49 FR 38134, Sept. 27, 1984; Amdt. 172-100, 50 FR 41521, Oct. 
11, 1985; Amdt. 172-123, 55 FR 52594, Dec. 21, 1990; Amdt. 172-132, 58 
FR 50501, Sept. 27, 1993; 66 FR 8647, Feb. 1, 2001; 66 FR 45379, Aug. 
28, 2001; 68 FR 75741, 75742, Dec. 31, 2003; 74 FR 2252, Jan. 14, 2009]



Sec.172.402  Additional labeling requirements.

    (a) Subsidiary hazard labels. Each package containing a hazardous 
material--
    (1) Shall be labeled with primary and subsidiary hazard labels as 
specified in column 6 of the Sec.172.101 table (unless excepted in 
paragraph (a)(2) of this section); and
    (2)For other than Class 1 or Class 2 materials (for subsidiary 
labeling requirements for Class 1 or Class 2 materials see paragraph (e) 
or paragraphs (f) and (g), respectively, of this section), if not 
already labeled under paragraph (a)(1) of this section, shall be labeled 
with subsidiary hazard labels in accordance with the following table:

                        Subsidiary Hazard Labels
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                  Subsidiary Hazard (Class or Division)
    Subsidiary hazard level    -----------------------------------------
        (packing group)           3    4.1   4.2   4.3   5.1   6.1    8
------------------------------------------------------------------------
I.............................  X     ***   ***   X     X     X     X

[[Page 409]]

 
II............................  X     X     X     X     X     X     X
III...........................  *     X     X     X     X     X     X
------------------------------------------------------------------------
X--Required for all modes.
*--Required for all modes, except for a material with a flash point at
  or above 38 [deg]C (100 [deg]F) transported by rail or highway.
**--Reserved
***--Impossible as subsidiary hazard.

    (b) Display of hazard class on labels. The appropriate hazard class 
or division number must be displayed in the lower corner of a primary 
hazard label and a subsidiary hazard label.
    (c) Cargo Aircraft Only label. Each person who offers for 
transportation or transports by aircraft a package containing a 
hazardous material which is authorized on cargo aircraft only shall 
label the package with a CARGO AIRCRAFT ONLY label specified in Sec.
172.448 of this subpart.
    (d) Class 7 (Radioactive) Materials. Except as otherwise provided in 
this paragraph, each package containing a Class 7 material that also 
meets the definition of one or more additional hazard classes must be 
labeled as a Class 7 material as required by Sec.172.403 and for each 
additional hazard.
    (1) A subsidiary label is not required for a package containing 
material that satisfies all of the criteria in Sec.173.4, Sec.
173.4a, or Sec.173.4b applicable to the subsidiary hazard class.
    (2) Each package or overpack containing fissile material, other than 
fissile-excepted material (see Sec.173.453 of this subchapter) must 
bear two FISSILE labels, affixed to opposite sides of the package or 
overpack, which conforms to the figure shown in Sec.172.441; such 
labels, where applicable, must be affixed adjacent to the labels for 
radioactive materials.
    (e) Class 1 (explosive) Materials. In addition to the label 
specified in column 6 of the Sec.172.101 table, each package of Class 
1 material that also meets the definition for:
    (1) Division 6.1, Packing Groups I or II, shall be labeled POISON or 
POISON INHALATION HAZARD, as appropriate.
    (2) Class 7, shall be labeled in accordance with Sec.172.403 of 
this subpart.
    (f) Division 2.2 materials. In addition to the label specified in 
column 6 of the Sec.172.101 table, each package of Division 2.2 
material that also meets the definition for an oxidizing gas (see Sec.
171.8 of this subchapter) must be labeled OXIDIZER.
    (g) Division 2.3 materials. In addition to the label specified in 
column 6 of the Sec.172.101 table, each package of Division 2.3 
material that also meets the definition for:
    (1) Division 2.1, must be labeled Flammable Gas;
    (2) Division 5.1, must be labeled Oxidizer; and
    (3) Class 8, must be labeled Corrosive.

[Amdt. 172-123, 55 FR 52594, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66255, 
Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 172-139, 59 FR 67490, Dec. 29, 1994; Amdt. 172-140, 
60 FR 26805, May 18, 1995; Amdt. 172-149, 61 FR 27173, May 30, 1996; 62 
FR 39405, July 22, 1997; 66 FR 33425, June 21, 2001; 69 FR 3668, Jan. 
26, 2004; 74 FR 2252, Jan. 14, 2009; 76 FR 56314, Sept. 13, 2011; 79 FR 
40609, July 11, 2014]



Sec.172.403  Class 7 (radioactive) material.

    (a) Unless excepted from labeling by Sec. Sec.173.421 through 
173.427 of this subchapter, each package of radioactive material must be 
labeled as provided in this section.
    (b) The proper label to affix to a package of Class 7 (radioactive) 
material is based on the radiation level at the surface of the package 
and the transport index. The proper category of label must be determined 
in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section. The label to be 
applied must be the highest category required for any of the two 
determining conditions for the package. RADIOACTIVE WHITE-I is the 
lowest category and RADIOACTIVE YELLOW-III is the highest. For example, 
a package with a transport index of 0.8 and a maximum surface radiation 
level of 0.6 millisievert (60 millirems) per hour must bear a 
RADIOACTIVE YELLOW-III label.
    (c) Category of label to be applied to Class 7 (radioactive) 
materials packages:

[[Page 410]]



------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 Maximum radiation
                                 level at any point
        Transport index           on the external     Label category \1\
                                      surface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
0\2\..........................  Less than or equal   WHITE-I.
                                 to 0.005 mSv/h
                                 (0.5 mrem/h).
More than 0 but not more than   Greater than 0.005   YELLOW-II.
 1.                              mSv/h (0.5 mrem/h)
                                 but less than or
                                 equal to 0.5 mSv/h
                                 (50 mrem/h).
More than 1 but not more than   Greater than 0.5     YELLOW-III.
 10.                             mSv/h (50 mrem/h)
                                 but less than or
                                 equal to 2 mSv/h
                                 (200 mrem/h).
More than 10..................  Greater than 2 mSv/  YELLOW-III (Must be
                                 h (200 mrem/h) but   shipped under
                                 less than or equal   exclusive use
                                 to 10 mSv/h (1,000   provisions; see
                                 mrem/h).             173.441(b) of this
                                                      subchapter).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Any package containing a ``highway route controlled quantity'' (Sec.
    173.403 of this subchapter) must be labelled as RADIOACTIVE YELLOW-
  III.
\2\ If the measured TI is not greater than 0.05, the value may be
  considered to be zero.

    (d) EMPTY label. See Sec.173.428(e) of this subchapter for EMPTY 
labeling requirements.
    (e) FISSILE label. For packages required in Sec.172.402 to bear a 
FISSILE label, each such label must be completed with the criticality 
safety index (CSI) assigned in the NRC or DOE package design approval, 
or in the certificate of approval for special arrangement or the 
certificate of approval for the package design issued by the Competent 
Authority for import and export shipments. For overpacks and freight 
containers required in Sec.172.402 to bear a FISSILE label, the CSI on 
the label must be the sum of the CSIs for all of the packages contained 
in the overpack or freight container.
    (f) Each package required by this section to be labeled with a 
RADIOACTIVE label must have two of these labels, affixed to opposite 
sides of the package. (See Sec.172.406(e)(3) for freight container 
label requirements).
    (g) The following applicable items of information must be entered in 
the blank spaces on the RADIOACTIVE label by legible printing (manual or 
mechanical), using a durable weather resistant means of marking:
    (1) Contents. Except for LSA-1 material, the names of the 
radionuclides as taken from the listing of radionuclides in Sec.
173.435 of this subchapter (symbols which conform to established 
radiation protection terminology are authorized, i.e., \99\Mo, \60\Co, 
etc.). For mixtures of radionuclides, with consideration of space 
available on the label, the radionuclides that must be shown must be 
determined in accordance with Sec.173.433(g) of this subchapter. For 
LSA-I material, the term ``LSA-I'' may be used in place of the names of 
the radionuclides.
    (2) Activity. The maximum activity of the radioactive contents in 
the package during transport must be expressed in appropriate SI units 
(e.g., Becquerels (Bq), Terabecquerels (TBq)). The activity may also be 
stated in appropriate customary units (e.g., Curies (Ci), milliCuries 
(mCi), microCuries (uCi)) in parentheses following the SI units. 
Abbreviations are authorized. Except for plutonium-239 and plutonium-
241, the weight in grams or kilograms of fissile radionuclides (or the 
mass of each fissile nuclide for mixtures when appropriate) may be 
inserted instead of activity units. For plutonium-239 and plutonium-241, 
the weight in grams of fissile radionuclides (or the mass of each 
fissile nuclide for mixtures when appropriate) may be inserted in 
addition to the activity units.
    (3) Transport index. (see Sec.173.403 of this subchapter.)
    (h) When one or more packages of Class 7 (radioactive) material are 
placed within an overpack, the overpack must be labeled as prescribed in 
this section, except as follows:
    (1) The ``contents'' entry on the label may state ``mixed'' in place 
of the names of the radionuclides unless each inside package contains 
the same radionuclide(s).
    (2) The ``activity'' entry on the label must be determined by adding 
together the number of becquerels of the Class 7 (radioactive) materials 
packages contained therein.
    (3) For an overpack, the transport index (TI) must be determined by 
adding together the transport indices of the Class 7 (radioactive) 
materials

[[Page 411]]

packages contained therein, except that for a rigid overpack, the 
transport index (TI) may alternatively be determined by direct 
measurement as prescribed in Sec.173.403 of this subchapter under the 
definition for ``transport index,'' taken by the person initially 
offering the packages contained within the overpack for shipment.
    (4) The category of Class 7 label for the overpack must be 
determined from the table in Sec.172.403(c) using the TI derived 
according to paragraph (h)(3) of this section, and the maximum radiation 
level on the surface of the overpack.
    (5) The category of the Class 7 label of the overpack, and not that 
of any of the packages contained therein, must be used in accordance 
with Table 1 of Sec.172.504(e) to determine when the transport vehicle 
must be placarded.
    (6) For fissile material, the criticality safety index which must be 
entered on the overpack FISSILE label is the sum of the criticality 
safety indices of the individual packages in the overpack, as stated in 
the certificate of approval for the package design issued by the NRC or 
the U.S. Competent Authority.

[Amdt. 172-29, 41 FR 15996, Apr. 15, 1976]

    Editorial Note: For Federal Register citations affecting Sec.
172.403, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the 
Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov.



Sec.172.404  Labels for mixed and consolidated packaging.

    (a) Mixed packaging. When compatible hazardous materials having 
different hazard classes are packed within the same packaging, or within 
the same outside container or overpack as described in Sec.173.25, the 
packaging, outside container or overpack must be labeled as required for 
each class of hazardous material contained therein.
    (b) Consolidated packaging. When two or more packages containing 
compatible hazardous materials are placed within the same outside 
container or overpack, the outside container or overpack must be labeled 
as required for each class of hazardous material contained therein, 
unless labels representative of each hazardous material in the outside 
container or overpack are visible.
    (c) Consolidation bins used by a single motor carrier. 
Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (b) of this section, 
labeling of a consolidation bin is not required under the following 
conditions:
    (1) The consolidation bin must be reusable, made of materials such 
as plastic, wood, or metal and must have a capacity of 64 cubic feet or 
less;
    (2) Hazardous material packages placed in the consolidation bin must 
be properly labeled in accordance with this subpart;
    (3) Packages must be compatible as specified in Sec.177.848 of 
this subchapter;
    (4) Packages may only be placed within the consolidation bin and the 
bin be loaded on a motor vehicle by an employee of a single motor 
carrier;
    (5) Packages must be secured within the consolidation bin by other 
packages or by other suitable means in such a manner as to prevent 
shifting of, or significant relative motion between, the packages that 
would likely compromise the integrity of any package;
    (6) The consolidation bin must be clearly and legibly marked on a 
tag or fixed display device with an indication of each hazard class or 
division contained within the bin;
    (7) The consolidation bin must be properly blocked and braced within 
the transport vehicle; and
    (8) Consolidation bins may only be transported by a single motor 
carrier, or on railcars transporting such vehicles.

[76 FR 43527, July 20, 2011]



Sec.172.405  Authorized label modifications.

    (a) For Classes 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and 8, text indicating a hazard 
(for example FLAMMABLE LIQUID) is not required on a primary or 
subsidiary label.
    (b) For a package containing Oxygen, compressed, or Oxygen, 
refrigerated liquid, the OXIDIZER label specified in Sec.172.426 of 
this subpart, modified to display the word ``OXYGEN'' instead of 
``OXIDIZER'', and the class number ``2'' instead of ``5.1'', may be used 
in place of the NON-FLAMMABLE GAS and OXIDIZER labels. Notwithstanding 
the provisions of paragraph (a) of this

[[Page 412]]

section, the word ``OXYGEN'' must appear on the label.
    (c) For a package containing a Division 6.1, Packing Group III 
material, the POISON label specified in Sec.172.430 may be modified to 
display the text ``PG III'' instead of ``POISON'' or ``TOXIC'' below the 
mid line of the label. Also see Sec.172.313(d).

[Amdt. 172-123, 55 FR 52594, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66255, 
Dec. 20, 1991; 57 FR 45458, Oct. 1, 1992; 64 FR 10776, Mar. 5, 1999; 66 
FR 33425, June 21, 2001]



Sec.172.406  Placement of labels.

    (a) General. (1) Except as provided in paragraphs (b) and (e) of 
this section, each label required by this subpart must--
    (i) Be printed on or affixed to a surface (other than the bottom) of 
the package or containment device containing the hazardous material; and
    (ii) Be located on the same surface of the package and near the 
proper shipping name marking, if the package dimensions are adequate.
    (2) Except as provided in paragraph (e) of this section, duplicate 
labeling is not required on a package or containment device (such as to 
satisfy redundant labeling requirements).
    (b) Exceptions. A label may be printed on or placed on a securely 
affixed tag, or may be affixed by other suitable means to:
    (1) A package that contains no radioactive material and which has 
dimensions less than those of the required label;
    (2) A cylinder; and
    (3) A package which has such an irregular surface that a label 
cannot be satisfactorily affixed.
    (c) Placement of multiple labels. When primary and subsidiary hazard 
labels are required, they must be displayed next to each other. 
Placement conforms to this requirement if labels are within 150 mm (6 
inches) of one another.
    (d) Contrast with background. Each label must be printed on or 
affixed to a background color contrasting to the color specification of 
the label as required by Sec.172.407(d)(1), or must have a dotted or 
solid line outer border, to enhance the visibility of the label. 
However, the dotted or solid line outer border may also be used for 
backgrounds of contrasting color.
    (e) Duplicate labeling. Generally, only one of each different 
required label must be displayed on a package. However, duplicate labels 
must be displayed on at least two sides or two ends (other than the 
bottom) of--
    (1) Each package or overpack having a volume of 1.8 m \3\ (64 cubic 
feet) or more;
    (2) Each non-bulk package containing a radioactive material;
    (3) Each DOT 106 or 110 multi-unit tank car tank. Labels must be 
displayed on each end;
    (4) Each portable tank of less than 3,785 L (1000 gallons) capacity;
    (5) Each freight container or aircraft unit load device having a 
volume of 1.8 m\3\ (64 cubic feet) or more, but less than 18 m\3\ (640 
cubic feet). One of each required label must be displayed on or near the 
closure; and
    (6) An IBC having a volume of 1.8 m\3\ (64 cubic feet) or more.
    (f) Visibility. A label must be clearly visible and may not be 
obscured by markings or attachments.

[Amdt. 172-123, 55 FR 52594, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66255, 
Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 172-130, 58 FR 51531, Oct. 1, 1993; 73 FR 4716, 
Jan. 28, 2008; 81 FR 35540, June 2, 2016]



Sec.172.407  Label specifications.

    (a) Durability. Each label, whether printed on or affixed to a 
package, must be durable and weather resistant. A label on a package 
must be able to withstand, without deterioration or a substantial change 
in color, a 30-day exposure to conditions incident to transportation 
that reasonably could be expected to be encountered by the labeled 
package.
    (b) Design. (1) Except for size and color, the printing, inner 
border, and symbol on each label must be as shown in Sec. Sec.172.411 
through 172.448 of this subpart, as appropriate.
    (2) The dotted line border shown on each label is not part of the 
label specification, except when used as an alternative for the solid 
line outer border to meet the requirements of Sec.172.406(d) of this 
subpart.
    (c) Size. (1) Each diamond (square-on-point) label prescribed in 
this subpart must be at least 100 mm (3.9 inches) on

[[Page 413]]

each side with each side having a solid line inner border approximately 
5 mm inside and parallel to the edge. The 5 mm measurement must be 
located from the outside edge of the label to the outside of the solid 
line forming the inner border. The width of the solid line forming the 
inner border must be at least 2 mm.
    (i) If the size of the package so requires, the dimensions of the 
label and its features may be reduced provided the symbol and other 
elements of the label remain clearly visible. The solid line forming the 
inner border must remain approximately 5 mm from the outside edge of the 
label and the minimum width of the line must remain 2 mm.
    (ii) Where dimensions are not specified, all features shall be in 
approximate proportion to those shown in Sec. Sec.172.411 through 
172.448 of this subpart, as appropriate.
    (iii) Transitional exceptions for domestic transportation, a label 
in conformance with the requirements of 49 CFR 172.407(c)(1) (revised as 
of October 1, 2014), may continue to be used until December 31, 2018.
    (iv) For domestic transportation, a packaging labeled prior to 
January 1, 2017, and in conformance with the requirements of this 
paragraph in effect on December 31, 2014, may continue in service until 
the end of its useful life.
    (2) The CARGO AIRCRAFT ONLY label must be a rectangle measuring at 
least 110 mm (4.3 inches) in height by 120 mm (4.7 inches) in width. The 
words ``CARGO AIRCRAFT ONLY'' must be shown in letters measuring at 
least 6.3 mm (0.25 inches) in height.
    (3) Except as otherwise provided in this subpart, the hazard class 
number, or division number, as appropriate, must be at least 6.3 mm 
(0.25 inches) and not greater than 12.7 mm (0.5 inches).
    (4) When text indicating a hazard is displayed on a label, the label 
name must be shown in letters measuring at least 7.6 mm (0.3 inches) in 
height. For SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE or DANGEROUS WHEN WET labels, the 
words ``Spontaneously'' and ``When Wet'' must be shown in letters 
measuring at least 5.1 mm (0.2 inches) in height.
    (5) The symbol on each label must be proportionate in size to that 
shown in the appropriate section of this subpart.
    (d) Color. (1) The background color on each label must be as 
prescribed in Sec. Sec.172.411 through 172.448 of this subpart, as 
appropriate.
    (2) The symbol, text, numbers, and border must be shown in black on 
a label except that--
    (i) White may be used on a label with a one color background of 
green, red or blue.
    (ii) White must be used for the text and class number for the 
CORROSIVE label.
    (iii) White may be used for the symbol for the ORGANIC PEROXIDE 
label.
    (A) If white is used for the symbol for the ORGANIC PEROXIDE label 
then the solid line forming the inner border on the upper half of the 
label must also be white.
    (B) Transitional exception. A label in conformance with the 
requirements of this paragraph in effect on December 31, 2014, may 
continue to be used until December 31, 2016.
    (C) For domestic transportation, a packaging labeled prior to 
January 1, 2017 and in conformance with the requirements of this 
paragraph in effect on December 31, 2014, may continue in service until 
the end of its useful life.
    (iv) The FLAMMABLE GAS label displayed on cylinders and gas 
cartridges for liquefied petroleum gases may be shown in the background 
color of the receptacle if adequate contrast is provided.
    (3) Black and any color on a label must be able to withstand, 
without substantial change, a 72-hour fadeometer test (for a description 
of equipment designed for this purpose, see ASTM G 23-69 (1975) or ASTM 
G 26-70).
    (4)(i) A color on a label, upon visual examination, must fall within 
the color tolerances--
    (A) Displayed on color charts conforming to the technical 
specifications for charts set forth in table 1 or 2 in appendix A to 
this part; or
    (B) For labels printed on packaging surfaces, specified in table 3 
in appendix A to this part.
    (ii) Color charts conforming to appendix A to this part are on 
display at

[[Page 414]]

the Standards and Rulemaking Division, Pipeline and Hazardous Materials 
Safety Administration, U.S. Department of Transportation, East Building, 
2nd Floor, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20590-0001.
    (5) The following color standards in the PANTONE [supreg] formula 
guide coated/uncoated (see Sec.171.7(b) of this subchapter) may be 
used to achieve the required colors on markings and hazard warning 
labels and placards:
    (i) For Red--Use PANTONE [supreg] 186 U
    (ii) For Orange--Use PANTONE [supreg] 151 U
    (iii) For Yellow--Use PANTONE [supreg] 109 U
    (iv) For Green--Use PANTONE [supreg] 335 U
    (v) For Blue--Use PANTONE [supreg] 285 U
    (vi) For Purple--Use PANTONE [supreg] 259 U
    (6) Where specific colors from the PANTONE MATCHING SYSTEM [supreg] 
are applied as opaque coatings, such as paint, enamel, or plastic, or 
where labels are printed directly on the surface of a packaging, a 
spectrophotometer or other instrumentation must be used to ensure a 
proper match with the color standards in the PANTONE [supreg] formula 
guide coated/uncoated for colors prescribed in paragraph (d)(5) of this 
section. PANTONE [supreg] is the property of Pantone, Inc.
    (7) The specified label color must extend to the edge of the label 
in the area designated on each label, except for the CORROSIVE, 
RADIOACTIVE YELLOW-II, and RADIOACTIVE YELLOW-III labels on which the 
color must extend only to the inner border.
    (e) Form identification. A label may contain form identification 
information, including the name of its maker, provided that information 
is printed outside the solid line inner border in no larger than 10-
point type.
    (f) Exceptions. Except for materials poisonous by inhalation (see 
Sec.171.8 of this subchapter), a label conforming to specifications in 
the UN Recommendations, the ICAO Technical Instructions, the IMDG Code, 
or the Transport Canada TDG Regulations (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this 
subchapter) may be used in place of a corresponding label that conforms 
to the requirements of this subpart.
    (g) Trefoil symbol. The trefoil symbol on the RADIOACTIVE WHITE-I, 
RADIOACTIVE YELLOW-II, and RADIOACTIVE YELLOW-III labels must meet the 
appropriate specifications in appendix B of this part.

[Amdt. 172-123, 55 FR 52595, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66256, 
Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 172-143, 60 FR 50305, Sept. 28, 1995; 64 FR 10776, 
Mar. 5, 1999; 66 FR 8647, Feb. 1, 2001; 66 FR 44255, Aug. 22, 2001; 67 
FR 61013, Sept. 27, 2002; 69 FR 64472, Nov. 4, 2004; 71 FR 78627, Dec. 
29, 2006; 75 FR 72, Jan. 4, 2010; 78 FR 1073, Jan. 7, 2013; 80 FR 1150, 
Jan. 8, 2015; 81 FR 35540, June 2, 2016; 82 FR 15873, Mar. 30, 2017; 83 
FR 55806, Nov. 7, 2018]



Sec.172.411  EXPLOSIVE 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5 and 1.6 labels, 
and EXPLOSIVE Subsidiary label.

    (a) Except for size and color, the EXPLOSIVE 1.1, EXPLOSIVE 1.2 and 
EXPLOSIVE 1.3 labels must be as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC02MR91.015

    (b) In addition to complying with Sec.172.407, the background 
color on the EXPLOSIVE 1.1, EXPLOSIVE 1.2 and EXPLOSIVE 1.3 labels must 
be orange. The ``**'' must be replaced with the appropriate division 
number and compatibility group letter. The compatibility group letter 
must be the same size as the division number and must be shown as a 
capitalized Roman letter.
    (c) Except for size and color, the EXPLOSIVE 1.4, EXPLOSIVE 1.5 and 
EXPLOSIVE 1.6 labels must be as follows:

[[Page 415]]

                             EXPLOSIVE 1.4:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC02MR91.016

                             EXPLOSIVE 1.5:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC02MR91.017

                             EXPLOSIVE 1.6:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC02MR91.018

    (d) In addition to complying with Sec.172.407, the background 
color on the EXPLOSIVE 1.4, EXPLOSIVE 1.5 and EXPLOSIVE 1.6 label must 
be orange. The ``*'' must be replaced with the appropriate compatibility 
group. The compatibility group letter must be shown as a capitalized 
Roman letter. Division numbers must measure at least 30 mm (1.2 inches) 
in height and at least 5 mm (0.2 inches) in width.
    (e) An EXPLOSIVE subsidiary label is required for materials 
identified in Column (6) of the HMT as having an explosive subsidiary 
hazard. The division number or compability group letter may be displayed 
on the subsidiary hazard label. Except for size and color, the EXPLOSIVE 
subsidiary label must be as follows:

[[Page 416]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR31JY03.002

    (f) The EXPLOSIVE subsidiary label must comply with Sec.172.407.

[Amdt. 172-123, 56 FR 66256, Dec. 20, 1991, as amended by Amdt. 172-139, 
59 FR 67490, Dec. 29, 1994; 66 FR 33425, June 21, 2001; 68 FR 45031, 
July 31, 2003]



Sec.172.415  NON-FLAMMABLE GAS label.

    (a) Except for size and color, the NON-FLAMMABLE GAS label must be 
as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC02MR91.020

    (b) In addition to complying with Sec.172.407, the background 
color on the NON-FLAMMABLE GAS label must be green.

[Amdt. 172-123, 56 FR 66256, Dec. 20, 1991]



Sec.172.416  POISON GAS label.

    (a) Except for size and color, the POISON GAS label must be as 
follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR22JY97.022

    (b) In addition to complying with Sec.172.407, the background on 
the POISON GAS label and the symbol must be white. The background of the 
upper diamond must be black and the lower point of the upper diamond 
must be 14 mm (0.54 inches) above the horizontal center line.

[62 FR 39405, July 22, 1997]



Sec.172.417  FLAMMABLE GAS label.

    (a) Except for size and color, the FLAMMABLE GAS label must be as 
follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC02MR91.022


[[Page 417]]


    (b) In addition to complying with Sec.172.407, the background 
color on the FLAMMABLE GAS label must be red.

[Amdt. 172-123, 56 FR 66257, Dec. 20, 1991]



Sec.172.419  FLAMMABLE LIQUID label.

    (a) Except for size and color the FLAMMABLE LIQUID label must be as 
follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC02MR91.023

    (b) In addition to complying with Sec.172.407, the background 
color on the FLAMMABLE LIQUID label must be red.

[Amdt. 172-123, 56 FR 66257, Dec. 20, 1991]



Sec.172.420  FLAMMABLE SOLID label.

    (a) Except for size and color, the FLAMMABLE SOLID label must be as 
follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC02MR91.024

    (b) In addition to complying with Sec.172.407, the background on 
the FLAMMABLE SOLID label must be white with vertical red stripes 
equally spaced on each side of a red stripe placed in the center of the 
label. The red vertical stripes must be spaced so that, visually, they 
appear equal in width to the white spaces between them. The symbol 
(flame) and text (when used) must be overprinted. The text ``FLAMMABLE 
SOLID'' may be placed in a white rectangle.

[Amdt. 172-123, 56 FR 66257, Dec. 20, 1991]



Sec.172.422  SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE label.

    (a) Except for size and color, the SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE label 
must be as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC02MR91.025

    (b) In addition to complying with Sec.172.407, the background 
color on the lower half of the SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE label must be 
red and the upper half must be white.

[Amdt. 172-123, 56 FR 66257, Dec. 20, 1991, as amended at 57 FR 45458, 
Oct. 1, 1992]



Sec.172.423  DANGEROUS WHEN WET label.

    (a) Except for size and color, the DANGEROUS WHEN WET label must be 
as follows:

[[Page 418]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC02MR91.026

    (b) In addition to complying with Sec.172.407, the background 
color on the DANGEROUS WHEN WET label must be blue.

[Amdt. 172-123, 56 FR 66257, Dec. 20, 1991]



Sec.172.426  OXIDIZER label.

    (a) Except for size and color, the OXIDIZER label must be as 
follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC02MR91.027

    (b) In addition to complying with Sec.172.407, the background 
color on the OXIDIZER label must be yellow.

[Amdt. 172-123, 56 FR 66257, Dec. 20, 1991]



Sec.172.427  ORGANIC PEROXIDE label.

    (a) Except for size and color, the ORGANIC PEROXIDE label must be as 
follows:

[[Page 419]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR29DE06.000


[[Page 420]]


    (b) In addition to complying with Sec.172.407, the background on 
the ORGANIC PEROXIDE label must be red in the top half and yellow in the 
lower half.

[71 FR 78627, Dec. 29, 2006]



Sec.172.429  POISON INHALATION HAZARD label.

    (a) Except for size and color, the POISON INHALATION HAZARD label 
must be as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR22JY97.023

    (b) In addition to complying with Sec.172.407, the background on 
the POISON INHALATION HAZARD label and the symbol must be white. The 
background of the upper diamond must be black and the lower point of the 
upper diamond must be 14 mm (0.54 inches) above the horizontal center 
line.

[62 FR 39406, July 22, 1997]



Sec.172.430  POISON label.

    (a) Except for size and color, the POISON label must be as follows:
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC02MR91.029
    
    (b) In addition to complying with Sec.172.407, the background on 
the POISON label must be white. The word ``TOXIC'' may be used in lieu 
of the word ``POISON''.

[Amdt. 172-123, 56 FR 66258, Dec. 20, 1991, as amended by Amdt. 172-139, 
59 FR 67490, Dec. 29, 1994]



Sec.172.431  [Reserved]



Sec.172.432  INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCE label.

    (a) Except for size and color, the INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCE label must 
be as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR28DE11.006

    (b) In addition to complying with Sec.172.407, the background on 
the INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCE label must be white.
    (c) Labels conforming to requirements in place on August 18, 2011 
may

[[Page 421]]

continue to be used until October 1, 2014.

[Amdt. 172-123, 56 FR 66258, Dec. 20, 1991, as amended at 67 FR 53136, 
Aug. 14, 2002; 76 FR 43527, July 20, 2011; 76 FR 56314, Sept. 13, 2011; 
76 FR 81400, Dec. 28, 2011]



Sec.172.436  RADIOACTIVE WHITE-I label.

    (a) Except for size and color, the RADIOACTIVE WHITE-I label must be 
as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC02MR91.032

    (b) In addition to complying with Sec.172.407, the background on 
the RADIOACTIVE WHITE-I label must be white. The printing and symbol 
must be black, except for the ``I'' which must be red.

[Amdt. 172-123, 56 FR 66259, Dec. 20, 1991]



Sec.172.438  RADIOACTIVE YELLOW-II label.

    (a) Except for size and color, the RADIOACTIVE YELLOW-II must be as 
follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC02MR91.033

    (b) In addition to complying with Sec.172.407, the background 
color on the RADIOACTIVE YELLOW-II label must be yellow in the top half 
and white in the lower half. The printing and symbol must be black, 
except for the ``II'' which must be red.

[Amdt. 172-123, 56 FR 66259, Dec. 20, 1991]



Sec.172.440  RADIOACTIVE YELLOW-III label.

    (a) Except for size and color, the RADIOACTIVE YELLOW-III label must 
be as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC02MR91.034

    (b) In addition to complying with Sec.172.407, the background 
color on the RADIOACTIVE YELLOW-III label must be yellow in the top half 
and white in the lower half. The printing

[[Page 422]]

and symbol must be black, except for the ``III'' which must be red.

[Amdt. 172-123, 56 FR 66259, Dec. 20, 1991]



Sec.172.441  FISSILE label.

    (a) Except for size and color, the FISSILE label must be as follows:
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR26JA04.000
    

[[Page 423]]


    (b) In addition to complying with Sec.172.407, the background 
color on the FISSILE label must be white.

[69 FR 3669, Jan. 26, 2004]



Sec.172.442  CORROSIVE label.

    (a) Except for size and color, the CORROSIVE label must be as 
follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC02MR91.035

    (b) In addition to complying with Sec.172.407, the background on 
the CORROSIVE label must be white in the top half and black in the lower 
half.

[Amdt. 172-123, 56 FR 66259, Dec. 20, 1991]



Sec.172.444  [Reserved]



Sec.172.446  CLASS 9 label.

    (a) Except for size and color, the ``CLASS 9'' (miscellaneous 
hazardous materials) label must be as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR28DE11.007

    (b) In addition to complying with Sec.172.407, the background on 
the CLASS 9 label must be white with seven black vertical stripes on the 
top half. The black vertical stripes must be spaced, so that, visually, 
they appear equal in width to the six white spaces between them. The 
lower half of the label must be white with the class number ``9'' 
underlined and centered at the bottom. The solid horizontal line 
dividing the lower and upper half of the label is optional.
    (c) Labels conforming to requirements in place on August 18, 2011 
may continue to be used until October 1, 2014.

[Amdt. 172-123, 56 FR 66259, Dec. 20, 1991, as amended at 74 FR 2252, 
Jan. 14, 2009; 76 FR 43528, July 20, 2011; 76 FR 56314, Sept. 13, 2011; 
76 FR 81400, Dec. 28, 2011]



Sec.172.447  LITHIUM BATTERY label.

    (a) Except for size and color, the LITHIUM BATTERY label must be as 
follows:

[[Page 424]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR30MR17.032


    (b) In addition to complying with Sec.172.407, the background on 
the LITHIUM BATTERY label must be white with seven black vertical 
stripes on the top half. The black vertical stripes must be spaced, so 
that, visually, they appear equal in width to the six white spaces 
between them. The lower half of the label must be white with the symbol 
(battery group, one broken and emitting flame) and class number ``9'' 
underlined and centered at the bottom in black.
    (c) Labels conforming to requirements in place on December 31, 2016 
may continue to be used until December 31, 2018.

[82 FR 15873, Mar. 30, 2017]



Sec.172.448  CARGO AIRCRAFT ONLY label.

    (a) Except for size and color, the CARGO AIRCRAFT ONLY label must be 
as follows:

[[Page 425]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR14JA09.001

    (b) The CARGO AIRCRAFT ONLY label must be black on an orange 
background.
    (c) A CARGO AIRCRAFT ONLY label conforming to the specifications in 
this section and in Sec.172.407(c)(2) in effect on October 1, 2008, 
may be used until January 1, 2013.

[74 FR 2252, Jan. 14, 2009, as amended at 75 FR 72, Jan. 4, 2010]



Sec.172.450  EMPTY label.

    (a) Each EMPTY label, except for size, must be as follows:
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC02MR91.038
    
    (1) Each side must be at least 6 inches (152 mm.) with each letter 
at least 1 inch (25.4 mm.) in height.
    (2) The label must be white with black printing.
    (b) [Reserved]



                          Subpart F_Placarding



Sec.172.500  Applicability of placarding requirements.

    (a) Each person who offers for transportation or transports any 
hazardous material subject to this subchapter shall comply with the 
applicable placarding requirements of this subpart.
    (b) This subpart does not apply to--
    (1) Infectious substances;
    (2) Hazardous materials classed as ORM-D;
    (3) Hazardous materials authorized by this subchapter to be offered 
for transportation as a limited quantity when identified as such on a 
shipping paper in accordance with Sec.172.203(b) or when marked as 
such in accordance with Sec.172.315.
    (4) Hazardous materials prepared in accordance with Sec.173.13 of 
this subchapter;
    (5) Hazardous materials which are packaged as small quantities under 
the provisions of Sec. Sec.173.4, 173.4a, 173.4b of this subchapter; 
and

[[Page 426]]

    (6) Combustible liquids in non-bulk packagings.

[Amdt. 172-123, 55 FR 52599, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended by Amdt. 172-149, 
61 FR 27173, May 30, 1996; 74 FR 2253, Jan. 14, 2009; 76 FR 3367, Jan. 
19, 2011]



Sec.172.502  Prohibited and permissive placarding.

    (a) Prohibited placarding. Except as provided in paragraph (b) of 
this section, no person may affix or display on a packaging, freight 
container, unit load device, motor vehicle or rail car--
    (1) Any placard described in this subpart unless--
    (i) The material being offered or transported is a hazardous 
material;
    (ii) The placard represents a hazard of the hazardous material being 
offered or transported; and
    (iii) Any placarding conforms to the requirements of this subpart.
    (2) Any sign, advertisement, slogan (such as ``Drive Safely''), or 
device that, by its color, design, shape or content, could be confused 
with any placard prescribed in this subpart.
    (b) Exceptions. (1) The restrictions in paragraph (a) of this 
section do not apply to a bulk packaging, freight container, unit load 
device, transport vehicle or rail car which is placarded in conformance 
with TDG Regulations, the IMDG Code or the UN Recommendations (IBR, see 
Sec.171.7 of this subchapter).
    (2) The restrictions of paragraph (a) of this section do not apply 
to the display of a BIOHAZARD marking, a ``HOT'' marking, a sour crude 
oil hazard marking, or an identification number on a white square-on-
point configuration in accordance with Sec.172.323(c), Sec.
172.325(c), Sec.172.327(a), or Sec.172.336(b) of this part, 
respectively.
    (c) Permissive placarding. Placards may be displayed for a hazardous 
material, even when not required, if the placarding otherwise conforms 
to the requirements of this subpart.

[Amdt. 172-123, 55 FR 52599, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66259, 
Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 172-151, 62 FR 1230, Jan. 8, 1997; 62 FR 39389, 
39407, July 22, 1997; 66 FR 8647, Feb. 1, 2001; 66 FR 33426, June 21, 
2001; 67 FR 53137, Aug. 14, 2002; 68 FR 75741, Dec. 31, 2003; 76 FR 
3367, Jan. 19, 2011; 80 FR 72923, Nov. 23, 2015]



Sec.172.503  Identification number display on placards.

    For procedures and limitations pertaining to the display of 
identification numbers on placards, see Sec.172.334.

[Amdt. 172-58, 45 FR 34701, May 22, 1980]



Sec.172.504  General placarding requirements.

    (a) General. Except as otherwise provided in this subchapter, each 
bulk packaging, freight container, unit load device, transport vehicle 
or rail car containing any quantity of a hazardous material must be 
placarded on each side and each end with the type of placards specified 
in tables 1 and 2 of this section and in accordance with other 
placarding requirements of this subpart, including the specifications 
for the placards named in the tables and described in detail in 
Sec. Sec.172.519 through 172.560.
    (b) DANGEROUS placard. A freight container, unit load device, 
transport vehicle, or rail car which contains non-bulk packages with two 
or more categories of hazardous materials that require different 
placards specified in table 2 of paragraph (e) of this section may be 
placarded with a DANGEROUS placard instead of the separate placarding 
specified for each of the materials in table 2 of paragraph (e) of this 
section. However, when 1,000 kg (2,205 pounds) aggregate gross weight or 
more of one category of material is loaded therein at one loading 
facility on a freight container, unit load device, transport vehicle, or 
rail car, the placard specified in table 2 of paragraph (e) of this 
section for that category must be applied.
    (c) Exception for less than 454 kg (1,001 pounds). Except for bulk 
packagings and hazardous materials subject to Sec.172.505, when 
hazardous materials covered by table 2 of this section are transported 
by highway or rail, placards are not required on--
    (1) A transport vehicle or freight container which contains less 
than 454 kg (1001 pounds) aggregate gross weight of hazardous materials 
covered by table 2 of paragraph (e) of this section; or
    (2) A rail car loaded with transport vehicles or freight containers, 
none of which is required to be placarded.

[[Page 427]]


The exceptions provided in paragraph (c) of this section do not prohibit 
the display of placards in the manner prescribed in this subpart, if not 
otherwise prohibited (see Sec.172.502), on transport vehicles or 
freight containers which are not required to be placarded.
    (d) Exception for empty non-bulk packages. Except for hazardous 
materials subject to Sec.172.505, a non-bulk packaging that contains 
only the residue of a hazardous material covered by Table 2 of paragraph 
(e) of this section need not be included in determining placarding 
requirements.
    (e) Placarding tables. Placards are specified for hazardous 
materials in accordance with the following tables:

                                 Table 1
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               Placard
   Category of material (Hazard                                 design
   class or division number and          Placard name          section
    additional description, as                                reference
           appropriate)                                       (Sec. )
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.1..............................  EXPLOSIVES 1.1..........      172.522
1.2..............................  EXPLOSIVES 1.2..........      172.522
1.3..............................  EXPLOSIVES 1.3..........      172.522
2.3..............................  POISON GAS..............      172.540
4.3..............................  DANGEROUS WHEN WET......      172.548
5.2 (Organic peroxide, Type B,     ORGANIC PEROXIDE........      172.552
 liquid or solid, temperature
 controlled).
6.1 (material poisonous by         POISON INHALATION HAZARD      172.555
 inhalation (see Sec. 171.8 of
 this subchapter)).
7 (Radioactive Yellow III label    RADIOACTIVE \1\.........      172.556
 only).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ RADIOACTIVE placards are also required for: All shipments of
  unpackaged LSA-I material or SCO-I; all shipments required by Sec.
  Sec. 173.427, 173.441, and 173.457 of this subchapter to be operated
  under exclusive use; and all closed vehicles used in accordance with
  Sec. 173.443(d).


                                 Table 2
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               Placard
   Category of material (Hazard                                 design
   class or division number and          Placard name          section
    additional description, as                                reference
           appropriate)                                       (Sec. )
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.4..............................  EXPLOSIVES 1.4..........      172.523
1.5..............................  EXPLOSIVES 1.5..........      172.524
1.6..............................  EXPLOSIVES 1.6..........      172.525
2.1..............................  FLAMMABLE GAS...........      172.532
2.2..............................  NON-FLAMMABLE GAS.......      172.528
3................................  FLAMMABLE...............      172.542
Combustible liquid...............  COMBUSTIBLE.............      172.544
4.1..............................  FLAMMABLE SOLID.........      172.546
4.2..............................  SPONTANEOUSLY                 172.547
                                    COMBUSTIBLE.
5.1..............................  OXIDIZER................      172.550
5.2 (Other than organic peroxide,  ORGANIC PEROXIDE........      172.552
 Type B, liquid or solid,
 temperature controlled).
6.1 (other than material           POISON..................      172.554
 poisonous by inhalation).
6.2..............................  (None)..................
8................................  CORROSIVE...............      172.558
9................................  Class 9 (see Sec. 172.560
                                    172.504(f)(9)).
ORM-D............................  (None)..................  ...........
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (f) Additional placarding exceptions. (1) When more than one 
division placard is required for Class 1 materials on a transport 
vehicle, rail car, freight container or unit load device, only the 
placard representing the lowest division number must be displayed.
    (2) A FLAMMABLE placard may be used in place of a COMBUSTIBLE 
placard on--
    (i) A cargo tank or portable tank.
    (ii) A compartmented tank car which contains both flammable and 
combustible liquids.
    (3) A NON-FLAMMABLE GAS placard is not required on a transport 
vehicle which contains non-flammable gas if the transport vehicle also 
contains flammable gas or oxygen and it is placarded with FLAMMABLE GAS 
or OXYGEN placards, as required.
    (4) OXIDIZER placards are not required for Division 5.1 materials on

[[Page 428]]

freight containers, unit load devices, transport vehicles or rail cars 
which also contain Division 1.1 or 1.2 materials and which are placarded 
with EXPLOSIVES 1.1 or 1.2 placards, as required.
    (5) For transportation by transport vehicle or rail car only, an 
OXIDIZER placard is not required for Division 5.1 materials on a 
transport vehicle, rail car or freight container which also contains 
Division 1.5 explosives and is placarded with EXPLOSIVES 1.5 placards, 
as required.
    (6) The EXPLOSIVE 1.4 placard is not required for those Division 1.4 
Compatibility Group S (1.4S) materials that are not required to be 
labeled 1.4S.
    (7) For domestic transportation of oxygen, compressed or oxygen, 
refrigerated liquid, the OXYGEN placard in Sec.172.530 of this subpart 
may be used in place of a NON-FLAMMABLE GAS placard.
    (8) For domestic transportation, a POISON INHALATION HAZARD placard 
is not required on a transport vehicle or freight container that is 
already placarded with the POISON GAS placard.
    (9) For Class 9, a CLASS 9 placard is not required for domestic 
transportation, including that portion of international transportation, 
defined in Sec.171.8 of this subchapter, which occurs within the 
United States. However, a bulk packaging must be marked with the 
appropriate identification number on a CLASS 9 placard, an orange panel, 
or a white square-on-point display configuration as required by subpart 
D of this part.
    (10) For Division 6.1, PG III materials, a POISON placard may be 
modified to display the text ``PG III'' below the mid line of the 
placard.
    (11) For domestic transportation, a POISON placard is not required 
on a transport vehicle or freight container required to display a POISON 
INHALATION HAZARD or POISON GAS placard.
    (g) For shipments of Class 1 (explosive materials) by aircraft or 
vessel, the applicable compatibility group letter must be displayed on 
the placards, or labels when applicable, required by this section. When 
more than one compatibility group placard is required for Class 1 
materials, only one placard is required to be displayed, as provided in 
paragraphs (g)(1) through (g)(4) of this section. For the purposes of 
paragraphs (g)(1) through (g)(4), there is a distinction between the 
phrases explosive articles and explosive substances. Explosive article 
means an article containing an explosive substance; examples include a 
detonator, flare, primer or fuse. Explosive substance means a substance 
contained in a packaging that is not contained in an article; examples 
include black powder and smokeless powder.
    (1) Explosive articles of compatibility groups C, D or E may be 
placarded displaying compatibility group E.
    (2) Explosive articles of compatibility groups C, D, or E, when 
transported with those in compatibility group N, may be placarded 
displaying compatibility group D.
    (3) Explosive substances of compatibility groups C and D may be 
placarded displaying compatibility group D.
    (4) Explosive articles of compatibility groups C, D, E or G, except 
for fireworks, may be placarded displaying compatibility group E.

[Amdt. 172-123, 55 FR 52600, Dec. 21, 1990]

    Editorial Note: For Federal Register citations affecting Sec.
172.504, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the 
Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov.



Sec.172.505  Placarding for subsidiary hazards.

    (a) Each transport vehicle, freight container, portable tank, unit 
load device, or rail car that contains a poisonous material subject to 
the ``Poison Inhalation Hazard'' shipping description of Sec.
172.203(m) must be placarded with a POISON INHALATION HAZARD or POISON 
GAS placard, as appropriate, on each side and each end, in addition to 
any other placard required for that material in Sec.172.504. 
Duplication of the POISON INHALATION HAZARD or POISON GAS placard is not 
required.
    (b) In addition to the RADIOACTIVE placard which may be required by 
Sec.172.504(e), each transport vehicle, portable tank or freight 
container that

[[Page 429]]

contains 454 kg (1,001 pounds) or more gross weight of non-fissile, 
fissile-excepted, or fissile uranium hexafluoride must be placarded with 
a CORROSIVE placard and a POISON placard on each side and each end.
    (c) Each transport vehicle, portable tank, freight container or unit 
load device that contains a material which has a subsidiary hazard of 
being dangerous when wet, as defined in Sec.173.124 of this 
subchapter, shall be placarded with DANGEROUS WHEN WET placards, on each 
side and each end, in addition to the placards required by Sec.
172.504.
    (d) Hazardous materials that possess secondary hazards may exhibit 
subsidiary placards that correspond to the placards described in this 
part, even when not required by this part (see also Sec.172.519(b) (4) 
of this subpart).

[Amdt. 172-123, 55 FR 52601, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66260, 
Dec. 20, 1991; 57 FR 45460, Oct. 1, 1992; Amdt. 172-127, 59 FR 49133, 
Sept. 26, 1994; Amdt. 172-151, 62 FR 1231, Jan. 8, 1997; 62 FR 39398, 
July 22, 1997; 65 FR 58626, Sept. 29, 2000; 72 FR 55692, Oct. 1, 2007; 
79 FR 40610, July 11, 2014; 82 FR 15874, Mar. 30, 2017]



Sec.172.506  Providing and affixing placards: Highway.

    (a) Each person offering a motor carrier a hazardous material for 
transportation by highway shall provide to the motor carrier the 
required placards for the material being offered prior to or at the same 
time the material is offered for transportation, unless the carrier's 
motor vehicle is already placarded for the material as required by this 
subpart.
    (1) No motor carrier may transport a hazardous material in a motor 
vehicle, unless the placards required for the hazardous material are 
affixed thereto as required by this subpart.
    (2) [Reserved]
    (b) [Reserved]

[Amdt. 172-29, 41 FR 15996, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 172-29A, 
41 FR 40679, Sept. 20, 1976]



Sec.172.507  Special placarding provisions: Highway.

    (a) Each motor vehicle used to transport a package of highway route 
controlled quantity Class 7 (radioactive) materials (see Sec.173.403 
of this subchapter) must have the required RADIOACTIVE warning placard 
placed on a square background as described in Sec.172.527.
    (b) A nurse tank, meeting the provisions of Sec.173.315(m) of this 
subchapter, is not required to be placarded on an end containing valves, 
fittings, regulators or gauges when those appurtenances prevent the 
markings and placard from being properly placed and visible.

[Amdt. 172-103, 51 FR 5971, Feb. 18, 1986, as amended by Amdt. 172-143, 
60 FR 50305, Sept. 28, 1995]



Sec.172.508  Placarding and affixing placards: Rail.

    (a) Each person offering a hazardous material for transportation by 
rail shall affix to the rail car containing the material, the placards 
specified by this subpart. Placards displayed on motor vehicles, 
transport containers, or portable tanks may be used to satisfy this 
requirement, if the placards otherwise conform to the provisions of this 
subpart.
    (b) No rail carrier may accept a rail car containing a hazardous 
material for transportation unless the placards for the hazardous 
material are affixed thereto as required by this subpart.

[Amdt. 172-29, 41 FR 15996, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 172-123, 
55 FR 52601, Dec. 21, 1990]



Sec.172.510  Special placarding provisions: Rail.

    (a) White square background. The following must have the specified 
placards placed on a white square background, as described in Sec.
172.527:
    (1) Division 1.1 and 1.2 (explosive) materials which require 
EXPLOSIVES 1.1 or EXPLOSIVES 1.2 placards affixed to the rail car;
    (2) Materials classed in Division 2.3 Hazard Zone A or 6.1 Packing 
Group I Hazard Zone A which require POISON GAS or POISON placards 
affixed to the rail car, including tank cars containing only a residue 
of the material; and
    (3) Class DOT 113 tank cars used to transport a Division 2.1 
(flammable gas) material, including tank cars containing only a residue 
of the material.

[[Page 430]]

    (b) Chemical ammunition. Each rail car containing Division 1.1 or 
1.2 (explosive) ammunition which also meets the definition of a material 
poisonous by inhalation (see Sec.171.8 of this subchapter) must be 
placarded EXPLOSIVES 1.1 or EXPLOSIVES 1.2 and POISON GAS or POISON 
INHALATION HAZARD.

[Amdt. 172-29, 41 FR 15996, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 172-103, 
51 FR 5971, Feb. 18, 1986; Amdt. 172-110, 52 FR 29528, Aug. 10, 1987; 
Amdt. 172-111, 52 FR 36671, Sept. 30, 1987; Amdt. 172-123, 55 FR 52601, 
Dec. 21, 1990; 56 FR 66260, Dec. 20, 1991; 57 FR 45460, Oct. 1, 1992; 
Amdt. 172-248, 61 FR 28676, June 5, 1996; Amdt. 172-151, 62 FR 1231, 
Jan. 8, 1997; 62 FR 39398, July 22, 1997]



Sec.172.512  Freight containers and aircraft unit load devices.

    (a) Capacity of 640 cubic feet or more. Each person who offers for 
transportation, and each person who loads and transports, a hazardous 
material in a freight container or aircraft unit load device having a 
capacity of 640 cubic feet or more shall affix to the freight container 
or aircraft unit load device the placards specified for the material in 
accordance with Sec.172.504. However:
    (1) The placarding exception provided in Sec.172.504(c) applies to 
motor vehicles transporting freight containers and aircraft unit load 
devices,
    (2) The placarding exception provided in Sec.172.504(c) applies to 
each freight container and aircraft unit load device being transported 
for delivery to a consignee immediately following an air or water 
shipment, and,
    (3) Placarding is not required on a freight container or aircraft 
unit load device if it is only transported by air and is identified as 
containing a hazardous material in the manner provided in part 7, 
chapter 2, section 2.8, of the ICAO Technical Instructions (IBR, see 
Sec.171.7 of this subchapter).
    (b) Capacity less than 18 m 3 (640 cubic feet). (1) Each person who 
offers for transportation by air, and each person who loads and 
transports by air, a hazardous material in a freight container or 
aircraft unit load device having a capacity of less than 18 m\3\ (640 
cubic feet) shall affix one placard of the type specified by paragraph 
(a) of this section unless the freight container or aircraft unit load 
device:
    (i) Is labeled in accordance with subpart E of this part, including 
Sec.172.406(e);
    (ii) Contains radioactive materials requiring the Radioactive Yellow 
III label and is placarded with one Radioactive placard and is labeled 
in accordance with subpart E of this part, including Sec.172.406(e); 
or,
    (iii) Is identified as containing a hazardous material in the manner 
provided in part 7; chapter 2, section 2.8, of the ICAO Technical 
Instructions (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this subchapter).
    (2) When hazardous materials are offered for transportation, not 
involving air transportation, in a freight container having a capacity 
of less than 640 cubic feet the freight container need not be placarded. 
However, if not placarded, it must be labeled in accordance with subpart 
E of this part.
    (c) Notwithstanding paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, packages 
containing hazardous materials, other than ORM-D, offered for 
transportation by air in freight containers are subject to the 
inspection requirements of Sec.175.30 of this chapter.

[Amdt. 172-29, 41 FR 15996, Apr. 15, 1976]

    Editorial Note: For Federal Register citations affecting Sec.
172.513, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the 
Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov.



Sec.172.514  Bulk packagings.

    (a) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, each person 
who offers for transportation a bulk packaging which contains a 
hazardous material, shall affix the placards specified for the material 
in Sec. Sec.172.504 and 172.505.
    (b) Each bulk packaging that is required to be placarded when it 
contains a hazardous material, must remain placarded when it is emptied, 
unless it--
    (1) Is sufficiently cleaned of residue and purged of vapors to 
remove any potential hazard;
    (2) Is refilled, with a material requiring different placards or no 
placards, to such an extent that any residue remaining in the packaging 
is no longer hazardous; or
    (3) Contains the residue of a hazardous substance in Class 9 in a 
quantity less than the reportable quantity,

[[Page 431]]

and conforms to Sec.173.29(b)(1) of this subchapter.
    (c) Exceptions. The following packagings may be placarded on only 
two opposite sides or, alternatively, may be labeled instead of 
placarded in accordance with subpart E of this part:
    (1) A portable tank having a capacity of less than 3,785 L (1000 
gallons);
    (2) A DOT 106 or 110 multi-unit tank car tank;
    (3) A bulk packaging other than a portable tank, cargo tank, or tank 
car (e.g., a bulk bag or box) with a volumetric capacity of less than 18 
cubic meters (640 cubic feet);
    (4) An IBC. For an IBC labeled in accordance with subpart E of this 
part, the IBC may display the proper shipping name and UN identification 
number markings in accordance with Sec.172.301(a)(1) in place of the 
UN number on an orange panel, placard or white square-on-point 
configuration as prescribed in Sec.172.336(d); and
    (5) A Large Packaging as defined in Sec.171.8 of this subchapter.

[Amdt. 172-136, 59 FR 38064, July 26, 1994; Amdt. 172-148, 61 FR 50255, 
Sept. 25, 1996, as amended by 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001; 69 FR 64473, 
Nov. 4, 2004; 75 FR 5392, Feb. 2, 2010; 76 FR 43528, July 20, 2011; 77 
FR 60942, Oct. 5, 2012; 81 FR 35540, June 2, 2016]



Sec.172.516  Visibility and display of placards.

    (a) Each placard on a motor vehicle and each placard on a rail car 
must be clearly visible from the direction it faces, except from the 
direction of another transport vehicle or rail car to which the motor 
vehicle or rail car is coupled. This requirement may be met by the 
placards displayed on the freight containers or portable tanks loaded on 
a motor vehicle or rail car.
    (b) The required placarding of the front of a motor vehicle may be 
on the front of a truck-tractor instead of or in addition to the 
placarding on the front of the cargo body to which a truck-tractor is 
attached.
    (c) Each placard on a transport vehicle, bulk packaging, freight 
container or aircraft unit load device must--
    (1) Be securely attached or affixed thereto or placed in a holder 
thereon. (See appendix C to this part.);
    (2) Be located clear of appurtenances and devices such as ladders, 
pipes, doors, and tarpaulins;
    (3) So far as practicable, be located so that dirt or water is not 
directed to it from the wheels of the transport vehicle;
    (4) Be located away from any marking (such as advertising) that 
could substantially reduce its effectiveness, and in any case at least 3 
inches (76.0 mm.) away from such marking;
    (5) Have the words or identification number (when authorized) 
printed on it displayed horizontally, reading from left to right;
    (6) Be maintained by the carrier in a condition so that the format, 
legibility, color, and visibility of the placard will not be 
substantially reduced due to damage, deterioration, or obscurement by 
dirt or other matter;
    (7) Be affixed to a background of contrasting color, or must have a 
dotted or solid line outer border which contrasts with the background 
color.
    (d) Recommended specifications for a placard holder are set forth in 
appendix C of this part. Except for a placard holder similar to that 
contained in appendix C to this part, the means used to attach a placard 
may not obscure any part of its surface other than the borders.
    (e) A placard or placard holder may be hinged provided the required 
format, color, and legibility of the placard are maintained.

[Amdt. 172-29, 41 FR 15996, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 172-101, 
45 FR 74668, Nov. 10, 1980; Amdt. 172-123, 55 FR 52601, Dec. 21, 1990; 
65 FR 50460, Aug. 18, 2000]



Sec.172.519  General specifications for placards.

    (a) Strength and durability. Placards must conform to the following:
    (1) A placard may be made of any plastic, metal or other material 
capable of withstanding, without deterioration or a substantial 
reduction in effectiveness, a 30-day exposure to open weather 
conditions.
    (2) A placard made of tagboard must be at least equal to that 
designated commercially as white tagboard. Tagboard must have a weight 
of at least 80 kg (176 pounds) per ream of 610 by 910

[[Page 432]]

mm (24 by 36-inch) sheets, waterproofing materials included. In 
addition, each placard made of tagboard must be able to pass a 414 kPa 
(60 p.s.i.) Mullen test.
    (3) Reflective or retroreflective materials may be used on a placard 
if the prescribed colors, strength and durability are maintained.
    (b) Design. (1) Except as provided in Sec.172.332 of this part, 
each placard must be as described in this subpart, and except for size 
and color, the printing, inner border and symbol must be as shown in 
Sec. Sec.172.521 through 172.560 of this subpart, as appropriate.
    (2) The dotted line border shown on each placard is not part of the 
placard specification. However, a dotted or solid line outer border may 
be used when needed to indicate the full size of a placard that is part 
of a larger format or is on a background of a non-contrasting color.
    (3) For other than Class 7 or the DANGEROUS placard, text indicating 
a hazard (for example, ``FLAMMABLE'') is not required. Text may be 
omitted from the OXYGEN placard only if the specific identification 
number is displayed on the placard.
    (4) For a placard corresponding to the primary or subsidiary hazard 
class of a material, the hazard class or division number must be 
displayed in the lower corner of the placard. However, a permanently 
affixed subsidiary placard meeting the specifications of this section 
which were in effect on October 1, 2001, (such as, a placard without the 
hazard class or division number displayed in the lower corner of the 
placard) and which was installed prior to September 30, 2001, may 
continue to be used as a subsidiary placard in domestic transportation 
by rail or highway, provided the color tolerances are maintained and are 
in accordance with the display requirements in this subchapter.
    (c) Size. (1) Each diamond (square-on-point) placard prescribed in 
this subpart must measure at least 250 mm (9.84 inches) on each side and 
must have a solid line inner border approximately 12.5 mm inside and 
parallel to the edge. The 12.5 mm measurement is from the outside edge 
of the placard to the outside of the solid line forming the inner 
border.
    (i) Transitional exceptions. A placard in conformance with the 
requirements of this paragraph in effect on December 31, 2014, may 
continue to be used until December 31, 2016.
    (ii) Domestic transportation. A placard manufactured prior to 
January 1, 2017, in conformance with the requirements of this paragraph 
in effect on December 31, 2014, may continue in service until the end of 
its useful life provided the color tolerances are maintained and are in 
accordance with the display requirements of this subchapter.
    (2) Except as otherwise provided in this subpart, the hazard class 
or division number, as appropriate, must be shown in numerals measuring 
at least 41 mm (1.6 inches) in height.
    (3) Except as otherwise provided in this subpart, when text 
indicating a hazard is displayed on a placard, the printing must be in 
letters measuring at least 41 mm (1.6 inches) in height.
    (d) Color. (1) The background color, symbol, text, numerals and 
inner border on a placard must be as specified in Sec. Sec.172.521 
through 172.560 of this subpart, as appropriate.
    (2) Black and any color on a placard must be able to withstand, 
without substantial change--
    (i) A 72-hour fadeometer test (for a description of equipment 
designed for this purpose, see ASTM G 23-69 or ASTM G 26-70); and
    (ii) A 30-day exposure to open weather.
    (3) Upon visual examination, a color on a placard must fall within 
the color tolerances displayed on the appropriate Hazardous Materials 
Label and Placard Color Tolerance Chart (see Sec.172.407(d)(4)). As an 
alternative, the PANTONE [supreg] formula guide coated/uncoated as 
specified for colors in Sec.172.407(d)(5) may be used.
    (4) The placard color must extend to the inner border and may extend 
to the edge of the placard in the area designated on each placard except 
the color on the CORROSIVE and RADIOACTIVE placards (black and yellow, 
respectively) must extend only to the inner border.

[[Page 433]]

    (e) Form identification. A placard may contain form identification 
information, including the name of its maker, provided that information 
is printed outside of the solid line inner border in no larger than 10-
point type.
    (f) Exceptions. When hazardous materials are offered for 
transportation or transported under the provisions of subpart C of part 
171 of this subchapter, a placard conforming to the specifications in 
the UN Recommendations, the ICAO Technical Instructions, the IMDG Code, 
or the Transport Canada TDG Regulations (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this 
subchapter) may be used in place of a corresponding placard conforming 
to the requirements of this subpart. However, a bulk packaging, 
transport vehicle, or freight container containing a material poisonous 
by inhalation (see Sec.171.8 of this subchapter) must be placarded in 
accordance with this subpart (see Sec.171.23(b)(10) of this 
subchapter).
    (g) Trefoil symbol. The trefoil symbol on the RADIOACTIVE placard 
must meet the appropriate specification in appendix B of this part.

[Amdt. 172-123, 55 FR 52601, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66260, 
Dec. 20, 1991; 57 FR 45460, Oct. 1, 1992; Amdt. 172-143, 60 FR 50305, 
Sept. 28, 1995; 65 FR 50460, Aug. 18, 2000; 66 FR 33426, June 21, 2001; 
66 FR 44255, Aug. 22, 2001; 67 FR 15743, Apr. 3, 2002; 70 FR 34075, June 
13, 2005; 69 FR 64473, Nov. 4, 2004; 72 FR 25176, May 3, 2007; 76 FR 
43528, July 20, 2011; 76 FR 56314, Sept. 13, 2011; 80 FR 1151, Jan. 8, 
2015; 83 FR 55807, Nov. 7, 2018]



Sec.172.521  DANGEROUS placard.

    (a) Except for size and color, the DANGEROUS placard must be as 
follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC02MR91.039

    (b) In addition to meeting the requirements of Sec.172.519, and 
appendix B to this part, the DANGEROUS placard must have a red upper and 
lower triangle. The placard center area and \1/2\-inch (12.7 mm.) border 
must be white. The inscription must be black with the \1/8\-inch (3.2 
mm.) border marker in the white area at each end of the inscription red.

[Amdt. 172-29, 41 FR 15996, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 172-29A, 
41 FR 40680, Sept. 20, 1976]



Sec.172.522  EXPLOSIVES 1.1, EXPLOSIVES 1.2 and EXPLOSIVES 1.3 placards.

    (a) Except for size and color, the EXPLOSIVES 1.1, EXPLOSIVES 1.2 
and EXPLOSIVES 1.3 placards must be as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC02MR91.040


[[Page 434]]


    (b) In addition to complying with Sec.172.519 of this subpart, the 
background color on the EXPLOSIVES 1.1, EXPLOSIVES 1.2, and EXPLOSIVES 
1.3 placards must be orange. The ``*'' shall be replaced with the 
appropriate division number and, when required, appropriate 
compatibility group letter. The symbol, text, numerals and inner border 
must be black.

[Amdt. 172-123, 55 FR 52602, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66260, 
Dec. 20, 1991]



Sec.172.523  EXPLOSIVES 1.4 placard.

    (a) Except for size and color, the EXPLOSIVES 1.4 placard must be as 
follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC02MR91.041

    (b) In addition to complying with Sec.172.519 of this subpart, the 
background color on the EXPLOSIVES 1.4 placard must be orange. The ``*'' 
shall be replaced, when required, with the appropriate compatibility 
group letter. The division numeral, 1.4, must measure at least 64 mm 
(2.5 inches) in height. The text, numerals and inner border must be 
black.

[Amdt. 172-123, 55 FR 52602, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66261, 
Dec. 20, 1991]



Sec.172.524  EXPLOSIVES 1.5 placard.

    (a) Except for size and color, the EXPLOSIVES 1.5 placard must be as 
follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC02MR91.042

    (b) In addition to complying with the Sec.172.519 of this subpart, 
the background color on EXPLOSIVES 1.5 placard must be orange. The ``*'' 
shall be replaced, when required, with the appropriate compatibility 
group letter. The division numeral, 1.5, must measure at least 64 mm 
(2.5 inches) in height. The text, numerals and inner border must be 
black.

[Amdt. 172-123, 55 FR 52602, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66261, 
Dec. 20, 1991]



Sec.172.525  EXPLOSIVES 1.6 placard.

    (a) Except for size and color the EXPLOSIVES 1.6 placard must be as 
follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC02MR91.043

    (b) In addition to complying with Sec.172.519 of this subpart, the 
background color on the EXPLOSIVES 1.6 placard

[[Page 435]]

must be orange. The ``*'' shall be replaced, when required, with the 
appropriate compatibility group letter. The division numeral, 1.6, must 
measure at least 64 mm (2.5 inches) in height. The text, numerals and 
inner border must be black.

[Amdt. 172-123, 55 FR 52603, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66261, 
Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 172-130, 58 FR 51531, Oct. 1, 1993]



Sec.172.526  [Reserved]



Sec.172.527  Background requirements for certain placards.

    (a) Except for size and color, the square background required by 
Sec.172.510(a) for certain placards on rail cars, and Sec.172.507 
for placards on motor vehicles containing a package of highway route 
controlled quantity radioactive materials, must be as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC02MR91.044

    (b) In addition to meeting the requirements of Sec.172.519 for 
minimum durability and strength, the square background must consist of a 
white square measuring 14\1/4\ inches (362.0 mm.) on each side 
surrounded by a black border extending to 15\1/4\ inches (387.0 mm.) on 
each side.

[Amdt. 172-29, 41 FR 15996, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 172-64, 
46 FR 5316, Jan. 19, 1981; Amdt. 172-78, 48 FR 10226, Mar. 10, 1983]



Sec.172.528  NON-FLAMMABLE GAS placard.

    (a) Except for size and color, the NON-FLAMMABLE GAS placard must be 
as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC02MR91.045

    (b) In addition to complying with Sec.172.519, the background 
color on the NON-FLAMMABLE GAS placard must be green. The letters in 
both words must be at least 38 mm (1.5 inches) high. The symbol, text, 
class number and inner border must be white.

[Amdt. 172-123, 56 FR 66261, Dec. 20, 1991]



Sec.172.530  OXYGEN placard.

    (a) Except for size and color, the OXYGEN placard must be as 
follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC02MR91.046

    (b) In addition to complying with Sec.172.519 of this subpart, the 
background color on the OXYGEN placard must be yellow. The symbol, text, 
class number and inner border must be black.

[Amdt. 172-123, 56 FR 66262, Dec. 20, 1991]

[[Page 436]]



Sec.172.532  FLAMMABLE GAS placard.

    (a) Except for size and color, the FLAMMABLE GAS placard must be as 
follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC02MR91.047

    (b) In addition to complying with Sec.172.519, the background 
color on the FLAMMABLE GAS placard must be red. The symbol, text, class 
number and inner border must be white.

[Amdt. 172-123, 56 FR 66262, Dec. 20, 1991]



Sec.172.536  [Reserved]



Sec.172.540  POISON GAS placard.

    (a) Except for size and color, the POISON GAS placard must be as 
follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR22JY97.024

    (b) In addition to complying with Sec.172.519, the background on 
the POISON GAS placard and the symbol must be white. The background of 
the upper diamond must be black and the lower point of the upper diamond 
must be 65 mm (2\5/8\ inches) above the horizontal center line. The 
text, class number, and inner border must be black.

[62 FR 39408, July 22, 1997]



Sec.172.542  FLAMMABLE placard.

    (a) Except for size and color, the FLAMMABLE placard must be as 
follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC02MR91.049

    (b) In addition to complying with Sec.172.519, the background 
color on the FLAMMABLE placard must be red. The symbol, text, class 
number and inner border must be white.
    (c) The word ``GASOLINE'' may be used in place of the word 
``FLAMMABLE'' on a placard that is displayed on a cargo tank or a 
portable tank being used to transport gasoline by highway. The word 
``GASOLINE'' must be shown in white.

[Amdt. 172-123, 56 FR 66262, Dec. 20, 1991]



Sec.172.544  COMBUSTIBLE placard.

    (a) Except for size and color, the COMBUSTIBLE placard must be as 
follows:

[[Page 437]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC02MR91.050

    (b) In addition to complying with Sec.172.519, the background 
color on the COMBUSTIBLE placard must be red. The symbol, text, class 
number and inner border must be white. On a COMBUSTIBLE placard with a 
white bottom as prescribed by Sec.172.332(c)(4), the class number must 
be red or black.
    (c) The words ``FUEL OIL'' may be used in place of the word 
``COMBUSTIBLE'' on a placard that is displayed on a cargo tank or 
portable tank being used to transport by highway fuel oil that is not 
classed as a flammable liquid. The words ``FUEL OIL'' must be white.

[Amdt. 172-123, 56 FR 66262, Dec. 20, 1991]



Sec.172.546  FLAMMABLE SOLID placard.

    (a) Except for size and color, the FLAMMABLE SOLID placard must be 
as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC02MR91.051

    (b) In addition to complying with Sec.172.519, the background on 
the FLAMMABLE SOLID placard must be white with seven vertical red 
stripes. The stripes must be equally spaced, with one red stripe placed 
in the center of the label. Each red stripe and each white space between 
two red stripes must be 25 mm (1.0 inches) wide. The letters in the word 
``SOLID'' must be at least 38.1 mm (1.5 inches) high. The symbol, text, 
class number and inner border must be black.

[Amdt. 172-123, 56 FR 66263, Dec. 20, 1991]



Sec.172.547  SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE placard.

    (a) Except for size and color, the SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE placard 
must be as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC02MR91.052

    (b) In addition to complying with Sec.172.519, the background 
color on the SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE placard must be red in the lower 
half and white in upper half. The letters in the word ``SPONTANEOUSLY'' 
must be at least 12 mm (0.5 inch) high. The symbol, text, class number 
and inner border must be black.

[Amdt. 172-123, 56 FR 66263, Dec. 20, 1991, as amended by Amdt. 172-139, 
59 FR 67490, Dec. 29, 1994]



Sec.172.548  DANGEROUS WHEN WET placard.

    (a) Except for size and color, the DANGEROUS WHEN WET placard must 
be as follows:

[[Page 438]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC02MR91.053

    (b) In addition to complying with Sec.172.519, the background 
color on the DANGEROUS WHEN WET placard must be blue. The letters in the 
words ``WHEN WET'' must be at least 25 mm (1.0 inches) high. The symbol, 
text, class number and inner border must be white.

[Amdt. 172-123, 56 FR 66263, Dec. 20, 1991]



Sec.172.550  OXIDIZER placard.

    (a) Except for size and color, the OXIDIZER placard must be as 
follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC02MR91.054

    (b) In addition to complying with Sec.172.519, the background 
color on the OXIDIZER placard must be yellow. The symbol, text, division 
number and inner border must be black.

[Amdt. 172-123, 56 FR 66263, Dec. 20, 1991]



Sec.172.552  ORGANIC PEROXIDE placard.

    (a) Except for size and color, the ORGANIC PEROXIDE placard must be 
as follows:

[[Page 439]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR29DE06.001

    (b) In addition to complying with Sec.172.519, the background on 
the ORGANIC PEROXIDE placard must be red in the top half and yellow in 
the lower half. The text, division number and inner border must be 
black; the symbol may be either black or white.
    (c) For transportation by highway, a Division 5.2 placard conforming 
to the specifications in this section in effect on December 31, 2006 may 
continue to be used until January 1, 2014.

[71 FR 78628, Dec. 29, 2006, as amended at 76 FR 43528, July 20, 2011]



Sec.172.553  [Reserved]



Sec.172.554  POISON placard.

    (a) Except for size and color, the POISON placard must be as 
follows:

[[Page 440]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC02MR91.057

    (b) In addition to complying with Sec.172.519, the background on 
the POISON placard must be white. The symbol, text, class number and 
inner border must be black. The word ``TOXIC'' may be used in lieu of 
the word ``POISON''.

[Amdt. 172-123, 56 FR 66264, Dec. 20, 1991, as amended by Amdt. 172-139, 
59 FR 67490, Dec. 29, 1994]



Sec.172.555  POISON INHALATION HAZARD placard.

    (a) Except for size and color, the POISON INHALATION HAZARD placard 
must be as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR22JY97.025

    (b) In addition to complying with Sec.172.519, the background on 
the POISON INHALATION HAZARD placard and the symbol must be white. The 
background of the upper diamond must be black and the lower point of the 
upper diamond must be 65 mm (2\5/8\ inches) above the horizontal center 
line. The text, class number, and inner border must be black.

[62 FR 39409, July 22, 1997]



Sec.172.556  RADIOACTIVE placard.

    (a) Except for size and color, the RADIOACTIVE placard must be as 
follows:

[[Page 441]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR29SE00.001

    (b) In addition to complying with Sec.172.519, the background 
color on the RADIOACTIVE placard must be white in the lower portion with 
a yellow triangle in the upper portion. The base of the yellow triangle 
must be 29 mm 5 mm (1.1 inches 0.2 inches) above the placard horizontal center line. 
The symbol, text, class number and inner border must be black.

[Amdt. 172-123, 56 FR 66264, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 172-130, 58 FR 51531, 
Oct. 1, 1993; 65 FR 58627, Sept. 29, 2000]



Sec.172.558  CORROSIVE placard.

    (a) Except for size and color, the CORROSIVE placard must be as 
follows:

[[Page 442]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR29SE00.002

    (b) In addition to complying with Sec.172.519, the background 
color on the CORROSIVE placard must be black in the lower portion with a 
white triangle in the upper portion. The base of the white triangle must 
be 38 mm 5 mm (1.5 inches 0.2 inches) above the placard horizontal center line. 
The text and class number must be white. The symbol and inner border 
must be black.

[Amdt. 172-123, 56 FR 66264, Dec. 20, 1991, as amended at 65 FR 58627, 
Sept. 29, 2000]



Sec.172.560  CLASS 9 placard.

    (a) Except for size and color the CLASS 9 (miscellaneous hazardous 
materials) placard must be as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC02MR91.060


[[Page 443]]


    (b) In addition to conformance with Sec.172.519, the background on 
the CLASS 9 placard must be white with seven black vertical stripes on 
the top half extending from the top of the placard to one inch above the 
horizontal centerline. The black vertical stripes must be spaced so 
that, visually, they appear equal in width to the six white spaces 
between them. The space below the vertical lines must be white with the 
class number 9 underlined and centered at the bottom.

[Amdt. 172-123, 56 FR 66264, Dec. 20, 1991, as amended at 57 FR 45460, 
Oct. 1, 1992]



                Subpart G_Emergency Response Information



Sec.172.600  Applicability and general requirements.

    (a) Scope. Except as provided in paragraph (d) of this section, this 
subpart prescribes requirements for providing and maintaining emergency 
response information during transportation and at facilities where 
hazardous materials are loaded for transportation, stored incidental to 
transportation or otherwise handled during any phase of transportation.
    (b) Applicability. This subpart applies to persons who offer for 
transportation, accept for transportation, transfer or otherwise handle 
hazardous materials during transportation.
    (c) General requirements. No person to whom this subpart applies may 
offer for transportation, accept for transportation, transfer, store or 
otherwise handle during transportation a hazardous material unless:
    (1) Emergency response information conforming to this subpart is 
immediately available for use at all times the hazardous material is 
present; and
    (2) Emergency response information, including the emergency response 
telephone number, required by this subpart is immediately available to 
any person who, as a representative of a Federal, State or local 
government agency, responds to an incident involving a hazardous 
material, or is conducting an investigation which involves a hazardous 
material.
    (d) Exceptions. The requirements of this subpart do not apply to 
hazardous material which is excepted from the shipping paper 
requirements of this subchapter or a material properly classified as an 
ORM-D.

[Amdt. 172-116, 54 FR 27145, June 27, 1989; 54 FR 28750, July 5, 1989, 
as amended at 55 FR 33712, Aug. 17, 1990; Amdt. 172-127, 59 FR 49133, 
Sept. 26, 1994; Amdt. 172-149, 61 FR 27173, May 30, 1996]



Sec.172.602  Emergency response information.

    (a) Information required. For purposes of this subpart, the term 
``emergency response information'' means information that can be used in 
the mitigation of an incident involving hazardous materials and, as a 
minimum, must contain the following information:
    (1) The basic description and technical name of the hazardous 
material as required by Sec. Sec.172.202 and 172.203(k), the ICAO 
Technical Instructions, the IMDG Code, or the TDG Regulations, as 
appropriate (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this subchapter);
    (2) Immediate hazards to health;
    (3) Risks of fire or explosion;
    (4) Immediate precautions to be taken in the event of an accident or 
incident;
    (5) Immediate methods for handling fires;
    (6) Initial methods for handling spills or leaks in the absence of 
fire; and
    (7) Preliminary first aid measures.
    (b) Form of information. The information required for a hazardous 
material by paragraph (a) of this section must be:
    (1) Printed legibly in English;
    (2) Available for use away from the package containing the hazardous 
material; and
    (3) Presented--
    (i) On a shipping paper;
    (ii) In a document, other than a shipping paper, that includes both 
the basic description and technical name of the hazardous material as 
required by Sec. Sec.172.202 and 172.203(k), the ICAO Technical 
Instructions, the IMDG Code, or the TDG Regulations, as appropriate, and 
the emergency response information required by this subpart (e.g., a 
material safety data sheet); or
    (iii) Related to the information on a shipping paper, a written 
notification to pilot-in-command, or a dangerous cargo manifest, in a 
separate document

[[Page 444]]

(e.g., an emergency response guidance document), in a manner that cross-
references the description of the hazardous material on the shipping 
paper with the emergency response information contained in the document. 
Aboard aircraft, the ICAO ``Emergency Response Guidance for Aircraft 
Incidents Involving Dangerous Goods'' and, aboard vessels, the IMO 
``Emergency Procedures for Ships Carrying Dangerous Goods'', or 
equivalent documents, may be used to satisfy the requirements of this 
section for a separate document.
    (c) Maintenance of information. Emergency response information shall 
be maintained as follows:
    (1) Carriers. Each carrier who transports a hazardous material shall 
maintain the information specified in paragraph (a) of this section and 
Sec.172.606 of this part in the same manner as prescribed for shipping 
papers, except that the information must be maintained in the same 
manner aboard aircraft as the notification of pilot-in-command, and 
aboard vessels in the same manner as the dangerous cargo manifest. This 
information must be immediately accessible to train crew personnel, 
drivers of motor vehicles, flight crew members, and bridge personnel on 
vessels for use in the event of incidents involving hazardous materials.
    (2) Facility operators. Each operator of a facility where a 
hazardous material is received, stored or handled during transportation, 
shall maintain the information required by paragraph (a) of this section 
whenever the hazardous material is present. This information must be in 
a location that is immediately accessible to facility personnel in the 
event of an incident involving the hazardous material.

[Amdt. 172-116, 54 FR 27146, June 27, 1989; 54 FR 28750, July 5, 1989, 
as amended by Amdt. 172-116, 55 FR 875, Jan. 10, 1990; Amdt. 172-151, 62 
FR 1234, Jan. 8, 1997; 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 75741, Dec. 31, 
2003]



Sec.172.604  Emergency response telephone number.

    (a) A person who offers a hazardous material for transportation must 
provide a numeric emergency response telephone number, including the 
area code, for use in an emergency involving the hazardous material. For 
telephone numbers outside the United States, the international access 
code or the ``+'' (plus) sign, country code, and city code, as 
appropriate, that are needed to complete the call must be included. The 
telephone number must be--
    (1) Monitored at all times the hazardous material is in 
transportation, including storage incidental to transportation;
    (2) The telephone number of a person who is either knowledgeable of 
the hazardous material being shipped and has comprehensive emergency 
response and incident mitigation information for that material, or has 
immediate access to a person who possesses such knowledge and 
information. A telephone number that requires a call back (such as an 
answering service, answering machine, or beeper device) does not meet 
the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section; and
    (3) Entered on a shipping paper, as follows:
    (i) Immediately following the description of the hazardous material 
required by subpart C of this part; or
    (ii) Entered once on the shipping paper in the manner prescribed in 
paragraph (b) of this section in a prominent, readily identifiable, and 
clearly visible manner that allows the information to be easily and 
quickly found, such as by highlighting, use of a larger font or a font 
that is a different color from other text and information, or otherwise 
setting the information apart to provide for quick and easy recognition. 
The offeror may use one of the methods prescribed in this paragraph only 
if the telephone number applies to each hazardous material entered on 
the shipping paper, and if it is indicated that the telephone number is 
for emergency response information (for example: ``EMERGENCY CONTACT: * 
* *'').
    (b) The telephone number required by paragraph (a) of this section 
must be -
    (1) The number of the person offering the hazardous material for 
transportation when that person is also the emergency response 
information provider (ERI provider). The name of the person, or contract 
number or other unique identifier assigned by an ERI

[[Page 445]]

provider, identified with the emergency response telephone number must 
be entered on the shipping paper immediately before, after, above, or 
below the emergency response telephone number unless the name is entered 
elsewhere on the shipping paper in a prominent, readily identifiable, 
and clearly visible manner that allows the information to be easily and 
quickly found; or
    (2) The number of an agency or organization capable of, and 
accepting responsibility for, providing the detailed information 
required by paragraph (a)(2) of this section. The person who is 
registered with the ERI provider must ensure that the agency or 
organization has received current information on the material before it 
is offered for transportation. The person who is registered with the ERI 
provider must be identified by name, or contract number or other unique 
identifier assigned by the ERI provider, on the shipping paper 
immediately before, after, above, or below the emergency response 
telephone number in a prominent, readily identifiable, and clearly 
visible manner that allows the information to be easily and quickly 
found, unless the name or identifier is entered elsewhere in a prominent 
manner as provided in paragraph (b)(1) of this section.
    (c) A person preparing shipping papers for continued transportation 
in commerce must include the information required by this section. If 
the person preparing shipping papers for continued transportation in 
commerce elects to assume responsibility for providing the emergency 
response telephone number required by this section, the person must 
ensure that all the requirements of this section are met.
    (d) The requirements of this section do not apply to--
    (1) Hazardous materials that are offered for transportation under 
the provisions applicable to limited quantities or excepted quantities; 
or
    (2) Materials properly described under the following shipping names:
    (i) Battery powered equipment.
    (ii) Battery powered vehicle.
    (iii) Carbon dioxide, solid.
    (iv) Castor bean.
    (v) Castor flake.
    (vi) Castor meal.
    (vii) Castor pomace.
    (viii) Consumer commodity.
    (ix) Dry ice.
    (x) Engines, internal combustion.
    (xi) Fish meal, stabilized.
    (xii) Fish scrap, stabilized.
    (xiii) Krill Meal, PG III.
    (xiv) Refrigerating machine.
    (xv) Vehicle, flammable gas powered.
    (xvi) Vehicle, flammable liquid powered.
    (xvii) Wheelchair, electric.
    (3) Transportation vehicles or freight containers containing lading 
that has been fumigated and displaying the FUMIGANT marking (see Sec.
172.302(g)) as required by Sec.173.9 of this subchapter, unless other 
hazardous materials are present in the cargo transport unit.

[74 FR 53422, Oct. 19, 2009, as amended at 75 FR 53596, Sept. 1, 2010; 
77 FR 37984, June 25, 2012; 78 FR 1073, Jan. 7, 2013; 78 FR 60753, Oct. 
1, 2013; 81 FR 35541, June 2, 2016; 83 FR 55807, Nov. 7, 2018]



Sec.172.606  Carrier information contact.

    (a) Each carrier who transports or accepts for transportation a 
hazardous material for which a shipping paper is required shall instruct 
the operator of a motor vehicle, train, aircraft, or vessel to contact 
the carrier (e.g., by telephone or mobile radio) in the event of an 
incident involving the hazardous material.
    (b) For transportation by highway, if a transport vehicle, (e.g., a 
semi-trailer or freight container-on-chassis) contains hazardous 
material for which a shipping paper is required and the vehicle is 
separated from its motive power and parked at a location other than a 
facility operated by the consignor or consignee or a facility (e.g., a 
carrier's terminal or a marine terminal) subject to the provisions of 
Sec.172.602(c)(2), the carrier shall--
    (1) Mark the transport vehicle with the telephone number of the 
motor carrier on the front exterior near the brake hose and electrical 
connections or on a label, tag, or sign attached to the vehicle at the 
brake hose or electrical connection; or
    (2) Have the shipping paper and emergency response information 
readily available on the transport vehicle.
    (c) The requirements specified in paragraph (b) of this section do 
not

[[Page 446]]

apply to an unattended motor vehicle separated from its motive power 
when the motor vehicle is marked on an orange panel, a placard, or a 
plain white square-on-point configuration with the identification number 
of each hazardous material loaded therein, and the marking or placard is 
visible on the outside of the motor vehicle.

[Amdt. 172-151, 62 FR 1234, Jan. 8, 1997, as amended at 62 FR 39398, 
39409, July 22, 1997; 63 FR 16076, Apr. 1, 1998]



                           Subpart H_Training

    Source: Amdt. 172-126, 57 FR 20952, May 15, 1992, unless otherwise 
noted.



Sec.172.700  Purpose and scope.

    (a) Purpose. This subpart prescribes requirements for training 
hazmat employees.
    (b) Scope. Training as used in this subpart means a systematic 
program that ensures a hazmat employee has familiarity with the general 
provisions of this subchapter, is able to recognize and identify 
hazardous materials, has knowledge of specific requirements of this 
subchapter applicable to functions performed by the employee, and has 
knowledge of emergency response information, self-protection measures 
and accident prevention methods and procedures (see Sec.172.704).
    (c) Modal-specific training requirements. Additional training 
requirements for the individual modes of transportation are prescribed 
in parts 174, 175, 176, and 177 of this subchapter.



Sec.172.701  Federal-State relationship.

    This subpart and the parts referenced in Sec.172.700(c) prescribe 
minimum training requirements for the transportation of hazardous 
materials. For motor vehicle drivers, however, a State may impose more 
stringent training requirements only if those requirements--
    (a) Do not conflict with the training requirements in this subpart 
and in part 177 of this subchapter; and
    (b) Apply only to drivers domiciled in that State.



Sec.172.702  Applicability and responsibility for training 
and testing.

    (a) A hazmat employer shall ensure that each of its hazmat employees 
is trained in accordance with the requirements prescribed in this 
subpart.
    (b) Except as provided in Sec.172.704(c)(1), a hazmat employee who 
performs any function subject to the requirements of this subchapter may 
not perform that function unless instructed in the requirements of this 
subchapter that apply to that function. It is the duty of each hazmat 
employer to comply with the applicable requirements of this subchapter 
and to thoroughly instruct each hazmat employee in relation thereto.
    (c) Training may be provided by the hazmat employer or other public 
or private sources.
    (d) A hazmat employer shall ensure that each of its hazmat employees 
is tested by appropriate means on the training subjects covered in Sec.
172.704.

[Amdt. 172-126, 57 FR 20952, May 15, 1992; 57 FR 22182, May 27, 1992, as 
amended by Amdt. 172-149, 61 FR 27173, May 30, 1996]



Sec.172.704  Training requirements.

    (a) Hazmat employee training must include the following:
    (1) General awareness/familiarization training. Each hazmat employee 
shall be provided general awareness/familiarization training designed to 
provide familiarity with the requirements of this subchapter, and to 
enable the employee to recognize and identify hazardous materials 
consistent with the hazard communication standards of this subchapter.
    (2) Function-specific training. (i) Each hazmat employee must be 
provided function-specific training concerning requirements of this 
subchapter, or exemptions or special permits issued under subchapter A 
of this chapter, that are specifically applicable to the functions the 
employee performs.
    (ii) As an alternative to function-specific training on the 
requirements of this subchapter, training relating to the requirements 
of the ICAO Technical Instructions and the IMDG Code may be provided to 
the extent such training addresses functions authorized by subpart C of 
part 171 of this subchapter.

[[Page 447]]

    (3) Safety training. Each hazmat employee shall receive safety 
training concerning--
    (i) Emergency response information required by subpart G of part 
172;
    (ii) Measures to protect the employee from the hazards associated 
with hazardous materials to which they may be exposed in the work place, 
including specific measures the hazmat employer has implemented to 
protect employees from exposure; and
    (iii) Methods and procedures for avoiding accidents, such as the 
proper procedures for handling packages containing hazardous materials.
    (4) Security awareness training. Each hazmat employee must receive 
training that provides an awareness of security risks associated with 
hazardous materials transportation and methods designed to enhance 
transportation security. This training must also include a component 
covering how to recognize and respond to possible security threats. New 
hazmat employees must receive the security awareness training required 
by this paragraph within 90 days after employment.
    (5) In-depth security training. Each hazmat employee of a person 
required to have a security plan in accordance with subpart I of this 
part who handles hazardous materials covered by the plan, performs a 
regulated function related to the hazardous materials covered by the 
plan, or is responsible for implementing the plan must be trained 
concerning the security plan and its implementation. Security training 
must include company security objectives, organizational security 
structure, specific security procedures, specific security duties and 
responsibilities for each employee, and specific actions to be taken by 
each employee in the event of a security breach.
    (b) OSHA, EPA, and other training. Training conducted by employers 
to comply with the hazard communication programs required by the 
Occupational Safety and Health Administration of the Department of Labor 
(29 CFR 1910.120 or 1910.1200) or the Environmental Protection Agency 
(40 CFR 311.1), or training conducted by employers to comply with 
security training programs required by other Federal or international 
agencies, may be used to satisfy the training requirements in paragraph 
(a) of this section to the extent that such training addresses the 
training components specified in paragraph (a) of this section.
    (c) Initial and recurrent training--(1) Initial training. A new 
hazmat employee, or a hazmat employee who changes job functions may 
perform those functions prior to the completion of training provided--
    (i) The employee performs those functions under the direct 
supervision of a properly trained and knowledgeable hazmat employee; and
    (ii) The training is completed within 90 days after employment or a 
change in job function.
    (2) Recurrent training. A hazmat employee must receive the training 
required by this subpart at least once every three years. For in-depth 
security training required under paragraph (a)(5) of this section, a 
hazmat employee must be trained at least once every three years or, if 
the security plan for which training is required is revised during the 
three-year recurrent training cycle, within 90 days of implementation of 
the revised plan.
    (3) Relevant Training. Relevant training received from a previous 
employer or other source may be used to satisfy the requirements of this 
subpart provided a current record of training is obtained from hazmat 
employees' previous employer.
    (4) Compliance. Each hazmat employer is responsible for compliance 
with the requirements of this subchapter regardless of whether the 
training required by this subpart has been completed.
    (d) Recordkeeping. Each hazmat employer must create and retain a 
record of current training of each hazmat employee, inclusive of the 
preceding three years, in accordance with this section for as long as 
that employee is employed by that employer as a hazmat employee and for 
90 days thereafter. A hazmat employer must make a hazmat employee's 
record of current training available upon request, at a reasonable time 
and location, to an authorized official of the Department of 
Transportation or of an entity explicitly granted authority to enforce 
the HMR. The record must include:

[[Page 448]]

    (1) The hazmat employee's name;
    (2) The most recent training completion date of the hazmat 
employee's training;
    (3) A description, copy, or the location of the training materials 
used to meet the requirements in paragraph (a) of this section;
    (4) The name and address of the person providing the training; and
    (5) Certification that the hazmat employee has been trained and 
tested, as required by this subpart.
    (e) Limitations. The following limitations apply:
    (1) A hazmat employee who repairs, modifies, reconditions, or tests 
packagings, as qualified for use in the transportation of hazardous 
materials, and who does not perform any other function subject to the 
requirements of this subchapter, is not subject to the training 
requirement of paragraph (a)(3) of this section.
    (2) A railroad maintenance-of-way employee or railroad signalman, 
who does not perform any function subject to the requirements of this 
subchapter, is not subject to the training requirements of paragraphs 
(a)(2), (a)(4), or (a)(5) of this section.

[Amdt. 172-126, 57 FR 20952, May 15, 1992, as amended by Amdt. 172-126, 
58 FR 5851, Jan. 22, 1993; Amdt. 172-145, 60 FR 49110, Sept. 21, 1995; 
Amdt. 172-149, 61 FR 27173, May 30, 1996; 65 FR 50460, Aug. 18, 2000; 68 
FR 14521, Mar. 25, 2003; 70 FR 73164, Dec. 9, 2005; 73 FR 4716, Jan. 28, 
2008; 73 FR 57005, Oct. 1, 2008; 75 FR 10988, Mar. 9, 2010; 76 FR 56314, 
Sept. 13, 2011; 78 FR 15326, Mar. 11, 2013; 80 FR 72923, Nov. 23, 2015]



                   Subpart I_Safety and Security Plans

    Source: 68 FR 14521, Mar. 25, 2003, unless otherwise noted.



Sec.172.800  Purpose and applicability.

    (a) Purpose. This subpart prescribes requirements for development 
and implementation of plans to address security risks related to the 
transportation of hazardous materials in commerce.
    (b) Applicability. Each person who offers for transportation in 
commerce or transports in commerce one or more of the following 
hazardous materials must develop and adhere to a transportation security 
plan for hazardous materials that conforms to the requirements of this 
subpart. As used in this section, ``large bulk quantity'' refers to a 
quantity greater than 3,000 kg (6,614 pounds) for solids or 3,000 liters 
(792 gallons) for liquids and gases in a single packaging such as a 
cargo tank motor vehicle, portable tank, tank car, or other bulk 
container.
    (1) Any quantity of a Division 1.1, 1.2, or 1.3 material;
    (2) A quantity of a Division 1.4, 1.5, or 1.6 material requiring 
placarding in accordance with subpart F of this part;
    (3) A large bulk quantity of Division 2.1 material;
    (4) A large bulk quantity of Division 2.2 material with a subsidiary 
hazard of 5.1;
    (5) Any quantity of a material poisonous by inhalation, as defined 
in Sec.171.8 of this subchapter;
    (6) A large bulk quantity of a Class 3 material meeting the criteria 
for Packing Group I or II;
    (7) A quantity of desensitized explosives meeting the definition of 
Division 4.1 or Class 3 material requiring placarding in accordance with 
subpart F of this part;
    (8) A large bulk quantity of a Division 4.2 material meeting the 
criteria for Packing Group I or II;
    (9) A quantity of a Division 4.3 material requiring placarding in 
accordance with subpart F of this part;
    (10) A large bulk quantity of a Division 5.1 material in Packing 
Groups I and II; perchlorates; or ammonium nitrate, ammonium nitrate 
fertilizers, or ammonium nitrate emulsions, suspensions, or gels;
    (11) Any quantity of organic peroxide, Type B, liquid or solid, 
temperature controlled;
    (12) A large bulk quantity of Division 6.1 material (for a material 
poisonous by inhalation see paragraph (5) above);
    (13) A select agent or toxin regulated by the Centers for Disease 
Control and Prevention under 42 CFR part 73 or the United States 
Department of Agriculture under 9 CFR part 121;
    (14) A quantity of uranium hexafluoride requiring placarding under 
Sec.172.505(b);

[[Page 449]]

    (15) International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA) Code of Conduct 
Category 1 and 2 materials including Highway Route Controlled quantities 
as defined in 49 CFR 173.403 or known radionuclides in forms listed as 
RAM-QC by the Nuclear Regulatory Commission;
    (16) A large bulk quantity of Class 8 material meeting the criteria 
for Packing Group I.
    (c) Exceptions. Transportation activities of a farmer, who generates 
less than $500,000 annually in gross receipts from the sale of 
agricultural commodities or products, are not subject to this subpart if 
such activities are:
    (1) Conducted by highway or rail;
    (2) In direct support of their farming operations; and
    (3) Conducted within a 150-mile radius of those operations.

[68 FR 14521, Mar. 25, 2003, as amended at 70 FR 73164, Dec. 9, 2005; 71 
FR 32258, June 2, 2006; 75 FR 10988, Mar. 9, 2010; 75 FR 53597, Sept. 1, 
2010; 76 FR 56314, Sept. 13, 2011]



Sec.172.802  Components of a security plan.

    (a) The security plan must include an assessment of transportation 
security risks for shipments of the hazardous materials listed in Sec.
172.800, including site-specific or location-specific risks associated 
with facilities at which the hazardous materials listed in Sec.172.800 
are prepared for transportation, stored, or unloaded incidental to 
movement, and appropriate measures to address the assessed risks. 
Specific measures put into place by the plan may vary commensurate with 
the level of threat at a particular time. At a minimum, a security plan 
must include the following elements:
    (1) Personnel security. Measures to confirm information provided by 
job applicants hired for positions that involve access to and handling 
of the hazardous materials covered by the security plan. Such 
confirmation system must be consistent with applicable Federal and State 
laws and requirements concerning employment practices and individual 
privacy.
    (2) Unauthorized access. Measures to address the assessed risk that 
unauthorized persons may gain access to the hazardous materials covered 
by the security plan or transport conveyances being prepared for 
transportation of the hazardous materials covered by the security plan.
    (3) En route security. Measures to address the assessed security 
risks of shipments of hazardous materials covered by the security plan 
en route from origin to destination, including shipments stored 
incidental to movement.
    (b) The security plan must also include the following:
    (1) Identification by job title of the senior management official 
responsible for overall development and implementation of the security 
plan;
    (2) Security duties for each position or department that is 
responsible for implementing the plan or a portion of the plan and the 
process of notifying employees when specific elements of the security 
plan must be implemented; and
    (3) A plan for training hazmat employees in accordance with Sec.
172.704 (a)(4) and (a)(5) of this part.
    (c) The security plan, including the transportation security risk 
assessment developed in accordance with paragraph (a) of this section, 
must be in writing and must be retained for as long as it remains in 
effect. The security plan must be reviewed at least annually and revised 
and/or updated as necessary to reflect changing circumstances. The most 
recent version of the security plan, or portions thereof, must be 
available to the employees who are responsible for implementing it, 
consistent with personnel security clearance or background investigation 
restrictions and a demonstrated need to know. When the security plan is 
updated or revised, all employees responsible for implementing it must 
be notified and all copies of the plan must be maintained as of the date 
of the most recent revision.
    (d) Each person required to develop and implement a security plan in 
accordance with this subpart must maintain a copy of the security plan 
(or an electronic file thereof) that is accessible at, or through, its 
principal place of business and must make the security plan available 
upon request, at a reasonable time and location, to an authorized 
official of the Department of

[[Page 450]]

Transportation or the Department of Homeland Security.

[68 FR 14521, Mar. 25, 2003, as amended at 75 FR 10989, Mar. 9, 2010]



Sec.172.804  Relationship to other Federal requirements.

    To avoid unnecessary duplication of security requirements, security 
plans that conform to regulations, standards, protocols, or guidelines 
issued by other Federal agencies, international organizations, or 
industry organizations may be used to satisfy the requirements in this 
subpart, provided such security plans address the requirements specified 
in this subpart.



Sec.172.820  Additional planning requirements for transportation 
by rail.

    (a) General. Each rail carrier transporting in commerce one or more 
of the following materials is subject to the additional safety and 
security planning requirements of this section:
    (1) More than 2,268 kg (5,000 lbs) in a single carload of a Division 
1.1, 1.2 or 1.3 explosive;
    (2) A quantity of a material poisonous by inhalation in a single 
bulk packaging;
    (3) A highway route-controlled quantity of a Class 7 (radioactive) 
material, as defined in Sec.173.403 of this subchapter; or
    (4) A high-hazard flammable train (HHFT) as defined in Sec.171.8 
of this subchapter.
    (b) Not later than 90 days after the end of each calendar year, a 
rail carrier must compile commodity data for the previous calendar year 
for the materials listed in paragraph (a) of this section. The following 
stipulations apply to data collected:
    (1) Commodity data must be collected by route, a line segment or 
series of line segments as aggregated by the rail carrier. Within the 
rail carrier selected route, the commodity data must identify the 
geographic location of the route and the total number of shipments by UN 
identification number for the materials specified in paragraph (a) of 
this section.
    (i) A rail carrier subject to additional planning requirements of 
this section based on paragraph (a)(4) of this section, must complete 
the initial process by March 31, 2016, using data for the six month 
period from July 1, 2015 to December 31, 2015; or
    (ii) A rail carrier subject to additional planning requirements of 
this section based on paragraph (a)(4) of this section, must complete 
the initial process by March 31, 2016, using data for all of 2015, 
provided the rail carrier indicates in their initial analysis that it 
has chosen this option.
    (2) A carrier may compile commodity data, by UN number, for all 
Class 7 materials transported (instead of only highway route controlled 
quantities of Class 7 materials) and for all Division 6.1 materials 
transported (instead of only Division 6.1 poison inhalation hazard 
materials).
    (c) Rail transportation route analysis. For each calendar year, a 
rail carrier must analyze the safety and security risks for the 
transportation route(s), identified in the commodity data collected as 
required by paragraph (b) of this section. The route analysis must be in 
writing and include the factors contained in appendix D to this part, as 
applicable.
    (1) The safety and security risks present must be analyzed for the 
route and railroad facilities along the route. For purposes of this 
section, railroad facilities are railroad property including, but not 
limited to, classification and switching yards, storage facilities, and 
non-private sidings. This term does not include an offeror's facility, 
private track, private siding, or consignee's facility.
    (2) In performing the analysis required by this paragraph, the rail 
carrier must seek relevant information from state, local, and tribal 
officials, as appropriate, regarding security risks to high-consequence 
targets along or in proximity to the route(s) utilized. If a rail 
carrier is unable to acquire relevant information from state, local, or 
tribal officials, then it must document that in its analysis. For 
purposes of this section, a high-consequence target means a property, 
natural resource, location, area, or other target designated by the 
Secretary of Homeland Security that is a viable terrorist target of 
national significance, the attack of which by railroad could result in 
catastrophic

[[Page 451]]

loss of life, significant damage to national security or defense 
capabilities, or national economic harm.
    (d) Alternative route analysis. (1) For each calendar year, a rail 
carrier must identify practicable alternative routes over which it has 
authority to operate, if an alternative exists, as an alternative route 
for each of the transportation routes analyzed in accordance with 
paragraph (c) of this section. The carrier must perform a safety and 
security risk assessment of the alternative routes for comparison to the 
route analysis prescribed in paragraph (c) of this section. The 
alternative route analysis must be in writing and include the criteria 
in appendix D of this part. When determining practicable alternative 
routes, the rail carrier must consider the use of interchange agreements 
with other rail carriers. The written alternative route analysis must 
also consider:
    (i) Safety and security risks presented by use of the alternative 
route(s);
    (ii) Comparison of the safety and security risks of the 
alternative(s) to the primary rail transportation route, including the 
risk of a catastrophic release from a shipment traveling along each 
route;
    (iii) Any remediation or mitigation measures implemented on the 
primary or alternative route(s); and
    (iv) Potential economic effects of using the alternative route(s), 
including but not limited to the economics of the commodity, route, and 
customer relationship.
    (2) In performing the analysis required by this paragraph, the rail 
carrier should seek relevant information from state, local, and tribal 
officials, as appropriate, regarding security risks to high-consequence 
targets along or in proximity to the alternative routes. If a rail 
carrier determines that it is not appropriate to seek such relevant 
information, then it must explain its reasoning for that determination 
in its analysis.
    (e) Route Selection. A carrier must use the analysis performed as 
required by paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section to select the route 
to be used in moving the materials covered by paragraph (a) of this 
section. The carrier must consider any remediation measures implemented 
on a route. Using this process, the carrier must at least annually 
review and select the practicable route posing the least overall safety 
and security risk. The rail carrier must retain in writing all route 
review and selection decision documentation and restrict the 
distribution, disclosure, and availability of information contained in 
the route analysis to covered persons with a need-to-know, as described 
in parts 15 and 1520 of this title. This documentation should include, 
but is not limited to, comparative analyses, charts, graphics or rail 
system maps.
    (f) Completion of route analysis. (1) The rail transportation route 
analysis, alternative route analysis, and route selection process 
required under paragraphs (c), (d), and (e) of this section must be 
completed no later than the end of the calendar year following the year 
to which the analyses apply.
    (2) The initial analysis and route selection determinations required 
under paragraphs (c), (d), and (e) of this section must include a 
comprehensive review of the entire system. Subsequent analyses and route 
selection determinations required under paragraphs (c), (d), and (e) of 
this section must include a comprehensive, system-wide review of all 
operational changes, infrastructure modifications, traffic adjustments, 
changes in the nature of high-consequence targets located along, or in 
proximity to, the route, and any other changes affecting the safety or 
security of the movements of the materials specified in paragraph (a) of 
this section that were implemented during the calendar year.
    (3) A rail carrier need not perform a rail transportation route 
analysis, alternative route analysis, or route selection process for any 
hazardous material other than the materials specified in paragraph (a) 
of this section.
    (g) Rail carrier point of contact on routing issues. Each rail 
carrier must identify a point of contact (including the name, title, 
phone number and e-mail address) on routing issues involving the 
movement of materials covered by this section in its security plan and 
provide this information to:

[[Page 452]]

    (1) State and/or regional Fusion Centers that have been established 
to coordinate with state, local and tribal officials on security issues 
and which are located within the area encompassed by the rail carrier's 
rail system; and
    (2) State, local, and tribal officials in jurisdictions that may be 
affected by a rail carrier's routing decisions and who directly contact 
the railroad to discuss routing decisions.
    (h) Storage, delays in transit, and notification. With respect to 
the materials specified in paragraph (a) of this section, each rail 
carrier must ensure the safety and security plan it develops and 
implements under this subpart includes all of the following:
    (1) A procedure under which the rail carrier must consult with 
offerors and consignees in order to develop measures for minimizing, to 
the extent practicable, the duration of any storage of the material 
incidental to movement (see Sec.171.8 of this subchapter).
    (2) Measures to prevent unauthorized access to the materials during 
storage or delays in transit.
    (3) Measures to mitigate risk to population centers associated with 
in-transit storage.
    (4) Measures to be taken in the event of an escalating threat level 
for materials stored in transit.
    (5) Procedures for notifying the consignee in the event of a 
significant delay during transportation; such notification must be 
completed within 48 hours after the carrier has identified the delay and 
must include a revised delivery schedule. A significant delay is one 
that compromises the safety or security of the hazardous material or 
delays the shipment beyond its normal expected or planned shipping time. 
Notification should be made by a method acceptable to both the rail 
carrier and consignee.
    (i) Recordkeeping. (1) Each rail carrier must maintain a copy of the 
information specified in paragraphs (b), (c), (d), (e), and (f) of this 
section (or an electronic image thereof) that is accessible at, or 
through, its principal place of business and must make the record 
available upon request, at a reasonable time and location, to an 
authorized official of the Department of Transportation or the 
Department of Homeland Security. Records must be retained for a minimum 
of two years.
    (2) Each rail carrier must restrict the distribution, disclosure, 
and availability of information collected or developed in accordance 
with paragraphs (c), (d), (e), and (f) of this section to covered 
persons with a need-to-know, as described in parts 15 and 1520 of this 
title.
    (j) Compliance and enforcement. If the carrier's route selection 
documentation and underlying analyses are found to be deficient, the 
carrier may be required to revise the analyses or make changes in route 
selection. If DOT finds that a chosen route is not the safest and most 
secure practicable route available, the FRA Associate Administrator for 
Safety, in consultation with TSA, may require the use of an alternative 
route. Prior to making such a determination, FRA and TSA will consult 
with the Surface Transportation Board (STB) regarding whether the 
contemplated alternative route(s) would be economically practicable.

[73 FR 20771, Apr. 16, 2008, as amended at 73 FR 72193, Dec. 26, 2008; 
76 FR 56314, Sept. 13, 2011; 80 FR 26746, May 8, 2015]



Sec.172.822  Limitation on actions by states, local governments,
and Indian tribes.

    A law, order, or other directive of a state, political subdivision 
of a state, or an Indian tribe that designates, limits, or prohibits the 
use of a rail line (other than a rail line owned by a state, political 
subdivision of a state, or an Indian tribe) for the transportation of 
hazardous materials, including, but not limited to, the materials 
specified in Sec.172.820(a), is preempted. 49 U.S.C. 5125, 20106.

[73 FR 20772, Apr. 16, 2008]





       Sec. Appendix A to Part 172--Office of Hazardous Materials 
            Transportation Color Tolerance Charts and Tables

    The following are Munsell notations and Commission Internationale de 
L'Eclairage (CIE) coordinates which describe the Office of Hazardous 
Materials Transportation Label and Placard Color Tolerance Charts in 
tables 1 and 2, and the CIE coordinates for the color

[[Page 453]]

tolerances specified in table 3. Central colors and tolerances described 
in table 2 approximate those described in table 1 while allowing for 
differences in production methods and materials used to manufacture 
labels and placards surfaced with printing inks. Primarily, the color 
charts based on table 1 are for label or placard colors applied as 
opaque coatings such as paint, enamel or plastic, whereas color charts 
based on table 2 are intended for use with labels and placards surfaced 
only with inks.
    For labels printed directly on packaging surfaces, table 3 may be 
used, although compliance with either table 1 or table 2 is sufficient. 
However, if visual reference indicates that the colors of labels printed 
directly on package surfaces are outside the table 1 or 2 tolerances, a 
spectrophotometer or other instrumentation may be required to insure 
compliance with table 3.

    Table 1--Specifications for Color Tolerance Charts for Use With Labels and Placards Surfaced With Paint,
                           Lacquer, Enamel, Plastic, Other Opaque Coatings, or Ink \1\
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                        CIE data for source C
                     Color                               Munsell notations         -----------------------------
                                                                                        Y         x         y
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Red:
  Central color...............................  7.5R 4.0/14.......................     12.00     .5959     .3269
  Orange......................................  8.5R 4.0/14.......................     12.00     .6037     .3389
  Purple and vivid............................  6.5R 4.0/14.......................     12.00     .5869     .3184
  Grayish.....................................  7.5R 4.0/12.......................     12.00     .5603     .3321
  Vivid.......................................  7.5R 4.0/16.......................     12.00     .6260     .3192
  Light.......................................  7.5R 4.5/14.......................     15.57     .5775     .3320
  Dark........................................  7. 5R 3.5/14......................     09.00     .6226     .3141
Orange:
  Central color...............................  5.OYR 6.0/15......................     30.05     .5510     .4214
  Yellow and Grayish..........................  6.25YR 6.0/15.....................     30.05     .5452     .4329
  Red and vivid...............................  3.75YR 6.0/15.....................     30.05     .5552     .4091
  Grayish.....................................  5.OYR 6.0/13......................     30.05     .5311     .4154
  Vivid.......................................  5.OYR 6.0/16......................     30.05     .5597     .4239
  Light.......................................  5.OYR 6.5/15......................     36.20     .5427     .4206
  Dark........................................  5.OYR 5.5/15......................     24.58     .5606     .4218
Yellow:
  Central color...............................  5.OY 8.0/12.......................     59.10     .4562     .4788
  Green.......................................  6.5Y 8.0/12.......................     59.10     .4498     .4865
  Orange and vivid............................  3.5Y 8.0/12.......................     59.10     .4632     .4669
  Grayish.....................................  5.OY 8.0/10.......................     59.10     .4376     .4601
  Vivid.......................................  5.OY 8.0/14.......................     59.10     .4699     .4920
  Light.......................................  5.OY 8.5/12.......................     68.40     .4508     .4754
  Dark........................................  5.OY 7.5/12.......................     50.68     .4620     .4823
Green:
  Central color...............................  7.5G 4.0/9........................     12.00     .2111     .4121
  Bluish......................................  0.5BG 4.0/9.......................     12.00     .1974     .3809
  Green-yellow................................  5.0G 4.0/9........................     12.00     .2237     .4399
  Grayish A...................................  7.5G 4.0/7........................     12.00     .2350     .3922
  Grayish B \2\...............................  7.5G 4.0/6........................     12.00     .2467     .3822
  Vivid.......................................  7.5G 4.0/11.......................     12.00     .1848     .4319
  Light.......................................  7.5G 4.5/9........................     15.57     .2204     .4060
  Dark........................................  7.5G 3.5/9........................     09.00     .2027     .4163
Blue:
  Central color...............................  2.5PB 3.5/10......................     09.00     .1691     .1744
  Purple......................................  4.5PB 3.5/10......................     09.00     .1796     .1711
  Green and vivid.............................  10.0B 3.5/10......................     09.00     .1557     .1815
  Grayish.....................................  2.5PB 3.5/8.......................     09.00     .1888     .1964
  Vivid.......................................  2.5PB 3.5/12......................     09.00     .1516     .1547
  Light.......................................  2.5PB 4.0/10......................     12.00     .1805     .1888
  Dark........................................  2.5PB 3.0/10......................     06.55     .1576     .1600
Purple:
  Central color...............................  10.0P 4.5/10......................     15.57     .3307     .2245
  Reddish purple..............................  2.5RP 4.5/10......................     15.57     .3584     .2377
  Blue purple.................................  7.5P 4.5/10.......................     15.57     .3068     .2145
  Reddish gray................................  10.0P 4.5/8.......................     15.57     .3280     .2391
  Gray \2\....................................  10.0P 4.5/6.5.....................     15.57     .3254     .2519
  Vivid.......................................  10.0P 4.5/12......................     15.57     .3333     .2101
  Light.......................................  10.0P 5.0/10......................     19.77     .3308     .2328
  Dark........................................  10.0P 4.0/10......................     12.00     .3306     .2162
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Maximum chroma is not limited.
\2\ For the colors green and purple, the minimum saturation (chroma) limits for porcelain enamel on metal are
  lower than for most other surface coatings. Therefore, the minimum chroma limits of these two colors as
  displayed on the Charts for comparison to porcelain enamel on metal is low, as shown for green (grayish B) and
  purple (gray).
Note: CIE = Commission Internationale de L'Eclairage.


[[Page 454]]


      Table 2--Specifications for Color Tolerance Charts for Use With Labels and Placards Surfaced With Ink
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                        CIE data for source C
                 Color/series                            Munsell notation          -----------------------------
                                                                                        Y         x         y
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Red:
Central series:
  Central color...............................  6.8R 4.47/12.8....................     15.34     .5510     .3286
  Grayish.....................................  7.2R 4.72/12.2....................     17.37     .5368     .3348
  Purple......................................  6.4R 4.49/12.7....................     15.52     .5442     .3258
  Purple and vivid............................  6.1R 4.33/13.1....................     14.25     .5529     .3209
  Vivid.......................................  6.7R 4.29/13.2....................     13.99     .5617     .3253
  Orange......................................  7.3R 4.47/12.8....................     15.34     .5572     .3331
  Orange and grayish..........................  7.65R 4.70/12.4...................     17.20     .5438     .3382
Light series:
  Light.......................................  7.0R 4.72/13.2....................     17.32     .5511     .3322
  Light and orange............................  7.4R 4.96/12.6....................     19.38     .5365     .3382
  Light and purple............................  6.6R 4.79/12.9....................     17.94     .5397     .3289
Dark series:
  Dark A......................................  6.7R 4.19/12.5....................     13.30     .5566     .3265
  Dark B......................................  7.0R 4.25/12.35...................     13.72     .5522     .3294
  Dark and purple.............................  7.5R 4.23/12.4....................     13.58     .5577     .3329
Orange:
  Central series:
    Central color.............................  5.0YR 6.10/12.15..................     31.27     .5193     .4117
    Yellow and grayish A......................  5.8YR 6.22/11.7...................     32.69     .5114     .4155
    Yellow and grayish B......................  6.1YR 6.26/11.85..................     33.20     .5109     .4190
    Vivid.....................................  5.1YR 6.07/12.3...................     30.86     .5226     .4134
    Red and vivid A...........................  3.9YR 5.87/12.75..................     28.53     .5318     .4038
    Red and vivid B...........................  3.6YR 5.91/12.6...................     29.05     .5291     .4021
    Grayish...................................  4.9YR 6.10/11.9...................     31.22     .5170     .4089
Light series:
  Light and vivid A...........................  5.8YR 6.78/12.7...................     39.94     .5120     .4177
  Light and yellow............................  6.0YR 6.80/12.8...................     40.20     .5135     .4198
  Light and vivid B...........................  4.9YR 6.60/12.9...................     37.47     .5216     .4126
Dark series:
  Dark and yellow.............................  5.8YR 5.98/11.0...................     29.87     .5052     .4132
  Dark A......................................  5.1YR 5.80/11.1...................     27.80     .5127     .4094
  Dark B......................................  5.0YR 5.80/11.0...................     27.67     .5109     .4068
Yellow:
  Central series:
    Central color.............................  4.3Y 7.87/10.3....................     56.81     .4445     .4589
    Vivid A...................................  4.5Y 7.82/10.8....................     55.92     .4503     .4658
    Vivid B...................................  3.3Y 7.72/11.35...................     54.24     .4612     .4624
    Vivid and orange..........................  3.2Y 7.72/10.8....................     54.25     .4576     .4572
    Grayish A.................................  4.1Y 7.95/9.7.....................     58.18     .4380     .4516
    Grayish B.................................  5.1Y 8.06/9.05....................     60.12     .4272     .4508
    Green-yellow..............................  5.2Y 7.97/9.9.....................     58.53     .4356     .4605
Light series:
  Light.......................................  5.4Y 8.59/10.5....................     70.19     .4351     .4628
  Light and green-yellow......................  5.4Y 8.56/11.2....................     69.59     .4414     .4692
  Light and vivid.............................  4.4Y 8.45/11.4....................     67.42     .4490     .4662
Dark series:
  Dark and green-yellow.......................  4.4Y 7.57/9.7.....................     51.82     .4423     .4562
  Dark and orange A...........................  3.4Y 7.39/10.4....................     48.86     .4584     .4590
  Dark and orange B...........................  3.5Y 7.41/10.0....................     49.20     .4517     .4544
Green:
  Central series:
    Central color.............................  9.75G 4.26/7.75...................     13.80     .2214     .3791
    Grayish...................................  10G 4.46/7.5......................     15.25     .2263     .3742
    Blue A....................................  1.4BG 4.20/7.4....................     13.36     .2151     .3625
    Blue B....................................  1.0BG 4.09/7.75...................     12.60     .2109     .3685
    Vivid.....................................  8.4G 4.09/8.05....................     12.59     .2183     .3954
    Vivid green-yellow........................  7.0G 4.23/8.0.....................     13.54     .2292     .4045
    Green-yellow..............................  7.85G 4.46/7.7....................     15.23     .2313     .3914
Light series:
  Light and vivid.............................  9.5G 4.45/8.8.....................     15.21     .2141     .3863
  Light and blue..............................  0.2BG 4.31/8.8....................     14.12     .2069     .3814
  Light and green-yellow......................  8.3G 4.29/9.05....................     14.01     .2119     .4006
Dark series:
  Dark and green-yellow.......................  7.1G 4.08/7.1.....................     12.55     .2354     .3972
  Dark and grayish............................  9.5G 4.11/6.9.....................     12.70     .2282     .3764
  Dark........................................  8.5G 3.97/7.2.....................     11.78     .2269     .3874

[[Page 455]]

 
Blue:
  Central series:
    Central color.............................  3.5PB 3.94/9.7....................     11.58     .1885     .1911
    Green and grayish A.......................  2.0PB 4.35/8.7....................     14.41     .1962     .2099
    Green and grayish B.......................  1.7PB 4.22/9.0....................     13.50     .1898     .2053
    Vivid.....................................  2.9PB 3.81/9.7....................     10.78     .1814     .1852
    Purple and vivid A........................  4.7PB 3.53/10.0...................      9.15     .1817     .1727
    Purple and vivid B........................  5.0PB 3.71/9.9....................     10.20     .1888     .1788
    Grayish...................................  3.75PB 4.03/9.1...................     12.17     .1943     .1961
Light series:
  Light and green A...........................  1.7PB 4.32/9.2....................     14.22     .1904     .2056
  Light and green B...........................  1.5PB 4.11/9.6....................     12.72     .1815     .1971
  Light and vivid.............................  3.2PB 3.95/10.05..................     11.70     .1831     .1868
Dark series:
  Dark and grayish............................  3.9PB 4.01/8.7....................     12.04     .1982     .1992
  Dark and purple A...........................  4.8PB 3.67/9.3....................      9.95     .1918     .1831
  Dark and purple B...........................  5.2PB 3.80/9.05...................     10.76     .1985     .1885
Purple:
  Central series:
    Central color.............................  9.5P 4.71/11.3....................     17.25     .3274     .2165
    Red.......................................  1.0RP 5.31/10.8...................     22.70     .3404     .2354
    Red and vivid A...........................  1.4RP 5.00/11.9...................     19.78     .3500     .2274
    Red and vivid B...........................  0.2RP 4.39/12.5...................     14.70     .3365     .2059
    Vivid.....................................  8.0P 4.04/12.0....................     12.23     .3098     .1916
    Blue......................................  7.0P 4.39/10.8....................     14.71     .3007     .2037
    Grayish...................................  8.8P 5.00/10.3....................     19.73     .3191     .2251
Light series:
  Light and red A.............................  0.85RP 5.56/11.1..................     25.18     .3387     .2356
  Light and red B.............................  1.1RP 5.27/12.3...................     22.27     .3460     .2276
  Light and vivid.............................  9.2P 4.94/11.95...................     19.24     .3247     .2163
Dark series:
  Dark and grayish............................  9.6P 4.70/10.9....................     17.19     .3283     .2204
  Dark and vivid..............................  8.4P 4.05/11.6....................     12.35     .3144     .1970
  Dark and blue...............................  7.5P 4.32/10.5....................     14.19     .3059     .2078
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


              Table 3--Specification for Colors for Use With Labels Printed on Packagings Surfaces
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                CIE data for source C                    Red     Orange    Yellow     Green     Blue     Purple
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
x...................................................      .424      .460      .417      .228      .200      .377
y...................................................      .306      .370      .392      .354      .175      .205
x...................................................      .571      .543      .490      .310      .255      .377
y...................................................      .306      .400      .442      .354      .250      .284
x...................................................      .424      .445      .390      .228      .177      .342
y...................................................      .350      .395      .430      .403      .194      .205
x...................................................      .571      .504      .440      .310      .230      .342
y...................................................      .350      .430      .492      .403      .267      .284
 
Y (high)............................................      23.0      41.6      72.6      20.6      15.9      21.2
Y (low).............................................       7.7      19.5      29.1       7.4       6.5       8.2
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


[Amdt. 172-50, 44 FR 9757, Feb. 15, 1979; Amdt. 172-50, 44 FR 10984, 
Feb. 26, 1979, as amended by Amdt. 172-50, 44 FR 22467, Apr. 16, 1979; 
50 FR 45731, Nov. 1, 1985; Amdt. 172-127, 59 FR 49133, Sept. 26, 1994]



               Sec. Appendix B to Part 172--Trefoil Symbol

    1. Except as provided in paragraph 2 of this appendix, the trefoil 
symbol required for RADIOACTIVE labels and placards and required to be 
marked on certain packages of Class 7 materials must conform to the 
design and size requirements of this appendix.
    2. RADIOACTIVE labels and placards that were printed prior to April 
1, 1996, in conformance with the requirements of this subchapter in 
effect on March 30, 1996, may continue to be used.

[[Page 456]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR28SE95.005

1 = Radius of Circle--
    Minimum dimensions
    4 mm (0.16 inch) for markings and labels
    12.5 mm (0.5 inch) for placards
2 = 1\1/2\ Radii
3 = 5 radii for markings and labels
    4\1/2\ radii for placards.

[60 FR 50306, Sept. 28, 1995, as amended by Amdt. 172-143, 61 FR 20750, 
May 8, 1996]

[[Page 457]]



Sec. Appendix C to Part 172--Dimensional Specifications for Recommended 
                             Placard Holder
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC02MR91.061



         Sec. Appendix D to Part 172--Rail Risk Analysis Factors

    A. This appendix sets forth the minimum criteria that must be 
considered by rail carriers when performing the safety and security risk 
analyses required by Sec.172.820. The risk analysis to be performed 
may be quantitative, qualitative, or a combination of both. In addition 
to clearly identifying the hazardous material(s) and route(s) being 
analyzed, the analysis must provide a thorough description of the 
threats, identified vulnerabilities, and mitigation measures implemented 
to address identified vulnerabilities.
    B. In evaluating the safety and security of hazardous materials 
transport, selection of the route for transportation is critical. For 
the purpose of rail transportation route analysis, as specified in Sec.
172.820(c) and (d), a route may include the point where the carrier 
takes possession of the material and all track and railroad facilities 
up to the point

[[Page 458]]

where the material is relinquished to another entity. Railroad 
facilities are railroad property including, but not limited to, 
classification and switching yards, storage facilities, and non-private 
sidings; however, they do not include an offeror's facility, private 
track, private siding, or consignee's facility. Each rail carrier must 
use best efforts to communicate with its shippers, consignees, and 
interlining partners to ensure the safety and security of shipments 
during all stages of transportation.
    C. Because of the varying operating environments and interconnected 
nature of the rail system, each carrier must select and document the 
analysis method/model used and identify the routes to be analyzed.
    D. The safety and security risk analysis must consider current data 
and information as well as changes that may reasonably be anticipated to 
occur during the analysis year. Factors to be considered in the 
performance of this safety and security risk analysis include:
    1. Volume of hazardous material transported;
    2. Rail traffic density;
    3. Trip length for route;
    4. Presence and characteristics of railroad facilities;
    5. Track type, class, and maintenance schedule;
    6. Track grade and curvature;
    7. Presence or absence of signals and train control systems along 
the route (``dark'' versus signaled territory);
    8. Presence or absence of wayside hazard detectors;
    9. Number and types of grade crossings;
    10. Single versus double track territory;
    11. Frequency and location of track turnouts;
    12. Proximity to iconic targets;
    13. Environmentally sensitive or significant areas;
    14. Population density along the route;
    15. Venues along the route (stations, events, places of 
congregation);
    16. Emergency response capability along the route;
    17. Areas of high consequence along the route, including high 
consequence targets as defined in Sec.172.820(c);
    18. Presence of passenger traffic along route (shared track);
    19. Speed of train operations;
    20. Proximity to en-route storage or repair facilities;
    21. Known threats, including any non-public threat scenarios 
provided by the Department of Homeland Security or the Department of 
Transportation for carrier use in the development of the route 
assessment;
    22. Measures in place to address apparent safety and security risks;
    23. Availability of practicable alternative routes;
    24. Past incidents;
    25. Overall times in transit;
    26. Training and skill level of crews; and
    27. Impact on rail network traffic and congestion.

[73 FR 20772, Apr. 16, 2008]



PART 173_SHIPPERS_GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR SHIPMENTS AND PACKAGINGS
--Table of Contents



                            Subpart A_General

Sec.
173.1 Purpose and scope.
173.2 Hazardous materials classes and index to hazard class definitions.
173.2a Classification of a material having more than one hazard.
173.3 Packaging and exceptions.
173.4 Small quantity exceptions.
173.4a Excepted quantities.
173.5 Agricultural operations.
173.5a Oilfield service vehicles, mechanical displacement meter provers, 
          and roadway striping vehicles exceptions.
173.5b Portable and mobile refrigeration systems.
173.6 Materials of trade exceptions.
173.7 Government operations and materials.
173.8 Exceptions for non-specification packagings used in intrastate 
          transportation.
173.9 Transport vehicles or freight containers containing lading which 
          has been fumigated.
173.10 Tank car shipments.
173.11 Exceptions for shipment of light bulbs containing hazardous 
          materials.
173.12 Exceptions for shipment of waste materials.
173.13 Exceptions for Class 3, Divisions 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 5.1, 6.1, and 
          Classes 8 and 9 materials.

     Subpart B_Preparation of Hazardous Materials for Transportation

173.21 Forbidden materials and packages.
173.22 Shipper's responsibility.
173.22a Use of packagings authorized under special permits.
173.23 Previously authorized packaging.
173.24 General requirements for packagings and packages.
173.24a Additional general requirements for non-bulk packagings and 
          packages.
173.24b Additional general requirements for bulk packagings.
173.25 Authorized packagings and overpacks.
173.26 Quantity limitations.
173.27 General requirements for transportation by aircraft.
173.28 Reuse, reconditioning and remanufacture of packagings.

[[Page 459]]

173.29 Empty packagings.
173.30 Loading and unloading of transport vehicles.
173.31 Use of tank cars.
173.32 Requirements for the use of portable tanks.
173.33 Hazardous materials in cargo tank motor vehicles.
173.34 [Reserved]
173.35 Hazardous materials in intermediate bulk containers (IBCs).
173.36 Hazardous materials in Large Packagings.
173.37 Hazardous Materials in Flexible Bulk Containers.
173.40 General packaging requirements for toxic materials packaged in 
          cylinders.
173.41 Sampling and testing program for unrefined petroleum-based 
          products.

     Subpart C_Definitions, Classification and Packaging for Class 1

173.50 Class 1--Definitions.
173.51 Authorization to offer and transport explosives.
173.52 Classification codes and compatibility groups of explosives.
173.53 Provisions for using old classifications of explosives.
173.54 Forbidden explosives.
173.55 [Reserved]
173.56 New explosives--Definition and procedures for classification and 
          approval.
173.57 Acceptance criteria for new explosives.
173.58 Assignment of class and division for new explosives.
173.59 Description of terms for explosives.
173.60 General packaging requirements for explosives.
173.61 Mixed packaging requirements.
173.62 Specific packaging requirements for explosives.
173.63 Packaging exceptions.
173.64 Exceptions for Division 1.3 and 1.4 fireworks.
173.65 Exceptions for Division 1.4G consumer fireworks.
173.66 Requirements for bulk packagings of certain explosives and 
          oxidizers.

  Subpart D_Definitions, Classification, Packing Group Assignments and 
    Exceptions for Hazardous Material Other Than Class 1 and Class 7

173.115 Class 2, Divisions 2.1, 2.2, and 2.3--Definitions.
173.116 Class 2--Assignment of hazard zone.
173.117-173.119 [Reserved]
173.120 Class 3--Definitions.
173.121 Class 3--Assignment of packing group.
173.124 Class 4, Divisions 4.1, 4.2 and 4.3--Definitions.
173.125 Class 4--Assignment of packing group.
173.127 Class 5, Division 5.1--Definition and assignment of packing 
          groups.
173.128 Class 5, Division 5.2--Definitions and types.
173.129 [Reserved]
173.132 Class 6, Division 6.1--Definitions.
173.133 Assignment of packing group and hazard zones for Division 6.1 
          materials.
173.134 Class 6, Division 6.2--Definitions and exceptions.
173.136 Class 8--Definitions.
173.137 Class 8--Assignment of packing group.
173.140 Class 9--Definitions.
173.141 Class 9--Assignment of packing group.
173.144 Other Regulated Materials (ORM)--Definitions.
173.145 Other Regulated Materials--Assignment of packing group.
173.150 Exceptions for Class 3 (flammable and combustible liquids).
173.151 Exceptions for Class 4.
173.152 Exceptions for Division 5.1 (oxidizers) and Division 5.2 
          (organic peroxides).
173.153 Exceptions for Division 6.1 (poisonous materials).
173.154 Exceptions for Class 8 (corrosive materials).
173.155 Exceptions for Class 9 (miscellaneous hazardous materials).
173.156 Exceptions for limited quantity and ORM.
173.157 Reverse logistics--General requirements and exceptions for 
          reverse logistics.

Subpart E_Non-bulk Packaging for Hazardous Materials Other Than Class 1 
                               and Class 7

173.158 Nitric acid.
173.159 Batteries, wet.
173.159a Exceptions for non-spillable batteries.
173.160 Bombs, smoke, non-explosive (corrosive).
173.161 Chemical kits and first aid kits.
173.162 Gallium.
173.163 Hydrogen fluoride.
173.164 Mercury (metallic and articles containing mercury).
173.165 Polyester resin kits.
173.166 Safety devices.
173.167 Consumer commodities.
173.168 Chemical oxygen generators.
173.170 Black powder for small arms.
173.171 Smokeless powder for small arms.
173.172 Aircraft hydraulic power unit fuel tank.
173.173 Paint, paint-related material, adhesives and ink and resins.
173.174 Refrigerating machines.
173.175 Permeation devices.

[[Page 460]]

173.176 Capacitors.
173.181 Pyrophoric materials (liquids).
173.182 Barium azide--50 percent or more water wet.
173.183 Nitrocellulose base film.
173.184 Highway or rail fusee.
173.185 Lithium batteries and cells.
173.186 Matches.
173.187 Pyrophoric solids, metals or alloys, n.o.s.
173.188 White or yellow phosphorous.
173.189 Batteries containing sodium or cells containing sodium.
173.192 Packaging for certain toxic gases in Hazard Zone A.
173.193 Bromoacetone, methyl bromide, chloropicrin and methyl bromide or 
          methyl chloride mixtures, etc.
173.194 Gas identification sets.
173.195 Hydrogen cyanide, anhydrous, stabilized (hydrocyanic acid, 
          aqueous solution).
173.196 Category A infectious substances.
173.197 Regulated medical waste.
173.198 Nickel carbonyl.
173.199 Category B infectious substances.
173.201 Non-bulk packagings for liquid hazardous materials in Packing 
          Group I.
173.202 Non-bulk packagings for liquid hazardous materials in Packing 
          Group II.
173.203 Non-bulk packagings for liquid hazardous materials in Packing 
          Group III.
173.204 Non-bulk, non-specification packagings for certain hazardous 
          materials.
173.205 Specification cylinders for liquid hazardous materials.
173.206 Packaging requirements for chlorosilanes.
173.211 Non-bulk packagings for solid hazardous materials in Packing 
          Group I.
173.212 Non-bulk packagings for solid hazardous materials in Packing 
          Group II.
173.213 Non-bulk packagings for solid hazardous materials in Packing 
          Group III.
173.214 Packagings which require approval by the Associate 
          Administrator.
173.216 Asbestos, blue, brown, or white.
173.217 Carbon dioxide, solid (dry ice).
173.218 Fish meal or fish scrap.
173.219 Life-saving appliances.
173.220 Internal combustion engines, vehicles, machinery containing 
          internal combustion engines, battery-powered equipment or 
          machinery, fuel cell-powered equipment or machinery.
173.221 Polymeric beads, expandable and Plastic molding compound.
173.222 Dangerous good in machinery or apparatus.
173.223 Packagings for certain flammable solids.
173.224 Packaging and control and emergency temperatures for self-
          reactive materials.
173.225 Packaging requirements and other provisions for organic 
          peroxides.
173.226 Materials poisonous by inhalation, Division 6.1, Packing Group 
          I, Hazard Zone A.
173.227 Materials poisonous by inhalation, Division 6.1, Packing Group 
          I, Hazard Zone B.
173.228 Bromine pentafluoride or bromine trifluoride.
173.229 Chloric acid solution or chlorine dioxide hydrate, frozen.
173.230 Fuel cell cartridges containing hazardous material.
173.231 Ammonium nitrate emulsion, suspension or gel.

Subpart F_Bulk Packaging for Hazardous Materials Other Than Class 1 and 
                                 Class 7

173.240 Bulk packaging for certain low hazard solid materials.
173.241 Bulk packagings for certain low hazard liquid and solid 
          materials.
173.242 Bulk packagings for certain medium hazard liquids and solids, 
          including solids with dual hazards.
173.243 Bulk packaging for certain high hazard liquids and dual hazard 
          materials which pose a moderate hazard.
173.244 Bulk packaging for certain pyrophoric liquids (Division 4.2), 
          dangerous when wet (Division 4.3) materials, and poisonous 
          liquids with inhalation hazards (Division 6.1).
173.245 Bulk packaging for extremely hazardous materials such as 
          poisonous gases (Division 2.3).
173.247 Bulk packaging for certain elevated temperature materials.
173.249 Bromine.
173.251 Bulk packaging for ammonium nitrate emulsion, suspension, or 
          gel.

               Subpart G_Gases; Preparation and Packaging

173.300 [Reserved]
173.301 General requirements for shipment of compressed gases and other 
          hazardous materials in cylinders, UN pressure receptacles and 
          spherical pressure vessels.
173.301a Additional general requirements for shipment of specification 
          cylinders.
173.301b Additional general requirements for shipment of UN pressure 
          receptacles.
173.302 Filling of cylinders with nonliquefied (permanent) compressed 
          gases or adsorbed gases.
173.302a Additional requirements for shipment nonliquefied (permanent) 
          compressed gases in specification cylinders.
173.302b Additional requirements for shipment of non-liquefied 
          (permanent) compressed gases in UN pressure receptacles.
173.302c Additional requirements for the shipment of adsorbed gases in 
          UN pressure receptacles.

[[Page 461]]

173.303 Charging of cylinders with compressed gas in solution 
          (acetylene).
173.304 Filling of cylinders with liquefied compressed gases.
173.304a Additional requirements for shipment of liquefied compressed 
          gases in specification cylinders.
173.304b Additional requirements for shipment of liquefied compressed 
          gases in UN pressure receptacles.
173.305 Charging of cylinders with a mixture of compressed gas and other 
          material.
173.306 Limited quantities of compressed gases.
173.307 Exceptions for compressed gases.
173.308 Cigarette lighter or other similar device charged with fuel.
173.309 Fire extinguishers.
173.310 Exceptions for radiation detectors.
173.311 Metal hydride storage systems.
173.312 Requirements for shipment of MEGCs.
173.313 UN Portable Tank Table for Liquefied Compressed Gases and 
          Chemical Under Pressure.
173.314 Compressed gases in tank cars and multi-unit tank cars.
173.315 Compressed gases in cargo tanks and portable tanks.
173.316 Cryogenic liquids in cylinders.
173.318 Cryogenic liquids in cargo tanks.
173.319 Cryogenic liquids in tank cars.
173.320 Cryogenic liquids; exceptions.
173.321 Ethylamine.
173.322 Ethyl chloride.
173.323 Ethylene oxide.
173.334 Organic phosphates mixed with compressed gas.
173.335 Chemical under pressure n.o.s.
173.336 Nitrogen dioxide, liquefied, or dinitrogen tetroxide, liquefied.
173.337 Nitric oxide.
173.338 Tungsten hexafluoride.
173.340 Tear gas devices.

Subpart H [Reserved]

                Subpart I_Class 7 (Radioactive) Materials

173.401 Scope.
173.403 Definitions.
173.410 General design requirements.
173.411 Industrial packages.
173.412 Additional design requirements for Type A packages.
173.413 Requirements for Type B packages.
173.415 Authorized Type A packages.
173.416 Authorized Type B packages.
173.417 Authorized fissile materials packages.
173.418 Authorized packages--pyrophoric Class 7 (radioactive) materials.
173.419 Authorized packages--oxidizing Class 7 (radioactive) materials.
173.420 Uranium hexafluoride (fissile, fissile excepted and non-
          fissile).
173.421 Excepted packages for limited quantities of Class 7 
          (radioactive) materials.
173.422 Additional requirements for excepted packages containing Class 7 
          (radioactive) materials.
173.423 Requirements for multiple hazard limited quantity Class 7 
          (radioactive) materials.
173.424 Excepted packages for radioactive instruments and articles.
173.425 Table of activity limits--excepted quantities and articles.
173.426 Excepted packages for articles containing natural uranium or 
          thorium.
173.427 Transport requirements for low specific activity (LSA) Class 7 
          (radioactive) material and surface contaminated objects (SCO).
173.428 Empty Class 7 (radioactive) materials packaging.
173.431 Activity limits for Type A and Type B packages.
173.433 Requirements for determining basic radionuclide values, and for 
          the listing of radionuclides on shipping papers and labels.
173.434 Activity-mass relationships for uranium and natural thorium.
173.435 Table of A1 and A2 values for 
          radionuclides.
173.436 Exempt material activity concentrations and exempt consignment 
          activity limits for radionuclides.
173.441 Radiation level limitations and exclusive use provisions.
173.442 Thermal limitations.
173.443 Contamination control.
173.447 Storage incident to transportation--general requirements.
173.448 General transportation requirements.
173.453 Fissile materials--exceptions.
173.457 Transportation of fissile material packages--specific 
          requirements.
173.459 Mixing of fissile material packages with non-fissile or fissile-
          excepted material packages.
173.461 Demonstration of compliance with tests.
173.462 Preparation of specimens for testing.
173.465 Type A packaging tests.
173.466 Additional tests for Type A packagings designed for liquids and 
          gases.
173.467 Tests for demonstrating the ability of Type B and fissile 
          materials packagings to withstand accident conditions in 
          transportation.
173.468 Test for LSA-III material.
173.469 Tests for special form Class 7 (radioactive) materials.
173.471 Requirements for U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission approved 
          packages.
173.472 Requirements for exporting DOT Specification Type B and fissile 
          packages.
173.473 Requirements for foreign-made packages.

[[Page 462]]

173.474 Quality control for construction of packaging.
173.475 Quality control requirements prior to each shipment of Class 7 
          (radioactive) materials.
173.476 Approval of special form Class 7 (radioactive) materials.
173.477 Approval of packagings containing greater than 0.1 kg of non-
          fissile or fissile-excepted uranium hexafluoride.

Subparts J-O [Reserved]

Appendix A to Part 173 [Reserved]
Appendix B to Part 173--Procedure for Testing Chemical Compatibility and 
          Rate of Permeation in Plastic Packaging and Receptacles
Appendix C to Part 173--Procedure for Base-level Vibration Testing
Appendix D to Part 173--Test Methods for Dynamite (Explosive, Blasting, 
          Type A)
Appendixes E-G to Part 173 [Reserved]
Appendix H to Part 173--Method of Testing for Sustained Combustibility

    Authority: 49 U.S.C. 5101-5128, 44701; 49 CFR 1.81, 1.96 and 1.97.

    Editorial Note: Nomenclature changes to part 173 appear at 70 FR 
56098, Sept. 23, 2005.



                            Subpart A_General



Sec.173.1  Purpose and scope.

    (a) This part includes:
    (1) Definitions of hazardous materials for transportation purposes;
    (2) Requirements to be observed in preparing hazardous materials for 
shipment by air, highway, rail, or water, or any combination thereof; 
and
    (3) Inspection, testing, and retesting responsibilities for persons 
who retest, recondition, maintain, repair and rebuild containers used or 
intended for use in the transportation of hazardous materials.
    (b) A shipment of hazardous materials that is not prepared in 
accordance with this subchapter may not be offered for transportation by 
air, highway, rail, or water. It is the responsibility of each hazmat 
employer subject to the requirements of this subchapter to ensure that 
each hazmat employee is trained in accordance with the requirements 
prescribed in this subchapter. It is the duty of each person who offers 
hazardous materials for transportation to instruct each of his officers, 
agents, and employees having any responsibility for preparing hazardous 
materials for shipment as to applicable regulations in this subchapter.
    (c) In general, the Hazardous Materials Regulations (HMR) contained 
in this subchapter are based on the UN Recommendations and are 
consistent with international regulations issued by the International 
Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO Technical Instructions) and the 
International Maritime Organization (IMDG Code). However, the HMR are 
not consistent in all respects with the UN Recommendations, the ICAO 
Technical Instructions or the IMDG Code, and compliance with the HMR 
will not guarantee acceptance by regulatory bodies outside of the United 
States.

[Amdt. 173-94, 41 FR 16062, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 173-100, 
41 FR 40476, Sept. 20, 1976; Amdt. 173-161, 48 FR 2655, Jan. 20, 1983; 
Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52606, Dec. 21, 1990; Amdt. 173-231, 57 FR 20953, 
May 15, 1992; 64 FR 10776, Mar. 5, 1999; 68 FR 61941, Oct. 30, 2003]



Sec.173.2  Hazardous materials classes and index to hazard class
definitions.

    The hazard class of a hazardous material is indicated either by its 
class (or division) number, its class name, or by the letters ``ORM-D''. 
The following table lists class numbers, division numbers, class or 
division names and those sections of this subchapter which contain 
definitions for classifying hazardous materials, including forbidden 
materials.

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                49 CFR
                   Division                                   reference
   Class No.       No. (if      Name of class or division        for
                     any)                                    definitions
------------------------------------------------------------------------
None             ...........  Forbidden materials..........       173.21
None             ...........  Forbidden explosives.........       173.54
1                        1.1  Explosives (with a mass             173.50
                               explosion hazard).
1                        1.2  Explosives (with a projection       173.50
                               hazard).
1                        1.3  Explosives (with                    173.50
                               predominately a fire hazard).
1                        1.4  Explosives (with no                 173.50
                               significant blast hazard).
1                        1.5  Very insensitive explosives;        173.50
                               blasting agents.
1                        1.6  Extremely insensitive               173.50
                               detonating substances.

[[Page 463]]

 
2                        2.1  Flammable gas................      173.115
2                        2.2  Non-flammable compressed gas.      173.115
2                        2.3  Poisonous gas................      173.115
3                ...........  Flammable and combustible          173.120
                               liquid.
4                        4.1  Flammable solid..............      173.124
4                        4.2  Spontaneously combustible          173.124
                               material.
4                        4.3  Dangerous when wet material..      173.124
5                        5.1  Oxidizer.....................      173.127
5                        5.2  Organic peroxide.............      173.128
6                        6.1  Poisonous materials..........      173.132
6                        6.2  Infectious substance               173.134
                               (Etiologic agent).
7                ...........  Radioactive material.........      173.403
8                ...........  Corrosive material...........      173.136
9                ...........  Miscellaneous hazardous            173.140
                               material.
None             ...........  Other regulated material: ORM-     173.144
                               D.
------------------------------------------------------------------------


[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52606, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 57 FR 45460, 
Oct. 1, 1992; Amdt. 173-234, 58 FR 51531, Oct. 1, 1993]



Sec.173.2a  Classification of a material having more than one hazard.

    (a) Classification of a material having more than one hazard. Except 
as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, a material not 
specifically listed in the Sec.172.101 table that meets the definition 
of more than one hazard class or division as defined in this part, shall 
be classed according to the highest applicable hazard class of the 
following hazard classes, which are listed in descending order of 
hazard:
    (1) Class 7 (radioactive materials, other than limited quantities; 
and shipments of UN 3507, Uranium hexafluoride, radioactive material, 
excepted package)
    (2) Division 2.3 (poisonous gases).
    (3) Division 2.1 (flammable gases).
    (4) Division 2.2 (nonflammable gases).
    (5) Division 6.1 (poisonous liquids), Packing Group I, poisonous-by-
inhalation only.
    (6) A material that meets the definition of a pyrophoric material in 
Sec.173.124(b)(1) of this subchapter (Division 4.2).
    (7) A material that meets the definition of a self-reactive material 
in Sec.173.124(a)(2) of this subchapter (Division 4.1).
    (8) Class 3 (flammable liquids), Class 8 (corrosive materials), 
Division 4.1 (flammable solids), Division 4.2 (spontaneously combustible 
materials), Division 4.3 (dangerous when wet materials), Division 5.1 
(oxidizers) or Division 6.1 (poisonous liquids or solids other than 
Packing Group I, poisonous-by-inhalation). The hazard class and packing 
group for a material meeting more than one of these hazards shall be 
determined using the precedence table in paragraph (b) of this section.
    (9) Combustible liquids.
    (10) Class 9 (miscellaneous hazardous materials).
    (b) Precedence of hazard table for Classes 3 and 8 and Divisions 
4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 5.1 and 6.1. The following table ranks those materials 
that meet the definition of Classes 3 and 8 and Divisions 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 
5.1 and 6.1:

                                                               Precedence of Hazard Table
                                                     [ Hazard class or division and packing group ]
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                    5.1  5.1  5.1           6.1,                                                     8,
                                                          4.2  4.3   I    II  III   6.1, I    I   6.1   6.1   8, I    8, I   8, II  8, II  8, III   III
                                                                    \1\  \1\  \1\   dermal  oral   II   III  liquid  solid  liquid  solid  liquid  solid
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 I\2\..................................................  ...  4.3  ...  ...  ...      3     3    3     3       3    (\3\)     3    (\3\)     3    (\3\)
3 II\2\.................................................  ...  4.3  ...  ...  ...      3     3    3     3       8    (\3\)     3    (\3\)     3    (\3\)
3 III\2\................................................  ...  4.3  ...  ...  ...      6.1   6.1  6.1  3\4\     8    (\3\)     8    (\3\)     3    (\3\)
4.1 II \2\..............................................  4.2  4.3  5.1  4.1  4.1      6.1   6.1  4.1   4.1  (\3\)     8    (\3\)     4.1  (\3\)     4.1
4.1 III \2\.............................................  4.2  4.3  5.1  4.1  4.1      6.1   6.1  6.1   4.1  (\3\)     8    (\3\)     8    (\3\)     4.1
4.2 II..................................................  ...  4.3  5.1  4.2  4.2      6.1   6.1  4.2   4.2     8      8       4.2    4.2     4.2    4.2
4.2 III.................................................  ...  4.3  5.1  5.1  4.2      6.1   6.1  6.1   4.2     8      8       8      8       4.2    4.2

[[Page 464]]

 
4.3 I...................................................  ...  ...  5.1  4.3  4.3      6.1   4.3  4.3   4.3     4.3    4.3     4.3    4.3     4.3    4.3
4.3 II..................................................  ...  ...  5.1  4.3  4.3      6.1   4.3  4.3   4.3     8      8       4.3    4.3     4.3    4.3
4.3 III.................................................  ...  ...  5.1  5.1  4.3      6.1   6.1  6.1   4.3     8      8       8      8       4.3    4.3
5.1 I \1\...............................................  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...      5.1   5.1  5.1   5.1     5.1    5.1     5.1    5.1     5.1    5.1
5.1 II \1\..............................................  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...      6.1   5.1  5.1   5.1     8      8       5.1    5.1     5.1    5.1
5.1 III \1\.............................................  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...      6.1   6.1  6.1   5.1     8      8       8      8       5.1    5.1
6.1 I, Dermal...........................................  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  .......  ....  ...  ....     8      6.1     6.1    6.1     6.1    6.1
6.1 I, Oral.............................................  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  .......  ....  ...  ....     8      6.1     6.1    6.1     6.1    6.1
6.1 II, Inhalation......................................  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  .......  ....  ...  ....     8      6.1     6.1    6.1     6.1    6.1
6.1 II, Dermal..........................................  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  .......  ....  ...  ....     8      6.1     8      6.1     6.1    6.1
6.1 II, Oral............................................  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  .......  ....  ...  ....     8      8       8      6.1     6.1    6.1
6.1 III.................................................  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  .......  ....  ...  ....     8      8       8      8       8      8
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ See Sec. 173.127.
\2\ Materials of Division 4.1 other than self-reactive substances and solid desensitized explosives, and materials of Class 3 other than liquid
  desensitized explosives.
\3\ Denotes an impossible combination.
\4\ For pesticides only, where a material has the hazards of Class 3, Packing Group III, and Division 6.1, Packing Group III, the primary hazard is
  Division 6.1, Packing Group III.

    Note 1: The most stringent packing group assigned to a hazard of the 
material takes precedence over other packing groups; for example, a 
material meeting Class 3 PG II and Division 6.1 PG I (oral toxicity) is 
classified as Class 3 PG I.
    Note 2: A material which meets the definition of Class 8 and has an 
inhalation toxicity by dusts and mists which meets criteria for Packing 
Group I specified in Sec.173.133(a)(1) must be classed as Division 6.1 
if the oral or dermal toxicity meets criteria for Packing Group I or II. 
If the oral or dermal toxicity meets criteria for Packing Group III or 
less, the material must be classed as Class 8.

    (c) The following materials are not subject to the provisions of 
paragraph (a) of this section because of their unique properties:
    (1) A Class 1 (explosive) material that meets any other hazard class 
or division as defined in this part shall be assigned a division in 
Class 1. Class 1 materials shall be classed and approved in accordance 
with Sec.173.56 of this part;
    (2) A Division 5.2 (organic peroxide) material that meets the 
definition of any other hazard class or division as defined in this 
part, shall be classed as Division 5.2;
    (3) A Division 6.2 (infectious substance) material that also meets 
the definition of another hazard class or division, other than Class 7, 
or that also is a limited quantity Class 7 material, shall be classed as 
Division 6.2;
    (4) A material that meets the definition of a wetted explosive in 
Sec.173.124(a)(1) of this subchapter (Division 4.1). Wetted explosives 
are either specifically listed in the Sec.172.101 table or are 
approved by the Associate Administrator (see Sec.173.124(a)(1) of this 
subchapter); and
    (5) A limited quantity of a Class 7 (radioactive) material that 
meets the definition for more than one hazard class or division shall be 
classed in accordance with Sec.173.423.

[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52606, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66264, 
Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 173-241, 59 FR 67490, Dec. 29, 1994; Amdt. 173-247, 
60 FR 48787, Sept. 20, 1995; Amdt. 173-244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995; 
64 FR 10776, Mar. 5, 1999; 66 FR 33426, June 21, 2001; 66 FR 45182, 
45379, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 45032, July 31, 2003; 80 FR 1151, Jan. 8, 
2015]



Sec.173.3  Packaging and exceptions.

    (a) The packaging of hazardous materials for transportation by air, 
highway, rail, or water must be as specified in this part. Methods of 
manufacture, packing, and storage of hazardous materials, that affect 
safety in transportation, must be open to inspection by a duly 
authorized representative of the initial carrier or of the Department. 
Methods of manufacture and related functions necessary for completion of 
a DOT specification or U.N. standard packaging must be open to 
inspection by a representative of the Department.
    (b) The regulations setting forth packaging requirements for a 
specific material apply to all modes of transportation unless otherwise 
stated, or

[[Page 465]]

unless exceptions from packaging requirements are authorized.
    (c) Salvage drums. Packages of hazardous materials that are damaged, 
defective, or leaking; packages found to be not conforming to the 
requirements of this subchapter after having been placed in 
transportation; and, hazardous materials that have spilled or leaked may 
be placed in a metal or plastic removable head salvage drum that is 
compatible with the lading and shipped for repackaging or disposal under 
the following conditions:
    (1) Except as provided in paragraph (c)(7) of this section, the drum 
must be a UN 1A2, 1B2, 1N2 or 1H2 tested and marked for Packing Group 
III or higher performance standards for liquids or solids and a 
leakproofness test of 20 kPa (3 psig). Alternatively, a drum 
manufactured and marked prior to October 1, 1993 as a salvage drum, in 
accordance with the provisions of this section in effect on September 
30, 1991, is authorized. Capacity of the drum may not exceed 450 L (119 
gallons).
    (2) Each drum shall be provided when necessary with sufficient 
cushioning and absorption material to prevent excessive shifting of the 
damaged package and to eliminate the presence of any free liquid at the 
time the salvage drum is closed. All cushioning and absorbent material 
used in the drum must be compatible with the hazardous material.
    (3) Each salvage packaging must be marked with the proper shipping 
name of the hazardous material inside the packaging and the name and 
address of the consignee. In addition, the packaging must be marked 
``SALVAGE''. The lettering of the marking must be at least 12 mm (0.5 
inches) high.
    (i) Transitional exception. A marking in conformance with the 
requirements of this paragraph in effect on December 31, 2014, may 
continue to be used until December 31, 2016.
    (ii) For domestic transportation, a packaging marked prior to 
January 1, 2017 and in conformance with the requirements of this 
paragraph in effect on December 31, 2014, may continue in service until 
the end of its useful life.
    (4) Each drum shall be labeled as prescribed for the respective 
material.
    (5) The shipper shall prepare shipping papers in accordance with 
subpart C of part 172 of this subchapter.
    (6) The overpack requirements of Sec.173.25 do not apply to drums 
used in accordance with this paragraph.
    (7) A salvage packaging marked ``T'' in accordance with applicable 
provisions in the UN Recommendations may be used.
    (d) Salvage cylinders. Cylinders of hazardous materials that are 
damaged or leaking may be overpacked in a non-DOT specification full 
opening hinged head or fully removable head steel salvage cylinder under 
the following conditions:
    (1) Only a cylinder containing a Division 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 3, 6.1, or 
a Class 8 material may be overpacked in a salvage cylinder. A cylinder 
containing acetylene may not be overpacked in a salvage cylinder.
    (2) Each salvage cylinder--
    (i) Must be designed, constructed and marked in accordance with 
Section VIII, Division I of the ASME Code (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this 
subchapter) with a minimum design margin of 4 to 1. Salvage cylinders 
may not be equipped with a pressure relief device. Damaged cylinders 
must be securely positioned in the salvage cylinder to prevent excessive 
movement. The overpack requirements of Sec.173.25 of this part do not 
apply to salvage cylinders used in accordance with this section.
    (ii) Must have a maximum water capacity of 450 L (119 gallons).
    (iii) Except for liquefied nitrous oxide and carbon dioxide, 
contents of the damaged or leaking cylinder must be limited in pressure 
and volume so that if totally discharged into the salvage cylinder, the 
pressure in the salvage cylinder will not exceed \5/4\ of the MAWP at 55 
[deg]C (131 [deg]F).
    (iv) Must have gaskets, valves and fittings that are compatible with 
the hazardous materials contained within.
    (3) Each salvage cylinder must be plainly and durably marked. Unless 
otherwise specified, the markings below must be in the same area on any 
portion of the upper end:
    (i) The proper shipping name of the hazardous material contained 
inside the packaging;

[[Page 466]]

    (ii) The name and address of the consignee or consignor;
    (iii) The name and address or registered symbol of the manufacturer; 
and
    (iv) The word ``SALVAGE'' in letters at least 12 mm (0.5 inches) 
high on opposite sides near the middle of the cylinder; stamping on the 
sidewall is not authorized.
    (A) Transitional exception. A marking in conformance with the 
requirements of this paragraph in effect on December 31, 2014, may 
continue to be used until December 31, 2016.
    (B) For domestic transportation, a packaging marked prior to January 
1, 2017 and in conformance with the requirements of this paragraph in 
effect on December 31, 2014, may continue in service until the end of 
its useful life.
    (4) Each salvage cylinder must be labeled for the hazardous material 
contained inside the packaging.
    (5) The shipper must prepare shipping papers in accordance with 
subpart C of part 172 of this subchapter.
    (6) Transportation is authorized by motor vehicle and cargo vessel 
only.
    (7) Each salvage cylinder must be cleaned and purged after each use.
    (8) In addition to the training requirements of Sec. Sec.172.700 
through 172.704 of this subchapter, a person who loads, unloads or 
transports a salvage cylinder must be trained in handling, loading and 
unloading the salvage cylinder.
    (9) Cylinder Requalification: At least once every five years, each 
cylinder must be visually inspected (internally and externally) in 
accordance with CGA Pamphlet C-6 (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this 
subchapter) and pressure tested. A minimum test pressure of at least 
1\1/2\ times MAWP must be maintained for at least 30 seconds. The 
cylinder must be examined under test pressure and removed from service 
if a leak or a defect is found.
    (i) The retest and inspection must be performed by a person familiar 
with salvage cylinders and trained and experienced in the use of the 
inspection and testing equipment.
    (ii) Each salvage cylinder that is successfully requalified must be 
durably and legibly marked with the word ``Tested'' followed by the 
requalification date (month/year), e.g., ``Tested 9/04.'' The marking 
must be in letters and numbers at least 12 mm (0.5 inches) high. The 
requalification marking may be placed on any portion of the upper end of 
the cylinder near the marking required in (d)(3) of this section or on a 
metal plate permanently secured to the cylinder. Stamping on the 
cylinder sidewall is not authorized.
    (10) Record retention: The owner of each salvage cylinder or his 
authorized agent shall retain a record of the most recent visual 
inspection and pressure test until the salvage cylinder is requalified. 
The records must be made available to a DOT representative upon request.
    (e) Emergency transportation of DOT 3A480 or 3AA480 cylinders and 
DOT 106A500 multi-unit tank car tanks. (1) A DOT 3A480 or DOT 3AA480 
cylinder containing chlorine or sulphur dioxide that has developed a 
leak in a valve or fusible plug may be repaired temporarily by trained 
personnel using a Chlorine Institute Kit ``A'' (with the exception of 
repair method using Device 8 for side leaks) (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of 
this subchapter). The repaired cylinder is authorized to be transported 
by private or contract carrier one time, one way, from the point of 
discovery to a proper facility for discharge and examination.
    (2) A DOT 106A500 multi-unit tank car tank containing chlorine or 
sulphur dioxide that has developed a leak in the valve or fusible plug 
may be temporarily repaired by trained personnel using a Chlorine 
Institute Kit ``B'' (with the exception of repair method using Device 9 
for side leaks) (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this subchapter). The repaired 
tank is authorized to be transported by private or contract carrier one 
time, one way, from the point of discovery to a proper facility for 
discharge and examination.
    (3) Training for personnel making the repairs in paragraphs (d)(1) 
and (d)(2) of this section must include:
    (i) Proper use of the devices and tools in the applicable kits;
    (ii) Use of respiratory equipment and all other safety equipment; 
and
    (iii) Knowledge of the properties of chlorine and sulphur dioxide.

[[Page 467]]

    (4) Packagings repaired with ``A'' or ``B'' kits must be properly 
blocked and braced to ensure the packagings are secured in the transport 
vehicle.
    (f) Large salvage packagings. Except for transportation by air, 
packages of hazardous materials that are damaged, defective, or leaking; 
packages found to be not conforming to the requirements of this 
subchapter after having been placed in transportation; and, hazardous 
materials that have spilled or leaked may be placed in a large salvage 
packaging that is compatible with the lading and shipped for repackaging 
or disposal under the following conditions:
    (1) Large salvage packagings must be tested and marked in accordance 
with part 178, subparts P and Q of this subchapter at the Packing Group 
II or higher performance standards for large packagings intended for the 
transport of solids or inner packagings, except as follows:
    (i) The test substance used in performing the tests shall be water, 
and the large salvage packagings must be filled to not less than 98 
percent of their maximum capacity; and
    (ii) Large salvage packagings must have been successfully subjected 
to a leakproofness test of 30 kPa (4.4 psig).
    (2) Each large salvage packaging shall be provided when necessary 
with sufficient cushioning and absorption material to prevent excessive 
shifting of the contents and to eliminate the presence of any free 
liquid at the time the packaging is closed. All cushioning and absorbent 
material used in the large salvage packaging must be compatible with the 
hazardous material.
    (3) Each large salvage packaging must be marked with the proper 
shipping name of the hazardous material inside the packaging and the 
name and address of the consignee. In addition, the packaging must be 
marked ``SALVAGE''. The lettering of the marking must be at least 12 mm 
(0.5 inches) high.
    (4) Each large salvage packaging shall be labeled as prescribed for 
the respective material.
    (5) The shipper shall prepare shipping papers in accordance with 
subpart C of part 172 of this subchapter.
    (6) The overpack requirements of Sec.173.25 do not apply to large 
salvage packagings used in accordance with this paragraph.

[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52607, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66265, 
Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 173-234, 58 FR 51531, Oct. 1, 1993; Amdt. 173-261, 
62 FR 24719, May 6, 1997; 66 FR 45380, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 48569, Aug. 
14, 2003; 69 FR 76154, Dec. 20, 2004; 70 FR 3307, Jan. 24, 2005; 68 FR 
61941, Oct. 30, 2003; 70 FR 34397, June 14, 2005; 70 FR 56098, Sept. 23, 
2005; 75 FR 27213, May 14, 2010; 76 FR 43528, July 20, 2011; 80 FR 1151, 
Jan. 8, 2015; 83 FR 55807, Nov. 7, 2018]



Sec.173.4  Small quantities for highway and rail.

    (a) When transported domestically by highway or rail in conformance 
with this section, quantities of Division 2.2 (except aerosols with no 
subsidiary hazard), Class 3, Division 4.1, Division 4.2 (PG II and III), 
Division 4.3 (PG II and III), Division 5.1, Division 5.2, Division 6.1, 
Class 7, Class 8, and Class 9 materials are not subject to any other 
requirements when--
    (1) The maximum quantity of material per inner receptacle or article 
is limited to--
    (i) Thirty (30) mL (1 ounce) for authorized liquids, other than 
Division 6.1, Packing Group I, Hazard Zone A or B materials;
    (ii) Thirty (30) g (1 ounce) for authorized solid materials;
    (iii) One (1) g (0.04 ounce) for authorized materials meeting the 
definition of a Division 6.1, Packing Group I, Hazard Zone A or B 
material; and
    (iv) [Reserved]
    (v) Thirty (30) mL water capacity (1.8 cubic inches) for authorized 
Division 2.2 materials.
    (2) With the exception of temperature sensing devices, each inner 
receptacle:
    (i) Is not liquid-full at 55 [deg]C (131 [deg]F), and
    (ii) Is constructed of plastic having a minimum thickness of no less 
than 0.2 mm (0.008 inch), or earthenware, glass, or metal;
    (3) Each inner receptacle with a removable closure has its closure 
held securely in place with wire, tape, or other positive means;
    (4) Unless equivalent cushioning and absorbent material surrounds 
the inside packaging, each inner receptacle

[[Page 468]]

is securely packed in an inside packaging with cushioning and absorbent 
material that:
    (i) Will not react chemically with the material, and
    (ii) Is capable of absorbing the entire contents (if a liquid) of 
the receptacle;
    (5) The inside packaging is securely packed in a strong outer 
packaging;
    (6) The completed package, as demonstrated by prototype testing, is 
capable of sustaining--
    (i) Each of the following free drops made from a height of 1.8 m 
(5.9 feet) directly onto a solid unyielding surface without breakage or 
leakage from any inner receptacle and without a substantial reduction in 
the effectiveness of the package:
    (A) One drop flat on bottom;
    (B) One drop flat on top;
    (C) One drop flat on the long side;
    (D) One drop flat on the short side; and
    (E) One drop on a corner at the junction of three intersecting 
edges; and
    (ii) A compressive load as specified in Sec.178.606(c) of this 
subchapter.

    Note to paragraph (a)(6): Each of the tests in paragraph (a)(6) of 
this section may be performed on a different but identical package; 
i.e., all tests need not be performed on the same package.

    (7) Placement of the material in the package or packing different 
materials in the package does not result in a violation of Sec.173.21;
    (8) The gross mass of the completed package does not exceed 29 kg 
(64 pounds);
    (9) The package is not opened or otherwise altered until it is no 
longer in commerce; and
    (10) The shipper certifies conformance with this section by marking 
the outside of the package with the statement ``This package conforms to 
49 CFR 173.4 for domestic highway or rail transport only.''
    (b) A package containing a Class 7 (radioactive) material also must 
conform to the requirements of Sec.173.421(a) through (e), Sec.
173.424(a) through (g), or Sec.173.426(a) through (c) as applicable.
    (c) Packages which contain a Class 2 (other than those authorized in 
paragraph (a) of this section), Division 4.2 (PG I), or Division 4.3 (PG 
I) material conforming to paragraphs (a)(1) through (10) of this section 
may be offered for transportation or transported if approved by the 
Associate Administrator.
    (d) Lithium batteries and cells are not eligible for the exceptions 
provided in this section.

[74 FR 2253, Jan. 14, 2009, as amended at 75 FR 5393, Feb. 2, 2010; 76 
FR 3368, Jan. 19, 2011; 79 FR 40610, July 11, 2014; 80 FR 72924, Nov. 
23, 2015]



Sec.173.4a  Excepted quantities.

    (a) Excepted quantities of materials, other than articles (e.g., 
aerosols), are not subject to requirements of this subchapter except 
for:
    (1) The shipper's responsibilities to properly class their material 
in accordance with Sec.173.22 of this subchapter;
    (2) Sections 171.15 and 171.16 of this subchapter pertaining to the 
reporting of incidents; and
    (3) For a Class 7 (Radioactive) material the requirements for an 
excepted package.
    (4) Packagings for which retention of liquid is a basic function 
must be capable of withstanding without leakage the pressure 
differential specified in Sec.173.27(c) of this part.
    (b) Authorized materials. Only materials authorized for transport 
aboard passenger aircraft and appropriately classed within one of the 
following hazard classes or divisions may be transported in accordance 
with this section:
    (1) Division 2.2 material with no subsidiary hazard. An aerosol is 
not included as authorized Division 2.2 material;
    (2) Class 3 materials;
    (3) Class 4 (PG II and III) materials except for self-reactive 
materials;
    (4) Division 5.1 (PG II and III);
    (5) Division 5.2 materials only when contained in a chemical kit, 
first aid kit or a polyester resin kit;
    (6) Division 6.1, other than PG I, Hazard Zone A or B material;
    (7) Class 7, Radioactive material in excepted packages
    (8) Class 8 (PG II and III), except for UN2803 (Gallium) and UN2809 
(Mercury); and
    (9) Class 9, except for UN1845 (Carbon dioxide, solid or Dry ice), 
and lithium batteries and cells.

[[Page 469]]

    (c) Inner packaging limits. The maximum quantity of hazardous 
materials in each inner packaging is limited to:
    (1) For toxic material with a Division 6.1 primary or subsidiary 
hazard, PG I or II--
    (i) 1 g (0.04 ounce) for solids; or
    (ii) 1 mL (0.03 ounce) for liquids;
    (2) 30 g (1 ounce) or 30 mL (1 ounce) for solids or liquids other 
than those covered in paragraph (c)(1) of this section; and
    (3) For gases a water capacity of 30 mL (1.8 cubic inches) or less.
    (d) Outer packaging aggregate quantity limits. The maximum aggregate 
quantity of hazardous material contained in each outer packaging must 
not exceed the limits provided in the following paragraphs. For outer 
packagings containing more than one hazardous material, the aggregate 
quantity of hazardous material must not exceed the lowest permitted 
maximum aggregate quantity. The limits are as follows:
    (1) For other than a Division 2.2 or Division 5.2 material:
    (i) Packing Group I--300 g (0.66 pounds) for solids or 300 mL (0.08 
gallons) for liquids;
    (ii) Packing Group II--500 g (1.1 pounds) for solids or 500 mL (0.1 
gallons) for liquids;
    (iii) Packing Group III--1 kg (2.2 pounds) for solids or 1 L (0.2 
gallons) for liquids;
    (2) For Division 2.2 material, 1 L (61 cubic inches); or
    (3) For Division 5.2 material, 500 g (1.1 pounds) for solids or 500 
mL (0.1 gallons) for liquids.
    (e) Packaging materials. Packagings used for the transport of 
excepted quantities must meet the following:
    (1) Each inner receptacle must be constructed of plastic, or of 
glass, porcelain, stoneware, earthenware or metal. When used for liquid 
hazardous materials, plastic inner packagings must have a thickness of 
not less than 0.2 mm (0.008 inch).
    (2) Each inner packaging with a removable closure must have its 
closure held securely in place with wire, tape or other positive means. 
Each inner receptacle having a neck with molded screw threads must have 
a leak proof, threaded type cap. The closure must not react chemically 
with the material.
    (3) Each inner packaging must be securely packed in an intermediate 
packaging with cushioning material in such a way that, under normal 
conditions of transport, it cannot break, be punctured or leak its 
contents. The completed package as prepared for transport must 
completely contain the contents in case of breakage or leakage, 
regardless of package orientation. For liquid hazardous materials, the 
intermediate or outer packaging must contain sufficient absorbent 
material that:
    (i) Will absorb the entire contents of the inner packaging.
    (ii) Will not react dangerously with the material or reduce the 
integrity or function of the packaging materials.
    (iii) When placed in the intermediate packaging, the absorbent 
material may be the cushioning material.
    (4) The intermediate packaging must be securely packed in a strong, 
rigid outer packaging.
    (5) Placement of the material in the package or packing different 
materials in the package must not result in a violation of Sec.173.21.
    (6) Each package must be of such a size that there is adequate space 
to apply all necessary markings.
    (7) The package is not opened or otherwise altered until it is no 
longer in commerce.
    (8) Overpacks may be used and may also contain packages of hazardous 
material or other materials not subject to the HMR subject to the 
requirements of Sec.173.25.
    (f) Package tests. The completed package as prepared for transport, 
with inner packagings filled to not less than 95% of their capacity for 
solids or 98% for liquids, must be capable of withstanding, as 
demonstrated by testing which is appropriately documented, without 
breakage or leakage of any inner packaging and without significant 
reduction in effectiveness:
    (1) Drops onto a solid unyielding surface from a height of 1.8 m 
(5.9 feet):
    (i) Where the sample is in the shape of a box, it must be dropped in 
each of the following orientations:
    (A) One drop flat on the bottom;
    (B) One drop flat on the top;
    (C) One drop flat on the longest side;

[[Page 470]]

    (D) One drop flat on the shortest side; and
    (E) One drop on a corner at the junction of three intersecting 
edges.
    (ii) Where the sample is in the shape of a drum, it must be dropped 
in each of the following orientations:
    (A) One drop diagonally on the top chime, with the center of gravity 
directly above the point of impact;
    (B) One drop diagonally on the base chime; and
    (C) One drop flat on the side.
    (2) A compressive load as specified in Sec.178.606(c) of this 
subchapter. Each of the tests in this paragraph (f) of this section may 
be performed on a different but identical package; that is, all tests 
need not be performed on the same package.
    (g) Marking. Excepted quantities of hazardous materials packaged, 
marked, and otherwise offered and transported in accordance with this 
section must be durably and legibly marked with the following marking:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR14JA09.002

    (1) The ``*'' must be replaced by the primary hazard class, or when 
assigned, the division of each of the hazardous materials contained in 
the package. The ``**'' must be replaced by the name of the shipper or 
consignee if not shown elsewhere on the package.
    (2) The marking must be durable and clearly visible and in the form 
of a square. The hatching must be of the same color, black or red on 
white or a suitable contrasting background. The minimum dimensions must 
not be less than 100 mm (3.9 inches) by 100 mm (3.9 inches) as measured 
from the outside of the hatching forming the border. Where dimensions 
are not specified, all features shall be in approximate proportion to 
those shown.
    (i) Transitional exception--A marking in conformance with the 
requirements of this paragraph in effect on December 31, 2014, may 
continue to be used until December 31, 2016.
    (ii) For domestic transportation, a packaging marked prior to 
January 1, 2017 and in conformance with the requirements of this 
paragraph in effect on December 31, 2014, may continue in service until 
the end of its useful life.
    (3) When packages of excepted quantities are contained in an 
overpack, and the package marking required by this section is not 
visible inside the overpack, the excepted quantities marking must also 
be placed on the overpack. Additionally, an overpack containing packages 
of excepted quantities is not required to be marked with the word 
``OVERPACK.''
    (h) Documentation. (1) For transportation by highway or rail, no 
shipping paper is required.
    (2) For transport by air, a shipping paper is not required, except 
that, if a document such as an air waybill accompanies a shipment, the 
document must include the statement ``Dangerous Goods in Excepted 
Quantities'' and indicate the number of packages.
    (3) For transport by vessel, a shipping paper is required and must 
include the statement ``Dangerous Goods in Excepted Quantities'' and 
indicate the number of packages.
    (i) Training. Each person who offers or transports excepted 
quantities of hazardous materials must know about the requirements of 
this section.
    (j) Restrictions. Hazardous material packaged in accordance with 
this section may not be carried in checked or carry-on baggage.

[74 FR 2254, Jan. 14, 2009, as amended at 75 FR 72, Jan. 4, 2010; 76 FR 
3368, Jan. 19, 2011; 80 FR 1152, Jan. 8, 2015; 81 FR 35541, June 2, 
2016; 82 FR 15874, Mar. 30, 2017]



Sec.173.4b  De minimis exceptions.

    (a) Packing Group II and III materials in Class 3, Division 4.1, 
Division 4.2, Division 4.3, Division 5.1, Division 6.1, Class 8, and 
Class 9 do not meet the

[[Page 471]]

definition of a hazardous material in Sec.171.8 of this subchapter 
when packaged in accordance with this section and, therefore, are not 
subject to the requirements of this subchapter.
    (1) The maximum quantity of material per inner receptacle or article 
is limited to--
    (i) One (1) mL (0.03 ounce) for authorized liquids; and
    (ii) One (1) g (0.04 ounce) for authorized solid materials;
    (2) Each inner receptacle with a removable closure has its closure 
held securely in place with wire, tape, or other positive means;
    (3) Unless equivalent cushioning and absorbent material surrounds 
the inside packaging, each inner receptacle is securely packed in an 
inside packaging with cushioning and absorbent material that:
    (i) Will not react chemically with the material, and
    (ii) Is capable of absorbing the entire contents (if a liquid) of 
the receptacle;
    (4) The inside packaging is securely packed in a strong outer 
packaging;
    (5) The completed package is capable of sustaining--
    (i) Each of the following free drops made from a height of 1.8 m 
(5.9 feet) directly onto a solid unyielding surface without breakage or 
leakage from any inner receptacle and without a substantial reduction in 
the effectiveness of the package:
    (A) One drop flat on bottom;
    (B) One drop flat on top;
    (C) One drop flat on the long side;
    (D) One drop flat on the short side; and
    (E) One drop on a corner at the junction of three intersecting 
edges; and
    (ii) A compressive load as specified in Sec.178.606(c) of this 
subchapter. Each of the tests in this paragraph (a)(5) may be performed 
on a different but identical package; that is, all tests need not be 
performed on the same package.
    (6) Placement of the material in the package or packing different 
materials in the package does not result in a violation of Sec.173.21;
    (7) The aggregate quantity of hazardous material per package does 
not exceed 100 g (0.22 pounds) for solids or 100 mL (3.38 ounces) for 
liquids;
    (8) The gross mass of the completed package does not exceed 29 kg 
(64 pounds);
    (9) The package is not opened or otherwise altered until it is no 
longer in commerce; and
    (10) For transportation by aircraft:
    (i) The hazardous material is authorized to be carried aboard 
passenger-carrying aircraft in Column 9A of the Sec.172.101 Hazardous 
Materials Table; and
    (ii) Material packed in accordance with this section may not be 
carried in checked or carry-on baggage.
    (b) Non-infectious specimens, such as specimens of mammals, birds, 
amphibians, reptiles, fish, insects and other invertebrates containing 
small quantities of Ethanol (UN1170), Formaldehyde solution, flammable 
(UN1198), Alcohols, n.o.s. (UN1987) and Isopropanol (UN1219) are not 
subject to the requirements of this subchapter provided the following 
packaging, marking and documentation provisions, as applicable, are met:
    (1) The specimens are:
    (i) Wrapped in a paper towel or cheesecloth moistened with alcohol 
or an alcohol solution and placed in a plastic bag that is heat-sealed. 
Any free liquid in the bag must not exceed 30 mL; or
    (ii) Placed in vials or other rigid containers with no more than 30 
mL of alcohol or alcohol solution. The containers are placed in a 
plastic bag that is heat-sealed;
    (2) The bagged specimens are placed in another plastic bag with 
sufficient absorbent material to absorb the entire liquid contents 
inside the primary receptacle. The outer plastic bag is then heat-
sealed;
    (3) The completed bag is placed in a strong outer packaging with 
sufficient cushioning material that conforms to subpart B of part 173;
    (4) The aggregate net quantity of flammable liquid in one outer 
packaging may not exceed 1 L; and
    (5) The outer package must be legibly marked ``Scientific research 
specimens, 49 CFR 173.4b applies.''
    (6) Documentation. (i) For transportation by highway or rail, no 
shipping paper is required.

[[Page 472]]

    (ii) For transport by air, a shipping paper is not required, except 
that, if a document such as an air waybill accompanies a shipment of 
specimens containing hazardous materials excepted under the terms of 
this section, the document must include the statement ``Scientific 
research specimens, 49 CFR 173.4b applies'' and the number of packages 
indicated.
    (iii) For transport by vessel, a shipping paper is not required; 
however, the Dangerous Cargo Manifest must include the statement 
``Scientific research specimens, 49 CFR 173.4b applies'' and the number 
of packages indicated. Vessel stowage is the same as for hazardous 
materials in excepted quantities.
    (7) Training. Each person who offers or transports excepted 
quantities of hazardous materials must know about the requirements of 
this section.
    (8) Restrictions. Except as provided in Sec.175.10, for 
transportation by aircraft, hazardous material packaged in accordance 
with this section may not be carried in checked or carry-on baggage by a 
passenger or crew member.

[74 FR 2255, Jan. 14, 2009, as amended at 75 FR 5393, Feb. 2, 2010; 76 
FR 3368, Jan. 19, 2011; 78 FR 1073, Jan. 7, 2013]



Sec.173.5  Agricultural operations.

    (a) For other than a Class 2 material, the transportation of an 
agricultural product over local roads between fields of the same farm is 
excepted from the requirements of this subchapter. A Class 2 material 
transported over local roads between fields of the same farm is excepted 
from subparts G and H of part 172 of this subchapter. In either 
instance, transportation of the hazardous material is subject to the 
following conditions:
    (1) It is transported by a farmer who is an intrastate private motor 
carrier; and
    (2) The movement of the agricultural product conforms to 
requirements of the State in which it is transported and is specifically 
authorized by a State statute or regulation in effect before October 1, 
1998.
    (b) The transportation of an agricultural product to or from a farm, 
within 150 miles of the farm, is excepted from the requirements in 
subparts G and H of part 172 of this subchapter and from the specific 
packaging requirements of this subchapter when:
    (1) It is transported by a farmer who is an intrastate private motor 
carrier;
    (2) The total amount of agricultural product being transported on a 
single motor vehicle does not exceed:
    (i) 7,300 kg (16,094 lbs.) of ammonium nitrate fertilizer properly 
classed as Division 5.1, PG III, in a bulk packaging, or
    (ii) 1900 L (502 gallons) for liquids or gases, or 2,300 kg (5,070 
lbs.) for solids, of any other agricultural product;
    (3) The movement and packaging of the agricultural product conform 
to the requirements of the State in which it is transported and are 
specifically authorized by a State statute or regulation in effect 
before October 1, 1998; and
    (4) Each person having any responsibility for transporting the 
agricultural product or preparing the agricultural product for shipment 
has been instructed in the applicable requirements of this subchapter.
    (c) Formulated liquid agricultural products in specification 
packagings of 220 L (58 gallons) capacity, or less, with closures 
manifolded to a closed mixing system and equipped with positive dry 
disconnect devices may be transported by a private motor carrier between 
a final distribution point and an ultimate point of application or for 
loading aboard an airplane for aerial application.
    (d) Moveable fuel storage tenders. A non-DOT specification cargo 
tank motor vehicle may be used to transport Liquefied petroleum gas, 
UN1075, including Propane, UN1978, as moveable fuel storage tender used 
exclusively for agricultural purposes when operated by a private carrier 
under the following conditions:
    (1) The cargo tank must have a minimum design pressure of 250 psig.
    (2) The cargo tank must meet the requirements of the HMR in effect 
at the time of its manufacture and must be marked accordingly. For 
questions regarding these requirements, contact PHMSA by either:
    (i) Telephone (800) 467-4922 or (202) 366-4488 (local); or

[[Page 473]]

    (ii) By electronic mail (e-mail) to: [email protected].
    (3) The cargo tank must have a water capacity of 1,200 gallons or 
less.
    (4) The cargo tank must conform to applicable requirements in 
National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 58, Liquefied Petroleum Gas 
Code (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this subchapter).
    (5) The cargo tank must be securely mounted on a motor vehicle.
    (6) The cargo tank must be filled in accordance with Sec.
173.315(b) for liquefied petroleum gas.
    (7) The cargo tank must be painted white, aluminum, or other light-
reflecting color.
    (8) Transportation of the filled moveable fuel storage tender is 
limited to movements over local roads between fields using the shortest 
practical distance.
    (9) Transportation of the moveable fuel storage tender between its 
point of use and a liquefied petroleum gas distribution facility is 
authorized only if the cargo tank contains no more than five percent of 
its water capacity. A movable fuel storage tender may only be filled at 
the consumer's premises or point of use.
    (e) Liquid soil pesticide fumigants. MC 306 and DOT 406 cargo tank 
motor vehicles and DOT 57 portable tanks may be used to transport liquid 
soil pesticide fumigants, Pesticides, liquid, toxic, flammable, n.o.s., 
flash point not less than 23 degrees C, 6.1, UN2903, PG II, exclusively 
for agricultural operations by a private motor carrier between a bulk 
loading facility and a farm (including between farms). However, 
transportation is not to exceed 150 miles between the loading facility 
and the farm, and not more than five days are permitted for intermediate 
stops for temporary storage. Additionally, transport is permitted only 
under the following conditions:
    (1) Cargo tanks. MC 306 and DOT 406 cargo tank motor vehicles must:
    (i) Meet qualification and maintenance requirements (including 
periodic testing and inspection) in accordance with subpart E of part 
180 of this subchapter;
    (ii) Conform to the pressure relief system requirements specified in 
Sec.173.243(b)(1);
    (iii) For MC 306 cargo tanks, be equipped with stop-valves capable 
of being remotely closed by manual and mechanical means; and
    (iv) For DOT 406 cargo tanks, conform to the bottom outlet 
requirements specified in Sec.173.243(b)(2).
    (2) Portable tanks. DOT 57 portable tanks must--
    (i) Be constructed of stainless steel; and
    (ii) Meet qualification and maintenance requirements of subpart G of 
part 180 of this subchapter.
    (f) See Sec.173.315(m) pertaining to nurse tanks of anhydrous 
ammonia.
    (g) See Sec.173.6 pertaining to materials of trade.
    (h) See Sec.172.800(b) pertaining to security plans.

[Amdt. 173-259, 62 FR 1215, Jan. 8, 1997, as amended by Amdt. 173-262, 
62 FR 49566, Sept. 22, 1997; Amdt. 173-259, 63 FR 8142, Feb. 18, 1998; 
65 FR 50460, Aug. 18, 2000; 70 FR 73165, Dec. 9, 2005; 73 FR 4717, Jan. 
28, 2008; 76 FR 5491, Feb. 1, 2011]



Sec.173.5a  Oilfield service vehicles, mechanical displacement 
meter provers, and roadway striping vehicles exceptions.

    (a) Oilfield service vehicles. Notwithstanding Sec.173.29 of this 
subchapter, a cargo tank motor vehicle used in oilfield servicing 
operations is not subject to the specification requirements of this 
subchapter provided--
    (1) The cargo tank and equipment contains only residual amounts 
(i.e., it is emptied so far as practicable) of a flammable liquid alone 
or in combination with water,
    (2) No flame producing device is operated during transportation, and
    (3) The proper shipping name is preceded by ``RESIDUE: LAST 
CONTAINED * * * '' on the shipping paper for each movement on a public 
highway.
    (b) Mechanical displacement meter provers. (1) A mechanical 
displacement meter prover, as defined in Sec.171.8 of this subchapter, 
permanently mounted on a truck chassis or trailer and transported by 
motor vehicle is excepted from the specification packaging requirements 
in part 178 of this subchapter provided it--
    (i) Contains only the residue of a Division 2.1 (flammable gas) or 
Class 3

[[Page 474]]

(flammable liquid) material. For liquids, the meter prover must be 
drained to not exceed 10% of its capacity or, to the extent that 
draining of the meter prover is impracticable, to the maximum extent 
practicable. For gases, the meter prover must not exceed 25% of the 
marked pressure rating;
    (ii) Has a water capacity of 3,785 L (1,000 gallons) or less;
    (iii) Is designed and constructed in accordance with chapters II, 
III, IV, V and VI of ASME Standard B31.4 (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this 
subchapter);
    (iv) Is marked with the MAWP determined from the pipe component with 
the lowest pressure rating; and
    (v) Is equipped with rear-end protection as prescribed in Sec.
178.337-10(c) of this subchapter and 49 CFR 393.86 of the Federal Motor 
Carrier Safety Regulations.
    (2) The description on the shipping paper for a meter prover 
containing the residue of a hazardous material must include the phrase 
``RESIDUE: LAST CONTAINED * * * '' before the basic description.
    (3) Periodic test and inspection. (i) Each meter prover must be 
externally visually inspected once a year. The external visual 
inspection must include at a minimum: checking for leakage, defective 
fittings and welds, defective closures, significant dents and other 
defects or abnormalities which indicate a potential or actual weakness 
that could render the meter prover unsafe for transportation; and
    (ii) Each meter prover must be pressure tested once every 5 years at 
not less than 75% of design pressure. The pressure must be held for a 
period of time sufficiently long to assure detection of leaks, but in no 
case less than 5 minutes.
    (4) In addition to the training requirements in subpart H, the 
person who performs the visual inspection or pressure test and/or signs 
the inspection report must have the knowledge and ability to perform 
them as required by this section.
    (5) A meter prover that fails the periodic test and inspection must 
be rejected and removed from hazardous materials service unless the 
meter prover is adequately repaired, and thereafter, a successful test 
is conducted in accordance with the requirements of this section.
    (6) Prior to any repair work, the meter prover must be emptied of 
any hazardous material. A meter prover containing flammable lading must 
be purged.
    (7) Each meter prover successfully completing the external visual 
inspection and the pressure test must be marked with the test date 
(month/year), and the type of test or inspection as follows:
    (i) V for external visual inspection; and
    (ii) P for pressure test.
    The marking must be on the side of a tank or the largest piping 
component in letters 32 mm (1.25 inches) high on a contrasting 
background.
    (8) The owner must retain a record of the most recent external 
visual inspection and pressure test until the next test or inspection of 
the same type is successfully completed. The test or inspection report 
must include the following:
    (i) Serial number or other meter prover identifier;
    (ii) Type of test or inspection performed;
    (iii) Test date (month/year);
    (iv) Location of defects found, if any, and method used to repair 
each defect;
    (v) Name and address of person performing the test or inspection;
    (vi) Disposition statement, such as ``Meter Prover returned to 
service'' or ``Meter Prover removed from service''.
    (c) Roadway striping. In addition to conformance with all other 
applicable requirements of this subchapter, non-DOT specification cargo 
tanks used for roadway striping are authorized provided all the 
following conditions in this paragraph (c) are met.
    (1) Authorized materials. Only the hazardous materials listed in the 
table 1 to this paragraph (c)(1) may be transported in roadway striping 
vehicles. Cargo tanks may not be filled to a capacity that would be 
greater than liquid full at 130 [deg]F.

[[Page 475]]



                          Table 1 to Paragraph (c)(1)--Hazardous Materials Description
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                 Hazard class/      Identification
             Proper shipping name                   division             No.                Packing group
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Acetone \a\..................................                3              UN1090   II.
Adhesives, containing a flammable liquid.....                3              UN1133   II.
Amines, liquid, corrosive, n.o.s.\b\ or                      8              UN2735   III.
 Polyamines, liquid, corrosive, n.o.s \b\.
Corrosive liquid, basic, organic, n.o.s \b\..                8              UN3267   III.
Corrosive liquids, n.o.s \b\.................                8              UN1760   III.
Dichloromethane \a\..........................                6.1            UN1593   III.
Elevated temperature liquid, n.o.s., at or                   9              UN3257   III.
 above 100 [deg]C and below its flash point
 (including molten metals, molten salts,
 etc.) \c\.
Environmentally hazardous substance, liquid,                 9              UN3082   III.
 n.o.s \b\.
Ethyl acetate \a\............................                3              UN1173   II.
Ethyl methyl ketone or Methyl ethyl ketone                   3              UN1193   II.
 \a\.
Flammable liquids, n.o.s \d\.................                3              UN1993   II.
Gasoline.....................................                3              UN1203   II.
Methanol \a\.................................                3              UN1230   II.
Organic peroxide type E, liquid (Dibenzoyl                   5.2            UN3107   NA.
 peroxide) \b\.
Paint including paint, lacquer, enamel,                      3              UN1263   II.
 stain, shellac solution, varnish, polish,
 liquid filler, and liquid lacquer base.
Paint related material including paint                       3              UN1263   II.
 thinning drying, removing, or reducing
 compound.
Petroleum distillates, n.o.s. or Petroleum                   3              UN1268   III.
 products, n.o.s \a\.
Toluene \a\..................................                3              UN1294   II.
1,1,1-Trichloroethane \a\....................                6.1            UN2831   III.
Xylenes \a\..................................                3              UN1307   II, III.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\a\: Solvent.
\b\: Catalyst.
\c\: Thermoplastic material non-hazardous at room temperature.
\d\: Adhesive containing ethyl acetate.

    (2) Cargo tank requirements. Each non-DOT specification cargo tank 
used for roadway striping must be securely bolted to a motor vehicle and 
must--
    (i) Be constructed and certified in conformance with the HMR in 
effect at the time of its manufacture and must be marked accordingly. 
For questions regarding these requirements, contact PHMSA by either: (1) 
Telephone (800) 467-4922 or (202) 366-4488 (local); or (2) by electronic 
mail (e-mail) to: [email protected];
    (ii) Have a minimum design pressure of 100 psig;
    (iii) Have a maximum capacity of 500 gallons;
    (iv) For solvents and organic peroxides, the cargo tank may not 
contain more than 50 gallons;
    (v) Be given an external visual inspection prior to each use to 
ensure that it has not been damaged on the previous trip;
    (vi) Be retested and reinspected in accordance with Sec.180.407(c) 
of this subchapter as specified for an MC 331 cargo tank motor vehicle; 
and
    (vii) Be securely mounted to a motor vehicle in accordance with the 
securement provisions prescribed in Sec. Sec.393.100 through 393.106 
of this title.
    (3) Test records. The owner or operator of the roadway striping 
vehicle must maintain hydrostatic test records in accordance with Sec.
180.417(b) and must make those records available to any representative 
of the Department of Transportation upon request.
    (4) Marking. A non-DOT specification cargo tank used for roadway 
striping must be plainly marked on both sides near the middle in letters 
at least two inches in height on a contrasting background ``ROADWAY 
STRIPING''.
    (5) Operational controls. A non-DOT specification cargo tank used 
for roadway striping may not be pressurized when the motor vehicle is 
traveling to and from job sites. Additionally, the distance traveled by 
a non-DOT specification cargo tank used for roadway striping may not 
exceed 750 miles. Thermoplastic resin may only be heated during roadway 
striping operations.

[70 FR 3308, Jan. 24, 2005, as amended at 75 FR 27213, May 14, 2010; 76 
FR 5492, Feb. 1, 2011; 83 FR 55807, Nov. 7, 2018]



Sec.173.5b  Portable and mobile refrigeration systems.

    This section authorizes the highway transportation of residual 
amounts of

[[Page 476]]

Division 2.2 refrigerant gases or anhydrous ammonia contained in non-
specification pressure vessels that are components of refrigeration 
systems, which may or may not be permanently mounted to a transport 
vehicle, used for agricultural operations. These refrigeration systems 
are used at field sites to cool (pre-cool) produce before the produce is 
loaded into trucks or railcars for market or used to supplement 
stationary refrigeration systems during peak harvest times. The 
components of these refrigeration systems are commonly known as vacuum 
tubes, accumulators, refrigeration units, ice makers, pressure coolers, 
or evaporators.
    (a) General packaging requirements. Each non-specification pressure 
vessel must conform to the following:
    (1) Each pressure vessel must be designed, manufactured, and 
maintained in accordance with applicable requirements of the ASME Code 
(IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this subchapter).
    (2) Except as authorized in this section, each pressure vessel and 
associated piping must be rated at a maximum allowable work pressure 
(MAWP) of 250 psig. The pressure in these components may not exceed 
MAWP.
    (3) Any part of the piping or pressure vessel separated from another 
component of the refrigeration system by means of a valve, blank flange, 
or other device must be equipped with a pressure relief valve set at 
MAWP. All lines that must be disconnected for transportation purposes 
must be closed by means of a cap, plug or blank flange, and valves at 
the end of disconnected lines must be tightly closed.
    (4) The aggregate total volumetric capacity of components within the 
refrigeration system authorized for highway transportation in accordance 
with this section may not exceed 2,500 gallons per vehicle.
    (5) Each pressure vessel and associated piping containing anhydrous 
ammonia must conform to the following:
    (i) Piping with a diameter of 2 inches or more must conform to ASTM 
A 53 Schedule 40 or ASTM A106 Schedule 40 (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this 
subchapter).
    (ii) Piping with a diameter of less than 2 inches must conform to 
ASTM A 53 Schedule 80 or ASTM A 106 Schedule 80 (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of 
this subchapter).
    (iii) The words ``Inhalation Hazard'' must be marked as required in 
special provision 13 in Sec.172.102 of this subchapter and, when 
practicable, within 24 inches of the placard.
    (b) Refrigeration systems placed into service prior to June 1, 1991. 
(1) For refrigeration systems placed into service prior to June 1, 1991, 
each pressure vessel and associated piping for the condensing line 
(``high side'') must be rated at an MAWP of not less than 250 psig. Each 
pressure vessel and associated piping for the evaporating line (``low 
side'') must be rated at an MAWP of not less than 150 psig, except that 
each pressure vessel or associated piping that will contain refrigerant 
gas during transportation must be rated at an MAWP of not less than 250 
psig. During transportation, pressure in the components that are part of 
the evaporating line may not exceed 150 psig.
    (2) Each pressure vessel and associated piping that is part of the 
evaporating line must be marked ``LOW SIDE'' in a permanent and clearly 
visible manner. The evaporating line must have a pressure gauge with 
corresponding temperature markings mounted so as to be easily readable 
when standing on the ground. The gauge must be permanently marked or 
tagged ``SATURATION GAUGE''.
    (3) Each pressure vessel and associated piping with an MAWP of 250 
psig or greater containing liquid anhydrous ammonia must be isolated 
using appropriate means from piping and components marked ``LOW SIDE''.
    (4) Liquid lading is only authorized in system components with a 
rated MAWP of not less than 250 psig.
    (5) Prior to transportation, each pressure vessel and associated 
piping with a rated MAWP of less than 250 psig must be relieved of 
enough gaseous lading to ensure that the MAWP is not exceeded at 
transport temperatures up to 54 [deg]C (130 [deg]F).
    (6) Refrigeration systems placed into service prior to June 1, 1991, 
may continue in service until October 1, 2017.
    (c) Prior to transportation over public highways, each pressure 
vessel and associated piping must be drained of

[[Page 477]]

refrigerant gas or liquid anhydrous ammonia to the extent practicable. 
Drained contents must be recovered in conformance with all applicable 
environmental regulations. Residual liquid anhydrous ammonia in each 
component may not exceed one percent of the component's total volumetric 
capacity or 10 gallons, whichever is less.
    (d) System inspection and testing. (1) Each refrigeration system 
authorized under this section must be visually inspected every year. The 
visual inspection must include items listed in Sec.180.407(d)(2) of 
this subchapter applicable to refrigeration systems. A certificate of 
the annual visual inspection must be dated and signed by the person 
performing the inspection and must contain that person's company 
affiliation. The certificate must remain at the equipment owner's 
office.
    (2) Each refrigeration system authorized under this section must be 
proof pressure tested every two years beginning with the initial 
pressure test performed after manufacture. Additional pressure tests 
must be performed after any modification, repair or damage to a part of 
the system pressurized with refrigerant gas. System test pressures may 
not be less than one-and-one-half (1.50) times the rated MAWP of the 
system component or piping.
    (3) Pressure relief valves must be successfully tested every two 
years at the MAWP for the components or piping to which they are 
attached. Pressure relief valves may be replaced and marked every 5 
years with valves certified at the appropriate MAWP, in which case the 
valves need not be tested every two years. Valves that do not pass the 
test must be repaired or replaced.
    (e) Test markings and reports. (1) Evidence of testing specified in 
paragraph (d) of this section must be marked on the right forward side 
of the refrigeration system with 2 inch high letters indicating type of 
last test (V = visual; P = pressure: hydrostatic or pneumatic) and the 
month/year in which it was performed. Reports and all of the 
requirements for records of inspections including markings must be 
completed as specified in part 180.
    (2) Pressure relief valves must be durably marked with either the 
date of last test, set-pressure and testing company or the date of last 
replacement, set-pressure, and certifying company, as applicable.

[74 FR 16142, Apr. 9, 2009]



Sec.173.6  Materials of trade exceptions.

    When transported by motor vehicle in conformance with this section, 
a material of trade (see Sec.171.8 of this subchapter) is not subject 
to any other requirements of this subchapter besides those set forth or 
referenced in this section.
    (a) Materials and amounts. A material of trade is limited to the 
following:
    (1) A Class 3, 8, 9, Division 4.1, 5.1, 5.2, 6.1, or ORM-D material 
contained in a packaging having a gross mass or capacity not over--
    (i) 0.5 kg (1 pound) or 0.5 L (1 pint) for a Packing Group I 
material;
    (ii) 30 kg (66 pounds) or 30 L (8 gallons) for a Packing Group II, 
Packing Group III, or ORM-D material;
    (iii) 1500 L (400 gallons) for a diluted mixture, not to exceed 2 
percent concentration, of a Class 9 material.
    (2) A Division 2.1 or 2.2 material in a cylinder with a gross weight 
not over 100 kg (220 pounds), in a Dewar flask meeting the requirements 
of Sec.173.320, or a permanently mounted tank manufactured to the ASME 
Code of not more than 70 gallon water capacity for a non-liquefied 
Division 2.2 material with no subsidiary hazard.
    (3) A Division 4.3 material in Packing Group II or III contained in 
a packaging having a gross capacity not exceeding 30 mL (1 ounce).
    (4) A Division 6.2 material, other than a Category A infectious 
substance, contained in human or animal samples (including, but not 
limited to, secreta, excreta, blood and its components, tissue and 
tissue fluids, and body parts) being transported for research, 
diagnosis, investigational activities, or disease treatment or 
prevention, or is a biological product or regulated medical waste. The 
material must be contained in a combination packaging. For liquids, the 
inner packaging must be leakproof, and the outer packaging must contain 
sufficient absorbent material to absorb the entire contents of the inner 
packaging. For sharps, the inner packaging (sharps container) must be 
constructed of a

[[Page 478]]

rigid material resistant to punctures and securely closed to prevent 
leaks or punctures, and the outer packaging must be securely closed to 
prevent leaks or punctures. For solids, liquids, and sharps, the outer 
packaging must be a strong, tight packaging securely closed and secured 
against shifting, including relative motion between packages, within the 
vehicle on which it is being transported.
    (i) For other than a regulated medical waste, the amount of Division 
6.2 material in a combination packaging must conform to the following 
limitations:
    (A) One or more inner packagings, each of which may not contain more 
than 0.5 kg (1.1 lbs) or 0.5 L (17 ounces), and an outer packaging 
containing not more than 4 kg (8.8 lbs) or 4 L (1 gallon); or
    (B) A single inner packaging containing not more than 16 kg (35.2 
lbs) or 16 L (4.2 gallons) in a single outer packaging.
    (ii) For a regulated medical waste, a combination packaging must 
consist of one or more inner packagings, each of which may not contain 
more than 4 kg (8.8 lbs) or 4 L (1 gallon), and an outer packaging 
containing not more than 16 kg (35.2 lbs) or 16 L (4.2 gallons).
    (5) This section does not apply to a hazardous material that is 
self-reactive (see Sec.173.124), poisonous by inhalation (see Sec.
173.133), or a hazardous waste.
    (6) A limited quantity package prepared in accordance with Sec.
173.63(b), Sec.173.150, Sec.173.151(b) and (c), Sec.173.152, Sec.
173.153, Sec.173.154, Sec.173.155, Sec.173.161, Sec.173.165, 
Sec.173.167, Sec.173.306(i), or Sec.173.309(d) of this subchapter. 
Division 4.3 substances must be prepared in accordance with paragraph 
(a)(3) of this section. Class 7 (radioactive) substances, instruments 
and articles are not authorized under the provisions of this section.
    (b) Packaging. (1) Packagings must be leak tight for liquids and 
gases, sift proof for solids, and be securely closed, secured against 
shifting, and protected against damage.
    (2) Each material must be packaged in the manufacturer's original 
packaging, or a packaging of equal or greater strength and integrity.
    (3) Outer packagings are not required for receptacles (e.g., cans 
and bottles) that are secured against shifting in cages, carts, bins, 
boxes or compartments.
    (4) For gasoline, a packaging must be made of metal or plastic and 
conform to the requirements of this subchapter or to the requirements of 
the Occupational Safety and Health Administration of the Department of 
Labor contained in 29 CFR 1910.106(d)(2) or 1926.152(a)(1).
    (5) A cylinder or other pressure vessel containing a Division 2.1 or 
2.2 material must conform to packaging, qualification, maintenance, and 
use requirements of this subchapter, except that outer packagings are 
not required. Manifolding of cylinders is authorized provided all valves 
are tightly closed.
    (c) Hazard communication. (1) A non-bulk packaging other than a 
cylinder (including a receptacle transported without an outer packaging) 
must be marked with a common name or proper shipping name to identify 
the material it contains, including the letters ``RQ'' if it contains a 
reportable quantity of a hazardous substance.
    (2) A bulk packaging containing a diluted mixture of a Class 9 
material must be marked on two opposing sides with the four-digit 
identification number of the material. The identification number must be 
displayed on placards, orange panels or, alternatively, a white square-
on-point configuration having the same outside dimensions as a placard 
(at least 273 mm (10.8 inches) on a side), in the manner specified in 
Sec.172.332 (b) and (c) of this subchapter.
    (3) A DOT specification cylinder (except DOT specification 39) must 
be marked and labeled as prescribed in this subchapter. Each DOT-39 
cylinder must display the markings specified in 178.65(i).
    (4) The operator of a motor vehicle that contains a material of 
trade must be informed of the presence of the hazardous material 
(including whether the package contains a reportable quantity) and must 
be informed of the requirements of this section.
    (d) Aggregate gross weight. Except for a material of trade 
authorized by paragraph (a)(1)(iii) of this section, the aggregate gross 
weight of all materials of

[[Page 479]]

trade on a motor vehicle may not exceed 200 kg (440 pounds).
    (e) Other exceptions. A material of trade may be transported on a 
motor vehicle under the provisions of this section with other hazardous 
materials without affecting its eligibility for exceptions provided by 
this section.

[Amdt. 173-259, 62 FR 1216, Jan. 8, 1997, as amended by Amdt. 173-262, 
62 FR 49566, Sept. 22, 1997; 62 FR 51560, Oct. 1, 1997; Amdt. 173-259, 
63 FR 8142, Feb. 18, 1998; 63 FR 52849, Oct. 1, 1998; 66 FR 45381, Aug. 
28, 2001; 67 FR 53137, Aug. 14, 2002; 68 FR 75742, Dec. 31, 2003; 68 FR 
61941, Oct. 30, 2003; 71 FR 32258, June 2, 2006; 72 FR 55692, Oct. 1, 
2007; 78 FR 1113, Jan. 7, 2013; 78 FR 15326, Mar. 11, 2013; 78 FR 65478, 
Oct. 31, 2013]



Sec.173.7  Government operations and materials.

    (a) Hazardous materials offered for transportation by, for, or to 
the Department of Defense (DOD) of the U.S. Government, including 
commercial shipments pursuant to a DOD contract, must be packaged in 
accordance with the regulations in this subchapter or in packagings of 
equal or greater strength and efficiency as certified by DOD in 
accordance with the procedures prescribed by ``Packaging of Hazardous 
Material, DLAR 4145.41/AR 700-143/NAVSUPINST 4030.55D/AFMAN 24-210_IP/
MCO 4030.40C (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this subchapter).'' Hazardous 
materials offered for transportation by DOD under this provision may be 
reshipped by any shipper to any consignee provided the original 
packaging has not been damaged or altered in any manner.
    (1) Hazardous materials sold by the DOD in packagings that are not 
marked in accordance with the requirements of this subchapter may be 
shipped from DOD installations if the DOD certifies in writing that the 
packagings are equal to or greater in strength and efficiency than the 
packaging prescribed in this subchapter. The shipper shall obtain such a 
certification in duplicate for each shipment. He shall give one copy to 
the originating carrier and retain the other for no less than 1 year.
    (2) [Reserved]
    (b) Shipments of hazardous materials, made by or under the direction 
or supervision of the U.S. Department of Energy (DOE) or the Department 
of Defense (DOD), for the purpose of national security, and which are 
escorted by personnel specifically designated by or under the authority 
of those agencies, are not subject to the requirements of this 
subchapter. For transportation by a motor vehicle or a rail car, the 
escorts must be in a separate transport vehicle from the transport 
vehicle carrying the hazardous materials that are excepted by this 
paragraph. A document certifying that the shipment is for the purpose of 
national security must be in the possession of the person in charge of 
providing security during transportation.
    (c) Shipments of explosive samples, not exceeding 1 g net weight, 
offered by and consigned to the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms 
(ATF) of the Department of the Treasury are not otherwise subject to the 
regulations in parts 110-189 of this subchapter when placed in a 
specifically designed multi-unit assembly packed in a strong outer 
packaging. The packaging must be of a type accepted by ATF as capable of 
precluding a propagation of any explosion outside the packaging. The 
second component from the outside of the packaging must be marked or 
tagged to indicate the presence of an explosive.
    (d) Notwithstanding the requirements of Sec. Sec.173.416 and 
173.417 of this subchapter, packagings made by or under the direction of 
the U.S. Department of Energy may be used for the transportation of 
Class 7 materials when evaluated, approved, and certified by the 
Department of Energy against packaging standards equivalent to those 
specified in 10 CFR part 71. Packages shipped in accordance with this 
paragraph shall be marked and otherwise prepared for shipment in a 
manner equivalent to that required by this subchapter for packagings 
approved by the Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
    (e) Class 1 (explosive) materials owned by the Department of Defense 
and packaged prior to January 1, 1990, in accordance with the 
requirements of this subchapter in effect at that time, are excepted 
from the marking and labeling requirements of part 172 of this 
subchapter and the packaging and package marking requirements of part

[[Page 480]]

178 of this subchapter, provided the packagings have maintained their 
integrity and the explosive material is declared as ``government-owned 
goods packaged prior to January 1, 1990'' on the shipping papers. In 
addition, packages of these materials owned by the Department of Defense 
that are marked and labeled in conformance with the requirements of the 
HMR that were in effect at the time they were originally marked and 
labeled are excepted from the current marking and labeling requirements.
    (f) The requirements of this subchapter do not apply to shipments of 
hazardous materials carried aboard an aircraft that is not owned by a 
government or engaged in carrying persons or property for commercial 
purposes, but is under the exclusive direction and control of the 
government for a period of not less than 90 days as specified in a 
written contract or lease. An aircraft is under the exclusive direction 
and control of a government when the government exercises responsibility 
for:
    (1) Approving crew members and determining they are qualified to 
operate the aircraft;
    (2) Determining the airworthiness and directing maintenance of the 
aircraft; and
    (3) Dispatching the aircraft, including the times of departure, 
airports to be used, and type and amount of cargo to be carried.

[29 FR 18671, Dec. 29, 1964. Redesignated at 32 FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967]

    Editorial Note: For Federal Register citations affecting Sec.
173.7, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the 
Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov.



Sec.173.8  Exceptions for non-specification packagings used 
in intrastate transportation.

    (a) [Reserved]
    (b) Non-specification cargo tanks for petroleum products. 
Notwithstanding requirements for specification packagings in subpart F 
of this part and parts 178 and 180 of this subchapter, a non-
specification cargo tank motor vehicle having a capacity of less than 
13,250 L (3,500 gallons) may be used by an intrastate motor carrier for 
transportation of a flammable liquid petroleum product in accordance 
with the provisions of paragraph (d) of this section.
    (c) Permanently secured non-bulk tanks for petroleum products. 
Notwithstanding requirements for specification packagings in subpart F 
of this part 173 and parts 178 and 180 of this subchapter, a non-
specification metal tank permanently secured to a transport vehicle and 
protected against leakage or damage in the event of a turnover, having a 
capacity of less than 450 L (119 gallons), may be used by an intrastate 
motor carrier for transportation of a flammable liquid petroleum product 
in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (d) of this section.
    (d) Additional requirements. A packaging used under the provisions 
of paragraphs (a), (b) or (c) of this section must--
    (1) Be operated by an intrastate motor carrier and in use as a 
packaging for hazardous material before October 1, 1998;
    (2) Be operated in conformance with the requirements of the State in 
which it is authorized;
    (3) Be specifically authorized by a State statute or regulation in 
effect before October 1, 1998, for use as a packaging for the hazardous 
material being transported;
    (4) Be offered for transportation and transported in conformance 
with all other applicable requirements of this subchapter;
    (5) Not be used to transport a flammable cryogenic liquid, hazardous 
substance, hazardous waste, or a marine pollutant (except for gasoline); 
and
    (6) For a tank authorized under paragraph (b) or (c) of this 
section, conform to all requirements in part 180 (except for Sec.
180.405(g)) of this subchapter in the same manner as required for a DOT 
specification MC 306 cargo tank motor vehicle.

[Amdt. 173-259, 62 FR 1216, Jan. 8, 1997, as amended by Amdt. 172-262, 
62 FR 49567, Sept. 22, 1997; Amdt. 173-259, 63 FR 8142, Feb. 18, 1998; 
66 FR 45380, Aug. 28, 2001; 76 FR 56315, Sept. 13, 2011; 80 FR 72924, 
Nov. 23, 2015]

[[Page 481]]



Sec.173.9  Transport vehicles or freight containers containing lading
which has been fumigated.

    (a) For the purpose of this section, not including 49 CFR part 387, 
a rail car, freight container, truck body, or trailer in which the 
lading has been fumigated with any material, or is undergoing 
fumigation, is a package containing a hazardous material.
    (b) No person may offer for transportation or transport a rail car, 
freight container, truck body, or trailer in which the lading has been 
fumigated or treated with any material, or is undergoing fumigation, 
unless the FUMIGANT marking specified in paragraph (e) of this section 
is prominently displayed so that it can be seen by any person attempting 
to enter the interior of the transport vehicle or freight container. For 
domestic transportation, a hazard warning label authorized by EPA under 
40 CFR part 156 may be used as an alternative to the FUMIGANT marking.
    (c) No person may affix or display on a rail car, freight container, 
truck body, or trailer the FUMIGANT marking specified in paragraph (e) 
of this section, unless the lading has been fumigated or is undergoing 
fumigation.
    (d) The FUMIGANT marking required by paragraph (b) of this section 
must remain on the rail car, freight container, truck body, or trailer 
until the rail car, freight container, truck body, or trailer has been 
completely ventilated either by opening the doors of the unit or by 
mechanical ventilation to ensure no harmful concentration of gas remains 
after fumigation has been completed.
    (e) FUMIGANT marking. (1) The FUMIGANT marking must consist of black 
letters on a white background that is a rectangle at least 400 mm (15.75 
inches) wide and at least 300 mm (11.8 inches) high as measured to the 
outside of the lines forming the border of the marking. The minimum 
width of the line forming the border must be 2 mm and the text on the 
marking must not be less than 25 mm high. Except for size and color, the 
FUMIGANT marking must be as shown in the following figure. Where 
dimensions are not specified, all features shall be in approximate 
proportion to those shown.
    (i) The marking, and all required information, must be capable of 
withstanding, without deterioration or a substantial reduction in 
effectiveness, a 30-day exposure to open weather conditions.
    (ii) [Reserved]

[[Page 482]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR30MR17.033


    (2) The ``*'' shall be replaced with the technical name of the 
fumigant.
    (f) A closed cargo transport unit that has been fumigated is not 
subject to any other provisions of this subchapter if it--
    (1) Has been completely ventilated either by opening the doors of 
the unit or by mechanical ventilation after fumigation, and
    (2) Displays the FUMIGANT marking, including the date of 
ventilation.

[[Page 483]]

    (g) For international shipments, transport documents should indicate 
the date of fumigation, type and amount of fumigant used, and 
instructions for disposal of any residual fumigant, including fumigation 
devices.
    (h) Any person subject to the requirements of this section, solely 
due to the fumigated lading, must be informed of the requirements of 
this section and the safety precautions necessary to protect themselves 
and others in the event of an incident or accident involving the 
fumigated lading.
    (i) Any person who offers for transportation or transports a rail 
car, freight container, truck body or trailer that is subject to this 
subchapter solely because of the hazardous materials designation 
specified in paragraph (a) of this section is not subject to any 
requirements of this subchapter other than those contained in this 
section.

[71 FR 78629, Dec. 29, 2006, as amended at 80 FR 1152, Jan. 8, 2015; 82 
FR 15874, Mar. 30, 2017]



Sec.173.10  Tank car shipments.

    (a) Tank cars containing any 2.1 material (including a cryogenic 
liquid) or Class 3 material with a flash point below 38 [deg]C (100 
[deg]F), except liquid road asphalt or tar, may not be offered for 
transportation unless originally consigned or subsequently reconsigned 
to parties having private-siding (see Note 1 of this section) or to 
parties using railroad siding facilities which have been equipped for 
piping the liquid from tank cars to permanent storage tanks of 
sufficient capacity to receive contents of car.
    (b) A tank car containing any Class 2 material must not be offered 
for transportation unless the car is consigned for delivery (see 
paragraph (c) of this section) and unloading on a private track (see 
Note 1 of this section) except that where no private track is available, 
delivery and unloading on carrier tracks is permitted provided the 
following conditions are complied with:
    (1) Any tank car of DOT-106A or 110A type (see Sec. Sec.179.300 
and 179.301 of this subchapter) may be offered for transportation and 
the loaded unit tanks may be removed from car frame on carrier tracks, 
provided the shipper has obtained from the delivering carrier and filed 
with originating carrier, written permission (see Note 2 of this 
section) for such removal. The consignee must furnish adequately safe 
mechanical hoist, obtained from the carrier if desirable, by which the 
tanks shall be lifted from the car and deposited directly upon vehicles 
furnished by the consignee for immediate removal from carrier property 
or tanks must be lifted by adequately safe mechanical hoist from car 
directly to vessels for further transportation.
    (c) Any tank car of other than DOT-106A or 110A type (see Sec. Sec.
179.300 and 179.301 of this subchapter), containing anhydrous ammonia, 
liquefied hydrocarbon or liquefied petroleum gas, and having interior 
pipes of liquid and gas discharge valves equipped with check valves, may 
be consigned for delivery and unloading on carrier tracks, if the lading 
is piped directly from the car to permanent storage tanks of sufficient 
capacity to receive the entire contents of the car. Such cars may also 
be consigned for storage on a private track or on a carrier track when 
designated by the carrier for such storage.
    (d) For cars of the DOT-106A or 110A type (see Sec. Sec.179.300 
and 179.301 of this subchapter), the tanks must be placed in position 
and attached to the car structure by the shipper.
    (e) Class 3 materials with a flash point below 38 [deg]C (100 
[deg]F) and Division 2.1 materials (including a cryogenic liquid) may 
not be loaded into tank cars on carrier property from tank trucks or 
drums.

    Note 1: For this purpose, a private track is a track outside of 
carrier's right-of-way, yard, and terminals, and of which the carrier 
does not own either the rails, ties, roadbed or right-of-way; or a track 
or portion of a track which is devoted to the purpose of its user, 
either by lease or written agreement; in which case the lease or written 
agreement will be considered as equivalent to ownership.
    Note 2: Carriers should give permission for the unloading of these 
containers on carrier tracks only where no private siding is available 
within reasonable trucking distance of final destination. The danger 
involved is the release of compressed gases due to accidental

[[Page 484]]

damage to container in handling. The exposure to this danger decreases 
directly with the isolation of the unloading point.

[29 FR 18773, Dec. 29, 1964. Redesignated at 32 FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967, 
and by Amdt. 173-162, 48 FR 10226, Mar. 10, 1983, and amended by Amdt. 
173-180, 49 FR 42735, Oct. 24, 1984; Amdt. 173-207, 53 FR 38274, Sept. 
29, 1988; Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52608, Dec. 21, 1990; 56 FR 66265, Dec. 
20, 1991; Amdt. 173-234, 58 FR 51532, Oct. 1, 1993; 67 FR 61013, Sept. 
27, 2002]



Sec.173.11  Exceptions for shipment of light bulbs containing 
hazardous materials.

    The following light bulbs (lamps) are not subject to any other 
requirements of this subchapter provided they do not contain Class 7 
(radioactive) material:
    (a) Light bulbs that are collected directly from individuals and 
households when transported to a collection or recycling facility.
    (b) Light bulbs each containing not more than 1 g of hazardous 
materials and packaged so that there is not more than 30 g of hazardous 
materials per package. Each light bulb must be packed in inner 
packagings separated by dividers, or surrounded by cushioning material 
to protect the light bulbs and packed into strong outer packagings 
meeting the requirements of Sec.173.24(b) of this subpart and capable 
of passing a 1.2 m (4 feet) drop test;
    (c) Used, damaged, defective light bulbs each containing not more 
than 1 g of hazardous materials and packaged so that there is not more 
than 30 g of hazardous materials per package when transported from a 
collection or recycling facility. The light bulbs must be packed in 
strong outer packagings meeting the requirements of Sec.173.24(b) of 
this subpart and capable of passing a 1.2 m (4 feet) drop test.
    (d) Light bulbs containing only gases of Division 2.2 provided they 
are packaged so that the projectile effects of any rupture of the bulb 
will be contained within the package.

[80 FR 1153, Jan. 8, 2015]



Sec.173.12  Exceptions for shipment of waste materials.

    (a) Open head drums. If a hazardous material that is a hazardous 
waste is required by this subchapter to be shipped in a closed head drum 
(i.e., a drum with a 7.0 cm (3 inches) or less bung opening) and the 
hazardous waste contains solids or semisolids that make its placement in 
a closed head drum impracticable, an equivalent (except for closure) 
open head drum may be used for the hazardous waste.
    (b) Lab packs. (1) Waste materials prohibited by paragraph (b)(3) of 
this section are not authorized for transport in packages authorized by 
this paragraph (b). Waste materials classed as Class or Division 3, 4.1, 
4.2, 4.3, 5.1, 5.2, 6.1, 8, or 9 are excepted from the specification 
packaging requirements of this subchapter for combination packagings if 
packaged in accordance with this paragraph (b) and transported for 
disposal or recovery by highway, rail or cargo vessel. In addition, a 
generic description from the Sec.172.101 Hazardous Materials Table may 
be used in place of specific chemical names, when two or more chemically 
compatible waste materials in the same hazard class are packaged in the 
same outside packaging.
    (2) Combination packaging requirements:
    (i) Inner packagings. The inner packagings must be either glass, not 
exceeding 4 L (1 gallon) rated capacity, or metal or plastic, not 
exceeding 20 L (5.3 gallons) rated capacity. Inner packagings containing 
liquid must be surrounded by a chemically compatible absorbent material 
in sufficient quantity to absorb the total liquid contents.
    (ii) Outer packaging. Each outer packaging may contain only one 
class of waste material. The following outer packagings are authorized 
except that Division 4.2 Packing Group I materials must be packaged 
using UN standard steel or plastic drums tested and marked to the 
Packing Group I performance level for liquids or solids; and bromine 
pentafluoride and bromine trifluoride may not be packaged using UN 4G 
fiberboard boxes:
    (A) A UN 1A2, UN 1B2 or UN 1N2 metal drum, a UN 1D plywood drum, a 
UN 1G fiber drum, or a UN 1H2 plastic drum, tested and marked to at 
least the Packing Group III performance level for liquids or solids;
    (B) At a minimum, a double-walled UN 4G fiberboard box made out of 
500 pound burst-strength fiberboard fitted with a polyethylene liner at 
least 3

[[Page 485]]

mils (0.003 inches) thick and when filled during testing to 95 percent 
capacity with a solid material, successfully passes the tests prescribed 
in Sec. Sec.178.603 (drop) and 178.606 (stacking), and is capable of 
passing the tests prescribed in Sec.178.608 (vibration) to at least 
the Packing Group II performance level for liquids or solids; or
    (C) A UN 11G fiberboard intermediate bulk container (IBC) or a UN 
11HH2 composite IBC, fitted with a polyethylene liner at least 6 mils 
(0.006 inches) thick, that successfully passes the tests prescribed in 
subpart O of part 178 and Sec.178.603 to at least the Packing Group II 
performance level for liquids or solids; a UN 11HH2 is composed of 
multiple layers of encapsulated corrugated fiberboard between inner and 
outer layers of woven coated polypropylene.
    (iii) The gross weight of each completed combination package may not 
exceed 205 kg (452 lbs).
    (3) Prohibited materials. The following waste materials may not be 
packaged or described under the provisions of this paragraph (b): a 
material poisonous-by-inhalation, a temperature controlled material 
unless it complies with Sec.173.21(f)(1), a Division 6.1, Packing 
Group I material, chloric acid, and oleum (fuming sulfuric acid).
    (c) Reuse of packagings. A previously used packaging may be reused 
for the shipment of waste material transported for disposal or recovery, 
not subject to the reconditioning and reuse provisions contained in 
Sec.173.28 and part 178 of this subchapter, under the following 
conditions:
    (1) Except as authorized by this paragraph, the waste must be 
packaged in accordance with this part and offered for transportation in 
accordance with the requirements of this subchapter.
    (2) Transportation is performed by highway only.
    (3) A package is not offered for transportation less than 24 hours 
after it is finally closed for transportation, and each package is 
inspected for leakage and is found to be free from leaks immediately 
prior to being offered for transportation.
    (4) Each package is loaded by the shipper and unloaded by the 
consignee, unless the motor carrier is a private or contract carrier.
    (5) The packaging may be used only once under this paragraph and may 
not be used again for shipment of hazardous materials except in 
accordance with Sec.173.28.
    (d) Technical names for n.o.s. descriptions. The requirements for 
the inclusion of technical names for n.o.s. descriptions on shipping 
papers and package markings, Sec. Sec.172.203 and 172.301 of this 
subchapter, respectively, do not apply to packages prepared in 
accordance with paragraph (b) of this section, except that packages 
containing materials meeting the definition of a hazardous substance 
must be described as required in Sec.172.203 of this subchapter and 
marked as required in Sec.172.324 of this subchapter.
    (e) Segregation requirements. Waste materials packaged according to 
paragraph (b) of this section and transported in conformance with this 
paragraph (e) are not subject to the segregation requirements in 
Sec. Sec.174.81(d), 176.83(b), and 177.848(d) if blocked and braced in 
such a manner that they are separated from incompatible materials by a 
minimum horizontal distance of 1.2 m (4 feet) and the packages are 
loaded at least 100 mm (4 inches) off the floor of the freight 
container, unit load device, transport vehicle, or rail car. The 
following conditions specific to incompatible materials also apply:
    (1) General restrictions. The freight container, unit load device, 
transport vehicle, or rail car may not contain any Class 1 explosives, 
Class 7 radioactive material, or uncontainerized hazardous materials;
    (2) Waste cyanides and waste acids. For waste cyanides stored, 
loaded, and transported with waste acids:
    (i) The cyanide or a cyanide mixture may not exceed 2 kg (4.4 
pounds) net weight per inner packaging and may not exceed 10 kg (22 
pounds) net weight per outer packaging; a cyanide solution may not 
exceed 2 L (0.6 gallon) per inner packaging and may not exceed 10 L (3.0 
gallons) per outer packaging; and
    (ii) The acids must be packaged in lab packs in accordance paragraph 
(b) of this section or in single packagings authorized for the acid in 
Column (8B) of the Sec.172.101 Hazardous Materials

[[Page 486]]

Table of this subchapter not to exceed 208 L (55 gallons) capacity.
    (3) Waste Division 4.2 materials and waste Class 8 liquids. For 
waste Division 4.2 materials stored, loaded, and transported with waste 
Class 8 liquids:
    (i) The Division 4.2 material may not exceed 2 kg (4.4 pounds) net 
weight per inner packaging and may not exceed 10 kg (22 pounds) net 
weight per outer packaging; and
    (ii) The Class 8 liquid must be packaged in lab packs in accordance 
with paragraph (b) of this section or in single packagings authorized 
for the material in Column (8B) of the Sec.172.101 Hazardous Materials 
Table of this subchapter not to exceed 208 L (55 gallons) capacity.
    (4) Waste Division 6.1 Packing Group I, Hazard Zone A material and 
waste Class 3, Class 8 liquids, or Division 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 5.1 and 5.2 
materials. For waste Division 6.1 Packing Group I, Hazard Zone A 
material stored, loaded, and transported with waste Class 8 liquids, or 
Division 4.2, 4.3, 5.1 and 5.2 materials:
    (i) The Division 6.1 Packing Group I, Hazard Zone A material must be 
packaged in accordance with Sec.173.226(c) of this subchapter and 
overpacked in a UN standard steel or plastic drum meeting the Packing 
Group I performance level;
    (ii) The Class 8 liquid must be packaged in lab packs in accordance 
with paragraph (b) of this section or in single packagings authorized 
for the material in Column (8B) of the Sec.172.101 Hazardous Materials 
Table of this subchapter not to exceed 208 L (55 gallons) capacity.
    (iii) The Division 4.2 material may not exceed 2 kg (4.4 pounds) net 
weight per inner packaging and may not exceed 10 kg (22 pounds) net 
weight per outer packaging;
    (iv) The Division 5.1 materials may not exceed 2 kg (4.4 pounds) net 
weight per inner packaging and may not exceed 10 kg (22 pounds) net 
weight per outer packaging. The aggregate net weight per freight 
container, unit load device, transport vehicle, or rail car may not 
exceed 100 kg (220 pounds);
    (v) The Division 5.2 material may not exceed 1 kg (2.2 pounds) net 
weight per inner packaging and may not exceed 5 kg (11 pounds) net 
weight per outer packaging. Organic Peroxide, Type B material may not 
exceed 0.5 kg (1.1 pounds) net weight per inner packaging and may not 
exceed 2.5 kg (5.5 pounds) net weight per outer packaging. The aggregate 
net weight per freight container, unit load device, transport vehicle, 
or rail car may not exceed 50 kg (110 pounds).
    (f) Additional exceptions. Lab packs conforming to the requirements 
of this section are not subject to the following:
    (1) The overpack marking and labeling requirements in Sec.
173.25(a)(2) of this subchapter when secured to a pallet with shrink-
wrap or stretch-wrap except that labels representative of each Hazard 
Class or Division in the overpack must be visibly displayed on two 
opposing sides.
    (2) The restrictions for overpacks containing Class 8, Packing Group 
I material and Division 5.1, Packing Group I material in Sec.
173.25(a)(5) of this subchapter. These waste materials may be overpacked 
with other materials.
    (g) Household waste. Household waste, as defined in Sec.171.8 of 
this subchapter, is not subject to the requirements of this subchapter 
when transported in accordance with applicable state, local, or tribal 
requirements.
    (h) Shrink-wrapped or stretch-wrapped pallets of limited quantity 
waste. Shrink-wrapped or stretch-wrapped pallets containing packages of 
waste ORM-D or limited quantity materials may be transported by motor 
vehicle and cargo vessel under the following conditions:
    (1) The waste materials must be in their original undamaged 
packaging and marked with the ``Consumer Commodity ORM-D'' marking in 
conformance with Sec.172.316 or an authorized limited quantity marking 
in conformance with Sec.172.315 of this subchapter, as appropriate. 
The word ``waste'' in association with the proper shipping name is not 
required on individual packages;
    (2) Packages must be securely affixed to a pallet and shrink-wrapped 
or stretch-wrapped;
    (3) The outside of the shrink-wrap or stretch-wrap must be marked on 
opposite sides with either ``Waste, Consumer Commodity, ORM-D'' or 
``Waste, Limited Quantity.''

[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52609, Dec. 21, 1990]

[[Page 487]]


    Editorial Note: For Federal Register citations affecting Sec.
173.12, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the 
Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov.



Sec.173.13  Exceptions for Class 3, Divisions 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 5.1, 6.1,
and Classes 8 and 9 materials.

    (a) A Class 3, 8 or 9, or Division 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 5.1, or 6.1 
material is excepted from the labeling (except for the CARGO AIRCRAFT 
ONLY label), placarding and segregation requirements of this subchapter 
if prepared for transportation in accordance with the requirements of 
this section. A material that meets the definition of a material 
poisonous by inhalation may not be offered for transportation or 
transported under provisions of this section.
    (b) A hazardous material conforming to the requirements of this 
section may be transported by motor vehicle and rail car. In addition, 
packages prepared in accordance with this section may be transported by 
aircraft under the following conditions:
    (1) Cargo-only aircraft. Only hazardous materials permitted to be 
transported aboard either a passenger or cargo-only aircraft by column 
(9A) or (9B) of the Hazardous Materials Table in Sec.172.101 of this 
subchapter are authorized aboard cargo-only aircraft.
    (2) Passenger carrying aircraft. Only hazardous materials permitted 
to be transported aboard a passenger aircraft by column (9A) of the 
Hazardous Materials Table in Sec.172.101 of this subchapter are 
authorized aboard passenger aircraft. The completed package, assembled 
as for transportation, must be successfully tested in accordance with 
part 178 of this subchapter at the Packing Group I level. A hazardous 
material which meets the definition of a Division 5.1 (oxidizer) at the 
Packing Group I level in accordance with Sec.173.127(b)(1)(i) of this 
subchapter may not be transported aboard a passenger aircraft.
    (3) Packages offered for transportation aboard either passenger or 
cargo-only aircraft must meet the requirements for transportation by 
aircraft specified in Sec.173.27 of this subchapter.
    (c) A hazardous material permitted by paragraph (a) of this section 
must be packaged as follows:
    (1) For liquids:
    (i) The hazardous material must be placed in a tightly closed glass, 
plastic or metal inner packaging with a maximum capacity not exceeding 
1.2 L. Sufficient outage must be provided such that the inner packaging 
will not become liquid full at 55 [deg]C (130 [deg]F). The net quantity 
(measured at 20 [deg]C (68 [deg]F)) of liquid in any inner packaging may 
not exceed 1 L. For transportation by aircraft, the net quantity in one 
package may not exceed the quantity specified in columns (9A) or (9B), 
as appropriate.
    (ii) The inner packaging must be placed in a hermetically sealed 
barrier bag which is impervious to the lading, and then wrapped in a 
non-reactive absorbent material in sufficient quantity to completely 
absorb the contents of the inner packaging. Alternatively, the inner 
packaging may first be wrapped in a non-reactive absorbent material and 
then placed in the hermetically sealed barrier bag. The combination of 
inner packaging, absorbent material, and bag must be placed in a snugly 
fitting metal can.
    (iii) The metal can must be securely closed. For liquids that are in 
Division 4.2 or 4.3, the metal can must be hermetically sealed. For 
Division 4.2 materials in Packing Group I, the metal can must be tested 
in accordance with part 178 of this subchapter at the Packing Group I 
performance level.
    (iv) The metal can must be placed in a fiberboard box that is placed 
in a hermetically sealed barrier bag which is impervious to the lading.
    (v) The intermediate packaging must be placed inside a securely 
closed, outer packaging conforming to Sec.173.201.
    (vi) Not more than four intermediate packagings are permitted in an 
outer packaging.
    (2) For solids:
    (i) The hazardous material must be placed in a tightly closed glass, 
plastic or metal inner packaging. The net quantity of material in any 
inner packaging may not exceed 2.85kg (6.25 pounds). For transportation 
by aircraft, the net quantity in one package

[[Page 488]]

may not exceed the quantity specified in columns (9A) or (9B), as 
appropriate.
    (ii) The inner packaging must be placed in a hermetically sealed 
barrier bag which is impervious to the lading.
    (iii) The barrier bag and its contents must be placed in a 
fiberboard box that is placed in a hermetically-sealed barrier bag which 
is impervious to the lading.
    (iv) The intermediate packaging must be placed inside an outer 
packaging conforming to Sec.173.211.
    (v) Not more than four intermediate packagings are permitted in an 
outer packaging.
    (d) The outside of the package must be marked, in association with 
the proper shipping name, with the statement: ``This package conforms to 
49 CFR 173.13.''

[Amdt. 173-253, 61 FR 27173, May 30, 1996, as amended at 65 FR 50460, 
Aug. 18, 2000; 66 FR 45381, Aug. 28, 2001; 70 FR 3309, Jan. 24, 2005; 71 
FR 54395, Sept. 14, 2006; 75 FR 27215, May 14, 2010]



     Subpart B_Preparation of Hazardous Materials for Transportation



Sec.173.21  Forbidden materials and packages.

    Unless otherwise provided in this subchapter, the offering for 
transportation or transportation of the following is forbidden:
    (a) Materials that are designated ``Forbidden'' in Column 3 of the 
Sec.172.101 table.
    (b) Forbidden explosives as defined in Sec.173.54 of this part.
    (c) Electrical devices, such as batteries and battery-powered 
devices, which are likely to create sparks or generate a dangerous 
evolution of heat, unless packaged in a manner which precludes such an 
occurrence.
    (d) For carriage by aircraft, any package which has a magnetic field 
of more than 0.00525 gauss measured at 4.5 m (15 feet) from any surface 
of the package.
    (e) A material in the same packaging, freight container, or overpack 
with another material, the mixing of which is likely to cause a 
dangerous evolution of heat, or flammable or poisonous gases or vapors, 
or to produce corrosive materials.
    (f) A package containing a material which is likely to decompose 
with a self-accelerated decomposition temperature (SADT) of 50 [deg]C 
(122[emsp14] [deg]F) or less, or polymerize at a temperature of 54 
[deg]C (130[emsp14] [deg]F) or less with an evolution of a dangerous 
quantity of heat or gas when decomposing or polymerizing, unless the 
material is stabilized or inhibited in a manner to preclude such 
evolution. The SADT may be determined by any of the test methods 
described in Part II of the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria (IBR, see 
Sec.171.7 of this subchapter).
    (1) A package meeting the criteria of paragraph (f) of this section 
may be required to be shipped under controlled temperature conditions. 
The control temperature and emergency temperature for a package shall be 
as specified in the table in this paragraph based upon the SADT of the 
material. The control temperature is the temperature above which a 
package of the material may not be offered for transportation or 
transported. The emergency temperature is the temperature at which, due 
to imminent danger, emergency measures must be initiated.

    Sec. 173.21 Table--Method of Determining Control and Emergency
                               Temperature
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                        Control            Emergency
            SADT \1\                 temperatures         temperature
------------------------------------------------------------------------
SADT <=20 [deg]C (68 [deg]F)....  20 [deg]C (36       10 [deg]C (18
                                   [deg]F) below       [deg]F) below
                                   SADT.               SADT.
20 [deg]C (68 [deg]F) SADT <=35   15 [deg]C (27       10 [deg]C (18
 [deg]C (95 [deg]F).               [deg]F) below       [deg]F) below
                                   SADT.               SADT.
35 [deg]C (95 [deg]F) SADT <=50   10 [deg]C (18       5 [deg]C (9
 [deg]C (122 [deg]F).              [deg]F) below       [deg]F) below
                                   SADT.               SADT.
50 [deg]C (122 [deg]F) SADT.....  (\2\).............  (\2\)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Self-accelerating decomposition temperature.
\2\ Temperature control not required.

    (2) For self-reactive materials listed in Sec.173.224(b) table 
control and emergency temperatures, where required are shown in Columns 
5 and 6, respectively. For organic peroxides listed in The Organic 
Peroxides Table in Sec.173.225 control and emergency temperatures, 
where required, are shown in Columns 7a and 7b, respectively.
    (3) Refrigeration may be used as a means of stabilization only when 
approved by the Associate Administrator.

[[Page 489]]

Approvals issued by the Bureau of Explosives are no longer valid (see 
Sec.171.19 of this subchapter). Methods of stabilization approved by 
the Associate Administrator are as follows:
    (i) For highway transportation:
    (A) A material meeting the criteria of this paragraph (f) may be 
transported only in a transport vehicle, freight container, or motor 
vehicle equipped with a mechanical refrigeration unit, or loaded with a 
consumable refrigerant, capable of maintaining the inside temperature of 
the hazardous material at or below the control temperature required for 
the material during transportation.
    (B) Each package containing a material meeting the criteria of this 
paragraph (f) must be loaded and maintained at or below the control 
temperature required for the material. The temperature of the material 
must be determined by appropriate means and entered on a written record 
at the time the packaging is loaded.
    (C) The vehicle operator shall monitor the inside temperature of the 
transport vehicle, freight container, or motor vehicle and enter that 
temperature on a written record at the time the package is loaded and 
thereafter at intervals not exceeding two hours. Alternatively, a 
transport vehicle, freight container, or motor vehicle may be equipped 
with a visible or audible warning device that activates when the inside 
temperature of the transport vehicle, freight container, or motor 
vehicle exceeds the control temperature required for the material. The 
warning device must be readily visible or audible, as appropriate, from 
the vehicle operator's seat in the vehicle.
    (D) The carrier shall advise the vehicle operator of the emergency 
temperature for the material, and provide the vehicle operator with 
written procedures that must be followed to assure maintenance of the 
control temperature inside the transport vehicle, freight container, or 
motor vehicle. The written procedures must include instructions for the 
vehicle operator on actions to take if the inside temperature exceeds 
the control temperature and approaches or reaches the emergency 
temperature for the material. In addition, the written temperature-
control procedures must identify enroute points where the consumable 
refrigerant may be procured, or where repairs to, or replacement of, the 
mechanical refrigeration unit may be accomplished.
    (E) The vehicle operator shall maintain the written temperature-
control procedures, and the written record of temperature measurements 
specified in paragraph (f)(3)(i)(C) of this section, if applicable, in 
the same manner as specified in Sec.177.817 of this subchapter for 
shipping papers.
    (F) If the control temperature is maintained by use of a consumable 
refrigerant (e.g., dry ice or liquid nitrogen), the quantity of 
consumable refrigerant must be sufficient to maintain the control 
temperature for twice the average transit time under normal conditions 
of transportation.
    (G) A material that has a control temperature of 40 [deg]C (104 
[deg]F) or higher may be transported by common carrier. A material that 
has a control temperature below 40 [deg]C (104 [deg]F) must be 
transported by a private or contract carrier.
    (ii) For transportation by vessel, shipments are authorized in 
accordance with the control temperature requirements in 7.3.7 of the 
IMDG Code (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this subchapter).
    (g) Packages which give off a flammable gas or vapor, released from 
a material not otherwise subject to this subchapter, likely to create a 
flammable mixture with air in a transport vehicle.
    (h) Packages containing materials (other than those classed as 
explosive) which will detonate in a fire.
    (1) For purposes of this paragraph, ``detonate'' means an explosion 
in which the shock wave travels through the material at a speed greater 
than the speed of sound.
    (2) When tests are required to evaluate the performance of a package 
under the provisions of this paragraph, the testing must be done or 
approved by one of the agencies specified in Sec.173.56.
    (i) Except for a package containing a lighter design sample that 
meets the requirements of Sec.173.308(b)(2), a package containing a 
lighter (see Sec.171.8 of this subchapter) containing a Division 2.1 
material, of a design that has not

[[Page 490]]

been examined and successfully tested by an authorized person under the 
criteria specified in Sec.173.308(a)(4) or, a lighter design 
containing a Class 3 material, that has not been approved by the 
Associate Administrator.
    (j) An organic peroxide of the ``ketone peroxide'' category which 
contains more than 9 percent available oxygen as calculated using the 
equation in Sec.173.128(a)(4)(ii). The category, ketone peroxide, 
includes, but is not limited to:

Acetyl acetone peroxide
Cyclohexanone peroxide(s)
Diacetone alcohol peroxides
Methylcyclohexanone peroxide(s)
Methyl ethyl ketone peroxide(s)
Methyl isobutyl ketone peroxide(s)

    (k) Notwithstanding any other provision of this subchapter, 
including subpart C of part 171 and 175.10(a)(2) of this subchapter, an 
oxygen generator (chemical) as cargo on a passenger-carrying aircraft. 
This prohibition does not apply to an oxygen generator for medical or 
personal use of a passenger that meets the requirements of Sec.
175.10(a)(7) of this subchapter.

[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52609, Dec. 21, 1990]

    Editorial Note: For Federal Register citations affecting Sec.
173.21, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the 
Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov.



Sec.173.22  Shipper's responsibility.

    (a) Except as otherwise provided in this part, a person may offer a 
hazardous material for transportation in a packaging or container 
required by this part only in accordance with the following:
    (1) The person shall class and describe the hazardous material in 
accordance with parts 172 and 173 of this subchapter, and
    (2) The person shall determine that the packaging or container is an 
authorized packaging, including part 173 requirements, and that it has 
been manufactured, assembled, and marked in accordance with:
    (i) Section 173.7(a) and parts 173, 178, or 179 of this subchapter;
    (ii) A specification of the Department in effect at the date of 
manufacture of the packaging or container;
    (iii) National or international regulations based on the UN 
Recommendations (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this subchapter), as authorized 
in Sec.173.24(d)(2);
    (iv) An approval issued under this subchapter; or
    (v) An exemption or special permit issued under subchapter A of this 
chapter.
    (3) In making the determination under paragraph (a)(2) of this 
section, the person may accept:
    (i) Except for the marking on the bottom of a metal or plastic drum 
with a capacity over 100 L which has been reconditioned, remanufactured 
or otherwise converted, the manufacturer's certification, specification, 
approval, or exemption or special permit marking (see Sec. Sec.178.2 
and 179.1 of this subchapter); or
    (ii) With respect to cargo tanks provided by a carrier, the 
manufacturer's identification plate or a written certification of 
specification or exemption or special permit provided by the carrier.
    (4)(i) For a DOT Specification or UN standard packaging subject to 
the requirements of part 178 of this subchapter, a person must perform 
all functions necessary to bring the package into compliance with parts 
173 and 178 of this subchapter, as identified by the packaging 
manufacturer or subsequent distributor (for example, applying closures 
consistent with the manufacturer's closure instructions) in accordance 
with Sec.178.2 of this subchapter.
    (ii) For other than a bulk package or a cylinder, a person must 
retain a copy of the manufacturer's notification, including closure 
instructions (see Sec.178.2(c) of this subchapter). For a bulk package 
or a cylinder, a person must retain a copy of the manufacturer's 
notification, including closure instructions (see Sec.178.2(c) of this 
subchapter), unless permanently embossed or printed on the package. A 
copy of the manufacturer's notification, including closure instructions 
(see Sec.178.2(c) of this subchapter), unless permanently embossed or 
printed on the package when applicable, must be made available for 
inspection by a representative of the Department upon request for at 
least 90 days once the package is offered to the initial carrier for 
transportation in

[[Page 491]]

commerce. Subsequent offerors of a filled and otherwise properly 
prepared unaltered package are not required to maintain manufacturer 
notification (including closure instructions).
    (iii) When applicable, a person must retain a copy of any supporting 
documentation used to determine an equivalent level of performance under 
the selective testing variation in Sec.178.601(g)(1) of this 
subchapter. Such documentation is to be retained by the person 
certifying compliance with Sec.178.601(g)(1), as prescribed in Sec.
178.601(l), and retained as prescribed in paragraph (a)(4)(ii) of this 
section.
    (b) No person may offer a motor carrier any hazardous material 
specified in 49 CFR 385.403 unless that motor carrier holds a safety 
permit issued by the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration.
    (c) Prior to each shipment of fissile radioactive materials, and 
Type B or highway route controlled quantity packages of radioactive 
materials (see Sec.173.403), the shipper shall notify the consignee of 
the dates of shipment and expected arrival. The shipper shall also 
notify each consignee of any special loading/unloading instructions 
prior to his first shipment. For any shipment of irradiated reactor 
fuel, the shipper shall provide physical protection in compliance with a 
plan established under:
    (1) Requirements prescribed by the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory 
Commission, or
    (2) Equivalent requirements approved by the Associate Administrator.

[Amdt. 173-100, 42 FR 2689, Jan. 13, 1977]

    Editorial Note: For Federal Register citations affecting Sec.
173.22, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the 
Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov.



Sec.173.22a  Use of packagings authorized under special permits.

    (a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, no person 
may offer a hazardous material for transportation in a packaging the use 
of which is dependent upon an exemption or special permit issued under 
subpart B of part 107 of this title, unless that person is the holder of 
or a party to the exemption or special permit.
    (b) If an exemption or special permit authorizes the use of a 
packaging for the transportation of a hazardous material by any person 
or class of persons other than or in addition to the holder of the 
exemption or special permit, that person or a member of that class of 
persons may use the packaging for the purposes authorized in the 
exemption or special permit subject to the terms specified therein. 
Copies of exemptions and special permits may be obtained by accessing 
the Hazardous Materials Safety Web site at http://www.phmsa.dot.gov/
hazmat/regs/sp-a'' or by writing to the Associate Administrator for 
Hazardous Materials Safety, U.S. Department of Transportation, East 
Building, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590-0001, 
Attention: Records Center.
    (c) When an exemption or special permit issued to a person who 
offers a hazardous material contains requirements that apply to a 
carrier of the hazardous material, the offeror shall furnish a copy of 
the current exemption or special permit to the carrier before or at the 
time a shipment is tendered.

[70 FR 73165, Dec. 9, 2005, as amended at 72 FR 55692, Oct. 1, 2007; 76 
FR 56315, Sept. 13, 2011]



Sec.173.23  Previously authorized packaging.

    (a) When the regulations specify a packaging with a specification 
marking prefix of ``DOT,'' a packaging marked prior to January 1, 1970, 
with the prefix of ``ICC'' may be used in its place if the packaging 
otherwise conforms to applicable specification requirements.
    (b) [Reserved]
    (c) After July 2, 1982, a seamless aluminum cylinder manufactured in 
conformance with and for use under DOT special permit (SP) or exemption 
(E) 6498, 7042, 8107, 8364 or 8422 may be continued in use if marked 
before or at the time of the next retest with either the specification 
identification ``3AL'' immediately above the special permit or exemption 
number, or the DOT mark (e.g., DOT 3AL 1800) in proximity to the special 
permit or exemption marking.
    (d) Cylinders (spheres) manufactured and marked under DOT special 
permit

[[Page 492]]

(SP) or exemption (E) 6616 prior to January 1, 1983, may be continued in 
use if marked before or at the time of the next retest with the 
specification identification ``4BA'' near the special permit or 
exemption marking.
    (e) After October 1, 1984, cylinders manufactured for use under 
special permit (SP) or exemption (E) 6668 or 8404 may be continued in 
use, and must be marked ``DOT-4LXXXYY'' (XXX to be replaced by the 
service pressure, YY to be replaced by the letters ``AL'', if 
applicable) in compliance with Specification 4L (Sec.178.57 of this 
subchapter) on or before January 1, 1986. The ``DOT-4LXXXYY'' must 
appear in proximity to other required special permit or exemption 
markings.
    (f) An MC 331 cargo tank motor vehicle must conform to structural 
integrity requirements in Sec.178.337-3 or to corresponding 
requirements in effect at the time of manufacture.
    (g) A non-bulk packaging manufactured, tested, marked, and certified 
on or before September 30, 1996, in accordance with the applicable 
provisions of subparts L and M of part 178 of this subchapter in effect 
on September 30, 1995, may be used as authorized by this subchapter if 
the packaging conforms to all requirements applicable at the time of 
manufacture. In addition, such a packaging may be reused as authorized 
by Sec.173.28 without a nominal thickness marking, if it conforms to 
the minimum thickness criteria prescribed in Sec.173.28(b)(4).
    (h) A packaging that is permanently marked with a special permit 
number, ``DOT-SP'' or ``DOT-E,'' for which the provisions of the special 
permit have been incorporated into this subchapter may continue to be 
used for the life of the packaging without obliterating or otherwise 
removing the special permit number.
    (i) An exemption packaging or shipping paper that is permanently 
marked ``DOT-E'' prior to October 1, 2007, may continue in use as long 
as the exemption or special permit remains valid, unless otherwise 
specified in the exemption or special permit.

[Amdt. 173-3, 33 FR 14921, Oct. 4, 1968]

    Editorial Note: For Federal Register citations affecting Sec.
173.23, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the 
Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov.



Sec.173.24  General requirements for packagings and packages.

    (a) Applicability. Except as otherwise provided in this subchapter, 
the provisions of this section apply to--
    (1) Bulk and non-bulk packagings;
    (2) New packagings and packagings which are reused; and
    (3) Specification and non-specification packagings.
    (b) Each package used for the shipment of hazardous materials under 
this subchapter shall be designed, constructed, maintained, filled, its 
contents so limited, and closed, so that under conditions normally 
incident to transportation--
    (1) Except as otherwise provided in this subchapter, there will be 
no identifiable (without the use of instruments) release of hazardous 
materials to the environment;
    (2) The effectiveness of the package will not be substantially 
reduced; for example, impact resistance, strength, packaging 
compatibility, etc. must be maintained for the minimum and maximum 
temperatures, changes in humidity and pressure, and shocks, loadings and 
vibrations, normally encountered during transportation;
    (3) There will be no mixture of gases or vapors in the package which 
could, through any credible spontaneous increase of heat or pressure, 
significantly reduce the effectiveness of the packaging;
    (4) There will be no hazardous material residue adhering to the 
outside of the package during transport.
    (c) Authorized packagings. (1) A packaging is authorized for a 
hazardous material only if--
    (i) The packaging is prescribed or permitted for the hazardous 
material in a packaging section specified for that material in Column 8 
of the Sec.172.101 table and conforms to applicable requirements in 
the special provisions of Column 7 of the Sec.172.101 table and, for 
specification packagings (but not including UN standard packagings 
manufactured outside the United States), the specification requirements 
in parts 178 and 179 of this subchapter; or

[[Page 493]]

    (ii) The packaging is permitted under, and conforms to, provisions 
contained in subparts B or C of part 171 of this subchapter or Sec.
173.3, Sec.173.4, Sec.173.4a, Sec.173.4b, Sec.173.5, Sec.
173.5a, Sec.173.6, Sec.173.7, Sec.173.8, Sec.173.27, or Sec.
176.11 of this subchapter.
    (2) The use of supplementary packagings within an outer packaging 
(e.g., an intermediate packaging or a receptacle inside a required inner 
packaging) additional to what is required by this subchapter is 
authorized provided all applicable requirements of this subchapter are 
met and, when necessary, suitable cushioning is used to prevent movement 
within the packaging.
    (d) Specification packagings and UN standard packagings manufactured 
outside the U.S.--(1) Specification packagings. A specification 
packaging, including a UN standard packaging manufactured in the United 
States, must conform in all details to the applicable specification or 
standard in part 178 or part 179 of this subchapter.
    (2) UN standard packagings manufactured outside the United States. A 
UN standard packaging manufactured outside the United States, in 
accordance with national or international regulations based on the UN 
Recommendations (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this subchapter), may be 
imported and used and is considered to be an authorized packaging under 
the provisions of paragraph (c)(1) of this section, subject to the 
following conditions and limitations:
    (i) The packaging fully conforms to applicable provisions in the UN 
Recommendations and the requirements of this subpart, including reuse 
provisions;
    (ii) The packaging is capable of passing the prescribed tests in 
part 178 of this subchapter applicable to that standard; and
    (iii) The competent authority of the country of manufacture provides 
reciprocal treatment for UN standard packagings manufactured in the U.S.
    (e) Compatibility. (1) Even though certain packagings are specified 
in this part, it is, nevertheless, the responsibility of the person 
offering a hazardous material for transportation to ensure that such 
packagings are compatible with their lading. This particularly applies 
to corrosivity, permeability, softening, premature aging and 
embrittlement.
    (2) Packaging materials and contents must be such that there will be 
no significant chemical or galvanic reaction between the materials and 
contents of the package.
    (3) Plastic packagings and receptacles. (i) Plastic used in 
packagings and receptacles must be of a type compatible with the lading 
and may not be permeable to an extent that a hazardous condition is 
likely to occur during transportation, handling or refilling.
    (ii) Each plastic packaging or receptacle which is used for liquid 
hazardous materials must be capable of withstanding without failure the 
procedure specified in appendix B of this part (``Procedure for Testing 
Chemical Compatibility and Rate of Permeation in Plastic Packagings and 
Receptacles''). The procedure specified in appendix B of this part must 
be performed on each plastic packaging or receptacle used for Packing 
Group I materials. The maximum rate of permeation of hazardous lading 
through or into the plastic packaging or receptacles may not exceed 0.5 
percent for materials meeting the definition of a Division 6.1 material 
according to Sec.173.132 and 2.0 percent for other hazardous 
materials, when subjected to a temperature no lower than--
    (A) 18 [deg]C (64 [deg]F) for 180 days in accordance with Test 
Method 1 in appendix B of this part;
    (B) 50 [deg]C (122 [deg]F) for 28 days in accordance with Test 
Method 2 in appendix B of this part; or
    (C) 60 [deg]C (140 [deg]F) for 14 days in accordance with Test 
Method 3 in appendix B of this part.
    (iii) Alternative procedures or rates of permeation are permitted if 
they yield a level of safety equivalent to or greater than that provided 
by paragraph (e)(3)(ii) of this section and are specifically approved by 
the Associate Administrator.
    (4) Mixed contents. Hazardous materials may not be packed or mixed 
together in the same outer packaging with other hazardous or 
nonhazardous materials if such materials are capable

[[Page 494]]

of reacting dangerously with each other and causing--
    (i) Combustion or dangerous evolution of heat;
    (ii) Evolution of flammable, poisonous, or asphyxiant gases; or
    (iii) Formation of unstable or corrosive materials.
    (5) Packagings used for solids, which may become liquid at 
temperatures likely to be encountered during transportation, must be 
capable of containing the hazardous material in the liquid state.
    (f) Closures. (1) Closures on packagings shall be so designed and 
closed that under conditions (including the effects of temperature, 
pressure and vibration) normally incident to transportation--
    (i) Except as provided in paragraph (g) of this section, there is no 
identifiable release of hazardous materials to the environment from the 
opening to which the closure is applied; and
    (ii) The closure is leakproof and secured against loosening. For air 
transport, stoppers, corks or other such friction closures must be held 
in place by positive means.
    (2) Except as otherwise provided in this subchapter, a closure 
(including gaskets or other closure components, if any) used on a 
specification packaging must conform to all applicable requirements of 
the specification and must be closed in accordance with information, as 
applicable, provided by the manufacturer's notification required by 
Sec.178.2 of this subchapter.
    (g) Venting. Venting of packagings, to reduce internal pressure 
which may develop by the evolution of gas from the contents, is 
permitted only when--
    (1) Except for shipments of cryogenic liquids as specified in Sec.
173.320(c) and of carbon dioxide, solid (dry ice), transportation by 
aircraft is not involved;
    (2) Except as otherwise provided in this subchapter, the evolved 
gases are not poisonous, likely to create a flammable mixture with air 
or be an asphyxiant under normal conditions of transportation;
    (3) The packaging is designed so as to preclude an unintentional 
release of hazardous materials from the receptacle;
    (4) For bulk packagings, other than IBCs, venting is authorized for 
the specific hazardous material by a special provision in the Sec.
172.101 table or by the applicable bulk packaging specification in part 
178 of this subchapter; and
    (5) Intermediate bulk packagings (IBCs) may be vented when required 
to reduce internal pressure that may develop by the evolution of gas 
subject to the requirements of paragraphs (g)(1) through (g)(3) of this 
section. The IBC must be of a type that has successfully passed (with 
the vent in place) the applicable design qualification tests with no 
release of hazardous material.
    (h) Outage and filling limits--(1) General. When filling packagings 
and receptacles for liquids, sufficient ullage (outage) must be left to 
ensure that neither leakage nor permanent distortion of the packaging or 
receptacle will occur as a result of an expansion of the liquid caused 
by temperatures likely to be encountered during transportation. 
Requirements for outage and filling limits for non-bulk and bulk 
packagings are specified in Sec. Sec.173.24a(d) and 173.24b(a), 
respectively.
    (2) Compressed gases and cryogenic liquids. Filling limits for 
compressed gases and cryogenic liquids are specified in Sec. Sec.
173.301 through 173.306 for cylinders and Sec. Sec.173.314 through 
173.319 for bulk packagings.
    (i) Air transportation. Except as provided in subpart C of part 171 
of this subchapter, packages prepared under Sec.173.167 of this part, 
or packages prepared under Packing Instruction Y963 of the ICAO 
Technical Instructions, packages offered or intended for transportation 
by aircraft must conform to the general requirements for transportation 
by aircraft in Sec.173.27.

[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52610, Dec. 21, 1990]

    Editorial Note: For Federal Register citations affecting Sec.
173.24, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the 
Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov.



Sec.173.24a  Additional general requirements for non-bulk packagings
and packages.

    (a) Packaging design. Except as provided in Sec.172.312 of this 
subchapter:
    (1) Inner packaging closures. A combination packaging containing 
liquid

[[Page 495]]

hazardous materials must be packed so that closures on inner packagings 
are upright.
    (2) Friction. The nature and thickness of the outer packaging must 
be such that friction during transportation is not likely to generate an 
amount of heat sufficient to alter dangerously the chemical stability of 
the contents.
    (3) Securing and cushioning. Inner packagings of combination 
packagings must be so packed, secured and cushioned to prevent their 
breakage or leakage and to control their shifting within the outer 
packaging under conditions normally incident to transportation. 
Cushioning material must not be capable of reacting dangerously with the 
contents of the inner packagings or having its protective properties 
significantly weakened in the event of leakage.
    (4) Metallic devices. Nails, staples and other metallic devices 
shall not protrude into the interior of the outer packaging in such a 
manner as to be likely to damage inner packagings or receptacles.
    (5) Vibration. Each non-bulk package must be capable of 
withstanding, without rupture or leakage, the vibration test procedure 
specified in Sec.178.608 of this subchapter.
    (b) Non-bulk packaging filling limits. (1) A non-bulk packaging not 
exceeding 400 kg may be filled with a liquid hazardous material only 
when the specific gravity of the material or gross mass of the package 
does not exceed that marked on the packaging, or a specific gravity of 
1.2 if not marked, except as follows:
    (i) A Packing Group I packaging may be used for a Packing Group II 
material with a specific gravity not exceeding the greater of 1.8, or 
1.5 times the specific gravity or gross mass of the package marked on 
the packaging, provided all the performance criteria can still be met 
with the higher specific gravity material;
    (ii) A Packing Group I packaging may be used for a Packing Group III 
material with a specific gravity not exceeding the greater of 2.7, or 
2.25 times the specific gravity or gross mass of the package marked on 
the packaging, provided all the performance criteria can still be met 
with the higher specific gravity material; and
    (iii) A Packing Group II packaging may be used for a Packing Group 
III material with a specific gravity not exceeding the greater of 1.8, 
or 1.5 times the specific gravity or gross mass of the package marked on 
the packaging, provided all the performance criteria can still be met 
with the higher specific gravity material.
    (2) Except as otherwise provided in this section, a non-bulk 
packaging may not be filled with a hazardous material to a gross mass 
greater than the maximum gross mass marked on the packaging.
    (3) A non-bulk packaging not exceeding 400 kg which is tested and 
marked for liquid hazardous materials may be filled with a solid 
hazardous material to a gross mass, in kilograms, not exceeding the 
rated capacity of the packaging in liters, or gross mass of the package, 
multiplied by the specific gravity or gross mass of the package marked 
on the packaging, or 1.2 if not marked. In addition:
    (i) A non-bulk packaging not exceeding 400 kg which is tested and 
marked for Packing Group I liquid hazardous materials may be filled with 
a solid Packing Group II hazardous material to a gross mass, in 
kilograms, not exceeding the rated capacity of the packaging in liters, 
or gross mass of the package, multiplied by 1.5, multiplied by the 
specific gravity or gross mass of the package marked on the packaging, 
or 1.2 if not marked.
    (ii) A non-bulk packaging not exceeding 400 kg which is tested and 
marked for Packing Group I liquid hazardous materials may be filled with 
a solid Packing Group III hazardous material to a gross mass, in 
kilograms, not exceeding the rated capacity of the packaging in liters, 
or gross mass of the package, multiplied by 2.25, multiplied by the 
specific gravity or gross mass of the package marked on the packaging, 
or 1.2 if not marked.
    (iii) A non-bulk packaging not exceeding 400 kg which is tested and 
marked for Packing Group II liquid hazardous materials may be filled 
with a solid Packing Group III hazardous material to a gross mass, in 
kilograms, not exceeding the rated capacity of the

[[Page 496]]

packaging in liters, or gross mass of the package, multiplied by 1.5, 
multiplied by the specific gravity or gross mass of the package marked 
on the packaging, or 1.2 if not marked.
    (4) Packagings tested as prescribed in Sec.178.605 of this 
subchapter and marked with the hydrostatic test pressure as prescribed 
in Sec.178.503(a)(5) of this subchapter may be used for liquids only 
when the vapor pressure of the liquid conforms to one of the following:
    (i) The vapor pressure must be such that the total pressure in the 
packaging (i.e., the vapor pressure of the liquid plus the partial 
pressure of air or other inert gases, less 100 kPa (15 psia)) at 55 
[deg]C (131 [deg]F), determined on the basis of a maximum degree of 
filling in accordance with paragraph (d) of this section and a filling 
temperature of 15 [deg]C (59 [deg]F)), will not exceed two-thirds of the 
marked test pressure;
    (ii) The vapor pressure at 50 [deg]C (122 [deg]F) must be less than 
four-sevenths of the sum of the marked test pressure plus 100 kPa (15 
psia); or
    (iii) The vapor pressure at 55 [deg]C (131 [deg]F) must be less than 
two-thirds of the sum of the marked test pressure plus 100 kPa (15 
psia).
    (5) No hazardous material may remain on the outside of a package 
after filling.
    (c) Mixed contents. (1) An outer non-bulk packaging may contain more 
than one hazardous material only when--
    (i) The inner and outer packagings used for each hazardous material 
conform to the relevant packaging sections of this part applicable to 
that hazardous material;
    (ii) The package as prepared for shipment meets the performance 
tests prescribed in part 178 of this subchapter for the packing group 
indicating the highest order of hazard for the hazardous materials 
contained in the package;
    (iii) Corrosive materials (except ORM-D) in bottles are further 
packed in securely closed inner receptacles before packing in outer 
packagings; and
    (iv) For transportation by aircraft, the total net quantity does not 
exceed the lowest permitted maximum net quantity per package as shown in 
Column (9a) or (9b), as appropriate, of the Sec.172.101 Table of this 
subchapter. The permitted maximum net quantity must be calculated in 
kilograms if a package contains both a liquid and a solid. These 
requirements do not apply to limited quantity hazardous materials 
packaged in accordance with Sec.173.27(f)(2).
    (2) A packaging containing inner packagings of Division 6.2 
materials may not contain other hazardous materials except--
    (i) Refrigerants, such as dry ice or liquid nitrogen, as authorized 
under the HMR;
    (ii) Anticoagulants used to stabilize blood or plasma; or
    (iii) Small quantities of Class 3, Class 8, Class 9, or other 
materials in Packing Groups II or III used to stabilize or prevent 
degradation of the sample, provided the quantity of such materials does 
not exceed 30 mL (1 ounce) or 30 g (1 ounce) in each inner packaging. 
The maximum quantity in an outer package, including a hazardous material 
used to preserve or stabilize a sample, may not exceed 4 L (1 gallon) or 
4 kg (8.8 pounds). Such preservatives are not subject to the 
requirements of this subchapter.
    (d) Liquids must not completely fill a receptacle at a temperature 
of 55 [deg]C (131 [deg]F) or less.

[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52611, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66265, 
Dec. 20, 1991; 57 FR 45460, Oct. 1, 1992; 58 FR 51532, Oct. 1, 1993; 
Amdt. 173-255, 61 FR 50624, Sept. 26, 1996; 66 FR 45380, Aug. 28, 2001; 
68 FR 61941, Oct. 30, 2003; 71 FR 32258, June 2, 2006; 81 FR 35541, June 
2, 2016; 83 FR 55808, Nov. 7, 2018]



Sec.173.24b  Additional general requirements for bulk packagings.

    (a) Outage and filling limits. (1) Except as otherwise provided in 
this subchapter, liquids and liquefied gases must be so loaded that the 
outage is at least five percent for materials poisonous by inhalation, 
or at least one percent for all other materials, of the total capacity 
of a cargo tank, portable tank, tank car (including dome capacity), 
multi-unit tank car tank, or any compartment thereof, at the following 
reference temperatures--
    (i) 46 [deg]C (115 [deg]F) for a noninsulated tank;

[[Page 497]]

    (ii) 43 [deg]C (110 [deg]F) for a tank car having a thermal 
protection system, incorporating a metal jacket that provides an overall 
thermal conductance at 15.5 [deg]C (60 [deg]F) of no more than 10.22 
kilojoules per hour per square meter per degree Celsius (0.5 Btu per 
hour/per square foot/ per degree F) temperature differential; or
    (iii) 41 [deg]C (105 [deg]F) for an insulated tank.
    (2) Hazardous materials may not be loaded into the dome of a tank 
car. If the dome of the tank car does not provide sufficient outage, 
vacant space must be left in the shell to provide the required outage.
    (b) Equivalent steel. For the purposes of this section, the 
reference stainless steel is stainless steel with a guaranteed minimum 
tensile strength of 51.7 deka newtons per square millimeter (75,000 psi) 
and a guaranteed elongation of 40 percent or greater. Where the 
regulations permit steel other than stainless steel to be used in place 
of a specified stainless steel (for example, as in Sec.172.102 of this 
subchapter, special provision B30), the minimum thickness for the steel 
must be obtained from one of the following formulas, as appropriate:

                        Formula for metric units

e1 = (12.74e0) / (Rm1 A1)\1/
3\

                      Formula for non-metric units

e1 = (144.2e0) / (Rm1 A1)\1/
3\

where:

e0 = Required thickness of the reference stainless steel in 
          mm or inches respectively;
e1 = Equivalent thickness of the steel used in mm or inches 
          respectively;
Rm1 = Specified minimum tensile strength of the steel used in 
          deka-newtons per square millimeter or pounds per square inch 
          respectively; and
A1 = Specified minimum percentage elongation of the steel 
          used multiplied by 100 (for example, 20 percent times 100 
          equals 20). Elongation values used must be determined from a 
          50 mm or 2 inch test specimen.

    (c) Air pressure in excess of ambient atmospheric pressure may not 
be used to load or unload any lading which may create an air-enriched 
mixture within the flammability range of the lading in the vapor space 
of the tank.
    (d) A bulk packaging may not be loaded with a hazardous material 
that:
    (1) Is at a temperature outside of the packaging's design 
temperature range; or
    (2) Except as otherwise provided in this subchapter, exceeds the 
maximum weight of lading marked on the specification plate.
    (e) Stacking of IBCs and Large Packagings. (1) IBCs and Large 
Packagings not designed and tested to be stacked. No packages or freight 
(hazardous or otherwise) may be stacked upon an IBC or a Large Packaging 
that was not designed and tested to be stacked upon.
    (2) IBCs and Large Packagings designed and tested to be stacked. The 
superimposed weight placed upon an IBC or a Large Packaging designed to 
be stacked may not exceed the maximum permissible stacking test mass 
marked on the packaging.
    (f) UN portable tanks. (1) A UN portable tank manufactured in the 
United States must conform in all details to the applicable requirements 
in parts 172, 173, 178 and 180 of this subchapter.
    (2) UN portable tanks manufactured outside the United States. A UN 
portable tank manufactured outside the United States, in accordance with 
national or international regulations based on the UN Recommendations 
(IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this subchapter), which is an authorized 
packaging under Sec.173.24 of this subchapter, may be filled, offered 
and transported in the United States, if the Sec.172.101 Table of this 
subchapter authorizes the hazardous material for transportation in the 
UN portable tank and it conforms to the applicable T codes, and tank 
provision codes, or other special provisions assigned to the hazardous 
material in Column (7) of the Table. In addition, the portable tank 
must--
    (i) Conform to applicable provisions in the UN Recommendations (IBR, 
see Sec.171.7 of this subchapter) and the requirements of this 
subpart;
    (ii) Be capable of passing the prescribed tests and inspections in 
part 180 of this subchapter applicable to the UN portable tank 
specification;
    (iii) Be designed and manufactured according to the ASME Code (IBR, 
see Sec.171.7 of this subchapter) or a pressure

[[Page 498]]

vessel design code approved by the Associate Administrator;
    (iv) Be approved by the Associate Administrator when the portable 
tank is designed and constructed under the provisions of an alternative 
arrangement (see Sec.178.274(a)(2) of this subchapter); and
    (v) The competent authority of the country of manufacture must 
provide reciprocal treatment for UN portable tanks manufactured in the 
United States.

[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52612, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66266, 
Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 173-234, 58 FR 51532, Oct. 1, 1993; Amdt. 173-243, 
60 FR 40038, Aug. 4, 1995; Amdt. 173-252, 61 FR 28676, June 5, 1996; 
Amdt. 173-255, 61 FR 50624, Sept. 26, 1996; 66 FR 33426, June 21, 2001; 
67 FR 15743, Apr. 3, 2002; 68 FR 75742, Dec. 31, 2003; 74 FR 2255, Jan. 
14, 2009; 76 FR 56315, Sept. 13, 2011]



Sec.173.25  Authorized packagings and overpacks.

    (a) Authorized packages containing hazardous materials may be 
offered for transportation in an overpack as defined in Sec.171.8 of 
this subchapter, if all of the following conditions are met:
    (1) The package meets the requirements of Sec. Sec.173.21 and 
173.24 of this subchapter.
    (2) The overpack is marked with the proper shipping name and 
identification number, when applicable, and is labeled as required by 
this subchapter for each hazardous material contained therein, unless 
marking and labels representative of each hazardous material in the 
overpack are visible.
    (3) Each package subject to the orientation marking requirements of 
Sec.172.312 of this subchapter is packed in the overpack with its 
filling holes up and the overpack is marked with package orientation 
marking arrows on two opposite vertical sides of the overpack with the 
arrows pointing in the correct direction of orientation.
    (4) The overpack is marked with the word ``OVERPACK'' when 
specification packagings are required, or for Class 7 (radioactive) 
material when a Type A, Type B(U), Type B(M) or industrial package is 
required. The ``OVERPACK'' marking is not required when the required 
markings representative of each package type contained in the overpack 
are visible from outside of the overpack. The lettering on the 
``OVERPACK'' marking must be at least 12 mm (0.5 inches) high.
    (i) Transitional exception. A marking in conformance with the 
requirements of this paragraph in effect on December 31, 2014, may 
continue to be used until December 31, 2016.
    (ii) For domestic transportation, an overpack marked prior to 
January 1, 2017 and in conformance with the requirements of this 
paragraph in effect on December 31, 2014, may continue in service until 
the end of its useful life.
    (5) Packages containing Class 8 (corrosive) materials in Packing 
Group I or Division 5.1 (oxidizing) materials in Packing Group I may not 
be overpacked with any other materials.
    (6) For limited quantities and ORM material, the overpack is marked 
with a limited quantity marking prescribed in Sec.172.315 of this 
subchapter or, the ORM marking prescribed in Sec.172.316 of this 
subchapter, unless a limited quantity or ORM marking representative of 
the hazardous material in the overpack is visible.
    (7) For excepted quantities, the overpack is marked with the 
required marking of Sec.173.4a of this part unless visible.
    (b) Shrink-wrapped or stretch-wrapped trays may be used as outer 
packagings for inner packagings prepared in accordance with the limited 
quantity provisions or consumer commodity provisions of this subchapter, 
provided that--
    (1) Inner packagings are not fragile, liable to break or be easily 
punctured, such as those made of glass, porcelain, stoneware or certain 
plastics; and
    (2) Each complete package does not exceed 20 kg (44 lbs) gross 
weight.
    (c) Hazardous materials which are required to be labeled POISON may 
be transported in the same motor vehicle with material that is marked or 
known to be foodstuffs, feed or any edible material intended for 
consumption by humans or animals provided the hazardous material is 
marked, labeled, and packaged in accordance with this subchapter, 
conforms to the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section and is 
overpacked as specified in Sec.177.841(e) of this subchapter or in an 
overpack which is a UN 1A2, 1B2, or 1N2

[[Page 499]]

drum tested and marked for a Packing Group II or higher performance 
level.

[Amdt. 173-165, 48 FR 28099, June 20, 1983]

    Editorial Note: For Federal Register citations affecting Sec.
173.25, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the 
Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov.



Sec.173.26  Quantity limitations.

    When quantity limitations do not appear in the packaging 
requirements of this subchapter, the permitted gross weight or capacity 
authorized for a packaging is as shown in the packaging specification or 
standard in part 178 or 179, as applicable, of this subchapter.

[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52612, Dec. 21, 1990]



Sec.173.27  General requirements for transportation by aircraft.

    (a) The requirements of this section are in addition to requirements 
prescribed elsewhere under this part and apply to packages offered or 
intended for transportation aboard aircraft. Except for materials not 
subject to performance packaging requirements in subpart E of this part, 
a packaging containing a Packing Group III material with a primary or 
subsidiary risk of Division 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 5.1, or Class 8 must meet the 
Packing Group II performance level when offered for transportation by 
aircraft.
    (b) Packages authorized onboard aircraft. (1) When Column 9a of the 
Sec.172.101 table indicates that a material is ``Forbidden'', that 
material may not be offered for transportation or transported aboard 
passenger-carrying aircraft.
    (2) When Column 9b of the Sec.172.101 table indicates that a 
material is ``Forbidden'', that material may not be offered for 
transportation or transported aboard aircraft.
    (3) The maximum quantity of hazardous material in a package that may 
be offered for transportation or transported aboard a passenger-carrying 
aircraft or cargo aircraft may not exceed that quantity prescribed for 
the material in Column 9a or 9b, respectively, of the Sec.172.101 
table.
    (4) A package containing a hazardous material which is authorized 
aboard cargo aircraft but not aboard passenger aircraft must be labeled 
with the CARGO AIRCRAFT ONLY label required by Sec.172.402(c) of this 
subchapter and may not be offered for transportation or transported 
aboard passenger-carrying aircraft.
    (c) Pressure requirements. (1) Packagings must be designed and 
constructed to prevent leakage that may be caused by changes in altitude 
and temperature during transportation aboard aircraft.
    (2) Packagings for which retention of liquid is a basic function 
must be capable of withstanding without leakage the greater of--
    (i) An internal pressure which produces a gauge pressure of not less 
than 75 kPa (11 psig) for liquids in Packing Group III of Class 3 or 
Division 6.1; or 95 kPa (14 psig) for other liquids; or
    (ii) A pressure related to the vapor pressure of the liquid to be 
conveyed, determined by one of the following:
    (A) The total gauge pressure measured in the receptacle (i.e., the 
vapor pressure of the material and the partial pressure of air or other 
inert gases, less 100 kPa (15 psia)) at 55 [deg]C (131 [deg]F), 
multiplied by a safety factor of 1.5; determined on the basis of a 
filling temperature of 15 [deg]C (59 [deg]F) and a degree of filling 
such that the receptacle is not completely liquid full at a temperature 
of 55 [deg]C (131 [deg]F) or less;
    (B) 1.75 times the vapor pressure at 50 [deg]C (122 [deg]F) less 100 
kPa (15 psia); or
    (C) 1.5 times the vapor pressure at 55 [deg]C (131 [deg]) less 100 
kPa (15 psia).
    (3) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (c)(2) of this 
section--
    (i) Hazardous materials may be contained in an inner packaging which 
does not itself meet the pressure requirement provided that the inner 
packaging is packed within a supplementary packaging which does meet the 
pressure requirement and other applicable packaging requirements of this 
subchapter.
    (ii) Packagings which are subject to the hydrostatic pressure test 
and marking requirements of Sec. Sec.178.605 and 178.503(a)(5), 
respectively, of this subchapter must have a marked test pressure of not 
less than 250 kPa (36 psig) for liquids in Packing Group I, 80 kPa (12 
psig) for liquids in Packing Group

[[Page 500]]

III of Class 3 or Division 6.1, and 100 kPa (15 psig) for other liquids.
    (d) Closures. The body and closure of any packaging must be 
constructed to be able to adequately resist the effects of temperature 
and vibration occurring in conditions normally incident to air 
transportation. Inner packaging or receptacle closures of combination 
packages containing liquids must be held securely, tightly and 
effectively in place by secondary means. Examples of such secondary 
methods include: Adhesive tape, friction sleeves, welding or soldering, 
locking wires, locking rings, induction heat seals, and child-resistant 
closures. The closure device must be designed so that it is unlikely 
that it can be incorrectly or incompletely closed. Closures must be as 
follows:
    (1) Packing Group I. An inner packaging containing liquids of 
Packing Group I must have a secondary means of closure applied and 
packed in accordance with paragraph (e) of this section.
    (2) Packing Groups II and III. When a secondary means of closure 
cannot be applied or is impracticable to apply to an inner packaging 
containing liquids of Packing Groups II and III, this requirement may be 
satisfied by securely closing the inner packaging and placing it in a 
leakproof liner or bag before placing the inner packaging in its outer 
packaging.
    (e) Absorbent materials. Except as otherwise provided in this 
subchapter, Packing Group I liquid hazardous materials of Classes 3, 4, 
or 8, or Divisions 5.1 or 6.1 that are packaged in combination 
packagings and offered for air transport in glass, earthenware, plastic, 
or metal inner packagings must be packed using absorbent material as 
follows:
    (1) Inner packagings must be packed in a rigid and leakproof 
receptacle or intermediate packaging containing sufficient absorbent 
material to absorb the entire contents of the inner packaging before 
packing the inner packaging in its outer package.
    (2) Absorbent material must not react dangerously with the liquid 
(see Sec. Sec.173.24 and 173.24a.).
    (f) Combination packagings--(1) Excepted quantities. For authorized 
materials and inner and outer package quantity limits for combination 
packages of excepted quantities intended for transportation by aircraft, 
see Sec.173.4a of this part. Unless otherwise specified in this part, 
or in Subpart C of part 171 of this subchapter, when combination 
packagings are intended for transportation aboard an aircraft, inner 
packagings must conform to the quantity limitations set forth in table 1 
of this paragraph for transport aboard passenger-carrying aircraft and 
table 2 of this paragraph for transport aboard cargo-only aircraft.
    (2) Limited quantities. (i) Unless otherwise specified in this part, 
or in subpart C of part 171 of this subchapter, when a limited quantity 
of hazardous material packaged in a combination packaging is intended 
for transportation aboard an aircraft, the inner and outer packagings 
must conform to the quantity limitations set forth in Table 3 of this 
paragraph (f). Materials and articles must be authorized for 
transportation aboard a passenger-carrying aircraft (see Column (9A) of 
the Sec.172.101 Hazardous Materials Table of this subchapter). Not all 
unauthorized materials or articles may be indicated in this table. For 
mixed content packages of limited quantity material, the total net 
quantity must not exceed the lowest permitted maximum net quantity (for 
each of the hazard classes or divisions represented in the package) per 
outer package set forth in Table 3 of this paragraph (f). The permitted 
maximum net quantity must be calculated in kilograms for a package that 
contains both a solid and a liquid. Unless otherwise excepted, packages 
must be marked and labeled in accordance with this section and any 
additional requirements in subparts D and E, respectively, of part 172 
of this subchapter. Materials or articles not authorized as limited 
quantity by aircraft are:
    (A) Those in Packing Group I;
    (B) Class 1 (explosive) material (see Sec.173.63(b) of this part 
for exceptions provided to certain articles of Division 1.4S) and Class 
7 (radioactive) material (see Sec. Sec.173.421 through 173.425 of this 
part, as applicable, for exceptions provided to certain substances, 
instruments or articles of Class 7);

[[Page 501]]

    (C) Divisions 2.1 (flammable gas) (except Aerosols (UN1950) and 
Receptacles, small (UN2037) without subsidiary risk) and Division 2.3 
(toxic gas);
    (D) Divisions 4.1 (self-reactive), 4.2 (spontaneously combustible) 
(primary or subsidiary risk), and 4.3 (dangerous when wet) (liquids);
    (E) Division 5.2 (organic peroxide) (except when contained in a 
Chemical or First aid kit (UN3316) or Polyester resin kit (UN3269) 
(Types D, E and F non-temperature controlled only));
    (F) Class 8 (corrosive) materials UN2794, UN2795, UN2803, UN2809, 
UN3028, UN3506; and
    (G) All Class 9 (miscellaneous) materials except for UN1941, UN1990, 
UN2071, UN3077, UN3082, UN3316, UN3334, UN3335, and ID8000.
    (ii) Effective January 1, 2012, packages must be marked with the 
limited quantity ``Y'' mark as prescribed in Sec.172.315 of this part 
when conforming to Table 3 of this paragraph. Until December 31, 2012, a 
package may instead be marked with the proper shipping name ``Consumer 
commodity'' and ``ORM-D-AIR'' (including ``Charcoal, NA1361) if it 
contains a consumer commodity, as authorized by this subchapter in 
effect on October 1, 2010.
    (iii) Strong outer packagings are required and a completed package 
may not exceed 30 kg (66 lbs) gross weight.
    (iv) A secondary means of closure required for all liquids contained 
in inner packagings. If this requirement cannot be satisfied, the use of 
an intermediate and leakproof form of containment, such as a liner, is 
required.
    (v) Packages must be capable of passing a 1.2 m drop test on to a 
rigid, non-resilient, flat and horizontal surface, in the position most 
likely to cause damage. The criteria for passing the test is that the 
outer packaging must not exhibit any damage affecting safety in 
transport and there must be no leakage from the inner packagings.
    (vi) Each package must be capable of withstanding, without breakage 
or leakage of any inner packaging, a force applied to the top surface 
for a duration of 24 hours equivalent to the total weight of identical 
packages if stacked to a height of 3 m (including the test sample).
    (vii) Except for UN3082, inner packagings of combination packagings 
containing liquids must be capable of passing the appropriate pressure 
differential test prescribed in paragraph (c) of this section.
    (3) The tables are as follows:

       Table 1--Maximum Net Capacity of Inner Packaging for Transportation on Passenger-Carrying Aircraft
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                 Maximum authorized net capacity of each inner packaging
 Maximum net quantity per package from  ------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Column 9a of the Sec. 172.101 table    Glass, earthenware or fiber inner
                                                      packagings               Metal or plastic inner packagings
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Liquids:
    Not greater than 0.5L..............  0.5L...............................  0.5L.
    Greater than 0.5L. not greater than  0.5L...............................  lL.
     lL.
    Greater than 1L, not greater than    1L.................................  5L.
     5L.
    Greater than 5L, not greater than    2.5L...............................  10L.
     60L.
    Greater than 60L, not greater than   5L.................................  25L.
     220L.
    Greater than 220L..................  No limit...........................  No limit.
Solids:
    Not greater than 5 kg..............  0.5 kg.............................  1 kg.
    Greater than 5 kg, not greater than  1 kg...............................  2.5 kg.
     25 kg.
    Greater than 25 kg, not greater      5 kg...............................  10 kg.
     than 200 kg.
    Greater than 200 kg................  No limit...........................  No limit.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


[[Page 502]]


              Table 2--Maximum Net Capacity of Inner Packaging for Transportation on Cargo Aircraft
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                 Maximum authorized net capacity of each inner packaging
 Maximum net quantity per package from  ------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Column 9b of the Sec. 172.101 table    Glass, earthenware or fiber inner
                                                      packagings               Metal or plastic inner packagings
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Liquids:
    Not greater than 2.5L..............  1L.................................  1L.
    Greater than 2.5L, not greater than  2.5L...............................  2.5L.
     30L.
    Greater than 30L, not greater than   5L.................................  10L.
     60L.
    Greater than 60L, not greater than   5L.................................  25L.
     220L.
    Greater than 220L..................  No limit...........................  No limit.
Solids:
    Not greater than 15 kg.............  1 kg...............................  2.5 kg.
    Greater than 15 kg, not greater      2.5 kg.............................  5 kg.
     than 50 kg.
    Greater than 50 kg, not greater      5 kg...............................  10 kg.
     than 200 kg.
    Greater than 200 kg................  No limit...........................  No limit.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


 Table 3--Maximum Net Quantity of Each Inner and Outer Packaging for Materials Authorized for Transportation as
                                          Limited Quantity by Aircraft
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                    Maximum authorized net quantity of
                                           each inner packaging
                                 ---------------------------------------- Maximum authorized
    Hazard class or division      Glass, earthenware                        net quantity of          Notes
                                    or fiber inner     Metal or plastic   each outer package
                                      packagings       inner packagings
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Class 1.........................  Forbidden (See      ..................  ..................  See Sec.
                                   note).                                                      173.63(b) of this
                                                                                               part for
                                                                                               exceptions
                                                                                               provided to
                                                                                               certain articles
                                                                                               of Division 1.4S.
Class 2.........................  ..................  ..................  30 kg Gross.......  Authorized
                                                                                               materials:
                                                                                               Aerosols (UN1950)
                                                                                               in Divisions 2.1
                                                                                               and 2.2, and
                                                                                               Receptacles,
                                                                                               small (UN2037) in
                                                                                               Divisions 2.1 and
                                                                                               2.2 without
                                                                                               subsidiary risk
                                                                                               and Fuel cells
                                                                                               cartridges
                                                                                               (UN3478, UN3479),
                                                                                               see Sec.
                                                                                               173.230 of this
                                                                                               part.
Class 3.........................  PG I: Forbidden...
                                  PG II: 0.5L.......  PG II: 0.5L.......  PG II: 1L*........  * Maximum net
                                                                                               quantity per
                                                                                               outer package
                                                                                               with corrosive
                                                                                               subsidiary risk
                                                                                               (e.g., UN2924,
                                                                                               UN3286) is 0.5L.
                                                                                               For Class 3 base
                                                                                               materials as part
                                                                                               of a Polyester
                                                                                               resin kit
                                                                                               (UN3269), see
                                                                                               Sec. 173.165 of
                                                                                               this part for
                                                                                               additional
                                                                                               requirements, as
                                                                                               applicable. Inner
                                                                                               packaging limit
                                                                                               for UN3269 base
                                                                                               material is 1.0
                                                                                               L. For Fuel cell
                                                                                               cartridges
                                                                                               containing
                                                                                               flammable liquids
                                                                                               (UN3473), see
                                                                                               Sec. 173.230 of
                                                                                               this part.
                                  PG III: 2.5L*.....  PG III: 5.0L*.....  PG III: 10L*......  * Maximum net
                                  * Corrosive         * Corrosive                              quantity per
                                   subsidiary risk     subsidiary risk                         outer package
                                   (e.g., UN2924) or   (e.g., UN2924) or                       with corrosive
                                   toxic (e.g.,        toxic (e.g.,                            subsidiary risk
                                   UN1992) is 1L.      UN1992) is 1L.                          (e.g., UN2924) is
                                                                                               1L and toxic
                                                                                               subsidiary risk
                                                                                               (e.g., UN1992) is
                                                                                               2L. For Class 3
                                                                                               base materials as
                                                                                               part of a
                                                                                               Polyester resin
                                                                                               kit (UN3269), see
                                                                                               Sec. 173.165 of
                                                                                               this part for
                                                                                               additional
                                                                                               requirements, as
                                                                                               applicable. Inner
                                                                                               packaging limit
                                                                                               for UN3269 base
                                                                                               material is 1.0
                                                                                               L.
Division 4.1 (does not include    PG I: Forbidden...
 self-reactive material).
                                  PG II: 0.5 kg.....  PG II: 0.5 kg.....  PG II: 5 kg*......  * Maximum net
                                                                                               quantity per
                                                                                               outer package
                                                                                               with toxic
                                                                                               subsidiary risk
                                                                                               (e.g., UN3179) is
                                                                                               1 kg.
                                  PG III: 1 kg......  PG III: 1 kg......  PG III: 10 kg*....  * Maximum net
                                                                                               quantity per
                                                                                               outer package
                                                                                               with corrosive
                                                                                               subsidiary risk
                                                                                               (e.g., UN3180) is
                                                                                               5 kg.

[[Page 503]]

 
Division 4.2 (Primary or          Forbidden *.......  ..................  25 kg (net mass) *  * Until December
 subsidiary).                                                                                  31, 2012,
                                                                                               Charcoal
                                                                                               (NA1361), PG III,
                                                                                               may be
                                                                                               transported as a
                                                                                               limited quantity
                                                                                               and may be
                                                                                               renamed Consumer
                                                                                               commodity and
                                                                                               reclassed ORM-D-
                                                                                               AIR, if eligible.
Division 4.3 (solid material      PG I solids and
 only).                            all liquids
                                   regardless of
                                   Packing Group:
                                   Forbidden.
                                  PG II: 0.5 kg.....  PG II: 0.5 kg.....  PG II: 5 kg*......  * Maximum net
                                                                                               quantity per
                                                                                               outer package
                                                                                               with toxic
                                                                                               subsidiary risk
                                                                                               (e.g., UN3134) is
                                                                                               1 kg. For fuel
                                                                                               cell cartridges
                                                                                               containing water
                                                                                               reactive
                                                                                               substances
                                                                                               (UN3476), see
                                                                                               Sec. 173.230 of
                                                                                               this part.
                                  PG III: 1 kg......  PG III: 1 kg......  PG III: 10 kg*....  * Maximum net
                                                                                               quantity per
                                                                                               outer package
                                                                                               with corrosive or
                                                                                               flammable
                                                                                               subsidiary risk
                                                                                               (e.g., UN3131 or
                                                                                               UN3132,
                                                                                               respectively) is
                                                                                               5 kg.
Division 5.1 (Liquid or solid     PG I: Forbidden...
 material).
Division 5.1 (liquid material)..  PG II: 0.1L.......  PG II: 0.1L.......  PG II: 0.5L.......
                                  PG III: 0.5L......  PG III: 0.5L......  PG III: 1.0L......
Division 5.1 (solid material)...  PG II: 0.5 kg.....  PG II: 0.5 kg.....  PG II: 2.5 kg*....  * Maximum net
                                                                                               quantity per
                                                                                               outer package
                                                                                               with toxic
                                                                                               subsidiary risk
                                                                                               (e.g., UN3087) is
                                                                                               1 kg.
                                  PG III: 1.0 kg....  PG III: 1.0 kg....  PG III: 10 kg*....  * Maximum net
                                                                                               quantity per
                                                                                               outer package
                                                                                               with corrosive
                                                                                               subsidiary risk
                                                                                               (e.g., UN3085) is
                                                                                               1 kg.
Division 5.2 (liquid material)..  30 mL.............  30 mL.............  1 kg..............  Authorized
                                                                                               materials: Types
                                                                                               D, E and F are
                                                                                               authorized only
                                                                                               as part of a
                                                                                               Chemical or First
                                                                                               aid kit (UN3316)
                                                                                               packaged in
                                                                                               accordance with
                                                                                               Sec. 173.161 of
                                                                                               this part or a
                                                                                               Polyester resin
                                                                                               kit (UN3269)
                                                                                               packaged in
                                                                                               accordance with
                                                                                               Sec. 173.165 of
                                                                                               this part. See
                                                                                               Sec.Sec.
                                                                                               173.161 and
                                                                                               173.165, as
                                                                                               applicable, for
                                                                                               additional
                                                                                               requirements.
Division 5.2 (solid material)...  100g..............  100g..............  1 kg..............  Solid activators
                                                                                               of Types D, E and
                                                                                               F are limited to
                                                                                               100 g per inner
                                                                                               packaging for
                                                                                               UN3316 and
                                                                                               UN3269. See Sec.
                                                                                               Sec. 173.161
                                                                                               and 173.165, as
                                                                                               applicable, for
                                                                                               additional
                                                                                               requirements.
Division 6.1....................  PG I (Inhalation
                                   or otherwise):
                                   Forbidden.
Division 6.1 (liquid material)..  PG II: 0.1L.......  PG II: 0.1L.......  PG II: 1.0L*......  * Maximum net
                                                                                               quantity per
                                                                                               outer package
                                                                                               with corrosive
                                                                                               subsidiary risk
                                                                                               (e.g., UN3289) is
                                                                                               0.5L.
                                  PG III: 0.5L......  PG III: 0.5L......  PG III: 2.0L......
Division 6.1 (solid material)...  PG II: 0.5 kg.....  PG II: 0.5 kg.....  PG II: 1.0 kg.
                                  PG III: 1.0 kg....  PG III: 1.0 kg....  PG III: 10 kg.....
Class 7.........................  Forbidden (See      ..................  ..................  See Sec.Sec.
                                   note).                                                      173.421 through
                                                                                               173.425 of this
                                                                                               part, as
                                                                                               applicable, for
                                                                                               exceptions
                                                                                               provided to
                                                                                               certain
                                                                                               substances,
                                                                                               instruments or
                                                                                               articles of Class
                                                                                               7.
Class 8.........................  PG I: Forbidden...
Class 8 (liquid material).......  PG II: 0.1L.......  PG II: 0.1L.......  PG II: 0.5L.......  For ``Fuel cell
                                                                                               cartridges
                                                                                               containing
                                                                                               corrosive
                                                                                               substances''
                                                                                               (UN3477), see
                                                                                               Sec. 173.230 of
                                                                                               this part.
                                  PG III: 0.5L......  PG III: 0.5L......  PG III: 1.0L.

[[Page 504]]

 
Class 8 (solid material)........  PG II: 0.5 kg.....  PG II: 0.5 kg.....  PG II: 5.0 kg*....  * Maximum net
                                                                                               quantity per
                                                                                               outer package for
                                                                                               UN2430 is 1.0 kg.
                                                                                               UN2794, UN2795,
                                                                                               UN2803, UN2809,
                                                                                               UN3028 are not
                                                                                               authorized as
                                                                                               limited quantity.
                                  PG III: 1.0 kg....  PG III: 1.0 kg....  PG III: 5.0 kg....
Class 9 (liquid material).......  30 mL (UN3316);     30 mL (UN3316);     1 kg (UN3316); 30   Authorized
                                   5.0L (UN1941,       5.0L (UN1941,       kg gross (all       materials:
                                   UN1990, UN3082,     UN1990, UN3082,     other authorized    UN1941, UN1990,
                                   UN3334).            UN3334).            Class 9 material).  UN2071, UN3077,
                                                                                               UN3082, UN3334,
                                                                                               and UN3335.
                                                                                               Additionally,
                                                                                               Consumer
                                                                                               commodity
                                                                                               (ID8000) in
                                                                                               accordance with
                                                                                               Sec. 173.167 of
                                                                                               this part and
                                                                                               Chemical kit or
                                                                                               First aid kit
                                                                                               (UN3316) in
                                                                                               accordance with
                                                                                               Sec. 173.161 of
                                                                                               this part are
                                                                                               authorized.
Class 9 (solid material)........  100 g (UN3316);     100 g (UN3316);     1 kg (UN3316); 30   ..................
                                   5.0 kg (UN2071,     5.0 kg (UN2071,     kg gross (all
                                   UN3077, UN3335).    UN3077, UN3335).    other authorized
                                                                           Class 9 material).
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (g) Cylinders. For any cylinder containing hazardous materials and 
incorporating valves, sufficient protection must be provided to prevent 
operation of, and damage to, the valves during transportation, by one of 
the following methods:
    (1) By equipping each cylinder with securely attached valve caps or 
protective headrings; or
    (2) By boxing or crating the cylinder.
    (h) Tank cars and cargo tanks. Any tank car or cargo tank containing 
a hazardous material may not be transported aboard aircraft.
    (i) Effective October 1, 2006, each person who offers a hazardous 
material for transportation by aircraft must include the certification 
statement specified in Sec.172.204(c)(3).

[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52612, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66266, 
Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 173-138, 59 FR 49133, Sept. 26, 1994; 65 FR 58629, 
Sept. 29, 2000; 66 FR 45380, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 45032, July 31, 2003; 
69 FR 76155, Dec. 20, 2004; 71 FR 14602, Mar. 22, 2006; 73 FR 57006, 
Oct. 1, 2008; 75 FR 53597, Sept. 1, 2010; 76 FR 3368, Jan. 19, 2011; 76 
FR 82175, Dec. 30, 2011; 77 FR 22509, Apr. 16, 2012; 78 FR 65479, Oct. 
31, 2013; 81 FR 35541, June 2, 2016]



Sec.173.28  Reuse, reconditioning and remanufacture of packagings.

    (a) General. Packagings and receptacles used more than once must be 
in such condition, including closure devices and cushioning materials, 
that they conform in all respects to the prescribed requirements of this 
subchapter. Before reuse, each packaging must be inspected and may not 
be reused unless free from incompatible residue, rupture, or other 
damage which reduces its structural integrity. Packagings not meeting 
the minimum thickness requirements prescribed in paragraph (b)(4)(i) of 
this section may not be reused or reconditioned for reuse.
    (b) Reuse of non-bulk packaging. A non-bulk packaging used more than 
once must conform to the following provisions and limitations:
    (1) A non-bulk packaging which, upon inspection, shows evidence of a 
reduction in integrity may not be reused unless it is reconditioned in 
accordance with paragraph (c) of this section.
    (2) Before reuse, packagings subject to the leakproofness test with 
air prescribed in Sec.178.604 of this subchapter shall be--
    (i) Retested without failure in accordance with Sec.178.604 of 
this subchapter using an internal air pressure (gauge) of at least 48 
kPa (7.0 psig) for Packing Group I and 20 kPa (3.0 psig) for Packing 
Group II and Packing Group III; and

[[Page 505]]

    (ii) Marked with the letter ``L'', with the name and address or 
symbol of the person conducting the test, and the last two digits of the 
year the test was conducted. Symbols, if used, must be registered with 
the Associate Administrator.
    (3) Packagings made of paper (other than fiberboard), plastic film, 
or textile are not authorized for reuse;
    (4) Metal and plastic drums and jerricans used as single packagings 
or the outer packagings of composite packagings are authorized for reuse 
only when they are marked in a permanent manner (e.g., embossed) in mm 
with the nominal (for metal packagings) or minimum (for plastic 
packagings) thickness of the packaging material, as required by Sec.
178.503(a)(9) of this subchapter, and--
    (i) Except as provided in paragraph (b)(4)(ii) of this section, 
conform to the following minimum thickness criteria:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                            Minimum thickness of packaging material
 Maximum capacity not --------------------------------------------------
         over                                        Plastic drum or
                        Metal drum or jerrican           jerrican
------------------------------------------------------------------------
20 L.................  0.63 mm (0.025 inch)....  1.1 mm (0.043 inch).
30 L.................  0.73 mm (0.029 inch)....  1.1 mm (0.043 inch).
40 L.................  0.73 mm (0.029 inch)....  1.8 mm (0.071 inch).
60 L.................  0.92 mm (0.036 inch)....  1.8 mm (0.071 inch).
120 L................  0.92 mm (0.036 inch)....  2.2 mm (0.087 inch).
220 L................  0.92 mm (0.036 inch) \1\  2.2 mm (0.087 inch).
450 L................  1.77 mm (0.070 inch)....  5.0 mm (0.197 inch).
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \1\ Metal drums or jerricans with a minimum thickness of 0.82 mm 
body and 1.09 mm heads which are manufactured and marked prior to 
January 1, 1997 may be reused. Metal drums or jerricans manufactured and 
marked on or after January 1, 1997, and intended for reuse, must be 
constructed with a minimum thickness of 0.82 mm body and 1.11 mm heads.
    (ii) For stainless steel drums and jerricans, conform to a minimum 
wall thickness as determined by the following equivalence formula:
                        Formula for Metric Units
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP26JN96.000

                     Formula for U.S. Standard Units
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP26JN96.001

where:

e1 = required equivalent wall thickness of the metal to be 
          used (in mm or, for U.S. Standard units, use inches).
e0 = required minimum wall thickness for the reference steel 
          (in mm or, for U.S. Standard units, use inches).
Rm1 = guaranteed minimum tensile strength of the metal to be 
          used (in N/mm\2\ or for U.S. Standard units, use psi).
A1 = guaranteed minimum elongation (as a percentage) of the 
          metal to be used on fracture under tensile stress (see 
          paragraph (c)(1) of this section).

    (5) Plastic inner receptacles of composite packagings must have a 
minimum thickness of 1.0 mm (0.039 inch).
    (6) A previously used non-bulk packaging may be reused for the 
shipment of hazardous waste, not subject to the reconditioning and reuse 
provisions of this section, in accordance with Sec.173.12(c).
    (7) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (b)(2) of this 
section, a packaging otherwise authorized for reuse may be reused 
without being leakproofness tested with air provided the packaging--
    (i) Is refilled with a material which is compatible with the 
previous lading:
    (ii) Is refilled and offered for transportation by the original 
filler;
    (iii) Is transported in a transport vehicle or freight container 
under the exclusive use of the refiller of the packaging; and
    (iv) Is constructed of--
    (A) Stainless steel, monel or nickel with a thickness not less than 
one and one-half times the minimum thickness prescribed in paragraph 
(b)(4) of this section;
    (B) Plastic, provided the packaging is not refilled for reuse on a 
date more than five years from the date of manufacture marked on the 
packaging in accordance with Sec.178.503(a)(6) of this subchapter; or
    (C) Another material or thickness when approved under the conditions 
established by the Associate Administrator for reuse without retesting.

[[Page 506]]

    (c) Reconditioning of non-bulk packaging. (1) For the purpose of 
this subchapter, reconditioning of metal drums is:
    (i) Cleaning to base material of construction, with all former 
contents, internal and external corrosion, and any external coatings and 
labels removed;
    (ii) Restoring to original shape and contour, with chimes (if any) 
straightened and sealed, and all non-integral gaskets replaced: and
    (iii) Inspecting after cleaning but before painting, Packagings that 
have visible pitting, significant reduction in material thickness, metal 
fatigue, damaged threads or closures, or other significant defects, must 
be rejected.
    (2) For the purpose of this subchapter, reconditioning of a non-bulk 
packaging other than a metal drum includes:
    (i) Removal of all former contents, external coatings and labels, 
and cleaning to the original materials of construction;
    (ii) Inspection after cleaning with rejection of packagings with 
visible damage such as tears, creases or cracks, or damaged threads or 
closures, or other significant defects;
    (iii) Replacement of all non-integral gaskets and closure devices 
with new or refurbished parts, and cushioning and cushioning materials; 
and components including gaskets, closure devices and cushioning and 
cushioning material. (For a UN 1H1 plastic drum, replacing a removable 
gasket or closure device with another of the same design and material 
that provides equivalent performance does not constitute 
reconditioning); and
    (iv) Ensuring that the packagings are restored to a condition that 
conforms in all respects with the prescribed requirements of this 
subchapter.
    (3) A person who reconditions a packaging manufactured and marked 
under the provisions of subpart L of part 178 of this subchapter, shall 
mark that packaging as required by Sec.178.503(c) and (d) of this 
subchapter. The marking is the certification of the reconditioner that 
the packaging conforms to the standard for which it is marked and that 
all functions performed by the reconditioner which are prescribed by 
this subchapter have been performed in compliance with this subchapter.
    (4) The markings applied by the reconditioner may be different from 
those applied by the manufacturer at the time of original manufacture, 
but may not identify a greater performance capability than that for 
which the original design type had been tested (for example, the 
reconditioner may mark a drum which was originally marked as 1A1/Y1.8 as 
1A1/Y1.2 or 1A1/Z2.0).
    (5) Packagings which have significant defects which cannot be 
repaired may not be reused.
    (d) Remanufacture of non-bulk packagings. For the purpose of this 
subchapter, remanufacture is the conversion of a non-specification, non-
bulk packaging to a DOT specification or U.N. standard, the conversion 
of a packaging meeting one specification or standard to another 
specification or standard (for example, conversion of 1A1 non-removable 
head drums to 1A2 removable head drums) or the replacement of integral 
structural packaging components (such as non-removable heads on drums). 
A person who remanufactures a non-bulk packaging to conform to a 
specification or standard in part 178 of this subchapter is subject to 
the requirements of part 178 of this subchapter as a manufacturer.
    (e) Non-reusable containers. A packaging marked as NRC according to 
the DOT specification or UN standard requirements of part 178 of this 
subchapter may be reused for the shipment of any material not required 
by this subchapter to be shipped in a DOT specification or UN standard 
packaging.
    (f) A Division 6.2 packaging to be reused must be disinfected prior 
to reuse by any means effective for neutralizing the infectious 
substance the packaging previously contained. A secondary packaging or 
outer packaging conforming to the requirements of Sec.173.196 or Sec.
173.199 need not be disinfected prior to reuse if no leakage from the 
primary receptacle has occurred. Drums or jerricans not meeting the 
minimum thickness requirements prescribed in paragraph (b)(4)(i) of this 
section may

[[Page 507]]

not be reused or reconditioned for reuse.

[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52614, Dec. 21, 1990]

    Editorial Note: For Federal Register citations affecting Sec.
173.28, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the 
Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov.



Sec.173.29  Empty packagings.

    (a) General. Except as otherwise provided in this section, an empty 
packaging containing only the residue of a hazardous material shall be 
offered for transportation and transported in the same manner as when it 
previously contained a greater quantity of that hazardous material.
    (b) Notwithstanding the requirements of paragraph (a) of this 
section, an empty packaging is not subject to any other requirements of 
this subchapter if it conforms to the following provisions:
    (1) Any hazardous material shipping name and identification number 
markings, any hazard warning labels or placards, and any other markings 
indicating that the material is hazardous (e.g., RQ, INHALATION HAZARD) 
are removed, obliterated, or securely covered in transportation. This 
provision does not apply to transportation in a transport vehicle or a 
freight container if the packaging is not visible in transportation and 
the packaging is loaded by the shipper and unloaded by the shipper or 
consignee;
    (2) The packaging--
    (i) Is unused;
    (ii) Is sufficiently cleaned of residue and purged of vapors to 
remove any potential hazard;
    (iii) Is refilled with a material which is not hazardous to such an 
extent that any residue remaining in the packaging no longer poses a 
hazard; or
    (iv) Contains only the residue of--
    (A) An ORM-D material; or
    (B) A Division 2.2 non-flammable gas, other than ammonia, anhydrous, 
and with no subsidiary hazard, at a gauge pressure less than 200 kPa 
(29.0 psig); at 20 [deg]C (68 [deg]F); and
    (3) Any material contained in the packaging does not meet the 
definitions in Sec.171.8 of this subchapter for a hazardous substance, 
a hazardous waste, or a marine pollutant.
    (c) A non-bulk packaging containing only the residue of a hazardous 
material covered by Table 2 of Sec.172.504 of this subchapter that is 
not a material poisonous by inhalation or its residue shipped under the 
subsidiary placarding provisions of Sec.172.505--
    (1) Does not have to be included in determining the applicability of 
the placarding requirements of subpart F of part 172 of this subchapter; 
and
    (2) Is not subject to the shipping paper requirements of this 
subchapter when collected and transported by a contract or private 
carrier for reconditioning, remanufacture or reuse.
    (d) Notwithstanding the stowage requirements in Column 10a of the 
Sec.172.101 table for transportation by vessel, an empty drum or 
cylinder may be stowed on deck or under deck.
    (e) Specific provisions for describing an empty packaging on a 
shipping paper appear in Sec.172.203(e) of this subchapter.
    (f) Smokeless powder residue when transported by motor vehicle or 
container/trailer in container-on-flatcar (COFC) or trailer-on-flatcar 
(TOFC) service is excepted from subpart C (shipping papers) and the 
subpart F (placarding) requirements of part 172 of this subchapter when 
transported in conformance with the following:
    (1) The outer packaging must be:
    (i) A UN specification 1G fiber drum or 1A2 steel drum; or
    (ii) A UN specification 4G fiberboard box or non-specification 
fiberboard box containing plastic receptacle inner packagings with not 
more than 2.5 grams of smokeless powders in each inner packaging;
    (2) The amount of smokeless powder per outer packaging does not 
exceed 5 grams;
    (3) The smokeless powder is approved in accordance with Sec.173.56 
as a Class 1 explosive material;
    (4) The empty packages must be transported in a closed transport 
vehicle;
    (5) The empty packages must be loaded by the shipper and unloaded by 
the shipper or consignee; and
    (6) The hazardous materials description to be used for the material 
is ``RESIDUE: Last Contained Powder,

[[Page 508]]

smokeless, Hazard Class N/A, Identification Number N/A, Packing Group N/
A''.
    (g) A package which contains a residue of an elevated temperature 
material may remain marked in the same manner as when it contained a 
greater quantity of the material even though it no longer meets the 
definition in Sec.171.8 of this subchapter for an elevated temperature 
material.
    (h) A package that contains a residue of a hazardous substance, 
Class 9, listed in the Sec.172.101 Table, Appendix A, Table I, that 
does not meet the definition of another hazard class and is not a 
hazardous waste or marine pollutant, may remain marked, labeled and, if 
applicable, placarded in the same manner as when it contained a greater 
quantity of the material even though it no longer meets the definition 
in Sec.171.8 of this subchapter for a hazardous substance.

[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52614, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended by Amdt. 173-227, 
56 FR 49989, Oct. 2, 1991; Amdt. 173-231, 57 FR 52939, Nov. 5, 1992; 
Amdt. 173-251, 61 FR 28676, June 5, 1996; Amdt. 173-260, 62 FR 1236, 
Jan. 8, 1997; 64 FR 10776, Mar. 5, 1999; 68 FR 48569, Aug. 14, 2003; 69 
FR 64473, Nov. 4, 2004; 75 FR 72, Jan. 4, 2010; 81 FR 3672, Jan. 21, 
2016]



Sec.173.30  Loading and unloading of transport vehicles.

    A person who is subject to the loading and unloading regulations in 
this subchapter must load or unload hazardous materials into or from a 
transport vehicle or vessel in conformance with the applicable loading 
and unloading requirements of parts 174, 175, 176, and 177 of this 
subchapter.

[68 FR 61941, Oct. 30, 2003]



Sec.173.31  Use of tank cars.

    (a) General. (1) No person may offer a hazardous material for 
transportation in a tank car unless the tank car meets the applicable 
specification and packaging requirements of this subchapter or, when 
this subchapter authorizes the use of a non-DOT specification tank car, 
the applicable specification to which the tank was constructed.
    (2) Tank cars and appurtenances may be used for the transportation 
of any commodity for which they are authorized in this part and 
specified on the certificate of construction (AAR Form 4-2 or by 
addendum on Form R-1). See Sec.179.5 of this subchapter. Transfer of a 
tank car from one specified service on its certificate of construction 
to another may be made only by the owner or with the owner's 
authorization. A tank car proposed for a commodity service other than 
specified on its certificate of construction must be approved for such 
service by the AAR's Tank Car Committee.
    (3) No person may fill a tank car overdue for periodic inspection 
with a hazardous material and then offer it for transportation. Any tank 
car marked as meeting a DOT specification and any non-specification tank 
car transporting a hazardous material must have a periodic inspection 
and test conforming to subpart F of part 180 of this subchapter.
    (4) No railroad tank car, regardless of its construction date, may 
be used for the transportation in commerce of any hazardous material 
unless the air brake equipment support attachments of such tank car 
conform to the standards for attachments set forth in Sec. Sec.
179.100-16 and 179.200-19 of this subchapter.
    (5) No railroad tank car, regardless of its construction date, may 
be used for the transportation in commerce of any hazardous material 
with a self-energized manway located below the liquid level of the 
lading.
    (6) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this part:
    (i) When the tank car delimiter is an ``A,'' offerors may also use 
tank cars with a delimiter ``S,'' ``J'' or ``T''.
    (ii) When the tank car delimiter is an ``S,'' offerors may also use 
tank cars with a delimiter ``J'' or ``T''.
    (iii) When a tank car delimiter is a ``T'' offerors may also use 
tank cars with a delimiter of ``J''.
    (iv) When a tank car delimiter is a ``J'', offerors may not use a 
tank car with any other delimiter.
    (7) A class DOT-103 or DOT-104 tank car may continue to be used for 
the transportation of a hazardous material if it meets the requirements 
of this subchapter and the design requirements in part 179 of this 
subchapter in effect on September 30, 2003; however, no new construction 
is authorized.

[[Page 509]]

    (8) A tank car authorized by the Transport Canada TDG Regulations 
(IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this subchapter) may be used provided it 
conforms to the applicable requirements in Sec.171.12 of this 
subchapter.
    (b) Safety systems--(1) Coupler vertical restraint. Each tank car 
conforming to a DOT specification and any other tank car used for 
transportation of a hazardous material must be equipped with a coupler 
vertical restraint system that meets the requirements of Sec.179.14 of 
this subchapter.
    (2) Pressure relief devices. (i) Pressure relief devices on tank 
cars must conform to part 179 of this subchapter.
    (ii) A single-unit tank car transporting a Division 6.1 PG I or II, 
or Class 2, 3, or 4 material must have a reclosing pressure relief 
device. However, a single-unit tank car built before January 1, 1991, 
and equipped with a non-reclosing pressure relief device may be used to 
transport a Division 6.1 PG I or II material or a Class 4 liquid 
provided such materials do not meet the definition of a material 
poisonous by inhalation.
    (3) Tank-head puncture-resistance requirements. The following tank 
cars must have a tank-head puncture-resistance system that conforms to 
the requirements in Sec.179.16 of this subchapter, or to the 
corresponding requirements in effect at the time of installation:
    (i) Tank cars transporting a Class 2 material.
    (ii) Tank cars constructed from aluminum or nickel plate that are 
used to transport hazardous material.
    (iii) Except as provided in paragraph (b)(3)(iv) of this section, 
those tank cars specified in paragraphs (b)(3)(i) and (ii) of this 
section not requiring a tank-head puncture resistance system prior to 
July 1, 1996, must have a tank-head puncture resistance system installed 
no later than July 1, 2006.
    (iv) Class DOT 105A tank cars built prior to September 1, 1981, 
having a tank capacity less than 70 kl (18,500 gallons), and used to 
transport a Division 2.1 (flammable gas) material, must have a tank-head 
puncture-resistant system installed no later than July 1, 2001.
    (4) Thermal protection requirements. The following tank cars must 
have thermal protection that conforms to the requirements of Sec.
179.18 of this subchapter:
    (i) Tank cars transporting a Class 2 material, except for a class 
106, 107A, 110, and 113 tank car. A tank car equipped with a thermal 
protection system conforming to Sec.179.18 of this subchapter, or that 
has an insulation system having an overall thermal conductance of no 
more than 0.613 kilojoules per hour, per square meter, per degree 
Celsius temperature differential (0.03 B.t.u. per square foot, per hour, 
per degree Fahrenheit temperature differential), conforms to this 
requirement.
    (ii) A tank car transporting a Class 2 material that was not 
required to have thermal protection prior to July 1, 1996, must be 
equipped with thermal protection no later than July 1, 2006.
    (5) Bottom-discontinuity protection requirements. No person may 
offer for transportation a hazardous material in a tank car with bottom-
discontinuity protection unless the tank car has bottom-discontinuity 
protection that conforms to the requirements of E9.00 and E10.00 of the 
AAR Specifications for Tank Cars (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this 
subchapter). Tank cars not requiring bottom-discontinuity protection 
under the terms of Appendix Y of the AAR Specifications for Tank Cars as 
of July 1, 1996, must conform to these requirements no later than July 
1, 2006, except that tank cars transporting a material that is hazardous 
only because it meets the definition of an elevated temperature material 
or because it is molten sulfur do not require bottom discontinuity 
protection.
    (6) Scheduling of modifications and progress reporting. The date of 
conformance for the continued use of tank cars subject to paragraphs 
(b)(4), (b)(5), and (f) of this section and Sec.173.314(j) is subject 
to the following conditions and limitations.
    (i) Each tank car owner shall modify, reassign, retire, or remove at 
least 50 percent of their in-service tank car fleet within the first 
half of the compliance period and the remainder of their in-service tank 
car fleet during

[[Page 510]]

the second half of the compliance period.
    (ii) By October 1 of each year, each owner of a tank car subject to 
this paragraph (b)(6) shall submit to the Federal Railroad 
Administration, Hazardous Materials Division, Office of Safety Assurance 
and Compliance, 1120 Vermont Avenue, Mail Stop 25, Washington, DC 20590, 
a progress report that shows the total number of in-service tank cars 
that need head protection, thermal protection, or bottom-discontinuity 
protection; the number of new or different tank cars acquired to replace 
those tank cars required to be upgraded to a higher service pressure; 
and the total number of tank cars modified, reassigned, acquired, 
retired, or removed from service the previous year.
    (c) Tank car test pressure. A tank car used for the transportation 
of a hazardous material must have a tank test pressure equal to or 
greater than the greatest of the following:
    (1) Except for shipments of carbon dioxide, anhydrous hydrogen 
chloride, vinyl fluoride, ethylene, or hydrogen, 133 percent of the sum 
of lading vapor pressure at the reference temperature of 46 [deg]C (115 
[deg]F) for non-insulated tank cars or 41 [deg]C (105 [deg]F) for 
insulated tank cars plus static head, plus gas padding pressure in the 
vacant space of a tank car;
    (2) 133 percent of the maximum loading or unloading pressure, 
whichever is greater;
    (3) 20.7 Bar (300 psig) for materials that are poisonous by 
inhalation (see Sec.173.31(e)(2)(ii) for compliance dates);
    (4) The minimum pressure prescribed by the specification in part 179 
of this subchapter; or
    (5) The minimum test pressure prescribed for the specific hazardous 
material in the applicable packaging section in subpart F or G of this 
part.
    (d) Examination before shipping. (1) No person may offer for 
transportation a tank car containing a hazardous material or a residue 
of a hazardous material unless that person determines that the tank car 
is in proper condition and safe for transportation. As a minimum, each 
person offering a tank car for transportation must perform an external 
visual inspection that includes:
    (i) Except where insulation or a thermal protection system precludes 
an inspection, the tank shell and heads for abrasion, corrosion, cracks, 
dents, distortions, defects in welds, or any other condition that makes 
the tank car unsafe for transportation;
    (ii) The piping, valves, fittings, and gaskets for corrosion, 
damage, or any other condition that makes the tank car unsafe for 
transportation;
    (iii) For missing or loose bolts, nuts, or elements that make the 
tank car unsafe for transportation;
    (iv) All closures on tank cars and determine that the closures and 
all fastenings securing them are properly tightened in place by the use 
of a bar, wrench, or other suitable tool;
    (v) Protective housings for proper securement;
    (vi) The pressure relief device, including a careful inspection of 
the rupture disc in non-reclosing pressure relief devices, for corrosion 
or damage that may alter the intended operation of the device. The 
rupture disc is not required to be removed prior to visual inspection if 
the tank car contains the residue, as defined in Sec.171.8 of this 
subchapter, of a Class 8, PG II or PG III material with no subsidiary 
hazard or the residue of a Class 9 elevated temperature material;
    (vii) Each tell-tale indicator after filling and prior to 
transportation to ensure the integrity of the rupture disc;
    (viii) The external thermal protection system, tank-head puncture 
resistance system, coupler vertical restraint system, and bottom 
discontinuity protection for conditions that make the tank car unsafe 
for transportation;
    (ix) The required markings on the tank car for legibility; and
    (x) The periodic inspection date markings to ensure that the 
inspection and test intervals are within the prescribed intervals.
    (2) Closures on tank cars are required, in accordance with this 
subchapter, to be designed and closed so that under conditions normally 
incident to transportation, including the effects of temperature and 
vibration, there will be no identifiable release of

[[Page 511]]

a hazardous material to the environment. ln any action brought to 
enforce this section, the lack of securement of any closure to a tool-
tight condition, detected at any point, will establish a rebuttable 
presumption that a proper inspection was not performed by the offeror of 
the car. That presumption may be rebutted by any evidence indicating 
that the lack of securement resulted from a specific cause not within 
the control of the offeror.
    (e) Special requirements for materials poisonous by inhalation--(1) 
Interior heater coils. Tank cars used for materials poisonous by 
inhalation may not have interior heater coils.
    (2) Tank car specifications. A tank car used for a material 
poisonous by inhalation must have a tank test pressure of 20.7 Bar (300 
psig) or greater, head protection, and a metal jacket (e.g., DOT 
105S300W), except that--
    (i) A higher test pressure is required if otherwise specified in 
this subchapter; and
    (ii) Each tank car constructed on or after March 16, 2009, and used 
for the transportation of PIH materials must meet the applicable 
authorized tank car specifications and standards listed in Sec. Sec.
173.244(a)(2) or (3) and 173.314(c) or (d).
    (iii) [Reserved]
    (iv) A tank car owner retiring or otherwise removing a tank car from 
service transporting materials poisonous by inhalation, other than 
because of damage to the car, must retire or remove cars constructed of 
non-normalized steel in the head or shell before removing any car in 
service transporting materials poisonous by inhalation constructed of 
normalized steel meeting the applicable DOT specification.
    (f) Special requirements for hazardous substances. (1) A tank car 
used for a hazardous substance listed in paragraph (f)(2) of this 
section must have a tank test pressure of at least 13.8 Bar (200 psig), 
head protection and a metal jacket, except that--
    (i) No metal jacket is required if--
    (A) The tank test pressure is 23.4 Bar (340 psig) or higher; or
    (B) The tank shell and heads are manufactured from AAR steel 
specification TC-128, normalized;
    (ii) A higher test pressure is required if otherwise specified in 
this subchapter; and
    (iii) Other than as provided in paragraph (b)(6) of this section, a 
tank car which does not conform to the requirements of this paragraph 
(f)(1), and was authorized for a hazardous substance under the 
regulations in effect on June 30, 1996, may continue in use until July 
1, 2006.
    (2) List of hazardous substances. Hazardous substances for which the 
provisions of this paragraph (f) apply are as follows:

Aldrin
Allyl chloride
alpha-BHC
beta-BHC
delta-BHC
gamma-BHC
Bis(2-chloroethyl) ether
Bromoform
Carbon tetrachloride
Chlordane
p-Chloroaniline
Chlorobenzene
Chlorobenzilate
p-Chloro-m-cresol
2-Chloroethyl vinyl ether
Chloroform
2-Chloronapthalene
o-Chlorophenol
3-Chloropropionitrile
DDE
DDT
1,2-Dibromo-3-chloropropane
m-Dichlorobenzene
o-Dichlorobenzene
p-Dichlorobenzene
3,3'-Dichlorobenzidine
1,4-Dichloro-2-butene
1,1-Dichloroethane
1,2-Dichloroethane
1,1-Dichloroethylene
Dichloroisopropyl ether
Dichloromethane @
2,4-Dichlorophenol
2,6-Dichlorophenol
1,2-Dichloropropane
1,3-Dichloropropene
Dieldrin
alpha-Endosulfan
beta-Endosulfan
Endrin
Endrin aldehyde
Heptachlor
Heptachlor epoxide
Hexachlorobenzene
Hexachlorobutadiene
Hexachloroethane
Hexachlorophene
Hexachloropropene
Isodrin

[[Page 512]]

Kepone
Methoxychlor
4,4'-Methylenebis(2-chloroaniline)
Methylene bromide
Pentachlorobenzene
Pentachloroethane
Pentachloronitrobenzene (PCNB)
Pentachlorophenol
Polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs)
Pronamide
Silvex (2,4,5-TP)
2,4,5-T
TDE
1,2,4,5-Tetrachlorobenzene
2,3,7,8-Tetrachlorodibenzo-p-dioxin (TCDD)
Tetrachloroethane
Tetrachloroethylene
2,3,4,6-Tetrachlorophenol
Toxaphene
1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene
1,1,1-Trichloroethane
1,1,2-Trichloroethane
Trichloroethylene
2,4,5-Trichlorophenol
2,4,6-Trichlorophenol
Tris(2,3-dibromopropyl) phosphate
    (g) Tank car loading and unloading. When placed for loading or 
unloading and before unsecuring any closure, a tank car must be 
protected against movement or coupling as follows:
    (1) Each hazmat employee who is responsible for loading or unloading 
a tank car must secure access to the track to prevent entry by other 
rail equipment, including motorized service vehicles. Derails, lined and 
locked switches, portable bumper blocks, or other equipment that 
provides an equivalent level of security may be used to satisfy this 
requirement.
    (2) Caution signs must be displayed on the track or on the tank cars 
to warn persons approaching the cars from the open end of the track and 
must be left up until after all closures are secured and the cars are in 
proper condition for transportation. The caution signs must be of metal 
or other durable material, rectangular, at 30.48 cm (12 inches) high by 
38.10 cm (15 inches) wide, and bear the word ``STOP.'' The word ``STOP'' 
must appear in letters at least 10.16 cm (4 inches) high. The letters 
must be white on a blue background. Additional words, such as ``Tank Car 
Connected'' or ``Crew at Work,'' may also appear in white letters under 
the word ``STOP.''
    (3) At least one wheel on the tank car must be blocked against 
movement in both directions, and the hand brakes must be set. If 
multiple tank cars are coupled together, sufficient hand brakes must be 
set and wheels blocked to prevent movement in both directions.

[Amdt. 173-245, 60 FR 49072, Sept. 21, 1995]

    Editorial Note: For Federal Register citations affecting Sec.
173.31, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the 
Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.fdsys.gov.



Sec.173.32  Requirements for the use of portable tanks.

    (a) General requirements. No person may offer a hazardous material 
for transportation in a portable tank except as authorized by this 
subchapter.
    (1) Except as otherwise provided in this subpart, no person may use 
a portable tank for the transportation of a hazardous material unless it 
meets the requirements of this subchapter.
    (2) No person may fill and offer for transportation a portable tank 
when the prescribed periodic test or inspection under subpart G of part 
180 of this subchapter has become due until the test or inspection has 
been successfully completed. This requirement does not apply to any 
portable tank filled prior to the test or inspection due date.
    (3) When a portable tank is used as a cargo tank motor vehicle, it 
must conform to all the requirements prescribed for cargo tank motor 
vehicles. (See Sec.173.33.)
    (b) Substitute packagings. A particular Specification portable tank 
may be substituted for another portable tank as follows:
    (1) An IM or UN portable tank may be used whenever an IM or UN 
portable tank having less stringent requirements is authorized provided 
the portable tank meets or exceeds the requirements for pressure-relief 
devices, bottom outlets and any other special provisions specified in 
Sec.172.102(c)(7)(vi) of this subchapter.
    (2) Where a Specification IM101 or IM102 portable tank is 
prescribed, a UN portable tank or Specification 51 portable tank 
otherwise conforming to the special commodity requirements of Sec.
172.102(c)(7) of this subchapter for the material to be transported may 
be used.

[[Page 513]]

    (3) A DOT Specification 51 portable tank may be used whenever a DOT 
Specification 56, 57, or 60 portable tank is authorized. A DOT 
Specification 60 portable tank may be used whenever a DOT Specification 
56 or 57 portable tank is authorized. A higher integrity tank used 
instead of a specified portable tank must meet the same design profile; 
for example, a DOT Specification 51 portable tank must be lined if used 
instead of a lined DOT Specification 60 portable tank.
    (4) A portable tank authorized by the Transport Canada TDG 
Regulations (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this subchapter) may be used 
provided it conforms to the applicable requirements in Sec.171.12 of 
this subchapter.
    (c) Grandfather provisions for portable tanks--(1) Continued use of 
Specification 56 and 57 portable tanks. Continued use of an existing 
portable tank constructed to DOT Specification 56 or 57 is authorized 
only for a portable tank constructed before October 1, 1996. A stainless 
steel portable tank internally lined with polyethylene that was 
constructed on or before October 1, 1996, and that meets all 
requirements of DOT Specification 57 except for being equipped with a 
polypropylene discharge ball valve and polypropylene secondary discharge 
opening closure, may be marked as a Specification 57 portable tank and 
used in accordance with the provisions of this section.
    (2) A DOT Specification 51, IM 101, or IM 102 portable tank may not 
be manufactured after January 1, 2003; however, such tanks may continue 
to be used for the transportation of a hazardous material provided they 
meet the requirements of this subchapter, including the specification 
requirements and the requirements of this subchapter for the 
transportation of the particular hazardous material according to the T 
codes in effect on September 30, 2001 or the new T codes in Sec.
172.102(c)(7)(i), and provided the portable tanks conform to the 
periodic inspection and tests specified for the particular portable tank 
in subpart G of part 180 of this subchapter. After January 1, 2003, all 
newly manufactured portable tanks must conform to the requirements for 
the design, construction and approval of UN portable tanks as specified 
in Sec. Sec.178.273, 178.274, 178.275, 178.276, 178.277 and part 180, 
subpart G, of this subchapter.
    (3) A DOT Specification portable tank manufactured prior to January 
1, 1992 that is equipped with a non-reclosing pressure relief device may 
continue in service for the hazardous materials for which it is 
authorized. Except for a DOT Specification 56 or 57 portable tank, a DOT 
Specification portable tank manufactured after January 1, 1992, used for 
materials meeting the definition for Division 6.1 liquids, Packing Group 
I or II, Class 2 gases, or Class 3 or 4 liquids, must be equipped with a 
reclosing pressure relief valve having adequately sized venting capacity 
unless otherwise specified in this subchapter (see Sec. Sec.
178.275(f)(1) and 178.277 of this subchapter).
    (4) Any portable tank container constructed prior to May 15, 1950, 
complying with the requirements of either the ASME Code for Unfired 
Pressure Vessels, 1946 Edition, or the API ASME Code for Unfired 
Pressure Vessels, 1943 Edition, may be used for the transportation of 
liquefied compressed gas, provided it fulfills all the requirements of 
the part and specifications for the particular gas or gases to be 
transported. Such portable tanks must be marked ``ICC Specification 
51X'' on the plate required by the specification, except as modified by 
any or all of the following:
    (i) Portable tanks designed and constructed in accordance with Pars. 
U-68, U-69, or U-201 of the ASME Code, 1943 and 1946 editions, may be 
used. Portable tanks designed and constructed in accordance with Par. U-
68 or Par. U-69 may be re-rated at a working pressure 25 percent in 
excess of the design pressure for which the portable tank was originally 
constructed. If the portable tank is re-rated, the re-rated pressure 
must be marked on the plate as follows: ``Re-rated working pressure--
psig''.
    (ii) Loading and unloading accessories, valves, piping, fittings, 
safety and gauging devices, do not have to comply with the requirements 
for the particular location on the portable tank.
    (5) Any ICC Specification 50 portable tank fulfilling the 
requirements of that

[[Page 514]]

specification may be continued in service for transportation of a 
liquefied petroleum gas if it is retested every five years in accordance 
with the requirements in Sec.180.605 of this subchapter. Use of 
existing portable tanks is authorized. New construction is not 
authorized.
    (d) Determination of an authorized portable tank. Prior to filling 
and offering a portable tank for transportation, the shipper must ensure 
that the portable tank conforms to the authorized specification and 
meets the applicable requirements in this subchapter for the hazardous 
material. The shipper must ensure that the MAWP, design pressure or test 
pressure of the portable tank, as applicable, is appropriate for the 
hazardous material being transported. Determination of the applicable 
pressure must take into account the maximum pressure used to load or 
unload the hazardous material, the vapor pressure, static head and surge 
pressures of the hazardous material and the temperatures that the 
hazardous material will experience during transportation.
    (e) External inspection prior to filling. Each portable tank must be 
given a complete external inspection prior to filling. Any unsafe 
condition must be corrected prior to its being filled and offered for 
transportation. The external inspection shall include a visual 
inspection of:
    (1) The shell, piping, valves and other appurtenances for corroded 
areas, dents, defects in welds and other defects such as missing, 
damaged, or leaking gaskets;
    (2) All flanged connections or blank flanges for missing or loose 
nuts and bolts;
    (3) All emergency devices for corrosion, distortion, or any damage 
or defect that could prevent their normal operation;
    (4) All required markings on the tank for legibility; and
    (5) Any device for tightening manhole covers to ensure such devices 
are operative and adequate to prevent leakage at the manhole cover.
    (f) Loading requirements. (1) A hazardous material may not be loaded 
into a portable tank if the hazardous material would:
    (i) Damage the portable tank;
    (ii) React with the portable tank; or
    (iii) Otherwise compromise its product retention capability.
    (2) A hazardous material may not be loaded in a DOT Specification 
51, DOT Specification 60, an IM or UN portable tank unless the portable 
tank has a pressure relief device that provides total relieving capacity 
meeting the requirements of this subchapter.
    (3) Except during a pressure test, a portable tank may not be 
subjected to a pressure greater than its marked maximum allowable 
working pressure or, when appropriate, its marked design pressure.
    (4) A portable tank may not be loaded to a gross mass greater than 
the maximum allowable gross mass specified on its identification plate.
    (5) Except for a non-flowable solid or a liquid with a viscosity of 
2,680 centistokes (millimeters squared per second) or greater at 20 
[deg]C (68 [deg]F), an IM or UN portable tank, or compartment thereof, 
having a volume greater than 7,500 L (1,980 gallons) may not be loaded 
to a filling density of more than 20% and less than 80% by volume. This 
filling restriction does not apply if a portable tank is divided by 
partitions or surge plates into compartments of not more than 7,500 L 
(1,980 gallons) capacity; this portable tank must not be offered for 
transportation in an ullage condition liable to produce an unacceptable 
hydraulic force due to surge.
    (6) The outage for a portable tank may not be less than 2% at a 
temperature of 50 [deg]C (122 [deg]F) unless otherwise specified in this 
subchapter. For UN portable tanks, the applicable maximum filling limits 
apply as specified according to the assigned TP codes in Column (7) of 
the Sec.172.101 Table of this subchapter except when transported 
domestically.
    (7) Each tell-tale indicator or pressure gauge located in the space 
between a frangible disc and a safety relief valve mounted in series 
must be checked after the tank is filled and prior to transportation to 
ensure that the frangible disc is leak free. Any leakage through the 
frangible disc must be corrected prior to offering the tank for 
transportation.

[[Page 515]]

    (8) During filling, the temperature of the hazardous materials shall 
not exceed the limits of the design temperature range of the portable 
tank.
    (9) The maximum mass of liquefied compressed gas per liter (gallon) 
of shell capacity (kg/L or lbs./gal.) may not exceed the density of the 
liquefied compressed gas at 50 [deg]C (122 [deg]F). The portable tank 
must not be liquid full at 60 [deg]C (140 [deg]F).
    (g) Additional requirements for specific modal transport. In 
addition to other applicable requirements, the following apply:
    (1) A portable tank containing a hazardous material may not be 
loaded onto a highway or rail transport vehicle unless loaded entirely 
within the horizontal outline of the vehicle, without overhang or 
projection of any part of the tank assembly.
    (2) An IM or UN portable tank used for the transportation of 
flammable liquids by rail may not be fitted with non-reclosing pressure 
relief devices except in series with reclosing pressure relief valves.
    (3) A portable tank or Specification 106A or 110A multi-unit tank 
car containing a hazardous material may not be offered for 
transportation aboard a passenger vessel unless:
    (i) The vessel is operating under a change to its character of 
vessel certification as defined in Sec.171.8 of this subchapter; and
    (ii) The material is permitted to be transported aboard a passenger 
vessel in the Sec.172.101 Table of this subchapter.
    (h) Additional general commodity-specific requirements. In addition 
to other applicable requirements, the following requirements apply:
    (1) Each uninsulated portable tank used for the transportation of a 
liquefied compressed gas must have an exterior surface finish that is 
significantly reflective, such as a light-reflecting color if painted, 
or a bright reflective metal or other material if unpainted.
    (2) If a hazardous material is being transported in a molten state, 
the portable tank must be thermally insulated with suitable insulation 
material of sufficient thickness that the overall thermal conductance is 
not more than 0.080 Btu per hour per square foot per degree Fahrenheit 
differential.
    (3) No person may offer a liquid hazardous material of Class 3, PG I 
or II, or PG III with a flash point of less than 100 [deg]F (38 [deg]C); 
Division 5.1, PG I or II; or Division 6.1, PG I or II, in an IM or UN 
portable tank that is equipped with a bottom outlet as authorized in 
Column (7) of the Sec.172.101 Table of this subchapter by assignment 
of a T Code in the appropriate proper shipping name entry, for unloading 
to a facility while it remains on a transport vehicle with the power 
unit attached unless--
    (i) The tank outlets conform to Sec.178.275(d)(3) of this 
subchapter; or
    (ii) The facility at which the IM or UN portable tank is to be 
unloaded conforms to the requirements in Sec.177.834(o) of this 
subchapter.
    (i) Additional requirements for portable tanks other than IM 
specification and UN portable tanks. (1) The bursting strength of any 
piping and fittings must be at least four times the design pressure of 
the tank, and at least four times the pressure to which, in any 
instance, it may be subjected in service by the action of a pump or 
other device (not including safety relief valves) that may subject 
piping to pressures greater than the design pressure of the tank.
    (2) Pipe joints must be threaded, welded or flanged. If threaded 
pipe is used, the pipe and pipe fittings must not be lighter than 
Schedule 80 weight. Where copper tubing is permitted, joints must be 
brazed or be of equally strong metal union type. The melting point of 
brazing material may not be lower than 1,000 [deg]F (537.8 [deg]C). The 
method of joining tubing must not decrease the strength of the tubing 
such as by the cutting of threads.
    (3) Non-malleable metals may not be used in the construction of 
valves or fittings.
    (4) Suitable provision must be made in every case to allow for 
expansion, contraction, jarring and vibration of all pipe. Slip joints 
may not be used for this purpose.
    (5) Piping and fittings must be grouped in the smallest practicable 
space and must be protected from damage as required by the 
specification.
    (6) All piping, valves and fittings on every portable tank must be 
leakage tested with gas or air after installation and proved tight at 
not less than the

[[Page 516]]

design pressure of the portable tank on which they are used. In the 
event of replacement, all such piping, valves, or fittings must be 
tested in accordance with the requirements of this section before the 
portable tank is returned to transportation service. The requirements of 
this section apply to all hoses used on portable tanks, except that 
hoses may be tested either before or after installation on the portable 
tank.
    (7) All materials used in the construction of portable tanks and 
their appurtenances may not be subject to destructive attack by the 
contents of the portable tank.
    (8) No aluminum, copper, silver, zinc nor their alloys may be used. 
Brazed joints may not be used. All parts of a portable tank and its 
appurtenances used for anhydrous ammonia must be steel.
    (9) Each outlet of a portable tank used for the transportation of 
non-refrigerated liquefied compressed gases, except carbon dioxide, must 
be provided with a suitable automatic excess-flow valve (see definition 
in Sec.178.337-1(g) of this subchapter). The valve must be located 
inside the portable tank or at a point outside the portable tank where 
the line enters or leaves the portable tank. The valve seat must be 
located inside the portable tank or may be located within a welded 
flange or its companion flange, or within a nozzle or within a coupling. 
The installation must be made in such a manner as to reasonably assure 
that any undue strain which causes failure requiring functioning of the 
valve shall cause failure in such a manner that it will not impair the 
operation of the valve.
    (i) A safety device connection or liquid level gauging device that 
is constructed so that the outward flow of the tank contents will not 
exceed that passed by an opening of 0.1397 cm (0.0550 inches) is not 
required to be equipped with excess-flow valves.
    (ii) An excess-flow valve must close automatically if the flow 
reaches the rated flow of gas or liquid specified by the original valve 
manufacturer when piping mounted directly on the valve is sheared off 
before the first valve, pump, or fitting downstream from the excess flow 
valve.
    (iii) An excess-flow valve may be designed with a by-pass, not to 
exceed a 0.1016 cm (0.040 inches) diameter opening to allow equalization 
of pressure.
    (iv) Filling and discharge lines must be provided with manually 
operated shut-off valves located as close to the tank as practical. 
Unless this valve is manually operable at the valve, the line must also 
have a manual shut-off valve. The use of ``Stop-Check'' valves to 
satisfy with one valve the requirements of this section is forbidden. 
For portable tanks used for refrigerated liquefied gases, a ``stop 
check'' valve may be used on the vapor side of the pressure buildup 
circuit.
    (10) Each portable tank used for carbon dioxide or nitrous oxide 
must be lagged with a suitable insulation material of such thickness 
that the overall thermal conductance is not more than 0.08 Btu per 
square foot per degree Fahrenheit differential in temperature per hour. 
The conductance must be determined at 60 [deg]Fahrenheit. Insulation 
material used on portable tanks for nitrous oxide must be 
noncombustible.
    (11) Refrigerating or heating coils must be installed in portable 
tanks used for carbon dioxide and nitrous oxide. Such coils must be 
tested externally to at least the same pressure as the test pressure of 
the portable tank. The coils must also be tested internally to at least 
twice the working pressure of the heating or refrigerating system to be 
used, but in no case less than the test pressure of the portable tank. 
Such coils must be securely anchored. In the event of leakage, the 
refrigerant or heating medium to be circulated through the coil or coils 
must have no adverse chemical reaction with the portable tank or its 
contents.
    (12) Excess flow valves are not required for portable tanks used for 
the transport of refrigerated liquefied gases.

[66 FR 33427, June 21, 2001, as amended at 67 FR 15743, Apr. 3, 2002; 68 
FR 32413, May 30, 2003; 68 FR 57632, Oct. 6, 2003; 68 FR 75742, 75743, 
Dec. 31, 2003; 69 FR 54046, Sept. 7, 2004; 72 FR 25176, May 3, 2007; 76 
FR 81400, Dec. 28, 2011]

[[Page 517]]



Sec.173.33  Hazardous materials in cargo tank motor vehicles.

    (a) General requirements. (1) No person may offer or accept a 
hazardous material for transportation in a cargo tank motor vehicle 
except as authorized by this subchapter.
    (2) Two or more materials may not be loaded or accepted for 
transportation in the same cargo tank motor vehicle if, as a result of 
any mixture of the materials, an unsafe condition would occur, such as 
an explosion, fire, excessive increase in pressure or heat, or the 
release of toxic vapors.
    (3) No person may fill and offer for transportation a specification 
cargo tank motor vehicle for which the prescribed periodic retest or 
reinspection under subpart E of part 180 of this subchapter is past due 
until the retest or inspection has been successfully completed. This 
requirement does not apply to a cargo tank supplied by a motor carrier 
who is other than the person offering the hazardous material for 
transportation (see Sec.180.407(a)(1) of this subchapter), or to any 
cargo tank filled prior to the retest or inspection due date.
    (b) Loading requirements. (1) A hazardous material may not be loaded 
in a cargo tank if during transportation any part of the tank in contact 
with the hazardous material lading would have a dangerous reaction with 
the hazardous material.
    (2) A cargo tank may not be loaded with a hazardous material that 
will have an adverse effect on the tank's integrity or--
    (i) May combine chemically with any residue or contaminants in the 
tank to produce an explosion, fire, excessive increase in pressure, 
release of toxic vapors or other unsafe condition.
    (ii)-(iii) [Reserved]
    (iv) May severely corrode or react with the tank material at any 
concentration and temperature that will exist during transportation.
    (v) Is prohibited by Sec.173.21 or Sec.173.24 of this 
subchapter.
    (3) Air pressure in excess of ambient atmospheric pressure may not 
be used to load or unload any lading which may create an air-enriched 
mixture within the flammability range of the lading in the vapor space 
of the tank.
    (4) To prevent cargo tank rupture in a loading or unloading 
accident, the loading or unloading rate used must be less than or equal 
to that indicated on the cargo tank specification plate, except as 
specified in Sec.173.318(b)(6). If no loading or unloading rate is 
marked on the specification plate, the loading or unloading rate and 
pressure used must be limited such that the pressure in the tank may not 
exceed 130% of the MAWP.
    (c) Maximum Lading Pressure. (1) Prior to loading and offering a 
cargo tank motor vehicle for transportation with material that requires 
the use of a specification cargo tank, the person must confirm that the 
cargo tank motor vehicle conforms to the specification required for the 
lading and that the MAWP of the cargo tank is greater than or equal to 
the largest pressure obtained under the following conditions:
    (i) For compressed gases and certain refrigerated liquids that are 
not cryogenic liquids, the pressure prescribed in Sec.173.315 of this 
subchapter.
    (ii) For cryogenic liquids, the pressure prescribed in Sec.173.318 
of this subchapter.
    (iii) For liquid hazardous materials loaded in DOT specification 
cargo tanks equipped with a 1 psig normal vent, the sum of the tank 
static head plus 1 psig. In addition, for hazardous materials loaded in 
these cargo tanks, the vapor pressure of the lading at 115 [deg]F must 
be not greater than 1 psig, except for gasoline transported in 
accordance with Special Provision B33 in Sec.172.102(c)(3) of this 
subchapter.
    (iv) For liquid hazardous materials not covered in paragraph 
(c)(1)(i), (ii), or (iii) of this section, the sum of the vapor pressure 
of the lading at 115 [deg]F, plus the tank static head exerted by the 
lading, plus any pressure exerted by the gas padding, including air in 
the ullage space or dome.
    (v) The pressure prescribed in subpart B, D, E, F, G, or H of this 
part, as applicable.
    (vi) The maximum pressure in the tank during loading or unloading.
    (2) Any Specification MC 300, MC 301, MC 302, MC 303, MC 305, MC 306 
or MC 312, cargo tank motor vehicle with no marked design pressure or 
marked with

[[Page 518]]

a design pressure of 3 psig or less may be used for an authorized lading 
where the pressure derived from Sec.173.33(c)(1) is less than or equal 
to 3 psig. After December 31, 1990, a cargo tank may not be loaded and 
offered for transportation unless marked or remarked with an MAWP or 
design pressure in accordance with 49 CFR 180.405(k).
    (3) Any Specification MC 310 or MC 311 cargo tank motor vehicle may 
be used for an authorized lading where the pressure derived from Sec.
173.33(c)(1) is less than or equal to the MAWP or MWP, respectively, as 
marked on the specification plate.
    (4) Any cargo tank marked or certified before August 31, 1995, 
marked with a design pressure rather than an MAWP may be used for an 
authorized lading where the largest pressure derived from Sec.
173.33(c)(1) is less than or equal to the design pressure marked on the 
cargo tank.
    (5) Any material that meets the definition of a Division 6.1, 
Packing Group I or II (poisonous liquid) material must be loaded in a 
cargo tank motor vehicle having a MAWP of 25 psig or greater.
    (6) Substitute packagings. Unless otherwise specified, where MC 307, 
MC 312, DOT 407 or DOT 412 cargo tanks are authorized, minimum tank 
design pressure is 172.4 kPa (25 psig) for any Packing Group I or 
Packing Group II liquid lading that meets more than one hazard class 
definition.
    (d) Relief system. (1) Non-reclosing pressure relief devices are not 
authorized in any cargo tank except when in series with a reclosing 
pressure relief device. However, a cargo tank marked or certified before 
August 31, 1995 which is fitted with non-reclosing pressure relief 
devices may continue to be used in any hazardous material service for 
which it is authorized. The requirements in this paragraph do not apply 
to MC 330, MC 331 and MC 338 cargo tanks.
    (2) Each cargo tank motor vehicle used to transport a liquid 
hazardous material with a gas pad must have a pressure relief system 
that provides the venting capacity prescribed in Sec.178.345-10(e) of 
this subchapter. The requirements in this paragraph do not apply to MC 
330, MC 331 and MC 338 cargo tanks.
    (3) A cargo tank motor vehicle made to a specification listed in 
column 1 may have pressure relief devices or outlets conforming to the 
applicable specification to which the tank was constructed, or the 
pressure relief devices or outlets may be modified to meet the 
applicable requirement for the specification listed in column 2 without 
changing the markings on the tank specification plate. The venting 
capacity requirements of the original DOT cargo tank specification must 
be met whenever a pressure relief valve is modified.

------------------------------------------------------------------------
              Column 1                             Column 2
------------------------------------------------------------------------
MC 300, MC 301, MC 302, MC 303, MC    MC 306 or DOT 406.
 305.
MC 306..............................  DOT 406.
MC 304..............................  MC 307 or DOT 407.
MC 307..............................  DOT 407.
MC 310, MC 311......................  MC 312 or DOT 412.
MC 312..............................  DOT 412.
MC 330..............................  MC 331.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (e) Retention of hazardous materials in product piping during 
transportation. DOT specification cargo tanks used for the 
transportation of any material that is a Division 6.1 (poisonous liquid) 
material, oxidizer liquid, liquid organic peroxide or corrosive liquid 
(corrosive to skin only) may not be transported with hazardous materials 
lading retained in the piping, unless the cargo tank motor vehicle is 
equipped with bottom damage protection devices meeting the requirements 
of Sec.178.337-10 or Sec.178.345-8(b) of this subchapter, or the 
accident damage protection requirements of the specification under which 
it was manufactured. This requirement does not apply to a residue which 
remains after the piping is drained. A sacrificial device (see Sec.
178.345-1 of this subchapter) may not be used to satisfy the accident 
damage protection requirements of this paragraph.
    (f) An MC 331 type cargo tank may be used where MC 306, MC 307, MC 
312, DOT 406, DOT 407 or DOT 412 type cargo tanks are authorized. An MC 
307, MC 312, DOT 407 or DOT 412 type cargo tank may be used where MC 306 
or DOT 406 type cargo tanks are authorized. A higher integrity tank used 
instead of a

[[Page 519]]

specified tank must meet the same design profile (for example, an MC 331 
cargo tank must be lined if used in place of a lined MC 312 cargo tank.)
    (g) Remote control of self-closing stop valves--MC 330, MC 331 and 
MC 338 cargo tanks. Each liquid or vapor discharge opening in an MC 330 
or MC 331 cargo tank and each liquid filling and liquid discharge line 
in an MC 338 cargo tank must be provided with a remotely controlled 
internal self-closing stop valve except when an MC 330 or MC 331 cargo 
tank is marked and used exclusively to transport carbon dioxide; an MC 
338 is used to transport argon, carbon dioxide, helium, krypton, neon, 
nitrogen, or xenon; or an MC 338 utilizes an external self-closing stop 
valve to comply with the requirements in Sec.178.338-11(b). However, 
if the cargo tank motor vehicle was certified before January 1, 1995, 
this requirement is applicable only when an MC 330 or MC 331 cargo tank 
is used to transport a flammable liquid, flammable gas, hydrogen 
chloride (refrigerated liquid), or anhydrous ammonia; or when an MC 338 
cargo tank is used to transport flammable ladings.
    (h) A cargo tank motor vehicle authorized by the Transport Canada 
TDG Regulations (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this subchapter) may be used 
provided it conforms to the applicable requirements in Sec.171.12 of 
this subchapter.

[Amdt. 173-212, 54 FR 25005, June 12, 1989]

    Editorial Note: For Federal Register citations affecting Sec.
173.33, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the 
Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov.



Sec.173.34  [Reserved]



Sec.173.35  Hazardous materials in IBCs.

    (a) No person may offer or accept a hazardous material for 
transportation in an IBC except as authorized by this subchapter. Each 
IBC used for the transportation of hazardous materials must conform to 
the requirements of its specification and regulations for the 
transportation of the particular commodity. A specification IBC, for 
which the prescribed periodic retest or inspection under subpart D of 
part 180 of this subchapter is past due, may not be filled and offered 
for transportation until the retest or inspection have been successfully 
completed. This requirement does not apply to any IBC filled prior to 
the retest or inspection due date.
    (b) Initial use and reuse of IBCs. (Also see Sec.180.352 of this 
subchapter.) An IBC other than a multiwall paper IBC (13M1 and 13M2) may 
be reused. If an inner liner is required, the inner liner must be 
replaced before each reuse. Before an IBC is filled and offered for 
transportation, the IBC and its service equipment must be given an 
external visual inspection, by the person filling the IBC, to ensure 
that:
    (1) The IBC is free from corrosion, contamination, cracks, cuts, or 
other damage which would render it unable to pass the prescribed design 
type test to which it is certified and marked; and
    (2) The IBC is marked in accordance with requirements in Sec.
178.703 of this subchapter. Additional marking allowed for each design 
type may be present. Required markings that are missing, damaged or 
difficult to read must be restored or returned to original condition.
    (c) A metal IBC, or a part thereof, subject to thinning by 
mechanical abrasion or corrosion due to the lading, must be protected by 
providing a suitable increase in thickness of material, a lining or some 
other suitable method of protection. Increased thickness for corrosion 
or abrasion protection must be added to the wall thickness specified in 
Sec.178.705(c)(1)(iv) of this subchapter.
    (d) Notwithstanding requirements in Sec.173.24b of this subpart, 
when filling an IBC with liquids, sufficient ullage must be left to 
ensure that, at the mean bulk temperature of 50 [deg]C (122 [deg]F), the 
IBC is not filled to more than 98 percent of its water capacity.
    (e) Where two or more closure systems are fitted in series, the 
system nearest to the hazardous material being carried must be closed 
first.
    (f) During transportation--
    (1) No hazardous material may remain on the outside of the IBC; and
    (2) Each IBC must be securely fastened to or contained within the 
transport unit.
    (g) Each IBC used for transportation of solids which may become 
liquid at temperatures likely to be encountered

[[Page 520]]

during transportation must also be capable of containing the substance 
in the liquid state.
    (h) Liquid hazardous materials may only be offered for 
transportation in a metal, rigid plastic, or composite IBC that is 
appropriately resistant to an increase in internal pressure likely to 
develop during transportation.
    (1) A rigid plastic or composite IBC may only be filled with a 
liquid having a vapor pressure less than or equal to the greater of the 
following two values: The first value is determined from any of the 
methods in paragraphs (h)(1)(i), (ii) or (iii) of this section. The 
second value is determined by the method in paragraph (h)(1)(iv) of this 
section.
    (i) The gauge pressure (pressure in the IBC above ambient 
atmospheric pressure) measured in the IBC at 55 [deg]C (131 [deg]F). 
This gauge pressure must not exceed two-thirds of the marked test 
pressure and must be determined after the IBC was filled and closed at 
15 [deg]C (60 [deg]F) to less than or equal to 98 percent of its 
capacity.
    (ii) The absolute pressure (vapor pressure of the hazardous material 
plus atmospheric pressure) in the IBC at 50 [deg]C (122 [deg]F). This 
absolute pressure must not exceed four-sevenths of the sum of the marked 
test pressure and 100 kPa (14.5 psia).
    (iii) The absolute pressure (vapor pressure of the hazardous 
material plus atmospheric pressure) in the IBC at 55 [deg]C (131 
[deg]F). This absolute pressure must not exceed two-thirds of the sum of 
the marked test pressure and 100 kPa (14.5 psia).
    (iv) Twice the static pressure of the substance, measured at the 
bottom of the IBC. This value must not be less than twice the static 
pressure of water.
    (2) Liquids having a vapor pressure greater than 110 kPa (16 psig) 
at 50 [deg]C (122 [deg]F) or 130 kPa (18.9 psig) at 55 [deg]C (131 
[deg]F) may not be transported in metal IBCs.
    (i) The requirements in this section do not apply to DOT-56 or -57 
portable tanks.
    (j) No IBC may be filled with a Packing Group I liquid. Rigid 
plastic, composite, flexible, wooden or fiberboard IBC used to transport 
Packing Group I solid materials may not exceed 1.5 cubic meters (53 
cubic feet) capacity. For Packing Group I solids, a metal IBC may not 
exceed 3 cubic meters (106 cubic feet) capacity.
    (k) When an IBC is used for the transportation of liquids with a 
flash point of 60 [deg]C (140 [deg]F) (closed cup) or lower, or powders 
with the potential for dust explosion, measures must be taken during 
product loading and unloading to prevent a dangerous electrostatic 
discharge.
    (l) IBC filling limits. (1) Except as provided in this section, an 
IBC may not be filled with a hazardous material in excess of the maximum 
gross mass marked on that container.
    (2) An IBC which is tested and marked for Packing Group II liquid 
materials may be filled with a Packing Group III liquid material to a 
gross mass not exceeding 1.5 times the maximum gross mass marked on that 
container, if all the performance criteria can still be met at the 
higher gross mass.
    (3) An IBC which is tested and marked for liquid hazardous materials 
may be filled with a solid hazardous material to a gross mass not 
exceeding the maximum gross mass marked on that container. In addition, 
an IBC intended for the transport of liquids which is tested and marked 
for Packing Group II liquid materials may be filled with a Packing Group 
III solid hazardous material to a gross mass not exceeding the marked 
maximum gross mass multiplied by 1.5 if all the performance criteria can 
still be met at the higher gross mass.
    (4) An IBC which is tested and marked for Packing Group I solid 
materials may be filled with a Packing Group II solid material to a 
gross mass not exceeding the maximum gross mass marked on that 
container, multiplied by 1.5, if all the performance criteria can be met 
at the higher gross mass; or a Packing Group III solid material to a 
gross mass not exceeding the maximum gross mass marked on the IBC, 
multiplied by 2.25, if all the performance criteria can be met at the 
higher gross mass. An IBC which is tested and marked for Packing Group 
II solid materials may be filled with a Packing Group III solid material 
to a gross mass not exceeding the maximum gross

[[Page 521]]

mass marked on the IBC, multiplied by 1.5.

[Amdt. 173-238, 59 FR 38064, July 26, 1994, as amended by Amdt. 173-243, 
60 FR 40038, Aug. 4, 1995; 64 FR 10777, Mar. 5, 1999; 66 FR 45380, 
45381, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 48569, Aug. 14, 2003; 71 FR 78631, Dec. 29, 
2006; 75 FR 5393, Feb. 2, 2010; 77 FR 60942, Oct. 5, 2012]



Sec.173.36  Hazardous materials in Large Packagings.

    (a) No person may offer or accept a hazardous material for 
transportation in a Large Packaging except as authorized by this 
subchapter. Except as otherwise provided in this subchapter, no Large 
Packaging may be filled with a Packing Group I or II material. Each 
Large Packaging used for the transportation of hazardous materials must 
conform to the requirements of its specification and regulations for the 
transportation of the particular commodity.
    (b) Packaging design--(1) Inner packaging closures. A Large 
Packaging containing liquid hazardous materials must be packed so that 
closures on inner packagings are upright.
    (2) Flexible Large Packagings. Flexible Large Packagings (e.g., 51H) 
are only authorized for use with flexible inner packagings.
    (3) Friction. The nature and thickness of the outer packaging must 
be such that friction during transportation is not likely to generate an 
amount of heat sufficient to dangerously alter the chemical stability of 
the contents.
    (4) Securing and cushioning. Inner packagings of Large Packagings 
must be packed, secured and cushioned to prevent their breakage or 
leakage and to control their shifting within the outer packaging under 
conditions normally incident to transportation. Cushioning material must 
not be capable of reacting dangerously with the contents of the inner 
packagings or having its protective properties significantly weakened in 
the event of leakage.
    (5) Metallic devices. Nails, staples and other metallic devices must 
not protrude into the interior of the outer packaging in such a manner 
as to be likely to damage inner packagings or receptacles.
    (c) Initial use and reuse of Large Packagings. A Large Packaging may 
be reused. If an inner packaging is constructed of paper or flexible 
plastic, the inner packaging must be replaced before each reuse. Before 
a Large Packaging is filled and offered for transportation, the Large 
Packaging must be given an external visual inspection, by the person 
filling the Large Packaging, to ensure:
    (1) The Large Packaging is free from corrosion, contamination, 
cracks, cuts, or other damage which would render it unable to pass the 
prescribed design type test to which it is certified and marked; and
    (2) The Large Packaging is marked in accordance with requirements in 
Sec.178.910 of this subchapter. Additional marking allowed for each 
design type may be present. Required markings that are missing, damaged 
or difficult to read must be restored or returned to original condition.
    (d) During transportation--
    (1) No hazardous material may remain on the outside of the Large 
Packaging; and
    (2) Each Large Packaging must be securely fastened to or contained 
within the transport unit.
    (e) Each Large Packaging used for transportation of solids which may 
become liquid at temperatures likely to be encountered during 
transportation may not be transported in paper or fiber inner 
packagings. The inner packagings must be capable of containing the 
substance in the liquid state.
    (f) Liquid hazardous materials may only be offered for 
transportation in inner packagings appropriately resistant to an 
increase of internal pressure likely to develop during transportation.
    (g) A Large Packaging used to transport hazardous materials may not 
exceed 3 cubic meters (106 cubic feet) capacity.
    (h) Mixed contents. (1) An outer Large Packaging may contain more 
than one hazardous material only when--
    (i) The inner and outer packagings used for each hazardous material 
conform to the relevant packaging sections of this part applicable to 
that hazardous material, and not result in a violation of Sec.173.21;

[[Page 522]]

    (ii) The package as prepared for shipment meets the performance 
tests prescribed in part 178 of this subchapter for the hazardous 
materials contained in the package;
    (iii) Corrosive materials (except ORM-D) in bottles are further 
packed in securely closed inner receptacles before packing in outer 
packagings; and
    (iv) For transportation by aircraft, the total net quantity does not 
exceed the lowest permitted maximum net quantity per package as shown in 
Column 9a or 9b, as appropriate, of the Sec.172.101 table. The 
permitted maximum net quantity must be calculated in kilograms if a 
package contains both a liquid and a solid.
    (2) A packaging containing inner packagings of Division 6.2 
materials may not contain other hazardous materials, except dry ice.
    (i) When a Large Packaging is used for the transportation of liquids 
with a flash point of 60.5 [deg]C (141 [deg]F) (closed cup) or lower, or 
powders with the potential for dust explosion, measures must be taken 
during product loading and unloading to prevent a dangerous 
electrostatic discharge.

[75 FR 5393, Feb. 2, 2010]



Sec.173.37  Hazardous Materials in Flexible Bulk Containers.

    (a) No person may offer or accept a hazardous material for 
transportation in a Flexible Bulk Container except as authorized by this 
subchapter. Each Flexible Bulk Container used for the transportation of 
hazardous materials must conform to the requirements of its 
specification and regulations for the transportation of the particular 
commodity.
    (b) Initial use and reuse of Flexible Bulk Containers. A Flexible 
Bulk Container may be reused. Before a Flexible Bulk Container is filled 
and offered for transportation, the Flexible Bulk Container must be 
given an external visual inspection by the person filling the Flexible 
Bulk Container to ensure:
    (1) The Flexible Bulk Container is free from corrosion, 
contamination, cracks, cuts, or other damage that would render it unable 
to pass the prescribed design type test to which it is certified and 
marked; and
    (2) The Flexible Bulk Container is marked in accordance with 
requirements in Sec.178.1010 of this subchapter. Required markings 
that are missing, damaged or difficult to read must be restored or 
returned to original condition.
    (3) The following components must be examined to determine 
structural serviceability:
    (i) Textile slings;
    (ii) Load-bearing structure straps;
    (iii) Body fabric; and
    (iv) Lock device parts including metal and textile parts are free 
from protrusions or damage.
    (4) The use of Flexible Bulk Containers for the transport of 
hazardous materials is permitted for a period not to exceed two years 
from the date of manufacture of the Flexible Bulk Container.
    (c) During transportation--
    (1) No hazardous material may remain on the outside of the Flexible 
Bulk Container; and
    (2) Each Flexible Bulk Container must be securely fastened to or 
contained within the transport unit.
    (3) If restraints such as banding or straps are used, these straps 
must not be over-tightened to an extent that causes damage or 
deformation to the Flexible Bulk Container.
    (4) Flexible Bulk Containers must be transported in a conveyance 
with rigid sides and ends that extend at least two-thirds of the height 
of the Flexible Bulk Container.
    (5) Flexible Bulk Containers must not be stacked for highway or rail 
transportation.
    (6) Flexible Bulk Containers must not be transported in cargo 
transport units when offered for transportation by vessel.
    (7) Flexible Bulk Containers when transported by barge must be 
stowed in such a way that there are no void spaces between the Flexible 
Bulk Containers in the barge. If the Flexible Bulk Containers do not 
completely fill the barge, adequate measures must be taken to avoid 
shifting of cargo. The maximum permissible height of the stack of 
Flexible Bulk Containers must not exceed 3 containers high.
    (d) A Flexible Bulk Container used to transport hazardous materials 
may not

[[Page 523]]

exceed 15 cubic meters (530 cubic feet) capacity.

[78 FR 1073, Jan. 7, 2013]



Sec.173.40  General packaging requirements for toxic materials
packaged in cylinders.

    When this section is referenced for a Hazard Zone A or B hazardous 
material elsewhere in this subchapter, the requirements in this section 
are applicable to cylinders used for that material.
    (a) Authorized cylinders. (1) A cylinder must conform to a DOT 
specification or UN standard prescribed in subpart C of part 178 of this 
subchapter, or a TC, CTC, CRC, or BTC cylinder authorized in Sec.
171.12 of this subchapter, except that acetylene cylinders and non-
refillable cylinders are not authorized. The use of UN tubes and MEGCs 
is prohibited for Hazard Zone A materials.
    (2) The use of a specification 3AL cylinder made of aluminum alloy 
6351-T6 is prohibited for a Division 2.3 Hazard Zone A material or a 
Division 6.1 Hazard Zone A material.
    (3) A UN composite cylinder certified to ISO-11119-3 is not 
authorized for a Division 2.3 Hazard Zone A or B material.
    (4) For UN seamless cylinders used for Hazard Zone A materials, the 
maximum water capacity is 85 L.
    (b) Outage and pressure requirements. For DOT specification 
cylinders, the pressure at 55 [deg]C (131 [deg]F) of Hazard Zone A and 
Hazard Zone B materials may not exceed the service pressure of the 
cylinder. Sufficient outage must be provided so that the cylinder will 
not be liquid full at 55 [deg]C (131 [deg]F).
    (c) Closures. Each cylinder containing a Hazard Zone A material must 
be closed with a plug or valve conforming to the following:
    (1) Each plug or valve must have a taper-threaded connection 
directly to the cylinder and be capable of withstanding the test 
pressure of the cylinder without damage or leakage. For UN pressure 
receptacles, each valve must be capable of withstanding the test 
pressure of the pressure receptacle and be connected directly to the 
pressure receptacle by either a taper thread or other means which meets 
the requirements of ISO 10692-2: (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this 
subchapter).
    (2) Each valve must be of the packless type with non-perforated 
diaphragm, except that, for corrosive materials, a valve may be of the 
packed type with an assembly made gas-tight by means of a seal cap with 
gasketed joint attached to the valve body or the cylinder to prevent 
loss of material through or past the packing.
    (3) Each valve outlet must be sealed by a threaded cap or threaded 
solid plug and inert gasketing material.
    (4) The materials of construction for the cylinder, valves, plugs, 
outlet caps, luting, and gaskets must be compatible with each other and 
with the lading.
    (d) Additional handling protection. Each cylinder or cylinder 
overpack combination offered for transportation containing a Division 
2.3 or 6.1 Hazard Zone A or B material must conform to the valve damage 
protection performance requirements of this section. In addition to the 
requirements of this section, overpacks must conform to the overpack 
provisions of Sec.173.25.
    (1) DOT specification cylinders must conform to the following:
    (i) Each cylinder with a wall thickness at any point of less than 
2.03 mm (0.08 inch) and each cylinder that does not have fitted valve 
protection must be overpacked in a box. The box must conform to overpack 
provisions in Sec.173.25. Box and valve protection must be of 
sufficient strength to protect all parts of the cylinder and valve, if 
any, from deformation and breakage resulting from a drop of 2.0 m (7 ft) 
or more onto a non-yielding surface, such as concrete or steel, 
impacting at an orientation most likely to cause damage. 
``Deformation''means a cylinder or valve that is bent, distorted, 
mangled, misshapen, twisted, warped, or in a similar condition.
    (ii) Each cylinder with a valve must be equipped with a protective 
metal or plastic cap, other valve protection device, or an overpack 
which is sufficient to protect the valve from breakage or leakage 
resulting from a drop of 2.0 m (7 ft) onto a non-yielding surface, such 
as concrete or steel. Impact must be at an orientation most likely to 
cause damage.

[[Page 524]]

    (2) Each UN cylinder containing a Hazard Zone A or Hazard Zone B 
material must have a minimum test pressure in accordance with P200 of 
the UN Recommendations (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this subchapter). For 
Hazard Zone A gases, the cylinder must have a minimum wall thickness of 
3.5 mm if made of aluminum alloy or 2 mm if made of steel or, 
alternatively, cylinders may be packed in a rigid outer packaging that 
meets the Packing Group I performance level when tested as prepared for 
transport, and that is designed and constructed to protect the cylinder 
and valve from puncture or damage that may result in release of the gas.
    (e) Interconnection. Cylinders may not be manifolded or connected. 
This provision does not apply to MEGCs containing Hazard Zone B 
materials in accordance with Sec.173.312.

[67 FR 51642, Aug. 8, 2002, as amended at 67 FR 61289, Sept. 30, 2002; 
68 FR 24660, May 8, 2003; 71 FR 33880, June 12, 2006; 76 FR 3371, Jan. 
19, 2011; 81 FR 3672, Jan. 21, 2016; 82 FR 15876, Mar. 30, 2017]



Sec.173.41  Sampling and testing program for unrefined petroleum
-based products.

    (a) General. Unrefined petroleum-based products offered for 
transportation must be properly classed and described as prescribed in 
Sec.173.22, in accordance with a sampling and testing program, which 
specifies at a minimum:
    (1) A frequency of sampling and testing that accounts for any 
appreciable variability of the material (e.g., history, temperature, 
method of extraction [including chemical use], location of extraction, 
time of year, length of time between shipments);
    (2) Sampling prior to the initial offering of the material for 
transportation and when changes that may affect the properties of the 
material occur (i.e., mixing of the material from multiple sources, or 
further processing and then subsequent transportation);
    (3) Sampling methods that ensure a representative sample of the 
entire mixture, as offered, is collected;
    (4) Testing methods that enable classification of the material under 
the HMR;
    (5) Quality control measures for sample frequencies;
    (6) Duplicate sampling methods or equivalent measures for quality 
assurance;
    (7) Criteria for modifying the sampling and testing program; and
    (8) Testing or other appropriate methods used to identify properties 
of the mixture relevant to packaging requirements (e.g., compatibility 
with packaging, identifying specific gravity for filling packages).
    (b) Certification. Each person who offers a hazardous material for 
transportation shall certify, as prescribed by Sec.172.204 of this 
subchapter, that the material is offered for transportation in 
accordance with this subchapter, including the requirements prescribed 
by paragraph (a) of this section.
    (c) Documentation, retention, review, and dissemination of program. 
The sampling and testing program must be documented in writing (i.e. 
hardcopy or electronic file thereof) and must be retained for as long as 
the sampling and testing program remains in effect, or a minimum of one 
year. The sampling and testing program must be reviewed at least 
annually and revised and/or updated as necessary to reflect changed 
circumstances. The most recent version of the sampling and testing 
program must be available to the employees who are responsible for 
implementing it. When the sampling and testing program is updated or 
revised, all employees responsible for implementing it must be notified, 
and the most recent version must be made available.
    (d) Access by DOT to program documentation. Each person required to 
develop and implement a sampling and testing program must maintain a 
copy of the sampling and testing program documentation (or an electronic 
file thereof) that is accessible at, or through, its principal place of 
business, and must make the documentation available upon request at a 
reasonable time and location to an authorized official of the Department 
of Transportation.

[80 FR 26746, May 8, 2015]

[[Page 525]]



     Subpart C_Definitions, Classification and Packaging for Class 1

    Source: Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52617, Dec. 21, 1990, unless otherwise 
noted.



Sec.173.50  Class 1--Definitions.

    (a) Explosive. For the purposes of this subchapter, an explosive 
means any substance or article, including a device, which is designed to 
function by explosion (i.e., an extremely rapid release of gas and heat) 
or which, by chemical reaction within itself, is able to function in a 
similar manner even if not designed to function by explosion, unless the 
substance or article is otherwise classed under the provisions of this 
subchapter. The term includes a pyrotechnic substance or article, unless 
the substance or article is otherwise classed under the provisions of 
this subchapter.
    (b) Explosives in Class 1 are divided into six divisions as follows:
    (1) Division 1.1 consists of explosives that have a mass explosion 
hazard. A mass explosion is one which affects almost the entire load 
instantaneously.
    (2) Division 1.2 consists of explosives that have a projection 
hazard but not a mass explosion hazard.
    (3) Division 1.3 consists of explosives that have a fire hazard and 
either a minor blast hazard or a minor projection hazard or both, but 
not a mass explosion hazard.
    (4) Division 1.4 consists of explosives that present a minor 
explosion hazard. The explosive effects are largely confined to the 
package and no projection of fragments of appreciable size or range is 
to be expected. An external fire must not cause virtually instantaneous 
explosion of almost the entire contents of the package.
    (5) Division 1.5 \1\ consists of very insensitive explosives. This 
division is comprised of substances which have a mass explosion hazard 
but are so insensitive that there is very little probability of 
initiation or of transition from burning to detonation under normal 
conditions of transport.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \1\ The probability of transition from burning to detonation is 
greater when large quantities are transported in a vessel.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (6) Division 1.6 \2\ consists of extremely insensitive articles that 
do not have a mass explosion hazard. This division is comprised of 
articles which predominately contain extremely insensitive substances 
and that demonstrate a negligible probability of accidental initiation 
or propagation.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \2\ The risk from articles of Division 1.6 is limited to the 
explosion of a single article.

[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52617 Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66267, 
Dec. 20, 1991; 66 FR 45183, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 48569, Aug. 14, 2003; 
78 FR 1074, Jan. 7, 2013; 82 FR 15876, Mar. 30, 2017]



Sec.173.51  Authorization to offer and transport explosives.

    (a) Unless otherwise provided in this subpart, no person may offer 
for transportation or transport an explosive, unless it has been tested 
and classed and approved by the Associate Administrator (Sec.173.56).
    (b) Reports of explosives approved by the Department of Defense or 
the Department of Energy must be filed with, and receive acknowledgement 
in writing by, the Associate Administrator prior to such explosives 
being offered for transportation.

[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52617, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended by 66 FR 45379, 
Aug. 28, 2001]



Sec.173.52  Classification codes and compatibility groups of explosives.

    (a) The classification code for an explosive, which is assigned by 
the Associate Administrator in accordance with this subpart, consists of 
the division number followed by the compatibility group letter. 
Compatibility group letters are used to specify the controls for the 
transportation, and storage related thereto, of explosives and to 
prevent an increase in hazard that might result if certain types of 
explosives were stored or transported together. Transportation 
compatibility requirements for carriers are prescribed in Sec. Sec.
174.81, 175.78. 176.83 and 177.848 of this subchapter for transportation 
by rail, air, vessel, and public highway, respectively, and storage 
incidental thereto.
    (b) Compatibility groups and classification codes for the various 
types of

[[Page 526]]

explosives are set forth in the following tables. Table 1 sets forth 
compatibility groups and classification codes for substances and 
articles described in the first column of table 1. Table 2 shows the 
number of classification codes that are possible within each explosive 
division. Altogether, there are 35 possible classification codes for 
explosives.

                      Table 1--Classification Codes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Description of substances or       Compatibility      Classification
     article to be classified             group               code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Primary explosive substance.......          A          1.1A
Article containing a primary                B          1.1B
 explosive substance and not                           1.2B
 containing two or more effective                      1.4B
 protective features. Some
 articles, such as detonators for
 blasting, detonator assemblies
 for blasting and primers, cap-
 type, are included, even though
 they do not contain primary
 explosives..
Propellant explosive substance or           C          1.1C
 other deflagrating explosive                          1.2C
 substance or article containing                       1.3C
 such explosive substance.                             1.4C
Secondary detonating explosive              D          1.1D
 substance or black powder or                          1.2D
 article containing a secondary                        1.4D
 detonating explosive substance,                       1.5D
 in each case without means of
 initiation and without a
 propelling charge, or article
 containing a primary explosive
 substance and containing two or
 more effective protective
 features.
Article containing a secondary              E          1.1E
 detonating explosive substance,                       1.2E
 without means of initiation, with                     1.4E
 a propelling charge (other than
 one containing flammable liquid
 or gel or hypergolic liquid).
Article containing a secondary              F          1.1F
 detonating explosive substance                        1.2F
 with its means of initiation,                         1.3F
 with a propelling charge (other                       1.4F
 than one containing flammable
 liquid or gel or hypergolic
 liquid) or without a propelling
 charge.
Pyrotechnic substance or article            G          1.1G
 containing a pyrotechnic                              1.2G
 substance, or article containing                      1.3G
 both an explosive substance and                       1.4G
 an illuminating, incendiary, tear-
 producing or smoke-producing
 substance (other than a water-
 activated article or one
 containing white phosphorus,
 phosphide or flammable liquid or
 gel or hypergolic liquid).
Article containing both an                  H          1.2H
 explosive substance and white                         1.3H
 phosphorus.
Article containing both an                  J          1.1J
 explosive substance and flammable                     1.2J
 liquid or gel.                                        1.3J
Article containing both an                  K          1.2K
 explosive substance and a toxic                       1.3K
 chemical agent.
Explosive substance or article              L          1.1L
 containing an explosive substance                     1.2L
 and presenting a special risk                         1.3L
 (e.g., due to water-activation or
 presence of hybergolic liquids,
 phosphides or pyrophoric
 substances) needing isolation of
 each type.
Articles predominantly containing   N                  1.6N
 extremely insensitive substances.
Substance or article so packed or           S          1.4S
 designed that any hazardous
 effects arising from accidental
 functioning are limited to the
 extent that they do not
 significantly hinder or prohibit
 fire fighting or other emergency
 response efforts in the immediate
 vicinity of the package.
------------------------------------------------------------------------


    Table 2--Scheme of Classification of Explosives, Combination of Hazard Division with Compatibility Group
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                     Compatibility group
              Hazard division              ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                                             A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    J    K    L    N    S   A-S
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.1                                         1.1  1.1  1.1  1.1  1.1  1.1  1.1  ...  1.1  ...  1.1  ...  ...    9
                                              A    B    C    D    E    F    G         J         L
1.2                                         ...  1.2  1.2  1.2  1.2  1.2  1.2  1.2  1.2  1.2  1.2  ...  ...   10
                                                   B    C    D    E    F    G    H    J    K    L
1.3                                         ...  ...  1.3  ...  ...  1.3  1.3  1.3  1.3  1.3  1.3  ...  ...    7
                                                        C              F    G    H    J    K    L
1.4                                         ...  1.4  1.4  1.4  1.4  1.4  1.4  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  1.4    7
                                                   B    C    D    E    F    G                             S
1.5                                         ...  ...  ...  1.5  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...    1
                                                             D
1.6                                         ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  1.6  ...    1
                                                                                                     N
                                           ---------------------------------------------------------------------
    Total                                     1    3    4    4    3    4    4    2    3    2    3    1    1   35
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52617, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended by Amdt. 173-241, 
59 FR 67492, Dec. 29, 1994; 64 FR 51918, Sept. 27, 1999; 66 FR 45379, 
Aug. 28, 2001; 76 FR 56315, Sept. 13, 2011; 78 FR 1074, Jan. 7, 2013; 82 
FR 15876, Mar. 30, 2017]

[[Page 527]]



Sec.173.53  Provisions for using old classifications of explosives.

    Where the classification system in effect prior to January 1, 1991, 
is referenced in State or local laws, ordinances or regulations not 
pertaining to the transportation of hazardous materials, the following 
table may be used to compare old and new hazard class names:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                            Class name prior to Jan. 1,
         Current classification                        1991
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Division 1.1............................  Class A explosives.
Division 1.2............................  Class A or Class B explosives.
Division 1 3............................  Class B explosive.
Division 1.4............................  Class C explosives.
Division 1.5............................  Blasting agents.
Division 1.6............................  No applicable hazard class.
------------------------------------------------------------------------



Sec.173.54  Forbidden explosives.

    Unless otherwise provided in this subchapter, the following 
explosives shall not be offered for transportation or transported:
    (a) An explosive that has not been approved in accordance with Sec.
173.56 of this subpart.
    (b) An explosive mixture or device containing a chlorate and also 
containing:
    (1) An ammonium salt, including a substituted ammonium or quaternary 
ammonium salt; or
    (2) An acidic substance, including a salt of a weak base and a 
strong acid.
    (c) A leaking or damaged package or article containing an explosive.
    (d) Propellants that are unstable, condemned or deteriorated.
    (e) Nitroglycerin, diethylene glycol dinitrate, or any other liquid 
explosives not specifically authorized by this subchapter.
    (f) A loaded firearm (except as provided in 49 CFR 1544.219).
    (g) Fireworks that combine an explosive and a detonator.
    (h) Fireworks containing yellow or white phosphorus.
    (i) A toy torpedo, the maximum outside dimension of which exceeds 23 
mm (0.906 inch), or a toy torpedo containing a mixture of potassium 
chlorate, black antimony (antimony sulfide), and sulfur, if the weight 
of the explosive material in the device exceeds 0.26 g (0.01 ounce).
    (j) Explosives specifically forbidden in the Sec.172.101 table of 
this subchapter.
    (k) Explosives not meeting the acceptance criteria specified in 
Sec.173.57 of this subchapter.
    (l) An explosive article with its means of initiation or ignition 
installed, unless approved in accordance with Sec.173.56.

[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52617 Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66267, 
Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 173-236, 58 FR 50236, Sept. 24, 1993; 67 FR 61013, 
Sept. 27, 2002; 68 FR 48569, Aug. 14, 2003]



Sec.173.55  [Reserved]



Sec.173.56  New explosives--definition and procedures for 
classification and approval.

    (a) Definition of new explosive. For the purposes of this subchapter 
a new explosive means an explosive produced by a person who:
    (1) Has not previously produced that explosive; or
    (2) Has previously produced that explosive but has made a change in 
the formulation, design or process so as to alter any of the properties 
of the explosive. An explosive will not be considered a ``new 
explosive'' if an agency listed in paragraph (b) of this section has 
determined, and confirmed in writing to the Associate Administrator, 
that there are no significant differences in hazard characteristics from 
the explosive previously approved.
    (b) Examination, classification and approval. Except as provided in 
Sec. Sec.173.64 and 173.65, no person may offer a new explosive for 
transportation unless that person has specified to the examining agency 
the ranges of composition of ingredients and compounds, showing the 
intended manufacturing tolerances in the composition of substances or 
design of articles which will be allowed in that material or device, and 
unless it has been examined, classed and approved as follows:
    (1) Except for an explosive made by or under the direction or 
supervision of the Department of Defense (DOD) or the Department of 
Energy (DOE), a new explosive must be examined and assigned a 
recommended shipping description, division and compatibility group, 
based on the tests and criteria prescribed in Sec. Sec.173.52, 173.57 
and 173.58. The person requesting approval of the

[[Page 528]]

new explosive must submit to the Associate Administrator a report of the 
examination and assignment of a recommended shipping description, 
division, and compatibility group. If the Associate Administrator finds 
the approval request meets the regulatory criteria, the new explosive 
will be approved in writing and assigned an EX number. The examination 
must be performed by a person who is approved by the Associate 
Administrator under the provisions of subpart H of part 107 of this 
chapter and who--
    (i) Has (directly, or through an employee involved in the 
examination) at least ten years of experience in the examination, 
testing and evaluation of explosives;
    (ii) Does not manufacture or market explosives, and is not 
controlled by or financially dependent on any entity that manufactures 
or markets explosives, and whose work with respect to explosives is 
limited to examination, testing and evaluation; and
    (iii) Is a resident of the United States.
    (2) A new explosive made by or under the direction or supervision of 
a component of the DOD may be examined, classed, and concurred in by:
    (i) U.S. Army Technical Center for Explosives Safety (SMCAC-EST), 
Naval Sea Systems Command (SEA-9934), or Air Force Safety Agency (SEW), 
when approved by the Chairman, DOD Explosives Board, in accordance with 
the DOD Ammunition and Explosives Hazard Classification Procedures (IBR, 
see Sec.171.7 of the subchapter); or
    (ii) The agencies and procedures specified in paragraph (b)(1) of 
this section.
    (3) A new explosive made by or under the direction or supervision of 
the Department of Energy (DOE) may be--
    (i) Examined by the DOE in accordance with the DOD Explosives Hazard 
Classification Procedures, and must be classed and approved by DOE; or
    (ii) Examined, classed, and approved in accordance with paragraph 
(b)(1) of this section.
    (4) For a material shipped under the description of ``ammonium 
nitrate-fuel oil mixture (ANFO)'', the only test required for 
classification purposes is the Cap Sensitivity Test--Test Method 5(a) 
prescribed in the Explosive Test Manual (UN Manual of Tests and 
Criteria) (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of the subchapter). The test must be 
performed by an agency listed in paragraph (b)(1), (b)(2), or (b)(3) of 
this section, the manufacturer, or the shipper. A copy of the test 
report must be submitted to the Associate Administrator before the 
material is offered for transportation, and a copy of the test report 
must be retained by the shipper for as long as that material is shipped. 
At a minimum, the test report must contain the name and address of the 
person or organization conducting the test, date of the test, 
quantitative description of the mixture, including prill size and 
porosity, and a description of the test results.
    (c) Filing DOD or DOE approval report. DOD or DOE must file a copy 
of each approval, accompanied by supporting laboratory data, with the 
Associate Administrator and receive acknowledgement in writing before 
offering the new explosive for transportation, unless the new explosive 
is:
    (1) Being transported under paragraph (d) or (e) of this section; or
    (2) Covered by a national security classification currently in 
effect.
    (d) Transportation of explosive samples for examination. 
Notwithstanding the requirements of paragraph (b) of this section with 
regard to the transportation of a new explosive that has not been 
approved, a person may offer a sample of a new explosive for 
transportation, by railroad, highway, or vessel from the place where it 
was produced to an agency identified in paragraph (b) of this section, 
for examination if--
    (1) The new explosive has been assigned a tentative shipping 
description and class in writing by the testing agency;
    (2) The new explosive is packaged as required by this part according 
to the tentative description and class assigned, unless otherwise 
specified in writing by the testing agency; and,
    (3) The package is labeled as required by this subchapter and the 
following is marked on the package:
    (i) The words ``SAMPLE FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION'';
    (ii) The net weight of the new explosive; and

[[Page 529]]

    (iii) The tentative shipping name and identification number.
    (e) Transportation of unapproved explosives for developmental 
testing. Notwithstanding the requirements of paragraph (b) of this 
section, the owner of a new explosive that has not been examined or 
approved may transport that new explosive from the place where it was 
produced to an explosives testing range if--
    (1) It is not a primary (a 1.1A initiating) explosive or a forbidden 
explosive according to this subchapter;
    (2) It is described as a Division 1.1 explosive (substance or 
article) and is packed, marked, labeled, described on shipping papers 
and is otherwise offered for transportation in conformance with the 
requirements of this subchapter applicable to Division 1.1;
    (3) It is transported in a motor vehicle operated by the owner of 
the explosive; and
    (4) It is accompanied by a person, in addition to the operator of 
the motor vehicle, who is qualified by training and experience to handle 
the explosive.
    (f) Notwithstanding the requirements of paragraphs (b) and (d) of 
this section, the Associate Administrator may approve a new explosive on 
the basis of an approval issued for the explosive by the competent 
authority of a foreign government, or when examination of the explosive 
by a person approved by the Associate Administrator is impracticable, on 
the basis of reports of tests conducted by disinterested third parties, 
or may approve the transportation of an explosives sample for the 
purpose of examination by a person approved by the Associate 
Administrator.
    (g) An explosive may be transported under subparts B or C of part 
171 or Sec.176.11 of this subchapter without the approval of the 
Associate Administrator as required by paragraph (b) of this section if 
the Associate Administrator has acknowledged in writing the 
acceptability of an approval issued by the competent authority of a 
foreign government pursuant to the provisions of the UN Recommendations, 
the ICAO Technical Instructions, the IMDG Code (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of 
this subchapter), or other national or international regulations based 
on the UN Recommendations. In such a case, a copy of the foreign 
competent authority approval, and a copy of the written acknowledgement 
of its acceptance must accompany each shipment of that explosive.
    (h) The requirements of this section do not apply to cartridges, 
small arms which are:
    (1) Not a forbidden explosive under Sec.173.54 of this subchapter;
    (2) Ammunition for rifle, pistol, shotgun, or tools;
    (3) Ammunition with inert projectile or blank ammunition; and
    (4) Ammunition not exceeding 50 caliber for rifle or pistol 
cartridges or 8 gauge for shotgun shells.

Cartridges, small arms meeting the criteria of this paragraph (h) may be 
assigned a classification code of 1.4S by the manufacturer.
    (i) If experience or other data indicate that the hazard of a 
material or a device containing an explosive composition is greater or 
less than indicated according to the definition and criteria specified 
in Sec. Sec.173.50, 173.56, and 173.58 of this subchapter, the 
Associate Administrator may specify a classification or except the 
material or device from the requirements of this subchapter.
    (j) [Reserved]

[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52617 Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66267, 
Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 173-234, 58 FR 51532, Oct. 1, 1993; 62 FR 51560, 
Oct. 1, 1997; 63 FR 37461, July 10, 1998; 64 FR 10777, Mar. 5, 1999; 66 
FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 75743, Dec. 31, 2003; 72 FR 25177, May 3, 
2007; 78 FR 1074, Jan. 7, 2013; 78 FR 42477, July 16, 2013; 83 FR 55809, 
Nov. 7, 2018]



Sec.173.57  Acceptance criteria for new explosives.

    (a) Unless otherwise excepted, an explosive substance must be 
subjected to the Drop Weight Impact Sensitivity Test (Test Method 
3(a)(i)), the Friction Sensitivity Test (Test Method 3(b)(iii)), the 
Thermal Stability Test (Test Method 3(c)) at 75 [deg]C (167 [deg]F) and 
the Small-Scale Burning Test (Test Method 3(d)(i)), each as described in 
the Explosive Test Manual (UN Manual of Tests and Criteria) (IBR, see 
Sec.171.7 of this subchapter). A substance is forbidden for 
transportation if any one of the following occurs:
    (1) For a liquid, failure to pass the test criteria when tested in 
the Drop

[[Page 530]]

Weight Impact Sensitivity Test apparatus for liquids;
    (2) For a solid, failure to pass the test criteria when tested in 
the Drop Weight Impact Sensitivity Test apparatus for solids;
    (3) The substance has a friction sensitiveness equal to or greater 
than that of dry pentaerythrite tetranitrate (PETN) when tested in the 
Friction Sensitivity Test;
    (4) The substance fails to pass the test criteria specified in the 
Thermal Stability Test at 75 [deg]C (167 [deg]F); or
    (5) Explosion occurs when tested in the Small-Scale Burning Test.
    (b) An explosive article, packaged or unpackaged, or a packaged 
explosive substance must be subjected to the Thermal Stability Test for 
Articles and Packaged Articles (Test method 4(a)(i)) and the Twelve 
Meter Drop Test (Test Method 4(b)(ii)), when appropriate, in the 
Explosive Test Manual. An article or packaged substance is forbidden for 
transportation if evidence of thermal instability or excessive impact 
sensitivity is found in those tests according to the criteria and 
methods of assessing results prescribed therein.
    (c) Dynamite (explosive, blasting, type A) is forbidden for 
transportation if any of the following occurs:
    (1) It does not have, when uniformly mixed with the absorbent 
material, a satisfactory antacid in a quantity sufficient to have the 
acid neutralizing power of an amount of magnesium carbonate equal to one 
percent of the nitroglycerin or other liquid explosive ingredient;
    (2) During the centrifuge test (Test Method D-2, in appendix D to 
this part) or the compression test (Test Method D-3 in appendix D to 
this part), a non-gelatin dynamite loses more than 3 percent by weight 
of the liquid explosive or a gelatin dynamite loses more than 10 percent 
by weight of the liquid explosive; or
    (3) During the leakage test (Test Method D-1 in appendix D to this 
part), there is any loss of liquid.

[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52617 Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 58 FR 51532, 
Oct. 1, 1993; 64 FR 51918, Sept. 27, 1999; 68 FR 75743, Dec. 31, 2003; 
76 FR 56315, Sept. 13, 2011]



Sec.173.58  Assignment of class and division for new explosives.

    (a) Division 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, and 1.4 explosives. In addition to the 
test prescribed in Sec.173.57 of this subchapter, a substance or 
article in these divisions must be subjected to Test Methods 6(a), 6(b), 
and 6(c), as described in the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria (IBR, see 
Sec.171.7 of this subchapter), for assignment to an appropriate 
division. The criteria for assignment of class and division are as 
follows:
    (1) Division 1.1 if the major hazard is mass explosion;
    (2) Division 1.2 if the major hazard is dangerous projections;
    (3) Division 1.3 if the major hazard is radiant heat or violent 
burning, or both, but there is no blast or projection hazard;
    (4) Division 1.4 if there is a small hazard with no mass explosion 
and no projection of fragments of appreciable size or range;
    (5) Division 1.4 Compatibility Group S (1.4S) if the hazardous 
effects are confined within the package or the blast and projection 
effects do not significantly hinder emergency response efforts. The UN 
Test Type 6(d) is used to determine whether a Division 1.4S 
classification is appropriate for an item assigned a proper shipping 
name to which special provision 347 (see Sec.172.102 of this 
subchapter) applies; or
    (6) Not in the explosive class if the substance or article does not 
have significant explosive hazard or if the effects of explosion are 
completely confined within the article.
    (b) Division 1.5 explosive. Except for ANFO, a substance that has 
been examined in accordance with the provisions Sec.173.57(a) of this 
subchapter, must be subjected to the following additional tests: Cap 
Sensitivity Test, Princess Incendiary Spark Test, DDT Test, and External 
Fire Test, each as described in the Explosive Test Manual. A material 
may not be classed as a Division 1.5 explosive if any of the following 
occurs:
    (1) Detonation occurs in the Cap Sensitivity Test (Test Method 
5(a));
    (2) Detonation occurs in the DDT Test (Test Method 5(b)(ii));

[[Page 531]]

    (3) An explosion, evidenced by a loud noise and projection of 
fragments, occurs in the External Fire Test (Test Method 5(c), or
    (4) Ignition or explosion occurs in the Princess Incendiary Spark 
Test (Test Method 5(d)).
    (c) Division 1.6 explosive. (1) In order to be classed as a 1.6 
explosive, an article must pass all of the following tests, as 
prescribed in the Explosive Test Manual:
    (i) The 1.6 Article External Fire Test;
    (ii) The 1.6 Article Slow Cook-off Test;
    (iii) The 1.6 Article Propagation Test; and
    (iv) The 1.6 Article Bullet Impact Test.
    (2) A substance intended for use as the explosive load in an article 
of Division 1.6 must be an extremely insensitive detonating substance 
(EIDS). In order to determine if a substance is an EIDS, it must be 
subjected to the tests in paragraphs (c)(2)(i) through (c)(2)(x) of this 
section, which are described in the Explosive Test Manual. The substance 
must be tested in the form (i.e., composition, granulation, density, 
etc.) in which it is to be used in the article. A substance is not an 
EIDS if it fails any of the following tests:
    (i) The Drop Weight Impact Sensitivity Test;
    (ii) The Friction Sensitivity Test;
    (iii) The Thermal Sensitivity Test at 75 [deg]C (167 [deg]F);
    (iv) The Small Scale Burning Test;
    (v) The EIDS Cap Test;
    (vi) The EIDS Gap Test;
    (vii) The Susan Test;
    (viii) The EIDS Bullet Impact Test;
    (ix) The EIDS External Fire Test; and
    (x) The EIDS Slow Cook-off Test.
    (d) The Associate Administrator may waive or modify certain test(s) 
identified in Sec. Sec.173.57 and 173.58 of this subchapter, or 
require additional testing, if appropriate. In addition, the Associate 
Administrator may limit the quantity of explosive in a device.
    (e) Each explosive is assigned a compatibility group letter by the 
Associate Administrator based on the criteria prescribed in Sec.
173.52(b) of this subchapter.

[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52617 Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66267, 
Dec. 20, 1991; 63 FR 52849, Oct. 1, 1998; 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 
FR 75743, Dec. 31, 2003; 76 FR 3371, Jan. 19, 2011; 76 FR 56315, Sept. 
13, 2011]



Sec.173.59  Description of terms for explosives.

    For the purpose of this subchapter, a description of the following 
terms is provided for information only. They must not be used for 
purposes of classification or to replace proper shipping names 
prescribed in Sec.172.101 of this subchapter.
    Ammonium-nitrate--fuel oil mixture (ANFO). A blasting explosive 
containing no essential ingredients other than prilled ammonium nitrate 
and fuel oil.
    Ammunition. Generic term related mainly to articles of military 
application consisting of all types of bombs, grenades, rockets, mines, 
projectiles and other similar devices or contrivances.
    Ammunition, illuminating, with or without burster, expelling charge 
or propelling charge. Ammunition designed to produce a single source of 
intense light for lighting up an area. The term includes illuminating 
cartridges, grenades and projectiles, and illuminating and target 
identification bombs. The term excludes the following articles which are 
listed separately: cartridges, signal; signal devices; hand signals; 
distress flares, aerial and flares, surface.
    Ammunition, incendiary. Ammunition containing an incendiary 
substance which may be a solid, liquid or gel including white 
phosphorus. Except when the composition is an explosive per se, it also 
contains one or more of the following: a propelling charge with primer 
and igniter charge, or a fuze with burster or expelling charge. The term 
includes: Ammunition, incendiary, liquid or gel, with burster, expelling 
charge or propelling charge; Ammunition, incendiary with or without 
burster, expelling charge or propelling charge; and Ammunition, 
incendiary, white phosphorus, with burster, expelling charge or 
propelling charge.

[[Page 532]]

    Ammunition, practice. Ammunition without a main bursting charge, 
containing a burster or expelling charge. Normally it also contains a 
fuze and propelling charge. The term excludes the following article 
which is listed separately: Grenades, practice.
    Ammunition, proof. Ammunition containing pyrotechnic substance, used 
to test the performance or strength of new ammunition, weapon component 
or assemblies.
    Ammunition, smoke. Ammunition containing a smoke-producing substance 
such as chlorosulphonic acid mixture (CSAM), titanium tetrachloride 
(FM), white phosphorus, or smoke-producing substance whose composition 
is based on hexachlorothannol (HC) or red phosphorus. Except when the 
substance is an explosive per se, the ammunition also contains one or 
more of the following: a propelling charge with primer and igniter 
charge, or a fuze with burster or expelling charge. The term includes: 
Ammunition, smoke, with or without burster, expelling charge or 
propelling charge; Ammunition, smoke, white phosphorus with burster, 
expelling charge or propelling charge.
    Ammunition, tear-producing with burster, expelling charge or 
propelling charge. Ammunition containing tear-producing substance. It 
may also contain one or more of the following: a pyrotechnic substance, 
a propelling charge with primer and igniter charge, or a fuze with 
burster or expelling charge.
    Ammunition, toxic. Ammunition containing toxic agent. It may also 
contain one or more of the following: a pyrotechnic substance, a 
propelling charge with primer and igniter charge, or a fuze with burster 
or expelling charge.
    Articles, explosive, extremely insensitive (Articles, EEI). Articles 
that contain only extremely insensitive substances and which demonstrate 
a negligible probability of accidental initiation or propagation under 
normal conditions of transport and which have passed Test Series 7.
    Articles, pyrophoric. Articles which contain a pyrophoric substance 
(capable of spontaneous ignition when exposed to air) and an explosive 
substance or component. The term excludes articles containing white 
phosphorus.
    Articles, pyrotechnic for technical purposes. Articles which contain 
pyrotechnic substances and are used for technical purposes, such as heat 
generation, gas generation, theatrical effects, etc. The term excludes 
the following articles which are listed separately: all ammunition; 
cartridges, signal; cutters, cable, explosive; fireworks; flares, 
aerial; flares, surface; release devices, explosives; rivets, explosive; 
signal devices, hand; signals, distress; signals, railway track, 
explosive; and signals, smoke.
    Auxiliary explosive component, isolated. A small device that 
explosively performs an operation related to the article's functioning, 
other than its main explosive loads' performance. Functioning of the 
component does not cause any reaction of the main explosive loads 
contained within the article.
    Black powder (gunpowder). Substance consisting of an intimate 
mixture of charcoal or other carbon and either potassium or sodium 
nitrate, and sulphur. It may be meal, granular, compressed, or 
pelletized.
    Bombs. Explosive articles which are dropped from aircraft. They may 
contain a flammable liquid with bursting charge, a photo-flash 
composition or bursting charge. The term excludes torpedoes (aerial) and 
includes bombs, photo-flash; bombs with bursting charge; bombs with 
flammable liquids, with bursting charge.
    Boosters. Articles consisting of a charge of detonating explosive 
without means of initiation. They are used to increase the initiating 
power of detonators or detonating cord.
    Bursters, explosive. Articles consisting of a small charge of 
explosive to open projectiles or other ammunition in order to disperse 
their contents.
    Cartridges, blank. Articles that consist of a cartridge case with a 
center or rim fire primer and a confined charge of smokeless or black 
powder, but no projectile. Used in training, saluting, or in starter 
pistols, tools, etc.
    Cartridges, flash. Articles consisting of a casing, a primer and 
flash powder, all assembled in one piece for firing.

[[Page 533]]

    Cartridges for weapons. (1) Fixed (assembled) or semi-fixed 
(partially assembled) ammunition designed to be fired from weapons. Each 
cartridge includes all the components necessary to function the weapon 
once. The name and description should be used for military small arms 
cartridges that cannot be described as cartridges, small arms. Separate 
loading ammunition is included under this name and description when the 
propelling charge and projectile are packed together (see also 
Cartridges, blank).
    (2) Incendiary, smoke, toxic, and tear-producing cartridges are 
described under ammunition, incendiary, etc.
    Cartridges for weapons, inert projectile. Ammunition consisting of a 
casing with propelling charge and a solid or empty projectile.
    Cartridges, oil well. Articles consisting of a casing of thin fiber, 
metal or other material containing only propellant explosive. The term 
excludes charges, shaped, commercial.
    Cartridges, power device. Articles designed to accomplish mechanical 
actions. They consist of a casing with a charge of deflagrating 
explosive and a means of ignition. The gaseous products of the 
deflagration produce inflation, linear or rotary motion; activate 
diaphragms, valves or switches, or project fastening devices or 
extinguishing agents.
    Cartridges, signal. Articles designed to fire colored flares or 
other signals from signal pistols or devices.
    Cartridges, small arms. Ammunition consisting of a cartridge case 
fitted with a center or rim fire primer and containing both a propelling 
charge and solid projectile(s). They are designed to be fired in weapons 
of caliber not larger than 19.1 mm. Shotgun cartridges of any caliber 
are included in this description. The term excludes: Cartridges, small 
arms, blank, and some military small arms cartridges listed under 
Cartridges for weapons, inert projectile.
    Cases, cartridge, empty with primer. Articles consisting of a 
cartridge case made from metal, plastics or other non-flammable 
materials, in which only the explosive component is the primer.
    Cases, combustible, empty, without primer. Articles consisting of 
cartridge cases made partly or entirely from nitrocellulose.
    Charges, bursting. Articles consisting of a charge of detonating 
explosive such as hexolite, octolite, or plastics-bonded explosive 
designed to produce effect by blast or fragmentation.
    Charges, demolition. Articles consisting of a charge of detonating 
explosive in a casing of fiberboard, plastics, metal or other material. 
The term excludes articles identified as bombs, mines, etc.
    Charges, depth. Articles consisting of a charge of detonating 
explosive contained in a drum or projectile. They are designed to 
detonate under water.
    Charges, expelling. A charge of deflagrating explosive designed to 
eject the payload from the parent article without damage.
    Charges, explosive, without detonator. Articles consisting of a 
charge of detonating explosive without means of initiation, used for 
explosive welding, joining, forming, and other processes.
    Charges, propelling. Articles consisting of propellant charge in any 
physical form, with or without a casing, for use in cannon or for 
reducing drag for projectiles or as a component of rocket motors.
    Charges, propelling for cannon. Articles consisting of a propellant 
charge in any physical form, with or without a casing, for use in a 
cannon.
    Charges, shaped, without detonator. Articles consisting of a casing 
containing a charge of detonating explosive with a cavity lined with 
rigid material, without means of initiation. They are designed to 
produce a powerful, penetrating jet effect.
    Charges, shaped, flexible, linear. Articles consisting of a V-shaped 
core of a detonating explosive clad by a flexible metal sheath.
    Charges, supplementary, explosive. Articles consisting of a small 
removable booster used in the cavity of a projectile between the fuze 
and the bursting charge.
    Components, explosive train, n.o.s. Articles containing an explosive 
designed to transmit a detonation or deflagration within an explosive 
train.

[[Page 534]]

    Consumer firework. Any finished firework device that is in a form 
intended for use by the public that complies with any limits and 
requirements of the APA Standard 87-1 (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this 
subchapter) and the construction, performance, chemical composition, and 
labeling requirements codified by the U.S. Consumer Product Safety 
Commission in 16 CFR parts 1500 and 1507. A consumer firework does not 
include firework devices, kits or components banned by the U.S. Consumer 
Product Safety Commission in 16 CFR 1500.17 (a)(8).
    Contrivance, water-activated with burster, expelling charge or 
propelling charge. Articles whose functioning depends of physico-
chemical reaction of their contents with water.
    Cord, detonating, flexible. Articles consisting of a core of 
detonating explosive enclosed in spun fabric with plastics or other 
covering.
    Cord (fuse) detonating, metal clad. Articles consisting of a core of 
detonating explosive clad by a soft metal tube with or without 
protective covering. When the core contains a sufficiently small 
quantity of explosive, the words ``mild effect'' are added.
    Cord igniter. Articles consisting of textile yarns covered with 
black powder or another fast-burning pyrotechnic composition and a 
flexible protective covering, or consisting of a core of black powder 
surrounded by a flexible woven fabric. It burns progressively along its 
length with an external flame and is used to transmit ignition from a 
device to a charge or primer.
    Cutters, cable, explosive. Articles consisting of a knife-edged 
device which is driven by a small charge of deflagrating explosive into 
an anvil.
    Detonator assemblies, non-electric, for blasting. Non-electric 
detonators assembled with and activated by such means as safety fuse, 
shock tube, flash tube, or detonating cord. They may be of instantaneous 
design or incorporate delay elements. Detonating relays incorporating 
detonating cord are included. Other detonating relays are included in 
Detonators, nonelectric.
    Detonators. Articles consisting of a small metal or plastic tube 
containing explosives such as lead azide, PETN, or combinations of 
explosives. They are designed to start a detonation train. They may be 
constructed to detonate instantaneously, or may contain a delay element. 
They may contain no more than 10 g of total explosives weight, excluding 
ignition and delay charges, per unit. The term includes: detonators for 
ammunition; detonators for blasting, both electric and non-electric; and 
detonating relays without flexible detonating cord.
    Dynamite. A detonating explosive containing a liquid explosive 
ingredient (generally nitroglycerin, similar organic nitrate esters, or 
both) that is uniformly mixed with an absorbent material, such as wood 
pulp, and usually contains materials such as nitrocellulose, sodium and 
ammonium nitrate.
    Entire load and total contents. The phrase means such a substantial 
portion of the material explodes that the practical hazard should be 
assessed by assuming simultaneous explosion of the whole of the 
explosive content of the load or package.
    Explode. The term indicates those explosive effects capable of 
endangering life and property through blast, heat, and projection of 
missiles. It encompasses both deflagration and detonation.
    Explosion of the total contents. The phrase is used in testing a 
single article or package or a small stack of articles or packages.
    Explosive, blasting. Detonating explosive substances used in mining, 
construction, and similar tasks. Blasting explosives are assigned to one 
of five types. In addition to the ingredients listed below for each 
type, blasting explosives may also contain inert components, such as 
kieselguhr, and other minor ingredients, such as coloring agents and 
stabilizers.
    Explosive, blasting, type A. Substances consisting of liquid organic 
nitrates, such as nitroglycerin, or a mixture of such ingredients with 
one or more of the following: nitrocellulose, ammonium nitrate or other 
inorganic nitrates, aromatic nitro-derivatives, or combustible 
materials, such as wood-meal and aluminum powder. Such explosives must 
be in powdery, gelatinous, plastic or elastic form. The term

[[Page 535]]

includes dynamite, blasting gelatine and gelatine dynamites.
    Explosive, blasting, type B. Substances consisting of a mixture of 
ammonium nitrate or other inorganic nitrates with an explosive, such as 
trinitrotoluene, with or without other substances, such as wood-meal or 
aluminum powder, or a mixture of ammonium nitrate or other inorganic 
nitrates with other combustible substances which are not explosive 
ingredients. Such explosives may not contain nitroglycerin, similar 
liquid organic nitrates, or chlorates.
    Explosive, blasting, type C. Substances consisting of a mixture of 
either potassium or sodium chlorate or potassium, sodium or ammonium 
perchlorate with organic nitro-derivatives or combustible materials, 
such as wood-meal or aluminum powder, or a hydrocarbon. Such explosives 
must not contain nitroglycerin or any similar liquid organic nitrate.
    Explosive, blasting, type D. Substances consisting of a mixture of 
organic nitrate compounds and combustible materials, such as 
hydrocarbons and aluminum powder. Such explosives must not contain 
nitroglycerin, any similar liquid organic nitrate, chlorate or ammonium-
nitrate. The term generally includes plastic explosives.
    Explosive, blasting, type E. Substances consisting of water as an 
essential ingredient and high proportions of ammonium nitrate or other 
oxidizer, some or all of which are in solution. The other constituents 
may include nitro-derivatives, such as trinitrotoluene, hydrocarbons or 
aluminum powder. The term includes: explosives, emulsion; explosives, 
slurry; and explosives, watergel.
    Explosive, deflagrating. A substance, e.g., propellant, which reacts 
by deflagration rather than detonation when ignited and used in its 
normal manner.
    Explosive, detonating. A substance which reacts by detonation rather 
than deflagration when initiated and used in its normal manner.
    Explosive, extremely insensitive substance (EIS). A substance that 
has demonstrated through tests that it is so insensitive that there is 
very little probability of accidental initiation.
    Explosive, primary. Explosive substance which is manufactured with a 
view to producing a practical effect by explosion, is very sensitive to 
heat, impact, or friction, and even in very small quantities, detonates. 
The major primary explosives are mercury fulminate, lead azide, and lead 
styphnate.
    Explosive, secondary. An explosive substance which is relatively 
insensitive (when compared to primary explosives) and is usually 
initiated by primary explosives with or without the aid of boosters or 
supplementary charges. Such an explosive may react as a deflagrating or 
as a detonating explosive.
    Fireworks. Pyrotechnic articles designed for entertainment.
    Flares. Articles containing pyrotechnic substances which are 
designed to illuminate, identify, signal, or warn. The term includes: 
flares, aerial and flares, surface.
    Flash powder. Pyrotechnic substance which, when ignited, produces an 
intense light.
    Fracturing devices, explosive, for oil wells, without detonators. 
Articles consisting of a charge of detonating explosive contained in a 
casing without the means of initiation. They are used to fracture the 
rock around a drill shaft to assist the flow of crude oil from the rock.
    Fuse/Fuze. Although these two words have a common origin (French 
fusee, fusil) and are sometimes considered to be different spellings, it 
is useful to maintain the convention that fuse refers to a cord-like 
igniting device, whereas fuze refers to a device used in ammunition 
which incorporates mechanical, electrical, chemical, or hydrostatic 
components to initiate a train by deflagration or detonation.
    Fuse, igniter. Articles consisting of a metal tube with a core of 
deflagrating explosives.
    Fuse, instantaneous, non-detonating (Quickmatch). Article consisting 
of cotton yarns impregnated with fine black powder. It burns with an 
external flame and is used in ignition trains for fireworks, etc.
    Fuse, safety. Article consisting of a core of fine-grained black 
powder surrounded by a flexible woven fabric with one or more protective 
outer coverings.

[[Page 536]]

When ignited, it burns at a predetermined rate without any explosive 
effect.
    Fuzes. Articles designed to start a detonation or deflagration in 
ammunition. They incorporate mechanical, electrical, chemical, or 
hydrostatic components and generally protective features. The term 
includes: Fuzes, detonating; fuzes detonating with protective features; 
and fuzes igniting.
    Grenades, hand or rifle. Articles which are designed to be thrown by 
hand or to be projected by rifle. The term includes: grenades, hand or 
rifle, with bursting charge; and grenades, practice, hand or rifle. The 
term excludes: grenades, smoke.
    Igniters. Articles containing one or more explosive substance used 
to start deflagration of an explosive train. They may be actuated 
chemically, electrically, or mechanically. The term excludes: cord, 
igniter; fuse, igniter; fuse, instantaneous, non-detonating; fuze, 
igniting; lighters, fuse, instantaneous, non-detonating; fuzes, 
igniting; lighters, fuse; primers, cap type; and primers, tubular.
    Ignition, means of. A general term used in connection with the 
method employed to ignite a deflagrating train of explosive or 
pyrotechnic substances (for example: a primer for propelling charge, an 
igniter for a rocket motor or an igniting fuze).
    Initiation, means of. (1) A device intended to cause the detonation 
of an explosive (for example: detonator, detonator for ammunition, or 
detonating fuze).
    (2) The term with its own means of initiation means that the 
contrivance has its normal initiating device assembled to it and this 
device is considered to present a significant risk during transport but 
not one great enough to be unacceptable. The term does not apply, 
however, to a contrivance packed together with its means of initiation, 
provided the device is packaged so as to eliminate the risk of causing 
detonation of the contrivance in the event of functioning of the 
initiating device. The initiating device can even be assembled in the 
contrivance provided there are protective features ensuring that the 
device is very unlikely to cause detonation of the contrivance under 
conditions which are associated with transport.
    (3) For the purposes of classification, any means of initiation 
without two effective protective features should be regarded as 
Compatibility Group B; an article with its own means of initiation, 
without two effective protective features, is Compatibility Group F. A 
means of initiation which itself possesses two effective protective 
features is Compatibility Group D, and an article with its own means of 
initiation which possesses two effective features is Compatibility Group 
D or E. A means of initiation, adjudged as having two effective 
protective features, must be approved by the Associate Administrator. A 
common and effective way of achieving the necessary degree of protection 
is to use a means of initiation which incorporates two or more 
independent safety features.
    Jet perforating guns, charged, oil well, without detonator. Articles 
consisting of a steel tube or metallic strip, into which are inserted 
shaped charges connected by detonating cord, without means of 
initiation.
    Lighters, fuse. Articles of various design actuated by friction, 
percussion, or electricity and used to ignite safety fuse.
    Mass explosion. Explosion which affects almost the entire load 
virtually instantaneously.
    Mines. Articles consisting normally of metal or composition 
receptacles and bursting charge. They are designed to be operated by the 
passage of ships, vehicles, or personnel. The term includes Bangalore 
torpedoes.
    Phlegmatized. The term means that a substance (or ``phlegmatizer'') 
has been added to an explosive to enhance its safety in handling and 
transport. The phlegmatizer renders the explosive insensitive, or less 
sensitive, to the following actions: heat, shock, impact, percussion or 
friction. Typical phlegmatizing agents include, but are not limited to: 
wax, paper, water, polymers (such as chlorofluoropolymers), alcohol and 
oils (such as petroleum jelly and paraffin).
    Powder cake (powder paste). Substance consisting of nitrocellulose 
impregnated with not more than 60 percent of

[[Page 537]]

nitroglycerin or other liquid organic nitrates or a mixture of these.
    Powder, smokeless. Substance based on nitrocellulose used as 
propellant. The term includes propellants with a single base 
(nitrocellulose (NC) alone), those with a double base (such as NC and 
nitroglycerin (NG)) and those with a triple base (such as NC/NG/
nitroguanidine). Cast pressed or bag-charges of smokeless powder are 
listed under charges, propelling and charges, propelling for cannon.
    Primers, cap type. Articles consisting of a metal or plastic cap 
containing a small amount of primary explosive mixture that is readily 
ignited by impact. They serve as igniting elements in small arms 
cartridges and in percussion primers for propelling charges.
    Primers, tubular. Articles consisting of a primer for ignition and 
an auxiliary charge of deflagrating explosive, such as black powder, 
used to ignite the propelling charge in a cartridge case for cannon, 
etc.
    Projectiles. Articles, such as a shell or bullet, which are 
projected from a cannon or other artillery gun, rifle, or other small 
arm. They may be inert, with or without tracer, or may contain a 
burster, expelling charge or bursting charge. The term includes: 
projectiles, inert, with tracer; projectiles, with burster or expelling 
charge; and projectiles, with bursting charge.
    Propellant, liquid. Substances consisting of a deflagrating liquid 
explosive, used for propulsion.
    Propellant, solid. Substances consisting of a deflagrating solid 
explosive, used for propulsion.
    Propellants. Deflagrating explosives used for propulsion or for 
reducing the drag of projectiles.
    Release devices, explosive. Articles consisting of a small charge of 
explosive with means of initiation. They sever rods or links to release 
equipment quickly.
    Rocket motors. Articles consisting of a solid, liquid, or hypergolic 
propellant contained in a cylinder fitted with one or more nozzles. They 
are designed to propel a rocket or guided missile. The term includes: 
rocket motors; rocket motors with hypergolic liquids with or without an 
expelling charge; and rocket motors, liquid fuelled.
    Rockets. Articles containing a rocket motor and a payload which may 
be an explosive warhead or other device. The term includes: guided 
missiles; rockets, line-throwing; rockets, liquid fuelled, with bursting 
charge; rockets, with bursting charge; rockets, with expelling charge; 
and rockets, with inert head.
    Signals. Articles consisting of pyrotechnic substances designed to 
produce signals by means of sound, flame, or smoke or any combination 
thereof. The term includes: signal devices, hand; signals, distress 
ship; signals, railway track, explosive; signals, smoke.
    Sounding devices, explosive. Articles consisting of a charge of 
detonating explosive. They are dropped from ships and function when they 
reach a predetermined depth or the sea bed.
    Substance, explosive, very insensitive (Substance, EVI) N.O.S. 
Substances which present a mass explosive hazard but which are so 
insensitive that there is very little probability of initiation, or of 
transition from burning to detonation under normal conditions of 
transport and which have passed test series 5.
    Torpedoes. Articles containing an explosive or non-explosive 
propulsion system and designed to be propelled through water. They may 
contain an inert head or warhead. The term includes: torpedoes, liquid 
fuelled, with inert head; torpedoes, liquid fuelled, with or without 
bursting charge; and torpedoes, with bursting charge.
    Tracers for ammunition. Sealed articles containing pyrotechnic 
substances, designed to reveal the trajectory of a projectile.
    Warheads. Articles containing detonating explosives, designed to be 
fitted to a rocket, guided missile, or torpedo. They may contain a 
burster or expelling charge or bursting charge. The term includes: 
warhead rocket with bursting charge; and warheads, torpedo, with 
bursting charge.

[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52617 Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66267, 
Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 173-241, 59 FR 67492, Dec. 29, 1994; 64 FR 10777, 
Mar. 5, 1999; 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001; 76 FR 3371, Jan. 19, 2011; 78 
FR 1074, Jan. 7, 2013; 78 FR 42477, July 16, 2013]

[[Page 538]]



Sec.173.60  General packaging requirements for explosives.

    (a) Unless otherwise provided in this subpart and in Sec.173.7(a), 
packaging used for Class 1 (explosives) materials must meet Packing 
Group II requirements. Each packaging used for an explosive must be 
capable of meeting the test requirements of subpart M of part 178 of 
this subchapter, at the specified level of performance, and the 
applicable general packaging requirements of paragraph (b) of this 
section.
    (b) The general requirements for packaging of explosives are as 
follows:
    (1) Nails, staples, and other closure devices, made of metal, having 
no protective covering may not penetrate to the inside of the outer 
packaging unless the inner packaging adequately protects the explosive 
against contact with the metal.
    (2) The closure device of containers for liquid explosives must 
provide double protection against leakage, such as a screw cap secured 
in place with tape.
    (3) Inner packagings, fittings, and cushioning materials, and the 
placing of explosive substances or articles in packages, must be such 
that the explosive substance is prevented from becoming loose in the 
outer packaging during transportation. Metallic components of articles 
must be prevented from making contact with metal packagings. Articles 
containing explosive substances not enclosed in an outer casing must be 
separated from each other in order to prevent friction and impact. 
Padding, trays, partitioning in the inner or outer packaging, molded 
plastics or receptacles may be used for this purpose.
    (4) When the packaging includes water that could freeze during 
transportation, a sufficient amount of anti-freeze, such as denatured 
ethyl alcohol, must be added to the water to prevent freezing. If the 
anti-freeze creates a fire hazard, it may not be used. When a percentage 
of water in the substance is specified, the combined weight of water and 
anti-freeze may be substituted.
    (5) If an article is fitted with its own means of ignition or 
initiation, it must be effectively protected from accidental actuation 
during normal conditions of transportation.
    (6) The entry of explosive substances into the recesses of double-
seamed metal packagings must be prevented.
    (7) The closure device of a metal drum must include a suitable 
gasket; if the closure device includes metal-to-metal screw-threads, the 
ingress of explosive substances into the threading must be prevented.
    (8) Whenever loose explosive substances or the explosive substance 
of an uncased or partly cased article may come into contact with the 
inner surface of metal packagings (1A2, 1B2, 4A, 4B and metal 
receptacles), the metal packaging should be provided with an inner liner 
or coating.
    (9) Packagings must be made of materials compatible with, and 
impermeable to, the explosives contained in the package, so that neither 
interaction between the explosives and the packaging materials, nor 
leakage, causes the explosive to become unsafe in transportation, or the 
hazard division or compatibility group to change (see Sec.
173.24(e)(2)).
    (10) An explosive article containing an electrical means of 
initiation that is sensitive to external electromagnetic radiation, must 
have its means of initiation effectively protected from electromagnetic 
radiation sources (for example, radar or radio transmitters) through 
either design of the packaging or of the article, or both.
    (11) Plastic packagings may not be able to generate or accumulate 
sufficient static electricity to cause the packaged explosive substances 
or articles to initiate, ignite or inadvertently function. Metal 
packagings must be compatible with the explosive substance they contain.
    (12) Explosive substances may not be packed in inner or outer 
packagings where the differences in internal and external pressures, due 
to thermal or other effects, could cause an explosion or rupture of the 
package.
    (13) Packagings for water soluble substances must be water 
resistant. Packagings for desensitized or phlegmatized substances must 
be closed to prevent changes in concentration during transport. When 
containing less alcohol, water, or phlegmatizer than specified

[[Page 539]]

in its proper shipping description, the substance is a ``forbidden'' 
material.
    (14) Large and robust explosives articles, normally intended for 
military use, without their means of initiation or with their means of 
initiation containing at least two effective protective features, may be 
carried unpackaged provided that a negative result was obtained in Test 
Series 4 of the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria on an unpackaged 
article. When such articles have propelling charges or are self-
propelled, their ignition systems must be protected against conditions 
encountered during normal transportation. Such unpackaged articles may 
be fixed to cradles or contained in crates or other suitable handling, 
storage or launching devices in such a way that they will not become 
loose during normal conditions of transport and are in accordance with 
DOD-approved procedures. When such large explosive articles, as part of 
their operational safety and suitability tests, are subjected to testing 
that meets the intentions of Test Series 4 of the UN Manual of Tests and 
Criteria with successful test results, they may be offered for 
transportation in accordance with the requirements prescribed in (b)(14) 
above subject to approval by the Associate Administrator.

[Amdt. 173-260, 62 FR 24719, May 6, 1997, as amended at 65 FR 50461, 
Aug. 18, 2000; 76 FR 43529, July 20, 2011]



Sec.173.61  Mixed packaging requirements.

    (a) An explosive may not be packed in the same outside packaging 
with any other material that could, under normal conditions of 
transportation, adversely affect the explosive or its packaging unless 
packaged by DOD or DOE in accordance with Sec.173.7(a).
    (b) Hardware necessary for assembly of explosive articles at the 
point-of-use may be packed in the same outside packaging with the 
explosive articles. The hardware must be securely packed in a separate 
inside packaging. Sufficient cushioning materials must be used to ensure 
that all inside packagings are securely packed in the outside packaging.
    (c) The following explosives may not be packed together with other 
Class 1 explosives: UN 0029, UN 0030, UN 0073, UN 0106, UN 0107, UN 
0255, UN 0257, UN 0267, UN 0350, UN 0360, UN 0361, UN 0364, UN 0365, UN 
0366, UN 0367, UN 0408, UN 0409, UN 0410, UN 0455, UN 0456, and UN 0500. 
These explosives may be mix-packed with each other in accordance with 
the compatibility requirements prescribed in paragraph (e) of this 
section.
    (d) Division 1.1 and 1.2 explosives may not be packed with the 
following explosives: UN 0333, UN 0334, UN 0335, UN 0336, and UN 0337.
    (e) Except as prescribed in paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section, 
different explosives may be packed in one outside packaging in 
accordance with the following compatibility requirements:
    (1) Explosives of the same compatibility group and same division 
number may be packed together.
    (2) Explosives of the same compatibility group or authorized 
combination of compatibility group but different division number may be 
packed together, provided that the whole package is treated as though 
its entire contents were comprised of the lower division number. For 
example, a mixed package of Division 1.2 explosives and Division 1.4 
explosives, compatibility group D, must be treated as 1.2D explosives. 
However, when 1.5D explosives are packed together with 1.2D explosives, 
the whole package must be treated as 1.1D explosives.
    (3) Explosives of compatibility group S may be packaged together 
with explosives of any other compatibility group except A or L, and the 
combined package may be treated as belonging to any of the packaged 
compatibility groups except S.
    (4) Explosives of compatibility group L shall only be packed with an 
identical explosive.
    (5) Explosives articles of compatibility groups C, D, or E may be 
packed together and the entire package shall be treated as belonging to 
compatibility group E.
    (6) Explosives articles of compatibility groups C, D, E, or N may be 
packed together and the entire package shall be treated as belonging to 
compatibility group D.

[[Page 540]]

    (7) Explosives substances of compatibility groups C and D may be 
packaged together and the entire package shall be treated as belonging 
to compatibility group D.
    (8) Explosive articles of compatibility group G, except for 
fireworks and articles requiring special packaging, may be packaged 
together with explosive articles of compatibility groups C, D or E and 
the combined package shall be treated as belonging to compatibility 
group E.

[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52617 Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66267, 
Dec. 20, 1991; 65 FR 50461, Aug. 18, 2000; 66 FR 33429, June 21, 2001; 
66 FR 45381, Aug. 28, 2001; 69 FR 54046, Sept. 7, 2004; 73 FR 4717, Jan. 
28, 2008]



Sec.173.62  Specific packaging requirements for explosives.

    (a) Except as provided in Sec.173.7 of this subchapter, when the 
Sec.172.101 Table specifies that an explosive must be packaged in 
accordance with this section, only packagings which conform to the 
provisions of paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section or Sec.173.7(e) 
of this subchapter and the applicable requirements in Sec. Sec.173.60 
and 173.61 may be used unless otherwise approved by the Associate 
Administrator.
    (b) Explosives Table. The Explosives Table specifies the Packing 
Instructions assigned to each explosive. Explosives are identified in 
the first column in numerical sequence by their identification number 
(ID ), which is listed in column 4 of the Sec.172.101 table, of this 
subchapter. The second column of the Explosives Table specifies the 
Packing Instruction (PI) which must be used for packaging the explosive. 
The Explosives Packing Method Table in paragraph (c) of this section 
defines the methods of packaging. The Packing Instructions are 
identified using a 3 digit designation. The Packing Instruction prefixed 
by the letters ``US'' is particular to the United States and not found 
in applicable international regulations.

                            Explosives Table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 ID                                  PI
------------------------------------------------------------------------
UN0004..............................  112
UN0005..............................  130
UN0006..............................  130
UN0007..............................  130
UN0009..............................  130
UN0010..............................  130
UN0012..............................  130
UN0014..............................  130
UN0015..............................  130
UN0016..............................  130
UN0018..............................  130
UN0019..............................  130
UN0020..............................  101
UN0021..............................  101
UN0027..............................  113
UN0028..............................  113
UN0029..............................  131
UN0030..............................  131
UN0033..............................  130
UN0034..............................  130
UN0035..............................  130
UN0037..............................  130
UN0038..............................  130
UN0039..............................  130
UN0042..............................  132
UN0043..............................  133
UN0044..............................  133
UN0048..............................  130
UN0049..............................  135
UN0050..............................  135
UN0054..............................  135
UN0055..............................  136
UN0056..............................  130
UN0059..............................  137
UN0060..............................  132
UN0065..............................  139
UN0066..............................  140
UN0070..............................  134
UN0072..............................  112(a)
UN0073..............................  133
UN0074..............................  110(a) or 110(b)
UN0075..............................  115
UN0076..............................  112
UN0077..............................  114(a) or 114(b)
UN0078..............................  112
UN0079..............................  112(b) or 112(c)
UN0081..............................  116
UN0082..............................  116 or 117
UN0083..............................  116
UN0084..............................  116
UN0092..............................  135
UN0093..............................  135
UN0094..............................  113
UN0099..............................  134
UN0101..............................  140
UN0102..............................  139
UN0103..............................  140
UN0104..............................  139
UN0105..............................  140
UN0106..............................  141
UN0107..............................  141
UN0110..............................  141
UN0113..............................  110(a) or 110(b)
UN0114..............................  110(a) or 110(b)
UN0118..............................  112
UN0121..............................  142
UN0124..............................  US1
UN0129..............................  110(a) or 110(b)
UN0130..............................  110(a) or 110(b)
UN0131..............................  142
UN0132..............................  114(b)
UN0133..............................  112(a)
UN0135..............................  110(a) or 110(b)
UN0136..............................  130
UN0137..............................  130
UN0138..............................  130

[[Page 541]]

 
UN0143..............................  115
UN0144..............................  115
UN0146..............................  112
UN0147..............................  112(b)
UN0150..............................  112(a) or 112(b)
UN0151..............................  112
UN0153..............................  112(b) or 112(c)
UN0154..............................  112
UN0155..............................  112(b) or 112(c)
UN0159..............................  111
UN0160..............................  114(b)
UN0161..............................  114(b)
UN0167..............................  130
UN0168..............................  130
UN0169..............................  130
UN0171..............................  130
UN0173..............................  134
UN0174..............................  134
UN0180..............................  130
UN0181..............................  130
UN0182..............................  130
UN0183..............................  130
UN0186..............................  130
UN0190..............................  101
UN0191..............................  135
UN0192..............................  135
UN0193..............................  135
UN0194..............................  135
UN0195..............................  135
UN0196..............................  135
UN0197..............................  135
UN0204..............................  134
UN0207..............................  112(b) or 112(c)
UN0208..............................  112(b) or 112(c)
UN0209..............................  112
UN0212..............................  133
UN0213..............................  112(b) or 112(c)
UN0214..............................  112
UN0215..............................  112
UN0216..............................  112(b) or 112(c)
UN0217..............................  112(b) or 112(c)
UN0218..............................  112(b) or 112(c)
UN0219..............................  112
UN0220..............................  112
UN0221..............................  130
UN0222..............................  112(b), 112(c) or 117
UN0224..............................  110(a) or 110(b)
UN0225..............................  133
UN0226..............................  112(a)
UN0234..............................  114(a) or 114(b)
UN0235..............................  114(a) or 114(b)
UN0236..............................  114(a) or 114(b)
UN0237..............................  138
UN0238..............................  130
UN0240..............................  130
UN0241..............................  116 or 117
UN0242..............................  130
UN0243..............................  130
UN0244..............................  130
UN0245..............................  130
UN0246..............................  130
UN0247..............................  101
UN0248..............................  144
UN0249..............................  144
UN0250..............................  101
UN0254..............................  130
UN0255..............................  131
UN0257..............................  141
UN0266..............................  112
UN0267..............................  131
UN0268..............................  133
UN0271..............................  143
UN0272..............................  143
UN0275..............................  134
UN0276..............................  134
UN0277..............................  134
UN0278..............................  134
UN0279..............................  130
UN0280..............................  130
UN0281..............................  130
UN0282..............................  112
UN0283..............................  132
UN0284..............................  141
UN0285..............................  141
UN0286..............................  130
UN0287..............................  130
UN0288..............................  138
UN0289..............................  139
UN0290..............................  139
UN0291..............................  130
UN0292..............................  141
UN0293..............................  141
UN0294..............................  130
UN0295..............................  130
UN0296..............................  134
UN0297..............................  130
UN0299..............................  130
UN0300..............................  130
UN0301..............................  130
UN0303..............................  130
UN0305..............................  113
UN0306..............................  133
UN0312..............................  135
UN0313..............................  135
UN0314..............................  142
UN0315..............................  142
UN0316..............................  141
UN0317..............................  141
UN0318..............................  141
UN0319..............................  133
UN0320..............................  133
UN0321..............................  130
UN0322..............................  101
UN0323..............................  134
UN0324..............................  130
UN0325..............................  142
UN0326..............................  130
UN0327..............................  130
UN0328..............................  130
UN0329..............................  130
UN0330..............................  130
UN0331..............................  116 or 117
UN0332..............................  116 or 117
UN0333..............................  135
UN0334..............................  135
UN0335..............................  135
UN0336..............................  135
UN0337..............................  135
UN0338..............................  130
UN0339..............................  130
UN0340..............................  112(a) or 112(b)
UN0341..............................  112(b)
UN0342..............................  114(a)
UN0343..............................  111
UN0344..............................  130
UN0345..............................  130
UN0346..............................  130
UN0347..............................  130
UN0348..............................  130
UN0349..............................  101
UN0350..............................  101
UN0351..............................  101
UN0352..............................  101
UN0353..............................  101

[[Page 542]]

 
UN0354..............................  101
UN0355..............................  101
UN0356..............................  101
UN0357..............................  101
UN0358..............................  101
UN0359..............................  101
UN0360..............................  131
UN0361..............................  131
UN0362..............................  130
UN0363..............................  130
UN0364..............................  133
UN0365..............................  133
UN0366..............................  133
UN0367..............................  141
UN0368..............................  141
UN0369..............................  130
UN0370..............................  130
UN0371..............................  130
UN0372..............................  141
UN0373..............................  135
UN0374..............................  134
UN0375..............................  134
UN0376..............................  133
UN0377..............................  133
UN0378..............................  133
UN0379..............................  136
UN0380..............................  101
UN0381..............................  134
UN0382..............................  101
UN0383..............................  101
UN0384..............................  101
UN0385..............................  112(b) or 112(c)
UN0386..............................  112(b) or 112(c)
UN0387..............................  112(b) or 112(c)
UN0388..............................  112(b) or 112(c)
UN0389..............................  112(b) or 112(c)
UN0390..............................  112(b) or 112(c)
UN0391..............................  112(a)
UN0392..............................  112(b) or 112(c)
UN0393..............................  112(b)
UN0394..............................  112(a)
UN0395..............................  101
UN0396..............................  101
UN0397..............................  101
UN0398..............................  101
UN0399..............................  101
UN0400..............................  101
UN0401..............................  112
UN0402..............................  112(b) or 112(c)
UN0403..............................  135
UN0404..............................  135
UN0405..............................  135
UN0406..............................  114(b)
UN0407..............................  114(b)
UN0408..............................  141
UN0409..............................  141
UN0410..............................  141
UN0411..............................  112(b) or 112(c)
UN0412..............................  130
UN0413..............................  130
UN0414..............................  130
UN0415..............................  143
UN0417..............................  130
UN0418..............................  135
UN0419..............................  135
UN0420..............................  135
UN0421..............................  135
UN0424..............................  130
UN0425..............................  130
UN0426..............................  130
UN0427..............................  130
UN0428..............................  135
UN0429..............................  135
UN0430..............................  135
UN0431..............................  135
UN0432..............................  135
UN0433..............................  111
UN0434..............................  130
UN0435..............................  130
UN0436..............................  130
UN0437..............................  130
UN0438..............................  130
UN0439..............................  137
UN0440..............................  137
UN0441..............................  137
UN0442..............................  137
UN0443..............................  137
UN0444..............................  137
UN0445..............................  137
UN0446..............................  136
UN0447..............................  136
UN0448..............................  114(b)
UN0449..............................  101
UN0450..............................  101
UN0451..............................  130
UN0452..............................  141
UN0453..............................  130
UN0454..............................  142
UN0455..............................  131
UN0456..............................  131
UN0457..............................  130
UN0458..............................  130
UN0459..............................  130
UN0460..............................  130
UN0461..............................  101
UN0462..............................  101
UN0463..............................  101
UN0464..............................  101
UN0465..............................  101
UN0466..............................  101
UN0467..............................  101
UN0468..............................  101
UN0469..............................  101
UN0470..............................  101
UN0471..............................  101
UN0472..............................  101
UN0473..............................  101
UN0474..............................  101
UN0475..............................  101
UN0476..............................  101
UN0477..............................  101
UN0478..............................  101
UN0479..............................  101
UN0480..............................  101
UN0481..............................  101
UN0482..............................  101
UN0483..............................  112(b) or 112(c)
UN0484..............................  112(b) or 112(c)
UN0486..............................  101
UN0487..............................  135
UN0488..............................  130
UN0489..............................  112(b) or 112(c)
UN0490..............................  112(b) or 112(c)
UN0491..............................  143
UN0492..............................  135
UN0493..............................  135
UN0494..............................  US1
UN0495..............................  115
UN0496..............................  112(b) or 112(c)
UN0497..............................  115
UN0498..............................  114(b)
UN0499..............................  114(b)
UN0500..............................  131
UN0501..............................  114(b)

[[Page 543]]

 
UN0502..............................  130
UN0503..............................  135
UN0504..............................  112(c)
UN0505..............................  135
UN0506..............................  135
UN0507..............................  135
UN0508..............................  114(b)
UN0509..............................  114(b)
UN0510..............................  130
NA0124..............................  US1
NA0276..............................  134
NA0323..............................  134
NA0331..............................  116 or 117
NA0337..............................  135
NA0349..............................  133
NA0494..............................  US1
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (c) Explosives must be packaged in accordance with the following 
table:
    (1) The first column lists, in alphanumeric sequence, the packing 
methods prescribed for explosives in the Explosives Table of paragraph 
(b) of this section.
    (2) The second column specifies the inner packagings that are 
required. If inner packagings are not required, a notation of ``Not 
necessary'' appears in the column. The term ``Not necessary'' means that 
a suitable inner packaging may be used but is not required.
    (3) The third column specifies the intermediate packagings that are 
required. If intermediate packagings are not required, a notation of 
``Not necessary'' appears in the column. The term ``Not necessary'' 
means that a suitable intermediate packaging may be used but is not 
required.
    (4) The fourth column specifies the outer packagings which are 
required. If inner packagings and/or intermediate packagings are 
specified in the second and third columns, then the packaging specified 
in the fourth column must be used as the outer packaging of a 
combination packaging; otherwise it may be used as a single packaging.
    (5) Packing Instruction 101 may be used for any explosive substance 
or article if an equivalent level of safety is shown to be maintained 
subject to the approval of the Associate Administrator.

                                            Table of Packing Methods
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         Packing instruction               Inner packagings     Intermediate packagings      Outer packagings
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
101..................................   This Packing Instruction may be used as an alternative to a specifically
                                        assigned packing method with the approval of the Associate Administrator
                                           prior to transportation. When this packing instruction is used, the
                                                   following must be marked on the shipping documents:
                                        ``Packaging approved by the competent authority of the United States of
                                                                    America (USA)''.
PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR
 EXCEPTIONS:
1. Samples of new or existing
 explosive substances or articles may
 be transported as directed by the
 Associate Administrator for purposes
 including: testing, classification,
 research and development, quality
 control, or as a commercial sample.
 Explosive samples which are wetted
 or desensitized must be limited to
 25 kg. Explosive samples which are
 not wetted or desensitized must be
 limited to 10 kg in small packages
 as specified by the Associate
 Administrator for Hazardous
 Materials Safety
110(a)...............................  Bags...................  Bags...................  Drums.
PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR        plastics,...........     plastics,...........     steel (1A1 or 1A2).
 EXCEPTIONS:.                          textile, plastic coated  textile, plastic coated  other metal (1N1 or
1. The Intermediate packagings must     or lined.                or lined.                1N2).
 be filled with water saturated        rubber.................  rubber.................  plastics-(1H1 or 1H2).
 material such as an anti-freeze       textile, rubberized....  textile, rubberized-...
 solution or wetted cushioning.        textile................  Receptacles............
2. Outer packagings must be filled     Receptacles............  plastics...............
 with water saturated material such    wood...................  metal..................
 as an anti-freeze solution or wetted                           wood...................
 cushioning. Outer packagings must be
 constructed and sealed to prevent
 evaporation of the wetting solution,
 except when 0224 is being carried
 dry.
110(b)...............................  Bags...................  Dividing partitions....  Boxes.

[[Page 544]]

 
PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR       rubber, conductive...    metal................    natural wood, sift-
 EXCEPTIONS                            plastics, conductive...  wood...................     proof wall (4C2).
For UN 0074, 0113, 0114, 0129, 0130,   Receptacles............  plastics...............  plywood (4D).
 0135 and 0224, the following          metal..................  fibreboard.............  reconstituted wood
 conditions must be satisfied:         wood...................                            (4F).
a. inner packagings must not contain   rubber, conductive.....
 more than 50 g of explosive           plastics, conductive...
 substance (quantity corresponding to
 dry substance);
b. each inner packaging must be
 separated from other inner
 packagings by dividing partitions;
 and
c. the outer packaging must not be
 partitioned with more than 25
 compartments
111..................................  Bags...................  Not necessary..........  Boxes.
PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR        paper, waterproofed.                              steel (4A).
 EXCEPTIONS:.                          plastics...............                           aluminum (4B).
For UN0159, inner packagings are not   textile, rubberized....                           other metal (4N).
 required when metal (1A1, 1A2, 1B1,   Sheets.................                           natural wood, ordinary
 1B2, 1N1 or 1N2) or plastics (1H1 or  plastics...............                            (4C1).
 1H2) drums are used as outer          textile, rubberized....                           natural wood, sift
 packagings.                           Receptacles............                            proof (4C2).
                                       wood...................                           plywood (4D).
                                                                                         reconstituted wood
                                                                                          (4F).
                                                                                         fiberboard (4G).
                                                                                         plastics, expanded
                                                                                          (4H1).
                                                                                         plastics, solid (4H2).
                                                                                         Drums
                                                                                         steel (1A1 or 1A2).
                                                                                         aluminum (1B1 or 1B2).
                                                                                         other metal (1N1 or
                                                                                          1N2).
                                                                                         plywood (1D).
                                                                                         fiberboard (1G).
                                                                                         plastics (1H1 or 1H2).
112(a)...............................  Bags...................  Bags...................  Boxes.
PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR        paper, multiwall,        plastics............     steel (4A).
 EXCEPTIONS:.                              water resistant.     textile, plastic coated  aluminum (4B).
1. For UN Nos. 0004, 0076, 0078,       plastics...............   or lined.               other metal (4N).
 0154, 0219 and 0394, packagings must  textile................  Receptacles............  natural wood, ordinary
 be lead free.                         textile, rubberized....  metal..................   (4C1).
2. Intermediate packagings are not     woven plastics.........  plastics...............  natural wood, sift
 required if leakproof drums are used  Receptacles............  wood...................   proof (4C2).
 as the outer packaging.               metal..................                           plywood (4D).
3. For UN0072 and UN0226,              plastics...............                           reconstituted wood
 intermediate packagings are not       wood...................                            (4F).
 required.                                                                               fiberboard (4G).
                                                                                         plastics, expanded
                                                                                          (4H1).
                                                                                         plastics, solid (4H2).
                                                                                         Drums
                                                                                         steel (1A1 or 1A2).
                                                                                         aluminum (1B1 or 1B2).
                                                                                         other metal (1N1 or
                                                                                          1N2).
                                                                                         plywood (1D).
                                                                                         fiber (1G).
                                                                                         plastics (1H1 or 1H2).
112(b)...............................  Bags...................  Bags...................  Bags.

[[Page 545]]

 
This packing instruction applies to       paper, Kraft........     (for UN0150 only)...     woven plastics sift-
 dry solids other than powders.        paper, multiwall, water  plastics...............      proof (5H2/3).
PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR      resistant.              textile, plastic coated  plastics, film (5H4).
 EXCEPTIONS:.                          plastics...............   or lined.               textile, sift-proof
1. For UN 0004, 0076, 0078, 0154,      textile................                            (5L2).
 0216, 0219 and 0386, packagings must  textile, rubberized                               textile, water
 be lead free.                          plastics.                                         resistant (5L3).
2. For UN0209, bags, sift-proof (5H2)  woven plastics.........                           paper, multiwall, water
 are recommended for flake or prilled                                                     resistant (5M2).
 TNT in the dry state and a maximum                                                      Boxes
 net mass of 30 kg..                                                                     steel (4A).
3. For UN0222, inner packagings are                                                      aluminum (4B).
 not required.                                                                           other metal (4N).
                                                                                         natural wood, ordinary
                                                                                          (4C1).
                                                                                         natural wood, sift
                                                                                          proof (4C2).
                                                                                         plywood (4D)
                                                                                         reconstituted wood
                                                                                          (4F).
                                                                                         fiberboard (4G).
                                                                                         plastics, expanded
                                                                                          (4H1).
                                                                                         plastics, solid (4H2).
                                                                                         Drums
                                                                                         steel (1A1 or 1A2).
                                                                                         aluminum (1B1 or 1B2).
                                                                                         plywood (1D).
                                                                                         other metal (1N1 or
                                                                                          1N2).
                                                                                         fiber (1G).
                                                                                         plastics (1H1 or 1H2).
112(c) This packing instruction        Bags...................  Bags...................  Boxes.
 applies to solid dry powders.
PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR
 EXCEPTIONS:
    1. For UN 0004, 0076, 0078, 0154,  paper, multiwall, water  paper, multiwall, water  steel (4A). aluminum
     0216, 0219 and 0386, packagings    resistant plastics,      resistant with inner     (4B). other metal
     must be lead free.                 woven plastics,          lining, plastics,        (4N). natural wood,
    2. For UN0209, bags, sift-proof     Receptacles,             Receptacles, metal,      ordinary (4C1).
     (5H2) are recommended for flake    fiberboard, metal,       plastics, wood.          natural wood, sift
     or prilled TNT in the dry state.   plastics, wood.         4. At least one of the    proof (4C2). plywood
     Bags must not exceed a maximum                              packagings must be       (4D). reconstituted
     net mass of 30 kg..                                         sift-proof.              wood (4F). fiberboard
    3. Inner packagings are not                                 5. For UN 0504, metal     (4G). plastics, solid
     required if drums are used as                               packagings must not be   (4H2). Drums. plastics
     the outer packaging..                                       used. Packagings of      (1H1 or 1H2). steel
                                                                 other material with a    (1A1 or 1A2). aluminum
                                                                 small amount of metal,   (1B1 or 1B2). other
                                                                 for example metal        metal (1N1 or 1N2).
                                                                 closures or other        plywood (1D). fiber
                                                                 metal fittings such as   (1G).
                                                                 those mentioned in
                                                                 part 178 of this
                                                                 subchapter, are not
                                                                 considered metal
                                                                 packagings.
113..................................  Bags...................  Not necessary..........  Boxes.

[[Page 546]]

 
PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR        paper...............                              steel (4A).
 EXCEPTIONS:.                          plastics...............                           aluminum (4B).
1. For UN0094 and UN0305, no more      textile, rubberized....                           other metal (4N).
 than 50 g of substance must be        Receptacles............                           natural wood, ordinary
 packed in an inner packaging.         fiberboard.............                            (4C1).
2. For UN0027, inner packagings are    metal..................                           natural wood, sift-
 not necessary when drums are used as  plastics...............                            proof walls (4C2).
 the outer packaging.                  wood...................                           plywood (4D).
3. At least one of the packagings      Sheets.................                           reconstituted wood
 must be sift-proof.                   paper, kraft...........                            (4F).
4. Sheets must only be used for        paper, waxed...........                           fiberboard (4G).
 UN0028.                                                                                 plastics, solid (4H2).
                                                                                         Drums
                                                                                         plastics (1H1 or 1H2).
                                                                                         steel (1A1 or 1A2).
                                                                                         aluminum-(1B1 or 1B2).
                                                                                         other metal (1N1 or
                                                                                          1N2).
                                                                                         plywood (1D).
                                                                                         fiber (1G).
114(a)...............................  Bags...................  Bags...................  Boxes
This packing instruction applies to       plastics............     plastics............     steel (4A).
 wetted solids.                        textile................  textile, plastic coated  other metal (4N).
PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR     woven plastics.........   or lined.               natural wood, ordinary
 EXCEPTIONS:.                          Receptacles............  Receptacles............   (4C1).
1. For UN 0077, 0234, 0235 and 0236,   metal..................  metal..................  natural wood, sift
 packagings must be lead free.         plastics...............  plastics...............   proof walls (4C2).
2. For UN0342, inner packagings are    wood...................  Dividing partitions....  plywood (4D).
 not required when metal (1A1, 1A2,                             wood...................  reconstituted wood
 1B1, 1B2, 1N1 or 1N2) or plastics                                                        (4F).
 (1H1 or 1H2) drums are used as outer                                                    fiberboard (4G).
 packagings.                                                                             plastics, solid (4H2).
3. Intermediate packagings are not                                                       Drums.
 required if leakproof removable head                                                    steel (1A1 or 1A2).
 drums are used as the outer                                                             aluminum (1B1 or 1B2).
 packaging.                                                                              other metal (1N1 or
                                                                                          1N2)
                                                                                         plywood (1D).
                                                                                         fiber (1G).
                                                                                         plastics (1H1 or 1H2).
114(b)...............................  Bags...................  Not necessary..........  Boxes.
PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR
 EXCEPTIONS:

[[Page 547]]

 
    1. For UN Nos. 0077, 0132, 0234,   paper, kraft, plastics,  .......................  natural wood, ordinary
     0235 and 0236, packagings must     textile, sift-proof,                              (4C1). natural wood,
     be lead free.                      woven plastics, sift-                             sift-proof walls
    2. For UN0160 and UN0161, when      proof, Receptacles,                               (4C2). plywood (4D).
     metal drums (1A2, 1B2 or 1N2)      fiberboard, metal,                                reconstituted wood
     are used as the outer packaging,   paper, plastics, wood,                            (4F).fiberboard (4G).
     metal packagings must be so        plastics, sift-proof.                             Drums. steel (1A1 or
     constructed that the risk of                                                         1A2). aluminum (1B1 or
     explosion, by reason of                                                              1B2). other metal (1N1
     increased internal pressure from                                                     or 1N2). plywood (1D).
     internal or external causes, is                                                      fiber (1G). plastics
     prevented..                                                                          (1H1 or 1H2).
    3. For UN0160, UN0161, and
     UN0508, inner packagings are not
     necessary if drums are used as
     the outer packaging.
    4. For UN0508 and UN0509, metal
     packagings must not be used.
     Packagings of other material
     with a small amount of metal,
     for example metal closures or
     other metal fittings such as
     those mentioned in part 178 of
     this subchapter, are not
     considered metal packagings.
115..................................  Receptacles............  Bags...................  Boxes
PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR        metal...............     plastics in metal        natural wood,
 EXCEPTIONS:.                          plastics...............      receptacles.             ordinary (4C1).
1. For liquid explosives, inner        wood...................  Drums..................  natural wood, sift
 packagings must be surrounded with                             metal..................   proof walls (4C2).
 non-combustible absorbent cushioning                           Receptacles............  plywood (4D).
 material in sufficient quantity to                             wood...................  reconstituted wood
 absorb the entire liquid content.                                                        (4F).
 Metal receptacles should be                                                             fiberboard (4G).
 cushioned from each other. The net                                                      Drums.
 mass of explosive per package may                                                       plastics (1H1 or 1H2).
 not exceed 30 kg when boxes are used                                                    steel (1A1 or 1A2).
 as outer packaging. The net volume                                                      aluminum (1B1 or 1B2).
 of explosive in each package other                                                      other metal (1N1 or
 than boxes must not exceed 120                                                           1N2).
 liters.                                                                                 plywood (1D).
2. For UN 0075, 0143, 0495 and 0497                                                      fiber (1G).
 when boxes are used as the outer                                                        Specification MC-200
 packaging, inner packagings must                                                         containers may be used
 have taped screw cap closures and be                                                     for transport by motor
 not more than 5 liters capacity                                                          vehicle.
 each. A composite packaging
 consisting of a plastic receptacle
 in a metal drum (6HA1) may be used
 in lieu of combination packagings.
 Liquid substances must not freeze at
 temperatures above -15 [deg]C (+ 5
 [deg]F).
3. For UN0144, intermediate
 packagings are not necessary.
 Aluminum drums (1B1 and 1B2) and
 metal, other than steel or aluminum,
 drums (1N1 and 1N2) must not be
 used..
116..................................  Bags...................  Not necessary..........  Bags.

[[Page 548]]

 
PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR        paper, water and oil  .......................     woven plastics (5H1/
 EXCEPTIONS:.                              resistant plastics.                               2/3).
1. For UN 0082, 0241, 0331 and 0332,   textile, plastic coated                           paper, multiwall, water
 inner packagings are not necessary     or lined woven                                    resistant (5M2).
 if leakproof removable head drums      plastics, sift-proof.                            plastics, film (5H4).
 are used as the outer packaging..     Receptacles............                           textile, sift-proof
2. For UN 0082, 0241, 0331 and 0332,   fiberboard, water                                  (5L2).
 inner packagings are not required      resistant metal.                                 textile, water
 when the explosive is contained in a  plastics...............                            resistant (5L3).
 material impervious to liquid..       wood, sift-proof.......                           Boxes.
3. For UN 0081, inner packagings are   Sheets.................                           steel (4A).
 not required when contained in rigid  paper, water resistant.                           aluminum (4B).
 plastic that is impervious to nitric  paper, waxed...........                           other metal (4N).
 esters..                              plastics...............                           wood, natural, ordinary
4. For UN 0331, inner packagings are                                                      (4C1).
 not required when bags (5H2), (5H3)                                                     natural wood, sift
 or (5H4) are used as outer                                                               proof walls (4C2).
 packagings..                                                                            plywood (4D).
5. For UN0081, bags must not be used                                                     reconstituted wood
 as outer packagings..                                                                    (4F).
                                                                                         fiberboard (4G).
                                                                                         plastics, solid (4H2).
                                                                                         Drums.
                                                                                         steel (1A1 or 1A2).
                                                                                         aluminum (1B1 or 1B2).
                                                                                         other metal (1N1 or
                                                                                          1N2).
                                                                                         plywood (1D).
                                                                                         fiber (1G).
                                                                                         plastics (1H1 or 1H2).
                                                                                         Jerricans.
                                                                                         steel (3A1 or 3A2).
                                                                                         plastics (3H1 or 3H2).
                                                                                         .......................
                                                                                         .......................
                                                                                         .......................
117..................................  Not necessary..........  Not necessary..........  IBCs.

[[Page 549]]

 
PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR                                                          metal (11A), (11B),
 EXCEPTIONS:.                                                                                (11N), (21A),
1. This packing instruction may only                                                         (21B), (21N),
 be used for explosives of UN 0082                                                           (31A), (31B),
 when they are mixtures of ammonium                                                          (31N).
 nitrate or other inorganic nitrates                                                     flexible (13H2),
 with other combustible substances                                                        (13H3), (13H4),
 that are not explosive ingredients.                                                      (13L2), (13L3),
 Such explosives must not contain                                                         (13L4), (13M2).
 nitroglycerin, similar liquid                                                           rigid plastics (11H1),
 organic nitrates, liquid or solid                                                        (11H2), (21H1),
 nitrocarbons, or chlorates..                                                             (21H2), (31H1),
2. This packing instruction may only                                                      (31H2).
 be used for explosives of UN 0241                                                       composite (11HZ1),
 that consist of water as an                                                              (11HZ2), (21HZ1),
 essential ingredient and high                                                            (21HZ2), (31HZ1),
 proportions of ammonium nitrate or                                                       (31HZ2).
 other oxidizers, some or all of
 which are in solution. The other
 constituents may include
 hydrocarbons or aluminum powder, but
 must not include nitro-derivatives
 such as trinitrotoluene..
3. Metal IBCs must not be used for UN
 0082, UN 0222 and UN 0241..
4. Flexible IBCs may only be used for
 solids..
5. For UN 0222, when other than metal
 or rigid plastics IBCs are used,
 they must be offered for
 transportation in a closed freight
 container or a closed transport
 vehicle..
6. For UN 0222, flexible IBCs must be
 sift-proof and water-resistant or
 must be fitted with a sift-proof and
 water-resistant liner..
130..................................  Not necessary..........  Not necessary..........  Boxes.
Particular Packaging Requirements:

[[Page 550]]

 
    1. The following applies to UN     .......................  .......................  Steel (4A). Aluminum
     0006, 0009, 0010, 0015, 0016,                                                        (4B). Other metal
     0018, 0019, 0034, 0035, 0038,                                                        (4N). Wood natural,
     0039, 0048, 0056, 0137, 0138,                                                        ordinary (4C1). Wood
     0168, 0169, 0171, 0181, 0182,                                                        natural, sift-proof
     0183, 0186, 0221, 0238, 0243,                                                        walls 4C2). Plywood
     0244, 0245, 0246, 0254, 0280,                                                        (4D). Reconstituted
     0281, 0286, 0287, 0297, 0299,                                                        wood (4F). Fiberboard
     0300, 0301, 0303, 0321, 0328,                                                        (4G). Plastics,
     0329, 0344, 0345, 0346, 0347,                                                        expanded (4H1).
     0362, 0363, 0370, 0412, 0424,                                                        Plastics, solid (4H2).
     0425, 0434, 0435, 0436, 0437,                                                        Drums. Steel (1A1 or
     0438, 0451, 0459, 0488, 0502 and                                                     1A2). Aluminum (1B1 or
     0510. Large and robust                                                               1B2). Other metal (1N1
     explosives articles, normally                                                        or 1N2). Plywood (1D).
     intended for military use,                                                           Fiber (1G). Plastics
     without their means of                                                               (1H1 or 1H2). Large
     initiation or with their means                                                       Packagings. Steel
     of initiation containing at                                                          (50A). Aluminum (50B).
     least two effective protective                                                       Metal other than steel
     features, may be carried                                                             or aluminum (50N).
     unpackaged. When such articles                                                       Rigid lastics (50H).
     have propelling charges or are                                                       Natural wood (50C).
     self-propelled, their ignition                                                       Plywood (50D).
     systems must be protected                                                            Reconstituted wood
     against stimuli encountered                                                          (50F). Rigid
     during normal conditions of                                                          fiberboard (50G).
     transport. A negative result in
     Test Series 4 on an unpackaged
     article indicates that the
     article can be considered for
     transport unpackaged. Such
     unpackaged articles may be fixed
     to cradles or contained in
     crates or other suitable
     handling devices.
    2. Subject to approval by the
     Associate Administrator, large
     explosive articles, as part of
     their operational safety and
     suitability tests, subjected to
     testing that meets the
     intentions of Test Series 4 of
     the UN Manual of Tests and
     Criteria with successful test
     results, may be offered for
     transportation in accordance
     with the requirements of this
     subchapter.
131..................................  Bags...................  Not necessary..........  Boxes.
PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR        paper...............                              steel (4A).
 EXCEPTIONS:.                          plastics...............                           aluminum (4B).
1. For UN 0029, 0267 and 0455, bags    Receptacles............                           other metal (4N).
 and reels may not be used as inner    fiberboard.............                           wood, natural, ordinary
 packagings..                          metal..................                            (4C1).
2. For UN 0030, 0255 and 0456, inner   plastics...............                           natural wood, sift
 packagings are not required when      wood...................                            proof walls (4C2).
 detonators are packed in pasteboard   Reels..................                           plastics, solid (4H2).
 tubes, or when their leg wires are                                                      plywood (4D).
 wound on spools with the caps either                                                    reconstituted wood
 placed inside the spool or securely                                                      (4F).
 taped to the wire on the spool, so                                                      fiberboard (4G).
 as to restrict free moving of the                                                       Drums.
 caps and to protect them from impact                                                    steel (1A1 or 1A2).
 forces..                                                                                Aluminum (1B1 or 1B2).
3. For UN 0360, 0361 and 0500,                                                           other metal (1N1 or
 detonators are not required to be                                                        1N2).
 attached to the safety fuse, metal-                                                     Plywood (1D).
 clad mild detonating cord,                                                              fiber (1G).
 detonating cord, or shock tube.                                                         plastics (1H1 or 1H2).
 Inner packagings are not required if
 the packing configuration restricts
 free moving of the caps and protects
 them from impact forces..
132(a)...............................  Not necessary..........  Not necessary..........  Boxes

[[Page 551]]

 
For articles consisting of closed      .......................  .......................     steel (4A).
 metal, plastic or fiberboard casings                                                    aluminum (4B).
 that contain detonating explosives,                                                     other metal (4N).
 or consisting of plastics-bonded                                                        wood, natural; ordinary
 detonating explosives.                                                                   (4C1).
                                                                                         wood, natural, sift
                                                                                          proof walls (4C2).
                                                                                         plywood (4D).
                                                                                         reconstituted wood
                                                                                          (4F).
                                                                                         fiberboard (4G).
                                                                                         plastics, solid (4H2).
132(b)...............................  Receptacles............  Not necessary..........  Boxes
For articles without closed casings..     fiberboard..........  .......................     steel (4A). aluminum
                                       metal..................                               (4B).
                                       plastics...............                           other metal (4N).
                                       wood...................                           wood, natural, ordinary
                                       Sheets.................                            (4C1).
                                       paper..................                           wood, natural, sift
                                       plastics...............                            proof walls (4C2).
                                                                                         plywood (4D).
                                                                                         reconstituted wood
                                                                                          (4F).
                                                                                         fiberboard (4G).
                                                                                         plastics, solid (4H2).
133..................................  Receptacles............  .......................  Boxes.
PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR        fiberboard..........     Intermediate             steel (4A).
 EXCEPTIONS:.                          metal..................      packagings are only  aluminum (4B).
1. For UN 0043, 0212, 0225, 0268 and   plastics...............      required when trays  other metal (4N).
 0306 trays are not authorized as      wood...................      are used as inner    wood, natural, ordinary
 inner packagings.                     Trays, fitted with           packagings..          (4C1).
                                        dividing partitions     Receptacles............  wood, natural, sift
                                        fiberboard plastics     fiberboard.............   proof walls (4C2).
                                        wood.                   metal..................  plywood (4D).
                                                                plastics...............  reconstituted wood
                                                                wood...................   (4F).
                                                                                         fiberboard (4G).
                                                                                         plastics, solid (4H2).
134..................................  Bags...................  Not necessary..........  Boxes.
                                          water resistant.....  .......................     steel (4A).
                                       Receptacles............                           aluminum (4B).
                                       fiberboard.............                           other metal (4N).
                                       metal..................                           wood, natural, ordinary
                                       plastics...............                            (4C1).
                                       wood...................                           wood, natural, sift
                                       Sheets.................                            proof walls (4C2).
                                       fiberboard, corrugated.                           plywood (4D).
                                       Tubes..................                           reconstituted wood
                                       fiberboard.............                            (4F).
                                                                                         fiberboard (4G).
                                                                                         plastics, expanded
                                                                                          (4H1).
                                                                                         plastics, solid (4H2).
                                                                                         Drums.
                                                                                         fiberboard (1G).
                                                                                         plastics (1H1 or 1H2).
                                                                                         steel (1A1 or 1A2).
                                                                                         aluminum (1B1 or 1B2).
                                                                                         other metal (1N1 or
                                                                                          1N2).
                                                                                         plywood (1D).

[[Page 552]]

 
135..................................  Bags...................  Not necessary..........  Boxes.
                                          paper...............                              steel (4A).
                                       plastics...............                           aluminum (4B).
                                       Receptacles............                           other metal (4N).
                                       fiberboard.............                           wood, natural, ordinary
                                       metal..................                            (4C1).
                                       plastics...............                           wood, natural, sift
                                       wood...................                            proof walls (4C2).
                                       Sheets.................                           plywood (4D).
                                       paper..................                           reconstituted wood
                                       plastics...............                            (4F).
                                                                                         fiberboard (4G).
                                                                                         plastics, expanded
                                                                                          (4H1).
                                                                                         plastics, solid (4H2).
                                                                                         Drums.
                                                                                         steel (1A1 or 1A2).
                                                                                         aluminum (1B1 or 1B2).
                                                                                         other metal (1N1 or
                                                                                          1N2)
                                                                                         plywood (1D).
                                                                                         fiber (1G).
                                                                                         plastics (1H1 or 1H2).
136..................................  Bags...................  Not necessary..........  Boxes.
                                          plastics............                              steel (4A).
                                       textile................                           aluminum (4B)
                                       Boxes..................                           other metal (4N).
                                       fiberboard.............                           wood, natural, ordinary
                                       plastics...............                            (4C1).
                                       wood...................                           wood, natural, sift
                                       Dividing partitions in                             proof walls (4C2).
                                        the outer packagings.                            plywood (4D).
                                                                                         reconstituted wood
                                                                                          (4F).
                                                                                         fiberboard (4G).
                                                                                         plastics, solid (4H2).
                                                                                         Drums.
                                                                                         steel (1A1 or 1A2).
                                                                                         aluminum (1B1 or 1B2).
                                                                                         other metal (1N1 or
                                                                                          1N2).
                                                                                         plywood (1D).
                                                                                         fiber (1G).
                                                                                         plastics (1H1 or 1H2).
137..................................  Bags...................  Not necessary..........  Boxes.
PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR     plastics, Boxes,         .......................  steel (4A). aluminum
 EXCEPTIONS:                            fiberboard, wood,                                 (4B). other metal
For UN 0059, 0439, 0440 and 0441,       Tubes, fiberboard,                                (4N). wood, natural,
 when the shaped charges are packed     metal, plastics,                                  ordinary (4C1). wood,
 singly, the conical cavity must face   Dividing partitions in                            natural, sift proof
 downwards and the package marked       the outer packagings.                             walls (4C2). plastics,
 with orientation markings meeting                                                        solid (4H2). plywood
 the requirements of Sec. (4D). reconstituted
 172.312(a)(2) of this subchapter.                                                        wood (4F). fiberboard
 When the shaped charges are packed                                                       (4G). Drums. steel
 in pairs, the conical cavities must                                                      (1A1 or 1A2).aluminum
 face inwards to minimize the jetting                                                     (1B1 or 1B2). other
 effect in the event of accidental                                                        metal (1N1 or 1N2).
 initiation                                                                               plywood (1D). fiber
                                                                                          (1G). plastics (1H1 or
                                                                                          1H2).
138..................................  Bags...................  Not necessary..........  Boxes.

[[Page 553]]

 
PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR     Plastics                                             steel (4A).
 EXCEPTIONS:.                                                                            aluminum (4B).
If the ends of the articles are                                                          other metal (4N).
 sealed, inner packagings are not                                                        wood, natural, ordinary
 necessary.                                                                               (4C1).
                                                                                         wood, natural, sift
                                                                                          proof walls (4C2).
                                                                                         plywood (4D).
                                                                                         reconstituted wood
                                                                                          (4F).
                                                                                         fiberboard (4G).
                                                                                         plastics, solid (4H2).
                                                                                         Drums.
                                                                                         fiberboard (1G).
                                                                                         plastics (1H1 or 1H2).
                                                                                         steel (1A1 or 1A2).
                                                                                         aluminum (1B1 or 1B2).
                                                                                         other metal (1N1 or
                                                                                          1N2).
139..................................  Bags...................  Not necessary..........  Boxes.
PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR
 EXCEPTIONS:
1. For UN0065, 0102, 0104, 0289 and
 0290, the ends of the detonating
 cord must be sealed, for example, by
 a plug firmly fixed so that the
 explosive cannot escape. The ends of
 CORD DETONATING flexible must be
 fastened securely.
2. For UN0065, 0104, 0289, 0290 the
 ends of the detonating cord are not
 required to be sealed provided the
 inner packaging containing the
 detonating cord consists of a static-
 resistant plastic bag of at least 3
 mil thickness and the bag is
 securely closed.
3. For UN0065 and UN0289, inner
 packagings are not required when
 they are fastened securely in coils.
140..................................  Bags...................  Not necessary..........  Boxes.
PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR        plastics............                              steel (4A).
 EXCEPTIONS:.                          Reels..................                           aluminum (4B).
1. If the ends of UN0105 are sealed,   Sheets.................                           other metal (4N).
 no inner packagings are required.     paper, kraft...........                           wood, natural, ordinary
2. For UN0101, the packaging must be   plastics...............                            (4C1).
 sift-proof except when the fuse is    Receptacles............                           wood, natural, sift
 covered by a paper tube and both      wood...................                            proof walls (4C2).
 ends of the tube are covered with                                                       plywood (4D).
 removable caps.                                                                         reconstituted wood
3. For UN0101, steel or aluminum                                                          (4F).
 boxes or drums must not be used.                                                        fiberboard (4G).
                                                                                         plastics, solid (4H2).
                                                                                         Drums.
                                                                                         plastics (1H1 or 1H2).
                                                                                         steel (1A1 or 1A2).
                                                                                         aluminum (1B1 or 1B2).
                                                                                         other metal (1N1 or
                                                                                          1N2).
                                                                                         plywood (1D).
                                                                                         fiber (1G).
141..................................  Receptacles............  Not necessary..........  Boxes.

[[Page 554]]

 
                                          fiberboard..........                              steel (4A).
                                       metal..................                           aluminum (4B).
                                       plastics...............                           other metal (4N).
                                       wood...................                           wood, natural, ordinary
                                       Trays, fitted with                                 (4C1).
                                        dividing partitions.                             wood, natural, sift
                                       plastics...............                            proof walls (4C2).
                                       wood...................                           plywood (4D).
                                       Dividing partitions in                            reconstituted wood
                                        the outer packagings.                             (4F).
                                                                                         fiberboard (4G).
                                                                                         plastics, solid (4H2).
                                                                                         Drums.
                                                                                         steel (1A1 or 1A2).
                                                                                         aluminum (1B1 or 1B2).
                                                                                         other metal (1N1 or
                                                                                          1N2).
                                                                                         plywood (1D).
                                                                                         fiber (1G).
                                                                                         plastics (1H1 or 1H2).
142..................................  Bags...................  Not necessary..........  Boxes.
                                          paper...............                              steel (4A).
                                       plastics...............                           aluminum (4B).
                                       Receptacles............                           other metal (4N).
                                       fiberboard.............                           wood, natural, ordinary
                                       metal..................                            (4C1).
                                       plastics...............                           wood, natural, sift
                                       wood...................                            proof walls (4C2).
                                       Sheets.................                           plywood (4D).
                                       paper..................                           reconstituted wood
                                       Trays, fitted with                                 (4F).
                                        dividing partitions.                             fiberboard (4G).
                                       plastics...............                           plastics, solid (4H2).
                                                                                         Drums.
                                                                                         steel (1A1 or 1A2).
                                                                                         aluminum (1B1 or 1B2).
                                                                                         other metal (1N1 or
                                                                                          1N2).
                                                                                         plywood (1D).
                                                                                         fiber (1G).
                                                                                         plastics (1H1 or 1H2).
143..................................  Bag....................  Not necessary..........  Boxes.

[[Page 555]]

 
PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR        paper, kraft........                              steel (4A).
 EXCEPTIONS:.                          plastics...............                           aluminum (4B).
1. For UN 0271, 0272, 0415 and 0491    textile................                           other metal (4N).
 when metal packagings are used,       textile, rubberized....                           wood, natural, ordinary
 metal packagings must be so           Receptacles............                            (4C1).
 constructed that the risk of          fiberboard.............                           wood, natural, sift
 explosion, by reason of increase in   metal..................                            proof walls (4C2).
 internal pressure from internal or    plastics...............                           plywood (4D).
 external causes is prevented.         wood...................                           reconstituted wood
2. Composite packagings (6HH2)         Trays, fitted with                                 (4F).
 (plastic receptacle with outer solid   dividing partitions.                             fiberboard (4G).
 box) may be used in lieu of           plastics...............                           plastics, solid (4H2).
 combination packagings.               wood...................                           Drums.
                                                                                         steel (1A1 or 1A2).
                                                                                         aluminum (1B1 or 1B2).
                                                                                         other metal (1N1 or
                                                                                          1N2).
                                                                                         plywood (1D).
                                                                                         fiber (1G).
                                                                                         plastics (1H1 or 1H2).
144..................................  Receptacles............  Not necessary..........  Boxes.
PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR        fiberboard..........                              steel (4A).
 EXCEPTIONS:.                          metal..................                           aluminum (4B)
For UN0248 and UN 0249, packagings     plastics...............                           other metal (4N).
 must be protected against the         wood...................                           wood, natural, ordinary
 ingress of water. When CONTRIVANCES,  Dividing partitions in                             (4C1) with metal
 WATER ACTIVATED are transported        the outer packagings.                             liner.
 unpackaged, they must be provided                                                       plywood (4D) with metal
 with at least two independent                                                            liner.
 protective features that prevent the                                                    reconstituted wood (4F)
 ingress of water.                                                                        with metal liner.
                                                                                         plastics, expanded
                                                                                          (4H1).
                                                                                         plastics, solid (4H2).
                                                                                         Drums.
                                                                                         steel (1A1 or 1A2).
                                                                                         aluminum (1B1 or 1B2).
                                                                                         other metal (1N1 or
                                                                                          1N2).
                                                                                         plastics (1H1 or 1H2).
                                                                                         plywood (1D).
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


[[Page 556]]


                   Table of Packing Methods--Continued
US 1
  1. A jet perforating gun, charged, oil well may be transported under
   the following conditions:
  a. Initiation devices carried on the same motor vehicle or offshore
   supply vessel must be segregated; each kind from every other kind,
   and from any gun, tool or other supplies, unless approved in
   accordance with Sec. 173.56. Segregated initiation devices must be
   carried in a container having individual pockets for each such device
   or in a fully enclosed steel container lined with a non-sparking
   material. No more than two segregated initiation devices per gun may
   be carried on the same motor vehicle.
  b. Each shaped charge affixed to the gun may not contain more than 112
   g (4 ounces) of explosives.
  c. Each shaped charge if not completely enclosed in glass or metal,
   must be fully protected by a metal cover after installation in the
   gun.
  d. A jet perforating gun classed as 1.1D or 1.4D may be transported by
   highway by private or contract carriers engaged in oil well
   operations.
  (i) A motor vehicle transporting a gun must have specially built racks
   or carrying cases designed and constructed so that the gun is
   securely held in place during transportation and is not subject to
   damage by contact, one to the other or any other article or material
   carried in the vehicle; and
  (ii) The assembled gun packed on the vehicle may not extend beyond the
   body of the motor vehicle.
  e. A jet perforating gun classed as 1.4D may be transported by a
   private offshore supply vessel only when the gun is carried in a
   motor vehicle as specified in paragraph (d) of this packing method or
   on offshore well tool pallets provided that:
  (i) All the conditions specified in paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of
   this packing method are met;
  (ii) The total explosive contents do not exceed 90.8 kg (200 pounds)
   per tool pallet;
  (iii) Each cargo vessel compartment may contain up to 90.8 kg (200
   pounds) of explosive content if the segregation requirements in Sec.
    176.83(b) of this subchapter are met; and
  (iv) When more than one vehicle or tool pallet is stowed ``on deck'' a
   minimum horizontal separation of 3 m (9.8 feet) must be provided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------


[Amdt. 173-260, 62 FR 24720, May 6, 1997]

    Editorial Note: For Federal Register citations affecting Sec.
173.62, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the 
Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov.



Sec.173.63  Packaging exceptions.

    (a) Cord, detonating (UN 0065), having an explosive content not 
exceeding 6.5 g (0.23 ounces) per 30 centimeter length (one linear foot) 
may be offered for transportation domestically and transported as Cord, 
detonating (UN 0289), Division 1.4 Compatibility Group D (1.4D) 
explosives, if the gross weight of all packages containing Cord, 
detonating (UN 0065), does not exceed 45 kg (99 pounds) per:
    (1) Transport vehicle, freight container, or cargo-only aircraft;
    (2) Off-shore down-hole tool pallet carried on an off-shore supply 
vessel;
    (3) Cargo compartment of a cargo vessel; or
    (4) Passenger-carrying aircraft used to transport personnel to 
remote work sites, such as offshore drilling units.
    (b) Limited quantities of Cartridges, small arms, Cartridges, power 
device, Cartridges for tools, blank, and Cases, cartridge, empty with 
primer. (1)(i) Cartridges, small arms, Cartridges, power device (used to 
project fastening devices), Cartridges for tools, blank, and Cases, 
cartridge, empty with primer that have been classed as Division 1.4S 
explosive may be offered for transportation and transported as limited 
quantities when packaged in accordance with paragraph (b)(2) of this 
section. Packages containing such articles may be marked with either the 
marking prescribed in Sec.172.315(a) or (b) of this subchapter and 
offered for transportation and transported by any mode. For 
transportation by aircraft, the package must conform to the applicable 
requirements of Sec.173.27 of this part. In addition, packages 
containing such articles offered for transportation by aircraft must be 
marked with the proper shipping name as prescribed in the Sec.172.101 
Hazardous Materials Table of this subchapter. Packages containing such 
articles are not subject to the shipping paper requirements of subpart C 
of part 172 of this subchapter unless the material meets the definition 
of a hazardous substance, hazardous waste, marine pollutant, or is 
offered for transportation and transported by aircraft or vessel. 
Additionally, packages containing such articles are excepted from the 
requirements of subparts E (Labeling) and F (Placarding) of part 172 of 
this subchapter.
    (ii) Until December 31, 2012, a package containing such articles may 
be

[[Page 557]]

marked with the proper shipping name ``Cartridges, small arms'' or 
``Cartridges, power device (used to project fastening devices)'' and 
reclassed as ``ORM-D-AIR'' material if it contains properly packaged 
articles as authorized by this subchapter on October 1, 2010. 
Additionally, for transportation by aircraft, Cartridge, power devices 
must be successfully tested under the UN Test Series 6(d) criteria for 
reclassification as ORM-D-AIR material effective July 1, 2011. Until 
December 31, 2020, a package containing such articles may be marked with 
the proper shipping name ``Cartridges, small arms'' or ``Cartridges, 
power device (used to project fastening devices),'' ``Cartridges for 
tools, blank,'' and ``Cases, cartridge empty with primer'' and reclassed 
as ``ORM-D'' material if it contains properly packaged articles as 
authorized by this subchapter on October 1, 2010.
    (iii) Cartridges, small arms, Cartridges, power device (used to 
project fastening devices), Cartridges for tools, blank, and Cases, 
cartridge empty with primer that may be shipped as a limited quantity or 
ORM-D material are as follows:
    (A) Ammunition for rifle, pistol or shotgun;
    (B) Ammunition with inert projectiles or blank ammunition;
    (C) Ammunition having no tear gas, incendiary, or detonating 
explosive projectiles;
    (D) Ammunition not exceeding 12.7 mm (50 caliber or 0.5 inch) for 
rifle or pistol, cartridges or 8 gauge for shotshells;
    (E) Cartridges for tools, blank; and
    (F) Cases, cartridge, empty with primer.
    (G) Cartridges, power device (used to project fastening devices).
    (2) Packaging for Cartridges, small arms, Cartridges for tools, 
blank, Cases, cartridge empty with primer, and eligible Cartridges, 
power device as limited quantity or ORM-D material must be as follows:
    (i) Ammunition must be packed in inside boxes, or in partitions that 
fit snugly in the outside packaging, or in metal clips;
    (ii) Primers must be protected from accidental initiation;
    (iii) Inside boxes, partitions or metal clips must be packed in 
securely-closed strong outside packagings;
    (iv) Maximum gross weight is limited to 30 kg (66 pounds) per 
package; and
    (v) Cartridges for tools, blank, Cartridges, power devices which are 
used to project fastening devices, Cases, cartridge, empty with primer, 
and 22 caliber rim-fire cartridges may be packaged loose in strong 
outside packagings.
    (c) [Reserved]
    (d) Reverse logistics. Hazardous materials meeting the definition of 
``reverse logistics'' under Sec.171.8 of this subchapter and in 
compliance with paragraph (b) of this section may be offered for 
transport and transported in highway transportation in accordance with 
Sec.173.157.
    (e) [Reserved]
    (f) Detonators containing no more than 1 g explosive (excluding 
ignition and delay charges) that are electric blasting caps with leg 
wires 4 feet long or longer, delay connectors in plastic sheaths, or 
blasting caps with empty plastic tubing 12 feet long or longer may be 
packed as follows in which case they are excepted from the packaging 
requirements of Sec.173.62:
    (1) No more than 50 detonators in one inner packaging;
    (2) IME Standard 22 container (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this 
subchapter) or compartment is used as the outer packaging;
    (3) No more than 1000 detonators in one outer packaging; and
    (4) No material may be loaded on top of the IME Standard 22 
container and no material may be loaded against the outside door of the 
IME Standard 22 compartment.
    (g) Detonators that are classed as 1.4B or 1.4S and contain no more 
than 1 g of explosive (excluding ignition and delay charges) may be 
packed as follows in which case they are excepted from the packaging 
requirements of Sec.173.62:
    (1) No more than 50 detonators in one inner packaging;
    (2) IME Standard 22 container is used as the outer packaging;
    (3) No more than 1000 detonators in one outer packaging; and

[[Page 558]]

    (4) Each inner packaging is marked ``l.4B Detonators'' or ``1.4S 
Detonators'', as appropriate.

[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52617, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66268, 
Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 173-236, 58 FR 50536, Sept. 24, 1993; Amdt. 173-
253, 61 FR 27175, May 30, 1996; 68 FR 75743, Dec. 31, 2003; 71 FR 14602, 
Mar. 22, 2006; 76 FR 3371, Jan. 19, 2011; 78 FR 1084, 1113, Jan. 7, 
2013; 78 FR 65480, Oct. 31, 2013; 81 FR 18539, Mar. 31, 2016]



Sec.173.64  Exceptions for Division 1.3 and 1.4 fireworks.

    (a) Notwithstanding the requirements of Sec.173.56(b), Division 
1.3 and 1.4 fireworks (see Sec.173.65 for Division 1.4G consumer 
fireworks) may be classed and approved by the Associate Administrator 
without prior examination and offered for transportation if the 
following conditions are met:
    (1) The fireworks are manufactured in accordance with the applicable 
requirements in APA Standard 87-1 (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this 
subchapter);
    (2) The device must pass a thermal stability test conducted by a 
third-party laboratory, or the manufacturer. The test must be performed 
by maintaining the device, or a representative prototype of a large 
device such as a display shell, at a temperature of 75 [deg]C (167 
[deg]F) for 48 consecutive hours. When a device contains more than one 
component, those components that could be in physical contact with each 
other in the finished device must be placed in contact with each other 
during the thermal stability test;
    (3) The manufacturer applies in writing to the Associate 
Administrator following the applicable requirements in APA Standard 87-
1, and is notified in writing by the Associate Administrator that the 
fireworks have been classed, approved, and assigned an EX number. Each 
application must be complete and include all relevant background data 
and copies of all applicable drawings, test results, and any other 
pertinent information on each device for which approval is being 
requested. The manufacturer must sign the application and certify that 
the device for which approval is requested conforms to APA Standard 87-
1, that the descriptions and technical information contained in the 
application are complete and accurate, and that no duplicate application 
has been submitted to a fireworks certification agency. If the 
application is denied, the manufacturer will be notified in writing of 
the reasons for the denial. The Associate Administrator may require that 
the fireworks be examined by an agency listed in Sec.173.56(b)(1).
    (b) [Reserved]

[78 FR 42477, July 16, 2013]



Sec.173.65  Exceptions for Division 1.4G consumer fireworks.

    (a) Notwithstanding the requirements of Sec. Sec.173.56(b), 
173.56(f), 173.56(i), and 173.64, Division 1.4G consumer fireworks may 
be offered for transportation provided the following conditions are met:
    (1) The fireworks are manufactured in accordance with the applicable 
requirements in APA Standard 87-1 (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this 
subchapter);
    (2) The device must pass a thermal stability test. The test must be 
performed by maintaining the device, or a representative prototype of 
the device, at a temperature of 75 [deg]C (167 [deg]F) for 48 
consecutive hours. When a device contains more than one component, those 
components that could be in physical contact with each other in the 
finished device must be placed in contact with each other during the 
thermal stability test;
    (3) The manufacturer of the Division 1.4G consumer firework applies 
in writing to a DOT-approved Fireworks Certification Agency, and is 
notified in writing by the DOT-approved Fireworks Certification Agency 
that the firework has been:
    (i) Certified that it complies with APA Standard 87-1, and meets the 
requirements of this section; and
    (ii) Assigned an FC number.
    (4) The manufacturer's application must be complete and include:
    (i) Detailed diagram of the device;
    (ii) Complete list of the chemical compositions, formulations and 
quantities used in the device;
    (iii) Results of the thermal stability test; and
    (iv) Signed certification declaring that the device for which 
certification is requested conforms to the APA Standard 87-1, that the 
descriptions and technical information contained in

[[Page 559]]

the application are complete and accurate, and that no duplicate 
applications have been submitted to PHMSA. If the application is denied, 
the Fireworks Certification Agency must notify the manufacturer in 
writing of the reasons for the denial. As detailed in the DOT-approval 
issued to the Fireworks Certification Agency, following the issuance of 
a denial from a Fireworks Certification Agency, a manufacturer may seek 
reconsideration from the Fireworks Certification Agency, or may appeal 
the reconsideration decision of the Fireworks Certification Agency to 
PHMSA's Administrator.
    (b) Recordkeeping requirements. Following the certification of each 
Division 1.4G consumer firework as permitted by paragraph (a) of this 
section, the manufacturer and importer must maintain a paper record or 
an electronic image of the certificate, demonstrating compliance with 
this section. Each record must clearly provide the unique identifier 
assigned to the firework device and the Fireworks Certification Agency 
that certified the device. The record must be accessible at or through 
its principal place of business and be made available, upon request, to 
an authorized official of a Federal, State, or local government agency 
at a reasonable time and location. Copies of certification records must 
be maintained by each importer, manufacturer, or a foreign 
manufacturer's U.S. agent, for five (5) years after the device is 
imported. The certification record must be made available to a 
representative of PHMSA upon request.

[78 FR 42477, July 16, 2013]



Sec.173.66  Requirements for bulk packagings of certain explosives 
and oxidizers.

    When Sec.172.101 of this subchapter specifies that a hazardous 
material may be transported in accordance with this section (per special 
provision 148 in Sec.172.102(c)(1)), only the bulk packagings 
specified for these materials in IME Standard 23 (IBR, see Sec.171.7 
of this subchapter) are authorized, subject to the requirements of 
subparts A and B of this part and the special provisions in column 7 of 
the Sec.172.101 table. See Section I of IME Standard 23 for the 
standards for transporting a single bulk hazardous material for blasting 
by cargo tank motor vehicles (CTMV), and Section II of IME Standard 23 
for the standards for CTMVs capable of transporting multiple hazardous 
materials for blasting in bulk and non-bulk packagings (i.e., a 
multipurpose bulk truck (MBT) authorized to transport the Class 1 
(explosive) materials, Division 5.1 (oxidizing) materials, Class 8 
(corrosive) materials, and Combustible Liquid, n.o.s., NA1993, III, as 
specified in IME Standard 23 (also see Sec.177.835(d) of this 
subchapter)). In addition, the requirements in paragraph (a) of this 
section apply to: A new multipurpose bulk truck constructed after April 
19, 2016; and a modified existing multipurpose bulk truck after April 
19, 2016 (see Sec.173.66(b) regarding the term modified).
    (a) Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard (FMVSS). Multipurpose bulk 
trucks must be in compliance with the FMVSS found in 49 CFR part 571, as 
applicable. Furthermore, the multipurpose bulk truck manufacturer must 
maintain a certification record ensuring the final manufacturing is in 
compliance with the FMVSS, in accordance with the certification 
requirements found in 49 CFR part 567. These certification records must 
be made available to DOT representatives upon request.
    (b) Modified. The term modified means any change to the original 
design and construction of a multipurpose bulk truck (MBT) that affects 
its structural integrity or lading retention capability, (e.g. 
rechassising, etc.). Excluded from this category are the following:
    (1) A change to the MBT equipment such as lights, truck or tractor 
power train components, steering and brake systems, and suspension 
parts, and changes to appurtenances, such as fender attachments, 
lighting brackets, ladder brackets; and
    (2) Replacement of components such as valves, vents, and fittings 
with a component of a similar design and of the same size.

[80 FR 79453, Dec. 21, 2015]

[[Page 560]]



  Subpart D_Definitions Classification, Packing Group Assignments and 
    Exceptions for Hazardous Materials Other Than Class 1 and Class 7

    Source: Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52634 Dec. 21, 1990, unless otherwise 
noted.



Sec.173.115  Class 2, Divisions 2.1, 2.2, and 2.3--Definitions.

    (a) Division 2.1 (Flammable gas). For the purpose of this 
subchapter, a flammable gas (Division 2.1) means any material which is a 
gas at 20 [deg]C (68 [deg]F) or less and 101.3 kPa (14.7 psia) of 
pressure (a material which has a boiling point of 20 [deg]C (68 [deg]F) 
or less at 101.3 kPa (14.7 psia)) which--
    (1) Is ignitable at 101.3 kPa (14.7 psia) when in a mixture of 13 
percent or less by volume with air; or
    (2) Has a flammable range at 101.3 kPa (14.7 psia) with air of at 
least 12 percent regardless of the lower limit. Except for aerosols, the 
limits specified in paragraphs (a)(1) and (a)(2) of this section shall 
be determined at 101.3 kPa (14.7 psia) of pressure and a temperature of 
20 [deg]C (68 [deg]F) in accordance with the ASTM E681-85, Standard Test 
Method for Concentration Limits of Flammability of Chemicals or other 
equivalent method approved by the Associate Administrator. The 
flammability of aerosols is determined by the tests specified in 
paragraph (l) of this section.
    (b) Division 2.2 (non-flammable, nonpoisonous compressed gas--
including compressed gas, liquefied gas, pressurized cryogenic gas, 
compressed gas in solution, asphyxiant gas and oxidizing gas). For the 
purpose of this subchapter, a non-flammable, nonpoisonous compressed gas 
(Division 2.2) means any material (or mixture) which--
    (1) Exerts in the packaging a gauge pressure of 200 kPa (29.0 psig/
43.8 psia) or greater at 20 [deg]C (68 [deg]F), is a liquefied gas or is 
a cryogenic liquid, and
    (2) Does not meet the definition of Division 2.1 or 2.3.
    (c) Division 2.3 (Gas poisonous by inhalation). For the purpose of 
this subchapter, a gas poisonous by inhalation (Division 2.3) means a 
material which is a gas at 20 [deg]C (68 [deg]F) or less and a pressure 
of 101.3 kPa (14.7 psia) (a material which has a boiling point of 20 
[deg]C (68 [deg]F) or less at 101.3 kPa (14.7 psia)) and which--
    (1) Is known to be so toxic to humans as to pose a hazard to health 
during transportation, or
    (2) In the absence of adequate data on human toxicity, is presumed 
to be toxic to humans because when tested on laboratory animals it has 
an LC50 value of not more than 5000 mL/m\3\ (see Sec.
173.116(a) of this subpart for assignment of Hazard Zones A, B, C or D). 
LC50 values for mixtures may be determined using the formula 
in Sec.173.133(b)(1)(i) or CGA P-20 (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this 
subchapter).
    (d) Non-liquefied compressed gas. A gas, which when packaged under 
pressure for transportation is entirely gaseous at -50 [deg]C (-58 
[deg]F) with a critical temperature less than or equal to -50 [deg]C (-
58 [deg]F), is considered to be a non-liquefied compressed gas.
    (e) Liquefied compressed gas. A gas, which when packaged under 
pressure for transportation is partially liquid at temperatures above -
50 [deg]C (-58 [deg]F), is considered to be a liquefied compressed gas. 
A liquefied compressed gas is further categorized as follows:
    (1) High pressure liquefied gas which is a gas with a critical 
temperature between -50 [deg]C (-58 [deg]F) and + 65 [deg]C (149 
[deg]F), and
    (2) Low pressure liquefied gas which is a gas with a critical 
temperature above + 65 [deg]C (149 [deg]F).
    (f) Compressed gas in solution. A compressed gas in solution is a 
non-liquefied compressed gas which is dissolved in a solvent.
    (g) Cryogenic liquid. A cryogenic liquid means a refrigerated 
liquefied gas having a boiling point colder than -90 [deg]C (-130 
[deg]F) at 101.3 kPa (14.7 psia) absolute. A material meeting this 
definition is subject to requirements of this subchapter without regard 
to whether it meets the definition of a non-flammable, non-poisonous 
compressed gas in paragraph (b) of this section.
    (h) Flammable range. The term flammable range means the difference 
between the minimum and maximum volume percentages of the material in 
air that forms a flammable mixture.

[[Page 561]]

    (i) Service pressure. The term service pressure means the authorized 
pressure marking on the packaging. For example, for a cylinder marked 
``DOT 3A1800'', the service pressure is 12410 kPa (1800 psig).
    (j) Refrigerant gas or Dispersant gas. The terms Refrigerant gas and 
Dispersant gas apply to all nonpoisonous refrigerant gases; dispersant 
gases (fluorocarbons) listed in Sec.172.101 of this subchapter and 
Sec. Sec.173.304, 173.314(c), 173.315(a), and 173.315(h) and mixtures 
thereof; and any other compressed gas having a vapor pressure not 
exceeding 260 psia at 54 [deg]C(130 [deg]F), used only as a refrigerant, 
dispersant, or blowing agent.
    (k) For Division 2.2 gases, the oxidizing ability shall be 
determined by tests or by calculation in accordance with ISO 10156 
(including Technical Corrigendum 1) (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this 
subchapter).
    (l) The following applies to aerosols (see Sec.171.8 of this 
subchapter):
    (1) An aerosol must be assigned to Division 2.1 if the contents 
include 85% by mass or more flammable components and the chemical heat 
of combustion is 30 kJ/g or more;
    (2) An aerosol must be assigned to Division 2.2 if the contents 
contain 1% by mass or less flammable components and the heat of 
combustion is less than 20 kJ/g.
    (3) Aerosols not meeting the provisions of paragraphs (l)(1) or 
(1)(2) of this section must be classed in accordance with the 
appropriate tests of the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria (IBR, see Sec.
171.7 of this subchapter). An aerosol which was tested in accordance 
with the requirements of this subchapter in effect on December 31, 2005, 
is not required to be retested.
    (4) Division 2.3 gases may not be transported in an aerosol 
container.
    (5) When the contents are classified as Division 6.1, PG III or 
Class 8, PG II or III, the aerosol must be assigned a subsidiary hazard 
of Division 6.1 or Class 8, as appropriate.
    (6) Substances of Division 6.1, PG I or II, and substances of Class 
8, PG I are forbidden from transportation in an aerosol container.
    (7) Flammable components are Class 3 flammable liquids, Division 4.1 
flammable solids, or Division 2.1 flammable gases. The chemical heat of 
combustion must be determined in accordance with the UN Manual of Tests 
and Criteria (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this subchapter).
    (m) Adsorbed gas. A gas which when packaged for transport is 
adsorbed onto a solid porous material resulting in an internal 
receptacle pressure of less than 101.3 kPa at 20 [deg]C and less than 
300 kPa at 50 [deg]C.

[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52634, Dec. 21, 1990]

    Editorial Note: For Federal Register citations affecting Sec.
173.115, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the 
Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov.



Sec.173.116  Class 2--Assignment of hazard zone.

    (a) The hazard zone of a Class 2, Division 2.3 material is assigned 
in column 7 of the Sec.172.101 table. There are no hazard zones for 
Divisions 2.1 and 2.2. When the Sec.172.101 table provides more than 
one hazard zone for a Division 2.3 material, or indicates that the 
hazard zone be determined on the basis of the grouping criteria for 
Division 2.3, the hazard zone shall be determined by applying the 
following criteria:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
           Hazard zone                      Inhalation toxicity
------------------------------------------------------------------------
A................................  LC50 less than or equal to 200 ppm.
B................................  LC50 greater than 200 ppm and less
                                    than or equal to 1000 ppm.
C................................  LC50 greater than 1000 ppm and less
                                    than or equal to 3000 ppm.
D................................  LC50 greater than 3000 ppm or less
                                    than or equal to 5000 ppm.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (b) The criteria specified in paragraph (a) of this section are 
represented graphically in Sec.173.133, Figure 1.

[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52634, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66268, 
Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 173-138, 59 FR 49133, Sept. 26, 1994; 67 FR 61013, 
Sept. 27, 2002]



Sec. Sec.173.117-173.119  [Reserved]



Sec.173.120  Class 3--Definitions.

    (a) Flammable liquid. For the purpose of this subchapter, a 
flammable liquid (Class 3) means a liquid having a flash point of not 
more than 60 [deg]C (140 [deg]F), or any material in a liquid phase with 
a flash point at or above 37.8 [deg]C (100 [deg]F)

[[Page 562]]

that is intentionally heated and offered for transportation or 
transported at or above its flash point in a bulk packaging, with the 
following exceptions:
    (1) Any liquid meeting one of the definitions specified in Sec.
173.115.
    (2) Any mixture having one or more components with a flash point of 
60 [deg]C (140 [deg]F) or higher, that make up at least 99 percent of 
the total volume of the mixture, if the mixture is not offered for 
transportation or transported at or above its flash point.
    (3) Any liquid with a flash point greater than 35 [deg]C (95 [deg]F) 
that does not sustain combustion according to ASTM D 4206 (IBR, see 
Sec.171.7 of this subchapter) or the procedure in appendix H of this 
part.
    (4) Any liquid with a flash point greater than 35 [deg]C (95 [deg]F) 
and with a fire point greater than 100 [deg]C (212 [deg]F) according to 
ISO 2592 (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this subchapter).
    (5) Any liquid with a flash point greater than 35 [deg]C (95 [deg]F) 
which is in a water-miscible solution with a water content of more than 
90 percent by mass.
    (b) Combustible liquid. (1) For the purpose of this subchapter, a 
combustible liquid means any liquid that does not meet the definition of 
any other hazard class specified in this subchapter and has a flash 
point above 60 [deg]C (140 [deg]F) and below 93 [deg]C (200 [deg]F).
    (2) A flammable liquid with a flash point at or above 38 [deg]C (100 
[deg]F) that does not meet the definition of any other hazard class may 
be reclassed as a combustible liquid. This provision does not apply to 
transportation by vessel or aircraft, except where other means of 
transportation is impracticable. An elevated temperature material that 
meets the definition of a Class 3 material because it is intentionally 
heated and offered for transportation or transported at or above its 
flash point may not be reclassed as a combustible liquid.
    (3) A combustible liquid that does not sustain combustion is not 
subject to the requirements of this subchapter as a combustible liquid. 
Either the test method specified in ASTM D 4206 or the procedure in 
appendix H of this part may be used to determine if a material sustains 
combustion when heated under test conditions and exposed to an external 
source of flame.
    (c) Flash point. (1) Flash point means the minimum temperature at 
which a liquid gives off vapor within a test vessel in sufficient 
concentration to form an ignitable mixture with air near the surface of 
the liquid. It shall be determined as follows:
    (i) For a homogeneous, single-phase, liquid having a viscosity less 
than 45 S.U.S. at 38 [deg]C (100 [deg]F) that does not form a surface 
film while under test, one of the following test procedures shall be 
used:
    (A) Standard Method of Test for Flash Point by Tag Closed Cup 
Tester, (ASTM D 56) (IBR; see Sec.171.7 of this subchapter);
    (B) Standard Test Methods for Flash Point of Liquids by Small Scale 
Closed-Cup Apparatus, (ASTM D 3278) (IBR; see Sec.171.7 of this 
subchapter); or
    (C) Standard Test Methods for Flash Point by Small Scale Closed 
Tester, (ASTM D 3828) (IBR; see Sec.171.7 of this subchapter).
    (ii) For a liquid other than one meeting all the criteria of 
paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section, one of the following test 
procedures must be used:
    (A) Standard Test Methods for Flash Point by Pensky-Martens Closed 
Cup Tester, (ASTM D 93) (IBR; see Sec.171.7 of this subchapter). For 
cutback asphalt, use Method B of ASTM D 93 or alternative tests 
authorized in this standard;
    (B) Standard Test Methods for Flash Point of Liquids by Small Scale 
Closed-Cup Apparatus (ASTM D 3278) (IBR; see Sec.171.7 of this 
subchapter);
    (C) Determination of Flash/No Flash--Closed Cup Equilibrium Method 
(ISO 1516) (IBR; see Sec.171.7 of this subchapter);
    (D) Determination of Flash point--Closed Cup Equilibrium Method (ISO 
1523) (IBR; see Sec.171.7 of this subchapter);
    (E) Determination of Flash Point--Pensky-Martens Closed Cup Method 
(ISO 2719) (IBR; see Sec.171.7 of this subchapter);
    (F) Determination of Flash Point--Rapid Equilibrium Closed Cup 
Method (ISO 3679) (IBR; see Sec.171.7 of this subchapter);

[[Page 563]]

    (G) Determination of Flash/No Flash--Rapid Equilibrium Closed Cup 
Method (ISO 3680) (IBR; see Sec.171.7 of this subchapter); or
    (H) Determination of Flash Point--Abel Closed-Cup Method (ISO 13736) 
(IBR; see Sec.171.7 of this subchapter).
    (2) For a liquid that is a mixture of compounds that have different 
volatility and flash points, its flash point shall be determined as 
specified in paragraph (c)(1) of this section, on the material in the 
form in which it is to be shipped. If it is determined by this test that 
the flash point is higher than -7 [deg]C (20 [deg]F) a second test shall 
be made as follows: a portion of the mixture shall be placed in an open 
beaker (or similar container) of such dimensions that the height of the 
liquid can be adjusted so that the ratio of the volume of the liquid to 
the exposed surface area is 6 to one. The liquid shall be allowed to 
evaporate under ambient pressure and temperature (20 to 25 [deg]C (68 to 
77 [deg]F)) for a period of 4 hours or until 10 percent by volume has 
evaporated, whichever comes first. A flash point is then run on a 
portion of the liquid remaining in the evaporation container and the 
lower of the two flash points shall be the flash point of the material.
    (3) For flash point determinations by Setaflash closed tester, the 
glass syringe specified need not be used as the method of measurement of 
the test sample if a minimum quantity of 2 mL (0.1 ounce) is assured in 
the test cup.
    (d) If experience or other data indicate that the hazard of a 
material is greater or less than indicated by the criteria specified in 
paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, the Associate Administrator may 
revise the classification or make the material subject or not subject to 
the requirements of parts 171 through 185 of this subchapter.
    (e) Transitional provisions. The Class 3 classification criteria in 
effect on December 31, 2006, may continue to be used until January 1, 
2012.

[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52634 Dec. 21, 1990, as amended by Amdt. 173-227, 
56 FR 49989, Oct. 2, 1991; 56 FR 66268, Dec. 20, 1991; 57 FR 45461, Oct. 
1, 1992; Amdt. 173-241, 59 FR 67506, 67507, Dec. 29, 1994; Amdt. 173-
255, 61 FR 50625, Sept. 26, 1996; Amdt. 173-261, 62 FR 24731, May 6, 
1997; 66 FR 45379, 45381, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 75743, Dec. 31, 2003; 71 
FR 78631, Dec. 29, 2006; 76 FR 3371, Jan. 19, 2011; 76 FR 43529, July 
20, 2011; 76 FR 56316, Sept. 13, 2011]



Sec.173.121  Class 3--Assignment of packing group.

    (a)(1) The packing group of a Class 3 material is as assigned in 
column 5 of the Sec.172.101 Table. When the Sec.172.101 Table 
provides more than one packing group for a hazardous material, the 
packing group must be determined by applying the following criteria:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   Flash point (closed-  Initial boiling
          Packing group                   cup)                point
------------------------------------------------------------------------
I...............................  ....................  <=35 [deg]C
                                                        (95 [deg]F)
II..............................  <23 [deg]C (73        35
                                   [deg]F).              [deg]C
                                                        (95 [deg]F)
III.............................  =23        35
                                   [deg]C, <=60 [deg]C   [deg]C
                                  (=73       (95 [deg]F)
                                   [deg]F, <=140
                                   [deg]F).
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (2) The initial boiling point of a Class 3 material may be 
determined by using one of the following test methods:
    (i) Standard Test Method for Distillation of Petroleum Products at 
Atmospheric Pressure (ASTM D 86) (IBR; see Sec.171.7 of this 
subchapter);
    (ii) Standard Test Method for Distillation Range of Volatile Organic 
Liquids (ASTM D 1078) (IBR; see Sec.171.7 of this subchapter);
    (iii) Petroleum Products--Determination of Distillation 
Characteristics at Atmospheric Pressure (ISO 3405) (IBR; see Sec.171.7 
of this subchapter);
    (iv) Petroleum Products--Determination of Boiling Range 
Distribution--Gas Chromatography Method (ISO 3924) (IBR; see Sec.171.7 
of this subchapter);
    (v) Volatile Organic Liquids--Determination of Boiling Range of 
Organic Solvents Used as Raw Materials (ISO 4626) (IBR; see Sec.171.7 
of this subchapter); or
    (vi) Petroleum products containing known flammable gases--Standard 
Test Method for Determination of Light Hydrocarbons in Stabilized Crude 
Oils by Gas Chromatography

[[Page 564]]

(ASTM D7900) (IBR; see Sec.171.7 of this subchapter) where the initial 
boiling point is the temperature at which 0.5 weight percent is eluted 
when determining the boiling range distribution.
    (b) Criteria for inclusion of viscous Class 3 materials in Packing 
Group III. (1) Viscous Class 3 materials in Packing Group II with a 
flash point of less than 23 [deg]C (73 [deg]F) may be grouped in Packing 
Group III provided that--
    (i) Less than 3 percent of the clear solvent layer separates in the 
solvent separation test;
    (ii) The mixture or any separated solvent does not contain any 
substances with a primary or a subsidiary risk of Division 6.1 or Class 
8;
    (iii) The capacity of the packaging is not more than 30 L (7.9 
gallons); except that for transportation by highway, rail or cargo 
aircraft, the capacity of the package is not more than 100 L (26.3 
gallons); and
    (iv) The viscosity \1\ and flash point are in accordance with the 
following table:
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \1\ Viscosity determination: Where the substance concerned is non-
Newtonian, or where a flow-cup method of viscosity determination is 
otherwise unsuitable, a variable shear-rate viscometer shall be used to 
determine the dynamic viscosity coefficient of the substance, at 23 
[deg]C (73.4 [deg]F), at a number of shear rates. The values obtained 
are plotted against shear rate and then extrapolated to zero shear rate. 
The dynamic viscosity thus obtained, divided by the density, gives the 
apparent kinematic viscosity at near-zero shear rate.

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Kinematic viscosity  (extrapolated)
  [nu] (at near-zero  shear rate) mm2/s     Flow-time t in  seconds    Jet diameter        Flash point c.c.
       at 23 [deg]C (73.4 [deg]F)                                          in mm
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20 < [nu] <= 80.........................  20 < t <= 60..............               4  above 17 [deg]C (62.6
                                                                                       [deg]F).
80 < [nu] <= 135........................  60 < t <= 100.............               4  above 10 [deg]C (50
                                                                                       [deg]F).
135 < [nu] <= 220.......................  20 < t <= 32..............               6  above 5 [deg]C (41
                                                                                       [deg]F).
220 < [nu] <= 300.......................  32 < t <= 44..............               6  above -1 [deg]C (31.2
                                                                                       [deg]F).
300 < [nu] <= 700.......................  44 < t <= 100.............               6  above -5 [deg]C (23
                                                                                       [deg]F).
700 < [nu]..............................  100 < t...................               6  No limit.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (2) The methods by which the tests referred to in paragraph (b)(1) 
of this section shall be performed are as follows:
    (i) Viscosity test. The flow time in seconds is determined at 23 
[deg]C (73.4 [deg]F) using the ISO standard cup with a 4 mm (0.16 inch) 
jet as set forth in ISO 2431 (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this subchapter). 
Where the flow time exceeds 100 seconds, a further test is carried out 
using the ISO standard cup with a 6 mm (0.24 inch) jet.
    (ii) Solvent Separation Test. This test is carried out at 23 [deg]C 
(73 [deg]F) using a 100.0 mL(3 ounces) measuring cylinder of the 
stoppered type of approximately 25.0 cm (9.8 inches) total height and of 
a uniform internal diameter of approximately 30 mm (1.2 inches) over the 
calibrated section. The sample should be stirred to obtain a uniform 
consistency, and poured in up to the 100 mL (3 ounces) mark. The stopper 
should be inserted and the cylinder left standing undisturbed for 24 
hours. After 24 hours, the height of the upper separated layer should be 
measured and the percentage of this layer as compared with the total 
height of the sample calculated.
    (c) Transitional provisions. The criteria for packing group 
assignments in effect on December 31, 2006, may continue to be used 
until January 1, 2012.

[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52634, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66268, 
Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 173-241, 59 FR 67507, Dec. 29, 1994 Amdt. 173-255, 
61 FR 50625, Sept. 26, 1996; 64 FR 10777, Mar. 5, 1999; 64 FR 51918, 
Sept. 27, 1999; 66 FR 45381, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 75744, Dec. 31, 2003; 
71 FR 78631, Dec. 29, 2006; 76 FR 3372, Jan. 19, 2011; 76 FR 43529, July 
20, 2011; 78 FR 1085, Jan. 7, 2013; 80 FR 1156, Jan. 8, 2015; 82 FR 
15878, Mar. 30, 2017; 84 FR 6952, Feb. 28, 2019]



Sec.173.124  Class 4, Divisions 4.1, 4.2 and 4.3--Definitions.

    (a) Division 4.1 (Flammable Solid). For the purposes of this 
subchapter, flammable solid (Division 4.1) means any of the following 
four types of materials:

[[Page 565]]

    (1) Desensitized explosives that--
    (i) When dry are Explosives of Class 1 other than those of 
compatibility group A, which are wetted with sufficient water, alcohol, 
or plasticizer to suppress explosive properties; and
    (ii) Are specifically authorized by name either in the Hazardous 
Materials Table in Sec.172.101 of this subchapter or have been 
assigned a shipping name and hazard class by the Associate Administrator 
under the provisions of--
    (A) A special permit issued under subchapter A of this chapter; or
    (B) An approval issued under Sec.173.56(i).
    (2)(i) Self-reactive materials that are thermally unstable and can 
undergo an exothermic decomposition even without participation of oxygen 
(air). A material is excluded from this definition if any of the 
following applies:
    (A) The material meets the definition of an explosive as prescribed 
in subpart C of this part, in which case it must be classed as an 
explosive;
    (B) The material is forbidden from being offered for transportation 
according to Sec.172.101 of this subchapter or Sec.173.21;
    (C) The material meets the definition of an oxidizer or organic 
peroxide as prescribed in this subpart, in which case it must be so 
classed;
    (D) The material meets one of the following conditions:
    (1) Its heat of decomposition is less than 300 J/g; or
    (2) Its self-accelerating decomposition temperature (SADT) is 
greater than 75 [deg]C (167 [deg]F) for a 50 kg package; or
    (3) It is an oxidizing substance in Division 5.1 containing less 
than 5.0% combustible organic substances; or
    (E) The Associate Administrator has determined that the material 
does not present a hazard which is associated with a Division 4.1 
material.
    (ii) Generic types. Division 4.1 self-reactive materials are 
assigned to a generic system consisting of seven types. A self-reactive 
substance identified by technical name in the Self-Reactive Materials 
Table in Sec.173.224 is assigned to a generic type in accordance with 
that table. Self-reactive materials not identified in the Self-Reactive 
Materials Table in Sec.173.224 are assigned to generic types under the 
procedures of paragraph (a)(2)(iii) of this section.
    (A) Type A. Self-reactive material type A is a self-reactive 
material which, as packaged for transportation, can detonate or 
deflagrate rapidly. Transportation of type A self-reactive material is 
forbidden.
    (B) Type B. Self-reactive material type B is a self-reactive 
material which, as packaged for transportation, neither detonates nor 
deflagrates rapidly, but is liable to undergo a thermal explosion in a 
package.
    (C) Type C. Self-reactive material type C is a self-reactive 
material which, as packaged for transportation, neither detonates nor 
deflagrates rapidly and cannot undergo a thermal explosion.
    (D) Type D. Self-reactive material type D is a self-reactive 
material which--
    (1) Detonates partially, does not deflagrate rapidly and shows no 
violent effect when heated under confinement;
    (2) Does not detonate at all, deflagrates slowly and shows no 
violent effect when heated under confinement; or
    (3) Does not detonate or deflagrate at all and shows a medium effect 
when heated under confinement.
    (E) Type E. Self-reactive material type E is a self-reactive 
material which, in laboratory testing, neither detonates nor deflagrates 
at all and shows only a low or no effect when heated under confinement.
    (F) Type F. Self-reactive material type F is a self-reactive 
material which, in laboratory testing, neither detonates in the 
cavitated state nor deflagrates at all and shows only a low or no effect 
when heated under confinement as well as low or no explosive power.
    (G) Type G. Self-reactive material type G is a self-reactive 
material which, in laboratory testing, does not detonate in the 
cavitated state, will not deflagrate at all, shows no effect when heated 
under confinement, nor shows any explosive power. A type G self-reactive 
material is not subject to the requirements of this subchapter for self-
reactive material of Division 4.1 provided that it is thermally stable

[[Page 566]]

(self-accelerating decomposition temperature is 50 [deg]C (122 [deg]F) 
or higher for a 50 kg (110 pounds) package). A self-reactive material 
meeting all characteristics of type G except thermal stability is 
classed as a type F self-reactive, temperature control material.
    (iii) Procedures for assigning a self-reactive material to a generic 
type. A self-reactive material must be assigned to a generic type based 
on--
    (A) Its physical state (i.e. liquid or solid), in accordance with 
the definition of liquid and solid in Sec.171.8 of this subchapter;
    (B) A determination as to its control temperature and emergency 
temperature, if any, under the provisions of Sec.173.21(f);
    (C) Performance of the self-reactive material under the test 
procedures specified in the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria (IBR, see 
Sec.171.7 of this subchapter) and the provisions of paragraph 
(a)(2)(iii) of this section; and
    (D) Except for a self-reactive material which is identified by 
technical name in the Self-Reactive Materials Table in Sec.173.224(b) 
or a self-reactive material which may be shipped as a sample under the 
provisions of Sec.173.224, the self-reactive material is approved in 
writing by the Associate Administrator. The person requesting approval 
shall submit to the Associate Administrator the tentative shipping 
description and generic type and--
    (1) All relevant data concerning physical state, temperature 
controls, and tests results; or
    (2) An approval issued for the self-reactive material by the 
competent authority of a foreign government.
    (iv) Tests. The generic type for a self-reactive material must be 
determined using the testing protocol from Figure 20.1 (a) and (b) (Flow 
Chart Scheme for Self-Reactive Substances and Organic Peroxides) from 
the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this 
subchapter).
    (3) Readily combustible solids are materials that--
    (i) Are solids which may cause a fire through friction, such as 
matches;
    (ii) Show a burning rate faster than 2.2 mm (0.087 inches) per 
second when tested in accordance with the UN Manual of Tests and 
Criteria (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this subchapter); or
    (iii) Any metal powders that can be ignited and react over the whole 
length of a sample in 10 minutes or less, when tested in accordance with 
the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria.
    (4) Polymerizing materials are materials which, without 
stabilization, are liable to undergo an exothermic reaction resulting in 
the formation of larger molecules or resulting in the formation of 
polymers under conditions normally encountered in transport. Such 
materials are considered to be polymerizing substances of Division 4.1 
when:
    (i) Their self-accelerating polymerization temperature (SAPT) is 75 
[deg]C (167 [deg]F) or less under the conditions (with or without 
chemical stabilization) as offered for transport in the packaging, IBC 
or portable tank in which the material or mixture is to be transported. 
An appropriate IBC or portable tank for a polymerizing material must be 
determined using the heating under confinement testing protocol from 
boxes 7, 8, 9, and 13 of Figure 20.1 (a) and (b) (Flow Chart Scheme for 
Self-Reactive Substances and Organic Peroxides) from the UN Manual of 
Tests and Criteria (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this subchapter) by 
successfully passing the UN Test Series E at the ``None'' or ``Low'' 
level, or by an equivalent test method with the approval of the 
Associate Administrator;
    (ii) They exhibit a heat of reaction of more than 300 J/g; and
    (iii) Do not meet the definition of hazard classes 1-8 (including 
combustible liquids).
    (iv) The provisions concerning polymerizing substances in paragraph 
(a)(4) will be effective until January 2, 2019.
    (b) Division 4.2 (Spontaneously Combustible Material). For the 
purposes of this subchapter, spontaneously combustible material 
(Division 4.2) means--
    (1) A pyrophoric material. A pyrophoric material is a liquid or 
solid that, even in small quantities and without an external ignition 
source, can ignite within five (5) minutes after coming in contact with 
air when tested according to UN Manual of Tests and Criteria.

[[Page 567]]

    (2) Self-heating material. A self-heating material is a material 
that through a process where the gradual reaction of that substance with 
oxygen (in air) generates heat. If the rate of heat production exceeds 
the rate of heat loss, then the temperature of the substance will rise 
which, after an induction time, may lead to self-ignition and 
combustion. A material of this type which exhibits spontaneous ignition 
or if the temperature of the sample exceeds 200 [deg]C (392 [deg]F) 
during the 24-hour test period when tested in accordance with UN Manual 
of Tests and Criteria (IBR; see Sec.171.7 of this subchapter), is 
classed as a Division 4.2 material.
    (c) Division 4.3 (Dangerous when wet material). For the purposes of 
this chapter, dangerous when wet material (Division 4.3) means a 
material that, by contact with water, is liable to become spontaneously 
flammable or to give off flammable or toxic gas at a rate greater than 1 
L per kilogram of the material, per hour, when tested in accordance with 
UN Manual of Tests and Criteria.

[82 FR 15879, Mar. 30, 2017]



Sec.173.125  Class 4--Assignment of packing group.

    (a) The packing group of a Class 4 material is assigned in column 
(5) of the Sec.172.101 Table. When the Sec.172.101 Table provides 
more than one packing group for a hazardous material, the packing group 
shall be determined on the basis of test results following test methods 
given in the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of 
this subchapter) and by applying the appropriate criteria given in this 
section.
    (b) Packing group criteria for readily combustible materials of 
Division 4.1 are as follows:
    (1) Powdered, granular or pasty materials must be classified in 
Division 4.1 when the time of burning of one or more of the test runs, 
in accordance with the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria, is less than 45 
seconds or the rate of burning is more than 2.2 mm/s. Powders of metals 
or metal alloys must be classified in Division 4.1 when they can be 
ignited and the reaction spreads over the whole length of the sample in 
10 minutes or less.
    (2) Packing group criteria for readily combustible materials of 
Division 4.1 are assigned as follows:
    (i) For readily combustible solids (other than metal powders), 
Packing Group II if the burning time is less than 45 seconds and the 
flame passes the wetted zone. Packing Group II must be assigned to 
powders of metal or metal alloys if the zone of reaction spreads over 
the whole length of the sample in 5 minutes or less.
    (ii) For readily combustible solids (other than metal powders), 
Packing Group III must be assigned if the burning rate time is less than 
45 seconds and the wetted zone stops the flame propagation for at least 
4 minutes. Packing Group III must be assigned to metal powders if the 
reaction spreads over the whole length of the sample in more than 5 
minutes but not more than 10 minutes.
    (c) Packing group criteria for Division 4.2 materials is as follows:
    (1) Pyrophoric liquids and solids of Division 4.2 are assigned to 
Packing Group I.
    (2) A self-heating material is assigned to--
    (i) Packing Group II, if the material gives a positive test result 
when tested with a 25 mm cube size sample at 140 [deg]C; or
    (ii) Packing Group III, if--
    (A) A positive test result is obtained in a test using a 100 mm 
sample cube at 140 [deg]C and a negative test result is obtained in a 
test using a 25 mm sample cube at 140 [deg]C and the substance is 
transported in packagings with a volume of more than 3 cubic meters; or
    (B) A positive test result is obtained in a test using a 100 mm 
sample cube at 120 [deg]C and a negative result is obtained in a test 
using a 25 mm sample cube at 140 [deg]C and the substance is transported 
in packagings with a volume of more than 450 L; or
    (C) A positive result is obtained in a test using a 100 mm sample 
cube at 100 [deg]C and a negative result is obtained in a test using a 
25 mm sample cube at 140 [deg]C and the substance is transported in 
packagings with a volume of less than 450 L.
    (d) A Division 4.3 dangerous when wet material is assigned to--

[[Page 568]]

    (1) Packing Group I, if the material reacts vigorously with water at 
ambient temperatures and demonstrates a tendency for the gas produced to 
ignite spontaneously, or which reacts readily with water at ambient 
temperatures such that the rate of evolution of flammable gases is equal 
or greater than 10 L per kilogram of material over any one minute;
    (2) Packing Group II, if the material reacts readily with water at 
ambient temperatures such that the maximum rate of evolution of 
flammable gases is equal to or greater than 20 L per kilogram of 
material per hour, and which does not meet the criteria for Packing 
Group I; or
    (3) Packing Group III, if the material reacts slowly with water at 
ambient temperatures such that the maximum rate of evolution of 
flammable gases is greater than 1 L per kilogram of material per hour, 
and which does not meet the criteria for Packing Group I or II.

[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52634 Dec. 21, 1990, as amended by Amdt. 173-255, 
61 FR 50625, Sept. 26, 1996; Amdt. 173-261, 62 FR 24731, May 6, 1997; 62 
FR 51560, Oct. 1, 1997; 66 FR 45380, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 75744, Dec. 
31, 2003]



Sec.173.127  Class 5, Division 5.1--Definition and assignment 
of packing groups.

    (a) Definition. For the purpose of this subchapter, oxidizer 
(Division 5.1) means a material that may, generally by yielding oxygen, 
cause or enhance the combustion of other materials.
    (1) A solid material is classed as a Division 5.1 material if, when 
tested in accordance with the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria (IBR, see 
Sec.171.7 of this subchapter):
    (i) If test O.1 is used (UN Manual of Tests and Criteria, sub-
section 34.4.1), the mean burning time is less than or equal to the 
burning time of a 3:7 potassium bromate/cellulose mixture; or
    (ii) If test O.3 is used (UN Manual of Tests and Criteria, sub-
section 34.4.3), the mean burning rate is greater than or equal to the 
burning rate of a 1:2 calcium peroxide/cellulose mixture.
    (2) A liquid material is classed as a Division 5.1 material if, when 
tested in accordance with the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria, it 
spontaneously ignites or its mean time for a pressure rise from 690 kPa 
to 2070 kPa gauge is less then the time of a 1:1 nitric acid (65 
percent)/cellulose mixture.
    (b) Assignment of packing groups. (1) The packing group of a 
Division 5.1 material which is a solid shall be assigned using the 
following criteria:
    (i) Packing Group I, for any material which, in either concentration 
tested:
    (A) If test O.1 is used (UN Manual of Tests and Criteria, sub-
section 34.4.1), the mean burning time is less than the mean burning 
time of a 3:2 potassium bromate/cellulose mixture; or
    (B) If test O.3 is used (UN Manual of Tests and Criteria, sub-
section 34.4.3), the mean burning rate is greater than the mean burning 
rate of a 3:1 calcium peroxide/cellulose mixture.
    (ii) Packing Group II, for any material which, in either 
concentration tested:
    (A) If test O.1 is used (UN Manual of Tests and Criteria, sub-
section 34.4.1), the mean burning time is less than the mean burning 
time of a 2:3 potassium bromate/cellulose mixture and the criteria for 
Packing Group I are not met; or
    (B) If test O.3 is used (UN Manual of Tests and Criteria, sub-
section 34.4.3), the mean burning rate is greater than the mean burning 
rate of a 1:1 calcium peroxide/cellulose mixture and the criteria for 
Packing Group I are not met.
    (iii) Packing Group III for any material which, in either 
concentration tested:
    (A) If test O.1 is used (UN Manual of Tests and Criteria, sub-
section 34.4.1), the mean burning time is less than the mean burning 
time of a 3:7 potassium bromate/cellulose mixture and the criteria for 
Packing Groups I and II are not met; or
    (B) If test O.3 is used (UN Manual of Tests and Criteria, sub-
section 34.4.3), the mean burning rate is greater than the mean burning 
rate of a 1:2 calcium peroxide/cellulose mixture and the criteria for 
Packing Groups I and II are not met.
    (iv) The materials is not classified as a Division 5.1 material if, 
in either concentration tested:
    (A) If test O.1 is used (UN Manual of Tests and Criteria, sub-
section 34.4.1), the sample tested does not ignite and

[[Page 569]]

exhibit burn, or exhibits a mean burning time of greater than or equal 
to the mean burning time of a 3:7 potassium bromate/cellulose mixture.
    (B) If test O.3 is used (UN Manual of Tests and Criteria, sub-
section 34.4.3), the sample tested does not ignite and exhibit burn, or 
exhibits a mean burning rate less than or equal to the mean burning rate 
of a 1:2 calcium peroxide/cellulose mixture.
    (2) The packing group of a Division 5.1 material which is a liquid 
shall be assigned using the following criteria:
    (i) Packing Group I for:
    (A) Any material which spontaneously ignites when mixed with 
cellulose in a 1:1 ratio; or
    (B) Any material which exhibits a mean pressure rise time less than 
the pressure rise time of a 1:1 perchloric acid (50 percent)/cellulose 
mixture.
    (ii) Packing Group II, any material which exhibits a mean pressure 
rise time less than or equal to the pressure rise time of a 1:1 aqueous 
sodium chlorate solution (40 percent)/cellulose mixture and the criteria 
for Packing Group I are not met.
    (iii) Packing Group III, any material which exhibits a mean pressure 
rise time less than or equal to the pressure rise time of a 1:1 nitric 
acid (65 percent)/cellulose mixture and the criteria for Packing Group I 
and II are not met.

[Amdt. 173-261, 62 FR 24732, May 6, 1997, as amended at 68 FR 75744, 
Dec. 31, 2003; 80 FR 1156, Jan. 8, 2015; 80 FR 72924, Nov. 23, 2015]



Sec.173.128  Class 5, Division 5.2--Definitions and types.

    (a) Definitions. For the purposes of this subchapter, organic 
peroxide (Division 5.2) means any organic compound containing oxygen (O) 
in the bivalent -O-O- structure and which may be considered a derivative 
of hydrogen peroxide, where one or more of the hydrogen atoms have been 
replaced by organic radicals, unless any of the following paragraphs 
applies:
    (1) The material meets the definition of an explosive as prescribed 
in subpart C of this part, in which case it must be classed as an 
explosive;
    (2) The material is forbidden from being offered for transportation 
according to Sec.172.101 of this subchapter or Sec.173.21;
    (3) The Associate Administrator has determined that the material 
does not present a hazard which is associated with a Division 5.2 
material; or
    (4) The material meets one of the following conditions:
    (i) For materials containing no more than 1.0 percent hydrogen 
peroxide, the available oxygen, as calculated using the equation in 
paragraph (a)(4)(ii) of this section, is not more than 1.0 percent, or
    (ii) For materials containing more than 1.0 percent but not more 
than 7.0 percent hydrogen peroxide, the available oxygen, content 
(Oa) is not more than 0.5 percent, when determined using the 
equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC13NO91.031

where, for a material containing k species of organic peroxides:

ni = number of -O-O- groups per molecule of the i th species
ci = concentration (mass percent) of the i th species
mi = molecular mass of the i th species

    (b) Generic types. Division 5.2 organic peroxides are assigned to a 
generic system which consists of seven types. An organic peroxide 
identified by technical name in the Organic Peroxides Table in Sec.
173.225 is assigned to a generic type in accordance with that table. 
Organic peroxides not identified in the Organic Peroxides table are 
assigned to generic types under the procedures of paragraph (c) of this 
section.
    (1) Type A. Organic peroxide type A is an organic peroxide which can 
detonate or deflagrate rapidly as packaged for transport. Transportation 
of type A organic peroxides is forbidden.
    (2) Type B. Organic peroxide type B is an organic peroxide which, as 
packaged for transport, neither detonates nor deflagrates rapidly, but 
can undergo a thermal explosion.
    (3) Type C. Organic peroxide type C is an organic peroxide which, as 
packaged for transport, neither detonates nor deflagrates rapidly and 
cannot undergo a thermal explosion.
    (4) Type D. Organic peroxide type D is an organic peroxide which--

[[Page 570]]

    (i) Detonates only partially, but does not deflagrate rapidly and is 
not affected by heat when confined;
    (ii) Does not detonate, deflagrates slowly, and shows no violent 
effect if heated when confined; or
    (iii) Does not detonate or deflagrate, and shows a medium effect 
when heated under confinement.
    (5) Type E. Organic peroxide type E is an organic peroxide which 
neither detonates nor deflagrates and shows low, or no, effect when 
heated under confinement.
    (6) Type F. Organic peroxide type F is an organic peroxide which 
will not detonate in a cavitated state, does not deflagrate, shows only 
a low, or no, effect if heated when confined, and has low, or no, 
explosive power.
    (7) Type G. Organic peroxide type G is an organic peroxide which 
will not detonate in a cavitated state, will not deflagrate at all, 
shows no effect when heated under confinement, and shows no explosive 
power. A type G organic peroxide is not subject to the requirements of 
this subchapter for organic peroxides of Division 5.2 provided that it 
is thermally stable (self-accelerating decomposition temperature is 50 
[deg]C (122 [deg]F) or higher for a 50 kg (110 pounds) package). An 
organic peroxide meeting all characteristics of type G except thermal 
stability and requiring temperature control is classed as a type F, 
temperature control organic peroxide.
    (c) Procedure for assigning an organic peroxide to a generic type. 
An organic peroxide shall be assigned to a generic type based on--
    (1) Its physical state (i.e., liquid or solid), in accordance with 
the definitions for liquid and solid in Sec.171.8 of this subchapter;
    (2) A determination as to its control temperature and emergency 
temperature, if any, under the provisions of Sec.173.21(f); and
    (3) Performance of the organic peroxide under the test procedures 
specified in the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria (IBR, see Sec.171.7 
of this subchapter), and the provisions of paragraph (d) of this 
section.
    (d) Approvals. (1) An organic peroxide must be approved, in writing, 
by the Associate Administrator, before being offered for transportation 
or transported, including assignment of a generic type and shipping 
description, except for--
    (i) An organic peroxide which is identified by technical name in the 
Organic Peroxides Table in Sec.173.225(c);
    (ii) A mixture of organic peroxides prepared according to Sec.
173.225(b); or
    (iii) An organic peroxide which may be shipped as a sample under the 
provisions of Sec.173.225(b).
    (2) A person applying for an approval must submit all relevant data 
concerning physical state, temperature controls, and tests results or an 
approval issued for the organic peroxide by the competent authority of a 
foreign government.
    (e) Tests. The generic type for an organic peroxide shall be 
determined using the testing protocol from Figure 20.1(a) 
(Classification and Flow Chart Scheme for Organic Peroxides) from the UN 
Manual of Tests and Criteria (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this subchapter).

[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52634, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66268, 
Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 173-234, 58 FR 51532, Oct. 1, 1993; Amdt. 173-241, 
59 FR 67508, Dec. 29, 1994; Amdt. 173-261, 62 FR 24732, May 6, 1997; 65 
FR 58629, Sept. 29, 2000; 66 FR 8647, Feb. 1, 2001; 66 FR 45379, Aug. 
28, 2001; 68 FR 75744, Dec. 31, 2003; 69 FR 76155, Dec. 20, 2004]



Sec.173.129  [Reserved]



Sec.173.132  Class 6, Division 6.1--Definitions.

    (a) For the purpose of this subchapter, poisonous material (Division 
6.1) means a material, other than a gas, which is known to be so toxic 
to humans as to afford a hazard to health during transportation, or 
which, in the absence of adequate data on human toxicity:
    (1) Is presumed to be toxic to humans because it falls within any 
one of the following categories when tested on laboratory animals 
(whenever possible, animal test data that has been reported in the 
chemical literature should be used):
    (i) Oral Toxicity. A liquid or solid with an LD50 for 
acute oral toxicity of not more than 300 mg/kg.
    (ii) Dermal Toxicity. A material with an LD50 for acute 
dermal toxicity of not more than 1000 mg/kg.

[[Page 571]]

    (iii) Inhalation Toxicity. (A) A dust or mist with an 
LC50 for acute toxicity on inhalation of not more than 4 mg/
L; or
    (B) A material with a saturated vapor concentration in air at 20 
[deg]C (68 [deg]F) greater than or equal to one-fifth of the 
LC50 for acute toxicity on inhalation of vapors and with an 
LC50 for acute toxicity on inhalation of vapors of not more 
than 5000 mL/m\3\; or
    (2) Is an irritating material, with properties similar to tear gas, 
which causes extreme irritation, especially in confined spaces.
    (b) For the purposes of this subchapter--
    (1) LD50 (median lethal dose) for acute oral toxicity is 
the statistically derived single dose of a substance that can be 
expected to cause death within 14 days in 50% of young adult albino rats 
when administered by the oral route. The LD50 value is 
expressed in terms of mass of test substance per mass of test animal 
(mg/kg).
    (2) LD50 for acute dermal toxicity means that dose of the 
material which, administered by continuous contact for 24 hours with the 
shaved intact skin (avoiding abrading) of an albino rabbit, causes death 
within 14 days in half of the animals tested. The number of animals 
tested must be sufficient to give statistically valid results and be in 
conformity with good pharmacological practices. The result is expressed 
in mg/kg body mass.
    (3) LC50 for acute toxicity on inhalation means that 
concentration of vapor, mist, or dust which, administered by continuous 
inhalation for one hour to both male and female young adult albino rats, 
causes death within 14 days in half of the animals tested. If the 
material is administered to the animals as a dust or mist, more than 90 
percent of the particles available for inhalation in the test must have 
a diameter of 10 microns or less if it is reasonably foreseeable that 
such concentrations could be encountered by a human during transport. 
The result is expressed in mg/L of air for dusts and mists or in mL/m\3\ 
of air (parts per million) for vapors. See Sec.173.133(b) for 
LC50 determination for mixtures and for limit tests.
    (i) When provisions of this subchapter require the use of the 
LC50 for acute toxicity on inhalation of dusts and mists 
based on a one-hour exposure and such data is not available, the 
LC50 for acute toxicity on inhalation based on a four-hour 
exposure may be multiplied by four and the product substituted for the 
one-hour LC50 for acute toxicity on inhalation.
    (ii) When the provisions of this subchapter require the use of the 
LC50 for acute toxicity on inhalation of vapors based on a 
one-hour exposure and such data is not available, the LC50 
for acute toxicity on inhalation based on a four-hour exposure may be 
multiplied by two and the product substituted for the one-hour 
LC50 for acute toxicity on inhalation.
    (iii) A solid substance should be tested if at least 10 percent of 
its total mass is likely to be dust in a respirable range, e.g. the 
aerodynamic diameter of that particle-fraction is 10 microns or less. A 
liquid substance should be tested if a mist is likely to be generated in 
a leakage of the transport containment. In carrying out the test both 
for solid and liquid substances, more than 90% (by mass) of a specimen 
prepared for inhalation toxicity testing must be in the respirable range 
as defined in this paragraph (b)(3)(iii).
    (c) For purposes of classifying and assigning packing groups to 
mixtures possessing oral or dermal toxicity hazards according to the 
criteria in Sec.173.133(a)(1), it is necessary to determine the acute 
LD50 of the mixture. If a mixture contains more than one 
active constituent, one of the following methods may be used to 
determine the oral or dermal LD50 of the mixture:
    (1) Obtain reliable acute oral and dermal toxicity data on the 
actual mixture to be transported;
    (2) If reliable, accurate data is not available, classify the 
formulation according to the most hazardous constituent of the mixture 
as if that constituent were present in the same concentration as the 
total concentration of all active constituents; or
    (3) If reliable, accurate data is not available, apply the formula:
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR06MY97.000
    
where:


[[Page 572]]


C = the % concentration of constituent A, B ... Z in the mixture;
T = the oral LD50 values of constituent A, B ... Z;
TM = the oral LD50 value of the mixture.

    Note to formula in paragraph (c)(3): This formula also may be used 
for dermal toxicities provided that this information is available on the 
same species for all constituents. The use of this formula does not take 
into account any potentiation or protective phenomena.

    (d) The foregoing categories shall not apply if the Associate 
Administrator has determined that the physical characteristics of the 
material or its probable hazards to humans as shown by documented 
experience indicate that the material will not cause serious sickness or 
death.

[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52634, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66268, 
Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 173-234, 58 FR 51532, Oct. 1, 1993; Amdt. 173-261, 
62 FR 24732, May 6, 1997; 62 FR 45702, Aug. 28, 1997; 65 FR 58629, Sept. 
29, 2000; 66 FR 45379, 45382, Aug. 28, 2001; 69 FR 76155, Dec. 20, 2004; 
72 FR 55692, Oct. 1, 2007; 76 FR 43529, July 20, 2011]



Sec.173.133  Assignment of packing group and hazard zones for
Division 6.1 materials.

    (a) The packing group of Division 6.1 materials shall be as assigned 
in column 5 of the Sec.172.101 table. When the Sec.172.101 table 
provides more than one packing group or hazard zone for a hazardous 
material, the packing group and hazard zone shall be determined by 
applying the following criteria:
    (1) The packing group assignment for routes of administration other 
than inhalation of vapors shall be in accordance with the following 
table:

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 Oral toxicity LD50                                 Inhalation toxicity by dusts
         Packing group                 (mg/kg)        Dermal toxicity LD50 (mg/kg)      and mists LC50 (mg/L)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
I..............................  <=5.0.............  <=50                           <=0.2
II.............................  5.0 and  50 and <=200        0.2 and <=2.0
                                  <=50.
III............................  50 and   200 and <=1000      2.0 and <=4.0
                                  <=300.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (2)(i) The packing group and hazard zone assignments for liquids 
(see Sec.173.115(c) of this subpart for gases) based on inhalation of 
vapors shall be in accordance with the following table:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
            Packing Group               Vapor concentration and toxicity
------------------------------------------------------------------------
I (Hazard Zone A)....................  V =500 LC50 and LC50
                                        <=200 mL/M\3\.
I (Hazard Zone B)....................  V =10 LC50; LC50
                                        <=1000 mL/m\3\; and the criteria
                                        for Packing Group I, Hazard Zone
                                        A are not met.
II...................................  V =LC50; LC50 <=3000
                                        mL/m\3\; and the criteria for
                                        Packing Group I, are not met.
III..................................  V =.2 LC50; LC50
                                        <=5000 mL/m\3\; and the criteria
                                        for Packing Groups I and II, are
                                        not met.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Note 1: V is the saturated vapor concentration in air of the material in
  mL/m\3\ at 20 [deg]C and standard atmospheric pressure.
Note 2: A liquid in Division 6.1 meeting criteria for Packing Group I,
  Hazard Zones A or B stated in paragraph (a)(2) of this section is a
  material poisonous by inhalation subject to the additional hazard
  communication requirements in Sec.Sec. 172.203(m), 172.313 and
  table 1 of Sec. 172.504(e) of this subchapter.

    (ii) These criteria are represented graphically in Figure 1:

[[Page 573]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC02MR91.063

    (3) When the packing group determined by applying these criteria is 
different for two or more (oral, dermal or inhalation) routes of 
administration, the packing group assigned to the material shall be that 
indicated for the highest degree of toxicity for any of the routes of 
administration.

[[Page 574]]

    (4) Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph, the packing 
group and hazard zone of a tear gas substance is as assigned in column 5 
of the Sec.172.101 table.
    (b) The packing group and hazard zone for Division 6.1 mixtures that 
are poisonous (toxic) by inhalation may be determined by one of the 
following methods:
    (1) Where LC50 data is available on each of the poisonous 
(toxic) substances comprising the mixture--
    (i) The LC50 of the mixture is estimated using the 
formula:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07SE04.000

where

fi = mole fraction of the i\th\ component substance of the 
          liquid.
LC50i = mean lethal concentration of the i\th\ 
          component substance in mL/m\3\

    (ii) The volatility of each component substance is estimated using 
the formula:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR28SE01.023

where:

Pi = partial pressure of the ith component substance in kPa 
          at 20 [deg]C and one atmospheric pressure. Pi may be 
          calculated according to Raoult's Law using appropriate 
          activity coefficients. Where activity coefficients are not 
          available, the coefficient may be assumed to be 1.0.

    (iii) The ratio of the volatility to the LC50 is 
calculated using the formula:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07SE04.001

    (iv) Using the calculated values LC50 (mixture) and R, 
the packing group for the mixture is determined as follows:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Packaging group (hazard zone)         Ratio of volatility and LC50
------------------------------------------------------------------------
I (Hazard Zone A)......................  R =500 and LC50
                                          (mixture) <=200 mL/m\3\.
I (Hazard Zone B)......................  R =10 and LC50
                                          (mixture) <=1000 mL/m\3\; and
                                          the criteria for Packing Group
                                          I, Hazard Zone A are not met.
II.....................................  R =1 and LC50
                                          (mixture) <=3000 mL/m\3\; and
                                          the criteria for Packing Group
                                          I, Hazard Zones A and B are
                                          not met.
III....................................  R =\1/5\ and LC50
                                          (mixture) <=5000 mL/m\3\; and
                                          the criteria for Packing Group
                                          I, Hazard Zones A and B and
                                          Packing Group II are not met.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (2) In the absence of LC50 data on the poisonous (toxic) 
constituent substances, the mixture may be assigned a packing group and 
hazard zone based on the following simplified threshold toxicity tests. 
When these threshold tests are used, the most restrictive packing group 
and hazard zone must be determined and used for the transportation of 
the mixture.
    (i) A mixture is assigned to Packing Group I, Hazard Zone A only if 
both the following criteria are met:
    (A) A sample of the liquid mixture is vaporized and diluted with air 
to create a test atmosphere of 200 mL/m\3\ vaporized mixture in air. Ten 
albino rats (five male and five female) are exposed to the test 
atmosphere as determined by an analytical method appropriate for the 
material being classified for one hour and observed for fourteen days. 
If five or more of the animals die within the fourteen-day observation 
period, the mixture is presumed to have an LC50 equal to or 
less than 200 mL/m\3\.
    (B) A sample of the vapor in equilibrium with the liquid mixture is 
diluted with 499 equal volumes of air to form a test atmosphere. Ten 
albino rats (five male and five female) are exposed to the test 
atmosphere for one hour and observed for fourteen days. If five or more 
of the animals die within the fourteen-day observation period, the 
mixture is presumed to have a volatility equal to or greater than 500 
times the mixture LC50.
    (ii) A mixture is assigned to Packing Group I, Hazard Zone B only if 
both the following criteria are met, and the mixture does not meet the 
criteria for Packing Group I, Hazard Zone A:
    (A) A sample of the liquid mixture is vaporized and diluted with air 
to create a test atmosphere of 1000 mL/m\3\ vaporized mixture in air. 
Ten albino rats (five male and five female) are exposed to the test 
atmosphere for one hour and observed for fourteen days. If five or more 
of the animals die within the fourteen-day observation period, the

[[Page 575]]

mixture is presumed to have an LC50 equal to or less than 
1000 mL/m\3\.
    (B) A sample of the vapor in equilibrium with the liquid mixture is 
diluted with 9 equal volumes of air to form a test atmosphere. Ten 
albino rats (five male and five female) are exposed to the test 
atmosphere for one hour and observed for fourteen days. If five or more 
of the animals die within the fourteen-day observation period, the 
mixture is presumed to have a volatility equal to or greater than 10 
times the mixture LC50.
    (iii) A mixture is assigned to Packing Group II only if both the 
following criteria are met, and the mixture does not meet the criteria 
for Packing Group I (Hazard Zones A or B):
    (A) A sample of the liquid mixture is vaporized and diluted with air 
to create a test atmosphere of 3000 mL/m\3\ vaporized mixture in air. 
Ten albino rats (five male and five female) are exposed to the test 
atmosphere for one hour and observed for fourteen days. If five or more 
of the animals die within the fourteen-day observation period, the 
mixture is presumed to have an LC50 equal to or less than 
3000 mL/m\3\.
    (B) A sample of the vapor in equilibrium with the liquid mixture is 
used to form a test atmosphere. Ten albino rats (five male and five 
female) are exposed to the test atmosphere for one hour and observed for 
fourteen days. If five or more of the animals die within the fourteen-
day observation period, the mixture is presumed to have a volatility 
equal to or greater than the mixture LC50.
    (iv) A mixture is assigned to Packing Group III only if both the 
following criteria are met, and the mixture does not meet the criteria 
for Packing Groups I (Hazard Zones A or B) or Packing Group II (Hazard 
Zone C):
    (A) A sample of the liquid mixture is vaporized and diluted with air 
to create a test atmosphere of 5000 mL/m\3\ vaporized mixture in air. 
Ten albino rats (five male and five female) are exposed to the test 
atmosphere for one hour and observed for fourteen days. If five or more 
of the animals die within the fourteen-day observation period, the 
mixture is presumed to have an LC50 equal to or less than 
5000 mL/m\3\.
    (B) The vapor pressure of the liquid mixture is measured and if the 
vapor concentration is equal to or greater than 1000 mL/m\3\, the 
mixture is presumed to have a volatility equal to or greater than \1/5\ 
the mixture LC50.
    (c) Transitional provisions. The criteria for packing group 
assignments in effect on December 31, 2006, may continue to be used 
until January 1, 2012.

[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52634, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66268, 
Dec. 20, 1991; 57 FR 45461, Oct. 1, 1992; Amdt. 173-234, 58 FR 51532, 
Oct. 1, 1993; Amdt. 173-138, 59 FR 49133, Sept. 26, 1994; Amdt. 173-255, 
61 FR 50626, Sept. 26, 1996; 66 FR 45183, 45380, Aug. 28, 2001; 66 FR 
49556, Sept. 28, 2001; 69 FR 54046, Sept. 7, 2004; 71 FR 54395, Sept. 
14, 2006; 71 FR 78631, Dec. 29, 2006; 74 FR 53188, Oct. 16, 2009; 76 FR 
43529, July 20, 2011]



Sec.173.134  Class 6, Division 6.2--Definitions and exceptions.

    (a) Definitions and classification criteria. For the purposes of 
this subchapter, the following definitions and classification criteria 
apply to Division 6.2 materials.
    (1) Division 6.2 (Infectious substance) means a material known or 
reasonably expected to contain a pathogen. A pathogen is a microorganism 
(including bacteria, viruses, rickettsiae, parasites, fungi) or other 
agent, such as a proteinaceous infectious particle (prion), that can 
cause disease in humans or animals. An infectious substance must be 
assigned the identification number UN 2814, UN 2900, UN 3373, or UN 3291 
as appropriate, and must be assigned to one of the following categories:
    (i) Category A: An infectious substance in a form capable of causing 
permanent disability or life-threatening or fatal disease in otherwise 
healthy humans or animals when exposure to it occurs. An exposure occurs 
when an infectious substance is released outside of its protective 
packaging, resulting in physical contact with humans or animals. A 
Category A infectious substance must be assigned to identification 
number UN 2814 or UN 2900, as appropriate. Assignment to UN 2814 or UN 
2900 must be based on the known medical history or symptoms of the 
source patient or animal, endemic

[[Page 576]]

local conditions, or professional judgment concerning the individual 
circumstances of the source human or animal.
    (ii) Category B: An infectious substance that is not in a form 
generally capable of causing permanent disability or life-threatening or 
fatal disease in otherwise healthy humans or animals when exposure to it 
occurs. This includes Category B infectious substances transported for 
diagnostic or investigational purposes. A Category B infectious 
substance must be described as ``Biological substance, Category B'' and 
assigned identification number UN 3373. This does not include regulated 
medical waste, which must be assigned identification number UN 3291.
    (2) Biological product means a virus, therapeutic serum, toxin, 
antitoxin, vaccine, blood, blood component or derivative, allergenic 
product, or analogous product, or arsphenamine or derivative of 
arsphenamine (or any other trivalent arsenic compound) applicable to the 
prevention, treatment, or cure of a disease or condition of human beings 
or animals. A biological product includes a material subject to 
regulation under 42 U.S.C. 262 or 21 U.S.C. 151-159. Unless otherwise 
excepted, a biological product known or reasonably expected to contain a 
pathogen that meets the definition of a Category A or B infectious 
substance must be assigned the identification number UN 2814, UN 2900, 
or UN 3373, as appropriate.
    (3) Culture means an infectious substance containing a pathogen that 
is intentionally propagated. Culture does not include a human or animal 
patient specimen as defined in paragraph (a)(4) of this section.
    (4) Patient specimen means human or animal material collected 
directly from humans or animals and transported for research, diagnosis, 
investigational activities, or disease treatment or prevention. Patient 
specimen includes excreta, secreta, blood and its components, tissue and 
tissue swabs, body parts, and specimens in transport media (e.g., 
transwabs, culture media, and blood culture bottles).
    (5) Regulated medical waste or clinical waste or (bio) medical waste 
means a waste or reusable material derived from the medical treatment of 
an animal or human, which includes diagnosis and immunization, or from 
biomedical research, which includes the production and testing of 
biological products. Regulated medical waste or clinical waste or (bio) 
medical waste containing a Category A infectious substance must be 
classed as an infectious substance, and assigned to UN2814 or UN2900, as 
appropriate.
    (6) Sharps means any object contaminated with a pathogen or that may 
become contaminated with a pathogen through handling or during 
transportation and also capable of cutting or penetrating skin or a 
packaging material. Sharps includes needles, syringes, scalpels, broken 
glass, culture slides, culture dishes, broken capillary tubes, broken 
rigid plastic, and exposed ends of dental wires.
    (7) Toxin means a Division 6.1 material from a plant, animal, or 
bacterial source. A toxin containing an infectious substance or a toxin 
contained in an infectious substance must be classed as Division 6.2, 
described as an infectious substance, and assigned to UN 2814 or UN 
2900, as appropriate.
    (8) Used health care product means a medical, diagnostic, or 
research device or piece of equipment, or a personal care product used 
by consumers, medical professionals, or pharmaceutical providers that 
does not meet the definition of a patient specimen, biological product, 
or regulated medical waste, is contaminated with potentially infectious 
body fluids or materials, and is not decontaminated or disinfected to 
remove or mitigate the infectious hazard prior to transportation.
    (b) Exceptions. The following are not subject to the requirements of 
this subchapter as Division 6.2 materials:
    (1) A material that does not contain an infectious substance or that 
is unlikely to cause disease in humans or animals.
    (2) Non-infectious biological materials from humans, animals, or 
plants. Examples include non-infectious cells, tissue cultures, blood or 
plasma from individuals not suspected of having an infectious disease, 
DNA, RNA or other non-infectious genetic elements.

[[Page 577]]

    (3) A material containing micro-organisms that are non-pathogenic to 
humans or animals.
    (4) A material containing pathogens that have been neutralized or 
inactivated such that they no longer pose a health risk.
    (5) A material with a low probability of containing an infectious 
substance, or where the concentration of the infectious substance is at 
a level naturally occurring in the environment so it cannot cause 
disease when exposure to it occurs. Examples of these materials include: 
Foodstuffs; environmental samples, such as water or a sample of dust or 
mold; and substances that have been treated so that the pathogens have 
been neutralized or deactivated, such as a material treated by steam 
sterilization, chemical disinfection, or other appropriate method, so it 
no longer meets the definition of an infectious substance.
    (6) A biological product, including an experimental or 
investigational product or component of a product, subject to Federal 
approval, permit, review, or licensing requirements, such as those 
required by the Food and Drug Administration of the U.S. Department of 
Health and Human Services or the U.S. Department of Agriculture.
    (7) Blood collected for the purpose of blood transfusion or the 
preparation of blood products; blood products; plasma; plasma 
derivatives; blood components; tissues or organs intended for use in 
transplant operations; and human cell, tissues, and cellular and tissue-
based products regulated under authority of the Public Health Service 
Act (42 U.S.C. 264-272) and/or the Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (21 
U.S.C. 332 et seq.).
    (8) Blood, blood plasma, and blood components collected for the 
purpose of blood transfusion or the preparation of blood products and 
sent for testing as part of the collection process, except where the 
person collecting the blood has reason to believe it contains an 
infectious substance, in which case the test sample must be shipped as a 
Category A or Category B infectious substance in accordance with Sec.
173.196 or Sec.173.199, as appropriate.
    (9) Dried blood spots or specimens for fecal occult blood detection 
placed on absorbent filter paper or other material.
    (10) A Division 6.2 material, other than a Category A infectious 
substance, contained in a patient sample being transported for research, 
diagnosis, investigational activities, or disease treatment or 
prevention, or a biological product, when such materials are transported 
by a private or contract carrier in a motor vehicle used exclusively to 
transport such materials. Medical or clinical equipment and laboratory 
products may be transported aboard the same vehicle provided they are 
properly packaged and secured against exposure or contamination. If the 
human or animal sample or biological product meets the definition of 
regulated medical waste in paragraph (a)(5) of this section, it must be 
offered for transportation and transported in conformance with the 
appropriate requirements for regulated medical waste.
    (11) A human or animal sample (including, but not limited to, 
secreta, excreta, blood and its components, tissue and tissue fluids, 
and body parts) being transported for routine testing not related to the 
diagnosis of an infectious disease, such as for drug/alcohol testing, 
cholesterol testing, blood glucose level testing, prostate specific 
antibody testing, testing to monitor kidney or liver function, or 
pregnancy testing, or for tests for diagnosis of non-infectious 
diseases, such as cancer biopsies, and for which there is a low 
probability the sample is infectious.
    (12) Laundry and medical equipment and used health care products, as 
follows:
    (i) Laundry or medical equipment conforming to the regulations of 
the Occupational Safety and Health Administration of the Department of 
Labor in 29 CFR 1910.1030. This exception includes medical equipment 
intended for use, cleaning, or refurbishment, such as reusable surgical 
equipment, or equipment used for testing where the components within 
which the equipment is contained essentially function as packaging. This 
exception does not apply to medical equipment being transported for 
disposal.
    (ii) Used health care products not conforming to the requirements in 
29

[[Page 578]]

CFR 1910.1030 and being returned to the manufacturer or the 
manufacturer's designee are excepted from the requirements of this 
subchapter when offered for transportation or transported in accordance 
with this paragraph (b)(12). For purposes of this paragraph, a health 
care product is used when it has been removed from its original 
packaging. Used health care products contaminated with or suspected of 
contamination with a Category A infectious substance may not be 
transported under the provisions of this paragraph.
    (A) Each used health care product must be drained of free liquid to 
the extent practicable and placed in a watertight primary container 
designed and constructed to assure that it remains intact under 
conditions normally incident to transportation. For a used health care 
product capable of cutting or penetrating skin or packaging material, 
the primary container must be capable of retaining the product without 
puncture of the packaging under normal conditions of transport. Each 
primary container must be marked with a BIOHAZARD marking conforming to 
29 CFR 1910.1030(g)(1)(i).
    (B) Each primary container must be placed inside a watertight 
secondary container designed and constructed to assure that it remains 
intact under conditions normally incident to transportation. The 
secondary container must be marked with a BIOHAZARD marking conforming 
to 29 CFR 1910.1030(g)(1)(i).
    (C) The secondary container must be placed inside an outer packaging 
with sufficient cushioning material to prevent movement between the 
secondary container and the outer packaging. An itemized list of the 
contents of the primary container and information concerning possible 
contamination with a Division 6.2 material, including its possible 
location on the product, must be placed between the secondary container 
and the outside packaging.
    (D) Each person who offers or transports a used health care product 
under the provisions of this paragraph must know about the requirements 
of this paragraph.
    (13) Any waste or recyclable material, other than regulated medical 
waste, including--
    (i) Household waste as defined in Sec.171.8, when transported in 
accordance with applicable state, local, or tribal requirements.
    (ii) Sanitary waste or sewage;
    (iii) Sewage sludge or compost;
    (iv) Animal waste generated in animal husbandry or food production; 
or
    (v) Medical waste generated from households and transported in 
accordance with applicable state, local, or tribal requirements.
    (14) Corpses, remains, and anatomical parts intended for interment, 
cremation, or medical research at a college, hospital, or laboratory.
    (15) Forensic material transported on behalf of a U.S. Government, 
state, local or Indian tribal government agency, except that--
    (i) Forensic material known or suspected to contain a Category B 
infectious substance must be shipped in a packaging conforming to the 
provisions of Sec.173.24.
    (ii) Forensic material known or suspected to contain a Category A 
infectious substance or an infectious substance listed as a select agent 
in 42 CFR part 73 must be transported in packaging capable of meeting 
the test standards in Sec.178.609 of this subchapter. The secondary 
packaging must be marked with a BIOHAZARD symbol conforming to 
specifications in 29 CFR 1910.1030(g)(1)(i). An itemized list of 
contents must be enclosed between the secondary packaging and the outer 
packaging.
    (16) Agricultural products and food as defined in the Federal Food, 
Drug, and Cosmetics Act (21 U.S.C. 332 et seq.).
    (c) Exceptions for regulated medical waste. The following provisions 
apply to the transportation of regulated medical waste:
    (1) A regulated medical waste transported by a private or contract 
carrier is excepted from--
    (i) The requirement for an ``INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCE'' label if the 
outer packaging is marked with a ``BIOHAZARD'' marking in accordance 
with 29 CFR 1910.1030; and
    (ii) The specific packaging requirements of Sec.173.197, if 
packaged in a rigid non-bulk packaging conforming to the general 
packaging requirements of

[[Page 579]]

Sec. Sec.173.24 and 173.24a and packaging requirements specified in 29 
CFR 1910.1030, provided the material does not include a waste 
concentrated stock culture of an infectious substance. Sharps containers 
must be securely closed to prevent leaks or punctures.
    (2) The following materials may be offered for transportation and 
transported as a regulated medical waste when packaged in a rigid non-
bulk packaging conforming to the general packaging requirements of 
Sec. Sec.173.24 and 173.24a and packaging requirements specified in 29 
CFR 1910.1030 and transported by a private or contract carrier in a 
vehicle used exclusively to transport regulated medical waste:
    (i) Waste stock or culture of a Category B infectious substance;
    (ii) Plant and animal waste regulated by the Animal and Plant Health 
Inspection Service (APHIS);
    (iii) Waste pharmaceutical materials;
    (iv) Laboratory and recyclable wastes;
    (v) Infectious substances that have been treated to eliminate or 
neutralize pathogens;
    (vi) Forensic materials being transported for final destruction;
    (vii) Rejected or recalled health care products;
    (viii) Documents intended for destruction in accordance with the 
Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (HIPAA) 
requirements;
    (ix) Medical or clinical equipment and laboratory products provided 
they are properly packaged and secured against exposure or 
contamination; or
    (x) Sharps in sharp containers provided the containers are securely 
closed to prevent leaks or punctures; do not exceed 18 gallons capacity; 
registered under the Medical Device Regulations of FDA; made of puncture 
resistant plastic that meets ASTM Standard F2132-01, Standard 
Specification for Puncture Resistance of Materials Used in Containers 
for Discarded Medical Needles and Other Sharps; and are securely fitted 
into wheeled racks that hold them in an upright position. The wheeled 
racks must contain full rows of sharps containers secured in place by a 
moveable bar; and must be securely held in place on the motor vehicle by 
straps or load bars during transportation. No shelf in any wheeled rack 
may exceed the manufacturer's recommended load capacity.
    (d) If an item listed in paragraph (b) or (c) of this section meets 
the definition of another hazard class or if it is a hazardous 
substance, hazardous waste, or marine pollutant, it must be offered for 
transportation and transported in accordance with applicable 
requirements of this subchapter.
    (e) Transitional provisions. The authorization for continued use of 
the criteria for packing group assignments in effect on December 31, 
2006 ended on January 1, 2012.

[67 FR 53138, Aug. 14, 2002, as amended at 68 FR 57632, Oct. 6, 2003; 70 
FR 56098, Sept. 23, 2005; 71 FR 32258, June 2, 2006; 71 FR 78631, Dec. 
29, 2006; 72 FR 55692, Oct. 1, 2007; 73 FR 4718, Jan. 28, 2008; 74 FR 
2257, Jan. 14, 2009; 76 FR 43530, July 20, 2011; 77 FR 60942, Oct. 5, 
2012; 78 FR 15327, Mar. 11, 2013]



Sec.173.136  Class 8--Definitions.

    (a) For the purpose of this subchapter, ``corrosive material'' 
(Class 8) means a liquid or solid that causes full thickness destruction 
of human skin at the site of contact within a specified period of time. 
A liquid, or a solid which may become liquid during transportation, that 
has a severe corrosion rate on steel or aluminum based on the criteria 
in Sec.173.137(c)(2) is also a corrosive material. Whenever practical, 
in vitro test methods authorized in Sec.173.137 of this part or 
historical data authorized in paragraph (c) of this section should be 
used to determine whether a material is corrosive.
    (b) If human experience or other data indicate that the hazard of a 
material is greater or less than indicated by the results of the tests 
specified in paragraph (a) of this section, PHMSA may revise its 
classification or make the determination that the material is not 
subject to the requirements of this subchapter.
    (c) Skin corrosion test data produced no later than September 30, 
1995, using the procedures of part 173, appendix A, in effect on 
September 30, 1995 (see 49 CFR part 173, appendix A, revised as of

[[Page 580]]

October 1, 1994) for appropriate exposure times may be used for 
classification and assignment of packing group for Class 8 materials 
corrosive to skin.

[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52634, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66270, 
Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 173-234, 58 FR 51532, Oct. 1, 1993; Amdt. 173-241, 
59 FR 67508, Dec. 29, 1994; Amdt. 173-261, 62 FR 24732, May 6, 1997; 69 
FR 76155, Dec. 20, 2004; 71 FR 78631, Dec. 29, 2006; 76 FR 3372, Jan. 
19, 2011]



Sec.173.137  Class 8--Assignment of packing group.

    The packing group of a Class 8 material is indicated in Column 5 of 
the Sec.172.101 Table. When the Sec.172.101 Table provides more than 
one packing group for a Class 8 material, the packing group must be 
determined using data obtained from tests conducted in accordance with 
the OECD Guideline for the Testing of Chemicals, Number 435, ``In Vitro 
Membrane Barrier Test Method for Skin Corrosion'' (IBR, see Sec.171.7 
of this subchapter) or Number 404, ``Acute Dermal Irritation/Corrosion'' 
(IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this subchapter). A material that is determined 
not to be corrosive in accordance with OECD Guideline for the Testing of 
Chemicals, Number 430, ``In Vitro Skin Corrosion: Transcutaneous 
Electrical Resistance Test (TER)'' (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this 
subchapter) or Number 431, ``In Vitro Skin Corrosion: Human Skin Model 
Test'' (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this subchapter) may be considered not 
to be corrosive to human skin for the purposes of this subchapter 
without further testing. However, a material determined to be corrosive 
in accordance with Number 430 or Number 431 must be further tested using 
Number 435 or Number 404. The packing group assignment using data 
obtained from tests conducted in accordance with OECD Guideline Number 
404 or Number 435 must be as follows:
    (a) Packing Group I. Materials that cause full thickness destruction 
of intact skin tissue within an observation period of up to 60 minutes 
starting after the exposure time of three minutes or less.
    (b) Packing Group II. Materials other than those meeting Packing 
Group I criteria that cause full thickness destruction of intact skin 
tissue within an observation period of up to 14 days starting after the 
exposure time of more than three minutes but not more than 60 minutes.
    (c) Packing Group III. Materials, other than those meeting Packing 
Group I or II criteria--
    (1) That cause full thickness destruction of intact skin tissue 
within an observation period of up to 14 days starting after the 
exposure time of more than 60 minutes but not more than 4 hours; or
    (2) That do not cause full thickness destruction of intact skin 
tissue but exhibit a corrosion on either steel or aluminum surfaces 
exceeding 6.25 mm (0.25 inch) a year at a test temperature of 55 [deg]C 
(130 [deg]F) when tested on both materials. The corrosion may be 
determined in accordance with the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria (IBR, 
see Sec.171.7 of this subchapter) or other equivalent test methods.

    Note to Sec.173.137: When an initial test on either a steel or 
aluminum surface indicates the material being tested is corrosive, the 
follow up test on the other surface is not required.

[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52634, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66270, 
Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 173-241, 59 FR 67508, Dec. 29, 1994; Amdt. 173-261, 
62 FR 24733, May 6, 1997; 68 FR 75744, Dec. 31, 2003; 69 FR 76155, Dec. 
20, 2004; 71 FR 78631, Dec. 29, 2006; 74 FR 2257, Jan. 14, 2009; 76 FR 
3372, Jan. 19, 2011]



Sec.173.140  Class 9--Definitions.

    For the purposes of this subchapter, miscellaneous hazardous 
material (Class 9) means a material which presents a hazard during 
transportation but which does not meet the definition of any other 
hazard class. This class includes:
    (a) Any material which has an anesthetic, noxious or other similar 
property which could cause extreme annoyance or discomfort to a flight 
crew member so as to prevent the correct performance of assigned duties; 
or
    (b) Any material that meets the definition in Sec.171.8 of this 
subchapter for an elevated temperature material, a hazardous substance, 
a hazardous waste, or a marine pollutant.

[Amdt. 173-224, 57 FR 45463, Oct. 1, 1992, as amended by Amdt. 173-231, 
57 FR 52939, Nov. 5, 1992; Amdt. 173-233, 58 FR 33305, June 16, 1993]

[[Page 581]]



Sec.173.141  Class 9--Assignment of packing group.

    The packing group of a Class 9 material is as indicated in column 5 
of the Sec.172.101 table.



Sec.173.144  Other Regulated Material (ORM)--Definitions.

    Until December 31, 2020 and for the purposes of this subchapter, 
``ORM-D material'' means a material such as a Consumer commodity, 
Cartridges, small arms, Cartridges, power devices (used to project 
fastening devices), Cartridges for tools, blank, and Cases, cartridge, 
empty with primer, which, although otherwise subject to the regulations 
of this subchapter, presents a limited hazard during transportation due 
to its form, quantity and packaging. The article or substance must be a 
material for which exceptions are provided in Column (8A) of the Sec.
172.101 Hazardous Materials Table.

[78 FR 65481, Oct. 31, 2013]



Sec.173.145  Other Regulated Materials--Assignment of packing group.

    Packing groups are not assigned to ORM-D materials.



Sec.173.150  Exceptions for Class 3 (flammable and combustible liquids).

    (a) General. Exceptions for hazardous materials shipments in the 
following paragraphs are permitted only if this section is referenced 
for the specific hazardous material in the Sec.172.101 Table of this 
subchapter.
    (b) Limited quantities. Limited quantities of flammable liquids 
(Class 3) and combustible liquids are excepted from labeling 
requirements, unless the material is offered for transportation or 
transported by aircraft, and are excepted from the specification 
packaging requirements of this subchapter when packaged in combination 
packagings according to this paragraph. For transportation by aircraft, 
the package must also conform to applicable requirements of Sec.173.27 
of this part (e.g., authorized materials, inner packaging quantity 
limits and closure securement) and only hazardous material authorized 
aboard passenger-carrying aircraft may be transported as a limited 
quantity. A limited quantity package that conforms to the provisions of 
this section is not subject to the shipping paper requirements of 
subpart C of part 172 of this subchapter, unless the material meets the 
definition of a hazardous substance, hazardous waste, marine pollutant, 
or is offered for transportation and transported by aircraft or vessel, 
and is eligible for the exceptions provided in Sec.173.156 of this 
part. In addition, shipments of limited quantities are not subject to 
subpart F (Placarding) of part 172 of this subchapter. Each package must 
conform to the packaging requirements of subpart B of this part and may 
not exceed 30 kg (66 pounds) gross weight. Except for transportation by 
aircraft, the following combination packagings are authorized:
    (1) For flammable liquids in Packing Group I, inner packagings not 
over 0.5 L (0.1 gallon) net capacity each, packed in a strong outer 
packaging;
    (2) For flammable liquids in Packing Group II, inner packagings not 
over 1.0 L (0.3 gallons) net capacity each, packed in a strong outer 
packaging.
    (3) For flammable liquids in Packing Group III and combustible 
liquids, inner packagings not over 5.0 L (1.3 gallons) net capacity 
each, packed in a strong outer packaging.
    (c) Consumer commodities. Until December 31, 2020, a limited 
quantity package containing a ``consumer commodity'' as defined in Sec.
171.8 of this subchapter, may be renamed ``Consumer commodity'' and 
reclassed as ORM-D or, until December 31, 2012, as ORM-D-AIR material 
and offered for transportation and transported in accordance with the 
applicable provisions of this subchapter in effect on October 1, 2010.
    (d) Alcoholic beverages. (1) An alcoholic beverage (wine and 
distilled spirits as defined in 27 CFR 4.10 and 5.11), when transported 
via motor vehicle, vessel, or rail, is not subject to the requirements 
of this subchapter if the alcoholic beverage:
    (i) Contains 24 percent or less alcohol by volume;
    (ii) Is contained in an inner packaging of 5 L (1.3 gallons) or 
less; or
    (iii) Is a Packing Group III alcoholic beverage contained in a 
packaging 250 liters (66 gallons) or less;

[[Page 582]]

    (2) An alcoholic beverage (wine and distilled spirits as defined in 
27 CFR 4.10 and 5.11), when transported via aircraft, is not subject to 
the requirements of this subchapter if the alcoholic beverage:
    (i) Contains 24 percent or less alcohol by volume;
    (ii) For transportation aboard a passenger-carrying aircraft, 
contains more than 24% but not more than 70% alcohol by volume when in 
unopened retail packagings not exceeding 5 liters (1.3 gallons) carried 
in carry-on or checked baggage, with a total net quantity per person of 
5 liters (1.3) gallons (See Sec.175.10(a)(4) of this subchapter); or
    (iii) When carried as cargo, contains more than 24% but not more 
than 70% alcohol by volume in an inner packaging not exceeding 5 L (1.3 
gallons).
    (e) Aqueous solutions of alcohol. An aqueous solution containing 24 
percent or less alcohol by volume and no other hazardous material--
    (1) May be reclassed as a combustible liquid.
    (2) Is not subject to the requirements of this subchapter if it 
contains no less than 50 percent water.
    (f) Combustible liquids. (1) A flammable liquid with a flash point 
at or above 38 [deg]C (100 [deg]F) that does not meet the definition of 
any other hazard class may be reclassed as a combustible liquid. This 
provision does not apply to transportation by vessel or aircraft, except 
where other means of transportation is impracticable.
    (2) The requirements in this subchapter do not apply to a material 
classed as a combustible liquid in a non-bulk packaging unless the 
combustible liquid is a hazardous substance, a hazardous waste, or a 
marine pollutant.
    (3) A combustible liquid that is in a bulk packaging or a 
combustible liquid that is a hazardous substance, a hazardous waste, or 
a marine pollutant is not subject to the requirements of this subchapter 
except those pertaining to:
    (i) Shipping papers, waybills, switching orders, and hazardous waste 
manifests;
    (ii) Marking of packages;
    (iii) Display of identification numbers on bulk packages;
    (iv) For bulk packagings only, placarding requirements of subpart F 
of part 172 of this subchapter;
    (v) Carriage aboard aircraft and vessels (for packaging requirements 
for transport by vessel, see Sec.176.340 of this subchapter);
    (vi) Reporting incidents as prescribed by Sec. Sec.171.15 and 
171.16 of this subchapter;
    (vii) Packaging requirements of subpart B of this part and, in 
addition, non-bulk packagings must conform with requirements of Sec.
173.203;
    (viii) The requirements of Sec. Sec.173.1, 173.21, 173.24, 
173.24a, 173.24b, 174.1, 177.804, 177.817, 177.834(j), and 177.837(d) of 
this subchapter;
    (ix) The training requirements of subpart H of part 172 of this 
subchapter;
    (x) Emergency response information requirements of subpart G of part 
172; and
    (xi) For bulk packagings only, registration requirements of subpart 
G of part 107 of this subchapter.
    (4) A combustible liquid that is not a hazardous substance, a 
hazardous waste, or a marine pollutant is not subject to the 
requirements of this subchapter if it is a mixture of one or more 
components that--
    (i) Has a flash point at or above 93 [deg]C (200 [deg]F),
    (ii) Comprises at least 99 percent of the volume of the mixture, and
    (iii) Is not offered for transportation or transported as a liquid 
at a temperature at or above its flash point.
    (g) Limited quantities of retail products containing ethyl alcohol. 
(1) Beverages, food, cosmetics and medicines, medical screening 
solutions, and concentrates sold as retail products containing ethyl 
alcohol classed as a flammable liquid or flammable solid containing not 
more than 70% ethyl alcohol by volume for liquids, by weight for solids 
are excepted from the HMR provided that:
    (i) For non-glass inner packagings:
    (A) The volume does not exceed 0.47 liters (0.125 gallons) in 
capacity for liquids; or
    (B) For volumes greater than 0.47 liters (0.125 gallons) but not 
exceeding 3.8 liters (1 gallon) the company name and the words 
``Contains Ethyl Alcohol'' are marked on the package;

[[Page 583]]

    (C) Solids containing ethyl alcohol may be packaged in non-glass 
inner packagings not exceeding 0.45 kilograms (1 pound) capacity;
    (D) For weight greater than 0.45 kilograms (1 pound) up to 3.62 
kilograms (8 pounds) the company name and the words ``Contains Ethyl 
Alcohol'' are marked on the package.
    (ii) For glass inner packagings:
    (A) The volume does not exceed 0.23 liters (.063 gallons) in 
capacity; or
    (B) For volumes greater than 0.23 liters (.063 gallons) to 0.47 
liters (0.125 gallons) the company name and the words ``Contains Ethyl 
Alcohol'' are marked on the package;
    (C) Solids containing ethyl alcohol may be packaged in glass inner 
packagings not exceeding 0.22 kilograms (0.5 pounds);
    (D) For weight greater than 0.22 kilograms (0.5 pounds) up to 0.45 
kilograms (1 pound) the company name and the words ``Contains Ethyl 
Alcohol'' are marked on the package.
    (iii) The net liquid contents of all inner packagings in any single 
outer packaging may not exceed 5.6 liters (1.5 gallons). The net solid 
contents of all inner packagings in any single outer packaging may not 
exceed 14.9 kilograms (33 pounds). The gross weight of any single outer 
package shipped may not exceed 29.9 kilograms (66 pounds); Inner 
packagings must be secured and cushioned within the outer package to 
prevent breakage, leakage, and movement.
    (2) Beverages, food, cosmetics and medicines, medical screening 
solutions, and concentrates sold as retail products containing ethyl 
alcohol classed as a flammable liquid or flammable solid containing more 
than 70% ethyl alcohol by volume, by weight for solids are excepted from 
the HMR provided that:
    (i) For inner packagings containing liquids the volume does not 
exceed 0.23 liters (0.063 gallons) in capacity;
    (ii) Solids containing ethyl alcohol are not packed in inner 
packagings exceeding 0.22 kilograms (0.5 pounds) in weight;
    (iii) The net liquid contents of all inner packagings in any single 
outer packaging may not exceed 5.6 liters (1.5 gallons). The net solid 
contents of all inner packagings in any single outer packaging may not 
exceed 14.9 kilograms (33 pounds). The gross weight of any single outer 
package shipped may not exceed 29.9 kilograms (66 pounds). Inner 
packagings must be secured and cushioned within the outer package to 
prevent breakage, leakage, and movement.
    (3) For transportation by passenger or cargo aircraft, no outer 
package may be transported which contains an inner packaging exceeding:
    (i) 0.47 liters (0.125 gallons) of flammable liquid; or
    (ii) 0.45 kilograms (1 pound) of solids containing flammable liquid.
    (h) Diesel fuel (NA1993) and Gasoline (UN1203) may be transported 
one way, by motor vehicle, directly from the loading location to an 
equipment repair facility, in a non-DOT specification, non-bulk 
packaging, known as a gasoline dispenser, that has been removed from 
service at a fueling station under the following conditions:
    (1) Prior to loading, each dispenser must be prepared for 
transportation by capping or plugging all product inlet and outlet 
piping, so that no fluid may be released during transportation;
    (2) No dispenser may contain more than 2 gallons of gasoline; and
    (3) Each dispenser must be blocked, braced or strapped to the motor 
vehicle in accordance with the requirements of this subchapter to 
prevent shifting during transportation.
    (i) Reverse logistics. Hazardous materials meeting the definition of 
``reverse logistics'' under Sec.171.8 of this subchapter and in 
compliance with paragraph (b) of this section may be offered for 
transport and transported in highway transportation in accordance with 
Sec.173.157.

[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52634, Dec. 21, 1990]

    Editorial Note: For Federal Register citations affecting Sec.
173.150, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the 
Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov.



Sec.173.151  Exceptions for Class 4.

    (a) General. Exceptions for hazardous materials shipments in the 
following paragraphs are permitted only if this section is referenced 
for the specific

[[Page 584]]

hazardous material in the Sec.172.101 table of this subchapter.
    (b) Limited quantities of Division 4.1. (1) Limited quantities of 
flammable solids (Division 4.1) in Packing Groups II and III and, where 
authorized by this section, charcoal briquettes (Division 4.2) in 
Packing Group III, are excepted from labeling requirements unless the 
material is offered for transportation or transported by aircraft, and 
are excepted from the specification packaging requirements of this 
subchapter when packaged in combination packagings according to this 
paragraph. If authorized for transportation by aircraft, the package 
must also conform to applicable requirements of Sec.173.27 of this 
part (e.g., authorized materials, inner packaging quantity limits and 
closure securement) and only hazardous material authorized aboard 
passenger-carrying aircraft may be transported as a limited quantity. A 
limited quantity package that conforms to the provisions of this section 
is not subject to the shipping paper requirements of subpart C of part 
172 of this subchapter, unless the material meets the definition of a 
hazardous substance, hazardous waste, marine pollutant, or is offered 
for transportation and transported by aircraft or vessel, and is 
eligible for the exceptions provided in Sec.173.156 of this part. In 
addition, shipments of limited quantities are not subject to subpart F 
(Placarding) of part 172 of this subchapter. Each package must conform 
to the packaging requirements of subpart B of this part and may not 
exceed 30 kg (66 pounds) gross weight. Except for transportation by 
aircraft, the following combination packagings are authorized:
    (i) For flammable solids in Packing Group II, inner packagings not 
over 1.0 kg (2.2 pounds) net capacity each, packed in a strong outer 
packaging.
    (ii) For flammable solids in Packing Group III, inner packagings not 
over 5.0 kg (11 pounds) net capacity each, packed in a strong outer 
packaging.
    (2) For transportation by highway or rail, Charcoal briquettes 
(NA1361) may be packaged as a limited quantity in accordance with 
paragraph (b) of this section in packagings not exceeding 30 kg gross 
weight and are eligible for the exceptions provided in Sec.173.156.
    (c) Consumer commodities. Until December 31, 2020, a limited 
quantity package (including Charcoal briquettes (NA1361)) containing a 
``consumer commodity'' as defined in Sec.171.8 of this subchapter, may 
be renamed ``Consumer commodity'' and reclassed as ORM-D or, until 
December 31, 2012, as ORM-D-AIR material and offered for transportation 
and transported in accordance with the applicable provisions of this 
subchapter in effect on October 1, 2010. For transportation by aircraft, 
the maximum net mass for Charcoal briquettes (NA1361) is 25 kg per 
package.
    (d) Limited quantities of Division 4.3. Limited quantities of 
dangerous when wet solids (Division 4.3) in Packing Groups II and III 
are excepted from labeling requirements, unless the material is offered 
for transportation or transported by aircraft, and are excepted from the 
specification packaging requirements of this subchapter when packaged in 
combination packagings according to this paragraph. For transportation 
by aircraft, the package must also conform to applicable requirements of 
Sec.173.27 of this part (e.g., authorized materials, inner packaging 
quantity limits and closure securement) and only hazardous material 
authorized aboard passenger-carrying aircraft may be transported as a 
limited quantity. A limited quantity package that conforms to the 
provisions of this section is not subject to the shipping paper 
requirements of subpart C of part 172 of this subchapter, unless the 
material meets the definition of a hazardous substance, hazardous waste, 
marine pollutant, or is offered for transportation and transported by 
aircraft or vessel. In addition, shipments of limited quantities are not 
subject to subpart F (Placarding) of part 172 of this subchapter. Each 
package must conform to the packaging requirements of subpart B of this 
part and may not exceed 30 kg (66 pounds) gross weight. Except for 
transportation by aircraft, the following combination packagings are 
authorized:
    (1) For dangerous when wet solids in Packing Group II, inner 
packagings not over 0.5 kg (1.1 pounds) net capacity each, packed in a 
strong outer packaging.

[[Page 585]]

    (2) For dangerous when wet solids in Packing Group III, inner 
packagings not over 1.0 kg (2.2 pounds) net capacity each, packed in a 
strong outer packaging.
    (e) For transportation by motor vehicle only, Lithium (UN1415), 
Potassium (UN2257), and Sodium (UN1428) with a net quantity of material 
per inner packaging not exceeding 25 grams, are excepted from the 
labeling requirements of part 172, subpart E and the placarding 
requirements of part 172, subpart F of this subchapter, when offered for 
transportation in the following packagings under the following 
conditions:
    (1) Packaging. (i) The hazardous material is placed in a tightly 
closed plastic bottle after being submerged in mineral oil;
    (ii) The plastic bottle is placed inside a plastic bag that is 
securely closed to prevent leaks or punctures;
    (iii) The bagged bottle is then be placed inside a metal can with 
all void spaces filled with an oil-absorbing material and sealed tight; 
and
    (iv) The can is then placed into a heat sealed barrier bag.
    (2) Marking. Each inner plastic bottle, outer metal can, and barrier 
bag must be marked with: Chemical name; quantity; and the name and 
address of the offeror. Each outer packaging must be marked with the 
proper shipping name and identification number in conformance with Sec.
172.301. Additionally, each outer packaging must be marked, ``FOR 
TRANSPORT BY MOTOR VEHICLE ONLY.''
    (3) Recordkeeping. (i) Records of the preparation, packaging, and 
marking of each chemical must be documented and all components in each 
package must be noted; and
    (ii) Records must be retained for a minimum of 5 years and be 
accessible at or through the shipper's principal place of business and 
be made available, upon request, to the Associate Administrator or 
designated official.
    (f) Reverse logistics. Except for Division 4.2 hazardous materials 
and self-reactive materials, hazardous materials meeting the definition 
of ``reverse logistics'' under Sec.171.8 of this subchapter and in 
compliance with paragraph (b) of this section may be offered for 
transport and transported in highway transportation in accordance with 
Sec.173.157.

[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52634, Dec. 21, 1990]

    Editorial Note: For Federal Register citations affecting Sec.
173.151, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the 
Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov.



Sec.173.152  Exceptions for Division 5.1 (oxidizers) and Division
5.2 (organic peroxides).

    (a) General. Exceptions for hazardous materials shipments in the 
following paragraphs are permitted only if this section is referenced 
for the specific hazardous material in the Sec.172.101 table of this 
subchapter.
    (b) Limited quantities. Limited quantities of oxidizers (Division 
5.1) in Packing Group II and III and organic peroxides (Division 5.2) 
are excepted from labeling requirements, unless the material is offered 
for transportation or transported by aircraft, and are excepted from the 
specification packaging requirements of this subchapter when packaged in 
combination packagings according to this paragraph. For transportation 
by aircraft, the package must also conform to applicable requirements of 
Sec.173.27 of this part (e.g., authorized materials, inner packaging 
quantity limits and closure securement) and only hazardous material 
authorized aboard passenger-carrying aircraft may be transported as a 
limited quantity. A limited quantity package that conforms to the 
provisions of this section is not subject to the shipping paper 
requirements of subpart C of part 172 of this subchapter, unless the 
material meets the definition of a hazardous substance, hazardous waste, 
marine pollutant, or is offered for transportation and transported by 
aircraft or vessel, and is eligible for the exceptions provided in Sec.
173.156 of this part. In addition, shipments of limited quantities are 
not subject to subpart F (Placarding) of part 172 of this subchapter. 
Each package must conform to the packaging requirements of subpart B of 
this part and may not exceed 30 kg (66 pounds) gross weight. Except for 
transportation by aircraft, the following combination packagings are 
authorized:

[[Page 586]]

    (1) For oxidizers in Packing Group II, inner packagings not over 1.0 
L (0.3 gallon) net capacity each for liquids or not over 1.0 kg (2.2 
pounds) net capacity each for solids, packed in a strong outer 
packaging.
    (2) For oxidizers in Packing Group III, inner packagings not over 5 
L (1.3 gallons) net capacity each for liquids or not over 5.0 kg (11 
lbs) net capacity each for solids, packed in a strong outer packaging.
    (3) For organic peroxides that do not require temperature control 
during transportation--
    (i) Except for transportation by aircraft, for Type B or C organic 
peroxides, inner packagings not over 25 mL (0.845 ounces) net capacity 
each for liquids or 100 g (3.528 ounces) net capacity for solids, packed 
in a strong outer packaging.
    (ii) For Type D, E, or F organic peroxides, inner packagings not 
over 125 mL (4.22 ounces) net capacity each for liquids or 500 g (17.64 
ounces) net capacity for solids, packed in a strong outer packaging.
    (c) Consumer commodities. Until December 31, 2020, a limited 
quantity package containing a ``consumer commodity'' as defined in Sec.
171.8 of this subchapter, may be renamed ``Consumer commodity'' and 
reclassed as ORM-D or, until December 31, 2012, as ORM-D-AIR material 
and offered for transportation and transported in accordance with the 
applicable provisions of this subchapter in effect on October 1, 2010.
    (d) Reverse logistics. Except for Division 5.2 hazardous materials, 
hazardous materials meeting the definition of ``reverse logistics'' 
under Sec.171.8 of this subchapter and in compliance with paragraph 
(b) of this section may be offered for transport and transported in 
highway transportation in accordance with Sec.173.157.

[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52634, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended by Amdt. 173-231, 
57 FR 52940, Nov. 5, 1992; Amdt. 173-241, 59 FR 67508, Dec. 29, 1994; 
Amdt. 173-261, 62 FR 24733, May 6, 1997; 66 FR 45381, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 
FR 45033, July 31, 2003; 69 FR 76156, Dec. 20, 2004; 71 FR 14603, Mar. 
22, 2006; 72 FR 55692, Oct. 1, 2007; 76 FR 3374, Jan. 19, 2011; 78 FR 
1114, Jan. 7, 2013; 81 FR 18539, Mar. 31, 2016]



Sec.173.153  Exceptions for Division 6.1 (poisonous materials).

    (a) General. Exceptions for hazardous materials shipments in the 
following paragraphs are permitted only if this section is referenced 
for the specific hazardous material in the Sec.172.101 table of this 
subchapter.
    (b) Limited quantities. The exceptions in this paragraph do not 
apply to poison-by-inhalation materials. Limited quantities of poisonous 
material (Division 6.1) in Packing Groups II and III are excepted from 
the labeling requirements, unless the material is offered for 
transportation or transported by aircraft, and are excepted from the 
specification packaging requirements of this subchapter when packaged in 
combination packagings according to this paragraph. For transportation 
by aircraft, the package must also conform to applicable requirements of 
Sec.173.27 of this part (e.g., authorized materials, inner packaging 
quantity limits and closure securement) and only hazardous material 
authorized aboard passenger-carrying aircraft may be transported as a 
limited quantity. A limited quantity package that conforms to the 
provisions of this section is not subject to the shipping paper 
requirements of subpart C of part 172 of this subchapter, unless the 
material meets the definition of a hazardous substance, hazardous waste, 
marine pollutant, or is offered for transportation and transported by 
aircraft or vessel, and is eligible for the exceptions provided in Sec.
173.156 of this part. In addition, shipments of limited quantities are 
not subject to subpart F (Placarding) of part 172 of this subchapter. 
Each package must conform to the packaging requirements of subpart B of 
this part and may not exceed 30 kg (66 pounds) gross weight. Except for 
transportation by aircraft, the following combination packagings are 
authorized:
    (1) For poisonous materials in Packing Group II, inner packagings 
not over 100 mL (3.38 ounces) each for liquids or 0.5 kg (1.1 pounds) 
each for solids, packed in a strong outer packaging. Inner packagings 
containing a liquid poisonous material which is also a drug or medicine 
in Packing Group II may be increased to not over 250 mL (8

[[Page 587]]

ounces) each and packed in a strong outer packaging.
    (2) For poisonous materials in Packing Group III, inner packagings 
not over 5 L (1.3 gallons) each for liquids or 5.0 kg (11 pounds) each 
for solids, packed in a strong outer packaging.
    (c) Consumer commodities. Until December 31, 2020, a limited 
quantity package of poisonous material in Packing Group III or a drug or 
medicine in Packing Group II or III that is also a ``consumer 
commodity'' as defined in Sec.171.8 of this subchapter, may be renamed 
``Consumer commodity'' and reclassed as ORM-D or, until December 31, 
2012, as ORM-D-AIR material and offered for transportation and 
transported in accordance with the applicable provisions of this 
subchapter in effect on October 1, 2010.
    (d) Reverse logistics. Hazardous materials meeting the definition of 
``reverse logistics'' under Sec.171.8 of this subchapter and in 
compliance with paragraph (b) of this section may be offered for 
transport and transported in highway transportation in accordance with 
Sec.173.157.

[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52634, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended by Amdt. 173-231, 
57 FR 52940, Nov. 5, 1992; 66 FR 45381, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 45033, July 
31, 2003; 69 FR 76156, Dec. 20, 2004; 71 FR 14603, Mar. 22, 2006; 71 FR 
54938, Sept. 20, 2006; 76 FR 3374, Jan. 19, 2011; 78 FR 1114, Jan. 7, 
2013; 81 FR 18539, Mar. 31, 2016]



Sec.173.154  Exceptions for Class 8 (corrosive materials).

    (a) General. Exceptions for hazardous materials shipments in the 
following paragraphs are permitted only if this section is referenced 
for the specific hazardous material in the Sec.172.101 table of this 
subchapter.
    (b) Limited quantities. Limited quantities of corrosive material 
(Class 8) in Packing Groups II and III are excepted from labeling 
requirements, unless the material is offered for transportation or 
transported by aircraft, and are excepted from the specification 
packaging requirements of this subchapter when packaged in combination 
packagings according to this paragraph. For transportation by aircraft, 
the package must also conform to the applicable requirements of Sec.
173.27 of this part (e.g., authorized materials, inner packaging 
quantity limits and closure securement) and only hazardous material 
authorized aboard passenger-carrying aircraft may be transported as a 
limited quantity. A limited quantity package that conforms to the 
provisions of this section is not subject to the shipping paper 
requirements of subpart C of part 172 of this subchapter, unless the 
material meets the definition of a hazardous substance, hazardous waste, 
marine pollutant, or is offered for transportation and transported by 
aircraft or vessel, and is eligible for the exceptions provided in Sec.
173.156 of this part. In addition, shipments of limited quantities are 
not subject to subpart F (Placarding) of part 172 of this subchapter. 
Each package must conform to the packaging requirements of subpart B of 
this part and may not exceed 30 kg (66 pounds) gross weight. Except for 
transportation by aircraft, the following combination packagings are 
authorized:
    (1) For corrosive materials in Packing Group II, inner packagings 
not over 1.0 L (0.3 gallon) net capacity each for liquids or not over 
1.0 kg (2.2 pounds) net capacity each for solids, packed in a strong 
outer packaging.
    (2) For corrosive materials in Packing Group III, inner packagings 
not over 5.0 L (1.3 gallons) net capacity each for liquids or not over 
5.0 kg (11 lbs) net capacity each for solids, packed in a strong outer 
packaging.
    (c) Consumer commodities. Until December 31, 2020, a limited 
quantity package containing a ``consumer commodity'' as defined in Sec.
171.8 of this subchapter, may be renamed ``Consumer commodity'' and 
reclassed as ORM-D or, until December 31, 2012, as ORM-D-AIR material 
and offered for transportation and transported in accordance with the 
applicable provisions of this subchapter in effect on October 1, 2010.
    (d) Materials corrosive to aluminum or steel only. Except for a 
hazardous substance, a hazardous waste, or a marine pollutant, a 
material classed as a Class 8, Packing Group III, material solely 
because of its corrosive effect--
    (1) On aluminum is not subject to any other requirements of this 
subchapter when transported by motor vehicle or rail car in a packaging 
constructed of materials that will not

[[Page 588]]

react dangerously with or be degraded by the corrosive material; or
    (2) On steel is not subject to any other requirements of this 
subchapter when transported by motor vehicle or rail car in a bulk 
packaging constructed of materials that will not react dangerously with 
or be degraded by the corrosive material.
    (e) Reverse logistics. Hazardous materials meeting the definition of 
``reverse logistics'' under Sec.171.8 of this subchapter and in 
compliance with paragraph (b) of this section may be offered for 
transport and transported in highway transportation in accordance with 
Sec.173.157.

[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52634, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66270, 
Dec. 20, 1991; 57 FR 45463, Oct. 1, 1992; Amdt. 173-231, 57 FR 52940, 
Nov. 5, 1992; 68 FR 45033, July 31, 2003; 69 FR 76157, Dec. 20, 2004; 71 
FR 14603, Mar. 22, 2006; 72 FR 55693, Oct. 1, 2007; 76 FR 3374, Jan. 19, 
2011; ; 78 FR 1114, Jan. 7, 2013; 81 FR 18539, Mar. 31, 2016]



Sec.173.155  Exceptions for Class 9 (miscellaneous hazardous 
materials).

    (a) General. Exceptions for hazardous materials shipments in the 
following paragraphs are permitted only if this section is referenced 
for the specific hazardous material in the Sec.172.101 table of this 
subchapter.
    (b) Limited quantities of Class 9 materials. Limited quantities of 
miscellaneous hazardous materials in Packing Groups II and III are 
excepted from labeling requirements, unless the material is offered for 
transportation or transported by aircraft, and are excepted from the 
specification packaging requirements of this subchapter when packaged in 
combination packagings according to this paragraph. Unless otherwise 
specified in paragraph (c) of this section, packages of limited 
quantities intended for transportation by aircraft must conform to the 
applicable requirements (e.g., authorized materials, inner packaging 
quantity limits and closure securement) of Sec.173.27 of this part. A 
limited quantity package that conforms to the provisions of this section 
is not subject to the shipping paper requirements of subpart C of part 
172 of this subchapter, unless the material meets the definition of a 
hazardous substance, hazardous waste, marine pollutant, or is offered 
for transportation and transported by aircraft or vessel, and is 
eligible for the exceptions provided in Sec.173.156 of this part. In 
addition, packages of limited quantities are not subject to subpart F 
(Placarding) of part 172 of this subchapter. Each package must conform 
to the packaging requirements of subpart B of this part and may not 
exceed 30 kg (66 pounds) gross weight. Except for transportation by 
aircraft, the following combination packagings are authorized:
    (1) For miscellaneous materials in Packing Group II, inner 
packagings not over 1.0 L (0.3 gallon) net capacity each for liquids or 
not over 1.0 kg (2.2 pounds) net capacity each for solids, packed in a 
strong outer packaging.
    (2) For miscellaneous materials in Packing Group III, inner 
packagings not over 5.0 L (1.3 gallons) net capacity each for liquids or 
not over 5.0 kg (11 lbs) net capacity each for solids, packed in a 
strong outer packaging.
    (c) Consumer commodities. Until December 31, 2020, a limited 
quantity package containing a ``consumer commodity'' as defined in Sec.
171.8 of this subchapter, may be renamed ``Consumer commodity'' and 
reclassed as ORM-D or, until December 31, 2012, as ORM-D-AIR material 
and offered for transportation and transported in accordance with the 
applicable provisions of this subchapter in effect on October 1, 2010.
    (d) Reverse logistics. Except for Lithium batteries, hazardous 
materials meeting the definition of ``reverse logistics'' under Sec.
171.8 of this subchapter and in compliance with paragraph (b) of this 
section may be offered for transport and transported in highway 
transportation in accordance with Sec.173.157.

[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52634, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66270, 
Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 173-231, 57 FR 52940, Nov. 5, 1992; Amdt. 173-253, 
61 FR 27174, May 30, 1996; 71 FR 14603, Mar. 22, 2006; 76 FR 3375, Jan. 
19, 2011; 78 FR 1114, Jan. 7, 2013; 81 FR 18540, Mar. 31, 2016]



Sec.173.156  Exceptions for limited quantity and ORM.

    (a) Exceptions for hazardous materials shipments in the following 
paragraphs are permitted only if this section is referenced for the 
specific hazardous material in the Sec.172.101 Table or in a packaging 
section in this part.

[[Page 589]]

    (b) Packagings for limited quantity and ORM-D are specified 
according to hazard class in Sec. Sec.173.150 through 173.155, 
173.306, and 173.309(b). In addition to exceptions provided for limited 
quantity and ORM-D materials elsewhere in this part, the following are 
provided:
    (1) Strong outer packagings as specified in this part, marking 
requirements specified in subpart D of part 172 of this subchapter, and 
the 30 kg (66 pounds) gross weight limitation when--
    (i) Unitized in cages, carts, boxes or similar overpacks;
    (ii) Offered for transportation or transported by:
    (A) Rail;
    (B) Private or contract motor carrier; or
    (C) Common carrier in a vehicle under exclusive use for such 
service; and
    (iii) Transported to or from a manufacturer, a distribution center, 
or a retail outlet, or transported to a disposal facility from one 
offeror.
    (2) The 30 kg (66 pounds) gross weight limitation does not apply to 
packages of limited quantity materials marked in accordance with Sec.
172.315 of this subchapter, or, until December 31, 2020, materials 
classed and marked as ORM-D and described as a Consumer commodity, as 
defined in Sec.171.8 of this subchapter, when offered for 
transportation or transported by highway or rail between a manufacturer, 
a distribution center, and a retail outlet provided--
    (i) Inner packagings conform to the quantity limits for inner 
packagings specified in Sec. Sec.173.150(b), 173.152(b), 173.154(b), 
173.155(b), 173.306(a) and (b), and 173.309(b), as appropriate;
    (ii) The inner packagings are packed into corrugated fiberboard 
trays to prevent them from moving freely;
    (iii) The trays are placed in a fiberboard box which is banded and 
secured to a metal, plastic, composite, or wooden pallet by metal, 
fabric, or plastic straps, to form a single palletized unit. Hazardous 
materials should be compatible with the pallet material;
    (iv) The package conforms to the general packaging requirements of 
subpart B of this part; and
    (v) The maximum net quantity of hazardous material permitted on one 
palletized unit is 250 kg (550 pounds).
    (c) Display packs. Display packs, as defined in Sec.171.8 of this 
subchapter, of consumer commodity or limited quantity packages that 
exceed 30 kg gross weight limitation may be transported by container/
trailer in trailer-on-flatcar (TOFC) or container-on-flat-car (COFC) 
service, roadrailer and/or railrunner trailers, motor vehicle, or cargo 
vessel under the following conditions:
    (1) Packaging. Combination packages must conform to the requirements 
of subpart B of this part and meet the following, as appropriate:
    (i) Primary containers must conform to the quantity limits for inner 
packagings prescribed in Sec. Sec.173.150(b), 173.152(b), 173.154(b), 
173.155(b) and 173.306(a) and (b), as appropriate;
    (ii) Primary containers must be packed into trays that secure 
individual containers from shifting inside the completed combination 
package during transportation;
    (iii) Tray(s) must be placed into a fiberboard box, and the 
fiberboard box must be banded and secured to a pallet by metal, fabric, 
or plastic straps to form a single palletized unit; and
    (iv) The maximum net quantity of hazardous material permitted in one 
palletized unit is 550 kg (1,210 lbs.).
    (2) Marking. The outside of each package must be plainly and durably 
marked in accordance with one of the following, as appropriate:
    (i) As a consumer commodity as prescribed in Sec.172.316 of this 
subchapter; or
    (ii) As a limited quantity as prescribed in Sec.172.315 of this 
subchapter.
    (d) Exceptions for waste limited quantities and ORM-D materials. 
Exceptions for certain waste limited quantity and ORM-D materials are 
prescribed in Sec.173.12(h).

[78 FR 1114, Jan. 7, 2013, as amended at 78 FR 65481, Oct. 31, 2013; 80 
FR 72924, Nov. 23, 2015; 81 FR 3673, Jan. 21, 2016; 83 FR 55809, Nov. 7, 
2018]

[[Page 590]]



Sec.173.157  Reverse logistics--General requirements and exceptions
for reverse logistics.

    (a) Authorized hazardous materials. Hazardous materials may be 
offered for transport and transported in highway transportation under 
this section when they meet the definition of reverse logistics as 
defined under Sec.171.8 of this subchapter. However, hazardous 
materials that meet the definition of a hazardous waste as defined in 
Sec.171.8 of this subchapter are not permitted to be offered for 
transport or transported under this section. Hazardous materials 
authorized for transport according to a special permit as defined in 
Sec.171.8 of this subchapter must be offered for transportation and 
transported as authorized by the special permit.
    (b) When offered for transport or transported by non-private 
carrier. Hazardous materials must be both authorized for limited 
quantity provisions as well as explicitly authorized for reverse 
logistics transportation under their applicable limited quantities 
section. Except for alternative training provisions authorized under 
paragraph (e) of this section, all hazardous materials must otherwise 
meet the requirements for a limited quantity shipment.
    (c) When offered for transport or transported by private carrier. 
Hazardous materials are authorized under paragraph (b) of this section 
or are subject to the following limitations:
    (1) Division 1.4G materials offered for transport and transported in 
accordance with Sec.173.65 of this subchapter.
    (2) When sold in retail facilities; Division 1.4G or 1.4S fireworks, 
Division 1.4G ammunition, or Division 1.4G or 1.4S flares. Shipments 
offered for transport or transported under this subparagraph are limited 
to 30 kg (66 pounds) per package. All explosive materials subject to an 
approval must meet the terms of the approval, including packaging 
required by the approval.
    (3) Equipment powered by flammable liquids or flammable gases.
    (i) Flammable liquid-powered equipment. The fuel tank and fuel lines 
of equipment powered by an internal combustion engine must be in the 
closed position, and all fuel tank caps or closures must be securely in 
place.
    (ii) Flammable gas-powered equipment. A combustion engine using 
flammable gas fuel or other devices using flammable gas fuel (such as 
camping equipment, lighting devices, and torch kits) must have the 
flammable gas source disconnected and all shut-off devices in the closed 
position.
    (4) Division 2.1 or 2.2 compressed gases weighing less than 66 
pounds and sold as retail products. For the purposes of this section a 
cylinder or aerosol container may be assumed to meet the definition of a 
Division 2.1 or 2.2 materials, respectively, even if the exact pressure 
is unknown.
    (5) Materials shipped under this paragraph (c) must also comply with 
the segregation requirements as required in Sec.177.848.
    (6) Shipments made under this section are subject to the incident 
reporting requirements in Sec.171.15.
    (d) Hazard communication. Hazardous materials offered for 
transportation and transported by private carrier in accordance with 
paragraph (c) of this section may use the marking ``REVERSE LOGISTICS--
HIGHWAY TRANSPORT ONLY--UNDER 49 CFR 173.157'' as an alternative to the 
surface limited quantity marking found under Sec.172.315(a). Size 
marking requirements found in Sec.172.301(a)(1) apply.
    (e) Training. (1) Any person preparing a shipment under this section 
must have clear instructions on preparing the reverse logistics shipment 
to the supplier, manufacturer, or distributor from the retail store. 
This includes information to properly classify, package, mark, offer, 
and transport. These instructions must be provided by the supplier, 
manufacturer, or distributor to ensure the shipment is correctly 
prepared for transportation or through training requirements prescribed 
under part 172 subpart H of this subchapter.
    (2) Employers who do not provide training under part 172 subpart H 
of this subchapter must:
    (i) Identify hazardous materials subject to the provisions of this 
section, verify compliance with the appropriate conditions and 
limitations, as well as ensure clear instructions from the manufacturer, 
supplier, or distributor associated with product's origination or 
destination;

[[Page 591]]

    (ii) Ensure clear instructions provided are known and accessible to 
the employee at the time they are preparing the shipment; and
    (iii) Document that employees are familiar with the requirements of 
this section as well as the specific return instructions for the 
products offered under this section. Documentation must be retained 
while the employee is employed and 60-days thereafter. Alternatively, 
recordkeeping requirements under part 172 subpart H may be used.

[81 FR 18540, Mar. 31, 2016]



Subpart E_Non-bulk Packaging for Hazardous Materials Other Than Class 1 
                               and Class 7

    Source: Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, unless otherwise 
noted.



Sec.173.158  Nitric acid.

    (a) Nitric acid exceeding 40 percent concentration may not be 
packaged with any other material.
    (b) Nitric acid in any concentration which does not contain sulfuric 
acid or hydrochloric acid as impurities, when offered for transportation 
or transported by rail, highway, or water shall be packaged in 
specification containers as follows:
    (1) 1A1 stainless steel drums are authorized, subject to the 
following limitations:
    (i) Stainless steel used in drums must conform to the following 
thicknesses:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Nominal (marked) capacity (in         Minimum thickness (in mm) of
        liters) of 1A1 drum                    stainless steel
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 55                                  0.9
                115                                  1.2
                210                                  1.5
                450                                  2.0
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (ii) Drums weighing less than 85 percent of their original tare 
weight may not be used.
    (iii) Type 304 or other grades of equivalent corrosion-resistant 
steels in the as-welded condition are permissible for nitric acid 
concentrations up to and including 78 percent.
    (iv) For all concentrations of nitric acid, the following are 
permissible:
    (A) Type 304 heat-treated (quenched in water at 1040 [deg]C (1900 
[deg]F)),
    (B) Stabilized Type 347 in the as-welded condition,
    (C) Stabilized Type 347 stress-relieved (845-900 [deg]C (1550-1650 
[deg]F)),
    (D) Stabilized Type 347 heat-treated (quenched in water at 1040 
[deg]C (1900 [deg]F)), or
    (E) Other grades of equivalent corrosion resistance.
    (v) All parts of drum exposed to lading must be capable of 
withstanding the corrosive effect of nitric acid to the extent that 65 
percent boiling nitric acid does not penetrate the metal more than 
0.0381 mm (0.002 inches) per month. (ASTM A 262 may be used for a 
suitable corrosion test procedure.)
    (vi) In addition to marking required by Sec.178.503 of this 
subchapter, the following marks, in lettering of at least 12.7 mm (0.5 
inch) height, must be placed on drums used to transport nitric acid:
    (A) The type of steel used in body and head sheets as identified by 
American Iron and Steel Institute type number, and, in addition, the 
letters ``HT'' following the steel designation on containers subject to 
stress relieving or heat treatment during manufacture.
    (B) The thickness in mm of metal in thinnest part. When the 
thickness of metal in the body differs from that in the head, both must 
be indicated with slanting line between and with the gauge of the body 
indicated first.
    (C) Original tare weight in kilograms, preceded by the letters 
``TW.''

An example of the markings required by paragraphs (b)(1)(vi) (A), (B), 
and (C) of this section is ``304HT/1.9/2.7/TW55.''
    (2) 4H1 expanded plastics outer packagings with glass inner 
receptacles of not greater than 2.5 L (0.66 gallon) capacity each. No 
more than four 2.5 L (0.66 gallon) inner receptacles may be packed in 
one outer packaging.
    (c) Nitric acid of 80 percent or greater concentration which does 
not contain sulfuric acid or hydrochloric acid as impurities, when 
offered for transportation or transported by rail, highway, or water may 
be packaged in 1B1 aluminum drums.
    (d) Nitric acid of 90 percent or greater concentration, when offered 
for transportation or transported by rail, highway, or water may be 
packaged as follows:

[[Page 592]]

    (1) In 4C1, 4C2, 4D or 4F wooden boxes with inner packagings 
consisting of glass bottles further individually overpacked in tightly 
closed metal packagings. Glass bottles must be of 2.5 L (0.66 gallon) or 
less capacity and cushioned with a non-reactive, absorbent material 
within the metal packagings.
    (2) In combination packagings with 1A2, 1B2, 1N2, 1D, 1G, 1H2, 3H2, 
4A, 4B, 4N or 4G outer packagings with inner glass packagings of 2.5 L 
(0.66 gallons) or less capacity cushioned with a non-reactive, absorbent 
material and packed within a tightly closed intermediate packaging of 
metal or plastic.
    (e) Nitric acid of less than 90 percent concentration, when offered 
for transportation or transported by rail, highway, or water may be 
packaged in 4A, 4B, or 4N metal boxes, 4G fiberboard boxes or 4C1, 4C2, 
4D or 4F wooden boxes with inside glass packagings of not over 2.5 L 
(0.66 gallon) capacity each. Beginning September 17, 2018, when placed 
in wooden or fiberboard outer packagings, glass inner packagings must be 
packed in tightly-closed, intermediate packagings and cushioned with 
absorbent material sufficient to absorb the entire contents of the 
package. The intermediate packaging and absorbent material must be 
compatible with the nitric acid. See Sec.173.24(e).
    (f) Nitric acid of 70 percent or less concentration, when offered 
for transportation or transported by rail, highway, or water, may be 
packaged as follows:
    (1) In composite packagings 6PA1, 6PA2, 6PB1, 6PB2, 6PC, 6PD1, 6PH1, 
or 6PH2. 6HH1 and 6HA1 composite packaging with plastic inner 
receptacles meeting the compatibility requirements Sec.173.24(e) 
(e.g., PFA Teflon) are authorized.
    (2) In 4H1 expanded plastic boxes with inner glass packagings of not 
over 2.5 L (0.66 gallon) each.
    (3) In combination packagings with 1A2, 1B2, 1N2, 1D, 1G, 1H2, 3H2, 
4C1, 4C2, 4D, 4F, 4G, 4A, 4B or 4N outer packagings and plastic inner 
packagings not over 2.5 L (0.66 gallon) capacity further individually 
overpacked in tightly closed metal packagings.
    (g) Nitric acid of more than 70 percent concentration, when offered 
for transportation or transported by cargo aircraft only, must be 
packaged in combination packagings with 1A2, 1B2, 1N2, 1D, 1G, 1H2, 3H2, 
4C1, 4C2, 4D, 4F, 4G, 4A, 4B or 4N outer packagings with glass or 
earthenware inner packagings of not over 1 L (0.3 gallon) or glass 
ampoules of not over 0.5 L (0.1 gallon).
    (h) Nitric acid of less than 70 percent concentration, when offered 
for transportation in cargo aircraft only must be packaged in 
combination packagings with 1A2, 1B2, 1N2, 1D, 1G, 1H2, 3H2, 4C1, 4C2, 
4D, 4F, 4G, 4A, 4B or 4N outer packagings with inner packagings of--
    (1) Glass or earthenware not over 2.5 L (0.66 gallon) capacity;
    (2) Plastic not over 2.5 L (0.66 gallon) capacity further 
individually overpacked in tightly closed metal packagings; or
    (3) Glass ampoule not over 0.5 L (0.1 gallon) capacity.
    (i) Nitric acid solutions of concentrations up to 40%, nitric acid 
by weight when offered for transportation or transported by rail, 
highway, or cargo vessel, may be packaged in a UN1H1 non-removable head 
plastic drum, tested and marked at the PG II performance level for 
liquids with a specific gravity of at least 1.8, and a hydrostatic test 
pressure appropriate for the hazardous material.
    (1) Each drum may only be used one time and must be destroyed after 
emptying.
    (2) Each drum must be permanently and legibly marked ``Single Trip 
Only'' and ``Must be Destroyed When Empty.''
    (j) Nitric acid solutions, other than red fuming, with more than 70% 
nitric acid and Nitric acid solutions, other than red fuming, with not 
more than 70% nitric acid, when offered for transportation or 
transported by rail, highway, cargo vessel, or cargo-only aircraft may 
be packaged in a UN 4G outer fiberboard box meeting the Packing Group I 
or II performance level, as appropriate, subject to the following 
conditions:
    (1) Inner packaging: A plastic (``fluorinated ethylene-propylene'' 
[FEP] polymers, ``perfluoroalkoxy'' [PFA] polymers or similar materials) 
bottle with lined screw closure meeting the compatibility requirements 
of

[[Page 593]]

Sec.173.24(e) of this section and having a net capacity not greater 
than 2.5 liters (0.66 gallon) each. For cargo-only aircraft, the inner 
packaging for PG I material may not exceed 1 L (0.3 gal) capacity. The 
wall thickness of the bottle must not be less than 0.020''.
    (2) Intermediate packaging: (i) A tightly closed rigid-foam plastic 
receptacle each containing one inner packaging; or
    (ii) A plastic bag containing one inner packaging and placed inside 
a heavy-wall polypropylene bag lined with polypropylene absorbent 
material of sufficient capacity to completely absorb the liquid contents 
of each inner package. Both bags must be tightly sealed with either 
plastic tape, a wire tie or a cable tie.

[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66270, 
Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 173-241, 59 FR 67509, Dec. 29, 1994; Amdt. 173-255, 
61 FR 50626, Sept. 26, 1996; 68 FR 75744, Dec. 31, 2003; 78 FR 1085, 
Jan. 7, 2013; 81 FR 3673, Jan. 21, 2016; 81 FR 35541, June 2, 2016; 83 
FR 28168, June 18, 2018]



Sec.173.159  Batteries, wet.

    (a) Electric storage batteries, containing electrolyte acid or 
alkaline corrosive battery fluid (wet batteries), may not be packed with 
other materials except as provided in paragraphs (g) and (h) of this 
section and in Sec. Sec.173.220 and 173.222; and any battery or 
battery-powered device must be prepared and packaged for transport in a 
manner to prevent:
    (1) A dangerous evolution of heat (i.e., an amount of heat 
sufficient to be dangerous to packaging or personal safety to include 
charring of packaging, melting of packaging, scorching of packaging, or 
other evidence);
    (2) Short circuits, including, but not limited to:
    (i) Packaging each battery or each battery-powered device when 
practicable, in fully enclosed inner packagings made of non-conductive 
material;
    (ii) Separating or packaging batteries and battery-powered devices 
in a manner to prevent contact with other batteries, devices or 
conductive materials (e.g., metal) in the packagings; or
    (iii) Ensuring exposed terminals are protected with non-conductive 
caps, non-conductive tape, or by other appropriate means; and
    (3) Damage to terminals. If not impact resistant, the outer 
packaging must not be used as the sole means of protecting the battery 
terminals from damage or short circuiting. Batteries must be securely 
cushioned and packed to prevent shifting which could loosen terminal 
caps or reorient the terminals. Batteries contained in devices must be 
securely installed. Terminal protection methods include but are not 
limited to:
    (i) Securely attaching covers of sufficient strength to protect the 
terminals;
    (ii) Packaging the battery in a rigid plastic packaging; or
    (iii) Constructing the battery with terminals that are recessed or 
otherwise protected so that the terminals will not be subjected to 
damage if the package is dropped.
    (b) For transportation by aircraft:
    (1) The packaging for wet batteries must incorporate an acid- or 
alkali-proof liner, or include a supplementary packaging with sufficient 
strength and adequately sealed to prevent leakage of electrolyte fluid 
in the event of spillage; and
    (2) Any battery-powered device, equipment or vehicle must be 
packaged for transport in a manner to prevent unintentional activation 
or must have an independent means of preventing unintentional activation 
(e.g., packaging restricts access to activation switch, switch caps or 
locks, recessed switches, trigger locks, temperature sensitive circuit 
breakers, etc.).
    (c) The following specification packagings are authorized for 
batteries packed without other materials provided all requirements of 
paragraph (a) of this section, and for transportation by aircraft, 
paragraph (b) of this section are met:
    (1) Wooden box: 4C1, 4C2, 4D, or 4F.
    (2) Fiberboard box: 4G.
    (3) Plywood drum: 1D.
    (4) Fiber drum: 1G.
    (5) Plastic drum: 1H2.
    (6) Plastic jerrican: 3H2.
    (7) Plastic box: 4H2.
    (d) The following non-specification packagings are authorized for 
batteries

[[Page 594]]

packed without other materials provided all requirements of paragraph 
(a) of this section, and for transportation by aircraft, paragraph (b) 
of this section are met:
    (1) Electric storage batteries are firmly secured to skids or 
pallets capable of withstanding the shocks normally incident to 
transportation are authorized for transportation by rail, highway, or 
vessel. The height of the completed unit must not exceed 1\1/2\ times 
the width of the skid or pallet. The unit must be capable of 
withstanding, without damage, a superimposed weight equal to two times 
the weight of the unit or, if the weight of the unit exceeds 907 kg 
(2,000 pounds), a superimposed weight of 1814 kg (4,000 pounds). Battery 
terminals must not be relied upon to support any part of the 
superimposed weight and must not short out if a conductive material is 
placed in direct contact with them.
    (2) Electric storage batteries weighing 225 kg (500 pounds) or more, 
consisting of carriers' equipment, may be shipped by rail when mounted 
on suitable skids. Such shipments may not be offered in interchange 
service.
    (3) One to three batteries not over 11.3 kg (25 pounds) each, packed 
in strong outer boxes. The maximum authorized gross weight is 34 kg (75 
pounds).
    (4) Not more than four batteries not over 7 kg (15 pounds) each, 
packed in strong outer fiberboard or wooden boxes. The maximum 
authorized gross weight is 30 kg (65 pounds).
    (5) Not more than five batteries not over 4.5 kg (10 pounds) each, 
packed in strong outer fiberboard or wooden boxes. The maximum 
authorized gross weight is 30 kg (65 pounds).
    (6) Single batteries not exceeding 34 kg (75 pounds) each, packed in 
5-sided slip covers or in completely closed fiberboard boxes. Slip 
covers and boxes must be of solid or double-faced corrugated fiberboard 
of at least 91 kg (200 pounds) Mullen test strength. The slip cover or 
fiberboard box must fit snugly and provide inside top clearance of at 
least 1.3 cm (0.5 inch) above battery terminals and filler caps with 
reinforcement in place. Assembled for shipment, the bottom edges of the 
slipcover must come to within 2.5 cm (1 inch) of the bottom of the 
battery. The completed package (battery and box or slip cover) must be 
capable of withstanding a top-to-bottom compression test of at least 225 
kg (500 pounds) without damage to battery terminal caps, cell covers or 
filler caps.
    (7) Single batteries exceeding 34 kg (75 pounds) each may be packed 
in completely closed fiberboard boxes. Boxes must be of double-wall 
corrugated fiberboard of at least 181 kg (400 pounds) test, or solid 
fiberboard testing at least 181 kg (400 pounds); a box may have hand 
holes in its ends provided that the hand holes will not materially 
weaken the box. Sides and ends of the box must have cushioning between 
the battery and walls of the box; combined thickness of cushioning 
material and walls of the box must not be less than 1.3 cm (0.5 inch); 
and cushioning must be excelsior pads, corrugated fiberboard, or other 
suitable cushioning material. The bottom of the battery must be 
protected by a minimum of one excelsior pad or by a double-wall 
corrugated fiberboard pad. The top of the battery must be protected by a 
wood frame, corrugated trays or scored sheets of corrugated fiberboard 
having minimum test of 91 kg (200 pounds), or other equally effective 
cushioning material. Top protection must bear evenly on connectors and/
or edges of the battery cover to facilitate stacking of batteries. No 
more than one battery may be placed in one box. The maximum authorized 
gross weight is 91 kg (200 pounds).
    (e) When transported by highway or rail, electric storage batteries 
containing electrolyte, acid, or alkaline corrosive battery fluid and 
electric storage batteries packed with electrolyte, acid, or alkaline 
corrosive battery fluid, are not subject to any other requirements of 
this subchapter, if all of the following are met:
    (1) No other hazardous materials may be transported in the same 
vehicle;
    (2) The batteries must be loaded or braced so as to prevent damage 
and short circuits in transit;
    (3) Any other material loaded in the same vehicle must be blocked, 
braced, or otherwise secured to prevent contact with or damage to the 
batteries. In addition, batteries on pallets, must

[[Page 595]]

be stacked to not cause damage to another pallet in transportation;
    (4) Except for the purpose of consolidating shipments of batteries 
for recycling, the transport vehicle may not carry material shipped by 
any person other than the shipper of the batteries; and
    (5) Shipments made under this paragraph are subject to the incident 
reporting requirements in Sec.171.15.
    (f) Batteries can be considered as non-spillable provided they are 
capable of withstanding the following two tests, without leakage of 
battery fluid from the battery:
    (1) Vibration test. The battery must be rigidly clamped to the 
platform of a vibration machine, and a simple harmonic motion having an 
amplitude of 0.8 mm (0.03 inches) with a 1.6 mm (0.063 inches) maximum 
total excursion must be applied. The frequency must be varied at the 
rate of 1 Hz/min between the limits of 10 Hz to 55 Hz. The entire range 
of frequencies and return must be traversed in 95 5 minutes for each mounting position (direction of 
vibrator) of the battery. The battery must be tested in three mutually 
perpendicular positions (to include testing with fill openings and 
vents, if any, in an inverted position) for equal time periods.
    (2) Pressure differential test. Following the vibration test, the 
battery must be stored for six hours at 24 [deg]C 4 [deg]C (75 [deg]F 7 [deg]F) 
while subjected to a pressure differential of at least 88 kPa (13 psig). 
The battery must be tested in three mutually perpendicular positions (to 
include testing with fill openings and vents, if any, in an inverted 
position) for at least six hours in each position.
    (g) Electrolyte, acid or alkaline corrosive battery fluid, packed 
with batteries wet or dry, must be packed in one of the following 
specification packagings:
    (1) In 4C1, 4C2, 4D, or 4F wooden boxes with inner receptacles of 
glass, not over 4.0 L (1 gallon) each with not over 8.0 L (2 gallons) 
total in each outside container. Inside containers must be well-
cushioned and separated from batteries by a strong solid wooden 
partition. The completed package must conform to Packing Group III 
requirements.
    (2) Electrolyte, acid, or alkaline corrosive battery fluid included 
with electric storage batteries and filling kits may be packed in strong 
rigid outer packagings when shipments are made by, for, or to the 
Departments of the Army, Navy, or Air Force of the United States. 
Packagings must conform to military specifications. The electrolyte, 
acid, or alkaline corrosive battery fluid must be packed in polyethylene 
bottles of not over 1.0 L (0.3 gallon) capacity each. Not more than 24 
bottles, securely separated from electric storage batteries and kits, 
may be offered for transportation or transported in each package.
    (3) In 4G fiberboard boxes with not more than 12 inside packagings 
of polyethylene or other material resistant to the lading, each not over 
2.0 L (0.5 gallon) capacity each. Completed packages must conform to 
Packing Group III requirements. Inner packagings must be adequately 
separated from the storage battery. The maximum authorized gross weight 
is 29 kg (64 pounds). These packages are not authorized for 
transportation by aircraft.
    (h)(1) Dry batteries or battery charger devices may be packaged in 
4G fiberboard boxes with inner receptacles containing battery fluid. 
Completed packages must conform to the Packing Group III performance 
level. Not more than 12 inner receptacles may be packed in one outer 
box. The maximum authorized gross weight for the completed package is 34 
kg (75 pounds).
    (2) Battery fluid, acid (UN2796) may be packaged in a UN6HG2 
composite packaging further packed in a UN4G fiberboard box with a dry 
storage battery. The UN6HG2 composite packaging may not exceed 8.0 
liters in capacity. Completed packages must conform to the Packing Group 
III performance level. The maximum authorized gross weight for the 
completed package is 37.0 kg (82.0 lbs).
    (i) When approved by the Associate Administrator, electric storage 
batteries, containing electrolyte or corrosive battery fluid in a 
separate reservoir from which fluid is injected into the battery cells 
by a power device cartridge assembled with the battery, and which meet 
the criteria of paragraph

[[Page 596]]

(f) are not subject to any other requirements of this subchapter.
    (j) Nickel cadmium batteries containing liquid potassium hydroxide 
solution. Nickel-cadmium batteries that contain no more than 10 ml of 
liquid potassium hydroxide solution (UN1814) in each battery are not 
subject to the requirements of this subchapter under the following 
conditions:
    (1) Each battery must be sealed in a heat sealed bag, packaged to 
prevent short circuits, and placed in the center of an outer packaging 
surrounded with a foam-in-place packaging material;
    (2) The completed package must meet the Packing Group II performance 
level;
    (3) The gross weight of the package may not exceed 15.2 kg (33.4 
pounds); and
    (4) The cumulative amount of potassium hydroxide solution in all of 
the batteries in each package may not exceed 4 ounces (0.11 kg).
    (k) Damaged wet electric storage batteries. (1) Damaged batteries 
incapable of retaining battery fluid inside the outer casing during 
transportation may be transported by highway or rail provided the 
batteries are transported in non-bulk packaging, meet the requirements 
of paragraph (a) of this section, and are prepared for transport under 
one or more of the following conditions:
    (i) Drain the battery of fluid to eliminate the potential for 
leakage during transportation;
    (ii) Individually pack the battery in a leak proof intermediate 
package with sufficient compatible absorbent material capable of 
absorbing the release of any electrolyte and place the intermediate 
packaging in a leakproof outer packaging that conforms to the general 
packaging requirements of subpart B of this part;
    (iii) Pack the battery in a salvage packaging in accordance with the 
provisions of Sec.173.3(c); or
    (iv) When packaged with other batteries or materials (e.g., on 
pallets or non-skid rails) and secured to prevent movement during 
transport, pack the battery in leakproof packaging to prevent leakage of 
battery fluid from the packaging under conditions normally incident to 
transportation.
    (2) Shipment of damage batteries in accordance with this paragraph 
is eligible for exception under paragraph (e) of this section.

[74 FR 2257, Jan. 14, 2009, as amended at 81 FR 3673, Jan. 21, 2016; 81 
FR 18540, Mar. 31, 2016; 81 FR 35541, June 2, 2016]



Sec.173.159a  Exceptions for non-spillable batteries.

    (a) Exceptions for hazardous materials shipments in the following 
paragraphs are permitted only if this section is referenced for the 
specific hazardous material in the Sec.172.101 table or in a packaging 
section in this part.
    (b) Non-spillable batteries offered for transportation or 
transported in accordance with this section are subject to the incident 
reporting requirements. For transportation by aircraft, a telephone 
report in accordance with Sec.171.15(a) is required if a fire, violent 
rupture, explosion or dangerous evolution of heat (i.e., an amount of 
heat sufficient to be dangerous to packaging or personal safety to 
include charring of packaging, melting of packaging, scorching of 
packaging, or other evidence) occurs as a direct result of a non-
spillable battery. For all modes of transportation, a written report in 
accordance with Sec.171.16(a) is required if a fire, violent rupture, 
explosion or dangerous evolution of heat occurs as a direct result of a 
non-spillable battery.
    (c) Non-spillable batteries are excepted from the packaging 
requirements of Sec.173.159 under the following conditions:
    (1) Non-spillable batteries must be securely packed in strong outer 
packagings or secured to skids or pallets capable of withstanding the 
shocks normally incident to transportation. The batteries must meet the 
requirements of Sec.173.159(a), be loaded or braced so as to prevent 
damage and short circuits in transit, and any other material loaded in 
the same vehicle must be blocked, braced, or otherwise secured to 
prevent contact with or damage to the batteries. A non-spillable battery 
which is an integral part of and necessary for the operation of 
mechanical or electronic equipment must be securely fastened in the 
battery holder on the equipment.

[[Page 597]]

    (2) The battery and outer packaging must be plainly and durably 
marked ``NON-SPILLABLE'' or ``NON-SPILLABLE BATTERY.'' The requirement 
to mark the outer package does not apply when the battery is installed 
in a piece of equipment that is transported unpackaged.
    (d) Non-spillable batteries are excepted from all other requirements 
of this subchapter when offered for transportation and transported in 
accordance with paragraph (c) of this section and the following:
    (1) At a temperature of 55 [deg]C (131 [deg]F), the battery must not 
contain any unabsorbed free-flowing liquid, and must be designed so that 
electrolyte will not flow from a ruptured or cracked case; and
    (2) For transport by aircraft, when contained in a battery-powered 
device, equipment or vehicle must be prepared and packaged for transport 
in a manner to prevent unintentional activation in conformance with 
Sec.173.159(b)(2) of this Subpart.
    (3) For transport by aircraft, must be transported as cargo and may 
not be carried onboard an aircraft by passengers or crewmembers in 
carry-on baggage, checked baggage, or on their person unless 
specifically excepted by Sec.175.10.

[74 FR 2258, Jan. 14, 2009, as amended at 75 FR 72, Jan. 4, 2010; 77 FR 
60942, Oct. 5, 2012; 78 FR 1085, Jan. 7, 2013; 78 FR 15328, Mar. 11, 
2013]



Sec.173.160  Bombs, smoke, non-explosive (corrosive).

    Bombs, smoke, non-explosive may be shipped provided they are without 
ignition elements, bursting charges, detonating fuses or other explosive 
components. They must be packaged in metal (4A, 4B, 4N), wooden (4C1, 
4C2), plywood (4D), or reconstituted wood (4F), fiberboard (4G) or solid 
plastic (4H2) boxes, or metal (1A2, 1B2, 1N2), plastic (1H2), plywood 
drums (1D), or fiber (1G) drums that meet Packing Group II requirements.

[78 FR 1085, Jan. 7, 2013]



Sec.173.161  Chemical kits and first aid kits.

    (a) Applicability. Chemical kits and first aid kits contain one or 
more compatible items of hazardous materials in boxes, cases, etc. that, 
for example, are used for medical, analytical, diagnostic, testing, or 
repair purposes.
    (b) Authorized materials. (1) The kits may only contain hazardous 
materials for which packaging exceptions are provided in column 8(A) of 
the Sec.172.101 Hazardous Materials Table in this subchapter. For 
transportation by aircraft, the kits may only contain quantities of 
hazardous materials authorized as excepted quantities or as limited 
quantities in Sec. Sec.173.4a and 173.27(f) of this part, 
respectively. Materials forbidden for transportation by passenger 
aircraft or cargo aircraft may not be included in the kits.
    (2) The packing group assigned to the chemical kit and first aid kit 
as a whole must be the most stringent packing group assigned to any 
individual substance in the kit. The packing group must be shown on the 
shipping paper. Where the kit contains only hazardous materials to which 
no packing group is assigned, the packagings shall meet the Packing 
Group II performance level. Where the kit contains only hazardous 
materials to which no packing group is assigned, the packing group does 
not have to be indicated on the shipping paper.
    (c) Packaging. Except for transportation by aircraft or vessel, 
chemical kits and first aid kits must be packaged in combination 
packagings conforming to the packaging requirements of subpart B of this 
part. For transportation by aircraft or vessel, chemical kits and first 
aid kits must be packaged in specification combination packagings based 
on the performance level of the most stringent packing group of material 
contained within the kit. For transportation by aircraft, friction-type 
closures must be secured by secondary means and inner packagings 
intended to contain liquids must be capable of meeting the pressure 
differential requirements prescribed in Sec.173.27(c) of this 
subchapter. Inner and outer packaging quantity limits for packages are 
as follows:
    (1) Except for liquids of Division 5.2 (organic peroxide), inner 
packagings containing not more than 250 mL. Except for transportation by 
aircraft, for Division 5.2 (organic peroxide) liquids

[[Page 598]]

of Type B and C, inner packagings containing not more than 25 mL and for 
Division 5.2 (organic peroxide) liquids of Type D, E and F, inner 
packagings containing not more than 125 mL. For transportation by 
aircraft, for Division 5.2 (organic peroxide) liquids of Type D, E and F 
(only), inner packagings containing not more than 125 mL;
    (2) Except for solids of Division 5.2 (organic peroxide) of Type B 
and C, inner packagings containing not more than 250 g. Except for 
transportation by aircraft, for a Division 5.2 (organic peroxide) solid 
of Type B and C, inner packagings containing not more than 100 g. For 
transportation by aircraft, for a Division 5.2 (organic peroxide) solid 
of Type D, E and F (only), inner packagings containing not more than 250 
g;
    (3) No more than 10 L or 10 kg of hazardous material may be 
contained in one outer package (excluding dry ice). For transportation 
by aircraft, no more than 1 L or 1 kg of hazardous material may be 
contained in one kit (excluding dry ice);
    (4) Each package must conform to the packaging requirements of 
subpart B of this part and may not exceed 30 kg (66 pounds) gross 
weight;
    (5) Except for Carbon dioxide, solid (Dry ice), UN1845, no other 
hazardous materials may be packed within the same outer packaging as the 
kits. Dry ice must be packaged in accordance with Sec.173.217 of this 
subchapter;
    (6) The kits must include sufficient absorbent material to 
completely absorb the contents of any liquid hazardous materials 
contained in the kits. The contents must be separated, placed, or 
packed, and closed with cushioning material to protect them from damage; 
and
    (7) The contents of the kits must be packed so there will be no 
possibility of the mixture of contents causing dangerous evolution of 
heat or gas.
    (d) Exceptions. (1)(i) Chemical kits and first aid kits are eligible 
for the excepted quantity exceptions provided in Sec. Sec.173.4 and 
173.4a of this part. For transportation by aircraft, chemical kits and 
first aid kits are eligible for the limited quantity provisions provided 
in Sec.173.27(f) of this part. For inner packaging quantity limits, 
see Sec.173.27(f), Table 3.
    (ii) A package conforming to the provisions of this section is not 
subject to the shipping paper requirements of subpart C of part 172 of 
this subchapter, unless the material meets the definition of a hazardous 
substance, hazardous waste, marine pollutant, or is offered for 
transportation and transported by aircraft or vessel. Chemical kits and 
First aid kits conforming to this section may be marked as a limited 
quantity as prescribed in Sec.172.315 of this subchapter and, if 
applicable, are eligible for the exceptions provided in Sec.173.156 of 
this part. Additionally, chemical and first aid kits conforming to this 
section are not subject to part 174 (carriage by rail) or part 177 
(carriage by highway) of this subchapter when marked in accordance with 
Sec.172.315 of this subchapter.
    (2) Consumer commodities. Until December 31, 2020, a limited 
quantity package containing a ``consumer commodity'' as defined in Sec.
171.8 of this subchapter may be renamed ``Consumer commodity'' and 
reclassed as ORM-D or, until December 31, 2012, as ORM-D-AIR material 
and offered for transportation and transported in accordance with the 
applicable provisions of this subchapter in effect on October 1, 2010.
    (3) Kits that are carried on board transport vehicles for first aid 
or operating purposes are not subject to the requirements of this 
subchapter.

[76 FR 3375, Jan. 19, 2011, as amended at 78 FR 1115, Jan. 7, 2013; 80 
FR 1157, Jan. 8, 2015]



Sec.173.162  Gallium.

    (a) Except when packaged in cylinders or steel flasks, gallium must 
be packaged in packagings which meet the requirements of part 178 of 
this subchapter at the Packing Group I performance level for 
transportation by aircraft, and at the Packing Group III performance 
level for transport by highway, rail or vessel, as follows:
    (1) In combination packagings intended to contain liquids consisting 
of glass, earthenware or rigid plastic inner packagings with a maximum 
net mass of 15 kg (33 pounds) each. The inner packagings must be packed 
in wood boxes (4C1, 4C2, 4D, 4F), fiberboard boxes (4G), plastic boxes 
(4H1,

[[Page 599]]

4H2), fiber drums (1G) or steel, metal, other than steel or aluminum, 
and plastic drums or jerricans (1A1, 1A2, 1N1, 1N2, 1H1, 1H2, 3A2 or 
3H2) with sufficient cushioning materials to prevent breakage. Either 
the inner packagings or the outer packagings must have an inner liner 
that is leakproof or bags of strong leakproof and puncture-resistant 
material impervious to the contents and completely surrounding the 
contents to prevent it from escaping from the package, irrespective of 
its position.
    (2) In packagings intended to contain liquids consisting of semi-
rigid plastic inner packagings of not more than 2.5 kg (5.5 pounds) net 
capacity each, individually enclosed in a sealed, leak-tight bag of 
strong puncture-resistant material. The sealed bags must be packed in 
wooden (4C1, 4C2), plywood (4D), reconstituted wood (4F), fiberboard 
(4G), plastic (4H1, 4H2) or metal, other than steel or aluminum (4N) 
boxes or in fiber (1G), steel (1A1, 1A2), metal, other than steel or 
aluminum (1N1, 1N2), or plastic (1H1 or 1H2) drums, that are lined with 
leak-tight, puncture-resistant material. Bags and liner material must be 
chemically resistant to gallium.
    (3) Cylinders and steel flasks with vaulted bottoms are also 
authorized.
    (b) When it is necessary to transport gallium at low temperatures in 
order to maintain it in a completely solid state, the above packagings 
may be overpacked in a strong, water-resistant outer packaging which 
contains dry ice or other means of refrigeration. If a refrigerant is 
used, all of the above materials used in the packaging of gallium must 
be chemically and physically resistant to the refrigerant and must have 
impact resistance at the low temperatures of the refrigerant employed. 
If dry ice is used, the outer packaging must permit the release of 
carbon dioxide gas.
    (c) Manufactured articles or apparatuses, each containing not more 
than 100 mg (0.0035 ounce) of gallium and packaged so that the quantity 
of gallium per package does not exceed 1 g (0.35 ounce) are not subject 
to the requirements of this subchapter. For transportation by aircraft, 
such articles and apparatuses must be transported as cargo and may not 
be carried onboard an aircraft by passengers or crewmembers in carry-on 
baggage, checked baggage, or on their person unless specifically 
excepted by Sec.175.10.

[64 FR 10777, Mar. 5, 1999, as amended at 66 FR 33430, June 21, 2001; 78 
FR 1085, Jan. 7, 2013]



Sec.173.163  Hydrogen fluoride.

    (a) Hydrogen fluoride (hydrofluoric acid, anhydrous) must be 
packaged as follows:
    (1) In specification 3, 3A, 3AA, 3B, 3BN, or 3E cylinders; or in 
specification 4B, 4BA, or 4BW cylinders except that brazed 4B, 4BA, and 
4BW cylinders are not authorized. The filling density may not exceed 85 
percent of the cylinder's water weight capacity. In place of the 
periodic volumetric expansion test, cylinders used in exclusive service 
may be given a complete external visual inspection in conformance with 
part 180, subpart C, of this subchapter, at the time such 
requalification becomes due.
    (2) In a UN cylinder, as specified in part 178 of this subchapter, 
having a minimum test pressure of 10 bar and a maximum filling ratio of 
0.84.
    (b) A cylinder removed from hydrogen fluoride service must be 
condemned in accordance with Sec.180.205 of this subchapter. 
Alternatively, at the direction of the owner, the requalifier may render 
the cylinder incapable of holding pressure.

[71 FR 33880, June 12, 2006]



Sec.173.164  Mercury (metallic and articles containing mercury).

    (a) For transportation by aircraft, mercury must be packaged in 
packagings which meet the requirements of part 178 of this subchapter at 
the Packing Group I performance level, as follows:
    (1) In inner packagings of earthenware, glass or plastic containing 
not more than 3.5 kg (7.7 pounds) of mercury, or inner packagings that 
are glass ampoules containing not more than 0.5 kg (1.1 pounds) of 
mercury, or iron or steel quicksilver flasks containing not more than 35 
kg (77 pounds) of mercury. The inner packagings or flasks must be packed 
in steel drums (1A1, 1A2), metal, other than steel or

[[Page 600]]

aluminum drums (1N1, 1N2), steel jerricans (3A2), wooden boxes (4C1, 
4C2), plywood boxes (4D), reconstituted wood boxes (4F), fiberboard 
boxes (4G), metal, other than steel or aluminum boxes (4N), plastic 
boxes (4H2), plywood drums (1D) or fiber drums (1G).
    (2) [Reserved]
    (3) When inner packagings of earthenware, glass or plastic are used, 
they must be packed in the outer packaging with sufficient cushioning 
material to prevent breakage.
    (4) Either the inner packagings or the outer packagings must have 
inner linings or bags of strong leakproof and puncture-resistant 
material impervious to mercury, completely surrounding the contents, so 
that the escape of mercury will be prevented irrespective of the 
position of the package.
    (5) [Reserved]
    (b) When transported as cargo, manufactured articles or apparatuses, 
each containing not more than 100 mg (0.0035 ounce) of mercury and 
packaged so that the quantity of mercury per package does not exceed 1 g 
(0.035 ounce) are not subject to the requirements of this subchapter.
    (c) Manufactured articles or apparatuses containing mercury are 
excepted from the specification packaging requirements of this 
subchapter when packaged as follows:
    (1) Manufactured articles or apparatuses of which metallic mercury 
is a component part, such as manometers, pumps, thermometers, switches, 
etc. (for electron tubes, mercury vapor tubes and similar tubes, see 
paragraph (c)(3) of this section), must be in strong outer packagings, 
having sealed inner liners or bags of strong leakproof and puncture-
resistant material impervious to mercury, which will prevent the escape 
of mercury from the package irrespective of its position. Mercury 
switches and relays are excepted from these packaging requirements, if 
they are totally enclosed, leakproof and in sealed metal or plastic 
units.
    (2) When transported as cargo, thermometers, switches and relays, 
each containing a total quantity of not more than 15 g (0.53 ounces) of 
mercury, are excepted from the requirements of this subchapter if 
installed as an integral part of a machine or apparatus and so fitted 
that shock of impact damage, leading to leakage of mercury, is unlikely 
to occur under conditions normally incident to transport.
    (3) Electron tubes, mercury vapor tubes and similar tubes must be 
packaged as follows:
    (i) Tubes which are packed in strong outer packagings with all seams 
and joints sealed with self-adhesive, pressure-sensitive tape which will 
prevent the escape of mercury from the package, are authorized up to a 
total net quantity of 450 g (15.9 ounces) of mercury per package;
    (ii) Tubes with more than 450 g (15.9 ounces) of mercury are 
authorized only when packed in strong outer packagings, having sealed 
inner liners or bags of strong leakproof and puncture-resistant material 
impervious to mercury which will prevent escape of mercury from the 
package irrespective of its position;
    (iii) Tubes which do not contain more than 5 g (0.2 ounce) of 
mercury each and which are packed in the manufacturer's original 
packagings, are authorized up to a total net quantity of 30 g (1.1 
ounces) of mercury per package;
    (iv) Tubes which are completely jacketed in sealed leakproof metal 
cases are authorized in the manufacturer's original packagings.
    (4) A person offering for transportation electron tubes, mercury 
vapor tubes, and similar tubes shall indicate the quantity of mercury 
therein on the shipping paper.
    (5) Mercurial barometers conforming to paragraph (c)(1) of this 
section, which are loaded and unloaded from an aircraft under the 
supervision of, and accompanied in flight by, a National Weather Service 
official or similar United States agency official, are excepted from any 
other requirements of this subchapter.
    (d) For transportation by other than aircraft, mercury must be 
packaged--
    (1) In any packaging which meets the requirements of part 178 of 
this subchapter at the Packing Group III performance level; or
    (2) In non-specification reusable metal packagings.

[[Page 601]]

    (e) Except for a hazardous substance or a hazardous waste or for 
transportation by aircraft or vessel, packages containing less than 0.45 
kg (1.0 pound) net weight of mercury are not subject to the requirements 
of this subchapter.
    (f) For vessel transport, manufactured articles or instruments 
containing less than 0.45 kg (1.0 pound) of mercury are not subject to 
the requirements of this subchapter.

[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66270, 
Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 173-241, 59 FR 67509, Dec. 29, 1994; Amdt. 173-246, 
60 FR 49110, Sept. 21, 1995; 64 FR 10777, 10778, Mar. 5, 1999; 68 FR 
57632, Oct. 6, 2003; 78 FR 1085, Jan. 7, 2013; 80 FR 1157, Jan. 8, 2015]



Sec.173.165  Polyester resin kits.

    (a) General requirements. Polyester resin kits consisting of a base 
material component (Class 3, Packing Group II or III) or (Division 4.1, 
Packing Group II or III) and an activator component (Type D, E, or F 
organic peroxide that does not require temperature control)--
    (1) The organic peroxide component must be packed in inner 
packagings not over 125 mL (4.22 fluid ounces) net capacity each for 
liquids or 500 g (17.64 ounces) net capacity each for solids.
    (2) Except for transportation by aircraft, the flammable liquid 
component must be packaged in suitable inner packagings.
    (i) For transportation by aircraft, a Class 3 Packing Group II base 
material is limited to a quantity of 5 L (1.3 gallons) in metal or 
plastic inner packagings and 1 L (0.3 gallons) in glass inner 
packagings. A Class 3 Packing Group III base material is limited to a 
quantity of 10 L (2.6 gallons) in metal or plastic inner packagings and 
2.5 L (0.66 gallons) in glass inner packagings.
    (ii) For transportation by aircraft, a Division 4.1 Packing Group II 
base material is limited to a quantity of 5 kg (11 pounds) in metal or 
plastic inner packagings and 1 kg (2.2 pounds) in glass inner 
packagings. A Division 4.1 Packing Group III base material is limited to 
a quantity of 10 kg (22 lbs) in metal or plastic inner packagings and 
2.5 kg (5.5 pounds) in glass inner packagings.
    (3) If the flammable liquid or solid component and the organic 
peroxide component will not interact dangerously in the event of 
leakage, they may be packed in the same outer packaging.
    (4) The Packing Group assigned will be II or III, according to the 
criteria for Class 3, or Division 4.1, as appropriate, applied to the 
base material. Additionally, polyester resin kits must be packaged in 
specification combination packagings, based on the performance level 
required of the base material (II or III) contained within the kit, as 
prescribed in Sec.173.202, Sec.173.203, Sec.173.212, or Sec.
173.213, as appropriate.
    (5) For transportation by aircraft, the following additional 
requirements apply:
    (i) Closures on inner packagings containing liquids must be secured 
by secondary means;
    (ii) Inner packagings containing liquids must be capable of meeting 
the pressure differential requirements prescribed in Sec.173.27(c); 
and
    (iii) The total quantity of activator and base material may not 
exceed 5 kg (11 lbs) per package for a Packing Group II base material. 
The total quantity of activator and base material may not exceed 10 kg 
(22 lbs) per package for a Packing Group III base material. The total 
quantity of polyester resin kits per package is calculated on a one-to-
one basis (i.e., 1 L equals 1 kg).
    (b) Small and excepted quantities. Polyester resin kits are eligible 
for the Small Quantity exceptions in Sec.173.4 and the Excepted 
Quantity exceptions in Sec.173.4a, as applicable.
    (c) Limited quantities. Limited quantity packages of polyester resin 
kits are excepted from labeling requirements, unless the material is 
offered for transportation or transported by aircraft, and are excepted 
from the specification packaging requirements of this subchapter when 
packaged in combination packagings according to this paragraph (c). For 
transportation by aircraft, only hazardous material authorized aboard 
passenger-carrying aircraft may be transported as a limited quantity. A 
limited quantity package that conforms to the provisions of this section 
is not subject to the shipping paper requirements of subpart C of part 
172 of this subchapter, unless the

[[Page 602]]

material meets the definition of a hazardous substance, hazardous waste, 
marine pollutant, or is offered for transportation and transported by 
aircraft or vessel, and is eligible for the exceptions provided in Sec.
173.156. In addition, shipments of limited quantities are not subject to 
subpart F (Placarding) of part 172 of this subchapter. Each package must 
conform to the general packaging requirements of subpart B of this part 
and may not exceed 30 kg (66 pounds) gross weight.
    (1) Except for transportation by aircraft, the organic peroxide 
component must be packed in inner packagings not over 125 mL (4.22 fluid 
ounces) net capacity each for liquids or 500 g (17.64 ounces) net 
capacity each for solids. For transportation by aircraft, the organic 
peroxide component must be packed in inner packagings not over 30 mL (1 
fluid ounce) net capacity each for liquids or 100 g (3.5 ounces) net 
capacity each for solids.
    (2) Except for transportation by aircraft, the flammable liquid 
component must be packed in inner packagings not over 5 L (1.3 gallons) 
net capacity each for a Packing Group II and Packing Group III liquid. 
For transportation by aircraft, the flammable liquid component must be 
packed in inner packagings not over 1 L (0.3 gallons) net capacity each 
for a Packing Group II material. For transportation by aircraft, the 
flammable liquid component must be packed in metal or plastic inner 
packagings not over 5.0 L (1.3 gallons) net capacity each or glass inner 
packagings not over 2.5 L (0.66 gallons) net capacity each for a Packing 
Group III material.
    (3) Except for transportation by aircraft, the flammable solid 
component must be packed in inner packagings not over 5 kg (11 pounds) 
net capacity each for a Packing Group II and Packing Group III solid. 
For transportation by aircraft, the flammable solid component must be 
packed in inner packagings not over 1 kg (2.2 pounds) net capacity each 
for a Packing Group II material. For transportation by aircraft, the 
flammable solid component must be packed in metal or plastic inner 
packagings not over 5.0 kg (11 pounds) net capacity each or glass inner 
packagings not over 2.5 kg (5.5 pounds) net capacity each for a Packing 
Group III material.
    (4) If the flammable liquid or solid component and the organic 
peroxide component will not interact dangerously in the event of 
leakage, they may be packed in the same outer packaging.
    (5) For transportation by aircraft, the following additional 
requirements apply:
    (i) Closures on inner packagings containing liquids must be secured 
by secondary means as prescribed in Sec.173.27(d);
    (ii) Inner packagings containing liquids must be capable of meeting 
the pressure differential requirements prescribed in Sec.173.27(c); 
and
    (iii) The total quantity of activator and base material may not 
exceed 1 kg (2.2 pounds) per package for a Packing Group II base 
material. The total quantity of activator and base material may not 
exceed 5 kg (11 pounds) per package for a Packing Group III base 
material. The total quantity of polyester resin kits per package is 
calculated on a one-to-one basis (i.e., 1 L equals 1 kg);
    (iv) Fragile inner packagings must be packaged to prevent failure 
under conditions normally incident to transport. Packages of consumer 
commodities must be capable of withstanding a 1.2 m drop on solid 
concrete in the position most likely to cause damage; and
    (v) Stack test capability. Packages of consumer commodities must be 
capable of withstanding, without failure or leakage of any inner 
packaging and without any significant reduction in effectiveness, a 
force applied to the top surface for a duration of 24 hours equivalent 
to the total weight of identical packages if stacked to a height of 3.0 
m (including the test sample).
    (d) Consumer commodities. Until December 31, 2020, a limited 
quantity package of polyester resin kits that are also consumer 
commodities as defined in Sec.171.8 of this subchapter may be renamed 
``Consumer commodity'' and reclassed as ORM-D or, until December 31, 
2012, as ORM-D-AIR material and

[[Page 603]]

offered for transportation and transported in accordance with the 
applicable provisions of 49 CFR subchapter C (revised as of October 1, 
2010).

[82 FR 15880, Mar. 30, 2017]



Sec.173.166  Safety devices.

    For the purpose of this section, safety devices are articles which 
contain pyrotechnic substances or hazardous materials of other classes 
and are used in vehicles, vessels or aircraft to enhance safety to 
persons. Examples are: air bag inflators, air bag modules, seat-belt 
pretensioners and pyromechanical devices. Pyromechanical devices are 
assembled components for tasks such as but not limited to separation, 
locking, release-and-drive or occupant restraint. The term includes 
``Safety devices, pyrotechnic.''
    (a) Definitions. An air bag inflator (consisting of a casing 
containing an igniter, a booster material, a gas generant and, in some 
cases, a pressure receptacle (cylinder)) is a gas generator used to 
inflate an air bag in a supplemental restraint system in a motor 
vehicle. An air bag module is the air bag inflator plus an inflatable 
bag assembly. A seat-belt pretensioner contains similar hazardous 
materials and is used in the operation of a seat-belt restraining system 
in a motor vehicle.
    (b) Classification. (1) Safety devices, excluding those which 
contain flammable or toxic gases or mixtures thereof, may be classed as 
Class 9 (UN3268) if the safety device, or if more than a single safety 
device is involved then the representative of the maximum parameters of 
each design type, is examined and successfully tested by a person or 
agency who is authorized by the Associate Administrator to perform 
examination and testing of explosives under Sec.173.56(b)(1), and who:
    (i) Does not manufacture or market explosives or safety devices, is 
not owned in whole or in part, or is not financially dependent upon any 
entity that manufactures or markets explosives or safety devices;
    (ii) Performs all examination and testing in accordance with the 
applicable requirements as specified in special provision 160 (see Sec.
172.102 of this subchapter); and
    (iii) Maintains records in accordance with paragraph (g) of this 
section.
    (iv) By adhering to all the provisions specified in paragraph (b)(1) 
of this section, a Class 9 (UN3268) air bag inflator, air bag module or 
seat-belt pretensioner design is not required to be submitted to the 
Associate Administrator for approval or assigned an EX number. All other 
Class 9 (UN3268) safety device designs are required to be submitted to 
the Associate Administrator for approval and assigned an EX number;
    (2) A safety device may be classed as Division 1.4G if the maximum 
parameters of each design type have been examined and successfully 
tested by a person or agency who is authorized by the Associate 
Administrator to perform such examination and testing of explosives 
under Sec.173.56(b)(1). As a Class 1 explosive, the manufacturer must 
submit to the Associate Administrator a report of the examination and 
assignment of a recommended shipping description, division, and 
compatibility group, and if the Associate Administrator finds the 
approval request meets the regulatory criteria, the explosive may be 
approved in writing and assigned an EX number; or
    (3) The manufacturer has submitted an application, including a 
classification issued by the competent authority of a foreign government 
to the Associate Administrator, and received written notification from 
the Associate Administrator that the device has been approved for 
transportation and assigned an EX number.
    (c) EX numbers. (1) When a safety device is classed and approved as 
a Division 1.4G and offered for transportation, the shipping paper must 
contain the EX number or product code for each approved device in 
association with the basic description required by Sec.172.202(a) of 
this subchapter. Product codes must be traceable to the specific EX 
number assigned to the device by the Associate Administrator. Further, 
if the EX number or product code is contained on the shipping paper then 
it is not required to be marked on the outside package.
    (2) A safety device, when classed as a Class 9 (UN3268), is excepted 
from the EX number, or product code shipping

[[Page 604]]

paper requirements of paragraph (c) of this section.
    (d) Exceptions. (1) A safety device that is classed as a Class 9 
(UN3268) under the terms of paragraph (b)(1) of this section and is 
installed in a motor vehicle, aircraft, boat or other transport 
conveyance or its completed components, such as steering columns or door 
panels, is not subject to the requirements of this subchapter. A safety 
device that has been classed as a Division 1.4G and approved by the 
Associate Administrator and is installed in a motor vehicle, aircraft, 
boat or other transport conveyance or its completed components, such as 
steering columns or door panels, is not subject to the requirements of 
this subchapter.
    (2) An air bag module containing an inflator that has been 
previously approved by the Associate Administrator for transportation is 
not required to be submitted for further examination or approval. For 
classifications granted after July 30, 2013, if the Class 9 designation 
for the inflator is contingent upon packaging or other special means 
specified by the authorized testing agency, the modules must be tested 
and certified separately to determine if they can be shipped as 
``UN3268, Safety Devices, 9, PG III''.
    (3) An air bag module containing an inflator that has previously 
been approved by the Associate Administrator as a Division 2.2 material 
is not required to be submitted for further examination to be reclassed 
as a Class 9 material.
    (4) Shipments to recycling or waste disposal facilities. When 
offered for domestic transportation by highway, rail freight, cargo 
vessel or cargo aircraft, a serviceable safety device classed as either 
Class 9 (UN3268) or Division 1.4G removed from a motor vehicle that was 
manufactured as required for use in the United States may be offered for 
transportation and transported without compliance with the shipping 
paper requirement prescribed in paragraph (c) of this section. However, 
when these articles are shipped to a recycling facility, the word 
``Recycled'' must be entered on the shipping paper immediately after the 
basic description prescribed in Sec.172.202 of this subchapter. No 
more than one device is authorized in the packaging prescribed in 
paragraph (e)(1), (2) or (3) of this section. The device must be 
cushioned and secured within the package to prevent movement during 
transportation.
    (5) An air bag inflator, air bag module, or seat-belt pretensioner 
that was classed and approved for transportation prior to January 1, 
2015 may continue to be transported under the terms of the existing 
approval, using the appropriate proper shipping name ``Safety Devices'' 
or ``Safety Devices, Pyrotechnic'' based on the classification of the 
device as assigned by PHMSA or the authorized person or agency that 
examined and tested the design type.
    (6) Until January 1, 2016, for domestic transportation by highway, 
rail, and vessel, packages containing air bag inflators, air bag 
modules, or seat-belt pretensioners may be;
    (i) Marked with either the appropriate proper shipping name, or an 
appropriate proper shipping name authorized by Sec.172.101 in effect 
on December 31, 2014; and
    (ii) Described on a shipping paper with either the appropriate 
proper shipping name, or an appropriate proper shipping name authorized 
by Sec.172.101 in effect on December 31, 2014.
    (e) Packagings. Rigid, outer packagings, meeting the general 
packaging requirements of part 173 are authorized as follows. 
Additionally, the UN specification packagings listed in paragraphs 
(e)(1), (2), and (3) of this section must meet the packaging 
specification and performance requirements of part 178 of this 
subchapter at the Packing Group III performance level. The packagings 
must be designed and constructed to prevent movement of the articles and 
inadvertent activation. Further, if the Class 9 designation is 
contingent upon packaging specified by the authorized testing agency, 
shipments of the safety device must be in compliance with the prescribed 
packaging.
    (1) 1A2, 1B2, 1N2, 1D, 1G, or 1H2 drums.
    (2) 3A2, 3B2, or 3H2 jerricans.
    (3) 4A, 4B, 4N, 4C1, 4C2, 4D, 4F, 4G, 4H1, or 4H2 boxes.
    (4) Reusable high-strength containers or dedicated handling devices. 
(i) Reusable

[[Page 605]]

containers manufactured from high-strength plastic, metal, or other 
suitable material, or other dedicated handling devices are authorized 
for shipment of safety devices from a manufacturing facility to the 
assembly facility, subject to the following conditions:
    (A) The gross weight of the containers or handling devices may not 
exceed 1000 kg (2205 pounds). Containers or handling devices must 
provide adequate support to allow stacking at least three units high 
with no resultant damage;
    (B) If not completely enclosed by design, the container or handling 
device must be covered with plastic, fiberboard, metal, or other 
suitable material. The covering must be secured to the container by 
banding or other comparable methods; and
    (C) Internal dunnage must be sufficient to prevent movement of the 
devices within the container.
    (ii) Reusable containers manufactured from high-strength plastic, 
metal, or other suitable material, or other dedicated handling devices 
are authorized for shipment of safety devices only to, between, and 
from, intermediate handling locations, provided they meet the conditions 
specified in paragraphs (e)(4)(i)(A) through (C) of this section and:
    (A) The packages may be opened and re-packed by an intermediate 
handler as long as no modifications or changes are made to the 
packagings; and
    (B) Transportation must be made by private or contract carrier.
    (5) Packagings which were previously authorized in an approval 
issued by the Associate Administrator may continue to be used, provided 
a copy of the approval is maintained while such packaging is being used.
    (6) Safety devices removed from a vehicle. When removed from, or 
were intended to be used in, a motor vehicle that was manufactured as 
required for use in the United States and offered for domestic 
transportation by highway or cargo vessel to Recycling or Waste Disposal 
facilities, a serviceable safety device classed as Class 9 UN3268 may be 
offered for transportation and transported in the following additional 
packaging:
    (i) Specification and non-specification steel drums with a wall and 
lid thickness not less than 20 gauge. The lid must be securely affixed 
with a lever-locking or bolted-ring assembly. The lid of the drum must 
provide ventilation of the drum contents in a fire. The drum may be 
filled with any combination of safety devices to a capacity not greater 
than fifty (50) percent of the drum's total volume. In addition, inner 
packagings or cushioning may not be used to fill the void space; or
    (ii) Outer packaging consisting of 4H2 solid plastic boxes or non-
specification rugged reusable plastic outer packaging and inner static-
resistant plastic bags or trays. If not completely enclosed by design, 
the container or handling device must be covered with plastic, 
fiberboard, metal or other suitable material. The covering must be 
secured to the container by banding or other comparable methods. The 
articles must be packed to prevent movement within the container during 
transportation.
    (f) Labeling. Notwithstanding the provisions of Sec.172.402, each 
package or handling device must display a CLASS 9 label. Additional 
labeling is not required when the package contains no hazardous 
materials other than the devices.
    (g) Recordkeeping requirements. (1) Following the examination of 
each new design type classed as a Class 9 in accordance with paragraph 
(b)(1) of this section, the person that conducted the examination must 
prepare a test report and provide the test report to the manufacturer of 
the safety device. At a minimum, the test report must contain the 
following information:
    (i) Name and address of the test facility;
    (ii) Name and address of the applicant;
    (iii) Manufacturer of the device. For a foreign manufacturer, the 
U.S. agent or importer must be identified;
    (iv) A test report number, drawing of the device, and description of 
the safety device in sufficient detail to ensure that the test report is 
traceable (e.g. a unique product identifier) to a specific design;
    (v) The tests conducted and the results; and

[[Page 606]]

    (vi) A certification that the safety device is classed as a Class 9 
(UN3268).
    (2) For at least fifteen (15) years after testing, a copy of each 
test report must be maintained by the authorizing testing agency. For as 
long as any safety device design is being manufactured, and for at least 
fifteen (15) years thereafter, a copy of each test report must be 
maintained by the manufacturer of the product.
    (3) Test reports must be made available to a representative of the 
Department upon request.

[80 FR 1157, Jan. 8, 2015, as amended at 81 FR 35541, June 2, 2016]



Sec.173.167  Consumer commodities.

    (a) Effective January 1, 2013, a ``consumer commodity'' (see Sec.
171.8 of this subchapter) when offered for transportation by aircraft 
may only include articles or substances of Class 2 (non-toxic aerosols 
only), Class 3 (Packing Group II and III only), Division 6.1 (Packing 
Group III only), UN3077, UN3082, UN3175, UN3334, and UN3335, provided 
such materials do not have a subsidiary risk and are authorized aboard a 
passenger-carrying aircraft. Consumer commodities are excepted from the 
specification outer packaging requirements of this subchapter. Packages 
prepared under the requirements of this section are excepted from 
labeling and shipping papers when transported by highway or rail. Except 
as indicated in Sec.173.24(i), each completed package must conform to 
Sec. Sec.173.24 and 173.24a of this subchapter. Additionally, except 
for the pressure differential requirements in Sec.173.27(c), the 
requirements of Sec.173.27 do not apply to packages prepared in 
accordance with this section. Packages prepared under the requirements 
of this section may be offered for transportation and transported by all 
modes. As applicable, the following apply:
    (1) Inner and outer packaging quantity limits. (i) Non-toxic 
aerosols, as defined in Sec.171.8 of this subchapter and constructed 
in accordance with Sec.173.306 of this part, in non-refillable, non-
metal containers not exceeding 120 mL (4 fluid ounces) each, or in non-
refillable metal containers not exceeding 820 mL (28 ounces) each, 
except that flammable aerosols may not exceed 500 mL (16.9 ounces) each;
    (ii) Liquids, in inner packagings not exceeding 500 mL (16.9 ounces) 
each. Liquids must not completely fill an inner packaging at 55 [deg]C;
    (iii) Solids, in inner packagings not exceeding 500 g (1.0 pounds) 
each; or
    (iv) Any combination thereof not to exceed 30 kg (66 pounds) gross 
weight as prepared for shipment.
    (2) Closures. Friction-type closures must be secured by positive 
means. The body and closure of any packaging must be constructed so as 
to be able to adequately resist the effects of temperature and vibration 
occurring in conditions normally incident to air transportation. The 
closure device must be so designed that it is unlikely that it can be 
incorrectly or incompletely closed.
    (3) Absorbent material. Inner packagings must be tightly packaged in 
strong outer packagings. Absorbent and cushioning material must not 
react dangerously with the contents of inner packagings. Glass or 
earthenware inner packagings containing liquids of Class 3 or Division 
6.1, sufficient absorbent material must be provided to absorb the entire 
contents of the largest inner packaging contained in the outer 
packaging. Absorbent material is not required if the glass or 
earthenware inner packagings are sufficiently protected as packaged for 
transport that it is unlikely a failure would occur and, if a failure 
did occur, that it would be unlikely that the contents would leak from 
the outer packaging.
    (4) Drop test capability. Breakable inner packagings (e.g., glass, 
earthenware, or brittle plastic) must be packaged to prevent failure 
under conditions normally incident to transport. Packages of consumer 
commodities as prepared for transport must be capable of withstanding a 
1.2 m drop on solid concrete in the position most likely to cause 
damage. In order to pass the test, the outer packaging must not exhibit 
any damage liable to affect safety during transport and there must be no 
leakage from the inner packaging(s).
    (5) Stack test capability. Packages of consumer commodities must be 
capable of withstanding, without failure or leakage of any inner 
packaging and

[[Page 607]]

without any significant reduction in effectiveness, a force applied to 
the top surface for a duration of 24 hours equivalent to the total 
weight of identical packages if stacked to a height of 3.0 m (including 
the test sample).
    (b) When offered for transportation by aircraft:
    (1) Packages prepared under the requirements of this section are to 
be marked as a limited quantity in accordance with Sec.172.315(b)(1) 
and labeled as a Class 9 article or substance, as appropriate, in 
accordance with subpart E of part 172 of this subchapter; and
    (2) Pressure differential capability: Except for UN3082, inner 
packagings intended to contain liquids must be capable of meeting the 
pressure differential requirements (75 kPa) prescribed in Sec.
173.27(c) of this part. The capability of a packaging to withstand an 
internal pressure without leakage that produces the specified pressure 
differential should be determined by successfully testing design samples 
or prototypes.

[78 FR 1115, Jan. 7, 2013, as amended at 78 FR 65482, Oct. 31, 2013; 80 
FR 1159, Jan. 8, 2015]



Sec.173.168  Chemical oxygen generators.

    An oxygen generator, chemical (defined in Sec.171.8 of this 
subchapter) may be transported only under the following conditions:
    (a) Approval. A chemical oxygen generator that is shipped with an 
explosive or non-explosive means of initiation attached must be classed 
and approved by the Associate Administrator in accordance with the 
procedures specified in Sec.173.56 of this subchapter.
    (b) Impact resistance. A chemical oxygen generator, without any 
packaging, must be capable of withstanding a 1.8 meter drop onto a 
rigid, non-resilient, flat and horizontal surface, in the position most 
likely to cause actuation or loss of contents.
    (c) Protection against inadvertent actuation. A chemical oxygen 
generator must incorporate one of the following means of preventing 
inadvertent actuation:
    (1) A chemical oxygen generator that is not installed in protective 
breathing equipment (PBE):
    (i) Mechanically actuated devices:
    (A) Two pins, installed so that each is independently capable of 
preventing the actuator from striking the primer;
    (B) One pin and one retaining ring, each installed so that each is 
independently capable of preventing the actuator from striking the 
primer; or
    (C) A cover securely installed over the primer and a pin installed 
so as to prevent the actuator from striking the primer and cover.
    (ii) Electrically actuated devices: The electrical leads must be 
mechanically shorted and the mechanical short must be shielded in metal 
foil.
    (iii) Devices with a primer but no actuator: A chemical oxygen 
generator that has a primer but no actuating mechanism must have a 
protective cover over the primer to prevent actuation from external 
impact.
    (2) A chemical oxygen generator installed in a PBE must contain a 
pin installed so as to prevent the actuator from striking the primer, 
and be placed in a protective bag, pouch, case or cover such that the 
protective breathing equipment is fully enclosed in such a manner that 
the protective bag, pouch, case or cover prevents unintentional 
actuation of the oxygen generator.
    (d) Packaging. A chemical oxygen generator and a chemical oxygen 
generator installed in equipment, (e.g., a PBE) must be placed in a 
rigid outer packaging that--
    (1) Conforms to the requirements of either:
    (i) Part 178, subparts L and M, of this subchapter at the Packing 
Group I or II performance level; or
    (ii) The performance criteria in Air Transport Association (ATA) 
Specification No. 300 for a Category I Shipping Container.
    (2) With its contents, is capable of meeting the following 
additional requirements when transported by cargo-only aircraft:
    (i) The Flame Penetration Resistance Test specified in appendix E to 
part 178 of this subchapter.
    (ii) The Thermal Resistance Test specified in appendix D to part 178 
of this subchapter.
    (e) Equipment marking. The outside surface of a chemical oxygen 
generator

[[Page 608]]

must be marked to indicate the presence of an oxygen generator (e.g., 
``oxygen generator, chemical''). The outside surface of equipment 
containing a chemical oxygen generator that is not readily apparent 
(e.g., a sealed passenger service unit) must be clearly marked to 
indicate the presence of the oxygen generator (example: ``Oxygen 
Generator Inside'').
    (f) Items forbidden in air transportation. (1) A chemical oxygen 
generator is forbidden for transportation on board a passenger-carrying 
aircraft.
    (2) A chemical oxygen generator is forbidden for transportation by 
both passenger-carrying and cargo-only aircraft after:
    (i) The manufacturer's expiration date; or
    (ii) The contents of the generator have been expended.
    (g) Exceptions. An unapproved chemical oxygen generator with only 
one positive means of preventing unintentional actuation of the 
generator, and without the required approval number marked on the 
outside of the package, may be transported by motor vehicle, railcar, 
and cargo vessel only under the following conditions:
    (1) Packaging. (i) The one positive means of preventing 
unintentional actuation of the generator shall be installed in such a 
manner that the percussion primer is so completely protected from its 
firing pin that it cannot be physically actuated or the electric firing 
circuit is so completely isolated from the electric match that it cannot 
be electrically actuated.
    (ii) Inner packaging. Except as provided in paragraph (g)(1)(iii) of 
this section below, an unapproved chemical oxygen generator, or 
unapproved chemical oxygen generator installed in smaller size equipment 
such as a PBE shall be packaged in a combination packaging consisting of 
a non-combustible inner packaging that fully encloses the chemical 
oxygen generator or piece of equipment inside an outer packaging which 
meets the requirements in paragraph (d)(1) of this section.
    (iii) Impractical size packaging. If the piece of equipment in which 
the unapproved chemical oxygen generator is installed is so large (e.g., 
an aircraft seat) as to not be practically able to be fully enclosed in 
the packaging prescribed in paragraph (g)(1)(ii) of this section, then a 
visible and durable warning tag must be securely attached to the piece 
of equipment stating ``THIS ITEM CONTAINS A CHEMICAL OXYGEN GENERATOR.''
    (2) Testing. Each unapproved chemical oxygen generator, without its 
packaging, must be capable of withstanding a 1.8 meter drop onto a 
rigid, non-resilient, flat and horizontal surface, in the position most 
likely to cause damage, with no actuation or loss of contents.
    (3) Marking. (i) If the unapproved chemical oxygen generator is 
inside a piece of equipment which is sealed or difficult to determine if 
an oxygen generator is present, for example--a closed sealed passenger 
service unit, then a visible and durable warning sign must be attached 
to the piece of equipment stating: ``THIS ITEM CONTAINS A CHEMICAL 
OXYGEN GENERATOR''; and
    (ii) Each outer package, and overpack if used, must be visibly and 
durably marked with the following statement: ``THIS PACKAGE IS NOT 
AUTHORIZED FOR TRANSPORTATION ABOARD AIRCRAFT''.

[72 FR 4455, Jan. 31, 2007, as amended at 72 FR 55097, Sept. 28, 2007; 
74 FR 2259, Jan. 14, 2009; 74 FR 53188, Oct. 16, 2009; 76 FR 56316, 
Sept. 13, 2011; 81 FR 3674, Jan. 21, 2016]



Sec.173.170  Black powder for small arms.

    Black powder for small arms that has been classed in Division 1.1 
may be reclassed as a Division 4.1 material, for domestic transportation 
by motor vehicle, rail freight, and cargo vessel only, subject to the 
following conditions:
    (a) The powder must be examined and approved for Division 1.1 and 
Division 4.1 classification in accordance with Sec. Sec.173.56 and 
173.58;
    (b) The total quantity of black powder in one transport vehicle or 
freight container may not exceed 45.4 kg (100 pounds) net mass. No more 
than four freight containers may be on board one cargo vessel;
    (c) The black powder must be packed in inner metal or heavy wall 
conductive plastic receptacles not over 454 g

[[Page 609]]

(16 ounces) net capacity each, with no more than 25 cans in one outer UN 
4G fiberboard box. The inner packagings must be arranged and protected 
so as to prevent simultaneous ignition of the contents. The complete 
package must be of the same type which has been examined as required in 
Sec.173.56;
    (d) Each completed package must be marked ``BLACK POWDER FOR SMALL 
ARMS'' and ``NA 0027''; and
    (e) Each package must bear the FLAMMABLE SOLID label.

[Amdt. 173-255, 61 FR 50626, Sept. 26, 1996, as amended at Amdt. 173-
255, 62 FR 14338, Mar. 26, 1997; 81 FR 35542, June 2, 2016]



Sec.173.171  Smokeless powder for small arms.

    Smokeless powder for small arms which has been classed in Division 
1.3 or Division 1.4 may be reclassed in Division 4.1, for domestic 
transportation by motor vehicle, rail car, vessel, or cargo-only 
aircraft, subject to the following conditions:
    (a) Powders that have been approved as Division 1.3C or Division 
1.4C may be reclassed to Division 4.1 in accordance with Sec. Sec.
173.56 and 173.58 of this part.
    (b) The total quantity of smokeless powder may not exceed 45.4 kg 
(100 pounds) net mass in:
    (1) One transport vehicle or cargo-only aircraft; or
    (2) One freight container on a vessel, not to exceed four freight 
containers per vessel.
    (c) Only combination packagings with inner packagings not exceeding 
3.6 kg (8 pounds) net mass are authorized. Inner packagings must be 
arranged and protected so as to prevent simultaneous ignition of the 
contents. The complete package must be of the same type which has been 
examined as required in Sec.173.56 of this part.
    (d) Inside packages that have been examined and approved by the 
Associate Administrator may be packaged in UN 4G fiberboard boxes 
meeting the Packing Group I performance level, provided all inside 
containers are packed to prevent shifting and the net weight of 
smokeless powder in any one box does not exceed 7.3 kg (16 pounds).

[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66270, 
Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 173-241, 59 FR 67509, Dec. 29, 1994; Amdt. 173-253, 
61 FR 27174, May 30, 1996; 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 61941, Oct. 
30, 2003; 75 FR 53597, Sept. 1, 2010; 78 FR 14714, Mar. 7, 2013; 78 FR 
65482, Oct. 31, 2013; 81 FR 35542, June 2, 2016]



Sec.173.172  Aircraft hydraulic power unit fuel tank.

    Aircraft hydraulic power unit fuel tanks containing a mixture of 
anhydrous hydrazine and monomethyl hydrazine (M86 fuel) and designed for 
installation as complete units in aircraft are excepted from the 
specification packaging requirements of this subchapter when they 
conform to either of the following conditions:
    (a) The unit must consist of an aluminum pressure vessel made from 
tubing and having welded heads. Primary containment of the fuel within 
this vessel must consist of a welded aluminum bladder having a maximum 
internal volume of 46 L (12 gallons). The outer vessel must have a 
minimum design gauge pressure of 1,275 kPa (185 psig) and a minimum 
burst gauge pressure of 2,755 kPa (400 psig). Each vessel must be leak-
checked during manufacture and before shipment and must be found 
leakproof. The complete inner unit must be securely packed in non-
combustible cushioning material, such as vermiculite, in a strong outer 
tightly closed metal packaging which will adequately protect all 
fittings. Maximum quantity of fuel per unit and package is 42 L (11 
gallons); or
    (b) The unit must consist of an aluminum pressure vessel. Primary 
containment of the fuel within this vessel must consist of a welded 
hermetically sealed fuel compartment with an elastomeric bladder having 
a maximum internal volume of 46 L (12 gallons). The pressure vessel must 
have a minimum design gauge pressure of 5,170 kPa (750 psig). Each 
vessel must be leak-checked during manufacture and before shipment and 
must be securely packed in non-combustible cushioning material, such as 
vermiculite, in a strong outer tightly closed metal packaging

[[Page 610]]

which will adequately protect all fittings. Maximum quantity of fuel per 
unit and package is 42 L (11 gallons).

[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended by 66 FR 45380, 
Aug. 28, 2001]



Sec.173.173  Paint, paint-related material, adhesives, ink and resins.

    (a) When the Sec.172.101 table specifies that a hazardous material 
be packaged under this section, the following requirements apply. Except 
as otherwise provided in this part, the description ``Paint'' is the 
proper shipping name for paint, lacquer, enamel, stain, shellac, 
varnish, liquid aluminum, liquid bronze, liquid gold, liquid wood 
filler, and liquid lacquer base. The description ``Paint-related 
material'' is the proper shipping name for a paint thinning, drying, 
reducing or removing compound. However, if a more specific description 
is listed in the Sec.172.101 table of this subchapter, that 
description must be used.
    (b) Paint, paint-related material, adhesives, ink and resins must be 
packaged as follows:
    (1) As prescribed in Sec.173.202 of this part if it is a Packing 
Group II material or Sec.173.203 of this part if it is a Packing Group 
III material; or
    (2) In inner glass packagings of not over 1 L (0.3 gallon) capacity 
each or inner metal packagings of not over 5 L (1 gallon) each, packed 
in a strong outer packaging. Packages must conform to the packaging 
requirements of subpart B of this part but need not conform to the 
requirements of part 178 of this subchapter.

[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66270, 
Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 173-241, 59 FR 67509, Dec. 29, 1994]



Sec.173.174  Refrigerating machines.

    A refrigerating machine assembled for shipment and containing 7 kg 
(15 pounds) or less of a flammable liquid for its operation in a strong, 
tight receptacle is excepted from labeling (except when offered for 
transportation or transported by air) and the specification packaging 
requirements of this subchapter. In addition. shipments are not subject 
to subpart F of part 172 of this subchapter (Placarding), to part 174 of 
this subchapter (Carriage by rail) except Sec.174.24 (Shipping papers) 
and to part 177 (Carriage by highway) of this subchapter except Sec.
177.817 (Shipping papers).



Sec.173.175  Permeation devices.

    Permeation devices that contain hazardous materials and that are 
used for calibrating air quality monitoring devices are not subject to 
the requirements of this subchapter provided the following requirements 
are met:
    (a) Each device must be constructed of a material compatible with 
the hazardous materials it contains;
    (b) The total contents of hazardous materials in each device is 
limited to 2 ml (0.07 ounces) and the device must not be liquid full at 
55 [deg]C (131 [deg]F);
    (c) Each permeation device must be placed in a sealed, high impact 
resistant, tubular inner packaging of plastic or equivalent material. 
Sufficient absorbent material must be contained in the inner packaging 
to completely absorb the contents of the device. The closure of the 
inner packaging must be securely held in place with wire, tape or other 
positive means;
    (d) Each inner packaging must be contained in a secondary packaging 
constructed of metal, or plastic having a minimum thickness of 1.5 mm 
(0.06 inches). The secondary packaging must be hermetically sealed;
    (e) The secondary packaging must be securely packed in strong outer 
packaging. The completed package must be capable of withstanding, 
without breakage or leakage of any inner packaging and without 
significant reduction in effectiveness:
    (1) The following free drops onto a rigid, non resilient, flat and 
horizontal surface from a height of 1.8 m (5.9 feet):
    (i) One drop flat on the bottom;
    (ii) One drop flat on the top;
    (iii) One drop flat on the long side;
    (iv) One drop flat on the short side;
    (v) One drop on a corner at the junction of three intersecting 
edges; and
    (2) A force applied to the top surface for a duration of 24 hours, 
equivalent to the total weight of identical packages if stacked to a 
height of 3 m (10 feet) (including the test sample).
    (3) Each of the above tests may be performed on different but 
identical packages.

[[Page 611]]

    (f) The gross mass of the completed package must not exceed 30 kg.
    (g) For transportation by aircraft, permeation devices must be 
transported as cargo and may not be carried onboard an aircraft by 
passengers or crewmembers in carry-on baggage, checked baggage, or on 
their person unless specifically excepted by Sec.175.10.

[76 FR 43530, July 20, 2011, as amended at 78 FR 1087, Jan. 7, 2013]



Sec.173.176  Capacitors.

    (a) Capacitors, including capacitors containing an electrolyte that 
does not meet the definition of any hazard class or division as defined 
in this part, must conform to the following requirements:
    (1) Except for asymmetric capacitors, capacitors not installed in 
equipment must be transported in an uncharged state.
    (2) Each capacitor or module must be protected against a potential 
short circuit hazard in transport as follows:
    (i) Except for asymmetric capacitors, when a capacitor's energy 
storage capacity is less than or equal to 10 Wh or when the energy 
storage capacity of each capacitor in a module is less than or equal to 
10 Wh, the capacitor or module must be protected against short circuit 
or be fitted with a metal strap connecting the terminals; or
    (ii) Except for asymmetric capacitors, when the energy storage 
capacity of a capacitor or a capacitor in a module is more than 10 Wh, 
the capacitor or module must be fitted with a metal strap connecting the 
terminals.
    (iii) When an asymmetric capacitor's energy storage capacity is 
greater than 0.3 Wh, or when the energy storage capacity of each 
capacitor in a module is greater than 0.3 Wh, the capacitor or module 
must be protected against short circuit.
    (3) Capacitors containing an electrolyte that meets the definition 
of one or more hazard class or division as defined in this part, must be 
designed to withstand a 95 kPa (0.95 bar, 14 psi) pressure differential.
    (4) Capacitors must be designed and constructed to safely relieve 
pressure that may build up in use, through a vent or a weak point in the 
capacitor casing. Any liquid that is released upon venting must be 
contained by the packaging or by the equipment in which a capacitor is 
installed.
    (5) Except for asymmetric capacitors, capacitors manufactured after 
December 31, 2013, or asymmetric capacitors manufactured after December 
31, 2015, must be marked with the energy storage capacity in Wh.
    (b) Capacitors must be packed in strong outer packagings. For 
transport by air, capacitors must be securely cushioned within the outer 
packagings. Capacitors installed in equipment may be offered for 
transport unpackaged or on pallets, when the capacitors are afforded 
equivalent protection by the equipment in which they are contained.
    (c) Capacitors containing an electrolyte not meeting the definition 
of any hazard class or division as defined in this part, including when 
configured in a module or when installed in equipment, are not subject 
to any other requirements of this subchapter.
    (d) Except for asymmetric capacitors, capacitors containing an 
electrolyte that meets the definition of one or more hazard class or 
division as defined in this part, with an energy storage capacity of 10 
Wh or less are not subject to any other requirements of this subchapter, 
when they are capable of withstanding a 1.2 m (3.9 feet) drop test 
unpackaged onto a rigid, non-resilient, flat and horizontal surface 
without loss of contents.
    (e) Asymmetric capacitors containing an electrolyte that meets the 
definition of one or more hazard class or division as defined in this 
part, with an energy storage capacity of 20 Wh or less, including when 
configured in a module, are not subject to other provisions of this 
subchapter when the capacitors are capable of withstanding a 1.2 meter 
(3.9 feet) drop test unpackaged onto a rigid, non-resilient, flat and 
horizontal surface without loss of contents.
    (f) Except for asymmetric capacitors, capacitors containing an 
electrolyte meeting the definition of one or more hazard class or 
division as defined in this part, that are not installed in equipment, 
and with an energy storage capacity of more than 10 Wh are subject to 
the requirements of this subchapter.

[[Page 612]]

    (g) Asymmetric capacitors containing an electrolyte meeting the 
definition of one or more hazard class or division as defined in this 
part, that are not installed in equipment, and with an energy storage 
capacity of more than 20 Wh are to the requirements of this subchapter.
    (h) Capacitors installed in equipment and containing an electrolyte 
meeting the definition of one or more hazard class or division as 
defined in this part, are not subject to any other requirements of this 
subchapter, provided the equipment is packaged in a strong outer 
packaging and in such a manner as to prevent accidental functioning of 
the capacitors during transport. Large, robust equipment containing 
capacitors may be offered for transport unpackaged or on pallets when 
the capacitors are afforded equivalent protection by the equipment in 
which they are contained.

[80 FR 1159, Jan. 8, 2015]



Sec.173.181  Pyrophoric materials (liquids).

    When the Sec.172.101 table specifies that a hazardous material be 
packaged under this section, only the following non-bulk packagings are 
authorized:
    (a) Authorized cylinders. (1) A specification steel or nickel 
cylinder prescribed for any compressed gas, except acetylene, having a 
minimum design pressure of 1206 kPa (175 psig).
    (2) DOT 3AL cylinders constructed of aluminum alloy 6061-T6 with a 
minimum marked service pressure of 1,800 psig and a maximum water 
capacity of 49 liters (13 gal) may be used for the transportation of 
inorganic pyrophoric liquids (UN3194). Any preheating or heating of the 
DOT 3AL cylinder must be limited to a maximum temperature of 79.4 [deg]C 
(175 [deg]F).
    (3) Cylinders authorized under paragraphs (a)(1) and (a)(2) of this 
section equipped with valves must be:
    (i) Equipped with steel valve protection caps or collars; or
    (ii) Overpacked in a wooden box (4C1, 4C2, 4D or 4F); fiberboard box 
(4G), or plastic box (4H1 or 4H2). Cylinders must be secured to prevent 
shifting in the box and, when offered for transportation or transported, 
must be so loaded that pressure relief devices remain in the vapor space 
of the cylinder. (See Sec.177.838(h) of this subchapter.)
    (b) Steel boxes (4A), aluminum boxes (4B), metal boxes, other than 
steel or aluminum (4N), wooden boxes (4C1, 4C2, 4D, or 4F) or fiberboard 
boxes (4G); steel drums (1A1 or 1A2), aluminum drums (1B1 or 1B2), metal 
drums, other than steel or aluminum (1N1 or 1N2), plywood drums (1D), or 
fiber drums (1G); or steel jerricans (3A1 or 3A2) or aluminum jerricans 
(3B1 or 3B2) enclosing not more than four strong, tight metal cans with 
inner receptacles of glass or metal, not over 1 L (0.3 gallon) capacity 
each, having positive screwcap closures adequately gasketed. Inner 
packagings must be cushioned on all sides with dry, absorbent, 
incombustible material in a quantity sufficient to absorb the entire 
contents. The strong, tight metal cans must be closed by positive means, 
not by friction.
    (c) Steel drums (1A1 or 1A2), aluminum drums (1B1 or 1B2), metal 
drums, other than steel or aluminum (1N1 or 1N2) or fiber drums (1G); 
steel jerricans (3A1 or 3A2) or aluminum jerricans (3B1 or 3B2); or 
steel boxes (4A), aluminum boxes (4B) or metal boxes, other than steel 
or aluminum (4N) not exceeding 220 L (58 gallons) capacity each with 
strong, tight inner metal cans not over 4.0 L (1 gallon) capacity each. 
The strong, tight metal cans must be closed by positive means, not 
friction.
    (1) Inner packagings must have no opening exceeding 25 mm (1 inch) 
diameter and must be surrounded with noncombustible cushioning material.
    (2) Net quantity of pyrophoric liquids may not exceed two-thirds of 
the rated capacity of the outer drum. For example, a 220 L (58 gallons) 
outer drum may contain no more than 147 L (39 gallons) of pyrophoric 
liquids.
    (3) Each layer of inner containers must be separated by a metal 
plate separator in addition to cushioning material.
    (d) Combination packagings consisting of the following:
    (1) Inner packaging. A 10 liter or 20 liter UN1A1 drum which has 
been certified to PG I of subpart M of part 178 of this subchapter. Each 
inner drum must--

[[Page 613]]

    (i) Have minimum wall thickness of 1.9 mm;
    (ii) Have 4 NPT or VCR openings, each with a diameter of 6.3 mm;
    (iii) Be fabricated from stainless steel; and
    (iv) On the upper head, be fitted with a center opening with a 
maximum diameter of 68.3 mm and the opening sealed with a threaded 
closure fabricated from 316 stainless steel. No more than two (2) inner 
drums may be placed inside the outer drum.
    (2) Outer packaging. A UN1A2 drum that has been certified to the PG 
I performance level of subpart M of part 178 of this subchapter and a 
capacity not to exceed 208 L (55 gal). The drum must have a minimum wall 
thickness of 1.0 mm and the top head must be closed with a steel closing 
ring with a minimum thickness of 2.4 mm. No more than two (2) inner 
drums described in paragraph (d)(1) of this section may be placed inside 
the outer drum.

[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66270, 
Dec. 20, 1991; 65 FR 58629, Sept. 29, 2000; 66 FR 45183, 45380, Aug. 28, 
2001; 68 FR 24660, May 8, 2003; 68 FR 61941, Oct. 30, 2003; 78 FR 1087, 
Jan. 7, 2013; 80 FR 1159, Jan. 8, 2015; 81 FR 3674, Jan. 21, 2016]



Sec.173.182  Barium azide--50 percent or more water wet.

    Barium azide--50 percent or more water wet, must be packed in wooden 
boxes (4C1, 4C2, 4D, or 4F) or fiber drums (1G) with inner glass 
packagings not over 0.5 kg (1.1 pounds) capacity each. Packagings must 
have rubber stoppers wire tied for securement. If transportation is to 
take place when and where freezing weather is possible, a suitable 
antifreeze solution must be used to prevent freezing. Each packaging 
must conform to the requirements of part 178 of this subchapter at the 
Packing Group I performance level.



Sec.173.183  Nitrocellulose base film.

    Films, nitrocellulose base, must be packaged in packagings 
conforming to the requirements of part 178 of this subchapter at the 
Packing Group III performance level, as follows:
    (a) In steel drums (1A2), aluminum drums (1B2), other metal drums 
(4A2), steel jerricans (3A2), aluminum jerricans (3B2), steel, aluminum 
or other metal (4A, 4B, 4N) boxes, wooden (4C1, 4C2), plywood (4D) or 
reconstituted wood (4F) boxes or plywood drums (1D) with each reel in a 
tightly closed metal can, polypropylene canister, or strong cardboard or 
fiberboard inner packaging with cover held in place by adhesive tape or 
paper; or
    (b) In fiberboard (4G) boxes or fiber drums (1G) with a single 
tightly closed metal can, polypropylene canister, or strong cardboard or 
fiberboard inner packaging with cover held in place by adhesive tape or 
paper; authorized only for not over 600 m (1969 feet) of film.

[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52643 Dec. 21, 1990, as amended by Amdt. 173-255, 
61 FR 50627, Sept. 26, 1996; 78 FR 1087, Jan. 7, 2013]



Sec.173.184  Highway or rail fusee.

    (a) A fusee is a device designed to burn at a controlled rate and to 
produce visual effects for signaling purposes. The composition of the 
fusee must be such that the fusee will not ignite spontaneously or 
undergo marked decomposition when subjected to a temperature of 75 
[deg]C (167 [deg]F) for 48 consecutive hours.
    (b) Fusees (highway and railway) must be packaged in steel (1A2), 
aluminum (1B2) or other metal (1N2) drums, steel (3A2) or aluminum (3B2) 
jerricans, steel (4A), aluminum (4B) or other metal (4N) boxes, wooden 
(4C1, 4C2), plywood (4D) or reconstituted wood (4F) boxes or in 
fiberboard boxes (4G), plywood (1D) or fiber (1G) drums. If the fusees 
are equipped with spikes packagings must have reinforced ends to prevent 
penetration of spikes through the outer packagings; packages must be 
capable of passing drop test requirements (Sec.178.603 of this 
subchapter), including at least one drop with spike in a downward 
position, and other requirements of part 178 of this subchapter, at the 
Packing Group II performance level.
    (c) For transportation by highway, railroad flagging kits are not 
subject any other requirements of this subchapter when all of the 
following conditions are met:
    (1) The flagging kits may only contain fusees and railroad torpedoes 
as follows:
    (i) Fusee (rail or highway) (NA1325, Division 4.1, PG II).

[[Page 614]]

    (ii) Articles, pyrotechnic (UN0431, Division 1.4G, PG II).
    (iii) Signal devices, hand (UN0373, Division 1.4S, PG II).
    (iv) Signal devices, hand (UN0191, Division 1.4G, PG II).
    (v) Signals, railway track, explosive (UN0193, Division 1.4S, PG 
II).
    (2) Fusees and railroad torpedoes must be transported in 
compartmented metal containers. Each compartment must have a cover with 
a latching device. Compartments for railroad torpedoes must be equipped 
with a spring-loaded positive locking device. Each compartment may only 
contain one type of device.
    (3) Each flagging kit may contain a maximum of 36 fusees and 36 
railroad torpedoes. No more than six (6) flagging kits may be 
transported at one time on any motor vehicle.
    (4) Flagging kits may only be transported on railroad motor vehicles 
including privately owned motor vehicles under the direct control of on-
duty railroad employees.
    (5) The fusees and railroad torpedoes must be kept in the closed 
flagging kits whenever they are not being used on the railroad right-of-
way, while the motor vehicle is being driven, or whenever the motor 
vehicle is located on other than railroad property.
    (6) When left in unattended motor vehicles on non-railroad property, 
a flagging kit must be locked inside the motor vehicle, or stored in a 
locked compartment on the motor vehicle.

[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 66 FR 45379; 
78 FR 1088, Jan. 7, 2013; 81 FR 3674, Jan. 21, 2016]



Sec.173.185  Lithium cells and batteries.

    As used in this section, consignment means one or more packages of 
hazardous materials accepted by an operator from one shipper at one time 
and at one address, receipted for in one lot and moving to one consignee 
at one destination address. Equipment means the device or apparatus for 
which the lithium cells or batteries will provide electrical power for 
its operation. Lithium cell(s) or battery(ies) includes both lithium 
metal and lithium ion chemistries. Medical device means an instrument, 
apparatus, implement, machine, contrivance, implant, or in vitro 
reagent, including any component, part, or accessory thereof, which is 
intended for use in the diagnosis of disease or other conditions, or in 
the cure, mitigation, treatment, or prevention of disease, of a person.
    (a) Classification. (1) Each lithium cell or battery must be of the 
type proven to meet the criteria in part III, sub-section 38.3 of the UN 
Manual of Tests and Criteria (IBR; see Sec.171.7 of this subchapter). 
Lithium cells and batteries are subject to these tests regardless of 
whether the cells used to construct the battery are of a tested type.
    (i) Cells and batteries manufactured according to a type meeting the 
requirements of sub-section 38.3 of the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria, 
Revision 3, Amendment 1 or any subsequent revision and amendment 
applicable at the date of the type testing may continue to be 
transported, unless otherwise provided in this subchapter.
    (ii) Cell and battery types only meeting the requirements of the UN 
Manual of Tests and Criteria, Revision 3, are no longer valid. However, 
cells and batteries manufactured in conformity with such types before 
July 2003 may continue to be transported if all other applicable 
requirements are fulfilled.
    (2) Each person who manufactures lithium cells or batteries must 
create a record of satisfactory completion of the testing required by 
this paragraph prior to offering the lithium cell or battery for 
transport and must:
    (i) Maintain this record for as long as that design is offered for 
transportation and for one year thereafter; and
    (ii) Make this record available to an authorized representative of 
the Federal, state or local government upon request.
    (3) Except for cells or batteries meeting the requirements of 
paragraph (c) of this section, each lithium cell or battery must:
    (i) Incorporate a safety venting device or be designed to preclude a 
violent rupture under conditions normally incident to transport;
    (ii) Be equipped with means of preventing external short circuits; 
and
    (iii) Be equipped with an means of preventing dangerous reverse 
current flow (e.g., diodes or fuses) if a battery

[[Page 615]]

contains cells, or a series of cells that are connected in parallel.
    (b) Packaging. (1) Each package offered for transportation 
containing lithium cells or batteries, including lithium cells or 
batteries packed with, or contained in, equipment, must meet all 
applicable requirements of subpart B of this part.
    (2) Lithium cells or batteries, including lithium cells or batteries 
packed with, or contained in, equipment, must be packaged in a manner to 
prevent:
    (i) Short circuits;
    (ii) Movement within the outer package; and
    (iii) Accidental activation of the equipment.
    (3) For packages containing lithium cells or batteries offered for 
transportation:
    (i) The lithium cells or batteries must be placed in non-metallic 
inner packagings that completely enclose the cells or batteries, and 
separate the cells or batteries from contact with equipment, other 
devices, or conductive materials (e.g., metal) in the packaging.
    (ii) The inner packagings containing lithium cells or batteries must 
be placed in one of the following packagings meeting the requirements of 
part 178, subparts L and M, of this subchapter at the Packing Group II 
level:
    (A) Metal (4A, 4B, 4N), wooden (4C1, 4C2, 4D, 4F), fiberboard (4G), 
or solid plastic (4H1, 4H2) box;
    (B) Metal (1A2, 1B2, 1N2), plywood (1D), fiber (1G), or plastic 
(1H2) drum;
    (C) Metal (3A2, 3B2) or plastic (3H2) jerrican.
    (iii) When packed with equipment, lithium cells or batteries must:
    (A) Be placed in inner packagings that completely enclose the cell 
or battery, then placed in an outer packaging. The completed package for 
the cells or batteries must meet the Packing Group II performance 
requirements as specified in paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of this section; or
    (B) Be placed in inner packagings that completely enclose the cell 
or battery, then placed with equipment in a package that meets the 
Packing Group II performance requirements as specified in paragraph 
(b)(3)(ii) of this section.
    (4) When lithium cells or batteries are contained in equipment:
    (i) The outer packaging, when used, must be constructed of suitable 
material of adequate strength and design in relation to the capacity and 
intended use of the packaging, unless the lithium cells or batteries are 
afforded equivalent protection by the equipment in which they are 
contained;
    (ii) Equipment must be secured against movement within the outer 
packaging and be packed so as to prevent accidental operation during 
transport; and
    (iii) Any spare lithium cells or batteries packed with the equipment 
must be packaged in accordance with paragraph (b)(3) of this section.
    (5) Lithium batteries that weigh 12 kg (26.5 pounds) or more and 
have a strong, impact-resistant outer casing and assemblies of such 
batteries, may be packed in strong outer packagings; in protective 
enclosures (for example, in fully enclosed or wooden slatted crates); or 
on pallets or other handling devices, instead of packages meeting the UN 
performance packaging requirements in paragraphs (b)(3)(ii) and 
(b)(3)(iii) of this section. Batteries or battery assemblies must be 
secured to prevent inadvertent movement, and the terminals may not 
support the weight of other superimposed elements. Batteries or battery 
assemblies packaged in accordance with this paragraph are not permitted 
for transportation by passenger-carrying aircraft, and may be 
transported by cargo aircraft only if approved by the Associate 
Administrator.
    (6) Except for transportation by aircraft, the following rigid large 
packagings are authorized for a single battery, including for a battery 
contained in equipment, meeting provisions in paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) 
of this section and the requirements of part 178, subparts P and Q, of 
this subchapter at the Packing Group II level:
    (i) Metal (50A, 50B, 50N);
    (ii) Rigid plastic (50H);
    (iii) Wooden (50C, 50D, 50F);
    (iv) Rigid fiberboard (50G).
    (c) Exceptions for smaller cells or batteries. Other than as 
specifically stated below, a package containing lithium cells or 
batteries, or lithium cells or

[[Page 616]]

batteries packed with, or contained in, equipment, that meets the 
conditions of this paragraph is excepted from the requirements in 
subparts C through H of part 172 of this subchapter and the UN 
performance packaging requirements in paragraphs (b)(3)(ii) and (iii) of 
this section under the following conditions and limitations.
    (1) Size limits. (i) The Watt-hour (Wh) rating may not exceed 20 Wh 
for a lithium ion cell or 100 Wh for a lithium ion battery. After 
December 31, 2015, each lithium ion battery subject to this provision 
must be marked with the Watt-hour rating on the outside case.
    (ii) The lithium content may not exceed 1 g for a lithium metal cell 
or 2 g for a lithium metal battery.
    (iii) Except when lithium cells or batteries are packed with or 
contained in equipment in quantities not exceeding 5 kg net weight, the 
outer package that contains lithium cells or batteries must be 
appropriately marked: ``PRIMARY LITHIUM BATTERIES--FORBIDDEN FOR 
TRANSPORT ABOARD PASSENGER AIRCRAFT'', ``LITHIUM METAL BATTERIES--
FORBIDDEN FOR TRANSPORT ABOARD PASSENGER AIRCRAFT'', ``LITHIUM ION 
BATTERIES--FORBIDDEN FOR TRANSPORT ABOARD PASSENGER AIRCRAFT'' or 
labeled with a ``CARGO AIRCRAFT ONLY'' label specified in Sec.172.448 
of this subchapter.
    (iv) For transportation by highway or rail only, the lithium content 
of the cell and battery may be increased to 5 g for a lithium metal cell 
or 25 g for a lithium metal battery and 60 Wh for a lithium ion cell or 
300 Wh for a lithium ion battery provided the outer package is marked: 
``LITHIUM BATTERIES--FORBIDDEN FOR TRANSPORT ABOARD AIRCRAFT AND 
VESSEL.''
    (v) The marking specified in paragraphs (c)(1)(iii) and (iv) of this 
section must have a background of contrasting color, and the letters in 
the marking must be:
    (A) At least 6 mm (0.25 inch) in height on packages having a gross 
weight of 30 kg (66 pounds) or less, except that smaller font may be 
used as necessary when package dimensions so require.
    (B) At least 12 mm (0.5 inch) in height on packages having a gross 
weight of more than 30 kg (66 pounds).
    (vi) Except when lithium cells or batteries are packed with, or 
contained in, equipment, each package must not exceed 30 kg (66 pounds) 
gross weight.
    (2) Packaging. Each package must be rigid unless the cell or battery 
is contained in equipment and is afforded equivalent protection by the 
equipment in which it is contained. Except when lithium cells or 
batteries are contained in equipment, each package of lithium cells or 
batteries, or the completed package when packed with equipment must be 
capable of withstanding a 1.2 meter drop test, in any orientation, 
without damage to the cells or batteries contained in the package, 
without shifting of the contents that would allow battery-to-battery (or 
cell-to-cell) contact, and without release of the contents of the 
package.
    (3) Hazard communication. Each package must display the lithium 
battery mark except when a package contains button cell batteries 
installed in equipment (including circuit boards), or no more than four 
lithium cells or two lithium batteries contained in equipment, where 
there are not more than two packages in the consignment.
    (i) The mark must indicate the UN number, `UN3090' for lithium metal 
cells or batteries or `UN 3480' for lithium ion cells or batteries. 
Where the lithium cells or batteries are contained in, or packed with, 
equipment, the UN number `UN3091' or `UN 3481' as appropriate must be 
indicated. Where a package contains lithium cells or batteries assigned 
to different UN numbers, all applicable UN numbers must be indicated on 
one or more marks. The package must be of such size that there is 
adequate space to affix the mark on one side without the mark being 
folded.

[[Page 617]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR30MR17.034

    (A) The mark must be in the form of a rectangle with hatched edging. 
The mark must be not less than 120 mm (4.7 inches) wide by 110 mm (4.3 
inches) high and the minimum width of the hatching must be 5 mm (0.2 
inches) except markings of 105 mm (4.1 inches) wide by 74 mm (2.9 
inches) high may be used on a package containing lithium batteries when 
the package is too small for the larger mark;
    (B) The symbols and letters must be black on white or suitable 
contrasting background and the hatching must be red;
    (C) The ``*'' must be replaced by the appropriate UN number(s) and 
the ``**'' must be replaced by a telephone number for additional 
information; and
    (D) Where dimensions are not specified, all features shall be in 
approximate proportion to those shown.
    (ii) For transportation by highway, rail or vessel, the provisions 
in 49 CFR 173.185(c)(3) (revised as of October 1, 2016) for marking 
packages, including the exceptions from marking, may continue to be used 
until December 31, 2018. For transportation by aircraft, the provisions 
for the lithium battery handling marking in 49 CFR 173.185(c)(3)(ii) 
(revised as of October 1, 2016) may continue to be used until December 
31, 2018.
    (4) Air transportation. (i) For transportation by aircraft, lithium 
cells and batteries may not exceed the limits in the following table. 
The limits on the maximum number of batteries and maximum net quantity 
of batteries in the following table may not be combined in the same 
package:

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 Lithium                     Lithium
                               metal cells     Lithium        metal      Lithium ion   Lithium ion   Lithium ion
                                 and/or      metal cells    batteries   cells and/or  cells with a    batteries
                                batteries      with a        with a       batteries     Watt-hour   with a Watt-
          Contents               with a        lithium       lithium    with a Watt-   rating more   hour rating
                                 lithium    content more  content more   hour rating   than 2.7 Wh    more than
                               content not   than 0.3 g    than 0.3 g     not more    but not more   2.7 Wh but
                                more than   but not more  but not more   than 2.7 Wh   than 20 Wh     not more
                                  0.3 g        than 1g      than 2 g                                 than 100 Wh
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Maximum number of cells/      No Limit      8 cells       2 batteries   No Limit      8 cells       2 batteries.
 batteries per package.
Maximum net quantity (mass)   2.5 kg        n/a           n/a           2.5 kg        n/a           n/a.
 per package.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


[[Page 618]]

    (ii) Not more than one package prepared in accordance with this 
paragraph (c)(4) may be placed into an overpack. When a package displays 
the ``CARGO AIRCRAFT ONLY'' label, the paragraph (c)(1)(iii) mark, or 
the paragraph (c)(3)(i) lithium battery mark and is placed in an 
overpack, the appropriate label or mark must either be clearly visible 
through the overpack, or the label or mark must also be affixed on the 
outside of the overpack, and the overpack must be marked with the word 
``OVERPACK''.
    (iii) A shipper is not permitted to offer for transport more than 
one package prepared in accordance with the provisions of this paragraph 
in any single consignment.
    (iv) Each shipment with packages required to display the paragraph 
(c)(3)(i) lithium battery mark must include an indication on the air 
waybill of compliance with this paragraph (c)(4) (or the applicable ICAO 
Technical Instructions Packing Instruction), when an air waybill is 
used.
    (v) Packages and overpacks of lithium batteries prepared in 
accordance with this paragraph (c)(4) must be offered to the operator 
separately from cargo which is not subject to the requirements of this 
subchapter and must not be loaded into a unit load device before being 
offered to the operator.
    (vi) For lithium batteries packed with, or contained in, equipment, 
the number of batteries in each package is limited to the minimum number 
required to power the piece of equipment, plus two spares, and the total 
net quantity (mass) of the lithium cells or batteries in the completed 
package must not exceed 5 kg.
    (vii) Each person who prepares a package for transport containing 
lithium cells or batteries, including cells or batteries packed with, or 
contained in, equipment in accordance with the conditions and 
limitations of this paragraph (c)(4), must receive instruction on these 
conditions and limitations, corresponding to their functions.
    (5) For transportation by aircraft, a package that exceeds the 
number or quantity (mass) limits in the table shown in paragraph 
(c)(4)(i) of this section, the overpack limit described in paragraph 
(c)(4)(ii) of this section, or the consignment limit described in 
paragraph (c)(4)(iii) of this section is subject to all applicable 
requirements of this subchapter, except that a package containing no 
more than 2.5 kg lithium metal cells or batteries or 10 kg lithium ion 
cells or batteries is not subject to the UN performance packaging 
requirements in paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of this section when the package 
displays both the lithium battery mark in paragraph (c)(3)(i) and the 
Class 9 label. This paragraph does not apply to batteries or cells 
packed with or contained in equipment.
    (d) Lithium cells or batteries shipped for disposal or recycling. A 
lithium cell or battery, including a lithium cell or battery contained 
in equipment, that is transported by motor vehicle to a permitted 
storage facility or disposal site, or for purposes of recycling, is 
excepted from the testing and record keeping requirements of paragraph 
(a) and the specification packaging requirements of paragraph (b)(3) of 
this section, when packed in a strong outer packaging conforming to the 
requirements of Sec. Sec.173.24 and 173.24a. A lithium cell or battery 
that meets the size, packaging, and hazard communication conditions in 
paragraph (c)(1)-(3) of this section is excepted from subparts C through 
H of part 172 of this subchapter.
    (e) Low production runs and prototypes. Low production runs (i.e., 
annual production runs consisting of not more than 100 lithium cells or 
batteries), or prototype lithium cells or batteries, including equipment 
transported for purposes of testing, are excepted from the testing and 
record keeping requirements of paragraph (a) of this section, provided:
    (1) Except as provided in paragraph (e)(4) of this section, each 
cell or battery is individually packed in a non-metallic inner 
packaging, inside an outer packaging, and is surrounded by cushioning 
material that is non-combustible and non-conductive or contained in 
equipment. Equipment must be constructed or packaged in a manner as to 
prevent accidental operation during transport;
    (2) Appropriate measures shall be taken to minimize the effects of 
vibration and shocks and prevent movement

[[Page 619]]

of the cells or batteries within the package that may lead to damage and 
a dangerous condition during transport. Cushioning material that is non-
combustible and non-conductive may be used to meet this requirement;
    (3) The lithium cells or batteries are packed in inner packagings or 
contained in equipment. The inner packaging or equipment is placed in 
one of the following outer packagings that meet the requirements of part 
178, subparts L and M, of this subchapter at the Packing Group I level. 
Cells and batteries, including equipment of different sizes, shapes or 
masses must be placed into an outer packaging of a tested design type 
listed in this section provided the total gross mass of the package does 
not exceed the gross mass for which the design type has been tested. A 
cell or battery with a net mass of more than 30 kg is limited to one 
cell or battery per outer packaging;
    (i) Metal (4A, 4B, 4N), wooden (4C1, 4C2, 4D, 4F), or solid plastic 
(4H2) box;
    (ii) Metal (1A2, 1B2, 1N2), plywood (1D), or plastic (1H2) drum.
    (4) Lithium batteries, including lithium batteries contained in 
equipment, that weigh 12 kg (26.5 pounds) or more and have a strong, 
impact-resistant outer casing or assemblies of such batteries, may be 
packed in strong outer packagings, in protective enclosures (for 
example, in fully enclosed or wooden slatted crates), or on pallets or 
other handling devices, instead of packages meeting the UN performance 
packaging requirements in paragraphs (b)(3)(ii) and (iii) of this 
section. The battery or battery assembly must be secured to prevent 
inadvertent movement, and the terminals may not support the weight of 
other superimposed elements;
    (5) Irrespective of the limit specified in column (9B) of the Sec.
172.101 Hazardous Materials Table, the battery or battery assembly 
prepared for transport in accordance with this paragraph may have a mass 
exceeding 35 kg gross weight when transported by cargo aircraft;
    (6) Batteries or battery assemblies packaged in accordance with this 
paragraph are not permitted for transportation by passenger-carrying 
aircraft, and may be transported by cargo aircraft only if approved by 
the Associate Administrator prior to transportation; and
    (7) Shipping papers must include the following notation ``Transport 
in accordance with Sec.173.185(e).''
    (f) Damaged, defective, or recalled cells or batteries. Lithium 
cells or batteries, that have been damaged or identified by the 
manufacturer as being defective for safety reasons, that have the 
potential of producing a dangerous evolution of heat, fire, or short 
circuit (e.g., those being returned to the manufacturer for safety 
reasons) may be transported by highway, rail or vessel only, and must be 
packaged as follows:
    (1) Each cell or battery must be placed in individual, non-metallic 
inner packaging that completely encloses the cell or battery;
    (2) The inner packaging must be surrounded by cushioning material 
that is non-combustible, non-conductive, and absorbent; and
    (3) Each inner packaging must be individually placed in one of the 
following packagings meeting the applicable requirements of part 178, 
subparts L, M, P and Q of this subchapter at the Packing Group I level:
    (i) Metal (4A, 4B, 4N), wooden (4C1, 4C2, 4D, 4F), or solid plastic 
(4H2) box;
    (ii) Metal (1A2, 1B2, 1N2), plywood (1D), or plastic (1H2) drum; or
    (iii) For a single battery or for a single battery contained in 
equipment, the following rigid large packagings are authorized:
    (A) Metal (50A, 50B, 50N);
    (B) Rigid plastic (50H);
    (C) Plywood (50D); and
    (4) The outer package must be marked with an indication that the 
package contains a ``Damaged/defective lithium ion battery'' and/or 
``Damaged/defective lithium metal battery'' as appropriate. The marking 
required by this paragraph (f)(4) must be in characters at least 12 mm 
(0.47 inches) high.
    (g) Limited exceptions to restrictions on air transportation of 
medical device batteries. Irrespective of the quantity limitations 
described in column 9A of the Sec.172.101 Hazardous Materials Table of 
this subchapter, up to two replacement lithium cells or batteries 
specifically

[[Page 620]]

used for a medical device as defined in this section may be transported 
as cargo on a passenger aircraft. Packages containing these cells or 
batteries are not subject to the marking requirement in paragraph 
(c)(1)(iii) of this section or the ``CARGO AIRCRAFT ONLY'' label 
required by Sec.172.402(c) of this subchapter and may be transported 
as cargo on a passenger aircraft when approved by the Associate 
Administrator and provided the following conditions are met:
    (1) The intended destination of the cells or batteries is not 
serviced daily by cargo aircraft if a cell or battery is required for 
medically necessary care; and
    (2) Lithium ion cells or batteries for medical devices are excepted 
from the state of charge limitations in Sec.172.102, special provision 
A100, of this subchapter, provided each cell or battery is:
    (i) Individually packed in an inner packaging that completely 
encloses the cell or battery;
    (ii) Placed in a rigid outer packaging; and
    (iii) Protected to prevent short circuits.
    (h) Approval. A lithium cell or battery that does not conform to the 
provisions of this subchapter may be transported only under conditions 
approved by the Associate Administrator.

[80 FR 72924, Nov. 23, 2015, as amended at 82 FR 15881, Mar. 30, 2017; 
84 FR 8028, Mar. 6, 2019]



Sec.173.186  Matches.

    (a) Matches must be of a type which will not ignite spontaneously or 
undergo marked decomposition when subjected for 8 consecutive hours to a 
temperature of 93 [deg]C (200 [deg]F).
    (b) Definitions. (1) Fusee matches are matches the heads of which 
are prepared with a friction-sensitive igniter composition and a 
pyrotechnic composition which burns with little or no flame, but with 
intense heat.
    (2) Safety matches are matches combined with or attached to the box, 
book or card that can be ignited by friction only on a prepared surface.
    (3) Strike anywhere matches are matches that can be ignited by 
friction on a solid surface.
    (4) Wax ``Vesta'' matches are matches that can be ignited by 
friction either on a prepared surface or on a solid surface.
    (c) Safety matches and wax ``Vesta'' matches must be tightly packed 
in securely closed inner packagings to prevent accidental ignition under 
conditions normally incident to transportation, and further packed in 
outer fiberboard, wooden, or other equivalent-type packagings. These 
matches in outer packagings not exceeding 23 kg (50 pounds) gross weight 
are not subject to any other requirement (except marking) of this 
subchapter. These matches may be packed in the same outer packaging with 
materials not subject to this subchapter.
    (d) Strike-anywhere matches may not be packed in the same outer 
packaging with any material other than safety matches or wax ``Vesta'' 
matches, which must be packed in separate inner packagings.
    (e) Packagings. Strike-anywhere matches must be tightly packed in 
securely closed chipboard, fiberboard, wooden, or metal inner packagings 
to prevent accidental ignition under conditions normally incident to 
transportation. Each inner packaging may contain no more than 700 
strike-anywhere matches and must be packed in outer steel drums (1A1, 
1A2), aluminum drums (1B1, 1B2), other metal drums (1N1, 1N2), steel 
jerricans (3A1, 3A2), aluminum jerricans (3B1, 3B2), steel (4A), 
aluminum (4N), other metal (4N) boxes, wooden (4C1, 4C2), plywood (4D), 
reconstituted wood (4F) or fiberboard (4G) boxes, plywood (1D) or fiber 
(1G) drums. Gross weight of fiberboard boxes (4G) must not exceed 30 kg 
(66 pounds). Gross weight of other outer packagings must not exceed 45 
kg (100 pounds).

[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 69 FR 76157, 
Dec. 20, 2004; 78 FR 1088, Jan. 7, 2013]



Sec.173.187  Pyrophoric solids, metals or alloys, n.o.s.

    Packagings for pyrophoric solids, metals, or alloys, n.o.s. must 
conform to the requirements of part 178 of this subchapter at the 
packing group performance level specified in the Sec.172.101

[[Page 621]]

Table. These materials must be packaged as follows:
    (a) In steel, aluminum or other metal boxes (4A, 4B or 4N) and 
contain no more than 15 kg (33 pounds) each.
    (b) In wooden boxes (4C1, 4C2, 4D, or 4F) with inner metal 
receptacles which have a positive (not friction) means of closure and 
contain not more than 15 kg (33 pounds) each.
    (c) In fiberboard boxes (4G) with inner metal receptacles which have 
a positive (not friction) means of closure and contain not more than 7.5 
kg (17 pounds) each.
    (d) In steel, aluminum or other metal drums (1A1, 1A2, 1B1, 1B2, 1N1 
or 1N2) with a gross mass not exceeding 150 kg (331 pounds) per drum.
    (e) In plywood drums (1D) with inner metal receptacles which have a 
positive (not friction) means of closure and contain not more than 15 kg 
(33 pounds) each.
    (f) In fiber drums (1G) with inner metal receptacles which have a 
positive (not friction) means of closure and contain not more than 15 kg 
(33 pounds) each.
    (g) In specification cylinders, as prescribed for any compressed 
gas, except for Specifications 8 and 3HT.

[71 FR 78632, Dec. 29, 2006, as amended at 78 FR 1088, Jan. 7, 2013]



Sec.173.188  White or yellow phosphorus.

    Phosphorus, white or yellow, when offered for transportation or 
transported by rail, highway, or water, must be packaged in water or dry 
in packagings conforming to the requirements of part 178 of this 
subchapter at the Packing Group I performance level, as follows:
    (a) When placed in water, it must be packaged in specification 
packagings as follows:
    (1) Steel, aluminum or other metal boxes (4A, 4B or 4N) or wooden 
boxes (4C1, 4C2, 4D, or 4F) with:
    (i) Inner hermetically sealed (soldered) metal cans, enclosed in 
other hermetically sealed (soldered) metal cans, or
    (ii) Inner water-tight metal cans containing not over 0.5 kg (1 
pound) of phosphorus with screw-top closures; or
    (2) Steel, aluminum or other metal drums (1A1, 1B1 or 1N1) not over 
250 L (66 gallons) capacity each or steel, aluminum or other metal drums 
(1A2, 1B2, or 1N2) not over 115 L (30 gallons) capacity each.
    (3)(i) A 115 L (30 gallon) UN1A2 steel drum certified to the PG I 
performance level for solids and the PG I or PG II performance level for 
liquids and dual marked, at a minimum, as a UN1A2/X400/S (for solid) and 
UN1A2 X(or Y)/1.4/150 (for liquids) subject to the following conditions:
    (ii) Enough water must be present in each drum to ensure that the 
phosphorous is covered by water at all times during transportation, in 
any orientation of the drum;
    (iii) Drums must be held and observed for a minimum of 24-hours 
before transportation. Any leaking or otherwise unsuitable drums must be 
replaced prior to transportation;
    (iv) Packages must be destroyed and may not be reused;
    (v) The net mass of the material and water, in kilograms, must not 
exceed the mass that would be permitted by calculating the volume of the 
packaging in liters multiplied by the specific gravity indicated on the 
package certification;
    (vi) Transportation is by private or contract motor carrier only; 
and
    (vii) Transportation is authorized from the offeror's location to a 
facility where it must be unloaded by the consignee.
    (b) When dry, it must be cast solid and shipped in packagings as 
follows:
    (1) Steel, aluminum or other metal drums (1A2, 1B2 or 1N2) not over 
115 L (30 gallons) capacity each, or
    (2) In projectiles or bombs when shipped by, for, or to the 
Departments of the Army, Navy, or Air Force of the United States 
Government, without bursting elements.

[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66271, 
Dec. 20, 1991; 78 FR 1088, Jan. 7, 2013; 81 FR 3675, Jan. 21, 2016]



Sec.173.189  Batteries containing sodium or cells containing sodium.

    (a) Batteries and cells may not contain any hazardous material other 
than sodium, sulfur or sodium compounds (e.g., sodium polysulfides, 
sodium tetrachloroaluminate, etc.). Cells not forming a component of a 
completed

[[Page 622]]

battery may not be offered for transportation at a temperature at which 
any liquid sodium is present in the cell. Batteries may only be offered 
for transportation, or transported, at a temperature at which any liquid 
sodium present in the battery conforms to the conditions prescribed in 
paragraph (d) of this section.
    (b) Cells must be protected against short circuit and must consist 
of hermetically sealed metal casings that fully enclose the hazardous 
materials and that are so constructed and closed as to prevent the 
release of the hazardous materials under normal conditions of transport. 
Cells must be placed in suitable outer packagings with sufficient 
cushioning material to prevent contact between cells and between cells 
and the internal surfaces of the outer packaging, and to ensure that no 
dangerous shifting of the cells within the outer packaging occurs in 
transport. Cells must be packaged in 1A2, 1B2, 1N2, 1D, 1G, 1H2, 4A, 4B, 
4N, 4C1, 4C2, 4D, 4F, 4G, 4H1, 4H2, 3A2, 3B2 or 3H2) outer packagings 
that meet the requirements of part 178 of this subchapter at the Packing 
Group II performance level.
    (c) Batteries must consist of cells secured within, and fully 
enclosed by a metal casing so constructed and closed as to prevent the 
release of the hazardous materials under normal conditions of transport. 
Batteries may be offered for transportation, and transported, unpacked 
or in protective packagings that are not subject to the requirements of 
part 178 of this subchapter.
    (d) Batteries containing any liquid sodium may not be offered for 
transportation, or transported, by aircraft. Batteries containing liquid 
sodium may be transported by motor vehicle, rail car or vessel under the 
following conditions:
    (1) Batteries must be equipped with an effective means of preventing 
external short circuits, such as by providing complete electrical 
insulation of battery terminals or other external electrical connectors. 
Battery terminals or other electrical connectors penetrating the heat 
insulation fitted in battery casings must be provided with thermal 
insulation sufficient to prevent the temperature of the exposed surfaces 
of such devices from exceeding 55 [deg]C (130 [deg]F).
    (2) No battery may be offered for transportation if the temperature 
at any point on the external surface of the battery exceeds 55 [deg]C 
(130 [deg]F).
    (3) If any external source of heating is used during transportation 
to maintain sodium in batteries in a molten state, means must be 
provided to ensure that the internal temperature of the battery does not 
reach or exceed 400 [deg]C (752 [deg]F).
    (4) When loaded in a transport vehicle or freight container:
    (i) Batteries must be secured so as to prevent significant shifting 
within the transport vehicle or freight container under conditions 
normally incident to transportation;
    (ii) Adequate ventilation and/or separation between batteries must 
be provided to ensure that the temperature at any point on the external 
surface of the battery casing will not exceed 240 [deg]C (464 [deg]F) 
during transportation; and
    (iii) No other hazardous materials, with the exception of cells 
containing sodium, may be loaded in the same transport vehicle or 
freight container. Batteries must be separated from all other freight by 
a distance of not less than 0.5 m (1.6 feet).
    (e) Vehicles, machinery and equipment powered by sodium batteries 
must be consigned under the entry ``Battery-powered vehicle or Battery-
powered equipment.''

[Amdt. 173-241, 59 FR 67511, Dec. 29, 1994, as amended by Amdt. 173-256, 
61 FR 51338, Oct. 1, 1996; 66 FR 45380, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 61941, Oct. 
30, 2003; 74 FR 2259, Jan. 14, 2009; 76 FR 43530, July 20, 2011; 78 FR 
1088, Jan. 7, 2013]



Sec.173.192  Packaging for certain toxic gases in Hazard Zone A.

    When Sec.172.101 of this subchapter specifies a toxic material 
must be packaged under this section, only the following cylinders are 
authorized:
    (a) Specification 3A1800, 3AA1800, 3AL1800, 3E1800, or seamless UN 
cylinders with a minimum test pressure in accordance with P200 of the UN 
Recommendations (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this subchapter).

[[Page 623]]

    (1) Specification 3A, 3AA, or 3AL cylinders may not exceed 57 kg 
(125 lb) water capacity (nominal).
    (2) Specification 3AL cylinders may only be offered for 
transportation or transported by highway and rail.
    (b) Packagings must conform to the requirements of Sec.173.40.
    (c) For cylinders used for phosgene:
    (1) The filling density may not exceed 125 percent;
    (2) A cylinder may not contain more than 68 kg (150 lb) of phosgene; 
and
    (3) Each cylinder containing phosgene must be tested for leakage 
before it is offered for transportation or transported and must show no 
leakage. The leakage test must consist of immersing the cylinder and 
valve, without the protective cap attached, in a bath of water at a 
temperature of approximately 66 [deg]C (150 [deg]F) for at least 30 
minutes, during which time frequent examinations must be made to note 
any escape of gas. The valve of the cylinder may not be loosened after 
this test. Suitable safeguards must be provided to protect personnel and 
facilities should failure occur during the test. As an alternative, each 
cylinder containing phosgene may be tested for leakage by a method 
approved in writing by the Associate Administrator.

[67 FR 51643, Aug. 8, 2002, as amended at 71 FR 33880, June 12, 2006]



Sec.173.193  Bromoacetone, methyl bromide, chloropicrin and methyl
bromide or methyl chloride mixtures, etc.

    (a) Bromoacetone must be packaged as follows in metal boxes (4A, 4B 
or 4N) or wooden boxes (4C1, 4C2, 4D or 4F) with inner glass receptacles 
or tubes in hermetically sealed metal receptacles in corrugated 
fiberboard cartons. Bottles may not contain over 500 g (17.6 ounces) of 
liquid each and must be cushioned in cans with at least 12.7 mm (0.5 
inch) of absorbent material. Total amount of liquid in the outer box 
must not exceed 11 kg (24 pounds). Packagings must conform to the 
requirements of part 178 of this subchapter at the Packing Group I 
performance level.
    (b) Bromoacetone, methyl bromide, chloropicrin and methyl bromide 
mixtures, chloropicrin and methyl chloride mixtures, and chloropicrin 
mixtures charged with non-flammable, non-liquefied compressed gas must 
be packed in Specification 3A, 3AA, 3B, 3C, 3E, 4A, 4B, 4BA, 4BW, or 4C 
cylinders having not over 113 kg (250 pounds) water capacity (nominal) 
except:
    (1) DOT Specification 4BW cylinders containing chloropicrin and 
methyl bromide mixtures may not exceed 453 kg (1000 pounds); and
    (2) The capacity limit of this paragraph does not apply to shipments 
of methyl bromide.
    (c) Methyl bromide mixtures containing up to 2% chloropicrin must be 
packaged in 4G fiberboard boxes with inside metal cans containing not 
over one pound each, or inside metal cans with a minimum wall thickness 
of 0.007 inch containing not over 1\3/4\ pounds each. The one-pound can 
must be capable of withstanding an internal pressure of 130 psig without 
leakage or permanent distortion. Vapor pressure of the contents must not 
exceed 130 psig at 55 [deg]C (130 [deg]F). The 1\3/4\-pound can must be 
capable of withstanding an internal pressure of 140 psig without leakage 
or permanent distortion. Vapor pressure of the contents must not exceed 
140 psig at 55 [deg]C (130 [deg]F). Cans must not be liquid full at 130 
[deg]F. Cans must be constructed of tinplate or lined with suitable 
material and must have concave or pressure ends.
    (d) Cylinders, except those containing methyl bromide, must conform 
to Sec.173.40 of this part.

[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66271, 
Dec. 20, 1991; 57 FR 45463, Oct. 1, 1992; 78 FR 1088, Jan. 7, 2013; 81 
FR 3675, Jan. 21, 2016]



Sec.173.194  Gas identification sets.

    Gas identification sets containing poisonous material must be 
packaged in packagings conforming to the requirements of part 178 of 
this subchapter at the Packing Group I performance level, as follows:
    (a) In glass inner receptacles, hermetically sealed, of not over 40 
mL (1.4 fluid ounces) each. Each glass inner receptacle must in turn be 
placed in a sealed fiberboard receptacle, cushioned with absorbent 
material. Not more than 12 fiberboard receptacles must in turn be placed 
in a 4G fiberboard box.

[[Page 624]]

No more than four boxes, well-cushioned, may in turn be placed in a 
steel cylinder. The cylinder must have a wall thickness of at least 3.7 
mm (0.146 inch) and must have a hermetically sealed steel closure.
    (b) When the poisonous material is absorbed in a medium such as 
activated charcoal or silical gel, gas identification sets may be 
shipped as follows:
    (1) If the poisonous material does not exceed 5 mL (0.2 fluid ounce) 
if a liquid or 5 g (0.2 ounce) if a solid, it may be packed in glass 
inner receptacles of not over 120 mL (4.1 fluid ounces) each. Each glass 
receptacle, cushioned with absorbent material must be packed in a 
hermetically sealed metal can of not less than 0.30 mm (0.012 inch) wall 
thickness. Metal cans, surrounded on all sides by at least 25 mm (1 
inch) of dry sawdust, must be packed in 4A, 4B or 4N metal boxes or 4C1, 
4C2, 4D or 4F wooden boxes. Not more than 100 mL (3.4 fluid ounces) or 
100 g (3.5 ounces) of poisonous materials may be packed in one outer 
box.
    (2) If the poisonous material does not exceed 5 mL (0.2 fluid ounce) 
if a liquid or 20 g (0.7 ounce) if a solid, it may be packed in glass 
inner receptacles with screw-top closures of not less than 60 mL (2 
fluid ounces), hermetically sealed. Twelve bottles containing poisonous 
material, not to exceed 100 mL (3.4 fluid ounces) or 100 g (3.5 ounces), 
or both, may be placed in a plastic carrying case, each glass receptacle 
surrounded by absorbent cushioning and each separated from the other by 
sponge rubber partitions. The plastic carrying case must be placed in a 
tightly fitting fiberboard box which in turn must be placed in a tightly 
fitting 4A, 4B or 4N metal box or 4C1, 4C2, 4D or 4F wooden box.

[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 66 FR 45183, 
45381, Aug. 28, 2001; 78 FR 1088, Jan. 7, 2013]



Sec.173.195  Hydrogen cyanide, anhydrous, stabilized (hydrocyanic
acid, aqueous solution).

    (a) Hydrogen cyanide, anhydrous, stabilized, must be packed in 
specification cylinders or UN pressure receptacles as follows:
    (1) As prescribed in Sec.173.192;
    (2) Specification 3A480, 3A480X, 3AA480, or 3A1800 metal cylinders 
of not over 126 kg (278 pounds) water capacity (nominal);
    (3) Shipments in 3AL cylinders are authorized only when transported 
by highway and rail; or
    (4) UN cylinders, as specified in part 178, with a minimum test 
pressure of 100 bar and a maximum filling ratio of 0.55. The use of UN 
tubes and MEGCs is not authorized.
    (b) Cylinders may not be charged with more than 0.27 kg (0.6 pound) 
of liquid per 0.45 kg (1 pound) water capacity of cylinder. Each filled 
cylinder must be tested for leakage before being offered for 
transportation or transported and must show absolutely no leakage; this 
test must consist of passing a piece of Guignard's sodium picrate paper 
over the closure of the cylinder, without the protection cap attached, 
to detect any escape of hydrogen cyanide from the cylinder. Other 
equally efficient test methods may be used in place of sodium picrate 
paper.
    (c) Packagings for hydrogen cyanide must conform to Sec.173.40.

[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66271, 
Dec. 20, 1991; 71 FR 33880, June 12, 2006]



Sec.173.196  Category A infectious substances.

    (a) Category A infectious substances packaging. A packaging for a 
Division 6.2 material that is a Category A infectious substance must 
meet the test standards of Sec.178.609 of this subchapter and must be 
marked in conformance with Sec.178.503(f) of this subchapter. A 
packaging for a Category A infectious substance is a triple packaging 
consisting of the following components:
    (1) A leakproof primary receptacle.
    (2) A leakproof secondary packaging. If multiple fragile primary 
receptacles are placed in a single secondary packaging, they must be 
either wrapped individually or separated to prevent contact between 
them.
    (3) A rigid outer packaging of adequate strength for its capacity, 
mass and intended use; including, drums (1A1, 1A2, 1B1, 1B2, 1N1, 1N2, 
1H1, 1H2, 1D, 1G); boxes (4A, 4B, 4N, 4C1, 4C2, 4D, 4F, 4G, 4H1, 4H2); 
or jerricans (3A1, 3A2,

[[Page 625]]

3B1, 3B2, 3H1, 3H2). The outer packaging must measure not less than 100 
mm (3.9 inches) at its smallest overall external dimension.
    (4) For a liquid infectious substance, an absorbent material placed 
between the primary receptacle and the secondary packaging. The 
absorbent material must be sufficient to absorb the entire contents of 
all primary receptacles.
    (5) An itemized list of contents enclosed between the secondary 
packaging and the outer packaging.
    (6) The primary receptacle or secondary packaging used for 
infectious substances must be capable of withstanding, without leakage, 
an internal pressure producing a pressure differential of not less than 
95 kPa (0.95 bar, 14 psi).
    (7) The primary receptacle or secondary packaging used for 
infectious substances must be capable of withstanding without leakage 
temperatures in the range of -40 [deg]C to + 55 [deg]C (-40 [deg]F to + 
131 [deg]F).
    (b) Additional requirements for packaging Category A infectious 
substances. Category A infectious substances must be packaged according 
to the following requirements, depending on the physical state and other 
characteristics of the material.
    (1) Infectious substances shipped at ambient temperatures or higher. 
Primary receptacles must be made of glass, metal, or plastic. Positive 
means of ensuring a leakproof seal must be provided, such as heat seal, 
skirted stopper, or metal crimp seal. If screw caps are used, they must 
be secured by positive means, such as with adhesive tape, paraffin 
sealing tape, or manufactured locking closure. Lyophilized substances 
may also be transported in primary receptacles that are flame-sealed 
with glass ampoules or rubber-stoppered glass vials fitted with metal 
seals.
    (2) Infectious substances shipped refrigerated or frozen (ice, pre-
frozen packs, dry ice). Ice, dry ice, or other refrigerant must be 
placed around the secondary packagings or in an overpack with one or 
more complete packages marked in accordance with Sec.178.503 of this 
subchapter. Interior supports must be provided to secure the secondary 
packagings in the original position after the ice or dry ice has 
dissipated. If ice is used, the outer packaging or overpack must be 
leakproof. If dry ice is used, the outer packaging or overpack must 
permit the release of carbon dioxide gas and otherwise meet the 
provisions in Sec.173.217. The primary receptacle and the secondary 
packaging must maintain their integrity at the temperature of the 
refrigerant used, as well as the temperatures and pressures of transport 
by aircraft to which they could be subjected if refrigeration were lost.
    (3) Infectious substances shipped in liquid nitrogen. The primary 
receptacle and the secondary packaging must maintain their integrity at 
the temperature of the liquid nitrogen as well as the temperatures and 
pressures of transport by aircraft to which they could be subjected if 
refrigeration were lost. Refrigerated liquid nitrogen packagings must be 
metal vacuum insulated vessels or flasks vented to the atmosphere to 
prevent any increase in pressure within the packaging. The use of safety 
relief valves, check valves, frangible discs, or similar devices in the 
vent lines is prohibited. Fill and discharge openings must be protected 
against the entry of foreign materials that might cause an increase in 
the internal pressure. The package orientation markings specified in 
Sec.172.312(a) of this subchapter must be marked on the packaging. The 
packaging must be designed to prevent the release of any refrigerated 
liquid nitrogen irrespective of the packaging orientation.
    (c) Live animals may not be used to transport infectious substances 
unless such substances cannot be sent by any other means. An animal 
containing or contaminated with an infectious substance must be 
transported under terms and conditions approved by the Associate 
Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety.
    (d) Body parts, organs or whole bodies meeting the definition of 
Division 6.2 material must be packaged as follows:
    (1) In Division 6.2 packaging, as specified in paragraphs (a) and 
(b) of this section; or

[[Page 626]]

    (2) In packaging meeting the requirements of Sec.173.197.

[67 FR 53140, Aug. 14, 2002, as amended at 71 FR 32260, June 2, 2006; 74 
FR 2259, Jan. 14, 2009; 78 FR 1088, Jan. 7, 2013]



Sec.173.197  Regulated medical waste.

    (a) General provisions. Non-bulk packagings, Large Packagings, and 
non-specification bulk outer packagings used for the transportation of 
regulated medical waste or clinical waste or (bio) medical waste must be 
rigid containers meeting the provisions of subpart B of this part.
    (b) Non-bulk packagings. Except as provided in Sec.173.134(c) of 
this subpart, non-bulk packagings for regulated medical waste or 
clinical waste or (bio) medical waste must be UN standard packagings 
conforming to the requirements of part 178 of this subchapter at the 
Packing Group II performance level. A non-bulk packaging used as a 
sharps container must be puncture-resistant for sharps and sharps with 
residual fluid as demonstrated by conducting the performance tests in 
part 178, subpart M, of this subchapter on packagings containing 
materials representative of the sharps and fluids (such as sterile 
sharps) intended to be transported in the packagings. Sharps containers 
must be securely closed to prevent leaks or punctures in conformance 
with the instructions provided by the packaging manufacturer in 
accordance with Sec.178.2(c) of this subchapter.
    (c) Large Packagings. Large Packagings constructed, tested, and 
marked in accordance with the requirements specified in subparts P and Q 
of part 178 of this subchapter and conforming to other requirements of 
this paragraph (c) may be used for the transportation of regulated 
medical waste, provided the waste is contained in inner packagings 
conforming to the requirements of paragraph (e) of this section. * * * 
Each Large Packaging design must be capable of meeting the vibration 
test specified in Sec.178.819 of this subchapter. Each Large Packaging 
is subject to the periodic design requalification requirements for IBCs 
in Sec.178.801(e) of this subchapter, and to the proof of compliance 
requirements of Sec.178.801(j) and record retention requirements of 
Sec.178.801(l) of this subchapter. Inner packagings used for liquids 
must be rigid.
    (1) Authorized packagings. Only the following Large Packagings are 
authorized for the transportation of liquid or solid regulated medical 
waste:
    (i) Metal: 50A, 50B, or 50N.
    (ii) Rigid plastic: 50H.
    (2) Additional requirements. Each Large Packaging used to transport 
liquid regulated medical waste must contain absorbent material in 
sufficient quantity and appropriate location to absorb the entire amount 
of liquid present in the event of an unintentional release of contents. 
Each Large Packaging design intended for the transportation of sharps 
containers must be puncture resistant and capable of retaining liquids. 
The design must also be tested and certified as meeting the performance 
tests specified for intermediate bulk containers intended for the 
transportation of liquids in subpart O of part 178 of this subchapter.
    (d) Non-specification bulk packaging. A wheeled cart (Cart) or bulk 
outer packaging (BOP) is authorized as an outer packaging for the 
transportation of regulated medical waste in accordance with the 
provisions of this paragraph (d).
    (1) General requirements. The following requirements apply to the 
transportation of regulated medical waste in Carts or BOPs:
    (i) Regulated medical waste in each Cart or BOP must be contained in 
non-bulk inner packagings conforming to paragraph (e) of this section.
    (ii) Each Cart or BOP must have smooth, non-porous interior surfaces 
free of cracks, crevices, and other defects that could damage plastic 
film inner packagings or impede disinfection operations.
    (iii) Except as otherwise provided in this paragraph (d), each Cart 
or BOP must be used exclusively for the transportation of regulated 
medical waste. Prior to reuse, each Cart or BOP must be disinfected by 
any means effective for neutralizing the infectious substance the 
packaging previously contained.
    (iv) Untreated concentrated stock cultures of infectious substances 
containing Category A materials may not be transported in a Cart or BOP.

[[Page 627]]

    (v) Division 6.1 toxic waste or Class 7 radioactive waste, with the 
exception of chemotherapeutic waste, may not be transported in a Cart or 
BOP.
    (vi) Division 6.1 or Class 7 chemotherapeutic waste; untreated 
concentrated stock cultures of infectious substances containing Category 
B infectious substances; unabsorbed liquids; and sharps containers may 
be transported in a Cart or BOP only if packaged in rigid non-bulk 
packagings conforming to paragraph (a) of this section.
    (2) Wheeled cart (Cart). A Cart is authorized as an outer packaging 
for the transportation of regulated medical waste if it conforms to the 
following requirements:
    (i) Each Cart must consist of a solid, one-piece body with a nominal 
volume not exceeding 1,655 L (437 gallons).
    (ii) Each Cart must be constructed of metal, rigid plastic, or 
fiberglass fitted with a lid to prevent leakage during transport.
    (iii) Each Cart must be capable of meeting the requirements of Sec.
178.810 (drop test) at the Packing Group II performance level.
    (iv) Inner packagings must be placed into a Cart and restrained in 
such a manner as to minimize the risk of breakage.
    (3) Bulk outer packaging (BOP). A BOP is authorized as an outer 
packaging for regulated medical waste if it conforms to the following 
requirements:
    (i) Each BOP must be constructed of metal or fiberglass and have a 
capacity of at least 3.5 cubic meters (123.6 cubic feet) and not more 
than 45 cubic meters (1,590 cubic feet).
    (ii) Each BOP must have bottom and side joints of fully welded or 
seamless construction and a rigid, weatherproof top to prevent the 
intrusion of water (e.g., rain or snow).
    (iii) Each opening in a BOP must be fitted with a closure to prevent 
the intrusion of water or the release of any liquid during all loading, 
unloading, and transportation operations.
    (iv) In the upright position, each BOP must be leakproof and able to 
contain a liquid quantity of at least 300 liters (79.2 gallons) with 
closures open.
    (v) Inner packagings must be placed in a BOP in such a manner as to 
minimize the risk of breakage. Rigid inner packagings may not be placed 
in the same BOP with plastic film bag inner packagings unless separated 
from each other by rigid barriers or dividers to prevent damage to the 
packagings caused by load shifting during normal conditions of 
transportation.
    (vi) Division 6.1 or Class 7 chemotherapeutic waste, untreated 
concentrated stock cultures of infectious substances containing Category 
B infectious substances, unabsorbed liquids, and sharps may be 
transported in a BOP only if separated and secured as required in 
paragraph (d)(3)(v) of this section.
    (e) Inner packagings authorized for Large Packagings, Carts, and 
BOPs. After September 30, 2003, inner packagings must be durably marked 
or tagged with the name and location (city and state) of the offeror, 
except when the entire contents of the Large Packaging, Cart, or BOP 
originates at a single location and is delivered to a single location.
    (1) Solids. A plastic film bag is authorized as an inner packaging 
for solid regulated medical waste transported in a Cart, Large 
Packaging, or BOP. Waste material containing absorbed liquid may be 
packaged as a solid in a plastic film bag if the bag contains sufficient 
absorbent material to absorb and retain all liquid during 
transportation.
    (i) The film bag may not exceed a volume of 175 L (46 gallons). The 
film bag must be marked and certified by its manufacturer as having 
passed the tests prescribed for tear resistance in ASTM D 1922, 
``Standard Test Method for Propagation Tear Resistance of Plastic Film 
and Thin Sheeting by Pendulum Method'' (IBR, Sec.171.7 of this 
subchapter) and for impact resistance in ASTM D 1709, ``Standard Test 
Methods for Impact Resistance of Plastic Film by the Free-Falling Dart 
Method'' (IBR, Sec.171.7 of this subchapter). The film bag must meet 
an impact resistance of 165 grams and a tearing resistance of 480 grams 
in both the parallel and perpendicular planes with respect to the length 
of the bag.
    (ii) The plastic film bag must be closed with a minimum of entrapped

[[Page 628]]

air to prevent leakage in transportation. The bag must be capable of 
being held in an inverted position with the closed end at the bottom for 
a period of 5 minutes without leakage.
    (iii) When used as an inner packaging for Carts or BOPs, a plastic 
film bag may not weigh more than 10 kg (22 lbs.) when filled.
    (2) Liquids. Liquid regulated medical waste or clinical waste or 
(bio) medical waste transported in a Large Packaging, Cart, or BOP must 
be packaged in a rigid inner packaging conforming to the provisions of 
subpart B of this part. conforming to the provisions of subpart B of 
this part. Liquid materials are not authorized for transportation in 
inner packagings having a capacity greater than 19 L (5 gallons).
    (3) Sharps. Sharps transported in a Large Packaging, Cart, or BOP 
must be packaged in a puncture-resistant inner packaging (sharps 
container). Each sharps container must be securely closed to prevent 
leaks or punctures in conformance with instructions provided by the 
packaging manufacturer. Each sharps container exceeding 76 L (20 
gallons) in volume must be capable of passing the performance tests in 
part 178, subpart M, of this subchapter at the Packing Group II 
performance level. A sharps container may be reused only if it conforms 
to the following criteria:
    (i) The sharps container is specifically approved and certified by 
the U.S. Food and Drug Administration as a medical device for reuse.
    (ii) The sharps container must be permanently marked for reuse.
    (iii) The sharps container must be disinfected prior to reuse by any 
means effective for the infectious substance the container previously 
contained.
    (iv) The sharps container must have a capacity greater than 7.57 L 
(2 gallons) and not greater than 151.42 L (40 gallons) in volume.

[67 FR 53140, Aug. 14, 2002, as amended at 68 FR 57632, Oct. 6, 2003; 68 
FR 75744, Dec. 31, 2003; 71 FR 32261, June 2, 2006; 71 FR 78632, Dec. 
29, 2006; 75 FR 60339, Sept. 30, 2010]



Sec.173.198  Nickel carbonyl.

    (a) Nickel carbonyl must be packed in specification steel or nickel 
cylinders as prescribed for any compressed gas except acetylene. A 
cylinder used exclusively for nickel carbonyl may be given a complete 
external visual inspection instead of the pressure test required by 
Sec.180.205 of this subchapter. Visual inspection must be in 
accordance with CGA Pamphlet C-6 (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this 
subchapter).
    (b) Packagings for nickel carbonyl must conform to Sec.173.40.

[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 67 FR 51643, 
Aug. 8, 2002; 68 FR 75742, Dec. 31, 2003]



Sec.173.199  Category B infectious substances.

    (a) Category B infectious substances. Except as provided in this 
paragraph (a), Category B infectious substances are excepted from all 
other requirements of this subchapter when offered for transportation or 
transported in accordance with this section. Category B infectious 
substances offered for transportation or transported under the 
provisions of this section are subject to the incident reporting 
requirements in Sec. Sec.171.15 and 171.16 of this subchapter and to 
the requirements in Sec.175.75(b) of this subchapter concerning cargo 
location. Except as provided in paragraph (a)(9) of this section, a 
Category B infectious substance meeting the definition of a hazard class 
other than Division 6.2 must be offered for transportation or 
transported in accordance with applicable requirements of this 
subchapter.
    (1) A Category B infectious substance must be packaged in a triple 
packaging consisting of a primary receptacle, a secondary packaging, and 
a rigid outer packaging.
    (2) Primary receptacles must be packed in secondary packaging in 
such a way that, under normal conditions of transport, they cannot 
break, be punctured, or leak their contents into the secondary 
packaging.
    (3) Secondary packagings must be secured in rigid outer packagings 
with suitable cushioning material such that any leakage of the contents 
will not impair the protective properties of the cushioning material or 
the outer packaging.
    (4) The completed package must be designed, constructed, maintained, 
filled, its contents limited, and closed

[[Page 629]]

so that under conditions normally encountered in transportation, 
including removal from a pallet or overpack for subsequent handling, 
there will be no release of hazardous material into the environment. 
Package effectiveness must not be substantially reduced for minimum and 
maximum temperatures, changes in humidity and pressure, and shocks, 
loadings and vibrations normally encountered during transportation. The 
packaging must be capable of successfully passing the drop test in Sec.
178.609(d) of this subchapter at a drop height of at least 1.2 meters 
(3.9 feet). Following the drop test, there must be no leakage from the 
primary receptacle, which must remain protected by absorbent material, 
when required, in the secondary packaging. At least one surface of the 
outer packaging must have a minimum dimension of 100 mm by 100 mm (3.9 
inches).
    (5) The following square-on-point mark must be displayed on the 
outer packaging on a background of contrasting color. The width of the 
line forming the border must be at least 2 mm (0.08 inches) and the 
letters and numbers must be at least 6 mm (0.24 inches) high. The size 
of the mark must be such that no side of the diamond is less than 50 mm 
(1.97 inches) in length as measured from the outside of the lines 
forming the border. The proper shipping name ``Biological substances, 
Category B'' must be marked on the outer packaging adjacent to the 
diamond-shaped mark in letters that are at least 6 mm (0.24 inches) 
high.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR23NO15.001

    (i) Transitional exception--A marking in conformance with the 
requirements of this paragraph in effect on December 31, 2014, may 
continue to be used until December 31, 2016.
    (ii) For domestic transportation, a packaging marked prior to 
January 1, 2017 and in conformance with the requirements of this 
paragraph in effect on December 31, 2014, may continue in service until 
the end of its useful life.
    (6) When packages are placed in an overpack, the package markings 
required by this section must be either clearly visible or reproduced on 
the outside of the overpack.
    (7) The name and telephone number of a person who is either 
knowledgeable about the material being shipped and has comprehensive 
emergency response and incident mitigation information for the material, 
or has immediate access to a person who possesses such knowledge and 
information, must be included on a written document (such as an air 
waybill or bill of lading) or on the outer packaging.
    (8) For transportation by aircraft, each package, overpack, pallet, 
or unit load device containing a Category B infectious substance must be 
inspected for leakage when it is unloaded from the aircraft. If evidence 
of leakage is

[[Page 630]]

found, the cargo compartment in which the package, overpack, pallet, or 
unit load device was transported must be disinfected. Disinfection may 
be by any means that will make the material released ineffective at 
transmitting disease.
    (9) A packaging containing inner packagings of Category B infectious 
substances may not contain other hazardous materials except--
    (i) Refrigerants, such as dry ice or liquid nitrogen, as authorized 
under paragraph (d) of this section;
    (ii) Anticoagulants used to stabilize blood or plasma; or
    (iii) Small quantities of Class 3, Class 8, Class 9, or other 
materials in Packing Groups II and III used to stabilize or prevent 
degradation of the sample, provided the quantity of such materials does 
not exceed 30 mL (1 ounce) or 30 g (1 ounce) in each inner packaging. 
Such preservatives are not subject to the requirements of this 
subchapter.
    (10) Clear instructions on filling and closing a packaging used to 
transport a Category B infectious substance must be provided by the 
packaging manufacturer and subsequent distributors to the consignor or 
person who prepares the package to enable the package to be correctly 
prepared for transport. A copy or electronic image of these instructions 
must be retained by the manufacturer and subsequent distributors for at 
least one year from the date of issuance, and made available for 
inspection by a Federal or state government representative upon request. 
Packagings must be filled and closed in accordance with the information 
provided by the packaging manufacturer or subsequent distributor.
    (b) Liquid Category B infectious substances. Liquid Category B 
infectious substances must be packaged in conformance with the following 
provisions:
    (1) The primary receptacle must be leakproof.
    (2) Absorbent material must be placed between the primary receptacle 
and secondary packaging. If several fragile primary receptacles are 
placed in a single secondary packaging, they must be either individually 
wrapped or separated to prevent contact between them. The absorbent 
material must be of sufficient quantity to absorb the entire contents of 
the primary receptacles and not compromise the integrity of the 
cushioning material or the outer packaging.
    (3) The secondary packaging must be leakproof.
    (4) For shipments by aircraft, the primary receptacle or the 
secondary packaging must be capable of withstanding without leakage an 
internal pressure producing a pressure differential of not less than 95 
kPa (0.95 bar, 14 psi).
    (5) For shipments by aircraft, the maximum quantity contained in 
each primary receptacle, including any material used to stabilize or 
prevent degradation of the sample, may not exceed 1 L (34 ounces), and 
the maximum quantity contained in each outer packaging, including any 
material used to stabilize or prevent degradation of the samples, may 
not exceed 4 L (1 gallon). The outer packaging limitation does not 
include ice, dry ice, or liquid nitrogen when used to maintain the 
integrity of the material.
    (c) Solid Category B infectious substances. Solid Category B 
infectious substances must be packaged in a triple packaging, consisting 
of a primary receptacle, secondary packaging, and outer packaging, 
conforming to the following provisions:
    (1) The primary receptacle must be siftproof.
    (2) If several fragile primary receptacles are placed in a single 
secondary packaging, they must be either individually wrapped or 
separated to prevent contact between them.
    (3) The secondary packaging must be siftproof.
    (4) If residual liquid may be present in the primary receptacle 
during transportation, then the material must be transported in 
accordance with requirements in paragraph (b) of this section. A solid 
material that may become liquid during transportation must be 
transported in accordance with paragraph (b) of this section.
    (5) Except for packages containing body parts, organs, or whole 
bodies, for shipment by aircraft, the outer packaging may not contain 
more than 4 kg (8.8 pounds), including any material

[[Page 631]]

used to stabilize or prevent degradation of the samples. The outer 
packaging limitation does not include ice, dry ice, or liquid nitrogen 
when used to maintain the integrity of the material.
    (d) Refrigerated or frozen specimens (ice, dry ice, and liquid 
nitrogen). In addition to complying with the requirements in this 
paragraph (d), dry ice and liquid nitrogen must be offered for 
transportation or transported in accordance with the applicable 
requirements of this subchapter.
    (1) Ice or dry ice must be placed outside the secondary packaging or 
in an overpack. Interior supports must be provided to secure the 
secondary packagings in the original position. If ice is used, the 
outside packaging must be leakproof or must have a leakproof liner. If 
dry ice is used, the outside packaging must permit the release of carbon 
dioxide gas and otherwise meet the provisions in Sec.173.217. The 
primary receptacle and secondary packaging must maintain their integrity 
at the temperature of the refrigerant used, as well as the temperatures 
and pressures of transport by aircraft they could be subjected to if 
refrigeration were lost, and sufficient absorbent material must be 
provided to absorb all liquid, including melted ice.
    (2) The package is marked ``Carbon dioxide, solid'' or ``Dry ice'' 
and an indication that the material being refrigerated is used for 
diagnostic or treatment purposes (e.g., frozen medical specimens).
    (e) Training. Each person who offers or transports a Category B 
infectious substance under the provisions of this section must know 
about the requirements of this section.

[67 FR 53142, Aug. 14, 2002, as amended at 71 FR 32261, June 2, 2006; 72 
FR 55693, Oct. 1, 2007; 78 FR 1088, Jan. 7, 2013; 80 FR 1160, Jan. 8, 
2015; 80 FR 72927, Nov. 23, 2015; 81 FR 35542, June 2, 2016]



Sec.173.201  Non-bulk packagings for liquid hazardous materials
in Packing Group I.

    (a) When Sec.172.101 of this subchapter specifies that a liquid 
hazardous material be packaged under this section, only non-bulk 
packagings prescribed in this section may be used for its 
transportation. Each packaging must conform to the general packaging 
requirements of subpart B of part 173, to the requirements of part 178 
of this subchapter at the Packing Group I performance level, and to the 
requirements of the special provisions of column 7 of the Sec.172.101 
table.
    (b) The following combination packagings are authorized:

Outer packagings:
Steel drum: 1A1 or 1A2
Aluminum drum: 1B1 or 1B2
Metal drum other than steel or aluminum: 1N1 or 1N2
Plywood drum: 1D
Fiber drum: 1G
Plastic drum: 1H1 or 1H2
Steel jerrican: 3A1 or 3A2
Plastic jerrican: 3H1 or 3H2
Aluminum jerrican: 3B1 or 3B2
Steel box: 4A
Aluminum box: 4B
Natural wood box: 4C1 or 4C2
Plywood box: 4D
Reconstituted wood box: 4F
Fiberboard box: 4G
Expanded plastic box: 4H1
Solid plastic box: 4H2
Metal box other than steel or aluminum: 4N
Inner packagings:
Glass or earthenware receptacles
Plastic receptacles
Metal receptacles
Glass ampoules

    (c) Except for transportation by passenger aircraft, the following 
single packagings are authorized:

Steel drum: 1A1 or 1A2
Aluminum drum: 1B1 or 1B2
Metal drum other than steel, or aluminum: 1N1 or 1N2
Plastic drum: 1H1 or 1H2
Steel jerrican: 3A1 or 3A2
Plastic jerrican: 3H1 or 3H2
Aluminum jerrican: 3B1 or 3B2
Plastic receptacle in steel, aluminum, fiber or plastic drum: 6HA1, 
6HB1, 6HG1, 6HH1
Plastic receptacle in steel, aluminum, wooden, plywood or fiberboard 
box: 6HA2, 6HB2, 6HC, 6HD2 or 6HG2
Glass, porcelain or stoneware in steel, aluminum or fiber drum: 6PA1, 
6PB1 or 6PG1
Glass, porcelain or stoneware in steel, aluminum, wooden or fiberboard 
box: 6PA2, 6PB2, 6PC or 6PG2
Glass, porcelain or stoneware in solid or expanded plastic packaging: 
6PH1 or 6PH2

[[Page 632]]

Cylinders, specification or UN standard, as prescribed for any 
compressed gas, except 3HT and those prescribed for acetylene.

[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52634, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended by Amdt. 173-241, 
59 FR 67518, Dec. 29, 1994; Amdt. 173-261, 62 FR 24734, May 6, 1997; 71 
FR 33880, June 12, 2006; 78 FR 1089, Jan. 7, 2013]



Sec.173.202  Non-bulk packagings for liquid hazardous materials
in Packing Group II.

    (a) When Sec.172.101 of this subchapter specifies that a liquid 
hazardous material be packaged under this section, only non-bulk 
packagings prescribed in this section may be used for its 
transportation. Each packaging must conform to the general packaging 
requirements of subpart B of part 173, to the requirements of part 178 
of this subchapter at the Packing Group I or II performance level 
(unless otherwise excepted), and to the particular requirements of the 
special provisions of column 7 of the Sec.172.101 table.
    (b) The following combination packagings are authorized:

Outer packagings:
Steel drum: 1A1 or 1A2
Aluminum drum: 1B1 or 1B2
Metal drum other than steel or aluminum: 1N1 or 1N2
Plywood drum: 1D
Fiber drum: 1G
Plastic drum: 1H1 or 1H2
Wooden barrel: 2C2
Steel jerrican: 3A1 or 3A2
Plastic jerrican: 3H1 or 3H2
Aluminum jerrican: 3B1 or 3B2
Steel box: 4A
Aluminum box: 4B
Natural wood box: 4C1 or 4C2
Plywood box: 4D
Reconstituted wood box: 4F
Fiberboard box: 4G
Expanded plastic box: 4H1
Solid plastic box: 4H2
Metal box other than steel or aluminum: 4N
Inner packagings:
Glass or earthenware receptacles
Plastic receptacles
Metal receptacles
Glass ampoules

    (c) Except for transportation by passenger aircraft, the following 
single packagings are authorized:

Steel drum: 1A1 or 1A2
Aluminum drum: 1B1 or 1B2
Metal drum other than steel or aluminum: 1N1 or 1N2
Plastic drum: 1H1 or 1H2
Fiber drum: 1G (with liner)
Wooden barrel: 2C1
Steel jerrican: 3A1 or 3A2
Plastic jerrican: 3H1 or 3H2
Aluminum jerrican: 3B1 or 3B2
Plastic receptacle in steel, aluminum, fiber or plastic drum: 6HA1, 
6HB1, 6HG1 or 6HH1
Plastic receptacle in steel, aluminum, wooden, plywood or fiberboard 
box: 6HA2, 6HB2, 6HC, 6HD2 or 6HG2
Glass, porcelain or stoneware in steel, aluminum or fiber drum: 6PA1, 
6PB1 or 6PG1
Glass, porcelain or stoneware in steel, aluminum, wooden or fiberboard 
box: 6PA2, 6PB2, 6PC or 6PG2
Glass, porcelain or stoneware in solid or expanded plastic packaging: 
6PH1 or 6PH2
Plastic receptacle in plywood drum: 6HD1
Glass, porcelain or stoneware in plywood drum or wickerwork hamper: 6PDl 
or 6PD2
Cylinders, specification, as prescribed for any compressed gas, except 
for Specifications 8 and 3HT

[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66271, 
Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 173-241, 59 FR 67518, Dec. 29, 1994; Amdt. 173-261, 
62 FR 24734, May 6, 1997; 62 FR 51560, Oct. 1, 1997; 78 FR 1089, Jan. 7, 
2013]



Sec.173.203  Non-bulk packagings for liquid hazardous materials 
in Packing Group III.

    (a) When Sec.172.101 of this subchapter specifies that a liquid 
hazardous material be packaged under this section, only non-bulk 
packagings prescribed in this section may be used for its 
transportation. Each packaging must conform to the general packaging 
requirements of subpart B of part 173, to the requirements of part 178 
of this subchapter at the Packing Group I, II or III performance level, 
and to the requirements of the special provisions of column 7 of the 
Sec.172.101 table.
    (b) The following combination packagings are authorized:

Outer packagings:
Steel drum: 1A1 or 1A2
Aluminum drum: 1B1 or 1B2
Metal drum other than steel or aluminum: 1N1 or 1N2
Plywood drum: 1D
Fiber drum: 1G
Plastic drum: 1H1 or 1H2
Wooden barrel: 2C2
Steel jerrican: 3A1 or 3A2
Plastic jerrican: 3H1 or 3H2
Aluminum jerrican: 3B1 or 3B2
Steel box: 4A
Aluminum box: 4B
Natural wood box: 4C1 or 4C2
Plywood box: 4D

[[Page 633]]

Reconstituted wood box: 4F
Fiberboard box: 4G
Expanded plastic box: 4H1
Solid plastic box: 4H2
Metal box other than steel or aluminum: 4N
Inner packagings:
Glass or earthenware receptacles
Plastic receptacles
Metal receptacles
Glass ampoules

    (c) The following single packagings are authorized:

Steel drum: 1A1 or 1A2
Aluminum drum: 1B1 or 1B2
Metal drum other than steel or aluminum: 1N1
Plastic drum: 1H1 or 1H2
Fiber drum: 1G (with liner)
Wooden barrel: 2C1
Steel jerrican: 3A1 or 3A2
Plastic jerrican: 3H1 or 3H2
Aluminum jerrican: 3B1 or 3B2
Plastic receptacle in steel, aluminum, fiber or plastic drum: 6HA1, 
6HB1, 6HG1 or 6HH1
Plastic receptacle in steel, aluminum, wooden, plywood or fiberboard 
box: 6HA2, 6HB2, 6HC, 6HD2 or 6HG2
Glass, porcelain or stoneware in steel, aluminum or fiber drum: 6PA1, 
6PB1, or 6PG1
Glass, porcelain or stoneware in steel, aluminum, wooden or fiberboard 
box: 6PA2, 6PB2, 6PC or 6PG2
Glass, porcelain or stoneware in solid or expanded plastic packaging: 
6PH1 or 6PH2
Plastic receptacle in plywood drum: 6HD1
Glass, porcelain or stoneware in plywood drum or wickerwork hamper: 6PD1 
or 6PD2
Cylinders, as prescribed for any compressed gas, except for 
Specifications 8 and 3HT

[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66271, 
Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 173-241, 59 FR 67518, Dec. 29, 1994; Amdt. 173-261, 
62 FR 24734, May 6, 1997; 78 FR 1089, Jan. 7, 2013]



Sec.173.204  Non-bulk, non-specification packagings for certain
hazardous materials.

    When Sec.172.101 of this subchapter specifies that a liquid or 
solid hazardous material be packaged under this section, any appropriate 
non-bulk packaging which conforms to the general packaging requirements 
of subpart B of part 173 may be used for its transportation. Packagings 
need not conform to the requirements of part 178 of this subchapter.



Sec.173.205  Specification cylinders for liquid hazardous materials.

    When Sec.172.101 of this subchapter specifies that a hazardous 
material must be packaged under this section, the use of any 
specification or UN cylinder, except those specified for acetylene, is 
authorized. Cylinders used for toxic materials in Division 6.1 or 2.3 
must conform to the requirements of Sec.173.40.

[71 FR 33881, June 12, 2006]



Sec.173.206  Packaging requirements for chlorosilanes.

    (a) When Sec.172.101 of this subchapter specifies that a hazardous 
material be packaged under this section, only non-bulk packagings 
prescribed in this section may be used for its transportation. Each 
packaging must conform to the general packaging requirements of subpart 
B of part 173, to the requirements of part 178 of this subchapter at the 
Packing Group I or II performance level (unless otherwise excepted), and 
to the particular requirements of the special provisions of Column (7) 
of the Sec.172.101 Table.
    (b) The following combination packagings are authorized:
    Outer packagings:

Steel drum: 1A2
Plastic drum: 1H2
Plywood drum: 1D
Fiber drum: 1G
Steel box: 4A
Natural wood box: 4C1 or 4C2
Plywood box: 4D
Reconstituted wood box: 4F
Fiberboard box: 4G
Expanded plastic box: 4H1
Solid plastic box: 4H2

    Inner packagings:

Glass or Steel receptacle

    (c) Except for transportation by passenger aircraft, the following 
single packagings are authorized:

Steel drum: 1A1
Steel jerrican: 3A1
    Plastic receptacle in steel drum: 6HA1
Cylinders (for liquids in PG I), specification or UN standard, as 
    prescribed for any compressed gas, except Specification 3HT and 
    those prescribed for acetylene

[[Page 634]]

    Cylinders (for liquids in PG II), specification, as prescribed for 
any compressed gas, except Specification 8 and 3HT cylinders.

[74 FR 2259, Jan. 14, 2009, as amended at 75 FR 72, Jan. 4, 2010]



Sec.173.211  Non-bulk packagings for solid hazardous materials
in Packing Group I.

    (a) When Sec.172.101 of this subchapter specifies that a solid 
hazardous material be packaged under this section, only non-bulk 
packagings prescribed in this section may be used for its 
transportation. Each package must conform to the general packaging 
requirements of subpart B of part 173, to the requirements of part 178 
of this subchapter at the Packing Group I performance level, and to the 
requirements of the special provisions of column 7 of the Sec.172.101 
table.
    (b) The following combination packagings are authorized:

Outer packagings:
Steel drum: 1A1 or 1A2
Aluminum drum: 1B1 or 1B2
Metal drum other than steel or aluminum: 1N1 or 1N2
Plywood drum: 1D
Fiber drum: 1G
Plastic drum: 1H1 or 1H2
Wooden barrel: 2C2
Steel jerrican: 3A1 or 3A2
Plastic jerrican: 3H1 or 3H2
Aluminum jerrican: 3B1 or 3B2
Steel box: 4A
Aluminum box: 4B
Natural wood box: 4C1 or 4C2
Plywood box: 4D
Reconstituted wood box: 4F
Fiberboard box: 4G
Solid plastic box: 4H2
Metal box other than steel or aluminum: 4N
Inner packagings:
Glass or earthenware receptacles
Plastic receptacles
Metal receptacles
Glass ampoules

    (c) Except for transportation by passenger aircraft, the following 
single packagings are authorized:

Steel drum: 1A1 or 1A2
Aluminum drum: 1B1 or 1B2
Metal drum other than steel or aluminum: 1N1 or 1N2
Plastic drum: 1H1 or 1H2
Fiber drum: 1G
Steel jerrican: 3A1 or 3A2
Plastic jerrican: 3H1 or 3H2
Aluminum jerrican: 3B1 or 3B2
Steel box with liner: 4A
Aluminum box with liner: 4B
Metal box other than steel or aluminum: 4N
Natural wood box, sift proof: 4C2
Plastic receptacle in steel, aluminum, plywood, fiber or plastic drum: 
6HA1, 6HB1, 6HD1, 6HG1 or 6HH1
Glass, porcelain or stoneware in steel, aluminum, plywood or fiber drum: 
6PA1, 6PB1, 6PD1 or 6PG1
Glass, porcelain or stoneware in steel, aluminum, wooden or fiberboard 
box: 6PA2, 6PB2, 6PC or 6PG2
Glass, porcelain or stoneware in expanded or solid plastic packaging: 
6PH1 or 6PH2
Cylinders, as prescribed for any compressed gas, except for 
Specification 8 and 3HT

[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66271, 
Dec. 20, 1991; 57 FR 45463, Oct. 1, 1992; Amdt. 173-241, 59 FR 67511, 
67518, Dec. 29, 1994; Amdt. 173-261, 62 FR 24734, May 6, 1997; 69 FR 
76157, Dec. 20, 2004; 78 FR 1089, Jan. 7, 2013]



Sec.173.212  Non-bulk packagings for solid hazardous materials
in Packing Group II.

    (a) When Sec.172.101 of this subchapter specifies that a solid 
hazardous material be packaged under this section, only non-bulk 
packagings prescribed in this section may be used for its 
transportation. Each package must conform to the general packaging 
requirements of subpart B of part 173, to the requirements of part 178 
of this subchapter at the Packing Group I or II performance level, and 
to the requirements of the special provisions of column 7 of the Sec.
172.101 table.
    (b) The following combination packagings are authorized:

Outer packagings:
Steel drum: 1A1 or 1A2
Aluminum drum: 1B1 or 1B2
Metal drum other than steel or aluminum: 1N1 or 1N2
Plywood drum: 1D
Fiber drum: 1G
Plastic drum: 1H1 or 1H2
Wooden barrel: 2C2
Steel jerrican: 3A1 or 3A2
Plastic jerrican: 3H1 or 3H2
Aluminum jerrican: 3B1 or 3B2
Steel box: 4A
Aluminum box: 4B
Natural wood box: 4C1 or 4C2
Plywood box: 4D
Reconstituted wood box: 4F
Fiberboard box: 4G
Solid plastic box: 4H2
Metal box other than steel or aluminum: 4N

[[Page 635]]

Inner packagings:
Glass or earthenware receptacles
Plastic receptacles
Metal receptacles
Glass ampoules

    (c) Except for transportation by passenger aircraft, the following 
single packagings are authorized:

Steel drum: 1A1 or 1A2
Aluminum drum: 1B1 or 1B2
Plywood drum: 1D
Plastic drum: 1H1 or 1H2
Fiber drum: 1G
Metal drum other than steel or aluminum: 1N1 or 1N2
Wooden barrel: 2C1 or 2C2
Steel jerrican: 3A1 or 3A2
Plastic jerrican: 3H1 or 3H2
Aluminum jerrican: 3B1 or 3B2
Steel box: 4A
Steel box with liner: 4A
Aluminum box: 4B
Aluminum box with liner: 4B
Metal box other than steel or aluminum: 4N
Natural wood box: 4C1
Natural wood box, sift proof: 4C2
Plywood box: 4D
Reconstituted wood box: 4F
Fiberboard box: 4G
Expanded plastic box: 4H1
Solid plastic box: 4H2
Bag, woven plastic: 5H1, 5H2 or 5H3
Bag, plastic film: 5H4
Bag, textile: 5L1, 5L2 or 5L3
Bag, paper, multiwall, water resistant: 5M2
Plastic receptacle in steel, aluminum, plywood, fiber or plastic drum: 
6HA1, 6HB1, 6HD1, 6HG1 or 6HH1
Plastic receptacle in steel, aluminum, wood, plywood or fiberboard box: 
6HA2, 6HB2, 6HC, 6HD2 or 6HG2
Glass, porcelain or stoneware in steel, aluminum, plywood or fiber drum: 
6PA1, 6PB1, 6PD1 or 6PG1
Glass, porcelain or stoneware in steel, aluminum, wooden or fiberboard 
box: 6PA2, 6PB2, 6PC or 6PG2
Glass, porcelain or stoneware in expanded or solid plastic packaging: 
6PH1 or 6PH2
Cylinders, as prescribed for any compressed gas, except for 
Specification 8 and 3HT

[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52634, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended by Amdt. 173-241, 
59 FR 67511, 67518, Dec. 29, 1994; Amdt. 173-261, 62 FR 24734, May 6, 
1997; 69 FR 76157, Dec. 20, 2004; 70 FR 34398, June 14, 2005; 78 FR 
1089, Jan. 7, 2013]



Sec.173.213  Non-bulk packagings for solid hazardous materials 
in Packing Group III.

    (a) When Sec.172.101 of this subchapter specifies that a solid 
hazardous material be packaged under this section, only non-bulk 
packagings prescribed in this section may be used for its 
transportation. Each package must conform to the general packaging 
requirements of subpart B of part 173, to the requirements of part 178 
of this subchapter at the Packing Group I, II or III performance level, 
and to the requirements of the special provisions of column 7 of the 
Sec.172.101 table.
    (b) The following combination packagings are authorized:

Outer packagings:
Steel drum: 1A1 or 1A2
Aluminum drum: 1B1 or 1B2
Metal drum other than steel or aluminum: 1N1 or 1N2
Plywood drum: 1D
Fiber drum: 1G
Plastic drum: 1H1 or 1H2
Wooden barrel: 2C2
Steel jerrican: 3A1 or 3A2
Plastic jerrican: 3H1 or 3H2
Aluminum jerrican: 3B1 or 3B2
Steel box: 4A
Aluminum box: 4B
Natural wood box: 4C1 or 4C2
Plywood box: 4D
Reconstituted wood box: 4F
Fiberboard box: 4G
Solid plastic box: 4H2
Metal box other than steel or aluminum: 4N
Inner packagings:
Glass or earthenware receptacles
Plastic receptacles
Metal receptacles
Glass ampoules

    (c) The following single packagings are authorized:

Steel drum: 1A1 or 1A2
Aluminum drum: 1B1 or 1B2
Plywood drum: 1D
Plastic drum: 1H1 or 1H2
Fiber drum: 1G
Metal drum other than steel or aluminum: 1N1 or 1N2
Wooden barrel: 2C1 or 2C2
Steel jerrican: 3A1 or 3A2
Plastic jerrican: 3H1 or 3H2
Aluminum jerrican: 3B1 or 3B2
Steel box: 4A
Steel box with liner: 4A
Aluminum box: 4B
Aluminum box with liner: 4B
Metal box other than steel or aluminum: 4N
Natural wood box: 4C1
Natural wood box, sift proof: 4C2
Plywood box: 4D
Reconstituted wood box: 4F
Fiberboard box: 4G
Expanded plastic box: 4H1
Solid plastic box: 4H2
Bag, woven plastic: 5H1, 5H2 or 5H3
Bag, plastic film: 5H4

[[Page 636]]

Bag, textile: 5L1, 5L2 or 5L3
Bag, paper, multiwall, water resistant: 5M2
Plastic receptacle in steel, aluminum, plywood, fiber or plastic drum: 
6HA1, 6HB1, 6HD1, 6HG1 or 6HH1
Plastic receptacle in steel, aluminum, wood, plywood or fiberboard box: 
6HA2, 6HB2, 6HC, 6HD2 or 6HG2
Glass, porcelain or stoneware in steel, aluminum, plywood or fiber drum: 
6PA1, 6PB1, 6PD1 or 6PG1
Glass, porcelain or stoneware in steel, aluminum, wooden or fiberboard 
box: 6PA2, 6PB2, 6PC or 6PG2
Glass, porcelain or stoneware in expanded or solid plastic packaging: 
6PH1 or 6PH2
Cylinders, as prescribed for any compressed gas, except for 
Specification 8 and 3HT

[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended by Amdt. 173-241, 
59 FR 67511, 67518, Dec. 29, 1994; Amdt. 173-261, 62 FR 24734, May 6, 
1997; 69 FR 76158, Dec. 20, 2004; 70 FR 34398, June 14, 2005; 78 FR 
1089, Jan. 7, 2013]



Sec.173.214  Packagings which require approval by the Associate
Administrator.

    When Sec.172.101 of this subchapter specifies that a hazardous 
material be packaged under this section, packagings and method of 
shipment must be approved by the Associate Administrator prior to the 
first shipment.

[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 66 FR 45379, 
Aug. 28, 2001]



Sec.173.216  Asbestos, blue, brown or white.

    (a) Asbestos, blue, brown or white, includes each of the following 
hydrated mineral silicates: chrysolite, crocidolite, amosite, 
anthophyllite asbestos, tremolite asbestos, actinolite asbestos, and 
every product containing any of these materials.
    (b) [Reserved]
    (c) Packagings for asbestos must conform to the general packaging 
requirements of subpart B of this part but need not conform to the 
requirements of part 178 of this subchapter. Asbestos must be offered 
for transportation and transported in--
    (1) Rigid, leaktight packagings, such as metal, plastic or fiber 
drums, portable tanks, hopper-type rail cars, or hopper-type motor 
vehicles;
    (2) Bags or other non-rigid packagings in closed freight containers, 
motor vehicles, or rail cars that are loaded by and for the exclusive 
use of the consignor and unloaded by the consignee;
    (3) Bags or other non-rigid packagings which are dust and sift proof 
must be placed in rigid outer packagings or closed freight containers.

[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 66 FR 45379, 
Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 45034, July 31, 2003; 71 FR 78632, Dec. 29, 2006]



Sec.173.217  Carbon dioxide, solid (dry ice).

    (a) Carbon dioxide, solid (dry ice), when offered for transportation 
or transported by aircraft or water, must be packed in packagings 
designed and constructed to permit the release of carbon dioxide gas to 
prevent a buildup of pressure that could rupture the packagings. 
Packagings must conform to the general packaging requirements of subpart 
B of this part but need not conform to the requirements of part 178 of 
this subchapter.
    (b) For transportation by vessel:
    (1) Each transport vehicle and freight container containing solid 
carbon dioxide must be conspicuously marked on two sides ``WARNING 
CO2 SOLID (DRY ICE).''
    (2) Other packagings containing solid carbon dioxide must be marked 
``CARBON DIOXIDE, SOLID--DO NOT STOW BELOW DECKS.''
    (c) For transportation by aircraft:
    (1) In addition to the applicable marking requirements in subpart D 
of part 172, the net mass of the carbon dioxide, solid (dry ice) must be 
marked on the outside of the package. This provision also applies to 
unit load devices (ULDs) when the ULD contains dry ice and is considered 
the packaging.
    (2) The shipper must make arrangements with the operator for each 
shipment.
    (3) The quantity limits per package shown in columns (9A) and (9B) 
of the Hazardous Materials Table in Sec.172.101 of this subchapter are 
not applicable to dry ice being used as a refrigerant for other than 
hazardous materials loaded in a unit load device. In such a case, the 
unit load device must be identified to the operator and allow the 
venting of the carbon dioxide gas to prevent a dangerous build-up of 
pressure.

[[Page 637]]

    (4) Dry ice is excepted from the shipping paper requirements of 
subpart C of part 172 of this subchapter provided alternative written 
documentation is supplied containing the following information: proper 
shipping name (Dry ice or Carbon dioxide, solid), class 9, UN number 
1845, the number of packages, and the net quantity of dry ice in each 
package. The information must be included with the description of the 
materials.
    (5) Carbon dioxide, solid (dry ice), in quantities not exceeding 2.5 
kg (5.5 pounds) per package and used as a refrigerant for the contents 
of the package is excepted from all other requirements of this 
subchapter if the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section are 
complied with and the package is marked ``Carbon dioxide, solid'' or 
``Dry ice'', is marked with the name of the contents being cooled, and 
is marked with the net weight of the dry ice or an indication that the 
net weight is 2.5 kg (5.5 pounds) or less.
    (d) Carbon dioxide, solid (dry ice), when used to refrigerate 
materials being shipped for diagnostic or treatment purposes (e.g., 
frozen medical specimens), is excepted from the shipping paper and 
certification requirements of this subchapter if the requirements of 
paragraphs (a) and (c)(2) of this section are met and the package is 
marked ``Carbon dioxide, solid'' or ``Dry ice'' and is marked with an 
indication that the material being refrigerated is being transported for 
diagnostic or treatment purposes.

[73 FR 4718, Jan. 28, 2008, as amended at 82 FR 15882, Mar. 30, 2017]



Sec.173.218  Fish meal or fish scrap.

    (a) Except as provided in Column (7) of the HMT in Sec.172.101 of 
this subchapter, fish meal or fish scrap, containing at least 6%, but 
not more than 12% water, is authorized for transportation by vessel only 
when packaged as follows:
    (1) Burlap (jute) bag;
    (2) Multi-wall paper bag;
    (3) Polyethylene-lined burlap or paper bag;
    (4) Cargo tank;
    (5) Portable tank;
    (6) Rail car; or
    (7) Freight container.
    (b) [Reserved]
    (c) When fish scrap or fish meal is offered for transportation by 
vessel in bulk in freight containers, the fish meal must contain at 
least 100 ppm of anti-oxident (ethoxyquin) at the time of shipment.

[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 68 FR 45034, 
July 31, 2003]



Sec.173.219  Life-saving appliances.

    (a) A life-saving appliance, self-inflating or non-self-inflating, 
containing small quantities of hazardous materials that are required as 
part of the life-saving appliance must conform to the requirements of 
this section. Packagings must conform to the general packaging 
requirements of subpart B of this part but need not conform to the 
requirements of part 178 of this subchapter. The appliances must be 
packed, so that they cannot be accidentally activated and, except for 
life vests, the hazardous materials must be in inner packagings packed 
so as to prevent shifting within the outer packaging. The hazardous 
materials must be an integral part of the appliance and in quantities 
that do not exceed those appropriate for the actual appliance when in 
use.
    (b) Life saving appliances may contain:
    (1) Division 2.2 compressed or liquefied gases must be packaged in 
cylinders in accordance with the requirements of this subchapter;
    (2) Signal devices (Class 1), which may include smoke and 
illumination signal flares;
    (3) Electric storage batteries and lithium batteries (life-saving 
appliances containing lithium batteries must be packed in accordance 
with Sec.173.185 and Special Provisions A54 and A101 as applicable.);
    (4) First aid or repair kits conforming to the applicable material 
and quantity limitations of Sec.173.161 of this subchapter;
    (5) Strike-anywhere matches;
    (6) For self-inflating life saving appliances only, cartridges power 
device of Division 1.4S, for purposes of the self-inflating mechanism 
provided that the quantity of explosives per appliance does not exceed 
3.2 g; or

[[Page 638]]

    (7) Limited quantities of other hazardous materials.
    (c) Hazardous materials in life saving appliances must be packaged 
as follows:
    (1) Division 2.2 compressed or liquefied gases must be packaged in 
cylinders in accordance with the requirements of this subchapter;
    (2) Signal devices (Class 1) must be in packagings that prevent them 
from being inadvertently activated;
    (3) Strike-anywhere matches must be cushioned to prevent movement or 
friction in a metal or composition receptacle with a screw-type closure 
in a manner that prevents them from being inadvertently activated;
    (4) Limited quantities of other hazardous materials must be packaged 
in accordance with the requirements of this subchapter; and
    (5) Life-saving appliances containing no hazardous materials other 
than cylinders of Division 2.2 compressed or liquefied gases with no 
subsidiary risk, with a capacity not exceeding 120 mL, installed solely 
for the purpose of activating the appliance, are not subject to the 
provisions of this subchapter provided they are overpacked in rigid 
outer packagings with a maximum gross mass of 40 kg. For transportation 
by aircraft, such appliances must be transported as cargo and may not be 
carried onboard an aircraft by passengers or crewmembers in carry-on 
baggage, checked baggage, or on their person unless specifically 
excepted by Sec.175.10.

[69 FR 76158, Dec. 20, 2004, as amended at 72 FR 44950, Aug. 9, 2007; 73 
FR 57006, Oct. 1, 2008; 78 FR 1089, Jan. 7, 2013; 79 FR 46039, Aug. 6, 
2014]



Sec.173.220  Internal combustion engines, vehicles, machinery
containing internal combustion engines, battery-powered equipment
or machinery, fuel cell-powered equipment or machinery.
          

    (a) Applicability. An internal combustion engine, self-propelled 
vehicle, machinery containing an internal combustion engine that is not 
consigned under the ``Dangerous goods in machinery or apparatus'' UN 
3363 entry, a battery-powered vehicle or equipment, or a fuel cell-
powered vehicle or equipment, or any combination thereof, is subject to 
the requirements of this subchapter when transported as cargo on a 
transport vehicle, vessel, or aircraft if--
    (1) The vehicle, engine, or machinery contains a liquid or gaseous 
fuel. Vehicles, engines, or machinery may be considered as not 
containing fuel when the engine components and any fuel lines have been 
completely drained, sufficiently cleaned of residue, and purged of 
vapors to remove any potential hazard and the engine when held in any 
orientation will not release any liquid fuel;
    (2) The fuel tank contains a liquid or gaseous fuel. A fuel tank may 
be considered as not containing fuel when the fuel tank and the fuel 
lines have been completely drained, sufficiently cleaned of residue, and 
purged of vapors to remove any potential hazard;
    (3) It is equipped with a wet battery (including a non-spillable 
battery), a sodium battery or a lithium battery; or
    (4) Except as provided in paragraph (f)(1) of this section, it 
contains other hazardous materials subject to the requirements of this 
subchapter.
    (b) Requirements. Unless otherwise excepted in paragraph (b)(4) of 
this section, vehicles, engines, and equipment are subject to the 
following requirements:
    (1) Flammable liquid fuel and fuels that are marine pollutants. (i) 
A fuel tank containing a flammable liquid fuel must be drained and 
securely closed, except that up to 500 mL (17 ounces) of residual fuel 
may remain in the tank, engine components, or fuel lines provided they 
are securely closed to prevent leakage of fuel during transportation. 
Self-propelled vehicles containing diesel fuel are excepted from the 
requirement to drain the fuel tanks, provided that sufficient ullage 
space has been left inside the tank to allow fuel expansion without 
leakage, and the tank caps are securely closed.
    (ii) Engines and machinery containing liquid fuels meeting the 
definition of a marine pollutant (see Sec.171.8 of this subchapter) 
and not meeting the classification criteria of any other Class or 
Division transported by vessel are subject to the requirements of Sec.
176.906 of this subchapter.
    (2) Flammable liquefied or compressed gas fuel. (i) For 
transportation by

[[Page 639]]

motor vehicle, rail car or vessel, fuel tanks and fuel systems 
containing flammable liquefied or compressed gas fuel must be securely 
closed. For transportation by vessel, the requirements of Sec. Sec.
176.78(k), 176.905, and 176.906 of this subchapter apply.
    (ii) For transportation by aircraft:
    (A) Flammable gas-powered vehicles, machines, equipment or cylinders 
containing the flammable gas must be completely emptied of flammable 
gas. Lines from vessels to gas regulators, and gas regulators 
themselves, must also be drained of all traces of flammable gas. To 
ensure that these conditions are met, gas shut-off valves must be left 
open and connections of lines to gas regulators must be left 
disconnected upon delivery of the vehicle to the operator. Shut-off 
valves must be closed and lines reconnected at gas regulators before 
loading the vehicle aboard the aircraft; or alternatively;
    (B) Flammable gas powered vehicles, machines or equipment, which 
have cylinders (fuel tanks) that are equipped with electrically operated 
valves, may be transported under the following conditions:
    (1) The valves must be in the closed position and in the case of 
electrically operated valves, power to those valves must be 
disconnected;
    (2) After closing the valves, the vehicle, equipment or machinery 
must be operated until it stops from lack of fuel before being loaded 
aboard the aircraft;
    (3) In no part of the closed system shall the pressure exceed 5% of 
the maximum allowable working pressure of the system or 290 psig (2000 
kPa), whichever is less; and
    (4) There must not be any residual liquefied gas in the system, 
including the fuel tank.
    (3) Truck bodies or trailers on flat cars--flammable liquid or gas 
powered. Truck bodies or trailers with automatic heating or 
refrigerating equipment of the flammable liquid type may be shipped with 
fuel tanks filled and equipment operating or inoperative, when used for 
the transportation of other freight and loaded on flat cars as part of a 
joint rail and highway movement, provided the equipment and fuel supply 
conform to the requirements of Sec.177.834(l) of this subchapter.
    (4) Modal exceptions. Quantities of flammable liquid fuel greater 
than 500 mL (17 ounces) may remain in the fuel tank in self-propelled 
vehicles engines, and machinery only under the following conditions:
    (i) For transportation by motor vehicle or rail car, the fuel tanks 
must be securely closed.
    (ii) For transportation by vessel, the shipment must conform to 
Sec.176.905 of this subchapter for self-propelled vehicles and Sec.
176.906 of this subchapter for engines and machinery.
    (iii) For transportation by aircraft, when carried in aircraft 
designed or modified for vehicle ferry operations when all the following 
conditions must be met:
    (A) Authorization for this type operation has been given by the 
appropriate authority in the government of the country in which the 
aircraft is registered;
    (B) Each vehicle is secured in an upright position;
    (C) Each fuel tank is filled in a manner and only to a degree that 
will preclude spillage of fuel during loading, unloading, and 
transportation; and
    (D) Each area or compartment in which a self-propelled vehicle is 
being transported is suitably ventilated to prevent the accumulation of 
fuel vapors.
    (c) Battery-powered or installed. Batteries must be securely 
installed, and wet batteries must be fastened in an upright position. 
Batteries must be protected against a dangerous evolution of heat, short 
circuits, and damage to terminals in conformance with Sec.173.159(a) 
and leakage; or must be removed and packaged separately under Sec.
173.159. Battery-powered vehicles, machinery or equipment including 
battery-powered wheelchairs and mobility aids are not subject to any 
other requirements of this subchapter except Sec.173.21 when 
transported by rail, highway or vessel. Where a vehicle could possibly 
be handled in other than an upright position, the vehicle must be 
secured in a strong, rigid outer packaging. The vehicle must be secured 
by means capable of restraining the vehicle in the outer packaging to 
prevent any movement during transport which

[[Page 640]]

would change the orientation or cause the vehicle to be damaged.
    (d) Lithium batteries. Except as provided in Sec.172.102, special 
provision A101, of this subchapter, vehicles, engines, and machinery 
powered by lithium metal batteries, that are transported with these 
batteries installed, are forbidden aboard passenger-carrying aircraft. 
Lithium batteries contained in vehicles, engines, or mechanical 
equipment must be securely fastened in the battery holder of the 
vehicle, engine, or mechanical equipment, and be protected in such a 
manner as to prevent damage and short circuits (e.g., by the use of non-
conductive caps that cover the terminals entirely). Except for vehicles, 
engines, or machinery transported by highway, rail, or vessel with 
prototype or low production lithium batteries securely installed, each 
lithium battery must be of a type that has successfully passed each test 
in the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this 
subchapter), as specified in Sec.173.185, unless approved by the 
Associate Administrator. Where a vehicle could possibly be handled in 
other than an upright position, the vehicle must be secured in a strong, 
rigid outer packaging. The vehicle must be secured by means capable of 
restraining the vehicle in the outer packaging to prevent any movement 
during transport which would change the orientation or cause the vehicle 
to be damaged.
    (e) Fuel cells. A fuel cell must be secured and protected in a 
manner to prevent damage to the fuel cell. Equipment (other than 
vehicles, engines or mechanical equipment) such as consumer electronic 
devices containing fuel cells (fuel cell cartridges) must be described 
as ``Fuel cell cartridges contained in equipment'' and transported in 
accordance with Sec.173.230. Where a vehicle could possibly be handled 
in other than an upright position, the vehicle must be secured in a 
strong, rigid outer packaging. The vehicle must be secured by means 
capable of restraining the vehicle in the outer packaging to prevent any 
movement during transport which would change the orientation or cause 
the vehicle to be damaged.
    (f) Other hazardous materials. (1) Items containing hazardous 
materials, such as fire extinguishers, compressed gas accumulators, 
safety devices, and other hazardous materials that are integral 
components of the motor vehicle, engine, or mechanical equipment, and 
that are necessary for the operation of the vehicle, engine, or 
mechanical equipment, or for the safety of its operator or passengers, 
must be securely installed in the motor vehicle, engine, or mechanical 
equipment. Such items are not otherwise subject to the requirements of 
this subchapter. Equipment (other than vehicles, engines, or mechanical 
equipment), such as consumer electronic devices containing lithium 
batteries, must be described as ``Lithium metal batteries contained in 
equipment'' or ``Lithium ion batteries contained in equipment,'' as 
appropriate, and transported in accordance with Sec.173.185, and 
applicable special provisions. Equipment (other than vehicles, engines, 
or mechanical equipment), such as consumer electronic devices containing 
fuel cells (fuel cell cartridges), must be described as ``Fuel cell 
cartridges contained in equipment'' and transported in accordance with 
Sec.173.230.
    (2) Other hazardous materials must be packaged and transported in 
accordance with the requirements of this subchapter.
    (g) Additional requirements for internal combustion engines and 
vehicles with certain electronic equipment when transported by aircraft 
or vessel. When an internal combustion engine that is not installed in a 
vehicle or equipment is offered for transportation by aircraft or 
vessel, all fuel, coolant or hydraulic systems remaining in the engine 
must be drained as far as practicable, and all disconnected fluid pipes 
that previously contained fluid must be sealed with leak-proof caps that 
are positively retained. When offered for transportation by aircraft, 
vehicles equipped with theft-protection devices, installed radio 
communications equipment or navigational systems must have such devices, 
equipment or systems disabled.

[[Page 641]]

    (h) Exceptions. Except as provided in paragraph (f)(2) of this 
section, shipments made under the provisions of this section--
    (1) Are not subject to any other requirements of this subchapter for 
transportation by motor vehicle or rail car;
    (2) Are not subject to the requirements of subparts D, E, and F 
(marking, labeling and placarding, respectively) of part 172 of this 
subchapter or Sec.172.604 of this subchapter (emergency response 
telephone number) for transportation by aircraft. For transportation by 
aircraft, the provisions of Sec.173.159(b)(2) as applicable, the 
provisions of Sec.173.230(f), as applicable, other applicable 
requirements of this subchapter, including shipping papers, emergency 
response information, notification of pilot-in-command, general 
packaging requirements, and the requirements specified in Sec.173.27 
must be met; and
    (3) For exceptions for transportation by vessel; see Sec.176.905 
of this subchapter for vehicles, and Sec.176.906 of this subchapter 
for engines and machinery.

[82 FR 15882, Mar. 30, 2017]



Sec.173.221  Polymeric beads, expandable and Plastic molding compound.

    (a) Non-bulk shipments of Polymeric beads (or granules), expandable 
evolving flammable vapor and Plastic molding compound in dough, sheet or 
extruded rope form, evolving flammable vapor must be packed in: metal 
(4A, 4B, or 4N), wooden (4C1 or 4C2), plywood (4D), fiberboard (4G), 
reconstituted wood (4F), plastic (4H1 or 4H2) boxes, plywood drums (1D) 
or fiber drums (1G) with sealed inner plastic liners; in vapor tight 
metal or plastic drums (1A1, 1A2, 1B1, 1B2, 1N1, 1N2, 1H1 or 1H2); in 
vapor tight metal or plastic jerricans (3A1, 3A2, 3B1, 3B2, 3H1, or 
3H2); or packed in non-specification packagings when transported in 
dedicated vehicles or freight containers. The packagings need not 
conform to the requirements for package testing in part 178 of this 
subchapter, but must be capable of containing any evolving gases from 
the contents during normal conditions of transportation.
    (b) Bulk shipments of Polymeric beads (or granules), expandable, 
evolving flammable vapor or Plastic molding compounds in dough, sheet or 
extruded rope, evolving flammable vapor may be packed in non-
specification bulk packagings. Except for transportation by highway and 
rail, bulk packagings must be capable of containing any gases evolving 
from the contents during normal conditions of transportation.
    (c) For transportation by vessel, the provisions of Sec.176.907 
must be met.
    (d) Exceptions. When it can be demonstrated that no flammable vapor, 
resulting in a flammable atmosphere, is evolved according to test U1 
(Test method for substances liable to evolve flammable vapors) of Part 
III, sub-section 38.4.4 of the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria (IBR, see 
Sec.171.7 of this subchapter), polymeric beads, expandable need not be 
classed as Class 9 (UN2211). This test should only be performed when de-
classification of a substance is considered.

[64 FR 10779, Mar. 5, 1999, as amended at 78 FR 1089, Jan. 7, 2013; 82 
FR 15884, Mar. 30, 2017]



Sec.173.222  Dangerous goods in equipment, machinery or apparatus.

    Hazardous materials in machinery or apparatus are excepted from the 
specification packaging requirements of this subchapter when packaged 
according to this section. Hazardous materials in machinery or apparatus 
must be packaged in strong outer packagings, unless the receptacles 
containing the hazardous materials are afforded adequate protection by 
the construction of the machinery or apparatus. Each package must 
conform to the packaging requirements of subpart B of this part, except 
for the requirements in Sec. Sec.173.24(a)(1) and 173.27(e), and the 
following requirements:
    (a) If the machinery or apparatus contains more than one hazardous 
material, the materials must not be capable of reacting dangerously 
together.
    (b) The nature of the containment must be as follows--
    (1) Damage to the receptacles containing the hazardous materials 
during transport is unlikely. However, in the

[[Page 642]]

event of damage to the receptacles containing the hazardous materials, 
no leakage of the hazardous materials from the machinery or apparatus is 
possible. A leakproof liner may be used to satisfy this requirement.
    (2) Receptacles containing hazardous materials must be secured and 
cushioned so as to prevent their breakage or leakage and so as to 
control their movement within the machinery or apparatus during normal 
conditions of transportation. Cushioning material must not react 
dangerously with the content of the receptacles. Any leakage of the 
contents must not substantially impair the protective properties of the 
cushioning material.
    (3) Receptacles for gases, their contents and filling densities must 
conform to the applicable requirements of this subchapter, unless 
otherwise approved by the Associate Administrator.
    (c) The total net quantity of hazardous materials contained in one 
item of machinery or apparatus must not exceed the following:
    (1) 1 kg (2.2 pounds) in the case of solids;
    (2) 0.5 L (0.1 gallons) in the case of liquids;
    (3) 0.5 kg (1.1 pounds) in the case of Division 2.2 gases. For 
transportation by aircraft, Division 2.2 gases with subsidiary risks and 
refrigerated liquefied gases are not authorized; and
    (4) A total quantity of not more than the aggregate of that 
permitted in paragraphs (c)(1) through (c)(3) of this section, for each 
category of material in the package, when a package contains hazardous 
materials in two or more of the categories in paragraphs (c)(1) through 
(c)(3) of this section.
    (d) Except for transportation by aircraft, when a package contains 
hazardous materials in two or more of the categories listed in 
paragraphs (c)(1) through (c)(3) of this section the total quantity 
required by Sec.172.202(c) of this subchapter to be entered on the 
shipping paper must be either the aggregate quantity, or the estimated 
quantity, of all hazardous materials, expressed as net mass.

[64 FR 10779, Mar. 5, 1999, as amended at 64 FR 44428, Aug. 16, 1999; 66 
FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001; 70 FR 56098, Sept. 23, 2005; 71 FR 78633, Dec. 
29, 2006; 74 FR 2259, Jan. 14, 2009]



Sec.173.223  Packagings for certain flammable solids.

    (a) Packagings for ``Musk xylene,'' ``5-tert-Butyl-2,4,6-trinitro-m-
xylene,'' ``Azodicarbonamide,'' or ``Isosorbide-5-mononitrate,'' when 
offered for transportation or transported by rail, highway, or vessel, 
must conform to the general packaging requirements of subpart B of part 
173, and to the requirements of part 178 of this subchapter at the 
Packing Group III performance level and may only be transported in the 
following packagings:
    (1) Fiberboard box (4G) with a single inner plastic bag, and a 
maximum net mass of not more than 50 kg (110 lbs).
    (2) Fiberboard box (4G) or fiber drum (1G), with a plastic inner 
packaging not exceeding 5 kg (11 lbs), and a maximum net mass of not 
more than 25 kg (55 lbs).
    (3) Fiber drum (1G), and a maximum net mass of not more than 50 kg 
(110 lbs), that may be fitted with a coating or lining.
    (b) [Reserved]

[Doc. No. 2002-13658, 68 FR 45035, July 31, 2003; 75 FR 5394, Feb. 2, 
2010]



Sec.173.224  Packaging and control and emergency temperatures 
for self-reactive materials.

    (a) General. When the Sec.172.101 table of this subchapter 
specifies that a Division 4.1 material be packaged in accordance with 
this section, only packagings which conform to the provisions of this 
section may be used. Each packaging must conform to the general 
packaging requirements of subpart B of this part and the applicable 
requirements of part 178 of this subchapter. Non-bulk packagings must 
meet Packing Group II performance levels. To avoid unnecessary 
confinement, metallic non-bulk packagings meeting Packing Group I are 
not authorized. Self-reactive materials which require temperature 
control are subject to the provisions of Sec.173.21(f). Packagings 
required to bear a Class 1 subsidiary label must conform to Sec. Sec.
173.60 through 173.62.
    (b) Self-Reactive Materials Table. The Self-Reactive Materials Table 
specifies, by technical name, those self-reactive materials that are 
authorized for transportation and not subject to the

[[Page 643]]

approval provisions of Sec.173.124(a)(2)(iii). A self-reactive 
material identified by technical name in the following table is 
authorized for transportation only if it conforms to all applicable 
provisions of the table. The column headings of the Self-Reactive 
Materials Table are as follows:
    (1) Technical name. Column 1 specifies the technical name.
    (2) ID number. Column 2 specifies the identification number which is 
used to identify the proper shipping name in the Sec.172.101 table.
    (3) Concentration of self-reactive material. Column 3 specifies the 
concentration (percent) limitations, if any, in mixtures or solutions 
for the self-reactive material. Limitations are given as minimums, 
maximums, or a range, as appropriate. A range includes the lower and 
upper limits (i.e., ``53-100'' means from, and including, 53 percent to, 
and including 100 percent).
    (4) Packing method. Column 4 specifies the highest packing method 
which is authorized for the self-reactive material. A packing method 
corresponding to a smaller package size may be used, but a packing 
method corresponding to a larger package size may not be used. The Table 
of Packing Methods in Sec.173.225(d) defines the packing methods. Bulk 
packagings for Type F self-reactive substances are authorized by Sec.
173.225(f) for IBCs and Sec.173.225(h) for bulk packagings other than 
IBCs. Additional bulk packagings are authorized if approved by the 
Associate Administrator.
    (5) Control temperature. Column 5 specifies the control temperature 
in [deg]C. Temperatures are specified only when temperature controls are 
required (see Sec.173.21(f)).
    (6) Emergency temperature. Column 6 specifies the emergency 
temperature in [deg]C. Temperatures are specified only when temperature 
controls are required (see Sec.173.21(f)).
    (7) Notes. Column 7 specifies other applicable provisions, as set 
forth in notes following the table.

                                                              Self-Reactive Materials Table
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                    Identification                             Packing method      Control temperature--          Emergency       Notes
    Self-reactive substance (1)         No. (2)      Concentration--(%) (3)          (4)                ([deg]C) (5)           temperature (6)     (7)
Acetone-pyrogallol copolymer 2-            3228     100.....................  OP8
 diazo-1-naphthol-5-sulphonate.
Azodicarbonamide formulation type          3232     <100....................  OP5               ...........................  ..................        1
 B, temperature controlled.
Azodicarbonamide formulation type          3224     <100....................  OP6
 C.
Azodicarbonamide formulation type          3234     <100....................  OP6               ...........................  ..................        1
 C, temperature controlled.
Azodicarbonamide formulation type          3226     <100....................  OP7
 D.
Azodicarbonamide formulation type          3236     <100....................  OP7               ...........................  ..................        1
 D, temperature controlled.
2,2'-Azodi(2,4-dimethyl-4-                 3236     100.....................  OP7               -5.........................   + 5..............
 methoxyvaleronitrile).
2,2'-Azodi(2,4-                            3236     100.....................  OP7                + 10......................   + 15.............
 dimethylvaleronitrile).
2,2'-Azodi(ethyl 2-                        3235     100.....................  OP7                + 20......................   + 25.............
 methylpropionate).
1,1-Azodi(hexahydrobenzonitrile)..         3226     100.....................  OP7
2,2-Azodi(isobutyronitrile).......         3234     100.....................  OP6                + 40......................   + 45.............
2,2'-Azodi(isobutyronitrile) as a          3224     <=50....................  OP6
 water based paste.
 
2,2-Azodi(2-methylbutyronitrile)..         3236     100.....................  OP7                + 35......................   + 40.............
Benzene-1,3-disulphonylhydrazide,          3226     52......................  OP7
 as a paste.
Benzene sulphohydrazide...........         3226     100.....................  OP7
4-(Benzyl(ethyl)amino)-3-                  3226     100.....................  OP7
 ethoxybenzenediazonium zinc
 chloride.
4-(Benzyl(methyl)amino)-3-                 3236     100.....................  OP7                + 40......................   + 45.............
 ethoxybenzenediazonium zinc
 chloride.
3-Chloro-4-                                3226     100.....................  OP7
 diethylaminobenzenediazonium zinc
 chloride.
2-Diazo-1-Naphthol sulphonic acid          3226     <100....................  OP7               ...........................  ..................        4
 ester mixture.
2-Diazo-1-Naphthol-4-sulphonyl             3222     100.....................  OP5
 chloride.
2-Diazo-1-Naphthol-5-sulphonyl             3222     100.....................  OP5
 chloride.

[[Page 644]]

 
2,5-Dibutoxy-4-(4-morpholinyl)-            3228     100.....................  OP8
 Benzenediazonium,
 tetrachlorozincate (2:1).
2,5-Diethoxy-4-                            3236     67-100..................  OP7                + 35......................   + 40.............
 morpholinobenzenediazonium zinc
 chloride.
2,5-Diethoxy-4-                            3236     66......................  OP7                + 40......................   + 45.............
 morpholinobenzenediazonium zinc
 chloride.
2,5-Diethoxy-4-                            3236     100.....................  OP7                + 30......................   + 35.............
 morpholinobenzenediazonium
 tetrafluoroborate.
2,5-Diethoxy-4-                            3236     67......................  OP7                + 40......................   + 45.............
 (phenylsulphonyl)benzenediazonium
 zinc chloride.
2,5-Diethoxy-4-(4-morpholinyl)-            3226     100.....................  OP7
 benzenediazonium sulphate.
Diethylene glycol bis(allyl                3237     =88 + <=12...  OP8               -10........................  0.................
 carbonate) +
 Diisopropylperoxydicarbonate.
2,5-Dimethoxy-4-(4-                        3236     79......................  OP7                + 40......................   + 45.............
 methylphenylsulphony)benzenediazo
 nium zinc chloride.
4-Dimethylamino-6-(2-                      3236     100.....................  OP7                + 40......................   + 45.............
 dimethylaminoethoxy)toluene-2-
 diazonium zinc chloride.
4-(Dimethylamino)-benzenediazonium         3228     100.....................  OP8
 trichlorozincate (-1).
N,N'-Dinitroso-N, N'-dimethyl-             3224     72......................  OP6
 terephthalamide, as a paste.
N,N'-                                      3224     82......................  OP6               ...........................  ..................        2
 Dinitrosopentamethylenetetramine.
Diphenyloxide-4,4'-                        3226     100.....................  OP7
 disulphohydrazide.
Diphenyloxide-4,4'-                        3226     100.....................  OP7
 disulphonylhydrazide.
4-Dipropylaminobenzenediazonium            3226     100.....................  OP7
 zinc chloride.
2-(N,N-Ethoxycarbonylphenylamino)-         3236     63-92...................  OP7                + 40......................   + 45.............
 3-methoxy-4-(N-methyl-N-
 cyclohexylamino)benzenediazonium
 zinc chloride.
2-(N,N-Ethoxycarbonylphenylamino)-         3236     62......................  OP7                + 35......................   + 40.............
 3-methoxy-4-(N-methyl-N-
 cyclohexylamino)benzenediazonium
 zinc chloride.
N-Formyl-2-(nitromethylene)-1,3-           3236     100.....................  OP7                + 45......................   + 50.............
 perhydrothiazine.
2-(2-Hydroxyethoxy)-1-(pyrrolidin-         3236     100.....................  OP7                + 45......................   + 50.............
 1-yl)benzene-4-diazonium zinc
 chloride.
3-(2-Hydroxyethoxy)-4-(pyrrolidin-         3236     100.....................  OP7                + 40......................   + 45.............
 1-yl)benzenediazonium zinc
 chloride.
2-(N,N-Methylaminoethylcarbonyl)-4-        3236     96......................  OP7                + 45......................   + 50.............
 (3,4-dimethyl-
 phenylsulphonyl)benzene diazonium
 zinc chloride.
4-Methylbenzenesulphonylhydrazide.         3226     100.....................  OP7
3-Methyl-4-(pyrrolidin-1-                  3234     95......................  OP6                + 45......................   + 50.............
 yl)benzenediazonium
 tetrafluoroborate.
4-Nitrosophenol...................         3236     100.....................  OP7                + 35......................   + 40.............
Self-reactive liquid, sample......         3223     ........................  OP2               ...........................  ..................        3
Self-reactive liquid, sample,              3233     ........................  OP2               ...........................  ..................        3
 temperature control.
Self-reactive solid, sample.......         3224     ........................  OP2               ...........................  ..................        3
  Self-reactive solid, sample,             3234     ........................  OP2               ...........................  ..................        3
   temperature control.
Sodium 2-diazo-1-naphthol-4-               3226     100.....................  OP7
 sulphonate.
Sodium 2-diazo-1-naphthol-5-               3226     100.....................  OP7
 sulphonate.
Tetramine palladium (II) nitrate..         3234     100.....................  OP6                + 30......................   + 35.............
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Notes: 1. The emergency and control temperatures must be determined in accordance with Sec. 173.21(f).
2. With a compatible diluent having a boiling point of not less than 150 [deg]C.
3. Samples may only be offered for transportation under the provisions of paragraph (c)(3) of this section.
4. This entry applies to mixtures of esters of 2-diazo-1-naphthol-4-sulphonic acid and 2-diazo-1-naphthol-5-sulphonic acid.


[[Page 645]]

    (c) New self-reactive materials, formulations and samples. (1) 
Except as provided for samples in paragraph (c)(3) of this section, no 
person may offer, accept for transportation, or transport a self-
reactive material which is not identified by technical name in the Self-
Reactive Materials Table of this section, or a formulation of one or 
more self-reactive materials which are identified by technical name in 
the table, unless the self-reactive material is assigned a generic type 
and shipping description and is approved by the Associate Administrator 
under the provisions of Sec.173.124(a)(2)(iii).
    (2) Except as provided by an approval issued under Sec.
173.124(a)(2)(iii), intermediate bulk and bulk packagings are not 
authorized.
    (3) Samples. Samples of new self-reactive materials or new 
formulations of self-reactive materials identified in the Self-Reactive 
Materials Table in paragraph (b) of this section, for which complete 
test data are not available, and which are to be transported for further 
testing or product evaluation, may be assigned an appropriate shipping 
description for Self-reactive materials Type C, packaged and offered for 
transportation under the following conditions:
    (i) Data available to the person offering the material for 
transportation must indicate that the sample would pose a level of 
hazard no greater than that of a self-reactive material Type B and that 
the control temperature, if any, is sufficiently low to prevent any 
dangerous decomposition and sufficiently high to prevent any dangerous 
phase separation;
    (ii) The sample must be packaged in accordance with packing method 
OP2;
    (iii) Packages of the self-reactive material may be offered for 
transportation and transported in a quantity not to exceed 10 kg (22 
pounds) per transport vehicle; and
    (iv) One of the following shipping descriptions must be assigned:
    (A) Self-reactive, liquid, type C, 4.1, UN3223.
    (B) Self-reactive, solid, type C, 4.1, UN3224.
    (C) Self-reactive, liquid, type C, temperature controlled, 4.1, 
UN3233.
    (D) Self-reactive, solid, type C, temperature controlled, 4.1, 
UN3234.

[Amdt. 173-241, 59 FR 67511, Dec. 29, 1994, as amended by Amdt. 173-242, 
60 FR 26806, May 18, 1995; Amdt. 173-246, 60 FR 49110, Sept. 21, 1995; 
Amdt. 173-256, 61 FR 51338, Oct. 1, 1996; Amdt. 173-261, 62 FR 24734, 
24735, May 6, 1997; 62 FR 45702, Aug. 28, 1997; 64 FR 10779, Mar. 5, 
1999; 65 FR 58630, Sept. 29, 2000; 66 FR 33431, June 21, 2001; 66 FR 
45379, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 45035, July 31, 2003; 69 FR 76159, Dec. 20, 
2004; 71 FR 78633, Dec. 29, 2006]



Sec.173.225  Packaging requirements and other provisions for organic
peroxides.

    (a) General. When the Sec.172.101 table specifies that an organic 
peroxide must be packaged under this section, the organic peroxide must 
be packaged and offered for transportation in accordance with the 
provisions of this section. Each packaging must conform to the general 
requirements of subpart B of part 173 and to the applicable requirements 
of part 178 of this subchapter. Non-bulk packagings must meet Packing 
Group II performance levels. To avoid unnecessary confinement, metallic 
non-bulk packagings meeting Packing Group I are not authorized. No used 
material, other than production residues or regrind from the same 
production process, may be used in plastic packagings. Organic peroxides 
that require temperature control are subject to the provisions of Sec.
173.21(f). When an IBC or bulk packaging is authorized and meets the 
requirements of paragraph (f) or (h) of this section, respectively, 
lower control temperatures than those specified for non-bulk packaging 
may be required. An organic peroxide not identified in paragraph (c), 
(e), or (g) of this section by technical name, or not assigned to a 
generic type in accordance with the provisions in paragraph (b)(3) of 
this section, must conform to the provisions of paragraph (c) of Sec.
173.128.
    (b) New organic peroxides, formulations and samples. (1) Except as 
provided for samples in paragraph (b)(2) of this section, no person may 
offer for transportation an organic peroxide that is not identified by 
technical name in the Organic Peroxides Table, Organic Peroxide IBC 
Table, or the Organic Peroxide Portable Tank Table of this section, or a 
formulation of one or more

[[Page 646]]

organic peroxides that are identified by technical name in one of those 
tables, unless the organic peroxide is assigned a generic type and 
shipping description and is approved by the Associate Administrator 
under the provisions of Sec.173.128(d) of this subchapter.
    (2) Samples. Samples of new organic peroxides or new formulations of 
organic peroxides identified in the Organic Peroxides Table in paragraph 
(c) of this section, for which complete test data are not available, and 
that are to be transported for further testing or product evaluation, 
may be assigned an appropriate shipping description for organic peroxide 
Type C, packaged and offered for transportation, under the following 
conditions:
    (i) Data available to the person offering the material for 
transportation must indicate that the sample would pose a level of 
hazard no greater than that of an organic peroxide Type B and that the 
control temperature, if any, is sufficiently low to prevent any 
dangerous decomposition and sufficiently high to prevent any dangerous 
phase separation;
    (ii) The sample must be packaged in accordance with packing method 
OP2, for a liquid or solid, respectively;
    (iii) Packages of the organic peroxide may be offered for 
transportation and transported in a quantity not to exceed 10 kg (22 
pounds) per transport vehicle; and
    (iv) One of the following shipping descriptions must be assigned:
    (A) Organic peroxide Type C, liquid, 5.2, UN 3103;
    (B) Organic peroxide Type C, solid, 5.2, UN 3104;
    (C) Organic peroxide Type C, liquid, temperature controlled, 5.2, UN 
3113; or
    (D) Organic peroxide Type C, solid, temperature controlled, 5.2, UN 
3114.
    (3) Mixtures. Mixtures of organic peroxides individually identified 
in the Organic Peroxides Table in paragraph (c) of this section may be 
classified as the same type of organic peroxide as that of the most 
dangerous component and be transported under the conditions for 
transportation given for this type. If the stable components form a 
thermally less stable mixture, the SADT of the mixture must be 
determined and the new control and emergency temperature derived under 
the provisions of Sec.173.21(f).
    (c) Organic peroxides table. The following Organic Peroxides Table 
specifies by technical name those organic peroxides that are authorized 
for transportation and not subject to the approval provisions of Sec.
173.128 of this part. An organic peroxide identified by technical name 
in the following table is authorized for transportation only if it 
conforms to all applicable provisions of the table. The column headings 
of the Organic Peroxides Table are as follows:
    (1) Technical name. The first column specifies the technical name.
    (2) ID number. The second column specifies the identification (ID) 
number which is used to identify the proper shipping name in the Sec.
172.101 table. The word ``EXEMPT'' appearing in the column denotes that 
the material is not regulated as an organic peroxide.
    (3) Concentration of organic peroxide. The third column specifies 
concentration (mass percent) limitations, if any, in mixtures or 
solutions for the organic peroxide. Limitations are given as minimums, 
maximums, or a range, as appropriate. A range includes the lower and 
upper limits (i.e., ``53-100'' means from, and including, 53% to, and 
including 100%). See introductory paragraph of Sec.172.203(k) of this 
subchapter for additional description requirements for an organic 
peroxide that may qualify for more than one generic listing, depending 
on its concentration.
    (4) Concentration of diluents. The fourth column specifies the type 
and concentration (mass percent) of diluent or inert solid, when 
required. Other types and concentrations of diluents may be used if 
approved by the Associate Administrator.
    (i) The required mass percent of ``Diluent type A'' is specified in 
column 4a. A diluent type A is an organic liquid that does not 
detrimentally affect the thermal stability or increase the hazard of the 
organic peroxide and with a boiling point not less than 150 [deg]C at 
atmospheric pressure. Type A diluents may be used for desensitizing all 
organic peroxides.
    (ii) The required mass percent of ``Diluent type B'' is specified in 
column

[[Page 647]]

4b. A diluent type B is an organic liquid which is compatible with the 
organic peroxide and which has a boiling point, at atmospheric pressure, 
of less than 150 [deg]C (302 [deg]F) but at least 60 [deg]C (140 
[deg]F), and a flash point greater than 5 [deg]C (41 [deg]F). Type B 
diluents may be used for desensitizing all organic peroxides, when 
specified in the organic peroxide tables, provided that the boiling 
point is at least 60 [deg]C (140 [deg]F) above the SADT of the peroxide 
in a 50 kg (110 lbs) package. A type A diluent may be used to replace a 
type B diluent in equal concentration.
    (iii) The required mass percent of ``Inert solid'' is specified in 
column 4c. An inert solid is a solid that does not detrimentally affect 
the thermal stability or hazard of the organic peroxide.
    (5) Concentration of water. Column 5 specifies, in mass percent, the 
minimum amount of water, if any, which must be in formulation.
    (6) Packing method. Column 6 specifies the highest packing method 
(largest packaging capacity) authorized for the organic peroxide. Lower 
numbered packing methods (smaller packaging capacities) are also 
authorized. For example, if OP3 is specified, then OP2 and OP1 are also 
authorized. The Table of Packing Methods in paragraph (d) of this 
section defines the non-bulk packing methods.
    (7) Temperatures. Column 7a specifies the control temperature. 
Column 7b specifies the emergency temperature. Temperatures are 
specified only when temperature controls are required. (See Sec.
173.21(f)).
    (8) Notes. Column 8 specifies other applicable provisions, as set 
forth in notes following the table.

                                                                                                         Organic Peroxide Table
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                               Diluent  (mass %)                                                                      Temperature  ( [deg]C)
         Technical name                 ID No.           Concentration   ------------------------------------------------------------   Water (mass %)      Packing method   ----------------------------------------        Notes
                                                           (mass %)                A                   B                   I                                                        Control            Emergency
(1)                               (2)...............  (3)...............  (4a)..............  (4b)..............  (4c)..............  (5)...............  (6)...............  (7a)..............  (7b)..............  (8)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Acetyl acetone peroxide.........  UN3105............  <=42..............  =48....  ..................  ..................  =8.....  OP7...............  ..................  ..................  2
Acetyl acetone peroxide [as a     UN3106............  <=32..............  ..................  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP7...............  ..................  ..................  21
 paste].
Acetyl cyclohexanesulfonyl        UN3112............  <=82..............  ..................  ..................  ..................  =12....  OP4...............  -10...............  0.................
 peroxide.
Acetyl cyclohexanesulfonyl        UN3115............  <=32..............  ..................  =68....  ..................  ..................  OP7...............  -10...............  0.................
 peroxide.
tert-Amyl hydroperoxide.........  UN3107............  <=88..............  =6.....  ..................  ..................  =6.....  OP8...............  ..................  ..................
tert-Amyl peroxyacetate.........  UN3105............  <=62..............  =38....  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP7...............  ..................  ..................
tert-Amyl peroxybenzoate........  UN3103............  <=100.............  ..................  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP5...............  ..................  ..................
tert-Amyl peroxy-2-               UN3115............  <=100.............  ..................  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP7...............  20................  25................
 ethylhexanoate.
tert-Amyl peroxy-2-ethylhexyl     UN3105............  <=100.............  ..................  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP7...............  ..................  ..................
 carbonate.
tert-Amyl peroxy isopropyl        UN3103............  <=77..............  =23....  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP5...............  ..................  ..................
 carbonate.
tert-Amyl peroxyneodecanoate....  UN3115............  <=77..............  ..................  =23....  ..................  ..................  OP7...............  0.................  10................
tert-Amyl peroxyneodecanoate....  UN3119............  <=47..............  =53....  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP8...............  0.................  10................
tert-Amyl peroxypivalate........  UN3113............  <=77..............  ..................  =23....  ..................  ..................  OP5...............  10................  15................
tert-Amyl peroxypivalate........  UN3119............  <=32..............  =68....  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP8...............  10................  15................
tert-Amyl peroxy-3,5,5-           UN3105............  <=100.............  ..................  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP7...............  ..................  ..................
 trimethylhexanoate.
tert-Butyl cumyl peroxide.......  UN3109............  42-100.  ..................  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP8...............  ..................  ..................  9
tert-Butyl cumyl peroxide.......  UN3108............  <=52..............  ..................  ..................  =48....  ..................  OP8...............  ..................  ..................  9
n-Butyl-4,4-di-(tert-             UN3103............  52-100.  ..................  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP5...............  ..................  ..................
 butylperoxy)valerate.
n-Butyl-4,4-di-(tert-             UN3108............  <=52..............  ..................  ..................  =48....  ..................  OP8...............  ..................  ..................
 butylperoxy)valerate.
tert-Butyl hydroperoxide........  UN3103............  79-90..  ..................  ..................  ..................  =10....  OP5...............  ..................  ..................  13
tert-Butyl hydroperoxide........  UN3105............  <=80..............  =20....  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP7...............  ..................  ..................  4, 13
tert-Butyl hydroperoxide........  UN3107............  <=79..............  ..................  ..................  ..................  14.....  OP8...............  ..................  ..................  13, 16
tert-Butyl hydroperoxide........  UN3109............  <=72..............  ..................  ..................  ..................  =28....  OP8...............  ..................  ..................  13

[[Page 648]]

 
tert-Butyl hydroperoxide [and]    UN3103............  <82 + 9  ..................  ..................  ..................  =7.....  OP5...............  ..................  ..................  13
 Di-tert-butylperoxide.
tert-Butyl monoperoxymaleate....  UN3102............  52-100.  ..................  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP5...............  ..................  ..................
tert-Butyl monoperoxymaleate....  UN3103............  <=52..............  =48....  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP6...............  ..................  ..................
tert-Butyl monoperoxymaleate....  UN3108............  <=52..............  ..................  ..................  =48....  ..................  OP8...............  ..................  ..................
tert-Butyl monoperoxymaleate [as  UN3108............  <=52..............  ..................  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP8...............  ..................  ..................
 a paste].
tert-Butyl peroxyacetate........  UN3101............  52-77..  =23....  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP5...............  ..................  ..................
tert-Butyl peroxyacetate........  UN3103............  32-52..  =48....  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP6...............  ..................  ..................
tert-Butyl peroxyacetate........  UN3109............  <=32..............  ..................  =68....  ..................  ..................  OP8...............  ..................  ..................
tert-Butyl peroxybenzoate.......  UN3103............  77-100.  ..................  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP5...............  ..................  ..................
tert-Butyl peroxybenzoate.......  UN3105............  52-77..  =23....  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP7...............  ..................  ..................  1
tert-Butyl peroxybenzoate.......  UN3106............  <=52..............  ..................  ..................  =48....  ..................  OP7...............  ..................  ..................
tert-Butyl peroxybenzoate.......  UN3109............  <=32..............  =68....  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP8...............  ..................  ..................
tert-Butyl peroxybutyl fumarate.  UN3105............  <=52..............  =48....  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP7...............  ..................  ..................
tert-Butyl peroxycrotonate......  UN3105............  <=77..............  =23....  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP7...............  ..................  ..................
tert-Butyl peroxydiethylacetate.  UN3113............  <=100.............  ..................  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP5...............  20................  25................
tert-Butyl peroxy-2-              UN3113............  52-100.  ..................  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP6...............  20................  25................
 ethylhexanoate.
tert-Butyl peroxy-2-              UN3117............  32-52..  ..................  =48....  ..................  ..................  OP8...............  30................  35................
 ethylhexanoate.
tert-Butyl peroxy-2-              UN3118............  <=52..............  ..................  ..................  =48....  ..................  OP8...............  20................  25................
 ethylhexanoate.
tert-Butyl peroxy-2-              UN3119............  <=32..............  ..................  =68....  ..................  ..................  OP8...............  40................  45................
 ethylhexanoate.
tert-Butyl peroxy-2-              UN3106............  <=12 + <=14.......  =14....  ..................  =60....  ..................  OP7...............  ..................  ..................
 ethylhexanoate [and] 2,2-di-
 (tert-Butylperoxy)butane.
tert-Butyl peroxy-2-              UN3115............  <=31 + <=36.......  ..................  =33....  ..................  ..................  OP7...............  35................  40................
 ethylhexanoate [and] 2,2-di-
 (tert-Butylperoxy)butane.
tert-Butyl peroxy-2-              UN3105............  <=100.............  ..................  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP7...............  ..................  ..................
 ethylhexylcarbonate.
tert-Butyl peroxyisobutyrate....  UN3111............  52-77..  ..................  =23....  ..................  ..................  OP5...............  15................  20................
tert-Butyl peroxyisobutyrate....  UN3115............  <=52..............  ..................  =48....  ..................  ..................  OP7...............  15................  20................
tert-Butylperoxy                  UN3103............  <=77..............  =23....  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP5...............  ..................  ..................
 isopropylcarbonate.
1-(2-tert-Butylperoxy isopropyl)- UN3105............  <=77..............  =23....  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP7...............  ..................  ..................
 3-isopropenylbenzene.
1-(2-tert-Butylperoxy isopropyl)- UN3108............  <=42..............  ..................  ..................  =58....  ..................  OP8...............  ..................  ..................
 3-isopropenylbenzene.
tert-Butyl peroxy-2-              UN3103............  <=100.............  ..................  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP5...............  ..................  ..................
 methylbenzoate.
tert-Butyl peroxyneodecanoate...  UN3115............  77-100.  ..................  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP7...............  -5................  5.................
tert-Butyl peroxyneodecanoate...  UN3115............  <=77..............  ..................  =23....  ..................  ..................  OP7...............  0.................  10................

[[Page 649]]

 
tert-Butyl peroxyneodecanoate     UN3119............  <=52..............  ..................  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP8...............  0.................  10................
 [as a stable dispersion in
 water].
tert-Butyl peroxyneodecanoate     UN3118............  <=42..............  ..................  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP8...............  0.................  10................
 [as a stable dispersion in
 water (frozen)].
tert-Butyl peroxyneodecanoate...  UN3119............  <=32..............  =68....  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP8...............  0.................  10................
tert-Butyl peroxyneoheptanoate..  UN3115............  <=77..............  =23....  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP7...............  0.................  10................
tert-Butyl peroxyneoheptanoate    UN3117............  <=42..............  ..................  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP8...............  0.................  10................
 [as a stable dispersion in
 water].
tert-Butyl peroxypivalate.......  UN3113............  67-77..  =23....  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP5...............  0.................  10................
tert-Butyl peroxypivalate.......  UN3115............  27-67..  ..................  =33....  ..................  ..................  OP7...............  0.................  10................
tert-Butyl peroxypivalate.......  UN3119............  <=27..............  ..................  =73....  ..................  ..................  OP8...............  30................  35................
tert-Butylperoxy                  UN3106............  <=100.............  ..................  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP7...............  ..................  ..................
 stearylcarbonate.
tert-Butyl peroxy-3,5,5-          UN3105............  37-100.  ..................  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP7...............  ..................  ..................
 trimethylhexanoate.
tert-Butyl peroxy-3,5,5-          UN3106............  <=42..............  ..................  ..................  =58....  ..................  OP7...............  ..................  ..................
 trimethlyhexanoate.
tert-Butyl peroxy-3,5,5-          UN3109............  <=37..............  ..................  =63....  ..................  ..................  OP8...............  ..................  ..................
 trimethylhexanoate.
3-Chloroperoxybenzoic acid......  UN3102............  57-86..  ..................  ..................  =14....  ..................  OP1...............  ..................  ..................
3-Chloroperoxybenzoic acid......  UN3106............  <=57..............  ..................  ..................  =3.....  =40....  OP7...............  ..................  ..................
3-Chloroperoxybenzoic acid......  UN3106............  <=77..............  ..................  ..................  =6.....  =17....  OP7...............  ..................  ..................
Cumyl hydroperoxide.............  UN3107............  90-98..  <=10..............  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP8...............  ..................  ..................  13
Cumyl hydroperoxide.............  UN3109............  <=90..............  =10....  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP8...............  ..................  ..................  13, 15
Cumyl peroxyneodecanoate........  UN3115............  <=87..............  =13....  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP7...............  -10...............  0.................
Cumyl peroxyneodecanoate........  UN3115............  <=77..............  ..................  =23....  ..................  ..................  OP7...............  -10...............  0.................
Cumyl peroxyneodecanoate [as a    UN3119............  <=52..............  ..................  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP8...............  -10...............  0.................
 stable dispersion in water].
Cumyl peroxyneoheptanoate.......  UN3115............  <=77..............  =23....  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP7...............  -10...............  0.................
Cumyl peroxypivalate............  UN3115............  <=77..............  ..................  =23....  ..................  ..................  OP7...............  -5................  5.................
Cyclohexanone peroxide(s).......  UN3104............  <=91..............  ..................  ..................  ..................  =9.....  OP6...............  ..................  ..................  13
Cyclohexanone peroxide(s).......  UN3105............  <=72..............  =28....  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP7...............  ..................  ..................  5
Cyclohexanone peroxide(s) [as a   UN3106............  <=72..............  ..................  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP7...............  ..................  ..................  5, 21
 paste].
Cyclohexanone peroxide(s).......  Exempt............  <=32..............  ..................  68.....  ..................  ..................  Exempt............  ..................  ..................  29
Diacetone alcohol peroxides.....  UN3115............  <=57..............  ..................  =26....  ..................  =8.....  OP7...............  40................  45................  5
Diacetyl peroxide...............  UN3115............  <=27..............  ..................  =73....  ..................  ..................  OP7...............  20................  25................  8,13
Di-tert-amyl peroxide...........  UN3107............  <=100.............  ..................  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP8...............  ..................  ..................
([3R- (3R, 5aS, 6S, 8aS, 9R,      UN3106............  <=100.............  ..................  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP7...............  ..................  ..................
 10R, 12S, 12aR**)]-Decahydro-10-
 methoxy-3, 6, 9-trimethyl-3, 12-
 epoxy-12H-pyrano [4, 3- j]-1, 2-
 benzodioxepin).
2,2-Di-(tert-amylperoxy)-butane.  UN3105............  <=57..............  =43....  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP7...............  ..................  ..................

[[Page 650]]

 
1,1-Di-(tert-                     UN3103............  <=82..............  =18....  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP6...............  ..................  ..................
 amylperoxy)cyclohexane.
Dibenzoyl peroxide..............  UN3102............  52-100.  ..................  ..................  <=48..............  ..................  OP2...............  ..................  ..................  3
Dibenzoyl peroxide..............  UN3102............  77-94..  ..................  ..................  ..................  =6.....  OP4...............  ..................  ..................  3
Dibenzoyl peroxide..............  UN3104............  <=77..............  ..................  ..................  ..................  =23....  OP6...............  ..................  ..................
Dibenzoyl peroxide..............  UN3106............  <=62..............  ..................  ..................  =28....  =10....  OP7...............  ..................  ..................
Dibenzoyl peroxide [as a paste].  UN3106............  52-62..  ..................  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP7...............  ..................  ..................  21
Dibenzoyl peroxide..............  UN3106............  35-52..  ..................  ..................  =48....  ..................  OP7...............  ..................  ..................
Dibenzoyl peroxide..............  UN3107............  36-42..  =18....  ..................  ..................  <=40..............  OP8...............  ..................  ..................
Dibenzoyl peroxide [as a paste].  UN3108............  <=56.5............  ..................  ..................  ..................  =15....  OP8...............  ..................  ..................
Dibenzoyl peroxide [as a paste].  UN3108............  <=52..............  ..................  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP8...............  ..................  ..................  21
Dibenzoyl peroxide [as a stable   UN3109............  <=42..............  ..................  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP8...............  ..................  ..................
 dispersion in water].
Dibenzoyl peroxide..............  Exempt............  <=35..............  ..................  ..................  =65....  ..................  Exempt............  ..................  ..................  29
Di-(4-tert-                       UN3114............  <=100.............  ..................  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP6...............  30................  35................
 butylcyclohexyl)peroxydicarbona
 te.
Di-(4-tert-                       UN3119............  <=42..............  ..................  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP8...............  30................  35................
 butylcyclohexyl)peroxydicarbona
 te [as a stable dispersion in
 water].
Di-tert-butyl peroxide..........  UN3107............  52-100.  ..................  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP8...............  ..................  ..................
Di-tert-butyl peroxide..........  UN3109............  <=52..............  ..................  =48....  ..................  ..................  OP8...............  ..................  ..................  24
Di-tert-butyl peroxyazelate.....  UN3105............  <=52..............  =48....  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP7...............  ..................  ..................
2,2-Di-(tert-butylperoxy)butane.  UN3103............  <=52..............  =48....  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP6...............  ..................  ..................
1,6-Di-(tert-                     UN3103............  <=72..............  =28....  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP5...............  ..................  ..................
 butylperoxycarbonyloxy)hexane.
1,1-Di-(tert-                     UN3101............  80-100.  ..................  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP5...............  ..................  ..................
 butylperoxy)cyclohexane.
1,1-Di-(tert-                     UN3103............  52-80..  =20....  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP5...............  ..................  ..................
 butylperoxy)cyclohexane.
1,1-Di-(tert-butylperoxy)-        UN3103............  <=72..............  ..................  =28....  ..................  ..................  OP5...............  ..................  ..................  30
 cyclohexane.
1,1-Di-(tert-                     UN3105............  42-52..  =48....  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP7...............  ..................  ..................
 butylperoxy)cyclohexane.
1,1-Di-(tert-                     UN3106............  <=42..............  =13....  ..................  =45....  ..................  OP7...............  ..................  ..................
 butylperoxy)cyclohexane.
1,1-Di-(tert-                     UN3107............  <=27..............  =25....  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP8...............  ..................  ..................  22
 butylperoxy)cyclohexane.
1,1-Di-(tert-                     UN3109............  <=42..............  =58....  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP8...............  ..................  ..................
 butylperoxy)cyclohexane.
1,1-Di-(tert-Butylperoxy)         UN3109............  <=37..............  =63....  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP8...............  ..................  ..................
 cyclohexane.
1,1-Di-(tert-                     UN3109............  <=25..............  =25....  =50....  ..................  ..................  OP8...............  ..................  ..................
 butylperoxy)cyclohexane.
1,1-Di-(tert-                     UN3109............  <=13..............  =13....  =74....  ..................  ..................  OP8...............  ..................  ..................
 butylperoxy)cyclohexane.

[[Page 651]]

 
1,1-Di-(tert-                     UN3105............  <=43+<=16.........  =41....  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP7...............  ..................  ..................
 butylperoxy)cyclohexane + tert-
 Butyl peroxy-2-ethylhexanoate.
Di-n-butyl peroxydicarbonate....  UN3115............  27-52..  ..................  =48....  ..................  ..................  OP7...............  -15...............  -5................
Di-n-butyl peroxydicarbonate....  UN3117............  <=27..............  ..................  =73....  ..................  ..................  OP8...............  -10...............  0.................
Di-n-butyl peroxydicarbonate [as  UN3118............  <=42..............  ..................  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP8...............  -15...............  -5................
 a stable dispersion in water
 (frozen)].
Di-sec-butyl peroxydicarbonate..  UN3113............  52-100.  ..................  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP4...............  -20...............  -10...............  6
Di-sec-butyl peroxydicarbonate..  UN3115............  <=52..............  ..................  =48....  ..................  ..................  OP7...............  -15...............  -5................
Di-(tert-butylperoxyisopropyl)    UN3106............  42-100.  ..................  ..................  <=57..............  ..................  OP7...............  ..................  ..................  1, 9
 benzene(s).
Di-(tert-butylperoxyisopropyl)    Exempt............  <=42..............  ..................  ..................  =58....  ..................  Exempt............  ..................  ..................
 benzene(s).
Di-(tert-butylperoxy)phthalate..  UN3105............  42-52..  =48....  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP7...............  ..................  ..................
Di-(tert-butylperoxy)phthalate    UN3106............  <=52..............  ..................  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP7...............  ..................  ..................  21
 [as a paste].
Di-(tert-butylperoxy)phthalate..  UN3107............  <=42..............  =58....  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP8...............  ..................  ..................
2,2-Di-(tert-butylperoxy)propane  UN3105............  <=52..............  =48....  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP7...............  ..................  ..................
2,2-Di-(tert-butylperoxy)propane  UN3106............  <=42..............  =13....  ..................  =45....  ..................  OP7...............  ..................  ..................
1,1-Di-(tert-butylperoxy)-3,3,5-  UN3101............  90-100.  ..................  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP5...............  ..................  ..................
 trimethylcyclohexane.
1,1-Di-(tert-butylperoxy)-3,3,5-  UN3103............  57-90..  =10....  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP5...............  ..................  ..................
 trimethylcyclohexane.
1,1-Di-(tert-butylperoxy)-3,3,5-  UN3103............  <=77..............  ..................  =23....  ..................  ..................  OP5...............  ..................  ..................
 trimethylcyclohexane.
1,1-Di-(tert-butylperoxy)-3,3,5-  UN3103............  <=90..............  ..................  =10....  ..................  ..................  OP5...............  ..................  ..................  30
 trimethylcyclohexane.
1,1-Di-(tert-butylperoxy)-3,3,5-  UN3110............  <=57..............  ..................  ..................  =43....  ..................  OP8...............  ..................  ..................
 trimethylcyclohexane.
1,1-Di-(tert-butylperoxy)-3,3,5-  UN3107............  <=57..............  =43....  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP8...............  ..................  ..................
 trimethylcyclohexane.
1,1-Di-(tert-butylperoxy)-3,3,5-  UN3107............  <=32..............  =26....  =42....  ..................  ..................  OP8...............  ..................  ..................
 trimethylcyclohexane.
Dicetyl peroxydicarbonate.......  UN3120............  <=100.............  ..................  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP8...............  30................  35................
Dicetyl peroxydicarbonate [as a   UN3119............  <=42..............  ..................  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP8...............  30................  35................
 stable dispersion in water].
Di-4-chlorobenzoyl peroxide.....  UN3102............  <=77..............  ..................  ..................  ..................  =23....  OP5...............  ..................  ..................
Di-4-chlorobenzoyl peroxide.....  Exempt............  <=32..............  ..................  ..................  =68....  ..................  Exempt............  ..................  ..................  29

[[Page 652]]

 
Di-2,4-dichlorobenzoyl peroxide   UN3118............  <=52..............  ..................  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP8...............  20................  25................
 [as a paste].
Di-4-chlorobenzoyl peroxide [as   UN3106............  <=52..............  ..................  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP7...............  ..................  ..................  21
 a paste].
Dicumyl peroxide................  UN3110............  52-100.  ..................  ..................  <=48..............  ..................  OP8...............  ..................  ..................  9
Dicumyl peroxide................  Exempt............  <=52..............  ..................  ..................  =48....  ..................  Exempt............  ..................  ..................  29
Dicyclohexyl peroxydicarbonate..  UN3112............  91-100.  ..................  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP3...............  10................  15................
Dicyclohexyl peroxydicarbonate..  UN3114............  <=91..............  ..................  ..................  ..................  =9.....  OP5...............  10................  15................
Dicyclohexyl peroxydicarbonate    UN3119............  <=42..............  ..................  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP8...............  15................  20................
 [as a stable dispersion in
 water].
Didecanoyl peroxide.............  UN3114............  <=100.............  ..................  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP6...............  30................  35................
2,2-Di-(4,4-di(tert-              UN3106............  <=42..............  ..................  ..................  =58....  ..................  OP7...............  ..................  ..................
 butylperoxy)cyclohexyl)propane.
2,2-Di-(4,4-di(tert-              UN3107............  <=22..............  ..................  =78....  ..................  ..................  OP8...............  ..................  ..................
 butylperoxy)cyclohexyl)propane.
Di-2,4-dichlorobenzoyl peroxide.  UN3102............  <=77..............  ..................  ..................  ..................  =23....  OP5...............  ..................  ..................
Di-2,4-dichlorobenzoyl peroxide   UN3106............  <=52..............  ..................  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP7...............  ..................  ..................
 [as a paste with silicone oil].
Di-(2-ethoxyethyl)                UN3115............  <=52..............  ..................  =48....  ..................  ..................  OP7...............  -10...............  0.................
 peroxydicarbonate.
Di-(2-ethylhexyl)                 UN3113............  77-100.  ..................  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP5...............  -20...............  -10...............
 peroxydicarbonate.
Di-(2-ethylhexyl)                 UN3115............  <=77..............  ..................  =23....  ..................  ..................  OP7...............  -15...............  -5................
 peroxydicarbonate.
Di-(2-ethylhexyl)                 UN3119............  <=62..............  ..................  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP8...............  -15...............  -5................
 peroxydicarbonate [as a stable
 dispersion in water].
Di-(2-ethylhexyl)                 UN3119............  <=52..............  ..................  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP8...............  -15...............  -5................
 peroxydicarbonate [as a stable
 dispersion in water].
Di-(2-ethylhexyl)                 UN3120............  <=52..............  ..................  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP8...............  -15...............  -5................
 peroxydicarbonate [as a stable
 dispersion in water (frozen)].
2,2-Dihydroperoxypropane........  UN3102............  <=27..............  ..................  ..................  =73....  ..................  OP5...............  ..................  ..................
Di-(1-hydroxycyclohexyl)peroxide  UN3106............  <=100.............  ..................  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP7...............  ..................  ..................
Diisobutyryl peroxide...........  UN3111............  32-52..  ..................  =48....  ..................  ..................  OP5...............  -20...............  -10...............
Diisobutyryl peroxide...........  UN3115............  <=32..............  ..................  =68....  ..................  ..................  OP7...............  -20...............  -10...............
Diisopropylbenzene                UN3106............  <=82..............  =5.....  ..................  ..................  =5.....  OP7...............  ..................  ..................  17
 dihydroperoxide.
Diisopropyl peroxydicarbonate...  UN3112............  52-100.  ..................  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP2...............  -15...............  -5................
Diisopropyl peroxydicarbonate...  UN3115............  <=52..............  ..................  =48....  ..................  ..................  OP7...............  -20...............  -10...............
Diisopropyl peroxydicarbonate...  UN3115............  <=32..............  =68....  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP7...............  -15...............  -5................
Dilauroyl peroxide..............  UN3106............  <=100.............  ..................  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP7...............  ..................  ..................
Dilauroyl peroxide [as a stable   UN3109............  <=42..............  ..................  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP8...............  ..................  ..................
 dispersion in water].
Di-(3-methoxybutyl)               UN3115............  <=52..............  ..................  =48....  ..................  ..................  OP7...............  -5................  5.................
 peroxydicarbonate.

[[Page 653]]

 
Di-(2-methylbenzoyl)peroxide....  UN3112............  <=87..............  ..................  ..................  ..................  =13....  OP5...............  30................  35................
Di-(4-methylbenzoyl)peroxide [as  UN3106............  <=52..............  ..................  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP7...............  ..................  ..................
 a paste with silicone oil].
Di-(3-methylbenzoyl) peroxide +   UN3115............  <=20 +............  ..................  =58....  ..................  ..................  OP7...............  35................  40................
 Benzoyl (3-methylbenzoyl)                            <=18 + <=4........
 peroxide + Dibenzoyl peroxide.
2,5-Dimethyl-2,5-di-              UN3102............  82-100.  ..................  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP5...............  ..................  ..................
 (benzoylperoxy)hexane.
2,5-Dimethyl-2,5-di-              UN3106............  <=82..............  ..................  ..................  =18....  ..................  OP7...............  ..................  ..................
 (benzoylperoxy)hexane.
2,5-Dimethyl-2,5-di-              UN3104............  <=82..............  ..................  ..................  ..................  =18....  OP5...............  ..................  ..................
 (benzoylperoxy)hexane.
2,5-Dimethyl-2,5-di-(tert-        UN3103............  90-100.  ..................  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP5...............  ..................  ..................
 butylperoxy)hexane.
2,5-Dimethyl-2,5-di-(tert-        UN3105............  52-90..  =10....  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP7...............  ..................  ..................
 butylperoxy)hexane.
2,5-Dimethyl-2,5-di-(tert-        UN3108............  <=77..............  ..................  ..................  =23....  ..................  OP8...............  ..................  ..................
 butylperoxy)hexane.
2,5-Dimethyl-2,5-di-(tert-        UN3109............  <=52..............  =48....  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP8...............  ..................  ..................
 butylperoxy)hexane.
2,5-Dimethyl-2,5-di-(tert-        UN3108............  <=47..............  ..................  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP8...............  ..................  ..................
 butylperoxy)hexane [as a paste].
2,5-Dimethyl-2,5-di-(tert-        UN3101............  86-100.  ..................  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP5...............  ..................  ..................
 butylperoxy)hexyne-3.
2,5-Dimethyl-2,5-di-(tert-        UN3103............  52-86..  =14....  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP5...............  ..................  ..................
 butylperoxy)hexyne-3.
2,5-Dimethyl-2,5-di-(tert-        UN3106............  <=52..............  ..................  ..................  =48....  ..................  OP7...............  ..................  ..................
 butylperoxy)hexyne-3.
2,5-Dimethyl-2,5-di-(2-           UN3113............  <=100.............  ..................  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP5...............  20................  25................
 ethylhexanoylperoxy)hexane.
2,5-Dimethyl-2,5-                 UN3104............  <=82..............  ..................  ..................  ..................  =18....  OP6...............  ..................  ..................
 dihydroperoxyhexane.
2,5-Dimethyl-2,5-di-(3,5,5-       UN3105............  <=77..............  =23....  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP7...............  ..................  ..................
 trimethylhexanoylperoxy)hexane.
1,1-Dimethyl-3-                   UN3117............  <=52..............  =48....  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP8...............  0.................  10................
 hydroxybutylperoxyneoheptanoate.
Dimyristyl peroxydicarbonate....  UN3116............  <=100.............  ..................  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP7...............  20................  25................
Dimyristyl peroxydicarbonate [as  UN3119............  <=42..............  ..................  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP8...............  20................  25................
 a stable dispersion in water].
Di-(2-                            UN3115............  <=52..............  =48....  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP7...............  -10...............  0.................
 neodecanoylperoxyisopropyl)benz
 ene.
Di-(2-neodecanoyl-                UN3119............  <=42..............  ..................  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP8...............  -15...............  -5................
 peroxyisopropyl) benzene, as
 stable dispersion in water.
Di-n-nonanoyl peroxide..........  UN3116............  <=100.............  ..................  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP7...............  0.................  10................
Di-n-octanoyl peroxide..........  UN3114............  <=100.............  ..................  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP5...............  10................  15................

[[Page 654]]

 
Di-(2-                            UN3102............  85-100.  ..................  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP5...............  ..................  ..................
 phenoxyethyl)peroxydicarbonate.
Di-(2-                            UN3106............  <=85..............  ..................  ..................  ..................  =15....  OP7...............  ..................  ..................
 phenoxyethyl)peroxydicarbonate.
Dipropionyl peroxide............  UN3117............  <=27..............  ..................  =73....  ..................  ..................  OP8...............  15................  20................
Di-n-propyl peroxydicarbonate...  UN3113............  <=100.............  ..................  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP3...............  -25...............  -15...............
Di-n-propyl peroxydicarbonate...  UN3113............  <=77..............  ..................  =23....  ..................  ..................  OP5...............  -20...............  -10...............
Disuccinic acid peroxide........  UN3102............  72-100.  ..................  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP4...............  ..................  ..................  18
Disuccinic acid peroxide........  UN3116............  <=72..............  ..................  ..................  ..................  =28....  OP7...............  10................  15................
Di-(3,5,5-trimethylhexanoyl)      UN3115............  52-82..  =18....  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP7...............  0.................  10................
 peroxide.
Di-(3,5,5-                        UN3119............  <=52..............  ..................  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP8...............  10................  15................
 trimethylhexanoyl)peroxide [as
 a stable dispersion in water].
Di-(3,5,5-                        UN3119............  <=38..............  =62....  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP8...............  20................  25................
 trimethylhexanoyl)peroxide.
Ethyl 3,3-di-(tert-               UN3105............  <=67..............  =33....  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP7...............  ..................  ..................
 amylperoxy)butyrate.
Ethyl 3,3-di-(tert-               UN3103............  77-100.  ..................  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP5...............  ..................  ..................
 butylperoxy)butyrate.
Ethyl 3,3-di-(tert-               UN3105............  <=77..............  =23....  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP7...............  ..................  ..................
 butylperoxy)butyrate.
Ethyl 3,3-di-(tert-               UN3106............  <=52..............  ..................  ..................  =48....  ..................  OP7...............  ..................  ..................
 butylperoxy)butyrate.
1-(2-ethylhexanoylperoxy)-1,3-    UN3115............  <=52..............  =45....  =10....  ..................  ..................  OP7...............  -20...............  -10...............
 Dimethylbutyl peroxypivalate.
tert-Hexyl peroxyneodecanoate...  UN3115............  <=71..............  =29....  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP7...............  0.................  10................
tert-Hexyl peroxypivalate.......  UN3115............  <=72..............  ..................  =28....  ..................  ..................  OP7...............  10................  15................
3-Hydroxy-1,1-dimethylbutyl       UN3115............  <=77..............  =23....  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP7...............  -5................  5.................
 peroxyneodecanoate.
3-Hydroxy-1,1-dimethylbutyl       UN3119............  <=52..............  ..................  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP8...............  -5................  5.................
 peroxyneodecanoate [as a stable
 dispersion in water].
3-Hydroxy-1,1-dimethylbutyl       UN3117............  <=52..............  =48....  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP8...............  -5................  5.................
 peroxyneodecanoate.
Isopropyl sec-butyl               UN3111............  <=52 + <=28.......  ..................  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP5...............  -20...............  -10...............
 peroxydicarbonat + Di-sec-butyl                      + <=22............
 peroxydicarbonate + Di-
 isopropyl peroxydicarbonate.
Isopropyl sec-butyl               UN3115............  <=32 + <=15.......  =38....  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP7...............  -20...............  -10...............
 peroxydicarbonate + Di-sec-                          -18...............
 butyl peroxydicarbonate + Di-                        + <=12 -15........
 isopropyl peroxydicarbonate.
Isopropylcumyl hydroperoxide....  UN3109............  <=72..............  =28....  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP8...............  ..................  ..................  13
p-Menthyl hydroperoxide.........  UN3105............  72-100.  ..................  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP7...............  ..................  ..................  13
p-Menthyl hydroperoxide.........  UN3109............  <=72..............  =28....  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP8...............  ..................  ..................

[[Page 655]]

 
Methylcyclohexanone peroxide(s).  UN3115............  <=67..............  ..................  =33....  ..................  ..................  OP7...............  35................  40................
Methyl ethyl ketone peroxide(s).  UN3101............  <=52..............  =48....  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP5...............  ..................  ..................  5, 13
Methyl ethyl ketone peroxide(s).  UN3105............  <=45..............  =55....  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP7...............  ..................  ..................  5
Methyl ethyl ketone peroxide(s).  UN3107............  <=40..............  =60....  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP8...............  ..................  ..................  7
Methyl isobutyl ketone            UN3105............  <=62..............  =19....  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP7...............  ..................  ..................  5, 23
 peroxide(s).
Methyl isopropyl ketone           UN3109............  (See remark 31)...  =70....  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP8...............  ..................  ..................  31
 peroxide(s).
Organic peroxide, liquid, sample  UN3103............  ..................  ..................  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP2...............  ..................  ..................  12
Organic peroxide, liquid,         UN3113............  ..................  ..................  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP2...............  ..................  ..................  12
 sample, temperature controlled.
Organic peroxide, solid, sample.  UN3104............  ..................  ..................  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP2...............  ..................  ..................  12
Organic peroxide, solid, sample,  UN3114............  ..................  ..................  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP2...............  ..................  ..................  12
 temperature controlled.
3,3,5,7,7-Pentamethyl-1,2,4-      UN3107............  <=100.............  ..................  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP8...............  ..................  ..................
 Trioxepane.
Peroxyacetic acid, type D,        UN3105............  <=43..............  ..................  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP7...............  ..................  ..................  13, 20
 stabilized.
Peroxyacetic acid, type E,        UN3107............  <=43..............  ..................  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP8...............  ..................  ..................  13, 20
 stabilized.
Peroxyacetic acid, type F,        UN3109............  <=43..............  ..................  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP8...............  ..................  ..................  13, 20, 28
 stabilized.
Peroxyacetic acid or peracetic    UN3107............  <=36..............  ..................  ..................  ..................  =15....  OP8...............  ..................  ..................  13, 20, 28
 acid [with not more than 7%
 hydrogen peroxide].
Peroxyacetic acid or peracetic    Exempt............  <=6...............  ..................  ..................  ..................  =60....  Exempt............  ..................  ..................  28
 acid [with not more than 20%
 hydrogen peroxide].
Peroxyacetic acid or peracetic    UN3109............  <=17..............  ..................  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP8...............  ..................  ..................  13, 20, 28
 acid [with not more than 26%
 hydrogen peroxide].
Peroxylauric acid...............  UN3118............  <=100.............  ..................  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP8...............  35................  40................
Pinanyl hydroperoxide...........  UN3105............  56-100.  ..................  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP7...............  ..................  ..................  13
Pinanyl hydroperoxide...........  UN3109............  <=56..............  =44....  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP8...............  ..................  ..................
Polyether poly-tert-              UN3107............  <=52..............  ..................  =48....  ..................  ..................  OP8...............  ..................  ..................
 butylperoxycarbonate.
Tetrahydronaphthyl hydroperoxide  UN3106............  <=100.............  ..................  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP7...............  ..................  ..................
1,1,3,3-Tetramethylbutyl          UN3105............  <=100.............  ..................  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP7...............  ..................  ..................
 hydroperoxide.
1,1,3,3-Tetramethylbutyl peroxy-  UN3115............  <=100.............  ..................  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP7...............  15................  20................
 2-ethylhexanoate.
1,1,3,3-Tetramethylbutyl          UN3115............  <=72..............  ..................  =28....  ..................  ..................  OP7...............  -5................  5.................
 peroxyneodecanoate.
1,1,3,3-Tetramethylbutyl          UN3119............  <=52..............  ..................  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP8...............  -5................  5.................
 peroxyneodecanoate [as a stable
 dispersion in water].
1,1,3,3-tetramethylbutyl          UN3115............  <=77..............  =23....  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP7...............  0.................  10................
 peroxypivalate.
3, 6, 9-Triethyl-3, 6, 9-         UN3110............  <=17..............  =18....  ..................  =65....  ..................  OP8...............  ..................  ..................
 trimethyl-1, 4, 7-triperoxonane.

[[Page 656]]

 
3,6,9-Triethyl-3,6,9-trimethyl-   UN3105............  <=42..............  =58....  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP7...............  ..................  ..................  26
 1,4,7-triperoxonane.
Di-(3, 5, 5-trimethylhexanoyl)    UN3119............  38-52..  =48....  ..................  ..................  ..................  OP8...............  10................  15................
 peroxide.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Notes:
1. For domestic shipments, OP8 is authorized.
2. Available oxygen must be <4.7%.
3. For concentrations <80% OP5 is allowed. For concentrations of at least 80% but <85%, OP4 is allowed. For concentrations of at least 85%, maximum package size is OP2.
4. The diluent may be replaced by di-tert-butyl peroxide.
5. Available oxygen must be <=9% with or without water.
6. For domestic shipments, OP5 is authorized.
7. Available oxygen must be <=8.2% with or without water.
8. Only non-metallic packagings are authorized.
9. For domestic shipments this material may be transported under the provisions of paragraph (h)(3)(xii) of this section.
10. [Reserved]
11. [Reserved]
12. Samples may only be offered for transportation under the provisions of paragraph (b)(2) of this section.
13. ``Corrosive'' subsidiary risk label is required.
14. [Reserved]
15. No ``Corrosive'' subsidiary risk label is required for concentrations below 80%.
16. With <6% di-tert-butyl peroxide.
17. With <=8% 1-isopropylhydroperoxy-4-isopropylhydroxybenzene.
18. Addition of water to this organic peroxide will decrease its thermal stability.
19. [Reserved]
20. Mixtures with hydrogen peroxide, water and acid(s).
21. With diluent type A, with or without water.
22. With =36% diluent type A by mass, and in addition ethylbenzene.
23. With =19% diluent type A by mass, and in addition methyl isobutyl ketone.
24. Diluent type B with boiling point 100 C.
25. No ``Corrosive'' subsidiary risk label is required for concentrations below 56%.
26. Available oxygen must be <=7.6%.
27. Formulations derived from distillation of peroxyacetic acid originating from peroxyacetic acid in a concentration of not more than 41% with water, total active oxygen less than or equal to 9.5% (peroxyacetic acid plus hydrogen
  peroxide).
28. For the purposes of this section, the names ``Peroxyacetic acid'' and ``Peracetic acid'' are synonymous.
29. Not subject to the requirements of this subchapter for Division 5.2.
30. Diluent type B with boiling point 130 [deg]C (266 [deg]F).
31. Available oxygen <=6.7%.


    (d) Packing Method Table. Packagings for organic peroxides and self-
reactive substances are listed in the Maximum Quantity per Packing 
Method Table. The packing methods are designated OP1 to OP8. The 
quantities specified for each packing method represent the maximum that 
is authorized.
    (1) The following types of packagings are authorized:
    (i) Drums: 1A1, 1A2, 1B1, 1B2, 1D, 1G, 1H1, 1H2;
    (ii) Jerricans: 3A1, 3A2, 3B1, 3B2, 3H1, 3H2;
    (iii) Boxes: 4C1, 4C2, 4D, 4F, 4G, 4H1, 4H2, 4A, 4B; or
    (iv) Composite packagings with a plastic inner receptacle: 6HA1, 
6HA2, 6HB1, 6HB2, 6HC, 6HD1, 6HD2, 6HG1, 6HG2, 6HH1, 6HH2.
    (2) Metal packaging (including inner packagings of combination 
packagings and outer packagings of combination or composite packagings) 
are used only for packing methods OP7 and OP8.
    (3) In combination packagings, glass receptacles are used only as 
inner packagings with a maximum content of 0.5 kg for solids or 0.5 L 
for liquids.
    (4) The maximum quantity per packaging or package for Packing 
Methods OP1-OP8 must be as follows:

[[Page 657]]



                                     Maximum Quantity per Packaging/Package
                                        [For packing methods OP1 to OP8]
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                      Packing method
            Maximum quantity             -----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                            OP1    OP2 \1\    OP3    OP4 \1\    OP5      OP6      OP7      OP8
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Solids and combination packagings             0.5   0.5/10        5     5/25       25       50       50  \2\ 400
 (liquid and solid) (kg)................
Liquids (L).............................      0.5  .......        5  .......       30       60       60  \3\ 225
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ If two values are given, the first applies to the maximum net mass per inner packaging and the second to the
  maximum net mass of the complete package.
\2\ 60 kg for jerricans/200 kg for boxes and, for solids, 400 kg in combination packagings with outer packagings
  comprising boxes (4C1, 4C2, 4D, 4F, 4G, 4H1, and 4H2) and with inner packagings of plastics or fiber with a
  maximum net mass of 25 kg.
\3\ 60 L for jerricans.

    (e) Organic Peroxide IBC Table. The following Organic Peroxide IBC 
Table specifies, by technical name, those organic peroxides that are 
authorized for transportation in certain IBCs and not subject to the 
approval provisions of Sec.173.128 of this part. Additional 
requirements for authorized IBCs are found in paragraph (f) of this 
section.

                                                               Organic Peroxide IBC Table
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                            Maximum
               UN No.                     Organic peroxide           Type of IBC           quantity       Control  temperature    Emergency temperature
                                                                                           (liters)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3109................................  ORGANIC PEROXIDE, TYPE   .......................  ..............  .......................
                                       F, LIQUID
                                      tert-Butyl cumyl         31HA1                              1000  .......................
                                       peroxide.
                                      tert-Butyl               31A                                1250  .......................
                                       hydroperoxide, not
                                       more than 72% with
                                       water.
                                      tert-Butyl               31A                                1250  .......................
                                       peroxyacetate, not      31HA1                              1000
                                       more than 32% in
                                       diluent type A.
                                      tert-Butyl               31A                                1250  .......................
                                       peroxybenzoate, not
                                       more than 32% in
                                       diluent type A.
                                      tert-Butyl peroxy-3,5,5- 31A                                1250  .......................
                                       trimethylhexanoate,     31HA1                              1000
                                       not more than 37% in
                                       diluent type A.
                                      Cumyl hydroperoxide,     31HA1                              1250  .......................
                                       not more than 90% in
                                       diluent type A.
                                      Dibenzoyl peroxide, not  31H1                               1000  .......................
                                       more than 42% as a
                                       stable dispersion.
                                      Di-tert-butyl peroxide,  31A                                1250  .......................
                                       not more than 52% in    31HA1                              1000
                                       diluent type B.
                                      1,1-Di-(tert-            31A                                1250  .......................
                                       Butylperoxy)
                                       cyclohexane, not more
                                       than 37% in diluent
                                       type A.
                                      1,1-Di-(tert-            31H1                               1000  .......................
                                       butylperoxy)
                                       cyclohexane, not more
                                       than 42% in diluent
                                       type A.
                                      Dicumyl peroxide, less   31A                                1250  .......................
                                       than or equal to 100%.  31HA1                              1000
                                      Dilauroyl peroxide, not  31HA1                              1000  .......................
                                       more than 42%, stable
                                       dispersion, in water.
                                      Isopropyl cumyl          31HA1                              1250  .......................
                                       hydroperoxide, not
                                       more than 72% in
                                       diluent type A.
                                      p-Menthyl                31HA1                              1250  .......................
                                       hydroperoxide, not
                                       more than 72% in
                                       diluent type A.
                                      Peroxyacetic acid,       31A                                1500  .......................
                                       stabilized, not more    31H1                               1500
                                       than 17%.               31H2                               1500
                                                               31HA1                              1500
                                      Peroxyacetic acid, with  31A                                1500  .......................
                                       not more than 26%       31HA1                              1500
                                       hydrogen peroxide.

[[Page 658]]

 
                                      Peroxyacetic acid, type  31A                                1500  .......................
                                       F, stabilized.          31HA1                              1500
3110................................  ORGANIC PEROXIDE TYPE    .......................  ..............  .......................
                                       F, SOLID.
                                      Dicumyl peroxide, less   31A                                2000  .......................
                                       than or equal to 100%.  31H1
                                                               31HA1
3119................................  ORGANIC PEROXIDE, TYPE   .......................  ..............  .......................
                                       F, LIQUID, TEMPERATURE
                                       CONTROLLED.
                                      tert-Amyl                31A                                1250  + 10 [deg]C              + 15 [deg]C
                                       peroxypivalate, not
                                       more than 32% in
                                       diluent type A.
                                      tert-Butyl peroxy-2-     31HA1                              1000  + 30 [deg]C              + 35 [deg]C
                                       ethylhexanoate, not     31A                                1250  + 30 [deg]C              + 35 [deg]C
                                       more than 32% in
                                       diluent type B.
                                      tert-Butyl               31A                                1250  0 [deg]C                 + 10 [deg]C
                                       peroxyneodecanoate,
                                       not more than 32% in
                                       diluent type A.
                                      tert-Butyl               31A                                1250  -5 [deg]C                + 5 [deg]C
                                       peroxyneodecanoate,
                                       not more than 52%,
                                       stable dispersion, in
                                       water.
                                      tert-Butyl               31HA1                              1000  + 10 [deg]C              + 15 [deg]C
                                       peroxypivalate, not     31A                                1250  + 10 [deg]C              + 15 [deg]C
                                       more than 27% in
                                       diluent type B.
                                      Di-(4-tert-              31HA1                              1000  + 30 [deg]C              + 35 [deg]C
                                       butylcyclohexyl)
                                       peroxydicarbonate, not
                                       more than 42%, stable
                                       dispersion, in water.
                                      Dicetyl                  31HA1                              1000  + 30 [deg]C              + 35 [deg]C
                                       peroxydicarbonate, not
                                       more than 42%, stable
                                       dispersion, in water.
                                      Dicyclohexylperoxydicar  31A                                1250  + 10 [deg]C              + 15 [deg]C
                                       bonate, not more than
                                       42% as a stable
                                       dispersion, in water.
                                      Di-(2-ethylhexyl)        31A                                1250  -20 [deg]C               -10 [deg]C
                                       peroxydicarbonate, not  31HA1                              1000  -20 [deg]C               -10 [deg]C
                                       more than 62%, stable
                                       dispersion, in water.
                                      Diisobutyryl peroxide,   31HA1                              1000  -20 [deg]C               -10 [deg]C
                                       not more than 28% as a  31A                                1250  -20 [deg]C               -10 [deg]C
                                       stable dispersion in
                                       water.
                                      Diisobutyryl peroxide,   31HA1                              1000  -25 [deg]C               -15 [deg]C
                                       not more than 42% as a  31A                                1250  -25 [deg]C               -15 [deg]C
                                       stable dispersion in
                                       water.
                                      Dimyristyl               31HA1                              1000  + 15 [deg]C              + 20 [deg]C
                                       peroxydicarbonate, not
                                       more than 42%, stable
                                       dispersion, in water.
                                      Di-(2-                   31A                                1250  -15 [deg]C               -5 [deg]C
                                       neodecanoylperoxyisopr
                                       opyl) benzene, not
                                       more than 42%, stable
                                       dispersion, in water.
                                      Di-(3,5,5-               31HA1                              1000  + 10 [deg]C              + 15 [deg]C
                                       trimethylhexanoyl)      31A                                1250  + 10 [deg]C              + 15 [deg]C
                                       peroxide, not more
                                       than 52% in diluent
                                       type A.
                                      Di-(3,5,5-               31A                                1250  + 10 [deg]C              + 15 [deg]C
                                       trimethylhexanoyl)
                                       peroxide, not more
                                       than 52%, stable
                                       dispersion, in water.
                                      3-Hydroxy-1,1-           31A                                1250  -15 [deg]C               -5 [deg]C
                                       dimethylbutyl peroxy-
                                       neodecanoate, not more
                                       than 52%, stable
                                       dispersion, in water.
                                      1,1,3,3-                 31HA1                              1000  +15 [deg]C               +20 [deg]C
                                       Tetramethylbutyl
                                       peroxy-2-
                                       ethylhexanoate, not
                                       more than 67%, in
                                       diluent type A.

[[Page 659]]

 
                                      1,1,3,3-                 31A                                1250  -5 [deg]C                + 5 [deg]C
                                       Tetramethylbutyl        31HA1                              1000  -5 [deg]C                + 5 [deg]C
                                       peroxyneodecanoate,
                                       not more than 52%,
                                       stable dispersion, in
                                       water.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (f) IBCs. IBCs are authorized subject to the conditions and 
limitations of this section if the IBC type is authorized according to 
paragraph (e) of this section, as applicable, and the IBC conforms to 
the requirements in subpart O of part 178 of this subchapter at the 
Packing Group II performance level. Type F organic peroxides or self-
reactive substances are not authorized for transportation in IBCs other 
than those specified, unless approved by the Associate Administrator.
    (1) IBCs shall be provided with a device to allow venting during 
transportation. The inlet to the pressure relief device shall be sited 
in the vapor space of the IBC under maximum filling conditions during 
transportation.
    (2) To prevent explosive rupture of metal IBCs or composite IBCs 
with a complete metal casing, the emergency-relief devices shall be 
designed to vent all the decomposition products and vapors evolved 
during self-accelerating decomposition or during a period of not less 
than one hour of complete fire-engulfment as calculated by the formula 
in paragraph (h)(3)(v) of this section. The control and emergency 
temperatures specified in the Organic Peroxide IBC Table are based on a 
non-insulated IBC.
    (g) Organic Peroxide Portable Tank Table. The following Organic 
Peroxide Portable Tank Table provides certain portable tank requirements 
and identifies, by technical name, those organic peroxides that are 
authorized for transportation in the bulk packagings listed in paragraph 
(h). Organic peroxides listed in this table, provided they meet the 
specific packaging requirements found in paragraph (h), are not subject 
to the approval provisions of Sec.173.128 of this part.

[[Page 660]]



                                                          Organic Peroxide Portable Tank Table
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                Minimum    Minimum shell
                 Hazardous       test      thickness (mm-     Bottom opening      Pressure-relief                            Control        Emergency
   UN No.        material      pressure   reference steel)   requirements See.   requirements See.      Filling limits     temperature     temperature
                                 (bar)        See. . .              . .                 . .
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3109.......  ORGANIC
              PEROXIDE, TYPE
              F, LIQUID.
             tert-Butyl               4               Sec.Sec.Sec.Not more than 90% at
              hydroperoxide,                 178.274(d)(2)       178.275(d)(3)       178.275(g)(1)   59 [deg]F (15
              not more than                                                                          [deg]C)
              72% with water.
             *Provided that
              steps have been
              taken to
              achieve the
              safety
              equivalence of
              65% tert-Butyl
              hydroperoxide
              and 35% water.
             Cumyl hydro-             4               Sec.Sec.Sec.Not more than 90% at
              peroxide, not                  178.274(d)(2)       178.275(d)(3)       178.275(g)(1)   59 [deg]F (15
              more than 90%                                                                          [deg]C)
              in diluent type
              A.
             Di-tert-butyl            4               Sec.Sec.Sec.Not more than 90% at
              peroxide, not                  178.274(d)(2)       178.275(d)(3)       178.275(g)(1)   59 [deg]F (15
              more 32% in                                                                            [deg]C)
              diluent type A.
             Dicumyl                  4               Sec.Sec.Sec.Not more than 90% at
              peroxide, less                 178.274(d)(2)       178.275(d)(3)       178.275(g)(1)   59 [deg]F (15
              than or equal                                                                          [deg]C)
              to 100% in
              diluent type B.
             Isopropyl cumyl          4               Sec.Sec.Sec.Not more than 90% at
              hydro-peroxide,                178.274(d)(2)       178.275(d)(3)       178.275(g)(1)   59 [deg]F (15
              not more than                                                                          [deg]C)
              72% in diluent
              type A.
             p-Menthyl hydro-         4               Sec.Sec.Sec.Not more than 90% at
              peroxide, not                  178.274(d)(2)       178.275(d)(3)       178.275(g)(1)   59 [deg]F (15
              more than 72%                                                                          [deg]C)
              in diluent type
              A.
             Pinanyl hydro-           4               Sec.Sec.Sec.Not more than 90% at
              peroxide, not                  178.274(d)(2)       178.275(d)(3)       178.275(g)(1)   59 [deg]F (15
              more than 56%                                                                          [deg]C)
              in diluent type
              A.
3110.......  ORGANIC
              PEROXIDE, TYPE
              F, SOLID.
             Dicumyl peroxide         4               Sec.Sec.Sec.Not more than 90% at
              less than or                   178.274(d)(2)       178.275(d)(3)       178.275(g)(1)   59 [deg]F (15
              equal to 100%                                                                          [deg]C)
              with inert
              solids.
             *Maximum
              quantity per
              portable tank
              2,000 kg.
3119.......  ORGANIC
              PEROXIDE, TYPE
              F, LIQUID,
              TEMPERATURE
              CONTROLLED.
             tert-Amyl                4     Sec. 178.274      Sec. 178.275      Sec. 178.275  Not more than 90% at   -10 [deg]C   -5 [deg]C.
              peroxyneodecano                       (d)(2)              (d)(3)              (g)(1)   59 [deg]F (15
              ate, not more                                                                          [deg]C)
              than 47% in
              diluent type A.
             tert-Butyl               4               Sec.Sec.Sec.Not more than 90% at    + 30         + 35 [deg]C
              peroxyacetate,                 178.274(d)(2)       178.275(d)(3)       178.275(g)(1)   59 [deg]F (15          [deg]C
              not more than                                                                          [deg]C)
              32% in diluent
              type B.
             tert-Butyl               4               Sec.Sec.Sec.Not more than 90% at    + 15         + 20 [deg]C
              peroxy-2-                      178.274(d)(2)       178.275(d)(3)       178.275(g)(1)   59 [deg]F (15          [deg]C
              ethylhexanoate,                                                                        [deg]C)
              not more than
              32% in diluent
              B.

[[Page 661]]

 
             tert-                    4               Sec.Sec.Sec.Not more than 90% at    + 5 [deg]C   + 10 [deg]C
              Butylperoxypiva                178.274(d)(2)       178.275(d)(3)       178.275(g)(1)   59 [deg]F (15
              late, not more                                                                         [deg]C)
              than 27% in
              diluent type B.
             tert-Butyl               4               Sec.Sec.Sec.Not more than 90% at    + 35         + 40 [deg]C
              peroxy-3,5,5-                  178.274(d)(2)       178.275(d)(3)       178.275(g)(1)   59 [deg]F (15          [deg]C
              trimethyl-                                                                             [deg]C)
              hexanoate, not
              more than 32%
              in diluent type
              B.
             Di-(3,5,5-               4     Sec. 178.274      Sec. 178.275      Sec. 178.275  Not more than 90% at   0 [deg]C      + 5 [deg]C.
              trimethyl-                            (d)(2)              (d)(3)              (g)(1)   59 [deg]F (15
              hexanoyl)                                                                              [deg]C)
              peroxide, not
              more than 38%
              in diluent type
              A or type B.
             Peroxyacetic             4               Sec.Sec.Sec.Not more than 90% at    + 30         + 35 [deg]C
              acid,                          178.274(d)(2)       178.275(d)(3)       178.275(g)(1)   59 [deg]F (15          [deg]C
              distilled,                                                                             [deg]C)
              stabilized, not
              more than 41%.
              \1\.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Note: 1. ``Corrosive'' subsidiary risk placard is required.


[[Page 662]]

    (h) Bulk packagings other than IBCs. The following bulk packagings 
are authorized, subject to the conditions and limitations of this 
section, if the organic peroxide is listed in the Organic Peroxide 
Portable Tank Table and bulk packagings are authorized, or if the 
organic peroxide is specifically authorized for transport in a bulk 
packaging by this paragraph (h), and the bulk packaging conforms to the 
requirements of this subchapter:
    (1) Rail cars. Class DOT 103, 104, 105, 109, 111, 112, 114, 115, or 
120 fusion-weld tank car tanks are authorized. DOT 103W, 111A60F1 and 
111A60W1 tank car tanks must have bottom outlets effectively sealed from 
inside. Gauging devices are required on DOT 103W tank car tanks. Riveted 
tank car tanks are not authorized.
    (2) Cargo tanks. Specification MC 307, MC 310, MC 311, MC 312, DOT 
407, and DOT 412 cargo tank motor vehicles with a tank design pressure 
of at least 172 kPa (25 psig) are authorized.
    (3) Portable tanks. The following requirements apply to portable 
tanks intended for the transport of organic peroxides or self-reactive 
substances. DOT 51, 57, IM 101 portable tanks, and UN portable tanks 
that conform to the requirements of paragraph (g) of this section, are 
authorized. Type F organic peroxide or self-reactive substance 
formulations other than those indicated in the Organic Peroxide Portable 
Tank Table may be transported in portable tanks if approved by the 
Associate Administrator. The following conditions also apply:
    (i) The portable tank must be designed for a test pressure of at 
least 0.4 MPa (4 bar).
    (ii) The portable tank must be fitted with temperature-sensing 
devices.
    (iii) The portable tank must be fitted with pressure relief devices 
and emergency-relief devices. Vacuum-relief devices may also be used. 
Pressure relief devices must operate at pressures determined according 
to both the properties of the hazardous material and the construction 
characteristics of the portable tank. Fusible elements are not allowed 
in the shell.
    (iv) The pressure relief devices must consist of reclosing devices 
fitted to prevent significant build-up within the portable tank of the 
decomposition products and vapors released at a temperature of 50 [deg]C 
(122 [deg]F). The capacity and start-to-discharge pressure of the relief 
devices must be in accordance with the applicable requirements of this 
subchapter specified for the portable tank. The pressure relief devices 
must not allow liquid to escape in the event the portable tank is 
overturned in a loaded condition.
    (v)(A) The emergency-relief devices may be of the reclosing or 
frangible types, or a combination of the two, designed to vent all the 
decomposition products and vapors evolved during a period of not less 
than one hour of complete fire engulfment as calculated by the following 
formula:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20DE04.002

Where:

q = heat absorption (W)
A = wetted area (m\2\)
F = insulation factor (-)

    (B) Insulation factor (F) in the formula in paragraph (h)(3)(v)(A) 
of this section equals 1 for non-insulated vessels and for insulated 
vessels F is calculated using the following formula:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20DE04.003

Where:

U = K/L = heat transfer coefficient of the insulation 
          (W[middot]m-2[middot]K-1); where K = 
          heat conductivity of insulation layer 
          (W[middot]m-1[middot]K-1), and L = 
          thickness of insulation layer (m).
TPO = temperature of material at relieving conditions (K).

    (vi) The start-to-discharge pressure of emergency-relief devices 
must be higher than that specified for the pressure relief devices in 
paragraph (h)(3)(iv) of this section. The emergency-relief devices must 
be sized and designed in such a way that the maximum pressure in the 
shell never exceeds the test pressure of the portable tank.

    Note to paragraph (h)(3)(vi): An example of a method to determine 
the size of emergency-relief devices is given in Appendix 5 of the UN 
Manual of Tests and Criteria (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this subchapter). 
A second example of a test method for venting sizing is given in the 
American Institute of Chemical

[[Page 663]]

Engineers Process Safety Progress Journal, June 2002 issue (Vol. 21, No. 
2) (Informational materials not requiring incorporation by reference, 
see Sec.171.7(b)).

    (vii) For insulated portable tanks, the capacity and setting of 
emergency-relief devices must be determined assuming a loss of 
insulation from 1% of the surface area.
    (viii) Vacuum-relief devices and reclosing devices on portable tanks 
used for flammable hazardous materials must be provided with flame 
arresters. Any reduction of the relief capacity caused by the flame 
arrester must be taken into account and the appropriate relief capacity 
must be provided.
    (ix) Service equipment such as devices and external piping must be 
designed and constructed so that no hazardous material remains in them 
after filling the portable tank.
    (x) Portable tanks may be either insulated or protected by a sun-
shield. If the SADT of the hazardous material in the portable tank is 55 
[deg]C (131 [deg]F) or less, the portable tank must be completely 
insulated. The outer surface must be finished in white or bright metal.
    (xi) The degree of filling must not exceed 90% at 15 [deg]C (59 
[deg]F).
    (xii) DOT 57 metal portable tanks are authorized only for those 
materials or mixtures of two or more materials that are provided with a 
reference to Note 9 in Column 8 of the Organic Peroxide Table, found in 
paragraph (c) of this section. DOT 57 portable tanks must conform to the 
venting requirements of paragraph (f) of this section. These portable 
tanks are not subject to any other requirements of paragraph (h) of this 
section.
    (4) For tertiary butyl hydroperoxide (TBHP), each tank car, cargo 
tank or portable tank must contain 7.6 cm (3.0 inches) low density 
polyethylene (PE) saddles having a melt index of at least 0.2 grams per 
10 minutes (for example see, ASTM D1238, condition E) as part of the 
lading, with a ratio of PE to TBHP over a range of 0.008 to 0.012 by 
mass. Alternatively, plastic or metal containers equipped with fusible 
plugs having a melting point between 69 [deg]C (156 [deg]F) and 71 
[deg]C (160 [deg]F) and filled with a sufficient quantity of water to 
dilute the TBHP to 65% or less by mass may be used. The PE saddles must 
be visually inspected after each trip and, at a minimum, once every 12 
months, and replaced when discoloration, fracture, severe deformation, 
or other indication of change is noted.

[69 FR 76159, Dec. 20, 2004, as amended at 70 FR 34398, June 14, 2005; 
72 FR 55693, Oct. 1, 2007; 74 FR 2260, Jan. 14, 2009; 78 FR 1089, Jan. 
7, 2013; 78 FR 65482, Oct. 31, 2013; 80 FR 1160, Jan. 8, 2015; 81 FR 
35542, June 2, 2016; 82 FR 15884, Mar. 30, 2017]



Sec.173.226  Materials poisonous by inhalation, Division 6.1,
Packing Group I, Hazard Zone A.

    Division 6.1, Packing Group I, Zone A poisonous by inhalation (see 
Sec.173.133) must be packed in non-bulk packagings in accordance with 
the following paragraphs:
    (a) In seamless specification or UN cylinders conforming to the 
requirements of Sec.173.40.
    (b) In 1A1, 1B1, 1H1, 1N1, or 6HA1 drums further packed in a 1A2 or 
1H2 drum. Both inner and outer drums must conform to the performance 
test requirements of subpart M of part 178 of this subchapter at the 
Packing Group I performance level. The outer drums may be tested either 
as a package intended to contain inner packagings (combination package) 
or as a single packaging intended to contain solids or liquids at a mass 
corresponding to the mass of the assembled packaging system. All outer 
drums, even those tested to contain inner packaging or as single 
packagings for solids, must withstand a hydrostatic test pressure of 100 
kPa (15 psig). The outer drum must have a minimum thickness of 1.35 mm 
(0.053 inch) for a 1A2 outer drum or 6.3 mm (0.248 inch) for a 1H2 outer 
drum. In addition, the inner drum must--
    (1) Be capable of satisfactorily withstanding the hydrostatic 
pressure test in Sec.178.605 of this subchapter at a test pressure of 
300 kPa (45 psig);
    (2) Satisfactorily withstand the leakproofness test in Sec.178.604 
of this subchapter using an internal air pressure of at least twice the 
vapor pressure at 55 [deg]C (131 [deg]F) of the material to be packaged;
    (3) Have screw-type closures that are--

[[Page 664]]

    (i) Closed and tightened to a torque prescribed by the closure 
manufacturer, using a properly calibrated device that is capable of 
measuring torque;
    (ii) Physically held in place by any means capable of preventing 
back-off or loosening of the closure by impact or vibration during 
transportation; and
    (iii) Provided with a cap seal that is properly applied in 
accordance with the cap seal manufacturer's recommendations and is 
capable of withstanding an internal pressure of at least 100 kPa (15 
psig).
    (4) Have a minimum thickness as follows:
    (i) For a 1A1 or 1N1 drum, 1.3 mm (0.051 inch);
    (ii) For a 1B1 drum, 3.9 mm (0.154 inch);
    (iii) For a 1H1 drum, 3.16 mm (0.124 inch); and
    (iv) For a 6HA1 drum, the plastic inner container shall be 1.58 mm 
(0.0622 inch) and the outer steel drum shall be 0.96 mm (0.0378 inch).
    (5) Be isolated from the outer drum by a shock-mitigating, non-
reactive material, which completely surrounds the inner packaging on all 
sides.
    (c) In combination packagings, consisting of an inner packaging 
system and an outer packaging, as follows:
    (1) Outer packagings:

Steel drum: 1A2
Aluminum drum: 1B2
Metal drum, other than steel or aluminum: 1N2
Plywood drum: 1D
Fiber drum: 1G
Plastic drum: 1H2
Steel box: 4A
Aluminum box: 4B
Natural wood box: 4C1 or 4C2
Plywood box: 4D
Reconstituted wood box: 4F
Fiberboard box: 4G
Expanded plastic box: 4H1
Solid plastic box: 4H2
Metal box other than steel or aluminum: 4N

    (2) Inner packaging system. The inner packaging system consists of 
two packagings:
    (i) an impact-resistant receptacle of glass, earthenware, plastic or 
metal securely cushioned with a non-reactive, absorbent material, and
    (A) Capacity of each inner receptacle may not exceed 4 L (1 gallon).
    (B) An inner receptacle that has a closure must have a closure which 
is physically held in place by any means capable of preventing back-off 
or loosening of the closure by impact or vibration during 
transportation.
    (ii) Packed within a leak-tight packaging of metal or plastic.
    (iii) This combination packaging in turn is packed within the outer 
packaging.
    (3) Additional requirements:
    (i) The total amount of liquid contained in the outer packaging must 
not exceed 16 L (4 gallons).
    (ii) The inner packaging system must conform to the performance test 
requirements of subpart M of part 178 of this subchapter, at the 
Packaging Group I performance level when subjected to the following 
tests:
    (A) Sec.178.603--Drop Test
    (B) Sec.178.604--Leakproofness Test
    (C) Sec.178.605--Hydrostatic Pressure Test
    (iii) The inner packaging system must meet the above tests without 
the benefit of the outer packaging.
    (iv) The leakproofness and hydrostatic pressure test may be 
conducted on either the inner receptacle or the outer packaging of the 
inner packaging system.
    (v) The outer package must conform to the performance test 
requirements of subpart M of part 178 of this subchapter, at the 
Packaging Group I performance level as applicable for the type of 
package being used.
    (d) If approved by the Associate Administrator, 1A1, 1B1, 1H1, 1N1, 
6HA1 or 6HH1 drums described in paragraph (b) of this section may be 
used without being further packed in a 1A2 or 1H2 drum if the shipper 
loads the material, palletizes the drums, blocks and braces the drums 
within the transport vehicle and seals the transport vehicle used. Drums 
may not be stacked (double decked) within the transport vehicle. 
Shipments must be from one origin to one destination only without any 
intermediate pickup or delivery.
    (e) Prior to reuse, all authorized inner drums must be leakproofness 
tested and marked in accordance with Sec.173.28 using a minimum test 
pressure

[[Page 665]]

as indicated in paragraph (b)(2) of this section.
    (f) Liquid hazardous materials in Division 6.1, PG I, Hazard Zone A, 
are excepted from the segregation requirements of Sec. Sec.174.81, 
176.83, and 177.848(d) of this subchapter when packaged as follows:
    (1) Inner packaging system. The inner packaging system must consist 
of three packagings:
    (i) A glass, plastic or metal receptacle, with a capacity of not 
more than 1 liter (1 quart), securely cushioned with a non-reactive, 
absorbent material. The receptacle must have a closure that is held in 
place by any means capable of preventing back-off or loosening of the 
closure by impact or vibration during transportation.
    (ii) The receptacle must be packed within a leak-tight packaging of 
metal, with a capacity of not less than 4 liters (1 gallon); and
    (iii) The metal packaging must be securely cushioned with a 
nonreactive absorbent material and packed in a leak-tight UN 1A2 steel 
drum or UN 1H2 plastic drum, with a capacity of not less than 19 liters 
(5 gallons).
    (2) Outer packaging. The inner packaging system must be placed in a 
UN 1A2 steel drum or UN 1H2 plastic drum, with a capacity of not less 
than 114 liters (30 gallons). The inner packaging system must be 
securely cushioned with a non-reactive, absorbent material. The total 
amount of liquid contained in the outer packaging may not exceed 1 liter 
(1 quart).
    (3) Both the inner packaging system and the outer packaging must 
conform to the performance test requirements of subpart M of part 178 of 
this subchapter at the PG I performance level. The inner packaging 
system must meet these tests without benefit of the outer packaging.

[69 FR 76172, Dec. 20, 2004, as amended at 71 FR 33881, June 12, 2006; 
74 FR 2263, Jan. 14, 2009; 78 FR 1090, Jan. 7, 2013; 81 FR 3675, Jan. 
21, 2016]



Sec.173.227  Materials poisonous by inhalation, Division 6.1,
Packing Group I, Hazard Zone B.

    (a) In packagings as authorized in Sec.173.226 and seamless and 
welded specification cylinders or UN seamless cylinders conforming to 
the requirements of Sec.173.40.
    (b) 1A1, 1B1, 1H1, 1N1, 6HA1, or 6HH1 drums further packed in a 1A2 
or 1H2 drum. Both the inner and outer drums must conform to the 
performance test requirements of subpart M of part 178 of this 
subchapter at the Packing Group I performance level. Both the inner and 
outer drums must conform to the performance test requirements of subpart 
M of part 178 of this subchapter at the Packing Group I performance 
level. The outer drums may be tested either as a package intended to 
contain inner packagings (combination package) or as a single packaging 
intended to contain solids or liquids at a mass corresponding to the 
mass of the assembled packaging system. The outer drum must have a 
minimum thickness of 1.35 mm (0.053 inches) for a 1A2 outer drum or 6.30 
mm (0.248 inches) for a 1H2 outer drum. Outer 1A2 and 1H2 drums must 
withstand a hydrostatic test pressure of 100 kPa (15 psig). Capacity of 
the inner drum may not exceed 220 liters. In addition, the inner drum 
must conform to all of the following requirements:
    (1) Satisfactorily withstand the leakproofness test in Sec.178.604 
of this subchapter using an internal air pressure of at least two times 
the vapor pressure at 55 [deg]C (131 [deg]F) of the material to be 
packaged;
    (2) Have screw closures that are--
    (i) Closed and tightened to a torque prescribed by the closure 
manufacturer, using a properly calibrated device that is capable of 
measuring torque;
    (ii) Physically held in place by any means capable of preventing 
back-off or loosening of the closure by impact or vibration during 
transportation; and
    (iii) Provided with a cap seal that is properly applied in 
accordance with the cap seal manufacturer's recommendations and is 
capable of withstanding an internal pressure of at least 100 kPa (15 
psig).
    (3) Have a minimum thickness as follows:
    (i) For a 1A1 drum, 0.69 mm (0.027 inch);
    (ii) For a 1B1 drum, 2.79 mm (0.110 inch);

[[Page 666]]

    (iii) For a 1H1 drum, 1.14 mm (0.045 inch); or
    (iv) For a 6HA1 drum, the plastic inner container shall be 1.58 mm 
(0.0625 inch), the outer steel drum shall be 0.70 mm (0.027 inch).
    (4) Be isolated from the outer drum by a shock-mitigating, non-
reactive material which completely surrounds the inner packaging on all 
sides.
    (5) Prior to reuse, all authorized inner drums must be leakproofness 
tested and marked in accordance with Sec.173.28 using a minimum test 
pressure as indicated in paragraph (b)(1) of this section.
    (c) 1A1, 1B1, 1H1, 1N1, 6HA1 or 6HH1 drums described in paragraph 
(b) of this section may be used without being further packed in a 1A2 or 
1H2 drum if the shipper loads the material, blocks and braces the drums 
within the transport vehicle and seals the transport vehicle used. Drums 
may not be stacked (double decked) within the transport vehicle. 
Shipments must be from one origin to one destination only without any 
intermediate pickup or delivery.

[70 FR 34398, June 14, 2005, as amended at 71 FR 33881, June 12, 2006; 
73 FR 57006, Oct. 1, 2008]



Sec.173.228  Bromine pentafluoride or bromine trifluoride.

    (a) Bromine pentafluoride and bromine trifluoride are authorized in 
packagings as follows:
    (1) Specification 3A150, 3AA150, 3B240, 3BN150, 4B240, 4BA240, 
4BW240, and 3E1800 cylinders.
    (2) UN cylinders as specified in part 178 of this subchapter, except 
acetylene cylinders and non-refillable cylinders, with a minimum test 
pressure of 10 bar and a minimum outage of 8 percent by volume. The use 
of UN tubes and MEGCs is not authorized.
    (3) The use of a pressure relief device is not authorized.
    (b) A material in Hazard Zone A must be transported in a seamless 
specification cylinder conforming to the requirements of Sec.173.40. 
However, a welded cylinder filled before October 1, 2002, in accordance 
with the requirements of this subchapter in effect at the time of 
filling, may be transported for reprocessing or disposal of the 
cylinder's contents until December 31, 2003. No cylinder may be equipped 
with a pressure relief device.

[67 FR 51643, Aug. 8, 2002, as amended at 67 FR 61289, Sept. 30, 2002; 
68 FR 24660, May 8, 2003, as amended at 71 FR 33881, June 12, 2006]



Sec.173.229  Chloric acid solution or chlorine dioxide hydrate,
frozen.

    When the Sec.172.101 table specifies that a hazardous material be 
packaged in accordance with this section, only 4G fiberboard boxes, with 
inner packagings of polyethylene or other suitable material, are 
authorized. Fiberboard boxes must be reinforced and insulated and 
sufficient dry ice must be used to maintain the hydrate or acid in a 
frozen state during transportation. Each packaging must conform to the 
general packaging requirements of subpart B of part 173, and to the 
requirements of part 178 of this subchapter at the Packing Group I 
performance level. Transportation is authorized only by private or 
contract carrier by motor vehicle.



Sec.173.230  Fuel cell cartridges containing hazardous material.

    (a) Requirements for Fuel Cell Cartridges. Fuel cell cartridges, 
including when contained in or packed with equipment, must be designed 
and constructed to prevent fuel leakage under normal conditions of 
transportation. Fuel cell cartridge design types using liquids as fuels 
must pass an internal pressure test at a gauge pressure of 100 kPa (15 
psig) without leakage. Except for fuel cell cartridges containing 
hydrogen in metal hydride which must be in conformance with paragraph 
(d) of this section, each fuel cell cartridge design type including when 
contained in or packed with equipment, must pass a 1.2 meter (3.9 feet) 
drop test onto an unyielding surface in the orientation most likely to 
result in the failure of the containment system with no loss of 
contents. Fuel cell cartridges installed in or integral to a fuel cell 
system are regarded as contained in equipment. Fuel cell cartridges 
containing a Division 2.1, Division 4.3 or Class 8 material must meet 
the following additional requirements.

[[Page 667]]

    (b) A fuel cell cartridge designed to contain a Division 4.3 or a 
Class 8 material may contain an activator provided it is fitted with two 
independent means of preventing unintended mixing with the fuel during 
transport.
    (c) Each fuel cell cartridge designed to contain a liquefied 
flammable gas must:
    (1) Be capable of withstanding, without leakage or bursting, a 
pressure of at least two times the equilibrium pressure of the contents 
at 55 [deg]C (131 [deg]F);
    (2) Contain no more than 200 mL of liquefied flammable gas with a 
vapor pressure not exceeding 1,000 kPa (150 psig) at 55 [deg]C (131 
[deg]F); and
    (3) Pass the hot water bath test prescribed in accordance with Sec.
173.306(a)(3)(v).
    (d) Each fuel cell cartridge designed to contain hydrogen in a metal 
hydride must conform to the following:
    (1) Each fuel cell cartridge must have a water capacity less than or 
equal to 120 mL (4 fluid ounces).
    (2) Each fuel cell cartridge must be a design type that has been 
subjected, without leakage or bursting, a pressure of at least two times 
the design pressure of the cartridge at 55 [deg]C (131 [deg]F) or 200 
kPa (30 psig) more than the design pressure of the cartridge at 55 
[deg]C (131 [deg]F), whichever is greater. The pressure at which the 
test is conducted is referred to as the ``minimum shell burst 
pressure.'' The pressure within the fuel cell cartridge must not exceed 
5 MPa (725 psig) at 55 [deg]C (131 [deg]F).
    (3) Each fuel cell cartridge must be filled in accordance with the 
procedure provided by the manufacturer. The manufacturer must provide 
the following information with each fuel cell cartridge:
    (i) Inspection procedures to be carried out before initial filling 
and before refilling of the fuel cell cartridge;
    (ii) Safety precautions and potential hazards to be aware of;
    (iii) A method of determining when the rated capacity has been 
achieved;
    (iv) Minimum and maximum pressure range;
    (v) Minimum and maximum temperature range; and
    (vi) Any other requirements to be met for initial filling and 
refilling including the type of equipment to be used.
    (4) Each fuel cell cartridge must be permanently marked with the 
following information:
    (i) The rated charging pressure in megapascals (MPa);
    (ii) The manufacturer's serial number of the fuel cell cartridges or 
unique identification number; and
    (iii) The expiration date based on the maximum service life (yyyy/
mm).
    (5) Design type tests: Each fuel cell cartridge design type must be 
subjected to and pass the following tests (this includes cartridges 
integral to a fuel cell):
    (i) Drop test. A 1.8 m (5.9 feet) drop test onto an unyielding 
surface must be performed. There must be no leakage. Leakage must be 
determined using a soap bubble solution or other equivalent means on all 
possible leak locations, when the fuel cell cartridge is charged to its 
rated charging pressure. The fuel cell cartridge must then be 
hydrostatically pressurized to destruction. The burst pressure must be 
greater than 85% of the minimum shell burst pressure. The drop must be 
performed in the following four different orientations:
    (A) Vertically, on the end containing the shut-off valve assembly;
    (B) Vertically, on the end opposite to the shut-off valve assembly;
    (C) Horizontally, onto a steel apex with a diameter of 3.8 cm (9.7 
in), with the steel apex in the upward position; and
    (D) At a 45[deg] angle on the end containing the shut-off valve 
assembly.
    (ii) Fire test. A fuel cell cartridge filled to rated capacity (with 
hydrogen) must be subjected to a fire engulfment test. The cartridge 
design (including design types with an integral vent feature) is deemed 
to pass the fire test if:
    (A) The internal pressure vents to zero gauge pressure without the 
rupture of the cartridge; or
    (B) The cartridge withstands the fire for a minimum of 20 minutes 
without rupture.
    (iii) Hydrogen cycling test. A fuel cell cartridge must be subjected 
to a hydrogen cycling test to ensure that the design stress limits are 
not exceeded during use. The fuel cell cartridge must be

[[Page 668]]

cycled from not more than 5% rated hydrogen capacity to not less than 
95% rated hydrogen capacity and back to not more than 5% rated hydrogen 
capacity. The rated charging pressure must be used for charging and 
temperatures must be within the operating temperature range. The cycling 
must be continued for at least 100 cycles. Following the cycling test 
the fuel cell cartridge must be charged and the water volume displaced 
by the cartridge must be measured. The cartridge design is deemed to 
pass the test if the water volume displaced by the cycled cartridge does 
not exceed the water volume displaced by an uncycled cartridge charged 
to 95% rated capacity and pressurized to 75% of its minimum shell burst 
pressure.
    (6) Production leak test. Each fuel cell cartridge must be tested 
for leaks at 15 [deg]C 5 [deg]C (59 [deg]F 9 [deg]F) while pressurized to its rated charging 
pressure. There must be no leakage. Leakage must be determined using a 
soap bubble solution or other equivalent means on all possible leak 
locations.
    (e) The following packagings are authorized provided the general 
packaging requirements subpart B of part 173 of this subchapter are met:
    (1) For fuel cell cartridges, rigid packagings conforming to the 
requirements of part 178 of this subchapter at the packing group II 
performance level; and
    (2) Strong outer packagings for fuel cell cartridges contained in 
equipment or packed with equipment. Large equipment containing fuel cell 
cartridges may be transported unpackaged if the equipment provides an 
equivalent level of protection.
    (i) Fuel cell cartridges packed with equipment must be packed with 
cushioning material or divider(s) or inner packagings so that the fuel 
cell cartridges are protected against damage that may be caused by the 
shifting or placement of the equipment and cartridges within the 
packaging.
    (ii) For fuel cell cartridges contained in equipment, the entire 
fuel cell system must be protected against short circuits and 
unintentional activation. The equipment must be securely cushioned in 
the outer packaging.
    (f) For transportation by aircraft, the following additional 
provisions apply:
    (1) The package must comply with the applicable provisions of Sec.
173.27 of this subchapter;
    (2) For fuel cell cartridges contained in equipment, fuel cell 
systems must not charge batteries during transport;
    (3) For transportation aboard passenger aircraft, for fuel cell 
cartridges contained in equipment, each fuel cell system and fuel cell 
cartridge must conform to IEC 62282-6-100 and IEC 62282-6-100 Amend. 1 
(IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this subchapter) or a standard approved by the 
Associate Administrator;
    (4) When packed with equipment, fuel cell cartridges must be packed 
in an intermediate packaging along with the equipment they are capable 
of powering, and the intermediate packagings packed in a strong outer 
packaging. The maximum number of fuel cell cartridges in the 
intermediate packaging may not be more than the number required to power 
the equipment, plus two spares;
    (5) Large robust articles containing fuel cells may be transported 
unpackaged when approved by the Associate Administrator; and
    (6) The mass of a fuel cell cartridge containing a Division 4.3 or 
Class 8 materials must be not more than 1 kg (2.2 lbs).
    (7) Fuel cell cartridges intended for transportation in carry-on 
baggage on board passenger aircraft must comply with paragraphs (a), 
(b), (c), (d) in this section and the applicable provisions prescribed 
in Sec.175.10 of this subchapter.
    (g) Limited quantities. Limited quantities of hazardous materials 
contained in fuel cell cartridges are excepted from the labeling 
requirements, unless the cartridges are offered for transportation or 
transported by aircraft, and from the placarding and specification 
packaging requirements of this subchapter when packaged according to 
this section. Each package must conform to the packaging requirements of 
subpart B of this part and may not exceed 30 kg (66 pounds) gross 
weight. Except as authorized in paragraph (h) of this section, a package 
containing a limited quantity of fuel cell cartridges must be marked as 
specified in Sec.172.315

[[Page 669]]

of this subchapter and, for transportation by highway or rail, is not 
subject to the shipping paper requirements of subpart C of part 172 of 
this subchapter, unless the material meets the definition of a hazardous 
substance, hazardous waste, or marine pollutant, and are eligible for 
the exceptions provided in Sec.173.156 of part. For transportation by 
highway, rail and vessel, the following combination packagings are 
authorized:
    (1) For flammable liquids, in fuel cell cartridges containing not 
more than 1.0 L (0.3 gallon) per cartridge, packed in strong outer 
packaging.
    (2) For water-reactive substances (Division 4.3 Dangerous when wet 
material), in fuel cell cartridges containing not more than 0.5 L (16.9 
fluid ounces) for liquids or not over 0.5 kg (1.1 pound) for solids per 
cartridge, packed in strong outer packaging.
    (3) For corrosive materials, in fuel cell cartridges containing not 
more than 1.0 L (0.3 gallon) for liquids or not more than 1.0 kg (2.2 
pounds) for solids per cartridge, packed in strong outer packaging.
    (4) For liquefied (compressed) flammable gas, in fuel cell 
cartridges not over 120 mL (4 fluid ounces) net capacity per cartridge, 
packed in strong outer packaging.
    (5) For hydrogen in metal hydride, in fuel cell cartridges not over 
120 mL (4 fluid ounces) net capacity per cartridge, packed in strong 
outer packaging.
    (6) For transportation by aircraft, the following combination 
packagings are authorized:
    (i) For flammable liquids, in fuel cell cartridges containing not 
more than 0.5 L (16.9 fluid ounces) per cartridge, packed in strong 
outer packaging. Additionally, each package may contain no more than 2.5 
kg (net mass) of fuel cell cartridges.
    (ii) For water-reactive substances (Division 4.3 Dangerous when wet 
material), in fuel cell cartridges containing not more than 200 g (0.4 
pounds) of solid fuel per cartridge, packed in strong outer packaging. 
Additionally, each package may contain no more than 2.5 kg (net mass) of 
fuel cell cartridges.
    (iii) For corrosive materials, in fuel cell cartridges containing 
not more than 200 mL (6.7 fluid ounces) for liquids or not more than 200 
g (0.4 pounds) for solids per cartridge packed in strong outer 
packaging. Additionally, each package may contain no more than 2.5 kg 
(net mass) of fuel cell cartridges.
    (iv) For liquefied (compressed) flammable gas, in fuel cell 
cartridges not over 120 mL (4 fluid ounces) net capacity per cartridge, 
packed in strong outer packaging. Additionally, each package may contain 
no more than 0.5 kg (net mass) of fuel cell cartridges.
    (v) For hydrogen in metal hydride, in fuel cell cartridges not over 
120 mL (4 fluid ounces) net capacity per cartridge, packed in strong 
outer packaging. Additionally, each package may contain no more than 0.5 
kg (net mass) of fuel cell cartridges.
    (h) Consumer commodities. Until December 31, 2020, for other than 
transportation by aircraft, a limited quantity that conforms to the 
provisions of paragraph (g) of this section and is also a ``consumer 
commodity'' as defined in Sec.171.8 of this subchapter, may be renamed 
``Consumer commodity'' and reclassed as ORM-D. In addition to the 
exceptions provided by paragraph (g) of this section, shipments of ORM-D 
materials are not subject to the shipping paper requirements of subpart 
C of part 172 of this subchapter, unless the materials meet the 
definition of a hazardous substance, hazardous waste, marine pollutant, 
or are offered for transportation by aircraft, and are eligible for the 
exceptions provided in Sec.173.156 of this part.

[74 FR 2263, Jan. 14, 2009, as amended at 75 FR 73, Jan. 4, 2010; 76 FR 
3379, Jan. 19, 2011; 78 FR 1090, 1115, Jan. 7, 2013; 78 FR 65485, Oct. 
31, 2013]



Sec.173.231  Ammonium nitrate emulsion, suspension or gel.

    (a) Packagings for non-bulk shipments of Ammonium nitrate emulsions, 
suspensions and gels must conform to the general packaging requirements 
of subpart B of part 173, to the requirements of part 178 of this 
subchapter at the Packing Group I or II

[[Page 670]]

performance level, and the requirements of the special provisions of 
column 7 of the Sec.172.101 table.
    (1) The following combination packagings are authorized:

    Outer packagings:
    Drums: 1B2, 1G, 1N2, 1H2 or 1D
    Boxes: 4B, 4C1, 4C2, 4D, 4G or 4H2
    Jerricans: 3B2 of 3H2

    Inner packagings:
    Glass, plastic or metal inner receptacles
    (2) For combination packagings, the capacity of each inner packaging 
must not exceed 5 liters (1.3 gallons) and the maximum authorized net 
weight of each outer packaging must not exceed 125 kg (275 pounds).
    (3) The following single packagings are authorized:

    Drums: 1B1, 1B2, 1H1 or 1H2 with a maximum capacity of 250 liters 
(66 gallons).
    Jerricans: 3B1, 3B2, 3H1 or 3H2 with a maximum capacity of 60 liters 
(15.9 gallons).
    Plastic receptacle in aluminum, fiber, plastic or plywood drum: 
6HB1, 6HG1, 6HH1 or 6HD1with the outer drum having a maximum capacity of 
250 liters (66 gallons).
    Plastic receptacle in aluminum wood, plywood, fiberboard, or solid 
plastic box: 6HB2, 6HC, 6HD2, 6HG2, or 6HH2 with the outer box having a 
maximum capacity of 60 liters (15.9 gallons).
    Glass receptacle in aluminum, fiber, or plywood drum: 6PB1, 6PF1 or 
6PD1 with the outer drum having a maximum capacity of 60 liters (15.9 
gallons).
    Glass receptacle in expanded plastic or solid plastic packaging: 
6PH1 or 6PH2 with the outer packaging having a maximum capacity of 60 
liters (15.9 gallons).
    Glass receptacle in aluminum, wood, or fiberboard box, or wickerwork 
hamper: 6PB2, 6PC, 6PG2 or 6PD2 with the outer box or hamper having a 
maximum capacity of 60 liters (15.9 gallons).

    (b) [Reserved]

[80 FR 1160, Jan. 8, 2015]



Subpart F_Bulk Packaging for Hazardous Materials Other Than Class 1 and 
                                 Class 7



Sec.173.240  Bulk packaging for certain low hazard solid materials.

    When Sec.172.101 of this subchapter specifies that a hazardous 
material be packaged under this section, only the following bulk 
packagings are authorized, subject to the requirements of subparts A and 
B of part 173 of this subchapter and the special provisions specified in 
column 7 of the Sec.172.101 table.
    (a) Rail cars: Class DOT 103, 104, 105, 109, 111, 112, 114, 115, or 
120 tank car tanks; Class 106 or 110 multi-unit tank car tanks; and 
metal non-DOT specification, sift-proof tank car tanks and sift-proof 
closed cars.
    (b) Motor vehicles: Specification MC 300, MC 301, MC 302, MC 303, MC 
304, MC 305, MC 306, MC 307, MC 310, MC 311, MC 312, MC 330, MC 331, DOT 
406, DOT 407, and DOT 412 cargo tank motor vehicles; non-DOT 
specification, sift-proof cargo tank motor vehicles; and sift-proof 
closed vehicles.
    (c) Portable tanks and closed bulk bins. DOT 51, 56, 57 and 60 
portable tanks; IMO type 1, 2 and 5, and IM 101 and IM 102 portable 
tanks; UN portable tanks; marine portable tanks conforming to 46 CFR 
part 64; and sift-proof non-DOT Specification portable tanks and closed 
bulk bins are authorized.
    (d) IBCs. IBCs are authorized subject to the conditions and 
limitations of this section provided the IBC type is authorized 
according to the IBC packaging code specified for the specific hazardous 
material in Column (7) of the Sec.172.101 Table of this subchapter and 
the IBC conforms to the requirements in subpart O of part 178 of this 
subchapter at the Packing Group performance level as specified in Column 
(5) of the Sec.172.101 Table of this subchapter for the material being 
transported.
    (1) IBCs may not be used for the following hazardous materials:
    (i) Packing Group I liquids; and
    (ii) Packing Group I solids that may become liquid during 
transportation.
    (2) The following IBCs may not be used for Packing Group II and III 
solids that may become liquid during transportation:
    (i) Wooden: 11C, 11D and 11F;
    (ii) Fiberboard: 11G;
    (iii) Flexible: 13H1, 13H2, 13H3, 13H4, 13H5, 13L1, 13L2, 13L3, 
13L4, 13M1 and 13M2; and
    (iv) Composite: 11HZ2 and 21HZ2.
    (e) Large Packagings. Large Packagings are authorized subject to the 
conditions and limitations of this section provided the Large Packaging 
type is authorized according to the IBC

[[Page 671]]

packaging code specified for the specific hazardous material in Column 
(7) of the Sec.172.101 Table of this subchapter and the Large 
Packaging conforms to the requirements in subpart Q of part 178 of this 
subchapter at the Packing Group performance level as specified in Column 
(5) of the Sec.172.101 Table for the material being transported.
    (1) Except as specifically authorized in this subchapter, Large 
Packagings may not be used for Packing Group I or II hazardous 
materials.
    (2) Large Packagings with paper or fiberboard inner receptacles may 
not be used for solids that may become liquid in transportation.
    (f) Flexible Bulk Containers. Flexible Bulk Containers are 
authorized subject to the conditions and limitations of this section 
provided the use of a Flexible Bulk Container is authorized by the 
inclusion of bulk packaging code B120 in Column (7) of the Sec.172.101 
Hazardous Materials Table of this subchapter and the Flexible Bulk 
Container conforms to the requirements in subpart S of part 178 of this 
subchapter. Flexible Bulk Containers may not be used for Packing Group I 
or II hazardous materials.

[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52663, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66274, 
Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 173-238, 59 FR 38067, July 26, 1994; Amdt. 173-252, 
61 FR 28676, June 5, 1996; 66 FR 33435, June 21, 2001; 78 FR 1091, Jan. 
7, 2013]



Sec.173.241  Bulk packagings for certain low hazard liquid and 
solid materials.

    When Sec.172.101 of this subchapter specifies that a hazardous 
material be packaged under this section, only the following bulk 
packagings are authorized, subject to the requirements of subparts A and 
B of part 173 of this subchapter and the special provisions specified in 
column 7 of the Sec.172.101 table.
    (a) Rail cars: Class DOT 103, 104, 105, 109, 111, 112, 114, 115, 
117, or 120 tank car tanks; Class 106 or 110 multi-unit tank car tanks; 
and AAR Class 203W, 206W, and 211W tank car tanks. Additional 
operational requirements apply to high-hazard flammable trains (see 
Sec.171.8 of this subchapter) as prescribed in Sec.174.310 of this 
subchapter. Except as otherwise provided in this section, DOT 
Specification 111 tank cars and DOT Specification 111 tank cars built to 
the CPC-1232 industry standard are no longer authorized to transport 
Class 3 (flammable) liquids in Packing Group III, unless retrofitted to 
the DOT Specification 117R retrofit standards or the DOT Specification 
117P performance standards provided in part 179, subpart D of this 
subchapter.
    (1) DOT Specification 111 tank cars and DOT Specification 111 tank 
cars built to the CPC-1232 industry standard are no longer authorized to 
transport Class 3 (flammable liquids) unless retrofitted prior to the 
date in the following table:

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                           DOT-111 built to the
               Material                    Jacketed or non-      DOT-111 not authorized  CPC-1232 not authorized
                                          jacketed tank car           on or after              on or after
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Class 3, PG III (flammable liquid)     Non-jacketed...........  May 1, 2029............  May 1, 2029.
 material.
                                       Jacketed...............  May 1, 2029............  May 1, 2029.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Note: For unrefined petroleum products (Sec. 173.41) and ethanol, see Sec.Sec. 173.242 and 173.243 as
  appropriate.

    (2) Conforming retrofitted tank cars are to be marked ``DOT-117R.''
    (3) Conforming performance standard tank cars are to be marked 
``DOT-117P.''
    (b) Cargo tanks: DOT specification MC 300, MC 301, MC 302, MC 303, 
MC 304, MC 305, MC 306, MC 307, MC 310, MC 311, MC 312, MC 330, MC 331, 
DOT 406, DOT 407, and DOT 412 cargo tank motor vehicles; and non-DOT 
specification cargo tank motor vehicles suitable for transport of 
liquids.
    (c) Portable tanks. DOT Specification 51, 56, 57 and 60 portable 
tanks; IMO type 1, 2 and 5, and IM 101 and IM 102 portable tanks; UN 
portable tanks; marine portable tanks conforming to 46 CFR part 64; and 
non-DOT Specification portable tanks suitable for transport of liquids 
are authorized. For transportation by vessel, also see

[[Page 672]]

Sec.176.340 of this subchapter. For transportation of combustible 
liquids by vessel, additional requirements are specified in Sec.
176.340 of this subchapter.
    (d) IBCs. IBCs are authorized subject to the conditions and 
limitations of this section provided the IBC type is authorized 
according to the IBC packaging code specified for the specific hazardous 
material in Column (7) of the Sec.172.101 Table of this subchapter and 
the IBC conforms to the requirements in subpart O of part 178 of this 
subchapter at the Packing Group performance level as specified in Column 
(5) of the Sec.172.101 Table for the material being transported.
    (1) IBCs may not be used for the following hazardous materials:
    (i) Packing Group I liquids; and
    (ii) Packing Group I solids that may become liquid during 
transportation.
    (2) The following IBCs may not be used for Packing Group II and III 
solids that may become liquid during transportation:
    (i) Wooden: 11C, 11D and 11F;
    (ii) Fiberboard: 11G;
    (iii) Flexible: 13H1, 13H2, 13H3, 13H4, 13H5, 13L1, 13L2, 13L3, 
13L4, 13M1 and 13M2; and
    (iv) Composite: 11HZ2 and 21HZ2.
    (e) Large Packagings. Large Packagings are authorized subject to the 
conditions and limitations of this section provided the Large Packaging 
type is authorized according to the IBC packaging code specified for the 
specific hazardous material in Column (7) of the Sec.172.101 Table of 
this subchapter and the Large Packaging conforms to the requirements in 
subpart Q of part 178 of this subchapter at the Packing Group 
performance level as specified in Column (5) of the Sec.172.101 Table 
for the material being transported.
    (1) Except as specifically authorized in this subchapter, Large 
Packagings may not be used for Packing Group I or II hazardous 
materials.
    (2) Large Packagings with paper or fiberboard inner receptacles may 
not be used for solids that may become liquid in transportation.

[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52663, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66275, 
Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 173-238, 59 FR 38067, July 26, 1994; Amdt. 173-252, 
61 FR 28676, June 5, 1996; 66 FR 33435, June 21, 2001; 68 FR 57632, Oct. 
6, 2003; 70 FR 34075, June 13, 2005; 75 FR 5394, Feb. 2, 2010; 80 FR 
26747, May 8, 2015; 81 FR 53956, Aug. 15, 2016]



Sec.173.242  Bulk packagings for certain medium hazard liquids and 
solids, including solids with dual hazards.

    When Sec.172.101 of this subchapter specifies that a hazardous 
material be packaged under this section, only the following bulk 
packagings are authorized, subject to the requirements of subparts A and 
B of part 173 of this subchapter and the special provisions specified in 
column 7 of the Sec.172.101 table.
    (a) Rail cars: Class DOT 103, 104, 105, 109, 111, 112, 114, 115, 
117, or 120 tank car tanks; Class 106 or 110 multi-unit tank car tanks 
and AAR Class 206W tank car tanks. Additional operational requirements 
apply to high-hazard flammable trains (see Sec.171.8 of this 
subchapter) as prescribed in Sec.174.310 of this subchapter. Except as 
otherwise provided in this section, DOT Specification 111 tank cars and 
DOT Specification 111 tank cars built to the CPC-1232 industry standard 
are no longer authorized to transport unrefined petroleum products, 
ethanol, and other Class 3 (flammable) liquids in Packing Group II or 
III, unless retrofitted to the DOT Specification 117R retrofit 
standards, or the DOT Specification 117P performance standards provided 
in part 179, subpart D of this subchapter.
    (1) DOT Specification 111 tank cars and DOT Specification 111 tank 
cars built to the CPC-1232 industry standard are no longer authorized 
for transport of Class 3 flammable liquids unless retrofitted prior to 
the dates corresponding to the specific material in the following table:

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                           DOT-111 built to the
               Material                    Jacketed or non-      DOT-111 not authorized  CPC-1232 not authorized
                                          jacketed tank car           on or after              on or after
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Unrefined petroleum product..........  Non-jacketed...........  January 1, 2018........  April 1, 2020.
                                       Jacketed...............  March 1, 2018..........  May 1, 2025.
Ethanol..............................  Non-jacketed...........  May 1, 2023............  July 1, 2023.
                                       Jacketed...............  May 1, 2023............  May 1, 2025.

[[Page 673]]

 
Class 3, PG II or III (flammable       Non-jacketed...........  May 1, 2029............  May 1, 2029.
 liquid) material other than
 unrefined petroleum products and
 ethanol.
                                       Jacketed...............  May 1, 2029............  May 1, 2029.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (2) Conforming retrofitted tank cars are to be marked ``DOT-117R.''
    (3) Conforming performance standard tank cars are to be marked 
``DOT-117P.''
    (b) Cargo tanks: Specification MC 300, MC 301, MC 302, MC 303, MC 
304, MC 305, MC 306, MC 307, MC 310, MC 311, MC 312, MC 330, MC 331, DOT 
406, DOT 407, and DOT 412 cargo tank motor vehicles; and non-DOT 
specification cargo tank motor vehicles when in compliance with Sec.
173.5a(c). Cargo tanks used to transport Class 3, Packing Group I or II, 
or Packing Group III with a flash point of less than 38 [deg]C (100 
[deg]F); Class 6, Packing Group I or II; and Class 8, Packing Group I or 
II materials must conform to the following special requirements:
    (1) Pressure relief system: Except as provided by Sec.173.33(d), 
each cargo tank must be equipped with a pressure relief system meeting 
the requirements of Sec.178.346-3 or Sec.178.347-4 of this 
subchapter. However, pressure relief devices on MC 310, MC 311 and MC 
312 cargo tanks must meet the requirements for a Specification MC 307 
cargo tank (except for Class 8, Packing Group I and II). Pressure relief 
devices on MC 330 and MC 331 cargo tanks must meet the requirement in 
Sec.178.337-9 of this subchapter.
    (2) Bottom outlets: DOT 406, DOT 407 and DOT 412 must be equipped 
with stop-valves meeting the requirements of Sec.178.345-11 of this 
subchapter; MC 304, MC 307, MC 310, MC 311, and MC 312 cargo tanks must 
be equipped with stop-valves capable of being remotely closed within 30 
seconds of actuation by manual or mechanic means and (except for Class 
8, Packing Group I and II) by a closure activated at a temperature not 
over 121 [deg]C (250 [deg]F); MC 330 and MC 331 cargo tanks must be 
equipped with internal self-closing stop-valves meeting the requirements 
in Sec.178.337-11 of this subchapter.
    (c) Portable tanks. DOT Specification 51, 56, 57 and 60 portable 
tanks; Specification IM 101, IM 102, and UN portable tanks when a T Code 
is specified in Column (7) of the Sec.172.101 Hazardous Materials 
Table for a specific hazardous material; and marine portable tanks 
conforming to 46 CFR part 64 are authorized. DOT Specification 57 
portable tanks used for the transport by vessel of Class 3, Packaging 
Group II materials must conform to the following:
    (1) Minimum design pressure. Each tank must have a minimum design 
pressure of 62 kPa (9 psig);
    (2) Pressure relief devices. Each tank must be equipped with at 
least one pressure relief device, such as a spring-loaded valve or 
fusible plug, conforming to the following:
    (i) Each pressure relief device must communicate with the vapor 
space of the tank when the tank is in a normal transportation attitude. 
Shutoff valves may not be installed between the tank opening and any 
pressure relief device. Pressure relief devices must be mounted, 
shielded, or drained to prevent the accumulation of any material that 
could impair the operation or discharge capability of the device;
    (ii) Frangible devices are not authorized;
    (iii) No pressure relief device may open at less than 34.4 kPa (5 
psig);
    (iv) If a fusible device is used for relieving pressure, the device 
must have a minimum area of 1.25 square inches. The device must function 
at a temperature between 104 [deg]C. and 149 [deg]C. (220 [deg]F. and 
300 [deg]F.) and at a pressure less than the design test pressure of the 
tank, unless this latter function is accomplished by a separate device; 
and
    (v) No relief device may be used which would release flammable 
vapors under normal conditions of transportation (temperature up to and 
including 54 [deg]C. (130 [deg]F.).); and

[[Page 674]]

    (3) Venting capacity. The minimum venting capacity for pressure 
activated vents must be 6,000 cubic feet of free air per hour (measured 
at 101.3 kPa (14.7 psi) and 15.6 [deg]C. (60 [deg]F.)) at not more than 
34.4 kPa (5 psi). The total emergency venting capacity (cu. ft./hr.) of 
each portable tank must be at least that determined from the following 
table:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                            Cubic feet
          Total surface area square feet \1 2\             free air per
                                                               hour
------------------------------------------------------------------------
20......................................................          15,800
30......................................................          23,700
40......................................................          31,600
50......................................................          39,500
60......................................................          47,400
70......................................................          55,300
80......................................................          63,300
90......................................................          71,200
100.....................................................          79,100
120.....................................................          94,900
140.....................................................         110,700
160.....................................................         126,500
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Interpolate for intermediate sizes.
\2\ Surface area excludes area of legs.

    (4) Unless provided by Sec.173.32(h)(3), an IM 101, 102 or UN 
portable tank with a bottom outlet and used to transport a liquid 
hazardous material that is a Class 3, PG I or II, or PG III with a flash 
point of less than 38 [deg]C (100 [deg]F); Division 5.1 PG I or II; or 
Division 6.1, PG I or II, must have internal valves conforming to Sec.
178.275(d)(3) of this subchapter.
    (d) IBCs. IBCs are authorized subject to the conditions and 
limitations of this section provided the IBC type is authorized 
according to the IBC packaging code specified for the specific hazardous 
material in Column (7) of the Sec.172.101 Table of this subchapter and 
the IBC conforms to the requirements in subpart O of part 178 of this 
subchapter at the Packing Group performance level as specified in Column 
(5) of the Sec.172.101 Table of this subchapter for the material being 
transported.
    (1) IBCs may not be used for the following hazardous materials:
    (i) Packing Group I liquids; and
    (ii) Packing Group I solids that may become liquid during 
transportation.
    (2) The following IBCs may not be used for Packing Group II and III 
solids that may become liquid during transportation:
    (i) Wooden: 11C, 11D and 11F;
    (ii) Fiberboard: 11G;
    (iii) Flexible: 13H1, 13H2, 13H3, 13H4, 13H5, 13L1, 13L2, 13L3, 
13L4, 13M1 and 13M2; and
    (iv) Composite: 11HZ2 and 21HZ2.
    (e) Large Packagings. Large Packagings are authorized subject to the 
conditions and limitations of this section provided the Large Packaging 
type is authorized according to the IBC packaging code specified for the 
specific hazardous material in Column (7) of the Sec.172.101 Table of 
this subchapter and the Large Packaging conforms to the requirements in 
subpart Q of part 178 of this subchapter at the Packing Group 
performance level as specified in Column (5) of the Sec.172.101 Table 
for the material being transported.
    (1) Except as specifically authorized in this subchapter, Large 
Packagings may not be used for Packing Group I or II hazardous 
materials.
    (2) Large Packagings with paper or fiberboard inner receptacles may 
not be used for solids that may become liquid in transportation.

[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52663, Dec. 21, 1990]

    Editorial Note: For Federal Register citations affecting Sec.
173.242, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the 
Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov.



Sec.173.243  Bulk packaging for certain high hazard liquids and 
dual hazard materials which pose a moderate hazard.

    When Sec.172.101 of this subchapter specifies that a hazardous 
material be packaged under this section, only the following bulk 
packagings are authorized, subject to the requirements of subparts A and 
B of part 173 of this subchapter and the special provisions specified in 
column 7 of the Sec.172.101 table.
    (a) Rail cars: Class DOT 103, 104, 105, 109, 111, 112, 114, 115, 
117, or 120 fusion-welded tank car tanks; and Class 106 or 110 multi-
unit tank car tanks. Additional operational requirements apply to high-
hazard flammable trains (see Sec.171.8 of this subchapter) as 
prescribed in Sec.174.310 of this subchapter. Except as otherwise 
provided in this section, DOT Specification 111 tank cars and DOT 
Specification 111 tank cars built to the CPC-1232 industry standard are 
no longer authorized to transport Class 3 (flammable liquids) in Packing 
Group

[[Page 675]]

I, unless retrofitted to the DOT Specification 117R retrofit standards 
or the DOT Specification 117P performance standards provided in part 
179, subpart D of this subchapter.
    (1) DOT Specification 111 tank cars and DOT Specification 111 tank 
cars built to the CPC-1232 industry standard are no longer authorized 
for transport of Class 3 (flammable liquids) unless retrofitted prior to 
the dates corresponding to the specific material in the following table:

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                           DOT-111 built to the
               Material                    Jacketed or non-      DOT-111 not authorized  CPC-1232 not authorized
                                          jacketed tank car           on or after              on or after
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Unrefined petroleum products.........  Non-jacketed...........  January 1, 2018........  April 1, 2020.
                                       Jacketed...............  March 1, 2018..........  May 1, 2025.
Class 3, PG I (flammable liquid)       Non-jacketed...........  May 1, 2025............  May 1, 2025.
 other than unrefined petroleum
 products.
                                       Jacketed...............  May 1, 2025............  May 1, 2025.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (2) Conforming retrofitted tank cars are to be marked ``DOT-117R.''
    (3) Conforming performance standard tank cars are to be marked 
``DOT-117P.''
    (b) Cargo tanks. Specification MC 304, MC 307, MC 330, MC 331 cargo 
tank motor vehicles; and MC 310, MC 311, MC 312, DOT 407, and DOT 412 
cargo tank motor vehicles with tank design pressure of at least 172.4 
kPa (25 psig). Cargo tanks used to transport Class 3 or Division 6.1 
materials, or Class 8, Packing Group I or II materials must conform to 
the following special requirements:
    (1) Pressure relief system: Except as provided by Sec.173.33(d), 
each cargo tank must be equipped with a pressure relief system meeting 
the requirements of Sec.178.346-3 or 178.347-4 of this subchapter. 
However, pressure relief devices on MC 310, MC 311 and MC 312 cargo 
tanks must meet the requirements for a Specification MC 307 cargo tank 
(except for Class 8, Packing Group I and II). Pressure relief devices on 
MC 330 and MC 331 cargo tanks must meet the requirement in Sec.
178.337-9 of this subchapter.
    (2) Bottom outlets: DOT 407 and DOT 412 cargo tanks must be equipped 
with stop-valves meeting the requirements of Sec.178.345-11 of this 
subchapter; MC 304, MC 307, MC 310, MC 311, and MC 312 cargo tanks must 
be equipped with stop-valves capable of being remotely closed within 30 
seconds of actuation by manual or mechanic means and (except for Class 
8, Packing Group I and II) by a closure activated at a temperature not 
over 121 [deg]C (250 [deg]F); MC 330 and MC 331 cargo tanks must be 
equipped with internal self-closing stop-valves meeting the requirements 
in Sec.178.337-11 of this subchapter.
    (c) Portable tanks. DOT Specification 51 and 60 portable tanks; UN 
portable tanks and IM 101 and IM 102 portable tanks when a T code is 
specified in Column (7) of the Sec.172.101 Table of this subchapter 
for a specific hazardous material; and marine portable tanks conforming 
to 46 CFR part 64 with design pressure of at least 172.4 kPa (25 psig) 
are authorized. Unless provided by Sec.173.32(h)(3), an IM 101, 102 or 
UN portable tank, with a bottom outlet, used to transport a liquid 
hazardous material that is a Class 3, PG I or II, or PG III with a flash 
point of less than 38 [deg]C (100 [deg]F); Division 5.1, PG I or II; or 
Division 6.1, PG I or II, must have internal valves conforming to Sec.
178.275(d)(3) of this subchapter.
    (d) IBCs. IBCs are authorized subject to the conditions and 
limitations of this section provided the IBC type is authorized 
according to the IBC packaging code specified for the specific hazardous 
material in Column (7) of the Sec.172.101 Table of this subchapter and 
the IBC conforms to the requirements in subpart O of part 178 of this 
subchapter at the Packing Group performance level as specified in Column 
(5) of the Sec.172.101 Table of this subchapter for the material being 
transported.
    (1) IBCs may not be used for the following hazardous materials:
    (i) Packing Group I liquids; and

[[Page 676]]

    (ii) Packing Group I solids that may become liquid during 
transportation.
    (2) The following IBCs may not be used for Packing Group II and III 
solids that may become liquid during transportation:
    (i) Wooden: 11C, 11D and 11F;
    (ii) Fiberboard: 11G;
    (iii) Flexible: 13H1, 13H2, 13H3, 13H4, 13H5, 13L1, 13L2, 13L3, 
13L4, 13M1 and 13M2; and
    (iv) Composite: 11HZ2 and 21HZ2.
    (e) A dual hazard material may be packaged in accordance with Sec.
173.242 if:
    (1) The subsidiary hazard is Class 3 with a flash point greater than 
38 [deg]C (100 [deg]F); or
    (2) The subsidiary hazard is Division 6.1, Packing Group III; or
    (3) The subsidiary hazard is Class 8, Packaging Group, III.

[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52663, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66275, 
Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 173-138, 59 FR 49134, Sept. 26, 1994; Amdt. 173-
238, 59 FR 38068, July 26, 1994; Amdt. 173-243, 60 FR 40038, Aug. 4, 
1995; Amdt. 173-246, 60 FR 49110, Sept. 21, 1995; Amdt. 173-252, 61 FR 
28676, June 5, 1996; 62 FR 51560, Oct. 1, 1997; 64 FR 10780, Mar. 5, 
1999; 66 FR 33435, June 21, 2001; 67 FR 15743, Apr. 3, 2002; 68 FR 
32413, May 30, 2003; 80 FR 26748, May 8, 2015; 81 FR 53957, Aug. 15, 
2016]



Sec.173.244  Bulk packaging for certain pyrophoric liquids 
(Division 4.2), dangerous when wet (Division 4.3) materials, 
and poisonous liquids with inhalation hazards (Division 6.1)
          .

    When Sec.172.101 of this subchapter specifies that a hazardous 
material be packaged under this section, only the following bulk 
packagings are authorized, subject to the requirements of subparts A and 
B of part 173 of this subchapter and the special provisions specified in 
column 7 of the Sec.172.101 table.
    (a) Rail cars: (1) Class DOT 105, 109, 112, 114, or 120 fusion-
welded tank car tanks; and Class 106 or 110 multi-unit tank car tanks. 
For tank car tanks built prior to March 16, 2009, the following 
conditions apply:
    (i) Division 6.1 Hazard Zone A materials must be transported in tank 
cars having a test pressure of 34.47 Bar (500 psig) or greater and 
conform to Classes 105J, 106 or 110.
    (ii) Division 6.1 Hazard Zone B materials must be transported in 
tank cars having a test pressure of 20.68 Bar (300 psig) or greater and 
conform to Classes 105S, 106, 110, 112J, 114J or 120S.
    (iii) Hydrogen fluoride, anhydrous must be transported in tank cars 
having a test pressure of 20.68 Bar (300 psig) or greater and conform to 
Classes 105, 112, 114 or 120.
    (2) For materials poisonous by inhalation, single unit tank cars 
tanks built prior to March 16, 2009 and approved by the Tank Car 
Committee for transportation of the specified material. Except as 
provided in Sec.173.244(a)(3), tank cars built on or after March 16, 
2009 used for the transportation of the PIH materials listed below, must 
meet the applicable authorized tank car specification listed in the 
following table:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                             Authorized
                   Proper shipping name                       tank car
                                                           specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Acetone cyanohydrin, stabilized (Note 1).................      105J500I
                                                               112J500I
Acrolein (Note 1)........................................      105J600I
Allyl Alcohol............................................      105J500I
                                                               112J500I
Bromine..................................................      105J500I
Chloropicrin.............................................      105J500I
                                                               112J500I
Chlorosulfonic acid......................................      105J500I
                                                               112J500I
Dimethyl sulfate.........................................      105J500I
                                                               112J500I
Ethyl chloroformate......................................      105J500I
                                                               112J500I
Hexachlorocyclopentadiene................................      105J500I
                                                               112J500I
Hydrocyanic acid, aqueous solutionor Hydrogen cyanide,         105J500I
 aqueous solutionwith not more than 20% hydrogen cyanide       112J500I
 (Note 2)................................................
Hydrogen cyanide, stabilized (Note 2)....................      105J600I
Hydrogen fluoride, anhydrous.............................      105J500I
                                                               112J500I
Poison inhalation hazard, Zone A materials not                 105J600I
 specifically identified in this table...................
Poison inhalation hazard, Zone B materials not                 105J500I
 specifically identified in this table...................      112J500I
Phosphorus trichloride...................................      105J500I
                                                               112J500I
Sulfur trioxide, stabilized..............................      105J500I
                                                               112J500I
Sulfuric acid, fuming....................................      105J500I
                                                               112J500I
Titanium tetrachloride...................................      105J500I
                                                               112J500I
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Note 1: Each tank car must have a reclosing pressure relief device
  having a start-to-discharge pressure of 10.34 Bar (150 psig).
  Restenciling to a lower test pressure is not authorized.
Note 2: Each tank car must have a reclosing pressure relief device
  having a start-to-discharge pressure of 15.51 Bar (225 psig).
  Restenciling to a lower test pressure is not authorized.

    (3) As an alternative to the authorized tank car specification 
listed in the table in paragraph (a)(2) of this section,

[[Page 677]]

a car of the same authorized tank car specification but of the next 
lower test pressure, as prescribed in column 5 of the table at Sec.
179.101-1 of this subchapter, may be used provided that both of the 
following conditions are met:
    (i) The difference between the alternative and the required minimum 
plate thicknesses, based on the calculation prescribed in Sec.179.100-
6 of this subchapter, must be added to the alternative tank car jacket 
and head shield. When the jacket and head shield are made from steel 
with a minimum tensile strength from 70,000 p.s.i. to 80,000 p.s.i., but 
the required minimum plate thickness calculation is based on steel with 
a minimum tensile strength of 81,000 p.s.i., the thickness to be added 
to the jacket and head shield must be increased by a factor of 1.157. 
Forming allowances for heads are not required to be considered when 
calculating thickness differences.
    (ii) The tank car jacket and head shield are manufactured from 
carbon steel plate as prescribed in Sec.179.100-7(a) of this 
subchapter.
    (b) Cargo tanks: Specifications MC 330 and MC 331 cargo tank motor 
vehicles and, except for Division 4.2 materials, MC 312 and DOT 412 
cargo tank motor vehicles.
    (c) Portable tanks: DOT 51 portable tanks and UN portable tanks that 
meet the requirements of this subchapter, when a T code is specified in 
Column (7) of the Sec.172.101 Table of this subchapter for the 
specific hazardous material, are authorized. Additionally, a DOT 51 or 
UN portable tank used for Division 6.1 liquids, Hazard Zone A or B, must 
be certified and stamped to the ASME Code as specified in Sec.
178.273(b)(6) of this subchapter.

[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52663, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66275, 
Dec. 20, 1991; 57 FR 45463, Oct. 1, 1992; Amdt. 173-252, 61 FR 28676, 
June 5, 1996; 68 FR 45037, July 31, 2003; 72 FR 55693, Oct. 1, 2007; 74 
FR 1799, Jan. 13, 2009]



Sec.173.245  Bulk packaging for extremely hazardous materials 
such as poisonous gases (Division 2.3).

    When Sec.172.101 of this subchapter specifies that a hazardous 
material be packaged under this section, only the following bulk 
packagings are authorized, subject to the requirements of subparts A and 
B of part 173 of this subchapter and the special provisions specified in 
column 7 of the Sec.172.101 table.
    (a) Tank car tanks and multi-unit tank car tanks, when approved by 
the Associate Administrator.
    (b) Cargo tank motor vehicles and portable tanks, when approved by 
the Associate Administrator.

[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52663, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66275, 
Dec. 20, 1991; 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001]



Sec.173.247  Bulk packaging for certain elevated temperature materials.

    When Sec.172.101 of this subchapter specifies that a hazardous 
material be packaged under this section, only the following bulk 
packagings are authorized, subject to the requirements of subparts A and 
B of part 173 of this subchapter and the special provisions in column 7 
of the Sec.172.101 table. On or after October 1, 1993, authorized 
packagings must meet all requirements in paragraph (g) of this section, 
unless otherwise excepted.
    (a) Rail cars: Class DOT 103, 104, 105, 109, 111, 112, 114, 115, or 
120 tank car tanks; Class DOT 106, 110 multi-unit tank car tanks; AAR 
Class 203W, 206W, 211W tank car tanks; and non-DOT specification tank 
car tanks equivalent in structural design and accident damage resistance 
to specification packagings.
    (b) Cargo tanks: Specification MC 300, MC 301, MC 302, MC 303, MC 
304, MC 305, MC 306, MC 307, MC 310, MC 311, MC 312, MC 330, MC 331 
cargo tank motor vehicles; DOT 406, DOT 407, DOT 412 cargo tank motor 
vehicles; and non-DOT specification cargo tank motor vehicles equivalent 
in structural design and accident damage resistance to specification 
packagings. A non-DOT specification cargo tank motor vehicle constructed 
of carbon steel which is in elevated temperature material service is 
excepted from Sec.178.345-7(d)(5) of this subchapter.
    (c) Portable tanks. DOT Specification 51, 56, 57 and 60 portable 
tanks; IM 101 and IM 102 portable tanks; UN portable tanks; marine 
portable tanks conforming to 46 CFR part 64; metal IBCs and non-
specification portable tanks

[[Page 678]]

equivalent in structural design and accident damage resistance to 
specification packagings are authorized.
    (d) Crucibles: Nonspecification crucibles designed and constructed 
such that the stress in the packaging does not exceed one fourth (0.25) 
of the ultimate strength of the packaging material at any temperature 
within the design temperature range. Stress is determined under a load 
equal to the sum of the static or working pressure in combination with 
the loads developed from accelerations and decelerations incident to 
normal transportation. For highway transportation, these forces are 
assumed to be ``1.7g'' vertical, ``0.75g'' longitudinal, and ``0.4g'' 
transverse, in reference to the axes of the transport vehicle. Each 
accelerative or decelerative load may be considered separately.
    (e) Kettles: A kettle, for the purpose of this section, is a bulk 
packaging (portable tank or cargo tank) having a capacity not greater 
than 5678 L (1500 gallons) with an integral heating apparatus used for 
melting various bituminous products such as asphalt. Kettles used for 
the transport of asphalt or bitumen are subject to the following 
requirements:
    (1) Low stability kettles. Kettles with a ratio of track-width to 
fully loaded center of gravity (CG) height less than 2.5 must meet all 
requirements of paragraph (g) of this section (track-width is the 
distance measured between the outer edge of the kettle tires; CG height 
is measured perpendicular from the road surface).
    (2) High stability kettles. (i) Kettles with a total capacity of 
less than 2650 L (700 gallons) and a ratio of track-width to fully 
loaded CG height of 2.5 or more are excepted from all requirements of 
paragraph (g)(2) of this section and the rollover protection 
requirements of paragraph (g)(6) of this section, if closures meet the 
requirements of paragraph (e)(2)(iii) of this section.
    (ii) Kettles with a total capacity of 2650 L (700 gallons) or more 
and a ratio of track-width to fully loaded CG height of 2.5 or more are 
excepted from the ``substantially leak tight'' requirements of paragraph 
(g)(2) of this section and the rollover protection requirements of 
paragraph (g)(6) of this section if closures meet the requirements of 
paragraph (e)(2)(iii) of this section.
    (iii) Closures must be securely closed during transportation. 
Closures also must be designed to prevent opening and the expulsion of 
lading in a rollover accident.
    (f) Other bulk packagings: Bulk packagings, other than those 
specified in paragraphs (a) through (e) of this section, which are used 
for the transport of elevated temperature materials, must conform to all 
requirements of paragraph (g) of this section on or after October 1, 
1993.
    (g) General requirements. Bulk packagings authorized or used for 
transport of elevated temperature materials must conform to the 
following requirements:
    (1) Pressure and vacuum control equipment. When pressure or vacuum 
control equipment is required on a packaging authorized in this section, 
such equipment must be of a self-reclosing design, must prevent package 
rupture or collapse due to pressure, must prevent significant release of 
lading due to packaging overturn or splashing or surging during normal 
transport conditions, and may be external to the packaging.
    (i) Pressure control equipment is not required if pressure in the 
packaging would increase less than 10 percent as a result of heating the 
lading from the lowest design operating temperature to a temperature 
likely to be encountered if the packaging were engulfed in a fire. When 
pressure control equipment is required, it must prevent rupture of the 
packaging from heating, including fire engulfment.
    (ii) Vacuum control equipment is not required if the packaging is 
designed to withstand an external pressure of 100 kPa (14.5 psig) or if 
pressure in the packaging would decrease less than 10 percent as a 
result of the lading cooling from the highest design operating 
temperature to the lowest temperature incurred in transport. When vacuum 
control equipment is required, it must prevent collapse of the packaging 
from a cooling-induced pressure differential.
    (iii) When the regulations require a reclosing pressure relief 
device, the

[[Page 679]]

lading must not render the devices inoperable (i.e. from clogging, 
freezing, or fouling). If the lading affects the proper operation of the 
device, the packaging must have:
    (A) A safety relief device incorporating a frangible disc or a 
permanent opening, each having a maximum effective area of 22 cm\2\ (3.4 
in.\2\), for transportation by highway;
    (B) For transportation of asphalt by highway, a safety relief device 
incorporating a frangible disc or a permanent opening, each having a 
maximum effective area of 48 cm \2\ (7.4 in \2\); or
    (C) For transportation by rail, a non-reclosing pressure relief 
device incorporating a rupture disc conforming to the requirements of 
Sec.179.15 of this subchapter.
    (iv) Reclosing pressure relief devices, rupture discs or permanent 
openings must not allow the release of lading during normal 
transportation conditions (i.e., due to splashing or surging).
    (2) Closures. All openings, except permanent vent openings 
authorized in paragraph (g)(1)(iii) of this section, must be securely 
closed during transportation. Packagings must be substantially leak-
tight so as not to allow any more than dripping or trickling of a non-
continuous flow when overturned. Closures must be designed and 
constructed to withstand, without exceeding the yield strength of the 
packaging, twice the static loading produced by the lading in any 
packaging orientation and at all operating temperatures.
    (3) Strength. Each packaging must be designed and constructed to 
withstand, without exceeding the yield strength of the packaging, twice 
the static loading produced by the lading in any orientation and at all 
operating temperatures.
    (4) Compatibility. The packaging and lading must be compatible over 
the entire operating temperature range.
    (5) Markings. In addition to any other markings required by this 
subchapter, each packaging must be durably marked in a place readily 
accessible for inspection in characters at least 4.8 mm (3/16 inch) with 
the manufacturer's name, date of manufacture, design temperature range, 
and maximum product weight (or ``load limit'' for tank cars) or 
volumetric capacity.
    (6) Accident damage protection. For transportation by highway, 
external loading and unloading valves and closures must be protected 
from impact damage resulting from collision or overturn. Spraying 
equipment and the road oil application portion of a packaging are 
excepted from this requirement.
    (7) New construction. Specification packagings that are being 
manufactured for the transport of elevated temperature materials must be 
authorized for current construction.
    (h) Exceptions--(1) General. Packagings manufactured for elevated 
temperature materials service prior to October 1, 1993, which are not in 
full compliance with the requirements in paragraph (g) of this section, 
may continue in service if they meet the applicable requirements of 
subparts A and B of this part and meet the closure requirements in 
paragraph (g)(2) of this section by March 30, 1995.
    (2) Kettles. Kettles in service prior to October 1, 1993, which are 
used to transport asphalt or bitumen, are excepted from specific 
provisions of this section as follows:
    (i) Kettles with a total capacity of less than 2650 L (700 gallons), 
which are not in full compliance with the requirements of paragraph (g) 
of this section, may continue in elevated temperature material service 
if they meet the applicable requirements of subparts A and B of this 
part and if, after March 30, 1995, closures are secured during transport 
to resist opening in an overturn.
    (ii) Kettles with a total capacity of 2650 L (700 gallons) or more, 
which are not in full compliance with the requirements of paragraph (g) 
of this section, may continue in elevated temperature material service 
if they meet the applicable requirements of subparts A and B of this 
part and if, after March 30, 1995, closures are secured during transport 
to resist opening in an overturn and no opening exceeds 46 cm\2\ (7.1 
in\2\).
    (3) Molten metals and molten glass. This section does not apply to 
packagings used for transportation of molten metals and molten glass by 
rail when movement is restricted to operating speeds less than 15 miles 
per

[[Page 680]]

hour. (See Sec.172.203(g)(3) of this subchapter for shipping paper 
requirements.)
    (4) Solid elevated temperature materials. A material which meets the 
definition of a solid elevated temperature material is excepted from all 
requirements of this subchapter except Sec.172.325 of this subchapter.

[Amdt. 173-227, 58 FR 3349, Jan. 8, 1993, as amended by Amdt. 173-234, 
58 FR 51532, Oct. 1, 1993; Amdt. 173-237, 59 FR 28493, June 2, 1994; 62 
FR 51560, Oct. 1, 1997; 63 FR 52849, Oct. 1, 1998; 65 FR 50461, Aug. 18, 
2000; 66 FR 33436, June 21, 2001; 66 FR 45382, Aug. 28, 2001; 67 FR 
61013, Sept. 27, 2002]



Sec.173.249  Bromine.

    When Sec.172.101 of this subchapter specifies that a hazardous 
material be packaged under this section, only the following bulk 
packagings are authorized, subject to the requirements of subparts A and 
B of part 173 of this subchapter and the special provisions specified in 
column 7 of the Sec.172.101 table.
    (a) Class DOT 105A300W or 105A500W tank cars. Class 105A500W tank 
cars may be equipped with manway cover plates, pressure relief valves, 
vent valves, and loading/unloading valves that are required on Class 
105A-300W tank cars. Tank cars must conform to the requirements in 
paragraphs (a) through (g) of this section.
    (b) Specification MC 310, MC 311, MC 312 or DOT 412 cargo tank motor 
vehicles conforming with paragraphs (d) through (f) of this section. 
Except when transported as a residue, the total quantity in one tank may 
not be less than 88 percent or more than 96 percent of the volume of the 
tank. Cargo tanks in bromine service built prior to August 31, 1991, may 
continue in service under the requirements contained in Sec.
173.252(a)(4) of this part in effect on September 30, 1991.
    (c) UN portable tanks conforming to tank code T22 (see Sec.172.102 
of this subchapter) or specification IM 101 portable tanks conforming 
with paragraphs (d) through (f) of this section. Except when transported 
as a residue, the total quantity in one tank may not be less than 88% 
nor more than 92% of the volume of the tank.
    (d) The tank must be made from nickel-clad or lead-lined steel 
plate. Nickel cladding or lead lining must be on the inside of the tank. 
Nickel cladding must comprise at least 20 percent of the required 
minimum total thickness. Nickel cladding must conform to ASTM B 162 
(IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this subchapter). Lead lining must be at least 
4.763 mm (0.188 inch) thick. All tank equipment and appurtenances in 
contact with the lading must be lined or made from metal not subject to 
deterioration by contact with lading.
    (e) Maximum filling density is 300 percent of the tank's water 
capacity. Minimum filling density is 287 percent of the tank's water 
capacity. Maximum water capacity is 9,253 kg (20,400 pounds) for DOT 
105A300W tank cars. Maximum quantity of lading in DOT 105A300W tank cars 
is 27,216 kg (60,000 pounds). Maximum water capacity is 16,964 kg 
(37,400 pounds) for DOT 105A500W tank cars and DOT 105A500W tank cars 
equipped as described in paragraph (a) of this section. Maximum quantity 
of lading in DOT 105A500W tank cars is 49,895 kg (110,000 pounds).
    (f) Tank shell and head thickness for cargo tank motor vehicles and 
portable tanks must be at least 9.5 mm (0.375 inch) excluding lead 
lining.
    (g) Except as provided in Sec.173.244(a)(3), tank cars built on or 
after March 16, 2009 and used for the transportation of bromine must 
meet the applicable authorized tank car specification listed in the 
table in Sec.173.244(a)(2).

[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52663, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66275, 
Dec. 20, 1991; 68 FR 75745, Dec. 31, 2003; 69 FR 76174, Dec. 20, 2004; 
74 FR 1800, Jan. 13, 2009; 75 FR 5395, Feb. 2, 2010]



Sec.173.251  Bulk packaging for ammonium nitrate emulsion,
suspension, or gel.

    When Sec.172.101 of this subchapter specifies that a hazardous 
material be packaged under this section, only the following bulk 
packagings are authorized, subject to the requirements of subparts A and 
B of part 173 of this subchapter and the special provisions specified in 
column 7 of the Sec.172.101 table.
    (a) IBCs. IBCs are authorized subject to the conditions and 
limitations of this section provided:

[[Page 681]]

    (1) The IBC type is authorized according to the IBC packaging code 
for the specific hazardous material in Column (7) of the Sec.172.101 
Table;
    (2) The IBC conforms to the requirements in subpart O of part 178 of 
this subchapter at the Packing Group performance level in Column (5) of 
the Sec.172.101 Table for the material being transported.
    (b) [Reserved]

[80 FR 1161, Jan. 8, 2015]



               Subpart G_Gases; Preparation and Packaging



Sec.173.300  [Reserved]



Sec.173.301  General requirements for shipment of compressed gases
and other hazardous materials in cylinders, UN pressure receptacles 
and spherical pressure vessels.
          

    (a) General qualifications for use of cylinders. Unless otherwise 
stated, as used in this section, the term ``cylinder'' includes a UN 
pressure receptacle. As used in this subpart, filled or charged means an 
introduction or presence of a hazardous material in a cylinder. A 
cylinder filled with a Class 2 hazardous material (gas) and offered for 
transportation must meet the requirements in this section and Sec. Sec.
173.301a through 173.305, as applicable.
    (1) Compressed gases must be in UN pressure receptacles built in 
accordance with the UN standards or in metal cylinders and containers 
built in accordance with the DOT and ICC specifications and part 178 of 
this subchapter in effect at the time of manufacture or CRC, BTC, CTC or 
TC specification, and requalified and marked as prescribed in subpart C 
in part 180 of this subchapter, if applicable. The DOT, ICC, CRC, BTC, 
CTC and TC specifications authorized for use are as follows:

                             Packagings \1\
 
 
 
2P                                          4AA480
2Q                                          4B
ICC-3 \2\                                   4B240ET
3A                                          4BA
3AA                                         4BW
3AL                                         4D
3AX                                         4DA
3A480X                                      4DS
3AAX                                        4E
3B                                          4L
3BN                                         8
3E                                          8AL
3HT                                         39
3T
 
\1\ Authorized CRC, BTC, CTC or TC specification cylinders that
  correspond with a DOT specification cylinder are listed in Sec.
  171.12(a)(4)(iii) of this subchapter.
\2\ Use of existing cylinders is authorized. New construction is not
  authorized.

    (2) A cylinder must be filled in accordance with this part, except 
that a ``TC'' cylinder must be filled in accordance with the Transport 
Canada TDG Regulations (IBR; see Sec.171.7 of this subchapter). Before 
each filling of a cylinder, the person filling the cylinder must 
visually inspect the outside of the cylinder. A cylinder that has a 
crack or leak, is bulged, has a defective valve or a leaking or 
defective pressure relief device, or bears evidence of physical abuse, 
fire or heat damage, or detrimental rusting or corrosion, may not be 
filled and offered for transportation. A cylinder may be repaired and 
requalified only as prescribed in subpart C of part 180 of this 
subchapter.
    (3) Pressure relief devices must be tested for leaks before a filled 
cylinder is shipped from the cylinder filling plant. It is expressly 
forbidden to repair a leaking fusible plug device where the leak is 
through the fusible metal or between the fusible metal and the opening 
in the plug body, except by removal and replacement of the pressure 
relief device.
    (4) A cylinder that previously contained a Class 8 material must be 
requalified in accordance with Sec.180.205(e) of this subchapter.
    (5) When a cylinder with a marked pressure limit is prescribed, 
another cylinder made under the same specification but with a higher 
marked pressure limit is authorized. For example, a cylinder marked 
``DOT-4B500'' may be used when ``DOT-4B300'' is specified.
    (6) No person may fill a cylinder overdue for periodic 
requalification with a hazardous material and then offer it for 
transportation. The prohibition against offering a cylinder for 
transportation that is overdue for periodic requalification does not 
apply to a

[[Page 682]]

cylinder filled prior to the requalification due date.
    (7) A cylinder with an authorized service life may not be offered 
for transportation in commerce after its authorized service life has 
expired. However, a cylinder in transportation or a cylinder filled 
prior to the expiration of its authorized service life may be 
transported for reprocessing or disposal of the cylinder's contents. 
After emptying, the cylinder must be condemned in accordance with Sec.
180.205 of this subchapter.
    (8) The pressure of the hazardous material at 55 [deg]C (131 [deg]F) 
may not exceed \5/4\ of the service pressure of the cylinder. Sufficient 
outage must be provided so the cylinder will not be liquid full at 55 
[deg]C (131 [deg]F).
    (9) Specification 2P, 2Q, 3E, 3HT, spherical 4BA, 4D, 4DA, 4DS, and 
39 cylinders must be packed in strong non-bulk outer packagings. The 
outside of the combination packaging must be marked with an indication 
that the inner packagings conform to the prescribed specifications.
    (10) Any person who installs a valve into an aluminum cylinder in 
oxygen service must verify the valve and the cylinder have the same 
thread type.
    (11) Cylinder valves manufactured on or after November 7, 2019, used 
on cylinders to transport compressed gases must conform to the 
requirements in CGA V-9 (IBR; see Sec.171.7 of this subchapter). A 
valve for a UN pressure receptacle must conform to the requirements of 
Sec.173.301b(c)(1). Cylinder valves used on cylinders in liquefied 
petroleum gas (LPG) service are permitted to comply with the 
requirements of NFPA 58 (IBR; see Sec.171.7 of this subchapter).
    (12) Cylinder valve protection caps manufactured on or after 
November 7, 2019, must conform to the requirements of CGA V-9.
    (b) Cylinder markings. Required markings on a cylinder must be 
legible and must meet the applicable requirements of subpart C of part 
180 of this subchapter. Additional information may be marked on the 
cylinder provided it does not affect the required markings prescribed in 
the applicable cylinder specification.
    (c) Toxic gases and mixtures. Cylinders containing toxic gases and 
toxic gas mixtures meeting the criteria of Division 2.3 Hazard Zone A or 
B must conform to the requirements of Sec.173.40 and CGA S-1.1 
(compliance with paragraph 9.1.1.1 is not required) (IBR; see Sec.
171.7 of this subchapter) and CGA S-7 (IBR; see Sec.171.7 of this 
subchapter). A DOT 39 cylinder, UN non-refillable cylinder, or a UN 
composite cylinder certified to ISO-11119-3 may not be used for a toxic 
gas or toxic gas mixture meeting the criteria for Division 2.3, Hazard 
Zone A or B.
    (d) Gases capable of combining chemically. A filled cylinder may not 
contain any gas or material capable of combining chemically with the 
cylinder's contents or with the cylinder's material of construction, so 
as to endanger the cylinder's serviceability.
    (e) Ownership of cylinder. A cylinder filled with a hazardous 
material may not be offered for transportation unless it was filled by 
the owner of the cylinder or with the owner's consent.
    (f) Pressure relief device systems. (1) Except as provided in 
paragraphs (f)(5) through (f)(7) and (j) of this section, and Sec.
171.23(a) of this subchapter, a cylinder filled with a gas and offered 
for transportation must be equipped with one or more pressure relief 
devices sized and selected as to type, location, and quantity, and 
tested in accordance with CGA S-1.1 (compliance with paragraph 9.1.1.1 
is not required) and CGA Pamphlet S-7 (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this 
subchapter). The pressure relief device must be capable of preventing 
rupture of the normally filled cylinder when subjected to a fire test 
conducted in accordance with CGA C-14 (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this 
subchapter), or, in the case of an acetylene cylinder, CGA C-12 (IBR, 
see Sec.171.7 of this subchapter).
    (2) A pressure relief device, when installed, must be in 
communication with the vapor space of a cylinder containing a Division 
2.1 (flammable gas) material. This requirement does not apply to DOT 
Specification 39 cylinders of 1.2L (75 cubic inches) or less in volume 
filled with a Liquefied petroleum gas, Methyl acetylene and Propadiene 
mixtures, stabilized, Propylene, Propane or Butane.

[[Page 683]]

    (3) For a specification 3, 3A, 3AA, 3AL, 3AX, 3AXX, 3B, 3BN, or 3T 
cylinder filled with gases in other than Division 2.2 (except oxygen and 
oxidizing gases transported by aircraft, see Sec. Sec.173.302(f) and 
173.304(f)), beginning with the first requalification due after December 
31, 2003, the burst pressure of a CG-1, CG-4, or CG-5 pressure relief 
device must be at test pressure with a tolerance of plus zero to minus 
10%. An additional 5% tolerance is allowed when a combined rupture disk 
is placed inside a holder. This requirement does not apply if a CG-2, 
CG-3, or CG-9 thermally activated relief device or a CG-7 reclosing 
pressure valve is used on the cylinder.
    (4) A pressure relief device is required on a DOT 39 cylinder 
regardless of cylinder size or filled pressure. A DOT 39 cylinder used 
for liquefied Division 2.1 materials must be equipped with a metal 
pressure relief device. Fusible pressure relief devices are not 
authorized on a DOT 39 cylinder containing a liquefied gas.
    (5) A pressure relief device is not required on--
    (i) A cylinder 305 mm (12 inches) or less in length, exclusive of 
neck, and 114 mm (4.5 inches) or less in outside diameter, except when 
the cylinder is filled with a liquefied gas for which this part requires 
a service pressure of 1800 psig or higher or a nonliquefied gas to a 
pressure of 1800 psig or higher at 21 [deg]C (70 [deg]F);
    (ii) A cylinder with a water capacity of less than 454 kg (1000 lbs) 
filled with a nonliquefied gas to a pressure of 300 psig or less at 21 
[deg]C (70 [deg]F), except for a DOT 39 cylinder or a cylinder used for 
acetylene in solution; or
    (iii) A cylinder containing a Class 3 or a Class 8 material without 
pressurization, unless otherwise specified for the hazardous material.
    (iv) A UN pressure receptacle transported in accordance with 
paragraph (k) or (l) or this section.
    (6) A pressure relief device is prohibited on a cylinder filled with 
a Division 2.3 or 6.1 material in Hazard Zone A.
    (7) A pressure relief device is not required on a DOT Specification 
3E cylinder measuring up to 50mm (2 inches) in diameter by 305mm (12 
inches) in length for the following specified gases and maximum weight 
limits:
    (i) Carbon Dioxide 0.24L (8 oz.)
    (ii) Ethane 0.12L (4 oz.)
    (iii) Ethylene 0.12L (4 oz.)
    (iv) Hydrogen Chloride, anhydrous 0.24L (8 oz.)
    (v) Monochlorotrifluoromethane 0.35L (12 oz.)
    (vi) Nitrous oxide, 0.24L (8 oz.)
    (vii) Vinyl fluoride, stabilized 0.24L (8 oz.)
    (g) Manifolding cylinders in transportation. (1) Cylinder 
manifolding is authorized only under conditions prescribed in this 
paragraph (g). Manifolded cylinders must be supported and held together 
as a unit by structurally adequate means. Except for Division 2.2 
materials, each cylinder must be equipped with an individual shutoff 
valve that must be tightly closed while in transit. Manifold branch 
lines must be sufficiently flexible to prevent damage to the valves that 
otherwise might result from the use of rigid branch lines. Each cylinder 
must be individually equipped with a pressure relief device as required 
in paragraph (f) of this section, except that pressure relief devices on 
manifolded horizontal cylinders that are mounted on a motor vehicle or 
framework may be selected as to type, location, and quantity according 
to the lowest marked pressure limit of an individual cylinder in the 
manifolded unit. The pressure relief devices selected for the manifolded 
unit must have been tested in accordance with CGA S-1.1 and CGA S-7. 
Pressure relief devices on manifolded horizontal cylinders filled with a 
compressed gas must be arranged to discharge unobstructed to the open 
air. In addition, for Division 2.1 (flammable gas) material, the 
pressure relief devices (PRDs) must be arranged to discharge upward to 
prevent any escaping gas from contacting personnel or any adjacent 
cylinders. Valves and pressure relief devices on manifolded cylinders 
filled with a compressed gas must be protected from damage by framing, a 
cabinet or other method. Manifolding is authorized for cylinders 
containing the following gases:
    (i) Nonliquefied (permanent) compressed gases authorized by Sec.
173.302.

[[Page 684]]

    (ii) Liquefied compressed gases authorized by Sec.173.304. Each 
manifolded cylinder containing a liquefied compressed gas must be 
separately filled and means must be provided to ensure no interchange of 
cylinder contents can occur during transportation.
    (iii) Acetylene as authorized by Sec.173.303. Mobile acetylene 
trailers must be maintained, operated and transported in accordance with 
CGA G-1.6 (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this subchapter).
    (2) For the checking of tare weights or replacing solvent, the 
cylinder must be removed from the manifold. This requirement is not 
intended to prohibit filling acetylene cylinders while manifolded.
    (h) Cylinder valve protection. UN pressure receptacles must meet the 
valve protection requirements in Sec.173.301b(c). A DOT specification 
cylinder used to transport a hazardous material must meet the 
requirements specified in this paragraph (h).
    (1) The following specification cylinders are not subject to the 
cylinder valve protection requirements in this paragraph (h):
    (i) A cylinder containing only a Division 2.2 material without a 
Division 5.1 subsidiary hazard;
    (ii) A cylinder containing a Class 8 liquid corrosive only to metal;
    (iii) A cylinder with a water capacity of 4.8 liters (293 in \3\) or 
less containing oxygen, compressed;
    (iv) A cylinder containing oxygen, refrigerated liquid (cryogenic 
liquid);
    (v) A Medical E cylinder with a water capacity of 4.9 liters (300 in 
\3\) or less;
    (vi) A fire extinguisher; or
    (vii) A ``B'' style cylinder with a capacity of 40 ft \3\ (1.13 
m\3\) or an ``MC'' style cylinder with a capacity of 10 ft \3\ 
(0.28m\3\) containing acetylene.
    (2) For cylinders manufactured before October 1, 2007, a cylinder 
must have its valves protected by one of the following methods:
    (i) By equipping the cylinder with securely attached metal or 
plastic caps of sufficient strength to protect valves from damage during 
transportation;
    (ii) By boxing or crating the cylinders so as to protect valves from 
damage during transportation;
    (iii) By constructing the cylinder so that the valve is recessed 
into the cylinder or otherwise protected to the extent that it will not 
be subjected to a blow when the container is dropped onto a flat 
surface; or
    (iv) By loading the cylinders in an upright position and securely 
bracing the cylinders in rail cars or motor vehicles, when loaded by the 
consignor and unloaded by the consignee.
    (3) For cylinders manufactured on or after October 1, 2007, each 
cylinder valve assembly must be of sufficient strength or protected such 
that no leakage occurs when a cylinder with the valve installed is 
dropped 1.8 m (6 ft.) or more onto a non-yielding surface, such as 
concrete or steel, impacting the valve assembly or protection device at 
an orientation most likely to cause damage. The cylinder valve assembly 
protection may be provided by any method meeting the performance 
requirement in this paragraph (h)(3). Examples include:
    (i) Equipping the cylinder with a securely attached metal cap.
    (ii) Packaging the cylinder in a box, crate, or other strong outer 
packaging conforming to the requirements of Sec.173.25.
    (iii) Constructing the cylinder such that the valve is recessed into 
the cylinder or otherwise protected.
    (i) Cylinders mounted in motor vehicles or in frames. (1) MEGCs must 
conform to the requirements in Sec.173.312. DOT specification 
cylinders mounted on motor vehicles or in frames must conform to the 
requirements specified in this paragraph (i).
    (2) Seamless DOT specification cylinders longer than 2 m (6.5 feet) 
are authorized for transportation only when horizontally mounted on a 
motor vehicle or in an ISO framework or other framework of equivalent 
structural integrity in accordance with CGA TB-25 (IBR, see Sec.171.7 
of this subchapter). The pressure relief device must be arranged to 
discharge unobstructed to the open air. In addition, for Division 2.1 
(flammable gas) material, the pressure relief devices must be arranged 
to discharge upward to prevent any escaping gas from contacting 
personnel or any adjacent cylinders.
    (3) Cylinders may not be transported by rail in container on freight 
car (COFC) or trailer on flat car (TOFC)

[[Page 685]]

service except under conditions approved by the Associate Administrator 
for Safety, Federal Railroad Administration.
    (j) Non-specification cylinders in domestic use. Except as provided 
in Sec. Sec.171.12(a) and 171.23(a) of this subchapter, a filled 
cylinder manufactured to other than a DOT specification or a UN standard 
in accordance with part 178 of this subchapter, or a DOT exemption or 
special permit cylinder or a cylinder used as a fire extinguisher in 
conformance with Sec.173.309(a), may not be transported to, from, or 
within the United States.
    (k) Metal attachments. Metal attachments to cylinders must have 
rounded or chamfered corners, or be otherwise protected, so as to 
prevent the likelihood of causing puncture or damage to other hazardous 
materials packages. This requirement applies to anything temporarily or 
permanently attached to the cylinder, such as metal skids.
    (l) Cylinders made of aluminum alloy 6351-T6. A DOT 3AL cylinder 
manufactured of aluminum alloy 6351-T6 may not be filled and offered for 
transportation or transported with pyrophoric gases. The use of UN 
cylinders manufactured of aluminum alloy 6351-T6 is prohibited.

[67 FR 51643, Aug. 8, 2002]

    Editorial Note: For Federal Register citations affecting Sec.
173.301, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the 
Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov.



Sec.173.301a  Additional general requirements for shipment
of specification cylinders.

    (a) General. The requirements in this section are in addition to the 
requirements in Sec.173.301 and apply to the shipment of gases in 
specification cylinders.
    (b) Authorized cylinders not marked with a service pressure. For 
authorized cylinders not marked with a service pressure, the service 
pressure is designated as follows:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               Service
                   Specification marking                       Pressure
                                                                 psig
------------------------------------------------------------------------
3..........................................................         1800
3E.........................................................         1800
8..........................................................          250
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (c) Cylinder pressure at 21 [deg]C (70 [deg]F). The pressure in a 
cylinder at 21 [deg]C (70 [deg]F) may not exceed the service pressure 
for which the cylinder is marked or designated, except as provided in 
Sec.173.302a(b). For certain liquefied gases, the pressure at 21 
[deg]C (70 [deg]F) must be lower than the marked service pressure to 
avoid having a pressure at a temperature of 55 [deg]C (131 [deg]F) that 
is greater than permitted.
    (d) Cylinder pressure at 55 [deg]C (131 [deg]F). The pressure in a 
cylinder at 55 [deg]C (131 [deg]F) may not exceed \5/4\ times the 
service pressure, except:
    (1) For a cylinder filled with acetylene, liquefied nitrous oxide, 
or carbon dioxide.
    (2) For a cylinder filled in accordance with Sec.173.302a(b), the 
pressure in the cylinder at 55 [deg]C (131 [deg]F) may not exceed \5/4\ 
times the filling pressure.
    (3) The pressure at 55 [deg]C (131 [deg]F) of Hazard Zone A and 
Hazard Zone B materials may not exceed the service pressure of the 
cylinder. Sufficient outage must be provided so that the cylinder will 
not be liquid full at 55 [deg]C (131 [deg]F).
    (e) Grandfather clause. A cylinder in domestic use prior to the date 
on which the specification for the cylinder was first made effective may 
be used if the cylinder has been properly tested and otherwise conforms 
to the requirements applicable to the gas with which it is charged.

[67 FR 51645, Aug. 8, 2002, as amended at 67 FR 61289, Sept. 30, 2002; 
68 FR 24661, May 8, 2003; 76 FR 56317, Sept. 13, 2011]



Sec.173.301b  Additional general requirements for shipment of
UN pressure receptacles.

    (a) General. The requirements of this section are in addition to the 
requirements in Sec.173.301 and apply to the shipment of gases in UN 
pressure receptacles. A UN pressure receptacle, including closures, must 
conform to the design, construction, inspection and testing requirements 
specified in parts 178 and 180 of this subchapter, as applicable. 
Bundles of cylinders must conform to the requirements in Sec.178.70(e) 
of this subchapter.
    (1) A UN pressure receptacle may not be filled and offered for 
transportation when damaged to such an extent that

[[Page 686]]

the integrity of the UN pressure receptacle or its service equipment may 
be affected. Prior to filling, the service equipment must be examined 
and found to be in good working condition (see Sec.178.70(d) of this 
subchapter). In addition, the required markings must be legible on the 
pressure receptacle.
    (2) The gases or gas mixtures must be compatible with the UN 
pressure receptacle and valve materials as prescribed for metallic 
materials in ISO 11114-1:2012(E) (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this 
subchapter) and for non-metallic materials in ISO 11114-2:2013(E) (IBR, 
see Sec.171.7 of this subchapter).
    (3) A refillable UN pressure receptacle may not be filled with a gas 
or gas mixture different from that previously contained in the UN 
pressure receptacle unless the necessary operations for change of gas 
service have been performed in accordance with ISO 11621 (IBR, see Sec.
171.7 of this subchapter).
    (4) When a strong outer packaging is prescribed, for example as 
provided by paragraph (c)(2)(vi) or (d)(1) of this section, the UN 
pressure receptacles must be protected to prevent movement. Unless 
otherwise specified in this part, more than one UN pressure receptacle 
may be enclosed in the strong outer packaging.
    (b) Individual shut-off valves and pressure relief devices. Except 
for Division 2.2 permanent gases, each UN pressure receptacle must be 
equipped with an individual shutoff valve that must be tightly closed 
while in transit. Each UN pressure receptacle must be individually 
equipped with a pressure relief device as prescribed by Sec.
173.301(f), except that pressure relief devices on bundles of cylinders 
or manifolded horizontal cylinders must have a set-to-discharge pressure 
that is based on the lowest marked pressure of any cylinder in the 
bundle or manifolded unit.
    (c) Pressure receptacle valve requirements. (1) When the use of a 
valve is prescribed, the valve must conform to the requirements in ISO 
10297:2014(E) (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this subchapter). Until December 
31, 2020, the manufacture of a valve conforming to the requirements in 
ISO 10297:2006(E) is authorized. Until December 31, 2008, the 
manufacture of a valve conforming to the requirements in ISO 
10297:1999(E) (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this subchapter) is authorized.
    (2) A UN pressure receptacle must have its valves protected from 
damage that could cause inadvertent release of the contents of the UN 
pressure receptacle by one of the following methods:
    (i) By constructing the pressure receptacle so that the valves are 
recessed inside the neck of the UN pressure receptacle and protected by 
a threaded plug or cap;
    (ii) By equipping the UN pressure receptacle with a valve cap 
conforming to the requirements in ISO 11117:2008 and Technical 
Corrigendum 1 (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this subchapter). Until December 
31, 2014, the manufacture of a valve cap conforming to the requirements 
in ISO 11117:1998 (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this subchapter) is 
authorized. The cap must have vent-holes of sufficient cross-sectional 
area to evacuate the gas if leakage occurs at the valve;
    (iii) By protecting the valves by shrouds or guards conforming to 
the requirements in ISO 11117:2008 and Technical Corrigendum 1 (IBR; see 
Sec.171.7 of this subchapter). Until December 31, 2014, the 
manufacture of a shroud or guard conforming to the requirements in ISO 
11117:1998 (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this subchapter) is authorized. For 
metal hydride storage systems, by protecting the valves in accordance 
with the requirements in ISO 16111:2008 (IBR; see Sec.171.7 of this 
subchapter).
    (iv) By using valves designed and constructed with sufficient 
inherent strength to withstand damage in accordance with Annex B of ISO 
10297;
    (v) By enclosing the UN pressure receptacles in frames, e.g., 
bundles of cylinders; or
    (vi) By packing the UN pressure receptacles in a strong outer 
package, such as a box or crate, capable of meeting the drop test 
specified in Sec.178.603 of this subchapter at the Packing Group I 
performance level.
    (d) Non-refillable UN pressure receptacles. (1) When the use of a 
valve is prescribed, the valve must conform to the requirements in ISO 
13340 (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this subchapter);
    (2) The receptacles must be transported as an inner package of a 
combination package;

[[Page 687]]

    (3) The receptacle must have a water capacity not exceeding 1.25 L 
when used for a flammable or toxic gas or 50 liters for receptacles used 
to contain chemical under pressure; and
    (4) The receptacle is prohibited for Hazard Zone A material.
    (e) Pyrophoric gases. A UN pressure receptacle must have valve 
outlets equipped with gas-tight plugs or caps when used for pyrophoric 
or flammable mixtures of gases containing more than 1% pyrophoric 
compounds. When UN pressure receptacles are manifolded in a bundle, each 
of the pressure receptacles must be equipped with an individual valve 
that must be closed while in transportation, and the outlet of the 
manifold valve must be equipped with a pressure retaining gas-tight plug 
or cap. Gas-tight plugs or caps must have threads that match those of 
the valve outlets.
    (f) Hydrogen bearing gases. A steel UN pressure receptacle bearing 
an ``H'' mark must be used for hydrogen bearing gases or other 
embrittling gases that have the potential of causing hydrogen 
embrittlement.
    (g) Composite cylinders in underwater use. A composite cylinder 
certified to ISO-11119-2 or ISO-11119-3 may not be used for underwater 
applications unless the cylinder is manufactured in accordance with the 
requirements for underwater use and is marked ``UW'' as prescribed in 
Sec.178.71(q)(18) of this subchapter.

[71 FR 33882, June 12, 2006, as amended at 71 FR 54395, Sept. 14, 2006; 
76 FR 3380, Jan. 19, 2011; 78 FR 1091, Jan. 7, 2013; 78 FR 65485, Oct. 
31, 2013; 80 FR 1161, Jan. 8, 2015; 82 FR 15891, Mar. 30, 2017]



Sec.173.302  Filling of cylinders with nonliquefied (permanent) 
compressed gases or adsorbed gases.

    (a) General requirements. (1) A cylinder filled with a non-liquefied 
compressed gas (except gas in solution) must be offered for 
transportation in accordance with the requirements of this section and 
Sec.173.301. In addition, a DOT specification cylinder must meet the 
requirements in Sec. Sec.173.301a, 173.302a and 173.305, as 
applicable. UN pressure receptacles must meet the requirements in 
Sec. Sec.173.301b and 173.302b, as applicable. Where more than one 
section applies to a cylinder, the most restrictive requirements must be 
followed.
    (2) Adsorbed gas. A cylinder filled with an adsorbed gas must be 
offered for transportation in accordance with the requirements of 
paragraph (d) of this section, Sec. Sec.173.301, and 173.302c. UN 
cylinders must meet the requirements in Sec. Sec.173.301b and 
173.302b, as applicable. Where more than one section applies to a 
cylinder, the most restrictive requirements must be followed.
    (b) Aluminum cylinders in oxygen service. Each aluminum cylinder 
filled with oxygen must meet all of the following conditions:
    (1) Metallic portions of a valve that may come into contact with the 
oxygen in the cylinder must be constructed of brass or stainless steel.
    (2) Except for UN cylinders, each cylinder opening must be 
configured with straight threads only.
    (3) Each UN pressure receptacle must be cleaned in accordance with 
the requirements of ISO 11621 (IBR, see Sec.171.7 or this subchapter). 
Each DOT cylinder must be cleaned in accordance with the requirements of 
GSA Federal Specification RR-C-901D, paragraphs 3.3.1 and 3.3.2 (IBR, 
see Sec.171.7 of this subchapter). Cleaning agents equivalent to those 
specified in Federal Specification RR-C-901D may be used provided they 
do not react with oxygen. One cylinder selected at random from a group 
of 200 or fewer and cleaned at the same time must be tested for oil 
contamination in accordance with Federal Specification RR-C-901D, 
paragraph 4.3.2, and meet the specified standard of cleanliness.
    (4) The pressure in each cylinder may not exceed 3000 psig at 21 
[deg]C (70 [deg]F).
    (c) Notwithstanding the provisions of Sec.173.24(b)(1) and 
paragraph (f) of this section, an authorized cylinder containing oxygen 
continuously fed to tanks containing live fish may be offered for 
transportation and transported.
    (d) Shipment of Division 2.1 materials in aluminum cylinders is 
authorized for transportation only by motor vehicle, rail car, or cargo-
only aircraft.
    (e) DOT 3AL cylinders manufactured of 6351-T6 aluminum alloy. 
Suitable safeguards should be provided to protect personnel and 
facilities should failure

[[Page 688]]

occur while filling cylinders manufactured of aluminum alloy 6351-T6 
used in self-contained underwater breathing apparatus (SCUBA), self-
contained breathing apparatus (SCBA) or oxygen service. The cylinder 
filler should allow only those individuals essential to the filling 
process to be in the vicinity of the cylinder during the filling 
process.
    (f) Compressed oxygen and oxidizing gases by aircraft. A cylinder 
containing oxygen, compressed; compressed gas, oxidizing, n.o.s.; or 
nitrogen trifluoride is authorized for transportation by aircraft only 
when it meets the following requirements:
    (1) Only DOT specification 3A, 3AA, 3AL, 3E, 3HT, 39 cylinders, 4E 
(filled to less than 200 psig at 21 [deg]C (70 [deg]F), and UN pressure 
receptacles ISO 9809-1, ISO 9809-2, ISO 9809-3 and ISO 7866 cylinders 
are authorized.
    (2) Cylinders must be equipped with a pressure relief device in 
accordance with Sec.173.301(f) and, for DOT 39 cylinders offered for 
transportation after October 1, 2008, for the other DOT specification 
cylinders with the first requalification due after October 1, 2008, or 
for the UN pressure receptacles prior to initial use:
    (i) The rated burst pressure of a rupture disc for DOT 3A, 3AA, 3AL, 
3E, and 39 cylinders, and UN pressure receptacles ISO 9809-1, ISO 9809-
2, ISO 9809-3 and ISO 7866 cylinders must be 100% of the cylinder 
minimum test pressure with a tolerance of plus zero to minus 10%; and
    (ii) The rated burst pressure of a rupture disc for a DOT 3HT 
cylinder must be 90% of the cylinder minimum test pressure with a 
tolerance of plus zero to minus 10%.
    (3) The cylinder must be placed in a rigid outer packaging that--
    (i) Conforms to the requirements of either part 178, subparts L and 
M of this subchapter at the Packing Group I or II performance level or 
the performance criteria in Air Transport Association (ATA) 
Specification No. 300 for a Category I Shipping Container;
    (ii) Is capable of passing, as demonstrated by design testing, the 
Flame Penetration Resistance Test in appendix E to part 178 of this 
subchapter; and
    (iii) Prior to each shipment, passes a visual inspection that 
verifies that all features of the packaging are in good condition, 
including all latches, hinges, seams, and other features, and that the 
packaging is free from perforations, cracks, dents, or other abrasions 
that may negatively affect the flame penetration resistance and thermal 
resistance characteristics of the packaging.
    (4) The cylinder and the outer packaging must be capable of passing, 
as demonstrated by design testing, the Thermal Resistance Test specified 
in appendix D to part 178 of this subchapter.
    (5) The cylinder and the outer packaging must both be marked and 
labeled in accordance with part 172, subparts D and E of this 
subchapter. The additional marking ``DOT31FP,'' is allowed to indicate 
that the cylinder and the outer packaging are capable of passing, as 
demonstrated by design testing, the Thermal Resistance Test specified in 
appendix D to part 178 of this subchapter.
    (6) A cylinder of compressed oxygen that has been furnished by an 
aircraft operator to a passenger in accordance with 14 CFR Sec.
121.574, Sec.125.219, or Sec.135.91 is excepted from the outer 
packaging requirements of paragraph (f)(3) of this section.

[67 FR 51646, Aug. 8, 2002, as amended at 67 FR 61289, Sept. 30, 2002; 
68 FR 75745, Dec. 31, 2003; 71 FR 33883; June 12, 2006; 71 FR 51127, 
Aug. 29, 2006; 72 FR 55098, Sept. 28, 2007; 76 FR 56317, Sept. 13, 2011; 
80 FR 1161, Jan. 8, 2015; 80 FR 72927, Nov. 23, 2015; 81 FR 3676, Jan. 
21, 2016]



Sec.173.302a  Additional requirements for shipment of nonliquefied
(permanent) compressed gases in specification cylinders.

    (a) Detailed filling requirements. Nonliquefied compressed gases 
(except gas in solution) for which filling requirements are not 
specifically prescribed in Sec.173.304a must be shipped subject to the 
requirements in this section and Sec. Sec.173.301, 173.301a, 173.302, 
and 173.305 in specification cylinders, as follows:
    (1) DOT 3, 3A, 3AA, 3AL, 3B, 3E, 4B, 4BA, 4BW, and 4E cylinders.
    (2) DOT 3HT cylinders. These cylinders are authorized for aircraft 
use only and only for nonflammable gases. They have a maximum service 
life of 24

[[Page 689]]

years from the date of manufacture. The cylinders must be equipped with 
frangible disc type pressure relief devices that meet the requirements 
of Sec.173.301(f). Each frangible disc must have a rated bursting 
pressure not exceeding 90 percent of the minimum required test pressure 
of the cylinder. Discs with fusible metal backing are not permitted. 
Specification 3HT cylinders may be offered for transportation only when 
packaged in accordance with Sec.173.301(a)(9).
    (3) DOT 39 DOT 39 cylinders. When the cylinder is filled with a 
Division 2.1 material, the internal volume of the cylinder may not 
exceed 1.23 L (75 in\3\) or 50 L (3050 in\3\) for chemical under 
pressure.
    (4) DOT 3AX, 3AAX, and 3T cylinders are authorized for Division 2.1 
and 2.2 materials and for carbon monoxide. DOT 3T cylinders are not 
authorized for hydrogen. When used in methane service, the methane must 
be a nonliquefied gas with a minimum purity of 98.0 percent methane and 
commercially free of corroding components.
    (5) Aluminum cylinders manufactured in conformance with 
specifications DOT 39, 3AL and 4E are authorized for oxygen only under 
the conditions specified in Sec.173.302(b).
    (6) DOT 4E cylinders- DOT 4E cylinders with a maximum capacity of 
43L (11 gal) must have a minimum rating of 240 psig and be filled to no 
more than 200 psig at 21 [deg]C (70 [deg]F).
    (b) Special filling limits for DOT 3A, 3AX, 3AA, 3AAX, and 3T 
cylinders. A DOT 3A, 3AX, 3AA, 3AAX, and 3T cylinder may be filled with 
a compressed gas, other than a liquefied, dissolved, Division 2.1, or 
Division 2.3 gas, to a pressure 10 percent in excess of its marked 
service pressure, provided:
    (1) The cylinder is equipped with a frangible disc pressure relief 
device (without fusible metal backing) having a bursting pressure not 
exceeding the minimum prescribed test pressure.
    (2) The cylinder's elastic expansion was determined at the time of 
the last test or retest by the water jacket method.
    (3) Either the average wall stress or the maximum wall stress does 
not exceed the wall stress limitation shown in the following table:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    Average     Maximum
                                                     wall        wall
                  Type of steel                     stress      stress
                                                  limitation  limitation
------------------------------------------------------------------------
I. Plain carbon steels over 0.35 carbon and           53,000      58,000
 medium manganese steels........................
II. Steels of analysis and heat treatment             67,000      73,000
 specified in spec. 3AA.........................
III. Steels of analysis and heat treatment            87,000      94,000
 specified in spec. DOT-3T......................
IV. Plain carbon steels less than 0.35 carbon         45,000      48,000
 made prior to 1920.............................
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (i)(A) The average wall stress must be computed from the elastic 
expansion data using the following formula:

S = 1.7EE / KV-0.4P

Where:

S = wall stress, pounds per square inch;
EE = elastic expansion (total less permanent) in cubic centimeters;
K = factor x 10 -7 experimentally determined for the 
          particular type of cylinder being tested or derived in 
          accordance with CGA C-5 (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this 
          subchapter);
V = internal volume in cubic centimeter (1 cubic inch = 16.387 cubic 
          centimeters);
P = test pressure, pounds per square inch.

    (B) The formula in paragraph (b)(3)(i)(A) of this section is derived 
from the formula in paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of this section and the 
following:

EE = (PKVD\2\) / (D\2\-d\2\)

    (ii) The maximum wall stress must be computed from the formula:

S = (P(1.3D\2\ + 0.4d\2\)) / (D\2\-d\2\)
Where:

S = wall stress, pounds per square inch;
P = test pressure, pounds per square inch;
D = outside diameter, inches;
d = D-2t, where t = minimum wall thickness determined by a suitable 
          method.

    (iii) Compliance with average wall stress limitation may be 
determined by computing the elastic expansion rejection limit in 
accordance with CGA C-5, by reference to data tabulated in CGA C-5, or 
by the manufacturer's marked elastic expansion rejection limit (REE) on 
the cylinder.
    (4) An external and internal visual examination made at the time of 
test or retest shows the cylinder to be free from excessive corrosion, 
pitting, or dangerous defects.
    (5) A plus sign (+) is added following the test date marking on the 
cylinder

[[Page 690]]

to indicate compliance with paragraphs (b) (2), (b)(3), and (b)(4) of 
this section.
    (c) Special filling limits for DOT 3A, 3AX, 3AA, and 3AAX cylinders 
containing Division 2.1 gases. Except for transportation by aircraft, a 
DOT specification 3A, 3AX, 3AA, and 3AAX cylinder may be filled with 
hydrogen and mixtures of hydrogen with helium, argon or nitrogen, to a 
pressure 10% in excess of its marked service pressure subject to the 
following conditions:
    (1) The cylinder must conform to the requirements of paragraph 
(b)(2) and (b)(3) of this section;
    (2) The cylinder was manufactured after December 31, 1945;
    (3) DOT specification 3A and 3AX cylinders are limited to those 
having an intermediate manganese composition.
    (i) Cylinders manufactured with intermediate manganese steel must 
have been normalized, not quench and tempered. Quench and temper 
treatment of intermediate steel is not authorized.
    (ii) Cylinders manufactured with chrome moly steel must have been 
quenched and tempered, not normalized. Use of normalized chrome moly 
steel cylinders is not permitted.
    (4) Cylinders must be equipped with pressure relief devices as 
follows:
    (i) Cylinders less than 1.7 m (65 inches) in length must be equipped 
with fusible metal backed frangible disc devices;
    (ii) Cylinders 1.7 m (65 inches) or greater in length and 24.5 cm 
(9.63 inches) in diameter or larger must be equipped with fusible metal 
backed frangible disc devices or frangible disc devices. Cylinders with 
a diameter of 0.56 m (22 inches) or larger must be equipped with 
frangible disc devices.
    (d) Carbon monoxide. Carbon monoxide must be offered in a DOT 3, 3A, 
3AX, 3AA, 3AAX, 3AL, 3E, or 3T cylinder having a minimum service 
pressure of 1800 psig. The pressure in a steel cylinder may not exceed 
1000 psig at 21 [deg]C (70 [deg]F), except that if the gas is dry and 
sulfur free, the cylinder may be filled to \5/6\ of the cylinder's 
service pressure or 2000 psig, whichever is less. A DOT 3AL cylinder may 
be filled to its marked service pressure. A DOT 3AL cylinder is 
authorized only when transported by motor vehicle, rail car, or cargo-
only aircraft.
    (e) Diborane and diborane mixtures. Diborane and diborane mixed with 
compatible compressed gas must be offered in a DOT 3AL1800 or 3AA1800 
cylinder. The maximum filling density of the diborane may not exceed 7 
percent. Diborane mixed with compatible compressed gas may not have a 
pressure exceeding the service pressure of the cylinder if complete 
decomposition of the diborane occurs. Cylinder valve assemblies must be 
protected in accordance with Sec.173.301(h).
    (f) Fluorine. Fluorine must be shipped in specification 3A1000, 
3AA1000, or 3BN400 cylinders without pressure relief devices and 
equipped with valve protection cap. The cylinder may not be charged to 
over 400 psig at 21 [deg]C (70 [deg]F) and may not contain over 2.7 kg 
(6 lbs) of gas.

[67 FR 51646, Aug. 8, 2002, as amended at 68 FR 75745, Dec. 31, 2003; 70 
FR 34075, June 13, 2005; 71 FR 54395, Sept. 14, 2006; 72 FR 4455, Jan. 
31, 2007; 72 FR 55098, Sept. 28, 2007; 78 FR 1091, Jan. 7, 2013; 81 FR 
3676, Jan. 21, 2016]



Sec.173.302b  Additional requirements for shipment of non-liquefied
(permanent) compressed gases in UN pressure receptacles.

    (a) General. A cylinder filled with a non-liquefied gas must be 
offered for transportation in UN pressure receptacles subject to the 
requirements in this section and Sec.173.302. In addition, the 
requirements in Sec. Sec.173.301 and 173.301b must be met.
    (b) UN pressure receptacles filling limits. A UN pressure receptacle 
is authorized for the transportation of non-liquefied compressed gases 
as specified in this section. Except where filling limits are 
specifically prescribed in this section, the working pressure of a UN 
pressure receptacle may not exceed \2/3\ of the test pressure of the 
receptacle. Alternatively, the filling limits specified for non-
liquefied gases in Table 1 of P200 of the UN Recommendations (IBR, see 
Sec.171.7 of this subchapter) are authorized. In no case may the 
internal pressure at 65 [deg]C (149 [deg]F) exceed the test pressure.
    (c) Fluorine, compressed, UN 1045 and Oxygen difluoride, compressed, 
UN 2190. Fluorine, compressed and Oxygen

[[Page 691]]

difluoride, compressed must be packaged in a UN pressure receptacle with 
a minimum test pressure of 200 bar and a maximum working pressure not to 
exceed 30 bar. A UN pressure receptacle made of aluminum alloy is not 
authorized. The maximum quantity of gas authorized in each UN pressure 
receptacle is 5 kg.
    (d) Diborane and diborane mixtures, UN 1911. Diborane and diborane 
mixtures must be packaged in a UN pressure receptacle with a minimum 
test pressure of 250 bar and a maximum filling ratio dependent on the 
test pressure not to exceed 0.07. Filling should be further limited so 
that if complete decomposition of diborane occurs, the pressure of 
diborane or diborane mixtures will not exceed the working pressure of 
the cylinder. The use of UN tubes and MEGCs is not authorized.
    (e) Carbon monoxide, compressed UN 1016. Carbon monoxide, compressed 
is authorized in UN pressure receptacles. The settled pressure in a 
steel pressure receptacle containing carbon monoxide may not exceed \1/
3\ of the pressure receptacle's test pressure at 65 [deg]C (149 [deg]F) 
except, if the gas is dry and sulfur-free, the settled pressure may not 
exceed \l/2\ of the marked test pressure.

[71 FR 33883, June 12, 2006]



Sec.173.302c  Additional requirements for the shipment of adsorbed 
gases in UN pressure receptacles.

    (a) A cylinder filled with an adsorbed gas must be offered for 
transportation in UN pressure receptacles subject to the requirements in 
this section and Sec.173.302, as well as, Sec. Sec.173.301 and 
173.301b.
    (b) The pressure of each filled cylinder must be less than 101.3 kPa 
at 20 [deg]C (68 [deg]F) and must not exceed 300 kPa at 50 [deg]C (122 
[deg]F).
    (c) The minimum test pressure of the cylinder must be 21 bar.
    (d) The minimum burst pressure of the cylinder must be 94.5 bar.
    (e) The internal pressure at 65 [deg]C (149 [deg]F) of the filled 
cylinder must not exceed the test pressure of the cylinder.
    (f) The adsorbent material must be compatible with the cylinder and 
must not form harmful or dangerous compounds with the gas to be 
adsorbed. The gas in combination with the adsorbent material must not 
affect or weaken the cylinder or cause a dangerous reaction (e.g., a 
catalyzing reaction).
    (g) The quality of the adsorbent material must be verified at the 
time of each fill to assure the pressure and chemical stability 
requirements of this section are met each time an adsorbed gas package 
is offered for transport.
    (h) The adsorbent material must not meet the definition of any other 
hazard class.
    (i) Cylinders and closures containing toxic gases with an LC50 less 
than or equal to 200 ml/m3 (ppm) (see the following Adsorbed Gases 
Table) must meet the following requirements:
    (1) Valve outlets must be fitted with pressure retaining gas-tight 
plugs or caps having threads matching those of the valve outlets.
    (2) Each valve must either be of the packless type with non-
perforated diaphragm, or be of a type which prevents leakage through or 
past the packing.
    (3) Each cylinder and closure must be tested for leakage after 
filling.
    (4) Each valve must be capable of withstanding the test pressure of 
the cylinder and be directly connected to the cylinder by either a 
taper-thread or other means which meets the requirements of ISO 10692-2 
(IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this subchapter); and
    (5) Cylinders and valves must not be fitted with a pressure relief 
device.
    (j) Valve outlets for cylinders containing pyrophoric gases must be 
fitted with gas-tight plugs or caps having threads matching those of the 
valve outlets.
    (k) The filling procedure must be in accordance with Annex A of ISO 
11513 (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this subchapter).
    (l) The maximum period for periodic requalification must be in 
accordance with Sec.180.207(c) of this subchapter.

                          Adsorbed Gases Table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
  ID No.       Hazardous material     LC50 ml/m\3\          Notes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
3510......  Adsorbed gas,            ..............  z.
             flammable, n.o.s..

[[Page 692]]

 
3511......  Adsorbed gas, n.o.s....  ..............  z.
3512......  Adsorbed gas, toxic,             <=5000  z.
             n.o.s..
3513......  Adsorbed gas,            ..............  z.
             oxidizing, n.o.s..
3514......  Adsorbed gas, toxic,             <=5000  z.
             flammable, n.o.s..
3515......  Adsorbed gas, toxic,             <=5000  z.
             oxidizing, n.o.s..
3516......  Adsorbed gas, toxic,             <=5000  z.
             corrosive, n.o.s..
3517......  Adsorbed gas, toxic,             <=5000  z.
             flammable, corrosive,
             n.o.s..
3518......  Adsorbed gas, toxic,             <=5000  z.
             oxidizing, corrosive,
             n.o.s..
3519......  Boron trifluoride,                  387  a.
             adsorbed.
3520......  Chlorine, adsorbed.....             293  a.
3521......  Silicon tetrafluoride,              450  a.
             adsorbed.
3522......  Arsine, adsorbed.......              20  d.
3523......  Germane, adsorbed......             620  d, r.
3524......  Phosphorus                          190
             pentafluoride,
             adsorbed.
3525......  Phosphine, adsorbed....              20  d.
3526......  Hydrogen selenide,                    2
             adsorbed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Notes:
a: Aluminum alloy cylinders must not be used.
d: When steel cylinders are used, only those bearing the ``H'' mark in
  accordance with Sec. 173.302b(f) are authorized.
r: The filling of this gas must be limited such that, if complete
  decomposition occurs, the pressure does not exceed two thirds of the
  test pressure of the cylinder.
z: The construction materials of the cylinders and their accessories
  must be compatible with the contents and must not react to form
  harmful or dangerous compounds therewith.


[80 FR 1161, Jan. 8, 2015]



Sec.173.303  Charging of cylinders with compressed gas in solution
(acetylene).

    (a) Cylinder, filler and solvent requirements. (Refer to applicable 
parts of Specification 8 and 8AL). Acetylene gas must be shipped in 
Specification 8 or 8AL cylinders (Sec.178.59 or Sec.178.60 of this 
subchapter). The cylinders shall consist of metal shells filled with a 
porous material, and this material must be charged with a suitable 
solvent. The cylinders containing the porous material and solvent shall 
be successfully tested in accordance with CGA C-12 (IBR, see Sec.171.7 
of this subchapter). Representative samples of cylinders charged with 
acetylene must be successfully tested in accordance with CGA C-12.
    (b) Filling limits. For DOT specification cylinders, the pressure in 
the cylinder containing acetylene gas may not exceed 250 psig at 70 
[deg]F. If cylinders are marked for a lower allowable charging pressure 
at 70 [deg]F., that pressure must not be exceeded. For UN cylinders, the 
pressure in the cylinder may not exceed the limits specified in Sec.
173.304b(b)(2).
    (c) Data requirements on filler and solvent. Cylinders containing 
acetylene gas must not be shipped unless they were charged by or with 
the consent of the owner, and by a person, firm, or company having 
possession of complete information as to the nature of the porous 
filling, the kind and quantity of solvent in the cylinders, and the 
meaning of such markings on the cylinders as are prescribed by the 
Department's regulations and specifications applying to containers for 
the transportation of acetylene gas.
    (d) Verification of container pressure. (1) Each day, the pressure 
in a container representative of that day's compression must be checked 
by the charging plant after the container has cooled to a settled 
temperature and a record of this test kept for at least 30 days.
    (e) Prefill requirements. Before each filling of an acetylene 
cylinder, the person filling the cylinder must visually inspect the 
outside of the cylinder in accordance with the prefill requirements 
contained in CGA C-13, Section 3 (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this 
subchapter).
    (f) UN cylinders. (1) UN cylinders and bundles of cylinders are 
authorized for the transport of acetylene gas as specified in this 
section.
    (i) Each UN acetylene cylinder must conform to ISO 3807:2013[euro]: 
(IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this subchapter), have a homogeneous monolithic 
porous mass filler

[[Page 693]]

and be charged with acetone or a suitable solvent as specified in the 
standard. UN acetylene cylinders must have a minimum test pressure of 52 
bar and may be filled up to the pressure limits specified in ISO 
3807:2013(E). The use of UN tubes and MEGCs is not authorized.
    (ii) Until December 31, 2020, cylinders conforming to the 
requirements in ISO 3807-2(E) (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this subchapter), 
having a homogeneous monolithic porous mass filler and charged with 
acetone or a suitable solvent as specified in the standard are 
authorized. UN acetylene cylinders must have a minimum test pressure of 
52 bar and may be filled up to the pressure limits specified in ISO 
3807-2(E).
    (2) UN cylinders equipped with pressure relief devices or that are 
manifolded together must be transported upright.

[29 FR 18743, Dec. 29, 1964. Redesignated at 32 FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967]

    Editorial Note: For Federal Register citations affecting Sec.
173.303, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the 
Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov.



Sec.173.304  Filling of cylinders with liquefied compressed gases.

    (a) General requirements. A cylinder filled with a liquefied 
compressed gas (except gas in solution) must be offered for 
transportation in accordance with the requirements of this section and 
the general requirements in Sec.173.301. In addition, a DOT 
specification cylinder must meet the requirement in Sec. Sec.173.301a, 
173.304a, and 173.305, as applicable. UN pressure receptacles must be 
shipped in accordance with the requirements in 173.301b and 173.304b, as 
applicable.
    (1) A DOT 3AL cylinder may not be used for any material with a 
primary or subsidiary hazard of Class 8.
    (2) Shipments of Division 2.1 materials in aluminum cylinders are 
authorized only when transported by motor vehicle, rail car, or cargo-
only aircraft.
    (b) Filling limits. Except for carbon dioxide; 1,1-Difluoroethylene 
(R-1132A); nitrous oxide; and vinyl fluoride, inhibited, the liquid 
portion of a liquefied gas may not completely fill the packaging at any 
temperature up to and including 55 [deg]C (131 [deg]F). The liquid 
portion of vinyl fluoride, inhibited, may completely fill the cylinder 
at 55 [deg]C (131 [deg]F) provided the pressure at the critical 
temperature does not exceed 1.25 times the service pressure of the 
cylinder.
    (c) Mixture of compressed gas and other material. A mixture of 
compressed gas must be shipped in accordance with Sec.173.305.
    (d) Refrigerant and dispersant gases. Nontoxic and nonflammable 
refrigerant or dispersant gases must be offered for transportation in 
cylinders prescribed in Sec.173.304a of this subchapter, or in DOT 2P, 
2Q, or 2Q1 containers (Sec. Sec.178.33, 178.33a, and 178.33d-2 of this 
subchapter). DOT 2P, 2Q, and 2Q1 containers must be packed in strong 
outer packagings of such design that protect valves from damage or 
accidental functioning under conditions incident to transportation. For 
DOT 2P and 2Q containers, the pressure inside the containers may not 
exceed 87 psia at 21.1 [deg]C (70 [deg]F). For 2Q1 containers, the 
pressure inside the container may not exceed 210 psig at 55 [deg]C (131 
[deg]F). Each completed metal container filled for shipment must be 
heated until its contents reach a minimum temperature of 55 [deg]C (131 
[deg]F) without evidence of leakage, distortion, or other defect. Each 
outer package must be plainly marked ``INSIDE CONTAINERS COMPLY WITH 
PRESCRIBED SPECIFICATIONS''.
    (e) Engine starting fluid. Engine starting fluid containing a 
flammable compressed gas or gases must be shipped in a cylinder as 
prescribed in Sec.173.304a or as follows:
    (1) Inside non-refillable metal containers having a capacity not 
greater than 500 mL (32 in \3\). The containers must be packaged in 
strong, tight outer packagings. The pressure in the container may not 
exceed 145 psia at 54 [deg]C (130 [deg]F). If the pressure exceeds 145 
psia at 54 [deg]C (130 [deg]F), a DOT 2P container must be used. In 
either case, the metal container must be capable of withstanding, 
without bursting, a pressure of 1.5 times the pressure of the contents 
at 54 [deg]C (130 [deg]F). The liquid content of the material and gas 
may not completely fill the container at 54 [deg]C (130 [deg]F). Each 
container filled for

[[Page 694]]

shipment must have been heated until its contents reach a minimum 
temperature of 54 [deg]C (130 [deg]F), without evidence of leakage, 
distortion, or other defect. Each outside shipping container must be 
plainly marked, ``INSIDE CONTAINERS COMPLY WITH PRESCRIBED 
SPECIFICATIONS''.
    (2) [Reserved]
    (f) Oxidizing gases by aircraft. A cylinder containing carbon 
dioxide and oxygen mixture, compressed; liquefied gas, oxidizing, 
n.o.s.; or nitrous oxide is authorized for transportation by aircraft 
only when it meets the following requirements:
    (1) Only DOT specification 3A, 3AA, 3AL, 3E, 3HT, and 39 cylinders, 
and UN pressure receptacles ISO 9809-1, ISO 9809-2, ISO 9809-3 and ISO 
7866 cylinders are authorized.
    (2) Cylinders must be equipped with a pressure relief device in 
accordance with Sec.173.301(f) and, for DOT 39 cylinders offered for 
transportation after October 1, 2008, for the other DOT specification 
cylinders with the first requalification due after October 1, 2008, or 
for the UN pressure receptacles prior to initial use:
    (i) The rated burst pressure of a rupture disc for DOT 3A, 3AA, 3AL, 
3E and 39 cylinders, and UN pressure receptacles ISO 9809-1, ISO 9809-2, 
ISO 9809-3 and ISO 7866 cylinders must be 100% of the cylinder minimum 
test pressure with a tolerance of plus zero to minus 10%; and
    (ii) The rated burst pressure of a rupture disc for a DOT 3HT 
cylinder must be 90% of the cylinder minimum test pressure with a 
tolerance of plus zero to minus 10%.
    (3) The cylinder must be placed in a rigid outer packaging that--
    (i) Conforms to the requirements of either part 178, subparts L and 
M, of this subchapter at the Packing Group I or II performance level, or 
the performance criteria in Air Transport Association (ATA) 
Specification No. 300 for a Category I Shipping Container;
    (ii) Is capable of passing, as demonstrated by design testing, the 
Flame Penetration Resistance Test in appendix E to part 178 of this 
subchapter; and
    (iii) Prior to each shipment, passes a visual inspection that 
verifies that all features of the packaging are in good condition, 
including all latches, hinges, seams, and other features, and the 
packaging is free from perforations, cracks, dents, or other abrasions 
that may negatively affect the flame penetration resistance and thermal 
resistance characteristics of the container.
    (4) The cylinder and the outer packaging must be capable of passing, 
as demonstrated by design testing, the Thermal Resistance Test specified 
in appendix D to part 178 of this subchapter.
    (5) The cylinder and the outer packaging must both be marked and 
labeled in accordance with part 172, subparts D and E of this 
subchapter. The additional marking ``DOT31FP,'' is allowed to indicate 
that the cylinder and the outer packaging are capable of passing, as 
demonstrated by design testing, the Thermal Resistance Test specified in 
appendix D to part 178 of this subchapter.
    (6) A cylinder of compressed oxygen that has been furnished by an 
aircraft operator to a passenger in accordance with 14 CFR 121.574, 
125.219, or 135.91 is excepted from the outer packaging requirements of 
paragraph (f)(3) of this section.

[67 FR 51647, Aug. 8, 2002, as amended at 68 FR 24661, May 8, 2003; 71 
FR 33883, June 12, 2006; 72 FR 55098, Sept. 28, 2007; 74 FR 53188, Oct. 
16, 2009; 76 FR 56317, Sept. 13, 2011; 78 FR 60754, Oct. 2, 2013; 81 FR 
3676, Jan. 21, 2016]



Sec.173.304a  Additional requirements for shipment of liquefied 
compressed gases in specification cylinders.

    (a) Detailed filling requirements. Liquefied gases (except gas in 
solution) must be offered for transportation, subject to the 
requirements in this section and Sec. Sec.173.301 and 173.304, in 
specification cylinders, as follows:
    (1) DOT 3, 3A, 3AA, 3AL, 3B, 3BN, 3E, 4B, 4BA, 4B240ET, 4BW, 4E, 39, 
except that no DOT 4E or 39 packaging may be filled and shipped with a 
mixture containing a pyrophoric liquid, carbon bisulfide (disulfide), 
ethyl chloride, ethylene oxide, nickel carbonyl, spirits of 
nitroglycerin, or toxic material (Division 6.1 or 2.3), unless 
specifically authorized in this part.
    (2) For the gases named, the following requirements apply (for 
cryogenic liquids, see Sec.173.316):

[[Page 695]]



------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    Packaging marked as
                                                    shown in this column
                                                    or of the same type
                                                    with higher service
                                Maximum permitted     pressure must be
                                 filling density      used, except as
          Kind of gas             (percent) (see      provided in Sec.
                                     Note 1)         Sec. 173.301(l),
                                                      173.301a(e), and
                                                   180.205(a) (see notes
                                                      following table)
 
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Anhydrous ammonia.............  54...............  DOT-3A480; DOT-
                                                    3AA480; DOT-3A480X;
                                                    DOT-4AA480; DOT-3;
                                                    DOT-3E1800; DOT-
                                                    3AL480.
Bromotrifluoromethane (R-13B1   124..............  DOT-3A400; DOT-
 or H-1301).                                        3AA400; DOT-3B400;
                                                    DOT-4AA480; DOT-
                                                    4B400; DOT-4BA400;
                                                    DOT-4BW400; DOT-
                                                    3E1800; DOT-39; DOT-
                                                    3AL400.
Carbon dioxide (see Notes 4,    68...............  DOT-3A1800; DOT-
 7, and 8).                                         3AX1800; DOT-
                                                    3AA1800; DOT-
                                                    3AAX1800; DOT-3; DOT-
                                                    3E1800; DOT-3T1800;
                                                    DOT-3HT2000; DOT-39;
                                                    DOT-3AL1800.
Carbon dioxide (see Notes 4,    70.3.............  DOT-3A2000, DOT-
 7, and 8).                                         3AA2000, DOT-
                                                    3AX2000, DOT-
                                                    3AAX2000, DOT-
                                                    3T2000.
Carbon dioxide (see Notes 4,    73.2.............  DOT-3A2265, DOT-
 7, and 8).                                         3AA2265, DOT-
                                                    3AX2265, DOT-
                                                    3AAX2265, DOT-
                                                    3T2265.
Carbon dioxide (see Notes 4,    74.5.............  DOT-3A2400, DOT-
 7, and 8).                                         3AA2400, DOT-
                                                    3AX2400, DOT-
                                                    3AAX2400, DOT-
                                                    3T2400.
Carbon dioxide, refrigerated    .................  DOT-4L.
 liquid (see paragraph (e) of
 this section).
Chlorine (see Note 2).........  125..............  DOT-3A480; DOT-
                                                    3AA480; DOT-3; DOT-
                                                    3BN480; DOT-3E1800.
Chlorodifluroethane or 1-       100..............  DOT-3A150; DOT-
 Chloro-1, 1-difluoroethane (R-                     3AA150; DOT-3B150;
 142b).                                             DOT-4B150; DOT-
                                                    4BA225; DOT-4BW225;
                                                    DOT-3E1800; DOT-39;
                                                    DOT-3AL150.
Chlorodifluoromethane (R-22)    105..............  DOT-3A240; DOT-
 (see Note 8).                                      3AA240; DOT-3B240;
                                                    DOT-4B240; DOT-
                                                    4BA240; DOT-4BW240;
                                                    DOT-4B240ET; DOT-
                                                    4E240; DOT-39; DOT-
                                                    3E1800; DOT-3AL240.
Chloropentafluorethane (R-115)  110..............  DOT-3A225; DOT-
                                                    3AA225; DOT-3B225;
                                                    DOT-4BA225; DOT-
                                                    4B225; DOT-4BW225;
                                                    DOT-3E1800; DOT-39;
                                                    DOT-3AL225.
Chlorotrifluoromethane (R-13)   100..............  DOT-3A1800; DOT-
 (see Note 8).                                      3AA1800; DOT-3; DOT-
                                                    3E1800; DOT-39; DOT-
                                                    3AL1800.
Cyclopropane (see Note 8).....  55...............  DOT-3A225; DOT-
                                                    3A480X; DOT-3AA225;
                                                    DOT-3B225; DOT-
                                                    4AA480; DOT4B225;
                                                    DOT-4BA225; DOT-
                                                    4BW225; DOT-4B240ET;
                                                    DOT-3; DOT-3E1800;
                                                    DOT-39; DOT-3AL225.
Dichlorodifluoromethane (R-12)  119..............  DOT-3A225; DOT-
 (see Note 8).                                      3AA225; DOT-3B225;
                                                    DOT-4B225; DOT-
                                                    4BA225; DOT-4BW225;
                                                    DOT-4B240ET; DOT-
                                                    4E225; DOT-39; DOT-
                                                    3E1800; DOT-3AL225.
Dichlorodifluoromethane and     Not liquid full    DOT-3A240; DOT-
 difluoroethane mixture          at 131 [deg]F.     3AA240; DOT-3B240;
 (constant boiling mixture) (R-                     DOT-3E1800; DOT-
 500) (see Note 8).                                 4B240; DOT-4BA240;
                                                    DOT-4BW240; DOT-
                                                    4E240; DOT-39.
1,1-Difluoroethane (R-152a)     79...............  DOT-3A150; DOT-
 (see note 8).                                      3AA150; DOT-3B150;
                                                    DOT-4B150; DOT-
                                                    4BA225; DOT-4BW225;
                                                    DOT-3E1800; DOT-
                                                    3AL150.
1,1-Difluoroethylene (R-1132A)  73...............  DOT-3A2200; DOT-
                                                    3AA2200; DOT-
                                                    3AX2200; DOT-
                                                    3AAX2200; DOT-
                                                    3T2200; DOT-39.
Dimethylamine, anhydrous......  59...............  DOT-3A150; DOT-
                                                    3AA150; DOT-3B150;
                                                    DOT-4B150; DOT-
                                                    4BA225; DOT-4BW225;
                                                    ICC-3E1800.
Ethane (see Note 8)...........  35.8.............  DOT-3A1800; DOT-
                                                    3AX1800; DOT-
                                                    3AA1800; DOT-
                                                    3AAX1800; DOT-3; DOT-
                                                    3E1800; DOT-3T1800;
                                                    DOT-39; DOT-3AL1800.
Ethane (see Note 8)...........  36.8.............  DOT-3A2000; DOT-
                                                    3AX2000; DOT-
                                                    3AA2000; DOT-
                                                    3AAX2000; DOT-
                                                    3T2000; DOT-39; DOT-
                                                    3AL2000.
Ethylene (see Note 8).........  31.0.............  DOT-3A1800; DOT-
                                                    3AX1800; DOT-
                                                    3AA1800; DOT-
                                                    3AAX1800; DOT-3; DOT-
                                                    3E1800; DOT-3T1800;
                                                    DOT-39; DOT-3AL1800.
Ethylene (see Note 8).........  32.5.............  DOT-3A2000; DOT-
                                                    3AX2000; DOT-
                                                    3AA2000; DOT-
                                                    3AAX2000; DOT-
                                                    3T2000; DOT-39; DOT-
                                                    3AL2000.
Ethylene (see Note 8).........  35.5.............  DOT-3A2400; DOT-
                                                    3AX2400; DOT-
                                                    3AA2400; DOT-
                                                    3AAX2400; DOT-
                                                    3T2400; DOT-39; DOT-
                                                    3AL2400.
Hydrogen chloride, anhydrous..  65...............  DOT-3A1800; DOT-
                                                    3AA1800; DOT-
                                                    3AX1800; DOT-
                                                    3AAX1800; DOT-3; DOT-
                                                    3T1800; DOT-3E1800.

[[Page 696]]

 
Hydrogen sulfide (see Notes 10  62.5.............  DOT-3A; DOT-3AA; DOT-
 and 14).                                           3B; DOT-4A; DOT-4B;
                                                    DOT-4BA; DOT-4BW;
                                                    DOT-3E1800; DOT-3AL.
Insecticide, gases liquefied    Not liquid full    DOT-3A300; DOT-
 (see Notes 8 and 12).           at 131 [deg]F.     3AA300; DOT-3B300;
                                                    DOT-4B300; DOT-
                                                    4BA300; DOT-4BW300;
                                                    DOT-3E1800.
Liquefied nonflammable gases,   Not liquid full    Specification
 other than classified           at 131 [deg]F.     packaging authorized
 flammable, corrosive, toxic &                      in paragraph (a)(1)
 mixtures or solution thereof                       of this section and
 filled w/nitrogen, carbon                          DOT-3HT; DOT 4D; DOT-
 dioxide, or air (see Notes 7                       4DA; DOT-4DS.
 and 8)..
Methyl acetylene-propadiene,    Not liquid at 131  DOT-4B240 without
 mixtures, stabilized; (see      [deg]F.            brazed seams; DOT-
 Note 5)..                                          4BA240 without
                                                    brazed seams; DOT-
                                                    3A240; DOT-3AA240;
                                                    DOT-3B240; DOT-
                                                    3E1800; DOT-4BW240;
                                                    DOT-4E240; DOT-
                                                    4B240ET; DOT-3AL240.
Methyl chloride...............  84...............  DOT-3A225; DOT-
                                                    3AA225; DOT-3B225;
                                                    DOT-4B225; DOT-
                                                    4BA225; DOT-4BW225;
                                                    DOT-3; DOT-3E1800;
                                                    DOT-4B240ET.
                                                    Cylinders complying
                                                    with DOT-3A150; DOT-
                                                    3B150; and DOT-4B150
                                                    manufactured prior
                                                    to Dec. 7, 1936 are
                                                    also authorized.
Methyl mercaptan..............  80...............  DOT-3A240; DOT-
                                                    3AA240; DOT-3B240;
                                                    OT-4B240; DOT-
                                                    4B240ET; DOT-3E1800;
                                                    DOT-4BA240; DOT-
                                                    4BW240.
Nitrosyl chloride.............  110..............  DOT-3BN400 only.
Nitrous oxide (see Notes 7, 8,  68...............  DOT-3A1800; DOT-
 and 11).                                           3AX1800; DOT-
                                                    3AA1800; DOT-
                                                    3AAX1800; DOT-3; DOT-
                                                    3E1800; DOT-3T1800;
                                                    DOT-3HT2000; DOT-39;
                                                    DOT- 3AL1800.
Nitrous oxide (see Notes 7, 8,  70.3.............  DOT-3A2000, DOT-
 and 11).                                           3AA2000, DOT-
                                                    3AX2000, DOT-
                                                    3AAX2000, DOT-
                                                    3T2000.
Nitrous oxide (see Notes 7, 8,  73.2.............  DOT-3A2265, DOT-
 and 11).                                           3AA2265, DOT-
                                                    3AX2265, DOT-
                                                    3AAX2265, DOT-
                                                    3T2265.
Nitrous oxide ( see Notes 7,    74.5.............  DOT-3A2400, DOT-
 8, and 11).                                        3AA2400, DOT-
                                                    3AX2400, DOT-
                                                    3AAX2400, DOT-
                                                    3T2400.
Nitrous oxide, refrigerated     .................  DOT-4L.
 liquid (see paragraph (e) of
 this section.).
Refrigerant gas, n.o.s. or      Not liquid full    DOT-3A240; DOT-
 Dispersant gas, n.o.s. (see     at 130 [deg]F.     3AA240; DOT-3B240;
 Notes 8 and 13).                                   DOT-3E1800; DOT-
                                                    4B240; DOT-4BA240;
                                                    DOT-4BW240; DOT-
                                                    4E240; DOT-39; DOT-
                                                    3AL240.
Sulfur dioxide (see note 8)...  125..............  DOT-3A225; DOT-
                                                    3AA225; DOT-3B225;
                                                    DOT-4B225; DOT-
                                                    4BA225; DOT-4BW225;
                                                    DOT-4B240ET; DOT-3;
                                                    DOT-39; DOT-3E1800;
                                                    DOT-3AL225.
Sulfur hexafluoride...........  120..............  DOT-3A1000; DOT-
                                                    3AA1000; DOT-
                                                    AAX2400; DOT-3; DOT-
                                                    3AL1000; DOT-3E1800;
                                                    DOT-3T1800.
Sulfuryl fluoride.............  106..............  DOT-3A480; DOT-
                                                    3AA480; DOT-3E1800;
                                                    DOT-4B480; DOT-
                                                    4BA480; DOT-4BW480.
Tetrafluoroethylene,            90...............  DOT-3A1200; DOT-
 stabilized.                                        3AA1200; DOT-3E1800.
Trifluorochloroethylene,        115..............  DOT-3A300; DOT-
 stabilized.                                        3AA300; DOT-3B300;
                                                    DOT-4B300; DOT-
                                                    4BA300; DOT-4BW300;
                                                    DOT-3E1800.
Trimethylamine, anhydrous.....  57...............  DOT-3A150; DOT-
                                                    3AA150; DOT-3B150;
                                                    DOT-4B150; DOT-
                                                    4BA225; DOT-4BW225;
                                                    DOT-3E1800.
Vinyl chloride (see Note 5)...  84...............  DOT-4B150 without
                                                    brazed seams; DOT-
                                                    4BA225 without
                                                    brazed seams; DOT-
                                                    4BW225; DOT-3A150;
                                                    DOT-3AA150; DOT-
                                                    3E1800; DOT-3AL150.
Vinyl fluoride, stabilized....  62...............  DOT-3A1800; DOT-
                                                    3AA1800; DOT-3E1800;
                                                    DOT-3AL1800.
Vinyl methyl ether,             68...............  DOT-4B150, without
 stabilized(see Note 5).                            brazed seams; DOT-
                                                    4BA225 without
                                                    brazed seams; DOT-
                                                    4BW225; DOT-3A150;
                                                    DOT-3AA150; DOT-
                                                    3B1800; DOT-3E1800.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Note 1: ``Filling density'' means the percent ratio of the weight of gas
  in a packaging to the weight of water that the container will hold at
  16 [deg]C (60 [deg]F). (1 lb of water = 27.737 in \3\ at 60 [deg]F.).

[[Page 697]]

 
Note 2: Cylinders purchased after Oct. 1, 1944, for the transportation
  of chlorine must contain no aperture other than that provided in the
  neck of the cylinder for attachment of a valve equipped with an
  approved pressure relief device. Cylinders purchased after Nov. 1,
  1935, and filled with chlorine may not contain over 68.04 kg (150 lb)
  of gas.
Note 3: [Reserved]
Note 4: Special carbon dioxide mining devices containing a heating
  element and filled with not over 2.72 kg (6 lb) of carbon dioxide may
  be filled to a density of not over 85 percent, provided the cylinder
  is made of steel with a calculated bursting pressure in excess of
  39000 psig, fitted with a frangible disc that will operate at not over
  57 percent of that pressure, and is able to withstand a drop of 10
  feet when striking crosswise on a steel rail while under a pressure of
  at least 3000 psig. Such devices must be shipped in strong boxes or
  must be wrapped in heavy burlap and bound by 12-gauge wire with the
  wire completely covered by friction tape. Wrapping must be applied so
  as not to interfere with the functioning of the frangible disc
  pressure relief device. Shipments must be described as ``liquefied
  carbon dioxide gas (mining device)'' and marked, labeled, and
  certified as prescribed for liquefied carbon dioxide.
Note 5: All parts of valve and pressure relief devices in contact with
  contents of cylinders must be of a metal or other material, suitably
  treated if necessary, that will not cause formation of any acetylides.
 
Note 6: [Reserved]
Note 7: Specification 3HT cylinders for aircraft use only, having a
  maximum service life of 24 years. Authorized only for nonflammable
  gases. Cylinders must be equipped with pressure relief devices of the
  frangible disc type that meet the requirements of Sec. 173.301(f).
  Each frangible disc must have a rated bursting pressure that does not
  exceed 90 percent of the minimum required test pressure of the
  cylinder. Discs with fusible metal backing are not permitted.
  Cylinders may be offered for transportation only when packaged in
  accordance with Sec. 173.301(a)(9).
Note 8: See Sec. 173.301(a)(9).
Note 9: [Reserved]
Note 10: Each valve outlet must be sealed by a threaded cap or a
  threaded solid plug.
Note 11: Must meet the valve and cleaning requirements in Sec.
  173.302(b).
Note 12: For an insecticide gas that is nontoxic and nonflammable, see
  Sec. 173.305(c).
Note 13: For a refrigerant or dispersant gas that is nontoxic and
  nonflammable, see Sec. 173.304(d).
Note 14: The use of DOT specification cylinder with a marked service
  pressure of 480 psi is authorized until December 31, 2003.

    (b) [Reserved]
    (c) Verification of content in cylinder. Except as noted in 
paragraph (d)(4) of this section, the amount of liquefied gas filled 
into a cylinder must be by weight or, when the gas is lower in pressure 
than required for liquefaction, a pressure-temperature chart for the 
specific gas may be used to ensure that the service pressure at 55 
[deg]C (131 [deg]F) will not exceed \5/4\ of the service pressure at 21 
[deg]C (70 [deg]F). The weight of liquefied gas filled into the cylinder 
also must be checked, after disconnecting the cylinder from the filling 
line, by the use of an accurate scale.
    (d) Requirements for liquefied petroleum gas. (1) Filling density 
limits are as follows:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                        Maximum the filling density in
 Minimum specific gravity of liquid       percent of the water-weight
        material at 60 [deg]F              capacity of the cylinder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
0.271 to 0.289......................  26
0.290 to 0.306......................  27
0.307 to 0.322......................  28
0.323 to 0.338......................  29
0.339 to 0.354......................  30
0.355 to 0.371......................  31
0.372 to 0.398......................  32
0.399 to 0.425......................  33
0.426 to 0.440......................  34
0.441 to 0.452......................  35
0.453 to 0.462......................  36
0.463 to 0.472......................  37
0.473 to 0.480......................  38
0.481 to 0.488......................  39
0.489 to 0.495......................  40
0.496 to 0.503......................  41
0.504 to 0.510......................  42
0.511 to 0.519......................  43
0.520 to 0.527......................  44
0.528 to 0.536......................  45
0.537 to 0.544......................  46
0.545 to 0.552......................  47
0.553 to 0.560......................  48
0.561 to 0.568......................  49
0.569 to 0.576......................  50
0.577 to 0.584......................  51
0.585 to 0.592......................  52
0.593 to 0.600......................  53
0.601 to 0.608......................  54
0.609 to 0.617......................  55
0.618 to 0.626......................  56
0.627 to 0.634......................  57
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (2) Subject to Sec.173.301a(d), any filling density percentage 
prescribed in this section is authorized to be increased by a factor of 
2 for liquefied petroleum gas in DOT 3 cylinders or in DOT 3A cylinders 
marked for 1800 psig, or higher, service pressure.
    (3) Liquefied petroleum gas must be shipped in specification 
cylinders as follows:
    (i) DOT 3, 3A, 3AA, 3B, 3E, 3AL, 4B, 4BA, 4B240ET, 4BW, 4E, or 39 
cylinders. Shipments of flammable gases in DOT 3AL cylinders are 
authorized only when transported by motor vehicle, rail car, or cargo-
only aircraft.
    (ii) Additional containers may be used within the limits of quantity 
and pressure as follows:

[[Page 698]]



------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                     Maximum
                                     capacity   Maximum filling pressure
        Type of container             (cubic             (psig)
                                     inches)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
DOT-2P or DOT-2Q (see Note 1)....        31.83  45 psig at 70 [deg]F and
                                                 105 psig at 130 [deg]F
                                                 (see Note 2).
DOT-2P or DOT-2Q (see Note 1)....        31.83  35 psig at 70 [deg]F and
                                                 100 psig at 130 [deg]F.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Note 1: Containers must be packed in strong wooden or fiber boxes of
  such design as to protect valves from damage or accidental functioning
  under conditions normally incident to transportation. Each completed
  container filled for shipment must have been heated until its contents
  reach a temperature of 54 [deg]C (130 [deg]F), without evidence of
  leakage, distortion, or other defect. Each outside shipping container
  must be plainly marked ``INSIDE CONTAINERS COMPLY WITH PRESCRIBED
  SPECIFICATIONS'.
Note 2: A container must be equipped with a pressure relief device that
  will prevent rupture of the container and dangerous projection of a
  closing device when exposed to fire.

    (4) Verification of content. A cylinder with a water capacity of 
90.72 kg (200 lb) or more and for use with a liquefied petroleum gas 
with a specific gravity of 0.504 or greater at 16 [deg]C (60 [deg]F) may 
have the quantity of its contents determined by using a fixed length dip 
tube gauging device. The length of the dip tube must be such that when a 
liquefied petroleum gas, with a specific volume of 0.03051 cu. ft./lb. 
at a temperature of 40 [deg]F, is filled into the container, the liquid 
just reaches the bottom of the tube. The weight of this liquid may not 
exceed 42 percent of the water capacity of the container, which must be 
stamped on the cylinder. The length of the dip tube, expressed in inches 
carried out to one decimal place and prefixed with the letters ``DT'', 
must be stamped on the container and on the exterior of removable type 
dip tube. For the purpose of this requirement, the marked length must be 
expressed as the distance measured along the axis of a straight tube 
from the top of the boss through which the tube is inserted to the 
proper level of the liquid in the container. The length of each dip tube 
must be checked when installed by weighing each container after filling 
except when installed in groups of substantially identical containers, 
in which case one of each 25 containers must be weighed. The quantity of 
liquefied gas in each container must be checked by means of the dip tube 
after disconnecting from the filling line. The outlet from the dip tube 
may not be larger than 0.1016 centimeters (0.040 inch; No. 54 drill bit 
size orifice). A container representative of each day's filling at each 
filling plant must have its contents checked by weighing after 
disconnecting from the filling line.
    (e) Carbon dioxide, refrigerated liquid or nitrous oxide, 
refrigerated liquid. (1) The following provisions apply to carbon 
dioxide, refrigerated liquid, and nitrous oxide, refrigerated liquid:
    (i) DOT 4L cylinders conforming to the provisions of this paragraph 
are authorized.
    (ii) Each cylinder must be protected with at least one pressure 
relief device and at least one frangible disc conforming to Sec.
173.301(f) and paragraph (a)(2) of this section. The relieving capacity 
of the pressure relief device system must be equal to or greater than 
that calculated by the applicable formula in paragraph 5.8.3 of CGA S-
1.1 (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this subchapter).
    (iii) The temperature and pressure of the gas at the time the 
shipment is offered for transportation may not exceed -18 [deg]C (0 
[deg]F) and 290 psig for carbon dioxide and -15.6 [deg]C (+4 [deg]F) and 
290 psig for nitrous oxide. Maximum time in transit may not exceed 120 
hours.
    (2) The following pressure relief device settings, design service 
temperatures and filling densities apply:

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                   Maximum permitted filling density (percent by weight)
 Pressure relief device setting maximum  -----------------------------------------------------------------------
  start--to discharge gauge pressure in      Carbon dioxide, refrigerated
                  psig                                  liquid                Nitrous oxide, refrigerated liquid
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
105 psig................................  108                                 104
170 psig................................  105                                 101
230 psig................................  104                                 99
295 psig................................  102                                 97
360 psig................................  100                                 95
450 psig................................  98                                  83

[[Page 699]]

 
540 psig................................  92                                  87
625 psig................................  86                                  80
Design service temperature [deg]C         -196 [deg]C (-320 [deg]F)           -196 [deg]C (-320 [deg]F)
 ([deg]F).
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


[67 FR 51647, Aug. 8, 2002, as amended at 68 FR 24661, May 8, 2003; 68 
FR 57632, Oct. 6, 2003; 68 FR 75742, Dec. 31, 2003; 70 FR 34076, June 
13, 2005; 72 FR 4456, Jan. 31, 2007; 72 FR 55098, Sept. 28, 2007; 73 FR 
4719, Jan. 28, 2008; 81 FR 3676, Jan. 21, 2016]



Sec.173.304b  Additional requirements for shipment of liquefied
compressed gases in UN pressure receptacles.

    (a) General. Liquefied gases and gas mixtures must be offered for 
transportation in UN pressure receptacles subject to the requirements in 
this section and Sec.173.304. In addition, the general requirements 
applicable to UN pressure receptacles in Sec. Sec.173.301 and 173.301b 
must be met.
    (b) UN pressure receptacle filling limits. A UN pressure receptacle 
is authorized for the transportation of liquefied compressed gases and 
gas mixtures as specified in this section. When a liquefied compressed 
gas or gas mixture is transported in a UN pressure receptacle, the 
filling ratio may not exceed the maximum filling ratio prescribed in 
this section and the applicable ISO standard. Compliance with the 
filling limits may be determined by referencing the numerical values and 
data in Table 2 of P200 of the UN Recommendations (IBR, see Sec.171.7 
of this subchapter). Alternatively, the maximum allowable filling limits 
may be determined as follows:
    (1) For high pressure liquefied gases, in no case may the filling 
ratio of the settled pressure at 65 [deg]C (149 [deg]F) exceed the test 
pressure of the UN pressure receptacle.
    (2) For low pressure liquefied gases, the filling factor (maximum 
mass of contents per liter of water capacity) must be less than or equal 
to 95 percent of the liquid phase at 50 [deg]C. In addition, the UN 
pressure receptacle may not be liquid full at 60 [deg]C. The test 
pressure of the pressure receptacle must be equal to or greater than the 
vapor pressure of the liquid at 65 [deg]C.
    (3) For high pressure liquefied gases or gas mixtures, the maximum 
filling ratio may be determined using the formulas in (3)(b) of P200 of 
the UN Recommendations.
    (4) For low pressure liquefied gases or gas mixtures, the maximum 
filling ratio may be determined using the formulas in (3)(c) of P200 of 
the UN Recommendations.
    (5) For liquefied gases charged with compressed gases, both 
components--the liquid phase and the compressed--have to be taken into 
consideration in the calculation of the internal pressure in the 
pressure receptacle. The maximum mass of contents per liter of water 
capacity shall not exceed 95 percent of the density of the liquid phase 
at 50 [deg]C (122 [deg]F); in addition, the liquid phase shall not 
completely fill the pressure receptacle at any temperature up to 60 
[deg]C (140 [deg]F). When filled, the internal pressure at 65 [deg]C 
(149 [deg]F) shall not exceed the test pressure of the pressure 
receptacles. The vapor pressures and volumetric expansions of all 
substances in the pressure receptacles shall be considered. The maximum 
filling limits may be determined using the procedure in (3)(e) of P200 
of the UN Recommendations.
    (c) Tetraflouroethylene, stabilized, UN1081 must be packaged in a 
pressure receptacle with a minimum test pressure of 200 bar and a 
working pressure not exceeding 5 bar.
    (d) Fertilizer ammoniating solution with free ammonia, UN1043 is not 
authorized in UN tubes or MEGCs.

[74 FR 2265, Jan. 14, 2009, as amended at 82 FR 15891, Mar. 30, 2017]

[[Page 700]]



Sec.173.305  Charging of cylinders with a mixture of compressed 
gas and other material.

    (a) Detailed requirements. A mixture of a compressed gas and any 
other material must be shipped as a compressed gas if the mixture is a 
compressed gas as designated in Sec.173.115 and when not in violation 
of Sec.173.301(a).
    (b) Filling limits. (See Sec.173.301.) For mixtures, the liquid 
portion of the liquefied compressed gas at 131 [deg]F. plus any 
additional liquid or solid must not completely fill the container.
    (c) Nonpoisonous and nonflammable mixtures. Mixtures containing 
compressed gas or gases including insecticides, which mixtures are 
nonpoisonous and nonflammable under this part must be shipped in 
cylinders as prescribed in Sec.173.304(a) or as follows:
    (1) Specification 2P (Sec.178.33 of this subchapter). Inside metal 
containers equipped with safety relief devices of a type examined by the 
Bureau of Explosives and approved by the Associate Administrator, and 
packed in strong wooden or fiber boxes of such design as to protect 
valves from damage or accidental functioning under conditions incident 
to transportation. Pressure in the container may not exceed 85 psia at 
70 [deg]F. Each completed metal container filled for shipment must be 
heated until content reaches a minimum temperature of 130 [deg]F., 
without evidence of leakage, distortion or other defect. Each outside 
shipping container must be plainly marked ``INSIDE CONTAINERS COMPLY 
WITH PRESCRIBED SPECIFICATIONS.''
    (2) [Reserved]
    (d) Poisonous mixtures. A mixture containing any poisonous material 
(Division 6.1 or 2.3) in such proportions that the mixture would be 
classed as poisonous under Sec.173.115 or Sec.173.132 must be 
shipped in packagings as authorized for these poisonous materials.

[29 FR 18743, Dec. 29, 1964. Redesignated at 32 FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967, 
and amended by Amdt. 173-70, 38 FR 5309, Feb. 27, 1973, Amdt. 173-94, 41 
FR 16079, Apr. 15, 1976; 45 FR 32697, May 19, 1980; Amdt. 173-224, 56 FR 
66275, 66279, Dec. 20, 1991; 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001; 67 FR 61013, 
Sept. 27, 2002; 67 FR 51651, Aug. 8, 2002; 68 FR 24662, May 8, 2003]



Sec.173.306  Limited quantities of compressed gases.

    (a) Limited quantities of compressed gases for which exceptions are 
permitted as noted by reference to this section in Sec.172.101 of this 
subchapter are excepted from labeling, except when offered for 
transportation or transported by air, and, unless required as a 
condition of the exception, specification packaging requirements of this 
subchapter when packaged in accordance with the following paragraphs. 
For transportation by aircraft, the package must conform to the 
applicable requirements of Sec.173.27 and only packages of hazardous 
materials authorized aboard passenger-carrying aircraft may be 
transported as a limited quantity. In addition, shipments are not 
subject to subpart F (Placarding) of part 172 of this subchapter, to 
part 174 of this subchapter except Sec.174.24, and to part 177 of this 
subchapter except Sec.177.817. Except as otherwise provided in this 
section, each package may not exceed 30 kg (66 lbs.) gross weight.
    (1) When in containers of not more than 4 fluid ounces capacity 
(7.22 cubic inches or less) except cigarette lighters. Additional 
exceptions for certain compressed gases in limited quantities and the 
ORM-D hazard class are provided in paragraph (i) of this section.
    (2) When in refillable metal containers filled with a material that 
is not classed as a hazardous material to not more than 90% of capacity 
at 21.1 [deg]C (70 [deg]F) and then charged with nonflammable, 
nonliquefied gas. Each container must be tested to three times the 
pressure at 21.1 [deg]C (70 [deg]F) and, when refilled, be retested to 
three times the pressure of the gas at 21.1 [deg]C (70 [deg]F). Also, 
one of the following conditions must be met:
    (i) The container is not over 0.95 L (1 quart) capacity and charged 
to not more than 170 psig (1172.1 kPa) at 21.1 [deg]C (70 [deg]F), and 
must be packed in a strong outer packaging; or
    (ii) The container is not over 114 L (30 gallons) capacity and 
charged to not more than 75 psig (517.1 kPa) at 21.1 [deg]C (70 [deg]F).
    (3) When in a metal aerosol container (see Sec.171.8 of this 
subchapter for the

[[Page 701]]

definition of aerosol). Authorized containers include non-specification, 
DOT 2P (Sec.178.33 of this subchapter), DOT 2Q (Sec.178.33a of this 
subchapter), or DOT 2Q1 (Sec.178.33(d) of this subchapter) design, 
provided the following conditions are met. Additional exceptions for 
aerosol containers conforming to this paragraph (a)(3) are provided in 
paragraph (i) of this section.
    (i) Capacity. The capacity of the container must not exceed 1 L 
(61.0 cubic inches).
    (ii) General pressure conditions. The authorized metal aerosol 
containers and associated pressure limitations are provided in the 
following table. Pressure inside the container may not exceed 180 psig 
at 54.4 [deg]C (130 [deg]F) except as may be authorized by variations of 
a DOT specification container type. In any event, the metal container 
must be capable of withstanding without bursting a pressure of at least 
one and one-half times the equilibrium pressure of the contents at 54.4 
[deg]C (130 [deg]F).

                   Authorized Metal Aerosol Containers
------------------------------------------------------------------------
   If the gauge pressure (psig) at 54.4
       [deg]C (130 [deg]F) is . . .             Authorized container
------------------------------------------------------------------------
140 or less..............................  Non-DOT specification, DOT
                                            2P, DOT 2Q, DOT 2Q1.
Greater than 140 but not exceeding 160...  DOT 2P, DOT 2Q, DOT 2Q1.
Greater than 160 but not exceeding 180...  DOT 2Q, DOT 2Q1.
Not to exceed 210........................  DOT 2Q1 (Non-flammable only).
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (iii) Liquid fill. The liquid content of the material and gas must 
not completely fill the container at 54.4 [deg]C (130 [deg]F).
    (iv) Outer packaging. The containers must be packed in strong outer 
packagings.
    (v) Pressure testing. Except as otherwise provided in this 
paragraph, each container, after it is filled, must be subjected to a 
test performed in a hot water bath; the temperature of the bath and the 
duration of the test must be such that the internal pressure reaches 
that which would be reached at 55 [deg]C (131 [deg]F), or 50 [deg]C (122 
[deg]F) if the liquid phase does not exceed 95% of the capacity of the 
container at 50 [deg]C (122 [deg]F)). If the contents are sensitive to 
heat, the temperature of the bath must be set at between 20 [deg]C (68 
[deg]F) and 30 [deg]C (86 [deg]F) but, in addition, one container in 
2,000 must be tested at the higher temperature. No leakage or permanent 
deformation of a container may occur. However, instead of this standard 
water bath test, container(s) may be tested using one of the following 
methods subject to certain conditions--
    (A) Alternative water bath test. (1) One filled container in a lot 
of 2,000 must be subjected to a test performed in a hot water bath; the 
temperature of the bath and the duration of the test must be such that 
the internal pressure reaches that which would be reached at 55 [deg]C 
(131 [deg]F). If the container shows evidence of leakage or permanent 
deformation, the lot of 2,000 containers must be rejected;
    (2) A second filled container in the lot of 2,000 must be weighed 
and compared to the weight specification for the containers as 
documented in the operating procedures for the weight test. Failure of 
the container to meet the weight specification is evidence of leakage or 
overfilling and the lot of 2,000 must be rejected;
    (3) The remainder of the containers in the lot of 2,000 must be 
visually inspected (e.g, examination of the seams). Containers showing 
evidence of leakage or overfilling must not be transported; and
    (4) Each person employing this test must maintain a copy of the 
operating procedures (or an electronic file thereof) that is accessible 
at, or through, its principal place of business and must make the 
procedures available upon request, at a reasonable time and location, to 
an authorized official of the Department.
    (B) Automated pressure test. Each person employing an automated 
process for pressure testing of filled containers must develop 
procedures for implementation of the test. Each person must maintain a 
copy of the procedures (or an electronic file thereof) that is 
accessible at, or through, its principal place of business and must make 
the procedures available upon request, at a reasonable time and 
location, to an authorized official of the Department. The procedures 
must, at a minimum, include instruction on the following:

[[Page 702]]

    (1) Pressure specifications. Each person must specify pressure 
standard(s) (e.g., a pressure limit or range) for a container respective 
of the design and/or contents. Each container, after it is filled, must 
be pressure checked and compared to the standards. For a pressure limit, 
any container exceeding the pressure limit must be rejected. For a 
pressure range, any container outside of the set range must be rejected. 
The instruments used to determine the pressure must be properly 
calibrated before a production run to an accuracy of or better; and
    (2) Periodic inspection. At designated intervals, a randomly 
selected container must be inspected for proper closure and verification 
of filling pressure. If a container shows signs of improper closure or 
over-filling, five (5) additional randomly selected containers must be 
inspected. If any of the additional containers show signs of improper 
closure or over-filling, all containers produced since the last 
inspection must be rejected.
    (C) Weight test. Each person employing a weight test of filled 
containers must develop procedures for implementation of the test. Each 
person must maintain a copy of the procedures (or an electronic file 
thereof) that is accessible at, or through, its principal place of 
business and must make the procedures available upon request, at a 
reasonable time and location, to an authorized official of the 
Department. The procedures must, at a minimum, include instruction on 
the following:
    (1) Weight specifications. Each person must specify target weight 
specifications for a particular container. Each container, after it is 
filled, must be weighed and compared to the target weight specification 
for the container. Any container outside the target weight specification 
is an indication of leakage or overfilling and must be rejected. The 
instruments used to determine the weight must be properly calibrated 
before a testing run and be sufficiently sensitive to measure within 
0.10 g of the true weight of the container;
    (2) Heat testing and pressure limits. One container out of each lot 
of successfully filled containers must be heat tested by raising the 
internal pressure until it reaches that which would be reached at 55 
[deg]C (131 [deg]F). The lot size should be no greater than 2,000. If 
the pressure in the container exceeds the maximum pressure allowed for 
the container type or if the container shows signs of leakage or 
permanent deformation, the lot must be rejected. Alternatively, five (5) 
additional randomly selected containers from the lot may be tested to 
qualify the lot but if any of the five containers fail the test, the 
entire lot must be rejected;
    (3) Periodic inspection. At intervals of not more than 10 minutes, a 
randomly selected container must be inspected for proper closure and 
verification of filling pressure. If a container shows signs of improper 
closure or over-filling, five (5) additional randomly selected 
containers must be inspected. If any of the additional containers show 
signs of improper closure or over-filling, all containers produced since 
the last inspection must be rejected; and
    (4) Visual inspection. Each container must be visually inspected 
prior to being packed. Any container showing signs of leakage or 
permanent deformation must be rejected.
    (D) Leakage test. (1) Pressure and leak testing before filling. Each 
empty container must be subjected to a pressure equal to or in excess of 
the maximum expected in the filled containers at 55 [deg]C (131 [deg]F) 
or 50 [deg]C (122 [deg]F) if the liquid phase does not exceed 95% of the 
capacity of the container at 50 [deg]C (122 [deg]F). This must be at 
least two-thirds of the design pressure of the container. If any 
container shows evidence of leakage at a rate equal to or greater than 
3.3 x 10-2 mbar L/s at the test pressure, distortion or other 
defect, it must be rejected; and
    (2) Testing after filling. The person filling each container must 
ensure that the crimping equipment is set appropriately and the 
specified propellant is used before filling a container. Once filled, 
each container must be weighed and leak tested. The leak detection 
equipment must be sufficiently sensitive to detect at least a leak rate 
of 2.0 x 10-3 mbar L/s at 20 [deg]C (68 [deg]F). Any filled 
container which shows evidence of leakage, deformation, or overfilling 
must be rejected.

[[Page 703]]

    (vi) Each outer packaging must be marked ``INSIDE CONTAINERS COMPLY 
WITH PRESCRIBED REGULATIONS.''
    (4) Gas samples must be transported under the following conditions:
    (i) A gas sample may only be transported as non-pressurized gas when 
its pressure corresponding to ambient atmospheric pressure in the 
container is not more than 105 kPa absolute (15.22 psia).
    (ii) Non-pressurized gases, toxic (or toxic and flammable) must be 
packed in hermetically sealed glass or metal inner packagings of not 
more than one L (0.3 gallons) overpacked in a strong outer packaging.
    (iii) Non-pressurized gases, flammable must be packed in 
hermetically sealed glass or metal inner packagings of not more than 5 L 
(1.3 gallons) and overpacked in a strong outer packaging.
    (5) For limited quantities of Division 2.2 gases with no subsidiary 
risk, when in a non-DOT specification or a specification DOT 2S (Sec.
178.33b of this subchapter) plastic aerosol container (see Sec.171.8 
of this subchapter for the definition of aerosol) provided all of the 
following conditions are met. Additional exceptions for aerosols 
conforming to this paragraph (a)(5) are provided in paragraph (i) of 
this section.
    (i) Capacity. The capacity of the container must not exceed 1 L 
(61.0 cubic inches).
    (ii) General pressure conditions. Authorized plastic aerosol 
containers and associated pressure limitations are provided in the 
following table. The pressure in the container must not exceed 160 psig 
at 54.4 [deg]C (130 [deg]F). The container must be capable of 
withstanding without bursting a pressure of at least one and one-half 
times the equilibrium pressure of the contents at 54.4 [deg]C (130 
[deg]F).

                  Authorized Plastic Aerosol Containers
------------------------------------------------------------------------
If the gauge pressure (psig) at 55 [deg]C
          (131 [deg]F) is . . .             Authorized plastic container
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Less than 140............................  Non-DOT specification, DOT
                                            2S.
140 or greater but not exceeding 160.....  DOT 2S.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (iii) Liquid fill. Liquid content of the material and gas must not 
completely fill the container at 54.4 [deg]C (130 [deg]F).
    (iv) Outer packaging. The containers must be packed in strong outer 
packagings.
    (v) Pressure testing. Except as provided in paragraph (a)(5)(vi) of 
this section, each container must be subjected to a test performed in a 
hot water bath. The temperature of the bath and the duration of the test 
must be such that the internal pressure reaches that which would be 
reached at 55 [deg]C (131 [deg]F) or 50 [deg]C (122 [deg]F) if the 
liquid phase does not exceed 95% of the capacity of the container at 50 
[deg]C (122 [deg]F). If the contents are sensitive to heat, or if the 
container is made of plastic material which softens at this test 
temperature, the temperature of the bath must be set at between 20 
[deg]C (68 [deg]F) and 30 [deg]C (86 [deg]F) but, in addition, one 
container in 2,000 must be tested at the higher temperature. No leakage 
or permanent deformation of a container is permitted except that a 
plastic container may be deformed through softening provided that it 
does not leak.
    (vi) Leakage test. As an alternative to the hot water bath test in 
paragraph (a)(5)(v) of this section, testing may be performed as 
follows:
    (A) Pressure and leak testing before filling. Each empty container 
must be subjected to a pressure equal to or in excess of the maximum 
expected in the filled containers at 55 [deg]C (131 [deg]F) or 50 [deg]C 
(122 [deg]F) if the liquid phase does not exceed 95% of the capacity of 
the container at 50 [deg]C (122 [deg]F). This must be at least two-
thirds of the design pressure of the container. If any container shows 
evidence of leakage at a rate equal to or greater than 3.3 x 
10-2 mbar L/s at the test pressure, distortion or other 
defect, it must be rejected; and
    (B) Testing after filling. Prior to filling, the filler must ensure 
that the crimping equipment is set appropriately and the specified 
propellant is used before filling the container. Once filled, each 
container must be weighed and leak tested. The leak detection equipment 
must be sufficiently sensitive to detect at least a leak rate of 2.0 x 
10-3 mbar L/s at 20 [deg]C (68 [deg]F). Any filled container 
that shows evidence of

[[Page 704]]

leakage, deformation, or excessive weight must be rejected.
    (vii) Each outer packaging must be marked ``INSIDE CONTAINERS COMPLY 
WITH PRESCRIBED REGULATIONS.''
    (b) Exceptions for foodstuffs, soap, biologicals, electronic tubes, 
and audible fire alarm systems. Limited quantities of compressed gases 
(except Division 2.3 gases) for which exceptions are provided as 
indicated by reference to this section in Sec.172.101 of this 
subchapter, when in conformance with one of the following paragraphs, 
are excepted from labeling, except when offered for transportation or 
transported by aircraft, and the specification packaging requirements of 
this subchapter. For transportation by aircraft, the package must 
conform to the applicable requirements of Sec.173.27 and only packages 
of hazardous materials authorized aboard passenger-carrying aircraft may 
be transported as a limited quantity. In addition, shipments are not 
subject to subpart F (Placarding) of part 172 of this subchapter, to 
part 174 of this subchapter, except Sec.174.24, and to part 177 of 
this subchapter, except Sec.177.817. Additional exceptions for certain 
compressed gases in limited quantities and the ORM-D hazard class are 
provided in paragraph (i) of this section.
    (1) Foodstuffs or soaps with soluble or emulsified compressed gas 
are authorized in non-refillable metal or plastic containers not to 
exceed 1 L (61.0 cubic inches) capacity provided the pressure in each 
container does not exceed 140 psig at 54.4 [deg]C (130 [deg]F) unless 
authorized by variation of a container type. For pressures ranging from 
greater than 140 psig to 160 psig, a variation DOT 2P1 or DOT 2Q2 
(Sec. Sec.178.33(c) and (d) of this subchapter, respectively) 
container must be used. However, the pressure of the contents in the 
container may not be greater than 150 psig at 23.9 [deg]C (75 [deg]F). 
Plastic containers may only contain Division 2.2 non-flammable soluble 
or emulsified compressed gas. Metal or plastic containers must be 
capable of withstanding, without bursting, a pressure of at least one 
and one-half times the equilibrium pressure of the contents at 54.4 
[deg]C (130 [deg]F).

         Authorized Aerosol Containers for Foodstuffs and Soaps
------------------------------------------------------------------------
   If the gauge pressure (psig) at 54.4
       [deg]C (130 [deg]F) is . . .             Authorized container
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Not exceeding 140........................  Non-DOT specification, DOT
                                            2P, DOT 2P1, DOT 2Q, DOT
                                            2Q2.
Greater than 140 but not exceeding 160...  DOT 2P, DOT 2P1, DOT 2Q, DOT
                                            2Q2.
Greater than 160 but not exceeding 180...  DOT 2Q, DOT 2Q2.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (i) Containers must be packed in strong outer packagings.
    (ii) Liquid content of the material and the gas must not completely 
fill the container at 55 [deg]C (131 [deg]F).
    (iii) Each outer packaging must be marked ``INSIDE CONTAINERS COMPLY 
WITH PRESCRIBED REGULATIONS.''
    (2) Cream in refillable metal or plastic containers with soluble or 
emulsified compressed gas. Plastic containers must only contain Division 
2.2 non-flammable soluble or emulsified compressed gas. Containers must 
be of such design that they will hold pressure without permanent 
deformation up to 375 psig and must be equipped with a device designed 
so as to release pressure without bursting of the container or dangerous 
projection of its parts at higher pressures. This exception applies to 
shipments offered for transportation by refrigerated motor vehicles 
only.
    (3) Nonrefillable metal or plastic containers charged with a 
Division 6.1 PG III or nonflammable solution containing biological 
products or a medical preparation that could be deteriorated by heat, 
and compressed gas or gases. Plastic containers may only contain 2.2 
non-flammable soluble or emulsified compressed gas. The capacity of each 
container may not exceed 35 cubic inches (19.3 fluid ounces). The 
pressure in the container may not exceed 140 psig at 54.4 [deg]C (130 
[deg]F), and the liquid content of the product and gas must not 
completely fill the containers at 54.4 [deg]C (130 [deg]F). One 
completed container out of each lot of 500 or less, filled for shipment, 
must be heated, until the pressure in the container is equivalent to 
equilibrium pressure of

[[Page 705]]

the contents at 54.4 [deg]C (130 [deg]F). There must be no evidence of 
leakage, distortion, or other defect. The container must be packed in 
strong outer packagings.
    (4) Electronic tubes, each having a volume of not more than 30 cubic 
inches and charged with gas to a pressure of not more than 35 psig and 
packed in strong outer packagings are authorized.
    (5) Audible fire alarm systems powered by a compressed gas contained 
in an inside metal container when shipped are authorized under the 
following conditions:
    (i) Each inside container must have contents that are not flammable, 
poisonous, or corrosive as defined under this part,
    (ii) Each inside container may not have a capacity exceeding 35 
cubic inches (19.3 fluid ounces),
    (iii) Each inside container may not have a pressure exceeding 70 
psig at 21.1 [deg]C (70 [deg]F) and the liquid portion of the gas may 
not completely fill the inside container at 54.4 [deg]C (130 [deg]F), 
and
    (iv) Each nonrefillable inside container must be designed and 
fabricated with a burst pressure of not less than four times its charged 
pressure at 54.4 [deg]C (130 [deg]F). Each refillable inside container 
must be designed and fabricated with a burst pressure of not less than 
five times its charged pressure at 54.4 [deg]C (130 [deg]F).
    (c)-(d) [Reserved]
    (e) Refrigerating machines. (1) New (unused) refrigerating machines 
or components thereof are excepted from the specification packaging 
requirements of this part if they meet the following conditions. In 
addition, shipments are not subject to subpart F of part 172 of this 
subchapter, to part 174 of this subchapter except Sec.174.24 and to 
part 177 of this subchapter except Sec.177.817.
    (i) Each pressure vessel may not contain more than 5,000 pounds of 
Group A1 refrigerant as classified in ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 15 or not 
more than 50 pounds of refrigerant other than Group A1.
    (ii) Machines or components having two or more charged vessels may 
not contain an aggregate of more than 2,000 pounds of Group I 
refrigerant or more than 100 pounds of refrigerant other than Group I.
    (iii) Each pressure vessel must be equipped with a safety device 
meeting the requirements of ANSI/ASHRAE 15 (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this 
subchapter).
    (iv) Each pressure vessel must be equipped with a shut-off valve at 
each opening except openings used for safety devices and with no other 
connection. These valves must be closed prior to and during 
transportation.
    (v) Pressure vessels must be manufactured, inspected and tested in 
accordance with ANSI/ASHRAE 15, or when over 6 inches internal diameter, 
in accordance with Section VIII of the ASME Code (IBR, see Sec.171.7 
of this subchapter).
    (vi) All parts subject to refrigerant pressure during shipment must 
be tested in accordance with ANSI/ASHRAE 15.
    (vii) The liquid portion of the refrigerant, if any, may not 
completely fill any pressure vessel at 130 [deg]F.
    (viii) The amount of refrigerant, if liquefied, may not exceed the 
filling density prescribed in Sec.173.304.
    (2) Used refrigerating machines--(i) Packaging. Reconditioned (used) 
refrigerating machines (UN 2857, Div. 2.2) may be excepted from the 
marking requirements of Sec.172.302(c) of this subchapter and 
transported by motor vehicle when they conform to the requirements 
prescribed in Sec.173.306(e)(1), are secured or permanently attached 
to the motor vehicle, and are:
    (A) Permanently affixed to a steel base structure,
    (B) Permanently affixed to a trailer, or
    (C) Manufactured with a rigid internal structure designed for 
transportation and stacking conditions such that they do not leak and do 
not deteriorate, distort, or become damaged in a manner that could 
adversely affect their safety or reduce their strength in 
transportation, cause instability in stacks of refrigerating machines, 
or cause damage to these machines in a way that is likely to reduce 
safety in transportation.
    (ii) Testing. Used refrigerating machines returned from their rental 
locations must be transported back to an

[[Page 706]]

authorized original equipment manufacturer service facility and undergo 
maintenance, repair and/or replacement that renders these machines 
operational at the same level as that of new refrigerating machines, and 
must undergo a leak test by a certified technician, prior to re-
shipment.
    (f) Accumulators (Articles, pressurized pneumatic or hydraulic 
containing non-flammable gas). The following applies to accumulators, 
which are hydraulic accumulators containing nonliquefied, nonflammable 
gas, and nonflammable liquids or pneumatic accumulators containing 
nonliquefied, nonflammable gas, fabricated from materials which will not 
fragment upon rupture.
    (1) Accumulators installed in motor vehicles, construction 
equipment, and assembled machinery and designed and fabricated with a 
burst pressure of not less than five times their charged pressure at 70 
[deg]F, when shipped, are not subject to the requirements of this 
subchapter.
    (2) Accumulators charged with limited quantities of compressed gas 
to not more than 200 psig at 70 [deg]F are excepted from labeling 
(except when offered for transportation by air) and the specification 
packaging requirements of this subchapter when shipped under the 
following conditions. In addition, shipments are not subject to subpart 
F (placarding) of part 172 of this subchapter, to part 174 of this 
subchapter except Sec.174.24 and to part 177 of this subchapter except 
Sec.177.817.
    (i) Each accumulator must be shipped as an inside packaging;
    (ii) Each accumulator may not have a gas space exceeding 2,500 cubic 
inches under stored pressure; and
    (iii) Each accumulator must be tested, without evidence of failure 
or damage, to at least three times its charged pressure of 70 [deg]F, 
but not less than 120 psi before initial shipment and before each 
refilling and reshipment.
    (3) Accumulators with a charging pressure exceeding 200 psig at 70 
[deg]F and in compliance with the requirements stated in paragraph 
(f)(2) of this section, as applicable, are excepted from labeling 
(except when offered for transportation by air) and the specification 
packaging requirements of this subchapter when shipped under the 
following conditions:
    (i) Each accumulator must be designed and fabricated with a burst 
pressure of not less than five (5) times its charged pressure at 70 
[deg]F when shipped;
    (ii) For an accumulator with a gas space not to exceed 100 cubic 
inches, it must be designed and fabricated with a burst pressure of not 
less than five (5) times its charged pressure at 70 [deg]F. Out of each 
lot not to exceed 1,000 successively produced accumulators per day of 
the same type, accumulators must be tested, in lieu of the testing of 
paragraph (f)(2)(iii) of this section, as follows:
    (A) One (1) accumulator must be tested to the minimum design burst 
pressure;
    (B) Two (2) accumulators, one at the beginning of production and one 
at the end must be tested to at least two and a half times the charge 
pressure without evidence of leakage or distortion;
    (C) If accumulators fail either test, an additional four (4) sets of 
accumulators from the lot may be tested. If any additional accumulators 
fail, the lot must be rejected;
    (iii) For an accumulator with a gas space not to exceed 30 cubic 
inches, it must be designed and fabricated with a burst pressure of not 
less than four (4) times its charged pressure at 70 [deg]F. Out of each 
lot not to exceed 1,000 successively produced accumulators per day of 
the same type, accumulators must be tested, in lieu of the testing of 
paragraph (f)(2)(iii) of this section, as follows:
    (A) One (1) accumulator must be tested to the minimum design burst 
pressure;
    (B) Two (2) accumulators, one at the beginning of production and one 
at the end must be tested to at least two and a half times the charge 
pressure without evidence of leakage or distortion;
    (C) If accumulators fail either test, an additional four (4) sets of 
accumulators from the lot may be tested. If any additional accumulators 
fail, the lot must be rejected;
    (iv) Accumulators must be packaged in strong outer packaging.
    (4) Accumulators intended to function as shock absorbers, struts, 
gas

[[Page 707]]

springs, pneumatic springs or other impact or energy-absorbing devices 
are not subject to the requirements of this subchapter provided each:
    (i) Has a gas space capacity not exceeding 1.6 L and a charge 
pressure not exceeding 280 bar, where the product of the capacity 
expressed in liters and charge pressure expressed in bars does not 
exceed 80 (for example, 0.5 L gas space and 160 bar charge pressure);
    (ii) Has a minimum burst pressure of 4 times the charge pressure at 
20 [deg]C for products not exceeding 0.5 L gas space capacity and 5 
times the charge pressure for products greater than 0.5 L gas space 
capacity;
    (iii) Design type has been subjected to a fire test demonstrating 
that the article relieves its pressure by means of a fire degradable 
seal or other pressure relief device, such that the article will not 
fragment and that the article does not rocket; and
    (iv) Accumulators must be manufactured under a written quality 
assurance program which monitors parameters controlling burst strength, 
burst mode and performance in a fire situation as specified in 
paragraphs (f)(4)(i) through (f)(4)(iii) of this section. A copy of the 
quality assurance program must be maintained at each facility at which 
the accumulators are manufactured.
    (5) Accumulators not conforming to the provisions of paragraphs 
(f)(1) through (f)(4) of this section may only be transported subject to 
the approval of the Associate Administrator.
    (g) Water pump system tank. Water pump system tanks charged with 
compressed air or limited quantities of nitrogen to not over 40 psig for 
single-trip shipment to installation sites are excepted from labeling 
(transportation by air not authorized) and the specification packaging 
requirements of this subchapter when shipped under the following 
conditions. In addition, shipments are not subject to subpart F of this 
subchapter, to part 174 of this subchapter except Sec.174.24 and part 
177 except Sec.177.817.
    (1) The tank must be of steel, welded with heads concave to 
pressure, having a rated water capacity not exceeding 120 gallons and 
with outside diameter not exceeding 24 inches. Safety relief devices not 
required.
    (2) The tank must be pneumatically tested to 100 psig. Test pressure 
must be permanently marked on the tank.
    (3) The stress at prescribed pressure must not exceed 20,000 psi 
using formula:

S = Pd / 2t

where:

S = wall stress in psi:
P = prescribed pressure for the tank of at least 3 times charged 
          pressure at 70 [deg]F or 100 psig, whichever is greater;
d = inside diameter in inches;
t = minimum wall thickness, in inches.

    (4) The burst pressure must be at least 6 times the charge pressure 
at 70 [deg]F.
    (5) Each tank must be overpacked in a strong outer packaging in 
accordance with Sec.173.301(h).
    (h) Lighter refills. (1) Lighter refills (see Sec.171.8 of this 
subchapter) must not contain an ignition element but must contain a 
release device. Lighter refills offered for transportation under this 
section may not exceed 4 fluid ounces capacity (7.22 cubic inches) or 
contain more than 65 grams of a Division 2.1 fuel. For transportation by 
highway or rail, lighter refills must be tightly packed and secured 
against movement in strong outer packagings. For transportation by 
aircraft or vessel, lighter refills must be tightly packed and secured 
against movement in any rigid specification outer packaging authorized 
in subpart L of part 178 of this subchapter at the Packing Group II 
performance level.
    (2) Exceptions. (i) For other than transportation by aircraft, 
exceptions for certain compressed gases in limited quantities and the 
ORM-D hazard class are provided in paragraph (i) of this section.
    (ii) For highway transportation, when no more than 1,500 lighter 
refills covered by this paragraph are transported in one motor vehicle, 
the requirements of subparts C through H of part 172, and part 177 of 
this subchapter do not apply. Lighter refills covered under this 
paragraph must be packaged in rigid, strong outer packagings meeting the 
general packaging requirements of subpart B of this part. Outer

[[Page 708]]

packagings must be plainly and durably marked on two opposing sides or 
ends with the words ``LIGHTER REFILLS'' and the number of devices 
contained therein in letters measuring at least 20 mm (0.79 in) in 
height. No person may offer for transportation or transport the lighter 
refills or prepare the lighter refills for shipment unless that person 
has been specifically informed of the requirements of this section.
    (i) Limited quantities. (1) A limited quantity that conforms to the 
provisions of paragraph (a)(1), (a)(3), (a)(5), (b) or, except for 
transportation by aircraft, paragraph (h) of this section is excepted 
from labeling requirements, unless the material is offered for 
transportation or transported by aircraft, and the specification 
packaging requirements of this subchapter when packaged in combination 
packagings according to this paragraph. Packages must be marked in 
accordance with Sec.172.315(a) or (b), as appropriate, or as 
authorized in paragraph (i)(2) of this section. Unless otherwise 
specified in paragraph (i)(2) of this section, packages of limited 
quantities intended for transportation by aircraft must conform to the 
applicable requirements (e.g., authorized materials, inner packaging 
quantity limits and closure securement) of Sec.173.27 of this part. A 
limited quantity package that conforms to the provisions of this section 
is not subject to the shipping paper requirements of subpart C of part 
172 of this subchapter, unless the material meets the definition of a 
hazardous substance, hazardous waste, marine pollutant, or is offered 
for transportation and transported by aircraft or vessel, and is 
eligible for the exceptions provided in Sec.173.156 of this part. 
Outside packagings conforming to this paragraph are not required to be 
marked ``INSIDE CONTAINERS COMPLY WITH PRESCRIBED REGULATIONS.'' In 
addition, packages of limited quantities are not subject to subpart F 
(Placarding) of part 172 of this subchapter. Each package must conform 
to the packaging requirements of subpart B of this part and may not 
exceed 30 kg (66 pounds) gross weight.
    (2) Consumer commodities. Until December 31, 2020, a limited 
quantity package containing a ``consumer commodity'' as defined in Sec.
171.8 of this subchapter may be renamed ``Consumer commodity'' and 
reclassed as ORM-D or, until December 31, 2012, as ORM-D-AIR material 
and offered for transportation and transported in accordance with the 
applicable provisions of this subchapter in effect on October 1, 2010.
    (j) Aerosols and receptacles small, containing gas with a capacity 
of less than 50 mL. Aerosols, as defined in Sec.171.8 of this 
subchapter, and receptacles, small, containing gas, with a capacity not 
exceeding 50 mL (1.7 fluid oz.) and with a pressure not exceeding 970 
kPa (141 psig) at 55 [deg]C (131 [deg]F), containing no hazardous 
materials other than a Division 2.2 gas, are not subject to the 
requirements of this subchapter except that for transport by aircraft, 
such aerosols and receptacles must be transported as cargo and may not 
be carried onboard an aircraft by passengers or crewmembers in carry-on 
baggage, checked baggage, or on their person unless specifically 
excepted by Sec.175.10. The pressure limit may be increased to 2,000 
kPa (290 psig) at 55 [deg]C (131 [deg]F) provided the aerosols are 
transported in outer packages that conform to the packaging requirements 
of Subpart B of this part. This paragraph (j) does not apply to a self-
defense spray (e.g., pepper spray).
    (k) Aerosols for recycling or disposal. Aerosols (as defined in 
Sec.171.8 of this subchapter) intended for recycling or disposal may 
be transported under the following conditions:
    (1) Aerosols conforming to paragraph (a)(3), (a)(5), (b)(1), (b)(2), 
or (b)(3) of this section are excepted from the labeling requirements of 
subpart E of part 172 this subchapter, the specification packaging 
requirements of this subchapter when packaged in accordance with this 
paragraph, the shipping paper requirements of subpart C of part 172 of 
this subchapter (unless the material meets the definition of a hazardous 
substance or hazardous waste), and the 30 kg (66 pounds) gross weight 
limitation, when transported by motor vehicle for purposes of recycling 
or disposal under the following conditions:
    (i) The aerosols must be packaged in a strong outer packaging. The 
strong outer packaging and its contents must

[[Page 709]]

not exceed a gross weight of 500 kg (1,100 pounds);
    (ii) Each aerosol must be secured with a cap to protect the valve 
stem or the valve stem must be removed;
    (iii) Each completed package must be marked in accordance with Sec.
172.315(a); and
    (iv) The packaging must be offered for transportation or transported 
by--
    (A) Private or contract motor carrier; or
    (B) Common carrier in a motor vehicle under exclusive use for such 
service.
    (2) Aerosols intended to conform to paragraphs (a)(3) or (a)(5) of 
this section at the time of filling but are leaking, have been 
improperly filled, or otherwise no longer conform to paragraphs (a)(3) 
or (a)(5) of this section may be offered for transportation and 
transported for disposal or recycling under the conditions provided in 
this paragraph (k)(2). Such aerosols are not eligible for the exceptions 
provided in paragraphs (a) and (i) of this section except for subpart F 
(Placarding) of part 172 of this subchapter.
    (i) Packaging. (A) The aerosols must be packaged in a metal or 
plastic removable head UN 1A2, 1B2, 1N2 or 1H2 drum tested and marked to 
the PG II performance level or higher for liquids;
    (B) Each drum must be provided, when necessary, with sufficient 
cushioning and absorption material to prevent excessive shifting of the 
aerosols and to eliminate the presence of any free liquid at the time 
the drum is closed. All cushioning and absorbent material used in the 
drum must be compatible with the hazardous material; and
    (C) The pressure inside each completed drum, at any time during 
transportation, may not exceed the design test pressure marked on the 
drum.
    (ii) Hazard communication. (A) Notwithstanding the marking 
requirements for non-bulk packages in Sec.172.301 of this subchapter, 
each drum must be marked ``AEROSOL SALVAGE'' or ``AEROSOL SALVAGE DRUM'' 
in association with the required label(s); and
    (B) The overpack marking requirements of Sec.173.25 of this 
subchapter do not apply.
    (3) Modal restrictions. The completed drums must be offered for 
transportation and transported by private or contract carrier by highway 
or rail. Vessel and air transportation are not authorized.
    (l) For additional exceptions, see Sec.173.307.
    (m) Reverse logistics. Hazardous materials meeting the definition of 
``reverse logistics'' under Sec.171.8 of this subchapter and in 
compliance with this section may be offered for transport and 
transported in highway transportation in accordance with Sec.173.157. 
For the purposes of this paragraph a cylinder or aerosol container may 
be assumed to meet the definition of a Division 2.1 or 2.2 material, 
respectively, even if the exact pressure is unknown.

[Amdt. 173-94, 41 FR 16079, Apr. 15, 1976]

    Editorial Note: For Federal Register citations affecting Sec.
173.306, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the 
Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov.



Sec.173.307  Exceptions for compressed gases.

    (a) The following materials are not subject to the requirements of 
this subchapter:
    (1) Carbonated beverages.
    (2) Tires when inflated to pressures not greater than their rated 
inflation pressures. For transportation by air, tires and tire 
assemblies must meet the conditions in Sec.175.8(b)(4) of this 
subchapter.
    (3) Balls used for sports.
    (4) Refrigerating machines, including dehumidifiers and air 
conditioners, and components thereof, such as precharged tubing 
containing:
    (i) 12 kg (25 pounds) or less of a non-flammable, non-toxic gas;
    (ii) 12 L (3 gallons) or less of ammonia solution (UN2672);
    (iii) Except when offered or transported by air, 12 kg (25 pounds) 
or less of a flammable, non-toxic gas;
    (iv) Except when offered or transported by air or vessel, 20 kg (44 
pounds) or less of a Group A1 refrigerant specified in ANSI/ASHRAE 
Standard 15 (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this subchapter); or
    (v) 100 g (4 ounces) or less of a flammable, non-toxic liquefied 
gas.

[[Page 710]]

    (5) Manufactured articles or apparatuses, other than light bulbs 
each containing not more than 100 mg (0.0035 ounce) of inert gas and 
packaged so that the quantity of inert gas per package does not exceed 1 
g (0.35 ounce).
    (6) Light bulbs (lamps) conforming to the requirements of Sec.
173.11.
    (b) [Reserved]

[Amdt. 173-94, 41 FR 16081, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 173-135, 
45 FR 13090, Feb. 28, 1980; 65 FR 50462, Aug. 18, 2000; 68 FR 45038, 
July 31, 2003; 68 FR 75745, Dec. 31, 2003; 69 FR 76174, Dec. 20, 2004; 
71 FR 14604, Mar. 22, 2006; 74 FR 2266, Jan. 14, 2009; 76 FR 3380, Jan. 
19, 2011; 80 FR 1162, Jan. 8, 2015]



Sec.173.308  Lighters.

    (a) General requirements. No person may offer for transportation or 
transport a lighter (see Sec.171.8 of this subchapter) containing a 
Division 2.1 (flammable gas) material except under the following 
conditions:
    (1) The lighter must contain a fuel reservoir not exceeding 4 fluid 
ounces capacity (7.22 cubic inches), and must contain not more than 10 
grams (0.35 ounce) of flammable gas.
    (2) The maximum filling density may not exceed 85 percent of the 
volumetric capacity of each fluid reservoir at 15 [deg]C (59 [deg]F).
    (3) Each lighter design, including closures, must be capable of 
withstanding, without leakage or rupture, an internal pressure of at 
least two times the pressure of the flammable gas at 55 [deg]C (131 
[deg]F).
    (4) Each appropriate lighter design must be examined and 
successfully tested by a person or agency (authorized testing agency) 
who is authorized by the Associate Administrator to perform such 
examination and testing under the provisions of subpart E of part 107 of 
this chapter and who--
    (i) Has the equipment necessary to perform the testing required to 
the level of accuracy required;
    (ii) Is able to demonstrate, upon request, the knowledge of the 
testing procedures and requirements of the HMR relative to lighters;
    (iii) Does not manufacture or market lighters, is not financially 
dependent or owned in whole or in part, by any entity that manufactures 
or markets lighters;
    (iv) Is a resident of the United States; and
    (v) Performs all examination and testing in accordance with the 
requirements of paragraph (b)(3) and (4) of this section.
    (5) The Associate Administrator will assign an identification code 
to each person who is authorized to examine and test lighters. This 
identification code must be incorporated into a unique test report 
identifier for each successfully tested lighter design.
    (b) Examination and testing of lighter design types--(1) Lighter 
design type definition. A new lighter design is one that has never been 
examined and tested or one that differs from a previous design in any 
manner that may affect the escape (leakage) of gas. Lighter 
characteristics that may affect the escape of gas include changes in 
materials of construction, ignition mechanism, burner valve design, wall 
thickness, sealing materials, and type of fuel (e.g., vapor pressure 
differences).
    (2) Lighter samples submitted for examination and testing. Samples 
of a new lighter design are excepted from the requirements of (a)(4) and 
(d) of this section and may be offered for transportation and 
transported under the following conditions:
    (i) The samples must be transported only to an authorized testing 
agency;
    (ii) No more than 12 lighters may be packaged in a single outer 
packaging;
    (iii) Inner packagings must conform to the requirements of paragraph 
(c)(1) of this section. For transportation by aircraft, intermediate or 
outer packagings must meet the pressure differential requirements of 
Sec.173.27(c) of this part;
    (iv) The outer packaging must conform to the requirements of subpart 
M of part 178 of this subchapter at the Packing Group I performance 
level and to the requirements of Sec.173.24 of this subpart;
    (v) The word ``sample'' must appear on the shipping paper as part of 
the proper shipping name or in association with the basic description; 
and
    (vi) In addition to other required markings and labels, the package 
must

[[Page 711]]

be marked ``SAMPLE FOR EXAMINATION AND TESTING.''
    (vii) All other applicable requirements of this subchapter must be 
met.
    (3) Examination and testing of sample lighters by an authorized 
testing agency. Each sample lighter must be examined for conformance 
with paragraph (a) of this section by a person authorized by the 
Associate Administrator. In addition, lighters must be subjected to the 
following leakage test:
    (i) A minimum of six lighters must be examined and tested at one 
time. Store the lighters in a desiccator for 24 hours. After drying, 
weigh each lighter on an analytical balance capable of accurately 
measuring to within \1/10\ of a milligram (0.0001 grams).
    (ii) After weighing, place the lighters together in an explosion-
proof, controlled-temperature laboratory oven capable of maintaining 38 
1 [deg]C (100 2 [deg]F) for 
96 continuous hours (4 days). At the end of 96 hours, remove the 
lighters from the oven and place them in the same desiccator and allow 
the lighters to cool to ambient temperature.
    (iii) After cooling, weigh each lighter and determine the net weight 
differences for each lighter tested (subtract the mass after oven 
exposure from the original mass before oven exposure).
    (iv) Weight losses must be assessed to determine the quantity of gas 
that leaked from the lighters and from the weight change as a result of 
absorbed moisture. If the net weight has increased, the test facility 
must run the required test using six empty lighters in parallel with the 
six filled lighters. The parallel tests are conducted to determine the 
weight of moisture absorbed in the plastic in order to determine the 
weight loss of the lighters from gas leakage.
    (v) If the net weight loss for any one of the six lighters exceeds 
20 milligrams (0.020 grams), the design must be rejected.
    (vi) Lighters manufactured to a rejected lighter design may not be 
offered for transportation or transported in commerce unless approved in 
writing by the Associate Administrator.
    (4) Recordkeeping requirements. (i) Following the examination of 
each new lighter design, the person or agency that conducted the 
examination and test must prepare a test report and make that test 
report available to the manufacturer. At a minimum, the test report must 
contain the following information:
    (A) Name and address of test facility;
    (B) Name and address of applicant;
    (C) A test report identifier, that is, the authorized person or 
agency identifier code immediately followed by an alpha/numeric 
identifier of four or more characters assigned to the specific lighter 
design by the authorized person or agency (e.g., ``LAA****,'' where, 
``LAA'' is the identification code assigned to the authorized person or 
agency by the Associate Administrator and ``****'' is replaced with the 
unique test report identifier assigned to the specific lighter design by 
the authorized person or agency);
    (D) Manufacturer of the lighter. For a foreign manufacturer, the 
U.S. agent or importer must be identified;
    (E) Description of the lighter design type (e.g., model, dimensions, 
ignition mechanism, reservoir capacity, lot/batch number) in sufficient 
detail to ensure conformance with paragraph (b)(4)(iii) of this section; 
and
    (F) A certification by the authorized testing agency that the 
lighter design conforms to paragraph (a) of this section and passes or 
does not pass the required leakage test in paragraph (b) of this 
section.
    (ii) For as long as any lighter design is in production and for at 
least three years thereafter, a copy of each lighter's test report must 
be maintained by the authorized testing agency that performed the 
examination and testing and the manufacturer of the design. For a 
foreign manufacturer, each test report must be maintained in accordance 
with this paragraph by the foreign manufacturer's U.S. agent or 
importer.
    (iii) Test reports must be traceable to a specific lighter design 
and must be made available to a representative of the Department upon 
request.
    (5) Transitional provisions. Until January 1, 2012, approval numbers 
issued by the Associate Administrator prior to January 1, 2007 may 
continue to be marked on packages and annotated on shipping papers, 
where applicable.

[[Page 712]]

After that time, previously issued approvals (i.e., T-***) will no 
longer be valid and each lighter design currently in production must be 
re-examined and tested under the provisions of this section.
    (c) Packaging requirements--(1) Inner containment. Lighters must be 
placed in an inner packaging that is designed to prevent movement of the 
lighters and inadvertent ignition or leakage. The ignition device and 
gas control lever of each lighter must be designed, or securely sealed, 
taped, or otherwise fastened or packaged to protect against accidental 
functioning or leakage of the contents during transport. If lighters are 
packed vertically in a plastic tray, a plastic, fiberboard or paperboard 
partition must be used to prevent friction between the ignition device 
and the inner packaging.
    (2) Outer packaging. Lighters and their inner packagings must be 
tightly packed and secured against movement in any rigid specification 
outer packaging authorized in subpart L of part 178 of this subchapter 
at the Packing Group II performance level.
    (d) Shipping paper and marking requirements. (1) In addition to the 
requirements of subpart C of part 172, shipping papers must be annotated 
with the lighter design test report identifier (see paragraph 
(b)(4)(i)(C) of this section) traceable to the test report assigned to 
the lighters or, if applicable, the previously issued approval number 
(i.e., T***), in association with the basic description.
    (2) In addition to the requirements of subpart D of part 172, a 
lighter design test report identifier (see paragraph (b)(4)(i)(C) of 
this section) or, if applicable, the previously issued approval number 
(i.e., T***), must be marked on a package containing lighters.
    (3) For transportation by vessel in a closed transport vehicle or a 
closed freight container, the following warning must be affixed to the 
access doors:

WARNING--MAY CONTAIN EXPLOSIVE MIXTURES WITH AIR--KEEP IGNITION SOURCES 
                            AWAY WHEN OPENING

    The warning must be on a contrasting background and must be in 
letters measuring at least 12.7 mm (0.5 inch) in height.
    (e) Exceptions--(1) Common or contract carriage. For highway 
transportation by common or contract carrier, when no more than 1,500 
lighters covered by this section are transported in one motor vehicle, 
the requirements of subparts C through H of part 172, and part 177 of 
this subchapter do not apply. Lighters transported in accordance with 
this paragraph are also excepted from the specification packaging, 
shipping paper, and marking requirements specified in Sec.173.308(c) 
and (d). Inner packagings must conform to paragraph (c)(1) of this 
section. Lighters must be further packaged in rigid, strong outer 
packagings meeting the general packaging requirements of subpart B of 
part 173. Outer packagings must be plainly and durably marked, on two 
opposing sides or ends, with the word ``LIGHTERS'' and the number of 
devices contained therein in letters measuring at least 20 mm (0.79 in) 
in height. In addition, the package must include the test report 
identifier for each lighter design as specified in paragraph 
(b)(4)(i)(C) of this section or, if applicable, the previously issued 
approval number (i.e., T***). The test report identifier or approval 
number must be durable, legible, in English, and located in, attached 
to, or marked directly on the package. No person may offer for 
transportation or transport the lighters or prepare the lighters for 
shipment unless that person has been specifically informed of the 
requirements of this section.
    (2) Private carriage. For highway transportation by a private 
carrier, lighters that have been examined and successfully tested in 
accordance with this section are not subject to any other requirements 
of this subchapter under the following conditions:
    (i) No person may offer for transportation or transport the lighters 
or prepare the lighters for shipment unless that person has been 
specifically informed of the requirements of this section;
    (ii) Lighters must be placed in an inner packaging that is designed 
to prevent accidental activation of the ignition device or valve, 
release of gas,

[[Page 713]]

and movement of the lighters (e.g., tray, blister pack, etc.);
    (iii) Inner packagings must be placed in a securely closed rigid 
outer packaging that limits movement of the inner packagings and 
protects them from damage;
    (iv) The outer package may contain not more than 300 lighters;
    (v) A transport vehicle may carry not more than 1,500 lighters at 
any one time;
    (vi) The lighters may not be placed in an outer packaging with other 
hazardous materials; and
    (vii) Outer packagings must be plainly and durably marked with the 
words ``LIGHTERS, excepted quantity.''

[71 FR 3427, Jan. 23, 2006, as amended at 73 FR 57006, Oct. 1, 2008]



Sec.173.309  Fire extinguishers.

    This section applies to portable fire extinguishers for manual 
handling and operation, fire extinguishers for installation in aircraft, 
and large fire extinguishers. Large fire extinguishers include fire 
extinguishers mounted on wheels for manual handling; fire extinguishing 
equipment or machinery mounted on wheels or wheeled platforms or units 
transported similar to (small) trailers; and fire extinguishers composed 
of a non-rollable pressure drum and equipment, and handled, for example, 
by fork lift or crane when loaded or unloaded.
    (a) Specification 3A, 3AA, 3E, 3AL, 4B, 4BA, 4B240ET or 4BW 
(Sec. Sec.178.36, 178.37, 178.42, 178.46, 178.50, 178.51, 178.55 and 
178.61 of this subchapter) cylinders are authorized for manufacture and 
use as fire extinguishers under the following conditions:
    (1) Extinguishing agents must be nonflammable, non-poisonous, non-
corrosive, and commercially free from corroding components;
    (2) Each fire extinguisher must be charged with a nonflammable, non-
poisonous, dry gas that has a dew-point at or below minus 46.7 [deg]C 
(minus 52 [deg]F) at 101 kPa (1 atmosphere) and is free of corroding 
components, to not more than the service pressure of the cylinder;
    (3) A fire extinguisher may not contain more than 30% carbon dioxide 
by volume or any other corrosive extinguishing agent; and
    (4) Each fire extinguisher must be protected externally by suitable 
corrosion-resisting coating.
    (5) Specification 3E and 4BA cylinders must be packed in strong non-
bulk outer packagings. The outside of the combination packaging must be 
marked with an indication that the inner packagings conform to the 
prescribed specifications.
    (b) Specification 2P or 2Q (Sec. Sec.178.33 and 178.33a of this 
subchapter) inner non-refillable metal packagings are authorized as fire 
extinguishers subject to the following conditions:
    (1) Extinguishing agents must be nonflammable, non-poisonous, and 
non-corrosive as defined in this subchapter;
    (2) The liquid portion of the gas plus any additional liquid or 
solid may not completely fill the packaging at 55 [deg]C (130 [deg]F);
    (3) Pressure in the packaging must not exceed 1250 kPa (181 psig) at 
55 [deg]C (130 [deg]F). If the pressure exceeds 920 kPa (141 psig) at 55 
[deg]C (130 [deg]F), but does not exceed 1100 kPa (160 psig) at 55 
[deg]C (130 [deg]F), a specification DOT 2P inner metal packaging must 
be used; if the pressure exceeds 1100 kPa (160 psig) at 55 [deg]C (130 
[deg]F), a specification DOT 2Q inner metal packaging must be used. The 
metal packaging must be capable of withstanding, without bursting, a 
pressure of one and one-half times the equilibrium pressure of the 
contents at 55 [deg]C (130 [deg]F);
    (4) Each completed inner packaging filled for shipment must have 
been heated until the pressure in the container is equivalent to the 
equilibrium pressure of the contents at 55 [deg]C (130 [deg]F) without 
evidence of leakage, distortion, or other defect; and
    (5) Specification 2P and 2Q cylinders must be packed in strong non-
bulk outer packagings. The outside of the combination packaging must be 
marked with an indication that the inner packagings conform to the 
prescribed specifications.
    (c) Non-specification cylinders are authorized as fire extinguishers 
subject to the following conditions:
    (1) Extinguishing agents must be nonflammable, non-poisonous, and 
non-corrosive as defined in this subchapter;

[[Page 714]]

    (2) The internal volume of each cylinder may not exceed 18 L (1,100 
cubic inches). For fire extinguishers not exceeding 900 mL (55 cubic 
inches) capacity, the liquid portion of the gas plus any additional 
liquid or solid must not completely fill the container at 55 [deg]C (130 
[deg]F). Fire extinguishers exceeding 900 mL (55 cubic inches) capacity 
may not contain any liquefied compressed gas;
    (3) Each fire extinguisher manufactured on and after January 1, 
1976, must be designed and fabricated with a burst pressure of not less 
than six times its charged pressure at 21 [deg]C (70 [deg]F) when 
shipped;
    (4) Each fire extinguisher must be tested, without evidence of 
failure or damage, to at least three times its charged pressure at 21 
[deg]C (70 [deg]F) but not less than 825 kPa (120 psig) before initial 
shipment, and must be marked to indicate the year of the test (within 90 
days of the actual date of the original test) and with the words ``MEETS 
DOT REQUIREMENTS.'' This marking is considered a certification that the 
fire extinguisher is manufactured in accordance with the requirements of 
this section. The words ``This extinguisher meets all requirements of 49 
CFR 173.306'' may be displayed on fire extinguishers manufactured prior 
to January 1, 1976;
    (5) Each non-specification fire extinguisher must be packaged as an 
inner packaging within a combination outer packaging. Examples of 
acceptable outer packagings for non-specification fire extinguishers 
include large cartons, racks, cages or other suitable enclosures; and
    (6) For any subsequent shipment, each fire extinguisher must be in 
compliance with the retest requirements of the Occupational Safety and 
Health Administration Regulations of the Department of Labor, 29 CFR 
1910.157.
    (d) Limited quantities: Fire extinguishers otherwise conforming to 
paragraph (a), (b), or (c) of this section and are charged with a 
limited quantity of compressed gas to not more than 1660 kPa (241 psig) 
at 21 [deg]C (70 [deg]F) are excepted from shipping papers (except when 
offered for transportation by aircraft or vessel), labeling (except when 
offered for transportation by aircraft), placarding, the specification 
packaging requirements of this subchapter, and are eligible for the 
exceptions provided in Sec.173.156 when offered for transportation in 
accordance with this paragraph (d). Limited quantity shipments 
conforming to this paragraph are not subject to parts 174 and 177 of 
this subchapter when transported by highway or rail. In addition, 
limited quantity packages of fire extinguishers are subject to the 
following conditions, as applicable:
    (1) Extinguishing agents must be nonflammable, non-poisonous, and 
non-corrosive as defined in this subchapter; and
    (2) Packages must be marked as specified for limited quantities in 
Sec.172.315 of this subchapter.
    (e) Large fire extinguishers may be transported while unpackaged 
under the following conditions:
    (1) The requirements of Sec.173.24(b) are met;
    (2) The valves are protected in accordance with Sec.
173.301b(c)(2)(i), (ii), (iii) or (v); and
    (3) Other equipment mounted on the fire extinguisher is protected to 
prevent accidental activation.

[78 FR 1116, Jan. 7, 2013, as amended at 80 FR 1162, Jan. 8, 2015; 80 FR 
72927, Nov. 23, 2015]



Sec.173.310  Exceptions for radiation detectors.

    Radiation detectors, radiation sensors, electron tube devices, or 
ionization chambers, herein referred to as ``radiation detectors,'' that 
contain only Division 2.2 gases in non-refillable cylinders, are 
excepted from the specification packaging in this subchapter and, except 
when transported by air, from labeling and placarding requirements of 
this subchapter when designed, packaged, and transported as follows:
    (a) Radiation detectors must be single-trip, hermetically sealed, 
welded metal inside containers that will not fragment upon impact.
    (b) Radiation detectors must not have a design pressure exceeding 
5.00 MPa (725 psig) and a capacity exceeding 405 fluid ounces (731 cubic 
inches). They must be designed and fabricated with a burst pressure of 
not less than three times the design pressure if the

[[Page 715]]

radiation detector is equipped with a pressure relief device, and not 
less than four times the design pressure if the detector is not equipped 
with a pressure relief device.
    (c) Radiation detectors must be shipped in a strong outer packaging 
capable of withstanding a drop test of at least 1.2 meters (4 feet) 
without breakage of the radiation detector or rupture of the outer 
packaging. If the radiation detector is shipped as part of other 
equipment, the equipment must be packaged in strong outer packaging or 
the equipment itself must provide an equivalent level of protection.
    (d) Emergency response information accompanying each shipment and 
available from each emergency response telephone number for radiation 
detectors must identify those receptacles that are not fitted with a 
pressure relief device and provide appropriate guidance for exposure to 
fire.
    (e) Except as provided paragraph (f) of this section, transport in 
accordance with this section must be noted on the shipping paper.
    (f) Radiation detectors, including detectors in radiation detection 
systems, are not subject to any other requirements of this subchapter, 
including shipping papers, if the detectors meet the requirements in 
paragraphs (a) through (d) of this section and the capacity of detector 
receptacles does not exceed 50 ml (1.7 oz.).

[82 FR 15891, Mar. 30, 2017]



Sec.173.311  Metal hydride storage systems.

    The following packing instruction is applicable to transportable UN 
Metal hydride storage systems (UN3468) with pressure receptacles not 
exceeding 150 liters (40 gallons) in water capacity and having a maximum 
developed pressure not exceeding 25 MPa. Metal hydride storage systems 
must be designed, constructed, initially inspected and tested in 
accordance with ISO 16111 (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this subchapter) as 
authorized under Sec.178.71(m) of this subchapter. Steel pressure 
receptacles or composite pressure receptacles with steel liners must be 
marked in accordance with Sec.173.301b(f) of this part which specifies 
that a steel UN pressure receptacle bearing an ``H'' mark must be used 
for hydrogen bearing gases or other gases that may cause hydrogen 
embrittlement. Requalification intervals must be no more than every five 
years as specified in Sec.180.207 of this subchapter in accordance 
with the requalification procedures prescribed in ISO 16111.

[76 FR 3381, Jan. 19, 2011, as amended at 76 FR 82178, Dec. 30, 2011]



Sec.173.312  Requirements for shipment of MEGCs.

    (a) General requirements. (1) Unless otherwise specified, a MEGC is 
authorized for the shipment of liquefied and non-liquefied compressed 
gases. Each pressure receptacle contained in a MEGC must meet the 
requirements in Sec. Sec.173.301, 173.301b, 173.302b and 173.304b, as 
applicable.
    (2) The MEGC must conform to the design, construction, inspection 
and testing requirements prescribed in Sec.178.75 of this subchapter.
    (3) No person may offer or accept a hazardous material for 
transportation in a MEGC that is damaged to such an extent that the 
integrity of the pressure receptacles or the MEGC's structural or 
service equipment may be affected.
    (4) No person may fill or offer for transportation a pressure 
receptacle in a MEGC if the pressure receptacle or the MEGC is due for 
periodic requalification, as prescribed in subpart C to part 180 of this 
subchapter. However, this restriction does not preclude transportation 
of pressure receptacles filled and offered for transportation prior to 
the requalification due date.
    (5) Prior to filling and offering a MEGC for transportation, the 
MEGC's structural and service equipment must be visually inspected. Any 
unsafe condition must be corrected before the MEGC is offered for 
transportation. All required markings must be legible.
    (6) Except for Division 2.2 permanent gases, each pressure 
receptacle must be equipped with an individual shutoff valve that must 
be tightly closed while in transit. For Division 2.1, Division 2.2 
liquefied gases and 2.3 gases, the manifold must be designed so that 
each pressure receptacle can be filled separately and be kept isolated 
by a valve capable of being closed during transit.

[[Page 716]]

For Division 2.1 gases, the pressure receptacles must be isolated by a 
valve into assemblies of not more than 3,000 L.
    (b) Filling. (1) A MEGC may not be filled to a pressure greater than 
the lowest marked working pressure of any pressure receptacle. A MEGC 
may not be filled above its marked maximum permissible gross mass.
    (2) After each filling, the shipper must verify the leakproofness of 
the closures and equipment. Each fill opening must be closed by a cap or 
plug.
    (c) Damage protection. During transportation, a MEGC must be 
protected against damage to the pressure receptacles and service 
equipment resulting from lateral and longitudinal impact and overturning 
as prescribed in Sec.178.75 of this subchapter.

[71 FR 33884, June 12, 2006]



Sec.173.313  UN Portable Tank Table for Liquefied Compressed Gases 
and Chemical Under Pressure.

    The UN Portable Tank Table for Liquefied Compressed Gases and 
chemical under pressure is referenced in Sec.172.102(c)(7)(iii) of 
this subchapter for portable tanks that are used to transport liquefied 
compressed gases and chemicals under pressure. The table applies to each 
liquefied compressed gas and chemical under pressure that are identified 
with Special Provision T50 in Column (7) of the Sec.172.101 Hazardous 
Materials Table. In addition to providing the UN identification number 
and proper shipping name, the table provides maximum allowable working 
pressures, bottom opening requirements, pressure relief device 
requirements, and degree of filling requirements for liquefied 
compressed gas and chemical under pressure permitted for transportation 
in a T50 portable tank. In the minimum test pressure column, ``small'' 
means a portable tank with a diameter of 1.5 meters or less when 
measured at the widest part of the shell, ``sunshield'' means a portable 
tank with a shield covering at least the upper third of the shell, 
``bare'' means no sunshield or insulation is provided, and ``insulated'' 
means a complete cladding of sufficient thickness of insulating material 
necessary to provide a minimum conductance of not more than 0.67 w/m\2\/
k. In the pressure relief requirements column, the word ``Normal'' 
denotes that a frangible disc as specified in Sec.178.276(e)(3) of 
this subchapter is not required.

               UN Portable Tank Table for Liquefied Compressed Gases and Chemicals Under Pressure
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       Minimum design
                                    Non-refrigerated   pressure (bar)    Openings   Pressure relief    Maximum
             UN No.                    liquefied        small; bare;      below       requirements     filling
                                    compressed gases     sunshield;       liquid       (See Sec. density (kg/
                                                          insulated       level       178.276(e))         l)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1005............................  Ammonia, anhydrous.  29.0            Allowed      Sec. 0.53
                                                                                     178.276(e)(3)
                                                       25.7
                                                       22.0
                                                       19.7
1009............................  Bromotrifluorometha  38.0            Allowed      Normal           1.13
                                   ne or Refrigerant
                                   gas R 13B1.
                                                       34.0
                                                       30.0
                                                       27.5
1010............................  Butadienes,          7.5             Allowed      Normal           0.55
                                   stabilized.
                                                       7.0
                                                       7.0
                                                       7.0
1011............................  Butane.............  7.0             Allowed      Normal           0.51
                                                       7.0
                                                       7.0
                                                       7.0
1012............................  Butylene...........  8.0             Allowed      Normal           0.53
                                                       7.0
                                                       7.0
                                                       7.0
1017............................  Chlorine...........  19.0            Not          Sec. 1.25
                                                                                     178.276(e)(3)
                                                       17.0            Allowed
                                                       15.0
                                                       13.5

[[Page 717]]

 
1018............................  Chlorodifluorometha  26.0            Allowed      Normal           1.03
                                   ne or Refrigerant
                                   gas R 22.
                                                       24.0
                                                       21.0
                                                       19.0
1020............................  Chloropentafluoroet  23.0            Allowed      Normal           1.06
                                   hane or
                                   Refrigerant gas R
                                   115.
                                                       20.0
                                                       18.0
                                                       16.0
1021............................  1-Chloro-1,2,2,2-    10.3            Allowed      Normal           1.2
                                   tetrafluoroethane
                                   or Refrigerant gas
                                   R 124.
                                                       9.8
                                                       7.9
                                                       7.0
1027............................  Cyclopropane.......  18.0            Allowed      Normal           0.53
                                                       16.0
                                                       14.5
                                                       13.0
1028............................  Dichlorodifluoromet  16.0            Allowed      Normal           1.15
                                   hane or
                                   Refrigerant gas R
                                   12.
                                                       15.0
                                                       13.0
                                                       11.5
1029............................  Dichlorofluorometha  7.0             Allowed      Normal           1.23
                                   ne or Refrigerant
                                   gas R 21.
                                                       7.0
                                                       7.0
                                                       7.0
1030............................  1,1-Difluoroethane   16.0            Allowed      Normal           0.79
                                   or Refrigerant gas
                                   R 152a.
                                                       14.0
                                                       12.4
                                                       11.0
1032............................  Dimethylamine,       7.0             Allowed      Normal           0.59
                                   anhydrous.
                                                       7.0
                                                       7.0
                                                       7.0
1033............................  Dimethyl ether.....  15.5            Allowed      Normal           0.58
                                                       13.8
                                                       12.0
                                                       10.6
1036............................  Ethylamine.........  7.0             Allowed      Normal           0.61
                                                       7.0
                                                       7.0
                                                       7.0
1037............................  Ethyl chloride.....  7.0             Allowed      Normal           0.8
                                                       7.0
                                                       7.0
                                                       7.0
1040............................  Ethylene oxide with  Only            Not Allowed  Sec. 0.78
                                   nitrogen up to a     authorized in                178.276(e)(3)
                                   total pressure of    10 bar
                                   1MPa (10 bar) at     insulated
                                   50 [deg]C.           portable
                                                        tanks--
1041............................  Ethylene oxide and   See MAWP        Allowed      Normal           See Sec.
                                   carbon dioxide       definition in                                 173.32(f)
                                   mixture with more    Sec.
                                   than 9% but not      178.276(a)
                                   more than 87%
                                   ethylene oxide.
1055............................  Isobutylene........  8.1             Allowed      Normal           0.52
                                                       7.0
                                                       7.0
                                                       7.0
1060............................  Methyl acetylene     28.0            Allowed      Normal           0.43
                                   and propadiene
                                   mixture,
                                   stabilized.
                                                       24.5
                                                       22.0
                                                       20.0
1061............................  Methylamine,         10.8            Allowed      Normal           0.58
                                   anhydrous.

[[Page 718]]

 
                                                       9.6
                                                       7.8
                                                       7.0
1062............................  Methyl bromide.....  7.0             Not Allowed  Sec. 1.51
                                                                                     178.276(e)(3)
                                                       7.0
                                                       7.0
                                                       7.0
1063............................  Methyl chloride or   14.5            Allowed      Normal           0.81
                                   Refrigerant gas R
                                   40.
                                                       12.7
                                                       11.3
                                                       10.0
1064............................  Methyl mercaptan...  7.0             Not Allowed  Sec. 0.78
                                                                                     178.276(e)(3)
                                                       7.0
                                                       7.0
                                                       7.0
1067............................  Dinitrogen           7.0             Not Allowed  Sec. 1.3
                                   tetroxide.                                        178.276(e)(3)
                                                       7.0
                                                       7.0
                                                       7.0
1075............................  Petroleum gas,       See MAWP        Allowed      Normal           See Sec.
                                   liquefied.           definition in                                 173.32(f)
                                                        Sec.
                                                        178.276(a)
1077............................  Propylene..........  28.0            Allowed      Normal           0.43
                                                       24.5
                                                       22.0
                                                       20.0
1078............................  Refrigerant gas,     See MAWP        Allowed      Normal           See Sec.
                                   n.o.s..              definition in                                 173.32(f)
                                                        Sec.
                                                        178.276(a)
1079............................  Sulphur dioxide....  11.6            Not Allowed  Sec. 1.23
                                                                                     178.276(e)(3)
                                                       10.3
                                                       8.5
                                                       7.6
1082............................  Trifluorochloroethy  17.0            Not Allowed  Sec. 1.13
                                   lene, stabilized                                  178.276(e)(3)
                                   or Refrigerant gas
                                   R 1113.
                                                       15.0
                                                       13.1
                                                       11.6
1083............................  Trimethylamine,      7.0             Allowed      Normal           0.56
                                   anhydrous.
                                                       7.0
                                                       7.0
                                                       7.0
1085............................  Vinyl bromide,       7.0             Allowed      Normal           1.37
                                   stabilized.
                                                       7.0
                                                       7.0
                                                       7.0
1086............................  Vinyl chloride,      10.6            Allowed      Normal           0.81
                                   stabilized.
                                                       9.3
                                                       8.0
                                                       7.0
1087............................  Vinyl methyl ether,  7.0             Allowed      Normal           0.67
                                   stabilized.
                                                       7.0
                                                       7.0
                                                       7.0
1581............................  Chloropicrin and     7.0             Not Allowed  Sec. 1.51
                                   methyl bromide                                    178.276(e)(3)
                                   mixture.
                                                       7.0
                                                       7.0
                                                       7.0
1582............................  Chloropicrin and     19.2            Not Allowed  Sec. 0.81
                                   methyl chloride                                   178.276(e)(3)
                                   mixture.
                                                       16.9
                                                       15.1
                                                       13.1
1858............................  Hexafluoropropylene  19.2            Allowed      Normal           1.11
                                   compressed or
                                   Refrigerant gas R
                                   1216.
                                                       16.9

[[Page 719]]

 
                                                       15.1
                                                       13.1
1912............................  Methyl chloride and  15.2            Allowed      Normal           0.081
                                   methylene chloride
                                   mixture.
                                                       13.0
                                                       11.6
                                                       10.1
NA, 1954........................  Insecticide gases,   See MAWP        Allowed      Normal           Sec.
                                   flammable, n.o.s..   definition in                                 173.32(f)
                                                        Sec.
                                                        178.276(a)
1958............................  1,2-Dichloro-        7.0             Allowed      Normal           1.3
                                   1,1,2,2-
                                   tetrafluoroethane
                                   or Refrigerant gas
                                   R 114.
                                                       7.0
                                                       7.0
                                                       7.0
1965............................  Hydrocarbon gas,     See MAWP        Allowed      Normal           See Sec.
                                   mixture liquefied,   definition in                                 173.32(f)
                                   n.o.s..              178.276(a)
1969............................  Isobutane..........  8.5             Allowed      Normal           0.49
                                                       7.5
                                                       7.0
                                                       7.0
1973............................  Chlorodifluorometha  28.3            Allowed      Normal           1.05
                                   ne and
                                   chloropentafluoroe
                                   thane mixture with
                                   fixed boiling
                                   point, with
                                   approximately 49%
                                   chlorodifluorometh
                                   ane or Refrigerant
                                   gas R 502.
                                                       25.3
                                                       22.8
                                                       20.3
1974............................  Chlorodifluorobromo  7.4             Allowed      Normal           1.61
                                   methane or
                                   Refrigerant gas R
                                   12B1.
                                                       7.0
                                                       7.0
                                                       7.0
1976............................  Octafluorocyclobuta  8.8             Allowed      Normal           1.34
                                   ne or Refrigerant
                                   gas RC 318.
                                                       7.8
                                                       7.0
                                                       7.0
1978............................  Propane............  22.5            Allowed      Normal           0.42
                                                       20.4
                                                       18.0
                                                       16.5
1983............................  1-Chloro-2,2,2-      7.0             Allowed      Normal           1.18
                                   trifluoroethane or
                                   Refrigerant gas R
                                   133a.
                                                       7.0
                                                       7.0
                                                       7.0
2035............................  1,1,1-               31.0            Allowed      Normal           0.76
                                   Trifluoroethane
                                   compressed or
                                   Refrigerant gas R
                                   143a.
                                                       27.5
                                                       24.2
                                                       21.8
2424............................  Octafluoropropane    23.1            Allowed      Normal           1.07
                                   or Refrigerant gas
                                   R 218.
                                                       20.8
                                                       18.6
                                                       16.6
2517............................  1-Chloro-1,1-        8.9             Allowed      Normal           0.99
                                   difluoroethane or
                                   Refrigerant gas R
                                   142b.
                                                       7.8
                                                       7.0
                                                       7.0
2602............................  Dichlorodifluoromet  20.0            Allowed      Normal           1.01
                                   hane and
                                   difluoroethane
                                   azeotropic mixture
                                   with approximately
                                   74%
                                   dichlorodifluorome
                                   thane or
                                   Refrigerant gas R
                                   500.

[[Page 720]]

 
                                                       18.0
                                                       16.0
                                                       14.5
3057............................  Trifluoroacetyl      14.6            Not allowed  Sec. 1.17
                                   chloride                                          178.276(e)(3)
                                                       12.9
                                                       11.3
                                                       9.9
3070............................  Ethylene oxide and   14.0            Allowed      Sec. 1.09
                                   dichlorodifluorome                                178.276(e)(3)
                                   thane mixture with
                                   not more than
                                   12.5% ethylene
                                   oxide.
                                                       12.0
                                                       11.0
                                                       9.0
3153............................  Perfluoro (methyl    14.3            Allowed      Normal           1.14
                                   vinyl ether).
                                                       13.4
                                                       11.2
                                                       10.2
3159............................  1,1,1,2-             17.7            Allowed      Normal           1.04
                                   Tetrafluoroethane
                                   or Refrigerant gas
                                   R 134a.
                                                       15.7
                                                       13.8
                                                       12.1
3161............................  Liquefied gas,       See MAWP        Allowed      Normal           Sec.
                                   flammable, n.o.s..   definition in                                 173.32(f)
                                                        Sec.
                                                        178.276(a)
3163............................  Liquefied gas,       See MAWP        Allowed      Normal           Sec.
                                   n.o.s..              definition in                                 173.32(f)
                                                        Sec.
                                                        178.276(a)
3220............................  Pentafluoroethane    34.4
                                   or Refrigerant gas
                                   R 125.
                                  30.8
                                  27.5
                                  24.5                 Allowed         Normal       0.87
3252............................  Difluoromethane or   43.0            Allowed      Normal           0.78
                                   Refrigerant gas R
                                   32.
                                                       39.0
                                                       34.4
                                                       30.5
3296............................  Heptafluoropropane   16.0            Allowed      Normal           1.2
                                   or Refrigerant gas
                                   R 227.
                                                       14.0
                                                       12.5
                                                       11.0
3297............................  Ethylene oxide and   8.1             Allowed      Normal           1.16
                                   chlorotetrafluoroe
                                   thane mixture,
                                   with not more than
                                   8.8% ethylene
                                   oxide.
                                                       7.0
                                                       7.0
                                                       7.0
3298............................  Ethylene oxide and   25.9            Allowed      Normal           1.02
                                   pentafluoroethane
                                   mixture, with not
                                   more than 7.9%
                                   ethylene oxide.
                                                       23.4
                                                       20.9
                                                       18.6
3299............................  Ethylene oxide and   16.7            Allowed      Normal           1.03
                                   tetrafluoroethane
                                   mixture, with not
                                   more than 5.6%
                                   ethylene oxide.
                                                       14.7
                                                       12.9
                                                       11.2
3318............................  Ammonia solution,    See MAWP        Allowed      Sec. Sec.
                                   relative density     definition in                178.276(e)(3)    173.32(f)
                                   less than 0.880 at   Sec.
                                   15 [deg]C in         178.276(a)
                                   water, with more
                                   than 50% ammonia.
3337............................  Refrigerant gas R    31.6            Allowed      Normal           0.84
                                   404A.
                                                       28.3
                                                       25.3

[[Page 721]]

 
                                                       22.5
3338............................  Refrigerant gas R    31.3            Allowed      Normal           0.95
                                   407A.
                                                       28.1
                                                       25.1
                                                       22.4
3339............................  Refrigerant gas R    33.0            Allowed      Normal           0.95
                                   407B.
                                                       29.6
                                                       26.5
                                                       23.6
3340............................  Refrigerant gas R    29.9            Allowed      Normal           0.95
                                   407C.
                                                       26.8
                                                       23.9
                                                       21.3
3500............................  Chemical under       See MAWP        Allowed      Sec. See TP4 in
                                   pressure, n.o.s.     definition in                178.276(e)(3)    Sec.
                                                        Sec.172.102(c)
                                                        178.276(a)
3501............................  Chemical under       See MAWP        Allowed      Sec. See TP4 in
                                   pressure,            definition in                178.276(e)(3)    Sec.
                                   flammable, n.o.s.    Sec.172.102(c)
                                                        178.276(a)
3502............................  Chemical under       See MAWP        Allowed      Sec. See TP4 in
                                   pressure, toxic,     definition in                178.276(e)(3)    Sec.
                                   n.o.s.               Sec.172.102(c)
                                                        178.276(a)
3503............................  Chemical under       See MAWP        Allowed      Sec. See TP4 in
                                   pressure,            definition in                178.276(e)(3)    Sec.
                                   corrosive, n.o.s.    Sec.172.102(c)
                                                        178.276(a)
3504............................  Chemical under       See MAWP        Allowed      Sec. See TP4 in
                                   pressure,            definition in                178.276(e)(3)    Sec.
                                   flammable, toxic,    Sec.172.102(c)
                                   n.o.s.               178.276(a)
3505............................  Chemical under       See MAWP        Allowed      Sec. See TP4 in
                                   pressure,            definition in                178.276(e)(3)    Sec.
                                   flammable,           Sec.172.102(c)
                                   corrosive, n.o.s.    178.276(a)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


[69 FR 76174, Dec. 20, 2004, as amended at 70 FR 34399, June 14, 2005; 
78 FR 1091, Jan. 7, 2013]



Sec.173.314  Compressed gases in tank cars and multi-unit tank cars.

    (a) Definitions. For definitions of compressed gases, see Sec.
173.115.
    (b) General requirements. (1) Tank car tanks containing compressed 
gases must not be shipped unless they were loaded by or with the consent 
of the owner thereof.
    (2) Tank car tanks must not contain gases capable of combining 
chemically and must not be loaded with any gas which combines chemically 
with the gas previously loaded therein, until all residue has been 
removed and interior of tank thoroughly cleaned.
    (3) For tanks of the DOT-106A and 110A class, the tanks must be 
placed in position and attached to car structure by the shipper.
    (4) Wherever the word ``approved'' is used in this part of the 
regulations, it means approval by the Association of American Railroads 
Committee on Tank Cars as prescribed in Sec.179.3 of this subchapter.
    (5) Each tank car used for the transportation of anhydrous ammonia 
or any material that meets the criteria of Division 2.1 or 2.3 must have 
gaskets for manway cover plates and for mounting of fittings designed 
(for temperature, application, media, pressure, and size) to create a 
positive seal so that, under conditions normally incident to 
transportation, there will not be an identifiable release of the 
material to the environment. The use of sealants to install gaskets is 
prohibited.
    (c) Authorized gases, filling limits for tank cars. A compressed gas 
in a tank car or a multi-unit tank car must be offered for 
transportation in accordance with Sec.173.31 and this section. The 
gases listed below must be loaded and

[[Page 722]]

offered for transportation in accordance with the following table:

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      Outage and filling    Authorized tank car        Authorized tank car
       Proper shipping name          limits (see note 1)    class (see note 11)    specification (see note 12)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ammonia, anhydrous, or ammonia      Notes 2, 10..........  105, 112, 114, 120..  105J500I, 112J500I
 solutions 50 percent
 ammonia.
                                    Note 3...............  106.................
Ammonia solutions with 35 percent, but <=50 percent                            120.
 ammonia by mass.
Argon, compressed.................  Note 4...............  107.................
Boron trichloride.................  Note 3...............  105, 106............
Carbon dioxide, refrigerated        Note 5...............  105.................
 liquid.
Chlorine..........................  Note 6...............  105.................  105J600I
                                    125..................  106.................
Chlorine trifluoride..............  Note 3...............  106, 110............
Chlorine pentafluoride............  Note 3...............  106, 110............
Dimethyl ether....................  Note 3...............  105, 106, 110, 112,
                                                            114, 120.
Dimethylamine, anhydrous..........  Note 3...............  105, 106, 112.......
Dinitrogen tetroxide, inhibited...  Note 3...............  105, 106, 112.......  105J500I
Division 2.1 materials not          Notes 9, 10..........  105, 106, 110, 112,
 specifically identified in this                            114, 120.
 table.
Division 2.2 materials not          Note 3...............  105, 106, 109, 110,
 specifically identified in this                            112, 114, 120.
 table.
Division 2.3 Zone A materials not   None.................  See Sec. 173.245..  105J600I
 specifically identified in this
 table.
Division 2.3 Zone B materials not   Note 3...............  105, 106, 110, 112,   105J600I
 specifically identified in this                            114, 120.
 table.
Division 2.3 Zone C materials not   Note 3...............  105, 106, 110, 112,   105J500I
 specifically identified in this                            114, 120.
 table.
Division 2.3 Zone D materials not   Note 3...............  105, 106, 109, 110,   105J500I, 112J500I
 specifically identified in this                            112, 114, 120.
 table.
Ethylamine........................  Note 3...............  105, 106, 110, 112,
                                                            114, 120.
Helium, compressed................  Note 4...............  107.................
Hydrogen..........................  Note 4...............  107.................
Hydrogen chloride, refrigerated     Note 7...............  105.................  105J600I, 112S600I
 liquid.
Hydrogen sulfide..................  Note 3...............  105, 106, 110, 112,   105J600I
                                                            114, 120.
Hydrogen sulfide, liquefied.......  68...................  106.................
Methyl bromide....................  Note 3...............  105, 106............  105J500I
Methyl chloride...................  Note 3...............  105, 106, 112.......
Methyl mercaptan..................  Note 3...............  105, 106............  105J500I
Methylamine, anhydrous............  Note 3...............  105, 106, 112.......
Nitrogen, compressed..............  Note 4...............  107.................
Nitrosyl chloride.................  124..................  105.................  105J500I
                                    110..................  106.................
Nitrous oxide, refrigerated liquid  Note 5...............  105.................
Oxygen, compressed................  Note 4...............  107.................
Phosgene..........................  Note 3...............  106.................
Sulfur dioxide, liquefied.........  125..................  105, 106, 110.......  105J500I
Sulfuryl fluoride.................  120..................  105.................
Vinyl fluoride, stabilized........  Note 8...............  105.................
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Notes: 1. The percent filling density for liquefied gases is hereby defined as the percent ratio of the mass of
  gas in the tank to the mass of water that the tank will hold. For determining the water capacity of the tank
  in kilograms, the mass of 1 L of water at 15.5 [deg]C in air is 1 kg. (the mass of one gallon of water at 60
  [deg]F in air is 8.32828 pounds).
2. The liquefied gas must be loaded so that the outage is at least two percent of the total capacity of the tank
  at the reference temperature of 46 [deg]C (115 [deg]F) for a noninsulated tank; 43 [deg]C (110 [deg]F) for a
  tank having a thermal protection system incorporating a metal jacket that provides an overall thermal
  conductance at 15.5 [deg]C (60 [deg]F) of no more than 10.22 kilojoules per hour per square meter per degree
  Celsius (0.5 Btu per hour/per square foot/per degree F) temperature differential; and 41 [deg]C (105 [deg]F)
  for an insulated tank having an insulation system incorporating a metal jacket that provides an overall
  thermal conductance at 15.5 [deg]C (60 [deg]F) of no more than 1.5333 kilojoules per hour per square meter per
  degree Celsius (0.075 Btu per hour/per square foot/per degree F) temperature differential.
3. The requirements of Sec. 173.24b(a) apply.
4. The gas pressure at 54.44 [deg]C (130 [deg]F.) in any non-insulated tank car may not exceed \7/10\ of the
  marked test pressure, except that a tank may be charged with helium to a pressure 10 percent in excess of the
  marked maximum gas pressure at 54.44 [deg]C (130 [deg]F.) of each tank.
5. The liquid portion of the gas at -17.77 [deg]C (0 [deg]F.) must not completely fill the tank.
6. The maximum permitted filling density is 125 percent. The quantity of chlorine loaded into a single unit-tank
  car may not be loaded in excess of the normal lading weights nor in excess of 81.65 Mg (90 tons).
7. 89 percent maximum to 80.1 percent minimum at a test pressure of 6.2 Bar (90 psig).
8. 59.6 percent maximum to 53.6 percent minimum at a test pressure of 7.2 Bar (105 psig).

[[Page 723]]

 
9. For a liquefied petroleum gas, the liquefied gas must be loaded so that the outage is at least one percent of
  the total capacity of the tank at the reference temperature of 46 [deg]C (115 [deg]F) for a noninsulated tank;
  43 [deg]C (110 [deg]F) for a tank having a thermal protection system incorporating a metal jacket that
  provides an overall thermal conductance at 15.5 [deg]C (60 [deg]F) of no more than 10.22 kilojoules per hour
  per square meter per degree Celsius (0.5 Btu per hour/per square foot/per degree F) temperature differential;
  and 41 [deg]C (105 [deg]F) for an insulated tank having an insulation system incorporating a metal jacket that
  provides an overall thermal conductance at 15.5 [deg]C (60 [deg]F) of no more than 1.5333 kilojoules per hour
  per square meter per degree Celsius (0.075 Btu per hour/per square foot/per degree F) temperature
  differential.
10. For liquefied petroleum gas and anhydrous ammonia, during the months of November through March (winter), the
  following reference temperatures may be used: 38 [deg]C (100 [deg]F) for a noninsulated tank; 32 [deg]C (90
  [deg]F) for a tank having a thermal protection system incorporating a metal jacket that provides an overall
  thermal conductance at 15.5 [deg]C (60 [deg]F) of no more than 10.22 kilojoules per hour per square meter per
  degree Celsius (0.5 Btu per hour/per square foot/per degree F) temperature differential; and 29 [deg]C (85
  [deg]F) for an insulated tank having an insulation system incorporating a metal jacket and insulation that
  provides an overall thermal conductance at 15.5 [deg]C (60 [deg]F) of no more than 1.5333 kilojoules per hour
  per square meter per degree Celsius (0.075 Btu per hour/per square foot/per degree F) temperature
  differential. The winter reference temperatures may only be used for a tank car shipped directly to a consumer
  for unloading and not stored in transit. The offeror of the tank must inform each customer that the tank car
  was filled based on winter reference temperatures. The tank must be unloaded as soon as possible after March
  in order to retain the specified outage and to prevent a release of hazardous material which might occur due
  to the tank car becoming liquid full at higher temperatures.
11. For materials poisonous by inhalation, the single unit tank car tanks authorized are only those cars
  approved by the Tank Car Committee for transportation of the specified material and built prior to March 16,
  2009.
12. Except as provided by paragraph (d) of this section, for materials poisonous by inhalation, fusion-welded
  tank car tanks built on or after March 16, 2009 used for the transportation of the PIH materials noted, must
  meet the applicable authorized tank car specification and must be equipped with a head shield as prescribed in
  Sec. 179.16(c)(1).

    (d) Alternative tank car tanks for materials poisonous by 
inhalation. (1) As an alternative to the authorized tank car 
specification noted in the column 4 of the table in paragraph (c) of 
this section, a car of the same authorized tank car specification but of 
the next lower test pressure, as prescribed in column 5 of the table at 
Sec.179.101-1, may be used provided both of the following conditions 
are met:
    (i) The difference between the alternative and the required minimum 
plate thicknesses, based on the calculation prescribed in Sec.179.100-
6 of this subchapter, is added to the alternative tank car jacket and 
head shield. When the jacket and head shield are made from any 
authorized steel with a minimum tensile strength from 70,000 p.s.i. to 
80,000 p.s.i., but the required minimum plate thickness calculation is 
based on steel with a minimum tensile strength of 81,000 p.s.i., the 
thickness to be added to the jacket and head shield must be increased by 
a factor of 1.157. Forming allowances for heads are not required to be 
considered when calculating thickness differences as prescribed in this 
paragraph.
    (ii) The tank car jacket and head shield must be manufactured from 
carbon steel plate as prescribed in Sec.179.100-7(a) of this 
subchapter.
    (e) Verification of content. (1) The amount of liquefied gas loaded 
into each tank may be determined either by measurement or calculation of 
the weight, except that DOT specification tank car tanks authorized for 
the transportation of anhydrous ammonia and ammonia solution may have 
the amount of liquefied gas loaded into the tank car measured by a 
metering device in conformance with paragraph (e)(2) of this section.
    (2) Metering device. (i) Tank cars loaded with anhydrous ammonia or 
ammonia solution through the use of a metering device in conformance 
with this section are not required to be weighed, but must have their 
outage measured with a magnetic gauging device to determine that the 
tank car is properly loaded in conformance with this paragraph. Written 
procedures for loading a tank car using a metering device must be 
developed and made available at each location where such loading takes 
place. Certification in writing of the inspection and completion of 
these loading and/or unloading procedures must be maintained for each 
tank car and maintained in accordance with the recordkeeping 
requirements in paragraph (e)(2)(iii) of this section, and all necessary 
records must be completed. At a minimum, these procedures will specify:
    (A) The tank car must be offered for transportation in conformance 
with all applicable government regulations.
    (B) Any defects found when the tank car is examined before shipping 
must be recorded, and the tank must not be loaded until the repairs to 
eliminate each defect are completed.
    (C) The tank car must be allowed to sit undisturbed for at least 10 
minutes after loading to allow material within the tank to settle. After 
this has occurred a final check for leaks must be conducted prior to 
offering the tank car for transportation.

[[Page 724]]

    (ii) One out of every 10 tank cars loaded by the use of the metering 
device must be gauged utilizing the fixed gauging equipment on the tank 
car to verify by calculation the amount of anhydrous ammonia or ammonia 
solution contained in the tank car.
    (iii) Recordkeeping. The following information must be maintained 
and be made available to any representative of the DOT upon request for 
each tank car loaded with the use of a metering device:
    (A) Date loaded,
    (B) Date shipped,
    (C) Tank car reporting marks,
    (D) DOT Specification,
    (E) Tank car stenciled shell capacity (gallons/liters),
    (F) Tank car stenciled tare weight (pounds/kilograms),
    (G) Outage or innage table number,
    (H) Water capacity of tank in pounds and/or kilograms,
    (I) Maximum permitted filling density (see Sec.173.314),
    (J) Specific gravity of anhydrous ammonia or ammonia solution at the 
reference temperature,
    (K) Tank car outage (inches/meters, gallons/liters),
    (L) Gallons/liters of liquid ammonia in tank car,
    (M) Quantity of vapor ammonia in tank car (gallons/liters), and
    (N) Total calculated ammonia (liquid & vapor) in tank car (pounds/
kilograms).
    (f) [Reserved]
    (g) Special requirements for hydrogen chloride, refrigerated liquid, 
and vinyl fluoride,stabilized.
    (1) The shipper shall notify the Federal Railroad Administration 
whenever a tank car is not received by the consignee within 20 days from 
the date of shipment. Notification to the Federal Railroad 
Administration may be made by e-mail to [email protected] or 
telephone call to (202) 493-6229.
    (2) A tank car containing hydrogen chloride, refrigerated liquid 
must have the auxiliary valve on the pressure relief device closed 
during transportation.
    (3) See Sec.179.102-17 of this subchapter for additional 
requirements.
    (4) Tank cars containing hydrogen chloride, refrigerated liquid, 
must be unloaded to such an extent that any residue remaining in the 
tank at a reference temperature of 32 [deg]C (90 [deg]F) will not 
actuate the reclosing pressure relief device.
    (h) Special requirements for liquefied petroleum gas--(1) 
Odorization. All liquefied petroleum gas must be odorized as required in 
this paragraph to indicate positively, by a distinctive odor, the 
presence of gas down to a concentration in air of not over one-fifth the 
lower limit of combustibility; however, odorization is not required if 
it is harmful in the use or further processing of the liquefied 
petroleum gas or if it will serve no useful purpose as a warning agent 
in such use or further processing.
    (i) The lower limits of combustibility of the more commonly used 
liquefied petroleum gases are: Propane, 2.15 percent; butane, 1.55 
percent. These figures represent volumetric percentages of gas-air 
mixtures in each case.
    (ii) The use of 1.0 pound of ethyl mercaptan per 10,000 gallons of 
liquefied petroleum gas is considered sufficient to meet the 
requirements of this paragraph. Use of another odorant is not prohibited 
so long as there is enough to meet the requirements of this paragraph 
(h).
    (2) Odorant fade. In addition to paragraph (h)(1)(i) of this 
section, the offeror must ensure that enough odorant will remain in the 
tank car during the course of transportation. The shipper must have 
procedures in place to:
    (i) Ensure quantitative testing methods are used to measure the 
amount of odorant in the liquefied petroleum gas;
    (ii) Ensure that, when the odorization of liquefied petroleum gas is 
manually injected, the required amount of odorant is added;
    (iii) Ensure that, when odorization of liquefied petroleum gas is 
automatically injected, equipment calibration checks are conducted to 
ensure the required amount of odorant is consistently added;
    (iv) Ensure quality control measures are in place to make sure that 
persons who receive tank cars that have been subjected to any condition 
that could lead to corrosion of the tank car or receive new or recently 
cleaned tank cars are notified of this information and

[[Page 725]]

that a person filling these packagings implement quality control 
measures so that potential odorant fade is addressed;
    (v) Inspect a tank car for signs of oxidation or corrosion; and
    (vi) Take corrective action needed to ensure enough odorization 
remains in the tank car during the course of transportation, such as 
increasing the amount of odorant added to the liquefied petroleum gas.
    (i) [Reserved]
    (j) Special requirements for materials having a primary or secondary 
Division 2.1 (flammable gas) hazard. For single unit tank cars, interior 
pipes of loading and unloading valves, sampling devices, and gauging 
devices with an opening for the passage of the lading exceeding 1.52 mm 
(0.060 inch) diameter must be equipped with excess flow valves. For 
single unit tank cars constructed before January 1, 1972, gauging 
devices must conform to this paragraph by no later than July 1, 2006. 
The protective housing cover must be provided with an opening, with a 
weatherproof cover, above each pressure relief valve that is concentric 
with the discharge of the pressure relief valve and that has an area at 
least equal to the valve outlet area. Class DOT 109 tank cars and tank 
cars manufactured from aluminum or nickel plate are not authorized.
    (k) Special requirements for chlorine. (1) Tank cars built after 
September 30, 1991, must have an insulation system consisting of 5.08 cm 
(2 inches) glass fiber placed over 5.08 cm (2 inches) of ceramic fiber. 
Tank cars must have excess flow valves on the interior pipes of liquid 
discharge valves. Tank cars constructed to a DOT 105A500W specification 
may be marked as a DOT 105A300W specification with the size and type of 
reclosing pressure relief valves required by the marked specification.
    (2) DOT105J500W tank cars may be used as authorized packagings, as 
prescribed in this subchapter for transporting ``UN 1017, Chlorine, 2.3 
(8), Poison Inhalation Hazard, Zone B, RQ,'' if the tank cars meet all 
DOT specification requirements, and the tank cars are equipped with 
combination safety relief valves with a start-to-discharge pressure of 
360 psi, rather than the 356 psi. The start-to-discharge pressure 
setting must be marked on the pressure relief device in conformance with 
applicable provisions of the AAR Specification for Tank Cars (IBR, see 
Sec.171.7 of this subchapter).
    (l) Special requirements for hydrogen sulphide. Each multi-unit tank 
car must be equipped with adequate pressure relief devices of the 
fusible plug type having a yield temperature not over 76.66 [deg]C (170 
[deg]F.), and not less than 69.44 [deg]C (157 [deg]F.). Each device must 
be resistant to extrusion of the fusible alloy and leak tight at 55 
[deg]C (130 [deg]F.). A threaded solid plug must seal each valve outlet. 
In addition, a metal cover must protect all valves.
    (m) Special requirements for nitrosyl chloride. Single unit tank 
cars and their associated service equipment, such as venting, loading 
and unloading valves, and reclosing pressure relief valves, must be made 
of metal or clad with a material that is not subject to rapid 
deterioration by the lading. Multi-unit tank car tanks must be nickel-
clad and have reclosing pressure relief devices incorporating a fusible 
plug having a yield temperature of 79.44 [deg]C (175 [deg]F.). Reclosing 
pressure relief devices must be vapor tight at 54.44 [deg]C (130 
[deg]F.).
    (n) Special requirements for hydrogen. Each tank car must be 
equipped with one or more pressure relief devices. The discharge outlet 
for each pressure relief device must be connected to a manifold having a 
non-obstructed discharge area of at least 1.5 times the total discharge 
area of the pressure relief devices connected to the manifold. All 
manifolds must be connected to a single common header having a non-
obstructed discharge pointing upward and extending above the top of the 
car. The header and the header outlet must each have a non-obstructed 
discharge area at least equal to the total discharge area of the 
manifolds connected to the header. The header outlet must be equipped 
with an ignition device that will instantly ignite any hydrogen 
discharged through the pressure relief device.
    (o) Special requirements for carbon dioxide, refrigerated liquid and 
nitrous oxide, refrigerated liquid. Each tank car must have an 
insulation system so that

[[Page 726]]

the thermal conductance is not more than 0.613 kilojoules per hour, per 
square meter, per degree Celsius (0.03 B.t.u. per square foot per hour, 
per degree Fahrenheit) temperature differential. Each tank car must be 
equipped with one reclosing pressure relief valve having a start-to-
discharge pressure not to exceed 75 percent of the tank test pressure 
and one non-reclosing pressure relief valve having a rupture disc design 
to burst at a pressure less than the tank test pressure. The discharge 
capacity of each pressure relief device must be sufficient to prevent 
building up of pressure in the tank in excess of 82.5 percent of the 
test pressure of the tank. Tanks must be equipped with two regulating 
valves set to open at a pressure not to exceed 24.1 Bar (350 psi) on DOT 
105A500W tanks and at a pressure not to exceed 27.6 Bar (400 psi) on DOT 
105A600W tanks. Each regulating valve and pressure relief device must 
have its final discharge piped to the outside of the protective housing.

[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52665, Dec. 21, 1990]

    Editorial Note: For Federal Register citations affecting Sec.
173.314, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the 
Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov.



Sec.173.315  Compressed gases in cargo tanks and portable tanks.

    (a) Liquefied compressed gases that are transported in UN portable 
tanks, DOT specification portable tanks, or cargo tanks must be prepared 
in accordance with this section, Sec.173.32, Sec.173.33 and subpart 
E or subpart G of part 180 of this subchapter, as applicable. For 
cryogenic liquid in cargo tanks, see Sec.173.318. For marking 
requirements for portable tanks and cargo tanks, see Sec.172.326 and 
Sec.172.328 of this subchapter, as applicable.
    (1) UN portable tanks: UN portable tanks must be loaded and offered 
for transportation in accordance with portable tank provision T50 in 
Sec.172.102 of this subchapter.
    (2) Cargo tanks and DOT specification portable tanks: Cargo tanks 
and DOT specification portable tanks must be loaded and offered for 
transportation in accordance with the following table:

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                     Maximum permitted filling density       Specification container required
                                 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
           Kind of gas                                 Percent by volume
                                   Percent by weight   (see par. (f) of    Type (see Note 2)    Minimum design
                                     (see Note 1)        this section)                          pressure (psig)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ammonia, anhydrous or Ammonia     56................  82, See Note 5....  DOT-51, MC-330, MC- 265; See Note 17.
 solutions with greater than 50                                            331; See Notes
 percent ammonia (see Notes 14                                             12, 17 and 27.
 and 17).
Ammonia solutions with more than  See par. (c) of     See Note 7........  DOT-51, MC-330, MC- 100; See par. (c)
 35 percent but not more than 50   this section.                           331; see Note 12.   of this section.
 percent ammonia.
Bromotrifluoromethane (R-13B1 or  133...............  See Note 7........  DOT-51, MC-330, MC- 365.
 H-1301); (See Note 9).                                                    331.
Butadiene, stabilized...........  See par. (b) of     See par. (b) of     DOT-51, MC-330, MC- 100.
                                   this section.       this section.       331.
Carbon dioxide, refrigerated      See par. (c)(1) of  95................  ......do..........  200; see Note 3.
 liquid.                           this section.
Chlorine........................  125...............  See Note 7........  DOT-51, MC-330, MC- 225; See Notes 4
                                                                           331.                and 8.
Chlorodifluoroethane (R-142b) (1- 100...............  See Note 7........  DOT-51, MC-330, MC- 100.
 Chloro 1,1-difluoroethane);                                               331.
 (See Note 9).
Chlorodifluoromethane (R-22);     105...............  See Note 7........  DOT-51, MC-330, MC- 250.
 (See Note 9).                                                             331.
Chloropentafluoroethane (R-115);  See par. (c) of     See Note 7........  DOT-51, MC-330, MC- See par. (c) of
 (See Note 9).                     this section.                           331.                this section.
Chlorotrifluoromethane (R-13);    See par. (c) of     See Note 7........  DOT-51, MC-330, MC- See par. (c) of
 (See Note 9).                     this section.                           331.                this section.
Dichlorodifluoromethane (R-12);   119...............  See Note 7........  DOT-51, MC-330, MC- 150.
 (See Note 9).                                                             331.
Difluoroethane (R-152a); (See     79................  See Note 7........  DOT-51, MC-330, MC- 150.
 Note 9).                                                                  331.
Dimethyl ether (see Note 16)....  59................  ......do..........  ......do..........  200.
Dimethylamine, anhydrous........  59................  See Note 7........  DOT-51, MC-330, MC- 150.
                                                                           331.

[[Page 727]]

 
Division 2.1, materials not       See par. (c) of     See Note 7........  DOT-51, MC-330, MC- See Note 18.
 specifically provided for in      this section.                           331.
 this table.
Division 2.2, materials not       See par. (c) of     See Note 7........  DOT-51, MC-330, MC- See Notes 19 and
 specifically provided for in      this section.                           331.                28.
 this table.
Division 2.3, Hazard Zone A,      See par. (c) of     See Note 7........  DOT-51, MC-330, MC- See Note 20.
 materials not specifically        this section.                           331; See Note 23.
 provided for in this table.
Division 2.3, Hazard Zone B,      See par. (c) of     See Note 7........  DOT-51, MC-330, MC- See Note 20.
 materials not specifically        this section.                           331; See Note 23.
 provided for in this table.
Division 2.3, Hazard Zone C,      See par. (c) of     See Note 7........  DOT-51, MC-330, MC- See Note 21.
 materials not specifically        this section.                           331; See Note 24.
 provided for in this table.
Division 2.3, Hazard Zone D,      See par. (c) of     See Note 7........  DOT-51, MC-330, MC- See Note 22.
 materials not specifically        this section.                           331; See Note 25.
 provided for in this table.
Ethane, refrigerated liquid.....  ..................  See par. (c) of     MC-331, MC-338....  100; see Note 11.
                                                       this section.
Ethane-propane mixture,           ..................  See par. (c) of     MC-331, MC-338....  275; see Note 11.
 refrigerated liquid.                                  this section.
Hexafluoropropylene.............  110...............  See Note 7........  DOT-51, MC-330, MC- 250.
                                                                           331.
Hydrogen chloride, refrigerated   103.0.............  See Note 7........  MC-331, MC-338....  100; see Note 11.
 liquid.
                                  91.6..............  ......do..........  ......do..........  300; see Note 11.
                                  86.7..............  ......do..........  ......do..........  450; see Note 11.
Liquefied petroleum gas (see      See par. (b) of     See par. (b) of     DOT-51, MC-330, MC- See par. (c) of
 Note 15).                         this section.       this section.       331; See Note 26.   this section.
Methylacetylene-propadiene,       53................  90................  DOT 51, MC 330, MC  200.
 stabilized (see Note 13).                                                 331.
Methylamine, anhydrous..........  60................  See Note 7........  DOT-51, MC-330, MC-
                                                                           331..
Methyl chloride.................  84................  88.5..............  ......do..........  150.
Methyl chloride (optional         ......do..........  See Note 6........  DOT-51............  225.
 portable tank 2,000 pounds
 water capacity, fusible plug).
Methyl mercaptan................  80................  90................  DOT-51, MC-330, MC- 100.
                                                                           331; See Note 23.
Nitrous oxide, refrigerated       See par. (c)(1) of  95................  DOT-51, MC-330, MC- 200; See Note 3.
 liquid.                           this section.                           331.
Refrigerant gas, n.o.s. or        See par. (c) of     See Note 7........  DOT-51, MC-330, MC- See par. (c) of
 Dispersant gas, n.o.s. (See       this section.                           331.                this section.
 Note 9).
Sulfur dioxide (tanks not over    125...............  87.5..............  DOT-51, MC-330, MC- 150; See Note 4.
 1,200 gallons water capacity).                                            331; See Note 24.
Sulfur dioxide (tanks over 1,200  125...............  87.5..............  DOT-51, MC-330, MC- 125; See Note 4.
 gallons water capacity).                                                  331; See Note 24.
Sulfur dioxide (optional          125...............  See Note 6........  DOT-51; See Note    225.
 portable tank 1,000-2,000                                                 24.
 pounds water capacity, fusible
 plug).
Trimethylamine, anhydrous.......  57................  See Note 7........  DOT-51, MC-330, MC- 150.
                                                                           331.
Vinyl chloride..................  84 (see Note 13)..  See Note 7........  MC-330, MC-331....  150.
Vinyl fluoride, stabilized......  66................  ......do..........  ......do..........  250; see Note 11.
Vinyl methyl ether..............  68................  See Notes 7 and 13  ......do..........  100.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Note 1: Maximum filling density for liquefied gases is hereby defined as the percent ratio of the weight of gas
  in the tank to the weight of water that the tank will hold. For determining the water capacity of the tank in
  pounds, the weight of a gallon (231 cubic inches) of water at 60 [deg]F. in air shall be 8.32828 pounds.
Note 2: See Sec. 173.32 for authority to use other portable tanks and for manifolding cargo tanks, see
  paragraph (q) of this section. Specifications MC 330 cargo tanks may be painted as specified for MC 331 cargo
  tanks.
Note 3: If cargo tanks and portable tank containers for carbon dioxide, refrigerated liquid, and nitrous oxide,
  refrigerated liquid, are designed to conform to the requirements in Section VIII of the ASME Code for low
  temperature operation (IBR, see Sec. 171.7 of this subchapter), the design pressure may be reduced to 100
  psig or the controlled pressure, whichever is greater.
Note 4: Material must be steel. Packagings must have a corrosion allowance of 20 percent or 0.10 inch, whichever
  is less, added to the metal thickness. The minimum wall thickness for chlorine packagings is 0.300 inch for
  stainless steel or 0.625 inch for carbon steel, including corrosion allowance.

[[Page 728]]

 
Note 5: Unlagged cargo tanks and portable tank containers for liquid anhydrous ammonia may be filled to 87.5
  percent by volume provided the temperature of the anhydrous ammonia being loaded into such tanks is determined
  to be not lower than 30 [deg]F. or provided the filling of such tanks is stopped at the first indication of
  frost or ice formation on the outside surface of the tank and is not resumed until such frost or ice has
  disappeared.
Note 6: Tanks equipped with fusible plugs must be filled by weight.
Note 7: Tanks must be filled by weight.
Note 8: Chlorine packagings may be shipped only if the contents are to be unloaded at one unloading point.
Note 9: This gas may be transported in authorized cargo tanks and portable tanks marked ``dispersant gas,'' or
  ``refrigerant gas.''
Note 10: [Reserved]
Note 11: MC-330, MC-331 and MC-338 cargo tanks must be insulated. Cargo tanks must meet all the following
  requirements. Each tank must have a design service temperature of minus 100 [deg]F., or no warmer than the
  boiling point at one atmosphere of the hazardous material to be shipped therein, whichever is colder, and must
  conform to the low-temperature requirements in Section VIII of the ASME Code. When the normal travel time is
  24 hours or less, the tank's holding time as loaded must be at least twice the normal travel time. When the
  normal travel time exceeds 24 hours, the tank's holding time as loaded must be at least 24 hours greater than
  the normal travel time. The holding time is the elapsed time from loading until venting occurs under
  equilibrium conditions. The cargo tank must have an outer jacket made of steel when the cargo tank is used to
  transport a flammable gas.
Note 12: No aluminum, copper, silver, zinc or an alloy of any of these metals shall be used in packaging
  construction where it comes into contact with the lading.
Note 13: All parts of valves and safety devices in contact with contents of tank must be of a metal or other
  material suitably treated if necessary, which will not cause formation of any acetylides.
Note 14: Specifications MC 330 and MC 331 cargo tanks constructed of other than quenched and tempered steel
  ``(NQT)'' are authorized for all grades of anhydrous ammonia. Specifications MC 330 and MC 331 cargo tanks
  constructed of quenched and tempered steel ``(QT)'' (see marking requirements of Sec. 172.328(c) of this
  subchapter) are authorized for anhydrous ammonia having a minimum water content of 0.2 percent by weight. Any
  tank being placed in anhydrous ammonia service or a tank which has been in other service or has been opened
  for inspection, test, or repair, must be cleaned of the previous product and must be purged of air before
  loading. See Sec. 172.203(h) of this subchapter for special shipping paper requirements.
Note 15: Specifications MC 330 and MC 331 cargo tanks constructed of other than quenched and tempered steel
  (NQT) are authorized for all grades of liquefied petroleum gases. Only grades of liquefied petroleum gases
  determined to be ``noncorrosive'' are authorized in Specification MC 330 and MC 331 cargo tanks constructed of
  quenched and tempered steel (QT). ``Noncorrosive'' means the corrosiveness of the gas does not exceed the
  limitations for classification 1 of the ASTM Copper Strip Classifications when tested in accordance with ASTM
  D 1838, ``Copper Strip Corrosion by Liquefied Petroleum (LP) Gases'' (IBR, see Sec. 171.7 of this
  subchapter). (For (QT) and (NQT) marking requirements, see Sec. 172.328(c) of this subchapter. For special
  shipping paper requirements, see Sec. 172.203(h) of this subchapter.)
Note 16: Openings, inlets, and outlets on MC 330 and MC 331 cargo tanks must conform to Sec. 178.337-8(a) of
  this subchapter. MC 330 and MC 331 cargo tanks must be equipped with emergency discharge control equipment as
  specified in Sec. 178.337-11(a) of this subchapter.
Note 17: A Specification MC-330 or MC-331 cargo tank or a nonspecification cargo tank meeting, and marked in
  conformance with, the edition of the ASME Code in effect when it was fabricated, may be used for the
  transportation of anhydrous ammonia if it:
(1) Has a minimum design pressure not lower than 250 psig;
(2) Was manufactured in conformance with the ASME Code prior to January 1, 1981, according to its ASME name
  plate and manufacturer's data report;
(3) Is painted white or aluminum;
(4) Complies with Note 12 of this paragraph;
(5) Has been inspected and tested in accordance with subpart E of part 180 of this subchapter as specified for
  MC 331 cargo tanks.
(6) Was used to transport anhydrous ammonia prior to January 1, 1981;
(7) Is operated exclusively in intrastate commerce (including its operation by a motor carrier otherwise engaged
  in interstate commerce) in a state where its operation was permitted by the laws of that State (not including
  the incorporation of this subchapter) prior to January 1, 1981; and
(8) Is operated in conformance with all other requirements of this subchapter.
Note 18: The minimum packaging design pressure must not be less than the vapor pressure at the reference
  temperature of the lading plus one percent or 173.4 kPa (25 psig), whichever is less.
Note 19: The minimum packaging design pressure must not be less than the vapor pressure at the reference
  temperature of the lading.
Note 20: The minimum packaging design pressure must not be less than 1.5 times the vapor pressure of the lading
  at 46 [deg]C (115 [deg]F).
Note 21: The minimum packaging design pressure must not be less than 1.3 times the vapor pressure of the lading
  at 46 [deg]C (115 [deg]F).
Note 22: The minimum packaging design pressure must not be less than 1.1 times the vapor pressure of the lading
  at 46 [deg]C (115 [deg]F).
Note 23: Packagings must be made of stainless steel except that steel other than stainless steel may be used in
  accordance with the provisions of Sec. 173.24b(b) of this part. Thickness of stainless steel for shell and
  heads must be the greater of 7.62 mm (0.300 inch) or the thickness required for the packaging at its minimum
  design pressure.
Note 24: Packagings must be made of stainless steel except that steel other than stainless steel may be used in
  accordance with the provisions of Sec. 173.24b(b) of this part. Thickness of stainless steel for shell and
  heads must be the greater of 6.35 mm (0.250 inch) or the thickness required for the packaging at its minimum
  design pressure. For sulphur dioxide, this Note does not apply until October 1, 1994.
Note 25: Packagings must be made of stainless steel except that steel other than stainless steel may be used in
  accordance with the provisions of Sec. 173.24b(b) of this part. Thickness for shell and heads must be as
  calculated for the packaging at its minimum design pressure.
Note 26: Non-specification cargo tanks may be used for the transportation of liquefied petroleum gas, subject to
  the conditions prescribed in paragraph (k) of this section.
Note 27: Non-specification cargo tanks may be used for transportation of Ammonia, anhydrous and ammonia
  solutions with greater than 50% ammonia, subject to the conditions prescribed in paragraph (m) of this
  section.
Note 28: For UN1080, Sulfur hexafluoride, a non-specification cargo tank that otherwise conforms to a DOT
  Specification MC 331 cargo tank except for design pressure and capacity is authorized. Design pressure may not
  exceed 600 psig. The water capacity range for each tank is 15 to 500 gallons.

    (b) Maximum permitted filling densities for cargo and portable tank 
containers for transportation of butadiene, stabilized, and liquefied 
petroleum gas are as follows:

[[Page 729]]



------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     Maximum permitted
                                                    filling density in
                                                   percent of the water-
                                                  weight capacity of the
 Maximum specific gravity of the liquid material    tanks (percent) See
                  at 60 [deg]F.                           Note 1
                                                 -----------------------
                                                     1200
                                                  gallons or   Over 1200
                                                     less       gallons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
0.473 to 0.480..................................          38          41
0.481 to 0.488..................................          39          42
0.489 to 0.495..................................          40          43
0.496 to 0.503..................................          41          44
0.504 to 0.510..................................          42          45
0.511 to 0.519..................................          43          46
0.520 to 0.527..................................          44          47
0.528 to 0.536..................................          45          48
0.537 to 0.544..................................          46          49
0.545 to 0.552..................................          47          50
0.553 to 0.560..................................          48          51
0.561 to 0.568..................................          49          52
0.569 to 0.576..................................          50          53
0.577 to 0.584..................................          51          54
0.585 to 0.592..................................          52          55
0.593 to 0.600..................................          53          56
0.601 to 0.608..................................          54          57
0.609 to 0.617..................................          55          58
0.618 to 0.626..................................          56          59
0.627 and over..................................          57          60
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Note 1: Filling is permitted by volume provided the same filling density
  is used as permitted by weight, except when using fixed length dip
  tube or other fixed maximum liquid level indicators (paragraph (f) of
  this section), in which case the maximum permitted filling density
  shall not exceed 97 percent of the maximum permitted filling density
  by weight contained in the table.

    (1) Odorization. All liquefied petroleum gas must be odorized as 
required in this paragraph to indicate positively, by a distinctive 
odor, the presence of gas down to a concentration in air of not over 
one-fifth the lower limit of combustibility; however, odorization is not 
required if it is harmful in the use or further processing of the 
liquefied petroleum gas or if it will serve no useful purpose as a 
warning agent in such use or further processing.
    (i) The lower limits of combustibility of the more commonly used 
liquefied petroleum gases are: Propane, 2.15 percent; butane, 1.55 
percent. These figures represent volumetric percentages of gas-air 
mixtures in each case.
    (ii) The use of 1.0 pound of ethyl mercaptan per 10,000 gallons of 
liquefied petroleum gas is considered sufficient to meet the 
requirements of this paragraph (b). Use of any other odorant is not 
prohibited so long as there is enough to meet the requirements of this 
paragraph.
    (2) Odorant fade. For cargo tanks or portable tanks being 
transported from a refinery, gas plant or pipeline terminal and in 
addition to paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section, the offeror must ensure 
that enough odorant will remain in the cargo tank or portable tank 
during the course of transportation. The shipper must have procedures in 
place to:
    (i) Ensure quantitative testing methods are used to measure the 
amount of odorant in the liquefied petroleum gas;
    (ii) Ensure that, when the odorization of liquefied petroleum gas is 
manually injected, the required amount of odorant is being added;
    (iii) Ensure that, when odorization of liquefied petroleum gas is 
automatically injected, equipment calibration checks are conducted to 
ensure the required amount of odorant is consistently added;
    (iv) Ensure that quality control measures are in place to make sure 
that persons who receive cargo tanks or portable tanks that have been 
subjected to any condition that could lead to corrosion of the packaging 
or receive new or recently cleaned cargo tanks or portable tanks are 
notified of this information and that a person filling these packagings 
implement quality control measures to ensure that potential odorant fade 
is addressed;
    (v) Inspect a cargo tank or portable tank for signs of oxidation or 
corrosion; and
    (vi) Take corrective action needed to ensure enough odorant remains 
in the cargo tank or portable tank during the course of transportation, 
such as increasing the amount of odorant added to the liquefied 
petroleum gas.
    (c) Except as otherwise provided, the loading of a liquefied gas 
into a cargo tank or portable tank shall be determined by weight or by a 
suitable liquid level gauging device. The vapor pressure (psig) at 115 
[deg]F. must not exceed the design pressure of the cargo tank or 
portable tank container. The outage and filling limits for liquefied 
gases must be as prescribed in Sec.173.24b of this part, except that 
this requirement does not apply to:
    (1) A tank containing carbon dioxide, refrigerated liquid or nitrous 
oxide, refrigerated liquid. Such tank is required to be equipped with 
suitable pressure control valves and may not be filled to a level 
exceeding 95 percent of the volumetric capacity of the tank.

[[Page 730]]

    (2) A tank containing ethane, refrigerated liquid; ethane-propane 
mixture, refrigerated liquid; or hydrogen chloride, refrigerated liquid. 
Such tank must be filled to allow at least two percent outage below the 
inlet of the pressure relief valve or pressure control valve under 
conditions of incipient opening, with the tank in a level attitude.
    (d) If the loading of cargo tanks and portable tank containers with 
liquefied gases is to be determined by weight, the gross weight shall be 
checked after the filling line is disconnected in each instance. The 
gross weight shall be calculated from the tank capacity and tare weight 
set forth on the metal plate required by the specification, and the 
maximum filling density permitted for the material being loaded into the 
tank as set forth in the table, paragraph (a) of this section.
    (e) If the loading of cargo tanks and portable tank containers with 
liquefied gases is to be determined by adjustable liquid level device, 
each tank and each compartment thereof shall have a thermometer well, so 
that the internal liquid temperature can easily be determined, and the 
amount of liquid in the tank shall be corrected to a 60 [deg]F. basis. 
Liquid levels shall not exceed a level corresponding to the maximum 
filling density permitted for the material being loaded into the tank as 
set forth in the table in paragraph (a) of this section.
    (f) When the loading of cargo tanks and portable tank containers 
with liquefied gases is determined only by fixed length dip tube or 
other fixed maximum liquid level indicator, the device shall be arranged 
to function at a level not to exceed the maximum permitted volume 
prescribed by the table, paragraph (a) of this section. Loading shall be 
stopped when the device functions.
    (g) Containers, the liquid level of which has been determined by 
means of a fixed length dip tube gauging device, shall not be acceptable 
for stowage as cargo on vessels in commerce subject to the jurisdiction 
of the United States Coast Guard. Nothing contained in this section 
shall be so construed as to prohibit the transportation on car floats or 
car ferries of motor vehicles laden with containers nor cargo tanks the 
liquid level of either of which has been determined by means of fixed 
length dip tube devices.
    (h) Each cargo tank and portable tank, except a tank filled by 
weight, must be equipped with one or more of the gauging devices 
described in the following table which indicate accurately the maximum 
permitted liquid level. Additional gauging devices may be installed but 
may not be used as primary controls for filling of cargo tanks and 
portable tanks. Gauge glasses are not permitted on any cargo tank or 
portable tank. Primary gauging devices used on cargo tanks of less than 
3500 gallons water capacity are exempt from the longitudinal location 
requirements specified in paragraphs (h)(2) and (3) of this section 
provided: The tank length does not exceed three times the tank diameter; 
and the cargo tank is unloaded within 24 hours after each filling of the 
tank.

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                             Gaging device permitted for
                Kind of gas                       filling purposes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Anhydrous ammonia.........................  Rotary tube; adjustable slip
                                             tube; fixed length dip
                                             tube.
Anhydrous dimethylamine...................  None.
Anhydrous monomethylamine.................   Do.
Anhydrous trimethylamine..................   Do.
Aqua ammonia solution containing anhydrous  Rotary tube; adjustable slip
 ammonia.                                    tube; fixed length dip
                                             tube.
Butadiene, stabilized.....................   Do.
Carbon dioxide, refrigerated liquid.......   Do.
Chlorine..................................  None.
Dichlorodifluoromethane...................   Do.
Difluoroethane............................   Do.
Difluoromonochloroethane..................   Do.
Dimethyl ether............................   Do.
Ethane, refrigerated liquid...............  Rotary tube; adjustable slip
                                             tube; fixed length dip
                                             tube.
Ethane-propane mixture, refrigerated         Do.
 liquid.
Hexafluoropropylene.......................  None.
Hydrogen chloride, refrigerated liquid....   Do.
Liquefied petroleum gases.................  Rotary tube; adjustable slip
                                             tube; fixed length dip
                                             tube.
Methyl chloride...........................  Fixed length dip tube.
Methyl mercaptan..........................  Rotary tube; adjustable slip
                                             tube; fixed length dip
                                             tube.
Monochlorodifluoromethane.................  None.
Nitrous oxide, refrigerated liquid........  Rotary tube; adjustable slip
                                             tube; fixed length dip
                                             tube.
Methylacetylenepropadiene, stabilized.....   Do.
Refrigerant gas, n.o.s. or Dispersant gas,  None.
 n.o.s.
Sulfur dioxide............................  Fixed length dip tube.
Vinyl chloride............................  None.

[[Page 731]]

 
Vinyl fluoride, inhibited.................   Do.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (1) The design pressure of the liquid level gauging devices shall be 
at least equal to the design pressure of the tank.
    (2) If the primary gauging device is adjustable, it must be capable 
of adjustment so that the end of the tube will be in the location 
specified in paragraph (h)(3) of this section for at least one of the 
ladings to be transported, at the filling level corresponding to an 
average loading temperature. Exterior means must be provided to indicate 
this adjustment. The gauging device must be legibly and permanently 
marked in increments not exceeding 20 Fahrenheit degrees (or not 
exceeding 25 p.s.i.g. on tanks for carbon dioxide, refrigerated liquid 
or nitrous oxide, refrigerated liquid), to indicate the maximum levels 
to which the tank may be filled with liquid at temperatures above 20 
[deg]F. However, if it is not practicable to so mark the gauging device, 
this information must be legibly and permanently marked on a plate 
affixed to the tank adjacent to the gauging device.
    (3) A dip tube gauging device consists of a pipe or tube with a 
valve at its outer end with its intake limited by an orifice not larger 
than 0.060 inch in diameter. If a fixed length dip tube is used, the 
intake must be located midway of the tank both longitudinally and 
laterally and at maximum permitted filling level. In tanks for liquefied 
petroleum gases, the intake must be located at the level reached by the 
lading when the tank is loaded to maximum filling density at 40 [deg]F.
    (4) Except on a tank used exclusively for the transportation of 
carbon dioxide, refrigerated liquid or nitrous oxide, refrigerated 
liquid, each opening for a pressure gauge must be restricted at or 
inside the tank by an orifice no larger than 0.060 inch in diameter. For 
carbon dioxide, refrigerated liquid or nitrous oxide, refrigerated 
liquid service, the pressure gauge need only be used during the filling 
operation.
    (i) Each tank must be provided with one or more pressure relief 
devices which, unless otherwise specified in this part, must be of the 
spring-loaded type. Each valve must be arranged to discharge upward and 
unobstructed to the outside of the protective housing to prevent any 
impingement of escaping gas upon the tank. For each chlorine tank the 
protective housing must be in compliance with the requirements set forth 
in the applicable specification.
    (1) The safety relief valves on each tank must meet the following 
conditions:
    (i) The total relieving capacity, as determined by the flow formulas 
contained in Section 5 of CGA S-1.2 (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this 
subchapter), must be sufficient to prevent a maximum pressure in the 
tank of more than 120 percent of the design pressure;
    (ii) The flow capacity rating, testing and marking must be in 
accordance with Sections 5, 6 and 7 of CGA Pamphlet S-1.2.
    (iii) For an insulated tank, the required relieving capacity of the 
relief devices must be the same as for an uninsulated tank, unless the 
insulation will remain in place and will be effective under fire 
conditions. In this case, except for UN portable tanks, each insulated 
tank must be covered by a sheet metal jacket of not less than 16 gauge 
thickness. For UN portable tanks where the relieving capacity of the 
valves has been reduced on the basis of the insulation system, the 
insulation system must remain effective at all temperatures less than 
649 [deg]C (1200.2 [deg]F) and be jacketed with a material having a 
melting point of 700 [deg]C (1292.0 [deg]F) or greater.
    (iv) An MC 330 cargo tank that has relief valves sized by Fetterly's 
formula dated November 27, 1928, may be continued in service.
    (2) Each safety relief valve must be arranged to minimize the 
possibility of tampering. If the pressure setting or adjustment is 
external to the valve, the safety relief valve must be provided with 
means for sealing the adjustment and it must be sealed.
    (3) Each safety relief valve on a portable tank, other than a UN 
portable tank, must be set to start-to-discharge at pressure no higher 
than 110% of the tank design pressure and no lower than the design 
pressure specified in paragraph (a) of this section for the gas

[[Page 732]]

transported. For UN portable tanks used for liquefied compressed gases 
and constructed in accordance with the requirements of Sec.178.276 of 
this subchapter, the pressure relief device(s) must conform to Sec.
178.276(e) of this subchapter.
    (4) Except for UN portable tanks, each safety relief valve must be 
plainly and permanently marked with the pressure in p.s.i.g. at which it 
is set to discharge, with the actual rate of discharge of the device in 
cubic feet per minute of the gas or of air at 60 [deg]F (15.6 [deg]C) 
and 14.7 p.s.i.a., and with the manufacturer's name or trade name and 
catalog number. The start-to-discharge valve marking must be visible 
after the valve is installed. The rated discharge capacity of the device 
must be determined at a pressure of 120% of the design pressure of the 
tank. For UN portable tanks, each pressure relief device must be clearly 
and permanently marked as specified in Sec.178.274(f)(1) of this 
subchapter.
    (5) Each safety relief valve must have direct communication with the 
vapor space in the tank.
    (6) Each connection to a safety relief valve must be of sufficient 
size to provide the required rate of discharge through the safety relief 
valve.
    (7) [Reserved]
    (8) Each pressure relief valve outlet must be provided with a 
protective device to prevent the entrance and accumulation of dirt and 
water. This device must not impede flow through the valve. Pressure 
relief devices must be designed to prevent the entry of foreign matter, 
the leakage of liquid and the development of any dangerous excess 
pressure.
    (9) On tanks for carbon dioxide, refrigerated liquid or nitrous 
oxide, refrigerated liquid each safety relief device must be installed 
and located so that the cooling effect of the contents will not prevent 
the effective operation of the device. In addition to the required 
safety relief valves, these tanks may be equipped with one or more 
pressure controlling devices.
    (10) Each tank for carbon dioxide, refrigerated liquid also may be 
equipped with one or more non-reclosing pressure relief devices set to 
function at a pressure not over two times nor less than 1.5 times the 
design pressure of the tank.
    (11) Each portion of connected liquid piping or hose that can be 
closed at both ends must be provided with a safety relief valve without 
an intervening shut-off valve to prevent excessive hydrostatic pressure 
that could burst the piping or hose.
    (12) Subject to conditions of paragraph (a) of this section for the 
methyl chloride and sulfur dioxide optional portable tanks, one or more 
fusible plugs examined by the Bureau of Explosives and approved by the 
Associate Administrator may be used on these tanks in place of safety 
relief valves of the spring-loaded type. The fusible plug or plugs must 
be in accordance with CGA Pamphlet S-1.2, to prevent a pressure rise in 
the tank of more than 120 percent of the design pressure. If the tank is 
over 30 inches long, each end must have the total specified safety 
discharge area.
    (13) A safety relief valve on a chlorine cargo tank must conform to 
one of the following standards of The Chlorine Institute, Inc.: Type 1 
\1/2\ JQ225, Dwg. H51970 (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this subchapter); or 
Type 1 \1/2\ JQ225, Dwg. H50155 (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this 
subchapter).
    (j) Consumer storage containers. (1) Storage containers for 
liquefied petroleum gas or propane charged to five percent of their 
capacity or less and intended for permanent installation on consumer 
premises may be shipped by private motor carrier under the following 
conditions:
    (i) Each container must be constructed in compliance with the 
requirements in Section VIII of the ASME Code (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of 
this subchapter) and must be marked to indicate compliance in the manner 
specified by the respective Code. Containers built in compliance with 
earlier editions starting with 1943 are authorized.
    (ii) Each container must be equipped with safety devices in 
compliance with the requirements for safety devices on containers as 
specified in NFPA 58, Liquefied Petroleum Gas Code (IBR, see Sec.171.7 
of this subchapter).
    (iii) The containers must be braced or otherwise secured on the 
vehicle to

[[Page 733]]

prevent relative motion while in transit. Valves or other fittings must 
be adequately protected against damage during transportation. (See Sec.
177.834(a) of this subchapter).
    (2) Storage containers with a water capacity not exceeding 500 
gallons charged with liquefied petroleum gas to more than five percent 
of their capacity and intended for permanent installation on consumer 
premises may be transported by private motor carrier one-way only from 
the consumer's premises to the container owner's nearest facility under 
the following conditions:
    (i) Each container must be constructed in compliance with the 
requirements in Section VIII of the ASME Code and must be marked to 
indicate compliance in the manner specified by the respective Code.
    (ii) Maximum permitted filling density may not exceed that specified 
in paragraph (b) of this section.
    (iii) Prior to loading on a motor vehicle, the container must be 
inspected by a trained and qualified person for leaks, corroded or 
abraded areas, dents, distortions, weld defects, or other condition that 
may render the container unsafe for transportation. A record of the 
inspection must be legibly signed and dated by the person performing the 
inspection and retained by the container owner for two years. The 
signature on the inspection record represents a certification that the 
container has been inspected and has no defects that would render it 
unsafe for transportation under the HMR. The record of inspection must 
include the date of inspection, the inspector's contact information 
(such as a telephone number), the container's serial number and 
container size (water capacity), estimated amount of hazardous material, 
and the origin and destination of shipment.
    (iv) Only one storage container may be transported on a motor 
vehicle.
    (v) For loading on a motor vehicle, the container must be lifted by 
slings, which must be completely wrapped around the container. Lifting 
lugs may not be used. The slings must be rated to a weight sufficient to 
accommodate the container and its lading and shall comply with ASME 
B30.9 on slings used for lifting purposes, and must be visually 
inspected prior to each use. A sling showing evidence of tears, fraying, 
or other signs of excessive wear may not be used.
    (vi) The storage container must be secured on a motor vehicle so 
that the container is completely within the envelope of the vehicle and 
does not extend beyond the vehicle frame.
    (vii) The storage container must be placed on the vehicle in a 
manner, such as in a cradle, which ensures that no weight is placed on 
the supporting legs during transportation.
    (viii) The storage container must be secured against movement during 
transportation. Bracing must conform with the requirements of paragraph 
(j)(1)(iii) of this section and Sec.177.834(a) of this subchapter and 
with Section 6-5.2 of NFPA 58, Liquefied Petroleum Gas Code. Straps or 
chains used as tie-downs must be rated to exceed the maximum load to be 
transported and conform to the requirements in Sec. Sec.393.100 
through 393.106 of this title.
    (ix) Tow trailers used to transport storage containers in accordance 
with this paragraph (j)(2) must provide rear end protection that 
conforms to requirements in Sec.393.86 of this title.
    (3) Storage containers of less than 1,042 pounds water capacity (125 
gallons) may be shipped when charged with liquefied petroleum gas in 
compliance with DOT filling density.
    (k) A nonspecification cargo tank meeting, and marked in conformance 
with, the edition of Section VIII of the ASME Code in effect when it was 
fabricated may be used for the transportation of liquefied petroleum gas 
provided it meets all of the following conditions:
    (1) It must have a minimum design pressure no lower than 250 psig.
    (2) It must have a capacity of 13,247.5 L (3,500 water gallons) or 
less.
    (3) It must have been manufactured in conformance with Section VIII 
of the ASME Code prior to January 1, 1981, according to its ASME name 
plate and manufacturer's data report.
    (4) It must conform to the applicable provisions of NFPA 58, except 
to the extent that provisions in NFPA 58 are inconsistent with 
requirements in parts 178 and 180 of this subchapter.

[[Page 734]]

    (5) It must be inspected, tested, and equipped in accordance with 
subpart E of part 180 of this subchapter as specified for MC 331 cargo 
tank motor vehicles.
    (6) Except as provided in this paragraph (k), it must be operated 
exclusively in intrastate commerce, including its operation by a motor 
carrier otherwise engaged in interstate commerce, in a state where its 
operation was permitted by law (not including the incorporation of this 
subchapter) prior to January 1, 1981. A cargo tank motor vehicle 
operating under authority of this section may cross state lines to 
travel to and from a qualified assembly, repair, maintenance, or 
requalification facility. The cargo tank need not be cleaned and purged, 
but it may not contain liquefied petroleum gas in excess of five percent 
of the water capacity of the cargo tank. If the vehicle engine is 
supplied fuel from the cargo tank, enough fuel in excess of five percent 
of the cargo tank's water capacity may be carried for the trip to or 
from the facility.
    (7) It must have been used to transport liquefied petroleum gas 
prior to January 1, 1981.
    (8) It must be operated in conformance with all other requirements 
of this subchapter.
    (l) Anhydrous ammonia must not be offered for transportation or 
transported in specification MC 330 and MC 331 cargo tanks constructed 
of quenched and tempered (``QT'') steel except as provided in this 
paragraph.
    (1) The ammonia must have a minimum water content of 0.2 percent by 
weight. Any addition of water must be made using steam condensate, 
deionized, or distilled water.
    (2) Except as otherwise provided in this paragraph, each person 
offering for transportation or transporting anhydrous ammonia shall 
perform a periodic analysis for prescribed water content in the ammonia. 
The analysis must be performed:
    (i) From a sample of the ammonia in storage taken at least once 
every 7 days, or each time ammonia is added to the storage tanks, 
whichever is less frequent; or
    (ii) At the time the cargo tanks are loaded, then a sample of the 
ammonia taken from at least one loaded cargo tank out of each 10 loads, 
or from one cargo tank every 24 hours, whichever is less frequent; or
    (iii) At the same frequency as described in paragraph (l)(2)(ii) of 
this section, from a sample taken from the loading line to the cargo 
tank.
    (3) If water is added at the time of loading:
    (i) The sample for analysis must be taken from a point in the 
loading line between the water injection equipment and the cargo tank; 
and
    (ii) Positive provisions must be made to assure water injection 
equipment is operating.
    (4) If water injection equipment becomes inoperative, suitable 
corrective maintenance must be performed after which a sample from the 
first loaded cargo tank must be analyzed for prescribed water content.
    (5) The analysis method for water content must be as prescribed in 
CGA G-2.2, ``Tentative Standard Method for Determining Minimum of 0.2 
percent water in Anhydrous Ammonia,'' (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this 
subchapter).
    (6) Records indicating the results of the analysis taken, as 
required by this paragraph, must be retained for 2 years and must be 
open to inspection by a representative of the Department.
    (7) Each person receiving anhydrous ammonia containing 0.2 per cent 
water by weight may offer for transportation or transport that ammonia 
without performing the prescribed analysis for water content provided:
    (i) The ammonia received was certified as containing 0.2 percent 
water as prescribed in Sec. Sec.172.203(h)(l)(i) and 177.817(a) of 
this subchapter; and
    (ii) The amount of water in the ammonia has not been reduced by any 
means.
    (m) General. (1) A cargo tank that is commonly known as a nurse tank 
and considered an implement of husbandry transporting anhydrous ammonia 
and operated by a private motor carrier exclusively for agricultural 
purposes is excepted from the specification requirements of part 178 of 
this subchapter if it:
    (i) Has a minimum design pressure of 250 psig, meets the 
requirements of Section VIII of the ASME Code (IBR,

[[Page 735]]

see Sec.171.7 of this subchapter), and is marked with a valid ASME 
plate.
    (ii) Is equipped with pressure relief valves meeting the 
requirements of CGA Standard S-1.2 (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this 
subchapter);
    (iii) Is painted white or aluminum;
    (iv) Has a capacity of 3,000 gallons or less;
    (v) Is loaded to a filling density no greater than 56 percent;
    (vi) Is securely mounted on a farm wagon or meets paragraph (m)(3) 
of this section; and
    (vii) Is in conformance with the requirements of part 172 of this 
subchapter except that shipping papers are not required; and it need not 
be marked or placarded on one end if that end contains valves, fittings, 
regulators or gauges when those appurtenances prevent the markings and 
placard from being properly placed and visible.
    (2) Nurse tanks with missing or illegible ASME plates. Nurse tanks 
with missing or illegible ASME plates may continue to be operated 
provided they conform to the following requirements:
    (i) Each nurse tank must undergo an external visual inspection and 
testing in accordance with Sec.180.407(d) of this subchapter.
    (ii) Each nurse tank must be thickness tested in accordance with 
Sec.180.407(i) of this subchapter. A nurse tank with a capacity of 
less than 1,500 gallons must have a minimum head thickness of 0.203 inch 
and a minimum shell thickness of 0.239 inch. A nurse tank with a 
capacity of 1,500 gallons or more must have a minimum thickness of 0.250 
inch. Any nurse tank with a thickness test reading of less than that 
specified in this paragraph at any point must be removed from hazardous 
materials service.
    (iii) Each nurse tank must be pressure tested in accordance with 
Sec.180.407(g) of this subchapter. The minimum test pressure is 375 
psig. Pneumatic testing is not authorized.
    (iv) Each nurse tank must be inspected and tested by a person 
meeting the requirements of Sec.180.409(d) of this subchapter. 
Furthermore, each nurse tank must have the tests performed at least once 
every five years after the completion of the initial tests.
    (v) After each nurse tank has successfully passed the visual, 
thickness, and pressure tests, welded repairs on the tank are 
prohibited.
    (vi) After the nurse tank has successfully passed the visual, 
thickness, and pressure tests, it must be marked in accordance with 
Sec.180.415(b), and permanently marked near the test and inspection 
markings with a unique owner's identification number in letters and 
numbers at least \1/2\ inch in height and width.
    (vii) Each nurse tank owner must maintain a copy of the test 
inspection report prepared by the inspector. The test report must 
contain the results of the test and meet the requirements in Sec.
180.417(b) and be made available to a DOT representative upon request.
    (3) Field truck mounted tanks. A non-DOT specification cargo tank 
(nurse tank) securely mounted on a field truck is authorized under the 
following conditions:
    (i) The tank is in conformance with all the requirements of 
paragraph (m)(1) of this section, except that the requirement in 
paragraph (m)(1)(vi) does not apply;
    (ii) The tank is inspected and tested in accordance with subpart E 
of part 180 of this subchapter as specified for an MC 331 cargo tank;
    (iii) The tank is restricted to rural roads in areas within 50 miles 
of the fertilizer distribution point where the nurse tank is loaded; and
    (iv) For the purposes of this section, a field truck means a vehicle 
on which a nurse tank is mounted that is designed to withstand off-road 
driving on hilly terrain. Specifically, the vehicle must be outfitted 
with stiffer suspension (for example, additional springs or airbags) 
than would be necessary for a comparable on-road vehicle, a rear axle 
ratio that provides greater low end torque, and a braking system and 
tires designed to ensure stability in hilly terrain. The field truck 
must have low annual over-the-road mileage and be used exclusively for 
agricultural purposes.
    (n) Emergency discharge control for cargo tank motor vehicles in 
liquefied compressed gas service--(1) Required emergency discharge 
control equipment.

[[Page 736]]

Each cargo tank motor vehicle in liquefied compressed gas service must 
have an emergency discharge control capability as specified in the 
following table:

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         Sec.Required emergency discharge control
   173.315(n)(1)(*)            Material           Delivery service                    capability
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(i)...................  Division 2.2           All..................  None.
                         materials with no
                         subsidiary hazard,
                         excluding anhydrous
                         ammonia.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(ii)..................  Division 2.3           All..................  Paragraph (n)(2) of this section.
                         materials.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(iii).................  Division 2.2           Other than metered     Paragraph (n)(2) of this section.
                         materials with a       delivery service.
                         subsidiary hazard,
                         Division 2.1
                         materials, and
                         anhydrous ammonia.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(iv)..................  Division 2.2           Metered delivery       Paragraph (n)(3) of this section.
                         materials with a       service.
                         subsidiary hazard,
                         Division 2.1
                         materials, and
                         anhydrous ammonia in
                         a cargo tank motor
                         vehicle with a
                         capacity of 13,247.5
                         L (3,500 water
                         gallons) or less.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(v)...................  Division 2.2           Metered delivery       Paragraph (n)(3) of this section, and, for
                         materials with a       service.               obstructed view deliveries where
                         subsidiary hazard,                            permitted by Sec. 177.840(p) of this
                         Division 2.1                                  subchapter, paragraph (n)(2) or (n)(4) of
                         materials, and                                this section.
                         anhydrous ammonia in
                         a cargo tank motor
                         vehicle with a
                         capacity greater
                         than 13,247.5 L
                         (3,500 water
                         gallons).
(vi)..................  Division 2.2           Both metered delivery  Paragraph (n)(2) of this section, provided
                         materials with a       and other than         the system operates for both metered and
                         subsidiary hazard,     metered delivery       other than metered deliveries; otherwise,
                         Division 2.1           service.               paragraphs (n)(2) and (n)(3) of this
                         materials, and                                section.
                         anhydrous ammonia in
                         a cargo tank with a
                         capacity of greater
                         than 13,247.5 L
                         (3,500 water
                         gallons).
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (2) Cargo tank motor vehicles in other than metered delivery 
service. A cargo tank motor vehicle in other than metered delivery 
service must have a means to automatically shut off the flow of product 
without the need for human intervention within 20 seconds of an 
unintentional release caused by a complete separation of a liquid 
delivery hose (passive shut-down capability).
    (i) Designed flow of product through a bypass in the valve is 
acceptable when authorized by this subchapter.
    (ii) The design for the means to automatically shut off product flow 
must be certified by a Design Certifying Engineer. The certification 
must consider any specifications of the original component manufacturer 
and must explain how the passive means to shut off the flow of product 
operates. It must also outline the parameters (e.g., temperature, 
pressure, types of product) within which the passive means to shut off 
the flow of product is designed to operate. All components of the 
discharge system that are integral to the design must be included in the 
certification. A copy of the design certification must be provided to 
the owner of the cargo tank motor vehicle on which the equipment will be 
installed.
    (iii) Installation must be performed under the supervision of a 
Registered Inspector unless the equipment is installed and removed as 
part of regular operation (e.g., a hose). The Registered Inspector must 
certify that the equipment is installed and tested, if it is possible to 
do so without damaging the equipment, in accordance with the Design 
Certifying Engineer's certification. The Registered Inspector must 
provide the certification to the owner of the cargo tank motor vehicle.
    (3) Cargo tank motor vehicles in metered delivery service. When 
required by the table in paragraph (n)(1) of this section, a cargo tank 
motor vehicle must

[[Page 737]]

have an off-truck remote means to close the internal self-closing stop 
valve and shut off all motive and auxiliary power equipment upon 
activation by a qualified person attending the unloading of the cargo 
tank motor vehicle (off-truck remote shut-off). It must function 
reliably at a distance of 45.72 m (150 feet). The off-truck remote shut-
off activation device must not be capable of reopening the internal 
self-closing stop valve after emergency activation.
    (i) The emergency discharge control equipment must be installed 
under the supervision of a Registered Inspector. Each wireless 
transmitter/receiver must be tested to demonstrate that it will close 
the internal self-closing stop valve and shut off all motive and 
auxiliary power equipment at a distance of 91.44 m (300 feet) under 
optimum conditions. Emergency discharge control equipment that does not 
employ a wireless transmitter/receiver must be tested to demonstrate its 
functioning at the maximum length of the delivery hose.
    (ii) The Registered Inspector must certify that the remote control 
equipment is installed in accordance with the original component 
manufacturer's specifications and is tested in accordance with paragraph 
(n)(3)(i) of this section. The Registered Inspector must provide the 
owner of the cargo tank motor vehicle with this certification.
    (4) Query systems. When a transmitter/receiver system is used to 
satisfy the requirements of paragraph (n)(1)(v) of this section, it must 
close the internal self-closing stop valve and shut off all motive and 
auxiliary power equipment unless the qualified person attending the 
unloading operation prevents it from doing so at least once every five 
minutes. Testing and certification must be as specified in paragraph 
(n)(3) of this section.
    (5) Compliance dates. (i) Each specification MC 331 cargo tank motor 
vehicle with a certificate of construction issued two or more years 
after July 1, 1999, must have an appropriate emergency discharge control 
capability as specified in this paragraph (n).
    (ii) No MC 330, MC 331, or nonspecification cargo tank motor vehicle 
authorized under paragraph (k) of this section may be operated unless it 
has an appropriate emergency discharge control capability as specified 
in this paragraph (n) no later than the date of its first scheduled 
pressure retest required after July 1, 2001. No MC 330, MC 331 or 
nonspecification cargo tank motor vehicle authorized under paragraph (k) 
of this section may be operated after July 1, 2006, unless it has been 
equipped with emergency discharge control equipment as specified in this 
paragraph (n).
    (iii) No MC 330 or MC 331 cargo tank motor vehicle with a capacity 
over 13,247 L (3,500 gallons) used in metered delivery service may be 
operated unless it has an appropriate discharge control capability as 
specified in this paragraph (n) no later than July 1, 2003, or the date 
of its first scheduled pressure retest required after July 1, 2001, 
whichever is earlier.
    (o) Chlorine cargo tank motor vehicles. Each cargo tank motor 
vehicle used for the transportation of chlorine must meet the 
requirements in the following:
    (1) Any hose, piping, or tubing used for loading or unloading that 
is mounted or carried on the motor vehicle may not be attached to any 
valve and must be capped at all ends to prevent the entry of moisture, 
except at the time of loading or unloading. Except at the time of 
loading and unloading, the pipe connection of each angle valve must be 
closed with a screw plug which is chained or otherwise fastened to 
prevent misplacement.
    (2) Each chlorine cargo tank motor vehicle angle valve must be 
tested to be leak free at not less than 225 psig using dry air or inert 
gas before installation and thereafter every 2 years when performing the 
required periodic retest in Sec.180.407(c) of this subchapter. Prior 
to each loading, the cargo tank motor vehicle must be inspected and the 
angle valves and gasketed joints must be examined and tested at a 
pressure of not less than 50 psig to determine that they are not leaking 
and are in proper condition for transportation. Any leaks must be 
corrected before the cargo tank motor vehicle is offered for 
transportation.

[[Page 738]]

    (3) Excess flow valves on the cargo tank motor vehicle must meet the 
requirements of paragraph (n) of this section.
    (p) Fusible elements. Each MC 330, MC 331, or nonspecification cargo 
tank authorized under paragraph (k) of this section must have a thermal 
means of closure for each internal self-closing stop valve as specified 
in Sec.178.337-8(a)(4) of this subchapter.
    (q) Manifolding is authorized for cargo tanks containing anhydrous 
ammonia provided each individual cargo tank is equipped with a pressure 
relief device or valves and gauging devices as required by paragraphs 
(h) and (i) of this section. Each valve must be tightly closed while the 
cargo tank is in transit. Each cargo tank must be filled separately.

[29 FR 18743, Dec. 29, 1964. Redesignated at 32 FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967]

    Editorial Note: For Federal Register citations affecting Sec.
173.315, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the 
Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov.



Sec.173.316  Cryogenic liquids in cylinders.

    (a) General requirements. (1) A cylinder may not be loaded with a 
cryogenic liquid colder than the design service temperature of the 
packaging.
    (2) A cylinder may not be loaded with any material which may combine 
chemically with any residue in the packaging to produce an unsafe 
condition.
    (3) The jacket covering the insulation on a cylinder used to 
transport any flammable cryogenic liquid must be made of steel.
    (4) A valve or fitting made of aluminum with internal rubbing or 
abrading aluminum parts that may come in contact with oxygen in the 
cryogenic liquid form may not be installed on any cylinder used to 
transport oxygen, cryogenic liquid unless the parts are anodized in 
accordance with ASTM Standard B 580 (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this 
subchapter).
    (5) An aluminum valve, pipe or fitting may not be installed on any 
cylinder used to transport any flammable cryogenic liquid.
    (6) Each cylinder must be provided with one or more pressure relief 
devices, which must be installed and maintained in compliance with the 
requirements of this subchapter.
    (7) Each pressure relief device must be installed and located so 
that the cooling effect of the contents during venting will not prevent 
effective operation of the device.
    (8) All pressure relief device inlets must under maximum filling 
conditions be situated in the vapor space of the closed cryogenic 
receptacle and the devices must be arranged to ensure that the escaping 
vapor is discharged unobstructed.
    (9) The maximum weight of the contents in a cylinder with a design 
service temperature colder than -320 [deg]F. may not exceed the design 
weight marked on the cylinder (see Sec.178.35 of this subchapter).
    (b) Pressure control systems. Each cylinder containing a cryogenic 
liquid must have a pressure control system that conforms to Sec.
173.301(f) and is designed and installed so that it will prevent the 
cylinder from becoming liquid full.
    (c) Specification cylinder requirements and filling limits. 
Specification DOT-4L cylinders (Sec.178.57 of this subchapter) are 
authorized for the transportation of cryogenic liquids when carried in 
the vertical position as follows:
    (1) For purposes of this section, ``filling density,'' except for 
hydrogen, is defined as the percent ratio of the weight of lading in the 
packaging to the weight of water that the packaging will hold at 60 
[deg]F. (1 lb. of water = 27.737 cubic inches at 60 [deg]F.).
    (2) The cryogenic liquids of argon, nitrogen, oxygen, helium and 
neon must be loaded and shipped in accordance with the following table:

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                   Maximum permitted filling density (percent by weight)
 Pressure control valve setting (maximum -----------------------------------------------------------------------
    start-to-discharge pressure psig)         Air        Argon     Nitrogen     Oxygen      Helium       Neon
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
45......................................        82.5         133          76         108        12.5         109
75......................................        80.3         130          74         105        12.5         104
105.....................................        78.4         127          72         103        12.5         100

[[Page 739]]

 
170.....................................        76.2         122          70         100        12.5          92
230.....................................        75.1         119          69          98        12.5          85
295.....................................        73.3         115          68          96        12.5          77
360.....................................        70.7         113          65          93        12.5
450.....................................        65.9         111          61          91        12.5
540.....................................        62.9         107          58          88        12.5
625.....................................        60.1         104          55          86        12.5
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Design service temperature ([deg]F.)....        -320        -320        -320        -320        -452        -411
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (3) Hydrogen (minimum 95 percent parahydrogen) must be loaded and 
shipped as follows:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Column 1                             Column 2
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Design service temperature...............  Minus 423 [deg]F. or colder.
Maximum permitted filling density, based   6.7 percent.
 on cylinder capacity at minus 423 [deg]F
 (see Note 1).
The pressure control valve must be         17 psig.
 designed and set to limit the pressure
 in the cylinder to not more than.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Note 1: The filling density for hydrogen, cryogenic liquid is 
defined as the percent ratio of the weight of lading in a packaging to 
the weight of water that the packaging will hold at minus 423 [deg]F. 
The volume of the packaging at minus 423 [deg]F is determined in cubic 
inches. The volume is converted to pounds of water (1 lb. of water = 
27.737 cubic inches).

    (i) Each cylinder must be constructed, insulated and maintained so 
that during transportation the total rate of venting shall not exceed 30 
SCF of hydrogen per hour.
    (ii) In addition to the marking requirements in Sec.178.35 of this 
subchapter, the total rate of venting in SCF per hour (SCFH) shall be 
marked on the top head or valve protection band in letters at least one-
half inch high as follows: ``VENT RATE**SCFH'' (with the asterisks 
replaced by the number representing the total rate of venting, in SCF 
per hour).
    (iii) Carriage by highway is subject to the conditions specified in 
Sec.177.840(a) of this subchapter.
    (d) Mixtures of cryogenic liquid. Where charging requirements are 
not specifically prescribed in paragraph (c) of this section, the 
cryogenic liquid must be shipped in packagings and under conditions 
approved by the Associate Administrator.

[Amdt. 173-166, 48 FR 27695, June 16, 1983, as amended by Amdt. 173-166, 
49 FR 24314, June 12, 1984; Amdt. 173-180, 49 FR 42735, Oct. 24, 1984; 
Amdt. 173-201, 52 FR 13041, Apr. 20, 1987: Amdt. 173-250, 61 FR 25942, 
May 23, 1996; Amdt. 173-261, 62 FR 24741, May 6, 1997; 66 FR 45379, Aug. 
28, 2001; 67 FR 16013, Sept. 27, 2002; 68 FR 75742, Dec. 31, 2003; 69 FR 
54046, Sept. 7, 2004; 78 FR 1092, Jan. 7, 2013]



Sec.173.318  Cryogenic liquids in cargo tanks.

    (a) General requirements. (1) A cargo tank may not be loaded with a 
cryogenic liquid colder than the design service temperature of the 
packaging.
    (2) A cargo tank may not be loaded with any material that may 
combine chemically with any residue in the packaging to produce an 
unsafe condition (see Sec.178.338-15).
    (3) The jacket covering the insulation on a tank used to transport a 
cryogenic liquid must be made of steel if the cryogenic liquid:
    (i) Is to be transported by vessel (see Sec.176.76(g) of this 
subchapter); or
    (ii) Is oxygen or a flammable material.
    (4) A valve or fitting made of aluminum with internal rubbing or 
abrading aluminum parts that may come in contact with oxygen in the 
cryogenic liquid form may not be installed on any cargo tank used to 
transport oxygen, cryogenic liquid unless the parts are anodized in 
accordance with ASTM Standard B 580 (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this 
subchapter).
    (5) An aluminum valve, pipe or fitting, external to the jacket that 
retains lading during transportation may not be installed on any cargo 
tank used to transport oxygen, cryogenic liquid or any flammable 
cryogenic liquid.

[[Page 740]]

    (6) A cargo tank used to transport oxygen, cryogenic liquid must be 
provided with a manhole (see Sec.178.338-6 of this subchapter).
    (b) Pressure relief systems and pressure control valves--(1) Types 
of pressure relief systems--(i) Tanks in oxygen and flammable cryogenic 
liquid service. Except as otherwise provided in this paragraph, each 
tank in oxygen and flammable cryogenic liquid service must be protected 
by two independent pressure relief systems which are not connected in 
series, namely:
    (A) A primary system of one or more pressure relief valves; and
    (B) A secondary system of one of more frangible discs or pressure 
relief valves. For a tank in carbon monoxide service, the secondary 
system must be pressure relief valves only.
    (ii) Tanks in helium and atmospheric gas (except oxygen) cryogenic 
liquid service. For a tank used in helium and atmospheric gas (except 
oxygen) cryogenic liquid service, the tank must be protected by at least 
one pressure relief system consisting of:
    (A) One or more pressure relief valves; or
    (B) A combination of one or more pressure relief valves and one or 
more frangible discs.
    (2) Capacities of pressure relief systems--(i) Tanks in oxygen or 
flammable cryogenic liquid service. For tanks in oxygen or flammable 
cryogenic liquid service, the primary system and the secondary system of 
pressure relief devices must each have a flow capacity equal to or 
greater than that calculated by the applicable formula in paragraph 
5.3.2 or paragraph 5.3.3 of CGA S-1.2 (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this 
subchapter). In addition:
    (A) The primary pressure relief system must have a total flow 
capacity at a pressure not exceeding 120 percent of the tank's design 
pressure.
    (B) The secondary pressure relief system must have a total flow 
capacity at a pressure not exceeding 150 percent of the tank's design 
pressure.
    (C) The flow capacity and rating must be verified and marked by the 
manufacturer of the device in accordance with CGA Pamphlet S-1.2.
    (ii) Tanks in helium and atmospheric gas (except oxygen) cryogenic 
liquid service. For tanks in helium and atmospheric gas (except oxygen) 
cryogenic liquid service, the pressure relief system must have a flow 
capacity equal to or greater than that calculated by the applicable 
formula in paragraphs 5.3.2 or 5.3.3 of CGA Pamphlet S-1.2. If the 
pressure relief system consists of a combination of pressure relief 
valves and frangible discs, the pressure relief valves must have a total 
venting capacity equal to or greater than that calculated by the 
applicable formula in paragraph 4.1.10.1.1 of CGA Pamphlet S-1.2. The 
pressure relief system must have this total flow capacity at a pressure 
not exceeding 150 percent of the tank's design pressure. The flow 
capacity and rating must be verified and marked by the manufacturer of 
the device in accordance with CGA Pamphlet S-1.2.
    (3) Type and construction of pressure relief devices. (i) Each 
pressure relief device must be designed and constructed for a pressure 
equal to or exceeding the tank's design pressure at the coldest 
temperature reasonably expected to be encountered.
    (ii) Pressure relief devices must be either spring-loaded pressure 
relief valves or frangible discs. Pressure relief valves must be of a 
type that automatically open and close at predetermined pressures.
    (4) Setting of pressure relief devices. (i) On a tank used in oxygen 
or flammable cryogenic liquid service, the pressure relief devices must 
perform as follows.
    (A) Each pressure relief valve in the primary relief system must be 
set-to-discharge at a pressure no higher than 110 percent of the tank's 
design pressure.
    (B) Each pressure relief device in the secondary pressure relief 
system must be designed to commence functioning at a pressure no lower 
than 130 percent and no higher than 150 percent of the tank's design 
pressure.
    (ii) On a tank used in helium and atmospheric gas (except oxygen) 
cryogenic liquid service, the pressure relief devices in the pressure 
relief system must be designed to commence functioning at no higher than 
150 percent of the tank's design pressure.
    (5) Optional pressure relief devices and pressure control valves. In 
addition to

[[Page 741]]

the required pressure relief devices, a cargo tank in cryogenic liquid 
(except carbon monoxide) service may be equipped with one or both of the 
following:
    (i) One or more pressure control valves set at a pressure below the 
tank's design pressure.
    (ii) One or more frangible discs set to function at a pressure not 
less than one and one-half times or more than two times the tank's 
design pressure.
    (6) Maximum filling rate. (i) For a tank used in oxygen and 
flammable cryogenic liquid service, the maximum rate at which the tank 
is filled must not exceed the liquid flow capacity of the primary 
pressure relief system rated at a pressure not exceeding 120 percent of 
the tank's design pressure.
    (ii) On a tank used in helium and atmospheric gas (except oxygen) 
cryogenic liquid service, the maximum rate at which the tank is filled 
must not exceed the liquid flow capacity of the pressure relief valves 
rated at 150 percent of the tank's design pressure.
    (7) Arrangement and location of pressure relief devices. (i) The 
discharge from any pressure relief system must be directed upward and be 
unobstructed to the outside of the protective housing in such a manner 
as to prevent impingement of gas upon the jacket or any structural part 
of the vehicle.
    (ii) Each pressure relief valve must be arranged or protected to 
prevent the accumulation of foreign material between the relief valve 
and the atmospheric discharge opening in any relief piping. The 
arrangement must not impede flow through the device.
    (iii) Each pressure relief valve must be designed and located to 
minimize the possibility of tampering. If the pressure setting or 
adjustment is external to the valve, the valve adjustment must be 
sealed.
    (iv) Each pressure relief device must have direct communication with 
the vapor space of the tank at the midlength of the top centerline.
    (v) Each pressure relief device must be installed and located so 
that the cooling effect of the contents during venting will not prevent 
the effective operation of the device.
    (vi) All pressure relief device inlets must under maximum filling 
conditions be situated in the vapor space of the closed cryogenic 
receptacle and the devices must be arranged to ensure that the escaping 
vapor is discharged unobstructed.
    (8) Connections. (i) Each connection to a pressure relief device 
must be of sufficient size to allow the required rate of discharge 
through the pressure relief device. The inlet connection must be not 
less than one-half inch nominal pipe size.
    (ii) A shut-off valve may be installed in a pressure relief system 
only when the required relief capacity is provided at all times.
    (9) Pressure relief devices for piping hose and vacuum-insulated 
jackets. (i) Each portion of connected liquid piping or hose that can be 
closed at both ends must be provided with either a hydrostatic pressure 
relief valve without an intervening shut-off valve, or a check valve 
permitting flow from the pipe or hose into the tank. If used, the relief 
valve must be located so as to prevent its discharge from impinging on 
the tank, piping, or operating personnel.
    (ii) On a vacuum-insulated cargo tank the jacket must be protected 
by a suitable relief device to release internal pressure. The discharge 
area of this device must be at least 0.00024 square inch per pound of 
water capacity of the tank. This relief device must function at a 
pressure not exceeding the internal design pressure of the jacket, 
calculated in accordance with Section VIII of the ASME Code (IBR, see 
Sec.171.7 of this subchapter), or 25 psig, whichever is less.
    (10) Tank inlet, outlet, pressure relief device and pressure control 
valve markings. (i) Each tank inlet and outlet, except pressure relief 
devices and pressure control valves, must be permanently marked to 
indicate whether it communicates with ``vapor'' or ``liquid'' when the 
tank is filled to the maximum permitted filling density.
    (ii) Each pressure relief valve must be plainly and permanently 
marked with the pressure, in psig, at which it is set-to-discharge, the 
discharge rate of the device in SCF per minute (SCFM) of free air, and 
the manufacturer's name or trade name and catalog

[[Page 742]]

number. The marked set-to-discharge pressure valve must be visible with 
the valve in its installed position. The rated discharge capacity of the 
device must be determined at a pressure of 120 percent of the design 
pressure of the tank.
    (iii) Each pressure control valve must be plainly and permanently 
marked with the pressure, in psig, at which it is set-to-discharge.
    (c) Weight of lading requirements. The weight of a cryogenic liquid 
in the tank must be determined by weighing or by the use of a liquid 
level gauging device authorized in Sec.178.338-14(a) of this 
subchapter, and may not exceed the lesser of:
    (1) The weight of lading in the tank, based on the water capacity 
stamped on the nameplate (Sec.178.338-18(a)(4) of this subchapter) and 
the appropriate maximum permitted filling density specified in paragraph 
(f) of this section; or
    (2) The maximum weight of lading for which the cargo tank was 
designed, as marked on the specification plate (see Sec.178.338-18(b) 
of this subchapter).
    (d) Outage. Except for a cargo tank containing helium, cryogenic 
liquid, a cargo tank offered for transportation must have an outage of 
at least two percent below the inlet of the pressure relief device or 
pressure control valve, under conditions of incipient opening, with the 
tank in a level attitude.
    (e) Temperature. A flammable cryogenic liquid in a cargo tank at the 
start of travel must be at a temperature sufficiently cold that the 
pressure setting of the pressure control valve or the required pressure 
relief valve, whichever is lower, will not be reached in less time than 
the marked rated holding time for the cryogenic liquid (see paragraph 
(g)(3) of this section and Sec.178.338-9(b) of this subchapter).
    (f) Specification MC-338 (Sec.178.338 of this subchapter) cargo 
tanks are authorized for the shipment of the following cryogenic liquids 
subject to the following additional requirements:
    (1) For purposes of this section, ``filling density'' is defined as 
the percent ratio of the weight of lading in the tank to the weight of 
water that the tank will hold at the design service temperature (one 
pound of water = 27.737 cubic inches at 60 [deg]F., or one gallon of 
water = 231 cubic inches at 60 [deg]F. and weighs 8.32828 pounds).
    (2) Air, argon, helium, nitrogen, and oxygen, cryogenic liquids must 
be loaded and shipped in accordance with the following table:

                                                 Pressure Control Valve Setting or Relief Valve Setting
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                    Maximum permitted filling density (percent by weight)
 Maximum set-to-discharge pressure  --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
               (psig)                          Air                    Argon                  Helium                Nitrogen                Oxygen
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
26.................................  ......................  ......................  12.5.................
30.................................  80.3..................  129...................  12.5.................  74...................  105
40.................................  79.2..................  ......................  12.5.................
50.................................  78.0..................  ......................  12.5.................
55.................................  77.3..................  125...................  12.5.................  71...................  102
60.................................  76.9..................  ......................  12.5.................
80.................................  75.3..................  ......................  12.5.................
85.................................  75.1..................  121...................  12.5.................  .....................  99
100................................  73.0..................  ......................  12.5.................
105................................  73.7..................  ......................  12.5.................  67...................
120................................  72.2..................  ......................  12.5.................
140................................  71.4..................  ......................  12.5.................
145................................  70.9..................  115...................  12.5.................  64...................  94
180................................  68.3..................  ......................  12.5.................
200................................  67.3..................  110...................  12.5.................  61...................  91
250................................  63.3..................  106...................  12.5.................  57...................  87
275................................  62.3..................  105...................  12.5.................  56...................  86
325................................  59.4..................  101...................  .....................  53...................  83
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Design service temperature.........  -320 [deg]F...........  -320 [deg]F...........  -452 [deg]F..........  -320 [deg]F..........  -320 [deg]F
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


[[Page 743]]

    (3) Carbon monoxide, hydrogen (minimum 95 percent para-hydrogen), 
ethylene, and methane or natural gas, cryogenic liquids must be loaded 
and shipped in accordance with the following table:

                             Pressure Control Valve Setting or Relief Valve Setting
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               Maximum permitted filling density (percent by weight)
    Maximum set-to-discharge     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         pressure (psig)                                                                      Methane or natural
                                    Carbon monoxide        Ethylene            Hydrogen               gas
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
13..............................  ..................  ..................  6.6...............
15..............................  75.0..............  ..................  6.6...............  40.5
17..............................  74.0..............  ..................  6.6...............
20..............................  ..................  53.5..............  ..................  40.0
25..............................  73.0..............
30..............................  72.0..............  52.7..............  6.3...............  39.1
35..............................
40..............................  ..................  52.0..............  ..................  38.6
45..............................  71.5..............
50..............................  ..................  51.4..............  6.0...............  38.2
55..............................
60..............................  ..................  50.8..............
70..............................  ..................  50.2..............  5.7...............  37.5
90..............................  ..................  49.2..............
95..............................
100.............................  ..................  48.4..............  5.4...............  36.6
115.............................  ..................  48.2..............
125.............................  ..................  ..................  5.0...............
150.............................  ..................  ..................  4.5...............
175.............................  62.5..............  45.8..............
285.............................  56.0..............
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Design service temperature......  -320 [deg]F.......  -155 [deg]F.......  -423 [deg]F.......  -260 [deg]F
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (4) Mixtures of cryogenic liquid. Where charging requirements are 
not specifically prescribed in this paragraph (f), the cryogenic liquid 
must be shipped in packagings and under conditions approved by the 
Associate Administrator.
    (g) One-way travel time; marking. The jacket of a cargo tank to be 
used to transport a flammable cryogenic liquid must be marked on its 
right side near the front, in letters and numbers at least two inches 
high, ``One-Way-Travel-Time __ hrs.'', with the blank filled in with a 
number indicating the one-way travel time (OWTT), in hours, of the cargo 
tank for the flammable cryogenic liquid to be transported. A cargo tank 
that is partially unloaded at one or more locations must have additional 
marking ``One-Way-Travel-Time __ hrs. __ psig to __ psig at __ percent 
filling density,'' with the second blank filled in with the pressure 
existing after partial unloading and the third blank filled in with the 
set-to-discharge pressure of the control valve or pressure relief valve, 
and the fourth blank with the filling density following partial 
unloading. Multiple OWTT markings for different pressure levels are 
permitted. The abbreviation ``OWTT'' may be used in place of the words 
``One-way-travel-time'' in the marking required by this paragraph.
    (1) OWTT is based on the marked rated holding time (MRHT) of the 
cargo tank for the cryogenic liquid to be transported in the cargo tank. 
If the MRHT for the flammable cryogenic liquid is not displayed on or 
adjacent to the specification plate, this MRHT may be derived.
    (2) The MRHT is converted to OWTT, in hours, as follows:
    (i) For a tank with an MRHT of 72 hours or less,

OWTT = (MRHT - 24) / 2

    (ii) For a tank with an MRHT greater than 72 hours,

OWTT = MRHT - 48

    (3) Each cargo tank motor vehicle used to transport a flammable 
cryogenic liquid must be examined after each shipment to determine its 
actual holding time. The record required by Sec.177.840(h) of this 
subchapter may be used for this determination. If the examination 
indicates that the actual

[[Page 744]]

holding time of the cargo tank, after adjustment to reflect an average 
ambient temperature of 85 [deg]F, is less than 90 percent of the marked 
rated holding time (MRHT) for the cryogenic liquid marked on the 
specification plate or adjacent thereto (see Sec.178.338-18(b) of this 
subchapter), the tank may not be refilled with any flammable cryogenic 
liquid until it is restored to its marked rated holding time value or it 
is re-marked with the actual marked rated holding time determined by 
this examination. If the name of the flammable cryogenic liquid that was 
transported and its marked rated holding time is not displayed on or 
adjacent to the specification plate, this requirement may be met by 
deriving the MRHT of the cargo tank for that flammable cryogenic liquid 
and comparing that derived MRHT with the actual holding time after 
adjustment.

[Amdt. 173-166, 48 FR 27696, June 16, 1983]

    Editorial Note: For Federal Register citations affecting Sec.
173.318, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the 
Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov.



Sec.173.319  Cryogenic liquids in tank cars.

    (a) General requirements. (1) A tank car containing a flammable 
cryogenic liquid may not be shipped unless it was loaded by, or with the 
consent of, the owner of the tank car.
    (2) The amount of flammable cryogenic liquid loaded into a tank car 
must be determined, either by direct measurement or by calculation based 
on weight, to verify that the tank has not been filled to a level in 
excess of the limits specified in paragraph (d)(2) of this section. The 
weight of any flammable cryogenic liquid loaded, except hydrogen, must 
be checked by use of scales after disconnecting the loading line.
    (3) The shipper must notify the Federal Railroad Administration 
whenever a tank car containing any flammable cryogenic liquid is not 
received by the consignee within 20 days from the date of shipment. 
Notification to the Federal Railroad Administration may be made by email 
to [email protected] or telephone call to (202) 493-6245.
    (4) A tank car may not be loaded with any flammable cryogenic 
liquid:
    (i) That may combine chemically with any residue in the tank to 
produce an unsafe condition,
    (ii) That is colder than the design service temperature of the tank,
    (iii) If the average daily pressure rise in the tank exceeded 3 psig 
during the prior shipment,
    (iv) Unless it is marked with the name of contents, in accordance 
with Sec.172.330 of this subchapter.
    (b) When a tank car containing a flammable cryogenic liquid is 
offered for transportation:
    (1) At least 0.5 percent outage must be provided below the inlet of 
the pressure relief or pressure control valve at the start-to-discharge 
pressure setting of the valve, with the tank car in a level attitude, 
and
    (2) The absolute pressure in the annular space must be less than 75 
microns of mercury.
    (c) Temperature. A flammable cryogenic liquid must be loaded into a 
tank car at such a temperature that the average daily pressure rise 
during transportation will not exceed 3 psig (see paragraph (a)(4)(iii) 
of this section).
    (d) A Class DOT-113 tank car is authorized for the shipment of the 
following cryogenic liquids subject to the following additional 
requirements:
    (1) For purposes of this section, ``filling density'' is defined as 
the percent ratio of the weight of lading in the tank to the weight of 
water that the tank will hold at the design service temperature (one 
pound of water = 27.737 cubic inches at 60 [deg]F., or one gallon of 
water = 231 cubic inches at 60 [deg]F. and weighs 8.32828 pounds).
    (2) Ethylene, and hydrogen (minimum 95 percent parahydrogen), 
cryogenic liquids must be loaded and shipped in accordance with the 
following table:

[[Page 745]]



                             Pressure Control Valve Setting or Relief Valve Setting
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               Maximum permitted filling density (percent by weight)
   Maximum start-to-discharge    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         pressure (psig)               Ethylene            Ethylene            Ethylene            Hydrogen
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
17..............................  ..................  ..................  ..................  6.60.
45..............................  52.8..............
75..............................  ..................  51.1..............  51.1..............
Maximum pressure when offered     10 psig...........  20 psig...........  20 psig...........
 for transportation.
Design service temperature......  Minus 260 [deg]F..  Minus 260 [deg]F..  Minus 155 [deg]F..  Minus 423 [deg]F.
Specification (see Sec. 113D60W, 113C60W..  113C120W..........  113D120W..........  113A175W, 113A60W.
 180.507(b)(3) of this
 subchapter).
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (e) Special requirements for class DOT 113 tank cars--(1) A class 
DOT-113 tank car need not be periodically pressure tested; however, each 
shipment must be monitored to determine the average daily pressure rise 
in the tank car. If the average daily pressure rise during any shipment 
exceeds 0.2 Bar (3 psig) per day, the tank must be tested for thermal 
integrity prior to any subsequent shipment.
    (2) Thermal integrity test. When required by paragraph (e)(1) of 
this section, either of the following thermal integrity tests may be 
used:
    (i) Pressure rise test. The pressure rise in the tank may not exceed 
0.34 Bar (5 psig) in 24 hours. When the pressure rise test is performed, 
the absolute pressure in the annular space of the loaded tank car may 
not exceed 75 microns of mercury at the beginning of the test and may 
not increase more than 25 microns during the 24-hour period; or
    (ii) Calculated heat transfer rate test. The insulation system must 
be performance tested as prescribed in Sec.179.400-4 of this 
subchapter. When the calculated heat transfer rate test is performed, 
the absolute pressure in the annular space of the loaded tank car may 
not exceed 75 microns of mercury at the beginning of the test and may 
not increase more than 25 microns during the 24-hour period. The 
calculated heat transfer rate in 24 hours may not exceed:
    (A) 120 percent of the appropriate standard heat transfer rate 
specified in Sec.179.401-1 of this subchapter, for DOT-113A60W and 
DOT-113C120W tank cars;
    (B) 122.808 joules (0.1164 Btu/day/lb.) of inner tank car water 
capacity, for DOT-113A175W tank cars;
    (C) 345.215 joules (0.3272 Btu/day/lb.) of inner tank car water 
capacity, for DOT-113C60W and 113D60W tank cars; or
    (D) 500.09 joules (0.4740 Btu/day/lb.) of inner tank car water 
capacity, for DOT-113D120W tank cars.
    (3) A tank car that fails a test prescribed in paragraph (e)(2) of 
this section must be removed from hazardous materials service. A tank 
car removed from hazardous materials service because it failed a test 
prescribed in paragraph (e)(2) of this section may not be used to 
transport a hazardous material unless the tank car conforms to all 
applicable requirements of this subchapter.
    (4) Each rupture disc must be replaced every 12 months, and the 
replacement date must be marked on the car near the pressure relief 
valve information.
    (5) Pressure relief valves and alternate pressure relief valves must 
be tested every five years. The start-to-discharge pressure and vapor 
tight pressure requirements for the pressure relief valves must be as 
specified in Sec.179.401-1 of this subchapter. The alternate pressure 
relief device values specified in Sec.179.401-1 of this subchapter for 
a DOT-113C120W tank car apply to a DOT-113D120W tank car.

(49 U.S.C. 1803, 1804, 1808; 49 CFR 1.53, app. A to part 1)

[Amdt. 173-166, 48 FR 27698, June 16, 1983, as amended by Amdt. 173-245, 
Sept. 21, 1995; 65 FR 58630, Sept. 29, 2000; 66 FR 45184, 45379, 45383, 
Aug. 28, 2001; 70 FR 34076, June 13, 2005; 81 FR 3681, Jan. 21, 2016]

[[Page 746]]



Sec.173.320  Cryogenic liquids; exceptions.

    (a) Atmospheric gases and helium, cryogenic liquids, in Dewar 
flasks, insulated cylinders, insulated portable tanks, insulated cargo 
tanks, and insulated tank cars, designed and constructed so that the 
pressure in such packagings will not exceed 25.3 psig under ambient 
temperature conditions during transportation are not subject to the 
requirements of this subchapter when transported by motor vehicle or 
railcar except as specified in paragraphs (a)(1), (a)(2), and (a)(3) of 
this section.
    (1) Sections 171.15 and 171.16 of this subchapter pertaining to the 
reporting of incidents, not including a release that is the result of 
venting through a pressure control valve, or the neck of the Dewar 
flask.
    (2) Subparts A, B, C, D, G and H of part 172, (Sec. Sec.174.24 for 
rail and 177.817 for highway) and in addition, part 172 in its entirety 
for oxygen.
    (3) Subparts A and B of part 173, and Sec. Sec.174.1 and 177.800, 
177.804, and 177.823 of this subchapter.
    (b) The requirements of this subchapter do not apply to atmospheric 
gases and helium:
    (1) During loading and unloading operations (pressure rises may 
exceed 25.3 psig); or
    (2) When used in operation of a process system; such as a 
refrigeration system (pressure may exceed 25.3 psig).
    (c) For transportation aboard aircraft, see the ICAO Technical 
Instructions (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this subchapter), Packing 
Instruction 202 and the packaging specifications in part 6, chapter 5.

[Amdt. 173-201, 52 FR 13043, Apr. 20, 1987, as amended at 62 FR 51561, 
Oct. 1, 1997; 66 FR 33436, June 21, 2001; 67 FR 61014, Sept. 27, 2002; 
68 FR 48570, Aug. 14, 2003; 68 FR 75746, Dec. 31, 2003]



Sec.173.321  Ethylamine.

    Ethylamine must be packaged as follows:
    (a) In 1A1 drums which meet Packing Group I performance level 
requirements.
    (b) In specification cylinders as prescribed for any compressed gas 
except acetylene.

[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52667, Dec. 21, 1990]



Sec.173.322  Ethyl chloride.

    Ethyl chloride must be packaged in any of the following single or 
combination non-bulk packagings which meet Packing Group I performance 
level requirements:
    (a) In 4C1, 4C2, 4D or 4F wooden boxes with glass, earthenware, or 
metal inner receptacles not over 500 g (17.6 ounces) capacity each;
    (b) In 4G fiberboard boxes with glass, earthenware, or metal inner 
receptacles not over 500 g (17.6 ounces) capacity each. Outer packagings 
may not exceed 30 kg (66 pounds) gross weight;
    (c) In 1A1 drums of not over 100 L (26 gallons) capacity each; or
    (d) In specification cylinders as prescribed for any compressed gas 
except acetylene. Cylinders made of aluminum alloy are not authorized.
    (e) In capsules under the following conditions:
    (1) The mass of gas must not exceed 150 g (5.30 ounces) per capsule;
    (2) The capsule must be free of faults liable to impair its 
strength;
    (3) The leakproofness integrity of the closure must be maintained by 
a secondary means (e.g., cap, crown, seal, binding, etc.) capable of 
preventing any leakage of the closure while in transportation; and
    (4) The capsules must be placed in a strong outer packaging suitable 
for the contents and may not exceed a gross mass of 75 kg (165 pounds).

[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52667, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 74 FR 2266, 
Jan. 14, 2009; 76 FR 3381, Jan. 19, 2011]



Sec.173.323  Ethylene oxide.

    (a) For packaging ethylene oxide in non-bulk packagings, silver 
mercury or any of its alloys or copper may not be used in any part of a 
packaging, valve, or other packaging appurtenance if that part, during 
normal conditions of transportation, may come in contact with ethylene 
oxide liquid or vapor. Copper alloys may be used only where gas mixtures 
do not contain free acetylene at any concentration that will

[[Page 747]]

form copper acetylene. All packaging and gaskets must be constructed of 
materials which are compatible with ethylene oxide and do not lower the 
auto-ignition temperature of ethylene oxide.
    (b) Ethylene oxide must be packaged in one of the following:
    (1) In hermetically sealed glass or metal inner packagings suitably 
cushioned in an outer package authorized by Sec.173.201(b). The 
maximum quantity permitted in any glass inner packaging is 100 g (3.5 
ounces), and the maximum quantity permitted in any metal inner packaging 
is 340 g (12 ounces). After filling, each inner packaging shall be 
determined to be leak-tight by placing the inner packaging in a hot 
water bath at a temperature, and for a period of time, sufficient to 
ensure that an internal pressure equal to the vapor pressure of ethylene 
oxide at 55 [deg]C is achieved. The total quantity in any outer 
packaging shall not exceed 100 g (3.5 ounces), and the total quantity in 
any outer packaging containing only metal inner packagings shall not 
exceed 2.5 kg (5.5 pounds). Each completed package must be capable of 
passing all Packing Group I performance tests.
    (2) In specification cylinders or UN pressure receptacles, as 
authorized for any compressed gas except acetylene. Pressurizing valves 
and insulation are required for cylinders over 4 L (1 gallon) capacity. 
Eductor tubes must be provided for cylinders over 19 L (5 gallons) 
capacity. Cylinders must be seamless or welded steel (not brazed) with a 
nominal capacity of no more than 115 L (30 gallons) and may not be 
liquid full below 82 [deg]C (180 [deg]F). Before each refilling, each 
cylinder must be tested for leakage at no less than 103.4 kPa (15 psig) 
pressure. In addition, each cylinder must be equipped with a fusible 
type relief device with yield temperature of 69 [deg]C to 77 [deg]C (157 
[deg]F to 170 [deg]F). The capacity of the relief device and the 
effectiveness of the insulation must be such that the charged cylinder 
will not explode when tested by the method described in CGA Pamphlet C-
14 or other equivalent method.
    (3) In 1A1 steel drums of no more than 231 L (61 gallons) and 
meeting Packing Group I performance standards. The drum must be lagged 
of all welded construction with the inner shell having a minimum 
thickness of 1.7 mm (0.068 inches) and the outer shell having a minimum 
thickness of 2.4 mm (0.095 inches). Drums must be capable of 
withstanding a hydrostatic test pressure of 690 kPa (100 psig). Lagging 
must be of sufficient thickness so that the drum, when filled with 
ethylene oxide and equipped with the required pressure relief device, 
will not rupture when exposed to fire. The drum may not be liquid full 
below 85 [deg]C (185 [deg]F), and must be marked ``THIS END UP'' on the 
top head. Before each refilling, each drum must be tested for leakage at 
no less than 103 kPa (15 psig) pressure. Each drum must be equipped with 
a fusible type relief device with yield temperature of 69 [deg]C to 77 
[deg]C (157 [deg]F to 170 [deg]F), and the capacity of the relief device 
must be such that the filled drum is capable of passing, without 
rupture, the test method described in CGA Pamphlet C-14 or other 
equivalent method.
    (c) When Sec.172.101 of this subchapter specifies that a hazardous 
material be packaged under this section, only the following bulk 
packagings are authorized, subject to the requirements of subparts A and 
B of this part, the special provisions specified in column 7 of the 
Sec.172.101 table, and paragraphs (d) through (j) of this section:
    (1) Tank cars. Class DOT 105 tank cars:
    (i) Each tank car built before March 16, 2009 must have a tank test 
pressure of at least 20.7 Bar (300 psig); and
    (ii) Except as provided in Sec.173.314(d), tank cars built on or 
after March 16, 2009 used for the transportation of ethylene oxide must 
meet the applicable authorized tank car specification listed in the 
table in Sec.173.314(c).
    (2) Cargo tanks. Specification MC 330 and MC 331 cargo tank motor 
vehicles.
    (3) Portable tanks. DOT 51 portable tanks.
    (d) The pressure relief devices must be set to function at 517 kPa 
(75 psig). Portable tanks fitted with non-reclosing devices made and in 
use prior to December 31, 1987, may continue to be used in ethylene 
oxide service.

[[Page 748]]

    (e) In determining outage, consideration must be given to the lading 
temperature and solubility of inert gas padding in ethylene oxide as 
well as the partial pressure exerted by the gas padding.
    (f) Each tank, loaded or empty, must be padded with dry nitrogen or 
other suitable inert gas of sufficient quantity to render the vapor 
space of the tank nonflammable up to 41 [deg]C (105 [deg]F). The gas 
used for padding must be free of impurities which may cause the ethylene 
oxide to polymerize, decompose or undergo other violent chemical 
reaction.
    (g) Copper, silver, mercury, magnesium or their alloys may not be 
used in any part of the tank or appurtenances that are normally in 
contact with the lading.
    (h) Neoprene, natural rubber and asbestos gaskets are prohibited. 
All packing and gaskets must be made of materials which do not react 
with or lower the autoignition temperature of the lading.
    (i) Each tank must be insulated with cork (at least 10 cm (4 inches) 
thick), or mineral wool, fiberglass or other suitable insulation 
material of sufficient thickness so that the thermal conductance at 16 
[deg]C (60 [deg]F) is not more than 0.075 Btu per hour per square foot 
per degree F. temperature differential. Portable tanks made and in use 
prior to December 31, 1987 equipped with fusible plugs instead of a 
pressure relief valve or rupture disc, must have sufficient insulation 
so that the tank as filled for shipment will not rupture in a fire. The 
insulation on portable tanks or cargo tank motor vehicles must be 
protected with a steel jacket at least 2.54 mm (0.100 inch) thick, or as 
required by the specification.
    (j) Tank car tanks built after December 30, 1971 must be equipped 
with a thermometer well.

[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52667, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66279, 
Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 173-236, 58 FR 50237, Sept. 24, 1993; Amdt. 173-
234, 58 FR 51532, Oct. 1, 1993; Amdt. 173-145, 60 FR 49076, Sept. 21, 
1995; 66 FR 45380, 45383, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 75746, Dec. 31, 2003; 69 
FR 76178, Dec. 20, 2004; 71 FR 33884, June 12, 2006; 74 FR 1801, Jan. 
13, 2009]



Sec.173.334  Organic phosphates mixed with compressed gas.

    Hexaethyl tetraphosphate, parathion, tetraethyl dithio 
pyrophosphate, tetraethyl pyrophosphate, or other Division 6.1 organic 
phosphates (including a compound or mixture), may be mixed with a non-
flammable compressed gas. This mixture may not contain more than 20 
percent by weight of organic phosphate and must be packaged in DOT 
3A240, 3AA240, 3B240, 4B240, 4BA240, 4BW240 or UN cylinders meeting all 
of the following requirements:
    (a) Each cylinder may be filled with not more than 5 kg (11.0 lb) of 
the mixture, to a maximum filling density of not more than 80 percent of 
the water capacity.
    (b) No cylinder may be equipped with an eduction tube or a fusible 
plug.
    (c) No cylinder may be equipped with any valve unless the valve is a 
type approved by the Associate Administrator.
    (d) Cylinders must be overpacked in a box, crate, or other strong 
outer packaging conforming to the requirements of Sec.173.25 and 
arranged to protect each valve or other closing device from damage. 
Except as provided in paragraph (e) of this section, no more than four 
cylinders may be packed in a strong outer packaging. Each strong outer 
packaging with its closing device protection must be sufficiently strong 
to protect all parts of each cylinder from deformation or leakage if the 
completed package is dropped 1.8 m (6 feet) onto a non-yielding surface, 
such as concrete or steel, impacting at the packaging's weakest point.
    (e) Cylinders may be packed in strong wooden boxes with valves or 
other closing devices protected from damage, with not more than twelve 
cylinders in one outside wooden box. An outer fiberboard box may be used 
when not more than four such cylinders are to be shipped in one 
packaging. Valves must be adequately protected. Box and valve protection 
must be of sufficient strength to protect all parts of inner packagings 
and valves from deformation or breakage resulting from a drop of at 
least 1.8 m (6 feet) onto a non-

[[Page 749]]

yielding surface, such as concrete or steel, impacting at the weakest 
point.

[67 FR 51651, Aug. 8, 2002, as amended at 71 FR 54395, Sept. 14, 2006; 
75 FR 5395, Feb. 2, 2010; 80 FR 72928, Nov. 23, 2015]



Sec.173.335  Chemical under pressure n.o.s.

    (a) General requirements. A cylinder filled with a chemical under 
pressure must be offered for transportation in accordance with the 
requirements of this section and Sec.172.301 of this subchapter. In 
addition, a DOT specification cylinder must meet the requirements in 
Sec. Sec.173.301a, 173.302, 173.302a, and 173.305, as applicable. UN 
pressure receptacles must meet the requirements in Sec. Sec.173.301b, 
173.302b, and 173.304b as applicable. Where more than one section 
applies to a cylinder, the most restrictive requirements must be 
followed. These materials are not subject to the cylinder valve cap 
requirements in Sec.173.301(a)(11) and (12).
    (b) Filling limits. Cylinders must be filled so that at 50 [deg]C 
(122 [deg]F) the non-gaseous phase does not exceed 95% of their water 
capacity and they are not completely filled at 60 [deg]C (140 [deg]F). 
When filled, the internal pressure at 65 [deg]C (149 [deg]F) must not 
exceed the test pressure of the cylinder. The vapor pressures and 
volumetric expansion of all substances in the cylinders must be taken 
into account.
    (c) Minimum service pressure. The minimum service pressure must be 
in accordance with the design specifications of part 178 of this 
subchapter for the propellant. In any case the minimum test pressure 
must not be less than 20 bar.
    (d) Periodic inspection. The maximum requalification test period for 
cylinders transporting chemical under pressure n.o.s. is 5 years.

[78 FR 1092, Jan. 7, 2013, as amended at 82 FR 15891, Mar. 30, 2017; 83 
FR 55810, Nov. 7, 2018]



Sec.173.336  Nitrogen dioxide, liquefied, or dinitrogen tetroxide,
liquefied.

    (a) Nitrogen dioxide, liquefied, or dinitrogen tetroxide, liquefied, 
must be packaged in specification or UN cylinders as prescribed in Sec.
173.192, except valves are not authorized. UN tubes and MEGCs are not 
authorized for use. Cylinders must be equipped with a stainless steel 
valve and valve seat that will not deteriorate in contact with nitrogen 
dioxide. Each valve opening must be closed by a solid metal plug with 
tapered thread properly luted to prevent leakage. Transportation in DOT 
3AL cylinders is authorized only by highway and rail.
    (b) Each UN pressure receptacle must be cleaned in accordance with 
the requirements of ISO 11621 (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this subchapter). 
Each DOT specification cylinder must be cleaned according to the 
requirements of GSA Federal Specification RR-C-901D, paragraphs 3.3.1 
and 3.3.2 (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this subchapter). Cleaning agents 
equivalent to those specified in RR-C-901D may be used; however, any 
cleaning agent must not be capable of reacting with oxygen. One cylinder 
selected at random from a group of 200 or fewer and cleaned at the same 
time must be tested for oil contamination in accordance with 
Specification RR-C-901D, paragraph 4.3.2 (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this 
subchapter) and meet the standard of cleanliness specified therein.

[71 FR 33885, June 12, 2006]



Sec.173.337  Nitric oxide.

    (a) Nitric oxide must be packaged in cylinders conforming to the 
requirements of Sec.173.40 and as follows:
    (1) DOT specification cylinder. In a DOT 3A1800, 3AA1800, 3E1800, or 
3AL1800 cylinder. A DOT specification cylinder must be charged to a 
pressure of not more than 5,170 kPa (750 psi) at 21 [deg]C (70 [deg]F). 
Transportation of nitric oxide in a DOT 3AL is cylinder is authorized 
only by highway and rail.
    (2) UN cylinder. In a UN cylinder with a minimum test pressure of 
200 bar. The maximum working pressure of the cylinder must not exceed 50 
bar. The pressure in the cylinder at 65 [deg]C (149 [deg]F) may not 
exceed the test pressure. The use of UN tubes and MEGCs is not 
authorized.
    (3) Valves. Cylinders must be equipped with a stainless steel valve 
and valve seat that will not deteriorate in contact with nitric oxide. 
Cylinders or valves may not be equipped with pressure relief devices of 
any type.
    (b) Each UN cylinder must be cleaned in accordance with the 
requirements of

[[Page 750]]

ISO 11621 (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this subchapter). Each DOT 
specification cylinder must be cleaned in compliance with the 
requirements of GSA Federal Specification RR-C-901D, paragraphs 3.3.1 
and 3.3.2 (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this subchapter). Cleaning agents 
equivalent to those specified in Federal Specification RR-C-901D may be 
used; however, any cleaning agent must not be capable of reacting with 
oxygen. One cylinder selected at random from a group of 200 or fewer and 
cleaned at the same time must be tested for oil contamination in 
accordance with Federal Specification RR-C-901D paragraph 4.3.2 and meet 
the standard of cleanliness specified therein.

[71 FR 33885, June 12, 2006]



Sec.173.338  Tungsten hexafluoride.

    (a) Tungsten hexafluoride must be packaged in specification 3A, 3AA, 
3BN, or 3E (Sec. Sec.178.36, 178.37, 178.39, 178.42 of this 
subchapter) cylinders. Cylinders must be equipped with a valve 
protection cap or be packed in a strong outer packaging meeting the 
provisions of Sec.173.40. Outlets of any valves must be capped or 
plugged. As an alternative, the cylinder opening may be closed by the 
use of a metal plug. Specification 3E cylinders must be shipped in an 
overpack that meets the provisions of Sec.173.40.
    (b) In place of the volumetric expansion test, DOT 3BN cylinders 
used in exclusive service may be given a complete external visual 
inspection in conformance with part 180, subpart C, of this subchapter, 
at the time such periodic requalification becomes due. Cylinders that 
undergo a complete external visual inspection, in place of the 
volumetric expansion test, must be condemned if removed from tungsten 
hexafluoride service.

[74 FR 16143, Apr. 9, 2009, as amended at 75 FR 5395, Feb. 2, 2010]



Sec.173.340  Tear gas devices.

    (a) Packagings for tear gas devices must be approved prior to 
initial transportation by the Associate Administrator.
    (b) Tear gas devices may not be assembled with, or packed in the 
same packaging with, mechanically- or manually-operated firing, 
igniting, bursting, or other functioning elements unless of a type and 
design which has been approved by the Associate Administrator.
    (c) Tear gas grenades, tear gas candles, and similar devices must be 
packaged in one of the following packagings conforming to the 
requirements of part 178 of this subchapter at the Packing Group II 
performance level:
    (1) In UN 4A, 4B, or 4N metal boxes or UN 4C1, 4C2, 4D, or 4F metal-
strapped wooden boxes. Functioning elements not assembled in grenades or 
devices must be in a separate compartment of these boxes, or in inner or 
separate outer boxes, UN 4C1, 4C2, 4D, or 4F, and must be packed and 
cushioned so that they may not come in contact with each other or with 
the walls of the box during transportation. Not more than 50 tear gas 
devices and 50 functioning elements must be packed in one box, and the 
gross weight of the outer box may not exceed 35 kg (77 pounds).
    (2) In UN 1A2, 1B2, 1N2 or 1H2 drums. Functioning elements must be 
packed in a separate inner packaging or compartment. Not more than 24 
tear gas devices and 24 functioning elements must be packed in one outer 
drum, and the gross weight of the drum may not exceed 35 kg (77 pounds).
    (3) In a UN 4G fiberboard box with inside tear gas devices meeting 
Specifications 2P or 2Q. Each inside packaging must be placed in 
fiberboard tubes fitted with metal ends or a fiber box with suitable 
padding. Not more than 30 inner packagings must be packed in one outer 
box, and the gross weight of the outer box may not exceed 16 kg (35 
pounds).
    (4) In other packagings of a type or design which has been approved 
by the Associate Administrator.
    (d) Tear gas devices may be shipped completely assembled when 
offered by or consigned to the U.S. Department of Defense, provided the 
functioning elements are packed so that they cannot accidentally 
function. Outer packagings must be UN 4A, 4B, or 4N metal boxes or UN 
4C1, 4C2, 4D, or 4F metal-strapped wooden boxes.

[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52669, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 66 FR 45379, 
Aug. 28, 2001; 78 FR 1092, Jan. 7, 2013]

[[Page 751]]

Subpart H [Reserved]



                Subpart I_Class 7 (Radioactive) Materials

    Source: Amdt. 173-244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, unless otherwise 
noted.



Sec.173.401  Scope.

    (a) This subpart sets forth requirements for the packaging and 
transportation of Class 7 (radioactive) materials by offerors and 
carriers subject to this subchapter. The requirements prescribed in this 
subpart are in addition to, not in place of, other requirements set 
forth in this subchapter for Class 7 (radioactive) materials and those 
of the Nuclear Regulatory Commission in 10 CFR part 71.
    (b) This subpart does not apply to:
    (1) Class 7 (radioactive) materials produced, used, transported, or 
stored within an establishment other than during the course of 
transportation, including storage in transportation.
    (2) Class 7 (radioactive) materials that have been implanted or 
incorporated into, and are still in, a person or live animal for 
diagnosis or treatment.
    (3) Class 7 (radioactive) material that is an integral part of the 
means of transport.
    (4) Natural material and ores containing naturally occurring 
radionuclides which are either in their natural state, or which have 
only been processed for purposes other than for extraction of the 
radionuclides, and which are not intended to be processed for the use of 
these radionuclides, provided the activity concentration of the material 
does not exceed 10 times the exempt material activity concentration 
values specified in Sec.173.436, or determined in accordance with the 
requirements of Sec.173.433.
    (5) Non-radioactive solid objects with radioactive substances 
present on any surfaces in quantities not exceeding the threshold limits 
set forth in the definition of contamination in Sec.173.403.

[Amdt. 173-244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as amended at 69 FR 3670, 
Jan. 26, 2004; 79 FR 40610, July 11, 2014]



Sec.173.403  Definitions.

    For purposes of this subpart--
    A1 means the maximum activity of special form Class 7 
(radioactive) material permitted in a Type A package. This value is 
either listed in Sec.173.435 or may be derived in accordance with the 
procedures prescribed in Sec.173.433.
    A2 means the maximum activity of Class 7 (radioactive) 
material, other than special form material, LSA material, and SCO, 
permitted in a Type A package. This value is either listed in Sec.
173.435 or may be derived in accordance with the procedures prescribed 
in Sec.173.433.
    Class 7 (radioactive) material See the definition of Radioactive 
material in this section.
    Closed transport vehicle means a transport vehicle or conveyance 
equipped with a securely attached exterior enclosure that during normal 
transportation restricts the access of unauthorized persons to the cargo 
space containing the Class 7 (radioactive) materials. The enclosure may 
be either temporary or permanent, and in the case of packaged materials 
may be of the ``see-through'' type, and must limit access from top, 
sides, and bottom.
    Consignment means a package or group of packages or load of 
radioactive material offered by a person for transport in the same 
shipment.
    Containment system means the assembly of components of the packaging 
intended to retain the Class 7 (radioactive) material during transport.
    Contamination means the presence of a radioactive substance on a 
surface in quantities in excess of 0.4 Bq/cm\2\ for beta and gamma 
emitters and low toxicity alpha emitters or 0.04 Bq/cm\2\ for all other 
alpha emitters. There are two categories of contamination:
    (1) Fixed contamination means contamination that cannot be removed 
from a surface during normal conditions of transport.
    (2) Non-fixed contamination means contamination that can be removed 
from a surface during normal conditions of transport.
    Conveyance means:
    (1) For transport by public highway or rail: any transport vehicle 
or large freight container;

[[Page 752]]

    (2) For transport by water: any vessel, or any hold, compartment, or 
defined deck area of a vessel including any transport vehicle on board 
the vessel; and
    (3) For transport by aircraft, any aircraft.
    Criticality Safety Index (CSI) means a number (rounded up to the 
next tenth) which is used to provide control over the accumulation of 
packages, overpacks or freight containers containing fissile material. 
The CSI for a package containing fissile material is determined in 
accordance with the instructions provided in 10 CFR 71.22, 71.23, and 
71.59. The CSI for an overpack, freight container, consignment or 
conveyance containing fissile material packages is the arithmetic sum of 
the criticality safety indices of all the fissile material packages 
contained within the overpack, freight container, consignment or 
conveyance.
    Design means the description of a special form Class 7 (radioactive) 
material, a package, packaging, or LSA-III, that enables those items to 
be fully identified. The description may include specifications, 
engineering drawings, reports showing compliance with regulatory 
requirements, and other relevant documentation.
    Deuterium means, for the purposes of Sec.173.453, deuterium and 
any deuterium compound, including heavy water, in which the ratio of 
deuterium atoms to hydrogen atoms exceeds 1:5000.
    Exclusive use means sole use by a single consignor of a conveyance 
for which all initial, intermediate, and final loading and unloading and 
shipment are carried out in accordance with the direction of the 
consignor or consignee where required by this subchapter. The consignor 
and the carrier must ensure that any loading or unloading is performed 
by personnel having radiological training and resources appropriate for 
safe handling of the consignment. The consignor must provide to the 
initial carrier specific written instructions for maintenance of 
exclusive use shipment controls, including the vehicle survey 
requirement of Sec.173.443(c) as applicable, and include these 
instructions with the shipping paper information provided to the carrier 
by the consignor.
    Exemption value means either an exempt material activity 
concentration or an exempt consignment activity limit listed in the 
table in Sec.173.436, or determined according to the procedures 
described in Sec.173.433, and used to determine whether a given 
physically radioactive material is sufficiently radioactive to be 
subject to the HMR (see definition of radioactive material). An 
exemption value is different from an exemption, as specified under the 
definition for special permit in Sec.171.8 of this subchapter.
    Fissile material means plutonium-239, plutonium-241, uranium-233, 
uranium-235, or any combination of these radionuclides. Fissile material 
means the fissile nuclides themselves, not material containing fissile 
nuclides, but does not include: Unirradiated natural uranium or depleted 
uranium; and natural uranium or depleted uranium that has been 
irradiated in thermal reactors only. Certain exceptions for fissile 
materials are provided in Sec.173.453.
    Freight container means a reusable container having a volume of 1.81 
cubic meters (64 cubic feet) or more, designed and constructed to permit 
it being lifted with its contents intact and intended primarily for 
containment of packages in unit form during transportation. A ``small 
freight container'' is one which has an internal volume of not more than 
3.0 cubic meters (106 cubic feet). All other freight containers are 
designated as ``large freight containers.''
    Graphite means, for the purposes of Sec.173.453, graphite with a 
boron equivalent content less than 5 parts per million and density 
greater than 1.5 grams per cubic centimeter.
    Highway route controlled quantity means a quantity within a single 
package which exceeds:
    (1) 3,000 times the A1 value of the radionuclides as 
specified in Sec.173.435 for special form Class 7 (radioactive) 
material;
    (2) 3,000 times the A2 value of the radionuclides as 
specified in Sec.173.435 for normal form Class 7 (radioactive) 
material; or
    (3) 1,000 TBq (27,000 Ci), whichever is least.
    Limited quantity of Class 7 (radioactive) material means a quantity 
of Class 7

[[Page 753]]

(radioactive) material not exceeding the material's package limits 
specified in Sec.173.425 and conforming with requirements specified in 
Sec.173.421.
    Low Specific Activity (LSA) material means Class 7 (radioactive) 
material with limited specific activity which is not fissile material or 
is excepted under Sec.173.453, and which satisfies the descriptions 
and limits set forth below. Shielding material surrounding the LSA 
material may not be considered in determining the estimated average 
specific activity of the LSA material. LSA material must be in one of 
three groups:
    (1) LSA-I:
    (i) Uranium and thorium ores, concentrates of uranium and thorium 
ores, and other ores containing naturally occurring radionuclides which 
are intended to be processed for the use of these radionuclides; or
    (ii) Natural uranium, depleted uranium, natural thorium or their 
compounds or mixtures, provided they are unirradiated and in solid or 
liquid form; or
    (iii) Radioactive material for which the A2 value is 
unlimited; or
    (iv) Other radioactive material in which the activity is distributed 
throughout and the estimated average specific activity does not exceed 
30 times the values for activity concentration specified in Sec.
173.436 or calculated in accordance with Sec.173.433, or 30 times the 
default values listed in Table 8 of Sec.173.433.
    (2) LSA-II:
    (i) Water with tritium concentration up to 0.8 TBq/L (20.0 Ci/L); or
    (ii) Other radioactive material in which the activity is distributed 
throughout and the average specific activity does not exceed 
10-4 A2/g for solids and gases, and 
10-5 A2/g for liquids.
    (3) LSA-III. Solids (e.g., consolidated wastes, activated 
materials), excluding powders, that meet the requirements of Sec.
173.468 and in which:
    (i) The radioactive material is distributed throughout a solid or a 
collection of solid objects, or is essentially uniformly distributed in 
a solid compact binding agent (such as concrete, bitumen, ceramic, 
etc.);
    (ii) The radioactive material is relatively insoluble, or it is 
intrinsically contained in a relatively insoluble material, so that, 
even under loss of packaging, the loss of Class 7 (radioactive) material 
per package by leaching when placed in water for seven days would not 
exceed 0.1 A2; and
    (iii) The estimated average specific activity of the solid, 
excluding any shielding material, does not exceed 2 x 10-3 
A2/g.
    Low toxicity alpha emitters means natural uranium; depleted uranium; 
natural thorium; uranium-235 or uranium-238; thorium-232; thorium-228 
and thorium-230 when contained in ores or physical and chemical 
concentrates; and alpha emitters with a half-life of less than 10 days.
    Maximum normal operating pressure means the maximum gauge pressure 
that would develop in a containment system during a period of one year, 
in the absence of venting or cooling, under the heat conditions 
specified in 10 CFR 71.71(c)(1).
    Multilateral approval means approval of a package design or shipment 
by the relevant Competent Authority of the country of origin and of each 
country through or into which the package or shipment is to be 
transported. This definition does not include approval from a country 
over which Class 7 (radioactive) materials are carried in aircraft, if 
there is no scheduled stop in that country.
    Natural thorium means thorium with the naturally occurring 
distribution of thorium isotopes (essentially 100 percent by weight of 
thorium-232).
    Normal form Class 7 (radioactive) material means Class 7 
(radioactive) which has not been demonstrated to qualify as ``special 
form Class 7 (radioactive) material.''
    Package means the packaging together with its radioactive contents 
as presented for transport.
    (1) ``Excepted package'' means a packaging together with its 
excepted Class 7 (radioactive) materials as specified in Sec. Sec.
173.421-173.426 and 173.428.
    (2) ``Industrial package'' means a packaging that, together with its 
low specific activity (LSA) material or surface contaminated object 
(SCO) contents, meets the requirements of

[[Page 754]]

Sec. Sec.173.410 and 173.411. Industrial packages are categorized in 
Sec.173.411 as either:
    (i) ``Industrial package Type 1 (Type IP-1);
    (ii) ``Industrial package Type 2 (Type IP-2); or
    (iii) ``Industrial package Type 3 (Type IP-3).
    (3) ``Type A package'' means a packaging that, together with its 
radioactive contents limited to A1 or A2 as 
appropriate, meets the requirements of Sec. Sec.173.410 and 173.412 
and is designed to retain the integrity of containment and shielding 
required by this part under normal conditions of transport as 
demonstrated by the tests set forth in Sec.173.465 or Sec.173.466, 
as appropriate. A Type A package does not require Competent Authority 
approval.
    (4) ``Type B package'' means a packaging designed to transport 
greater than an A1 or A2 quantity of radioactive 
material that, together with its radioactive contents, is designed to 
retain the integrity of containment and shielding required by this part 
when subjected to the normal conditions of transport and hypothetical 
accident test conditions set forth in 10 CFR part 71.
    (i) ``Type B(U) package'' means a Type B packaging that, together 
with its radioactive contents, for international shipments requires 
unilateral approval only of the package design and of any stowage 
provisions that may be necessary for heat dissipation.
    (ii) ``Type B(M) package'' means a Type B packaging, together with 
its radioactive contents, that for international shipments requires 
multilateral approval of the package design, and may require approval of 
the conditions of shipment. Type B(M) packages are those Type B package 
designs which have a maximum normal operating pressure of more than 700 
kPa/cm\2\ (100 lb/in\2\) gauge or a relief device which would allow the 
release of Class 7 (radioactive) material to the environment under the 
hypothetical accident conditions specified in 10 CFR part 71.
    (5) ``Fissile material package'' means a packaging, together with 
its fissile material contents, which meets the requirements for fissile 
material packages described in subpart E of 10 CFR 71. A fissile 
material package may be a Type AF package, a Type B(U)F package, or a 
Type B(M)F package.
    Packaging means, for Class 7 (radioactive) materials, the assembly 
of components necessary to ensure compliance with the packaging 
requirements of this subpart. It may consist of one or more receptacles, 
absorbent materials, spacing structures, thermal insulation, radiation 
shielding, service equipment for filling, emptying, venting and pressure 
relief, and devices for cooling or absorbing mechanical shocks. The 
conveyance, tie-down system, and auxiliary equipment may sometimes be 
designated as part of the packaging.
    Quality assurance means a systematic program of controls and 
inspections applied by each person involved in the transport of 
radioactive material which provides confidence that a standard of safety 
prescribed in this subchapter is achieved in practice.
    Radiation level means the radiation dose-equivalent rate expressed 
in millisieverts per hour or mSv/h (millirems per hour or mrem/h). It 
consists of the sum of the dose-equivalent rates from all types of 
ionizing radiation present including alpha, beta, gamma, and neutron 
radiation. Neutron flux densities may be used to determine neutron 
radiation levels according to Table 1:

    Table 1--Neutron Fluence Rates To Be Regarded as Equivalent to a
               Radiation Level of 0.01 mSv/h (1mrem/h) \1\
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                           Flux density
                                                          equivalent to
                                                          0.01 mSv/h (1
                                                             mrem/h)
                   Energy of neutron                       neutrons per
                                                              square
                                                          centimeter per
                                                         second (n/cm\2\/
                                                              s)\1\
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Thermal (2.5 10E-8) MeV................................            272.0
1 keV..................................................            272.0
10 keV.................................................            281.0
100 keV................................................             47.0
500 keV................................................             11.0
1 MeV..................................................              7.5
5 MeV..................................................              6.4
10 MeV.................................................              6.7
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Flux densities equivalent for energies between those listed in this
  table may be obtained by linear interpolation.

    Radioactive contents means a Class 7 (radioactive) material, 
together with

[[Page 755]]

any contaminated or activated solids, liquids and gases within the 
packaging.
    Radioactive instrument or article means any manufactured instrument 
or article such as an instrument, clock, electronic tube or apparatus, 
or similar instrument or article having Class 7 (radioactive) material 
in gaseous or non-dispersible solid form as a component part.
    Radioactive material means any material containing radionuclides 
where both the activity concentration and the total activity in the 
consignment exceed the values specified in the table in Sec.173.436 or 
values derived according to the instructions in Sec.173.433.
    Special form Class 7 (radioactive) material means either an 
indispersible solid radioactive material or a sealed capsule containing 
radioactive material which satisfies the following conditions:
    (1) It is either a single solid piece or a sealed capsule containing 
radioactive material that can be opened only by destroying the capsule;
    (2) The piece or capsule has at least one dimension not less than 5 
mm (0.2 in); and
    (3) It satisfies the test requirements of Sec.173.469. Special 
form encapsulations designed in accordance with the requirements of 
Sec.173.389(g) in effect on June 30, 1983 (see 49 CFR part 173, 
revised as of October 1, 1982), and constructed prior to July 1, 1985 
and special form encapsulations designed in accordance with the 
requirements of Sec.173.403 in effect on March 31, 1996 (see 49 CFR 
part 173, revised as of October 1, 1995), and constructed prior to April 
1, 1997, may continue to be used. Any other special form encapsulation 
must meet the requirements of this paragraph (3).
    Specific activity of a radionuclide means the activity of the 
radionuclide per unit mass of that nuclide. The specific activity of a 
material in which the radionuclide is essentially uniformly distributed 
is the activity per unit mass of the material.
    Surface Contaminated Object (SCO) means a solid object which is not 
itself radioactive but which has radioactive material distributed on its 
surface. SCO exists in two phases:
    (1) SCO-I: A solid object on which:
    (i) The non-fixed contamination on the accessible surface averaged 
over 300 cm\2\ (or the area of the surface if less than 300 cm\2\) does 
not exceed 4 Bq/cm\2\ (10-4 microcurie/cm\2\) for beta and 
gamma and low toxicity alpha emitters, or 0.4 Bq/cm\2\ (10-5 
microcurie/cm\2\) for all other alpha emitters;
    (ii) The fixed contamination on the accessible surface averaged over 
300 cm\2\ (or the area of the surface if less than 300 cm\2\) does not 
exceed 4 x 10\4\ Bq/cm\2\ (1.0 microcurie/cm\2\) for beta and gamma and 
low toxicity alpha emitters, or 4 x 10\3\ Bq/cm\2\ (0.1 microcurie/
cm\2\) for all other alpha emitters; and
    (iii) The non-fixed contamination plus the fixed contamination on 
the inaccessible surface averaged over 300 cm\2\ (or the area of the 
surface if less than 300 cm\2\) does not exceed 4 x 10\4\ Bq/cm\2\ (1 
microcurie/cm\2\) for beta and gamma and low toxicity alpha emitters, or 
4 x 10\3\ Bq/cm\2\ (0.1 microcurie/cm\2\) for all other alpha emitters.
    (2) SCO-II: A solid object on which the limits for SCO-I are 
exceeded and on which:
    (i) The non-fixed contamination on the accessible surface averaged 
over 300 cm\2\ (or the area of the surface if less than 300 cm\2\) does 
not exceed 400 Bq/cm\2\ (10-2 microcurie/cm\2\) for beta and 
gamma and low toxicity alpha emitters, or 40 Bq/cm\2\ (10-3 
microcurie/cm\2\) for all other alpha emitters;
    (ii) The fixed contamination on the accessible surface averaged over 
300 cm\2\ (or the area of the surface if less than 300 cm\2\) does not 
exceed 8 x 10\5\ Bq/cm\2\ (20 microcurie/cm\2\) for beta and gamma and 
low toxicity alpha emitters, or 8 x 10\4\ Bq/cm\2\ (2 microcuries/cm\2\) 
for all other alpha emitters; and
    (iii) The non-fixed contamination plus the fixed contamination on 
the inaccessible surface averaged over 300 cm\2\ (or the area of the 
surface if less than 300 cm\2\) does not exceed 8 x 10\5\ Bq/cm\2\ (20 
microcuries/cm\2\) for beta and gamma and low toxicity alpha emitters, 
or 8 x 10\4\ Bq/cm\2\ (2 microcuries/cm\2\) for all other alpha 
emitters.

[[Page 756]]

    Transport index (TI) means the dimensionless number (rounded up to 
the next tenth) placed on the label of a package, to designate the 
degree of control to be exercised by the carrier during transportation. 
The transport index is determined by multiplying the maximum radiation 
level in millisieverts (mSv) per hour at 1 m (3.3 ft) from the external 
surface of the package by 100 (equivalent to the maximum radiation level 
in millirem per hour at 1 m (3.3 ft)).
    Type A quantity means a quantity of Class 7 (radioactive) material, 
the aggregate radioactivity which does not exceed A1 for 
special form Class 7 (radioactive) material of A2 for normal 
form Class 7 (radioactive) material, where A1 and 
A2 values are given in Sec.173.435 or are determined in 
accordance with Sec.173.433.
    Type B quantity means a quantity of material greater than a Type A 
quantity.
    Unilateral approval means approval of a package design solely by the 
Competent Authority of the country of origin of the design.
    Unirradiated thorium means thorium containing not more than 
10-7 grams uranium-233 per gram of thorium-232.
    Unirradiated uranium means uranium containing not more than 2 x 
10\3\ Bq of plutonium per gram of uranium-235, not more than 9 x 10\6\ 
Bq of fission products per gram of uranium-235 and not more than 5 x 
10-3 g of uranium-236 per gram of uranium-235.
    Uranium--natural, depleted or enriched means the following:
    (1)(i) ``Natural uranium'' means uranium (which may be chemically 
separated) containing the naturally occurring distribution of uranium 
isotopes (approximately 99.28% uranium-238 and 0.72% uranium-235 by 
mass).
    (ii) ``Depleted uranium'' means uranium containing a lesser mass 
percentage of uranium-235 than in natural uranium.
    (iii) ``Enriched uranium'' means uranium containing a greater mass 
percentage of uranium-235 than 0.72%.
    (2) For each of these definitions, a very small mass percentage of 
uranium-234 may be present.

[69 FR 3670, Jan. 26, 2004; 69 FR 55116, Sept. 13, 2004; 69 FR 58843, 
Oct. 1, 2004; 70 FR 56098, Sept. 23, 2005; 70 FR 73165, Dec. 9, 2005; 79 
FR 40610, July 11, 2014; 80 FR 1162, Jan. 8, 2015]



Sec.173.410  General design requirements.

    In addition to the requirements of subparts A and B of this part, 
each package used for the shipment of Class 7 (radioactive) materials 
must be designed so that--
    (a) The package can be easily handled and properly secured in or on 
a conveyance during transport.
    (b) Each lifting attachment that is a structural part of the package 
must be designed with a minimum safety factor of three against yielding 
when used to lift the package in the intended manner, and it must be 
designed so that failure of any lifting attachment under excessive load 
would not impair the ability of the package to meet other requirements 
of this subpart. Any other structural part of the package which could be 
used to lift the package must be capable of being rendered inoperable 
for lifting the package during transport or must be designed with 
strength equivalent to that required for lifting attachments.
    (c) The external surface, as far as practicable, will be free from 
protruding features and will be easily decontaminated.
    (d) The outer layer of packaging will avoid, as far as practicable, 
pockets or crevices where water might collect.
    (e) Each feature that is added to the package will not reduce the 
safety of the package.
    (f) The package will be capable of withstanding the effects of any 
acceleration, vibration or vibration resonance that may arise under 
normal conditions of transport without any deterioration in the 
effectiveness of the closing devices on the various receptacles or in 
the integrity of the package as a whole and without loosening or 
unintentionally releasing the nuts, bolts, or other securing devices 
even after repeated use (see Sec. Sec.173.24, 173.24a, and 173.24b).
    (g) The materials of construction of the packaging and any 
components or

[[Page 757]]

structure will be physically and chemically compatible with each other 
and with the package contents. The behavior of the packaging and the 
package contents under irradiation will be taken into account.
    (h) All valves through which the package contents could escape will 
be protected against unauthorized operation.
    (i) For transport by air--
    (1) The temperature of the accessible surfaces of the package will 
not exceed 50 [deg]C (122 [deg]F) at an ambient temperature of 38 [deg]C 
(100 [deg]F) with no account taken for insulation;
    (2) The integrity of containment will not be impaired if the package 
is exposed to ambient temperatures ranging from -40 [deg]C (-40 [deg]F) 
to + 55 [deg]C (131 [deg]F); and
    (3) A package containing liquid contents must be capable of 
withstanding, without leakage, an internal pressure that produces a 
pressure differential of not less than the maximum normal operating 
pressure plus 95 kPa (13.8 psi).

[Amdt. 173-244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as amended by Amdt. 173-
244, 61 FR 20750, May 8, 1996; 64 FR 51919, Sept. 27, 1999; 79 FR 40611, 
July 11, 2014]



Sec.173.411  Industrial packages.

    (a) General. Each industrial package must comply with the 
requirements of this section which specifies package tests, and record 
retention applicable to Industrial Package Type 1 (Type IP-1), 
Industrial Package Type 2 (Type IP-2), and Industrial Package Type 3 
(Type IP-3).
    (b) Industrial package certification and tests. (1) Each Type IP-1 
package must meet the general design requirements prescribed in Sec.
173.410.
    (2) Each Type IP-2 package must meet the general design requirements 
prescribed in Sec.173.410 and when subjected to the tests specified in 
Sec.173.465(c) and (d) or evaluated against these tests by any of the 
methods authorized by Sec.173.461(a), must prevent:
    (i) Loss or dispersal of the radioactive contents; and
    (ii) A significant increase in the radiation levels recorded or 
calculated at the external surfaces for the condition before the test.
    (3) Each Type IP-3 package must meet the requirements for Type IP-1 
and Type IP-2 packages, and must meet the requirements specified in 
Sec.173.412(a) through (j).
    (4) A portable tank may be used as a Type IP-2 or Type IP-3 package 
provided that:
    (i) It meets the requirements for Type IP-1 packages specified in 
paragraph (b)(1);
    (ii) It meets the requirements prescribed in Chapter 6.7 of the 
United Nations Recommendations on the Transport of Dangerous Goods, 
(IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this subchapter), ``Requirements for the 
Design, Construction, Inspection and Testing of Portable Tanks and 
Multiple-Element Gas Containers (MEGCs),'' or other requirements at 
least equivalent to those standards;
    (iii) It is capable of withstanding a test pressure of 265 kPa (38.4 
psia); and
    (iv) It is designed so that any additional shielding which is 
provided must be capable of withstanding the static and dynamic stresses 
resulting from handling and routine conditions of transport and of 
preventing more than a 20% increase in the maximum radiation level at 
any external surface of the portable tanks.
    (5) A cargo tank or a tank car may be used as Type IP-2 or Type IP-3 
package for transporting LSA-I and LSA-II liquids and gases as 
prescribed in Table 6 of Sec.173.427, provided that:
    (i) It meets the requirements for a Type IP-1 package specified in 
paragraph (b)(1);
    (ii) It is capable of withstanding a test pressure of 265 kPa (38.4 
psia); and
    (iii) It is designed so that any additional shielding which is 
provided must be capable of withstanding the static and dynamic stresses 
resulting from handling and routine conditions of transport and of 
preventing more than a 20% increase in the maximum radiation level at 
any external surface of the tanks.
    (6) A freight container may be used as Type IP-2 or Type IP-3 
packages provided:
    (i) The radioactive contents are restricted to solid materials;
    (ii) It meets the requirements for a Type IP-1 packages specified in 
paragraph (b)(1); and

[[Page 758]]

    (iii) It meets the standards prescribed in the International 
Organization for Standardization document ISO 1496-1: ``Series 1 Freight 
Containers--Specifications and Testing--Part 1: General Cargo 
Containers; excluding dimensions and ratings (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of 
this subchapter). It must be designed such that if subjected to the 
tests prescribed in that document and the accelerations occurring during 
routine conditions of transport it would prevent:
    (A) Loss or dispersal of the radioactive contents; and
    (B) More than a 20% increase in the maximum radiation level at any 
external surface of the freight containers.
    (7) A metal intermediate bulk containers may be used as a Type IP-2 
or Type IP-3 package, provided:
    (i) It meets the requirements for a Type IP-1 package specified in 
paragraph (b)(1); and
    (ii) It meets the requirements prescribed in Chapter 6.5 of the 
United Nations Recommendations on the Transport of Dangerous Goods, 
(IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this subchapter), ``Requirements for the 
Construction and Testing of Intermediate Bulk Containers,'' for Packing 
Group I or II, and if subjected to the tests prescribed in that 
document, but with the drop test conducted in the most damaging 
orientation, it would prevent:
    (A) Loss or dispersal of the radioactive contents; and
    (B) More than a 20% increase in the maximum radiation level at any 
external surface of the intermediate bulk container.
    (c) Except for Type IP-1 packages, each offeror of an industrial 
package must maintain on file for at least two years after the offeror's 
latest shipment, and must provide to the Associate Administrator on 
request, complete documentation of tests and an engineering evaluation 
or comparative data showing that the construction methods, package 
design, and materials of construction comply with that specification.

[79 FR 40611, July 11, 2014]



Sec.173.412  Additional design requirements for Type A packages.

    In addition to meeting the general design requirements prescribed in 
Sec.173.410, each Type A packaging must be designed so that--
    (a) The outside of the packaging incorporates a feature, such as a 
seal, that is not readily breakable, and that, while intact, is evidence 
that the package has not been opened. In the case of packages shipped in 
closed transport vehicles in exclusive use, the cargo compartment, 
instead of the individual packages, may be sealed.
    (b) The smallest external dimension of the package is not less than 
10 cm (4 inches).
    (c) Containment and shielding is maintained during transportation 
and storage in a temperature range of -40 [deg]C (-40 [deg]F) to 70 
[deg]C (158 [deg]F). Special attention shall be given to liquid contents 
and to the potential degradation of the packaging materials within the 
temperature range.
    (d) The packaging must include a containment system securely closed 
by a positive fastening device that cannot be opened unintentionally or 
by pressure that may arise within the package during normal transport. 
Special form Class 7 (radioactive) material, as demonstrated in 
accordance with Sec.173.469, may be considered as a component of the 
containment system. If the containment system forms a separate unit of 
the package, it must be securely closed by a positive fastening device 
that is independent of any other part of the package.
    (e) For each component of the containment system account is taken, 
where applicable, of radiolytic decomposition of materials and the 
generation of gas by chemical reaction and radiolysis.
    (f) The containment system will retain its radioactive contents 
under the reduction of ambient pressure to 60 kPa (8.7 psia).
    (g) Each valve, other than a pressure relief device, is provided 
with an enclosure to retain any leakage.
    (h) Any radiation shield that encloses a component of the packaging 
specified as part of the containment system will prevent the 
unintentional escape of that component from the shield.
    (i) Failure of any tie-down attachment that is a structural part of 
the packaging, under both normal and accident conditions, must not 
impair the

[[Page 759]]

ability of the package to meet other requirements of this subpart.
    (j) When evaluated against the performance requirements of this 
section and the tests specified in Sec.173.465 or using any of the 
methods authorized by Sec.173.461(a), the packaging will prevent--
    (1) Loss or dispersal of the radioactive contents; and
    (2) A significant increase in the radiation levels recorded or 
calculated at the external surfaces for the condition before the test.
    (k) Each packaging designed for liquids will--
    (1) Be designed to provide for ullage to accommodate variations in 
temperature of the contents, dynamic effects and filling dynamics;
    (2) Meet the conditions prescribed in paragraph (j) of this section 
when subjected to the tests specified in Sec.173.466 or evaluated 
against these tests by any of the methods authorized by Sec.
173.461(a); and
    (3) Either--
    (i) Have sufficient suitable absorbent material to absorb twice the 
volume of the liquid contents. The absorbent material must be compatible 
with the package contents and suitably positioned to contact the liquid 
in the event of leakage; or
    (ii) Have a containment system composed of primary inner and 
secondary outer containment components designed to enclose the liquid 
contents completely and ensure retention of the liquid within the 
secondary outer component in the event that the primary inner component 
leaks.
    (l) Each package designed for gases, other than tritium not 
exceeding 40 TBq (1080Ci) or noble gases not exceeding the A2 
value appropriate for the noble gas, will be able to prevent loss or 
dispersal of contents when the package is subjected to the tests 
prescribed in Sec.173.466 or evaluated against these tests by any of 
the methods authorized by Sec.173.461(a).

[Amdt. 173-244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as amended by 66 FR 45379, 
Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 57633, Oct. 6, 2003; 79 FR 40612, July 11, 2014]



Sec.173.413  Requirements for Type B packages.

    Except as provided in Sec.173.416, each Type B(U) or Type B(M) 
package must be designed and constructed to meet the applicable 
requirements specified in 10 CFR part 71.



Sec.173.415  Authorized Type A packages.

    The following packages are authorized for shipment if they do not 
contain quantities exceeding A1 or A2 as 
appropriate:
    (a) DOT Specification 7A (see Sec.178.350 of this subchapter) Type 
A general packaging. Until January 1, 2017 each offeror of a 
Specification 7A package must maintain on file for at least one year 
after the latest shipment, and shall provide to DOT on request, complete 
documentation of tests and an engineering evaluation or comparative data 
showing that the construction methods, packaging design, and materials 
of construction comply with that specification. After January 1, 2017 
each offeror of a Specification 7A package must maintain on file for at 
least two years after the offeror's latest shipment, and shall provide 
to DOT on request, one of the following:
    (1) A description of the package showing materials of construction, 
dimensions, weight, closure and closure materials (including gaskets, 
tape, etc.) of each item of the containment system, shielding and 
packing materials used in normal transportation, and the following:
    (i) If the packaging is subjected to the physical tests of Sec.
173.465, and if applicable, Sec.173.466, documentation of testing, 
including date, place of test, signature of testers, a detailed 
description of each test performed including equipment used, and the 
damage to each item of the containment system resulting from the tests, 
or
    (ii) For any other demonstration of compliance with tests authorized 
in Sec.173.461, a detailed analysis which shows that, for the contents 
being shipped, the package meets the pertinent design and performance 
requirements for a DOT 7A Type A specification package.
    (2) If the offeror has obtained the packaging from another person 
who meets the definition of ``packaging

[[Page 760]]

manufacturer'' in Sec.178.350(c) of this subchapter, a certification 
from the packaging manufacturer that the package meets all the 
requirements of Sec.178.350 for the radioactive contents presented for 
transport and a copy of documents maintained by the packaging 
manufacturer that meet the requirements of paragraph (a)(1) of this 
section.
    (b) Any other Type A packaging that also meets the applicable 
standards for fissile materials in 10 CFR part 71 and is used in 
accordance with Sec.173.471.
    (c) Any Type B(U) or Type B(M) packaging authorized pursuant to 
Sec.173.416.
    (d) Any foreign-made packaging that meets the standards in the '' 
IAEA Regulations for the Safe Transport of Radioactive Material, SSR-6'' 
(IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this subchapter) and bears the marking ``Type 
A''. Such packagings may be used for domestic and export shipments of 
Class 7 (radioactive) materials provided the offeror obtains the 
applicable documentation of tests and engineering evaluations and 
maintains the documentation on file in accordance with paragraph (a) of 
this section. These packagings must conform with requirements of the 
country of origin (as indicated by the packaging marking) and the IAEA 
regulations applicable to Type A packagings.

[Amdt. 173-244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as amended at 67 FR 61014, 
Sept. 27, 2002; 68 FR 75742, Dec. 31, 2003; 69 FR 3673, Jan. 26, 2004; 
69 FR 55117, Sept. 13, 2004; 79 FR 40612, July 11, 2014; 80 FR 1163, 
Jan. 8, 2015]



Sec.173.416  Authorized Type B packages.

    Each of the following packages is authorized for shipment of 
quantities exceeding A1 or A2, as appropriate:
    (a) Any Type B(U) or Type B(M) packaging that meets the applicable 
requirements of 10 CFR part 71 and that has been approved by the U.S. 
Nuclear Regulatory Commission may be shipped pursuant to Sec.173.471.
    (b) Any Type B(U) or B(M) packaging that meets the applicable 
requirements in ``IAEA Regulations for the Safe Transport of Radioactive 
Material, SSR-6'' (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this subchapter) and for 
which the foreign Competent Authority Certificate has been revalidated 
by DOT pursuant to Sec.173.473. These packagings are authorized only 
for export and import shipments.
    (c) A package approved by the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission 
under a special package authorization granted in accordance with 10 CFR 
71.41(d) provided it is offered only for domestic transportation in 
accordance with the requirements in Sec.173.471(b) and (c).

[69 FR 3673, Jan. 26, 2004, as amended at 79 FR 40612, July 11, 2014; 80 
FR 1163, Jan. 8, 2015]



Sec.173.417  Authorized fissile materials packages.

    (a) Except as provided in Sec.173.453, fissile materials 
containing not more than A1 or A2 as appropriate, 
must be packaged in one of the following packagings:
    (1)(i) Any packaging listed in Sec.173.415, limited to the Class 7 
(radioactive) materials specified in 10 CFR part 71, subpart C;
    (ii) Any Type AF, Type B(U)F, or Type B(M)F packaging that meets the 
applicable standards for fissile material packages in 10 CFR part 71; or
    (iii) Any Type AF, Type B(U)F, or Type B(M)F packaging that meets 
the applicable requirements for fissile material packages in Section VI 
of the International Atomic Energy Agency ``Regulations for the Safe 
Transport of Radioactive Material, SSR-6 (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this 
subchapter),'' and for which the foreign Competent Authority certificate 
has been revalidated by the U.S. Competent Authority, in accordance with 
Sec.173.473. These packages are authorized only for export and import 
shipments.
    (2) A residual ``heel'' of enriched solid uranium hexafluoride may 
be transported without a protective overpack in any metal cylinder that 
meets both the requirements of Sec.173.415 and Sec.178.350 of this 
subchapter for Specification 7A Type A packaging, and the requirements 
of Sec.173.420 for packagings containing greater than 0.1 kg of 
uranium hexafluoride. Any such shipment must be made in accordance with 
Table 2, as follows:

[[Page 761]]



        Table 2--Allowable Content of Uranium Hexafluoride (UF6 ``Heel'' in a Specification 7A Cylinder)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Maximum cylinder            Cylinder volume          Maximum         Maximum ``Heel'' weight per cylinder
        diameter         ----------------------------  Uranium 235- --------------------------------------------
-------------------------                               enrichment            UF6                Uranium-235
                             Liters      Cubic feet      (weight)   --------------------------------------------
 Centimeters    Inches                                   percent         kg          lb         kg         lb
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12.7                   5           8.8         0.311          100.0       0.045        0.1      0.031       0.07
20.3                   8          39.0         1.359           12.5       0.227        0.5      0.019       0.04
30.5                  12          68.0         2.410            5.0       0.454        1.0      0.015       0.03
76.0                  30         725.0         25.64            5.0        11.3       25.0      0.383       0.84
122.0                 48       3,084.0     \1\ 108.9            4.5        22.7       50.0      0.690       1.52
122.0                 48       4,041.0     \2\ 142.7            4.5        22.7       50.0      0.690      1.52
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ 10 ton.
\2\ 14 ton

    (b) Fissile Class 7 (radioactive) materials with radioactive content 
exceeding A1 or A2 must be packaged in one of the 
following packagings:
    (1) Type B(U), or Type B(M) packaging that meets the standards for 
packaging of fissile materials in 10 CFR part 71, and is approved by the 
U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission and used in accordance with Sec.
173.471;
    (2) Type B(U) or Type B(M) packaging that also meets the applicable 
requirements for fissile material packaging in Section VI of the 
International Atomic Energy Agency ``Regulations for the Safe Transport 
of Radioactive Material, SSR-6,'' and for which the foreign Competent 
Authority certificate has been revalidated by the U.S. Competent 
Authority in accordance with Sec.173.473. These packagings are 
authorized only for import and export shipments.
    (c) A package approved by the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission 
under a special package authorization granted in accordance with 10 CFR 
71.41(d) provided it is offered only for domestic transportation in 
accordance with the requirements in Sec.173.471(b) and (c).

[69 FR 3673, Jan. 26, 2004; 69 FR 55118, Sept. 13, 2004, as amended at 
79 FR 40612, July 11, 2014; 80 FR 1163, Jan. 8, 2015; 80 FR 72928, Nov. 
23, 2015]



Sec.173.418  Authorized packages--pyrophoric Class 7 (radioactive)
materials.

    Pyrophoric Class 7 (radioactive) materials, as referenced in the 
Sec.172.101 table of this subchapter, in quantities not exceeding 
A2 per package must be transported in DOT Specification 7A 
packagings constructed of materials that will not react with, nor be 
decomposed by, the contents. Contents of the package must be--
    (a) In solid form and must not be fissile unless excepted by Sec.
173.453;
    (b) Contained in sealed and corrosion resistant receptacles with 
positive closures (friction or slip-fit covers or stoppers are not 
authorized);
    (c) Free of water and contaminants that would increase the 
reactivity of the material; and
    (d) Inerted to prevent self-ignition during transport by either--
    (1) Mixing with large volumes of inerting materials, such as 
graphite, dry sand, or other suitable inerting material, or blended into 
a matrix of hardened concrete; or
    (2) Filling the innermost receptacle with an appropriate inert gas 
or liquid.
    (e) Pyrophoric Class 7 (radioactive) materials transported by 
aircraft must be packaged in Type B packages.

[Amdt. 173-244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as amended at 68 FR 45038, 
July 31, 2003; 70 FR 56098, Sept. 23, 2005]



Sec.173.419  Authorized packages--oxidizing Class 7 (radioactive)
materials.

    (a) An oxidizing Class 7 (radioactive) material, as referenced in 
the Sec.172.101 table of this subchapter, is authorized in quantities 
not exceeding an A2 per package, in a DOT Specification 7A 
package provided that--
    (1) The contents are:
    (i) Not fissile;
    (ii) Packed in inside packagings of glass, metal or compatible 
plastic; and
    (iii) Cushioned with a material that will not react with the 
contents; and

[[Page 762]]

    (2) The outside packaging is made of wood, metal, or plastic.
    (b) The package must be capable of meeting the applicable test 
requirements of Sec.173.465 without leakage of contents.
    (c) For shipment by air, the maximum quantity in any package may not 
exceed 11.3 kg (25 pounds).

[Amdt. 173-244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as amended at 66 FR 45380, 
Aug. 28, 2001]



Sec.173.420  Uranium hexafluoride (fissile, fissile excepted and
non-fissile).

    (a) In addition to any other applicable requirements of this 
subchapter, quantities greater than 0.1 kg of fissile, fissile excepted 
or non-fissile uranium hexafluoride must be offered for transportation 
as follows:
    (1) Before initial filling and during periodic inspection and test, 
packagings must be cleaned in accordance with American National Standard 
N14.1 (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this subchapter).
    (2) Packagings must be designed, fabricated, inspected, tested and 
marked in accordance with--
    (i) American National Standard N14.1 in effect at the time the 
packaging was manufactured; or
    (ii) [Reserved]
    (iii) Section VIII of the ASME Code (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this 
subchapter), provided the packaging--
    (A) Was manufactured on or before June 30, 1987;
    (B) Conforms to the edition of the ASME Code in effect at the time 
the packaging was manufactured;
    (C) Is used within its original design limitations; and
    (D) Has shell and head thicknesses that have not decreased below the 
minimum value specified in the following table:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                            Minimum
                                                           thickness;
                   Packaging model                        millimeters
                                                            (inches)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1S, 2S...............................................       1.58 (0.062)
5A, 5B, 8A...........................................       3.17 (0.125)
12A, 12B.............................................       4.76 (0.187)
30B..................................................       7.93 (0.312)
48A, F, X, and Y.....................................      12.70 (0.500)
48T, O, OM, OM Allied, HX, H, and G..................       6.35 (0.250)
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (3) Each package shall be designed so that it will:
    (i) Withstand a hydraulic test at an internal pressure of at least 
1.4 MPa (200 psig) without leakage;
    (ii) Withstand the test specified in Sec.173.465(c) without loss 
or dispersal of the uranium hexafluoride; and
    (iii) Withstand the test specified in 10 CFR 71.73(c)(4) without 
rupture of the containment system.
    (4) Uranium hexafluoride must be in solid form.
    (5) The volume of solid uranium hexafluoride, except solid depleted 
uranium hexafluoride, at 20 [deg]C (68 [deg]F) may not exceed 61% of the 
certified volumetric capacity of the packaging. The volume of solid 
depleted uranium hexafluoride at 20 [deg]C (68 [deg]F) may not exceed 
62% of the certified volumetric capacity of the packaging.
    (6) The pressure in the package at 20 [deg]C (68 [deg]F) must be 
less than 101.3 kPa (14.7 psia).
    (b) Each packaging for uranium hexafluoride must be periodically 
inspected, tested, marked and otherwise conform with the American 
National Standard N14.1.
    (c) Each repair to a packaging for uranium hexafluoride must be 
performed in accordance with the American National Standard N14.1.
    (d) Uranium hexafluoride not exceeding the limits specified in the 
limited quantity package limits column of table 4 in Sec.173.425 may 
be classified as UN 3507, Uranium hexafluoride, radioactive material, 
excepted package, less than 0.1 kg (0.22 pounds) per package, non-
fissile or fissile-excepted, provided that:
    (1) The mass of uranium hexafluoride in the package is less than 0.1 
kg (0.22 pounds); and
    (2) The conditions of Sec. Sec.173.24, 173.24a, and 173.421(a) and 
(d) are met.
    (e) For a package containing 0.1 kg or more of UF6, the 
proper shipping name and UN number ``Radioactive material, uranium 
hexafluoride, UN 2978'' must be used for the transportation of non-
fissile or fissile-excepted uranium hexafluoride and the proper shipping 
name and UN number ``Radioactive material, uranium hexafluoride, 
fissile,

[[Page 763]]

UN 2977'' must be used for the transport of fissile uranium 
hexafluoride.

[69 FR 3675, Jan. 26, 2004; 69 FR 55118, Sept. 13, 2004, as amended at 
79 FR 40612, July 11, 2014; 80 FR 1162, Jan. 8, 2015; 80 FR 72928, Nov. 
23, 2015]



Sec.173.421  Excepted packages for limited quantities of Class 7
(radioactive) materials.

    A Class 7 (radioactive) material with an activity per package which 
does not exceed the limited quantity package limits specified in Table 4 
in Sec.173.425, and its packaging, are excepted from requirements in 
this subchapter for specification packaging, marking (except for the UN 
identification number marking requirement described in Sec.
173.422(a)), labeling, and if not a hazardous substance or hazardous 
waste, shipping papers, and the requirements of this subpart if:
    (a) Each package meets the general design requirements of Sec.
173.410;
    (b) The radiation level at any point on the external surface of the 
package does not exceed 0.005 mSv/h (0.5 mrem/h);
    (c) The non-fixed contamination on the external surface of the 
package does not exceed the limits specified in Sec.173.443(a);
    (d) The outside of the inner packaging or, if there is no inner 
packaging, the outside of the packaging itself bears the marking 
``Radioactive;''
    (e) The package does not contain fissile material unless excepted by 
Sec.173.453; and
    (f) The material is otherwise prepared for shipment as specified in 
accordance with Sec.173.422.

[79 FR 40613, July 11, 2014]



Sec.173.422  Additional requirements for excepted packages containing
Class 7 (radioactive) materials.

    An excepted package of Class 7 (radioactive) material that is 
prepared for shipment under the provisions of Sec.173.421, Sec.
173.424, Sec.173.426, or Sec.173.428, or a small quantity of another 
hazard class transported by highway or rail (as defined in Sec.173.4) 
which also meets the requirements of one of these sections, is not 
subject to any additional requirements of this subchapter, except for 
the following:
    (a) The outside of each package must be marked with:
    (1) The UN identification number for the material preceded by the 
letters UN, as shown in column (4) of the Hazardous Materials Table in 
Sec.172.101 of this subchapter; and
    (2) The letters ``RQ'' on a non-bulk packaging containing a 
hazardous substance.
    (b) Sections 171.15 and 171.16 of this subchapter, pertaining to the 
reporting of incidents;
    (c) Sections 174.750, 175.705, and 176.710 of this subchapter 
(depending on the mode of transportation), pertaining to the reporting 
of decontamination;
    (d) The training requirements of subpart H of part 172 of this 
subchapter; and
    (e) For a material that meets the definition of a hazardous 
substance or a hazardous waste, the shipping paper requirements of 
subpart C of part 172 of this subchapter, except that such shipments are 
not subject to shipping paper requirements applicable to Class 7 
(radioactive) materials in Sec. Sec.172.202(a)(5), 172.202(a)(6), 
172.203(d) and 172.204(c)(4).

[69 FR 3675, Jan. 26, 2004, as amended at 79 FR 40613, July 11, 2014; 80 
FR 72928, Nov. 23, 2015]



Sec.173.423  Requirements for multiple hazard limited quantity 
Class 7 (radioactive) materials.

    (a) Except as provided in Sec.173.4, when a limited quantity 
radioactive material meets the definition of another hazard class or 
division, it must be--
    (1) Classed for the additional hazard;
    (2) Packaged to conform with the requirements specified in Sec.
173.421(a) through (e) or Sec.173.424(a) through (g), as appropriate; 
and
    (3) Offered for transportation in accordance with the requirements 
applicable to the hazard for which it is classed.
    (b) A limited quantity Class 7 (radioactive) material which is 
classed other than Class 7 in accordance with this subchapter is 
excepted from the requirements of Sec. Sec.173.422(a), 172.203(d), and 
172.204(c)(4) of this subchapter if

[[Page 764]]

the entry ``Limited quantity radioactive material'' appears on the 
shipping paper in association with the basic description.

[Amdt. 173-244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as amended at 80 FR 72928, 
Nov. 23, 2015]



Sec.173.424  Excepted packages for radioactive instruments
and articles.

    A radioactive instrument or article and its packaging are excepted 
from requirements in this subchapter for specification packaging, 
labeling, marking (except for the UN identification number marking 
requirement described in Sec.173.422(a)), and if not a hazardous 
substance or hazardous waste, shipping papers and the requirements of 
this subpart if:
    (a) Each package meets the general design requirements of Sec.
173.410;
    (b) The activity of the instrument or article does not exceed the 
relevant limit listed in Table 4 in Sec.173.425;
    (c) The total activity per package does not exceed the relevant 
limit listed in Table 4 in Sec.173.425;
    (d) The radiation level at 10 cm (4 in) from any point on the 
external surface of any unpackaged instrument or article does not exceed 
0.1 mSv/hour (10 mrem/hour);
    (e) The active material is completely enclosed by non-active 
components (a device performing the sole function of containing 
radioactive material shall not be considered to be an instrument or 
manufactured article);
    (f) The radiation level at any point on the external surface of a 
package bearing the article or instrument does not exceed 0.005 mSv/hour 
(0.5 mrem/hour), or, for exclusive use domestic shipments, 0.02 mSv/hour 
(2 mrem/hour);
    (g) The nonfixed (removable) radioactive surface contamination on 
the external surface of the package does not exceed the limits specified 
in Sec.173.443(a);
    (h) Except as provided in Sec.173.426, the package does not 
contain more than 15 g of uranium-235; and
    (i) The package is otherwise prepared for shipment as specified in 
Sec.173.422.

[69 FR 3675, Jan. 26, 2004]



Sec.173.425  Table of activity limits--excepted quantities
and articles.

    The limits applicable to instruments, articles, and limited 
quantities subject to exceptions under Sec. Sec.173.421 and 173.424 
are set forth in table 4 as follows:

                   Table 4--Activity Limits for Limited Quantities, Instruments, and Articles
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                           Instruments and articles
                                ---------------------------------------------
       Nature of contents            Limits for each                            Limited quantity package limits
                                  instrument or article   Package limits \1\                  \1\
                                           \1\
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Solids:
    Special form...............  10-2 A1                  A1                  10-3 A1
    Normal form................  10-2 A2                  A2                  10-3 A2
Liquids:
    Tritiated water:
        <0.0037 TBq/L (0.1 Ci/                                                37 TBq (1,000 Ci)
         L).
        0.0037 TBq to 0.037 TBq/                                              3.7 TBq (100 Ci)
         L (0.1 Ci to 1.0 Ci/L).
        0.037 TBq/L                                                0.037 TBq (1.0 Ci)
         (1.0 Ci/L).
    Other Liquids..............  10-3 A2                  10-1 A2             10-4 A2
Gases:
    Tritium \2\................  2 x 10-2 A2              2 x 10-1 A2         2 x 10-2 A2
    Special form...............  10-3 A1                  10-2 A1             10-3 A1
    Normal form................  10-3 A2                  10-2 A2             10-3 A2
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ For mixtures of radionuclides see Sec. 173.433(d).
\2\ These values also apply to tritium in activated luminous paint and tritium adsorbed on solid carriers.


[Amdt. 173-244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as amended by Amdt. 173-
244, 61 FR 20751, May 8, 1996; 63 FR 52849, Oct. 1, 1998; 65 FR 58630, 
Sept. 29, 2000; 66 FR 45383, Aug. 28, 2001; 69 FR 3676, Jan. 26, 2004]

[[Page 765]]



Sec.173.426  Excepted packages for articles containing natural 
uranium or thorium.

    A manufactured article in which the sole Class 7 (radioactive) 
material content is natural uranium, unirradiated depleted uranium or 
natural thorium, and its packaging, are excepted from the requirements 
in this subchapter for specification packaging, labeling, marking 
(except for the UN identification number marking requirement described 
in Sec.173.422(a)), and if not a hazardous substance or hazardous 
waste, shipping papers and the requirements of this subpart if:
    (a) Each package meets the general design requirements of Sec.
173.410;
    (b) The outer surface of the uranium or thorium is enclosed in an 
inactive sheath made of metal or other durable protective material;
    (c) The conditions specified in Sec.173.421 (b), (c) and (d) are 
met; and
    (d) The article is otherwise prepared for shipment as specified in 
Sec.173.422.

[Amdt. 173-244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as amended by Amdt. 173-
244, 61 FR 20752, May 8, 1996; 69 FR 3676, Jan. 26, 2004; 80 FR 72928, 
Nov. 23, 2015]



Sec.173.427  Transport requirements for low specific activity (LSA)
Class 7 (radioactive) material and surface contaminated objects (SCO).

    (a) In addition to other applicable requirements specified in this 
subchapter, LSA material and SCO must be transported in accordance with 
the following conditions:
    (1) The external dose rate may not exceed an external radiation 
level of 10 mSv/h (1 rem/h) at 3 m (10 feet) from the unshielded 
material;
    (2) The quantity of LSA material and SCO transported in any single 
conveyance may not exceed the limits specified in Table 5;
    (3) LSA material and SCO that are or contain fissile material must 
conform to the applicable requirements of Sec.173.453;
    (4) Packaged and unpackaged Class 7 (radioactive) materials must 
conform to the contamination control limits specified in Sec.173.443;
    (5) External radiation levels may not exceed those specified in 
Sec.173.441; and
    (6) For LSA material and SCO consigned as exclusive use:
    (i) Shipments must be loaded by the consignor and unloaded by the 
consignee from the conveyance or freight container in which originally 
loaded;
    (ii) There may be no loose radioactive material in the conveyance; 
however, when the conveyance is the packaging, there may not be any 
leakage of radioactive material from the conveyance;
    (iii) Packaged and unpackaged Class 7 (radioactive) material must be 
braced so as to prevent shifting of lading under conditions normally 
incident to transportation;
    (iv) Specific instructions for maintenance of exclusive use shipment 
controls shall be provided by the offeror to the carrier. Such 
instructions must be included with the shipping paper information;
    (v) The shipment must be placarded in accordance with subpart F of 
part 172 of this subchapter;
    (vi) For domestic transportation only, packaged and unpackaged Class 
7 (radioactive) material containing less than an A2 quantity 
are excepted from the marking and labeling requirements of this 
subchapter, other than the subsidiary hazard labeling required in Sec.
172.402(d). However, the exterior of each package or unpackaged Class 7 
(radioactive) material must be stenciled or otherwise marked 
``RADIOACTIVE--LSA'' or ``RADIOACTIVE--SCO'', as appropriate, and 
packages or unpackaged Class 7 (radioactive) material that contain a 
hazardous substance must be stenciled or otherwise marked with the 
letters ``RQ'' in association with the description in this paragraph 
(a)(6)(vi); and
    (vii) Transportation by aircraft is prohibited except when 
transported in an industrial package in accordance with Table 6 of this 
section, or in an authorized Type A or Type B package.
    (b) Except as provided in paragraph (c) or (d) of this section, LSA 
material and SCO must be packaged as follows:
    (1) In an industrial package (Type IP-1, Type IP-2 or Type IP-3; 
Sec.173.411), subject to the limitations of Table 6;
    (2) In a DOT Specification 7A (Sec.178.350 of this subchapter) 
Type A package;

[[Page 766]]

    (3) In any Type B(U) or B(M) packaging authorized pursuant to Sec.
173.416;
    (4) For domestic transportation of an exclusive use shipment that is 
less than an A2 quantity, in a packaging which meets the 
requirements of Sec.173.410; or
    (5) In portable tanks, cargo tanks and tank cars, as provided in 
Sec.173.411(b)(4) and (5), respectively.
    (c) LSA-I material and SCO-I may be transported unpackaged under the 
following conditions:
    (1) All unpackaged material, other than ores containing only 
naturally occurring radionuclides, must be transported in such a manner 
that under routine conditions of transport there will be no escape of 
the radioactive contents from the conveyance nor will there be any loss 
of shielding;
    (2) Each conveyance must be under exclusive use, except when only 
transporting SCO-I on which the contamination on the accessible and the 
inaccessible surfaces is not greater than 4.0 Bq/cm\2\ for beta and 
gamma emitters and low toxicity alpha emitters and 0.4 Bq/cm\2\ for all 
other alpha emitters;
    (3) For SCO-I where it is reasonable to suspect that non-fixed 
contamination may exist on inaccessible surfaces in excess of the values 
specified in paragraph (c)(2) of this section, measures shall be taken 
to ensure that the radioactive material is not released into the 
conveyance or to the environment; and
    (4) The highway or rail conveyance must be placarded in accordance 
with subpart F of part 172 of this subchapter.
    (d) LSA material and SCO that exceed the packaging limits in this 
section must be packaged in accordance with 10 CFR part 71.
    (e) Tables 5 and 6 are as follows:

                          Table 5--Conveyance Activity Limits for LSA Material and SCO
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                Activity limit for
            Nature of material               conveyances other than by    Activity limit for hold or compartment
                                                  inland waterway            of an inland waterway conveyance
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. LSA-I.................................  No limit....................  No limit.
2. LSA-II and LSA-III; Non-combustible     No limit....................  100 A[ihel2].
 solids.
3. LSA-II and LSA-III; Combustible solids  100 A[ihel2]................  10 A[ihel2].
 and all liquids and gases.
4. SCO...................................  100 A[ihel2]................  10 A[ihel2].
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                   Table 6--Industrial Package Integrity Requirements for LSA Material and SCO
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                 Industrial packaging type
                 Contents                 ----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                              Exclusive use shipment            Non exclusive use shipment
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. LSA-I:
    Solid................................  Type IP-1...................  Type IP-1.
    Liquid...............................  Type IP-1...................  Type IP-2.
2. LSA-II:
    Solid................................  Type IP-2...................  Type IP-2.
    Liquid and gas.......................  Type IP-2...................  Type IP-3.
3. LSA-III...............................  Type IP-2...................  Type IP-3.
4. SCO-I.................................  Type IP-1...................  Type IP-1.
5. SCO-II................................  Type IP-2...................  Type IP-2.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


[79 FR 40613, July 11, 2014]



Sec.173.428  Empty Class 7 (radioactive) materials packaging.

    A packaging which previously contained Class 7 (radioactive) 
materials and has been emptied of contents as far as practical, is 
excepted from the shipping paper and marking (except for the UN 
identification number marking requirement described in Sec.173.422(a)) 
requirements of this subchapter, provided that--
    (a) The packaging meets the requirements of Sec.173.421 (b), (c), 
and (e) of this subpart;
    (b) The packaging is in unimpaired condition and is securely closed 
so that

[[Page 767]]

there will be no leakage of Class 7 (radioactive) material under 
conditions normally incident to transportation;
    (c) The outer surface of any uranium or thorium in its structure is 
covered with an inactive sheath made of metal or some other substantial 
material;
    (d) Internal contamination does not exceed 100 times the limits in 
Sec.173.443(a);
    (e) Any labels previously applied in conformance with subpart E of 
part 172 of this subchapter are removed, obliterated, or covered and the 
``Empty'' label prescribed in Sec.172.450 of this subchapter is 
affixed to the packaging; and
    (f) The packaging is prepared for shipment as specified in Sec.
173.422.

[Amdt. 173-244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as amended by Amdt. 173-
244, 61 FR 20752, May 8, 1996; 64 FR 51919, Sept. 27, 1999; 69 FR 3677, 
Jan. 26, 2004; 80 FR 72928, Nov. 23, 2015]



Sec.173.431  Activity limits for Type A and Type B packages.

    (a) Except for LSA material and SCO, a Type A package may not 
contain a quantity of Class 7 (radioactive) materials greater than 
A1 for special form Class 7 (radioactive) material or 
A2 for normal form Class 7 (radioactive) material as listed 
in Sec.173.435, or, for Class 7 (radioactive) materials not listed in 
Sec.173.435, as determined in accordance with Sec.173.433.
    (b) The limits on activity contained in a Type B(U) or Type B(M) 
package are those prescribed in Sec. Sec.173.416 and 173.417, or in 
the applicable approval certificate under Sec.173.471, Sec.173.472 
or Sec.173.473.

[Amdt. 173-244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as amended at 69 FR 3677, 
Jan. 26, 2004]



Sec.173.433  Requirements for determining basic radionuclide values,
and for the listing of radionuclides on shipping papers and labels.

    (a) For individual radionuclides listed in the table in Sec.
173.435 and Sec.173.436:
    (1) A1 and A2 values are given in the table in 
Sec.173.435; and
    (2) Activity concentration exemption values and consignment activity 
exemption values are given in the table in Sec.173.436.
    (b) For individual radionuclides which are not listed in the tables 
in Sec.173.435 or Sec.173.436 or for which no relevant data are 
available:
    (1) the radionuclide values in Tables 7 or 8 of this section may be 
used; or
    (2) other basic radionuclide values may be used provided they are 
first approved by the Associate Administrator or, for international 
transport, multilateral approval is obtained from the pertinent 
Competent Authorities.
    (c) In calculating A[ihel1] and A2 values for approval in 
accordance with paragraph (b)(2) of this section:
    (1) It is permissible to use an A2 value calculated using 
a dose coefficient for the appropriate lung absorption type, as 
recommended by the International Commission on Radiological Protection, 
if the chemical forms of each radionuclide under both normal and 
accident conditions of transport are taken into consideration.
    (2) A single radioactive decay chain in which the radionuclides are 
present in their naturally-occurring proportions, and in which no 
daughter nuclide has a half life either longer than 10 days or longer 
than that of the parent nuclide, will be considered as a single 
radionuclide, and the activity to be taken into account and the 
A1 or A2 value to be applied will be those 
corresponding to the parent nuclide of that chain. Otherwise, the parent 
and daughter nuclides will be considered as a mixture of different 
nuclides.
    (d) Mixtures of radionuclides whose identities and respective 
activities are known must conform to the following conditions:
    (1) For special form Class 7 (radioactive) material, the activity 
which may be transported in a Type A package must satisfy:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR26JA04.001

Where:

B(i) is the activity of radionuclide i in special form; and
A1 (i) is the A1 value for radionuclide i.

    (2) For normal form Class 7 (radioactive) material, the activity 
which may be transported in a Type A package must satisfy:

[[Page 768]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR26JA04.002

Where:

C(j) is the activity of radionuclide j in normal form; and
A2(j) is the A2 value for radionuclide j.

    (3) If the package contains both special and normal form Class 7 
(radioactive) material, the activity which may be transported in a Type 
A package must satisfy:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR11JY14.096

Where:

The symbols are defined as in paragraphs (d)(1) and (d)(2) of this 
          section.

    (4) Alternatively, the A1 value for a mixture of special 
form material may be determined as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR26JA04.004

Where:

f(i) is the fraction of activity for radionuclide i in the mixture; and
A1(i) is the appropriate A1 value for radionuclide 
          i.

    (5) Alternatively, the A2 value for mixtures of normal 
form material may be determined as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR26JA04.005

Where:

f(i) is the fraction of activity for normal form radionuclide i in the 
          mixture; and
A2(i) is the appropriate A2 value for radionuclide 
          i.

    (6) The exempt activity concentration for mixtures of nuclides may 
be determined as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR13SE04.013

Where:
f(i) is the fraction of activity concentration of nuclide i in the 
          mixture; and [A](i) is the activity concentration for exempt 
          material containing nuclide i.

    (7) The activity limit for an exempt consignment for mixtures of 
nuclides may be determined as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR26JA04.007

Where:

f(i) is the fraction of activity of nuclide i in the mixture; and
A(i) is the activity limit for exempt consignments for nuclide i.

    (e) When the identity of each nuclide is known but the individual 
activities of some of the radionuclides are not known, the radionuclides 
may be grouped and the lowest A1 or A2 value, as 
appropriate, for the radionuclides in each group may be used in applying 
the formulas in paragraphs (d)(1) through (d)(5) of this section. Groups 
may be based on the total alpha activity and the total beta/gamma 
activity when these are known, using the lowest A1 or 
A2 values for the alpha emitters or beta/gamma emitters, 
respectively.

[[Page 769]]

    (f) When the identity of each nuclide is known but the individual 
activities of some of the radionuclides are not known, the radionuclides 
may be grouped and the lowest [A] (activity concentration for exempt 
material) or A (activity limit for exempt consignment) value, as 
appropriate, for the radionuclides in each group may be used in applying 
the formulas in paragraphs (d)(6) and (d)(7) of this section. Groups may 
be based on the total alpha activity and the total beta/gamma activity 
when these are known, using the lowest [A] or A values for the alpha 
emitters or beta/gamma emitters, respectively.
    (g) Shipping papers and labeling. For mixtures of radionuclides, the 
radionuclides (n) that must be shown on shipping papers and labels in 
accordance with Sec. Sec.172.203 and 172.403 of this subchapter, 
respectively, must be determined on the basis of the following formula:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR26JA04.008

Where:

n + m represents all the radionuclides in the mixture;
m are the radionuclides that do not need to be considered;
a(i) is the activity of radionuclide i in the mixture; and
A(i) is the A1 or A2 value, as 
          appropriate for radionuclide i.

    (h) Tables 7 and 8 are as follows:

                                Table 7--General Values for A[ihel1] and A[ihel2]
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                             A[ihel1]                        A[ihel2]
              Radioactive contents               ---------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       (TBq)           (Ci)            (TBq)           (Ci)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Only beta or gamma emitting nuclides are             1 x 10-1   2.7 x 10[deg]        2 x 10-2      5.4 x 10-1
 known to be present............................
2. Alpha emitting nuclides, but no beta, gamma,         2 x 10-1     5.4 x 10\0\        9 x 10-5      2.4 x 10-3
 or neutron emitters, are known to be present
 \1\............................................
3. Neutron emitting nuclides are known to be            1 x 10-3      2.7 x 10-2        9 x 10-5      2.4 x 10-3
 present or no relevant data are available......
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ If beta or gamma emitting nuclides are also known to be present, the A[ihel1] value of 0.1 TBq (2.7 Ci)
  should be used.


                                        Table 8--General Exemption Values
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    Activity concentration for      Activity limits for exempt
                                                          exempt material                  consignments
              Radioactive contents               ---------------------------------------------------------------
                                                      (Bq/g)          (Ci/g)           (Bq)            (Ci)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Only beta or gamma emitting nuclides are            1 x 10\1\     2.7 x 10-10       1 x 10\4\      2.7 x 10-7
 known to be present............................
2. Alpha emitting nuclides, but no neutron              1 x 10-1     2.7 x 10-12       1 x 10\3\      2.7 x 10-8
 emitters, are known to be present..............
3. Neutron emitting nuclides are known to be            1 x 10-1     2.7 x 10-12       1 x 10\3\      2.7 x 10-8
 present or no relevant data are available......
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


[69 FR 3677, Jan. 26, 2004; 69 FR 55119, Sept. 13, 2004, as amended at 
79 FR 40614, July 11, 2014]



Sec.173.434  Activity-mass relationships for uranium and natural thorium.

    The table of activity-mass relationships for uranium and natural 
thorium are as follows:

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                               Specific activity
   Thorium and uranium enrichment \1\(Wt% \235\ U present)   ---------------------------------------------------
                                                                TBq/gram    Grams/Tbq     Ci/gram      Grams/Ci
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0.45 (depleted).............................................   1.9 x 10-8  5.4 x 10\7\   5.0 x 10-7  2.0 x 10\6\
0.72 (natural)..............................................   2.6 x 10-8  3.8 x 10\7\   7.1 x 10-7  1.4 x 10\6\
1.0.........................................................   2.8 x 10-8  3.6 x 10\7\   7.6 x 10-7  1.3 x 10\6\
1.5.........................................................   3.7 x 10-8  2.7 x 10\7\   1.0 x 10-6  1.0 x 10\6\
5.0.........................................................   1.0 x 10-7  1.0 x 10\7\   2.7 x 10-6  3.7 x 10\5\
10.0........................................................   1.8 x 10-7  5.6 x 10\6\   4.8 x 10-6  2.1 x 10\5\
20.0........................................................   3.7 x 10-7  2.7 x 10\6\   1.0 x 10-5  1.0 x 10\5\
35.0........................................................   7.4 x 10-7  1.4 x 10\6\   2.0 x 10-5  5.0 x 10\4\
50.0........................................................   9.3 x 10-7  1.1 x 10\6\   2.5 x 10-5  4.0 x 10\4\
90.0........................................................   2.1 x 10-6  4.7 x 10\5\   5.8 x 10-5  1.7 x 10\4\

[[Page 770]]

 
93.0........................................................   2.6 x 10-6  3.9 x 10\5\   7.0 x 10-5  1.4 x 10\4\
95.0........................................................   3.4 x 10-6  3.0 x 10\5\   9.1 x 10-5  1.1 x 10\4\
Natural thorium.............................................   8.1 x 10-9  1.2 x 10\8\   2.2 x 10-7  4.6 x 10\6\
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ The figures for uranium include representative values for the activity of uranium-234 which is concentrated
  during the enrichment process. The activity for thorium includes the equilibrium concentration of thorium-228.


[Amdt. 173-244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as amended by 63 FR 52849, 
Oct. 1, 1998]



Sec.173.435  Table of A1 and A2 values for radionuclides.

    The table of A1 and A2 values for 
radionuclides is as follows:

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                            Specific activity
    Symbol of radionuclide       Element and    A1 (TBq)   A1 (Ci)  A2 (TBq)   A2 (Ci) -------------------------
                                atomic number                \b\                 \b\      (TBq/g)       (Ci/g)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ac-225 (a)...................  Actinium (89)..  8.0 x 10- 2.2 x     6.0 x 10- 1.6 x 10- 2.1 x 10\3\  5.8 x 10\4\
                                                 1         10\1\     3         1
Ac-227 (a)...................  ...............  9.0 x 10- 2.4 x     9.0 x 10- 2.4 x 10- 2.7          7.2 x 10\1\
                                                 1         10\1\     5         3
Ac-228.......................  ...............  6.0 x 10- 1.6 x     5.0 x 10- 1.4 x     8.4 x 10\4\  2.2 x 10\6\
                                                 1         10\1\     1         10\1\
Ag-105.......................  Silver (47)....  2.0       5.4 x     2.0       5.4 x     1.1 x 10\3\  3.0 x 10\4\
                                                           10\1\               10\1\
Ag-108m (a)..................  ...............  7.0 x 10- 1.9 x     7.0 x 10- 1.9 x     9.7 x 10-1   2.6 x 10\1\
                                                 1         10\1\     1         10\1\
Ag-110m (a)..................  ...............  4.0 x 10- 1.1 x     4.0 x 10- 1.1 x     1.8 x 10\2\  4.7 x 10\3\
                                                 1         10\1\     1         10\1\
Ag-111.......................  ...............  2.0       5.4 x     6.0 x 10- 1.6 x     5.8 x 10\3\  1.6 x 10\5\
                                                           10\1\     1         10\1\
Al-26........................  Aluminum (13)..  1.0 x 10- 2.7       1.0 x 10- 2.7       7.0 x 10-4   1.9 x 10-2
                                                 1                   1
Am-241.......................  Americium (95).  1.0 x     2.7 x     1.0 x 10- 2.7 x 10- 1.3 x 10-1   3.4
                                                 10\1\     10\2\     3         2
Am-242m (a)..................  ...............  1.0 x     2.7 x     1.0 x 10- 2.7 x 10- 3.6 x 10-1   1.0 x 10\1\
                                                 10\1\     10\2\     3         2
Am-243 (a)...................  ...............  5.0       1.4 x     1.0 x 10- 2.7 x 10- 7.4 x 10-3   2.0 x 10-1
                                                           10\2\     3         2
Ar-37........................  Argon (18).....  4.0 x     1.1 x     4.0 x     1.1 x     3.7 x 10\3\  9.9 x 10\4\
                                                 10\1\     10\3\     10\1\     10\3\
Ar-39........................  ...............  4.0 x     1.1 x     2.0 x     5.4 x     1.3          3.4 x 10\1\
                                                 10\1\     10\3\     10\1\     10\2\
Ar-41........................  ...............  3.0 x 10- 8.1       3.0 x 10- 8.1       1.5 x 10\6\  4.2 x 10\7\
                                                 1                   1
As-72........................  Arsenic (33)...  3.0 x 10- 8.1       3.0 x 10- 8.1       6.2 x 10\4\  1.7 x 10\6\
                                                 1                   1
As-73........................  ...............  4.0 x     1.1 x     4.0 x     1.1 x     8.2 x 10\2\  2.2 x 10\4\
                                                 10\1\     10\3\     10\1\     10\3\
As-74........................  ...............  1.0       2.7 x     9.0 x 10- 2.4 x     3.7 x 10\3\  9.9 x 10\4\
                                                           10\1\     1         10\1\
As-76........................  ...............  3.0 x 10- 8.1       3.0 x 10- 8.1       5.8 x 10\4\  1.6 x 10\6\
                                                 1                   1
As-77........................  ...............  2.0 x     5.4 x     7.0 x 10- 1.9 x     3.9 x 10\4\  1.0 x 10\6\
                                                 10\1\     10\2\     1         10\1\
At-211 (a)...................  Astatine (85)..  2.0 x     5.4 x     5.0 x 10- 1.4 x     7.6 x 10\4\  2.1 x 10\6\
                                                 10\1\     10\2\     1         10\1\
Au-193.......................  Gold (79)......  7.0       1.9 x     2.0       5.4 x     3.4 x 10\4\  9.2 x 10\5\
                                                           10\2\               10\1\
Au-194.......................  ...............  1.0       2.7 x     1.0       2.7 x     1.5 x 10\4\  4.1 x 10\5\
                                                           10\1\               10\1\
Au-195.......................  ...............  1.0 x     2.7 x     6.0       1.6 x     1.4 x 10\2\  3.7 x 10\3\
                                                 10\1\     10\2\               10\2\
Au-198.......................  ...............  1.0       2.7 x     6.0 x 10- 1.6 x     9.0 x 10\3\  2.4 x 10\5\
                                                           10\1\     1         10\1\
Au-199.......................  ...............  1.0 x     2.7 x     6.0 x 10- 1.6 x     7.7 x 10\3\  2.1 x 10\5\
                                                 10\1\     10\2\     1         10\1\
Ba-131 (a)...................  Barium (56)....  2.0       5.4 x     2.0       5.4 x     3.1 x 10\3\  8.4 x 10\4\
                                                           10\1\               10\1\
Ba-133.......................  ...............  3.0       8.1 x     3.0       8.1 x     9.4          2.6 x 10\2\
                                                           10\1\               10\1\
Ba-133m......................  ...............  2.0 x     5.4 x     6.0 x 10- 1.6 x     2.2 x 10\4\  6.1 x 10\5\
                                                 10\1\     10\2\     1         10\1\
Ba-140 (a)...................  ...............  5.0 x 10- 1.4 x     3.0 x 10- 8.1       2.7 x 10\3\  7.3 x 10\4\
                                                 1         10\1\     1
Be-7.........................  Beryllium (4)..  2.0 x     5.4 x     2.0 x     5.4 x     1.3 x 10\4\  3.5 x 10\5\
                                                 10\1\     10\2\     10\1\     10\2\
Be-10........................  ...............  4.0 x     1.1 x     6.0 x 10- 1.6 x     8.3 x 10-4   2.2 x 10-2
                                                 10\1\     10\3\     1         10\1\
Bi-205.......................  Bismuth (83)...  7.0 x 10- 1.9 x     7.0 x 10- 1.9 x     1.5 x 10\3\  4.2 x 10\4\
                                                 1         10\1\     1         10\1\
Bi-206.......................  ...............  3.0 x 10- 8.1       3.0 x 10- 8.1       3.8 x 10\3\  1.0 x 10\5\
                                                 1                   1

[[Page 771]]

 
Bi-207.......................  ...............  7.0 x 10- 1.9 x     7.0 x 10- 1.9 x     1.9          5.2 x 10\1\
                                                 1         10\1\     1         10\1\
Bi-210.......................  ...............  1.0       2.7 x     6.0 x 10- 1.6 x     4.6 x 10\3\  1.2 x 10\5\
                                                           10\1\     1         10\1\
Bi-210m (a)..................  ...............  6.0 x 10- 1.6 x     2.0 x 10- 5.4 x 10- 2.1 x 10-5   5.7 x 10-4
                                                 1         10\1\     2         1
Bi-212 (a)...................  ...............  7.0 x 10- 1.9 x     6.0 x 10- 1.6 x     5.4 x 10\5\  1.5 x 10\7\
                                                 1         10\1\     1         10\1\
Bk-247.......................  Berkelium (97).  8.0       2.2 x     8.0 x 10- 2.2 x 10- 3.8 x 10-2   1.0
                                                           10\2\     4         2
Bk-249 (a)...................  ...............  4.0 x     1.1 x     3.0 x 10- 8.1       6.1 x 10\1\  1.6 x 10\3\
                                                 10\1\     10\3\     1
Br-76........................  Bromine (35)...  4.0 x 10- 1.1 x     4.0 x 10- 1.1 x     9.4 x 10\4\  2.5 x 10\6\
                                                 1         10\1\     1         10\1\
Br-77........................  ...............  3.0       8.1 x     3.0       8.1 x     2.6 x 10\4\  7.1 x 10\5\
                                                           10\1\               10\1\
Br-82........................  ...............  4.0 x 10- 1.1 x     4.0 x 10- 1.1 x     4.0 x 10\4\  1.1 x 10\6\
                                                 1         10\1\     1         10\1\
C-11.........................  Carbon (6).....  1.0       2.7 x     6.0 x 10- 1.6 x     3.1 x 10\7\  8.4 x 10\8\
                                                           10\1\     1         10\1\
C-14.........................  ...............  4.0 x     1.1 x     3.0       8.1 x     1.6 x 10-1   4.5
                                                 10\1\     10\3\               10\1\
Ca-41........................  Calcium (20)...  Unlimite  Unlimite  Unlimite  Unlimite  3.1 x 10-3   8.5 x 10-2
                                                 d         d         d         d
Ca-45........................  ...............  4.0 x     1.1 x     1.0       2.7 x     6.6 x 10\2\  1.8 x 10\4\
                                                 10\1\     10\3\               10\1\
Ca-47 (a)....................  ...............  3.0       8.1 x     3.0 x 10- 8.1       2.3 x 10\4\  6.1 x 10\5\
                                                           10\1\     1
Cd-109.......................  Cadmium (48)...  3.0 x     8.1 x     2.0       5.4 x     9.6 x 10\1\  2.6 x 10\3\
                                                 10\1\     10\2\               10\1\
Cd-113m......................  ...............  4.0 x     1.1 x     5.0 x 10- 1.4 x     8.3          2.2 x 10\2\
                                                 10\1\     10\3\     1         10\1\
Cd-115 (a)...................  ...............  3.0       8.1 x     4.0 x 10- 1.1 x     1.9 x 10\4\  5.1 x 10\5\
                                                           10\1\     1         10\1\
Cd-115m......................  ...............  5.0 x 10- 1.4 x     5.0 x 10- 1.4 x     9.4 x 10\2\  2.5 x 10\4\
                                                 1         10\1\     1         10\1\
Ce-139.......................  Cerium (58)....  7.0       1.9 x     2.0       5.4 x     2.5 x 10\2\  6.8 x 10\3\
                                                           10\2\               10\1\
Ce-141.......................  ...............  2.0 x     5.4 x     6.0 x 10- 1.6 x     1.1 x 10\3\  2.8 x 10\4\
                                                 10\1\     10\2\     1         10\1\
Ce-143.......................  ...............  9.0 x 10- 2.4 x     6.0 x 10- 1.6 x     2.5 x 10\4\  6.6 x 10\5\
                                                 1         10\1\     1         10\1\
Ce-144 (a)...................  ...............  2.0 x 10- 5.4       2.0 x 10- 5.4       1.2 x 10\2\  3.2 x 10\3\
                                                 1                   1
Cf-248.......................  Californium      4.0 x     1.1 x     6.0 x 10- 1.6 x 10- 5.8 x 10\1\  1.6 x 10\3\
                                (98).            10\1\     10\3\     3         1
Cf-249.......................  ...............  3.0       8.1 x     8.0 x 10- 2.2 x 10- 1.5 x 10-1   4.1
                                                           10\1\     4         2
Cf-250.......................  ...............  2.0 x     5.4 x     2.0 x 10- 5.4 x 10- 4.0          1.1 x 10\2\
                                                 10\1\     10\2\     3         2
Cf-251.......................  ...............  7.0       1.9 x     7.0 x 10- 1.9 x 10- 5.9 x 10-2   1.6
                                                           10\2\     4         2
Cf-252.......................  ...............  1 x 10-1  2.7       3.0 x 10- 8.1 x 10- 2.0 x 10     5.4 x 10
                                                                     3         2         \1\          \2\
Cf-253 (a)...................  ...............  4.0 x     1.1 x     4.0 x 10- 1.1       1.1 x 10\3\  2.9 x 10\4\
                                                 10\1\     10\3\     2
Cf-254.......................  ...............  1.0 x 10- 2.7 x 10- 1.0 x 10- 2.7 x 10- 3.1 x 10\2\  8.5 x 10\3\
                                                 3         2         3         2
Cl-36........................  Chlorine (17)..  1.0 x     2.7 x     6.0 x 10- 1.6 x     1.2 x 10-3   3.3 x 10-2
                                                 10\1\     10\2\     1         10\1\
Cl-38........................  ...............  2.0 x 10- 5.4       2.0 x 10- 5.4       4.9 x 10\6\  1.3 x 10\8\
                                                 1                   1
Cm-240.......................  Curium (96)....  4.0 x     1.1 x     2.0 x 10- 5.4 x 10- 7.5 x 10\2\  2.0 x 10\4\
                                                 10\1\     10\3\     2         1
Cm-241.......................  ...............  2.0       5.4 x     1.0       2.7 x     6.1 x 10\2\  1.7 x 10\4\
                                                           10\1\               10\1\
Cm-242.......................  ...............  4.0 x     1.1 x     1.0 x 10- 2.7 x 10- 1.2 x 10\2\  3.3 x 10\3\
                                                 10\1\     10\3\     2         1
Cm-243.......................  ...............  9.0       2.4 x     1.0 x 10- 2.7 x 10- 1.9          5.2 x 10\1\
                                                           10\2\     3         2
Cm-244.......................  ...............  2.0 x     5.4 x     2.0 x 10- 5.4 x 10- 3.0          8.1 x 10\1\
                                                 10\1\     10\2\     3         2
Cm-245.......................  ...............  9.0       2.4 x     9.0 x 10- 2.4 x 10- 6.4 x 10-3   1.7 x 10-1
                                                           10\2\     4         2
Cm-246.......................  ...............  9.0       2.4 x     9.0 x 10- 2.4 x 10- 1.1 x 10-2   3.1 x 10-1
                                                           10\2\     4         2
Cm-247 (a)...................  ...............  3.0       8.1 x     1.0 x 10- 2.7 x 10- 3.4 x 10-6   9.3 x 10-5
                                                           10\1\     3         2
Cm-248.......................  ...............  2.0 x 10- 5.4 x 10- 3.0 x 10- 8.1 x 10- 1.6 x 10-4   4.2 x 10-3
                                                 2         1         4         3

[[Page 772]]

 
Co-55........................  Cobalt (27)....  5.0 x 10- 1.4 x     5.0 x 10- 1.4 x     1.1 x 10\5\  3.1 x 10\6\
                                                 1         10\1\     1         10\1\
Co-56........................  ...............  3.0 x 10- 8.1       3.0 x 10- 8.1       1.1 x 10\3\  3.0 x 10\4\
                                                 1                   1
Co-57........................  ...............  1.0 x     2.7 x     1.0 x     2.7 x     3.1 x 10\2\  8.4 x 10\3\
                                                 10\1\     10\2\     10\1\     10\2\
Co-58........................  ...............  1.0       2.7 x     1.0       2.7 x     1.2 x 10\3\  3.2 x 10\4\
                                                           10\1\               10\1\
Co-58m.......................  ...............  4.0 x     1.1 x     4.0 x     1.1 x     2.2 x 10\5\  5.9 x 10\6\
                                                 10\1\     10\3\     10\1\     10\3\
Co-60........................  ...............  4.0 x 10- 1.1 x     4.0 x 10- 1.1 x     4.2 x 10\1\  1.1 x 10\3\
                                                 1         10\1\     1         10\1\
Cr-51........................  Chromium (24)..  3.0 x     8.1 x     3.0 x     8.1 x     3.4 x 10\3\  9.2 x 10\4\
                                                 10\1\     10\2\     10\1\     10\2\
Cs-129.......................  Cesium (55)....  4.0       1.1 x     4.0       1.1 x     2.8 x 10\4\  7.6 x 10\5\
                                                           10\2\               10\2\
Cs-131.......................  ...............  3.0 x     8.1 x     3.0 x     8.1 x     3.8 x 10\3\  1.0 x 10\5\
                                                 10\1\     10\2\     10\1\     10\2\
Cs-132.......................  ...............  1.0       2.7 x     1.0       2.7 x     5.7 x 10\3\  1.5 x 10\5\
                                                           10\1\               10\1\
Cs-134.......................  ...............  7.0 x 10- 1.9 x     7.0 x 10- 1.9 x     4.8 x 10\1\  1.3 x 10\3\
                                                 1         10\1\     1         10\1\
Cs-134m......................  ...............  4.0 x     1.1 x     6.0 x 10- 1.6 x     3.0 x 10\5\  8.0 x 10\6\
                                                 10\1\     10\3\     1         10\1\
Cs-135.......................  ...............  4.0 x     1.1 x     1.0       2.7 x     4.3 x 10-5   1.2 x 10-3
                                                 10\1\     10\3\               10\1\
Cs-136.......................  ...............  5.0 x 10- 1.4 x     5.0 x 10- 1.4 x     2.7 x 10\3\  7.3 x 10\4\
                                                 1         10\1\     1         10\1\
Cs-137 (a)...................  ...............  2.0       5.4 x     6.0 x 10- 1.6 x     3.2          8.7 x 10\1\
                                                           10\1\     1         10\1\
Cu-64........................  Copper (29)....  6.0       1.6 x     1.0       2.7 x     1.4 x 10\5\  3.9 x 10\6\
                                                           10\2\               10\1\
Cu-67........................  ...............  1.0 x     2.7 x     7.0 x 10- 1.9 x     2.8 x 10\4\  7.6 x 10\5\
                                                 10\1\     10\2\     1         10\1\
Dy-159.......................  Dysprosium (66)  2.0 x     5.4 x     2.0 x     5.4 x     2.1 x 10\2\  5.7 x 10\3\
                                                 10\1\     10\2\     10\1\     10\2\
Dy-165.......................  ...............  9.0 x 10- 2.4 x     6.0 x 10- 1.6 x     3.0 x 10\5\  8.2 x 10\6\
                                                 1         10\1\     1         10\1\
Dy-166 (a)...................  ...............  9.0 x 10- 2.4 x     3.0 x 10- 8.1       8.6 x 10\3\  2.3 x 10\5\
                                                 1         10\1\     1
Er-169.......................  Erbium (68)....  4.0 x     1.1 x     1.0       2.7 x     3.1 x 10\3\  8.3 x 10\4\
                                                 10\1\     10\3\               10\1\
Er-171.......................  ...............  8.0 x 10- 2.2 x     5.0 x 10- 1.4 x     9.0 x 10\4\  2.4 x 10\6\
                                                 1         10\1\     1         10\1\
Eu-147.......................  Europium (63)..  2.0       5.4 x     2.0       5.4 x     1.4 x 10\3\  3.7 x 10\4\
                                                           10\1\               10\1\
Eu-148.......................  ...............  5.0 x 10- 1.4 x     5.0 x 10- 1.4 x     6.0 x 10\2\  1.6 x 10\4\
                                                 1         10\1\     1         10\1\
Eu-149.......................  ...............  2.0 x     5.4 x     2.0 x     5.4 x     3.5 x 10\2\  9.4 x 10\3\
                                                 10\1\     10\2\     10\1\     10\2\
Eu-150 (short lived).........  ...............  2.0       5.4 x     7.0 x 10- 1.9 x     6.1 x 10\4\  1.6 x 10\6\
                                                           10\1\     1         10\1\
Eu-150 (long lived)..........  ...............  7.0 x 10- 1.9 x     7.0 x 10- 1.9 x     6.1 x 10\4\  1.6 x 10\6\
                                                 1         10\1\     1         10\1\
Eu-152.......................  ...............  1.0       2.7 x     1.0       2.7 x     6.5          1.8 x 10\2\
                                                           10\1\               10\1\
Eu-152m......................  ...............  8.0 x 10- 2.2 x     8.0 x 10- 2.2 x     8.2 x 10\4\  2.2 x 10\6\
                                                 1         10\1\     1         10\1\
Eu-154.......................  ...............  9.0 x 10- 2.4 x     6.0 x 10- 1.6 x     9.8          2.6 x 10\2\
                                                 1         10\1\     1         10\1\
Eu-155.......................  ...............  2.0 x     5.4 x     3.0       8.1 x     1.8 x 10\1\  4.9 x 10\2\
                                                 10\1\     10\2\               10\1\
Eu-156.......................  ...............  7.0 x 10- 1.9 x     7.0 x 10- 1.9 x     2.0 x 10\3\  5.5 x 10\4\
                                                 1         10\1\     1         10\1\
F-18.........................  Fluorine (9)...  1.0       2.7 x     6.0 x 10- 1.6 x     3.5 x 10\6\  9.5 x 10\7\
                                                           10\1\     1         10\1\
Fe-52 (a)....................  Iron (26)......  3.0 x 10- 8.1       3.0 x 10- 8.1       2.7 x 10\5\  7.3 x 10\6\
                                                 1                   1
Fe-55........................  ...............  4.0 x     1.1 x     4.0 x     1.1 x     8.8 x 10\1\  2.4 x 10\3\
                                                 10\1\     10\3\     10\1\     10\3\
Fe-59........................  ...............  9.0 x 10- 2.4 x     9.0 x 10- 2.4 x     1.8 x 10\3\  5.0 x 10\4\
                                                 1         10\1\     1         10\1\
Fe-60 (a)....................  ...............  4.0 x     1.1 x     2.0 x 10- 5.4       7.4 x 10-4   2.0 x 10-2
                                                 10\1\     10\3\     1
Ga-67........................  Gallium (31)...  7.0       1.9 x     3.0       8.1 x     2.2 x 10\4\  6.0 x 10\5\
                                                           10\2\               10\1\
Ga-68........................  ...............  5.0 x 10- 1.4 x     5.0 x 10- 1.4 x     1.5 x 10\6\  4.1 x 10\7\
                                                 1         10\1\     1         10\1\
Ga-72........................  ...............  4.0 x 10- 1.1 x     4.0 x 10- 1.1 x     1.1 x 10\5\  3.1 x 10\6\
                                                 1         10\1\     1         10\1\
Gd-146 (a)...................  Gadolinium (64)  5.0 x 10- 1.4 x     5.0 x 10- 1.4 x     6.9 x 10\2\  1.9 x 10\4\
                                                 1         10\1\     1         10\1\
Gd-148.......................  ...............  2.0 x     5.4 x     2.0 x 10- 5.4 x 10- 1.2          3.2 x 10\1\
                                                 10\1\     10\2\     3         2
Gd-153.......................  ...............  1.0 x     2.7 x     9.0       2.4 x     1.3 x 10\2\  3.5 x 10\3\
                                                 10\1\     10\2\               10\2\
Gd-159.......................  ...............  3.0       8.1 x     6.0 x 10- 1.6 x     3.9 x 10\4\  1.1 x 10\6\
                                                           10\1\     1         10\1\
Ge-68 (a)....................  Germanium (32).  5.0 x 10- 1.4 x     5.0 x 10- 1.4 x     2.6 x 10\2\  7.1 x 10\3\
                                                 1         10\1\     1         10\1\

[[Page 773]]

 
Ge-71........................  ...............  4.0 x     1.1 x     4.0 x     1.1 x     5.8 x 10\3\  1.6 x 10\5\
                                                 10\1\     10\3\     10\1\     10\3\
Ge-77........................  ...............  3.0 x 10- 8.1       3.0 x 10- 8.1       1.3 x 10\5\  3.6 x 10\6\
                                                 1                   1
Hf-172 (a)...................  Hafnium (72)...  6.0 x 10- 1.6 x     6.0 x 10- 1.6 x     4.1 x 10\1\  1.1 x 10\3\
                                                 1         10\1\     1         10\1\
Hf-175.......................  ...............  3.0       8.1 x     3.0       8.1 x     3.9 x 10\2\  1.1 x 10\4\
                                                           10\1\               10\1\
Hf-181.......................  ...............  2.0       5.4 x     5.0 x 10- 1.4 x     6.3 x 10\2\  1.7 x 10\4\
                                                           10\1\     1         10\1\
Hf-182.......................  ...............  Unlimite  Unlimite  Unlimite  Unlimite  8.1 x 10-6   2.2 x 10-4
                                                 d         d         d         d
Hg-194 (a)...................  Mercury (80)...  1.0       2.7 x     1.0       2.7 x     1.3 x 10-1   3.5
                                                           10\1\               10\1\
Hg-195m (a)..................  ...............  3.0       8.1 x     7.0 x 10- 1.9 x     1.5 x 10\4\  4.0 x 10\5\
                                                           10\1\     1         10\1\
Hg-197.......................  ...............  2.0 x     5.4 x     1.0 x     2.7 x     9.2 x 10\3\  2.5 x 10\5\
                                                 10\1\     10\2\     10\1\     10\2\
Hg-197m......................  ...............  1.0 x     2.7 x     4.0 x 10- 1.1 x     2.5 x 10\4\  6.7 x 10\5\
                                                 10\1\     10\2\     1         10\1\
Hg-203.......................  ...............  5.0       1.4 x     1.0       2.7 x     5.1 x 10\2\  1.4 x 10\4\
                                                           10\2\               10\1\
Ho-166.......................  Holmium (67)...  4.0 x 10- 1.1 x     4.0 x 10- 1.1 x     2.6 x 10\4\  7.0 x 10\5\
                                                 1         10\1\     1         10\1\
Ho-166m......................  ...............  6.0 x 10- 1.6 x     5.0 x 10- 1.4 x     6.6 x 10-2   1.8
                                                 1         10\1\     1         10\1\
I-123........................  Iodine (53)....  6.0       1.6 x     3.0       8.1 x     7.1 x 10\4\  1.9 x 10\6\
                                                           10\2\               10\1\
I-124........................  ...............  1.0       2.7 x     1.0       2.7 x     9.3 x 10\3\  2.5 x 10\5\
                                                           10\1\               10\1\
I-125........................  ...............  2.0 x     5.4 x     3.0       8.1 x     6.4 x 10\2\  1.7 x 10\4\
                                                 10\1\     10\2\               10\1\
I-126........................  ...............  2.0       5.4 x     1.0       2.7 x     2.9 x 10\3\  8.0 x 10\4\
                                                           10\1\               10\1\
I-129........................  ...............  Unlimite  Unlimite  Unlimite  Unlimite  6.5 x 10-6   1.8 x 10-4
                                                 d         d         d         d
I-131........................  ...............  3.0       8.1 x     7.0 x 10- 1.9 x     4.6 x 10\3\  1.2 x 10\5\
                                                           10\1\     1         10\1\
I-132........................  ...............  4.0 x 10- 1.1 x     4.0 x 10- 1.1 x     3.8 x 10\5\  1.0 x 10\7\
                                                 1         10\1\     1         10\1\
I-133........................  ...............  7.0 x 10- 1.9 x     6.0 x 10- 1.6 x     4.2 x 10\4\  1.1 x 10\6\
                                                 1         10\1\     1         10\1\
I-134........................  ...............  3.0 x 10- 8.1       3.0 x 10- 8.1       9.9 x 10\5\  2.7 x 10\7\
                                                 1                   1
I-135 (a)....................  ...............  6.0 x 10- 1.6 x     6.0 x 10- 1.6 x     1.3 x 10\5\  3.5 x 10\6\
                                                 1         10\1\     1         10\1\
In-111.......................  Indium (49)....  3.0       8.1 x     3.0       8.1 x     1.5 x 10\4\  4.2 x 10\5\
                                                           10\1\               10\1\
In-113m......................  ...............  4.0       1.1 x     2.0       5.4 x     6.2 x 10\5\  1.7 x 10\7\
                                                           10\2\               10\1\
In-114m (a)..................  ...............  1.0 x     2.7 x     5.0 x 10- 1.4 x     8.6 x 10\2\  2.3 x 10\4\
                                                 10\1\     10\2\     1         10\1\
In-115m......................  ...............  7.0       1.9 x     1.0       2.7 x     2.2 x 10\5\  6.1 x 10\6\
                                                           10\2\               10\1\
Ir-189 (a)...................  Iridium (77)...  1.0 x     2.7 x     1.0 x     2.7 x     1.9 x 10\3\  5.2 x 10\4\
                                                 10\1\     10\2\     10\1\     10\2\
Ir-190.......................  ...............  7.0 x 10- 1.9 x     7.0 x 10- 1.9 x     2.3 x 10\3\  6.2 x 10\4\
                                                 1         10\1\     1         10\1\
Ir-192 (c)...................  ...............  1.0       2.7 x     6.0 x 10- 1.6 x     3.4 x 10\2\  9.2 x 10\3\
                                                           10\1\     1         10\1\
Ir-194.......................  ...............  3.0 x 10- 8.1       3.0 x 10- 8.1       3.1 x 10\4\  8.4 x 10\5\
                                                 1                   1
K-40.........................  Potassium (19).  9.0 x 10- 2.4 x     9.0 x 10- 2.4 x     2.4 x 10-7   6.4 x 10-6
                                                 1         10\1\     1         10\1\
K-42.........................  ...............  2.0 x 10- 5.4       2.0 x 10- 5.4       2.2 x 10\5\  6.0 x 10\6\
                                                 1                   1
K-43.........................  ...............  7.0 x 10- 1.9 x     6.0 x 10- 1.6 x     1.2 x 10\5\  3.3 x 10\6\
                                                 1         10\1\     1         10\1\
Kr-79........................  Krypton (36)...  4.0 x 10  1.1 x 10  2.0 x 10  5.4 x 10  4.2 x 10     1.1 x 10
                                                 \0\       \2\       \0\       \1\       \4\          \6\
Kr-81........................  Krypton (36)...  4.0 x     1.1 x     4.0 x     1.1 x     7.8 x 10-4   2.1 x 10-2
                                                 10\1\     10\3\     10\1\     10\3\
Kr-85........................  ...............  1.0 x     2.7 x     1.0 x     2.7 x     1.5 x 10\1\  3.9 x 10\2\
                                                 10\1\     10\2\     10\1\     10\2\
Kr-85m.......................  ...............  8.0       2.2 x     3.0       8.1 x     3.0 x 10\5\  8.2 x 10\6\
                                                           10\2\               10\1\
Kr-87........................  ...............  2.0 x 10- 5.4       2.0 x 10- 5.4       1.0 x 10\6\  2.8 x 10\7\
                                                 1                   1
La-137.......................  Lanthanum (57).  3.0 x     8.1 x     6.0       1.6 x     1.6 x 10-3   4.4 x 10-2
                                                 10\1\     10\2\               10\2\
La-140.......................  ...............  4.0 x 10- 1.1 x     4.0 x 10- 1.1 x     2.1 x 10\4\  5.6 x 10\5\
                                                 1         10\1\     1         10\1\
Lu-172.......................  Lutetium (71)..  6.0 x 10- 1.6 x     6.0 x 10- 1.6 x     4.2 x 10\3\  1.1 x 10\5\
                                                 1         10\1\     1         10\1\
Lu-173.......................  ...............  8.0       2.2 x     8.0       2.2 x     5.6 x 10\1\  1.5 x 10\3\
                                                           10\2\               10\2\
Lu-174.......................  ...............  9.0       2.4 x     9.0       2.4 x     2.3 x 10\1\  6.2 x 10\2\
                                                           10\2\               10\2\
Lu-174m......................  ...............  2.0 x     5.4 x     1.0 x     2.7 x     2.0 x 10\2\  5.3 x 10\3\
                                                 10\1\     10\2\     10\1\     10\2\
Lu-177.......................  ...............  3.0 x     8.1 x     7.0 x 10- 1.9 x     4.1 x 10\3\  1.1 x 10\5\
                                                 10\1\     10\2\     1         10\1\
Mg-28 (a)....................  Magnesium (12).  3.0 x 10- 8.1       3.0 x 10- 8.1       2.0 x 10\5\  5.4 x 10\6\
                                                 1                   1
Mn-52........................  Manganese (25).  3.0 x 10- 8.1       3.0 x 10- 8.1       1.6 x 10\4\  4.4 x 10\5\
                                                 1                   1

[[Page 774]]

 
Mn-53........................  ...............  Unlimite  Unlimite  Unlimite  Unlimite  6.8 x 10-5   1.8 x 10-3
                                                 d         d         d         d
Mn-54........................  ...............  1.0       2.7 x     1.0       2.7 x     2.9 x 10\2\  7.7 x 10\3\
                                                           10\1\               10\1\
Mn-56........................  ...............  3.0 x 10- 8.1       3.0 x 10- 8.1       8.0 x 10\5\  2.2 x 10\7\
                                                 1                   1
Mo-93........................  Molybdenum (42)  4.0 x     1.1 x     2.0 x     5.4 x     4.1 x 10-2   1.1
                                                 10\1\     10\3\     10\1\     10\2\
Mo-99(a)(i)..................  ...............  1.0       2.7 x 10  6.0 x 10- 1.6 x 10  1.8 x 10     4.8 x 10
                                                           \1\       1         \1\       \4\          \5\
N-13.........................  Nitrogen (7)...  9.0 x 10- 2.4 x     6.0 x 10- 1.6 x     5.4 x 10\7\  1.5 x 10\9\
                                                 1         10\1\     1         10\1\
Na-22........................  Sodium (11)....  5.0 x 10- 1.4 x     5.0 x 10- 1.4 x     2.3 x 10\2\  6.3 x 10\3\
                                                 1         10\1\     1         10\1\
Na-24........................  ...............  2.0 x 10- 5.4       2.0 x 10- 5.4       3.2 x 10\5\  8.7 x 10\6\
                                                 1                   1
Nb-93m.......................  Niobium (41)...  4.0 x     1.1 x     3.0 x     8.1 x     8.8          2.4 x 10\2\
                                                 10\1\     10\3\     10\1\     10\2\
Nb-94........................  ...............  7.0 x 10- 1.9 x     7.0 x 10- 1.9 x     6.9 x 10-3   1.9 x 10-1
                                                 1         10\1\     1         10\1\
Nb-95........................  ...............  1.0       2.7 x     1.0       2.7 x     1.5 x 10\3\  3.9 x 10\4\
                                                           10\1\               10\1\
Nb-97........................  ...............  9.0 x 10- 2.4 x     6.0 x 10- 1.6 x     9.9 x 10\5\  2.7 x 10\7\
                                                 1         10\1\     1         10\1\
Nd-147.......................  Neodymium (60).  6.0       1.6 x     6.0 x 10- 1.6 x     3.0 x 10\3\  8.1 x 10\4\
                                                           10\2\     1         10\1\
Nd-149.......................  ...............  6.0 x 10- 1.6 x     5.0 x 10- 1.4 x     4.5 x 10\5\  1.2 x 10\7\
                                                 1         10\1\     1         10\1\
Ni-59........................  Nickel (28)....  Unlimite  Unlimite  Unlimite  Unlimite  3.0 x 10-3   8.0 x 10-2
                                                 d         d         d         d
Ni-63........................  ...............  4.0 x     1.1 x     3.0 x     8.1 x     2.1          5.7 x 10\1\
                                                 10\1\     10\3\     10\1\     10\2\
Ni-65........................  ...............  4.0 x 10- 1.1 x     4.0 x 10- 1.1 x     7.1 x 10\5\  1.9 x 10\7\
                                                 1         10\1\     1         10\1\
Np-235.......................  Neptunium (93).  4.0 x     1.1 x     4.0 x     1.1 x     5.2 x 10\1\  1.4 x 10\3\
                                                 10\1\     10\3\     10\1\     10\3\
Np-236 (short-lived).........  ...............  2.0 x     5.4 x     2.0       5.4 x     4.7 x 10-4   1.3 x 10-2
                                                 10\1\     10\2\               10\1\
Np-236 (long-lived)..........  ...............  9.0 x     2.4 x     2.0 x 10- 5.4 x 10- 4.7 x 10-4   1.3 x 10-2
                                                 10\0\     10\2\     2         1
Np-237.......................  ...............  2.0 x     5.4 x     2.0 x 10- 5.4 x 10- 2.6 x 10-5   7.1 x 10-4
                                                 10\1\     10\2\     3         2
Np-239.......................  ...............  7.0       1.9 x     4.0 x 10- 1.1 x     8.6 x 10\3\  2.3 x 10\5\
                                                           10\2\     1         10\1\
Os-185.......................  Osmium (76)....  1.0       2.7 x     1.0       2.7 x     2.8 x 10\2\  7.5 x 10\3\
                                                           10\1\               10\1\
Os-191.......................  ...............  1.0 x     2.7 x     2.0       5.4 x     1.6 x 10\3\  4.4 x 10\4\
                                                 10\1\     10\2\               10\1\
Os-191m......................  ...............  4.0 x     1.1 x     3.0 x     8.1 x     4.6 x 10\4\  1.3 x 10\6\
                                                 10\1\     10\3\     10\1\     10\2\
Os-193.......................  ...............  2.0       5.4 x     6.0 x 10- 1.6 x     2.0 x 10\4\  5.3 x 10\5\
                                                           10\1\     1         10\1\
Os-194 (a)...................  ...............  3.0 x 10- 8.1       3.0 x 10- 8.1       1.1 x 10\1\  3.1 x 10\2\
                                                 1                   1
P-32.........................  Phosphorus (15)  5.0 x 10- 1.4 x     5.0 x 10- 1.4 x     1.1 x 10\4\  2.9 x 10\5\
                                                 1         10\1\     1         10\1\
P-33.........................  ...............  4.0 x     1.1 x     1.0       2.7 x     5.8 x 10\3\  1.6 x 10\5\
                                                 10\1\     10\3\               10\1\
Pa-230 (a)...................  Protactinium     2.0       5.4 x     7.0 x 10- 1.9       1.2 x 10\3\  3.3 x 10\4\
                                (91).                      10\1\     2
Pa-231.......................  ...............  4.0       1.1 x     4.0 x 10- 1.1 x 10- 1.7 x 10-3   4.7 x 10-2
                                                           10\2\     4         2
Pa-233.......................  ...............  5.0       1.4 x     7.0 x 10- 1.9 x     7.7 x 10\2\  2.1 x 10\4\
                                                           10\2\     1         10\1\
Pb-201.......................  Lead (82)......  1.0       2.7 x     1.0       2.7 x     6.2 x 10\4\  1.7 x 10\6\
                                                           10\1\               10\1\
Pb-202.......................  ...............  4.0 x     1.1 x     2.0 x     5.4 x     1.2 x 10-4   3.4 x 10-3
                                                 10\1\     10\3\     10\1\     10\2\
Pb-203.......................  ...............  4.0       1.1 x     3.0       8.1 x     1.1 x 10\4\  3.0 x 10\5\
                                                           10\2\               10\1\
Pb-205.......................  ...............  Unlimite  Unlimite  Unlimite  Unlimite  4.5 x 10-6   1.2 x 10-4
                                                 d         d         d         d
Pb-210 (a)...................  ...............  1.0       2.7 x     5.0 x 10- 1.4       2.8          7.6 x 10\1\
                                                           10\1\     2
Pb-212 (a)...................  ...............  7.0 x 10- 1.9 x     2.0 x 10- 5.4       5.1 x 10\4\  1.4 x 10\6\
                                                 1         10\1\     1
Pd-103 (a)...................  Palladium (46).  4.0 x     1.1 x     4.0 x     1.1 x     2.8 x 10\3\  7.5 x 10\4\
                                                 10\1\     10\3\     10\1\     10\3\
Pd-107.......................  ...............  Unlimite  Unlimite  Unlimite  Unlimite  1.9 x 10-5   5.1 x 10-4
                                                 d         d         d         d
Pd-109.......................  ...............  2.0       5.4 x     5.0 x 10- 1.4 x     7.9 x 10\4\  2.1 x 10\6\
                                                           10\1\     1         10\1\
Pm-143.......................  Promethium (61)  3.0       8.1 x     3.0       8.1 x     1.3 x 10\2\  3.4 x 10\3\
                                                           10\1\               10\1\
Pm-144.......................  ...............  7.0 x 10- 1.9 x     7.0 x 10- 1.9 x     9.2 x 10\1\  2.5 x 10\3\
                                                 1         10\1\     1         10\1\
Pm-145.......................  ...............  3.0 x     8.1 x     1.0 x     2.7 x     5.2          1.4 x 10\2\
                                                 10\1\     10\2\     10\1\     10\2\
Pm-147.......................  ...............  4.0 x     1.1 x     2.0       5.4 x     3.4 x 10\1\  9.3 x 10\2\
                                                 10\1\     10\3\               10\1\
Pm-148m (a)..................  ...............  8.0 x 10- 2.2 x     7.0 x 10- 1.9 x     7.9 x 10\2\  2.1 x 10\4\
                                                 1         10\1\     1         10\1\
Pm-149.......................  ...............  2.0       5.4 x     6.0 x 10- 1.6 x     1.5 x 10\4\  4.0 x 10\5\
                                                           10\1\     1         10\1\

[[Page 775]]

 
Pm-151.......................  ...............  2.0       5.4 x     6.0 x 10- 1.6 x     2.7 x 10\4\  7.3 x 10\5\
                                                           10\1\     1         10\1\
Po-210.......................  Polonium (84)..  4.0 x     1.1 x     2.0 x 10- 5.4 x 10- 1.7 x 10\2\  4.5 x 10\3\
                                                 10\1\     10\3\     2         1
Pr-142.......................  Praseodymium     4.0 x 10- 1.1 x     4.0 x 10- 1.1 x     4.3 x 10\4\  1.2 x 10\6\
                                (59).            1         10\1\     1         10\1\
Pr-143.......................  ...............  3.0       8.1 x     6.0 x 10- 1.6 x     2.5 x 10\3\  6.7 x 10\4\
                                                           10\1\     1         10\1\
Pt-188 (a)...................  Platinum (78)..  1.0       2.7 x     8.0 x 10- 2.2 x     2.5 x 10\3\  6.8 x 10\4\
                                                           10\1\     1         10\1\
Pt-191.......................  ...............  4.0       1.1 x     3.0       8.1 x     8.7 x 10\3\  2.4 x 10\5\
                                                           10\2\               10\1\
Pt-193.......................  ...............  4.0 x     1.1 x     4.0 x     1.1 x     1.4          3.7 x 10\1\
                                                 10\1\     10\3\     10\1\     10\3\
Pt-193m......................  ...............  4.0 x     1.1 x     5.0 x 10- 1.4 x     5.8 x 10\3\  1.6 x 10\5\
                                                 10\1\     10\3\     1         10\1\
Pt-195m......................  ...............  1.0 x     2.7 x     5.0 x 10- 1.4 x     6.2 x 10\3\  1.7 x 10\5\
                                                 10\1\     10\2\     1         10\1\
Pt-197.......................  ...............  2.0 x     5.4 x     6.0 x 10- 1.6 x     3.2 x 10\4\  8.7 x 10\5\
                                                 10\1\     10\2\     1         10\1\
Pt-197m......................  ...............  1.0 x     2.7 x     6.0 x 10- 1.6 x     3.7 x 10\5\  1.0 x 10\7\
                                                 10\1\     10\2\     1         10\1\
Pu-236.......................  Plutonium (94).  3.0 x     8.1 x     3.0 x 10- 8.1 x 10- 2.0 x 10\1\  5.3 x 10\2\
                                                 10\1\     10\2\     3         2
Pu-237.......................  ...............  2.0 x     5.4 x     2.0 x     5.4 x     4.5 x 10\2\  1.2 x 10\4\
                                                 10\1\     10\2\     10\1\     10\2\
Pu-238.......................  ...............  1.0 x     2.7 x     1.0 x 10- 2.7 x 10- 6.3 x 10-1   1.7 x 10\1\
                                                 10\1\     10\2\     3         2
Pu-239.......................  ...............  1.0 x     2.7 x     1.0 x 10- 2.7 x 10- 2.3 x 10-3   6.2 x 10-2
                                                 10\1\     10\2\     3         2
Pu-240.......................  ...............  1.0 x     2.7 x     1.0 x 10- 2.7 x 10- 8.4 x 10-3   2.3 x 10-1
                                                 10\1\     10\2\     3         2
Pu-241 (a)...................  ...............  4.0 x     1.1 x     6.0 x 10- 1.6       3.8          1.0 x 10\2\
                                                 10\1\     10\3\     2
Pu-242.......................  ...............  1.0 x     2.7 x     1.0 x 10- 2.7 x 10- 1.5 x 10-4   3.9 x 10-3
                                                 10\1\     10\2\     3         2
Pu-244 (a)...................  ...............  4.0 x 10- 1.1 x     1.0 x 10- 2.7 x 10- 6.7 x 10-7   1.8 x 10-5
                                                 1         10\1\     3         2
Ra-223 (a)...................  Radium (88)....  4.0 x 10- 1.1 x     7.0 x 10- 1.9 x 10- 1.9 x 10\3\  5.1 x 10\4\
                                                 1         10\1\     3         1
Ra-224 (a)...................  ...............  4.0 x 10- 1.1 x     2.0 x 10- 5.4 x 10- 5.9 x 10\3\  1.6 x 10\5\
                                                 1         10\1\     2         1
Ra-225 (a)...................  ...............  2.0 x 10- 5.4       4.0 x 10- 1.1 x 10- 1.5 x 10\3\  3.9 x 10\4\
                                                 1                   3         1
Ra-226 (a)...................  ...............  2.0 x 10- 5.4       3.0 x 10- 8.1 x 10- 3.7 x 10-2   1.0
                                                 1                   3         2
Ra-228 (a)...................  ...............  6.0 x 10- 1.6 x     2.0 x 10- 5.4 x 10- 1.0 x 10\1\  2.7 x 10\2\
                                                 1         10\1\     2         1
Rb-81........................  Rubidium (37)..  2.0       5.4 x     8.0 x 10- 2.2 x     3.1 x 10\5\  8.4 x 10\6\
                                                           10\1\     1         10\1\
Rb-83 (a)....................  ...............  2.0       5.4 x     2.0       5.4 x     6.8 x 10\2\  1.8 x 10\4\
                                                           10\1\               10\1\
Rb-84........................  ...............  1.0       2.7 x     1.0       2.7 x     1.8 x 10\3\  4.7 x 10\4\
                                                           10\1\               10\1\
Rb-86........................  ...............  5.0 x 10- 1.4 x     5.0 x 10- 1.4 x     3.0 x 10\3\  8.1 x 10\4\
                                                 1         10\1\     1         10\1\
Rb-87........................  ...............  Unlimite  Unlimite  Unlimite  Unlimite  3.2 x 10-9   8.6 x 10-8
                                                 d         d         d         d
Rb(nat)......................  ...............  Unlimite  Unlimite  Unlimite  Unlimite  6.7 x 10\6\  1.8 x 10\8\
                                                 d         d         d         d
Re-184.......................  Rhenium (75)...  1.0       2.7 x     1.0       2.7 x     6.9 x 10\2\  1.9 x 10\4\
                                                           10\1\               10\1\
Re-184m......................  ...............  3.0       8.1 x     1.0       2.7 x     1.6 x 10\2\  4.3 x 10\3\
                                                           10\1\               10\1\
Re-186.......................  ...............  2.0       5.4 x     6.0 x 10- 1.6 x     6.9 x 10\3\  1.9 x 10\5\
                                                           10\1\     1         10\1\
Re-187.......................  ...............  Unlimite  Unlimite  Unlimite  Unlimite  1.4 x 10-9   3.8 x 10-8
                                                 d         d         d         d
Re-188.......................  ...............  4.0 x 10- 1.1 x     4.0 x 10- 1.1 x     3.6 x 10\4\  9.8 x 10\5\
                                                 1         10\1\     1         10\1\
Re-189 (a)...................  ...............  3.0       8.1 x     6.0 x 10- 1.6 x     2.5 x 10\4\  6.8 x 10\5\
                                                           10\1\     1         10\1\
Re(nat)......................  ...............  Unlimite  Unlimite  Unlimite  Unlimite  0.0          2.4 x 10-8
                                                 d         d         d         d
Rh-99........................  Rhodium (45)...  2.0       5.4 x     2.0       5.4 x     3.0 x 10\3\  8.2 x 10\4\
                                                           10\1\               10\1\
Rh-101.......................  ...............  4.0       1.1 x     3.0       8.1 x     4.1 x 10\1\  1.1 x 10\3\
                                                           10\2\               10\1\
Rh-102.......................  ...............  5.0 x 10- 1.4 x     5.0 x 10- 1.4 x     4.5 x 10\1\  1.2 x 10\3\
                                                 1         10\1\     1         10\1\
Rh-102m......................  ...............  2.0       5.4 x     2.0       5.4 x     2.3 x 10\2\  6.2 x 10\3\
                                                           10\1\               10\1\
Rh-103m......................  ...............  4.0 x     1.1 x     4.0 x     1.1 x     1.2 x 10\6\  3.3 x 10\7\
                                                 10\1\     10\3\     10\1\     10\3\
Rh-105.......................  ...............  1.0 x     2.7 x     8.0 x 10- 2.2 x     3.1 x 10\4\  8.4 x 10\5\
                                                 10\1\     10\2\     1         10\1\
Rn-222 (a)...................  Radon (86).....  3.0 x 10- 8.1       4.0 x 10- 1.1 x 10- 5.7 x 10\3\  1.5 x 10\5\
                                                 1                   3         1

[[Page 776]]

 
Ru-97........................  Ruthenium (44).  5.0       1.4 x     5.0       1.4 x     1.7 x 10\4\  4.6 x 10\5\
                                                           10\2\               10\2\
Ru-103 (a)...................  ...............  2.0       5.4 x     2.0       5.4 x     1.2 x 10\3\  3.2 x 10\4\
                                                           10\1\               10\1\
Ru-105.......................  ...............  1.0       2.7 x     6.0 x 10- 1.6 x     2.5 x 10\5\  6.7 x 10\6\
                                                           10\1\     1         10\1\
Ru-106 (a)...................  ...............  2.0 x 10- 5.4       2.0 x 10- 5.4       1.2 x 10\2\  3.3 x 10\3\
                                                 1                   1
S-35.........................  Sulphur (16)...  4.0 x     1.1 x     3.0       8.1 x     1.6 x 10\3\  4.3 x 10\4\
                                                 10\1\     10\3\               10\1\
Sb-122.......................  Antimony (51)..  4.0 x 10- 1.1 x     4.0 x 10- 1.1 x     1.5 x 10\4\  4.0 x 10\5\
                                                 1         10\1\     1         10\1\
Sb-124.......................  ...............  6.0 x 10- 1.6 x     6.0 x 10- 1.6 x     6.5 x 10\2\  1.7 x 10\4\
                                                 1         10\1\     1         10\1\
Sb-125.......................  ...............  2.0       5.4 x     1.0       2.7 x     3.9 x 10\1\  1.0 x 10\3\
                                                           10\1\               10\1\
Sb-126.......................  ...............  4.0 x 10- 1.1 x     4.0 x 10- 1.1 x     3.1 x 10\3\  8.4 x 10\4\
                                                 1         10\1\     1         10\1\
Sc-44........................  Scandium (21)..  5.0 x 10- 1.4 x     5.0 x 10- 1.4 x     6.7 x 10\5\  1.8 x 10\7\
                                                 1         10\1\     1         10\1\
Sc-46........................  ...............  5.0 x 10- 1.4 x     5.0 x 10- 1.4 x     1.3 x 10\3\  3.4 x 10\4\
                                                 1         10\1\     1         10\1\
Sc-47........................  ...............  1.0 x     2.7 x     7.0 x 10- 1.9 x     3.1 x 10\4\  8.3 x 10\5\
                                                 10\1\     10\2\     1         10\1\
Sc-48........................  ...............  3.0 x 10- 8.1       3.0 x 10- 8.1       5.5 x 10\4\  1.5 x 10\6\
                                                 1                   1
Se-75........................  Selenium (34)..  3.0       8.1 x     3.0       8.1 x     5.4 x 10\2\  1.5 x 10\4\
                                                           10\1\               10\1\
Se-79........................  ...............  4.0 x     1.1 x     2.0       5.4 x     2.6 x 10-3   7.0 x 10-2
                                                 10\1\     10\3\               10\1\
Si-31........................  Silicon (14)...  6.0 x 10- 1.6 x     6.0 x 10- 1.6 x     1.4 x 10\6\  3.9 x 10\7\
                                                 1         10\1\     1         10\1\
Si-32........................  ...............  4.0 x     1.1 x     5.0 x 10- 1.4 x     3.9          1.1 x 10\2\
                                                 10\1\     10\3\     1         10\1\
Sm-145.......................  Samarium (62)..  1.0 x     2.7 x     1.0 x     2.7 x     9.8 x 10\1\  2.6 x 10\3\
                                                 10\1\     10\2\     10\1\     10\2\
Sm-147.......................                   Unlimite  Unlimite  Unlimite  Unlimite  8.5 x 10-10  2.3 x 10-8
                                                 d         d         d         d
Sm-151.......................  ...............  4.0 x     1.1 x     1.0 x     2.7 x     9.7 x 10-1   2.6 x 10\1\
                                                 10\1\     10\3\     10\1\     10\2\
Sm-153.......................  ...............  9.0       2.4 x     6.0 x 10- 1.6 x     1.6 x 10\4\  4.4 x 10\5\
                                                           10\2\     1         10\1\
Sn-113 (a)...................  Tin (50).......  4.0       1.1 x     2.0       5.4 x     3.7 x 10\2\  1.0 x 10\4\
                                                           10\2\               10\1\
Sn-117m......................  ...............  7.0       1.9 x     4.0 x 10- 1.1 x     3.0 x 10\3\  8.2 x 10\4\
                                                           10\2\     1         10\1\
Sn-119m......................  ...............  4.0 x     1.1 x     3.0 x     8.1 x     1.4 x 10\2\  3.7 x 10\3\
                                                 10\1\     10\3\     10\1\     10\2\
Sn-121m (a)..................  ...............  4.0 x     1.1 x     9.0 x 10- 2.4 x     2.0          5.4 x 10\1\
                                                 10\1\     10\3\     1         10\1\
Sn-123.......................  ...............  8.0 x 10- 2.2 x     6.0 x 10- 1.6 x     3.0 x 10\2\  8.2 x 10\3\
                                                 1         10\1\     1         10\1\
Sn-125.......................  ...............  4.0 x 10- 1.1 x     4.0 x 10- 1.1 x     4.0 x 10\3\  1.1 x 10\5\
                                                 1         10\1\     1         10\1\
Sn-126 (a)...................  ...............  6.0 x 10- 1.6 x     4.0 x 10- 1.1 x     1.0 x 10-3   2.8 x 10-2
                                                 1         10\1\     1         10\1\
Sr-82 (a)....................  Strontium (38).  2.0 x 10- 5.4       2.0 x 10- 5.4       2.3 x 10\3\  6.2 x 10\4\
                                                 1                   1
Sr-85........................  ...............  2.0       5.4 x     2.0       5.4 x     8.8 x 10\2\  2.4 x 10\4\
                                                           10\1\               10\1\
Sr-85m.......................  ...............  5.0       1.4 x     5.0       1.4 x     1.2 x 10\6\  3.3 x 10\7\
                                                           10\2\               10\2\
Sr-87m.......................  ...............  3.0       8.1 x     3.0       8.1 x     4.8 x 10\5\  1.3 x 10\7\
                                                           10\1\               10\1\
Sr-89........................  ...............  6.0 x 10- 1.6 x     6.0 x 10- 1.6 x     1.1 x 10\3\  2.9 x 10\4\
                                                 1         10\1\     1         10\1\
Sr-90 (a)....................  ...............  3.0 x 10- 8.1       3.0 x 10- 8.1       5.1          1.4 x 10\2\
                                                 1                   1
Sr-91 (a)....................  ...............  3.0 x 10- 8.1       3.0 x 10- 8.1       1.3 x 10\5\  3.6 x 10\6\
                                                 1                   1
Sr-92 (a)....................  ...............  1.0       2.7 x     3.0 x 10- 8.1       4.7 x 10\5\  1.3 x 10\7\
                                                           10\1\     1
T(H-3).......................  Tritium (1)....  4.0 x     1.1 x     4.0 x     1.1 x     3.6 x 10\2\  9.7 x 10\3\
                                                 10\1\     10\3\     10\1\     10\3\
Ta-178 (long-lived)..........  Tantalum (73)..  1.0       2.7 x     8.0 x 10- 2.2 x     4.2 x 10\6\  1.1 x 10\8\
                                                           10\1\     1         10\1\
Ta-179.......................  ...............  3.0 x     8.1 x     3.0 x     8.1 x     4.1 x 10\1\  1.1 x 10\3\
                                                 10\1\     10\2\     10\1\     10\2\
Ta-182.......................  ...............  9.0 x 10- 2.4 x     5.0 x 10- 1.4 x     2.3 x 10\2\  6.2 x 10\3\
                                                 1         10\1\     1         10\1\
Tb-157.......................  Terbium (65)...  4.0 x     1.1 x     4.0 x     1.1 x     5.6 x 10-1   1.5 x 10\1\
                                                 10\1\     10\3\     10\1\     10\3\
Tb-158.......................  ...............  1.0       2.7 x     1.0       2.7 x     5.6 x 10-1   1.5 x 10\1\
                                                           10\1\               10\1\
Tb-160.......................  ...............  1.0       2.7 x     6.0 x 10- 1.6 x     4.2 x 10\2\  1.1 x 10\4\
                                                           10\1\     1         10\1\
Tc-95m (a)...................  Technetium (43)  2.0       5.4 x     2.0       5.4 x     8.3 x 10\2\  2.2 x 10\4\
                                                           10\1\               10\1\
Tc-96........................  ...............  4.0 x 10- 1.1 x     4.0 x 10- 1.1 x     1.2 x 10\4\  3.2 x 10\5\
                                                 1         10\1\     1         10\1\
Tc-96m (a)...................  ...............  4.0 x 10- 1.1 x     4.0 x 10- 1.1 x     1.4 x 10\6\  3.8 x 10\7\
                                                 1         10\1\     1         10\1\

[[Page 777]]

 
Tc-97........................  ...............  Unlimite  Unlimite  Unlimite  Unlimite  5.2 x 10-5   1.4 x 10-3
                                                 d         d         d         d
Tc-97m.......................  ...............  4.0 x     1.1 x     1.0       2.7 x     5.6 x 10\2\  1.5 x 10\4\
                                                 10\1\     10\3\               10\1\
Tc-98........................  ...............  8.0 x 10- 2.2 x     7.0 x 10- 1.9 x     3.2 x 10-5   8.7 x 10-4
                                                 1         10\1\     1         10\1\
Tc-99........................  ...............  4.0 x     1.1 x     9.0 x 10- 2.4 x     6.3 x 10-4   1.7 x 10-2
                                                 10\1\     10\3\     1         10\1\
Tc-99m.......................  ...............  1.0 x     2.7 x     4.0       1.1 x     1.9 x 10\5\  5.3 x 10\6\
                                                 10\1\     10\2\               10\2\
Te-121.......................  Tellurium (52).  2.0       5.4 x     2.0       5.4 x     2.4 x 10\3\  6.4 x 10\4\
                                                           10\1\               10\1\
Te-121m......................  ...............  5.0       1.4 x     3.0       8.1 x     2.6 x 10\2\  7.0 x 10\3\
                                                           10\2\               10\1\
Te-123m......................  ...............  8.0       2.2 x     1.0       2.7 x     3.3 x 10\2\  8.9 x 10\3\
                                                           10\2\               10\1\
Te-125m......................  ...............  2.0 x     5.4 x     9.0 x 10- 2.4 x     6.7 x 10\2\  1.8 x 10\4\
                                                 10\1\     10\2\     1         10\1\
Te-127.......................  ...............  2.0 x     5.4 x     7.0 x 10- 1.9 x     9.8 x 10\4\  2.6 x 10\6\
                                                 10\1\     10\2\     1         10\1\
Te-127m (a)..................  ...............  2.0 x     5.4 x     5.0 x 10- 1.4 x     3.5 x 10\2\  9.4 x 10\3\
                                                 10\1\     10\2\     1         10\1\
Te-129.......................  ...............  7.0 x 10- 1.9 x     6.0 x 10- 1.6 x     7.7 x 10\5\  2.1 x 10\7\
                                                 1         10\1\     1         10\1\
Te-129m (a)..................  ...............  8.0 x 10- 2.2 x     4.0 x 10- 1.1 x     1.1 x 10\3\  3.0 x 10\4\
                                                 1         10\1\     1         10\1\
Te-131m (a)..................  ...............  7.0 x 10- 1.9 x     5.0 x 10- 1.4 x     3.0 x 10\4\  8.0 x 10\5\
                                                 1         10\1\     1         10\1\
Te-132 (a)...................  ...............  5.0 x 10- 1.4 x     4.0 x 10- 1.1 x     1.1 x 10\4\  3.0 x 10\5\
                                                 1         10\1\     1         10\1\
Th-227.......................  Thorium (90)...  1.0 x     2.7 x     5.0 x 10- 1.4 x 10- 1.1 x 10\3\  3.1 x 10\4\
                                                 10\1\     10\2\     3         1
Th-228 (a)...................  ...............  5.0 x 10- 1.4 x     1.0 x 10- 2.7 x 10- 3.0 x 10\1\  8.2 x 10\2\
                                                 1         10\1\     3         2
Th-229.......................  ...............  5.0       1.4 x     5.0 x 10- 1.4 x 10- 7.9 x 10-3   2.1 x 10-1
                                                           10\2\     4         2
Th-230.......................  ...............  1.0 x     2.7 x     1.0 x 10- 2.7 x 10- 7.6 x 10-4   2.1 x 10-2
                                                 10\1\     10\2\     3         2
Th-231.......................  ...............  4.0 x     1.1 x     2.0 x 10- 5.4 x 10- 2.0 x 10\4\  5.3 x 10\5\
                                                 10\1\     10\3\     2         1
Th-232.......................  ...............  Unlimite  Unlimite  Unlimite  Unlimite  4.0 x 10-9   1.1 x 10-7
                                                 d         d         d         d
Th-234 (a)...................  ...............  3.0 x 10- 8.1       3.0 x 10- 8.1       8.6 x 10\2\  2.3 x 10\4\
                                                 1                   1
Th(nat)......................  ...............  Unlimite  Unlimite  Unlimite  Unlimite  8.1 x 10-9   2.2 x 10-7
                                                 d         d         d         d
Ti-44 (a)....................  Titanium (22)..  5.0 x 10- 1.4 x     4.0 x 10- 1.1 x     6.4          1.7 x 10\2\
                                                 1         10\1\     1         10\1\
Tl-200.......................  Thallium (81)..  9.0 x 10- 2.4 x     9.0 x 10- 2.4 x     2.2 x 10\4\  6.0 x 10\5\
                                                 1         10\1\     1         10\1\
Tl-201.......................  ...............  1.0 x     2.7 x     4.0       1.1 x     7.9 x 10\3\  2.1 x 10\5\
                                                 10\1\     10\2\               10\2\
Tl-202.......................  ...............  2.0       5.4 x     2.0       5.4 x     2.0 x 10\3\  5.3 x 10\4\
                                                           10\1\               10\1\
Tl-204.......................  ...............  1.0 x     2.7 x     7.0 x 10- 1.9 x     1.7 x 10\1\  4.6 x 10\2\
                                                 10\1\     10\2\     1         10\1\
Tm-167.......................  Thulium (69)...  7.0       1.9 x     8.0 x 10- 2.2 x     3.1 x 10\3\  8.5 x 10\4\
                                                           10\2\     1         10\1\
Tm-170.......................  ...............  3.0       8.1 x     6.0 x 10- 1.6 x     2.2 x 10\2\  6.0 x 10\3\
                                                           10\1\     1         10\1\
Tm-171.......................  ...............  4.0 x     1.1 x     4.0 x     1.1 x     4.0 x 10\1\  1.1 x 10\3\
                                                 10\1\     10\3\     10\1\     10\3\
U-230 (fast lung absorption)   Uranium (92)...  4.0 x     1.1 x     1.0 x 10- 2.7       1.0 x 10\3\  2.7 x 10\4\
 (a)(d).                                         10\1\     10\3\     1
U-230 (medium lung             ...............  4.0 x     1.1 x     4.0 x 10- 1.1 x 10- 1.0 x 10\3\  2.7 x 10\4\
 absorption) (a)(e).                             10\1\     10\3\     3         1
U-230 (slow lung absorption)   ...............  3.0 x     8.1 x     3.0 x 10- 8.1 x 10- 1.0 x 10\3\  2.7 x 10\4\
 (a)(f).                                         10\1\     10\2\     3         2
U-232 (fast lung absorption)   ...............  4.0 x     1.1 x     1.0 x 10- 2.7 x 10- 8.3 x 10-1   2.2 x 10\1\
 (d).                                            10\1\     10\3\     2         1
U-232 (medium lung             ...............  4.0 x     1.1 x     7.0 x 10- 1.9 x 10- 8.3 x 10-1   2.2 x 10\1\
 absorption) (e).                                10\1\     10\3\     3         1
U-232 (slow lung absorption)   ...............  1.0 x     2.7 x     1.0 x 10- 2.7 x 10- 8.3 x 10-1   2.2 x 10\1\
 (f).                                            10\1\     10\2\     3         2
U-233 (fast lung absorption)   ...............  4.0 x     1.1 x     9.0 x 10- 2.4       3.6 x 10-4   9.7 x 10-3
 (d).                                            10\1\     10\3\     2
U-233 (medium lung             ...............  4.0 x     1.1 x     2.0 x 10- 5.4 x 10- 3.6 x 10-4   9.7 x 10-3
 absorption) (e).                                10\1\     10\3\     2         1
U-233 (slow lung absorption)   ...............  4.0 x     1.1 x     6.0 x 10- 1.6 x 10- 3.6 x 10-4   9.7 x 10-3
 (f).                                            10\1\     10\3\     3         1
U-234 (fast lung absorption)   ...............  4.0 x     1.1 x     9.0 x 10- 2.4       2.3 x 10-4   6.2 x 10-3
 (d).                                            10\1\     10\3\     2
U-234 (medium lung             ...............  4.0 x     1.1 x     2.0 x 10- 5.4 x 10- 2.3 x 10-4   6.2 x 10-3
 absorption) (e).                                10\1\     10\3\     2         1

[[Page 778]]

 
U-234 (slow lung absorption)   ...............  4.0 x     1.1 x     6.0 x 10- 1.6 x 10- 2.3 x 10-4   6.2 x 10-3
 (f).                                            10\1\     10\3\     3         1
U-235 (all lung absorption     ...............  Unlimite  Unlimite  Unlimite  Unlimite  8.0 x 10-8   2.2 x 10-6
 types) (a),(d),(e),(f).                         d         d         d         d
U-236 (fast lung absorption)   ...............  Unlimite  Unlimite  Unlimite  Unlimite  2.4 x 10-6   6.5 x 10-5
 (d).                                            d         d         d         d
U-236 (medium lung             ...............  4.0 x     1.1 x     2.0 x 10- 5.4 x 10- 2.4 x 10-6   6.5 x 10-5
 absorption) (e).                                10\1\     10\3\     2         1
U-236 (slow lung absorption)   ...............  4.0 x     1.1 x     6.0 x 10- 1.6 x 10- 2.4 x 10-6   6.5 x 10-5
 (f).                                            10\1\     10\3\     3         1
U-238 (all lung absorption     ...............  Unlimite  Unlimite  Unlimite  Unlimite  1.2 x 10-8   3.4 x 10-7
 types) (d),(e),(f).                             d         d         d         d
U (nat)......................  ...............  Unlimite  Unlimite  Unlimite  Unlimite  2.6 x 10-8   7.1 x 10-7
                                                 d         d         d         d
U (enriched to 20% or          ...............  Unlimite  Unlimite  Unlimite  Unlimite  see Sec. see Sec.
 less)(g).                                       d         d         d         d         173.434      173.434
U (dep)......................  ...............  Unlimite  Unlimite  Unlimite  Unlimite  see Sec. see Sec.
                                                 d         d         d         d         173.434      173.434
V-48.........................  Vanadium (23)..  4.0 x 10- 1.1 x     4.0 x 10- 1.1 x     6.3 x 10\3\  1.7 x 10\5\
                                                 1         10\1\     1         10\1\
V-49.........................  ...............  4.0 x     1.1 x     4.0 x     1.1 x     3.0 x 10\2\  8.1 x 10\3\
                                                 10\1\     10\3\     10\1\     10\3\
W-178 (a)....................  Tungsten (74)..  9.0       2.4 x     5.0       1.4 x     1.3 x 10\3\  3.4 x 10\4\
                                                           10\2\               10\2\
W-181........................  ...............  3.0 x     8.1 x     3.0 x     8.1 x     2.2 x 10\2\  6.0 x 10\3\
                                                 10\1\     10\2\     10\1\     10\2\
W-185........................  ...............  4.0 x     1.1 x     8.0 x 10- 2.2 x     3.5 x 10\2\  9.4 x 10\3\
                                                 10\1\     10\3\     1         10\1\
W-187........................  ...............  2.0       5.4 x     6.0 x 10- 1.6 x     2.6 x 10\4\  7.0 x 10\5\
                                                           10\1\     1         10\1\
W-188 (a)....................  ...............  4.0 x 10- 1.1 x     3.0 x 10- 8.1       3.7 x 10\2\  1.0 x 10\4\
                                                 1         10\1\     1
Xe-122 (a)...................  Xenon (54).....  4.0 x 10- 1.1 x     4.0 x 10- 1.1 x     4.8 x 10\4\  1.3 x 10\6\
                                                 1         10\1\     1         10\1\
Xe-123.......................  ...............  2.0       5.4 x     7.0 x 10- 1.9 x     4.4 x 10\5\  1.2 x 10\7\
                                                           10\1\     1         10\1\
Xe-127.......................  ...............  4.0       1.1 x     2.0       5.4 x     1.0 x 10\3\  2.8 x 10\4\
                                                           10\2\               10\1\
Xe-131m......................  ...............  4.0 x     1.1 x     4.0 x     1.1 x     3.1 x 10\3\  8.4 x 10\4\
                                                 10\1\     10\3\     10\1\     10\3\
Xe-133.......................  ...............  2.0 x     5.4 x     1.0 x     2.7 x     6.9 x 10\3\  1.9 x 10\5\
                                                 10\1\     10\2\     10\1\     10\2\
Xe-135.......................  ...............  3.0       8.1 x     2.0       5.4 x     9.5 x 10\4\  2.6 x 10\6\
                                                           10\1\               10\1\
Y-87 (a).....................  Yttrium (39)...  1.0       2.7 x     1.0       2.7 x     1.7 x 10\4\  4.5 x 10\5\
                                                           10\1\               10\1\
Y-88.........................  ...............  4.0 x 10- 1.1 x     4.0 x 10- 1.1 x     5.2 x 10\2\  1.4 x 10\4\
                                                 1         10\1\     1         10\1\
Y-90.........................  ...............  3.0 x 10- 8.1       3.0 x 10- 8.1       2.0 x 10\4\  5.4 x 10\5\
                                                 1                   1
Y-91.........................  ...............  6.0 x 10- 1.6 x     6.0 x 10- 1.6 x     9.1 x 10\2\  2.5 x 10\4\
                                                 1         10\1\     1         10\1\
Y-91m........................  ...............  2.0       5.4 x     2.0       5.4 x     1.5 x 10\6\  4.2 x 10\7\
                                                           10\1\               10\1\
Y-92.........................  ...............  2.0 x 10- 5.4       2.0 x 10- 5.4       3.6 x 10\5\  9.6 x 10\6\
                                                 1                   1
Y-93.........................  ...............  3.0 x 10- 8.1       3.0 x 10- 8.1       1.2 x 10\5\  3.3 x 10\6\
                                                 1                   1
Yb-169.......................  Ytterbium (70).  4.0       1.1 x     1.0       2.7 x     8.9 x 10\2\  2.4 x 10\4\
                                                           10\2\               10\1\
Yb-175.......................  ...............  3.0 x     8.1 x     9.0 x 10- 2.4 x     6.6 x 10\3\  1.8 x 10\5\
                                                 10\1\     10\2\     1         10\1\
Zn-65........................  Zinc (30)......  2.0       5.4 x     2.0       5.4 x     3.0 x 10\2\  8.2 x 10\3\
                                                           10\1\               10\1\
Zn-69........................  ...............  3.0       8.1 x     6.0 x 10- 1.6 x     1.8 x 10\6\  4.9 x 10\7\
                                                           10\1\     1         10\1\
Zn-69m (a)...................  ...............  3.0       8.1 x     6.0 x 10- 1.6 x     1.2 x 10\5\  3.3 x 10\6\
                                                           10\1\     1         10\1\
Zr-88........................  Zirconium (40).  3.0       8.1 x     3.0       8.1 x     6.6 x 10\2\  1.8 x 10\4\
                                                           10\1\               10\1\
Zr-93........................  ...............  Unlimite  Unlimite  Unlimite  Unlimite  9.3 x 10-5   2.5 x 10-3
                                                 d         d         d         d
Zr-95 (a)....................  ...............  2.0       5.4 x     8.0 x 10- 2.2 x     7.9 x 10\2\  2.1 x 10\4\
                                                           10\1\     1         10\1\
Zr-97 (a)....................  ...............  4.0 x 10- 1.1 x     4.0 x 10- 1.1 x     7.1 x 10\4\  1.9 x 10\6\
                                                 1         10\1\     1         10\1\
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\a\A1 and/or A2 values for these parent radionuclides include contributions from daughter nuclides with half-
  lives less than 10 days as listed in footnote (a) to Table 2 in the ``IAEA Regulations for the Safe Transport
  of Radioactive Material, SSR-6'' (IBR, see Sec. 171.7 of this subchapter).
\b\ The values of A1 and A2 in curies (Ci) are approximate and for information only; the regulatory standard
  units are Terabecquerels (TBq), (see Sec. 171.10).
\c\ The activity of Ir-192 in special form may be determined from a measurement of the rate of decay or a
  measurement of the radiation level at a prescribed distance from the source.
\d\ These values apply only to compounds of uranium that take the chemical form of UF6, UO2F2 and UO2(NO3)2 in
  both normal and accident conditions of transport.

[[Page 779]]

 
\e\ These values apply only to compounds of uranium that take the chemical form of UO3, UF4, UCl4 and hexavalent
  compounds in both normal and accident conditions of transport.
\f\ These values apply to all compounds of uranium other than those specified in notes (d) and (e) of this
  table.
\g\ These values apply to unirradiated uranium only.
\h\ [Reserved]
\i\ A2 = 0.74 TBq (20 Ci) for Mo-99 for domestic use.


[69 FR 3678, Jan. 26, 2004; 69 FR 55119, Sept. 13, 2004, as amended at 
71 FR 54395, Sept. 14, 2006; 77 FR 60942, Oct. 5, 2012; 79 FR 40615, 
July 11, 2014; 80 FR 1163, Jan. 8, 2015]



Sec.173.436  Exempt material activity concentrations and exempt
consignment activity limits for radionuclides.

    The Table of Exempt material activity concentrations and exempt 
consignment activity limits for radionuclides is as follows:

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                        Activity      Activity
                                                       Activity         Activity       limit for      limit for
    Symbol of radionuclide         Element and      concentration    concentration       exempt        exempt
                                  atomic number       for exempt       for exempt     consignment    consignment
                                                   material (Bq/g)  material (Ci/g)       (Bq)          (Ci)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ac-225........................  Actinium (89)....  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\4\    2.7 x 10-7
Ac-227........................  .................  1.0 x 10-1       2.7 x 10-12      1.0 x 10\3\    2.7 x 10-8
Ac-228........................  .................  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Ag-105........................  Silver (47)......  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Ag-108m (b)...................  .................  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Ag-110m.......................  .................  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Ag-111........................  .................  1.0 x 10\3\      2.7 x 10-8       1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Al-26.........................  Aluminum (13)....  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\5\    2.7 x 10-6
Am-241........................  Americium (95)...  1.0              2.7 x 10-11      1.0 x 10\4\    2.7 x 10-7
Am-242m (b)...................  .................  1.0              2.7 x 10-11      1.0 x 10\4\    2.7 x 10-7
Am-243 (b)....................  .................  1.0              2.7 x 10-11      1.0 x 10\3\    2.7 x 10-8
Ar-37.........................  Argon (18).......  1.0 x 10\6\      2.7 x 10-5       1.0 x 10\8\    2.7 x 10-3
Ar-39.........................  .................  1.0 x 10\7\      2.7 x 10-4       1.0 x 10\4\    2.7 x 10-7
Ar-41.........................  .................  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\9\    2.7 x 10-2
As-72.........................  Arsenic (33).....  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\5\    2.7 x 10-6
As-73.........................  .................  1.0 x 10\3\      2.7 x 10-8       1.0 x 10\7\    2.7 x 10-4
As-74.........................  .................  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
As-76.........................  .................  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\5\    2.7 x 10-6
As-77.........................  .................  1.0 x 10\3\      2.7 x 10-8       1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
At-211........................  Astatine (85)....  1.0 x 10\3\      2.7 x 10-8       1.0 x 10\7\    2.7 x 10-4
Au-193........................  Gold (79)........  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\7\    2.7 x 10-4
Au-194........................  .................  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Au-195........................  .................  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\7\    2.7 x 10-4
Au-198........................  .................  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Au-199........................  .................  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Ba-131........................  Barium (56)......  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Ba-133........................  .................  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Ba-133m.......................  .................  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Ba-140 (b)....................  .................  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\5\    2.7 x 10-6
Be-7..........................  Beryllium (4)....  1.0 x 10\3\      2.7 x 10-8       1.0 x 10\7\    2.7 x 10-4
Be-10.........................  .................  1.0 x 10\4\      2.7 x 10-7       1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Bi-205........................  Bismuth (83).....  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Bi-206........................  .................  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\5\    2.7 x 10-6
Bi-207........................  .................  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Bi-210........................  .................  1.0 x 10\3\      2.7 x 10-8       1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Bi-210m.......................  .................  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\5\    2.7 x 10-6
Bi-212 (b)....................  .................  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\5\    2.7 x 10-6
Bk-247........................  Berkelium (97)...  1.0              2.7 x 10-11      1.0 x 10\4\    2.7 x 10-7
Bk-249........................  .................  1.0 x 10\3\      2.7 x 10-8       1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Br-76.........................  Bromine (35).....  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\5\    2.7 x 10-6
Br-77.........................  .................  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Br-82.........................  .................  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
C-11..........................  Carbon (6).......  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
C-14..........................  .................  1.0 x 10\4\      2.7 x 10-7       1.0 x 10\7\    2.7 x 10-4
Ca-41.........................  Calcium (20).....  1.0 x 10\5\      2.7 x 10-6       1.0 x 10\7\    2.7 x 10-4
Ca-45.........................  .................  1.0 x 10\4\      2.7 x 10-7       1.0 x 10\7\    2.7 x 10-4
Ca-47.........................  .................  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Cd-109........................  Cadmium (48).....  1.0 x 10\4\      2.7 x 10-7       1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Cd-113m.......................  .................  1.0 x 10\3\      2.7 x 10-8       1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Cd-115........................  .................  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Cd-115m.......................  .................  1.0 x 10\3\      2.7 x 10-8       1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Ce-139........................  Cerium (58)......  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Ce-141........................  .................  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\7\    2.7 x 10-4
Ce-143........................  .................  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Ce-144 (b)....................  .................  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\5\    2.7 x 10-6

[[Page 780]]

 
Cf-248........................  Californium (98).  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\4\    2.7 x 10-7
Cf-249........................  .................  1.0              2.7 x 10-11      1.0 x 10\3\    2.7 x 10-8
Cf-250........................  .................  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\4\    2.7 x 10-7
Cf-251........................  .................  1.0              2.7 x 10-11      1.0 x 10\3\    2.7 x 10-8
Cf-252........................  .................  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\4\    2.7 x 10-7
Cf-253........................  .................  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\5\    2.7 x 10-6
Cf-254........................  .................  1.0              2.7 x 10-11      1.0 x 10\3\    2.7 x 10-8
Cl-36.........................  Chlorine (17)....  1.0 x 10\4\      2.7 x 10-7       1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Cl-38.........................  .................  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\5\    2.7 x 10-6
Cm-240........................  Curium (96)......  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\5\    2.7 x 10-6
Cm-241........................  .................  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Cm-242........................  .................  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\5\    2.7 x 10-6
Cm-243........................  .................  1.0              2.7 x 10-11      1.0 x 10\4\    2.7 x 10-7
Cm-244........................  .................  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\4\    2.7 x 10-7
Cm-245........................  .................  1.0              2.7 x 10-11      1.0 x 10\3\    2.7 x 10-8
Cm-246........................  .................  1.0              2.7 x 10-11      1.0 x 10\3\    2.7 x 10-8
Cm-247........................  .................  1.0              2.7 x 10-11      1.0 x 10\4\    2.7 x 10-7
Cm-248........................  .................  1.0              2.7 x 10-11      1.0 x 10\3\    2.7 x 10-8
Co-55.........................  Cobalt (27)......  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Co-56.........................  .................  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\5\    2.7 x 10-6
Co-57.........................  .................  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Co-58.........................  .................  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Co-58m........................  .................  1.0 x 10\4\      2.7 x 10-7       1.0 x 10\7\    2.7 x 10-4
Co-60.........................  .................  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\5\    2.7 x 10-6
Cr-51.........................  Chromium (24)....  1.0 x 10\3\      2.7 x 10-8       1.0 x 10\7\    2.7 x 10-4
Cs-129........................  Cesium (55)......  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\5\    2.7 x 10-6
Cs-131........................  .................  1.0 x 10\3\      2.7 x 10-8       1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Cs-132........................  .................  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\5\    2.7 x 10-6
Cs-134........................  .................  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\4\    2.7 x 10-7
Cs-134m.......................  .................  1.0 x 10\3\      2.7 x 10-8       1.0 x 10\5\    2.7 x 10-6
Cs-135........................  .................  1.0 x 10\4\      2.7 x 10-7       1.0 x 10\7\    2.7 x 10-4
Cs-136........................  .................  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\5\    2.7 x 10-6
Cs-137 (b)....................  .................  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\4\    2.7 x 10-7
Cu-64.........................  Copper (29)......  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Cu-67.........................  .................  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Dy-159........................  Dysprosium (66)..  1.0 x 10\3\      2.7 x 10-8       1.0 x 10\7\    2.7 x 10-4
Dy-165........................  .................  1.0 x 10\3\      2.7 x 10-8       1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Dy-166........................  .................  1.0 x 10\3\      2.7 x 10-8       1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Er-169........................  Erbium (68)......  1.0 x 10\4\      2.7 x 10-7       1.0 x 10\7\    2.7 x 10-4
Er-171........................  .................  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Eu-147........................  Europium (63)....  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Eu-148........................  .................  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Eu-149........................  .................  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\7\    2.7 x 10-4
Eu-150 (short lived)..........  .................  1.0 x 10\3\      2.7 x 10-8       1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Eu-150 (long lived)...........  .................  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Eu-152........................  .................  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Eu-152m.......................  .................  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Eu-154........................  .................  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Eu-155........................  .................  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\7\    2.7 x 10-4
Eu-156........................  .................  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
F-18..........................  Fluorine (9).....  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Fe-52.........................  Iron (26)........  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Fe-55.........................  .................  1.0 x 10\4\      2.7 x 10-7       1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Fe-59.........................  .................  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Fe-60.........................  .................  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\5\    2.7 x 10-6
Ga-67.........................  Gallium (31).....  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Ga-68.........................  .................  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\5\    2.7 x 10-6
Ga-72.........................  .................  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\5\    2.7 x 10-6
Gd-146........................  Gadolinium (64)..  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Gd-148........................  .................  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\4\    2.7 x 10-7
Gd-153........................  .................  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\7\    2.7 x 10-4
Gd-159........................  .................  1.0 x 10\3\      2.7 x 10-8       1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Ge-68.........................  Germanium (32)...  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\5\    2.7 x 10-6
Ge-71.........................  .................  1.0 x 10\4\      2.7 x 10-7       1.0 x 10\8\    2.7 x 10-3
Ge-77.........................  .................  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\5\    2.7 x 10-6
Hf-172........................  Hafnium (72).....  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Hf-175........................  .................  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Hf-181........................  .................  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Hf-182........................  .................  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Hg-194........................  Mercury (80).....  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Hg-195m.......................  .................  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5

[[Page 781]]

 
Hg-197........................  .................  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\7\    2.7 x 10-4
Hg-197m.......................  .................  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Hg-203........................  .................  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\5\    2.7 x 10-6
Ho-166........................  Holmium (67).....  1.0 x 10\3\      2.7 x 10-8       1.0 x 10\5\    2.7 x 10-6
Ho-166m.......................  .................  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
I-123.........................  Iodine (53)......  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\7\    2.7 x 10-4
I-124.........................  .................  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
I-125.........................  .................  1.0 x 10\3\      2.7 x 10-8       1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
I-126.........................  .................  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
I-129.........................  .................  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\5\    2.7 x 10-6
I-131.........................  .................  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
I-132.........................  .................  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\5\    2.7 x 10-6
I-133.........................  .................  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
I-134.........................  .................  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\5\    2.7 x 10-6
I-135.........................  .................  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
In-111........................  Indium (49)......  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
In-113m.......................  .................  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
In-114m.......................  .................  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
In-115m.......................  .................  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Ir-189........................  Iridium (77).....  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\7\    2.7 x 10-4
Ir-190........................  .................  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Ir-192........................  .................  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\4\    2.7 x 10-7
Ir-194........................  .................  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\5\    2.7 x 10-6
K-40..........................  Potassium (19)...  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
K-42..........................  .................  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
K-43..........................  .................  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Kr-79.........................  Krypton (36).....  1.0 x 10 \3\     2.7 x 10-8       1.0 x 10 \5\   2.7 x 10-6
Kr-81.........................  Krypton (36).....  1.0 x 10\4\      2.7 x 10-7       1.0 x 10\7\    2.7 x 10-4
Kr-85.........................  .................  1.0 x 10\5\      2.7 x 10-6       1.0 x 10\4\    2.7 x 10-7
Kr-85m........................  .................  1.0 x 10\3\      2.7 x 10-8       1.0 x 10\10\   2.7 x 10-1
Kr-87.........................  .................  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\9\    2.7 x 10-2
La-137........................  Lanthanum (57)...  1.0 x 10\3\      2.7 x 10-8       1.0 x 10\7\    2.7 x 10-4
La-140........................  .................  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\5\    2.7 x 10-6
Lu-172........................  Lutetium (71)....  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Lu-173........................  .................  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\7\    2.7 x 10-4
Lu-174........................  .................  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\7\    2.7 x 10-4
Lu-174m.......................  .................  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\7\    2.7 x 10-4
Lu-177........................  .................  1.0 x 10\3\      2.7 x 10-8       1.0 x 10\7\    2.7 x 10-4
Mg-28.........................  Magnesium (12)...  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\5\    2.7 x 10-6
Mn-52.........................  Manganese (25)...  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\5\    2.7 x 10-6
Mn-53.........................  .................  1.0 x 10\4\      2.7 x 10-7       1.0 x 10\9\    2.7 x 10-2
Mn-54.........................  .................  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Mn-56.........................  .................  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\5\    2.7 x 10-6
Mo-93.........................  Molybdenum (42)..  1.0 x 10\3\      2.7 x 10-8       1.0 x 10\8\    2.7 x 10-3
Mo-99.........................  .................  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
N-13..........................  Nitrogen (7).....  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\9\    2.7 x 10-2
Na-22.........................  Sodium (11)......  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Na-24.........................  .................  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\5\    2.7 x 10-6
Nb-93m........................  Niobium (41).....  1.0 x 10\4\      2.7 x 10-7       1.0 x 10\7\    2.7 x 10-4
Nb-94.........................  .................  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Nb-95.........................  .................  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Nb-97.........................  .................  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Nd-147........................  Neodymium (60)...  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Nd-149........................  .................  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Ni-59.........................  Nickel (28)......  1.0 x 10\4\      2.7 x 10-7       1.0 x 10\8\    2.7 x 10-3
Ni-63.........................  .................  1.0 x 10\5\      2.7 x 10-6       1.0 x 10\8\    2.7 x 10-3
Ni-65.........................  .................  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Np-235........................  Neptunium (93)...  1.0 x 10\3\      2.7 x 10-8       1.0 x 10\7\    2.7 x 10-4
Np-236 (short-lived)..........  .................  1.0 x 10\3\      2.7 x 10-8       1.0 x 10\7\    2.7 x 10-4
Np-236 (long-lived)...........  .................  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\5\    2.7 x 10-6
Np-237 (b)....................  .................  1.0              2.7 x 10-11      1.0 x 10\3\    2.7 x 10-8
Np-239........................  .................  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\7\    2.7 x 10-4
Os-185........................  Osmium (76)......  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Os-191........................  .................  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\7\    2.7 x 10-4
Os-191m.......................  .................  1.0 x 10\3\      2.7 x 10-8       1.0 x 10\7\    2.7 x 10-4
Os-193........................  .................  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Os-194........................  .................  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\5\    2.7 x 10-6
P-32..........................  Phosphorus (15)..  1.0 x 10\3\      2.7 x 10-8       1.0 x 10\5\    2.7 x 10-6
P-33..........................  .................  1.0 x 10\5\      2.7 x 10-6       1.0 x 10\8\    2.7 x 10-3
Pa-230........................  Protactinium (91)  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Pa-231........................  .................  1.0              2.7 x 10-11      1.0 x 10\3\    2.7 x 10-8

[[Page 782]]

 
Pa-233........................  .................  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\7\    2.7 x 10-4
Pb-201........................  Lead (82)........  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Pb-202........................  .................  1.0 x 10\3\      2.7 x 10-8       1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Pb-203........................  .................  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Pb-205........................  .................  1.0 x 10\4\      2.7 x 10-7       1.0 x 10\7\    2.7 x 10-4
Pb-210 (b)....................  .................  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\4\    2.7 x 10-7
Pb-212 (b)....................  .................  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\5\    2.7 x 10-6
Pd-103........................  Palladium (46)...  1.0 x 10\3\      2.7 x 10-8       1.0 x 10\8\    2.7 x 10-3
Pd-107........................  .................  1.0 x 10\5\      2.7 x 10-6       1.0 x 10\8\    2.7 x 10-3
Pd-109........................  .................  1.0 x 10\3\      2.7 x 10-8       1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Pm-143........................  Promethium (61)..  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Pm-144........................  .................  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Pm-145........................  .................  1.0 x 10\3\      2.7 x 10-8       1.0 x 10\7\    2.7 x 10-4
Pm-147........................  .................  1.0 x 10\4\      2.7 x 10-7       1.0 x 10\7\    2.7 x 10-4
Pm-148m.......................  .................  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Pm-149........................  .................  1.0 x 10\3\      2.7 x 10-8       1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Pm-151........................  .................  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Po-210........................  Polonium (84)....  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\4\    2.7 x 10-7
Pr-142........................  Praseodymium (59)  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\5\    2.7 x 10-6
Pr-143........................  .................  1.0 x 10\4\      2.7 x 10-7       1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Pt-188........................  Platinum (78)....  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Pt-191........................  .................  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Pt-193........................  .................  1.0 x 10\4\      2.7 x 10-7       1.0 x 10\7\    2.7 x 10-4
Pt-193m.......................  .................  1.0 x 10\3\      2.7 x 10-8       1.0 x 10\7\    2.7 x 10-4
Pt-195m.......................  .................  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Pt-197........................  .................  1.0 x 10\3\      2.7 x 10-8       1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Pt-197m.......................  .................  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Pu-236........................  Plutonium (94)...  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\4\    2.7 x 10-7
Pu-237........................  .................  1.0 x 10\3\      2.7 x 10-8       1.0 x 10\7\    2.7 x 10-4
Pu-238........................  .................  1.0              2.7 x 10-11      1.0 x 10\4\    2.7 x 10-7
Pu-239........................  .................  1.0              2.7 x 10-11      1.0 x 10\4\    2.7 x 10-7
Pu-240........................  .................  1.0              2.7 x 10-11      1.0 x 10\3\    2.7 x 10-8
Pu-241........................  .................  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\5\    2.7 x 10-6
Pu-242........................  .................  1.0              2.7 x 10-11      1.0 x 10\4\    2.7 x 10-7
Pu-244........................  .................  1.0              2.7 x 10-11      1.0 x 10\4\    2.7 x 10-7
Ra-223 (b)....................  Radium (88)......  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\5\    2.7 x 10-6
Ra-224 (b)....................  .................  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\5\    2.7 x 10-6
Ra-225........................  .................  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\5\    2.7 x 10-6
Ra-226 (b)....................  .................  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\4\    2.7 x 10-7
Ra-228 (b)....................  .................  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\5\    2.7 x 10-6
Rb-81.........................  Rubidium (37)....  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Rb-83.........................  .................  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Rb-84.........................  .................  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Rb-86.........................  .................  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\5\    2.7 x 10-6
Rb-87.........................  .................  1.0 x 10\4\      2.7 x 10-7       1.0 x 10\7\    2.7 x 10-4
Rb(nat).......................  .................  1.0 x 10\4\      2.7 x 10-7       1.0 x 10\7\    2.7 x 10-4
Re-184........................  Rhenium (75).....  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Re-184m.......................  .................  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Re-186........................  .................  1.0 x 10\3\      2.7 x 10-8       1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Re-187........................  .................  1.0 x 10\6\      2.7 x 10-5       1.0 x 10\9\    2.7 x 10-2
Re-188........................  .................  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\5\    2.7 x 10-6
Re-189........................  .................  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Re(nat).......................  .................  1.0 x 10\6\      2.7 x 10-5       1.0 x 10\9\    2.7 x 10-2
Rh-99.........................  Rhodium (45).....  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Rh-101........................  .................  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\7\    2.7 x 10-4
Rh-102........................  .................  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Rh-102m.......................  .................  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Rh-103m.......................  .................  1.0 x 10\4\      2.7 x 10-7       1.0 x 10\8\    2.7 x 10-3
Rh-105........................  .................  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\7\    2.7 x 10-4
Rn-222 (b)....................  Radon (86).......  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\8\    2.7 x 10-3
Ru-97.........................  Ruthenium (44)...  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\7\    2.7 x 10-4
Ru-103........................  .................  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Ru-105........................  .................  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Ru-106 (b)....................  .................  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\5\    2.7 x 10-6
S-35..........................  Sulphur (16).....  1.0 x 10\5\      2.7 x 10-6       1.0 x 10\8\    2.7 x 10-3
Sb-122........................  Antimony (51)....  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\4\    2.7 x 10-7
Sb-124........................  .................  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Sb-125........................  .................  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Sb-126........................  .................  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\5\    2.7 x 10-6
Sc-44.........................  Scandium (21)....  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\5\    2.7 x 10-6
Sc-46.........................  .................  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5

[[Page 783]]

 
Sc-47.........................  .................  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Sc-48.........................  .................  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\5\    2.7 x 10-6
Se-75.........................  Selenium (34)....  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Se-79.........................  .................  1.0 x 10\4\      2.7 x 10-7       1.0 x 10\7\    2.7 x 10-4
Si-31.........................  Silicon (14).....  1.0 x 10\3\      2.7 x 10-8       1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Si-32.........................  .................  1.0 x 10\3\      2.7 x 10-8       1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Sm-145........................  Samarium (62)....  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\7\    2.7 x 10-4
Sm-147........................  .................  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\4\    2.7 x 10-7
Sm-151........................  .................  1.0 x 10\4\      2.7 x 10-7       1.0 x 10\8\    2.7 x 10-3
Sm-153........................  .................  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Sn-113........................  Tin (50).........  1.0 x 10\3\      2.7 x 10-8       1.0 x 10\7\    2.7 x 10-4
Sn-117m.......................  .................  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Sn-119m.......................  .................  1.0 x 10\3\      2.7 x 10-8       1.0 x 10\7\    2.7 x 10-4
Sn-121m.......................  .................  1.0 x 10\3\      2.7 x 10-8       1.0 x 10\7\    2.7 x 10-4
Sn-123........................  .................  1.0 x 10\3\      2.7 x 10-8       1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Sn-125........................  .................  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\5\    2.7 x 10-6
Sn-126........................  .................  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\5\    2.7 x 10-6
Sr-82.........................  Strontium (38)...  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\5\    2.7 x 10-6
Sr-85.........................  .................  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Sr-85m........................  .................  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\7\    2.7 x 10-4
Sr-87m........................  .................  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Sr-89.........................  .................  1.0 x 10\3\      2.7 x 10-8       1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Sr-90 (b).....................  .................  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\4\    2.7 x 10-7
Sr-91.........................  .................  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\5\    2.7 x 10-6
Sr-92.........................  .................  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
T(H-3)........................  Tritium (1)......  1.0 x 10\6\      2.7 x 10-5       1.0 x 10\9\    2.7 x 10-2
Ta-178 (long-lived)...........  Tantalum (73)....  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Ta-179........................  .................  1.0 x 10\3\      2.7 x 10-8       1.0 x 10\7\    2.7 x 10-4
Ta-182........................  .................  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\4\    2.7 x 10-7
Tb-157........................  Terbium (65).....  1.0 x 10\4\      2.7 x 10-7       1.0 x 10\7\    2.7 x 10-4
Tb-158........................  .................  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Tb-160........................  .................  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Tc-95m........................  Technetium (43)..  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Tc-96.........................  .................  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Tc-96m........................  .................  1.0 x 10\3\      2.7 x 10-8       1.0 x 10\7\    2.7 x 10-4
Tc-97.........................  .................  1.0 x 10\3\      2.7 x 10-8       1.0 x 10\8\    2.7 x 10-3
Tc-97m........................  .................  1.0 x 10\3\      2.7 x 10-8       1.0 x 10\7\    2.7 x 10-4
Tc-98.........................  .................  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Tc-99.........................  .................  1.0 x 10\4\      2.7 x 10-7       1.0 x 10\7\    2.7 x 10-4
Tc-99m........................  .................  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\7\    2.7 x 10-4
Te-121........................  Tellurium (52)...  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Te-121m.......................  .................  1.0 x 10 \2\     2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10 \6\   2.7 x 10-5
Te-123m.......................  .................  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\7\    2.7 x 10-4
Te-125m.......................  .................  1.0 x 10\3\      2.7 x 10-8       1.0 x 10\7\    2.7 x 10-4
Te-127........................  .................  1.0 x 10\3\      2.7 x 10-8       1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Te-127m.......................  .................  1.0 x 10\3\      2.7 x 10-8       1.0 x 10\7\    2.7 x 10-4
Te-129........................  .................  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Te-129m.......................  .................  1.0 x 10\3\      2.7 x 10-8       1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Te-131m.......................  .................  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Te-132........................  .................  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\7\    2.7 x 10-4
Th-227........................  Thorium (90).....  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\4\    2.7 x 10-7
Th-228 (b)....................  .................  1.0              2.7 x 10-11      1.0 x 10\4\    2.7 x 10-7
Th-229 (b)....................  .................  1.0              2.7 x 10-11      1.0 x 10\3\    2.7 x 10-8
Th-230........................  .................  1.0              2.7 x 10-11      1.0 x 10\4\    2.7 x 10-7
Th-231........................  .................  1.0 x 10\3\      2.7 x 10-8       1.0 x 10\7\    2.7 x 10-4
Th-232........................  .................  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\4\    2.7 x 10-7
Th-234 (b)....................  .................  1.0 x 10\3\      2.7 x 10-8       1.0 x 10\5\    2.7 x 10-6
Th (nat) (b)..................  .................  1.0              2.7 x 10-11      1.0 x 10\3\    2.7 x 10-8
Ti-44.........................  Titanium (22)....  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\5\    2.7 x 10-6
Tl-200........................  Thallium (81)....  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Tl-201........................  .................  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Tl-202........................  .................  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Tl-204........................  .................  1.0 x 10\4\      2.7 x 10-7       1.0 x 10\4\    2.7 x 10-7
Tm-167........................  Thulium (69).....  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Tm-170........................  .................  1.0 x 10\3\      2.7 x 10-8       1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Tm-171........................  .................  1.0 x 10\4\      2.7 x 10-7       1.0 x 10\8\    2.7 x 10-3
U-230 (fast lung absorption)    Uranium (92).....  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\5\    2.7 x 10-6
 (b),(d).
U-230 (medium lung absorption)  .................  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\4\    2.7 x 10-7
 (e).
U-230 (slow lung absorption)    .................  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\4\    2.7 x 10-7
 (f).
U-232 (fast lung absorption)    .................  1.0              2.7 x 10-11      1.0 x 10\3\    2.7 x 10-8
 (b),(d).
U-232 (medium lung absorption)  .................  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\4\    2.7 x 10-7
 (e).

[[Page 784]]

 
U-232 (slow lung absorption)    .................  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\4\    2.7 x 10-7
 (f).
U-233 (fast lung absorption)    .................  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\4\    2.7 x 10-7
 (d).
U-233 (medium lung absorption)  .................  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\5\    2.7 x 10-6
 (e).
U-233 (slow lung absorption)    .................  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\5\    2.7 x 10-6
 (f).
U-234 (fast lung absorption)    .................  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\4\    2.7 x 10-7
 (d).
U-234 (medium lung absorption)  .................  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\5\    2.7 x 10-6
 (e).
U-234 (slow lung absorption)    .................  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\5\    2.7 x 10-6
 (f).
U-235 (all lung absorption      .................  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\4\    2.7 x 10-7
 types) (b),(d),(e),(f).
U-236 (fast lung absorption)    .................  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\4\    2.7 x 10-7
 (d).
U-236 (medium lung absorption)  .................  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\5\    2.7 x 10-6
 (e).
U-236 (slow lung absorption)    .................  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\4\    2.7 x 10-7
 (f).
U-238 (all lung absorption      .................  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\4\    2.7 x 10-7
 types) (b),(d),(e),(f).
U (nat) (b)...................  .................  1.0              2.7 x 10-11      1.0 x 10\3\    2.7 x 10-8
U (enriched to 20% or less)(g)  .................  1.0              2.7 x 10-11      1.0 x 10\3\    2.7 x 10-8
U (dep).......................  .................  1.0              2.7 x 10-11      1.0 x 10\3\    2.7 x 10-8
V-48..........................  Vanadium (23)....  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\5\    2.7 x 10-6
V-49..........................  .................  1.0 x 10\4\      2.7 x 10-7       1.0 x 10\7\    2.7 x 10-4
W-178.........................  Tungsten (74)....  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
W-181.........................  .................  1.0 x 10\3\      2.7 x 10-8       1.0 x 10\7\    2.7 x 10-4
W-185.........................  .................  1.0 x 10\4\      2.7 x 10-7       1.0 x 10\7\    2.7 x 10-4
W-187.........................  .................  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
W-188.........................  .................  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\5\    2.7 x 10-6
Xe-122........................  Xenon (54).......  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\9\    2.7 x 10-2
Xe-123........................  .................  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\9\    2.7 x 10-2
Xe-127........................  .................  1.0 x 10\3\      2.7 x 10-8       1.0 x 10\5\    2.7 x 10-6
Xe-131m.......................  .................  1.0 x 10\4\      2.7 x 10-7       1.0 x 10\4\    2.7 x 10-7
Xe-133........................  .................  1.0 x 10\3\      2.7 x 10-8       1.0 x 10\4\    2.7 x 10-7
Xe-135........................  .................  1.0 x 10\3\      2.7 x 10-8       1.0 x 10\10\   2.7 x 10-1
Y-87..........................  Yttrium (39).....  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Y-88..........................  .................  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Y-90..........................  .................  1.0 x 10\3\      2.7 x 10-8       1.0 x 10\5\    2.7 x 10-6
Y-91..........................  .................  1.0 x 10\3\      2.7 x 10-8       1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Y-91m.........................  .................  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Y-92..........................  .................  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\5\    2.7 x 10-6
Y-93..........................  .................  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\5\    2.7 x 10-6
Yb-169........................  Ytterbium (70)...  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\7\    2.7 x 10-4
Yb-175........................  .................  1.0 x 10\3\      2.7 x 10-8       1.0 x 10\7\    2.7 x 10-4
Zn-65.........................  Zinc (30)........  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Zn-69.........................  .................  1.0 x 10\4\      2.7 x 10-7       1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Zn-69m........................  .................  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Zr-88.........................  Zirconium (40)...  1.0 x 10\2\      2.7 x 10-9       1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Zr-93 (b).....................  .................  1.0 x 10\3\      2.7 x 10-8       1.0 x 10\7\    2.7 x 10-4
Zr-95.........................  .................  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\6\    2.7 x 10-5
Zr-97 (b).....................  .................  1.0 x 10\1\      2.7 x 10-10      1.0 x 10\5\    2.7 x 10-6
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\a\ [Reserved]
\b\ Parent nuclides and their progeny included in secular equilibrium are listed as follows:
Sr-90 Y-90
Zr-93 Nb-93m
Zr-97 Nb-97
Ru-106 Rh-106
Ag-108m Ag-108
Cs-137 Ba-137m
Ce-144 Pr-144
Ba-140 La-140
Bi-212 Tl-208 (0.36), Po-212 (0.64)
Pb-210 Bi-210, Po-210
Pb-212 Bi-212, Tl-208 (0.36), Po-212 (0.64)
Rn-222 Po-218, Pb-214, Bi-214, Po-214
Ra-223 Rn-219, Po-215, Pb-211, Bi-211, Tl-207
Ra-224 Rn-220, Po-216, Pb-212, Bi-212, Tl-208 (0.36), Po-212 (0.64),
Ra-226 Rn-222, Po-218, Pb-214, Bi-214, Po-214, Pb-210, Bi-210, Po-210
Ra-228 Ac-228
Th-228 Ra-224, Rn-220, Po-216, Pb-212, Bi-212, Tl-208 (0.36), Po-212 (0.64)
Th-229 Ra-225, Ac-225, Fr-221, At-217, Bi-213, Po-213, Pb-209
Th-nat Ra-228, Ac-228, Th-228, Ra-224, Rn-220, Po-216, Pb-212, Bi-212, Tl-208 (0.36), Po-212 (0.64)
Th-234 Pa-234m
U-230 Th-226, Ra-222, Rn-218, Po-214
U-232 Th-228, Ra-224, Rn-220, Po-216, Pb-212, Bi-212, Tl-208 (0.36), Po-212 (0.64)
U-235 Th-231
U-238 Th-234, Pa-234m
U-nat Th-234, Pa-234m, U-234, Th-230, Ra-226, Rn-222, Po-218, Pb-214, Bi-214, Po-214, Pb-210, Bi-210, Po-210
Np-237 Pa-233

[[Page 785]]

 
Am-242m Am-242
Am-243 Np-239
\c\ [Reserved]
\d\ These values apply only to compounds of uranium that take the chemical form of UF6, UO2F2 and UO2(NO3)2 in
  both normal and accident conditions of transport.
\e\ These values apply only to compounds of uranium that take the chemical form of UO3, UF4, UCl4 and hexavalent
  compounds in both normal and accident conditions of transport.
\f\ These values apply to all compounds of uranium other than those specified in notes (d) and (e) of this
  table.
\g\ These values apply to unirradiated uranium only.


[69 FR 3685, Jan. 26, 2004, as amended at 79 FR 40615, July 11, 2014; 80 
FR 72928, Nov. 23, 2015]



Sec.173.441  Radiation level limitations and exclusive use provisions.

    (a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, each 
package of Class 7 (radioactive) materials offered for transportation 
must be designed and prepared for shipment, so that under conditions 
normally incident to transportation, the radiation level does not exceed 
2 mSv/hour (200 mrem/hour) at any point on the external surface of the 
package, and the transport index does not exceed 10.
    (b) A package which exceeds the radiation level limits specified in 
paragraph (a) of this section must be transported by exclusive use 
shipment, and the radiation levels for such shipment may not exceed the 
following during transportation:
    (1) 2 mSv/h (200 mrem/h) on the external surface of the package 
unless the following conditions are met, in which case the limit is 10 
mSv/h (1000 mrem/h):
    (i) The shipment is made in a closed transport vehicle;
    (ii) The package is secured within the vehicle so that its position 
remains fixed during transportation; and
    (iii) There are no loading or unloading operations between the 
beginning and end of the transportation;
    (2) 2 mSv/h (200 mrem/h) at any point on the outer surfaces of the 
vehicle, including the top and underside of the vehicle; or in the case 
of a flat-bed style vehicle, at any point on the vertical planes 
projected from the outer edges of the vehicle, on the upper surface of 
the load or enclosure if used, and on the lower external surface of the 
vehicle;
    (3) 0.1 mSv/h (10 mrem/h) at any point 2 m (6.6 feet) from the outer 
lateral surfaces of the vehicle (excluding the top and underside of the 
vehicle); or in the case of a flat-bed style vehicle, at any point 2 m 
(6.6 feet) from the vertical planes projected by the outer edges of the 
vehicle (excluding the top and underside of the vehicle); and
    (4) 0.02 mSv/h (2mrem/h) in any normally occupied space, except that 
this provision does not apply to carriers if they operate under the 
provisions of a State or federally regulated radiation protection 
program and if personnel under their control who are in such an occupied 
space wear radiation dosimetry devices.
    (c) For shipments made under the provisions of paragraph (b) of this 
section, the offeror shall provide specific written instructions for 
maintenance of the exclusive use shipment controls to the carrier. The 
instructions must be included with the shipping paper information. The 
instructions must be sufficient so that, when followed, they will cause 
the carrier to avoid actions that will unnecessarily delay delivery or 
unnecessarily result in increased radiation levels or radiation 
exposures to transport workers or members of the general public.
    (d) Conveyance limits on the sum of package transport indices are as 
follows:
    (1) Except for shipments by cargo aircraft only or by seagoing 
vessel, the sum of transport indices for a non-exclusive use shipment 
may not exceed 50.
    (2) Where a consignment is transported under exclusive use, there is 
no limit on the sum of the transport indices aboard a single conveyance. 
The conditions of paragraphs (b)(2), (b)(3), (b)(4) and (c) must be met.
    (3) Provisions for shipments of Class 7 (radioactive) materials by 
air are described in Sec. Sec.175.700-175.705 of this subchapter.
    (4) Provisions for shipment of Class 7 (radioactive) materials by 
vessel are described in Sec. Sec.176.700-176.720 of this subchapter.

[[Page 786]]

    (e) A package exceeding the maximum surface radiation level or 
maximum transport index prescribed in paragraph (a) of this section may 
not be transported by aircraft.

[Amdt. 173-244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as amended at 63 FR 48568, 
Sept. 10, 1998; 66 FR 45380, Aug. 28, 2001; 69 FR 3691, Jan. 26, 2004]



Sec.173.442  Thermal limitations.

    A package of Class 7 (radioactive) material must be designed, 
constructed, and loaded so that--
    (a) The heat generated within the package by the radioactive 
contents will not, during conditions normally incident to transport, 
affect the integrity of the package; and
    (b) The temperature of the accessible external surfaces of the 
loaded package will not, assuming still air in the shade at an ambient 
temperature of 38 [deg]C (100 [deg]F), exceed either--
    (1) 50 [deg]C (122 [deg]F) in other than an exclusive use shipment; 
or
    (2) 85 [deg]C (185 [deg]F) in an exclusive use shipment.



Sec.173.443  Contamination control.

    (a) The level of non-fixed contamination must be kept as low as 
reasonably achievable on the external surfaces of each package, 
conveyance, freight container, and overpack offered for transport, and 
the internal surfaces of each conveyance, freight container, and 
overpack in which inner packages or receptacles of Class 7 (radioactive) 
materials are offered for transport.
    (1) Excluding the interior surfaces of the containment system of 
packages and the internal surfaces of a conveyance, freight container, 
tank, or intermediate bulk container dedicated to the transport of 
unpackaged radioactive material in accordance with Sec.173.427(c) and 
remaining under that specific exclusive use, the level of non-fixed 
contamination may not exceed the limits set forth in Table 9 and must be 
determined by either:
    (i) Wiping an area of 300 cm\2\ of the surface concerned with an 
absorbent material, using moderate pressure, and measuring the activity 
on the wiping material. Sufficient measurements must be taken in the 
most appropriate locations to yield a representative assessment of the 
non-fixed contamination levels. The amount of radioactivity measured on 
any single wiping material, divided by the surface area wiped and 
divided by the efficiency of the wipe procedure (the fraction of non-
fixed contamination transferred from the surface to the absorbent 
material), may not exceed the limits set forth in Table 9 at any time 
during transport. For this purpose the actual wipe efficiency may be 
used, or the wipe efficiency may be assumed to be 0.10; or
    (ii) Alternatively, the level of non-fixed contamination may be 
determined by using other methods of equal or greater efficiency.
    (2) A conveyance used for non-exclusive use shipments is not 
required to be surveyed unless there is reason to suspect that it may 
exhibit contamination.
    Table 9 is as follows:

                    Table 9--Non-Fixed External Radioactive Contamination Limits for Packages
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                            Maximum permissible limits
                          Contaminant                           ------------------------------------------------
                                                                     Bq/cm\2\        uCi/cm\2\       dpm/cm\2\
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Beta and gamma emitters and low toxicity alpha emitters.....              4             10 -4             240
2. All other alpha emitting radionuclides......................              0.4            10-5              24
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (b) In the case of packages transported as exclusive use shipments 
by rail or public highway only, except as provided in paragraph (d) of 
this section, at any time during transport the non-fixed contamination 
on the external surface of any package, as well as on the associated 
accessible internal surfaces of any conveyance, overpack, or freight 
container, may not exceed ten times the levels prescribed in paragraph 
(a) of this section. The levels at the beginning of transport may not 
exceed the levels prescribed in paragraph (a) of this section.

[[Page 787]]

    (c) Except as provided in paragraphs (a) and (d) of this section, 
each conveyance, overpack, freight container, tank, or intermediate bulk 
container used for transporting Class 7 (radioactive) materials as an 
exclusive use shipment that utilizes the provisions of paragraph (b) of 
this section, Sec.173.427(b)(4), or Sec.173.427(c) must be surveyed 
with appropriate radiation detection instruments after each exclusive 
use transport. Except as provided in paragraphs (a) and (d) of this 
section, these items may not be returned to Class 7 (radioactive) 
materials exclusive use transport service, and then only for a 
subsequent exclusive use shipment utilizing one of the above cited 
provisions, unless the radiation dose rate at each accessible surface is 
0.005 mSv per hour (0.5 mrem per hour) or less, and there is no 
significant non-fixed surface contamination as specified in paragraph 
(a) of this section. The requirements of this paragraph do not address 
return to service of items outside of the above cited provisions.
    (d) Paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section do not apply to any 
closed transport vehicle used solely for the exclusive use 
transportation by highway or rail of Class 7 (radioactive) material with 
contamination levels that do not exceed ten times the levels prescribed 
in paragraph (a) of this section if--
    (1) A survey of the interior surfaces of the empty vehicle shows 
that the radiation dose rate at any point does not exceed 0.1 mSv/h (10 
mrem/h) at the surface or 0.02 mSv/h (2 mrem/h) at 1 m (3.3 feet) from 
the surface;
    (2) Each vehicle is marked (e.g. stenciled) with the words ``For 
Radioactive Materials Use Only'' in letters at least 76 millimeters (3 
inches) high in a conspicuous place on both sides of the exterior of the 
vehicle; and
    (3) Each vehicle is kept closed except for loading or unloading; and
    (4) Each vehicle is placarded in accordance with subpart F of part 
172 of this subchapter.
    (e) If it is evident that a package of radioactive material, or 
conveyance carrying unpackaged radioactive material, is leaking, or if 
it is suspected that the package, or conveyance carrying unpackaged 
material, may have leaked, access to the package or conveyance must be 
restricted and, as soon as possible, the extent of contamination and the 
resultant radiation level of the package or conveyance must be assessed. 
The scope of the assessment must include, as applicable, the package, 
the conveyance, the adjacent loading and unloading areas, and, if 
necessary, all other material which has been carried in the conveyance. 
When necessary, additional steps for the protection of persons, 
property, and the environment must be taken to overcome and minimize the 
consequences of such leakage. Packages, and conveyances carrying 
unpackaged material, which are leaking radioactive contents in excess of 
limits for normal conditions of transport may be removed to an interim 
location under supervision, but must not be forwarded until repaired or 
reconditioned and decontaminated, or as approved by the Associate 
Administrator.

[79 FR 40616, July 11, 2014]



Sec.173.447  Storage incident to transportation--general requirements.

    The following requirements apply to temporary storage during the 
course of transportation but not to Nuclear Regulatory Commission or 
Agreement State-licensed facilities or U.S. Government-owned or 
contracted facilities.
    (a) The number of packages and overpacks bearing FISSILE labels 
stored in any one storage area, such as a transit area, terminal 
building, storeroom, waterfront pier, or assembly yard, must be limited 
so that the total sum of the criticality safety indices in any 
individual group of such packages and overpacks does not exceed 50. 
Groups of such packages and overpacks must be stored so as to maintain a 
spacing of at least 6 m (20 feet) from all other groups of such packages 
and overpacks.
    (b) Storage requirements for Class 7 (radioactive) material 
transported in vessels are described in subpart M of part 176 of this 
subchapter.

[Amdt. 173-244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as amended by 66 FR 45380, 
Aug. 28, 2001; 69 FR 3691, Jan. 26, 2004]

[[Page 788]]



Sec.173.448  General transportation requirements.

    (a) Each shipment of Class 7 (radioactive) materials must be secured 
to prevent shifting during normal transportation conditions.
    (b) Except as provided in Sec. Sec.174.81, 176.83, and 177.848 of 
this subchapter, or as otherwise required by the Competent Authority in 
the applicable certificate, a package or overpack of Class 7 
(radioactive) materials may be carried among packaged general cargo 
without special stowage provisions, if--
    (1) The heat output in watts does not exceed 0.1 times the minimum 
package dimension in centimeters; or
    (2) The average surface heat flux of the package or overpack does 
not exceed 15 watts per square meter and the immediately surrounding 
cargo is not in sacks or bags or otherwise in a form that would 
seriously impede air circulation for heat removal.
    (c) Packages or overpacks bearing labels prescribed in Sec.172.403 
of this subchapter may not be carried in compartments occupied by 
passengers, except in those compartments exclusively reserved for 
couriers accompanying those packages.
    (d) Mixing of different kinds of packages that include fissile 
packages is authorized only in accordance with Sec.173.459.
    (e) No person shall offer for transportation or transport aboard a 
passenger-carrying aircraft any single package or overpack with a 
transport index greater than 3.0.
    (f) No person shall offer for transportation or transport aboard a 
passenger-carrying aircraft any Class 7 (radioactive) material unless 
that material is intended for use in, or incident to, research, medical 
diagnosis or treatment.
    (g) If an overpack is used to consolidate individual packages or to 
enclose a single package of Class 7 (radioactive) materials, the 
package(s) must comply with the packaging, marking, and labeling 
requirements of this subchapter, and:
    (1) The overpack must be labeled as prescribed in Sec.172.403(h) 
of this subchapter;
    (2) The overpack must be marked as prescribed in subpart D of part 
172 of this subchapter and Sec.173.25(a); and
    (3) The transport index of the overpack may not exceed 3.0 for 
passenger-carrying aircraft shipments, or 10.0 for cargo-aircraft 
shipments.

[69 FR 3691, Jan. 26, 2004]



Sec.173.453  Fissile materials--exceptions.

    Fissile materials meeting the requirements of at least one of the 
paragraphs (a) through (f) of this section are excepted from the 
requirements of this subpart for fissile materials, including the 
requirements of Sec. Sec.173.457 and 173.459, but are subject to all 
other requirements of this subpart, except as noted.
    (a) An individual package containing 2 grams or less of fissile 
material.
    (b) An individual or bulk packaging containing 15 grams or less of 
fissile material provided the package has at least 200 grams of solid 
nonfissile material for every gram of fissile material. Lead, beryllium, 
graphite, and hydrogenous material enriched in deuterium may be present 
in the package but must not be included in determining the required mass 
for solid nonfissile material.
    (c) Low concentrations of solid fissile material commingled with 
solid nonfissile material, provide that:
    (1) There is at least 2000 grams of nonfissile material for every 
gram of fissile material, and
    (2) There is no more than 180 grams of fissile material distributed 
within 360 kg of contiguous nonfissile material. Lead, beryllium, 
graphite, and hydrogenous material enriched in deuterium may be present 
in the package but must not be included in determining the required mass 
of solid nonfissile material.
    (d) Uranium enriched in uranium-235 to a maximum of 1 percent by 
weight, and with total plutonium and uranium-233 content of up to 1 
percent of the mass of uranium-235, provided that the mass of any 
beryllium, graphite, and hydrogenous material enriched in deuterium 
constitute less than 5 percent of the uranium mass.
    (e) Liquid solutions of uranyl nitrate enriched in uranium-235 to a 
maximum of 2 percent by mass, with a total plutonium and uranium-233 
content not exceeding 0.002 percent of the mass of

[[Page 789]]

uranium, and with a minimum nitrogen to uranium atomic ratio (N/U) of 2. 
The material must be contained in at least a DOT Type A package.
    (f) Packages containing, individually, a total plutonium mass of not 
more than 1000 grams, of which not more than 20 percent by mass may 
consist of plutonium-239, plutonium-241, or any combination of these 
radionuclides.

[69 FR 3692, Jan. 26, 2004]



Sec.173.457  Transportation of fissile material packages--specific
requirements.

    (a) Packages containing fissile radioactive material which are not 
excepted under Sec.173.453 must be assigned by the offeror, in 
accordance with their definitions in Sec.173.403, a criticality safety 
index (CSI) and a transport index (TI).
    (b) Fissile material packages and conveyances transporting fissile 
material packages must satisfy the radiation level restrictions of Sec.
173.441.
    (c) Except for consignments under exclusive use, the CSI of any 
package or overpack may not exceed 50. A fissile material package with 
CSI greater than 50 must be transported by exclusive use.
    (d) For non-exclusive use shipments of fissile material packages, 
except on vessels, the total sum of CSI's in a freight container or on a 
conveyance may not exceed 50.
    (e) For exclusive use shipments of fissile material packages, except 
on vessels, the total sum of CSI's in a freight container or on a 
conveyance may not exceed 100.
    (f) Exclusive use shipments of fissile material packages must 
satisfy the radiation level and administrative requirements of Sec.
173.441(b).
    (g) The number of packages, overpacks and freight containers 
containing fissile material stored in transit in any one storage area 
must be so limited that the total sum of the CSI's in any group of 
packages, overpacks or freight containers does not exceed 50. Groups of 
packages shall be stored so as to maintain a spacing of a least 6 m (20 
ft) between the closest surfaces of any two groups.
    (h) Provisions for shipment by vessel of Class 7 (radioactive) 
material packages, including fissile material packages by vessel are 
described in Sec. Sec.176.700-176.720 of this subchapter.

[69 FR 3692, Jan. 26, 2004]



Sec.173.459  Mixing of fissile material packages with non-fissile
or fissile-excepted material packages.

    Mixing of fissile material packages with other types of Class 7 
(radioactive) materials in any conveyance or storage location is 
authorized only if the TI of any single package does not exceed 10, the 
CSI of any single package does not exceed 50, and the provisions of 
Sec. Sec.173.441 and 173.457 are satisfied.

[69 FR 3692, Jan. 26, 2004]



Sec.173.461  Demonstration of compliance with tests.

    (a) Compliance with the design requirements in Sec.173.412 and the 
test requirements in Sec. Sec.173.465 through 173.469 must be shown by 
any of the methods prescribed in this paragraph, or by a combination of 
these methods appropriate for the particular feature being evaluated:
    (1) Performance of tests with prototypes or samples of the specimens 
representing LSA-III, special form Class 7 (radioactive) material, or 
packaging, in which case the contents of the packaging for the test must 
simulate as closely as practicable the expected range of physical 
properties of the radioactive contents or packaging to be tested, must 
be prepared as normally presented for transport. The use of non-
radioactive substitute contents is encouraged provided that the results 
of the testing take into account the radioactive characteristics of the 
contents for which the package is being tested;
    (2) Reference to a previous, satisfactory demonstration of 
compliance of a sufficiently similar nature;
    (3) Performance of tests with models of appropriate scale 
incorporating those features that are significant with respect to the 
item under investigation, when engineering experience has shown results 
of those tests to be suitable for design purposes. When a scale model is 
used, the need for adjusting certain test parameters, such as the

[[Page 790]]

penetrator diameter or the compressive load, must be taken into account; 
or
    (4) Calculations or reasoned evaluation, using reliable and 
conservative procedures and parameters.
    (b) With respect to the initial conditions for the tests under 
Sec. Sec.173.465 through 173.469, except for the water immersion 
tests, compliance must be based upon the assumption that the package is 
in equilibrium at an ambient temperature of 38 [deg]C (100 [deg]F).

[Amdt. 173-244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as amended by 63 FR 52850, 
Oct. 1, 1998]



Sec.173.462  Preparation of specimens for testing.

    (a) Each specimen (i.e., sample, prototype or scale model) must be 
examined before testing to identify and record faults or damage, 
including:
    (1) Divergence from the specifications or drawings;
    (2) Defects in construction;
    (3) Corrosion or other deterioration; and
    (4) Distortion of features.
    (b) Any deviation found under paragraph (a) of this section from the 
specified design must be corrected or appropriately taken into account 
in the subsequent evaluation.
    (c) The containment system of the packaging must be clearly 
specified.
    (d) The external features of the specimen must be clearly identified 
so that reference may be made to any part of it.



Sec.173.465  Type A packaging tests.

    (a) The packaging, with contents, must be capable of withstanding 
the water spray, free drop, stacking and penetration tests prescribed in 
this section. One prototype may be used for all tests if the 
requirements of paragraph (b) of this section are met. The tests are 
successful if the requirements of Sec.173.412(j) are met.
    (b) Water spray test. The water spray test must precede each test or 
test sequence prescribed in this section. The water spray test must 
simulate exposure to rainfall of approximately 5 cm (2 inches) per hour 
for at least one hour. The time interval between the end of the water 
spray test and the beginning of the next test must be such that the 
water has soaked in to the maximum extent without appreciable drying of 
the exterior of the specimen. In the absence of evidence to the 
contrary, this interval may be assumed to be two hours if the water 
spray is applied from four different directions simultaneously. However, 
no time interval may elapse if the water spray is applied from each of 
the four directions consecutively.
    (c) Free drop test. The specimen must drop onto the target so as to 
suffer maximum damage to the safety features being tested, and:
    (1) The height of the drop measured from the lowest point of the 
specimen to the upper surface of the target may not be less than the 
distance specified in table 10, for the applicable package mass. The 
target must be as specified in Sec.173.465(c)(5). Table 10 is as 
follows:

 Table 10--Free Drop Distance for Testing Packages to Normal Conditions
                              of Transport
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                    Package mass                      Free drop distance
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Kilograms (pounds)                    Meters    (Feet)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
15,000 (33,000) Mass.....................       0.3       (1)
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (2) For packages containing fissile material, the free drop test 
specified in paragraph (c)(1) of this section must be preceded by a free 
drop from a height of 0.3 m (1 foot) on each corner, or in the case of 
cylindrical packages, onto each of the quarters of each rim.
    (3) For fiberboard or wood rectangular packages with a mass of 50 kg 
(110 pounds) or less, a separate specimen must be subjected to a free 
drop onto each corner from a height of 0.3 m (1 foot).
    (4) For cylindrical fiberboard packages with a mass of 100 kg (220 
pounds) or less, a separate specimen must be subjected to a free drop 
onto each of the quarters of each rim from a height of 0.3 m (1 foot).
    (5) The target for the free drop test must be a flat, horizontal 
surface of such mass and rigidity that any increase in its resistance to 
displacement or deformation upon impact by the

[[Page 791]]

specimen would not significantly increase the damage to the specimen.
    (d) Stacking test. (1) The specimen must be subjected for a period 
of at least 24 hours to a compressive load equivalent to the greater of 
the following:
    (i) A total weight equal to five times the maximum weight of the 
package; or
    (ii) The equivalent of 13 kilopascals (1.9 psi) multiplied by the 
vertically projected area of the package.
    (2) The compressive load must be applied uniformly to two opposite 
sides of the specimen, one of which must be the base on which the 
package would normally rest.
    (e) Penetration test. For the penetration test, the specimen must be 
placed on a rigid, flat, horizontal surface that will not move 
significantly while the test is being performed.
    (1) A bar of 3.2 cm (1.25 inches) in diameter with a hemispherical 
end and a mass of 6 kg (13.2 pounds) must be dropped and directed to 
fall with its longitudinal axis vertical, onto the center of the weakest 
part of the specimen, so that, if it penetrates far enough, it will hit 
the containment system. The bar may not be significantly deformed by the 
test; and
    (2) The height of the drop of the bar measured from its lower end to 
the intended point of impact on the upper surface of the specimen must 
be 1 m (3.3 feet) or greater.

[Amdt. 173-244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as amended by Amdt. 173-
244, 61 FR 20753, May 8, 1996; 66 FR 45380, Aug. 28, 2001; 69 FR 3692, 
Jan. 26, 2004; 70 FR 56099, Sept. 23, 2005; 79 FR 40617, July 11, 2014]



Sec.173.466  Additional tests for Type A packagings designed for 
liquids and gases.

    (a) In addition to the tests prescribed in Sec.173.465, Type A 
packagings designed for liquids and gases must be capable of 
withstanding the following tests in this section. The tests are 
successful if the requirements of Sec.173.412(k) are met.
    (1) Free drop test. The packaging specimen must drop onto the target 
so as to suffer the maximum damage to its containment. The height of the 
drop measured from the lowest part of the packaging specimen to the 
upper surface of the target must be 9 m (30 feet) or greater. The target 
must be as specified in Sec.173.465(c)(5).
    (2) Penetration test. The specimen must be subjected to the test 
specified in Sec.173.465(e) except that the height of the drop must be 
1.7 m (5.5 feet).
    (b) [Reserved]

[Amdt. 173-244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as amended at 66 FR 45380, 
Aug. 28, 2001; 79 FR 40617, July 11, 2014; 80 FR 1163, Jan. 8, 2015]



Sec.173.467  Tests for demonstrating the ability of Type B and
fissile materials packagings to withstand accident conditions
in transportation.

    Each Type B packaging or packaging for fissile material must meet 
the test requirements prescribed in 10 CFR part 71 for ability to 
withstand accident conditions in transportation.



Sec.173.468  Test for LSA-III material.

    (a) LSA-III Class 7 (radioactive) material must meet the test 
requirement of paragraph (b) of this section. Any differences between 
the material to be transported and the test material must be taken into 
account in determining whether the test requirements have been met.
    (b) Test method. (1) The specimen representing no less than the 
entire contents of the package must be immersed for 7 days in water at 
ambient temperature.
    (2) The volume of water to be used in the test must be sufficient to 
ensure that at the end of the test period the free volume of the 
unabsorbed and unreacted water remaining will be at least 10% of the 
volume of the specimen itself.
    (3) The water must have an initial pH of 6-8 and a maximum 
conductivity of 10 micromho/cm at 20 [deg]C (68 [deg]F).
    (4) The total activity of the free volume of water must be measured 
following the 7 day immersion test and must not exceed 0.1 
A2.



Sec.173.469  Tests for special form Class 7 (radioactive) materials.

    (a) Special form Class 7 (radioactive) materials must meet the test 
requirements of paragraph (b) of this section. Each solid Class 7 
(radioactive) material or capsule specimen to be tested must be 
manufactured or fabricated so

[[Page 792]]

that it is representative of the actual solid material or capsule that 
will be transported with the proposed radioactive content duplicated as 
closely as practicable. Any differences between the material to be 
transported and the test material, such as the use of non-radioactive 
contents, must be taken into account in determining whether the test 
requirements have been met. The following additional conditions apply:
    (1) A different specimen may be used for each of the tests;
    (2) The specimen may not break or shatter when subjected to the 
impact, percussion, or bending tests;
    (3) The specimen may not melt or disperse when subjected to the heat 
test; and
    (4) After each test, leaktightness or indispersibility of the 
specimen must be determined by--
    (i) A method no less sensitive than the leaching assessment 
prescribed in paragraph (c) of this section. For a capsule resistant to 
corrosion by water, and which has an internal void volume greater than 
0.1 milliliter, an alternative to the leaching assessment is a 
demonstration of leaktightness of 10-4 torr-1/s (1.3 x 
10-4 atm-cm\3\/s) based on air at 25 [deg]C (77 [deg]F) and 
one atmosphere differential pressure for solid radioactive content, or 
10-6 torr-1/s (1.3 x 10-6 atm-cm\3\/s) for liquid 
or gaseous radioactive content; or
    (ii) A specimen that comprises or simulates Class 7 (radioactive) 
material contained in a sealed capsule need not be subjected to the 
leaching assessment specified in paragraph (c) of this section provided 
it is alternatively subjected to any of the volumetric leakage 
assessment tests prescribed in the International Organization for 
Standardization document ISO 9978-1992(E): ``Radiation protection--
Sealed radioactive sources--Leakage test methods'' (IBR, see Sec.171.7 
of this subchapter).
    (b) Test methods--(1) Impact Test. The specimen must fall onto the 
target from a height of 9 m (30 feet) or greater. The target must be as 
specified in Sec.173.465(c)(5).
    (2) Percussion Test. (i) The specimen must be placed on a sheet of 
lead that is supported by a smooth solid surface, and struck by the flat 
face of a steel billet so as to produce an impact equivalent to that 
resulting from a free drop of 1.4 kg (3 pounds) through 1 m (3.3 feet).
    (ii) The flat face of the billet must be 2.5 cm (1 inch) in diameter 
with the edge rounded off to a radius of 3 mm 0.3 
mm (0.12 inch 0.012 inch).
    (iii) The lead must be of hardness number 3.5 to 4.5 on the Vickers 
scale and thickness not more than 25 mm (1 inch), and must cover an area 
greater than that covered by the specimen.
    (iv) A fresh surface of lead must be used for each impact.
    (v) The billet must strike the specimen so as to cause maximum 
damage.
    (3) Bending test. (i) This test applies only to long, slender 
sources with a length of 10 cm (4 inches) or greater and a length to 
width ratio of 10 or greater.
    (ii) The specimen must be rigidly clamped in a horizontal position 
so that one half of its length protrudes from the face of the clamp.
    (iii) The orientation of the specimen must be such that the specimen 
will suffer maximum damage when its free end is struck by the flat face 
of a steel billet.
    (iv) The billet must strike the specimen so as to produce an impact 
equivalent to that resulting from a free vertical drop of 1.4 kg (3 
pounds) through 1 m (3.3 feet).
    (v) The flat face of the billet must be 2.5 cm (1 inch) in diameter 
with the edges rounded off to a radius of 3 mm 0.3 
mm (.12 inch 0.012 inch).
    (4) Heat test. The specimen must be heated in air to a temperature 
of not less than 800 [deg]C (1475 [deg]F), held at that temperature for 
a period of 10 minutes, and then allowed to cool.
    (c) Leaching assessment methods. (1) For indispersible solid 
material--
    (i) The specimen shall be immersed for seven days in water at 
ambient temperature. The volume of water to be used in the test shall be 
sufficient to ensure that at the end of the seven day test period the 
free volume of the unabsorbed and unreacted water remaining shall be at 
least 10% of the volume of the solid test sample itself. The water shall 
have an initial pH of 6-8 and a maximum conductivity of 1 mS/m (10 
micromho/cm) at 20 [deg]C (68 [deg]F).

[[Page 793]]

    (ii) The water with specimen must then be heated to a temperature of 
50 [deg]C 5[deg] (122 [deg]F 9[deg]) and maintained at this temperature for four 
hours.
    (iii) The activity of the water must then be determined.
    (iv) The specimen shall then be kept for at least seven days in 
still air at not less than 30 [deg]C (86 [deg]F) and relative humidity 
not less than 90%.
    (v) The specimen must then be immersed in water under the same 
conditions as in paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section, and the water with 
specimen must be heated to 50 C 5[deg] (122 [deg]F 
9[deg]) and maintained at that temperature for 
four hours.
    (vi) The activity of the water must then be determined. The 
activities determined in paragraph (c)(1)(iii) of this section and this 
paragraph, (c)(1)(vi), may not exceed 2 kilobecquerels (0.05 
microcurie).
    (2) For encapsulated material--
    (i) The specimen shall be immersed in water at ambient temperature. 
The water shall have an initial pH of 6-8 and a maximum conductivity of 
1 mS/m (10 micromho/cm) at 20 [deg]C (68 [deg]F).
    (ii) The water and specimen must be heated to a temperature of 50 
[deg]C 5[deg] (122 [deg]F 9[deg]) and maintained at this temperature for four 
hours.
    (iii) The activity of the water must then be determined.
    (iv) The specimen shall then be kept for at least seven days in 
still air at not less than 30 [deg]C (86 [deg]F) and relative humidity 
not less than 90%.
    (v) The process in paragraphs (c)(2)(i), (c)(2)(ii), and (c)(2)(iii) 
of this section must be repeated.
    (vi) The activity determined in paragraph (c)(2)(iii) of this 
section may not exceed 2 kilobecquerels (0.05 microcurie).
    (d) A specimen that comprises or simulates Class 7 (radioactive) 
material contained in a sealed capsule need not be subjected to--
    (1) The impact test and the percussion test of this section provided 
that the mass of the special form material is--
    (i) Less than 200 g and it is alternatively subjected to the Class 4 
impact test prescribed in ISO 2919 (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this 
subchapter), or
    (ii) Less than 500 g and it is alternatively subjected to the Class 
5 impact test prescribed in ISO 2919 (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this 
subchapter); and
    (2) The heat test of this section, provided the specimen is 
alternatively subjected to the Class 6 temperature test specified in the 
International Organization for Standardization document ISO 2919 (IBR, 
see Sec.171.7 of this subchapter).
    (e) Special form materials that were successfully tested prior to 
October 1, 2014 in accordance with the requirements of paragraph (d) of 
this section in effect prior to October 1, 2014 may continue to be 
offered for transportation and transported without additional testing 
under this section.

[Amdt. 173-244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as amended at 63 FR 37461, 
July 10, 1998; 64 FR 51919, Sept. 27, 1999; 66 FR 45184, 45380, 45381, 
Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 75742, 75747, Dec. 31, 2003; 69 FR 3692, Jan. 26, 
2004; 79 FR 40617, July 11, 2014]



Sec.173.471  Requirements for U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission 
approved packages.

    In addition to the applicable requirements of the U.S. Nuclear 
Regulatory Commission (NRC) and other requirements of this subchapter, 
any offeror of a Type B(U), Type B(M), or fissile material package that 
has been approved by the NRC in accordance with 10 CFR part 71 must also 
comply with the following requirements:
    (a) The offeror shall be registered with the USNRC as a party to the 
packaging approval, and make the shipment in compliance with the terms 
of the packaging approval;
    (b) The outside of each package must be durably and legibly marked 
with the package identification marking indicated in the USNRC packaging 
approval;
    (c) Each shipping paper related to the shipment of the package must 
bear the package identification marking indicated in the USNRC packaging 
approval;
    (d) Before export shipment of the package, the offeror shall obtain 
a U.S. Competent Authority Certificate for that package design, or if 
one has already been issued, the offeror shall register in writing 
(including a description

[[Page 794]]

of the quality assurance program required by 10 CFR part 71) with the 
U.S. Competent Authority as a user of the certificate. (Note: The person 
who originally applies for a U.S. Competent Authority Certificate will 
be registered automatically.) The registration request must be sent to 
the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety (PHH-23), 
Department of Transportation, East Building, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, 
SE., Washington DC 20590-0001. Alternatively, the application with any 
attached supporting documentation in an appropriate format may be 
submitted by facsimile (fax) to (202) 366-3753 or (202) 366-3650, or by 
electronic mail (e-mail) to ``[email protected].'' Upon registration, the 
offeror will be furnished with a copy of the certificate. The offeror 
shall then submit a copy of the U.S. Competent Authority Certificate 
applying to that package design to the national competent authority of 
each country into or through which the package will be transported, 
unless the offeror has documentary evidence that a copy has already been 
furnished; and
    (e) Each request for a U.S. Competent Authority Certificate as 
required by the IAEA regulations must be submitted in writing to the 
Associate Administrator. The request must be in triplicate and include 
copies of the applicable USNRC packaging approval, USNRC Quality 
Assurance Program approval number, and a reproducible 22 cm x 30 cm 
(8.5 x 11) drawing showing the make-up of the 
package. The request and accompanying documentation must be sent to the 
Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety (PHH-23), 
Department of Transportation, East Building, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, 
SE., Washington DC 20590-0001. Alternatively, the application with any 
attached supporting documentation in an appropriate format may be 
submitted by facsimile (fax) to (202) 366-3753 or (202) 366-3650, or by 
electronic mail (e-mail) to ``[email protected].'' Each request is 
considered in the order in which it is received. To allow sufficient 
time for consideration, requests must be received at least 90 days 
before the requested effective date.

[Amdt. 173-244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as amended at 66 FR 45379, 
Aug. 28, 2001; 67 FR 61014, Sept. 27, 2002; 69 FR 3693, Jan. 26, 2004; 
70 FR 56099, Sept. 23, 2005; 72 FR 55693, Oct. 1, 2007]



Sec.173.472  Requirements for exporting DOT Specification Type B
and fissile packages.

    (a) Any offeror who exports a DOT Specification Type B or fissile 
material package authorized by Sec.173.416 or Sec.173.417 shall 
comply with paragraphs (b) through (f) of this section.
    (b) The shipment must be made in accordance with the conditions of 
the U.S. Certificate of Competent Authority.
    (c) The outside of each package must be durably and legibly marked 
with the package identification marking indicated in the U.S. Competent 
Authority Certificate.
    (d) Each shipping paper related to the shipment of the package must 
bear the package identification marking indicated in the U.S. Competent 
Authority Certificate.
    (e) Before export of the package, the offeror shall obtain a U.S. 
Competent Authority Certificate for that package design, or if one has 
already been issued, the offeror shall register in writing (including a 
description of the quality assurance program required by 10 CFR part 71, 
subpart H, or 49 CFR 173.474 and 173.475) with the U.S. Competent 
Authority as a user of the certificate. Upon registration, the offeror 
will be furnished with a copy of the certificate. The offeror shall then 
submit a copy of the U.S. Competent Authority Certificate applying to 
that package design to the national competent authority of each country 
into or through which the package will be transported, unless the 
offeror has documentary evidence that a copy has already been furnished.
    (f) Each request for a U.S. Competent Authority Certificate as 
required by the IAEA regulations must be submitted in writing to the 
Associate Administrator. The request must be in triplicate and must 
include a description of the quality assurance program required by 10 
CFR part 71, subpart H,

[[Page 795]]

or 49 CFR 173.474 and 173.475, and a reproducible 22 cm x 30 cm 
(8.5 x 11) drawing showing the make-up of the 
package. A copy of the USNRC quality assurance program approval will 
satisfy the requirement for describing the quality assurance program. 
The request and accompanying documentation may be sent by mail or other 
delivery service. Alternatively, the request with any attached 
supporting documentation submitted in an appropriate format may be sent 
by facsimile (fax) to (202) 366-3753 or (202) 366-3650, or by electronic 
mail (e-mail) to ``[email protected].'' Each request is considered in the 
order in which it is received. To allow sufficient time for 
consideration, requests must be received at least 90 days before the 
requested effective date.

[Amdt. 173-244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as amended at 66 FR 45379, 
Aug. 28, 2001; 67 FR 61014, Sept. 27, 2002]



Sec.173.473  Requirements for foreign-made packages.

    In addition to other applicable requirements of this subchapter, 
each offeror of a foreign-made Type B(U), Type B(M), Type C, Type CF, 
Type H(U), Type H(M), or fissile material package for which a Competent 
Authority Certificate is required by IAEA's ``Regulations for the Safe 
Transport of Radioactive Material, SSR-6, '' (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of 
this subchapter) shall also comply with the following requirements:
    (a) Prior to the shipment of such a package of Class 7 (radioactive) 
materials into or from the U.S., the offeror shall--
    (1) Have the foreign competent authority certificate revalidated by 
the U.S. Competent Authority, unless this has been done previously. Each 
request for revalidation must be in triplicate, contain all the 
information required by Section VIII of the IAEA regulations in ``IAEA 
Regulations for the Safe Transport of Radioactive Material, SSR-6'' 
(IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this subchapter), and include a copy in English 
of the foreign competent authority certificate. The request and 
accompanying documentation must be sent to the Associate Administrator 
for Hazardous Materials Safety (PHH-23), Department of Transportation, 
East Building, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20590-0001. 
Alternatively, the request with any attached supporting documentation 
submitted in an appropriate format may be sent by facsimile (fax) to 
(202) 366-3753 or (202) 366-3650, or by electronic mail to 
``[email protected].'' Each request is considered in the order in which it 
is received. To allow sufficient time for consideration, requests must 
be received at least 90 days before the requested effective date;
    (2) Register in writing with the U.S. Competent Authority as a user 
of the package covered by the foreign competent authority certificate 
and its U.S. revalidation. Alternatively, the registration request with 
any attached supporting documentation submitted in an appropriate format 
may be sent by facsimile (fax) to (202) 366-3753 or (202) 366-3650, or 
by electronic mail (e-mail) to ``[email protected].'' If the offeror is 
requesting the revalidation, registration is automatic; and
    (3) Supply to the carrier, upon request, the applicable competent 
authority certificates. However, the competent authority certificates 
are not required to accompany the packages to which they apply.
    (b) The outside of each package must be durably and legibly marked 
with the competent authority identification marking indicated on the 
Competent Authority Certificate and revalidation.
    (c) Each shipping paper for a shipment of Class 7 (radioactive) 
materials must bear a notation of the package identification marking 
indicated on the competent authority certificate or revalidation.
    (d) All requirements of the foreign competent authority certificate 
and the U.S. Competent Authority revalidation must be fulfilled.

[Amdt. 173-244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as amended at 66 FR 45379, 
Aug. 28, 2001; 67 FR 16015, Sept. 27, 2002; 68 FR 75742, 75747, Dec. 31, 
2003; 69 FR 3693, Jan. 26, 2004; 79 FR 40617, July 11, 2014; 80 FR 1163, 
Jan. 8, 2015]



Sec.173.474  Quality control for construction of packaging.

    Prior to the first use of any packaging for the shipment of Class 7 
(radioactive) material, the offeror shall determine that--

[[Page 796]]

    (a) The packaging meets the quality of design and construction 
requirements as specified in this subchapter; and
    (b) The effectiveness of the shielding, containment and, when 
required, the heat transfer characteristics of the package, are within 
the limits specified for the package design.



Sec.173.475  Quality control requirements prior to each shipment 
of Class 7 (radioactive) materials.

    Before each shipment of any Class 7 (radioactive) materials package, 
the offeror must ensure, by examination or appropriate tests, that--
    (a) The packaging is proper for the contents to be shipped;
    (b) The packaging is in unimpaired physical condition, except for 
superficial marks;
    (c) Each closure device of the packaging, including any required 
gasket, is properly installed, secured, and free of defects;
    (d) For fissile material, each moderator and neutron absorber, if 
required, is present and in proper condition;
    (e) Each special instruction for filling, closing, and preparation 
of the packaging for shipment has been followed;
    (f) Each closure, valve, or other opening of the containment system 
through which the radioactive content might escape is properly closed 
and sealed;
    (g) Each packaging containing liquid in excess of an A2 
quantity and intended for air shipment has been tested to show that it 
will not leak under an ambient atmospheric pressure of not more than 25 
kPa, absolute (3.6 psia). The test must be conducted on the entire 
containment system, or on any receptacle or vessel within the 
containment system, to determine compliance with this requirement;
    (h) The internal pressure of the containment system will not exceed 
the design pressure during transportation; and
    (i) External radiation and contamination levels are within the 
allowable limits specified in this subchapter.



Sec.173.476  Approval of special form Class 7 (radioactive) materials.

    (a) Each offeror of special form Class 7 (radioactive) materials 
must maintain on file for at least two years after the offeror's latest 
shipment, and provide to the Associate Administrator on request, a 
complete safety analysis, including documentation of any tests, 
demonstrating that the special form material meets the requirements of 
Sec.173.469. An IAEA Certificate of Competent Authority issued for the 
special form material may be used to satisfy this requirement.
    (b) Prior to the first export shipment of a special form Class 7 
(radioactive) material from the United States, each offeror shall obtain 
a U.S. Competent Authority Certificate for the specific material. For 
special form material manufactured outside the United States, an IAEA 
Certificate of Competent Authority from the country of origin may be 
used to meet this requirement.
    (c) Each request for a U.S. Competent Authority Certificate as 
required by the IAEA regulations must be submitted in writing, in 
triplicate, by mail or other delivery service to the Associate 
Administrator. Alternatively, the request with any attached supporting 
documentation submitted in an appropriate format may be sent by 
facsimile (fax) to (202) 366-3753 or (202) 366-3650, or by electronic 
mail (e-mail) to ``[email protected].''. Each request is considered in the 
order in which it is received. To allow sufficient time for 
consideration, requests must be received at least 90 days before the 
requested effective date. Each petition for a U.S. Competent Authority 
Certificate must include the following information:
    (1) A detailed description of the material, or if a capsule, a 
detailed description of the contents. Particular reference must be made 
to both physical and chemical states;
    (2) A detailed statement of the capsule design and dimensions, 
including complete engineering drawings [22cm x 30cm (8\1/2\ inches x 11 
inches)] and schedules of material, and methods of construction;

[[Page 797]]

    (3) A statement of the tests that have been made and their results; 
or evidence based on calculative methods to show that the material is 
able to pass the tests; or other evidence that the special form Class 7 
(radioactive) material complies with Sec.173.469;
    (4) For the original request for a Competent Authority Certificate, 
evidence of a quality assurance program based on international, national 
or other standards, for the design, manufacture, testing, documentation, 
use, maintenance and inspection, as appropriate, of all special form 
material offered for transport by the requester; and
    (5) A description of any proposed pre-shipment actions, such as leak 
testing, for use in the consignment of special form radioactive material 
for transport.
    (d) Paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section do not apply in those 
cases where A1 equals A2 and the material is not 
required to be described on the shipping papers as ``Radioactive 
Material, Type A Package, Special Form'' or as ``Radioactive Material, 
Type A Package, Special Form, Fissile.''

[Amdt. 173-244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as amended at 66 FR 45379, 
Aug. 28, 2001; 67 FR 61015, Sept. 27, 2002; 69 FR 3693, Jan. 26, 2004; 
78 FR 60754, Oct. 2, 2013; 79 FR 40617, July 11, 2014]



Sec.173.477  Approval of packagings containing greater than 0.1 kg
of non-fissile or fissile-excepted uranium hexafluoride.

    (a) Each offeror of a package containing more than 0.1 kg of uranium 
hexafluoride must maintain on file for at least two years after the 
offeror's latest shipment, and provide to the Associate Administrator on 
request, a complete safety analysis, including documentation of any 
tests, demonstrating that the package meets the requirements of Sec.
173.420. An IAEA Certificate of Competent Authority issued for the 
design of the packaging containing greater than 0.1 kg of non-fissile or 
fissile-exempted uranium hexafluoride may be used to satisfy this 
requirement.
    (b) Prior to the first export shipment of a package containing 
greater than 0.1 kg of uranium hexafluoride from the United States, each 
offeror shall obtain a U.S. Competent Authority Certificate for the 
packaging design. For packagings manufactured outside the United States, 
each offeror shall comply with Sec.173.473.
    (c) Each request for a U.S. Competent Authority Certificate as 
required by the IAEA regulations must be submitted in writing, in 
triplicate, by mail or other delivery service to the Associate 
Administrator. Alternatively, the request with any attached supporting 
documentation submitted in an appropriate format may be sent by 
facsimile (fax) to (202) 366-3753 or (202) 366-3650, or by electronic 
mail (e-mail) to [email protected]. Each request is considered in the 
order in which it is received. To allow sufficient time for 
consideration, requests must be received at least 90 days before the 
requested effective date. Each request for a U.S. Competent Authority 
Certificate must include the following information:
    (1) A safety analysis report which, at a minimum, provides a 
detailed description of the packaging and contents; a description of the 
manufacturing process used for the packaging; and details of the tests 
conducted and copy of their results, evidence based on calculative 
methods to show that the package is able to pass the tests, or other 
evidence that the package complies with Sec.173.420; and
    (2) For the original request for a Competent Authority Certificate, 
evidence of a quality assurance program.

[69 FR 3693, Jan. 26, 2004, as amended at 79 FR 40617, July 11, 2014]

Subparts J-O [Reserved]





                 Sec. Appendix A to Part 173 [Reserved]



      Sec. Appendix B to Part 173--Procedure for Testing Chemical 
     Compatibility and Rate of Permeation in Plastic Packaging and 
                               Receptacles

    1. The purpose of this procedure is to determine the chemical 
compatibility and permeability of liquid hazardous materials packaged in 
plastic packaging and receptacles. Alternatives for this procedure are 
permitted

[[Page 798]]

as specified in Sec.173.24(e)(3)(iii) of this subchapter.
    2. Compatibility and rate of permeation are determined by subjecting 
full size plastic containers (or smaller containers as permitted in 
paragraph 4 of this appendix) and hazardous material lading to one of 
the following combinations of time and temperature:
    a. Test Method 1: 180 days at a temperature no lower than 18 [deg]C. 
(64 [deg]F.)
    b. Test Method 2: 28 days at a temperature no lower than 50 [deg]C. 
(122 [deg]F.)
    c. Test Method 3: 14 days at a temperature no lower than 60 [deg]C. 
(140 [deg]F.)
    3. Regardless of which test method is used, at least three sample 
containers shall be tested for each combination of hazardous material 
and size and design of container. Fill containers to rated capacity with 
the specific hazardous material (at the concentration to be transported) 
and close as for shipment. For the first and last 24 hours of storage 
under the selected test method, place the containers with closures 
downward, except that containers fitted with a vent are so placed on 
each occasion for five minutes only.
    4. For testing under Test Method 2 or 3 in those instances where it 
is not practicable to use full size containers, smaller containers may 
be used. The small container shall be manufactured by the same process 
as the larger container (for example, using the same method of molding 
and processing temperatures) and be made of identical resins, pigments 
and additives.
    5. Determine filled container weight or net weight of contents both 
before and after storage under the selected test method. Rate of 
permeation is determined from loss of hazardous materials contents, 
during the conduct of the test, expressed as a percentage of the 
original weight.
    6. After storage under the selected test method, the container shall 
be drained, rinsed, filled to rated capacity with water and, with filled 
container at ambient temperature, dropped from a height determined in 
accordance with Sec.178.603(e) of this subchapter onto a rigid non-
resilient, flat and horizontal surface.
    7. Each of the following constitute test failure:
    a. Visible evidence of permanent deformation due to vapor pressure 
build-up or collapse of walls, deterioration, swelling, crazing, 
cracking, excessive corrosion, oxidization, embrittlement, leakage, 
rupture or other defects likely to cause premature failure or a 
hazardous condition.
    b. For materials meeting the definition of a poison according to 
this subchapter, a rate of permeation in excess of 0.5% determined over 
the test period. For all other hazardous materials, a rate of permeation 
in excess of 2.0% determined over the test period.

[Amdt. 173-176, 49 FR 24691, June 14, 1984, as amended by Amdt. 173-224, 
55 FR 52670 Dec. 21, 1990; 56 FR 66279, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 173-234, 58 
FR 51533, Oct. 1, 1993; 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001]



 Sec. Appendix C to Part 173--Procedure for Base-level Vibration 
 Testing

    Base-level vibration testing shall be conducted as follows:
    1. Three sample packagings, selected at random, must be filled and 
closed as for shipment. A non-hazardous material may be used in place of 
the hazardous material if it has essentially the same physical 
characteristics.
    2. The three packages must be placed on a vibrating platform that 
has a vertical double-amplitude (peak-to-peak displacement) of one inch. 
The packages should be constrained horizontally to prevent them from 
falling off the platform, but must be left free to move vertically, 
bounce and rotate.
    3. The test must be performed continuously for one hour at a 
frequency that causes each package to be raised from the vibrating 
platform to such a degree that a piece of material of approximately 1.6 
mm (0.063 inch) thickness (such as steel strapping or paperboard) can be 
passed between the bottom of any package and the platform.
    4. Immediately following the period of vibration, each package shall 
be removed from the platform, turned on its side and observed for any 
evidence of leakage.
    5. Rupture or leakage from any of the packages constitutes failure 
of the test.

[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52671, Dec. 21, 1990]



   Sec. Appendix D to Part 173--Test Methods for Dynamite (Explosive, 
                            Blasting, Type A)

                    1. Test method D-1--Leakage Test

    A wooden stick, 114 mm (4.5 inches) long and 4.8 mm (0.2 inch) inch 
in diameter, with a sharpened end is used to punch 5 holes in one end of 
the wrapper of a dynamite cartridge. A cork stopper is placed on the 
bottom of a glass volumetric cylinder. The dynamite cartridge is placed, 
perforated end down, resting on the cork stopper in the cylinder. The 
entire assembly is placed in an oven at 38 [deg]C (100 [deg]F) for 48 
hours and then examined visually for evidence of leakage.

             2. Test method D-2--Centrifugal Exudation Test

    The test apparatus consists of a glass tube, 135 mm (5.3 inches) 
long and one inch in diameter, with both ends open, and is assembled in 
the following manner:

[[Page 799]]

    (a) Close the bottom with a plastic plug of diameter equal to the 
inner diameter of the glass tube;
    (b) Place a small amount of absorbent cotton on top of the plug;
    (c) Place a plastic disk that matches the inner diameter to the 
glass tube and has seven small perforations on top of the cotton; and
    (d) Place 10 g (0.35 ounce) of the dynamite sample on top of the 
disk.

The assembled glass tube is then placed in a hand-operated centrifuge 
and spun for one minute at 600 rpm (revolutions per minute). The 
dynamite sample is then removed from the glass tube and weighed to 
determine the percent of weight loss.

             3. Test method D-3--Compression Exudation Test

    The entire apparatus for this test is shown in Figure 1 of this 
appendix. The test is conducted using the following procedures:
    (a) A glass tube, 135 mm (5.3 inches) long and one inch in diameter, 
is held on a wooden base;
    (b) A small amount of absorbent cotton is placed into the bottom of 
the glass tube;
    (c) Ten g (0.35 ounce) of dynamite sample are placed on top of the 
cotton in the glass tube;
    (d) A small amount of absorbent cotton is placed on top of the 
dynamite sample;
    (e) A plastic disk that matches the inner diameter of the glass tube 
and has seven small perforations is placed on top of the cotton;
    (f) A plastic plug matching the inner diameter of the glass tube is 
then placed on top of the disk;
    (g) The glass tube assembly is placed under the compression rod, and 
compression is applied by means of the weight on the metal lever rod. 
The sample is compressed for one minute; and
    (h) The dynamite sample is then removed from the glass tube and 
weighed to determine the percent of weight loss.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC02MR91.067


[[Page 800]]





               Sec. Appendixes E-G to Part 173 [Reserved]



      Sec. Appendix H to Part 173--Method of Testing for Sustained 
                             Combustibility

                                1. Method

    The method describes a procedure for determining if the material 
when heated under the test conditions and exposed to an external source 
of flame applied in a standard manner sustains combustion.

                       2. Principle of the method

    A metal block with a concave depression (test portion well) is 
heated to a specified temperature. A specified volume of the material 
under test is transferred to the well, and its ability to sustain 
combustion is noted after application and subsequent removal of a 
standard flame under specified conditions.

                              3. Apparatus

    A combustibility tester consisting of a block of aluminum alloy or 
other corrosion-resistant metal of high thermal conductivity is used. 
The block has a concave well and a pocket drilled to take a thermometer. 
A small gas jet assembly on a swivel is attached to the block. The 
handle and gas inlet for the gas jet may be fitted at any convenient 
angle to the gas jet. A suitable apparatus is shown in Figure 32.5.2.1 
of the UN Manual of Test and Criteria (IBR, see (171.7 of this 
subchapter), and the essential dimensions are given in Figures 32.5.2.1 
and 32.5.2.2 of the UN Manual and Tests and Criteria. The following 
equipment is needed:
    (a) Gauge, for checking that the height of the center of the gas jet 
above the top of the test portion well is 2.2 mm (see Figure 32.5.2.1);
    (b) Thermometer, mercury in glass, for horizontal operation, with a 
sensitivity not less than 1 mm/ [deg]C, or other measuring device of 
equivalent sensitivity permitting reading at 0.5 [deg]C intervals. When 
in position in the block, the thermometer bulb must be surrounded with 
thermally conducting thermoplastic compound;
    (c) Hotplate, fitted with a temperature-control device. (Other types 
of apparatus with suitable temperature-control facilities may be 
employed to heat the metal block);
    (d) Stopwatch, or other suitable timing device;
    (e) Syringe, capable of delivering 2 mL to an accuracy of 0.1 mL; and
    (f) Fuel source, butane test fuel.

                               4. Sampling

    The sample must be representative of the material to be tested and 
must be supplied and kept in a tightly closed container prior to test. 
Because of the possibility of loss of volatile constituents, the sample 
must receive only the minimum treatment necessary to ensure its 
homogeneity. After removing each test portion, the sample container must 
be immediately closed tightly to ensure that no volatile components 
escape from the container; if this closure is incomplete, an entirely 
new sample must be taken.

                              5. Procedure

    Carry out the determination in triplicate.
    WARNING--Do not carry out the test in a small confined area (for 
example a glove box) because of the hazard of explosions.
    (a) It is essential that the apparatus be set up in a completely 
draft-free area (see warning) and in the absence of strong light to 
facilitate observation of flash, flame, etc.
    (b) Place the metal block on the hotplate or heat the metal block by 
other suitable means so that its temperature, as indicated by the 
thermometer placed in the metal block, is maintained at the specified 
temperature within a tolerance of 1 [deg]C. For 
the appropriate test temperature, see paragraph 5.(h) of this appendix. 
Correct this temperature for the difference in barometric pressure from 
the standard atmospheric pressure (101.3 kPa) by raising the test 
temperature for a higher pressure or lowering the test temperature for a 
lower pressure by 1.0 [deg]C for each 4 kPa difference. Ensure that the 
top of the metal block is exactly horizontal. Use the gauge to check 
that the jet is 2.2 mm above the top of the well when in the test 
position.
    (c) Light the butane test fuel with the jet away from the test 
position (i.e. in the ``off'' position, away from the well). Adjust the 
size of the flame so that it is 8 mm to 9 mm high and approximately 5 mm 
wide.
    (d) Using the syringe, take from the sample container at least 2 mL 
of the sample and rapidly transfer a test portion of 2 mL 0.1 mL to the well of the combustibility tester and 
immediately start the timing device.
    (e) After a heating time of 60 seconds (s), by which time the test 
portion is deemed to have reached its equilibrium temperature, and if 
the test fluid has not ignited, swing the test flame into the test 
position over the edge of the pool of liquid. Maintain it in this 
position for 15 s and then return it to the ``off'' position while 
observing the behavior of the test portion. The test flame must remain 
lighted throughout the test.
    (f) For each test observe and record:
    (i) whether there is ignition and sustained combustion or flashing, 
or neither, of the test portion before the test flame is moved into the 
test position;
    (ii) whether the test portion ignites while the test flame is in the 
test position, and, if so, how long combustion is sustained after

[[Page 801]]

the test flame is returned to the ``off'' position.
    (g) If sustained combustion interpreted in accordance with paragraph 
6. of this appendix is not found, repeat the complete procedure with new 
test portions, but with a heating time of 30 s.
    (h) If sustained combustion interpreted in accordance with paragraph 
6. of this appendix is not found at a test temperature of 60 [deg]C (140 
[deg]F), repeat the complete procedure with new test portions, but at a 
test temperature of 75 [deg]C (167 [deg]F). In the case of a material 
which has a flash point above 60 [deg]C (140 [deg]F) and below 93 [deg]C 
(200 [deg]F), if sustained combustion interpreted in accordance with 
paragraph 6. of this appendix is not found at a test temperature of 5 
[deg]C (9 [deg]F) above its flash point, repeat the complete procedure 
with new test portions, but at a test temperature of 20 [deg]C (36 
[deg]F) above its flash point.

                    6. Interpretation of observations

    The material must be assessed either as not sustaining combustion or 
as sustaining combustion. Sustained combustion must be reported at 
either of the heating times if one of the following occurs with either 
of the test portions:
    (a) When the test flame is in the ``off'' position, the test portion 
ignites and sustains combustion;
    (b) The test portion ignites while the test flame is in the test 
position for 15 s, and sustains combustion for more than 15 s after the 
test flame has been returned to the ``off'' position.

    Note to paragraph 6 of this appendix: Intermittent flashing may not 
be interpreted as sustained combustion. Normally, at the end of 15 s, 
the combustion has either clearly ceased or continues. In cases of 
doubt, the material must be deemed to sustain combustion.

[Amdt. 173-241, 59 FR 67517, Dec. 29, 1994, as amended by Amdt. 173-255, 
61 FR 50627, Sept. 26, 1996; 66 FR 45381, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 75747, 
Dec. 31, 2003; 69 FR 76179, Dec. 20, 2004; 71 FR 78634, Dec. 29, 2006]



PART 174_CARRIAGE BY RAIL--Table of Contents



                     Subpart A_General Requirements

Sec.
174.1 Purpose and scope.
174.2 Limitation on actions by states, local governments, and Indian 
          tribes.
174.3 Unacceptable hazardous materials shipments.
174.5 Carrier's materials and supplies.
174.9 Safety and security inspection and acceptance.
174.14 Movements to be expedited.
174.16 Removal and disposition of hazardous materials at destination.
174.20 Local or carrier restrictions.

                Subpart B_General Operating Requirements

174.24 Shipping papers.
174.26 Notice to train crews.
174.50 Nonconforming or leaking packages.

           Subpart C_General Handling and Loading Requirements

174.55 General requirements.
174.57 Cleaning cars.
174.59 Marking and placarding of rail cars.
174.61 Transport vehicles and freight containers on flat cars.
174.63 Portable tanks, IM portable tanks, IBCs, Large Packagings, cargo 
          tanks, and multi-unit tank car tanks.
174.67 Tank car unloading.
174.81 Segregation of hazardous materials.

   Subpart D_Handling of Placarded Rail Cars, Transport Vehicles and 
                           Freight Containers

174.82 General requirements for the handling of placarded rail cars, 
          transport vehicles, freight containers, and bulk packages.
174.83 Switching placarded rail cars, transport vehicles, freight 
          containers, and bulk packagings.
174.84 Position in train of loaded placarded rail cars, transport 
          vehicles, freight containers or bulk packagings when 
          accompanied by guards or technical escorts.
174.85 Position in train of placarded cars, transport vehicles, freight 
          containers, and bulk packagings.
174.86 Maximum allowable operating speed.

                 Subpart E_Class I (Explosive) Materials

174.101 Loading Class 1 (explosive) materials.
174.102 Forbidden mixed loading and storage.
174.103 Disposition of damaged or astray shipments.
174.104 Division 1.1 or 1.2 (explosive) materials; car selection, 
          preparation, inspection, and certification.
174.105 Routing shipments, Division 1.1 or 1.2 (explosive) materials.
174.106 ``Order-Notify'' or ``C.O.D.'' shipments, Division 1.1 or 1.2 
          (explosive) materials.
174.110 Car magazine.
174.112 Loading Division 1.3 and Division 1.2 (explosive) materials 
          (Also see Sec.174.101).
174.114 Record to be made of change of seals on ``Cars loaded with 
          Division 1.1 or 1.2 (explosive) materials''.

[[Page 802]]

174.115 Loading Division 1.4 (explosive) materials.

      Subpart F_Detailed Requirements for Class 2 (Gases) Materials

174.200 Special handling requirements.
174.201 Class 2 (gases) material cylinders.
174.204 Tank car delivery of gases, including cryogenic liquids.
174.290 Materials extremely poisonous by inhalation shipped by, for, or 
          to the Department of Defense.

Subpart G_Detailed Requirements for Class 3 (Flammable Liquid) Materials

174.300 Special handling requirements.
174.304 Class 3 (flammable liquid) materials in tank cars.
174.310 Requirements for the operation of high-hazard flammable trains.
174.312 HHFT information sharing notification for emergency response 
          planning.

Subparts H-I [Reserved]

 Subpart J_Detailed Requirements for Division 6.1 (Poisonous) Materials

174.600 Special handling requirements for materials extremely poisonous 
          by inhalation.
174.615 Cleaning cars.
174.680 Division 6.1 (poisonous) materials with foodstuffs.

   Subpart K_Detailed Requirements for Class 7 (Radioactive) Materials

174.700 Special handling requirements for Class 7 (radioactive) 
          materials.
174.715 Cleanliness of transport vehicles after use.
174.750 Incidents involving leakage.

    Authority: 49 U.S.C. 5101-5128; 33 U.S.C. 1321; 49 CFR 1.81 and 
1.97.



                     Subpart A_General Requirements



Sec.174.1  Purpose and scope.

    This part prescribes requirements in addition to those contained in 
parts 171, 172, 173, and 179 of this subchapter, to be observed with 
respect to the transportation of hazardous materials in or on rail cars.

[Amdt. 174-26, 41 FR 16092, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 174-26A, 
41 FR 40685, Sept. 20, 1976; Amdt. 174-74, 58 FR 51533, Oct. 1, 1993]



Sec.174.2  Limitation on actions by states, local governments, 
and Indian tribes.

    Sections 5125 and 20106 of Title 49, United States Code, limit the 
authority of states, political subdivisions of states, and Indian tribes 
to impose requirements on the transportation of hazardous materials in 
commerce. A state, local, or Indian tribe requirement on the 
transportation of hazardous materials by rail may be preempted under 
either 49 U.S.C. 5125 or 20106, or both.
    (a) Section 171.1(f) of this subchapter describes the circumstances 
under which 49 U.S.C. 5125 preempts a requirement of a state, political 
subdivision of a state, or Indian tribe.
    (b) Under the Federal Railroad Safety Act (49 U.S.C. 20106), 
administered by the Federal Railroad Administration (see 49 CFR parts 
200 through 244), laws, regulations and orders related to railroad 
safety, including security, shall be nationally uniform to the extent 
practicable. A state may adopt, or continue in force, a law, regulation, 
or order covering the same subject matter as a DOT regulation or order 
applicable to railroad safety and security (including the requirements 
in this subpart) only when an additional or more stringent state law, 
regulation, or order is necessary to eliminate or reduce an essentially 
local safety or security hazard; is not incompatible with a law, 
regulation, or order of the United States Government; and does not 
unreasonably burden interstate commerce.

[74 FR 1801, Jan. 13, 2009]



Sec.174.3  Unacceptable hazardous materials shipments.

    No person may accept for transportation or transport by rail any 
shipment of hazardous material that is not in conformance with the 
requirements of this subchapter.

[Amdt. 174-83, 61 FR 28677, June 5, 1996]



Sec.174.5  Carrier's materials and supplies.

    This subchapter applies to the transportation of a carrier's 
materials and supplies moving by rail, except that

[[Page 803]]

the shipper's certification is not required when these materials and 
supplies are being transported by the carrier who owns them. The 
requirements of this subchapter do not apply to railway torpedoes or 
fusees when carried in engines or rail cars. Railway torpedoes must be 
in closed metal boxes when not in use.

[Amdt. 174-26B, 41 FR 57071, Dec. 30, 1976]



Sec.174.9  Safety and security inspection and acceptance.

    (a) At each location where a hazardous material is accepted for 
transportation or placed in a train, the carrier must inspect each rail 
car containing the hazardous material, at ground level, for required 
markings, labels, placards, securement of closures, and leakage. These 
inspections may be performed in conjunction with inspections required 
under parts 215 and 232 of this title.
    (b) For each rail car containing an amount of hazardous material 
requiring placarding in accordance with Sec.172.504 of this 
subchapter, the carrier must visually inspect the rail car at ground 
level for signs of tampering, including closures and seals, for 
suspicious items or items that do not belong, and for other signs that 
the security of the car may have been compromised, including the 
presence of an improvised explosive device. As used in this section, an 
improvised explosive device is a device fabricated in an improvised 
manner incorporating explosives or destructive, lethal, noxious, 
pyrotechnic, or incendiary chemicals in its design, and generally 
includes a power supply, a switch or timer, and a detonator or 
initiator. The carrier should be particularly attentive to signs that 
security may have been compromised on rail cars transporting materials 
covered by Sec.172.820 of this subchapter, rail carload quantities of 
ammonium nitrate or ammonium nitrate mixtures in solid form, or 
hazardous materials of interest based on current threat information.
    (c) If a rail car does not conform to the safety and security 
requirements of this subchapter, the carrier may not forward or 
transport the rail car until the deficiencies are corrected or the car 
is approved for movement in accordance with Sec.174.50.
    (d) Where an indication of tampering or suspicious item is found, a 
carrier must take appropriate action to ensure the security of the rail 
car and its contents have not been compromised before accepting the rail 
car for further movement. If the carrier determines that the security of 
the rail car has been compromised, the carrier must take action, in 
conformance with its existing security plan (see subpart I of part 172 
of this subchapter) to address the security issues before forwarding the 
rail car for further movement.

[73 FR 20773, Apr. 16, 2008]



Sec.174.14  Movements to be expedited.

    (a) A carrier must forward each shipment of hazardous materials 
promptly and within 48 hours (Saturdays, Sundays, and holidays 
excluded), after acceptance at the originating point or receipt at any 
yard, transfer station, or interchange point, except that where biweekly 
or weekly service only is performed, a shipment of hazardous materials 
must be forwarded on the first available train.
    (b) A tank car loaded with any Division 2.1 (flammable gas), 
Division 2.3 (poisonous gas) or Class 3 (flammable liquid) material, may 
not be received and held at any point, subject to forwarding orders, so 
as to defeat the purpose of this section or of Sec.174.204 of this 
subchapter.

[Amdt. 174-26, 41 FR 16092, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 174-68, 
55 FR 52677, Dec. 21, 1990]



Sec.174.16  Removal and disposition of hazardous materials 
at destination.

    (a) Delivery at non-agency stations. A shipment of Class 1 
(explosive) materials may not be unloaded at non-agency stations unless 
the consignee is there to receive it or unless properly locked and 
secure storage facilities are provided at that point for its protection. 
If delivery cannot be so made, the shipment must be taken to next or 
nearest agency station for delivery.
    (b) Delivery at agency stations. A carrier shall require the 
consignee of each

[[Page 804]]

shipment of hazardous materials to remove the shipment from carrier's 
property within 48 hours (exclusive of Saturdays, Sundays, and holidays) 
after notice of arrival has been sent or given. If not so removed, the 
carrier shall immediately dispose of the shipments as follows:
    (1) Division 1.1 or 1.2 (explosive) materials: If safe storage is 
available, by storage at the owner's expense; if safe storage is not 
available, by return to the shipper, sale, or destruction under 
supervision of a competent person; or if safety requires, by destruction 
under supervision of a competent person.
    (2) Hazardous materials, except Division 1.1 or 1.2 (explosive) 
materials, in carload shipments: By storage on the carrier's property; 
by storage on other than the carrier's property, if safe storage on the 
carrier's property is not available; or by sale at expiration of 15 
calendar days after notice of arrival has been sent or given to the 
consignee, provided the consignor has been notified of the non-delivery 
at the expiration of a 48-hour period and orders for disposition have 
not been received.
    (3) Hazardous materials, except Division 1.1 or 1.2 (Class A 
explosive) materials, in less-than-carload shipments: By return to the 
shipper if notice of non-delivery was requested and given the consignor 
as prescribed by the carrier's tariff, and orders for return to shipper 
have been received; by storage on the carrier's property; by storage on 
other than the carrier's property, if safe storage on carrier's property 
is not available; or by sale at expiration of 15 calendar days after 
notice of arrival has been sent or given to the consignee, provided the 
consignor has been notified of non-delivery at expiration of a 48-hour 
period and orders for disposition have not been received.

[Amdt. 174-26, 41 FR 16092, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 174-68, 
55 FR 52677, Dec. 21, 1990; 66 FR 45383, Aug. 28, 2001]



Sec.174.20  Local or carrier restrictions.

    (a) When local conditions make the acceptance, transportation, or 
delivery of hazardous materials unusually hazardous, local restrictions 
may be imposed by the carrier.
    (b) Each carrier must report to the Bureau of Explosives for 
publication the full information as to any restrictions which it imposes 
against the acceptance, delivery, or transportation of hazardous 
materials, over any portion of its lines under this section.

[Amdt. 174-26, 41 FR 16092, Apr. 15, 1976]



                Subpart B_General Operating Requirements



Sec.174.24  Shipping papers.

    (a) A person may not accept a hazardous material for transportation 
or transport a hazardous material by rail unless that person receives a 
shipping paper prepared in accordance with part 172 of this subchapter, 
unless the material is excepted from shipping paper requirements under 
this subchapter. Only an initial carrier within the United States must 
receive and retain a copy of the shipper's certification as required by 
Sec.172.204 of this subchapter. This section does not apply to a 
material that is excepted from shipping paper requirements by this 
subchapter.
    (b) Each person receiving a shipping paper required by this section 
must retain a copy or an electronic image thereof, that is accessible at 
or through its principal place of business and must make the shipping 
paper available, upon request, to an authorized official of a Federal, 
State, or local government agency at reasonable times and locations. For 
a hazardous waste, each shipping paper copy must be retained for three 
years after the material is accepted by the initial carrier. For all 
other hazardous materials, each shipping paper copy must be retained for 
one year after the material is accepted by the initial carrier. Each 
shipping paper copy must include the date of acceptance by the initial 
carrier. The date on the shipping paper may be the date a shipper 
notifies the rail carrier that a shipment is ready for transportation, 
as indicated on the waybill or bill of lading, as an alternative to the 
date the shipment is picked up, or accepted, by the carrier.

[67 FR 46128, July 12, 2002, as amended at 67 FR 66574, Nov. 1, 2002; 70 
FR 73165, Dec. 9, 2005]

[[Page 805]]



Sec.174.26  Notice to train crews.

    (a) The train crew must have a document that reflects the current 
position in the train of each rail car containing a hazardous material. 
The train crew must update the document to indicate changes in the 
placement of a rail car within the train. For example, the train crew 
may update the document by handwriting on it or by appending or 
attaching another document to it.
    (b) A member of the crew of a train transporting a hazardous 
material must have a copy of a document for the hazardous material being 
transported showing the information required by part 172 of this 
subchapter, including the requirements in Sec.172.604(b) applicable to 
emergency response information.

[Amdt. 174-84, 62 FR 1236, Jan. 8, 1997, as amended at 74 FR 53423, Oct. 
19, 2009]



Sec.174.50  Nonconforming or leaking packages.

    A leaking non-bulk package may not be forwarded until repaired, 
reconditioned, or overpacked in accordance with Sec.173.3 of this 
subchapter. Except as otherwise provided in this section, a bulk 
packaging that no longer conforms to this subchapter may not be 
forwarded by rail unless repaired or approved for movement by the 
Associate Administrator for Safety, Federal Railroad Administration. 
Notification and approval must be in writing, or through telephonic or 
electronic means, with subsequent written confirmation provided within 
two weeks. For the applicable address and telephone number, see Sec.
107.117(d)(4) of this chapter. A leaking bulk package containing a 
hazardous material may be moved without repair or approval only so far 
as necessary to reduce or to eliminate an immediate threat or harm to 
human health or to the environment when it is determined its movement 
would provide greater safety than allowing the package to remain in 
place. In the case of a liquid leak, measures must be taken to prevent 
the spread of liquid.

[65 FR 50462, Aug. 18, 2000]



           Subpart C_General Handling and Loading Requirements



Sec.174.55  General requirements.

    (a) Each package containing a hazardous material being transported 
by rail in a freight container or transport vehicle must be loaded so 
that it cannot fall or slide and must be safeguarded in such a manner 
that other freight cannot fall onto or slide into it under conditions 
normally incident to transportation. When this protection cannot be 
provided by using other freight, it must be provided by blocking and 
bracing. For examples of blocking and bracing in freight containers and 
transport vehicles, see Bureau of Explosives Pamphlet No. 6 and the 
Intermodal Loading Guide for Products in Closed Trailers and Containers 
(IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this subchapter).
    (b) Each package containing a hazardous material bearing package 
orientation markings prescribed in Sec.172.312 of this subchapter must 
be loaded within a transport vehicle or freight container to remain in 
the correct position indicated by those markings during transportation.
    (c) The doors of a freight container or transport vehicle may not be 
used to secure a load that includes a package containing a hazardous 
material unless the doors meet the design strength requirements of 
Specification M-930 (for freight containers) and M-931 (for trailers) in 
the AAR's specification for ``Specially Equipped Freight Car and 
Intermodal Equipment'' (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this subchapter) and the 
load is also within the limits of the design strength requirements for 
the doors.

[Amdt. 174-83, 61 FR 28677, June 5, 1996, as amended at 68 FR 75747, 
Dec. 31, 2003; 76 FR 43530, July 20, 2011]



Sec.174.57  Cleaning cars.

    All hazardous material which has leaked from a package in any rail 
car or on other railroad property must be carefully removed.



Sec.174.59  Marking and placarding of rail cars.

    No person may transport a rail car carrying hazardous materials 
unless it is marked and placarded as required by

[[Page 806]]

this subchapter. Placards and car certificates lost in transit must be 
replaced at the next inspection point, and those not required must be 
removed at the next terminal where the train is classified. For Canadian 
shipments, required placards lost in transit, must be replaced either by 
those required by part 172 of this subchapter or by those authorized 
under Sec.171.12.

[74 FR 53189, Oct. 16, 2009]



Sec.174.61  Transport vehicles and freight containers on flat cars.

    (a) A transport vehicle, freight container, or package containing a 
hazardous material must be designed and loaded so that it will not 
become damaged to an extent that would affect its integrity under 
conditions normally incident to transportation. Each unit must be 
secured on a flatcar so that it cannot permanently change position 
during transit. Packages of hazardous materials contained therein must 
be loaded and braced as provided by Sec. Sec.174.101, 174.112, 174.115 
and 174.55. Placards must be applied when prescribed by part 172 of this 
subchapter and part 174.
    (b) Except as specified in Sec.173.21, a truck body, trailer, or 
freight container equipped with heating or refrigerating equipment which 
has fuel or any article classed as a hazardous material may be loaded 
and transported on a flat car as part of a joint rail highway movement. 
The heating or refrigerating equipment is considered to be a part of the 
truck body or trailer and is not subject to any other requirements of 
this subchapter. The truck body, trailer, or freight container must be 
secured on the flatcar so that it cannot change position during transit.

[Amdt. 174-26, 41 FR 16092, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 174-26A, 
41 FR 40685, Sept. 20, 1976; Amdt. 174-38, 45 FR 32698, May 19, 1980; 
Amdt. 174-39, 45 FR 81572, Dec. 11, 1980; Amdt. 174-59, 51 FR 5974, Feb. 
18, 1986; Amdt. 174-68, 57 FR 45464, Oct. 1, 1992; Amdt. 174-79, 59 FR 
64744, Dec. 15, 1994]



Sec.174.63  Portable tanks, IM portable tanks, IBCs, Large Packagings,
cargo tanks, and multi-unit tank car tanks.

    (a) A carrier may not transport a bulk packaging (e.g., portable 
tank, IM portable tank, IBC, Large Packaging, cargo tank, or multi-unit 
tank car tank) containing a hazardous material in container-on-flatcar 
(COFC) or trailer-on-flatcar (TOFC) service except as authorized by this 
section or unless approved for transportation by the Associate 
Administrator for Safety, FRA.
    (b) A bulk packaging containing a hazardous material (including IM 
101 and IM 102 when appropriate according to dimensions and weight 
distribution) may be transported inside a fully closed transport vehicle 
or fully closed freight container provided it is properly secured with a 
restraint system that will prevent it from changing position, sliding 
into other packages, or contacting the side or end walls (including 
doors) under conditions normally incident to transportation.
    (c) When not transported in conformance with and subject to 
paragraph (b) of this section, a bulk packaging may be transported in 
COFC service or TOFC service subject to the following conditions as 
applicable:
    (1) The bulk packaging contains a material packaged in accordance 
with Sec.173.240, Sec.173.241, Sec.173.242, or Sec.173.243 of 
this subchapter;
    (2) The tank and flatcar must comply with the applicable 
requirements of the HMR concerning their specification.
    (3) For TOFC service, the trailer chassis conforms to requirements 
in paragraphs 3, 4, 5, and 6 of AAR Specification M-943, ``Container 
Chassis For TOFC Service'' of the AAR specification for ``Specially 
Equipped Freight Car and Intermodal Equipment'' (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of 
this subchapter);
    (4) For COFC service, the container support and securement systems 
conform to requirements in Specification M-952, ``Intermodal Container 
Support and Securement Systems for Freight Cars'', of the AAR 
specification for ``Specially Equipped Freight Car and Intermodal 
Equipment'' (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this subchapter);
    (5) If transported in a well car--
    (i) The tank is not in a double-stacked configuration (i.e., no 
freight container or portable tank is placed above or below the tank); 
and
    (ii) The tank is transported in the well with its outlet valve 
facing outward towards the end of the well and

[[Page 807]]

away from any adjacent tank or container; and
    (6) All securement fittings shall be fully engaged and in the locked 
position, provided; however, if the tank is transported in a well car, 
it must be loaded into a well appropriate for the length of the 
container and any void filling device present must be secured in its 
designed appropriate position.
    (d) An approval in effect on February 28, 1991 for the 
transportation of portable tanks or IM portable tanks in TOFC or COFC 
service expires on the date stated in the approval letter or June 15, 
1995, whichever is later.
    (e) A carrier may not transport a cargo tank or multi-unit tank car 
tank containing a hazardous material in TOFC or COFC service unless 
approved for such service by the Associate Administrator for Safety, 
FRA. However, in the event of an accident or incident, no such approval 
is necessary for the transportation of a cargo tank containing a 
hazardous material in TOFC service under the following condition(s):
    (1) There is an emergency need for the cargo tank in order to 
mitigate the consequences of an incident; and
    (2) Movement of the cargo tank is limited to transportation 
necessary for emergency purposes.

[Amdt. 174-79, 59 FR 64744, Dec. 15, 1994, as amended by 66 FR 45383, 
Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 75747, Dec. 31, 2003; 75 FR 5395, Feb. 2, 2010; 77 
FR 37985, June 25, 2012]



Sec.174.67  Tank car unloading.

    For transloading operations, the following rules must be observed:
    (a) General requirements. (1) Unloading operations must be performed 
by hazmat employees properly instructed in unloading hazardous materials 
and made responsible for compliance with this section.
    (2) Each hazmat employee who is responsible for unloading must apply 
the handbrake and block at least one wheel to prevent movement in any 
direction. If multiple tank cars are coupled together, sufficient hand 
brakes must be set and wheels blocked to prevent movement in both 
directions.
    (3) Each hazmat employee who is responsible for unloading must 
secure access to the track to prevent entry by other rail equipment, 
including motorized service vehicles. This requirement may be satisfied 
by lining each switch providing access to the unloading area against 
movement and securing each switch with an effective locking device, or 
by using derails, portable bumper blocks, or other equipment that 
provides and equivalent level of safety.
    (4) Each hazmat employee who is responsible for unloading must 
display caution signs on the track or on the tank cars to warn persons 
approaching the cars from the open end of the track and must be left up 
until after all closures are secured and the cars are in proper 
condition for transportation. The caution signs must be of metal or 
other durable material, rectangular, at 30.48 cm (12 inches) high by 
38.10 cm (15 inches) wide, and bear the word ``STOP.'' The word ``STOP'' 
must appear in letters at least 10.16 cm (4 inches) high. The letters 
must be white on a blue background. Additional words, such as ``Tank Car 
Connected'' or ``Crew at Work,'' may also appear in white letters under 
the word ``STOP.''
    (5) The transloading facility operator must maintain written safety 
procedures (such as those it may already be required to maintain 
pursuant to the Department of Labor's Occupational Safety and Health 
Administration requirements in 29 CFR 1910.119 and 1910.120) in a 
location where they are immediately available to hazmat employees 
responsible for the transloading operation.
    (6) Before a manhole cover or outlet valve cap is removed from a 
tank car, the car must be relieved of all interior pressure by cooling 
the tank with water or by venting the tank by raising the safety valve 
or opening the dome vent at short intervals. However, if venting to 
relieve pressure will cause a dangerous amount of vapor to collect 
outside the car, venting and unloading must be deferred until the 
pressure is reduced by allowing the car to stand overnight, otherwise 
cooling the contents, or venting to a closed collection system. These 
precautions are not necessary when the car is equipped with a manhole 
cover which hinges inward or with an inner manhole cover which does not 
have to be removed to unload the car, and when pressure is relieved

[[Page 808]]

by piping vapor into a condenser or storage tank.
    (b) After the pressure is released, for unloading processes that 
require the removal of the manhole cover, the seal must be broken and 
the manhole cover removed as follows:
    (1) Screw type. The cover must be loosened by placing a bar between 
the manhole cover lug and knob. After two complete turns, so that the 
vent openings are exposed, the operation must be stopped, and if there 
is any sound of escaping vapor, the cover must be screwed down tightly 
and the interior pressure relieved as prescribed in paragraph (a)(6) of 
this section, before again attempting to remove the cover.
    (2) Hinged and bolted type. All nuts must be unscrewed one complete 
turn, after which same precautions as prescribed for screw type cover 
must be observed.
    (3) Interior type. All dirt and cinders must be carefully removed 
from around the cover before the yoke is unscrewed.
    (c) When the car is unloaded through a bottom outlet valve, for 
unloading processes that require the removal of the manhole cover, the 
manhole cover must be adjusted as follows:
    (1) Screw type. The cover must be put in place, but not entirely 
screwed down, so that air may enter the tank through the vent holes in 
threaded flange of the cover.
    (2) Hinged and bolted type. A non-metallic block must be placed 
under one edge of the cover.
    (3) Interior type. The screw must be tightened up in the yoke so 
that the cover is brought up within one-half inch of the closed 
position.
    (d) When unloading through the bottom outlet of a car equipped with 
an interior manhole type cover, and in each case where unloading is done 
through the manhole (unless a special cover with a safety vent opening 
and a tight connection for the discharge outlet is used), the manhole 
must be protected by asbestos or metal covers against the entrance of 
sparks or other sources of ignition of vapor, or by being covered and 
surrounded with wet burlap or similar cloth material. The burlap or 
other cloth must be kept damp by the replacement or the application of 
water as needed.
    (e) Seals or other substances must not be thrown into the tank and 
the contents may not be spilled over the car or tank.
    (f) The valve rod handle or control in the dome must be operated 
several times to see that outlet valve in bottom of tank is on its seat 
before valve cap is removed.
    (g) The valve cap, or the reducer when a large outlet is to be used, 
must be removed with a suitable wrench after the set screws are loosened 
and a pail must be placed in position to catch any liquid that may be in 
the outlet chamber. If the valve cap or reducer does not unscrew easily, 
it may be tapped lightly with a mallet or wooden block in an upward 
direction. If leakage shows upon starting the removal, the cap or 
reducer may not be entirely unscrewed. Sufficient threads must be left 
engaged and sufficient time allowed to permit the controlled escape of 
any accumulation of liquid in the outlet chamber. If the leakage stops 
or the rate of leakage diminishes materially, the cap or reducer may be 
entirely removed. If the initial rate of leakage continues, further 
efforts must be made to seat the outlet valve (see paragraph (f) of this 
section). If this fails, the cap or reducer must be screwed up tight and 
the tank must be unloaded through the dome. If upon removal of the 
outlet cap the outlet chamber is found to be blocked with frozen liquid 
or any other matter, the cap must be replaced immediately and a careful 
examination must be made to determine whether the outlet casting has 
been cracked. If the obstruction is not frozen liquid, the car must be 
unloaded through the dome. If the obstruction is frozen liquid and no 
crack has been found in the outlet casting, the car may, if 
circumstances require it, be unloaded from the bottom by removing the 
cap and attaching unloading connections immediately. Before opening the 
valve inside the tank car with a frozen liquid blockage:
    (1) Steam must be applied to the outside of the outlet casting or 
the outlet casting must be wrapped with burlap or other rags and hot 
water applied to the wrapped casting to melt the frozen liquid; or

[[Page 809]]

    (2) For combustible liquid or Class 3 liquid petroleum distillate 
fuels, the blockage may be cleared by attaching a fitting to the outlet 
line and applying nitrogen at a pressure not to exceed 100 psig.
    (h) Unloading connections must be securely attached to unloading 
pipes on the dome or to the bottom discharge outlets before any 
discharge valves are opened.
    (i) Throughout the entire period of unloading and while a tank car 
has unloading equipment attached, the facility operator must assure that 
the tank car is:
    (1) Attended by a designated hazmat employee who is physically 
present and who has an unobstructed view of the unloading operation; or
    (2) Monitored by a signaling system (e.g., video system, sensing 
equipment, or mechanical equipment) that is observed by a designated 
hazmat employee located either in the immediate area of the tank car or 
at a remote location within the facility, such as a control room. The 
signaling system must--
    (i) Provide a level of surveillance equivalent to that provided in 
subparagraph (1) of this paragraph (i); and
    (ii) Provide immediate notification to a designated hazmat employee 
of any system malfunction or other emergency so that, if warranted, 
responsive actions may be initiated immediately.
    (j) Attendance is not required when piping is attached to a top 
outlet of a tank car, equipped with a protective housing required under 
Sec.179.100-12 of this subchapter, for discharge of lading under the 
following conditions:
    (1) All valves are tightly closed.
    (2) The piping is not connected to hose or other unloading equipment 
and is fitted with a cap or plug of appropriate material and 
construction.
    (3) The piping extends no more than 15.24 centimeters (6 inches) 
from the outer edge of the protective housing.
    (k) In the absence of the unloader, a tank car may stand with 
unloading connections attached when no product is being transferred 
under the following conditions:
    (1) The facility operator must designate a hazmat employee 
responsible for on-site monitoring of the transfer facility. The 
designated hazmat employee must be made familiar with the nature and 
properties of the product contained in the tank car; procedures to be 
followed in the event of an emergency; and, in the event of an 
emergency, have the ability and authority to take responsible actions.
    (2) When a signaling system is used in accordance with paragraph (i) 
of this section, the system must be capable of alerting the designated 
hazmat employee in the event of an emergency and providing immediate 
notification of any monitoring system malfunction. If the monitoring 
system does not have self-monitoring capability, the designated hazmat 
employee must check the monitoring system hourly for proper operation.
    (3) The tank car and facility shutoff valves must be secured in the 
closed position.
    (4) Brakes must be set and wheels locked in accordance with 
paragraph (a)(2) of this section.
    (5) Access to the track must be secured in accordance with paragraph 
(a)(3) of this section.
    (l) As soon as a tank car is completely unloaded, all valves must be 
made tight by the use of a bar, wrench or other suitable tool, the 
unloading connections must be removed and all other closures made tight.
    (m) Railroad defect cards may not be removed.
    (n) If oil or gasoline has been spilled on the ground around 
connections, it must be covered with fresh, dry sand or dirt.
    (o) All tools and implements used in connection with unloading must 
be kept free of oil, dirt, and grit.

[Amdt. 174-26, 41 FR 16092, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 174-26A, 
41 FR 40685, Sept. 20, 1976; Amdt. 174-43, 48 FR 27699, June 16, 1983; 
Amdt. 174-68, 55 FR 52678, Dec. 21, 1990; 56 FR 66280, Dec. 20, 1991; 
Amdt. 174-81, 60 FR 49111, Sept. 21, 1995; Amdt. 174-83, 61 FR 28678, 
June 5, 1996; 68 FR 61941, Oct. 30, 2003; 70 FR 20034, Apr. 15, 2005; 72 
FR 55693, Oct. 1, 2007; 76 FR 43530, July 20, 2011; 81 FR 3682, Jan. 21, 
2016]



Sec.174.81  Segregation of hazardous materials.

    (a) This section applies to materials which meet one or more of the 
hazard classes defined in this subchapter and

[[Page 810]]

are in packages which are required to be labeled or placarded under the 
provisions of part 172 of this subchapter.
    (b) When a rail car is to be transported by vessel, other than a 
ferry vessel, hazardous materials on or within that rail car must be 
stowed and segregated in accordance with Sec.176.83(b) of this 
subchapter.
    (c) Except as provided in Sec.173.12(e) of this subchapter, 
cyanides, cyanide mixtures or solutions may not be stored, loaded and 
transported with acids; Division 4.2 materials may not be stored, loaded 
and transported with Class 8 liquids; and Division 6.1 Packing Group I, 
Hazard Zone A material may not be stored, loaded and transported with 
Class 3 material, Class 8 liquids, and Division 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 5.1 or 
5.2 material.
    (d) Except as otherwise provided in this subchapter, hazardous 
materials must be stored, loaded or transported in accordance with the 
following table and other provisions of this section:

[[Page 811]]



                                                                            Segregation Table for Hazardous Materials
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                                                                        6.1
                                                     1.1,                                             2.3 gas    2.3 gas                                              liquids          8 liquids
       Class or Division                   Notes     1.2    1.3    1.4    1.5    1.6    2.1    2.2     Zone A     Zone B     3     4.1    4.2    4.3    5.1    5.2   PG I Zone    7       only
                                                                                                                                                                         A
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Explosives....................  1.1 and  A          *      *      *      *      *      X      X      X          X          X      X      X      X      X      X      X          X      X
                                    1.2
Explosives....................      1.3  .........  *      *      *      *      *      X      .....  X          X          X      .....  X      X      X      X      X          .....  X
Explosives....................      1.4  .........  *      *      *      *      *      O      .....  O          O          O      .....  O      .....  .....  .....  O          .....  O
Very insensitive explosives...      1.5  A          *      *      *      *      *      X      X      X          X          X      X      X      X      X      X      X          X      X
Extremely insensitive               1.6  .........  *      *      *      *      *
 explosives.
Flammable gases...............      2.1  .........  X      X      O      X      .....  .....  .....  X          O          .....  .....  .....  .....  .....  .....  O          O
Non-toxic, non-flammable gases      2.2  .........  X      .....  .....  X
Poisonous gas Zone A..........      2.3  .........  X      X      O      X      .....  X      .....  .........  .........  X      X      X      X      X      X      .........  .....  X
Poisonous gas Zone B..........      2.3  .........  X      X      O      X      .....  O      .....  .........  .........  O      O      O      O      O      O      .........  .....  O
Flammable liquids.............        3  .........  X      X      O      X      .....  .....  .....  X          O          .....  .....  .....  .....  O      .....  X
Flammable solids..............      4.1  .........  X      .....  .....  X      .....  .....  .....  X          O          .....  .....  .....  .....  .....  .....  X          .....  O
Spontaneously combustible           4.2  .........  X      X      O      X      .....  .....  .....  X          O          .....  .....  .....  .....  .....  .....  X          .....  X
 materials.
Dangerous when wet materials..      4.3  .........  X      X      .....  X      .....  .....  .....  X          O          .....  .....  .....  .....  .....  .....  X          .....  O
Oxidizers.....................      5.1  A          X      X      .....  X      .....  .....  .....  X          O          O      .....  .....  .....  .....  .....  X          .....  O
Organic peroxides.............      5.2  .........  X      X      .....  X      .....  .....  .....  X          O          .....  .....  .....  .....  .....  .....  X          .....  O
Poisonous liquids PG I Zone A.      6.1  .........  X      X      O      X      .....  O      .....  .........  .........  X      X      X      X      X      X      .........  .....  X
Radioactive materials.........        7  .........  X      .....  .....  X      .....  O
Corrosive liquids.............        8  .........  X      X      O      X      .....  .....  .....  X          O          .....  O      X      O      O      O      X          .....  .........
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


[[Page 812]]

    (e) Instructions for using the segregation table for hazardous 
materials in paragraph (d) of this section are as follows:
    (1) The absence of any hazard class or division, or a blank space in 
the table indicates that no restrictions apply.
    (2) The letter ``X'' in the table indicates that these materials may 
not be loaded, transported, or stored together in the same rail car or 
storage facility during the course of transportation.
    (3) The letter ``O'' in the table indicates that these materials may 
not be loaded, transported, or stored together in the same rail car or 
storage facility during the course of transportation unless separated in 
a manner that, in the event of leakage from packages under conditions 
normally incident to transportation, commingling of hazardous materials 
would not occur. Notwithstanding the methods of separation employed, 
Class 8 (corrosive) liquids may not be loaded above or adjacent to Class 
4 (flammable) or Class 5 (oxidizing) materials; except that shippers may 
load carload shipments of such materials together when it is known that 
the mixture of contents would not cause a fire or a dangerous evolution 
of heat or gas.
    (4) The ``*'' in the table indicates that segregation among 
different Class 1 (explosive) materials is governed by the compatibility 
table in paragraph (f) of this section.
    (5) The note ``A'' in the second column of the table means that, 
notwithstanding the requirements of the letter ``X'', ammonium nitrate 
fertilizer may be loaded or stored with Division 1.1 (explosive) or 
Division 1.5 materials.
    (6) When the Sec.172.101 table or Sec.172.402 of this subchapter 
requires a package to bear a subsidiary hazard label, segregation 
appropriate to the subsidiary hazard must be applied when that 
segregation is more restrictive than that required by the primary 
hazard. However, hazardous materials of the same class may be loaded and 
transported together without regard to segregation required by any 
secondary hazard if the materials are not capable of reacting 
dangerously with each other and causing combustion or dangerous 
evolution of heat, evolution of flammable, poisonous, or asphyxiant 
gases, or formation of corrosive or unstable materials.
    (f) Class 1 (explosive) materials may not be loaded, transported, or 
stored together, except as provided in this section, and in accordance 
with the following table:

                              Compatibility Table For Class 1 (Explosive) Materials
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
              Compatibility group                 A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    J    K    L    N    S
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A..............................................  ...    X    X    X    X    X    X    X    X    X    X    X    X
B..............................................    X  ...    X    4    X    X    X    X    X    X    X    X  4/5
C..............................................    X    X  ...    2    2    X    6    X    X    X    X    3  4/5
D..............................................    X    4    2  ...    2    X    6    X    X    X    X    3  4/5
E..............................................    X    X    2    2  ...    X    6    X    X    X    X    3  4/5
F..............................................    X    X    X    X    X  ...    X    X    X    X    X    X  4/5
G..............................................    X    X    6    6    6    X  ...    X    X    X    X    X  4/5
H..............................................    X    X    X    X    X    X    X  ...    X    X    X    X  4/5
J..............................................    X    X    X    X    X    X    X    X  ...    X    X    X  4/5
K..............................................    X    X    X    X    X    X    X    X    X  ...    X    X  4/5
L..............................................    X    X    X    X    X    X    X    X    X    X    1    X    X
N..............................................    X    X    3    3    3    X    X    X    X    X    X  ...  4/5
S..............................................    X  4/5  4/5  4/5  4/5  4/5  4/5  4/5  4/5  4/5    X  4/5  ...
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (g) Instructions for using the compatibility table for Class 1 
(explosive) materials in paragraph (f) of this section are as follows:
    (1) A blank space in the table indicates that no restrictions apply.
    (2) The letter ``X'' in the table indicates that explosives of 
different compatibility groups may not be carried on the same rail car, 
unless packed in separate freight containers (e.g., two or more freight 
containers mounted upon the same rail car).
    (3) The numbers in the table mean the following:
    (i) ``1'' means explosives from compatibility group L may only be 
carried

[[Page 813]]

on the same rail car with an identical explosive.
    (ii) ``2'' means any combination of explosives from compatibility 
group C, D, or E is assigned to compatibility group E.
    (iii) ``3'' means any combination of explosives from compatibility 
group C, D, or E with those in compatibility group N is assigned to 
compatibility group D.
    (iv) ``4'' means detonators and detonating primers, Division 1.4S 
(explosives), may not be loaded in the same car with Division 1.1 and 
1.2 (explosive) materials.
    (v) ``5'' means Division 1.4S fireworks may not be loaded in the 
same car with Division 1.1 or 1.2 (explosive) materials.
    (vi) ``6'' means explosive articles in compatibility group G, other 
than fireworks and those requiring special stowage, may be loaded and 
transported with articles of compatibility groups C, D and E, provided 
no explosive substances are carried in the same rail car.
    (h) Except as provided in paragraph (i) of this section, explosives 
of the same compatibility group but of different divisions may be 
transported together provided that the whole shipment is transported as 
though its entire contents were of the lower numerical division (i.e., 
Division 1.1 being lower than Division 1.2). For example, a mixed 
shipment of Division 1.2 (explosive) materials and Division 1.4 
(explosive) materials, compatibility group D, must be transported as 
Division 1.2 (explosive) materials.
    (i) When Division 1.5 materials, compatibility group D are 
transported in the same freight container as Division 1.2 (explosive) 
materials, compatibility group D, the shipment must be transported as 
Division 1.1 (explosive) materials, compatibility group D.

[Amdt. 174-68, 55 FR 52678, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66280, 
Dec. 20, 1991; 57 FR 45464, Oct. 1, 1992; Amdt. 174-68, 57 FR 59310, 
Dec. 15, 1992; Amdt. 174-75, 58 FR 50237, Sept. 24, 1993; Amdt. 174-83, 
61 FR 51339, Oct. 1, 1996; 64 FR 10781, Mar. 5, 1999; 66 FR 45383, Aug. 
28, 2001; 67 FR 15743, Apr. 3, 2002; 70 FR 3310, Jan. 24, 2005; 75 FR 
27215, May 14, 2010]



   Subpart D_Handling of Placarded Rail Cars, Transport Vehicles and 
                           Freight Containers



Sec.174.82  General requirements for the handling of placarded rail
cars, transport vehicles, freight containers, and bulk packages.

    (a) Unless otherwise specified, this subpart does not apply to the 
handling of rail cars, transport vehicles, freight containers, or bulk 
packagings, which contain Division 1.6, combustible liquids, Division 
6.1 PG III materials, Class 9 materials, or ORM-D materials.
    (b) A placarded rail car, transport vehicle, freight container, or 
bulk package may not be transported in a passenger train.

[Amdt. 174-68, 55 FR 52680, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66281, 
Dec. 20, 1991; 57 FR 45464, Oct. 1, 1992; Amdt. 174-74, 58 FR 51533, 
Oct. 1, 1993]



Sec.174.83  Switching placarded rail cars, transport vehicles, freight
containers, and bulk packagings.

    (a) In switching operations where the use of hand brakes is 
necessary--
    (1) It must be determined by trial whether a loaded, placarded car, 
or a car occupied by a rider in a draft containing a placarded car, has 
its hand brakes in proper working condition before it is cut off;
    (2) A loaded, placarded tank car or a draft which includes a loaded 
placarded tank car may not be cut off until the preceding rail car 
clears the ladder track; and
    (3) A loaded, placarded tank car or a draft which includes a loaded 
placarded tank car must clear the ladder track before another rail car 
is allowed to follow.
    (b) Any loaded rail car placarded for a Division 1.1 or Division 1.2 
explosive, a Division 2.3 Hazard Zone A gas or a Division 6.1 PG I 
Hazard Zone A material, or a Class DOT 113 tank car displaying a 
Division 2.1 (flammable gas) placard, including a Class DOT 113 tank car 
containing only a residue of a Division 2.1 material, may not be:
    (1) Cut off while in motion;
    (2) Coupled into with more force than is necessary to complete the 
coupling; or

[[Page 814]]

    (3) Struck by any car moving under its own momentum.
    (c) A placarded flatcar, or a flatcar carrying a placarded transport 
vehicle, freight container, or bulk packaging under this subchapter may 
not be cut off while in motion.
    (d) No rail car moving under its own momentum may be permitted to 
strike any placarded flatcar or any flatcar carrying a placarded 
transport vehicle, freight container, or bulk packaging.
    (e) No placarded flatcar or any flatcar carrying a placarded 
transport vehicle, freight container, or bulk packaging may be coupled 
into with more force than is necessary to complete the coupling.
    (f) When transporting a rail car, transport vehicle, or freight 
container placarded for Division 1.1 or 1.2 (explosive) materials in a 
terminal, yard, or on a side track or siding, the placarded rail car 
must be separated from the engine by at least one non-placarded rail car 
and must be placed in a location so that it will be safe from danger of 
fire. A rail car, transport vehicle, or freight container placarded for 
Division 1.1 or 1.2 (explosive) materials may not be placed under a 
bridge or overhead crossing, or in or alongside a passenger shed or 
station, except during transfer operations.

[Amdt. 174-68, 55 FR 52680, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66281, 
Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 174-75, 58 FR 50237, Sept. 24, 1993; Amdt. 174-77, 
59 FR 48549, Sept. 21, 1994; Amdt. 174-83, 61 FR 51339, Oct. 1, 1996; 66 
FR 45383, Aug. 28, 2001]



Sec.174.84  Position in train of loaded placarded rail cars, transport
vehicles, freight containers or bulk packagings when accompanied by
guards or technical escorts.
          

    A rail car placarded in Division 1.1 or 1.2 (explosive); Division 
2.3 (Hazard Zone A; poisonous gas); or Division 6.1 (PG I, Hazard Zone 
A; poisonous liquid) in a moving or standing train must be next to and 
ahead of any car occupied by the guards or technical escorts 
accompanying the placarded rail car. However, if a rail car occupied by 
the guards or technical escorts has temperature control equipment in 
operation, it must be the fourth car behind any car requiring Division 
1.1 or 1.2 (explosive) placards.

[Amdt. 174-68, 55 FR 52680, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66281, 
Dec. 20, 1991; 66 FR 45383, Aug. 28, 2001]



Sec.174.85  Position in train of placarded cars, transport vehicles,
freight containers, and bulk packagings.

    (a) Except as provided in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, 
the position in a train of each loaded placarded car, transport vehicle, 
freight container, and bulk packaging must conform to the provisions of 
this section.
    (b) A car placarded ``RADIOACTIVE'' must comply with train 
positioning requirements of paragraph (d) of this section and must be 
separated from a locomotive, occupied caboose, or carload of undeveloped 
film by at least one non-placarded car.
    (c) A tank car containing the residue of a hazardous material must 
be separated from a locomotive or occupied caboose by at least one rail 
car other than a placarded tank car.
    (d) Position of rail cars in a train. In the following table:

                      Position in Train of Placarded Cars Transporting Hazardous Materials
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   Placard Group       Placard Group 2          Placard Group 3        Placard
                                         1       --------------------------------------------------    Group 4
           RESTRICTIONS           ---------------                                                  -------------
                                      Rail Car      Tank Car     Rail Car    Tank Car    Rail Car     Rail Car
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. When train length permits,      X              X            ...........  X
 placarded car may not be nearer
 than the sixth car from the
 engine or occupied caboose.
2. When train length does not      X              X            ...........  X
 permit, placarded car must be
 placed near the middle of the
 train, but not nearer than the
 second car from an engine or
 occupied caboose.
3. A placarded car may not be      X              X            ...........  X
 placed next to an open-top car
 when any of the lading in the
 open top car protrudes beyond
 the car ends, or if the lading
 shifted, would protrude beyond
 the car ends..

[[Page 815]]

 
4. A placarded car may not be      X              X            ...........  X
 placed next to a loaded flat
 car, except closed TOFC/COFC
 equipment, auto carriers, and
 other specially equipped cars
 with tie-down devices for
 securing vehicles. Permanent
 bulk head flat cars are
 considered the same as open-top
 cars.
5. A placarded car may not be      X              X            ...........  X
 placed next to any transport
 vehicle or freight container
 having an internal combustion
 engine or an open-flame device
 in operation..
6. Placarded cars may not be
 placed next to each other based
 on the following:
    Placard Group 1..............  .............  X            X            X           X           X
    Placard Group 2..............  X              ...........  ...........  X           X           X
    Placard Group 3..............  X              X            X            ..........  ..........  X
    Placard Group 4..............  X              X            X            X           X
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PLACARD GROUP:
Group 1--Divisions 1.1 and 1.2 (explosive) materials.
Group 2--Divisions 1.3, 1.4, 1.5 (explosive), Class 2 (compressed gas; other than Div 2.3, PG I, Zone A), Class
  3 (flammable liquid), Class 4 (flammable solid), Class 5 (oxidizing), Class 6 (poisonous liquid; other than
  Div 6.1, PG I, Zone A), and Class 8 (corrosive) materials.
Group 3--Divisions 2.3 (Zone A; poisonous gas) and 6.1 (PG I, Zone A; poisonous liquid) materials.
Group 4--Class 7 (radioactive) materials.

    (1) Where an ``X'' appears at the intersection of a Placard Group 
column and a Restriction row, the corresponding restriction applies.
    (2) ``Rail Car'' means a car other than a tank car.
    (3) For purposes of this subpart, each unit of an articulated 
intermodal rail car shall be considered as one car.

[Amdt. 174-68, 55 FR 52680, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 57 FR 45464, 
Oct. 1, 1992; Amdt. 174-83, 61 FR 28678, June 5, 1996; Amdt.174-83, 61 
FR 50255, Sept. 25, 1996; Amdt. 174-83, 61 FR 51339, Oct. 1, 1996; 64 FR 
51919, Sept. 27, 1999; 66 FR 45383, Aug. 28, 2001]



Sec.174.86  Maximum allowable operating speed.

    (a) For molten metals and molten glass shipped in packagings other 
than those prescribed in Sec.173.247 of this subchapter, the maximum 
allowable operating speed may not exceed 24 km/hour (15 mph) for 
shipments by rail.
    (b) For trains transporting any loaded, placarded tank cars 
containing a material poisonous by inhalation, the maximum allowable 
operating speed may not exceed 80.5 km/hour (50 mph) for shipments by 
rail.

[74 FR 1801, Jan. 13, 2009]



                 Subpart E_Class I (Explosive) Materials



Sec.174.101  Loading Class 1 (explosive) materials.

    (a) Boxes containing Division 1.1 or 1.2 (explosive) materials must 
be loaded so that the ends of wooden boxes will not bear against sides 
of any fiberboard boxes and so that the ends of any box will not cause a 
pressure point on a small area of another box.
    (b) Explosive bombs, unfuzed projectiles, rocket ammunition and 
rocket motors, Division 1.1, 1.2, or 1.3 (explosive) materials, which 
are not packed in wooden boxes, or large metal packages of incendiary 
bombs, each weighing 226 kg (500 pounds) or more, may be loaded in stock 
cars or in flat bottom gondola cars only if they are adequately braced. 
Boxed bombs, rocket ammunition and rocket motors, Division 1.1, 1.2, or 
1.3 (explosive) materials, which due to their size cannot be loaded in 
closed cars, may be loaded in open-top cars or on flatcars, provided 
they are protected from the weather and accidental ignition.
    (c) Boxes of Division 1.1 or 1.2 (explosive) materials packed in 
long cartridges, bags, or sift-proof liners, and containing no liquid 
explosive ingredient, may be loaded on their sides or ends.

[[Page 816]]

    (d) Division 1.1 or 1.2 (explosive) materials may not be loaded 
higher than any permanent car lining unless additional lining is 
provided as high as the lading.
    (e) When the lading of a car includes any Class 1 (explosive) 
materials, the weight of the lading must be distributed insofar as 
possible to equalize the weight on each side of the car and over the 
trucks.
    (f) Except when boxed, metal kegs containing Class 1 (explosive) 
materials must be loaded on their sides with their ends toward the ends 
of the car. Packages of Class 1 (explosive) materials may not be placed 
in the space opposite the doors unless the doorways are boarded on the 
inside as high as the lading. This paragraph does not apply to 
palletized packages if they are braced so they cannot fall or slide into 
the doorways during transportation.
    (g) Wooden kegs, fiber kegs, barrels, and drums must be loaded on 
their sides or ends, to best suit the conditions.
    (h) Packages containing any Division 1.1 or 1.2 (explosive) 
materials for (see Sec.174.104), detonators, detonator assemblies, or 
boosters with detonators must be securely blocked and braced to prevent 
the packages from changing position, falling to the floor, or sliding 
into each other, under conditions normally incident to transportation. 
Class 1 (explosive) materials must be loaded so as to avoid transfer at 
stations. For recommended methods of blocking and bracing, see Bureau of 
Explosives Pamphlets No. 6 and 6A. Heavy packages or containers must be 
trucked, rolled, or moved by skids, fork trucks, or other handling 
devices and may not be dropped from trucks, platforms, or cars. Planks 
for rolling trucks from platforms to cars must have beveled ends. 
Loading platforms and the shoes of each workman must be free from grit. 
All possible precautions must be taken against fire. Class 1 (explosive) 
materials must be kept in a safe place and inaccessible to unauthorized 
persons while being held by a carrier for loading or delivery.
    (i) To prevent delays of local freight trains, when there are 
shipments of Class 1 (explosive) materials for different destinations 
loaded in a ``peddler car'' or ``way car'' the shipment for each 
destination must be stayed separately.
    (j) Forwarding and transfer stations for Class 1 (explosive) 
materials must be provided with the necessary materials for staying.
    (k) Shippers must furnish the material for staying packages of Class 
1 (explosive) materials loaded by them.
    (l) Division 1.1 or 1.2 (explosive) materials may not be loaded, 
transported, or stored in a rail car equipped with any type of lighted 
heater or open-flame device, or electric devices having exposed heating 
coils, or in a rail car equipped with any apparatus or mechanism 
utilizing an internal combustion engine in its operation.
    (m) [Reserved]
    (n) A container car or freight container on a flatcar or a gondola 
car other than a drop-bottom car, when properly loaded, blocked, and 
braced to prevent change of position under conditions normally incident 
to transportation, may be used to transport any Division 1.1 or 1.2 
(explosive) material except black powder packed in metal containers. A 
freight container must be designed, constructed, and maintained so as to 
be weather tight and capable of preventing the entrance of sparks. In 
addition:
    (1) A freight container must be of such design and so braced as to 
show no evidence of failure of the container or the bracing when 
subjected to impact from each end of at least 13 km (8.1 miles) per 
hour. Its efficiency shall be determined by actual test, using dummy 
loads equal in weight and general character to material to be shipped.
    (2) A container car or car which is loaded with freight containers 
must be placarded with the Class 1 (explosive) materials placards as 
required by subpart F of part 172 of this subchapter and with properly 
executed car certificates as required by Sec.174.104.
    (3) Lading must be so loaded, blocked, and braced within the freight 
container that it will not change position under impact from each end of 
at least 13 km (8.1 miles) per hour.
    (o) Division 1.1, 1.2, or 1.3 (explosive) materials may be loaded 
and transported in a tight closed truck body or

[[Page 817]]

trailer on a flatcar. Wooden boxed bombs, rocket ammunition, and rocket 
motors, Division 1.1, 1.2, or 1.3 (explosive) materials, which due to 
their size cannot be loaded in tight, closed truck bodies or trailers, 
may be loaded in or on open-top truck bodies or trailers. However, they 
must be protected against accidental ignition. In addition:
    (1) Each truck body or trailer must meet the requirements of part 
177 of this subchapter, applicable to shipments of Class 1 (explosive) 
materials by motor vehicle.
    (2) Each truck body or trailer must be secured on the rail car so 
that it will not permanently change position or show evidence of failure 
or impending failure of the method of securing the truck body or trailer 
under impact from each end of at least 13 km (8.1 miles) per hour. Its 
efficiency must be determined by actual test, using dummy loads equal in 
weight and general character to the material to be shipped. For 
recommended methods of blocking and bracing, see the Intermodal Loading 
Guide for Products in Closed Trailers and Containers (IBR, see Sec.
171.7 of this subchapter).
    (3) Lading must be loaded, blocked, and braced within or on the 
truck body or trailer so that the lading will not change position under 
impact from each end of at least 13 km (8.1 miles) per hour. For 
recommended methods of blocking and bracing, see the Intermodal Loading 
Guide for Products in Closed Trailers and Containers (IBR, see Sec.
171.7 of this subchapter).
    (4) Each rail car containing Class 1 (explosive) materials and each 
rail car loaded with truck bodies, trailers or containers containing 
Class 1 (explosive) materials must be placarded with Class 1 (explosive) 
materials placards as required by subpart F of part 172 of this 
subchapter and with properly executed car certificates as required by 
Sec.174.104.
    (5) Each fuel tank of a heater or refrigerating machinery on the 
truck bodies or trailers must be drained and all automatic heating or 
refrigerating machinery must be made inoperative by disconnection of the 
automatic controls or the source of power for their operations.

[Amdt. 174-26, 41 FR 16092, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 174-26A, 
41 FR 40685, Sept. 20, 1976; Amdt. 174-26B, 41 FR 57071, Dec. 30, 1976; 
Amdt. 174-36, 44 FR 70732, Dec. 10, 1979; Amdt. 174-59, 51 FR 5974, Feb. 
18, 1986; Amdt. 174-68, 55 FR 52681, Dec. 21, 1990; Amdt. 174-83, 61 FR 
51339, Oct. 1, 1996; 66 FR 45383, Aug. 28, 2001; 76 FR 43531, July 20, 
2011]



Sec.174.102  Forbidden mixed loading and storage.

    (a) Division 1.1 or 1.2 (explosive) materials and initiating or 
priming explosives may not be transported together in the same rail car. 
Additionally, they may not be transported or loaded in the same rail car 
or stored on carrier property with charged electric storage batteries or 
with any hazardous material for which a NONFLAMMABLE GAS, FLAMMABLE GAS, 
FLAMMABLE LIQUID, FLAMMABLE SOLID, OXIDIZER, ORGANIC PEROXIDE, 
RADIOACTIVE or CORROSIVE label is required.
    (b) Class 1 (explosive) materials may not be loaded together or with 
other hazardous materials, except as provided in Sec.174.81. See Sec.
174.104 for loading shipments of Class 1 (explosive) materials or any 
other material in a placarded and certified car containing a shipment of 
Division 1.1 or 1.2 (explosive) materials.

[Amdt. 174-26, 41 FR 16092, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 174-68, 
55 FR 52681, Dec. 21, 1990; 66 FR 45383, Aug. 28, 2001]



Sec.174.103  Disposition of damaged or astray shipments.

    (a) Packages of Class 1 (explosive) materials found damaged or 
broken in transit may be repaired when practicable and not dangerous. A 
broken box of Division 1.1 or 1.2 (explosive) materials that cannot be 
repaired must be reinforced by stout wrapping paper and twine, placed in 
another strong box and surrounded by dry, fine sawdust or dry and clean 
cotton waste or elastic wads made from dry newspapers. A ruptured can or 
keg must be sealed and enclosed in a strong cloth bag of good quality 
and boxed. Damaged packages thus protected and properly marked may be 
forwarded. The box and waybill

[[Page 818]]

must be marked to indicate that it has been repacked.
    (b) Care must be exercised in repacking damaged containers so that 
no spark is produced by contact of metal or other hard surfaces which 
could ignite loose particles of explosive compositions that may be 
strewn on car floors or freight. In addition, the car floors must be 
thoroughly swept, and washed with a plentiful supply of water. Iron-
wheel trucks, metal hammers, or other metal tools that may produce 
sparks may not be used. Metal tools must be limited to those made of 
brass, bronze, or copper.
    (c) Each package of Class 1 (explosive) materials showing evidence 
of leakage of liquid ingredients must:
    (1) Be refused if leakage is discovered before acceptance;
    (2) Be disposed of to a person who is competent and willing to 
remove them from the carrier's property, if the leakage is discovered 
while the shipment is in transit; or
    (3) Be removed immediately by consignee, if the leakage is 
discovered at the shipment's destination.
    (d) When the disposition required by paragraph (c) of this section 
cannot be made, the leaking package must be packed in other boxes large 
enough to permit enclosure and the leaking boxes must be surrounded by 
at least 5 cm (2 inches) of dry, fine sawdust or dry and clean cotton 
waste, and be stored in a station magazine or other safe place until the 
arrival of an inspector of the Bureau of Explosives, or other authorized 
person, to superintend the destruction or disposition of the condemned 
material.
    (e) If careful inspection shows that an astray shipment of Class 1 
(explosive) materials is in proper condition for safe transportation, it 
must be forwarded immediately to its destination if known, or returned 
to the shipper by the most practicable route.
    (f) When a package in an astray shipment is not in proper condition 
for safe transportation (see paragraphs (a), (c), and (d) of this 
section), or when the name and address of the consignee and the shipper 
are unknown, disposition must be made as prescribed by paragraphs (c) 
and (d) of this section.

[Amdt. 174-26, 41 FR 16092, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 174-68, 
55 FR 52681, Dec. 21, 1990; 66 FR 45383, Aug. 28, 2001]



Sec.174.104  Division 1.1 or 1.2 (explosive) materials; car selection,
preparation, inspection, and certification.

    (a) Except as provided in Sec.174.101 (b), (n), and (o), Division 
1.1 or 1.2 (explosive) materials being transported by rail may be 
transported only in a certified and properly placarded closed car of not 
less than 36,300 kg (80,028 pounds) capacity, with steel underframes and 
friction draft gear or cushioned underframe, except that on a narrow-
gauge railroad they may be transported in a car of less capacity as long 
as the car of greatest capacity and strength available is used.
    (b) Each rail car used for transporting Division 1.1 or 1.2 
(explosive) materials must meet the following requirements as 
applicable:
    (1) The car must be equipped with air brakes, hand brakes, and 
roller bearings which are in condition for service.
    (2) The car may not have any holes or cracks in the roof, sides, 
ends, or doors through which sparks may enter, or unprotected decayed 
spots which may hold sparks and start a fire.
    (3) The roof of the car must be carefully inspected from the outside 
for decayed spots, especially under or near the running board, and such 
spots must be covered or repaired to prevent their holding fire from 
sparks. A car with a roof generally decayed, even if tight, may not be 
used.
    (4) The doors must close tightly so that sparks cannot get in at the 
joints, and, if necessary to achieve this degree of tightness, the doors 
must be stripped. The stripping should be placed on the inside and 
fastened to the door frames where it will form a shoulder against which 
the closed doors are pressed by means of wedges or cleats in door shoes 
or keepers. The openings under the doors should be similarly closed. The 
hasp fastenings must be examined with the doors closed and fastened, and 
the doors must be cleated when necessary to prevent them from shifting. 
When the car is opened for any reason, the wedges or cleats must

[[Page 819]]

be replaced before car containing Class 1 (explosive) materials is 
permitted to proceed.
    (5) The roller bearings and the trucks must be carefully examined 
and put in such condition as to reduce to a minimum the danger of 
hotboxes or other failure necessitating the setting out of the car 
before reaching its destination.
    (6) The car must be carefully swept out before it is loaded. For 
less-than-carload shipments the space in which the packages are to be 
loaded must be carefully swept. If evidence of a potential hazardous 
residue is apparent after the floor has been swept, the carrier must 
either decontaminate the car or provide a suitable substitute car.
    (7) Any holes in the floor or lining must be repaired and special 
care taken that there are no projecting nails or bolts or exposed pieces 
of metal which may work loose or produce holes in packages of Class 1 
(explosive) materials during transit. Protruding nails in the floor or 
lining which have worked loose must be drawn, and if necessary for the 
purpose of fastening the floor or lining, new nails must be driven 
through other parts thereof.
    (8) Metal floor plates must be completely covered with wood, 
plywood, or fiber or composition sheets of adequate thickness and 
strength to prevent contact of the floor plates with the packages of 
Class 1 (explosive) materials under conditions incident to 
transportation, except that the covering of metal floor plates is not 
necessary for carload shipments loaded by the Department of Defense 
provided the Class 1 (explosive) materials are of such nature that they 
are not liable to leakage of dust, powder, or vapor which might become 
the cause of an explosion.
    (9) If the car is equipped with automobile loading devices, it may 
not be used unless the loading device is securely attached to the roof 
of the car with fastenings supplementing those already provided and so 
fixed that it cannot fall.
    (10) The car must be equipped with high-friction composition brake 
shoes (except metal deck flat cars used for COFC/TOFC service may be 
equipped with high phosphorus cast iron brakeshoes) and brake rigging 
designed for this type of brake shoe. Each brake shoe on the car must be 
at least 1 cm (0.4 inch) thick, and in safe and suitable condition for 
service.
    (11) The car must have either a metal subfloor with no combustible 
material exposed beneath the car, or metal spark shields extending from 
center sill to side sills and from end sills to at least 30 cm (12 
inches) beyond the extreme treads of the inside wheels of each truck, 
which are tightly fitted against the subfloor so that there is no vacant 
space or combustible material exposed. The metal subfloor or spark 
shields may not have an accumulation of oil, grease, or other debris 
which could support combustion.
    (c) Before Division 1.1 or 1.2 (explosive) materials may be loaded 
into a rail car, the car must have been inspected and certified to be in 
compliance with the requirements of paragraph (b) of this section by a 
qualified person designated under Sec.215.11 of this title. The 
certification shall be made in Car Certificate No. 1 on the form 
prescribed in paragraph (f) of this section.
    (d) If the carrier furnishes the car to a shipper for loading 
Division 1.1 or 1.2 (explosive) materials, the shipper or his authorized 
employee shall, before commencing the loading of the car, inspect the 
interior thereof, and after loading certify to the proper condition of 
the car and the loading. This certification shall be made on the first 
signature line in Car Certificate No. 2 on the form prescribed in 
paragraph (f) of this section. In addition, the finished load must be 
inspected and certified to be in compliance with the requirements of 
this part by a qualified person designated under Sec.215.11 of this 
title before the car goes forward. This certification shall be made on 
the second signature line in Car Certificate No. 2 on the form 
prescribed in paragraph (f) of this section. If the loading is performed 
by the carrier, Car Certificate No. 2 may only be signed by a qualified 
person designated under Sec.215.11 of this title.
    (e) If a trailer or container containing Division 1.1 or 1.2 
(explosive) materials is loaded on a flatcar, the loading and securing 
of the load on the

[[Page 820]]

car must be supervised by a representative of the shipper or carrier. 
The certification shall be made in Car Certificate No. 3 on the form 
prescribed in paragraph (f) of this section.
    (f) Each car certificate for use in connection with the inspection 
of rail cars for the carriage of Division 1.1 or 1.2 (explosive) 
materials shall be printed on strong tag board measuring 18 by 18 cm 
(7.1 by 7.1 inches) or 15 by 20 cm (5.9 by 7.9 inches). It must be duly 
executed in triplicate by the carrier, and by the shipper if he loads 
the shipments. The original must be filed by the carrier at the 
forwarding station in a separate file and the other two must be attached 
to the car, one to each outer side on a fixed placard board or as 
otherwise provided.

__________ Railroad

                             CAR CERTIFICATE

No. 1 ___ Station ______
20__.

    I hereby certify that I have this day personally examined Car Number 
___ and that the car is in condition for service and complies with the 
FRA Freight Car Safety Standards (49 CFR part 215) and with the 
requirements for freight cars used to transport explosives prescribed by 
the DOT Hazardous Materials Regulation (49 CFR part 174).

Qualified Person Designated Under 49 CFR 215.11

No. 2 ___ Station ______
20 __.

    I have this day personally examined the above car and hereby certify 
that the explosives in or on this car, or in or on vehicles or in 
containers have been loaded and braced; that placards have been applied, 
according to the regulations prescribed by the Department of 
Transportation; and that the doors of cars so equipped fit or have been 
stripped so that sparks cannot enter.

Shipper or his authorized agent
Qualified Person Designated Under 49 CFR 215.11

No. 3 ___ Station ______
20 __.

    I hereby certify that I have this day personally supervised the 
loading of the vehicles or containers on and their securement to the 
above car.
Shipper or railway employee inspecting loading and securement
    Note 1: A shipper must decline to use a car not in proper condition.
    Note 2: All certificates, where applicable, must be signed.

[Amdt. 174-26, 41 FR 16092, Apr. 15, 1976]

    Editorial Note: For Federal Register citations affecting Sec.
174.104, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the 
Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov.



Sec.174.105  Routing shipments, Division 1.1 or 1.2 (explosive) 
materials.

    Before a shipment of Division 1.1 or 1.2 (explosive) materials 
destined to a point beyond the lines of the initial carrier is accepted 
from the shipper, the initial carrier shall ascertain that the shipment 
can go forward by the route designated. To avoid delays en route, the 
initial carrier must be in possession of full rate information before 
forwarding the shipment.

[Amdt. 174-26, 41 FR 16092, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 174-68, 
55 FR 52682, Dec. 21, 1990; 66 FR 45383, Aug. 28, 2001]



Sec.174.106  ``Order-Notify'' or ``C.O.D.'' shipments, Division 1.1
or 1.2 (explosive) materials.

    (a) A carrier may not accept for transportation Division 1.1 or 1.2 
(explosive) materials, detonators, or detonating primers in any quantity 
when consigned to ``order-notify'' or ``C.O.D.'', except on a through 
bill of lading to a place outside the United States.
    (b) A carrier may not accept for transportation Division 1.1 or 1.2 
(explosive) materials, detonators, or detonating primers which the 
shipper consigns to himself unless the shipper has a resident 
representative to receive them at the delivery point.
    (c) A carrier may not accept Division 1.1 or 1.2 (explosive) 
materials for transportation subject to ``stop-off privileges en route 
for partial loading or unloading.''

[Amdt. 174-26, 41 FR 16092, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 174-36, 
44 FR 70732, Dec. 10, 1979; Amdt. 174-68, 55 FR 52682, Dec. 21, 1990; 66 
FR 45383, Aug. 28, 2001]



Sec.174.110  Car magazine.

    When specially authorized by the carrier, Division 1.1 or 1.2 
(explosive) materials in quantity not exceeding 68 kg (150 pounds) may 
be carried in construction or repair cars if the packages

[[Page 821]]

of Class 1 (explosive) materials are placed in a ``magazine'' box made 
of sound lumber not less than 2.5 cm (0.98 inch) thick, covered on the 
exterior with metal, and provided with strong handles. The box must be 
plainly stenciled on the top, sides, and ends, in letters not less than 
5 cm (2 inches) high, ``EXPLOSIVES--DANGEROUS--HANDLE CAREFULLY''. The 
box must be provided with strong hinges and with a lock for keeping it 
securely closed. Vacant space in the box must be filled with a 
cushioning material such as sawdust or excelsior, and the box must be 
properly stayed to prevent shifting within the car. The car must be 
placarded with EXPLOSIVES 1.1 or 1.2 (EXPLOSIVES A) placards when the 
magazine contains Division 1.1 or 1.2 (explosive) materials.

[Amdt. 174-26, 41 FR 16092, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 174-26A, 
41 FR 40685, Sept. 20, 1976; Amdt. 174-68, 55 FR 52682, Dec. 21, 1990; 
66 FR 45383, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 61942, Oct. 30, 2003]



Sec.174.112  Loading Division 1.3 materials and Division 1.2 
(explosive) materials (Also see Sec.174.101).

    (a) Division 1.3 materials and Division 1.2 (explosive) materials 
may not be loaded, transported or stored in a rail car equipped with any 
type of lighted heater or open-flame device, or in a rail car equipped 
with any apparatus or mechanism utilizing an internal combustion engine 
in its operation.
    (b) Except as provided in Sec.174.101(b), (n), or (o) Division 1.3 
materials and Division 1.2 (explosive) materials must be transported in 
a closed car or container car which is in good condition, and into which 
sparks cannot enter. The car does not require the car certificates 
prescribed in Sec.174.104(c) through (f). If the doors are not tight, 
they must be stripped to prevent the entrance of sparks. Wood floored 
cars must be equipped with spark shields (see Sec.174.104). Packages 
of Division 1.3 materials and Division 1.2 (explosive) materials must be 
blocked and braced to prevent their shifting and possible damage due to 
shifting of other freight during transportation. For recommended methods 
of blocking and bracing see Bureau of Explosives Pamphlet No. 6.
    (c) Division 1.3 materials and Division 1.2 (explosive) materials 
may not be transported in a truck body, trailer, or container on a 
flatcar unless:
    (1) The truck body, trailer, or container is closed and tight;
    (2) All automatic heating or refrigerating machinery with which the 
truck body, trailer, or container is equipped is inoperative; and
    (3) Packages of Division 1.2 materials and Division 1.3 (explosive) 
materials are blocked and braced within the truck body, trailer, or 
container to prevent their shifting and possible damage due to shifting 
of other freight during transportation (ends, sidewalls, or doors of the 
truck body, trailer, or container may not be relied on to prevent the 
shifting of heavy loads). For recommended methods of blocking and 
bracing see the Intermodal Loading Guide for Products in Closed Trailers 
and Containers (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this subchapter).

[Amdt. 174-26, 41 FR 16092, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 174-26B, 
41 FR 57072, Dec. 30, 1976; Amdt. 174-68, 55 FR 52682, Dec. 21, 1990; 
Amdt. 174-83, 61 FR 51339, Oct. 1, 1996; 66 FR 45383, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 
FR 61942, Oct. 30, 2003; 76 FR 43531, July 20, 2011]



Sec.174.114  Record to be made of change of seals on ``Cars loaded 
with Division 1.1 or 1.2 (explosive) materials''.

    When a car seal is changed on a car requiring ``EXPLOSIVES 1.1 or 
EXPLOSIVES 1.2 (EXPLOSIVES A) placards'' while en route or before 
delivery to a consignee, a record of the change showing the following 
information must be made on or attached to the waybill or other form of 
memorandum which must accompany the car to its destination:

 Railroad Place Date

 Car Initials Car Number Number or description of seal broken

Number or description of seal used to reseal car________________________

Reasons for opening car_________________________________________________

Condition of load_______________________________________________________


[[Page 822]]

________________________________________________________________________
Name and occupation of person opening car_______________________________


[Amdt. 174-26, 41 FR 16092, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 174-26A, 
41 FR 40685, Sept. 20, 1976; Amdt. 174-68, 55 FR 52682, Dec. 21, 1990]



Sec.174.115  Loading Division 1.4 (explosive) materials.

    (a) Division 1.4 (explosive) materials may be loaded into any closed 
car in good condition, or into any container car in good condition. Car 
certificates are not required. Packages of Division 1.4 (explosive) 
materials must be blocked and braced to prevent their shifting and 
possible damage due to shifting of other freight during transportation. 
For methods of recommended loading and bracing see Bureau of Explosives 
Pamphlet No. 6.
    (b) Division 1.4 (explosive) materials may not be transported in a 
truck body, trailer, or container on a flatcar unless:
    (1) The truck body, trailer, or container is closed and tight;
    (2) All automatic heating or refrigerating machinery with which the 
truck body, trailer, or container is equipped is inoperative; and
    (3) Packages of Division 1.4 (explosive) materials are blocked and 
braced within the truck body, trailer, or container to prevent their 
shifting and possible damage due to shifting of other freight during 
transportation. Ends, side walls, or doors of the truck body, trailer, 
or container may not be relied on to prevent shifting of heavy loads. 
For recommended methods of blocking and bracing see the Intermodal 
Loading Guide for Products in Closed Trailers and Containers (IBR, see 
Sec.171.7 of this subchapter).

[Amdt. 174-26, 41 FR 16092, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 174-36, 
44 FR 70732, Dec. 10, 1979; Amdt. 174-68, 55 FR 52682, Dec. 21, 1990; 66 
FR 45383, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 61942, Oct. 30, 2003; 76 FR 43531, July 
20, 2011]



      Subpart F_Detailed Requirements for Class 2 (Gases) Materials



Sec.174.200  Special handling requirements.

    (a) Division 2.1 (flammable gas) materials may not be loaded, 
transported, or stored in a rail car equipped with any type of lighted 
heater or open-flame device, or in a rail car equipped with any 
apparatus or mechanism utilizing an internal combustion engine in its 
operation.
    (b) Division 2.1 (flammable gas) materials may not be loaded in a 
truck body or trailer equipped with any type of lighted heater or any 
automatic heating or refrigerating apparatus when such truck bodies or 
trailers are loaded on flatcars except as provided in paragraph (c) of 
this section.
    (c) Heating or refrigeration apparatus may be operated on a motor 
vehicle loaded on a flatcar when the motor vehicle is loaded with 
Division 2.1 (flammable gas) materials only if:
    (1) The lading space is not equipped with any electrical apparatus 
that is not non-sparking or explosion-proof;
    (2) There is no combustion apparatus in the lading space;
    (3) There is no connection for the return of air from the lading 
space to any combustion apparatus; and
    (4) The heating system conforms to Sec.393.77 of this title and 
does not heat any part of the lading over 54 [deg]C (129 [deg]F).

[Amdt. 174-26, 41 FR 16092, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 174-68, 
55 FR 52682, Dec. 21, 1990; 56 FR 66281, Dec. 20, 1991]



Sec.174.201  Class 2 (gases) material cylinders.

    (a) Except as provided in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, 
cylinders containing Class 2 (gases) materials being transported in a 
rail car must be:
    (1) Securely lashed in an upright position so as to prevent their 
overturning;
    (2) Loaded into racks securely attached to the car;
    (3) Packed in boxes or crates of such dimensions as to prevent their 
overturning; or
    (4) Loaded in a horizontal position.
    (b) Specification DOT-4L (Sec.178.57 of this subchapter) cylinders 
being transported in a rail car must be loaded in an upright position 
and be securely braced.
    (c) Cylinders containing Class 2 (gases) materials may be 
transported in stock cars, gondola cars and flat

[[Page 823]]

cars. However, they may not be transported in hopper bottom cars.

[Amdt. 174-26, 41 FR 16092, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 174-26A, 
41 FR 40685, Sept. 20, 1976; Amdt. 174-32, 43 FR 48644, Oct. 19, 1978; 
Amdt. 174-68, 55 FR 52682, Dec. 21, 1990]



Sec.174.204  Tank car delivery of gases, including cryogenic liquids.

    (a) A tank car containing Class 2 (gases) material may not be 
unloaded unless it is consigned for delivery and unloaded on a private 
track (see Sec.171.8 of this subchapter). However, if a private track 
is not available, it may be delivered and unloaded on carrier tracks 
subject to the following conditions:
    (1) A tank car of DOT-106A or 110A type (Sec.179.300 or Sec.
179.301 of this subchapter) may not be delivered and the loaded unit 
tanks may not be removed from the car frame on carrier tracks. However, 
a carrier may give permission for the unloading of these containers on 
carrier tracks only if a private siding is not available within a 
reasonable trucking distance of the final destination. In addition, 
before the car is accepted for transportation, the shipper must obtain 
from the delivering carrier and file with the originating carrier, 
written permission for the removal and the consignee must furnish an 
adequately strong mechanical hoist by which the tanks can be lifted from 
the car and deposited directly upon vehicles furnished by the consignee 
for immediate removal from carrier property.
    (2) The following tank cars may not be delivered and unloaded on 
carrier tracks unless the lading is piped directly from the car to 
permanent storage tanks of sufficient capacity to receive the entire 
contents of the car; however, such cars may be stored on a private track 
(see Sec.171.8 of this subchapter) or on carrier tracks designated by 
the carrier for such storage:
    (i) A tank car containing Division 2.1 (flammable gas) material that 
is a cryogenic liquid; or
    (ii) A tank car, except for a DOT-106A or 110A multi-unit tank car 
tank (Sec.179.300 or Sec.179.301 of this subchapter), containing 
anhydrous ammonia; hydrogen chloride, refrigerated liquid; hydrocarbon 
gas, liquefied; or liquefied petroleum gas; and having interior pipes 
for liquid and gas discharge valves equipped with check valves.
    (b) [Reserved]

[Amdt. 174-26, 41 FR 16092, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 174-26A, 
41 FR 40685, Sept. 20, 1976; Amdt. 174-32, 43 FR 48644, Oct. 19, 1978; 
Amdt. 174-43, 48 FR 27699, June 16, 1983; 48 FR 50440, 50441, Nov. 1, 
1983; Amdt. 174-68, 55 FR 52682, Dec. 21, 1990]



Sec.174.290  Materials extremely poisonous by inhalation shipped by,
for, or to the Department of Defense.

    (a) General. The provisions of this section apply only to materials 
extremely poisonous by inhalation which are Division 2.3 materials in 
Hazard Zone A and Division 6.1 materials in Hazard Zone A, as defined in 
Sec.173.133(a)(2) of this subchapter. Such materials when shipped by, 
for, or to the Department of Defense may be transported by rail only if 
loaded and handled in accordance with the requirements of this section.
    (b) A Division 2.3 Hazard Zone A or a Division 6.1 Hazard Zone A 
material extremely poisonous by inhalation may be transported in:
    (1) UN 1N1 or UN 1N2 metal drums or equivalent military 
specification metal drums, by boxcar, gondola car (flat bottom), or 
stock car in carload lots. See Sec. Sec.174.55 and 174.600 for 
blocking, bracing, and stowage requirements;
    (2) Tanks which are authorized under this subchapter for a Hazard 
Zone A material extremely poisonous by inhalation, Specification DOT 
106A (Sec. Sec.179.300 and 179.301 of this subchapter), mounted on or 
secured to a multi-unit car or gondola car (flat bottom) in carload lots 
only;
    (3) Bombs, by boxcar, or gondola car (flat bottom) in carload lots 
only; or
    (4) Projectiles or ammunition for cannon with gas filled 
projectiles, by boxcar in carload or less-than-carload lots.
    (c) Each shipment of one or more carloads of a material extremely 
poisonous by inhalation, as described in paragraph (b) of this section, 
must be accompanied by a Department of Defense qualified escort supplied 
with equipment to handle leaks and other packaging failures which could 
result in escape of the material. The escort shall remain with the 
shipment during

[[Page 824]]

the entire time that it is in the custody of the carrier and in the 
event of leakage or escape of material, shall make repairs and perform 
decontamination as necessary.
    (d) When a material extremely poisonous by inhalation is transported 
in a tank, the tank must be securely mounted on a rail car especially 
provided for it or on a gondola car prepared with substantial wooden 
frames and blocks.
    (e) Bombs, projectiles, and cannon ammunition being transported by 
rail must be loaded, blocked and braced as shown in Bureau of Explosives 
Pamphlet No. 6A, or Department of Defense specifications. When a 
shipment is loaded in a gondola car it must be securely blocked and 
braced and not loaded higher than the sides of the car.
    (f) When a material extremely poisonous by inhalation is transported 
in drums with filling holes in the heads, they must be loaded on their 
bottoms. They may be loaded in rows, lengthwise of the car and any space 
between the sides of the car and the nearest row of drums must be 
``filled in'' with wooden boards or lumber nailed to sides of the car 
sufficient in length and width to contact both hoops of drums, or they 
may be loaded across the car in staggered stacks of which the number of 
drums in alternate stacks is reduced by one drum. All drums in stacks 
following the first stack loaded in the end of the car must be placed 
tightly into the angle of the space formed by the sidewalls of the drum 
in the preceding stack. Any space between the sides of the car and the 
drums in stacks having the greater number of drums must be filled in 
with wooden boards or lumber nailed to sides of the car sufficient in 
length and width to contact both hoops of the drums.
    (g) When a material extremely poisonous by inhalation is transported 
in drums with filling holes in the sides, they must be loaded on their 
sides with the filling holes up. They must be loaded lengthwise of the 
car in rows and any space between the sides of the car and the nearest 
row of drums must be filled in with wooden boards or lumber nailed to 
sides of the car sufficient in length and width to contact both hoops of 
the drums.
    (h) When a material extremely poisonous by inhalation is transported 
in drums in a boxcar, they must be loaded from ends of the car toward 
the space between the car doors, and there braced by center gates and 
wedges. See Sketch 1, Bureau of Explosives Pamphlet No. 6.
    (i) The doorways of a boxcar in which a material poisonous by 
inhalation is being transported must be protected by one of the methods 
prescribed in Sketch 1, Bureau of Explosives Pamphlet No. 6A.

[Amdt. 174-68, 55 FR 52683, Dec. 21, 1990; Amdt. 174-74, 58 FR 51533, 
Oct. 1, 1993; 65 FR 58630, Sept. 29, 2000]



Subpart G_Detailed Requirements for Class 3 (Flammable Liquid) Materials



Sec.174.300  Special handling requirements.

    (a) Class 3 (flammable liquid) materials may not be loaded, 
transported, or stored in a rail car equipped with any type of lighted 
heater or open-flame device, or in a rail car equipped with any 
apparatus or mechanism utilizing an internal combustion engine in its 
operation.
    (b) A truck body or trailer which is loaded with a Class 3 
(flammable liquid) materials and equipped with a lighted heater or any 
automatic heating or refrigerating apparatus may not be loaded on a 
flatcar except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section.
    (c) Heating or refrigeration apparatus on a motor vehicle loaded 
with Class 3 (flammable liquid) materials may be operated while the 
motor vehicle is loaded on a flatcar only if:
    (1) The lading space is not equipped with any electrical apparatus 
that is not non-sparking or explosion-proof;
    (2) There is no combustion apparatus in the lading space;
    (3) There is no connection for the return of air from the lading 
space to any combustion apparatus; and
    (4) The heating system conforms to Sec.393.77 of this title and 
does not heat any part of the lading over 54 [deg]C (129 [deg]F).
    (d) Metal barrels or drums containing Class 3 (flammable liquid) 
materials may be transported in a steel gondola

[[Page 825]]

or flatcar or in a stock car. However, they may not be transported in a 
hopper bottom car.

[Amdt. 174-26, 41 FR 16092, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 174-31, 
43 FR 31143, July 20, 1978; Amdt. 174-68, 55 FR 52683, Dec. 21, 1990]



Sec.174.304  Class 3 (flammable liquid) materials in tank cars.

    A tank car containing a Class 3 (flammable liquid) material, other 
than liquid road asphalt or tar, may not be transported by rail unless 
it is originally consigned or subsequently reconsigned to a party having 
a private track on which it is to be delivered and unloaded (see Sec.
171.8 of this subchapter) or to a party using railroad siding facilities 
which are equipped for piping the liquid from the tank car to permanent 
storage tanks of sufficient capacity to receive the entire contents of 
the car.

[Amdt. 174-26, 41 FR 16092, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 174-32, 
43 FR 48644, Oct. 19, 1978; Amdt. 174-68, 55 FR 52683, Dec. 21, 1990]



Sec.174.310  Requirements for the operation of high-hazard flammable 
trains.

    (a) Applicability. Each rail carrier operating a high-hazard 
flammable train (as defined in Sec.171.8 of this subchapter) must 
comply with each of the following additional safety requirements with 
respect to each high-hazard flammable train that it operates:
    (1) Routing. The additional planning requirements for transportation 
by rail in accordance with part 172, subpart I of this subchapter.
    (2) Speed restrictions. All trains are limited to a maximum speed of 
50 mph. The train is further limited to a maximum speed of 40 mph while 
that train travels within the limits of high-threat urban areas (HTUAs) 
as defined in Sec.1580.3 of this title, unless all tank cars 
containing a Class 3 flammable liquid meet or exceed the DOT 
Specification 117 standards, the DOT Specification 117P performance 
standards, or the DOT Specification 117R retrofit standards provided in 
part 179, subpart D of this subchapter.
    (3) Braking. Each rail carrier operating a high-hazard flammable 
train (as defined in Sec.171.8 of this subchapter) operating at a 
speed in excess of 30 mph must ensure the train is equipped and operated 
with either a two-way end-of-train (EOT) device, as defined in 49 CFR 
232.5, or a distributed power (DP) system, as defined in 49 CFR 229.5.
    (4) New tank cars. After October 1, 2015, tank cars manufactured for 
use in a HHFT must meet:
    (i) DOT Specification 117, or 117P performance standard in part 179, 
subpart D of this subchapter; or
    (ii) An authorized tank specification as specified in part 173, 
subpart F of this subchapter.
    (5) Retrofit reporting. Owners of non-jacketed DOT-111 tank cars in 
PG I service in an HHFT, who are unable to meet the January 1, 2017, 
retrofit deadline specified in Sec.173.243(a)(1) of this subchapter 
are required to submit a report by March 1, 2017, to Department of 
Transportation. A group representing owners may submit a consolidated 
report to the Department of Transportation in lieu of individual reports 
from each tank car owner. The report must include the following 
information regarding the retrofitting progress:
    (i) The total number of tank cars retrofitted to meet the DOT-117R 
specification;
    (ii) The total number of tank cars built or retrofitted to meet the 
DOT-117P specification;
    (iii) The total number of DOT-111 tank cars (including those built 
to CPC-1232 industry standard) that have not been modified;
    (iv) The total number of tank cars built to meet the DOT-117 
specification; and
    (v) Entities required to submit a report under this paragraph shall 
submit subsequent follow-up reports containing the information 
identified in this paragraph within 60 days of being notified by PHMSA 
and FRA.
    (6) Oil spill response plans. The additional requirements for 
petroleum oil transported by rail in accordance with part 130 of of this 
chapter.
    (7) High-hazard flammable train (HHFT) information sharing 
notification for emergency response planning. The additional 
requirements for notification in Sec.174.312.

[[Page 826]]

    (b) [Reserved]

[80 FR 26748, May 8, 2015, as amended at 83 FR 48401, Sept. 25, 2018; 84 
FR 6952, Feb. 28, 2019]



Sec.174.312  HHFT information sharing notification for emergency
response planning.

    (a) Prior to operating high-hazard flammable trains (HHFTs) as 
defined in Sec.171.8 of this subchapter, a railroad must provide the 
information described in paragraphs (b) and (c) to each State Emergency 
Response Commission (SERC), Tribal Emergency Response Commission (TERC), 
or other appropriate State-delegated agency in each State through which 
it operates HHFTs. The SERC, TERC, or other appropriate State-delegated 
agency shall further distribute the information to the appropriate local 
authorities at their request.
    (b) At a minimum, the information railroads are required to provide 
to the relevant State or tribal agencies must include all of the 
following:
    (1) A reasonable estimate of the number of HHFTs that the railroad 
expects to operate each week, through each county within the State or 
through each tribal jurisdiction;
    (2) The routes over which the HHFTs will operate;
    (3) A description of the hazardous materials being transported and 
all applicable emergency response information required by subparts C and 
G of part 172 of this subchapter;
    (4) An HHFT point of contact: At least one point of contact at the 
railroad (including name or email address, title, phone number and 
address) who has knowledge of the railroad's transportation of affected 
trains and who is responsible for serving as the point of contact for 
the SERC, TERC, or other State or tribal agency responsible for 
receiving the information; and
    (5) If a route identified in paragraph (b)(2) of this section is 
additionally subject to the comprehensive spill plan requirements in 
subpart C of part 130 of this chapter, the information must include a 
description of the response zones (including counties and states) and 
the contact information for the qualified individual and alternate, as 
specified under Sec.130.120(c) of this chapter.
    (c) The HHFT notification must be maintained and transmitted in 
accordance with all of the following requirements:
    (1) Railroads must update the notifications for changes in volume 
greater than 25%.
    (2) Notifications and updates may be transmitted electronically or 
by hard copy.
    (3) If the disclosure includes information that a railroad believes 
is security sensitive or proprietary and exempt from public disclosure, 
the railroad should indicate that in the notification.
    (4) Each point of contact must be clearly identified by name or 
title, and contact role (e.g., qualified individual, HHFT point of 
contact) in association with the telephone number. One point of contact 
may fulfill multiple roles.
    (5) Copies of the railroad's notifications made under this section 
must be made available to the Department of Transportation upon request.

[84 FR 6952, Feb. 28, 2019]

Subparts H-I [Reserved]



 Subpart J_Detailed Requirements for Division 6.1 (Poisonous)
 Materials



Sec.174.600  Special handling requirements for materials extremely
poisonous by inhalation.

    A tank car containing a material extremely poisonous by inhalation 
which is a Division 2.3 material in Hazard Zone A or a Division 6.1 
material in Hazard Zone A, as defined in Sec.173.133(a)(2) of this 
subchapter, may not be transported by rail unless it is originally 
consigned or subsequently reconsigned to a party having a private track 
on which it is to be delivered and unloaded (see Sec.171.8 of this 
subchapter) or to a party using railroad siding facilities which are 
equipped for piping the liquid or gas from the tank car to permanent 
storage tanks or sufficient capacity to receive the entire contents of 
the car. See the requirements in Sec.174.290 for materials extremely 
poisonous by inhalation which are shipped

[[Page 827]]

by, for, or to the Department of Defense.

[Amdt. 174-68, 55 FR 52684, Dec. 21, 1990]



Sec.174.615  Cleaning cars.

    (a) [Reserved]
    (b) After Division 6.1 (poisonous) materials are unloaded from a 
rail car, that car must be thoroughly cleaned unless the car is used 
exclusively in the carriage of Division 6.1 (poisonous) materials.

[Amdt. 174-26, 41 FR 16092, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 174-68, 
55 FR 52684, Dec. 21, 1990; Amdt. 174-82, 61 FR 18933, Apr. 29, 1996]



Sec.174.680  Division 6.1 (poisonous) materials with foodstuffs.

    (a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, a carrier 
may not transport any package bearing a POISON or POISON INHALATION 
HAZARD label in the same car with any material marked as, or known to 
be, a foodstuff, feed or any other edible material intended for 
consumption by humans or animals.
    (b) A carrier must separate any package bearing a POISON label 
displaying the text ``PG III,'' or bearing a ``PG III'' mark adjacent to 
the POISON label, from materials marked as or known to be foodstuffs, 
feed or any other edible materials intended for consumption by humans or 
animals, as required in Sec.174.81(e)(3) for classes identified with 
the letter ``O'' in the Segregation Table for Hazardous Materials.

[64 FR 10781, Mar. 5, 1999]



   Subpart K_Detailed Requirements for Class 7 (Radioactive) Materials



Sec.174.700  Special handling requirements for Class 7 (radioactive)
materials.

    (a) Each rail shipment of low specific activity materials or surface 
contaminated objects as defined in Sec.173.403 of this subchapter must 
be loaded so as to avoid spillage and scattering of loose material. 
Loading restrictions are prescribed in Sec.173.427 of this subchapter.
    (b) The number of packages of Class 7 (radioactive) materials that 
may be transported by rail car or stored at any single location is 
limited to a total transport index and a total criticality safety index 
(as defined in Sec.173.403 of this subchapter) of not more than 50 
each. This provision does not apply to exclusive use shipments as 
described in Sec. Sec.173.403, 173.427, 173.441, and 173.457 of this 
subchapter.
    (c) Each package of Class 7 (radioactive) material bearing 
RADIOACTIVE YELLOW-II or RADIOACTIVE YELLOW-III labels may not be placed 
closer than 0.9 m (3 feet) to an area (or dividing partition between 
areas) which may be continuously occupied by any passenger, rail 
employee, or shipment of one or more animals, nor closer than 4.5 m (15 
feet) to any package containing undeveloped film (if so marked). If more 
than one package of Class 7 (radioactive) materials is present, the 
distance must be computed from the table below on the basis of the total 
transport index number (determined by adding together the transport 
index numbers on the labels of the individual packages) of packages in 
the rail car or storage area:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                         Minimum        Minimum distance
                                        separation         to area of
                                       distance to         persons or
                                         nearest        minimum distance
       Total transport index         undeveloped film    from dividing
                                   -------------------   partition of a
                                                        combination car
                                     Meters     Feet  ------------------
                                                        Meters     Feet
------------------------------------------------------------------------
None..............................       0          0       0          0
0.1 to 10.0.......................       4.5       15       0.9        3
10.1 to 20.0......................       6.7       22       1.2        4
20.1 to 30.0......................       7.7       29       1.5        5
30.1 to 40.0......................      10         33       1.8        6
40.1 to 50.0......................      10.9       36       2.1        7
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Note: The distance in this table must be measured from the nearest point
  on the nearest packages of Class 7 (radioactive) materials.

    (d) Each shipment of fissile material packages must conform to 
requirements of Sec. Sec.173.457 and 173.459.
    (e) [Reserved]
    (f) A person shall not remain unnecessarily in, on or near a 
transport vehicle containing Class 7 (radioactive) materials.
    (g) In the case of packages shipped under the exclusive use 
provisions of Sec.173.441(b) of this subchapter for packages with 
external radiation levels in excess of 2 mSv per hour (200 mrem per 
hour) at the package surface--

[[Page 828]]

    (1) The transport vehicle must meet the requirements for a closed 
transport vehicle (Sec.173.403 of this subchapter);
    (2) Each package must be secured so that its position within the 
transport vehicle remains fixed under conditions normally incident to 
transportation; and
    (3) The radiation level may not exceed 0.02 mSv per hour (2 mrem per 
hour) in any normally occupied position in the transport vehicle or 
adjacent rail car.

[Amdt. 174-80, 60 FR 50331, Sept. 28, 1995, as amended by Amdt. 174-80, 
61 FR 20753, May 8, 1996; 66 FR 45383, Aug. 28, 2001; 69 FR 3693, Jan. 
26, 2004; 79 FR 40618, July 11, 2014]



Sec.174.715  Cleanliness of transport vehicles after use.

    (a) Each transport vehicle used for transporting Class 7 
(radioactive) materials under exclusive use conditions (as defined in 
Sec.173.403 of this subchapter) in accordance with Sec.
173.427(b)(4), Sec.173.427(c), or Sec.173.443(b), must be surveyed 
with appropriate radiation detection instruments after each use. A 
transport vehicle may not be returned to Class 7 (radioactive) materials 
exclusive use transport service, and then only for a subsequent 
exclusive use shipment utilizing the provisions of any of the paragraphs 
Sec.173.427(b)(4), Sec.173.427(c), or Sec.173.443(b), until the 
radiation dose rate at any accessible surface is 0.005 mSv per hour (0.5 
mrem per hour) or less, and there is no significant non-fixed 
contamination, as specified in Sec.173.443(a) of this subchapter.
    (b) This section does not apply to any transport vehicle used solely 
for transporting Class 7 (radioactive) materials if a survey of the 
interior surface shows that the radiation dose rate does not exceed 0.1 
mSv per hour (10 mrem per hour) at the interior surface or 0.02 mSv per 
hour (2 mrem per hour) at 1 m (3.3 feet) from any interior surface. The 
transport vehicle must be stenciled with the words ``FOR RADIOACTIVE 
MATERIALS USE ONLY'' in lettering at least 7.6 cm (3 inches) high in a 
conspicuous place on both sides of the exterior of the transport 
vehicle, and it must be kept closed at all times other than during 
loading and unloading.

[Amdt. 174-80, 60 FR 50332, Sept. 28, 1995, as amended by 66 FR 45383, 
Aug. 28, 2001; 79 FR 40618, July 11, 2014]



Sec.174.750  Incidents involving leakage.

    (a) In addition to the incident reporting requirements of Sec. Sec.
171.15 and 171.16 of this subchapter, the carrier shall also notify the 
offeror at the earliest practicable moment following any incident in 
which there has been breakage, spillage, or suspected radioactive 
contamination involving Class 7 (radioactive) materials shipments. 
Transport vehicles, buildings, areas, or equipment in which Class 7 
(radioactive) materials have been spilled may not be again placed in 
service or routinely occupied until the radiation dose rate at every 
accessible surface is less than 0.005 mSv per hour (0.5 mrem per hour) 
and there is no significant removable radioactive surface contamination 
(see Sec.173.443 of this subchapter).
    (b) The package or materials should be segregated as far as 
practicable from personnel contact. If radiological advice or assistance 
is needed, the U.S. Department of Energy (DOE) should also be notified. 
In case of obvious leakage, or if it appears likely that the inside 
container may have been damaged, care should be taken to avoid 
inhalation, ingestion, or contact with the Class 7 (radioactive) 
material. Any loose Class 7 (radioactive) materials should be left in a 
segregated area and held pending disposal instructions, from qualified 
persons.

[Amdt. 174-26, 41 FR 16092, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 174-42, 
48 FR 10245, Mar. 10, 1983; Amdt. 174-61, 51 FR 34987, Oct. 1, 1986; 
Amdt. 174-65, 53 FR 38274, Sept. 29, 1988; Amdt. 174-68, 55 FR 52684, 
Dec. 21, 1990; Amdt. 174-80, 60 FR 50332, Sept. 28, 1995]



PART 175_CARRIAGE BY AIRCRAFT--Table of Contents



              Subpart A_General Information and Regulations

Sec.
175.1 Purpose, scope and applicability.
175.3 Unacceptable hazardous materials shipments.
175.8 Exceptions for operator equipment and items of replacement.

[[Page 829]]

175.9 Special aircraft operations.
175.10 Exceptions for passengers, crewmembers, and air operators.
175.20 Compliance and training.
175.25 Passenger notification system.
175.26 Notification at cargo facilities of hazardous materials 
          requirements.
175.30 Inspecting shipments.
175.31 Reports of discrepancies.
175.33 Shipping paper and information to the pilot-in-command.
175.34 Exceptions for cylinders of compressed oxygen or other oxidizing 
          gases transported within the State of Alaska.

                Subpart B_Loading, Unloading and Handling

175.75 Quantity limitations and cargo location.
175.78 Stowage compatibility of cargo.
175.88 Inspection, orientation and securing of packages of hazardous 
          materials.
175.90 Damaged shipments.

Subpart C_Specific Regulations Applicable According to Classification of 
                                Material

175.310 Transportation of flammable liquid fuel; aircraft only means of 
          transportation
175.501 Special requirements for oxidizers and compressed oxygen.
175.630 Special requirements for Division 6.1 (poisonous) material and 
          Division 6.2 (infectious substances) materials.
175.700 Special limitations and requirements for Class 7 materials.
175.701 Separation distance requirements for packages containing Class 7 
          (radioactive) materials in passenger-carrying aircraft.
175.702 Separation distance requirements for packages containing Class 7 
          (radioactive) materials in cargo aircraft.
175.703 Other special requirements for the acceptance and carriage of 
          packages containing Class 7 materials.
175.704 Plutonium shipments.
175.705 Radioactive contamination.
175.706 Separation distances for undeveloped film from packages 
          containing Class 7 (radioactive) materials.
175.900 Handling requirements for carbon dioxide, solid (dry ice).

    Authority: 49 U.S.C. 5101-5128; 44701; 49 CFR 1.81 and 1.97.

    Source: 71 FR 14604, Mar. 22, 2006, unless otherwise noted.



              Subpart A_General Information and Regulations



Sec.175.1  Purpose, scope and applicability.

    (a) This part prescribes requirements that apply to the 
transportation of hazardous materials in commerce aboard (including 
attached to or suspended from) aircraft. The requirements in this part 
are in addition to other requirements contained in parts 171, 172, 173, 
178, and 180 of this subchapter.
    (b) This part applies to the offering, acceptance, and 
transportation of hazardous materials in commerce by aircraft to, from, 
or within the United States, and to any aircraft of United States 
registry anywhere in air commerce. This subchapter applies to any person 
who performs, attempts to perform, or is required to perform any 
function subject to this subchapter, including--(1) Air carriers, 
indirect air carriers, and freight forwarders and their flight and non-
flight employees, agents, subsidiary and contract personnel (including 
cargo, passenger and baggage acceptance, handling, loading and unloading 
personnel); and
    (2) Air passengers that carry any hazardous material on their person 
or in their carry-on or checked baggage.
    (c) This part does not apply to aircraft of United States registry 
under lease to and operated by foreign nationals outside the United 
States if:
    (1) Hazardous materials forbidden aboard aircraft by Sec.172.101 
of this subchapter are not carried on the aircraft; and
    (2) Other hazardous materials are carried in accordance with the 
regulations of the State (nation) of the aircraft operator.
    (d) The requirements of this subchapter do not apply to 
transportation of hazardous material in support of dedicated air 
ambulance, firefighting, or search and rescue operations performed in 
compliance with the operator requirements under federal air regulations, 
title 14 of the CFR.

[71 FR 14604, Mar. 22, 2006, as amended at 81 FR 35543, June 2, 2016]

[[Page 830]]



Sec.175.3  Unacceptable hazardous materials shipments.

    A hazardous material that is not prepared for shipment in accordance 
with this subchapter may not be offered or accepted for transportation 
or transported aboard an aircraft.



Sec.175.8  Exceptions for operator equipment and items of replacement.

    (a) Operator equipment. This subchapter does not apply to--
    (1) Aviation fuel and oil in tanks that are in compliance with the 
installation provisions of 14 CFR, chapter 1.
    (2) Hazardous materials required aboard an aircraft in accordance 
with the applicable airworthiness requirements and operating 
regulations. Items of replacement for such materials must be transported 
in accordance with paragraph (a)(3) of this section.
    (3) Items of replacement (company material (COMAT)) for hazardous 
materials described in paragraph (a)(2) of this section must be 
transported in accordance with this subchapter. When an operator 
transports its own replacement items described in paragraph (a)(2), the 
following exceptions apply:
    (i) In place of required packagings, packagings specifically 
designed for the items of replacement may be used, provided such 
packagings provide at least an equivalent level of protection to those 
that would be required by this subchapter.
    (ii) Aircraft batteries are not subject to quantity limitations such 
as those provided in Sec.172.101 or Sec.175.75(c) of this 
subchapter.
    (4) Unless otherwise addressed by FAA regulation or policy (e.g. 
Advisory Circular), hazardous materials used by the operator aboard the 
aircraft, when approved by the Administrator of the Federal Aviation 
Administration.
    (b) Other operator exceptions. This subchapter does not apply to--
    (1) Oxygen, or any hazardous material used for the generation of 
oxygen, for medical use by a passenger, which is furnished by the 
aircraft operator in accordance with 14 CFR 121.574, 125.219, or 135.91. 
For the purposes of this paragraph (b)(1), an aircraft operator that 
does not hold a certificate under 14 CFR parts 121, 125, or 135 may 
apply this exception in conformance with 14 CFR 121.574, 125.219, or 
135.91 in the same manner as required for a certificate holder. See 
Sec.175.501 for additional requirements applicable to the stowage of 
oxygen.
    (2) Dry ice (carbon dioxide, solid) intended for use by the operator 
in food and beverage service aboard the aircraft.
    (3) Aerosols of Division 2.2 only (for dispensing of food products), 
alcoholic beverages, colognes, liquefied gas lighters, perfumes, and 
portable electronic devices containing lithium cells or batteries that 
meet the requirements of Sec.175.10(a)(18) carried aboard a passenger-
carrying aircraft by the operator for use or sale on that specific 
aircraft. A liquefied gas lighter design must be examined and 
successfully tested by a person or agency authorized by the Associate 
Administrator.
    (4) A tire assembly with a serviceable tire, provided the tire is 
not inflated to a gauge pressure exceeding the maximum rated pressure 
for that tire, and the tire (including valve assemblies) is protected 
from damage during transport. A tire or tire assembly which is 
unserviceable or damaged is forbidden from air transport; however, a 
damaged tire is not subject to the requirements of this subchapter if it 
contains no material meeting the definition of a hazardous material 
(e.g., Division 2.2).

[71 FR 14604, Mar. 22, 2006, as amended at 72 FR 55693, Oct. 1, 2007; 76 
FR 3381, Jan. 19, 2011; 78 FR 1092, Jan. 7, 2013; 79 FR 46039, Aug. 6, 
2014; 81 FR 35543, June 2, 2016]



Sec.175.9  Special aircraft operations.

    (a) This subchapter applies to rotorcraft external load operations 
transporting hazardous material on board, attached to, or suspended from 
an aircraft. Operators must have all applicable requirements prescribed 
in 14 CFR part 133 approved by the FAA Administrator prior to accepting 
or transporting hazardous material. In addition, rotorcraft external 
load operations must be approved by the Associate Administrator prior to 
the initiation of such operations.
    (b) Exceptions. This subchapter does not apply to the following 
materials used for special aircraft operations

[[Page 831]]

when applicable FAA operator requirements have been met, including 
training operator personnel on the proper handling and stowage of the 
hazardous materials carried:
    (1) Hazardous materials loaded and carried in hoppers or tanks of 
aircraft certificated for use in aerial seeding, dusting spraying, 
fertilizing, crop improvement, or pest control, to be dispensed during 
such an operation.
    (2) Parachute activation devices, lighting equipment, oxygen 
cylinders, flotation devices, smoke grenades, flares, or similar devices 
carried during a parachute operation.
    (3) Smoke grenades, flares, and pyrotechnic devices affixed to 
aircraft during any flight conducted as part of a scheduled air show or 
exhibition of aeronautical skill. The aircraft may not carry any persons 
other than required flight crewmembers. The affixed installation 
accommodating the smoke grenades, flares, or pyrotechnic devices on the 
aircraft must be approved for its intended use by the FAA Flight 
Standards District Office having responsibility for that aircraft.
    (4) [Reserved]
    (5) A transport incubator unit necessary to protect life or an organ 
preservation unit necessary to protect human organs, carried in the 
aircraft cabin, provided:
    (i) The compressed gas used to operate the unit is in an authorized 
DOT specification cylinder and is marked, labeled, filled, and 
maintained as prescribed by this subchapter;
    (ii) Each battery used is of the nonspillable type;
    (iii) The unit is constructed so that valves, fittings, and gauges 
are protected from damage;
    (iv) The pilot-in-command is advised when the unit is on board, and 
when it is intended for use;
    (v) The unit is accompanied by a person qualified to operate it;
    (vi) The unit is secured in the aircraft in a manner that does not 
restrict access to or use of any required emergency or regular exit or 
of the aisle in the passenger compartment; and,
    (vii) Smoking within 3 m (10 feet) of the unit is prohibited.
    (6) Hazardous materials that are loaded and carried on or in cargo 
only aircraft, and that are to be dispensed or expended during flight 
for weather control, environmental restoration or protection, forest 
preservation and protection, firefighting and prevention, flood control, 
avalanche control, landslide clearance, or ice jam control purposes, 
when the following requirements are met:
    (i) Operations may not be conducted over densely populated areas, in 
a congested airway, or near any airport where carrier passenger 
operations are conducted.
    (ii) Each operator must prepare and keep current a manual containing 
operational guidelines and handling procedures, for the use and guidance 
of flight, maintenance, and ground personnel concerned in the dispensing 
or expending of hazardous materials. The manual must be approved by the 
FAA Principal Operations Inspector assigned to the operator.
    (iii) No person other than a required flight crewmember, FAA 
inspector, or person necessary for handling or dispensing the hazardous 
material may be carried on the aircraft.
    (iv) The operator of the aircraft must have advance permission from 
the owner of any airport to be used for the dispensing or expending 
operation.
    (v) When Division 1.1, 1.2, and 1.3 materials (except detonators and 
detonator assemblies) and detonators or detonator assemblies are carried 
for avalanche control, landslide clearance, or ice jam control flights, 
the explosives must be handled by, and at all times be under the control 
of, a qualified blaster. When required by a State or local authority, 
the blaster must be licensed and the State or local authority must be 
identified in writing to the FAA Principal Operations Inspector assigned 
to the operator.

[76 FR 3381, Jan. 19, 2011, as amended at 80 FR 1163, Jan. 8, 2015; 81 
FR 35543, June 2, 2016]



Sec.175.10  Exceptions for passengers, crewmembers, and air operators.

    (a) This subchapter does not apply to the following hazardous 
materials when carried by aircraft passengers or crewmembers provided 
the requirements of Sec. Sec.171.15 and 171.16 (see paragraph (c) of 
this section) and the requirements of this section are met:

[[Page 832]]

    (1)(i) Non-radioactive medicinal and toilet articles for personal 
use (including aerosols) carried in carry-on and checked baggage. 
Release devices on aerosols must be protected by a cap or other suitable 
means to prevent inadvertent release;
    (ii) Other aerosols in Div. 2.2 (nonflammable gas) with no 
subsidiary risk carried in checked baggage only. Release devices on 
aerosols must be protected by a cap or other suitable means to prevent 
inadvertent release; and
    (iii) The aggregate quantity of these hazardous materials carried by 
each person may not exceed 2 kg (70 ounces) by mass or 2 L (68 fluid 
ounces) by volume and the capacity of each container may not exceed 0.5 
kg (18 ounces) by mass or 500 ml (17 fluid ounces) by volume.
    (2) One packet of safety matches or a lighter intended for use by an 
individual when carried on one's person or in carry-on baggage only. 
Lighter fuel, lighter refills, and lighters containing unabsorbed liquid 
fuel (other than liquefied gas) are not permitted on one's person or in 
carry-on or checked baggage.
    (3) Implanted medical devices in humans or animals that contain 
hazardous materials, such as a heart pacemaker containing Class 7 
(radioactive) material or lithium batteries; and radiopharmaceuticals 
that have been injected or ingested.
    (4) Alcoholic beverages containing:
    (i) Not more than 24% alcohol by volume; or
    (ii) More than 24% and not more than 70% alcohol by volume when in 
unopened retail packagings not exceeding 5 liters (1.3 gallons) carried 
in carry-on or checked baggage, with a total net quantity per person of 
5 liters (1.3) gallons for such beverages.
    (5) Perfumes and colognes purchased through duty-free sales and 
carried on one's person or in carry-on baggage.
    (6) Hair curlers (curling irons) containing a hydrocarbon gas such 
as butane, no more than one per person, in carry-on baggage only. The 
safety cover must be securely fitted over the heating element. Gas 
refills for such curlers are not permitted in carry-on or checked 
baggage.
    (7) A small medical or clinical mercury thermometer for personal 
use, when carried in a protective case in checked baggage.
    (8) Small arms ammunition for personal use carried by a crewmember 
or passenger in checked baggage only, if securely packed in boxes or 
other packagings specifically designed to carry small amounts of 
ammunition. Ammunition clips and magazines must also be securely boxed. 
This paragraph does not apply to persons traveling under the provisions 
of 49 CFR 1544.219.
    (9) One self-defense spray (see Sec.171.8 of this subchapter), not 
exceeding 118 mL (4 fluid ounces) by volume, that incorporates a 
positive means to prevent accidental discharge may be carried in checked 
baggage only.
    (10) Dry ice (carbon dioxide, solid), with the approval of the 
operator:
    (i) Quantities may not exceed 2.5 kg (5.5 pounds) per person when 
used to pack perishables not subject to the HMR. The package must permit 
the release of carbon dioxide gas; and
    (ii) When carried in checked baggage, each package is marked ``DRY 
ICE'' or ``CARBON DIOXIDE, SOLID,'' and marked with the net weight of 
dry ice or an indication the net weight is 2.5 kg (5.5 pounds) or less.
    (11) A single self-inflating personal safety device such as a life 
jacket or vest fitted with no more than two small gas cartridges 
(containing no hazardous material other than a Div. 2.2 gas) for 
inflation purposes plus no more than two spare cartridges. The personal 
safety device and spare cartridges may be carried in carry-on or checked 
baggage, with the approval of the aircraft operator, and must be packed 
in such a manner that it cannot be accidently activated.
    (12) Small compressed gas cylinders of Division 2.2 (containing no 
hazardous material other than a Division 2.2 gas) worn by the passenger 
for the operation of mechanical limbs and, in carry-on and checked 
baggage, spare cylinders of a similar size for the same purpose in 
sufficient quantities to ensure an adequate supply for the duration of 
the journey.
    (13) A mercury barometer or thermometer carried as carry-on baggage, 
by a representative of a government

[[Page 833]]

weather bureau or similar official agency, provided that individual 
advises the operator of the presence of the barometer or thermometer in 
his baggage. The barometer or thermometer must be packaged in a strong 
packaging having a sealed inner liner or bag of strong, leak proof and 
puncture-resistant material impervious to mercury, which will prevent 
the escape of mercury from the package in any position.
    (14) Electrically powered heat-producing articles (e.g., battery-
operated equipment such as diving lamps and soldering equipment) as 
checked or carry-on baggage only and with the approval of the operator 
of the aircraft. The heat-producing component, the energy source, or 
other component (e.g., fuse) must be removed to prevent unintentional 
functioning during transport. Any battery that is removed must be 
protected against short circuit by placement in original retail 
packaging or by otherwise insulating terminals (e.g., by taping over 
exposed terminals or placing each battery in a separate plastic bag or 
protective pouch).
    (15) A wheelchair or other battery-powered mobility aid equipped 
with a nonspillable battery or a dry sealed battery when carried as 
checked baggage, provided--
    (i) The battery conforms to the requirements of Sec.173.159a(d) of 
this subchapter for non-spillable batteries;
    (ii) The battery conforms to the requirements of Sec.
172.102(c)(1), Special provision 130 of this subchapter for dry sealed 
batteries, as applicable;
    (iii) Visual inspection including removal of the battery, where 
necessary, reveals no obvious defects (removal of the battery from the 
housing should be performed by qualified airline personnel only);
    (iv) The battery is disconnected and the battery terminals are 
protected to prevent short circuits, unless the wheelchair or mobility 
aid design provides an effective means of preventing unintentional 
activation, and
    (v) The battery is--
    (A) Securely attached to the wheelchair or mobility aid;
    (B) Is removed and placed in a strong, rigid packaging marked 
``NONSPILLABLE BATTERY'' (unless fully enclosed in a rigid housing that 
is properly marked);
    (C) Is removed and placed in a strong, rigid packaging marked with 
the words ``not restricted'' in accordance with paragraph (c)(2) of 
Sec.172.102, Special provision 130, of this subchapter; or
    (D) Is handled in accordance with paragraph (a)(16)(iv) of this 
section.
    (16) A wheelchair or other battery-powered mobility aid equipped 
with a spillable battery, when carried as checked baggage, provided--
    (i) Visual inspection including removal of the battery, where 
necessary, reveals no obvious defects (however, removal of the battery 
from the housing should be performed by qualified airline personnel 
only);
    (ii) The battery is disconnected and terminals are insulated to 
prevent short circuits;
    (iii) The pilot-in-command is advised, either orally or in writing, 
prior to departure, as to the location of the battery aboard the 
aircraft; and
    (iv) The wheelchair or mobility aid is loaded, stowed, secured and 
unloaded in an upright position, or the battery is removed, and carried 
in a strong, rigid packaging under the following conditions:
    (A) The packaging must be leak-tight and impervious to battery 
fluid. An inner liner may be used to satisfy this requirement if there 
is absorbent material placed inside of the liner and the liner has a 
leakproof closure;
    (B) The battery must be protected against short circuits, secured 
upright in the packaging, and be packaged with enough compatible 
absorbent material to completely absorb liquid contents in the event of 
rupture of the battery; and
    (C) The packaging must be labeled with a CORROSIVE label, marked to 
indicate proper orientation, and marked with the words ``Battery, wet, 
with wheelchair.''
    (17) A wheelchair or other mobility aid equipped with a lithium ion 
battery, when carried as checked baggage, provided--
    (i) The lithium ion battery must be of a type that successfully 
passed each test in the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria (IBR; see Sec.
171.7 of this subchapter), as specified in Sec.173.185 of this

[[Page 834]]

subchapter, unless approved by the Associate Administrator;
    (ii) The operator must verify that:
    (A) Visual inspection of the wheelchair or other mobility aid 
reveals no obvious defects;
    (B) Battery terminals are protected from short circuits (e.g., 
enclosed within a battery housing);
    (C) The battery must be securely attached to the mobility aid; and
    (D) Electrical circuits are isolated;
    (iii) The wheelchair or other mobility aid must be loaded and stowed 
in such a manner to prevent its unintentional activation and its battery 
must be protected from short circuiting;
    (iv) The wheelchair or other mobility aid must be protected from 
damage by the movement of baggage, mail, service items, or other cargo;
    (v) Where a lithium ion battery-powered wheelchair or other mobility 
aid is specifically designed to allow its battery to be removed by the 
user (e.g., collapsible):
    (A) The battery must be removed from the wheelchair or other 
mobility aid according to instructions provided by the wheelchair or 
other mobility aid owner or its manufacturer;
    (B) The battery must be carried in carry-on baggage only;
    (C) Battery terminals must be protected from short circuits (by 
placement in original retail packaging or otherwise insulating the 
terminal e.g. by taping over exposed terminals or placing each battery 
in a separate plastic bag or protective pouch);
    (D) The battery must not exceed 300 Watt-hour (Wh); and
    (E) A maximum of one spare battery not exceeding 300 Wh or two 
spares not exceeding 160 Wh each may be carried;
    (vi) The pilot-in-command is advised either orally or in writing, 
prior to departure, as to the location of the lithium ion battery or 
batteries aboard the aircraft.
    (18) Except as provided in Sec.173.21 of this subchapter, portable 
electronic devices (e.g., watches, calculating machines, cameras, 
cellular phones, laptop and notebook computers, camcorders, medical 
devices, etc.) containing dry cells or dry batteries (including lithium 
cells or batteries) and spare dry cells or batteries for these devices, 
when carried by passengers or crewmembers for personal use. Portable 
electronic devices powered by lithium batteries may be carried in either 
checked or carry-on baggage. Spare lithium batteries must be carried in 
carry-on baggage only. Each installed or spare lithium battery must be 
of a type proven to meet the requirements of each test in the UN Manual 
of Tests and Criteria, part III, sub-section 38.3 and each spare lithium 
battery must be individually protected so as to prevent short circuits 
(e.g., by placement in original retail packaging, by otherwise 
insulating terminals by taping over exposed terminals, or placing each 
battery in a separate plastic bag or protective pouch). In addition, 
each installed or spare lithium battery must not exceed the following:
    (i) For a lithium metal battery, the lithium content must not exceed 
2 grams. With the approval of the operator, portable medical electronic 
devices (e.g., automated external defibrillators (AED), nebulizer, 
continuous positive airway pressure (CPAP), etc.) may contain lithium 
metal batteries exceeding 2 grams, but not exceeding 8 grams. With the 
approval of the operator, no more than two lithium metal batteries each 
exceeding 2 grams, but not exceeding 8 grams, may be carried as spare 
batteries for portable medical electronic devices in carry-on baggage 
and must be carried with the portable medical electronic device the 
spare batteries are intended to operate;
    (ii) For a lithium ion battery, the Watt-hour rating must not exceed 
100 Wh. With the approval of the operator, portable electronic devices 
may contain lithium ion batteries exceeding 100 Wh, but not exceeding 
160 Wh and no more than two individually protected lithium ion batteries 
each exceeding 100 Wh, but not exceeding 160 Wh, may be carried per 
person as spare batteries in carry-on baggage.
    (iii) For a non-spillable battery, the battery and equipment must 
conform to Sec.173.159a(d). Each battery must not exceed a voltage 
greater than 12 volts and a watt-hour rating of not more than 100 Wh. No 
more than two individually protected spare batteries may be

[[Page 835]]

carried. Such equipment and spare batteries must be carried in checked 
or carry-on baggage.
    (iv) Articles containing lithium metal or lithium ion cells or 
batteries the primary purpose of which is to provide power to another 
device must be carried as spare batteries in accordance with the 
provisions of this paragraph.
    (19) Except as provided in Sec.173.21 of this subchapter, battery-
powered portable electronic smoking devices (e.g., e-cigarettes, e-cigs, 
e-cigars, e-pipes, e-hookahs, personal vaporizers, electronic nicotine 
delivery systems) when carried by passengers or crewmembers for personal 
use must be carried on one's person or in carry-on baggage only. Spare 
lithium batteries also must be carried on one's person or in carry-on 
baggage only and must be individually protected so as to prevent short 
circuits (by placement in original retail packaging or by otherwise 
insulating terminals, e.g., by taping over exposed terminals or placing 
each battery in a separate plastic bag or protective pouch). Each 
lithium battery must be of a type which meets the requirements of each 
test in the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria, Part III, Subsection 38.3. 
Recharging of the devices and/or the batteries on board the aircraft is 
not permitted. Each battery must not exceed the following:
    (i) For lithium metal batteries, a lithium content of 2 grams; or
    (ii) For lithium ion batteries, a Watt-hour rating of 100 Wh.
    (20) Fuel cells used to power portable electronic devices (e.g., 
cameras, cellular phones, laptop computers and camcorders) and spare 
fuel cell cartridges when transported personal use under the following 
conditions:
    (i) Fuel cells and fuel cell cartridges may contain only Division 
2.1 liquefied flammable gas, or hydrogen in a metal hydride, Class 3 
flammable liquid (including methanol), Division 4.3 water-reactive 
material, or Class 8 corrosive material;
    (ii) The quantity of fuel in any fuel cell or fuel cell cartridge 
may not exceed:
    (A) 200 mL (6.76 ounces) for liquids;
    (B) 120 mL (4 fluid ounces) for liquefied gases in non-metallic fuel 
cell cartridges, or 200 mL (6.76 ounces) for liquefied gases in metal 
fuel cell cartridges;
    (C) 200 g (7 ounces) for solids; or
    (D) For hydrogen in metal hydride, the fuel cell cartridges must 
have a water capacity of 120 mL (4 fluid ounces) or less;
    (iii) No more than two spare fuel cell cartridges may be carried by 
a passenger or crew member as follows:
    (A) Fuel cell cartridges containing Class 3 flammable liquid 
(including methanol) and Class 8 corrosive material in carry-on or 
checked baggage; and
    (B) Division 2.1 liquefied flammable gas or hydrogen in a metal 
hydride and Division 4.3 water-reactive material in carry-on baggage 
only;
    (iv) Fuel cells containing fuel are permitted in carry-on baggage 
only;
    (v) Fuel cell cartridges containing hydrogen in a metal hydride must 
meet the requirements in Sec.173.230(d) of this subchapter;
    (vi) Refueling of a fuel cell aboard an aircraft is not permitted 
except that the installation of a spare cartridge is allowed;
    (vii) Each fuel cell and fuel cell cartridge must conform to IEC 
62282-6-100 and IEC 62282-6-100 Amend. 1 (IBR; see Sec.171.7 of this 
subchapter) and must be marked with a manufacturer's certification that 
it conforms to the specification. In addition, each fuel cell cartridge 
must be marked with the maximum quantity and type of fuel in the 
cartridge;
    (viii) Interaction between fuel cells and integrated batteries in a 
device must conform to IEC 62282-6-100 and IEC 62282-6-100 Amend. 1 
(IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this subchapter). Fuel cells whose sole 
function is to charge a battery in the device are not permitted; and
    (ix) Fuel cells must be of a type that will not charge batteries 
when the consumer electronic device is not in use and must be durably 
marked by the manufacturer with the wording: ``APPROVED FOR CARRIAGE IN 
AIRCRAFT CABIN ONLY'' to indicate that the fuel cell meets this 
requirement.
    (21) Permeation devices for calibrating air quality monitoring 
equipment when carried in checked baggage provided the devices are 
constructed

[[Page 836]]

and packaged in accordance with Sec.173.175.
    (22) An internal combustion or fuel cell engine or a machine or 
apparatus containing an internal combustion or fuel cell engine when 
carried as checked baggage, provided--
    (i) The engine contains no liquid or gaseous fuel. An engine may be 
considered as not containing fuel when the engine components and any 
fuel lines have been completed drained, sufficiently cleaned of residue, 
and purged of vapors to remove any potential hazard and the engine when 
held in any orientation will not release any liquid fuel;
    (ii) The fuel tank contains no liquid or gaseous fuel. A fuel tank 
may be considered as not containing fuel when the fuel tank and the fuel 
lines have been completed drained, sufficiently cleaned of residue, and 
purged of vapors to remove any potential hazard;
    (iii) It is not equipped with a wet battery (including a non-
spillable battery), a sodium battery or a lithium battery; and
    (iv) It contains no other hazardous materials subject to the 
requirements of this subchapter.
    (23) Non-infectious specimens in preservative solutions transported 
in accordance with Sec.173.4b(b) of this subchapter.
    (24) Insulated packagings containing refrigerated liquid nitrogen 
when carried in checked or carry-on baggage in accordance with the ICAO 
Technical Instructions (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this subchapter), 
Packing Instruction 202, the packaging specifications in part 6, chapter 
5, and special provision A152.
    (25) Small cartridges fitted into or securely packed with devices 
with no more than four small cartridges of carbon dioxide or other 
suitable gas in Division 2.2, without subsidiary risk with the approval 
of the operator. The water capacity of each cartridge must not exceed 50 
mL (equivalent to a 28 g cartridge).
    (b) The exceptions provided in paragraph (a) of this section also 
apply to aircraft operators when transporting passenger or crewmember 
baggage that has been separated from the passenger or crewmember, 
including transfer to another carrier for transport to its final 
destination.
    (c) The requirements to submit incident reports as required under 
Sec. Sec.171.15 and 171.16 of this subchapter apply to the air 
carrier.

[71 FR 14604, Mar. 22, 2006]

    Editorial Note: For Federal Register citations affecting Sec.
175.10, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the 
Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov.



Sec.175.20  Compliance and training.

    An air carrier may not transport a hazardous material by aircraft 
unless each of its hazmat employees involved in that transportation is 
trained as required by subpart H of part 172 of this subchapter. In 
addition, air carriers must comply with all applicable hazardous 
materials training requirements in 14 CFR part 121 and 135.



Sec.175.25  Passenger notification system.

    (a) General. Each person who engages in for hire air transportation 
of passengers must effectively inform passengers about hazardous 
materials that passengers are forbidden to transport on aircraft and 
must accomplish this through the development, implementation, and 
maintenance of a passenger notification system.
    (b) Passenger notification system requirements. The passenger 
notification system required by paragraph (a) of this section must 
ensure that:
    (1) A passenger is presented with information required under 
paragraph (a) of this section at the point of ticket purchase or, if 
this is not practical, in another way prior to boarding pass issuance;
    (2) A passenger is presented with information required under 
paragraph (a) of this section at the point of boarding pass issuance 
(i.e. check-in), or when no boarding pass is issued, prior to boarding 
the aircraft;
    (3) A passenger, where the ticket purchase and/or boarding pass 
issuance can be completed by a passenger without the involvement of 
another person, acknowledges that they have been presented with the 
information required under paragraph (a) of this section; and
    (4) A passenger is presented with information required under 
paragraph (a)

[[Page 837]]

of this section at each of the places at an airport where tickets are 
issued, boarding passes are issued, passenger baggage is dropped off, 
aircraft boarding areas are maintained, and at any other location where 
boarding passes are issued and/or checked baggage is accepted. This 
information must include visual examples of forbidden hazardous 
materials.
    (c) Aircraft operator manual requirements. For certificate holders 
under 14 CFR parts 121 and 135, procedures and information necessary to 
allow personnel to implement and maintain the passenger notification 
system required in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section must be 
described in an operations manual and/or other appropriate manuals in 
accordance with 14 CFR part 121 or 135.

[82 FR 15892, Mar. 30, 2017]



Sec.175.26  Notification at cargo facilities of hazardous materials
requirements.

    (a) Each person who engages in the acceptance or transport of cargo 
for transportation by aircraft shall display notices to persons offering 
such cargo of the requirements applicable to the carriage of hazardous 
materials aboard aircraft, and the penalties for failure to comply with 
those requirements, at each facility where cargo is accepted. Each 
notice must be legible, and be prominently displayed so it can be seen. 
At a minimum, each notice must communicate the following information:
    (1) Cargo containing hazardous materials (dangerous goods) for 
transportation by aircraft must be offered in accordance with the 
Federal Hazardous Materials Regulations (49 CFR parts 171 through 180).
    (2) A violation can result in five years' imprisonment and penalties 
of $250,000 or more (49 U.S.C. 5124).
    (3) Hazardous materials (dangerous goods) include explosives, 
compressed gases, flammable liquids and solids, oxidizers, poisons, 
corrosives and radioactive materials.
    (b) The information contained in paragraph (a) of this section must 
be printed:
    (1) Legibly in English, and, where cargo is accepted outside of the 
United States, in the language of the host country; and
    (2) On a background of contrasting color.
    (c) Size and color of the notice are optional. Additional 
information, examples, or illustrations, if not inconsistent with 
required information, may be included.
    (d) Exceptions. Display of a notice required by paragraph (a) of 
this section is not required at:
    (1) An unattended location (e.g., a drop box) provided a general 
notice advising customers of a prohibition on shipments of hazardous 
materials through that location is prominently displayed; or
    (2) A customer's facility where hazardous materials packages are 
accepted by a carrier.



Sec.175.30  Inspecting shipments.

    (a) No person may accept a hazardous material for transportation 
aboard an aircraft unless the aircraft operator ensures the hazardous 
material is:
    (1) Authorized, and is within the quantity limitations specified for 
carriage aboard aircraft according to Sec.172.101 of this subchapter 
or as otherwise specifically provided by this subchapter.
    (2) Described and certified on a shipping paper prepared in 
duplicate in accordance with part 172 of this subchapter or as 
authorized by subpart C of part 171 of this subchapter. See Sec.175.33 
for shipping paper retention requirements;
    (3) Marked and labeled in accordance with subparts D and E of part 
172 or as authorized by subpart C of part 171 of this subchapter, and 
placarded (when required) in accordance with subpart F of part 172 of 
this subchapter; and
    (4) Labeled with a ``CARGO AIRCRAFT ONLY'' label (see Sec.172.448 
of this subchapter) if the material as presented is not permitted aboard 
passenger-carrying aircraft.
    (b) Except as provided in paragraph (d) of this section, no person 
may carry a hazardous material in a package or overpack aboard an 
aircraft unless the package or overpack is inspected by the operator of 
the aircraft immediately before placing it:
    (1) Aboard the aircraft; or

[[Page 838]]

    (2) In a unit load device or on a pallet prior to loading aboard the 
aircraft.
    (c) A hazardous material may be carried aboard an aircraft only if, 
based on the inspection by the operator, the package or overpack 
containing the hazardous material:
    (1) Has no leakage or other indication that its integrity has been 
compromised; and
    (2) For Class 7 (radioactive) materials, does not have a broken 
seal, except packages contained in overpacks need not be inspected for 
seal integrity.
    (d) The requirements of paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section do 
not apply to Dry ice (carbon dioxide, solid).
    (e) An overpack containing packages of hazardous materials may be 
accepted only if the operator has taken all reasonable steps to 
establish that:
    (1) The proper shipping names, identification numbers, labels and 
special handling instructions appearing on the inside packages are 
clearly visible or reproduced on the outside of the overpack, and
    (2) The word ``OVERPACK'' appears on the outside of the overpack 
when specification packagings are required.

[71 FR 14604, Mar. 22, 2006, as amended at 72 FR 25177, May 3, 2007; 73 
FR 57006, Oct. 1, 2008; 76 FR 3383, Jan. 19, 2011; 79 FR 46040, Aug. 6, 
2014; 80 FR 1164, Jan. 8, 2015; 83 FR 52899, Oct. 18, 2018]



Sec.175.31  Reports of discrepancies.

    (a) Each person who discovers a discrepancy, as defined in paragraph 
(b) of this section, relative to the shipment of a hazardous material 
following its acceptance for transportation aboard an aircraft shall, as 
soon as practicable, notify the nearest FAA Regional or Field Security 
Office by telephone or electronically, and shall provide the following 
information:
    (1) Name and telephone number of the person reporting the 
discrepancy.
    (2) Name of the aircraft operator.
    (3) Specific location of the shipment concerned.
    (4) Name of the shipper.
    (5) Nature of discrepancy.
    (6) Address of the shipper or person responsible for the 
discrepancy, if known, by the air carrier.
    (b) Discrepancies which must be reported under paragraph (a) of this 
section are those involving hazardous materials which are improperly 
described, certified, labeled, marked, or packaged, in a manner not 
ascertainable when accepted under the provisions of Sec.175.30(a) of 
this subchapter including packages or baggage which are found to contain 
hazardous materials subsequent to their being offered and accepted as 
other than hazardous materials.



Sec.175.33  Shipping paper and information to the pilot-in-command.

    (a) When a hazardous material subject to the provisions of this 
subchapter is carried in an aircraft, the operator of the aircraft must 
provide the pilot-in-command and the flight dispatcher or other ground 
support personnel with responsibilities for operational control of the 
aircraft with accurate and legible written information (e.g., 
handwritten, printed, or electronic form) as early as practicable before 
departure of the aircraft, but in no case later than when the aircraft 
moves under its own power, which specifies at least the following:
    (1) The date of the flight;
    (2) The air waybill number (when issued);
    (3) The proper shipping name (the technical name(s) shown on the 
shipping paper is not required), hazard class or division, subsidiary 
risk(s) corresponding to a required label(s), packing group and 
identification number of the material as specified in Sec.172.101 of 
this subchapter or the ICAO Technical Instructions (IBR, see Sec.171.7 
of this subchapter). In the case of Class 1 materials, the compatibility 
group letter also must be shown.
    (4) The total number of packages;
    (5) The exact loading location of the packages;
    (6) The net quantity or gross mass, as applicable, for each package 
except those containing Class 7 (radioactive) materials. For a shipment 
consisting of multiple packages containing hazardous materials bearing 
the same proper shipping name and identification number, only the total 
quantity and an indication of the quantity of the largest and smallest 
package at

[[Page 839]]

each loading location need to be provided. For consumer commodities, the 
information provided may be either the gross mass of each package or the 
average gross mass of the packages as shown on the shipping paper;
    (7) For Class 7 (radioactive) materials, the number of packages 
overpacks or freight containers, their category, transport index (if 
applicable), and their exact loading location;
    (8) Confirmation that the package must be carried on cargo-only 
aircraft;
    (9) The airport at which the package(s) is to be unloaded;
    (10) An indication, when applicable, that a hazardous material is 
being carried under terms of a special permit or under a State exemption 
as prescribed in the ICAO Technical Instructions (IBR, see Sec.171.7 
of this subchapter);
    (11) The telephone number from whom the information contained in the 
information to the pilot-in-command can be obtained. The aircraft 
operator must ensure the telephone number is monitored at all times the 
aircraft is in flight. The telephone number is not required to be placed 
on the information to the pilot-in-command if the phone number is in a 
location in the cockpit available and known to the pilot-in-command;
    (12) For UN1845, Carbon dioxide, solid (dry ice), the information 
required by this paragraph (a) may be replaced by the UN number, proper 
shipping name, hazard class, total quantity in each cargo compartment 
aboard the aircraft, and the airport at which the package(s) is to be 
unloaded; and
    (13)(i) For UN3480, Lithium ion batteries, and UN3090, Lithium metal 
batteries, the information required by this paragraph (a) may be 
replaced by the UN number, proper shipping name, hazard class, total 
quantity at each specific loading location, and whether the package must 
be carried on cargo-only aircraft.
    (ii) For UN3480, Lithium ion batteries, and UN3090, Lithium metal 
batteries, carried under a special permit or a State exemption as 
prescribed in the ICAO Technical Instructions (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of 
this subchapter), must meet all of the requirements of this section.
    (iii) For UN3480, UN3481, UN3090, and UN3091 prepared in accordance 
with Sec.173.185(c), except those prepared in accordance with Sec.
173.185(c)(4)(vi), are not required to appear on the information to the 
pilot-in-command.
    (b)(1) The information provided to the pilot-in-command must also 
include a signed confirmation or some other indication from the person 
responsible for loading the aircraft that there was no evidence of any 
damage to or leakage from the packages or any leakage from the unit load 
devices loaded on the aircraft;
    (2) The information to the pilot-in-command and the emergency 
response information required by subpart G of part 172 of this 
subchapter shall be readily available to the pilot-in-command and flight 
dispatcher during flight.
    (3) The pilot-in-command must indicate in writing (e.g., 
handwritten, printed, or electronic form) that the information to the 
pilot-in-command has been received.
    (c) The aircraft operator must--
    (1) For shipping papers. (i) Ensure a copy of the shipping paper 
required by Sec.175.30(a)(2) accompanies the shipment it covers during 
transportation aboard the aircraft.
    (ii) Retain a copy of the shipping paper required by Sec.
175.30(a)(2) or an electronic image thereof, that is accessible at or 
through its principal place of business and must make the shipping paper 
available, upon request, to an authorized official of a federal, state, 
or local government agency at reasonable times and locations. For a 
hazardous waste, each shipping paper copy must be retained for three 
years after the material is accepted by the initial carrier. For all 
other hazardous materials, each shipping paper copy must be retained by 
the operator for one year after the material is accepted by the initial 
carrier. Each shipping paper copy must include the date of acceptance by 
the carrier. The date on the shipping paper may be the date a shipper 
notifies the air carrier that a shipment is ready for transportation, as 
indicated on the air waybill or bill of lading, as an alternative to the 
date the shipment is picked up or accepted by the carrier. Only an 
initial carrier

[[Page 840]]

must receive and retain a copy of the shipper's certification, as 
required by Sec.172.204 of this subchapter.
    (2) For information to the pilot-in-command. Retain for 90 days at 
the airport of departure or the operator's principal place of business.
    (3) Have the shipping paper and information to the pilot-in-command 
readily accessible at the airport of departure and the intended airport 
of arrival for the duration of the flight.
    (4) Make available, upon request, to an authorized official of a 
Federal, State, or local government agency (which includes emergency 
responders) at reasonable times and locations, the documents or 
information required to be retained by this paragraph. In the event of a 
reportable incident, as defined in Sec.171.15 of this subchapter, the 
aircraft operator must make immediately available to an authorized 
official of a Federal, State, or local government agency (which includes 
emergency responders), the documents or information required to be 
retained by this paragraph (c).
    (5) Specify the personnel to be provided the information required by 
paragraph (a) of this section in their operations manual and/or other 
appropriate manuals.
    (d) The information required by paragraph (a) of this section and 
the shipping paper required by (c)(1) of this section may be combined 
into one document.

[83 FR 52899, Oct. 18, 2018]



Sec.175.34  Exceptions for cylinders of compressed oxygen or other
oxidizing gases transported within the State of Alaska.

    (a) Exceptions. When transported in the State of Alaska, cylinders 
of compressed oxygen or other oxidizing gases aboard aircraft are 
excepted from all the requirements of Sec. Sec.173.302(f)(3) through 
(5) and 173.304(f)(3) through (5) of this subchapter subject to the 
following conditions:
    (1) Transportation of the cylinders by a ground-based or water-based 
mode of transportation is unavailable and transportation by aircraft is 
the only practical means for transporting the cylinders to their 
destination;
    (2) Each cylinder is fully covered with a fire or flame resistant 
blanket that is secured in place; and
    (3) The operator of the aircraft complies with the applicable 
notification procedures under Sec.175.33.
    (b) Aircraft restrictions. This exception only applies to the 
following types of aircraft:
    (1) Cargo-only aircraft transporting the cylinders to a delivery 
destination that receives cargo-only service at least once a week.
    (2) Passenger and cargo-only aircraft transporting the cylinders to 
a delivery destination that does not receive cargo only service once a 
week.

[79 FR 15046, Mar. 18, 2014]



                Subpart B_Loading, Unloading and Handling



Sec.175.75  Quantity limitations and cargo location.

    (a) No person may carry on an aircraft a hazardous material except 
as permitted by this subchapter.
    (b) Except as otherwise provided in this subchapter, no person may 
carry a hazardous material in the cabin of a passenger-carrying aircraft 
or on the flight deck of any aircraft, and the hazardous material must 
be located in a place that is inaccessible to persons other than crew 
members. Hazardous materials may be carried in a main deck cargo 
compartment of a passenger aircraft provided that the compartment is 
inaccessible to passengers and that it meets all certification 
requirements for a Class B aircraft cargo compartment in 14 CFR 
25.857(b) or for a Class C aircraft cargo compartment in 14 CFR 
25.857(c). A package bearing a ``KEEP AWAY FROM HEAT'' handling marking 
must be protected from direct sunshine and stored in a cool and 
ventilated place, away from sources of heat.
    (c) For each package containing a hazardous material acceptable for 
carriage aboard passenger-carrying aircraft, no more than 25 kg (55 
pounds) net weight of hazardous material may be loaded in an 
inaccessible manner. In addition to the 25 kg limitation, an additional 
75 kg (165 pounds) net weight

[[Page 841]]

of Division 2.2 (non-flammable compressed gas) may be loaded in an 
inaccessible manner. The requirements of this paragraph (c) do not apply 
to Class 9, articles of Identification Numbers UN0012, UN0014, or UN0055 
also meeting the requirements of Sec.173.63(b) of this subchapter, 
articles of Identification Numbers UN3528 or UN3529, and Limited or 
Excepted Quantity material.
    (d) For the purposes of this section--
    (1) Accessible means, on passenger-carrying or cargo-only aircraft 
that each package is loaded where a crew member or other authorized 
person can access, handle, and, when size and weight permit, separate 
such packages from other cargo during flight, including a freight 
container in an accessible cargo compartment when packages are loaded in 
an accessible manner. Additionally, a package is considered accessible 
when transported on a cargo-only aircraft if it is:
    (i) In a cargo compartment certified by FAA as a Class C aircraft 
cargo compartment as defined in 14 CFR 25.857(c); or
    (ii) In an FAA-certified freight container that has an approved fire 
or smoke detection system and fire suppression system equivalent to that 
required by the certification requirements for a Class C aircraft cargo 
compartment.
    (2) Inaccessible means all other configurations to include packages 
loaded where a crew member or other authorized person cannot access, 
handle, and, when size and weight permit, separate such packages from 
other cargo during flight, including a freight container in an 
accessible cargo compartment when packages are loaded in an inaccessible 
manner.
    (e) For transport aboard cargo-only aircraft, the requirements of 
paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section do not apply to the following 
hazardous materials:
    (1) Class 3, PG III (unless the substance is also labeled 
CORROSIVE), Class 6.1 (unless the substance is also labeled for any 
hazard class or division except FLAMMABLE LIQUID), Division 6.2, Class 7 
(unless the hazardous material meets the definition of another hazard 
class), Class 9, articles of Identification Numbers UN0012, UN0014, or 
UN0055 also meeting the requirements of Sec.173.63(b) of this 
subchapter, articles of Identification Numbers UN3528 or UN3529, and 
those marked as a Limited Quantity or Excepted Quantity material.
    (2) Packages of hazardous materials transported aboard a cargo 
aircraft, when other means of transportation are impracticable or not 
available, in accordance with procedures approved in writing by the FAA 
Regional Office in the region where the operator is certificated.
    (3) Packages of hazardous materials carried on small, single pilot, 
cargo aircraft if:
    (i) No person is carried on the aircraft other than the pilot, an 
FAA inspector, the shipper or consignee of the material, a 
representative of the shipper or consignee so designated in writing, or 
a person necessary for handling the material;
    (ii) The pilot is provided with written instructions on the 
characteristics and proper handling of the materials; and
    (iii) Whenever a change of pilots occurs while the material is on 
board, the new pilot is briefed under a hand-to-hand signature service 
provided by the operator of the aircraft.
    (f) At a minimum, quantity limits and loading instructions in the 
following quantity and loading table must be followed to maintain 
acceptable quantity and loading between packages containing hazardous 
materials. The quantity and loading table is as follows:

                                           Quantity and Loading Table
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                Quantity Limitation: 25
                                                                    kg net weight of
                                                                hazardous material plus
                                                                  75 kg net weight of
            Applicability                     Forbidden            Division 2.2 (non-            No limit
                                                                  flammable compressed
                                                                     gas) per cargo
                                                                      compartment
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Passenger-carrying aircraft..........  Cargo Aircraft Only      Inaccessible...........  Accessible.
                                        labeled packages.

[[Page 842]]

 
Cargo-only aircraft--................  Not applicable.........  Inaccessible (Note 1)..  Accessible (Note 2).
Packages authorized aboard a
 passenger-carrying aircraft.
Cargo-only aircraft--................  Inaccessible (Note 1)..  Not applicable.........  Accessible (Note 2).
Packages not authorized aboard a
 passenger-carrying aircraft and
 displaying a Cargo Aircraft Only
 label.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Note 1: The following materials are not subject to this loading restriction--
a. Class 3, PG III (unless the substance is also labeled CORROSIVE).
b. Division 6.1 (unless the substance is also labeled for any hazard class or division except FLAMMABLE LIQUID)
c. Class 7 (unless the hazardous material meets the definition of another hazard class).
d. Class 9, Limited Quantity or Excepted Quantity material.
e. Articles of Identification Numbers UN0012, UN0014, or UN0055 also meeting the requirements of Sec.
  173.63(b).
f. Articles of Identification Numbers UN3528 or UN3529.
Note 2: Aboard cargo-only aircraft, packages required to be loaded in a position that is considered to be
  accessible include those loaded in a Class C cargo compartment.


[76 FR 82178, Dec. 30, 2011, as amended at 78 FR 65486, Oct. 31, 2013; 
81 FR 35544, June 2, 2016; 82 FR 15892, Mar. 30, 2017]



Sec.175.78  Stowage compatibility of cargo.

    (a) For stowage on an aircraft, in a cargo facility, or in any other 
area at an airport designated for the stowage of hazardous materials, 
packages containing hazardous materials which might react dangerously 
with one another may not be placed next to each other or in a position 
that would allow a dangerous interaction in the event of leakage.
    (b) At a minimum, the segregation instructions prescribed in the 
following Segregation Table must be followed to maintain acceptable 
segregation between packages containing hazardous materials with 
different hazards. The Segregation Table instructions apply whether or 
not the class or division is the primary or subsidiary risk. The 
Segregation Table follows:

                                                Segregation Table
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                 Class or division
          Hazard label           -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      1         2         3        4.2       4.3       5.1       5.2        8
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1...............................   Note 1    Note 2    Note 2    Note 2    Note 2    Note 2    Note 2    Note 2
2...............................   Note 2
3...............................   Note 2   ........  ........  ........  ........        X
4.2.............................   Note 2   ........  ........  ........  ........        X
4.3.............................   Note 2   ........  ........  ........  ........  ........  ........        X
5.1.............................   Note 2   ........        X         X
5.2.............................   Note 2
8...............................   Note 2   ........  ........  ........        X   ........  ........
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (c) Instructions for using the Segregation Table are as follows:
    (1) Hazard labels, classes or divisions not shown in the table are 
not subject to segregation requirements.
    (2) Dots at the intersection of a row and column indicate that no 
restrictions apply.
    (3) The letter ``X'' at the intersection of a row and column 
indicates that packages containing these classes of hazardous materials 
may not be stowed

[[Page 843]]

next to or in contact with each other, or in a position which would 
allow interaction in the event of leakage of the contents.
    (4) Note 1. ``Note 1'' at the intersection of a row and column means 
the following:
    (i) Only Division 1.4, Compatibility Group S, explosives are 
permitted to be transported aboard a passenger aircraft. Only certain 
Division 1.3, Compatibility Groups C and G, and Division 1.4, 
Compatibility Groups B, C, D, E, G and S, explosives may be transported 
aboard a cargo aircraft.
    (ii) Division 1.4 explosives in Compatibility Group S may be stowed 
with Division 1.3 and 1.4 explosives in compatibility groups as 
permitted aboard aircraft under paragraph (c)(4)(i) above.
    (iii) Except for Division 1.4B explosives and as otherwise provided 
in this Note, explosives of different compatibility groups may be stowed 
together whether or not they belong to the same division. Division 1.4B 
explosives must not be stowed together with any other explosive 
permitted aboard aircraft except Division 1.4S, unless segregated as 
prescribed in paragraph (c)(4)(iv) of this section (``Note 1'').
    (iv) Division 1.4B and Division 1.3 explosives may not be stowed 
together. Division 1.4B explosives must be loaded into separate unit 
load devices and, when stowed aboard the aircraft, the unit load devices 
must be separated by other cargo with a minimum separation of 2 m (6.5 
feet). When not loaded in unit load devices, Division 1.4B and Division 
1.3 explosives must be loaded into different, non-adjacent loading 
positions and separated by other cargo with a minimum separation of 2 m 
(6.5 feet).
    (5) Note 2. ``Note 2'' at the intersection of a row and column means 
that other than explosives of Division 1.4, Compatibility Group S, 
explosives may not be stowed together with that class.
    (6) Packages containing hazardous materials with multiple hazards in 
the class or divisions, which require segregation in accordance with the 
Segregation Table, need not be segregated from other packages bearing 
the same UN number.
    (7) A package labeled ``BLASTING AGENT'' may not be stowed next to 
or in a position that will allow contact with a package of special 
fireworks or railway torpedoes.

[71 FR 14604, Mar. 22, 2006, as amended at 71 FR 54396, Sept. 14, 2006; 
71 FR 78634, Dec. 29, 2006; 76 FR 3384, Jan. 19, 2011]



Sec.175.88  Inspection, orientation and securing packages of hazardous
materials.

    (a) A unit load device may not be loaded on an aircraft unless the 
device has been inspected and found to be free from any evidence of 
leakage from, or damage to, any package containing hazardous materials.
    (b) A package containing hazardous materials marked ``THIS SIDE UP'' 
or ``THIS END UP'', or with arrows to indicate the proper orientation of 
the package, must be stored and loaded aboard an aircraft in accordance 
with such markings. A package without orientation markings containing 
liquid hazardous materials must be stored and loaded with top closure 
facing upward.
    (c) Packages containing hazardous materials must be:
    (1) Secured in an aircraft in a manner that will prevent any 
shifting or change in the orientation of the packages;
    (2) Protected from being damaged, including by the shifting of 
baggage, mail, stores, or other cargo;
    (3) Loaded so that accidental damage is not caused through dragging 
or mishandling; and
    (4) When containing Class 7 (radioactive) materials, secured in a 
manner that ensures that the separation requirements of Sec. Sec.
175.701 and 175.702 will be maintained at all times during flight.

[71 FR 14604, Mar. 22, 2006, as amended at 83 FR 52900, Oct. 18, 2018]



Sec.175.90  Damaged shipments.

    (a) Packages or overpacks containing hazardous materials must be 
inspected for damage or leakage after being unloaded from an aircraft. 
When packages or overpacks containing hazardous materials have been 
transported in a unit load device, the area where the unit load device 
was stowed must be inspected for evidence of leakage or

[[Page 844]]

contamination immediately upon removal of the unit load device from the 
aircraft, and the packages or overpacks must be inspected for evidence 
of damage or leakage when the unit load device is unloaded. In the event 
of leakage or suspected leakage, the compartment in which the package, 
overpack, or unit load device was carried must be inspected for 
contamination and decontaminated, if applicable.
    (b) Except as provided in Sec.175.700, the operator of an aircraft 
must remove from the aircraft any package, baggage or cargo that appears 
to be leaking or contaminated by a hazardous material. In the case of a 
package, baggage or cargo that appears to be leaking, the operator must 
ensure that other packages, baggage or cargo in the same shipment are in 
proper condition for transport aboard the aircraft and that no other 
package, baggage or cargo has been contaminated or is leaking. If an 
operator becomes aware that a package, baggage or cargo not identified 
as containing a hazardous material has been contaminated, or the 
operator has cause to believe that a hazardous material may be the cause 
of the contamination, the operator must take reasonable steps to 
identify the nature and source of contamination before proceeding with 
the loading of the contaminated baggage or cargo. If the contaminating 
substance is found or suspected to be hazardous material, the operator 
must isolate the package, baggage or cargo and take appropriate steps to 
eliminate any identified hazard before continuing the transportation of 
the item by aircraft.
    (c) No person may place aboard an aircraft a package, baggage or 
cargo that is contaminated with a hazardous material or appears to be 
leaking.
    (d) If a package containing a material in Division 6.2 (infectious 
substance) is found to be damaged or leaking, the person finding the 
package must:
    (1) Avoid handling the package or keep handling to a minimum;
    (2) Inspect packages adjacent to the leaking package for 
contamination and withhold from further transportation any contaminated 
packages until it is ascertained that they can be safely transported;
    (3) Comply with the reporting requirement of Sec. Sec.171.15 and 
175.31 of this subchapter; and
    (4) Notify the consignor or consignee.



Subpart C_Specific Regulations Applicable According to Classification of 
                                Material



Sec.175.310  Transportation of flammable liquid fuel; aircraft only 
means of transportation.

    (a) When other means of transportation are impracticable, flammable 
liquid fuels may be carried on certain passenger and cargo aircraft as 
provided in this section, without regard to the packaging references and 
quantity limits listed in Columns 7, 8 and 9 of the Sec.172.101 
Hazardous Materials Table. All requirements of this subchapter that are 
not specifically covered in this section continue to apply to shipments 
made under the provisions of this section. For purposes of this section 
``impracticable'' means transportation is not physically possible or 
cannot be performed by routine and frequent means of other 
transportation, due to extenuating circumstances. Extenuating 
circumstances include: conditions precluding highway or water 
transportation, such as a frozen vessel route; road closures due to 
catastrophic weather or volcanic activity; or a declared state of 
emergency. The desire for expedience of a shipper, carrier, or 
consignor, is not relevant in determining whether other means of 
transportation are impracticable. The stowage requirements of Sec.
175.75(a) do not apply to a person operating an aircraft under the 
provisions of this section which, because of its size and configuration, 
makes it impossible to comply.
    (b) A small passenger-carrying aircraft operated entirely within the 
State of Alaska or into a remote area, in other than scheduled passenger 
operations, may carry up to 76 L (20 gallons) of flammable liquid fuel 
(in Packing Group II or Packing Group III), when:
    (1) The flight is necessary to meet the needs of a passenger; and
    (2) The fuel is carried in one of the following types of containers:

[[Page 845]]

    (i) Strong tight metal containers of not more than 20 L (5.3 
gallons) capacity, each packed inside a UN 4G fiberboard box, at the 
Packing Group II performance level, or each packed inside a UN 4C1 
wooden box, at the Packing Group II performance level;
    (ii) Airtight, leakproof, inside containers of not more than 40 L 
(11 gallons) capacity and of at least 28-gauge metal, each packed inside 
a UN 4C1 wooden box, at the Packing Group II performance level;
    (iii) UN 1A1 steel drums, at the Packing Group I or II performance 
level, of not more than 20 L (5.3 gallons) capacity; or
    (iv) In fuel tanks attached to flammable liquid fuel powered 
equipment under the following conditions:
    (A) Each piece of equipment is secured in an upright position;
    (B) Each fuel tank is filled in a manner that will preclude spillage 
of fuel during loading, unloading, and transportation; and
    (C) Fueling and refueling of the equipment is prohibited in or on 
the aircraft.
    (3) In the case of a passenger-carrying helicopter, the fuel or 
fueled equipment must be carried on external cargo racks or slings.
    (c) Flammable liquid fuels may be carried on a cargo aircraft, 
subject to the following conditions:
    (1)(i) The flammable liquid fuel is in Packing Group II or Packing 
Group III except as indicated in paragraph (c)(1)(iv) of this section;
    (ii) The fuel is carried in packagings authorized in paragraph (b) 
of this section;
    (iii) The fuel is carried in metal drums (UN 1A1, 1B1, 1N1) 
authorized for Packing Group I or Packing Group II liquid hazardous 
materials and having rated capacities of 220 L (58 gallons) or less. 
These single packagings may not be transported in the same aircraft with 
Class 1, Class 5, or Class 8 materials.
    (iv) Combustible and flammable liquid fuels (including those in 
Packing Group I) may be carried in installed aircraft tanks each having 
a capacity of more than 450 L (118.9 gallons), subject to the following 
additional conditions:
    (A) The tanks and their associated piping and equipment and the 
installation thereof must have been approved for the material to be 
transported by the appropriate FAA Flight Standards District Office.
    (B) In the case of an aircraft being operated by a certificate 
holder, the operator shall list the aircraft and the approval 
information in its operating specifications. If the aircraft is being 
operated by other than a certificate holder, a copy of the FAA Flight 
Standards District Office approval required by this section must be 
carried on the aircraft.
    (C) The crew of the aircraft must be thoroughly briefed on the 
operation of the particular bulk tank system being used.
    (D) During loading and unloading and thereafter until any remaining 
fumes within the aircraft are dissipated:
    (1) Only those electrically operated bulk tank shutoff valves that 
have been approved under a supplemental type certificate may be 
electrically operated.
    (2) No engine or electrical equipment, avionic equipment, or 
auxiliary power units may be operated, except position lights in the 
steady position and equipment required by approved loading or unloading 
procedures, as set forth in the operator's operations manual, or for 
operators that are not certificate holders, as set forth in a written 
statement.
    (3) Static ground wires must be connected between the storage tank 
or fueler and the aircraft, and between the aircraft and a positive 
ground device.
    (2) [Reserved]
    (d) The following restrictions apply to loading, handling, or 
carrying fuel under the provisions of this section:
    (1) During loading and unloading, no person may smoke, carry a 
lighted cigarette, cigar, or pipe, or operate any device capable of 
causing an open flame or spark within 15 m (50 feet) of the aircraft.
    (2) No person may fill a container, other than an approved bulk 
tank, with a Class 3 material or combustible liquid or discharge a Class 
3 material or combustible liquid from a container, other than an 
approved bulk tank,

[[Page 846]]

while that container is inside or within 15 m (50 feet) of the aircraft.
    (3) When filling an approved bulk tank by hose from inside the 
aircraft, the doors and hatches of the aircraft must be fully open to 
insure proper ventilation.
    (4) Each area or compartment in which the fuel is loaded is suitably 
ventilated to prevent the accumulation of fuel vapors.
    (5) Fuel is transferred to the aircraft fuel tanks only while the 
aircraft is on the ground.
    (6) Before each flight, the pilot-in-command:
    (i) Prohibits smoking, lighting matches, the carrying of any lighted 
cigar, pipe, cigarette or flame, and the use of anything that might 
cause an open flame or spark, while in flight; and
    (ii) For passenger aircraft, informs each passenger of the location 
of the fuel and the hazards involved.
    (e) Operators must comply with the following:
    (1) If the aircraft is being operated by a holder of a certificate 
issued under 14 CFR part 121 or part 135, operations must be conducted 
in accordance with conditions and limitations specified in the 
certificate holder's operations specifications or operations manual 
accepted by the FAA. If the aircraft is being operated under 14 CFR part 
91, operations must be conducted in accordance with an operations plan 
accepted and acknowledged in writing by the FAA Principal Operations 
Inspector assigned to the operator.
    (2) The aircraft and the loading arrangement to be used must be 
approved for the safe carriage of the particular materials concerned by 
the FAA Principal Operations Inspector assigned to the operator.



Sec.175.501  Special requirements for oxidizers and compressed oxygen.

    (a) Compressed oxygen, when properly labeled Oxidizer or Oxygen, may 
be loaded and transported as provided in this section. Except for 
Oxygen, compressed, no person may load or transport a hazardous material 
for which an OXIDIZER label is required under this subchapter in an 
inaccessible cargo compartment that does not have a fire or smoke 
detection system and a fire suppression system.
    (b) In addition to the quantity limitations prescribed in Sec.
175.75, no more than a combined total of six cylinders of compressed 
oxygen may be stowed on an aircraft in the inaccessible aircraft cargo 
compartment(s) that do not have fire or smoke detection systems and fire 
suppression systems.
    (c) When loaded into a passenger-carrying aircraft or in an 
inaccessible cargo location on a cargo-only aircraft, cylinders of 
compressed oxygen must be stowed horizontally on the floor or as close 
as practicable to the floor of the cargo compartment or unit load 
device. This provision does not apply to cylinders stowed in the cabin 
of the aircraft in accordance with paragraph (e) of this section.
    (d) When transported in a Class B aircraft cargo compartment (see 14 
CFR 25.857(b)) or its equivalent (i.e., an accessible cargo compartment 
equipped with a fire or smoke detection system, but not a fire 
suppression system), cylinders of compressed oxygen must be loaded in a 
manner that a crew member can see, handle and, when size and weight 
permit, separate the cylinders from other cargo during flight. No more 
than six cylinders of compressed oxygen and, in addition, one cylinder 
of medical-use compressed oxygen per passenger needing oxygen at 
destination--with a rated capacity of 1000 L (34 cubic feet) or less of 
oxygen--may be carried in a Class B aircraft cargo compartment or its 
equivalent.
    (e) A cylinder containing medical-use compressed oxygen, owned or 
leased by an aircraft operator or offered for transportation by a 
passenger needing it for personal medical use at destination, may be 
carried in the cabin of a passenger-carrying aircraft in accordance with 
the following provisions:
    (1) No more than six cylinders belonging to the aircraft operator 
and, in addition, no more than one cylinder per passenger needing the 
oxygen at destination, may be transported in the cabin of the aircraft 
under the provisions of this paragraph (e);
    (2) The rated capacity of each cylinder may not exceed 1,000 L (34 
cubic feet);

[[Page 847]]

    (3) Each cylinder must conform to the provisions of this subchapter 
and be placed in:
    (i) An outer packaging that conforms to the performance criteria of 
Air Transport Association (ATA) Specification 300 for a Category I 
Shipping Container; or
    (ii) A metal, plastic or wood outer packaging that conforms to a UN 
standard at the Packing Group I or II performance level.
    (4) The aircraft operator shall securely stow the cylinder in its 
overpack or outer packaging in the cabin of the aircraft and shall 
notify the pilot-in-command as specified in Sec.175.33 of this part; 
and
    (5) Shipments under this paragraph (e) are not subject to--
    (i) Sections 173.302(f) and 173.304(f) of this subchapter, subpart C 
of part 172 of this subchapter, and, for passengers only, subpart H of 
part 172 of this subchapter;
    (ii) Section 173.25(a)(4) of this subchapter; and
    (iii) Paragraph (b) of this section.

[72 FR 4456, Jan. 31, 2007, as amended at 72 FR 55099, Sept. 28, 2007]



Sec.175.630  Special requirements for Division 6.1 (poisonous) 
material and Division 6.2 (infectious substances) materials.

    (a) [Reserved]
    (b) No person may operate an aircraft that has been used to 
transport any package required to bear a POISON or POISON INHALATION 
HAZARD label unless, upon removal of such package, the area in the 
aircraft in which it was carried is visually inspected for evidence of 
leakage, spillage, or other contamination. All contamination discovered 
must be either isolated or removed from the aircraft. The operation of 
an aircraft contaminated with such Division 6.1 materials is considered 
to be the carriage of poisonous materials under paragraph (a) of this 
section.
    (c) When unloaded from the aircraft, each package, overpack, pallet, 
or unit load device containing a Division 6.2 material must be inspected 
for signs of leakage. If evidence of leakage is found, the cargo 
compartment in which the package, overpack, or unit load device was 
transported must be disinfected. Disinfection may be by any means that 
will make the material released ineffective at transmitting disease.

[71 FR 14604, Mar. 22, 2006, as amended at 71 FR 32263, June 2, 2006; 80 
FR 1164, Jan. 8, 2015]



Sec.175.700  Special limitations and requirements for Class 7
materials.

    (a) Except as provided in Sec. Sec.173.4a, 173.422 and 173.423 of 
this subchapter, no person may carry any Class 7 materials aboard a 
passenger-carrying aircraft unless that material is intended for use in, 
or incident to research (See Sec.171.8 of this subchapter), medical 
diagnosis or treatment. Regardless of its intended use, no person may 
carry a Type B(M) package aboard a passenger-carrying aircraft, a vented 
Type B(M) package aboard any aircraft, or a liquid pyrophoric Class 7 
material aboard any aircraft.
    (b) Limits for transport index and criticality safety index. A 
person may carry the following Class 7 (radioactive) materials aboard an 
aircraft only when--
    (1) On a passenger-carrying aircraft--
    (i) Each single package on the aircraft has a transport index no 
greater than 3.0;
    (ii) The combined transport index and the combined criticality index 
of all the packages on the aircraft are each no greater than 50.
    (2) On a cargo aircraft--
    (i) Each single package on the aircraft has a transport index no 
greater than 10.0.
    (ii) The combined transport index of all the packages on the 
aircraft is no greater than 200, and the combined criticality index of 
all the packages on the aircraft is no greater than--
    (A) 50 on a non-exclusive use cargo aircraft, or
    (B) 100 on an aircraft assigned for the exclusive use of the shipper 
[offeror] for the specific shipment of fissile Class 7 material. 
Instructions for the exclusive use must be developed by the shipper 
[offeror] and carrier, and the instructions must accompany the shipping 
papers.
    (3) The combined transport index and combined criticality index are 
determined by adding together the transport index and criticality index 
numbers,

[[Page 848]]

respectively, shown on the labels of the individual packages.
    (c) No person may carry in a passenger-carrying aircraft any package 
required to be labeled RADIOACTIVE YELLOW-II or RADIOACTIVE YELLOW-III 
label unless the package is carried on the floor of the cargo 
compartment or freight container.

[71 FR 14604, Mar. 22, 2006, as amended at 74 FR 2268, Jan. 14, 2009]



Sec.175.701  Separation distance requirements for packages containing
Class 7 (radioactive) materials in passenger-carrying aircraft.

    (a) The following table prescribes the minimum separation distances 
that must be maintained in a passenger-carrying aircraft between Class 7 
(radioactive) materials labeled RADIOACTIVE YELLOW-II or RADIOACTIVE 
YELLOW-III and passengers and crew:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                  Minimum separation
 Transport index or sum of transport indexes           distances
     of all packages in the aircraft or      ---------------------------
             predesignated area                Centimeters     Inches
------------------------------------------------------------------------
0.1 to 1.0..................................            30            12
1.1 to 2.0..................................            50            20
2.1 to 3.0..................................            70            28
3.1 to 4.0..................................            85            34
4.1 to 5.0..................................           100            40
5.1 to 6.0..................................           115            46
6.1 to 7.0..................................           130            52
7.1 to 8.0..................................           145            57
8.1 to 9.0..................................           155            61
9.1 to 10.0.................................           165            65
10.1 to 11.0................................           175            69
11.1 to 12.0................................           185            73
12.1 to 13.0................................           195            77
13.1 to 14.0................................           205            81
14.1 to 15.0................................           215            85
15.1 to 16.0................................           225            89
16.1 to 17.0................................           235            93
17.1 to 18.0................................           245            97
18.1 to 20.0................................           260           102
20.1 to 25.0................................           290           114
25.1 to 30.0................................           320           126
30.1 to 35.0................................           350           138
35.1 to 40.0................................           375           148
40.1 to 45.0................................           400           157
45.1 to 50.0................................           425           167
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (b) When transported aboard passenger-carrying aircraft packages, 
overpacks or freight containers labeled Radioactive Yellow-II or 
Radioactive Yellow-III must be separated from live animals by a distance 
of at least 0.5 m (20 inches) for journeys not exceeding 24 hours, and 
by a distance of at least 1.0 m (39 inches) for journeys longer than 24 
hours.
    (c) Except as provided in paragraph (d) of this section, the minimum 
separation distances prescribed in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this 
section are determined by measuring the shortest distance between the 
surfaces of the Class 7 (radioactive) materials package and the surfaces 
bounding the space occupied by passengers or animals. If more than one 
package of Class 7 (radioactive) materials is placed in a passenger-
carrying aircraft, the minimum separation distance for these packages 
shall be determined in accordance with paragraphs (a) and (b) of this 
section on the basis of the sum of the transport index numbers of the 
individual packages or overpacks.
    (d) Predesignated areas. A package labeled RADIOACTIVE YELLOW-II or 
RADIOACTIVE YELLOW-III may be carried in a passenger-carrying aircraft 
in accordance with a system of predesignated areas established by the 
aircraft operator. Each aircraft operator that elects to use a system of 
predesignated areas shall submit a detailed description of the proposed 
system to the Associate Administrator for approval prior to 
implementation of the system. A proposed system of predesignated areas 
is approved if the Associate Administrator determines that it is 
designed to assure that:
    (1) The packages can be placed in each predesignated area in 
accordance with the minimum separation distances prescribed in paragraph 
(a) of this section; and
    (2) The predesignated areas are separated from each other by minimum 
distance equal to at least four times the distances required by 
paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section for the predesignated area 
containing packages with the largest sum of transport indexes.



Sec.175.702  Separation distance requirements for packages containing
Class 7 (radioactive) materials in cargo aircraft.

    (a) No person may carry in a cargo aircraft any package required by 
Sec.172.403 of this subchapter to be labeled Radioactive Yellow-II or 
Radioactive Yellow-III unless:
    (1) The total transport index for all packages does not exceed 50.0 
and the packages are carried in accordance with Sec.175.701(a); or

[[Page 849]]

    (2) The total transport index for all packages exceeds 50.0; and
    (i) The separation distance between the surfaces of the radioactive 
materials packages, overpacks or freight containers and any space 
occupied by live animals is at least 0.5 m (20 inches) for journeys not 
exceeding 24 hours and at least 1.0 m (39 inches) for journeys longer 
than 24 hours; and
    (ii) The minimum separation distances between the radioactive 
material and any areas occupied by persons that are specified in the 
following table are maintained:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Transport index or sum of transport     Minimum separation distances
   indexes of all packages in the    -----------------------------------
   aircraft or predesignated area        Centimeters         Inches
------------------------------------------------------------------------
50.1 to 60.0........................               465               183
60.1 to 70.0........................               505               199
70.1 to 80.0........................               545               215
80.1 to 90.0........................               580               228
90.1 to 100.0.......................               610               240
100.1 to 110.0......................               645               254
110.1 to 120.0......................               670               264
120.1 to 130.0......................               700               276
130.1 to 140.0......................               730               287
140.1 to 150.0......................               755               297
150.1 to 160.0......................               780               307
160.1 to 170.0......................               805               317
170.1 to 180.0......................               830               327
180.1 to 190.0......................               855               337
190.1 to 200.0......................               875               344
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (b) In addition to the limits on combined criticality safety indexes 
stated in Sec.175.700(b),
    (1) The criticality safety index of any single group of packages 
must not exceed 50.0 (as used in this section, the term ``group of 
packages'' means packages that are separated from each other in an 
aircraft by a distance of 6 m (20 feet) or less); and
    (2) Each group of packages must be separated from every other group 
in the aircraft by not less than 6 m (20 feet), measured from the outer 
surface of each group.

[71 FR 14604, Mar. 22, 2006, as amended at 71 FR 54396, Sept. 14, 2006; 
77 FR 60943, Oct. 5, 2012; 79 FR 40618, July 11, 2014]



Sec.175.703  Other special requirements for the acceptance and 
carriage of packages containing Class 7 materials.

    (a) No person may accept for carriage in an aircraft packages of 
Class 7 materials, other than limited quantities, contained in a rigid 
or non-rigid overpack, including a fiberboard box or plastic bag, unless 
they have been prepared for shipment in accordance with Sec.172.403(h) 
of this subchapter.
    (b) Each shipment of fissile material packages must conform to the 
requirements of Sec. Sec.173.457 and 173.459 of this subchapter.
    (c) No person shall offer or accept for transportation, or 
transport, by air--
    (1) Vented Type B(M) packages, packages which require external 
cooling by an ancillary cooling system or packages subject to 
operational controls during transport; or
    (2) Liquid pyrophoric Class 7 (radioactive) materials.
    (d) Packages with radiation levels at the package surface or a 
transport index in excess of the limits specified in Sec.173.441(a) of 
this subchapter may not be transported by aircraft except under special 
arrangements approved by the Associate Administrator.



Sec.175.704  Plutonium shipments.

    Shipments of plutonium which are subject to 10 CFR 71.88(a)(4) must 
comply with the following:
    (a) Each package containing plutonium must be secured and restrained 
to prevent shifting under normal conditions.
    (b) A package of plutonium having a gross mass less than 40 kg (88 
pounds) and both its height and diameter less than 50 cm (19.7 inches)--

[[Page 850]]

    (1) May not be transported aboard an aircraft carrying other cargo 
required to bear a Division 1.1 label; and
    (2) Must be stowed aboard the aircraft on the main deck or the lower 
cargo compartment in the aft-most location that is possible for cargo of 
its size and weight, and no other cargo may be stowed aft of packages 
containing plutonium.
    (c) A package of plutonium exceeding the size and weight limitations 
in paragraph (b) of this section--
    (1) May not be transported aboard an aircraft carrying other cargo 
required to bear any of the following labels: Class 1 (all Divisions), 
Class 2 (all Divisions), Class 3, Class 4 (all Divisions), Class 5 (all 
Divisions), or Class 8; and
    (2) Must be securely cradled and tied down to the main deck of the 
aircraft in a manner that restrains the package against the following 
internal forces acting separately relative to the deck of the aircraft; 
Upward, 2g; Forward, 9g; Sideward, 1.5g; Downward, 4.5g.



Sec.175.705  Radioactive contamination.

    (a) A carrier shall take care to avoid possible inhalation, 
ingestion, or contact by any person with Class 7 (radioactive) materials 
that may have been released from their packagings.
    (b) When contamination is present or suspected, the package 
containing a Class 7 material, any loose Class 7 material, associated 
packaging material, and any other materials that have been contaminated 
must be segregated as far as practicable from personnel contact until 
radiological advice or assistance is obtained from the U.S. Department 
of Energy or appropriate State or local radiological authorities.
    (c) An aircraft in which Class 7 (radioactive) material has been 
released must be taken out of service and may not be returned to service 
or routinely occupied until the aircraft is checked for radioactive 
substances and it is determined that any radioactive substances present 
do not meet the definition of radioactive material, as defined in Sec.
173.403 of this subchapter, and it is determined in accordance with 
Sec.173.443 of this subchapter that the dose rate at every accessible 
surface must not exceed 0.005 mSv per hour (0.5 mrem per hour) and there 
is no significant removable surface contamination.
    (d) Each aircraft used routinely for transporting Class 7 materials 
shall be periodically checked for radioactive contamination, and an 
aircraft must be taken out of service if contamination exceeds the level 
specified in paragraph (c). The frequency of these checks shall be 
related to the likelihood of contamination and the extent to which Class 
7 materials are transported.
    (e) In addition to the reporting requirements of (Sec. Sec.171.15 
and 171.16 of this subchapter and Sec.175.31 of this part, an aircraft 
operator shall notify the offeror at the earliest practicable moment 
following any incident in which there has been breakage, spillage, or 
suspected radioactive contamination involving Class 7 (radioactive) 
materials shipments.

[71 FR 14604, Mar. 22, 2006, as amended at 79 FR 40618, July 11, 2014; 
80 FR 1164, Jan. 8, 2015]



Sec.175.706  Separation distances for undeveloped film from packages
containing Class 7 (radioactive) materials.

    No person may carry in an aircraft any package of Class 7 
(radioactive) materials required by Sec.172.403 of this subchapter to 
be labeled Radioactive Yellow-II or Radioactive Yellow-III closer than 
the distances shown in the table below to any package marked as 
containing underdeveloped film.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                            Minimum separation distance to nearest undeveloped film for various times in transit
                                                   -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  Transport index                      Up to 2 hours        2 to 4 hours        4 to 8 hours        8 to 12 hours        Over 12 hours
                                                   -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     Meters     Feet      Meters     Feet     Meters     Feet      Meters     Feet     Meters     Feet
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0.1 to 1.0........................................       0.3         1        0.6         2       0.9         3        1.2         4       1.5         5
1.1 to 5.0........................................       0.9         3        1.2         4       1.8         6        2.4         8       3.3        11
5.1 to 10.0.......................................       1.2         4        1.8         6       2.7         9        3.3        11       4.5        15
10.1 to 20.0......................................       1.5         5        2.4         8       3.6        12        4.8        16       6.6        22
20.1 to 30.0......................................       2.1         7        3          10       4.5        15        6          20       8.7        29
30.1 to 40.0......................................       2.4         8        3.3        11       5.1        17        6.6        22       9.9        33
40.1 to 50.0......................................       2.7         9        3.6        12       5.7        19        7.2        24      10.8        36
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


[[Page 851]]



Sec.175.900  Handling requirements for carbon dioxide, solid 
(dry ice).

    Carbon dioxide, solid (dry ice) when shipped by itself or when used 
as a refrigerant for other commodities, may be carried only if the 
operator has made suitable arrangements based on the aircraft type, the 
aircraft ventilation rates, the method of packing and stowing, whether 
animals will be carried on the same flight and other factors. The 
operator must ensure that the ground staff is informed that the dry ice 
is being loaded or is on board the aircraft. For arrangements between 
the shipper and operator, see Sec.173.217 of this subchapter. Where 
dry ice is contained in a unit load device (ULD) prepared by a single 
shipper in accordance with Sec.173.217 of this subchapter and the 
operator after the acceptance adds additional dry ice, the operator must 
ensure that the information provided to the pilot-in-command and the 
marking on the ULD when used as a packaging reflects that revised 
quantity of dry ice.

[82 FR 15892, Mar. 30, 2017]



PART 176_CARRIAGE BY VESSEL--Table of Contents



                            Subpart A_General

Sec.
176.1 Purpose and scope.
176.2 Definitions.
176.3 Unacceptable hazardous materials shipments.
176.4 Port security and safety regulations.
176.5 Application to vessels.
176.7 Documentation for vessel personnel.
176.9 ``Order-Notify'' or ``C.O.D.'' shipments.
176.11 Exceptions.
176.13 Responsibility for compliance and training.
176.15 Enforcement.
176.18 Assignment and certification.

                Subpart B_General Operating Requirements

176.24 Shipping papers.
176.27 Certificate.
176.30 Dangerous cargo manifest.
176.31 Special permits.
176.36 Preservation of records.
176.39 Inspection of cargo.
176.45 Emergency situations.
176.48 Situation requiring report.
176.50 Acceptance of damaged or leaking packages.
176.52 Rejections of shipments in violation.
176.54 Repairs involving welding, burning, and power-actuated tools and 
          appliances.

                 Subpart C_General Handling and Stowage

176.57 Supervision of handling and stowage.
176.58 Preparation of the vessel.
176.60 ``No Smoking'' signs.
176.63 Stowage locations.
176.65 Alternative stowage procedures.
176.69 General stowage requirements for hazardous materials.
176.70 Stowage requirements for marine pollutants.
176.72 Handling of break-bulk hazardous materials.
176.74 On deck stowage of break-bulk hazardous materials.
176.76 Transport vehicles, freight containers, and portable tanks 
          containing hazardous materials.
176.77 Stowage of barges containing hazardous materials on board barge-
          carrying vessels.
176.78 Use of power-operated industrial trucks on board vessels.

               Subpart D_General Segregation Requirements

176.80 Applicability.
176.83 Segregation.
176.84 Other requirements for stowage, cargo handling, and segregation 
          for cargo vessels and passenger vessels.

   Subpart E_Special Requirements for Transport Vehicles Loaded With 
       Hazardous Materials and Transported on Board Ferry Vessels

176.88 Applicability.
176.89 Control of transport vehicles.
176.90 Private automobiles.
176.91 Motorboats.
176.92 Cylinders laden in vehicles.
176.93 Vehicles having refrigerating or heating equipment.

                Subpart F_Special Requirements for Barges

176.95 Applicability.
176.96 Materials of construction.
176.97 Prohibition of dump scows.
176.98 Stowage of hazardous materials on board barges.
176.99 Permit requirements for certain hazardous materials.

    Subpart G_Detailed Requirements for Class 1 (Explosive) Materials

176.100 Permit for Divisions 1.1 and 1.2 (explosive) materials.
176.102 Supervisory detail.

[[Page 852]]

176.104 Loading and unloading Class 1 (explosive) materials.
176.108 Supervision of Class 1 (explosive) materials during loading, 
          unloading, handling and stowage.

                                 Stowage

176.112 Applicability.
176.116 General stowage conditions for Class 1 (explosive) materials.
176.118 Electrical requirement.
176.120 Lightning protection.
176.122-176.124 [Reserved]
176.128-176.136 [Reserved]
176.137 Portable magazine.
176.138 Deck stowage.

                               Segregation

176.140 Segregation from other classes of hazardous materials.
176.142 [Reserved]
176.144 Segregation of Class 1 (explosive) materials.
176.145 Segregation in single hold vessels.
176.146 Segregation from non-hazardous materials.

                Precautions During Loading and Unloading

176.148 Artificial lighting.
176.150 Radio and radar.
176.154 Fueling (bunkering).
176.156 Defective packages.
176.160 Protection against weather.
176.162 Security.
176.164 Fire precautions and firefighting.

                            Passenger Vessels

176.166 Transport of Class 1 (explosive) materials on passenger vessels.

               Cargo Transport Units and Shipborne Barges

176.168 Transport of Class 1 (explosive) materials in vehicle spaces.
176.170 Transport of Class 1 (explosive) materials in freight 
          containers.
176.172 Structural serviceability of freight containers and vehicles 
          carrying Class 1 (explosive) materials on ships.
176.174 Transport of Class 1 (explosive) materials in shipborne barges.

             Handling Class 1 (Explosive) Materials in Port

176.176 Signals.
176.178 Mooring lines.
176.180 Watchkeeping.
176.182 Conditions for handling on board ship.
176.184 Class 1 (explosive) materials of Compatibility Group L.
176.190 Departure of vessel.
176.192 Cargo handling equipment for freight containers carrying Class 1 
          (explosive) materials.

                            Magazine Vessels

176.194 Stowage of Class 1 (explosive) materials on magazine vessels.

 Subpart H_Detailed Requirements for Class 2 (Compressed Gas) Materials

176.200 General stowage requirements.
176.205 Under deck stowage requirements.
176.210 On deck stowage requirements.
176.220 Smoking or open flame and posting of warning signs.
176.225 Stowage of chlorine.
176.230 Stowage of Division 2.1 (flammable gas) materials.

Subpart I_Detailed Requirements for Class 3 (Flammable) and Combustible 
                            Liquid Materials

176.305 General stowage requirements.
176.315 Fire protection requirements.
176.320 Use of hand flashlights.
176.325 Smoking or open flame and posting of warning signs.
176.340 Combustible liquids in portable tanks.

Subpart J_Detailed Requirements for Class 4 (Flammable Solids), Class 5 
      (Oxidizers and Organic Peroxides), and Division 1.5 Materials

176.400 Stowage of Division 1.5, Class 4 (flammable solids) and Class 5 
          (oxidizers and organic peroxides) materials.
176.405 Stowage of charcoal.
176.410 Division 1.5 materials, ammonium nitrate and ammonium nitrate 
          mixtures.
176.415 Permit requirements for Division 1.5, ammonium nitrates, and 
          certain ammonium nitrate fertilizers.

Subpart K [Reserved]

  Subpart L_Detailed Requirements for Division 2.3 (Poisonous Gas) and 
                   Division 6.1 (Poisonous) Materials

176.600 General stowage requirements.
176.605 Care following leakage or sifting of Division 2.3 (poisonous 
          gas) and Division 6.1 (poisonous) materials.

        Subpart M_Detailed Requirements for Radioactive Materials

176.700 General stowage requirements.
176.704 Requirements relating to transport indices and criticality 
          safety indices.
176.708 Segregation distances.
176.710 Care following leakage or sifting of radioactive materials.
176.715 Contamination control.
176.720 Requirements for carriage of INF cargo in international 
          transportation.

[[Page 853]]

   Subpart N_Detailed Requirements for Class 8 (Corrosive Materials) 
                                Materials

176.800 General stowage requirements.
176.805 On deck stowage.

 Subpart O_Detailed Requirements for Cotton and Vegetable Fibers, Motor 
        Vehicles, Polymeric Beads, and Plastic Molding Compounds

176.900 Packaging and stowage of cotton and vegetable fibers; general.
176.901 Stowage of cotton or vegetable fibers with rosin or pitch.
176.903 Stowage of cotton or vegetable fibers with coal.
176.905 Stowage of vehicles.
176.906 Stowage of engines and machinery.
176.907 Polymeric Beads and Plastic Molding Compounds.

    Authority: 49 U.S.C. 5101-5128; 49 CFR 1.81 and 1.97.



                            Subpart A_General



Sec.176.1  Purpose and scope.

    This part prescribes requirements in addition to those contained in 
parts 171, 172, and 173 of this subchapter to be observed with respect 
to the transportation of hazardous materials by vessel.



Sec.176.2  Definitions.

    As used in this part--
    Cantline means the v-shaped groove between two abutting, parallel 
horizontal cylinders.
    Cargo net means a net made of fiber or wire used to provide 
convenience in handling loose or packaged cargo to and from a vessel.
    Cargo transport unit means a transport vehicle, a freight container, 
a portable tank or a multiple element gas container (MEGC). A closed 
cargo transport unit means a cargo transport unit in which the contents 
are totally enclosed by permanent structures. An open cargo transport 
unit means a cargo transport unit that is not a closed cargo transport 
unit. Cargo transport units with fabric sides or tops are not closed 
cargo transport units for the purposes of this part.
    Clear of living quarters means that the hazardous material must be 
located so that in the event of release of the material, leakage or 
vapors will not penetrate accommodations, machinery spaces or other work 
areas by means of entrances or other openings in bulkheads or 
ventilation ducts.
    Closed freight container means a freight container which totally 
encloses its contents by permanent structures. A freight container 
formed partly by a tarpaulin, plastic sheet, or similar material is not 
a closed freight container.
    Closed cargo transport unit for Class 1 (explosive) materials means 
a freight container or transport vehicle that fully encloses the 
contents by permanent structures and can be secured to the ship's 
structure and are, except for the carriage of division 1.4 explosives, 
structurally serviceable (see Sec.176.172). Portable magazines 
conforming to Sec.176.137 are also considered closed cargo transport 
units for Class 1. Small compartments such as deck houses and mast 
lockers are included. Cargo transport units with fabric sides or tops 
are not closed cargo transport units. The floor of any closed cargo 
transport unit must either be constructed of wood, close-boarded or so 
arranged that goods are stowed on sparred gratings, wooden pallets or 
dunnage.
    Commandant (CG-522), USCG means the Chief, Office of Operating and 
Environmental Standards, United States Coast Guard, Washington, DC 
20593-0001.
    Compartment means any space on a vessel that is enclosed by the 
vessel's decks and its sides or permanent steel bulkheads.
    CSC safety approval plate means the safety approval plate specified 
in Annex I of the International Convention for Safe Containers (1972) 
and conforming to the specifications in 49 CFR 451.23 and 451.25. The 
plate is evidence that a freight container was designed, constructed, 
and tested under international rules incorporated into U.S. regulations 
in 49 CFR parts 450 through 453. The plate is found in the door area of 
the container.
    Deck structure means a structure of substantial weight and size 
located on the weather deck of a vessel and integral with the deck. This 
term includes superstructures, deck houses, mast houses, and bridge 
structures.

[[Page 854]]

    Draft means a load or combination of loads capable of being hoisted 
into or out of a vessel in a single lift.
    Dunnage means lumber of not less than 25 mm (0.98 inch) commercial 
thickness or equivalent material laid over or against structures such as 
tank tops, decks, bulkheads, frames, plating, or ladders, or used for 
filling voids or fitting around cargo, to prevent damage during 
transportation.
    Explosives anchorage means an anchorage so designated under 33 CFR 
part 110, subpart B.
    Explosive article means an article or device that contains one or 
more explosive substances. Individual explosive substances are 
identified in column 17 of the Dangerous Goods List in the IMDG Code 
(IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this subchapter).
    Explosives handling facility means--
    (1) A ``designated waterfront facility'' designated under 33 CFR 
part 126 when loading, handling, and unloading Class 1 (explosives) 
materials; or
    (2) A facility for loading, unloading, and handling military Class 1 
(explosives) materials which is operated or controlled by an agency of 
the Department of Defense.
    Explosive substance means a solid or liquid material, or a mixture 
of materials, which is in itself capable by chemical reaction of 
producing gas at such a temperature and pressure and at such a speed as 
to cause damage to its surroundings. Individual explosive substances are 
identified in column 17 of the Dangerous Goods List in the IMDG Code.
    Handling means the operation of loading and unloading a vessel; 
transfer to, from, or within a vessel, and any ancillary operations.
    Hold means a compartment below deck that is used exclusively for the 
carriage of cargo.
    In containers or the like means any clean, substantial, weatherproof 
box structure which can be secured to the vessel's structure, including 
a portable magazine or a closed cargo transport unit. Whenever this 
stowage is specified, stowage in deckhouses, mast lockers and oversized 
weatherproof packages (overpacks) is also acceptable.
    Incompatible materials means two materials whose stowage together 
may result in undue hazards in the case of leakage, spillage, or other 
accident.
    INF cargo means packaged irradiated nuclear fuel, plutonium or high-
level radioactive wastes as those terms are defined in the 
``International Code for the Safe Carriage of Packaged Irradiated 
Nuclear Fuel, Plutonium and High-Level Radioactive Wastes on Board 
Ships'' (INF Code) contained in the IMDG Code.
    Landing mat means a shock absorbing pad used in loading Class 1 
(explosive) materials on vessels.
    Machinery Spaces of Category A are those spaces, and trunks to such 
spaces, which contain:
    (1) Internal combustion machinery used for main propulsion:
    (2) Internal combustion machinery used for purposes other than main 
propulsion where such machinery has in the aggregate a total power 
output of not less than 375 kw; or
    (3) any oil-fired boiler or fuel unit.
    Magazine means an enclosure designed to protect certain goods of 
Class 1 (explosive) materials from damage by other cargo and adverse 
weather conditions during loading, unloading, and when in transit; and 
to prevent unauthorized access. A magazine may be a fixed structure or 
compartment in the vessel, a closed freight container, a closed 
transport vehicle, or a portable magazine. Magazines may be positioned 
in any part of the ship conforming with the relevant provisions for 
Class 1 (explosive) materials contained in Subpart G of this part 
provided that magazines which are fixed structures are sited so that 
their doors, where fitted, are easily accessible.
    Master of the Vessel, as used in this part, includes the person in 
charge of an unmanned vessel or barge.
    Open freight container means a freight container that does not 
totally enclose its contents by permanent structures.
    Overstowed means a package or container is stowed directly on top of 
another. However, with regard to Class 1 (explosive) stowage, such goods 
may themselves be stacked to a safe level but other goods should not be 
stowed directly on top of them.
    Pallet means a portable platform for stowing, handling, and moving 
cargo.

[[Page 855]]

    Palletized unit means packages or unpackaged objects stacked on a 
pallet, banded and secured to the pallet by metal, fabric, or plastic 
straps for the purpose of handling as a single unit.
    Pie plate means a round, oval, or hexagonal pallet without 
sideboards, used in conjunction with a cargo net to handle loose cargo 
on board a vessel.
    Portable magazine means a strong, closed, prefabricated, steel or 
wooden, closed box or container, other than a freight container, 
designed and used to handle Class 1 (explosive) materials either by hand 
or mechanical means.
    Potential or possible sources of ignition means, but is not limited 
to, open fires, machinery exhausts, galley uptakes, electrical outlets 
and electrical equipment including those on refrigerated or heated cargo 
transport units unless they are of a type designed to operate in a 
hazardous environment.
    Protected from sources of heat means that packages and cargo 
transport units must be stowed at least 2.4 m from heated ship 
structures, where the surface temperature is liable to exceed 131 [deg]F 
(55 [deg]C). Examples of heated structures are steam pipes, heating 
coils, top or side walls of heated fuel and cargo tanks, and bulkheads 
of machinery spaces. In addition, packages not loaded inside a cargo 
transport unit and stowed on deck must be shaded from direct sunlight. 
The surface of a cargo transport unit can heat rapidly when in direct 
sunlight in nearly windless conditions and the cargo may also become 
heated. Depending on the nature of the goods in the cargo transport 
unit, and the planned voyage, precautions must be taken to ensure that 
exposure to direct sunlight is reduced.
    Readily combustible material means a material which may or may not 
be classed as a hazardous material but which is easily ignited and 
supports combustion. Examples of readily combustible materials include 
wood, paper, straw, vegetable fibers, products made from such materials, 
coal, lubricants, and oils. This definition does not apply to packaging 
material or dunnage.
    Responsible person means a person empowered by the master of the 
vessel to make all decisions relating to his or her specific task, and 
having the necessary knowledge and experience for that purpose.
    Safe working load means the maximum gross weight that cargo handling 
equipment is approved to lift.
    Skilled person means a person having the knowledge and experience to 
perform a certain duty.
    Skipboard means a square or rectangular pallet without sideboards, 
usually used in conjunction with a cargo net to handle loose cargo on 
board a vessel.
    Splice as used in Sec.176.172 of this part, means any repair of a 
freight container main structural member which replaces material, other 
than complete replacement of the member.
    Tray means a type of pallet constructed to specific dimensions for 
handling a particular load.

[Amdt. 176-30, 55 FR 52687, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 66 FR 8647, 
Feb. 1, 2001; 66 FR 33438, June 21, 2001; 66 FR 45184, Aug. 28, 2001; 67 
FR 61015, Sept. 27, 2002; 68 FR 75747, 75748, Dec. 31, 2003; 69 FR 
76179, Dec. 20, 2004; 73 FR 57006, Oct. 1, 2008; 74 FR 2268, Jan. 14, 
2009; 76 FR 3384, Jan. 19, 2011; 78 FR 1093, Jan. 7, 2013]



Sec.176.3  Unacceptable hazardous materials shipments.

    (a) A carrier may not transport by vessel any shipment of a 
hazardous material that is not prepared for transportation in accordance 
with parts 172 and 173 of this subchapter, or as authorized by subpart C 
of part 171 of this subchapter.
    (b) A carrier may not transport by vessel any explosive or explosive 
composition described in Sec.173.54 of this subchapter.

[Amdt. 176-1, 41 FR 16110, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 176-30, 55 
FR 52688, Dec. 21, 1990; 74 FR 2268, Jan. 14, 2009]



Sec.176.4  Port security and safety regulations.

    (a) Each carrier, master, agent, and charterer of a vessel and all 
other persons engaged in handling hazardous materials on board vessels 
shall comply with the applicable provisions of 33 CFR parts 6, 109, 110, 
125, 126, and 160.
    (b) Division 1.1 and 1.2 (explosive) materials may only be loaded on 
and unloaded from a vessel at--
    (1) A facility of particular hazard as defined in 33 CFR 126.05(b);

[[Page 856]]

    (2) An explosives anchorage listed in 33 CFR part 110; or
    (3) A facility operated or controlled by the Department of Defense.
    (c) With the concurrence of the COTP, Division 1.1 and 1.2 
(explosive) materials may be loaded on or unloaded from a vessel in any 
location acceptable to the COTP.

[Amdt. 176-30, 55 FR 52688, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 66 FR 45384, 
Aug. 28, 2001]



Sec.176.5  Application to vessels.

    (a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, this 
subchapter applies to each domestic or foreign vessel when in the 
navigable waters of the United States, regardless of its character, 
tonnage, size, or service, and whether self-propelled or not, whether 
arriving or departing, underway, moored, anchored, aground, or while in 
dry dock.
    (b) This subchapter does not apply to:
    (1) A public vessel not engaged in commercial service;
    (2) A vessel constructed or converted for the principal purpose of 
carrying flammable or combustible liquid cargo in bulk in its own tanks, 
when only carrying these liquid cargoes;
    (3) A vessel of 15 gross tons or smaller when not engaged in 
carrying passengers for hire;
    (4) A vessel used exclusively for pleasure;
    (5) A vessel of 500 gross tons or smaller when engaged in fisheries;
    (6) A tug or towing vessel, except when towing another vessel having 
Class 1 (explosive) materials, Class 3 (flammable liquids), or Division 
2.1 (flammable gas) materials, in which case the owner/operator of the 
tug or towing vessel shall make such provisions to guard against and 
extinguish fire as the Coast Guard may prescribe;
    (7) A cable vessel, dredge, elevator vessel, fireboat, icebreaker, 
pile driver, pilot boat, welding vessel, salvage vessel, or wrecking 
vessel; or
    (8) A foreign vessel transiting the territorial sea of the United 
States without entering the internal waters of the United States, if all 
hazardous materials being carried on board are being carried in 
accordance with the requirements of the IMDG Code (IBR, see Sec.171.7 
of this subchapter).
    (c) [Reserved]
    (d) Except for transportation in bulk packagings (as defined in 
Sec.171.8 of this subchapter), the bulk carriage of hazardous 
materials by water is governed by 46 CFR chapter I, subchapters D, I, N 
and O.

[Amdt. 176-1, 41 FR 16110, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 176-1A, 41 
FR 40687, Sept. 20, 1976; Amdt. 176-14, 47 FR 44471, Oct. 7, 1982; Amdt. 
176-24, 51 FR 5974, Feb. 18, 1986; Amdt. 176-30, 55 FR 52688, Dec. 21, 
1990; 56 FR 66281, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 176-34, 58 FR 51533, Oct. 1, 
1993; 66 FR 8647, Feb. 1, 2001; 68 FR 75747, Dec. 31, 2003]



Sec.176.7  Documentation for vessel personnel.

    Each owner, operator, master, agent, person in charge, and charterer 
must ensure that vessel personnel required to have a license, 
certificate of registry, or merchant mariner's document by 46 CFR parts 
10 and 12 possess a license, certificate or document, as appropriate.

[68 FR 23842, May 5, 2003]



Sec.176.9  ``Order-Notify'' or ``C.O.D.'' shipments.

    A carrier may not transport Division 1.1 or 1.2 (explosive) 
materials, detonators, or boosters with detonators which are:
    (a) Consigned to ``order-notify'' or ``C.O.D.'', except on a through 
bill of lading to a place outside the United States; or
    (b) Consigned by the shipper to himself unless he has a resident 
representative to receive the shipment at the port of discharge.

[Amdt. 176-30, 55 FR 52688, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 66 FR 45384, 
Aug. 28, 2001]



Sec.176.11  Exceptions.

    (a) A hazardous material may be offered and accepted for transport 
by vessel when in conformance with the IMDG Code (IBR, see Sec.171.7 
of this subchapter), subject to the conditions and limitations set forth 
in subpart C of part 171 of this subchapter.The requirements of 
Sec. Sec.176.83, 176.84, and 176.112 through 176.174 are not 
applicable to shipments of Class 1 (explosive) materials made in 
accordance with the IMDG Code. A hazardous material which conforms to 
the provisions of

[[Page 857]]

this paragraph (a) is not subject to the requirement specified in Sec.
172.201(d) of this subchapter for an emergency response telephone 
number, when transportation of the hazardous material originates and 
terminates outside the United States and the hazardous material--
    (1) Is not offloaded from the vessel; or
    (2) Is offloaded between ocean vessels at a U.S. port facility 
without being transported by public highway.
    (b) Canadian shipments and packages may be transported by vessel if 
they are transported in accordance with this subchapter. (See subparts B 
and C of part 171 of this subchapter.)
    (c) The requirements of this subchapter governing the transportation 
of combustible liquids do not apply to the transportation of combustible 
liquids in non-bulk (see definitions in Sec.171.8 of this subchapter) 
packages on board vessels.
    (d) Transport vehicles, containing hazardous materials loaded in 
accordance with specific requirements of this subchapter applicable to 
such vehicles, may be transported on board a ferry vessel or carfloat, 
subject to the applicable requirements specified in Sec. Sec.176.76, 
176.100, and subpart E of this part.
    (e) Hazardous materials classed and shipped as ORM-D are not subject 
to the requirements of this part unless they are offered for 
transporation as hazardous wastes.
    (f) Paragraph (a) of this section does not apply to hazardous 
materials, including certain hazardous wastes and hazardous substances 
as defined in Sec.171.8 of this subchapter, which are not subject to 
the requirements of the IMDG Code.
    (g) The requirements of this subchapter do not apply to atmospheric 
gases used in a refrigeration system.

[Amdt. 176-1, 41 FR 16110, Apr. 15, 1976]

    Editorial Note: For Federal Register citations affecting Sec.
176.11, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the 
Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov.



Sec.176.13  Responsibility for compliance and training.

    (a) Unless this subchapter specifically provides that another person 
shall perform a particular duty, each carrier shall perform the duties 
specified and comply with all applicable requirements in this part and 
shall ensure its hazmat employees receive training in relation thereto.
    (b) A carrier may not transport a hazardous material by vessel 
unless each of its hazmat employees involved in that transportation is 
trained as required by subpart H of part 172 of this subchapter.
    (c) The record of training required by Sec.172.704(d) of this 
subchapter for a crewmember who is a hazmat employee subject to the 
training requirements of this subchapter must be kept on board the 
vessel while the crewmember is in service on board the vessel.

[Amdt. 176-31, 57 FR 20954, May 15, 1992, as amended by Amdt. 176-35, 59 
FR 49134, Sept. 26, 1994]



Sec.176.15  Enforcement.

    (a) An enforcement officer of the U.S. Coast Guard may at any time 
and at any place, within the jurisdiction of the United States, board 
any vessel for the purpose of enforcement of this subchapter and inspect 
any shipment of hazardous materials as defined in this subchapter.
    (b) [Reserved]

[Amdt. 176-1, 41 FR 16110, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 176-1A, 41 
FR 40687, Sept. 20, 1976; Amdt. 176-24, 51 FR 5974, Feb. 18, 1986]



Sec.176.18  Assignment and certification.

    (a) The National Cargo Bureau, Inc., is authorized to assist the 
Coast Guard in administering this subchapter with respect to the 
following:
    (1) Inspection of vessels for suitability for loading hazardous 
materials;
    (2) Examination of stowage of hazardous materials;
    (3) Making recommendations for stowage requirements of hazardous 
materials cargo; and
    (4) Issuance of certificates of loading setting forth that the 
stowage of hazardous materials is in accordance with the requirements of 
this subchapter.
    (b) A certificate of loading issued by the National Cargo Bureau, 
Inc., may be accepted by the Coast Guard as prima facie evidence that 
the cargo is

[[Page 858]]

stowed in conformity with the requirements of this subchapter.

[Amdt. 176-1, 41 FR 16110, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 176-24, 51 
FR 5974, Feb. 18, 1986]



                Subpart B_General Operating Requirements



Sec.176.24  Shipping papers.

    (a) A person may not accept a hazardous material for transportation 
or transport a hazardous material by vessel unless that person has 
received a shipping paper prepared in accordance with part 172 of this 
subchapter, or as authorized by subpart C of part 171 of this 
subchapter, unless the material is excepted from shipping paper 
requirements under this subchapter.
    (b) Each person receiving a shipping paper required by this section 
must retain a copy or an electronic image thereof, that is accessible at 
or through its principal place of business and must make the shipping 
paper available, upon request, to an authorized official of a Federal, 
State, or local government agency at reasonable times and locations. For 
a hazardous waste, each shipping paper copy must be retained for three 
years after the material is accepted by the initial carrier. For all 
other hazardous materials, each shipping paper copy must be retained for 
one year after the material is accepted by the carrier. Each shipping 
paper copy must include the date of acceptance by the carrier. The date 
on the shipping paper may be the date a shipper presents a booking for 
carriage with the carrier as an alternative to the date the shipment is 
picked up, accepted, or loaded on the vessel by the carrier.

[67 FR 66574, Nov. 1, 2002, as amended at 70 FR 73165, Dec. 9, 2005; 72 
FR 25177, May 3, 2007]



Sec.176.27  Certificate.

    (a) A carrier may not transport a hazardous material by vessel 
unless a certificate prepared in accordance with Sec.172.204 of this 
subchapter has been received.
    (b) In the case of an import or export shipment of a hazardous 
material that will not be transported by rail, highway, or air, the 
shipper may certify on the bill of lading or other shipping paper that 
the hazardous material is properly classed, described, marked, packaged, 
and labeled according to part 172 of this subchapter or in accordance 
with the requirements of the IMDG Code (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this 
subchapter). See subpart C of part 171 of this subchapter.
    (c)(1) A person responsible for packing or loading a freight 
container or transport vehicle with packages of hazardous materials for 
transportation by a manned vessel in ocean or coastwise service, must 
provide the vessel operator, at the time the shipment is offered for 
transportation by vessel, with a signed container packing certificate 
stating, at a minimum, that--
    (i) The freight container or transport vehicle is serviceable for 
the materials loaded therein, contains no incompatible goods, and is 
properly marked, labeled or placarded, as applicable; and
    (ii) When the freight container or transport vehicle contains 
packages, those packages have been inspected prior to loading, are 
properly marked, labeled or placarded, as applicable; are not damaged; 
and are properly secured.
    (2) The certification may appear on a shipping paper or on a 
separate document as a statement, such as ``It is declared that the 
packing of the container has been carried out in accordance with the 
applicable provisions [of 49 CFR], [of the IMDG Code], or [of 49 CFR and 
the IMDG Code].''

[69 FR 76180, Dec. 20, 2004; 72 FR 25177, May 3, 2007]



Sec.176.30  Dangerous cargo manifest.

    (a) The carrier, its agents, and any person designated for this 
purpose by the carrier or agents must prepare a dangerous cargo 
manifest, list, or stowage plan. This document may not include a 
material that is not subject to the requirements of the Hazardous 
Material Regulations (49 CFR parts 171 through 180) or the International 
Maritime Dangerous Goods Code (IMDG Code) (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this 
subchapter). This document must be kept on or near the vessel's bridge, 
except when the vessel is docked in a United States port. When the 
vessel is docked in a United States port, this document

[[Page 859]]

may be kept in the vessel's cargo office or another location designated 
by the master of the vessel provided that a sign is placed beside the 
designated holder on or near the vessel's bridge indicating the location 
of the dangerous cargo manifest, list, or stowage plan. This document 
must always be in a location that is readily accessible to emergency 
response and enforcement personnel. It must contain the following 
information:
    (1) Name of vessel and official number. (If the vessel has no 
official number, the international radio call sign must be 
substituted.);
    (2) Nationality of vessel;
    (3) Shipping name and identification number of each hazardous 
material on board as listed in Sec.172.101 of this subchapter or as 
listed in the IMDG Code and an emergency response telephone number as 
prescribed in subpart G of part 172 of this subchapter.
    (4) The number and description of packages (barrels, drums, 
cylinders, boxes, etc.) and gross weight for each type of package;
    (5) Classification of the hazardous material in accordance with 
either:
    (i) The Hazardous Materials Table, the Sec.172.101 table; or
    (ii) The IMDG Code.
    (6) Any additional description required by Sec.172.203 of this 
subchapter.
    (7) Stowage location of the hazardous material on board the vessel.
    (8) In the case of a vessel used for the storage of explosives or 
other hazardous materials, the following additional information is 
required:
    (i) Name and address of vessel's owner;
    (ii) Location of vessel's mooring;
    (iii) Name of person in charge of vessel;
    (iv) Name and address of the owner of the cargo; and
    (v) A complete record, by time intervals of one week, of all 
receipts and disbursements of hazardous materials. The name and address 
of the consignor must be shown against all receipts and the name and 
address of the consignee against all deliveries.
    (b) The hazardous material information on the dangerous cargo 
manifest must be the same as the information furnished by the shipper on 
the shipping order or other shipping paper, except that the IMO 
``correct technical name'' and the IMO class may be indicated on the 
manifest as provided in paragraphs (a)(3) and (a)(5) of this section. 
The person who supervises the preparation of the manifest, list, or 
stowage plan shall ensure that the information is correctly transcribed, 
and shall certify to the truth and accuracy of this information to the 
best of his knowledge and belief by his signature and notation of the 
date prepared.
    (c) The carrier and its agents shall insure that the master, or a 
licensed deck officer designated by the master and attached to the 
vessel, or in the case of a barge, the person in charge of the barge, 
acknowledges the correctness of the dangerous cargo manifest, list or 
stowage plan by his signature.
    (d) For barges, manned or unmanned, the requirements of this section 
apply except for the following:
    (1) In the case of a manned barge, the person in charge of the barge 
shall prepare the dangerous cargo manifest.
    (2) In the case of an unmanned barge, the person responsible for 
loading the barge is responsible for the preparation of a dangerous 
cargo manifest, list, or stowage plan and must designate an individual 
for that purpose.
    (3) For all barges, manned or unmanned, the dangerous cargo manifest 
must be on board the barge in a readily accessible location and a copy 
must be furnished to the person in charge of the towing vessel.
    (e) Each carrier who transports or stores hazardous materials on a 
vessel shall retain a copy of the dangerous cargo manifest, list, or 
stowage plan for at least one year, and shall make that document 
available for inspection in accordance with Sec.176.36(b) of this 
subchapter.

[Amdt. 176-1, 41 FR 16110, Apr. 15, 1976]

    Editorial Note: For Federal Register citations affecting Sec.
176.30, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the 
Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov.



Sec.176.31  Special permits.

    If a hazardous material is being transported by vessel under the 
authority of an exemption or special permit and a copy of the exemption 
or special

[[Page 860]]

permit is required to be on board the vessel, it must be kept with the 
dangerous cargo manifest.

[70 FR 73165, Dec. 9, 2005]



Sec.176.36  Preservation of records.

    (a) When this part requires shipping orders, manifest, cargo lists, 
stowage plans, reports, or any other papers, documents or similar 
records to be prepared, the carrier shall preserve them or copies of 
them in his place of business or office in the United States for a 
period of one year after their preparation.
    (b) Any record required to be preserved must be made available upon 
request to an authorized representative of the Department.

[Amdt. 176-1, 41 FR 16110, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended at 66 FR 45384, 
Aug. 28, 2001]



Sec.176.39  Inspection of cargo.

    (a) Manned vessels. The carrier, its agents, and any person 
designated for this purpose by the carrier or agents shall cause an 
inspection of each hold or compartment containing hazardous materials to 
be made after stowage is complete, and at least once every 24 hours 
thereafter, weather permitting, in order to ensure that the cargo is in 
a safe condition and that no damage caused by shifting, spontaneous 
heating, leaking, sifting, wetting, or other cause has been sustained by 
the vessel or its cargo since loading and stowage. However, freight 
containers or individual barges need not be opened. A vessel's holds 
equipped with smoke or fire detecting systems having an automatic 
monitoring capability need not be inspected except after stowage is 
complete and after periods of heavy weather. The carrier, its agents, 
and any person designated for this purpose by the carrier or agents 
shall cause an entry to be made in the vessel's deck log book for each 
inspection of the stowage of hazardous materials performed.
    (b) Unmanned and magazine vessels. An inspection of the cargo must 
be made after stowage has been completed to ensure that stowage has been 
accomplished properly and that there are no visible signs of damage to 
any packages or evidence of heating, leaking, or sifting. This 
inspection must be made by the individual who is responsible to the 
carrier and who is in charge of loading and stowing the cargo on the 
unmanned vessels or the individual in charge in the case of a magazine 
vessel.
    (c) The carrier, its agents, and any person designated for this 
purpose by the carrier or agents of each ocean-going vessel carrying 
hazardous material shall, immediately prior to entering a port in the 
United States, cause an inspection of that cargo to be made.
    (d) When inspecting a cargo of hazardous materials capable of 
evolving flammable vapors, any artificial means of illumination must be 
of an explosion-proof type.

[Amdt. 176-1, 41 FR 16110, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 176-8, 44 
FR 23228, Apr. 19, 1979; Amdt. 176-9, 44 FR 49458, Aug. 23, 1979]



Sec.176.45  Emergency situations.

    (a) When an accident occurs on board a vessel involving hazardous 
materials, and the safety of the vessel, its passengers or crew are 
endangered, the master shall adopt such procedures as will, in his 
judgment, provide maximum safety for the vessel, its passengers, and its 
crew. When the accident results in damaged packages or the emergency use 
of unauthorized packagings, these packages may not be offered to any 
forwarding carrier for transportation. The master shall notify the 
nearest Captain of the Port, U.S. Coast Guard, and request instructions 
for disposition of the packages.
    (b) Hazardous materials may be jettisoned only if the master 
believes this action necessary to prevent or substantially reduce a 
hazard to human life or reduce a substantial hazard to property.

[Amdt. 176-1, 41 FR 16110, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 176-1B, 41 
FR 57072, Dec. 30, 1976]



Sec.176.48  Situation requiring report.

    (a) When a fire or other hazardous condition exists on a vessel 
transporting hazardous materials, the master shall notify the nearest 
Captain of the Port as soon as possible and shall comply with any 
instructions given by the Captain of the Port.
    (b) When an incident occurs during transportation in which a 
hazardous

[[Page 861]]

material is involved, a report may be required (see Sec. Sec.171.15 
and 171.16 of this subchapter).
    (c) If a package, portable tank, freight container, highway or 
railroad vehicle containing hazardous materials is jettisoned or lost, 
the master shall notify the nearest Captain of the Port as soon as 
possible of the location, quantity, and type of the material.

[Amdt. 176-1, 41 FR 16110, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 176-1A, 41 
FR 40687, Sept. 20, 1976; Amdt. 176-1B, 41 FR 57072, Dec. 30, 1976; 
Amdt. 176-24, 51 FR 5974, Feb. 18, 1986; Amdt. 176-25, 52 FR 8592, Mar. 
19, 1987]



Sec.176.50  Acceptance of damaged or leaking packages.

    A carrier may not transport by vessel any package that is so damaged 
as to permit the escape of its contents, that appears to have leaked, or 
that gives evidence of failure to properly contain the contents unless 
it is restored or repaired to the satisfaction of the master of the 
vessel. A package containing radioactive materials (other than low 
specific activity materials) may not be repaired or restored.

[Amdt. 176-1, 41 FR 16110, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 176-1A, 41 
FR 40687, Sept. 20, 1976]



Sec.176.52  Rejections of shipments in violation.

    (a) A carrier may not knowingly transport by vessel any hazardous 
material offered under a false or deceptive name, marking, invoice, 
shipping paper or other declaration, or without the shipper furnishing 
written information about the true nature of the material at the time of 
delivery.
    (b) If a shipment in violation is found in transit, the master of 
the vessel shall adopt procedures which in his judgment provide maximum 
safety to the vessel, its passengers and its crew and which are in 
compliance with Sec.176.45. If the vessel is in port, the material may 
not be delivered to any party, and the master shall immediately notify 
the nearest Captain of the Port and request instructions for disposition 
of the material.

[Amdt. 176-1, 41 FR 16110, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 176-1B, 41 
FR 57072, Dec. 30, 1976]



Sec.176.54  Repairs involving welding, burning, and power-actuated 
tools and appliances.

    (a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, repairs or 
work involving welding or burning, or the use of power-actuated tools or 
appliances which may produce intense heat may not be undertaken on any 
vessel having on board explosives or other hazardous materials as cargo.
    (b) Paragraph (a) of this section does not apply if:
    (1) The repairs or work are approved by the COTP under 33 CFR 
126.30; or
    (2) Emergency repairs to the vessel's main propelling or boiler 
plant or auxiliaries are necessary for the safety of the vessel. If such 
repairs are performed, the master of the vessel must immediately notify 
the nearest COTP.

[Amdt. 176-1, 41 FR 16110, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 176-30, 55 
FR 52689, Dec. 21, 1990; 75 FR 53597, Sept. 1, 2010]



                 Subpart C_General Handling and Stowage



Sec.176.57  Supervision of handling and stowage.

    (a) Hazardous materials may be handled or stowed on board a vessel 
only under the direction and observation of a responsible person 
assigned this duty.
    (b) For a vessel engaged in coastwise voyages, or on rivers, bays, 
sounds or lakes, including the Great Lakes when the voyage is not 
foreign-going, the responsible person may be an employee of the carrier 
and assigned this duty by the carrier, or a licensed officer attached to 
the vessel and assigned by the master of the vessel.
    (c) For a domestic vessel engaged in a foreign-going or intercoastal 
voyage, the responsible person must be an officer possessing an 
unexpired license issued by the USCG and assigned this duty by the 
master of the vessel.
    (d) For a foreign vessel, the responsible person must be an officer 
of the vessel assigned this duty by the master of the vessel.

[Amdt. 176-30, 55 FR 52689, Dec. 21, 1990]



Sec.176.58  Preparation of the vessel.

    (a) Each hold or compartment in which hazardous materials are to be

[[Page 862]]

stowed must be free of all debris before the hazardous materials are 
stowed. Bilges must be examined and all residue of previous cargo 
removed.
    (b) All decks, gangways, hatches, and cargo ports over or through 
which hazardous materials must be passed or handled in loading or 
unloading must be free of all loose materials before cargo handling 
operations begin.
    (c) No debris that creates a fire hazard or a hazardous condition 
for persons engaged in handling hazardous materials may be on the 
weather deck of a vessel during loading or unloading operations.
    (d) Hatch beams and hatch covers may not be stowed in a location 
that would interfere with cargo handling.

[Amdt. 176-30, 55 FR 52689, Dec. 21, 1990]



Sec.176.60  ``No Smoking'' signs.

    When smoking is prohibited during the loading, stowing, storing, 
transportation, or unloading of hazardous materials by this part, the 
carrier and the master of the vessel are jointly responsible for posting 
``NO SMOKING'' signs in conspicuous locations.



Sec.176.63  Stowage locations.

    (a) The table in Sec.172.101 of this subchapter specifies 
generally the locations authorized for stowage of the various hazardous 
materials on board vessels. This part prescribes additional requirements 
with respect to the stowage of specific hazardous materials in addition 
to those authorized in Sec.172.101 of this subchapter. This section 
sets forth the basic physical requirements for the authorized locations. 
Hazardous materials offered for transport as limited quantities are 
allocated stowage category A and are not subject to any of the specific 
stowage requirements indicated in column 10B in Sec.172.101 of this 
subchapter for the material being transported.
    (b) To qualify as ``on deck'' stowage, the location must be on the 
weather deck. If the location is in a house on the weather deck, the 
location must have a permanent structural opening to the atmosphere, 
such as a door, hatch, companionway or manhole, and must be vented to 
the atmosphere. The location may not have any structural opening to any 
living quarters, cargo, or other compartment unless the opening has 
means for being closed off and secured. Any deck house containing living 
quarters, a steering engine, a refrigerating unit, a refrigerated 
stowage box, or a heating unit may not be used unless that area is 
isolated from the cargo stowage area by a permanent, and tight, metallic 
bulkhead. Stowage in a shelter or 'tween deck is not considered to be 
``on deck''. A barge that is vented to the atmosphere and is stowed on 
deck on a barge-carrying ship is considered to be ``on deck''. When an 
entry in Sec.172.101 of this subchapter requires ``on-deck'' stowage 
and is qualified by the requirement ``protected from sources of heat'', 
the stowage must be protected from the direct rays of the sun by means 
of structural erections or awnings except that such protection is not 
required for shipment in portable tanks.
    (c) To qualify as ``under deck'' stowage, the location must be in a 
hold or compartment below the weather deck capable of being ventilated 
and allotted entirely to the carriage of cargo. It must be bounded by 
permanent steel decks and bulkheads or the shell of the vessel. The deck 
openings must have means for effectively closing the hold or compartment 
against the weather, and in the case of superimposed holds, for 
effectively closing off each hold. A hold or compartment containing a 
crew passage formed by battens or by mesh or wire screen bulkhead may 
not be used for the stowage of any hazardous material unless a watchman 
is provided for this area.
    (d) To qualify as ``under deck away from heat'', the location must 
be under deck and have built-in means for ventilation. If it is subject 
to heat from any artificial source, it only qualifies for the stowage of 
those hazardous materials for which ``under deck'' stowage is 
authorized.
    (e) Notwithstanding the stowage provisions given in the table in 
Sec.172.101 of this subchapter, empty packages containing residue, 
including IBCs and large packages, may be stowed ``on deck'' or ``under 
deck'' in a mechanically ventilated cargo space. However, empty pressure 
receptacles containing residue that carry a label of class 2.3 must be 
stowed ``on deck'' and waste

[[Page 863]]

aerosols must be stowed in accordance with the table in Sec.172.101 of 
this subchapter.
    (f) Stowage of containers on board hatchless container ships. (1) 
Containers holding a hazardous material may be stowed in or vertically 
above a hatchless container hold if the following conditions are met:
    (1) All hazardous materials are permitted for under deck stowage as 
specified in the Table in Sec.172.101 of this subchapter; and
    (2) The hatchless container hold is in full compliance with the 
provisions of SOLAS, Chapter II-2/Regulation 19 (IBR; see Sec.171.7 of 
this subchapter), applicable to enclosed container cargo spaces, as 
appropriate for the cargo transported.

[Amdt. 176-1, 41 FR 16110, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 176-1A, 41 
FR 40687, Sept. 20, 1976; Amdt. 176-1B, 41 FR 57072, Dec. 30, 1976; 
Amdt. 176-12, 45 FR 81572, Dec. 11, 1980; 66 FR 33438, June 21, 2001; 66 
FR 45184, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 45038, July 31, 2003; 69 FR 76180, Dec. 
20, 2004; 76 FR 3384, Jan. 19, 2011; 78 FR 1094, Jan. 7, 2013]



Sec.176.65  Alternative stowage procedures.

    When a hazardous material is to be loaded on board a vessel and it 
is shown to the satisfaction of the Coast Guard Captain of the Port for 
the place where the vessel is being loaded that it is impracticable to 
comply with a stowage location requirement specified in the Sec.
172.101 table of this subchapter or a segregation, handling or stowage 
requirement specified in this part, the Captain of the Port may 
authorize in writing the use of an alternative stowage location or 
method of segregation, handling or stowage subject to such conditions as 
he finds will insure a level of safety at least equal to that afforded 
by the regulatory requirement concerned.

[Amdt. 176-30, 55 FR 52689, Dec. 21, 1990]



Sec.176.69  General stowage requirements for hazardous materials.

    (a) Hazardous materials (except as provided in paragraph (c) of this 
section and Class 9 (miscellaneous hazardous) materials) must be stowed 
in a manner that will facilitate inspection during the voyage, their 
removal from a potentially dangerous situation, and the removal of 
packages in case of fire.
    (b) Each package marked in accordance with Sec.172.312(a)(2) of 
this subchapter must be stowed as to remain in the position indicated 
during transportation.
    (c) If a vessel designed for and carrying hazardous materials in 
freight containers or a vessel designed for and carrying hazardous 
materials in barges is equipped with a fixed fire extinguishing and fire 
detection system, the freight containers or barges need not be stowed in 
the manner required by paragraph (a) of this section. When freight 
containers or barges containing hazardous materials are stowed on deck, 
they need not be stowed in the manner required by paragraph (a) of this 
section if fire fighting equipment capable of reaching and piercing the 
freight container or barge is on board the vessel.
    (d) Packages of hazardous materials must be secured and dunnaged to 
prevent shifting in any direction. Vertical restraints are not required 
if the shape of the package and the stuffing pattern preclude shifting 
of the load.
    (e) Packages of hazardous materials must be braced and dunnaged so 
that they are not likely to be pierced by the dunnage or crushed by a 
superimposed load.

[Amdt. 176-1, 41 FR 16110, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 176-1A, 41 
FR 40687, Sept. 20, 1976; Amdt. 176-12, 45 FR 81573, Dec. 11, 1980; 
Amdt. 176-30, 55 FR 52689, Dec. 21, 1990; 56 FR 66282, Dec. 20, 1991; 68 
FR 61942, Oct. 30, 2003]



Sec.176.70  Stowage requirements for marine pollutants.

    (a) Marine pollutants must be properly stowed and secured to 
minimize the hazards to the marine environment without impairing the 
safety of the ship and the persons on board.
    (b) Where stowage is permitted ``on deck or under deck'', under deck 
stowage is preferred except when a weather deck provides equivalent 
protection.
    (c) Where stowage ``on deck only'' is required, preference should be 
given to stowage on well-protected decks or to stowage inboard in 
sheltered areas of exposed decks.

[Amdt. 176-31, 57 FR 52940, Nov. 5, 1992]

[[Page 864]]



Sec.176.72  Handling of break-bulk hazardous materials.

    (a) A metal bale hook may not be used for handling any package of 
hazardous materials.
    (b) The use of equipment designed to lift or move cargo by means of 
pressure exerted on the packages may not be used for handling any 
package of hazardous materials if the device can damage the package or 
the package is not designed to be moved in that manner.
    (c) Pallets, slings, cargo nets and other related equipment used in 
loading packages of hazardous materials must give adequate support to 
the packages. The packages must be contained so that they are not able 
to fall during loading.



Sec.176.74  On deck stowage of break-bulk hazardous materials.

    (a) Packages containing hazardous materials must be secured by 
enclosing in boxes, cribs or cradles and proper lashing by use of wire 
rope, strapping or other means, including shoring and bracing, or both. 
Lashing of deck cargo is permitted if eye pads are used to attach the 
lashings. Lashings may not be secured to guard rails. Bulky articles 
must be shored.
    (b) A packaging susceptible to weather or water damage must be 
protected so that it will not be exposed to the weather or to sea water.
    (c) Not more than fifty percent of the total open deck area should 
be used for stowage of hazardous materials (except Class 9 
(miscellaneous hazardous material).
    (d) Fireplugs, hoses, sounding pipes, and access to these must be 
free and clear of all cargo.
    (e) Crew and passenger spaces and areas set aside for the crew's use 
may not be used to stow any hazardous material.
    (f) A hazardous material may not be stowed within a horizontal 
distance of 25 feet of an operating or embarkation point of a lifeboat.
    (g) Hazardous materials must be stowed to permit safe access to the 
crew's quarters and to all parts of the deck required in navigation and 
necessary working of the vessel.
    (h) When runways for use of the crew are built over stowed hazardous 
materials, they must be constructed and fitted with rails and lifelines 
so as to afford complete protection to the crew when in use.

[Amdt. 176-1, 41 FR 16110, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 176-1B, 41 
FR 57072, Dec. 30, 1976; Amdt. 176-30, 55 FR 52689, Dec. 21, 1990; 56 FR 
66282, Dec. 20, 1991; 66 FR 45181, Aug. 28, 2001]



Sec.176.76  Transport vehicles, freight containers, and portable 
tanks containing hazardous materials.

    (a) Except as provided in paragraphs (b) through (f) of this 
section, hazardous materials authorized to be transported by vessel may 
be carried on board a vessel in a transport vehicle or freight 
container, subject to the following conditions (see additional 
requirements concerning the transport of Class 1 (explosive) materials 
in Sec. Sec.176.168 through 176.172 of this subchapter):
    (1) The material must be in proper condition for transportation 
according to the requirements of this subchapter;
    (2) All packages in the transport vehicle or freight container must 
be secured to prevent shifting in any direction. Vertical restraint is 
not required if the shape of the packages, loading pattern, and 
horizontal restraint preclude vertical shifting of the load within the 
freight container or transport vehicle;
    (3) Bulkheads made of dunnage which extend to the level of the cargo 
must be provided unless the packages are stowed flush with the sides or 
ends;
    (4) Dunnage must be secured to the floor when the cargo consists of 
dense materials or heavy packages;
    (5) Each package marked in accordance with Sec.172.312(a)(2) of 
this subchapter must be stowed as marked;
    (6) Any slack spaces between packages must be filled with dunnage;
    (7) The weight in a container must be distributed throughout as 
evenly as possible and the maximum permissible weight must not be 
exceeded;
    (8) Adjacent levels of baggaged and baled cargo must be stowed in 
alternate directions so that each tier binds the tier above and below 
it;
    (9) When security devices, beacons or other tracking or monitoring 
equipment are used, they must be securely

[[Page 865]]

installed and must be of a certified safe type for the hazardous 
materials that will be carried within the freight container or transport 
vehicle in which such as device or equipment is installed.
    (10) The lading must be contained entirely within the freight 
container or vehicle body without overhang or projection except that 
oversized machinery such as tractors or vehicles with batteries attached 
may overhang or project outside the intermodal container provided all of 
that portion of the lading that consists of hazardous materials is 
contained entirely within the freight container. No open-bed container 
or vehicle is permitted to carry hazardous materials unless it is 
equipped with a means of properly securing the lading.
    (11) When packages are secured with banding or straps, these 
restraints must not be over-tightened to cause damage or deformation of 
the packages or the securing points (such as D-rings) within the freight 
container or transport vehicle.
    (b) A transport vehicle containing hazardous materials may be 
carried only on board a trailership, trainship, ferry vessel or car 
float.
    (c) [Reserved]
    (d) A transport vehicle or freight container equipped with heating 
or refrigeration equipment may be operated on board a vessel. However, 
the equipment may not be operated in any hold or compartment in which 
any flammable liquid or gas is stowed. Any heating or air conditioning 
equipment having a fuel tank containing a flammable liquid or gas may be 
stowed only ``on deck''. Equipment electrically powered and designed to 
operate within an environment containing flammable vapors may be 
operated below deck in a hold or compartment containing a flammable 
liquid or gas.
    (e) A transport vehicle, loaded with any hazardous material which is 
required to be stowed ``on deck'' by Sec.172.101 of this subchapter, 
may be stowed one deck below the weather deck when transported on a 
trainship or trailership which is unable to provide ``on deck'' stowage 
because of the vessel's design. Otherwise, the transport vehicle or 
container must be transported ``on deck.''
    (f) A hazardous material may be carried on board a vessel in a 
portable tank subject to the following conditions:
    (1) Small passenger vessels of 100 gross tons, or less, may carry a 
hazardous material in a portable tank only when 16 or less passengers 
are on board and only when specifically authorized by the Officer-in-
Charge, Marine Inspection, by endorsement of the vessel's Certificate of 
Inspection.
    (2) Portable tanks containing flammable liquids or gases, 
combustible liquids with flashpoints below 60 [deg]C (140 [deg]F). that 
are insoluble in water, or organic peroxides, spontaneously combustible 
materials, or water reactive materials must be stowed on deck 
irrespective of the stowage authorized in Sec.172.101 of this 
subchapter. Portable tanks containing hazardous materials not restricted 
to on deck stowage by the previous sentence must be stowed in accordance 
with the requirements specified in Sec.172.101 of this subchapter.
    (3) Aluminum, magnesium, and their alloys are specifically 
prohibited as materials of construction of portable tanks.
    (g) Cryogenic liquids. For shipment of cryogenic liquids on board a 
vessel the packaging must be designed and filled so that:
    (1) Any cryogenic liquid being transported in a cargo tank, 
regardless of the pressure in the package, must be contained in a steel 
jacketed Specification MC-338 (Sec.178.338 of this subchapter) 
insulated cargo tank.
    (2) Any valve or fitting with moving or abrading parts that may come 
in contact with any cryogenic liquid may not be made of aluminum.
    (3) For a flammable cryogenic liquid being transported in a cargo 
tank, the elapsed time between the loading of the cargo tank and the 
subsequent unloading of the cargo tank at its final destination may not 
exceed the marked rated holding time (MRHT) of the cargo tank for the 
cryogenic liquid being transported, which must be displayed on or 
adjacent to the specification plate.
    (4) Portable tanks, cargo tanks, and tank cars containing cryogenic 
liquids

[[Page 866]]

must be stowed ``on deck'' regardless of the stowage authorized in Sec.
172.101 of this subchapter. Cargo tanks or tank cars containing 
cryogenic liquids may be stowed one deck below the weather deck when 
transported on a trailership or trainship that is unable to provide ``on 
deck'' stowage because of the vessel's design. Tank cars must be Class 
DOT-113 or AAR-204W tank cars.
    (h) A fumigated cargo transport unit may only be transported on 
board a vessel subject to the following conditions and limitations:
    (1) The fumigated cargo transport unit may be placed on board a 
vessel only if at least 24 hours have elapsed since the unit was last 
fumigated;
    (2) The fumigated cargo transport unit is accompanied by a document 
showing the date of fumigation and the type and amount of fumigant used;
    (3) Prior to loading, the master is informed of the intended 
placement of the fumigated cargo transport unit on board the vessel and 
the information provided on the accompanying document;
    (4) Equipment that is capable of detecting the fumigant and 
instructions for the equipment's use is provided on the vessel;
    (5) The fumigated cargo transport unit must be stowed at least 5 m 
from any opening to accommodation spaces;
    (6) Fumigated cargo transport units may only be transported on deck 
on vessels carrying more than 25 passengers; and
    (7) Fumigants may not be added to cargo transport units while on 
board a vessel.
    (i) A cargo transport unit packed or loaded with flammable gas or 
flammable liquid having a flashpoint below + 23 [deg]C transported on 
deck must be stowed ``away from'' possible sources of ignition. In the 
case of container ships, a distance equivalent to one container space 
athwartships away from possible sources of ignition applied in any 
direction will satisfy this requirement.

[Amdt. 176-1, 41 FR 16110, Apr. 15, 1976]

    Editorial Note: For Federal Register citations affecting Sec.
176.76, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the 
Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov.



Sec.176.77  Stowage of barges containing hazardous materials on board
barge-carrying vessels.

    (a) A barge which contains hazardous materials may be transported on 
board a barge-carrying vessel if it is stowed in accordance with the 
requirements of this section.
    (b) A barge which contains hazardous materials for which only ``on 
deck'' stowage is authorized must be stowed above the weather deck and 
be vented to the atmosphere.
    (c) A barge which contains hazardous materials for which both ``on 
deck'' and ``below deck'' stowage is authorized may be stowed above or 
below the weather deck.

[Amdt. 176-30, 55 FR 52689, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 76 FR 56317, 
Sept. 13, 2011]



Sec.176.78  Use of power-operated industrial trucks on board vessels.

    (a) Power Operated trucks. A power-operated truck (including a 
power-operated tractor, forklift, or other specialized truck used for 
cargo handling) may not be used on board a vessel in a space containing 
a hazardous material unless the truck conforms to the requirements of 
this section. The COTP may suspend or prohibit the use of cargo handling 
vehicles or equipment when that use constitutes a safety hazard.
    (b) Each truck must have a specific designation of Underwriter's 
Laboratories or Factory Mutual Laboratories. Any repair or alteration to 
a truck must be equivalent to that required on the original designation.
    (c) Description of designations. The recognized testing laboratory 
type designations are as follows:
    (1) An ``E'' designated unit is an electrically-powered unit that 
has minimum acceptable safeguards against inherent fire hazards.
    (2) An ``EE'' designated unit is an electrically-powered unit that 
has, in addition to all the requirements for the ``E'' unit, the 
electric motor and all other electrical equipment completely enclosed.
    (3) An ``EX'' designated unit is an electrically-powered unit that 
differs from the ``E'' and ``EE'' unit in that the electrical fittings 
and equipment

[[Page 867]]

are so designed, constructed, and assembled that the unit may be used in 
certain atmospheres containing flammable vapors or dusts.
    (4) A ``G'' designated unit is a gasoline-powered unit having 
minimum acceptable safeguards against inherent fire hazards.
    (5) A ``GS'' designated unit is a gasoline-powered unit that is 
provided with additional safeguards to the exhaust, fuel, and electrical 
systems.
    (6) An ``LP'' designated unit is similar to a ``G'' unit except that 
it is powered by liquefied petroleum gas instead of gasoline.
    (7) An ``LPS'' designated unit is a unit similar to a ``GS'' unit 
except that liquefied petroleum gas is used for fuel instead of 
gasoline.
    (8) A ``D'' designated unit is a unit similar to a ``G'' unit except 
that it is powered by a diesel engine instead of a gasoline engine.
    (9) A ``DS'' designated unit is a unit powered by a diesel engine 
provided with additional safeguards to the exhaust, fuel, and electrical 
systems.
    (d) Class 1 (explosive) materials. No power-operated truck may be 
used to handle Class 1 (explosive) materials or other cargo in an area 
near Class 1 (explosive) materials on board a vessel except:
    (1) A power-operated truck designated EE or EX.
    (2) A power-operated truck designated LPS, GS, D, or DS may be used 
under conditions acceptable to the COTP.
    (e) Other hazardous materials. (1) Only an ``EX'', ``EE'', ``GS'', 
``LPA'', or ``DS'' truck may be used in a hold or compartment containing 
Division 2.1 (flammable gas) materials, Class 3 (flammable liquids), 
Class 4 (flammable solids) materials, or Class 5 (oxidizers or organic 
peroxides) materials, cottons or other vegetable fibers, or bulk sulfur.
    (2) Only a designated truck may be used to handle any other 
hazardous material not covered in paragraph (d) or (e)(1) of this 
section.
    (f) Minimum safety features. In addition to the construction and 
design safety features required, each truck must have at least the 
following minimum safety features:
    (1) The truck must be equipped with a warning horn, whistle, gong, 
or other device that may be heard clearly above normal shipboard noises.
    (2) When the truck operation may expose the operator to danger from 
a falling object, the truck must be equipped with a driver's overhead 
guard. When the overall height of the truck with forks in the lowered 
position is limited by head room the overhead guard may be omitted. This 
overhead guard is only intended to offer protection from impact of small 
packages, boxes, bagged material, or similar hazards.
    (3) A forklift truck used to handle small objects or unstable loads 
must be equipped with a load backrest extension having height, width, 
and strength sufficient to prevent any load, or part of it, from falling 
toward the mast when the mast is in a position of maximum backward tilt. 
The load backrest extension must be constructed in a manner that does 
not interfere with good visibility.
    (4) The forks on a fork lift truck must be secured to the carriage 
so as to prevent any unintentional lifting of the toe which could create 
a hazard. The forks may not display permanent deformation when subjected 
to a test load of three times the rated capacity.
    (5) Each fork extension or other attachment must be secured to 
prevent unintentional lifting or displacement on primary forks.
    (6) Tires extending beyond the confines of the truck shall be 
provided with a guard to prevent the tires from throwing particles at 
the operator.
    (7) Unless the steering mechanism is a type that prevents road 
reactions from causing the steering handwheel to spin, a mushroom type 
steering knob must be used to engage the palm of the operator's hand, or 
the steering mechanism must be arranged in some other manner to prevent 
injury. The knob must be mounted within the perimeter of the wheel.
    (8) All steering controls must be confined within the clearnace of 
the truck or guarded so that moving of the controls will not result in 
injury to the operator when passing stanchions, obstructions or other.

[[Page 868]]

    (g) Special operating conditions. (1) A truck may not be used on 
board a vessel unless prior notification of its use is given to the 
master or senior deck officer on board.
    (2) Before a truck is operated on board a vessel, it must be in a 
safe operating condition as determined by the master or senior deck 
officer on board.
    (3) Any truck that emits sparks or flames from the exhaust system 
must immediately be removed from service and may not be returned to 
service until the cause of these sparks or flames has been eliminated.
    (4)-(5) [Reserved]
    (6) All truck motors must be shut off immediately when a breakage or 
leakage of packages containing flammable liquids or gases, flammable 
solids, oxidizers, or organic peroxides occurs or is discovered.
    (7) The rated capacity of the truck must be posted on the truck at 
all times in a conspicuous place. This capacity may not be exceeded.
    (8) At least one Coast Guard approved marine type size 1 Type B, or 
UL approved 5BC portable fire extinguisher, or its approved equivalent, 
must be affixed to the truck in a readily accessible position or must be 
kept in close proximity, available for immediate use.
    (9) The vessel's fire fighting equipment, both fixed (where 
installed) and portable, must be kept ready for immediate use in the 
vicinity of the space being worked.
    (h) Refueling. (1) A truck using gasoline as fuel may not be 
refueled in the hold or on the weather deck of a vessel unless a 
portable non-spilling fuel handling system of not over five gallons 
capacity is used. Gasoline may not be transferred to a portable non-
spilling fuel handling device on board the vessel.
    (2) A truck using liquefied petroleum gas as fuel may not be 
refueled in the hold or on the weather deck of a vessel unless it is 
fitted with a removable tank and the hand-operated shutoff valve of the 
depleted tank is closed. In addition, the motor must be run until it 
stalls from lack of fuel and then the hand-operated shut off valve 
closed before the quick disconnect fitting to the fuel tank is 
disconnected.
    (3) A truck using diesel oil as fuel may not be refueled on the 
weather deck or in the hold of a vessel unless a portable container of 
not over a five gallon capacity is used. A truck may be refueled or a 
portable container may be refilled from a larger container of diesel 
fuel on the weather deck of a vessel if a suitable pump is used for the 
transfer operation and a drip pan of adequate size is used to prevent 
any dripping of fuel on the deck.
    (4) Refueling must be performed under the direct supervision of an 
experienced and responsible person specifically designated for this duty 
by the person in charge of the loading or unloading of the vessel.
    (5) Refueling may not be undertaken with less than two persons 
specifically assigned and present for the complete operation, at least 
one of whom must be experienced in using the portable fire extinguishers 
required in the fuel area.
    (6) At least one Coast Guard approved marine type size 1 Type B or 
UL approved 5BC portable fire extinguisher or its approved equivalent, 
must be provided in the fueling area. This is in addition to the 
extinguisher required by paragraph (g)(8) of this section.
    (7) The location for refueling trucks must be designated by the 
master or senior deck officer on board the vessel. ``NO SMOKING'' signs 
must be conspicuously posted in the area.
    (8) The location designated for refueling must be adequately 
ventilated to insure against accumulation of any hazardous concentration 
of vapors.
    (9) Before any truck in a hold is refueled or before any fuel 
handling device or unmounted liquefied petroleum gas cylinder is placed 
in a hold, the motors of all trucks in the same hold must be stopped.
    (10) All fuel handling devices and unmounted liquefied petroleum gas 
containers must be removed from a hold before any truck motor is started 
and the trucks are placed in operation in that hold.
    (i) Replacing batteries. Batteries for electrically powered trucks 
and for the ignition systems of internal combustion powered trucks may 
be changed in the hold of a vessel subject to the following conditions:

[[Page 869]]

    (1) Only suitable handling equipment may be employed.
    (2) Adequate precautions must be taken to avoid damage to the 
battery, short circuiting of the battery, and spillage of the 
electrolyte.
    (j) Charging of batteries. Batteries of industrial trucks may be 
recharged in a hold of a vessel subject to the following conditions:
    (1) The batteries must be housed in a suitable, ventilated, portable 
metal container with a suitable outlet at the top for connection of a 
portable air hose, or must be placed directly beneath a suitable outlet 
at the top for connection of a portable air hose. The air hose must be 
permanently connected to an exhaust duct leading to the open deck and 
terminate in a gooseneck or other suitable weather head. If natural 
ventilation is not practicable or adequate, mechanical means of exhaust 
must be employed in conjunction with the duct. The air outlet on the 
battery container must be equipped with an interlock switch so arranged 
that the charging of the battery cannot take place unless the air hose 
is properly connected to the box.
    (2) If mechanical ventilation is used, an additional interlock must 
be provided between the fan and the charging circuit so that the fan 
must be in operation in order to complete the charging circuit for 
operation. It is preferable that this interlock switch be of a 
centrifugal type driven by the fan shaft.
    (3) The hold may not contain any hazardous materials.
    (4) The charging facilities may be part of the truck equipment or 
may be separate from the truck and located inside or outside the cargo 
hold. The power supply or charging circuit (whichever method is used) 
must be connected to the truck by a portable plug connection of the 
break-away type. This portable plug must be so engaged with the truck 
battery charging outlet that any movement of the truck away from the 
charging station will break the connection between the plug and 
receptacle without exposing any live parts to contact with a conducting 
surface or object and without the plug falling to the deck where it may 
become subject to damage.
    (5) All unmounted batteries must be suitably protected or removed 
from an area in the hold of the vessel before any truck is operated in 
that area.
    (k) Stowage of power-operated industrial trucks on board a vessel. 
Trucks stowed on board a vessel must meet vessel stowage requirements in 
Sec.176.905.
    (l) Packaging and stowage of fuel on board a vessel. Division 2.1 
(flammable gas) materials and flammable liquids used as fuel for 
industrial trucks must be packaged and stowed as authorized in 46 CFR 
147.60 or 46 CFR 147.45, respectively.

[Amdt. 176-1, 41 FR 16110, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 176-1A, 41 
FR 40687, Sept. 20, 1976; Amdt. 176-30, 55 FR 52689, Dec. 21, 1990; 
Amdt. 176-39, 61 FR 18933, Apr. 29, 1996; Amdt. 176-43, 62 FR 24741, May 
6, 1997; 65 FR 58630, Sept. 29, 2000; 68 FR 61942, Oct. 30, 2003]



               Subpart D_General Segregation Requirements



Sec.176.80  Applicability.

    (a) This subpart sets forth segregation requirements in addition to 
any segregation requirements set forth elsewhere in this subchapter.
    (b) Hazardous materials in limited quantities when loaded in 
transport vehicles and freight containers, are excepted from the 
segregation requirements of this subpart and any additional segregation 
specified in this subchapter for transportation by vessel; except that 
articles of division 1.4, compatibility group S, shall not be stowed in 
the same compartment or hold, or cargo transport unit with hazardous 
materials of Class 1 of compatibility groups A and L.

[Amdt. 176-1, 41 FR 16110, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 176-3, 42 
FR 57967, Nov. 7, 1977; 80 FR 1164, Jan. 8, 2015]



Sec.176.83  Segregation.

    (a) General. (1) The requirements of this section apply to all cargo 
spaces on deck or under deck of all types of vessels, and to all cargo 
transport units.
    (2) Segregation is obtained by maintaining certain distances between 
incompatible hazardous materials or by requiring the presence of one or 
more steel bulkheads or decks between them

[[Page 870]]

or a combination thereof. Intervening spaces between such hazardous 
materials may be filled with other cargo which is not incompatible with 
the hazardous materials.
    (3) The general requirements for segregation between the various 
classes of dangerous goods are shown in the segregation table. In 
addition to these general requirements, there may be a need to segregate 
a particular material from other materials which would contribute to its 
hazard. Such segregation requirements are indicated by code numbers in 
Column 10B of the Sec.172.101 Table.
    (4) Segregation is not required:
    (i) Between hazardous materials of different classes which comprise 
the same substance but vary only in their water content (for example, 
sodium sulfide in Division 4.2 or Class 8) or quantity for Class 7 
materials; or
    (ii) Between hazardous materials of different classes which comprise 
a group of substances that do not react dangerously with each other. The 
following materials are grouped by compatibility:
    (A) Hydrogen peroxide, aqueous solutions with not less than 8 
percent but less than 20 percent hydrogen peroxide (stabilized as 
necessary); Hydrogen peroxide, aqueous solutions with not less than 20 
percent but not more than 40 percent hydrogen peroxide; Hydrogen 
peroxide, aqueous solutions with more than 40 percent but not more than 
60 percent hydrogen peroxide; Hydrogen peroxide and peroxyacetic acid 
mixtures, stabilized with acids, water and not more than 5 percent 
peroxyacetic acid; Organic peroxide type D, liquid; Organic peroxide 
type E, liquid; Organic peroxide type F, liquid;
    (B) Dichlorosilane, Silicon tetrachloride, and Trichlorosilane; and
    (C) Organometallic substance, solid, pyrophoric; Organometallic 
substance, liquid, pyrophoric; Organometallic substance, solid, 
pyrophoric, water-reactive; Organometallic substance, liquid, 
pyrophoric, water-reactive; Organometallic substance, solid, water-
reactive; Organometallic substance, solid, water-reactive, flammable; 
Organometallic substance, solid, water-reactive, self-heating; 
Organometallic substance, liquid, water-reactive; Organometallic 
substance, liquid, water-reactive, flammable; and Organometallic 
substance, solid, self-heating.
    (5) Whenever hazardous materials are stowed together, whether or not 
in a cargo transport unit, the segregation of such hazardous materials 
from others must always be in accordance with the most restrictive 
requirements for any of the hazardous materials concerned.
    (6) When the Sec.172.101 Table or Sec.172.402 requires packages 
to bear a subsidiary hazard label or labels, the segregation appropriate 
to the subsidiary hazards must be applied when that segregation is more 
restrictive than that required by the primary hazard. For the purposes 
of this paragraph, the segregation requirements corresponding to an 
explosive subsidiary hazard are--except for organic peroxides which are 
those corresponding to Division 1.3--those for Division 1.4 (explosive) 
materials.
    (7) Where, for the purposes of segregation, terms such as ``away 
from'' a particular hazard class are used in the Sec.172.101 Table, 
the segregation requirement applies to:
    (i) All hazardous materials within the hazard class; and
    (ii) All hazardous materials for which a secondary hazard label of 
that class is required.
    (8) Notwithstanding the requirements of paragraphs (a)(6) and (a)(7) 
of this section, hazardous materials of the same class may be stowed 
together without regard to segregation required by secondary hazards 
(subsidiary risk label(s)), provided the substances do not react 
dangerously with each other and cause:
    (i) Combustion and/or evolution of considerable heat;
    (ii) Evolution of flammable, toxic or asphyxiant gases;
    (iii) The formation of corrosive substances; or
    (iv) The formation of unstable substances.
    (9) Stowage in a shelter-'tween deck cargo space is not considered 
to be ``on deck'' stowage.
    (10) Where the code in column (10B) of the Sec.172.101 Table 
specifies that ``Segregation as for. . .'' applies, the segregation 
requirements applicable to

[[Page 871]]

that class in the Sec.176.83(b) General Segregation Table must be 
applied. However, for the purposes of paragraph (a)(8) of this section, 
which permits substances of the same class to be stowed together 
provided they do not react dangerously with each other, the segregation 
requirements of the class as represented by the primary hazard class in 
the Sec.172.101 Table entry must be applied.
    (11) Certain exceptions from segregation for waste cyanides or waste 
cyanide mixtures or solutions transported with acids; waste Division 4.2 
materials transported with Class 8 liquids; and waste Division 6.1 
Packing Group I, Hazard Zone A material transported with waste Class 3 
material, Class 8 liquids, and Division 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 5.1 or 5.2 
material are set forth in Sec.173.12(e) of this subchapter.
    (b) General Segregation Table. The following table sets forth the 
general requirements for segregation between the various classes 
(divisions) of hazardous materials. Certain divisions are listed as 
separate hazard classes for the purpose of this table (e.g., ``2.1'' and 
``2.2''). The properties of materials within each class may vary greatly 
and may require greater segregation than is reflected in this table. If 
the Sec.172.101 Table sets forth particular requirements for 
segregation, they take precedence over these general requirements.

[[Page 872]]



                                                            Table 176.83(b)--General Segregation Requirements for Hazardous Materials
                                    [Segregation must also take account of a single secondary hazard label, as required by paragraph (a)(6) of this section.]
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                       1.1,
                               Class                                 1.2, 1.5   1.3   1.4, 1.6   2.1    2.2    2.3     3     4.1    4.2    4.3    5.1    5.2    6.1    6.2     7      8      9
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Explosives, 1.1, 1.2, 1.5..........................................      (*)    (*)       (*)      4      2      2      4      4      4      4      4      4      2      4      2      4      X
Explosives, 1.3....................................................      (*)    (*)       (*)      4      2      2      4      3      3      4      4      4      2      4      2      2      X
Explosives, 1.4, 1.6...............................................      (*)    (*)       (*)      2      1      1      2      2      2      2      2      2      X      4      2      2      X
Flammable gases 2.1................................................        4      4         2      X      X      X      2      1      2      2      2      2      X      4      2      1      X
Non-toxic, non-flammable gases 2.2.................................        2      2         1      X      X      X      1      X      1      X      X      1      X      2      1      X      X
Poisonous gases 2.3................................................        2      2         1      X      X      X      2      X      2      X      X      2      X      2      1      X      X
Flammable liquids 3................................................        4      4         2      2      1      2      X      X      2      2      2      2      X      3      2      X      X
Flammable solids 4.1...............................................        4      3         2      1      X      X      X      X      1      X      1      2      X      3      2      1      X
Spontaneously combustible substances 4.2...........................        4      3         2      2      1      2      2      1      X      1      2      2      1      3      2      1      X
Substances which are dangerous when wet 4.3........................        4      4         2      2      X      X      2      X      1      X      2      2      X      2      2      1      X
Oxidizing substances 5.1...........................................        4      4         2      2      X      X      2      1      2      2      X      2      1      3      1      2      X
Organic peroxides 5.2..............................................        4      4         2      2      1      2      2      2      2      2      2      X      1      3      2      2      X
Poisons 6.1........................................................        2      2         X      X      X      X      X      X      1      X      1      1      X      1      X      X      X
Infectious substances 6.2..........................................        4      4         4      4      2      2      3      3      3      2      3      3      1      X      3      3      X
Radioactive materials 7............................................        2      2         2      2      1      1      2      2      2      2      1      2      X      3      X      2      X
Corrosives 8.......................................................        4      2         2      1      X      X      X      1      1      1      2      2      X      3      2      X      X
Miscellaneous dangerous substances 9...............................        X      X         X      X      X      X      X      X      X      X      X      X      X      X      X      X      X
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Numbers and symbols relate to the following terms as defined in this section:
1--``Away from.''
2--``Separated from.''
3--``Separated by a complete compartment or hold from.''
4--``Separated longitudinally by an intervening complete compartment or hold from.''
X--The segregation, if any, is shown in the Sec. 172.101 table.
*--See Sec. 176.144 of this part for segregation within Class 1.


[[Page 873]]

    (c) Segregation requirements for breakbulk cargo. (1) The 
requirements of this paragraph apply to the segregation of packages 
containing hazardous materials and stowed as breakbulk cargo;
    (2) Definition of the segregation terms:
    (i) Legend:
    (A) Package containing incompatible goods.
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC02MR91.070
    
    (B) Reference package.
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC02MR91.071
    
    (C) Deck resistant to fire and liquid.
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC02MR91.072
    
    Note: Full vertical lines represent transverse bulkheads between 
compartments or holds resistant to fire and liquid.

    (ii) ``Away from'': Effectively segregated so that the incompatible 
materials cannot interact dangerously in the event of an accident but 
may be carried in the same compartment or hold or on deck provided a 
minimum horizontal separation of 3 m (10 feet) projected vertically is 
obtained.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC02MR91.073

    (iii) ``Separated From'': In different compartments or holds when 
stowed under deck. If the intervening deck is resistant to fire and 
liquid, a vertical separation (i.e., in different compartments) is 
acceptable as equivalent to this segregation. For ``on deck'' stowage, 
this segregation means a separation by a distance of at least 6 m (20 
feet) horizontally.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC02MR91.091

    (iv) ``Separated by a complete compartment or hold from'': Either a 
vertical or horizontal separation. If the intervening decks are not 
resistant to fire and liquid, then only a longitudinal separation (i.e., 
by an intervening complete compartment or hold) is acceptable. For ``on 
deck'' stowage, this segregation means a separation by a distance of at 
least 12 m (39 feet) horizontally. The same distance must be applied if 
one package is stowed ``on deck'', and the other one in an upper 
compartment.

[[Page 874]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC02MR91.074

    Note: One of the two decks must be resistant to fire and liquid.

    (v) ``Separated longitudinally by an intervening complete 
compartment or hold from'': Vertical separation alone does not meet this 
requirement. Between a package ``under deck'' and one ``on deck'' a 
minimum distance of 24 m (79 feet) including a complete compartment must 
be maintained longitudinally. For ``on deck'' stowage, this segregation 
means a separation by a distance of at least 24 m (79 feet) 
longitudinally.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC02MR91.075

    (d) Segregation in cargo transport units: Two hazardous materials 
for which any segregation is required may not be stowed in the same 
cargo transport unit.
    (e) Segregation of hazardous materials stowed as breakbulk cargo 
from those packed in cargo transport units: (1) Hazardous materials 
stowed as breakbulk cargo must be segregated from materials packed in 
open cargo transport units in accordance with paragraph (c) of this 
section.
    (2) Hazardous materials stowed as breakbulk cargo must be segregated 
from materials packed in closed cargo transport units in accordance with 
paragraph (c) of this section, except that:
    (i) Where ``away from'' is required, no segregation between packages 
and the closed cargo transport units is required; and
    (ii) Where ``separated from'' is required, the segregation between 
the packages and the closed cargo transport units may be the same as for 
``away from''.
    (f) Segregation of cargo transport units on board container vessels: 
(1) Except for hatchless container ships, this paragraph applies to 
segregation of cargo transport units that are carried on board container 
vessels, or on other types of vessels, provided these cargo spaces are 
properly fitted for permanent stowage of containers during transport.
    (2) For container vessels which have cargo spaces used for breakbulk 
cargo or any other method of stowage, the appropriate paragraph of this 
section applies to the relevant cargo space.

[[Page 875]]

    (3) Segregation Table. Table Sec.176.83(f) sets forth the general 
requirements for segregation between cargo transport units on board 
container vessels.
    (4) In table Sec.176.83(f), a container space means a distance of 
not less than 6 m (20 feet) fore and aft or not less than 2.5 m (8 feet) 
athwartship.

[[Page 876]]



                                                                                   Table 176.83(f)--Segregation of Containers on Board Container Ships
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                           Vertical                                                                                           Horizontal
                                 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Segregation requirement                                                                                               Closed versus closed                     Closed versus open                       Open versus open
                                     Closed versus    Closed versus open   Open versus open                      -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                        closed                                                                          On deck           Under deck            On deck           Under deck            On deck           Under deck
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. ``Away from''................  One on top of the   Open on top of      Not in the same     Fore and aft......  No restriction....  No restriction....  No restriction....  No restriction....  One container       One container
                                   other permitted.    closed permitted.   vertical line      ..................  ..................  ..................  ..................  ..................   space.              space or one
                                                      ..................   unless segregated  ..................  ..................  ..................  ..................  ..................  ..................   bulkhead.
                                                      ..................   by a deck.         ..................  ..................  ..................  ..................  ..................  One container       One container
                                                      Otherwise as for                        Athwartships......  No restriction....  No restriction....  No restriction....  No restriction....   space.              space.
                                                       open versus open.                                                                                                      ..................
                                                                                                                                                                              ..................
                                                                                                                                                                              ..................
2. ``Separated from''...........  Not in the same     As for open versus  Not in the same     Fore and aft......  One container       One container       One container       One container       One container       One bulkhead.
                                   vertical line       open.               vertical line      ..................   space.              space or one        space.              space or one        space..            ..................
                                   unless segregated                       unless segregated  ..................  ..................   bulkhead.          ..................   bulkhead.          ..................  ..................
                                   by a deck.                              by a deck.         ..................  One container       One container       One container       Two container       Two container       One bulkhead.
                                                                                              Athwartships......   space.              space.              space.              spaces.             spaces..
3. ``Separated by a complete      Not in the same     As for open versus  Not in the same     Fore and aft......  One container       One bulkhead......  One container       One bulkhead......  Two container       Two bulkheads.
 compartment or hold from''.       vertical line       open.               vertical line      ..................   space.             ..................   space.             ..................   spaces.            ..................
                                   unless segregated                       unless segregated  ..................  Two container       ..................  Two container       ..................  Three container     Two bulkheads.
                                   by a deck.                              by a deck.         Athwartships......   spaces.            One bulkhead......   spaces.            One bulkhead......   spaces.
                                                                                              ..................
4. ``Separated longitudinally by  Prohibited........  ..................  ..................  Fore and aft......  Four container      One bulkhead and    Four container      Two bulkheads.....  Four container      Two bulkheads.
 an intervening complete                                                                      ..................   spaces.             four container      spaces.            ..................   spaces.            ..................
 compartment or hold from''.                                                                  ..................  ..................   spaces*.           ..................  ..................  ..................  ..................
                                                                                              ..................  Prohibited........  Prohibited........  Prohibited........  Prohibited........  Prohibited........  Prohibited.
                                                                                              Athwartships......
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* Containers not less than 6 m (20 feet) from intervening bulkhead.
 
Note: All bulkheads and decks must be resistant to fire and liquid.


[[Page 877]]

    (g) Segregation of cargo transport units on board trailerships and 
trainships: (1) The requirements of this paragraph apply to the 
segregation of cargo transport units which are carried on board 
trailerships and trainships or in ``roll-on/roll-off'' cargo spaces.
    (2) For trailerships and trainships which have spaces suitable for 
breakbulk cargo, containers, or any other method of stowage, the 
appropriate paragraph of this section applies to the relevant cargo 
space.
    (3) Segregation Table. Table Sec.176.83(g) sets forth the general 
requirements for segregation between transport units on board 
trailerships and trainships.

                               Table 176.83(g)--Segregation of Cargo Transport Units on Board Trailerships and Trainships.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                              --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Segregation requirement                              Closed versus closed                 Closed versus open                 Open versus open
                                                --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                      On deck         Under deck          On deck         Under deck        On deck         Under deck
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. ``Away From''.............  Fore and aft....  No restriction..  No restriction..  No restriction..  No restriction.  At least 3 m...  At least 3 m.
                               Athwartships....  No restriction..  No restriction..  No restriction..  No restriction.  At least 3 m...  At least 3 m.
2. ``Separated from''........  Fore and aft....  At least 6 m....  At least 6 m or   At least 6 m....  At least 6 m or  At least 6 m...  At least 12 m
                               ................  ................   one bulkhead.    ................   one bulkhead.   At least 6 m...   or one
                               ................  At least 3 m....  At least 3 m or   At least 3 m....  At least 6 m or                    bulkhead
                               Athwartships....                     one bulkhead.                       one bulkhead.                    At least 12 m
                                                                                                                                          or one
                                                                                                                                          bulkhead
3. ``Separated by a complete   Fore and aft....  At least 12 m...  At least 24 m +   At least 24 m...  At least 24 m +  At least 36 m..  Two decks or
 compartment or hold from''.   ................  ................   deck.            ................   deck.           ...............   two bulkheads.
                               ................  At least 12 m...  ................  At least 24 m...  ...............  At least 36 m..  ...............
                               Athwartships....                    At least 24 m +                     At least 24 m +                   Prohibited.
                                                                    deck.                               deck.
4. ``Separated longitudinally  Fore and aft....  At least 36 m...  Two bulkheads or  At least 36 m...  At least 48 m    At least 48 m..  Prohibited.
 by an intervening complete    ................  ................   at least 36 m +  ................   including two   ...............  ...............
 compartment or hold from''.   ................  ................   two decks.       ................   bulkheads.      ...............  ...............
                               ................  Prohibited......  Prohibited......  Prohibited......  Prohibited.....  Prohibited.....  ...............
                               Athwartships....                                                                                          Prohibited.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Note: All bulkheads and decks must be resistant to fire and liquid.

    (h) Segregation on board barge carrying vessels: (1) The 
requirements of this section apply to the segregation in shipborne 
barges as well as to the segregation between shipborne barges carried on 
board vessels specially designed and equipped to carry such barges.
    (2) On barge-carrying vessels which incorporate other stowage spaces 
or any other method of stowage, barges containing hazardous materials 
must be segregated from hazardous materials not stowed in barges as 
prescribed in paragraphs (b) and (j) of this section.
    (i) Segregation in shipborne barges: Hazardous materials transported 
in shipborne barges must be segregated as prescribed in paragraphs (a), 
(b), and (c) of this section.
    (j) Segregation between shipborne barges on barge-carrying vessels: 
(1) When a shipborne barge is loaded with two or more hazardous 
materials with different requirements for segregation, the most 
stringent applicable segregation requirement must be applied.
    (2) ``Away from'' and ``separated from'' require no segregation 
between shipborne barges.
    (3) For barge-carrying vessels with vertical holds, ``Separated by a 
complete compartment or hold from'' means that separate holds are 
required. On barge-carrying vessels having horizontal barge levels, 
separate barge levels are required and the barges may not be in the same 
vertical line.
    (4) ``Separated longitudinally by an intervening complete 
compartment or hold from'' means, for barge-carrying vessels with 
vertical holds, that separation by an intervening hold or engine room is 
required. On barge-carrying vessels having horizontal barge levels, 
separate barge levels and a longitudinal separation by at least two 
intervening barge spaces are required.

[[Page 878]]

    (k) Segregation requirements for ferry vessels: A ferry vessel (when 
operating either as a passenger or cargo vessel) that cannot provide the 
separation required in this section may carry incompatible hazardous 
materials in separate transport vehicles if they are stowed to give the 
maximum possible separation.
    (l) Segregation of containers on board hatchless (open-top) 
container ships: (1) This paragraph applies to the segregation of cargo 
transport units that are transported on board hatchless container ships 
provided that the cargo spaces are properly fitted to give permanent 
stowage of the cargo transport units during transport.
    (2) For container ships that have both hatchless container spaces 
and other spaces suitable for breakbulk cargo, conventional container 
stowage, or any other method of stowage, the appropriate requirements of 
this section apply to the relevant cargo space.
    (3) Segregation Table. Table Sec.176.83(l)(3) sets forth the 
general requirements for segregation of cargo transport units on board 
hatchless container ships.
    (4) In Table Sec.176.83(l)(3), a container space means a distance 
of not less than 6 m (20 feet) fore and aft or not less than 2.5 m (8 
feet) athwartship.

[[Page 879]]



                                               Table Sec. 176.83(L)(3)--Segregation of Cargo Transport Units on Board Hatchless Container Ships
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                  Vertical                                                                        Horizontal
                               -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Segregation requirement                                                                       Closed versus closed               Closed versus open                 Open versus open
                                Closed versus  Closed versus   Open versus                 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                    closed          open           open                         On deck         Under deck        On deck         Under deck        On deck         Under deck
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. ``Away from''..............  On top of the  Open on top    .............  Fore and aft.  No restriction.  No restriction.  No restriction.  No restriction.  One container    One container
                                 other          of closed                                                                                                        space.           space or one
                                 permitted.     permitted.                                                                                                                        bulkhead.
                                               Otherwise as   .............  Athwart ships  No restriction.  No restriction.  No restriction.  No restriction.  One container    One container
                                                for ``Open                                                                                                       space.           space.
                                                versus
                                                open''.
2. ``Separated from''.........  .............  .............  Not in the     Fore and aft.  One container    One container    One container    One container    One container    One bulkhead.
                                                               same                          space.           space or one     space.           space or one     space and not
                                                               vertical                                       bulkhead.                         bulkhead.        in or above
                                                               line.                                                                                             same hold.
                                Not in the     As for ``Open  .............  Athwart ships  One container    One container    Two container    Two container    Two container    One bulkhead.
                                 same           versus                                       space.           space.           spaces.          spaces.          spaces and not
                                 vertical       open''.                                                                                                          in or above
                                 line.                                                                                                                           same hold.
3. ``Separated by a complete    .............  .............  .............  Fore and aft.  One container    One bulkhead...  One container    One bulkhead...  Two container    Two bulkheads.
 compartment or hold from''.                                                                 space and not                     space and not                     spaces and not
                                                                                             in or above                       in or above                       in or above
                                                                                             same hold.                        same hold.                        same hold.
                                                                             Athwart ships  Two container    One bulkhead...  Two container    One bulkhead...  Three container  Two bulkheads.
                                                                                             spaces and not                    spaces and not                    spaces and not
                                                                                             in or above                       in or above                       in or above
                                                                                             same hold.                        same hold.                        same hold.
4. ``Separated longitudinally   Prohibited...  Prohibited...  .............  Fore and aft.  Minimum          One bulkhead     Minimum          Two bulkheads..  Minimum          Two bulkheads.
 by an intervening complete                                                                  horizontal       and minimum      horizontal                        horizontal
 compartment or hold from''.                                                                 distance of 24   horizontal       distance of 24                    distance of 24
                                                                                             m and not in     distance of 24   m and not in                      m and not in
                                                                                             or above same    m*.              or above same                     or above same
                                                                                             hold.                             hold.                             hold.
                                                                             Athwart ships  Prohibited.....  Prohibited.....  Prohibited.....  Prohibited.....  Prohibited.....  Prohibited.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* Containers not less than 6 m (20 feet) from intervening bulkhead.
Note: All bulkheads and decks must be resistant to fire and liquid.


[[Page 880]]

    (m) Provisions for segregation groups: (1) For the purpose of 
segregation, materials having certain similar chemical properties have 
been grouped together in segregation groups. The segregation groups 
(such as ``acids'', ``chlorates'', ``permanganates'') and the entries 
allocated to each of these groups include the substances identified in 
section 3.1.4 of the IMDG Code (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this 
subchapter). When column (10B) of the Sec.172.101 Table refers to a 
numbered stowage provision set forth in Sec.176.84(b) such as ``Stow 
`away from' acids'', that particular stowage/segregation requirement 
applies to all the materials allocated to the respective segregation 
group.
    (2) Not all hazardous materials falling within a segregation group 
are listed by name in the regulations. These materials are shipped under 
``n.o.s.'' entries. Although these ``n.o.s.'' entries are not listed 
themselves in the above groups, the person who offers a hazardous 
material for transportation must decide whether allocation under a 
segregation group is appropriate.
    (3) The segregation groups described above do not address materials 
that fall outside the classification criteria of the hazardous materials 
regulations, although it is recognized that some non-hazardous materials 
have certain chemical properties similar to hazardous materials listed 
in the segregation groups. A person who offers a hazardous material for 
transportation or the person responsible for packing the materials into 
a cargo transport unit who does have knowledge of the chemical 
properties of such non-hazardous materials may identify a relevant 
segregation group and apply the segregation requirements for that 
segregation group.

[Amdt. 176-30, 55 FR 52690, Dec. 21, 1990]

    Editorial Note: For Federal Register citations affecting Sec.
176.83, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the 
Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov.



Sec.176.84  Other requirements for stowage, cargo handling, and 
segregation for cargo vessels and passenger vessels.

    (a) General. When Column 10B of the Sec.172.101 Table refers to a 
numbered or alpha-numeric stowage provision for water shipments, the 
meaning and requirements of that provision are set forth in this 
section. Terms in quotation marks are defined in Sec.176.83. Other 
terms used in the table in this section such as ``acids'', ``chlorates'' 
and ``permanganates'' indicate different chemical groups referred to 
here as segregation groups. Materials falling within a segregation group 
are considered to have certain similar chemical properties and, although 
not exhaustive in nature, the materials belonging to each group include 
those substances identified in section 3.1.4 of the IMDG Code (IBR, see 
Sec.171.7 of this subchapter) as set forth in Sec.176.83(m).
    (b) Table of provisions:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
              Code                              Provisions
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1...............................  [Reserved]
2...............................  Temperature controlled material.
3...............................  Do not stow with high explosives.
4...............................  Stow ``Separated from'' liquid organic
                                   materials.
5...............................  Stow ``Separated from'' powdered
                                   metals and their compounds.
6...............................  Emergency temperature material.
7...............................  [Reserved]
8...............................  Glass carboys not permitted on
                                   passenger vessels.
9...............................  Glass carboys not permitted under
                                   deck.
10..............................  Glass bottles not permitted under
                                   deck.
11..............................  Keep away from heat and open flame.
12..............................  Keep as cool as reasonably
                                   practicable.\3\
13..............................  Keep as dry as reasonably
                                   practicable.\3\
14..............................  For metal drums, stowage permitted
                                   under deck on cargo vessels.
15..............................  May be stowed in portable magazine or
                                   metal locker.
16..............................  No other cargo may be stowed in the
                                   same hold with this material.
17..............................  Segregation same as for flammable
                                   gases but ``away from'' dangerous
                                   when wet.
18..............................  Prohibited on any vessel carrying
                                   explosives (except explosives in
                                   Division 1.4, Compatibility group S).
20..............................  Segregation same as for corrosives.
21..............................  Segregation same as for flammable
                                   liquids.
22..............................  Segregation same as for flammable
                                   liquids if flash point is below 60
                                   [deg]C (140 [deg]F).
23..............................  Segregation same as for flammable
                                   liquids if flash point is between 23
                                   [deg]C (73 [deg]F) and 60 [deg]C (140
                                   [deg]F).
24..............................  Segregation same as for flammable
                                   solids.
25..............................  Protected from sources of heat
26..............................  Stow ``away from'' acids.\2\
27..............................  Stow ``away from'' alkaline compounds.
                                   \2\
28..............................  Stow ``away from'' flammable liquids.
29..............................  Stow ``away from'' ammonium compounds.
30..............................  Stow ``away from'' animal or vegetable
                                   oils.
31..............................  Stow ``away from'' combustible
                                   materials.
32..............................  Stow ``away from'' copper, its alloys
                                   and its salts.
33..............................  Stow ``away from'' fluorides.
34..............................  Stow ``away from'' foodstuffs.
35..............................  Stow ``away from'' all odor-absorbing
                                   cargo.
36..............................  Stow ``away from'' heavy metals and
                                   their compounds.

[[Page 881]]

 
37..............................  Stow ``away from'' hydrazine.
38..............................  Stow ``away from'' all other
                                   corrosives.
39..............................  Stow ``away from'' liquid halogenated
                                   hydrocarbons.
40..............................  Stow ``clear of living quarters''.
41..............................  Stow ``away from'' mercury and its
                                   compounds.
42..............................  Stow ``away from'' nitric acids and
                                   perchloric acids not exceeding 50
                                   percent acid by weight.
43..............................  Stow ``away from'' organic materials.
44..............................  Stow ``away from'' oxidizers.
45..............................  Stow ``away from'' permanganates.
46..............................  Stow ``away from'' powdered metals.
47..............................  Stow ``away from'' sodium compounds.
49..............................  Stow ``away from'' corrosives.
51..............................  Stow ``separated from'' acetylene.
52..............................  Stow ``separated from'' acids. \1 2\
53..............................  Stow ``separated from'' alkaline
                                   compounds. \2\
54..............................  Stow ``separated from'' animal or
                                   vegetable oils.
55..............................  Stow ``separated from'' ammonia.
56..............................  Stow ``separated from'' ammonium
                                   compounds.
57..............................  Stow ``separated from'' chlorine.
58..............................  Stow ``separated from'' cyanides.
59..............................  Stow ``separated from'' combustible
                                   materials.
60..............................  Stow ``separated from'' chlorates,
                                   chlorites, hypochlorites, nitrites,
                                   perchlorates, permanganates, and
                                   metallic powders.
61..............................  Stow ``separated from'' corrosive
                                   materials.
62..............................  Stow ``separated from'' diborane.
63..............................  Stow ``separated from'' diethylene
                                   triamine.
64..............................  Stow ``separated from'' explosives.
65..............................  Stow ``separated from'' flammable
                                   substances.
66..............................  Stow ``separated from'' flammable
                                   solids.
67..............................  Stow ``separated from'' halides.
68..............................  Stow ``separated from'' hydrogen.
69..............................  Stow ``separated from'' hydrogen
                                   peroxide.
70..............................  Stow ``separated from'' mercury salts.
71..............................  Stow ``separated from'' nitric acid.
72..............................  Stow ``separated from'' nitrogen
                                   compounds.
73..............................  Stow ``separated from'' chlorates.
74..............................  Stow ``separated from'' oxidizers.
75..............................  Stow ``separated from'' permanganates.
76..............................  Stow ``separated by a complete
                                   compartment or hold from'' organic
                                   peroxides.
77..............................  Stow ``separated longitudinally by a
                                   complete compartment or hold from''
                                   explosives.
78..............................  Stow ``separated longitudinally by an
                                   intervening complete compartment or
                                   hold from'' explosives.
79..............................  The maximum net quantity in one
                                   package for this material shipped
                                   aboard a passenger vessel is limited
                                   to 22.7 kg (50 pounds).
80..............................  Toy torpedoes must not be packed with
                                   other special fireworks.
81..............................  Under deck stowage permitted only if
                                   an indicating substance such as
                                   chloropicrin has been added.
82..............................  Under deck stowage is permitted only
                                   if containing not more than 36
                                   percent by weight of hydrazine.
83..............................  [Reserved]
84..............................  Under deck stowage must be in well-
                                   ventilated space.
85..............................  Under deck stowage must be in
                                   mechanically ventilated space.
86..............................  Stow ``separated by a complete
                                   compartment or hold from'' explosives
                                   Division 1.3.
87..............................  Stow ``separated from'' Class 1
                                   (explosives) except Division 1.4.
88..............................  Stow ``separated by a complete
                                   compartment or hold from'' Class 1
                                   (explosives) except Division 1.4.
89..............................  Segregation same as for oxidizers.
90..............................  Stow ``separated from'' radioactive
                                   materials.
91..............................  Stow ``separated from'' flammable
                                   liquids.
92..............................  Stow ``separated from'' powdered
                                   materials.
93..............................  Stow not accessible to unauthorized
                                   persons on passenger vessels.
94..............................  Plastic jerricans and plastic drums
                                   not permitted under deck.
95..............................  Stow ``separated from'' foodstuffs.
96..............................  Glass carboys not permitted under deck
                                   on passenger vessels.
97..............................  Stow ``away from'' azides.
98..............................  Stow ``away from'' all flammable
                                   materials.
99..............................  Only new metal drums permitted on
                                   passenger vessels.
100.............................  Stow ``away from'' flammable solids.
101.............................  Stow ``separated from'' iron oxide.
102.............................  Stow ``separated from'' all odor
                                   absorbing cargoes.
103.............................  Only to be loaded under dry weather
                                   conditions.
104.............................  Stow ``separated from'' bromine.
105.............................  As approved by the Competent Authority
                                   of the country concerned.
106.............................  Stow ``separated from'' powdered
                                   metal.
107.............................  Stow ``separated from'' peroxides and
                                   superoxides.
108.............................  The transport temperature should be
                                   indicated on the tank.
109.............................  Label as a flammable liquid if flash
                                   point is 60 [deg]C (140 [deg]F) or
                                   below.
110.............................  Packaging Group II if concentration
                                   does not exceed 70 percent acid.
111.............................  If concentration exceeds 50 percent
                                   acid, notes 66, 74, 89, and 90 apply.
112.............................  Packaging Group II for concentrations
                                   not less that 50 percent and
                                   Packaging Group III for
                                   concentrations less than 50 percent.
113.............................  Packaging Group II if concentrations
                                   does not exceed 60 percent acid.
114.............................  Corrosive subsidiary risk label
                                   required unless concentration is less
                                   than 80 percent.
115.............................  If packaged in glass or earthenware
                                   inner packagings in wooden or
                                   fiberboard outer packagings, the
                                   maximum quantity on any vessel is 500
                                   kg (equivalent to 450 L).
116.............................  In a cargo space capable of being
                                   opened up in an emergency. The
                                   possible need to open hatches in case
                                   of fire to provide maximum
                                   ventilation and to apply water in an
                                   emergency and the consequent risk to
                                   the stability of the ship through
                                   flooding of the cargo space should be
                                   considered before loading.

[[Page 882]]

 
117.............................  In a clean cargo space capable of
                                   being opened up in an emergency. In
                                   the case of bagged fertilizer in
                                   freight containers, it is sufficient
                                   if in the case of an emergency, the
                                   cargo is accessible through free
                                   approaches (hatch entries) and
                                   mechanical ventilation enables the
                                   master to exhaust any gases or fumes
                                   resulting from decomposition. The
                                   possible need to open hatches in case
                                   of fire to provide maximum
                                   ventilation and to apply water in an
                                   emergency and the consequent risk to
                                   the stability of the ship through
                                   flooding of the cargo space should be
                                   considered before loading.
118.............................  Stowage--Category D, Category E
                                   freight containers and pallet boxes
                                   only. Ventilation may be required.
                                   The possible need to open hatches in
                                   a case of fire to provide maximum
                                   ventilation and to supply water in an
                                   emergency, and the consequent risk to
                                   the stability of the ship through
                                   flooding of the cargo space, should
                                   be considered before loading.
119.............................  Double strip stowage recommended.
120.............................  Provide good surface and through
                                   ventilation.
121.............................  Packaging group III when the flash
                                   point of the flammable liquid is 23
                                   [deg]C (73 [deg]F) or above.
122.............................  Stow ``separated from'' infectious
                                   substances.
123.............................  Stow ``away from'' infectious
                                   substances.
124.............................  Stow ``separated from'' bromates.
125.............................  Segregation same as for flammable
                                   liquids, but also ``away from''
                                   flammable solids.
126.............................  Segregation same as for Class 9,
                                   miscellaneous hazardous materials.
127.............................  For packages carrying a subsidiary
                                   risk of Class 1 (explosives),
                                   segregation same as for Class 1,
                                   Division 1.3.
128.............................  Stow in accordance with the IMDG Code,
                                   Sub-section 7.6.2.7.2 (incorporated
                                   by reference; see Sec. 171.7 of
                                   this subchapter).
129.............................  Stowage Category A applies, except for
                                   uranyl nitrate hexahydrate solution
                                   for which Category D applies.
130.............................  Stowage Category A applies, except for
                                   uranyl nitrate hexahydrate solution,
                                   uranium metal hexahydrate solution,
                                   uranium metal pyrophoric and thorium
                                   metal pyrophoric for which Category D
                                   applies.
131.............................  Stowage Category A applies, except for
                                   uranyl nitrate hexahydrate solution,
                                   uranium metal pyrophoric and thorium
                                   metal pyrophoric for which Category D
                                   applies, and taking into account any
                                   supplementary requirements specified
                                   in the transport documents.
132.............................  Stowage A applies, taking into account
                                   any supplementary requirements
                                   specified in the transport documents.
133.............................  Stow ``separated from'' sulfur.
134.............................  Stow ``separated from'' UN2716.
135.............................  Stow ``Separated from'' mercury and
                                   mercury compounds.
136.............................  Stow ``Separated from'' carbon
                                   tetrachloride.
137.............................  For arsenic sulphides, Stow
                                   ``separated from'' acids.
138.............................  Stow ``Separated from'' peroxides.
141.............................  Stow ``away from'' radioactive
                                   materials.
142.............................  Packages in cargo transport units must
                                   be stowed so as to allow for adequate
                                   air circulation throughout the cargo.
144.............................  When stowed under deck, mechanical
                                   ventilation shall be in accordance
                                   with SOLAS, Chapter II-2/Regulation
                                   19 (IBR, see Sec. 171.7 of this
                                   subchapter) for flammable liquids
                                   with flashpoint below 23 [deg]C (73
                                   [deg]F).
145.............................  Stow ``separated from'' ammonium
                                   compounds except for UN1444.
146.............................  Category B stowage applies for unit
                                   loads in open cargo transport units.
147.............................  Stow ``separated from'' flammable
                                   gases and flammable liquids.
148.............................  In addition: from flammable gases and
                                   flammable liquids when stowed on deck
                                   of a containership a minimum distance
                                   of two container spaces athwartship
                                   shall be maintained, when stowed on
                                   ro-ro ships a distance of 6 m
                                   athwartship shall be maintained.
149.............................  For engines or machinery containing
                                   fuels with flash point equal or
                                   greater than 23 [deg]C (73.4 [deg]F),
                                   stowage Category A.
150.............................  For uranium metal pyrophoric and
                                   thorium metal pyrophoric stowage,
                                   category D applies.
M1--M6..........................  [Reserved]
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ For waste cyanides or waste cyanide mixtures or solutions, refer to
  Sec. 173.12(e) of this subchapter.
\2\ Class 8 materials in PG II or III that otherwise are required to be
  segregated from one another may be transported in the same cargo
  transport unit, whether in the same packaging or not, provided the
  substances do not react dangerously with each other to cause
  combustion and/or evolution of considerable heat, or of flammable,
  toxic or asphyxiant gases, or the formation of corrosive or unstable
  substances; and the package does not contain more than 30 L (7.8
  gallons) for liquids or 30 kg (66 lbs.) for solids.
\3\ These requirements apply to the loading of hazardous materials in
  cargo transport units as well as the stowage of cargo transport units.

    (c) Provisions for the stowage of Class 1 (explosive) materials: (1) 
Explosive substances and explosive articles must be stowed in accordance 
with Column (10A) and Column (10B) of the 172.101 Table of this 
subchapter.
    (2) The following notes in column 10B of the Sec.172.101 Table 
apply to the transport of Class 1 (explosive) materials by vessel:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
              Notes                             Provisions
------------------------------------------------------------------------
5E..............................  Stow ``away from'' lead and its
                                   compounds.
14E.............................  On deck, cargo transport unit must be
                                   steel.
15E.............................  On deck, cargo transport unit must be
                                   leakproof.
17E.............................  On deck stowage is recommended.
19E.............................  ``Away from'' explosives containing
                                   chlorates or perchlorates.
21E.............................  Cargo space ventilation must be
                                   carefully controlled to avoid
                                   excessive condensation.
22E.............................  ``Away from'' ammonium compounds and
                                   explosives containing ammonium
                                   compounds or salts.
23E.............................  ``Separated from'' Division 1.4 and
                                   ``separated longitudinally by an
                                   intervening complete compartment or
                                   hold from'' Division 1.1, 1.2, 1.3,
                                   1.5, and 1.6 except from explosives
                                   of compatibility group J.

[[Page 883]]

 
26E.............................  For closed cargo transport units, a
                                   non-metallic lining is required when
                                   not in effectively sealed, sift-proof
                                   packages.
27E.............................  For closed cargo transport units, a
                                   non-metallic lining is required.
------------------------------------------------------------------------


[Amdt. 176-30, 55 FR 52693, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66282, 
Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 176-43, 62 FR 24742, May 6, 1997; 66 FR 33438, June 
21, 2001; 66 FR 45185, 45384, Aug. 28, 2001; 67 FR 15744, Apr. 3, 2002; 
68 FR 45040, July 31, 2003; 69 FR 76183, Dec. 20, 2004; 70 FR 3310, Jan. 
24, 2005; 71 FR 78634, Dec. 29, 2006; 74 FR 2268, Jan. 14, 2009; 76 FR 
3384, Jan. 19, 2011; 78 FR 1094, Jan. 7, 2013; 80 FR 1165, Jan. 8, 2015; 
82 FR 15893, Mar. 30, 2017]



   Subpart E_Special Requirements for Transport Vehicles Loaded With 
       Hazardous Materials and Transported on Board Ferry Vessels



Sec.176.88  Applicability.

    The requirements in this subpart are applicable to transport 
vehicles containing hazardous materials being transported on board ferry 
vessels and are in addition to any prescribed elsewhere in this 
subchapter. Vessels in a service similar to a ferry service, but not 
over a designated ferry route, may be treated as a ferry vessel for the 
purpose of this subpart if approved in writing by the District 
Commander.

[Amdt. 176-1, 41 FR 16110, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 176-1A, 41 
FR 40690, Sept. 20, 1976]



Sec.176.89  Control of transport vehicles.

    (a) A transport vehicle containing hazardous materials may be 
transported on board a ferry vessel, subject to the following 
conditions:
    (1) The operator or person in charge of the vehicle shall deliver to 
the vessel's representative a copy of the shipping papers and 
certificate required by Sec. Sec.176.24 and 176.27;
    (2) The vehicle shall be placed at the location indicated by the 
vessel's representative;
    (3) The parking brakes of the vehicle shall be set securely to 
prevent movement;
    (4) The motor of a highway vehicle shall be shut off and not 
restarted until the vessel has completed its voyage and docked;
    (5) All vehicle lights shall be cut off and not relighted until the 
vessel has completed its voyage and docked;
    (6) The operator of a highway vehicle shall remain with the vehicle;
    (7) No repairs or adjustments must be made to the vehicle while it 
is on the vessel;
    (8) No hazardous materials are to be released from the vehicle; and
    (9) Any instructions given by the vessel's representative during the 
voyage, and during ``roll on'' and ``roll off'' operations must be 
observed.
    (b) Smoking by any person in or around a vehicle is prohibited.



Sec.176.90  Private automobiles.

    (a) Class 1 (explosive) material. A private automobile which is 
carrying any Class 1 (explosive) material (except permitted fireworks or 
small arms ammunition) may not be transported on a passenger-carrying 
ferry vessel unless the Class 1 (explosive) material conforms to the 
packaging, labeling, marking, and certification requirements of this 
subchapter. Permitted fireworks and small arms ammunition may be carried 
without the required packaging, labeling, marking, or certification if 
they are in tight containers.
    (b) Engines, gasoline, or liquefied petroleum gas. Engines, internal 
combustion, flammable gas powered or flammable liquid powered, including 
when fitted in machinery or vehicles (i.e. motor vehicles, recreational 
vehicles, campers, trailers), vehicle flammable liquid or flammable gas 
powered, gasoline, and petroleum gases, liquefied or liquefied petroleum 
gas when included as part of a motor home, recreational vehicle, camper, 
or trailer; are excepted from the requirements of this subchapter if the 
following conditions are met:
    (1) Any container showing deterioration which might affect its 
integrity must not be allowed on board the vessel. A visual inspection 
by a responsible member of the crew must be made of each cylinder of 
liquefied petroleum gas before it may be allowed aboard the vessel. A 
cylinder that has a crack or leak, is bulged, has a defective valve or a 
leaking or defective pressure relief

[[Page 884]]

device, or bears evidence of physical abuse, fire or heat damage, or 
detrimental rusting or corrosion, may not offered for transportation on 
board the vessel. Leaking or damaged containers of gasoline may not be 
offered for transportation on board the vessel.
    (2) Motor vehicles may be stowed in the same hold or compartment or 
on the vehicle deck of passenger vessels with cylinders of liquefied 
petroleum gas when the cylinders are securely attached to recreational 
vehicles, such as campers or trailers.
    (3) Extra containers of gasoline (including camp stove or lantern 
fuel) and portable cylinders of liquefied petroleum gas (including 
cylinders for camping equipment) not securely attached to recreational 
vehicles must be stowed in the vessel's paint locker. Containers must be 
securely closed.
    (4) All liquefied petroleum gas cylinders must be secured by closing 
the shut-off valves prior to the recreational vehicles being loaded on 
the vessels. The owner or operator of each recreational vehicle must be 
directed to close all operating valves within the vehicles.
    (5) ``No smoking'' signs must be posted on the vehicle decks and, if 
used for storage of hazardous materials; in close proximity to the 
vessel's paint locker.
    (6) An hourly patrol of the vehicle decks must be made by a 
crewmember. Any unusual or dangerous situation must be reported to the 
vessel's master.
    (7) Passengers may be allowed on the vehicle decks during the voyage 
and are subject to the control of the crew personnel conducting the 
continuous vehicle deck patrol.
    (8) Each person responsible for performing a function authorized by 
this section must be trained in accordance with subpart H of part 172 of 
this subchapter and on the requirements of this section.
    (9) Shipments made under this paragraph are subject to the Incident 
Reporting requirements prescribed in Sec. Sec.171.15 and 171.16 of 
this subchapter.

[81 FR 3682, Jan. 21, 2016]



Sec.176.91  Motorboats.

    A motorboat may be transported on board a ferry vessel with gasoline 
in the tank and two other containers not exceeding 23 L (six gallons) 
capacity each if they are in the motorboat, closed, and in good 
condition.

[Amdt. 176-1, 41 FR 16110, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 176-30, 55 
FR 52695, Dec. 21, 1990]



Sec.176.92  Cylinders laden in vehicles.

    Any cylinder of Class 2 (compressed gas) material which is required 
to have a valve protection cap fitted in place may be transported on 
board a ferry vessel without having the valve protection cap in place 
when it is laden in a transport vehicle and is not removed from the 
vehicle while on the vessel.

[Amdt. 176-1, 41 FR 16110, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 176-30, 55 
FR 52695, Dec. 21, 1990]



Sec.176.93  Vehicles having refrigerating or heating equipment.

    (a) A transport vehicle fitted with refrigerating or heating 
equipment using a flammable liquid or Division 2.1 (flammable gas) 
material, or diesel oil as fuel, may be transported on a ferry vessel. 
However, the refrigerating or heating equipment may not be operated 
while the vehicle is on the vessel, unless the equipment complies with 
the following requirements:
    (1) The installation is rigidly mounted and free of any motion other 
than normal vibration in operation;
    (2) An easily accessible shutoff control is fitted to the fuel and 
electrical supply of the refrigerating or heating equipment; and
    (3) The fuel storage tank, the fuel lines, the carburetor and any 
other fuel devices are tight and show no signs of leakage.
    (b) If the vehicle operator desires to operate the refrigerating or 
heating equipment while on the vessel and the equipment is not fitted 
with automatic starting and stopping devices, it must be started before 
the vehicle is taken on board. It may continue in operation while the 
vehicle is on the vessel, but if the motor stops it may not be 
restarted.
    (c) In the case of a ferry vessel on a voyage exceeding 30 minutes' 
duration, stowage must be provided for transport vehicles having 
refrigerating or heating equipment operated by internal

[[Page 885]]

combustion engines which will permit ready diffusion of exhaust gases to 
the open air. Passenger vehicles may not be stowed in a position 
adjacent to vehicles operating internal combustion motors which expose 
the occupants of the passenger vehicles to excessive concentrations of 
exhaust fumes from such motors.
    (d) A transport vehicle containing solid carbon dioxide as a 
refrigerant may be transported on a ferry vessel only if it is stowed in 
a well ventilated location.

[Amdt. 176-1, 41 FR 16110, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 176-30, 55 
FR 52695, Dec. 21, 1990; 68 FR 61942, Oct. 30, 2003]



                Subpart F_Special Requirements for Barges

    Source: Amdt. 176-8, 44 FR 23228, Apr. 19, 1979, unless otherwise 
noted.



Sec.176.95  Applicability.

    The requirements prescribed in this subpart are applicable to the 
transportation of packaged hazardous materials on board barges. The 
requirements prescribed elsewhere in this subchapter for vessels 
similarly apply, except as provided in this subpart, to the 
transportation of packaged hazardous materials on board barges.



Sec.176.96  Materials of construction.

    Barges used to transport hazardous materials must be constructed of 
steel.

[Amdt. 176-30, 55 FR 52695, Dec. 21, 1990]



Sec.176.97  Prohibition of dump scows.

    Dump scows are barges having cargo carrying compartments of the 
hopper type and fitted with a bottom dump or a side dump. This type of 
barge is prohibited from the carriage of any class of hazardous 
material.



Sec.176.98  Stowage of hazardous materials on board barges.

    A material for which ``on deck'' stowage only is required by column 
(10) of the Hazardous Materials Table (Sec.172.101 of this subchapter) 
may be stowed ``under deck'' on unmanned barges.

[Amdt. 176-8, 44 FR 23228, Apr. 19, 1979, as amended by Amdt. 176-30, 55 
FR 52695, Dec. 21, 1990]



Sec.176.99  Permit requirements for certain hazardous materials.

    The permits required by Sec. Sec.176.100 and 176.415 for loading, 
unloading, and handling Divisions 1.1 and 1.2 (explosives) materials, 
Division 1.5 materials, ammonium nitrate and certain ammonium nitrate 
mixtures and fertilizers must be obtained before these materials may be 
loaded on, unloaded from, or handled on board a barge or barge-carrying 
vessel. However, a barge loaded with these materials being placed on, 
removed from, or handled on board a barge-carrying vessel is not subject 
to these permit requirements.

[Amdt. 176-30, 55 FR 52695, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66282, 
Dec. 20, 1991; 66 FR 45384, Aug. 28, 2001]



    Subpart G_Detailed Requirements for Class 1 (Explosive) Materials

    Source: Amdt. 176-30, 55 FR 52696, Dec. 21, 1990, unless otherwise 
noted.



Sec.176.100  Permit for Divisions 1.1 and 1.2 (explosive) materials.

    Before Divisions 1.1 and 1.2 (explosive) materials may be discharged 
from, loaded on, handled or restowed on board a vessel at any place in 
the United States, the carrier must obtain a permit from the COTP in 
accordance with the procedures in 33 CFR 126.19. Exceptions to this 
permit requirement may be authorized by the COTP.

[Amdt. 176-30, 55 FR 52696, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended by Amdt. 176-34, 
58 FR 51533, Oct. 1, 1993; 66 FR 45385, Aug. 28, 2001]



Sec.176.102  Supervisory detail.

    (a) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, the COTP 
may assign a USCG supervisory detail to any vessel to supervise the 
loading, handling or unloading of Class 1 (explosive) materials.
    (b) The owner, agent, charterer, master or person in charge of the 
vessel, and all persons engaged in the handling, loading, unloading, and 
stowage of Class 1 (explosive) materials shall obey all orders that are 
given by the officer in charge of the supervisory detail.

[[Page 886]]

    (c) If Class 1 (explosive) materials are loaded onto or unloaded 
from a vessel at a facility operated or controlled by the Department of 
Defense, the Commanding Officer of that facility may decline the USCG 
supervisory detail. Whenever the supervisory detail is declined, the 
Commanding Officer of the facility shall ensure compliance with the 
regulations in this part.



Sec.176.104  Loading and unloading Class 1 (explosive) materials.

    (a) Packages of Class 1 (explosive) materials may not be thrown, 
dropped, rolled, dragged, or slid over each other or over a deck.
    (b) When Class 1 (explosive) materials are stowed in a hold below 
one in which any cargo is being handled, the hatch in the deck dividing 
the two holds must have all covers securely in place.
    (c) Drafts of Class 1 (explosive) materials must be handled in 
accordance with the following:
    (1) A draft may not be raised, lowered, or stopped by sudden 
application of power or brake.
    (2) A draft may not be released by tripping or freeing one side of 
the cargo-handling equipment and tumbling the Class 1 (explosive) 
materials off.
    (3) All drafts, beams, shackles, bridles, slings, and hooks must be 
manually freed before the winch takes control.
    (4) Slings may not be dragged from under a draft by winching except 
for the topmost layer in the hold when power removal is the only 
practical method and when the cargo cannot be toppled.
    (5) Handles or brackets on packages in a draft may not be used for 
slinging purposes.
    (d) A combination woven rope and wire sling or a sling that is 
formed by use of an open hook may not be used in handling Class 1 
(explosive) materials.
    (e) Only a safety hook or a hook that has been closed by wire may be 
used in handling drafts of Class 1 (explosive) materials.
    (f) Wire rope or wire rope assemblies, including splices and 
fittings, used in handling Class 1 (explosive) materials must be 
unpainted and kept bare to permit inspection of their safe working 
condition. A mechanical end fitting (pressed fitting) may be used in 
place of an eye splice, if the efficiency of the mechanical end fitting 
is at least equal to the efficiency of an eye splice prepared as 
prescribed in 29 CFR 1918.51(c)(1).
    (g) Packages of Division 1.1 and 1.2 materials that are not part of 
a palletized unit must be loaded and unloaded from a vessel using a 
chute, conveyor or a mechanical hoist and a pallet, skipboard, tray or 
pie plate fitted with a cargo net or sideboards.
    (h) Packages of Division 1.1 and 1.2 (explosive) materials must be 
loaded or unloaded in accordance with the following:
    (1) A cargo net with a pallet, skipboard, tray, or pie plate, must 
be loaded so that no more than a minimum displacement of packages occurs 
when it is lifted.
    (2) A cargo net must completely encompass the bottom and sides of 
the draft. The mesh of the cargo net must be of a size and strength that 
will prevent a package in the draft from passing through the net.
    (3) When a tray is used in handling packages, no package may extend 
more than one-third its vertical dimension above the sideboard of the 
tray.
    (i) A landing mat must be used when a draft of nonpalletized 
Division 1.1 or 1.2 (explosive) materials is deposited on deck. The 
landing mat must have dimensions of at least l m (3 feet) wide, 2 m (7 
feet) long, and 10 cm (3.9 inches) thick, and be made of woven hemp, 
sisal, or similar fiber, or foam rubber, polyurethane or similar 
resilient material.
    (j) In addition to the other requirements of this section, packages 
of Division 1.1 and 1.2 (explosive) materials must be handled in 
accordance with the following:
    (1) Packages may not be loaded or unloaded through a hatch at the 
same time that other cargo is being handled in any hold served by that 
hatch.
    (2) Packages may not be loaded or unloaded from the same hatch by 
using two pieces of cargo equipment unless the equipment is positioned 
at the forward and aft ends of the hatch.
    (3) Packages may not be lifted over any hazardous materials.

[[Page 887]]

    (4) The height of any structure, equipment, or load on a deck over 
which packages must be lifted may not be higher than the hatch coaming 
or bulwark, or 1 m (3 feet), whichever is greater.
    (k) Unpackaged explosive devices may not be handled by their lifting 
lugs or suspension lugs.
    (l) A chute may not be used when loading or unloading Class 1 
(explosive) materials in compatibility group A or B.

[Amdt. 176-30, 55 FR 52696, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended by Amdt. 176-40, 
61 FR 27175, May 30, 1996; 65 FR 58630, Sept. 29, 2000; 66 FR 45384, 
45385, Aug. 28, 2001; 80 FR 72928, Nov. 23, 2015]



Sec.176.108  Supervision of Class 1 (explosive) materials during
loading, unloading, handling and stowage.

    (a) During the loading, unloading, handling and stowage of Class 1 
(explosive) materials, a responsible person shall be in constant 
attendance during the entire operation to direct the loading, unloading, 
handling and stowage of Class 1 (explosive) materials, including the 
preparation of the holds. The responsible person must be aware of the 
hazards involved and the steps to be taken in an emergency, and must 
maintain sufficient contact with the master to ensure proper steps are 
taken in an emergency.
    (b) Each person involved in the handling of Class 1 (explosive) 
materials on a vessel shall obey the orders of the responsible person.
    (c) The responsible person must inspect all cargo-handling equipment 
to determine that it is in safe operating condition before it is used to 
handle Class 1 (explosive) materials.

                                 Stowage



Sec.176.112  Applicability.

    The provisions of Sec. Sec.176.116(e), 176,118, and 176.120 of 
this subpart do not apply to Division 1.4 (explosive) materials, 
compatibility group S. Such materials may be stowed together with all 
other Class 1 (explosive) materials except those of compatibility group 
A or L. They must be segregated from other hazardous materials in 
accordance with table 176.83(b) of this part.

[Amdt. 176-30, 55 FR 52696, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 66 FR 45384, 
Aug. 28, 2001]



Sec.176.116  General stowage conditions for Class 1 (explosive) 
materials.

    (a) Stowage Location: (1) Class 1 (explosive) materials must be 
stowed in a cool part of the ship and must be kept as cool as 
practicable while on board. Class 1 (explosives) must be stowed as far 
away as practicable from any potential source of heat or ignition.
    (2) With the exception of division 1.4 (explosive) materials, Class 
1 (explosive) materials may not be positioned closer to the ship's side 
than a distance equal to one eighth of the beam or 2.4 m (8 feet), 
whichever is less.
    (3) Except where the consignment of Class 1 (explosive) materials 
consists only of explosive articles, the wearing of shoes or boots with 
unprotected metal nails, heels, or tips of any kind is prohibited.
    (b) Wetness: (1) Spaces where Class 1 (explosive) materials are 
stowed below deck must be dry. In the event of the contents of packages 
being affected by water when on board immediate advice must be sought 
from the shippers; pending this advice handling of the packages must be 
avoided.
    (2) Bilges and bilge sections must be examined and any residue of 
previous cargo removed before Class 1 materials (explosive) are loaded 
onto the vessel.
    (c) Security: All compartments, magazines, and cargo transport units 
containing Class 1 (explosive) materials must be locked or suitably 
secured in order to prevent unauthorized access.
    (d) Secure stowage: Class 1 (explosive) materials must be securely 
stowed to prevent shifting in transit; where necessary, precautions must 
be taken to prevent cargo sliding down between the frames at the ship's 
sides.
    (e) Separation from accommodation spaces and machinery spaces: (1) 
Class 1 (explosive) materials must be stowed as far away as practicable 
from any accommodation spaces or any machinery space and may not be 
stowed directly above or below such a space. The requirements in 
paragraphs (e)(2) through (e)(4) of this section are minimum 
requirements in addition to the

[[Page 888]]

applicable requirements of 46 CFR chapter I. Where the requirements of 
this subpart are less stringent than those of 46 CFR chapter I, the 46 
CFR chapter I requirements must be satisfied for ships to which they are 
applicable.
    (2) There must be a permanent A Class steel bulkhead between any 
accommodation space and any compartment containing Class 1 (explosive) 
materials. Division 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, or 1.5 materials may not be stowed 
within 3 m (10 feet) of this bulkhead; in the decks immediately above or 
below an accommodation space they must be stowed at least 3 m (10 feet) 
from the line of this bulkhead projected vertically.
    (3) There must be a permanent A Class steel bulkhead between a 
compartment containing Class 1 (explosive) materials and any machinery 
space. Class 1 (explosive) materials, except those in Division 1.4 
(explosive), may not be stowed within 3 m (10 feet) of this bulkhead; 
and in the decks above or below the machinery space they must be stowed 
at least 3 m (10 feet) from the line of this bulkhead projected 
vertically. In addition to this separation, there must be insulation to 
Class A60 standard as defined in 46 CFR 72.05-10(c)(1) if the machinery 
space is one of Category `A' unless the only Class 1 (explosive) 
materials carried are in Division 1.4S (explosive).
    (4) Where Class 1 (explosive) materials are stowed away from 
bulkheads bounding any accommodation space or machinery space, the 
intervening space may be filled with cargo that is not readily 
combustible.
    (f) [Reserved]

[Amdt. 176-30, 55 FR 52696, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 66 FR 45384, 
45385, Aug. 28, 2001; 69 FR 76183, Dec. 20, 2004; 68 FR 61942, Oct. 30, 
2003; 78 FR 1095, Jan. 7, 2013; 80 FR 72928, Nov. 23, 2015]



Sec.176.118  Electrical requirement.

    (a) Electrical equipment and cables installed in compartments in 
which Class 1 (explosive) materials are stowed which do not need to be 
energized during the voyage must be isolated from the supply so that no 
part of the circuit within the compartment is energized. The method of 
isolation may be by withdrawal of fuses, opening of switches or circuit 
breakers, or disconnection from bus bars. The means, or access to the 
means, of disconnection/reconnection must be secured by a locked padlock 
under the control of a responsible person.
    (b) Electrical equipment and cables in a cargo space in which Class 
1 (explosive) materials are stowed which are energized during the voyage 
for the safe operation of the ship must meet the requirements of 
subchapter J of 46 CFR chapter I. Before Class 1 (explosive) materials 
are loaded aboard a vessel, all cables must be tested by a skilled 
person to ensure that they are safe and to determine satisfactory 
grounding, insulation resistance, and continuity of the cable cores, 
metal sheathing or armoring.
    (c) All Class 1 (explosive) materials must be stowed in a safe 
position relative to electrical equipment and cables. Additional 
physical protection must be provided where necessary to minimize 
possible damage to the electrical equipment or cables, especially during 
loading and unloading.
    (d) Cable joints in the compartments must be enclosed in metal-clad 
junction boxes.
    (e) All lighting equipment and cables must be of the fixed type, and 
must meet the relevant inspection, test, and installation standards of 
46 CFR chapter I, subchapter J.

[Amdt. 176-30, 55 FR 52696, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended by Amdt. 176-34, 
58 FR 51533, Oct. 1, 1993]



Sec.176.120  Lightning protection.

    A lightning conductor grounded to the sea must be provided on any 
mast or similar structure on a vessel on which Class 1 (explosive) 
materials are stowed unless effective electrical bonding is provided 
between the sea and the mast or structure from its extremity and 
throughout to the main body of the hull structure. (Steel masts in ships 
of all welded construction comply with this requirement).

[[Page 889]]



Sec. Sec.176.122-176.124  [Reserved]



Sec. Sec.176.128-176.136  [Reserved]



Sec.176.137  Portable magazine.

    (a) Each portable magazine used for the stowage of Class 1 
(explosive) materials on board vessels must meet the following 
requirements:
    (1) It must be weather-tight, constructed of wood or metal lined 
with wood at least 2 cm (0.787 inch) thick, and with a capacity of no 
more than 3.1 cubic m (110 cubic feet).
    (2) All inner surfaces must be smooth and free of any protruding 
nails, screws or other projections.
    (3) If constructed of wood, a portable magazine must be framed of 
nominal 5 cm x 10 cm (2 x 4 inch) lumber, and sheathed with nominal 20 
mm (0.787 inch) thick boards or plywood.
    (4) When constructed of metal, the metal must be not less than 3.2 
mm (0.126 inch) thick.
    (5) Runners, bearers, or skids must be provided to elevate the 
magazine at least 10 cm (3.9 inches) from the deck. Padeyes, ring bolts, 
or other suitable means must be provided for securing.
    (6) If the portable magazine has a door or hinged cover, the door or 
cover must have a strong hasp and padlock or equally effective means of 
securing.
    (7) The portable magazine must be marked on its top and four sides, 
in letters at least 8 cm (3 inches) high, as follows:

    EXPLOSIVES--HANDLE CAREFULLY--KEEP LIGHTS AND FIRE AWAY.

    (b) A portable magazine which meets the requirements for a type 2 or 
type 3 magazine under 27 CFR part 555 subpart K may be used for the 
stowage of Class 1 (explosive) materials on board vessels.
    (c) A portable magazine with a capacity exceeding 3.1 m\3\ (110 
cubic feet) may be used for the stowage of Class 1 (explosive) materials 
under such construction, handling, and stowage requirements as the COTP 
approves.

[Amdt. 176-30, 55 FR 52696, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 66 FR 45185, 
Aug. 28, 2001; 6 FR 56317, Sept. 13, 2011]



Sec.176.138  Deck stowage.

    (a) [Reserved]
    (b) Class 1 (explosives) may not be stowed within a horizontal 
distance of 6 m (20 feet) from any source of heat and any possible 
sources of ignition. With the exception of division 1.4 (explosive) 
materials, Class 1 (explosives) materials may not be stowed within a 
horizontal distance of 12 m (39 feet) from the bridge, accommodation 
areas, and lifesaving appliances.

[Amdt. 176-30, 55 FR 52696, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 69 FR 76184, 
Dec. 20, 2004; 78 FR 1095, Jan. 7, 2013]

                               Segregation



Sec.176.140  Segregation from other classes of hazardous materials.

    (a) Class 1 (explosive) materials must be segregated from other 
packaged hazardous materials in accordance with Sec.176.83.
    (b) Class 1 (explosive) materials must be segregated from bulk solid 
dangerous cargoes in accordance with the IMDG Code (IBR, see Sec.171.7 
of this subchapter). Notwithstanding Sec.176.83(b), ammonium nitrate 
and sodium nitrate may be stowed together with blasting explosives, 
except those containing chlorates, provided the mixed stowage is treated 
as blasting explosives (see Sec.176.410(e)).

[Amdt. 176-30, 55 FR 52696, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 68 FR 45041, 
July 31, 2003; 68 FR 75748, Dec. 31, 2003]



Sec.176.142  Reserved]



Sec.176.144  Segregation of Class 1 (explosive) materials.

    (a) Except as provided in Sec.176.145 of this subchapter, stowage 
of Class 1 (explosive) materials within the same compartment, magazine, 
or cargo transport unit is subject to provisions contained in table 
176.144(a).

[[Page 890]]



                                                Table 176.144(a)--Authorized Mixed Stowage for Explosives
   [An ``X'' indicates that explosives in the two different compatibility groups reflected by the location of the ``X'' may not be stowed in the same
                                                     compartment, magazine, or cargo transport unit]
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Compatibility groups                        A      B      C      D      E      F      G      H      J      K      L      N      S
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A............................................................  .....     X      X      X      X      X      X      X      X      X      X      X      X
B............................................................     X   .....     X      X      X      X      X      X      X      X      X      X
C............................................................     X      X   .....     6      6      X      1      X      X      X      X      4
D............................................................     X      X      6   .....     6      X      1      X      X      X      X      4
E............................................................     X      X      6      6   .....     X      1      X      X      X      X      4
F............................................................     X      X      X      X      X   .....     X      X      X      X      X      X
G............................................................     X      X      1      1      1      X   .....     X      X      X      X      X
H............................................................     X      X      X      X      X      X      X   .....     X      X      X      X
J............................................................     X      X      X      X      X      X      X      X   .....     X      X      X
K............................................................     X      X      X      X      X      X      X      X      X   .....     X      X
L............................................................     X      X      X      X      X      X      X      X      X      X      2      X      X
N............................................................     X      X      4      4      4      X      X      X      X      X      X      3      5
S............................................................     X   .....  .....  .....  .....  .....  .....  .....  .....  .....     X      5
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Notes: 1. Explosive articles in compatibility group G, other than fireworks, may be stowed with articles of compatibility groups C, D, and E, provided
  no explosive substances are carried in the same compartment, magazine or cargo transport unit.
2. Explosives in compatibility group L may only be stowed in the same compartment, magazine or cargo transport unit with identical explosives within
  compatibility group L.
3. Different types of articles of Division 1.6, compatibility group N, may only be transported together when it is proven that there is no additional
  risk of sympathetic detonation between the articles. Otherwise they must be treated as division 1.1.
4. When articles of compatibility group N are transported with articles or substances of compatibility groups C, D or E, the goods of compatibility
  group N must be treated as compatibility group D.
5. When articles of compatibility group N are transported together with articles or substances of compatibility group S, the entire load must be treated
  as compatibility group N.
6. Any combination of articles in compatibility groups C, D and E must be treated as compatibility group E. Any combination of substances in
  compatibility groups C and D must be treated as the most appropriate compatibility group shown in Table 2 of Sec. 173.52 taking into account the
  predominant characteristics of the combined load. This overall classification code must be displayed on any label or placard on a unit load or cargo
  transport unit as prescribed in subpart E (Labeling) and subpart F (Placarding).

    (b) Where Class 1 (explosive) materials of different compatibility 
groups are allowed to be stowed in the same compartment, magazine, or 
cargo transport unit, the stowage arrangements must conform to the most 
stringent requirements for the entire load.
    (c) Where a mixed load of Class 1 (explosive) materials of different 
hazard divisions and/or stowage arrangements is carried within a 
compartment, magazine, or cargo transport unit, the entire load must be 
treated as belonging to the hazard division having the greatest hazard. 
(For example, if a load of Division 1.1 (explosive) materials is mixed 
with Division 1.3 (explosive) materials, the load is treated as a 
Division 1.1 (explosive) material as defined in Sec.173.50(b) of this 
subchapter and the stowage must conform to the most stringent 
requirements for the entire load).
    (d) If some of the Class 1 (explosive) materials in a stowage 
mixture require non-metallic lining of the closed cargo transport unit, 
Class 1 (explosive) materials requiring ordinary stowage may be stowed 
in the same closed cargo transport. When a closed cargo transport unit 
is used for such substances that require non-metallic lining of the 
closed cargo transport unit, the other Class 1 (explosive) materials 
stowed therein must have no exposed parts of any ferrous metal or 
aluminum alloy, unless separated by a partition.
    (e) Segregation on deck: When Class 1 (explosive) materials in 
different compatibility groups are carried on deck, they must be stored 
not less than 6 m (20 feet) apart unless they are allowed under Table 
176.144(a) to be stowed in the same compartment, magazine, or cargo 
transport unit.
    (f) On a barge used to transfer class 1 (explosive) materials from a 
waterfront facility to a vessel at an explosives anchorage (or from the 
vessel to the water front facility), if compliance with paragraph (e) of 
this section is not practicable, a sandbag barrier at least 0.6 m (2 
feet) in thickness may be substituted for the 6 m (20 feet) separation.

[Amdt. 176-30, 55 FR 52696, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 66 FR 45384, 
45385, Aug. 28, 2001; 69 FR 76184, Dec. 20, 2004; 70 FR 56099, Sept. 23, 
2005; 78 FR 1095, Jan. 7, 2013]

[[Page 891]]



Sec.176.145  Segregation in single hold vessels.

    (a) On board a vessel having a single cargo hold, Class 1 
(explosive) materials in hazard division/compatibility group 1.1B and 
1.2B may be stowed in the same compartment with substances of 
compatibility group D, provided:
    (1) The net explosive weight of the compatibility group B explosive 
does not exceed 50 kg (110 pounds); and
    (2) The compatibility group B explosive materials are stowed in a 
steel portable magazine that is stowed at least 6 m (20 feet) from the 
compatibility group D substances.
    (b) Division/compatibility group 1.4B (explosive) materials may be 
stowed in the same compartment with substances of compatibility group D 
provided the Class 1 (explosive) materials of different compatibility 
groups are separated by either a distance of at least 6 m (20 feet) or 
by a steel partition.

[Amdt. 176-30, 55 FR 52696, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 66 FR 45384, 
Aug. 28, 2001]



Sec.176.146  Segregation from non-hazardous materials.

    (a) Except as required by paragraph (b) of this section, Class 1 
(explosive) materials need not be segregated from other cargo of a non-
dangerous nature.
    (b) Readily combustible materials may not be stowed in the same 
compartment or hold as Class 1 (explosive) materials other than those in 
compatibility group S.
    (c) [Reserved]
    (d) In order to avoid contamination:
    (1) An explosive substance or article which has a secondary POISON 
hazard label must be stowed ``separated from'' all foodstuffs, except 
when such materials are stowed in separate closed cargo transport units, 
the requirements for ``away from'' segregation apply.
    (2) An explosive substance or article which has a secondary 
CORROSIVE hazard label must be stowed ``away from'' foodstuffs.

[Amdt. 176-30, 55 FR 52696, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66282, 
Dec. 20, 1991; 69 FR 76185, Dec. 20, 2004; 78 FR 1095, Jan. 7, 2013]

                Precautions During Loading and Unloading



Sec.176.148  Artificial lighting.

    Electric lights, except arc lights, are the only form of artificial 
lighting permitted when loading and unloading Class 1 (explosive) 
materials.



Sec.176.150  Radio and radar.

    (a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, when Class 
1 (explosive) materials (other than explosive articles in Division 1.4 
[explosive] or any explosive substance) are loaded, unloaded, or 
handled, the responsible person must ensure that all sources of 
electromagnetic radiation such as radio and radar transmitters are 
deenergized by opening the main switches controlling the sources and 
tagging them to warn that the devices are not to be energized until 
loading or unloading has ceased.
    (b) During the loading or unloading of all explosive articles 
(except those in Division 1.4 [explosive]), no radio or radar 
transmitter may be used within 50 m (164 feet) of such articles except 
for VHF transmitters the power output of which does not exceed 25 watts 
and of which no part of the antenna system is within 2 m (7 feet) of the 
Class 1 (explosive) materials.
    (c) Explosive articles which are sensitive to electromagnetic 
radiation from external sources must be stowed at a safe distance from 
the vessel's radio cabin, receiving and transmitting apparatus radio 
antenna or lead-in, and radar installation, with due regard to the 
character of the vessel and the degree of screening-off of the explosive 
articles.

[Amdt. 176-30, 55 FR 52696, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 66 FR 45384, 
Aug. 28, 2001]



Sec.176.154  Fueling (bunkering).

    (a) Class 1 (explosive) materials, except those in compatibility 
group S, may not be loaded or unloaded when fueling (bunkering) is in 
progress except with the prior authorization of the COTP, and under 
conditions prescribed by that officer.
    (b) Vessels containing Class 1 (explosive) materials may not be 
fueled (bunkered) with the hatches open unless authorized by the COTP.

[[Page 892]]



Sec.176.156  Defective packages.

    (a) No leaking, broken, or otherwise defective package containing 
Class 1 (explosive) materials, including packages which have been 
adversely affected by moisture, may be accepted for shipment. The master 
or person in charge of a vessel on which there is a defective package 
containing Class 1 (explosive) materials must seek advice from the 
shipper concerning withdrawal, repair, or replacement. No repair of 
damaged or defective package containing Class 1 (explosive) materials 
may be performed on board a vessel.
    (b) No Class 1 (explosive) material, which for any reason has 
deteriorated or undergone a change of condition that increases the 
hazard attendant upon its conveyance or handling, may be moved in the 
port area, except as directed by the COTP.
    (c) If any package of Class 1 (explosive) materials, or seal of a 
package of Class 1 (explosive) materials, appears to be damaged, that 
package must be set aside for examination and repair or otherwise 
legally disposed of as directed by the shipper.
    (d) If any Class 1 (explosive) materials are spilled or released 
from a package, the responsible person must ensure that an appropriate 
emergency response is undertaken in accordance with the emergency 
response information required under Sec.172.602 of this subchapter. 
The master of the vessel must report each incident involving spillage or 
release of Class 1 (explosive) materials to the COTP as soon as 
practicable.

[Amdt. 176-30, 55 FR 52696, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66282, 
Dec. 20, 1991]



Sec.176.160  Protection against weather.

    Any person loading or unloading packages containing Class 1 
(explosive) materials shall take adequate measures to prevent these 
packages from becoming wet.



Sec.176.162  Security.

    A responsible person must be present at all times when the hatches 
of spaces containing Class 1 (explosive) materials are open. No 
unauthorized person may be permitted to access spaces in which Class 1 
(explosive) materials are stowed. Magazines must be secured against 
unauthorized entry when loading has been completed, or when loading or 
unloading is stopped. Packages containing Class 1 (explosive) materials 
may not be opened on board ship.



Sec.176.164  Fire precautions and firefighting.

    (a) Matches, lighters, fire, and other ignition sources are 
prohibited on and near any vessel on which Class 1 (explosive) materials 
are being loaded, unloaded, or handled except in places designated by 
the master or the COTP.
    (b) A fire hose of sufficient length to reach every part of the 
loading area with an effective stream of water must be laid and 
connected to the water main, ready for immediate use.
    (c) No repair work may be carried out in a cargo space containing 
Class 1 (explosive) materials other than those of Division 1.4 
(explosive). No welding, burning, cutting, or riveting operations 
involving the use of fire, flame, spark, or arc-producing equipment may 
be conducted on board except in an emergency; and, if in port, with the 
consent of the COTP.
    (d) Each compartment, including a closed vehicle deck space, which 
contains Class 1 (explosive) materials must be provided with a fixed 
fire extinguishing system. Each adjacent cargo compartment either must 
be protected by a fixed fire extinguishing installation or must be 
accessible for firefighting operations.
    (e) A vessel must have two sets of breathing apparatus and a power-
operated fire pump, which, together with its source of power and sea 
connections, must be located outside the machinery space.

[Amdt. 176-30, 55 FR 52696, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 66 FR 45384, 
Aug. 28, 2001]

                            Passenger Vessels



Sec.176.166  Transport of Class 1 (explosive) materials on passenger
vessels.

    (a) Only the following Class 1 (explosive) materials may be 
transported as cargo on passenger vessels:
    (1) Division 1.4 (explosive) materials, compatibility group S.

[[Page 893]]

    (2) Explosive articles designed for lifesaving purposes as 
identified in Sec.176.142(b)(2), if the total net explosive mass 
(weight) does not exceed 50 kg (110 pounds).
    (3) Class 1 (explosive) materials in compatibility groups C, D, and 
E, if the total net explosive mass (weight) does not exceed 10 kg (22 
pounds) per vessel.
    (4) Articles in compatibility group G other than those requiring 
special stowage, if the total net explosive mass (weight) does not 
exceed 10 kg (22 pounds) per vessel.
    (5) Articles in compatibility group B, if the total net explosive 
mass (weight) does not exceed 5 kg (11 pounds).
    (b) Class 1 (explosive) materials which may be carried on passenger 
vessels are identified in column (10) of the Sec.172.101 table. They 
must be stowed in accordance with table 176.166(b).

                                               Table 176.166(b)--Stowage Arrangements in Passenger Vessels
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                       Goods shipped under a specific proper shipping name
                                                                        --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         Class/Division          Samples, explosive     Goods, N.O.S.                                  Compatibility group
                                                           Class 1      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                           A      B      C      D     E     F     G     H     J     K     L     N     S
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.1............................  d.................  d.................  c....  e....  e....  e...  e...  c...  e...  --..  c...  --..  c...  --..  --
1.2............................  d.................  d.................  --...  e....  e....  e...  e...  c...  e...  c...  c...  c...  c...  --..  --
1.3............................  d.................  d.................  --...  --...  e....  e...  --..  c...  e...  c...  c...  c...  c...  --..  --
1.4............................  d.................  d.................  --...  b....  b....  b...  b...  c...  b...  --..  --..  --..  --..  --..  a
1.5............................  d.................  d.................  --...  --...  --...  e...  --..  --..  --..  --..  --..  --..  --..  --..  --
1.6............................  d.................  d.................  --...  --...  --...  --..  --..  --..  --..  --..  --..  --..  --..  e...  --
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
a--As for cargo ships, on deck or under deck.
b--As for cargo ships, on deck or under deck, in portable magazines only.
c--Prohibited.
d--As specified by the Associate Administrator, or the competent authority of the country in which the Class 1 (explosive) materials are loaded on the
  vessel.
e--In containers or the like, on deck only.

    (c) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (a) of this section, 
a combination of the substances and articles listed in paragraphs (a)(1) 
through (a)(5) of this section may be transported on the same passenger 
vessel provided the total net explosive mass (weight) of the combination 
of Class 1 (explosive) materials carried does not exceed the smallest 
quantity specified for any one of the substances or articles in the 
combination.

[Amdt. 176-30, 55 FR 52696, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 65 FR 58630, 
Sept. 29, 2000; 66 FR 45384, 45385, Aug. 28, 2001].

               Cargo Transport Units and Shipborne Barges



Sec.176.168  Transport of Class 1 (explosive) materials in vehicle
spaces.

    (a) All transport vehicles and cargo must be properly secured.
    (b) All transport vehicles used for the carriage of Class 1 
(explosive) materials must be structurally serviceable as defined in 
Sec.176.172(a)(2).
    (c) Vehicles used to transport Class 1 (explosive) materials must 
conform to the requirements in Sec. Sec.177.834 and 177.835 of this 
subchapter.
    (d) Class 1 (explosive) materials which require special stowage must 
be transported in transport vehicles approved for the purpose by the 
Associate Administrator except that Class 1 (explosive) materials in 
compatibility group G or H may be carried in steel portable magazines or 
freight containers. Closed transport vehicles may be used as magazines; 
transport vehicles of other types may be used to transport Class 1 
(explosive) materials which require ordinary stowage.
    (e) Class 1 (explosive) materials of different compatibility groups 
may not be stowed in the same vehicle except as allowed in Sec.176.144 
of this subpart.
    (f) Vehicles containing different Class 1 (explosive) materials 
require no segregation from each other, except that these materials may 
be carried together under the provisions of Sec.176.144 of this 
subchapter. In all other instances, the vehicles must be ``separated 
from'' one another.
    (g) All transport vehicles used for the transport of Class 1 
(explosive) materials must have lashing arrangements

[[Page 894]]

for securing the vehicle on the ship and preventing the moving of the 
vehicle on its springs during the sea passage.
    (h) Where a portable magazine or closed freight container is carried 
on a chassis, twist locks or other suitable securing arrangements must 
be provided and made secure.

[Amdt. 176-30, 55 FR 52696, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 66 FR 45384, 
Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 61942, Oct. 30, 2003]



Sec.176.170  Transport of Class 1 (explosive) materials in freight
containers.

    (a) When Class 1 (explosive) materials are stowed in a freight 
container, the freight container, for the purposes of this subpart, may 
be regarded as a closed transport unit for class 1 or a magazine but not 
a separate compartment.
    (b) Freight containers loaded with Class 1 (explosive) materials, 
except for explosives in Division 1.4, must not be stowed in the 
outermost row of containers.
    (c) [Reserved]
    (d) Class 1 (explosive) materials of different compatibility groups 
may not be stowed within the same freight container except as allowed in 
Sec.176.144 of this subpart.
    (e) On vessels, other than specially fitted container ships, freight 
containers containing Class 1 (explosive) materials must be stowed only 
in the lowest tier.
    (f) Freight containers carrying different Class 1 (explosive) 
materials require no segregation from each other, if the provisions of 
Sec.176.144 of this subpart allow the Class 1 (explosive) materials to 
be carried together in the same compartment. In all other instances, the 
containers must be ``separated from'' one another in accordance with 
Sec.176.83(f) of this part.
    (g) Freight containers carrying Class 1 (explosive) materials may 
not be handled on board a vessel with fork lift trucks unless approved 
by the COTP. This does not preclude the use of front-loading trucks 
using side-frame lifting equipment.

[Amdt. 176-30, 55 FR 52696, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66282, 
Dec. 20, 1991; 68 FR 45041, July 31, 2003; 69 FR 76185, Dec. 20, 2004; 
78 FR 1095, Jan. 7, 2013]



Sec.176.172  Structural serviceability of freight containers and
vehicles carrying Class 1 (explosive) materials on ships.

    (a) Except for Division 1.4 materials, a freight container may not 
be offered for the carriage of Class 1 (explosive) materials, unless the 
container is structurally serviceable as evidenced by a current CSC 
(International Convention for Safe Containers) approval plate and 
verified by a detailed visual examination as follows:
    (1) Before a freight container or transport vehicle is packed with 
Class 1 (explosive) materials, it must be visually examined by the 
shipper to ensure it is structurally serviceable, free of any residue of 
previous cargo, and its interior walls and floors are free from 
protrusions.
    (2) Structurally serviceable means the freight container or the 
vehicle cannot have major defects in its structural components, such as 
top and bottom side rails, top and bottom end rails, door sill and 
header, floor cross members, corner posts, and corner fittings in a 
freight container. Major defects include--
    (i) Dents or bends in the structural members greater than 19 mm 
(0.75 inch) in depth, regardless of length;
    (ii) Cracks or breaks in structural members;
    (iii) More than one splice or an improper splice (such as a lapped 
splice) in top or bottom end rails or door headers;
    (iv) More than two splices in any one top or bottom side rail;
    (v) Any splice in a door sill or corner post;
    (vi) Door hinges and hardware that are seized, twisted, broken, 
missing, or otherwise inoperative;
    (vii) Gaskets and seals that do not seal; or
    (viii) For freight containers, any distortion of the overall 
configuration great enough to prevent proper alignment of handling 
equipment, mounting and securing chassis or vehicle, or insertion into 
ships' cells.
    (3) In addition, deterioration of any component of the freight 
container or vehicle, regardless of the material of construction, such 
as rusted-out metal in sidewalls or disintegrated fiberglass,

[[Page 895]]

is prohibited. Normal wear, however, including oxidation (rust), slight 
dents and scratches, and other damage that does not affect 
serviceability or the weather-tight integrity of the units, is not 
prohibited.
    (b) As used in paragraph (a) of this section, splice means any 
repair of a freight container main structural member which replaces 
material, except complete replacement of the member.
    (c) All shipments of Class 1 (explosive) materials except those in 
Division 1.4 (explosive) must be accompanied by a statement, which may 
appear on the shipping paper, certifying that the freight container or 
the vehicle is structurally serviceable as defined in paragraph (a)(2) 
of this section.

[Amdt. 176-30, 55 FR 52696, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 66 FR 45384, 
Aug. 28, 2001; 74 FR 2268, Jan. 14, 2009]



Sec.176.174  Transport of Class 1 (explosive) materials in shipborne
barges.

    (a) Fixed magazines may be built within a shipboard barge. Freight 
containers may be used as magazines within a barge.
    (b) Shipborne barges may be used for the carriage of all types of 
Class 1 (explosive) materials. When carrying Class 1 (explosive) 
materials requiring special stowage, the following requirements apply:
    (1) Class 1 (explosive) materials in compatibility group G or H must 
be stowed in freight containers.
    (2) Class 1 (explosive) materials in compatibility group K or L must 
be stowed in steel magazines.
    (c) Class 1 (explosive) materials of different compatibility groups 
may not be stowed within the same shipborne barge unless under Sec.
176.144(b) of this subpart they are authorized to be stowed in the same 
compartment.

[Amdt. 176-30, 55 FR 52696, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 69 FR 76185, 
Dec. 20, 2004]

             Handling Class 1 (Explosive) Materials in Port



Sec.176.176  Signals.

    When Class 1 (explosive) materials are being loaded, handled, or 
unloaded on a vessel, the vessel must exhibit the following signals:
    (a) By day, flag ``B'' (Bravo) of the international code of signals; 
and
    (b) By night, an all-round fixed red light.



Sec.176.178  Mooring lines.

    (a) All lines used in mooring the vessel must be of sufficient 
strength, type, and number for the size of the vessel and local 
conditions.
    (b) While the vessel is moored or anchored in a port area, towing 
wires of adequate size and length must be properly secured to mooring 
bits at the bow and stern ready for immediate use with the towing eyes 
passed outboard and kept at about water level.
    (c) The mooring arrangements must be such that the vessel can be 
released quickly in an emergency.



Sec.176.180  Watchkeeping.

    Whenever Class 1 (explosive) materials are on board a vessel in 
port, there must be sufficient crew on board to maintain a proper watch 
and to operate the propulsion and firefighting equipment in case of an 
emergency.



Sec.176.182  Conditions for handling on board ship.

    (a) Weather conditions. Class 1 (explosive) materials may not be 
handled in weather conditions which may seriously increase the hazards 
presented by the Class 1 (explosive) materials. During electrical 
storms, cargo operations must be halted and all hatches containing Class 
1 (explosive) materials must be closed.
    (b) Darkness. Class 1 (explosive) materials may not be handled on 
board a vessel during the hours of darkness unless prior consent has 
been obtained from the COTP.
    (c) Lighting. The area where Class 1 (explosive) materials are 
handled, or where preparations are being made to handle Class 1 
(explosive) materials, must be illuminated with lighting that is 
sufficient to safely perform the handling operation.
    (d) Protective equipment. (1) A sufficient quantity of appropriate 
protective equipment must be provided for the personnel involved in 
handling Class 1 (explosive) materials.
    (2) The protective equipment must provide adequate protection 
against

[[Page 896]]

the hazards specific to the Class 1 (explosive) materials handled.
    (e) Intoxicated persons. No person under the influence of alcohol or 
drugs to such an extent that the person's judgment or behavior is 
impaired may participate in any operation involving the handling of 
Class 1 (explosive) materials. The master of the vessel must keep any 
such person clear of any areas where Class 1 (explosive) materials are 
being handled.
    (f) Smoking. (1) Smoking is prohibited on the vessel while Class 1 
(explosive) materials are being handled or stowed except in places 
designated by the master of the vessel.
    (2) Conspicuous notices prohibiting smoking must be posted and 
clearly visible at all locations where Class 1 (explosive) materials are 
handled or stored.
    (g) All hatches and cargo ports opening into a compartment in which 
Class 1 (explosive) materials are stowed must be kept closed except 
during loading and unloading of the compartment. After loading, hatches 
must be securely closed.



Sec.176.184  Class 1 (explosive) materials of Compatibility Group L.

    Class 1 (explosive) materials in compatibility group L may not be 
handled in a port area without the special permission of, and subject to 
any special precautions required by, the COTP.



Sec.176.190  Departure of vessel.

    When loading of Class 1 (explosive) materials is completed, the 
vessel must depart from the port area as soon as is reasonably 
practicable.



Sec.176.192  Cargo handling equipment for freight containers carrying
Class 1 (explosive) materials.

    (a) Except in an emergency, only cargo handling equipment that has 
been specifically designed or modified for the handling of freight 
containers may be used to load, unload, or handle freight containers 
containing Division 1.1 or 1.2 (explosive) materials.
    (b) The gross weight of a freight container containing Class 1 
(explosive) materials may not exceed the safe working load of the cargo 
handling equipment by which it is handled.

[Amdt. 176-30, 55 FR 52696, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 66 FR 45384, 
Aug. 28, 2001]

                            Magazine Vessels



Sec.176.194  Stowage of Class 1 (explosive) materials on magazine 
vessels.

    (a) General. The requirements of this section are applicable to 
magazine vessels and are in addition to any other requirements in this 
subchapter.
    (b) Type vessel authorized. A single deck vessel with or without a 
house on deck is the only type vessel that may be used as a magazine 
vessel. A magazine vessel may not be moved while Class 1 (explosive) 
materials are on board.
    (c) Location of explosives. Division 1.1, 1.2, or 1.3 (explosive) 
materials, in excess of 2268 kg (5000 pounds), stored in any magazine 
vessel must be stowed below deck. No Class 1 (explosive) materials may 
be stowed on deck unless the vessel is fitted with a deck house having a 
stowage area which meets the requirements in this subpart for the 
stowage of Class 1 (explosive) materials. Detonators, detonator 
assemblies and boosters with detonators, Division 1.1 (explosive) may 
not be stored on the same magazine vessel with other Division 1.1, 1.2. 
and 1.3 (explosive) materials.
    (d) Class 1 (explosive) materials storage spaces. Any compartment on 
a magazine vessel used for the stowage of Class 1 (explosive) materials 
must be completely sealed with wood so as to provide a smooth interior 
surface. Each metal stanchion in the compartment must be boxed in the 
same manner. An overhead ceiling is not required when the overdeck is 
weather tight. All nail and bolt heads must be countersunk and any 
exposed metal must be covered with wood.
    (e) Initiating explosives, detonators and boosters with detonators. 
No explosive substance in Division 1.1, compatibility group A may be 
stowed in the same compartment with any other Class 1 (explosive) 
materials when there are explosive substances in Division 1.1 or 1.2 
(explosive) on the same magazine vessel. Detonators, detonator 
assemblies and boosters with detonators

[[Page 897]]

must be stowed at least 8 m (26 feet) from any bulkhead forming a 
boundary of a compartment containing any other Class 1 (explosive) 
materials.
    (f) Dry storage spaces. A magazine vessel having a dry storage space 
capable of being used for any purpose whatsoever must have a cofferdam 
at least 61 cm (24 inches) wide fitted between the dry storage space and 
each adjacent compartment containing Class 1 (explosive) materials. The 
cofferdam must be constructed of wood or steel, formed by two tight 
athwartship bulkheads extending from the skin of the vessel to the 
overdeck. If the cofferdam extends to the weather deck, a watertight 
hatch must be fitted in the deck to provide access to the cofferdam.
    (g) Lighting. Non-sparking, battery-powered, self-contained electric 
lanterns or non-sparking hand flashlights are the only means of 
artificial light authorized.
    (h) Living quarters. Living quarters must be fitted on the inside 
with a non-combustible material approved by the Commandant, USCG. 
Bracketed ship's lamps are the only lighting fixtures authorized to be 
used in the living quarters. Any stove used for heating or cooking must 
be securely fastened and may not be mounted closer than 15 cm (5.9 
inches) to the deck or sides of the house. Any smoke pipe for the stove 
which passes through the roof of the house must be kept at least 8 cm (3 
inches) away from any woodwork. Each smoke pipe must be protected by a 
layer of non-combustible material approved by the Commandant, USCG, an 
air space of at least 2.54 cm (1 inch), and a metal collar of at least 
1.5 mm (0.059 inch) sheet secured only on the weather side of the roof. 
There may be no opening from any living quarters into any stowage 
compartment.
    (i) Storage of other hazardous materials. Magazine vessels having 
Class 1 (explosive) materials on board may not be used for the storage 
of any other hazardous material.
    (j) Magazine vessel's stores. Hazardous materials used as stores on 
board any magazine vessel must comply with the requirements of 46 CFR 
part 147.
    (k) Matches. Safety matches requiring a prepared surface for 
ignition are the only type of matches authorized to be possessed or used 
on board a magazine vessel. They must be kept in a metal box or can with 
a metal cover and stored in the custodian's living quarters.
    (l) Firearms. Firearms and ammunition (other than cargo) are not 
permitted on board a magazine vessel.
    (m) Fire extinguishing equipment. No Class 1 (explosive) materials 
may be loaded or stowed in, unloaded from, or handled on any magazine 
vessel unless four fire extinguishers that meet the requirements for 
Type A Size II or Type B Size III in 46 CFR part 95, subpart 95.50 are 
near and accessible to the magazines.
    (n) Supervision. A magazine vessel containing Class 1 (explosive) 
materials must be continuously attended by a custodian employed for that 
purpose by the vessel's owner.
    (o) Unauthorized persons on magazine vessels. The custodian of a 
magazine vessel shall prevent unauthorized persons from coming on board 
unless it is necessary to abate a hazard to human life or a substantial 
hazard to property.
    (p) Repacking of Class 1 (explosive) materials on board. No Class 1 
(explosive) materials may be repacked on board a magazine vessel. Broken 
or damaged packages must be handled in accordance with the requirements 
of Sec.176.156. Packages requiring an emergency response must be 
handled in accordance with the emergency response information required 
under Sec.172.602 of this subchapter.
    (q) Work boat. Each magazine vessel must be equipped with a work 
boat.
    (r) Life preservers. One approved personal flotation device must be 
available for each person employed on a magazine vessel.
    (s) Fenders. Each magazine vessel must be fitted with fenders in 
sufficient number and size to prevent any vessel tieing up alongside 
from coming in contact with the hull.

[Amdt. 176-30, 55 FR 52696, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended by Amdt. 176-41, 
61 FR 51339, Oct. 1, 1996; 66 FR 45185, 45384, 45385, Aug. 28, 2001]

[[Page 898]]



 Subpart H_Detailed Requirements for Class 2 (Compressed Gas) Materials

    Source: Amdt. 176-30, 55 FR 52704, Dec. 21, 1990, unless otherwise 
noted.



Sec.176.200  General stowage requirements.

    (a) Each package of Class 2 (compressed gas) material being 
transported by vessel must be prevented from making direct contact with 
the vessel's deck, side, or bulwark by dunnage, shoring, or other 
effective means.
    (b) When cylinders of Class 2 (compressed gas) materials being 
transported by vessel are stowed in a horizontal position, each tier 
must be stowed in the cantlines of the tier below it, and the valves on 
cylinders in adjacent tiers must be at alternate ends of the stow. Each 
tier may be stepped back and the ends alternated in order to clear the 
flange. Lashing must be provided to prevent any shifting.
    (c) When cylinders of Class 2 (compressed gas) materials being 
transported by vessel are stowed in a vertical position they must be 
stowed in a block and cribbed or boxed-in with suitable sound lumber and 
the box or crib dunnaged to provide clearance from a steel deck at least 
10 cm (3.9 inches) off any metal deck. Pressure receptacles in the box 
or crib must be braced to prevent any shifting of the pressure 
receptacles. The box or crib (gas rack) must be securely chocked and 
lashed to prevent movement in any direction.
    (d) Any package containing Division 2.3 (poison gas) materials must 
be stowed separate from all foodstuffs.
    (e) Class 2 (compressed gas) materials may not be stowed ``on deck'' 
over a hold or compartment containing coal.
    (f) Class 2 (compressed gas) material must be kept as cool as 
practicable and be stowed away from all sources of heat and ignition. 
Any package containing a Division 2.1 (flammable gas) material is 
restricted from transport in powered refrigerated temperature controlled 
containers, unless the equipment is capable of preventing ignition of 
flammable vapors by having non-sparking or explosion-proof electric 
fittings within the cooling compartment.

[Amdt. 176-30, 55 FR 52704, Dec. 21, 1990 , as amended at 68 FR 61942, 
Oct. 30, 2003; 74 FR 16143, Apr. 9, 2009; 78 FR 1095, Jan. 7, 2013]



Sec.176.205  Under deck stowage requirements.

    (a) When a Class 2 (compressed gas) material is stowed below deck, 
it must be stowed in a mechanically ventilated cargo space with no 
source of artificial heat and clear of living quarters. No bulkhead or 
deck of that hold or compartment may be a common boundary with any 
boiler room, engine room, coal bunker, galley or boiler room uptake.
    (b) When Division 2.1 (flammable gas) materials are stowed below 
deck, they must be stowed in a hold or compartment which complies with 
paragraph (a) of this section and the following requirements:
    (1) Each hold or compartment must be ventilated.
    (2) Each hold or compartment must be equipped with an overhead water 
sprinkler system or fixed fire extinguishing system.
    (3) Each electrical power line in the hold or compartment must be 
protected by a strong metal covering to prevent crushing by cargo being 
stowed against it.
    (4) Except when fitted with electrical fixtures of the explosion-
proof type, each electrical circuit serving the hold or compartment must 
be disconnected from all sources of power. No circuit may be energized 
until the Division 2.1 (flammable gas) cargo and any vapors have been 
removed from the hold or compartment. Explosion-proof portable lighting 
may be used if the source of power is from electrical outlets outside 
the hold or compartment and above the weather deck.
    (5) Any opening in a common bulkhead of an adjacent hold or 
compartment must be securely closed off and made gas-tight, unless the 
adjacent hold or compartment is also used for the stowage of Division 
2.1 (flammable gas) materials.
    (6) Full and efficient hatch covers must be used. Tarpaulins, if 
fitted, must be protected by dunnaging before

[[Page 899]]

overstowing with any cargo. Each tarpaulin must be in one piece and free 
of rents, tears, and holes.
    (7) A fire screen must be fitted at the weather end of each vent 
duct leading from the hold or compartment. The fire screen must 
completely cover the open area. It must consist of two layers of 
corrosion-resistant metal wire of 20 x 20 mesh or finer, spaced not less 
than 1 cm (0.4 inch) or more than 4 cm (1.6 inches) apart. The screen 
may be removable if means for securing it in place when in service are 
provided.
    (8) The hold or compartment may not be fitted with any gooseneck 
type vent trunk head.
    (9) Any electrical apparatus located in the hold or compartment must 
be capable of being disconnected from its power source by a positive 
means located outside the hold or compartment.

[Amdt. 176-30, 55 FR 52704, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66282, 
Dec. 20, 1991]



Sec.176.210  On deck stowage requirements.

    Cylinders of Class 2 (compressed gas) materials being transported by 
vessel must be protected from sources of heat. A tarpaulin covering the 
cylinders is not acceptable if it comes in contact with them.

[78 FR 1095, Jan. 7, 2013]



Sec.176.220  Smoking or open flame and posting of warning signs.

    (a) Smoking or the use of open flame is prohibited in any hold or 
compartment containing a Division 2.1 (flammable gas) material, near any 
Division 2.1 (flammable gas) material stowed on deck, or near any 
ventilator leading to a hold containing this material.
    (b) A sign carrying the legend:

FLAMMABLE VAPORS
KEEP LIGHTS AND FIRE AWAY
NO SMOKING


must be conspicuously posted at each approach to an ``on deck'' Division 
2.1 (flammable gas) material stowage area and near each cargo hold 
ventilator leading to a hold containing this material. The sign must be 
painted on a white background using red letters. The letters may not be 
less than 8 cm (3 inches) high.



Sec.176.225  Stowage of chlorine.

    Chlorine (UN 1017) must be stowed separate from copper or brass leaf 
sheets and from finely divided organic material.



Sec.176.230  Stowage of Division 2.1 (flammable gas) materials.

    Division 2.1 (flammable gas) materials transported in Specification 
106A or 110A multi-unit car tanks must be stowed on deck only, and must 
be protected from sources of heat.

[78 FR 1095, Jan. 7, 2013]



Subpart I_Detailed Requirements for Class 3 (Flammable) and Combustible 
                            Liquid Materials

    Source: Amdt. 176-30, 55 FR 52705, Dec. 21, 1990, unless otherwise 
noted.



Sec.176.305  General stowage requirements.

    (a) A Class 3 (flammable) or combustible liquid must be kept as cool 
as reasonably practicable, protected from sources of heat, and away from 
potential sources of ignition.
    (b) Except as otherwise provided in Sec.176.76(g), a package 
containing a Class 3 (flammable) liquid and equipped with a vent or 
safety relief device must be stowed ``on deck'' only.
    (c) The following requirements apply to each hold or compartment in 
which any Class 3 (flammable) or combustible liquids are being 
transported:
    (1) The hold or compartment must be ventilated except that the 
stowage of non-bulk packages of Class 3 (flammable) liquids with a flash 
point above 23 [deg]C (73 [deg]F) (see 49 CFR 171.8 definitions) may be 
in non-ventilated holds.
    (2) Stowage of a Class 3 (flammable) or combustible liquid within 6 
m (20 feet) of a bulkhead which forms a boundary or deck of a boiler 
room, engine room, coal bunker, galley, or boiler room uptake is not 
permitted. If the amount of the liquid to be stowed in a hold will not 
permit compliance with the requirement for a 6 m (20 foot) separation, 
less separation distance is authorized if at least one of the following 
conditions exists:

[[Page 900]]

    (i) The bulkhead or deck is covered with at least 8 cm (3 inches) of 
insulation on the entire area subject to heat;
    (ii) A temporary wooden bulkhead at least 5 cm (2 inches) thick is 
constructed in the hold at least 8 cm (3 inches) off an engine room or 
15 cm (5.9 inches) off a boiler room bulkhead, covering the entire area 
of the bulkhead that is subject to heat, and the space between the 
permanent bulkhead and the temporary wooden bulkhead is filled with 
mineral wool or equivalent bulk noncombustible insulating material; or
    (iii) A temporary wooden bulkhead is constructed of at least 2.5 cm 
(1 inch) thick tongue and groove sheathing, located 1 m (3 feet) from 
the boiler room or engine room bulkhead, and filled with sand to a 
height of 2 m (7 feet) above the tank top, or, if the cargo compartment 
is located between decks, 1 m (3 feet) of sand.
    (3) Combustible liquids may not be stowed in a hold within 6 m (20 
feet) of a common bulkhead with the engine room unless the means of 
vessel propulsion is internal combustion engines.
    (4) Each cargo opening in a bulkhead of an adjacent hold must be 
securely closed off and made gas-tight, unless the adjacent hold is also 
used for the stowage of a Class 3 (flammable) or combustible liquid.
    (d) In addition to the requirements specified in paragraph (b) of 
this section, the following requirements apply to each hold or 
compartment in which a Class 3 (flammable) liquid is transported:
    (1) Full and effective hatch covers must be used. Tarpaulins, if 
fitted, must be protected by dunnaging before overstowing with any 
cargo. Each tarpaulin must be in one piece and free of rents, tears, and 
holes;
    (2) If Class 3 (flammable) liquids in excess of 1016 kg (2240 
pounds) are stowed under deck in any one hold or compartment, a fire 
screen must be fitted at the weather end of each vent duct leading from 
that hold or compartment. The fire screen must completely cover the open 
area. It must consist of two layers of corrosion-resistant metal wire of 
20 x 20 mesh or finer, spaced not less than 1 cm (0.4 inch) or more than 
4 cm (1.6 inches) apart. The screen may be removable only if means for 
securing it in place when in service are provided;
    (3) Each electrical power line in the hold or compartment must be 
protected by a strong metal covering to prevent crushing by cargo being 
stowed against it;
    (4) Except when fitted with explosion-proof type electrical 
fixtures, each electrical circuit serving the hold or compartment must 
be disconnected from all sources of power from a point outside the hold 
or compartment containing flammable liquids. No circuit may be energized 
until the flammable liquids and any vapors have been removed from the 
hold or compartment. Explosion-proof type portable lighting may be used 
if the source of power is from electrical outlets outside the hold or 
compartment and above the weather deck; and
    (5) A Class 3 (flammable) liquid in excess of 1016 kg (2240 pounds) 
may not be transported in any hold or compartment that is fitted with a 
gooseneck type of vent head.
    (e) On a passenger vessel, each hold or compartment used to 
transport a Class 3 (flammable) liquid must be equipped with an overhead 
water sprinkler system or fixed fire-extinguishing system.
    (f) On a passenger vessel, each hold or compartment used to 
transport Class 3 (flammable) liquids under a passenger space must have 
an overdeck of an A-60 type construction (see 46 CFR 72.05-10(c)(1)) or 
equivalent or have its underside covered with at least 8 cm (3 inches) 
of noncombustible insulation.
    (g) No Class 3 (flammable) liquid in a drum or wooden case, having 
inside packagings of more than 1 L (0.3 gallon) capacity each, may be 
stowed as a beam filler. A wooden barrel, a wooden box or a fiberboard 
box, with any Class 3 (flammable) liquid material in inside packagings 
of not more than 1 L (0.3 gallon) capacity each, may only be stowed as a 
beam filler if it is possible to stow and observe any ``THIS SIDE UP'' 
marking.

[Amdt. 176-30, 55 FR 52705, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66282, 
Dec. 20, 1991; 78 FR 1096, Jan. 7, 2013]

[[Page 901]]



Sec.176.315  Fire protection requirements.

    (a) For each 79,500 L (21,000 U.S. gallons) or part thereof of any 
Class 3 (flammable) or combustible liquid being transported on board a 
vessel in a portable tank, rail tank car, or a motor vehicle cargo tank, 
there must be provided at least one B-V semiportable foam (152 L/40 
gallon capacity) (see 46 CFR 95.50), dry chemical (45.4 kg (100 pounds) 
minimum capacity) or equivalent fire extinguisher, or a fire hose fitted 
with an approved portable mechanical foam nozzle with pick-up tube and 
two 19 L (5 gallon) cans of foam liquid concentrate. Each foam system 
must be suitable for use with each Class 3 (flammable) or combustible 
liquid for which it is required. Each fire extinguisher must be 
accessible to the tank it is intended to cover.
    (b) The fire hose at each fire hydrant in the vicinity of Class 3 
(flammable) and combustible liquids stowage areas must be fitted with an 
approved combination solid stream and water spray nozzle.
    (c) The pressure must be maintained in the vessel's fire mains 
during the loading and unloading of any Class 3 (flammable) or 
combustible liquids.
    (d) Two 7 kg (15-pound) capacity hand portable dry chemical or two 
portable 10 L (2.6 gallons) foam-type extinguishers must be accessible 
to any packaged Class 3 (flammable) or combustible liquid and suitable 
for use with the lading.
    (e) The requirements of this section do not apply to portable tanks 
and their contents authorized under 46 CFR part 98 or 46 CFR part 64.

[Amdt. 176-30, 55 FR 52705, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66282, 
Dec. 20, 1991; 66 FR 45384, 45385, Aug. 28, 2001]



Sec.176.320  Use of hand flashlights.

    Each hand flashlight used on deck near or in any hold or compartment 
containing a Class 3 (flammable) liquid, must be suitable for use in 
hazardous locations where fire or explosion hazards may exist.



Sec.176.325  Smoking or open flame and posting of warning signs.

    (a) Smoking or the use of open flame is prohibited in any hold or 
compartment containing a Class 3 (flammable) or combustible liquid, near 
any Class 3 (flammable) or combustible liquid stowed on deck, or near 
any ventilator leading to a hold containing such material.
    (b) A sign carrying the legend:

FLAMMABLE VAPORS
KEEP LIGHTS AND FIRE AWAY
NO SMOKING


must be conspicuously posted at each approach to a Class 3 (flammable) 
or combustible liquid stowed ``on deck'' and near each cargo hold 
ventilator leading to a hold or compartment containing this material. 
This sign must be painted on a white background using red letters. The 
letters may not be less than 8 cm (3 inches) high.



Sec.176.340  Combustible liquids in portable tanks.

    Combustible liquids, having a flash point of 38 [deg]C (100 [deg]F) 
or higher, may be transported by vessel only in one of the portable 
tanks as specified below:
    (a) Specification portable tanks authorized in Sec.173.241 of this 
subchapter.
    (b) In nonspecification portable tanks, subject to the following 
conditions:
    (1) Each portable tank must conform to a DOT specification 57 
portable tank, except as otherwise provided in this paragraph;
    (2) The rated capacity of the tank may not exceed 4,542 L (1,200 
gallons), and the rated gross weight may not exceed 13,608 kg (30,000 
pounds);
    (3) The vibration test need not be performed;
    (4) When the total surface area of the tank exceeds 14.9 square 
meters (160 square feet), the total emergency venting capacity must be 
determined in accordance with table I in Sec.178.345-10 of this 
subchapter;
    (5) ln place of a specification identification marking, the tank 
must be marked, on two sides in letters at least 5 cm (2 inches) high on 
contrasting background: ``FOR COMBUSTIBLE LIQUIDS ONLY'' and ``49 CFR 
176.340''.

[[Page 902]]

This latter marking constitutes certification by the person offering the 
combustible liquid materials for transportation that the portable tank 
conforms to this paragraph;
    (6) Each tank must be made of steel;
    (7) The design pressure of the tank must be not less than 62 kPa (9 
psig);
    (8) No pressure relief device may open at less than 34.4 kPa (5 
psig);
    (9) Each tank must be retested and marked at least once every 2 
years in accordance with the requirements applicable to a DOT 
specification 57 portable tank in Sec.180.605 of this subchapter; and
    (10) Each tank must conform to the provisions of Sec.173.24 of 
this subchapter and Sec.180.605(b) and (j) of this subchapter.
    (c) Portable tanks approved by the Commandant (G-MSO), USCG.

[Amdt. 176-30, 55 FR 52705, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended by Amdt. 176-41, 
61 FR 51339, Oct. 1, 1996; 62 FR 51561, Oct. 1, 1997; 66 FR 45185, 
45384, Aug. 28, 2001; 67 FR 61015, Sept. 27, 2002; 68 FR 57633, Oct. 6, 
2003]



Subpart J_Detailed Requirements for Class 4 (Flammable Solids), Class 5 
      (Oxidizers and Organic Peroxides), and Division 1.5 Materials

    Source: Amdt. 176-30, 55 FR 52706, Dec. 21, 1990, unless otherwise 
noted.



Sec.176.400  Stowage of Division 1.5, Class 4 (flammable solids)
and Class 5 (oxidizers and organic peroxides) materials.

    (a) Class 4 (flammable solid) material and Division 5.2 (organic 
peroxide) material must be kept as cool as reasonably practicable, 
protected from sources of heat, and away from potential sources of 
ignition.
    (b) Division 5.2 (organic peroxide) material must be stowed away 
from living quarters or access to them. Division 5.2 (organic peroxide) 
material not requiring temperature control must be protected from 
sources of heat, including radiant heat and strong sunlight, and must be 
stowed in a cool, well-ventilated area.
    (c) No Division 1.5 or Class 5 (oxidizers and organic peroxides) 
material being transported by vessel may be stowed in the same hold or 
compartment with any readily combustible material such as a combustible 
liquid, a textile product, or with a finely divided substance, such as 
an organic powder.
    (d) No Division 1.5 or Class 5 (oxidizers and organic peroxides) 
material being transported by vessel may be stowed in a hold or 
compartment containing sulfur in bulk, or in any hold or compartment 
above, below, or adjacent to one containing sulfur in bulk.

[Amdt. 176-30, 55 FR 52706, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 66 FR 45384, 
Aug. 28, 2001; 78 FR 1096, Jan. 7, 2013]



Sec.176.405  Stowage of charcoal.

    (a) Before stowing charcoal Division 4.2 (flammable solid), UN 1361, 
NA 1361, or UN 1362 on a vessel for transportation, the hold or 
compartment in which it is to be stowed must be swept as clean as 
practicable. All residue of any former cargo, including especially a 
petroleum product, a vegetable or animal oil, nitrate, or sulfur, must 
be removed.
    (b) Charcoal packed in bags and offered for transportation on board 
a vessel in a quantity over 1016 kg (2240 pounds) must be loaded so that 
the bags are laid horizontally and stacked with space for efficient air 
circulation. If the bags are not compactly filled and closed to avoid 
free space within, vertical and horizontal dunnage strips must be laid 
between the bags. Space for ventilating must be maintained near 
bulkheads, the shell of the vessel, the deck, and the overhead. No more 
than 40,600 kg (89,508 pounds) of charcoal may be stowed in a hold or 
compartment when other stowage space is available. If the unavailability 
of hold or compartment space requires the stowage of a larger amount, 
the arrangement of the stow for ventilation must be adjusted to ensure a 
sufficient venting effect.
    (c) Any loose material from bags broken during loading must be 
removed. Broken bags may be repacked or have the closures repaired and 
the repaired bags restowed.
    (d) Charcoal ``screenings'' packed in bags must be stowed to provide 
spaces for air circulation between tiers regardless of the quantity 
stowed.

[[Page 903]]



Sec.176.410  Division 1.5 materials, ammonium nitrate and ammonium 
nitrate mixtures.

    (a) This section prescribes requirements to be observed with respect 
to transportation of each of the following hazardous materials by 
vessel:
    (1) Explosives, blasting, type E, and Explosives, blasting, type B, 
Division 1.5 compatibility group D, UN 0331 and UN 0332.
    (2) Ammonium nitrate, Division 5.1 (oxidizer), UN1942.
    (3) Ammonium nitrate fertilizer, Division 5.1 (oxidizer), UN 2067.
    (b) This section does not apply to Ammonium nitrate fertilizer, 
Class 9, UN 2071 or to any non-acidic ammonium nitrate mixed fertilizer 
containing 13 percent or less ammonium nitrate, less than 5 percent 
organic material, and no other oxidizing material, and which does not 
meet the criteria for any other hazard set forth in part 173 of this 
subchapter.
    (c) When Division 1.5 compatibility group D materials, ammonium 
nitrate, or any of the ammonium nitrate fertilizers listed in paragraph 
(a) of this section are transported by vessel:
    (1) They must be stowed well away from any steam pipe, electric 
circuit, or other source of heat;
    (2) Smoking is prohibited except in designated areas away from the 
material and ``No-Smoking'' signs must be posted in accordance with 
Sec.176.60;
    (3) Fire hoses must be connected, laid out, and tested before 
loading or unloading commences; and
    (4) A fire watch must be posted in the hold or compartment where the 
material is being loaded or unloaded.
    (d) When any of the hazardous materials listed in paragraph (a) of 
this section is transported in bags by vessel:
    (1) The requirements specified in paragraph (c) of this section must 
be complied with;
    (2) The temperature of the bagged material may not exceed 54 [deg]C 
(130 [deg]F);
    (3) Minimum dunnage and sweatboards must be used to prevent any 
friction or abrasion of bags, and to allow for the circulation of air 
and access of water in the event of fire;
    (4) The bags must be stowed from side to side, out to the 
sweatboards;
    (5) A space of 46 cm (18 inches) must be provided between any 
transverse bulkhead and the bags;
    (6) The bags must be stowed so as to provide a 46 cm (18 inch) 
athwartship trench along the centerline of the compartment, continuous 
from top to bottom;
    (7) The bags must be stowed so as to provide a 46 cm (18 inch) 
amidship trench running fore and aft from bulkhead to bulkhead;
    (8) The bags may not be stowed less than 46 cm (18 inches) from any 
overhead deck beam;
    (9) The bags must be stowed so as to provide vent flues 36 cm (14 
inches) square at each corner of the hatch continuous from top to 
bottom;
    (10) Trenching must be accomplished by alternating the direction of 
the bags in each tier (bulkheading); and
    (11) The bags must be blocked and braced as necessary to prevent 
shifting of the bagged cargo adjacent to any trench area.
    (e) Notwithstanding Sec.176.83(b) of this part, ammonium nitrate 
and ammonium nitrate fertilizers classed as Division 5.1 (oxidizers) 
materials, may be stowed in the same hold, compartment, magazine, or 
freight container with Class 1 materials (explosive), except those 
containing chlorates, in accordance with the segregation and separation 
requirements of Sec.176.144 of this part applying to Explosives, 
blasting, type B, and Explosives, blasting, type E, Division 1.5 
compatibility group D.
    (f) No mixture containing ammonium nitrate and any ingredient which 
would accelerate the decomposition of ammonium nitrate under conditions 
incident to transportation may be transported by vessel.

[Amdt. 176-30, 55 FR 52706, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66282, 
Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 176-34, 58 FR 51533, Oct. 1, 1993; Amdt. 176-38, 60 
FR 49111, Sept. 21, 1995; 65 FR 58630, Sept. 29, 2000; 66 FR 45384, Aug. 
28, 2001; 68 FR 45041, July 31, 2003]



Sec.176.415  Permit requirements for Division 1.5, ammonium nitrates,
and certain ammonium nitrate fertilizers.

    (a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, before any 
of the following material is loaded on or unloaded from a vessel at any 
waterfront

[[Page 904]]

facility, the owner/operator must obtain written permission from the 
Captain of the Port (COTP).
    (1) Ammonium nitrate UN1942, ammonium nitrate fertilizers containing 
more than 70% ammonium nitrate, or Division 1.5 compatibility group D 
materials packaged in a paper bag, burlap bag, or other nonrigid 
combustible packaging, or any rigid packaging with combustible inside 
packagings,
    (2) Any other ammonium nitrate or ammonium nitrate fertilizer not 
listed in Sec.176.410(a) or (b).
    (b) Any of the following may be loaded on or unloaded from a vessel 
at any waterfront facility without a permit:
    (1) Ammonium nitrate, Division 5.1 (oxidizer) UN1942, in a rigid 
packaging with a noncombustible inside packaging.
    (2) Ammonium nitrate fertilizer, Division 5.1 (oxidizer) UN 2067, if 
the nearest COTP is notified at least 24 hours in advance of any loading 
or unloading in excess of 454 kg (1,000 pounds).
    (3) Division 1.5 compatibility group D material in a rigid packaging 
with non-combustible inside packaging.
    (4) Ammonium nitrate fertilizer, Class 9, UN 2071.
    (5) Ammonium nitrate, Division 5.1 (oxidizer) UN1942, shipped as a 
limited quantity, if the nearest COTP is notified at least 24 hours in 
advance of any loading or unloading in excess of 454 kg (1,000 pounds).
    (c) Before a permit may be issued, the following requirements must 
be met in addition to any others the COTP may impose:
    (1) If the material is Explosives, blasting, type E, Division 1.5 
compatibility group D, UN0332 in a combustible packaging or in a rigid 
packaging with a combustible inside packaging, it must be loaded or 
unloaded at a facility remote from populous areas, or high-value or 
high-hazard industrial facilities, so that in the event of fire or 
explosion, loss of lives and property may be minimized;
    (2) If the material is a Division 1.5 compatibility group D material 
in a non-rigid combustible packaging and loaded in a freight container 
or transport vehicle, it may be loaded or unloaded at a non-isolated 
facility if the facility is approved by the COTP;
    (3) Each facility at which the material is to be loaded or unloaded 
must conform with the requirements of the port security and local 
regulations and must have an abundance of water readily available for 
fire fighting and
    (4) Each facility at which the material is to be loaded or unloaded 
must be located so that each vessel to be loaded or unloaded has an 
unrestricted passage to open water. Each vessel must be moored bow to 
seaward, and must be maintained in a mobile status during loading, 
unloading, or handling operations by the presence of tugs or the 
readiness of engines. Each vessel must have two wire towing hawsers, 
each having an eye splice, lowered to the water's edge, one at the bow 
and the other at the stern.

[Amdt. 176-30, 55 FR 52706, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66282, 
Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 176-35, 59 FR 49134, Sept. 26, 1994; 65 FR 58630, 
Sept. 29, 2000; 66 FR 45185, 45384, 45385, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 45041, 
July 31, 2003; 74 FR 53189, Oct. 16, 2009; 83 FR 55810, Nov. 7, 2018]

Subpart K [Reserved]



  Subpart L_Detailed Requirements for Division 2.3 (Poisonous Gas) and 
                   Division 6.1 (Poisonous) Materials

    Source: Amdt. 176-30, 55 FR 52708, Dec. 21, 1990, unless otherwise 
noted.



Sec.176.600  General stowage requirements.

    (a) Each package required to have a POISON GAS, POISON INHALATION 
HAZARD, or POISON label, being transported on a vessel, must be stowed 
clear of living quarters and any ventilation ducts serving living 
quarters and separated from foodstuffs, except when the hazardous 
materials and the foodstuffs are in different closed cargo transport 
units.
    (b) Each package required to have both a POISON GAS label and a 
FLAMMABLE GAS label thereon must be segregated as a Division 2.1 
(flammable gas) material.
    (c) Each package bearing a POISON label displaying the text ``PG 
III'' or

[[Page 905]]

bearing a ``PG III'' mark adjacent to the poison label must be stowed 
away from foodstuffs.
    (d) Each package of Division 2.3 (poisonous gas) material or 
Division 6.1 (poison) material that also bears a FLAMMABLE LIQUID or 
FLAMMABLE GAS label must be stowed in a mechanically ventilated space, 
kept as cool as reasonably practicable, and be protected from sources of 
heat and stowed away from potential sources of ignition.

[Amdt. 176-30, 55 FR 52708, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 57 FR 45465, 
Oct. 1, 1992; Amdt. 176-35, 59 FR 49134, Sept. 26, 1994; Amdt. 176-42, 
62 FR 1236, Jan. 8, 1997; 64 FR 10782, Mar. 5, 1999; 69 FR 76185, Dec. 
20, 2004; 78 FR 1096, Jan. 7, 2013]



Sec.176.605  Care following leakage or sifting of Division 2.3 
(poisonous gas) and Division 6.1 (poisonous) materials.

    A hold or compartment containing a package of a Division 2.3 
(poisonous gas) or Division 6.1 (poisonous) material which has leaked or 
sifted must be thoroughly cleaned and decontaminated after the cargo is 
unloaded and before the hold or compartment is used for the stowage of 
any other cargo.



        Subpart M_Detailed Requirements for Radioactive Materials

    Source: Amdt. 176-15, 48 FR 10245, Mar. 10, 1983, unless otherwise 
noted.



Sec.176.700  General stowage requirements.

    (a) [Reserved]
    (b) A package of radioactive materials which in still air has a 
surface temperature more than 5 [deg]C (9 [deg]F) above the ambient air 
may not be overstowed with any other cargo. If the package is stowed 
under deck, the hold or compartment in which it is stowed must be 
ventilated.
    (c) For a shipment of radioactive materials requiring supplemental 
operational procedures, the shipper must furnish the master or person in 
charge of the vessel a copy of the necessary operational instructions.
    (d) A person may not remain unnecessarily in a hold, or compartment, 
or in the immediate vicinity of any package on deck, containing 
radioactive materials.

(The information collection requirements in paragraph (d) were approved 
by the Office of Management and Budget under control numbers 2137-0534, 
2137-0535 and 2137-0536)

[Amdt. 176-15, 48 FR 10245, Mar. 10, 1983, as amended by Amdt. 176-15, 
48 FR 31220, July 7, 1983; Amdt. 176-23, 50 FR 41523, Oct. 11, 1985; 
Amdt. 176-37, 60 FR 50333, Sept. 28, 1995; 66 FR 45385, Aug. 28, 2001; 
69 FR 3694, Jan. 26, 2004]



Sec.176.704  Requirements relating to transport indices and
criticality safety indices.

    (a) The sum of the transport indices (TI's) for all packages of 
Class 7 (radioactive) materials on board a vessel may not exceed the 
limits specified in Table IIIA of this section.
    (b) For freight containers containing packages and overpacks of 
Class 7 (radioactive) materials, the radiation level may not exceed 2 
mSv per hour (200 mrem per hour) at any point on the outside surface and 
0.1 mSv per hour (10 mrem per hour) at 2 m (6.6 ft) from the outside 
surface of the freight container.
    (c) The limitations specified in Table IIIA of this section do not 
apply to consignments of LSA-I material.
    (d) The sum of the criticality safety indices (CSI's) for all 
packages and overpacks of fissile Class 7 (radioactive) materials on 
board a vessel may not exceed the limits specified in Table IIIB of this 
section.
    (e) Each group of fissile Class 7 (radioactive) material packages 
and overpacks, containing a sum of CSIs no greater than 50 for a non-
exclusive use shipment, or no greater than 100 for an exclusive use 
shipment, must be separated from all other groups containing fissile 
material packages and overpacks by a distance of at least 6 m (20 ft) at 
all times.
    (f) The limitations specified in paragraphs (a) through (c) of this 
section do not apply when the entire vessel is reserved or chartered for 
use by a single offeror under exclusive use conditions if--
    (1) The number of packages of fissile Class 7 (radioactive) material 
satisfies the individual package CSI limits of

[[Page 906]]

Sec.173.457 of this subchapter, except that the total sums of CSI's in 
the last column of Table IIIB of this section, including table note (d) 
apply;
    (2) A radiation protection program for the shipment has been 
established and approved by the competent authority of the flag state of 
the vessel and, when requested, by the competent authority at each port 
of call;
    (3) Stowage arrangements have been predetermined for the whole 
voyage, including any consignments to be loaded at ports of call;
    (4) The loading, transport and unloading are to be supervised by 
persons qualified in the transport of radioactive material; and
    (5) The entire shipment operation is approved by the Associate 
Administrator in advance.
    (g) Table IIIA is as follows:

      Table IIIA--TI Limits for Freight Containers and Conveyances
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                       Limit on total sum of transport
                                         indices in a single freight
    Type of freight container or       container or aboard a conveyance
             conveyance             ------------------------------------
                                         Not under       Under exclusive
                                       exclusive use           use
------------------------------------------------------------------------
I. Freight container--small........  50...............  N/A.
II. Freight container--large.......  50...............  No limit.
III. Vessel: \a b\
    1. Hold, compartment or defined
     deck area:
        i. Packages, overpacks,      50...............  No limit.
         small freight containers.
        ii. Large freight            200..............  No limit.
         containers.
    2. Total vessel:
        i. Packages, overpacks,      200..............  No limit.
         small freight containers.
        ii. Large freight            No limit.........  No limit.
         containers.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Notes:
\a\ For vessels, the requirements in both 1 and 2 must be fulfilled.
\b\ Packages or overpacks transported in or on a vehicle which are
  offered for transport in accordance with the provisions of Sec.
  173.441(b) of this subchapter may be transported by vessels provided
  that they are not removed from the vehicle at any time while on board
  the vessel.

    (h) Table IIIB is as follows:

      Table IIIB--CSI Limits for Freight Containers and Conveyances
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      Limit on total sum of criticality
                                      safety indices in a single freight
    Type of freight container or       container or aboard a conveyance
             conveyance             ------------------------------------
                                         Not under       Under exclusive
                                       exclusive use           use
------------------------------------------------------------------------
I. Freight container--small........  50...............  N/A.
II. Freight container--large.......  50...............  100.
III. Vessel: \a b\
    1. Hold, compartment or defined
     deck area:
        i. Packages, overpacks,      50...............  100.
         small freight containers.
        ii. Large freight            50...............  100.
         containers.
    2. Total vessel:
        i. Packages, overpacks,      200 \c\..........  200 \d\.
         small freight containers.
        ii. Large freight            No limit \c\.....  No limit \d\.
         containers.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Notes:
\a\ For vessels, the requirements in both 1 and 2 must be fulfilled.
\b\ Packages or overpacks transported in or on a vehicle which are
  offered for transport in accordance with the provisions of Sec.
  173.441(b) of this subchapter may be transported by vessels provided
  that they are not removed from the vehicle at any time while on board
  the vessel. In that case, the entries under the heading ``under
  exclusive use'' apply.
\c\ The consignment must be handled and stowed such that the total sum
  of CSIs in any group does not exceed 50, and such that each group is
  handled and stowed so that the groups are separated from each other by
  at least 6 m (20 ft).
\d\ The consignment must be handled and stowed such that the total sum
  of CSIs in any group does not exceed 100, and such that each group is
  handled and stowed so that the groups are separated from each other by
  at least 6 m (20 ft). The intervening space between groups may be
  occupied by other cargo.


[69 FR 3694, Jan. 26, 2004]



Sec.176.708  Segregation distances.

    (a) Table IV lists minimum separation distances between radioactive 
materials and spaces regularly occupied by crew members or passengers, 
or between radioactive materials and undeveloped photographic film. It 
expresses the separation distances as a function of the sum of the TIs 
of all packages in a single consignment, in the case of 0 or 3 feet of 
intervening cargo of unit density for persons, and 0, 3, or 6 feet of 
intervening cargo of unit density for undeveloped film. Cargo of unit 
density is stowed cargo with a density of 1 long ton (2240 lbs.) per 36 
cubic feet. Separation distances may be interpolated from the table 
where appropriate.

[[Page 907]]

    (b) Table IV is to be used to determine the separation distance for 
undeveloped film.
    (c) Category YELLOW-II or YELLOW-III packages or overpacks must not 
be transported in spaces occupied by passengers, except those 
exclusively reserved for couriers specially authorized to accompany such 
packages or overpacks.
    (d) The separation distances for crew members and passengers may be 
determined by one of two methods:
    (1) By using Table IV to determine the minimum distances between the 
radioactive material packages and regularly occupied spaces or living 
quarters; or
    (2) For one or more consignments of Class 7 (radioactive) material 
to be loaded on board a vessel under the exclusive use conditions 
described in Sec.176.704(f), by demonstration through direct 
measurement, made and documented by a suitably qualified person, that 
for the indicated exposure times the dose rate in regularly occupied 
spaces or living quarters is less than--
    (i) For the crew: 7.0 [micro]Sv/h (0.70 mrem/h) up to 700 hours in a 
year, or 1.8 [micro]Sv/h (0.18 mrem/h) up to 2750 hours in a year; and
    (ii) For the passengers: 1.8 [micro]Sv/h (0.18 mrem/h) up to 550 
hours in a year, taking into account any relocation of cargo during the 
voyage.
    (e) Any departure from the segregation provisions should be approved 
by the competent authority of the flag state of the ship and, when 
requested, by the competent authority at each port of call.
    (f) Table IV is as follows:

[[Page 908]]



                                                                                            Table IV
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              Minimum                                    Minimum distance in feet from undeveloped film and plates
                                                            distance in  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                             feet from     1 day voyage   2 day voyage   4 day voyage  10 day voyage  20 day voyage  30 day voyage  40 day voyage  50 day voyage
                                                              living     -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                           accommodation
        Sum of transport indexes of the packages           or regularly
                                                             occupied
                                                           working space
                                                         ----------------
 
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                          Cargo thickness in feet (unit density)
                                                         ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                             Nil       3  Nil    3    6  Nil    3    6  Nil    3    6  Nil    3    6  Nil    3    6  Nil    3    6  Nil    3    6  Nil    3    6
0.1 to 0.5..............................................       5       X    6    X    X    8    X    X   11    X    X   17    4    X   25    6    X   30    7    X   35    8    X   39    9    X
0.6 to 1................................................       6       X    8    X    X   11    X    X   16    4    X   25    6    X   35    8    X   42   10    X   50   12    X   55   13    X
1.1 to 2................................................       9       X   11    X    X   16    4    X   22    5    X   35    8    X   50   12    X   61   14    X   70   17    X   78   19    X
2.1 to 3................................................      10       X   14    X    X   19    5    X   27    6    X   42   10    X   61   14    X   74   18    X   86   20    X   96   23    X
3.1 to 5................................................      13       X   17    4    X   25    6    X   35    8    X   55   13    X   78   19    X   96   23    X  110   26    X  124   29    7
5.1 to 10...............................................      19       4   25    6    X   35    8    X   50   12    X   78   19    X  110   26    X  135   33    8  155   37    9  175   42   10
10.1 to 20..............................................      26       6   35    8    X   50   12    X   69   17    X  110   26    X  155   37    9  190   46   11  220   53   13  250   59   14
20.1 to 30..............................................      32       8   43   10    X   61   14    X   85   20    X  135   32    8  190   45   11  235   56   13  270   65   16  305   72   17
30.1 to 50..............................................      42      10   55   13    X   78   19    X  110   26    X  175   42   10  245   58   14  300   73   17  350   84   20  390   94   22
50.1 to 100.............................................      59      14   78   19    X  110   26    X  155   37    9  245   59   14  350   82   20  430  105   24  515  118   28  550  130   32
100.1 to 150............................................      72      17   96   23    X  135   32    8  190   46   11  300   72   17  425  100   24  525  125   30  600  145   35  (\7  165   39
                                                                                                                                                                                   \ )
150.1 to 200............................................      84      20  110   26    X  155   37    9  200   53   13  350   84   20  490  115   28  600  140   35  (\7  165   40  (\7  190   45
                                                                                                                                                                    \ )            \ )
================================================================================================================================================================================================
200.1 to 300............................................     105      24  135   32    X  190   46   11  270   64   15  425  105   25  600  145   35  (\7  180   42  (\7  205   49  (\7  230   55
                                                                                                                                                     \ )            \ )            \ )
300.1 to 400............................................     120      28  160   37    9  220   53   13  310   75   18  500  120   28  (\7  165   40  (\7  205   49  (\7  235   57  (\7  265   63
                                                                                                                                      \ )            \ )            \ )            \ )
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Note:
(1) X--indicates that thickness of screening cargo is sufficient without any additional segregation distance.
(2) By using 6 feet of intervening unit density cargo for persons and 10 feet for film and plates, no distance shielding is necessary for any length of voyage specified.
(3) Using 1 steel bulkhead or steel deck--multiply segregation distance by 0.8. Using 2 steel bulkheads or steel decks--multiply segregation distance by 0.64.
(4) ``Cargo of Unit Density'' means cargo stowed at a density of 1 ton (long) per 36 cubic feet; where the density is less than this the depth of cargo specified must be increased in
  proportion.
(5) ``Minimum distance'' means the least in any direction whether vertical or horizontal from the outer surface of the nearest package.
(6) The figures below the double line of the table shall be used in those cases where the appropriate provisions of this class permit the sum of the transport indices to exceed 200.
(7) Not to be carried unless screening by other cargo and bulkheads can be arranged in accordance with the other columns.


[Amdt. 176-15, 48 FR 10245, Mar. 10, 1983, as amended by Amdt. 176-37, 
60 FR 50334, Sept. 28, 1995; 69 FR 3695, Jan. 26, 2004]

[[Page 909]]



Sec.176.710  Care following leakage or sifting of radioactive
materials.

    (a) In case of fire, collision, or breakage involving any shipment 
of radioactive materials, other than materials of low specific activity, 
the radioactive materials must be segregated from unnecessary contact 
with personnel. In case of obvious leakage, or if the inside container 
appears to be damaged, the stowage area (hold, compartment, or deck 
area) containing this cargo must be isolated as much as possible to 
prevent radioactive material from entering any person's body through 
contact, inhalation, or ingestion. No person may handle the material or 
remain in the vicinity unless supervised by a qualified person.
    (b) A hold or compartment in which leakage of radioactive materials 
has occurred may not be used for other cargo until it is decontaminated 
in accordance with the requirements of Sec.176.715.
    (c) For reporting requirements, see Sec.171.15 of this subchapter.



Sec.176.715  Contamination control.

    Each hold, compartment, or deck area used for the transportation of 
low specific activity or surface contaminated object Class 7 
(radioactive) materials under exclusive use conditions in accordance 
with Sec.173.427(b)(4), or Sec.173.427(c) must be surveyed with 
appropriate radiation detection instruments after each use. Such holds, 
compartments, and deck areas may not be used again for Class 7 
(radioactive) materials exclusive use transport service, and then only 
for a subsequent exclusive use shipment utilizing the provisions of 
Sec.173.427(b)(4), or Sec.173.427(c) until the radiation dose rate 
at every accessible surface is less than 0.005 mSv/h (0.5 mrem/h), and 
the non-fixed contamination is not greater than the limits prescribed in 
Sec.173.443(a) of this subchapter.

[79 FR 40618, July 11, 2014]



Sec.176.720  Requirements for carriage of INF cargo in international
transportation.

    In addition to all other applicable requirements of this subchapter, 
a vessel carrying INF cargo (see Sec.176.2, under INF cargo 
definition) in international transportation must meet the requirements 
of the INF Code contained in the IMDG Code (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this 
subchapter).

[68 FR 75748, Dec. 31, 2003]



   Subpart N_Detailed Requirements for Class 8 (Corrosive Materials) 
                                Materials

    Source: Amdt. 176-30, 55 FR 52708, Dec. 21, 1990, unless otherwise 
noted.



Sec.176.800  General stowage requirements.

    (a) Each package required to have a Class 8 (corrosive) label 
thereon being transported on a vessel must be stowed clear of living 
quarters, and away from foodstuffs and cargo of an organic nature. For 
the purposes of this section, food ingredients intended for human 
consumption (ingredients) that are Class 8 (corrosive) materials are not 
considered to be incompatible with other food ingredients if the 
intended use of those ingredients is for the manufacture of food, or 
food ingredients containing those food ingredients (or like 
ingredients), with or without other ingredients.
    (b) A package of Class 8 (corrosive material) material may not be 
stowed over any readily combustible material.
    (c) Glass carboys containing Class 8 (corrosive material) material 
may not be stowed on board any vessel, other than a barge, more than two 
tiers high unless each carboy is boxed or crated with neck protection 
extending to the sides of the carboy box. This protective construction 
must be strong enough to permit stacking one on top of the other.
    (d) A Class 8 (corrosive material) material may not be stowed over a 
hold or compartment containing cotton unless the deck is of steel and 
the hatch is fitted with a tight coaming. In addition, the deck must be 
tight against leakage and the Class 8 (corrosive material) material may 
not be stowed over the square of the hatch.
    (e) Each package of Class 8 (corrosive material) which also bears a 
FLAMMABLE LIQUID label must be stowed

[[Page 910]]

away from all sources of heat and ignition.

[Amdt. 176-30, 55 FR 52708, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended by Amdt. 176-39, 
61 FR 18933, Apr. 29, 1996; 81 FR 3683, Jan. 21, 2016]



Sec.176.805  On deck stowage.

    When break bulk Class 8 (corrosive materials) materials being 
transported on a vessel are stowed on deck:
    (a) Provisions must be made for leakage from any package to drain 
away from other cargo into an overboard scupper or freeing port. The 
drainage may not enter an enclosed drainage system other than a direct 
overboard scupper. If this stowage is not practical, sufficient clean 
dry sand must be placed under and around the lower tier of packages to 
absorb any leakage.
    (b) Dunnage must be provided on the deck and arranged so that any 
leakage will be apparent.
    (c) Any leakage that occurs must be washed down, using liberal 
quantities of water.



 Subpart O_Detailed Requirements for Cotton and Vegetable Fibers, Motor 
        Vehicles, Polymeric Beads, and Plastic Molding Compounds

    Source: Amdt. 176-30, 55 FR 52708, Dec. 21, 1990, unless otherwise 
noted.



Sec.176.900  Packaging and stowage of cotton and vegetable fibers;
general.

    (a) Cotton, Class 9, NA 1365, Cotton, wet, Division 4.2, UN 1365, 
and other vegetable fibers, Division 4.1, being transported on a vessel 
must be securely baled and bound. Each bale of cotton or vegetable 
fibers must be covered with bagging on at least three-fourths of its 
surface, including both ends. Cut cotton linters may be accepted for 
transportation by vessel when baled and covered with bagging on the soft 
sides only if the bale is compressed to a density of at least 512 kg/m 
\3\ (32 pounds per cubic foot) and it is bound with at least six bands 
per bale. Any poorly compressed bale or any bale having damaged bindings 
may not be transported by vessel.
    (b) Each bale of Cotton, wet, Division 4.2, UN 1365 must be stowed 
separately from any bales of dry cotton or vegetable fibers, in a 'tween 
deck space, and not overstowed. Any bale of cotton or vegetable fibers 
which is saturated with water may not be transported by vessel.
    (c) Bales of cotton or vegetable fibers showing contact with oil or 
grease may not be accepted for transportation by vessel.
    (d) Cotton or vegetable fibers must be stowed in a hold or 
compartment in accordance with the following requirements:
    (1) All traces of oil or residue in the hold or compartment must be 
removed;
    (2) A recently painted hold or compartment may not be used unless it 
is thoroughly dry;
    (3) Each ventilation cowl serving the hold or compartment must be 
fitted with a spark screen;
    (4) When a bulkhead of the hold or compartment is common with a 
boiler room, engine room, coal bunker, or galley and subjected to heat, 
a wooden bulkhead must be erected between the bulkhead and any cotton or 
vegetable fibers. This wooden bulkhead must be at least 15 cm (6 inches) 
from a boiler room bulkhead, and at least 5 cm (2 inches) from an engine 
room, coal bunker, or galley bulkhead;
    (5) Each 'tween deck hatch must be closed with hatch covers, 
tarpaulins, and dunnage; however, metal hatch covers which are sealed by 
other means to provide equivalent protection may be used;
    (6) Each hold or compartment must be equipped with a carbon dioxide 
or overhead water sprinkler system or other approved fixed extinguishing 
system. Before loading, the extinguishing system must be examined to 
ensure that it is in good working condition; and
    (7) Each hold or compartment must be clear of all debris and swept 
as clean as practicable before loading.
    (e) Naked lights or any fire likely to produce sparks are not 
permitted on the vessel, dock area, or on any lighters alongside a 
vessel during loading or unloading of cotton or vegetable fibers.
    (f) Upon completion of stowage, each opening must be completely 
closed.

[[Page 911]]

Where required, tarpaulins must be fitted and secured in place to 
provide a tight hold. During a period of temporary stoppage of loading 
or unloading, a hatch may be left open. However, during that period, a 
fire watch, designated by the master or officer-in-charge, must be 
stationed in the hold or compartment in which the cotton or vegetable 
fibers are stowed.
    (g) At least one fire hose must be connected while cotton or 
vegetable fibers are being loaded or unloaded. Each fire pump must be 
operated before any loading or unloading. Pressure must be maintained on 
each fire main during the loading and the fire hose laid out ready for 
immediate use. Portable fire extinguishers must be placed to be readily 
available. The fire hose, fire pumps, and fire extinguishers may be the 
vessel's equipment or shore equipment.
    (h) Smoking is not permitted on a vessel during the loading or 
unloading of cotton or vegetable fibers except at those times and in 
those places designated by the master. ``NO SMOKING'' signs must be 
conspicuously posted in appropriate places, and the responsible person 
in charge of the loading or unloading (see Sec.176.57 of this part) 
must ensure that they are observed.
    (i) Cotton or vegetable fibers may be stowed in the same hold over 
bulk sulfur if the sulfur has been trimmed and leveled and the hold is 
thoroughly cleaned of sulfur dust. A tight floor of two layers of 2.54 
cm (1 inch) crossed clean dunnage boards must be laid on the sulfur 
before cotton or vegetable fibers are stowed. These substances may be 
stowed alongside each other in the same hold if they are separated by a 
tight dustproof wood bulkhead.
    (j) Cotton or vegetable fibers may not be stowed in a 'tween deck 
hold over bulk sulfur in a lower hold unless the 'tween deck hold has 
been thoroughly cleaned of all sulfur dust and the 'tween deck hatch 
covers are in place and covered with tarpaulins and dunnage.



Sec.176.901  Stowage of cotton or vegetable fibers with rosin 
or pitch.

    (a) Unless impracticable, cotton or vegetable fibers being 
transported on a vessel may not be stowed in the same hold or 
compartment with rosin or pitch being transported on the same vessel.
    (b) When separate stowage is impracticable, the cotton or vegetable 
fibers may be stowed in the same hold or compartment with rosin or pitch 
if they are separated by clean dunnage or a cargo of a non-combustible 
nature. When such stowage within the same hold or compartment involves 
large amounts of cotton or fibers or of rosin or pitch, the rosin or 
pitch must be floored off with at least two layers of 2.54 cm (1 inch) 
dunnaging and the cotton or vegetable fibers stowed above.



Sec.176.903  Stowage of cotton or vegetable fibers with coal.

    Cotton or vegetable fibers being transported on a vessel may not be 
stowed in the same hold with coal. They may be stowed in adjacent holds 
if the holds are separated by a tight steel bulkhead and the cotton or 
vegetable fibers are dunnaged at least 5 cm (2 inches) off the bulkhead. 
Cotton or vegetable fibers may be stowed in a hold above or below one in 
which coal is stowed if there is a tight steel intervening deck and all 
hatch covers are in place and covered with tarpaulins.



Sec.176.905  Stowage of vehicles.

    (a) A vehicle powered by an internal combustion engine, a fuel cell, 
batteries or a combination thereof is subject to the following 
requirements when carried as cargo on a vessel:
    (1) Before being loaded on a vessel, each vehicle must be inspected 
for signs of leakage from batteries, engines, fuel cells, compressed gas 
cylinders or accumulators, or fuel tank(s) when applicable, and any 
identifiable faults in the electrical system that could result in short 
circuit or other unintended electrical source of ignition. A vehicle 
showing any signs of leakage or electrical fault may not be transported.
    (2) For flammable liquid powered vehicles, the fuel tank(s) 
containing the flammable liquid, may not be more than one fourth full 
and the flammable liquid must not exceed 250 L (66 gal) unless otherwise 
approved by the Associate Administrator.

[[Page 912]]

    (3) For flammable gas powered vehicles, the fuel shut-off valve of 
the fuel tank(s) must be securely closed.
    (4) For vehicles with batteries installed, the batteries shall be 
protected from damage, short circuit, and accidental activation during 
transport. Except for vehicles with prototype or low production lithium 
batteries (see Sec.173.185(d) of this subchapter) securely installed, 
each lithium battery must be of a type that has successfully passed each 
test in the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of 
this subchapter), as specified in Sec.173.185(a) of this subchapter, 
unless approved by the Associate Administrator. Where a lithium battery 
installed in a vehicle is damaged or defective, the battery must be 
removed and transported according to Sec.173.185(f) of this 
subchapter, unless otherwise approved by the Associate Administrator.
    (5) Whenever possible, each vehicle must be stowed to allow for its 
inspection during transportation.
    (6) Vehicles may be refueled when necessary in the hold of a vessel 
in accordance with Sec.176.78.
    (b) All equipment used for handling vehicles must be designed so 
that the fuel tank and the fuel system of the vehicle are protected from 
stress that might cause rupture or other damage incident to handling.
    (c) Two hand-held, portable, dry chemical fire extinguishers of at 
least 4.5 kg (10 pounds) capacity each must be separately located in an 
accessible location in each hold or compartment in which any vehicle is 
stowed.
    (d) ``NO SMOKING'' signs must be conspicuously posted at each access 
opening to the hold or compartment.
    (e) Each portable electrical light, including a flashlight, used in 
the stowage area must be an approved, explosion-proof type. All 
electrical connections for any light must be made to outlets outside the 
space in which any vehicle is stowed.
    (f) Each hold or compartment must be ventilated and fitted with an 
overhead water sprinkler system or fixed fire extinguisher system.
    (g) Each hold or compartment must be equipped with a smoke or fire 
detection system capable of alerting personnel on the bridge.
    (h) All electrical equipment in the hold or compartment other than 
fixed explosion-proof lighting must be disconnected from its power 
source at a location outside the hold or compartment during the handling 
and transportation of any vehicle. Where the disconnecting means is a 
switch or circuit breaker, it must be locked in the open position until 
all vehicles have been removed.
    (i) Exceptions. A vehicle is not subject to the requirements of this 
subchapter if any of the following are met:
    (1) The vehicle is stowed in a hold or compartment designated by the 
administration of the country in which the vessel is registered as 
specially designed and approved for vehicles and there are no signs of 
leakage from the battery, engine, fuel cell, compressed gas cylinder or 
accumulator, or fuel tank, as appropriate. For vehicles with batteries 
connected and fuel tanks containing gasoline transported by U.S. 
vessels, see 46 CFR 70.10-1 and 90.10-38;
    (i) For vehicles powered solely by lithium batteries and hybrid 
electric vehicles powered by both an internal combustion engine and 
lithium metal or ion batteries offered in accordance with this 
paragraph, the lithium batteries, except for prototype or those produced 
in low production, must be of a type that has successfully passed each 
test in the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of 
this subchapter), as specified in Sec.173.185(a) of this subchapter. 
Where a lithium battery installed in a vehicle is damaged or defective, 
the battery must be removed.
    (ii) [Reserved]
    (2) The vehicle is powered by a flammable liquid that has a 
flashpoint of 38 [deg]C (100 [deg]F) or above, the fuel tank contains 
450 L (119 gallons) of fuel or less, there are no leaks in any portion 
of the fuel system, and installed batteries are protected from short 
circuit;
    (3) The vehicle is powered by a flammable liquid fuel that has a 
flashpoint less than 38 [deg]C (100 [deg]F), the fuel tank is empty, and 
installed batteries are protected from short circuit. Vehicles are 
considered to be empty of flammable liquid fuel when the fuel tank has 
been drained and the vehicles cannot be operated due to a lack of fuel. 
Engine

[[Page 913]]

components such as fuel lines, fuel filters and injectors do not need to 
be cleaned, drained or purged to be considered empty. The fuel tank does 
not need to be cleaned or purged;
    (4) The vehicle is powered by a flammable gas (liquefied or 
compressed), the fuel tanks are empty and the positive pressure in the 
tank does not exceed 2 bar (29 psig), the fuel shut-off or isolation 
valve is closed and secured, and installed batteries are protected from 
short circuit;
    (5) The vehicle is solely powered by a wet or dry electric storage 
battery or a sodium battery, and the battery is protected from short 
circuit; or
    (6) The vehicle is powered by a fuel cell engine, the engine is 
protected from inadvertent operation by closing fuel supply lines or by 
other means, and the fuel supply reservoir has been drained and sealed.
    (j) Except as provided in Sec.173.220(f) of this subchapter, the 
provisions of this subchapter do not apply to items of equipment such as 
fire extinguishers, compressed gas accumulators, airbag inflators and 
the like which are installed in the vehicle if they are necessary for 
the operation of the vehicle, or for the safety of its operator or 
passengers.

[82 FR 15893, Mar. 30, 2017]



Sec.176.906  Stowage of engines and machinery.

    (a) Any engine or machinery powered by internal combustion systems, 
with or without batteries installed, is subject to the following 
requirements when carried as cargo on a vessel:
    (1) Before being loaded on a vessel, each engine or machinery must 
be inspected for fuel leaks and identifiable faults in the electrical 
system that could result in short circuit or other unintended electrical 
source of ignition. Engines or machinery showing any signs of leakage or 
electrical fault may not be transported.
    (2) The fuel tanks of an engine or machinery powered by liquid fuel 
may not be more than one-fourth full.
    (3) Whenever possible, each engine or machinery must be stowed to 
allow for its inspection during transportation.
    (b) All equipment used for handling engines or machinery must be 
designed so that the fuel tank and the fuel system of the engines or 
machinery are protected from stress that might cause rupture or other 
damage incident to handling.
    (c) Two hand-held, portable, dry chemical fire extinguishers of at 
least 4.5 kg (10 pounds) capacity each must be separately located in an 
accessible location in each hold or compartment in which engine or 
machinery is stowed.
    (d) ``NO SMOKING'' signs must be conspicuously posted at each access 
opening to the hold or compartment.
    (e) Each portable electrical light, including a flashlight, used in 
the stowage area must be an approved, explosion-proof type. All 
electrical connections for any light must be made to outlets outside the 
space in which any engine or machinery is stowed.
    (f) Each hold or compartment must be ventilated and fitted with an 
overhead water sprinkler system or fixed fire extinguisher system.
    (g) Each hold or compartment must be equipped with a smoke or fire 
detection system capable of alerting personnel on the bridge.
    (h) All electrical equipment in the hold or compartment other than 
fixed explosion-proof lighting must be disconnected from its power 
source at a location outside the hold or compartment during the handling 
and transportation of any engine or machinery. Where the disconnecting 
means is a switch or circuit breaker, it must be locked in the open 
position until all engines or machinery has been removed.
    (i) Exceptions. (1) An engine or machinery is not subject to the 
requirements of this subchapter if the engine or machinery is empty of 
liquid or gaseous fuel(s), does not contain other dangerous goods, and 
installed batteries are protected from short circuit. An engine and 
machinery is considered to be empty of fuel when:
    (i) For liquid fuels, the liquid fuel tank has been drained and the 
mechanical equipment cannot be operated due to a lack of fuel. Engine 
and machinery components such as fuel lines, fuel filters and injectors 
do not need to be cleaned, drained or purged to be considered empty of 
liquid fuels. In addition,

[[Page 914]]

the liquid fuel tank does not need to be cleaned or purged;
    (ii) For gaseous fuels, the gaseous fuel tanks are empty of liquid 
(for liquefied gases), the positive pressure in the tanks does not 
exceed 2 bar (29 psig) and the fuel shut-off or isolation valve is 
closed and secured; or
    (iii) The engine or machinery is powered by a fuel cell engine and 
the engine is protected from inadvertent operation by closing fuel 
supply lines or by other means, and the fuel supply reservoir has been 
drained and sealed.
    (2) An engine or machinery is not subject to the requirements of 
this subchapter except for Sec.173.185 of this subchapter and the 
vessel stowage provisions of column (10) of table Sec.172.101 of this 
subchapter, if the following are met:
    (i) Any valves or openings (e.g. venting devices) for liquid fuels 
must be closed during transport;
    (ii) The engines or machinery must be oriented to prevent 
inadvertent leakage of dangerous goods and secured by means capable of 
restraining the engines or machinery to prevent any movement during 
transport which would change the orientation or cause them to be 
damaged;
    (iii) For UN 3528 and UN 3530:
    (A) Where the engine or machinery contains more than 60 L (16 Gal) 
of liquid fuel and has a capacity of not more than 450 L (119 Gal), it 
shall be labeled in accordance with subpart E of part 172 of this 
subchapter;
    (B) Where the engine or machinery contains more than 60 L of liquid 
fuel and has a capacity of more than 450 L (119 Gal) but not more than 
3,000 L (793 Gal), it shall be labeled on two opposing sides in 
accordance with Sec.172.406(e) of this subchapter;
    (C) Where the engine or machinery contains more than 60 L (16 Gal) 
of liquid fuel and has a capacity of more than 3,000 L (793 Gal), it 
shall be placarded on two opposing sides in accordance with subpart F of 
part 172 of this subchapter; and
    (D) For UN 3530 the marking requirements of Sec.172.322 of this 
subchapter also apply.
    (iv) For UN 3529:
    (A) Where the fuel tank of the engine or mechanical equipment has a 
water capacity of not more than 450 L (119 Gal), the labeling 
requirements of subpart E of part 172 of this subchapter shall apply;
    (B) Where the fuel tank of the mechanical equipment has a water 
capacity of more than 450 L (119 Gal) but not more than 1,000 L (264 
Gal), it shall be labeled on two opposing sides in accordance with Sec.
172.406(e) of this subchapter;
    (C) Where the fuel tank of the mechanical equipment has a water 
capacity of more than 1,000 L (264 Gal), it shall be placarded on two 
opposing sides in accordance with subpart F of part 172 of this 
subchapter.
    (v) Except for engines or machinery offered in accordance with 
paragraph (i)(1) of this section, a shipping paper prepared in 
accordance with part 172 of this subchapter is required and shall 
contain the following additional statement ``Transport in accordance 
with Sec.176.906.'' For transportation in accordance with the IMDG 
Code (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this subchapter) the following alternative 
statement is authorized ``Transport in accordance with IMDG Code special 
provision 363.''
    (j) Except as provided in Sec.173.220(f) of this subchapter, the 
provisions of this subchapter do not apply to items of equipment such as 
fire extinguishers, compressed gas accumulators, airbag inflators and 
the like which are installed in the engine or machinery if they are 
necessary for the operation of the engine or machinery, or for the 
safety of its operator or passengers.

[82 FR 15894, Mar. 30, 2017]



Sec.176.907  Polymeric Beads and Plastic Molding Compounds.

    (a) When transported in cargo transport units, the cargo transport 
units must provide an adequate exchange of air in the unit. This 
adequate exchange of air may be accomplished by utilizing a ventilated 
container, an open-top container, or a container in one door off 
operation. When cargo transport units with venting devices are used 
these devices should be kept clear and operable. If mechanical devices 
are used for ventilation, they must be explosion-proof.

[[Page 915]]

    (b) As an alternative to the options presented in paragraph (a) of 
this section to ensure an adequate exchange of air; a refrigerated cargo 
transport unit may be used.
    (c) The requirements in paragraph (a) and (b) of this section do not 
apply if the hazardous material is:
    (1) Packed in hermetically sealed packagings or IBC's which conform 
to packing group II performance level for liquid dangerous goods with a 
total pressure in the packaging (i.e., the vapor pressure of the 
material plus the partial pressure of air or other inert gases, less 
100kPa (15 psia)) at 55 [deg]C (131 [deg]F), determined on the basis of 
the hazardous material not completely filling the receptacle at a 
temperature of 55 [deg]C (131 [deg]C) or less at a filling temperature 
of 15 [deg]C (59 [deg]F), will not exceed two-thirds of the marked test 
pressure.
    (2) [Reserved]
    (d) Cargo transport units must be marked with a warning mark 
including the words ``CAUTION--MAY CONTAIN FLAMMABLE VAPOR'' or 
``CAUTION--MAY CONTAIN FLAMMABLE VAPOUR'' with lettering having a height 
of at least 25 mm (1 inch). The mark must be affixed to each access 
point in a location where it will be easily seen by persons prior to 
opening or entering the cargo transport unit and must remain on the 
cargo transport unit until the following provisions are met:
    (1) The cargo transport unit has been completely ventilated to 
remove any hazardous concentrations of vapor or gas;
    (2) The immediate vicinity of the cargo transport unit is clear of 
any source of ignition; and
    (3) The hazardous materials have been unloaded.

[78 FR 1096, Jan. 7, 2013]



PART 177_CARRIAGE BY PUBLIC HIGHWAY--Table of Contents



              Subpart A_General Information and Regulations

Sec.
177.800 Purpose and scope of this part and responsibility for compliance 
          and training.
177.801 Unacceptable hazardous materials shipments.
177.802 Inspection.
177.804 Compliance with Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations.
177.810 Vehicular tunnels.
177.816 Driver training.
177.817 Shipping papers.
177.823 Movement of motor vehicles in emergency situations.

                     Subpart B_Loading and Unloading

177.834 General requirements.
177.835 Class 1 materials.
177.837 Class 3 materials.
177.838 Class 4 (flammable solid) materials, Class 5 (oxidizing) 
          materials, and Division 4.2 (self-heating and pyrophoric 
          liquid) materials.
177.839 Class 8 (corrosive) materials.
177.840 Class 2 (gases) materials.
177.841 Division 6.1 and Division 2.3 materials.
177.842 Class 7 (radioactive) material.
177.843 Contamination of vehicles.

    Subpart C_Segregation and Separation Chart of Hazardous Materials

177.848 Segregation of hazardous materials.

         Subpart D_Vehicles and Shipments in Transit; Accidents

177.854 Disabled vehicles and broken or leaking packages; repairs.

 Subpart E_Regulations Applying to Hazardous Material on Motor Vehicles 
                      Carrying Passengers for Hire

177.870 Regulations for passenger carrying vehicles.

    Authority: 49 U.S.C. 5101-5128; sec. 112 of Pub. L. 103-311, 108 
Stat. 1673, 1676 (1994); sec. 32509 of Pub. L. 112-141, 126 Stat. 405, 
805 (2012); 49 CFR 1.81 and 1.97.



              Subpart A_General Information and Regulations



Sec.177.800  Purpose and scope of this part and responsibility for
compliance and training.

    (a) Purpose and scope. This part prescribes requirements, in 
addition to those contained in parts 171, 172, 173, 178 and 180 of this 
subchapter, that are applicable to the acceptance and transportation of 
hazardous materials by private, common, or contract carriers by motor 
vehicle.

[[Page 916]]

    (b) Responsibility for compliance. Unless this subchapter 
specifically provides that another person shall perform a particular 
duty, each carrier, including a connecting carrier, shall perform the 
duties specified and comply with all applicable requirements in this 
part and shall ensure its hazmat employees receive training in relation 
thereto.
    (c) Responsibility for training. A carrier may not transport a 
hazardous material by motor vehicle unless each of its hazmat employees 
involved in that transportation is trained as required by this part and 
subpart H of part 172 of this subchapter.
    (d) No unnecessary delay in movement of shipments. All shipments of 
hazardous materials must be transported without unnecessary delay, from 
and including the time of commencement of the loading of the hazardous 
material until its final unloading at destination.

[Amdt. 177-79, 57 FR 20954, May 15, 1992, as amended by Amdt.177-86, 61 
FR 18933, Apr. 29, 1996]



Sec.177.801  Unacceptable hazardous materials shipments.

    No person may accept for transportation or transport by motor 
vehicle a forbidden material or hazardous material that is not prepared 
in accordance with the requirements of this subchapter.

[Amdt. 177-87, 61 FR 27175, May 30, 1996]



Sec.177.802  Inspection.

    Records, equipment, packagings and containers under the control of a 
motor carrier, insofar as they affect safety in transportation of 
hazardous materials by motor vehicle, must be made available for 
examination and inspection by a duly authorized representative of the 
Department.

[Amdt. 177-71, 54 FR 25015, June 12, 1989]



Sec.177.804  Compliance with Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations.

    (a) General. Motor carriers and other persons subject to this part 
must comply with 49 CFR part 383 and 49 CFR parts 390 through 397 
(excluding Sec. Sec.397.3 and 397.9) to the extent those regulations 
apply.
    (b) Additional prohibitions. A person transporting a quantity of 
hazardous materials requiring placarding under 49 CFR part 172 or any 
quantity of a material listed as a select agent or toxin in 42 CFR part 
73:
    (1) Must comply with the safe clearance requirements for highway-
rail grade crossings in Sec.392.12 of this title;
    (2) May not engage in, allow, or require texting while driving, in 
accordance with Sec.392.80 of this title; and
    (3) May not engage in, allow, or require the use of a hand-held 
mobile telephone while driving, in accordance with Sec.392.82 of this 
title.

[78 FR 58923, Sept. 25, 2013]



Sec.177.810  Vehicular tunnels.

    Except as regards Class 7 (radioactive) materials, nothing contained 
in parts 170-189 of this subchapter shall be so construed as to nullify 
or supersede regulations established and published under authority of 
State statute or municipal ordinance regarding the kind, character, or 
quantity of any hazardous material permitted by such regulations to be 
transported through any urban vehicular tunnel used for mass 
transportation.

[Amdt. 177-52, 46 FR 5316, Jan. 19, 1981, as amended by Amdt. 177-78, 55 
FR 52710, Dec. 21, 1990; 62 FR 51561, Oct. 1, 1997]



Sec.177.816  Driver training.

    (a) In addition to the training requirements of Sec.177.800, no 
carrier may transport, or cause to be transported, a hazardous material 
unless each hazmat employee who will operate a motor vehicle has been 
trained in the applicable requirements of 49 CFR parts 390 through 397 
and the procedures necessary for the safe operation of that motor 
vehicle. Driver training shall include the following subjects:
    (1) Pre-trip safety inspection;
    (2) Use of vehicle controls and equipment, including operation of 
emergency equipment;
    (3) Operation of vehicle, including turning, backing, braking, 
parking, handling, and vehicle characteristics including those that 
affect vehicle stability, such as effects of braking and

[[Page 917]]

curves, effects of speed on vehicle control, dangers associated with 
maneuvering through curves, dangers associated with weather or road 
conditions that a driver may experience (e.g., blizzards, mountainous 
terrain, high winds), and high center of gravity;
    (4) Procedures for maneuvering tunnels, bridges, and railroad 
crossings;
    (5) Requirements pertaining to attendance of vehicles, parking, 
smoking, routing, and incident reporting; and
    (6) Loading and unloading of materials, including--
    (i) Compatibility and segregation of cargo in a mixed load;
    (ii) Package handling methods; and
    (iii) Load securement.
    (b) Specialized requirements for cargo tanks and portable tanks. In 
addition to the training requirement of paragraph (a) of this section, 
each person who operates a cargo tank or a vehicle with a portable tank 
with a capacity of 1,000 gallons or more must receive training 
applicable to the requirements of this subchapter and have the 
appropriate State-issued commercial driver's license required by 49 CFR 
part 383. Specialized training shall include the following:
    (1) Operation of emergency control features of the cargo tank or 
portable tank;
    (2) Special vehicle handling characteristics, including: high center 
of gravity, fluid-load subject to surge, effects of fluid-load surge on 
braking, characteristic differences in stability among baffled, 
unbaffled, and multi-compartmented tanks; and effects of partial loads 
on vehicle stability;
    (3) Loading and unloading procedures;
    (4) The properties and hazards of the material transported; and
    (5) Retest and inspection requirements for cargo tanks.
    (c) The training required by paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section 
may be satisfied by compliance with the current requirements for a 
Commercial Driver's License (CDL) with a tank vehicle or hazardous 
materials endorsement.
    (d) Training required by paragraph (b) of this section must conform 
to the requirements of Sec.172.704 of this subchapter with respect to 
frequency and recordkeeping.

[Amdt. 177-79, 57 FR 20954, May 15, 1992, as amended by Amdt. 177-79, 58 
FR 5852, Jan. 22, 1993]



Sec.177.817  Shipping papers.

    (a) General requirements. A person may not accept a hazardous 
material for transportation or transport a hazardous material by highway 
unless that person has received a shipping paper prepared in accordance 
with part 172 of this subchapter or the material is excepted from 
shipping paper requirements under this subchapter. A subsequent carrier 
may not transport a hazardous material unless it is accompanied by a 
shipping paper prepared in accordance with part 172 of this subchapter, 
except for Sec.172.204, which is not required.
    (b) Shipper certification. An initial carrier may not accept a 
hazardous material offered for transportation unless the shipping paper 
describing the material includes a shipper's certification which meets 
the requirements in Sec.172.204 of this subchapter. Except for a 
hazardous waste, the certification is not required for shipments to be 
transported entirely by private carriage and for bulk shipments to be 
transported in a cargo tank supplied by the carrier.
    (c) Requirements when interlining with carriers by rail. A motor 
carrier shall mark on the shipping paper required by this section, if it 
offers or delivers a freight container or transport vehicle to a rail 
carrier for further transportation:
    (1) A description of the freight container or transport vehicle; and
    (2) The kind of placard affixed to the freight container or 
transport vehicle.
    (d) This subpart does not apply to a material that is excepted from 
shipping paper requirements as specified in Sec.172.200 of this 
subchapter.
    (e) Shipping paper accessibility--accident or inspection. A driver 
of a motor vehicle containing hazardous material, and each carrier using 
such a vehicle,

[[Page 918]]

shall ensure that the shipping paper required by this section is readily 
available to, and recognizable by, authorities in the event of accident 
or inspection. Specifically, the driver and the carrier shall:
    (1) Clearly distinguish the shipping paper, if it is carried with 
other shipping papers or other papers of any kind, by either 
distinctively tabbing it or by having it appear first; and
    (2) Store the shipping paper as follows:
    (i) When the driver is at the vehicle's controls, the shipping paper 
shall be: (A) Within his immediate reach while he is restrained by the 
lap belt; and (B) either readily visible to a person entering the 
driver's compartment or in a holder which is mounted to the inside of 
the door on the driver's side of the vehicle.
    (ii) When the driver is not at the vehicle's controls, the shipping 
paper shall be: (A) In a holder which is mounted to the inside of the 
door on the driver's side of the vehicle; or (B) on the driver's seat in 
the vehicle.
    (f) Retention of shipping papers. Each person receiving a shipping 
paper required by this section must retain a copy or an electronic image 
thereof, that is accessible at or through its principal place of 
business and must make the shipping paper available, upon request, to an 
authorized official of a Federal, State, or local government agency at 
reasonable times and locations. For a hazardous waste, the shipping 
paper copy must be retained for three years after the material is 
accepted by the initial carrier. For all other hazardous materials, the 
shipping paper copy must be retained for one year after the material is 
accepted by the carrier. Each shipping paper copy must include the date 
of acceptance by the carrier. A motor carrier (as defined in Sec.390.5 
of subchapter B of chapter III of subtitle B) using a shipping paper 
without change for multiple shipments of one or more hazardous materials 
having the same shipping name and identification number may retain a 
single copy of the shipping paper, instead of a copy for each shipment 
made, if the carrier also retains a record of each shipment made that 
includes shipping name, identification number, quantity transported, and 
date of shipment.

[Amdt. 177-35, 41 FR 16130, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 177-35A, 
41 FR 40691, Sept. 20, 1976; Amdt. 177-48, 45 FR 47670, Nov. 10, 1980; 
Amdt. 177-65, 50 FR 11055, Mar. 19, 1985; Amdt. 177-72, 53 FR 17160, May 
13, 1988; 67 FR 46128, July 12, 2002; 67 FR 66574, Nov. 1, 2002; 68 FR 
19277, Apr. 18, 2003; 68 FR 57633, Oct. 6, 2003; 70 FR 73165, Dec. 9, 
2005]



Sec.177.823  Movement of motor vehicles in emergency situations.

    (a) A carrier may not move a transport vehicle containing a 
hazardous material unless the vehicle is marked and placarded in 
accordance with part 172 or as authorized in Sec.171.12a of this 
subchapter, or unless, in an emergency:
    (1) The vehicle is escorted by a representative of a state or local 
government;
    (2) The carrier has permission from the Department; or
    (3) Movement of the transport vehicle is necessary to protect life 
or property.
    (b) Disposition of contents of cargo tank when unsafe to continue. 
In the event of a leak in a cargo tank of such a character as to make 
further transportation unsafe, the leaking vehicle should be removed 
from the traveled portion of the highway and every available means 
employed for the safe disposal of the leaking material by preventing, so 
far as practicable, its spread over a wide area, such as by digging 
trenches to drain to a hole or depression in the ground, diverting the 
liquid away from streams or sewers if possible, or catching the liquid 
in containers if practicable. Smoking, and any other source of ignition, 
in the vicinity of a leaking cargo tank is not permitted.
    (c) Movement of leaking cargo tanks. A leaking cargo tank may be 
transported only the minimum distance necessary to reach a place where 
the contents of the tank or compartment may be disposed of safely. Every 
available means must be utilized to prevent the leakage or spillage of 
the liquid upon the highway.

[Amdt. 177-35, 41 FR 16130, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 177-67, 
50 FR 41521, Oct. 11, 1985; Amdt. 177-86, 61 FR 18933, Apr. 29, 1996]

[[Page 919]]



                     Subpart B_Loading and Unloading

    Note: For prohibited loading and storage of hazardous materials, see 
Sec.177.848.



Sec.177.834  General requirements.

    (a) Packages secured in a motor vehicle. Any package containing any 
hazardous material, not permanently attached to a motor vehicle, must be 
secured against shifting, including relative motion between packages, 
within the vehicle on which it is being transported, under conditions 
normally incident to transportation. Packages having valves or other 
fittings must be loaded in a manner to minimize the likelihood of damage 
during transportation.
    (b) Each package containing a hazardous material bearing package 
orientation markings prescribed in Sec.172.312 of this subchapter must 
be loaded on a transport vehicle or within a freight container in 
accordance with such markings and must remain in the correct position 
indicated by the markings during transportation.
    (c) No smoking while loading or unloading. Smoking on or about any 
motor vehicle while loading or unloading any Class 1 (explosive), Class 
3 (flammable liquid), Class 4 (flammable solid), Class 5 (oxidizing), or 
Division 2.1 (flammable gas) materials is forbidden.
    (d) Keep fire away, loading and unloading. Extreme care shall be 
taken in the loading or unloading of any Class 1 (explosive), Class 3 
(flammable liquid), Class 4 (flammable solid), Class 5 (oxidizing), or 
Division 2.1 (flammable gas) materials into or from any motor vehicle to 
keep fire away and to prevent persons in the vicinity from smoking, 
lighting matches, or carrying any flame or lighted cigar, pipe, or 
cigarette.
    (e) Handbrake set while loading and unloading. No hazardous material 
shall be loaded into or on, or unloaded from, any motor vehicle unless 
the handbrake be securely set and all other reasonable precautions be 
taken to prevent motion of the motor vehicle during such loading or 
unloading process.
    (f) Use of tools, loading and unloading. No tools which are likely 
to damage the effectiveness of the closure of any package or other 
container, or likely adversely to affect such package or container, 
shall be used for the loading or unloading of any Class 1 (explosive) 
material or other dangerous article.
    (g) [Reserved]
    (h) Precautions concerning containers in transit; fueling road 
units. Reasonable care should be taken to prevent undue rise in 
temperature of containers and their contents during transit. There must 
be no tampering with such container or the contents thereof nor any 
discharge of the contents of any container between point of origin and 
point of billed destination. Discharge of contents of any container, 
other than a cargo tank or IM portable tank, must not be made prior to 
removal from the motor vehicle. Nothing contained in this paragraph 
shall be so construed as to prohibit the fueling of machinery or 
vehicles used in road construction or maintenance.
    (i) Attendance requirements--(1) Loading. A cargo tank must be 
attended by a qualified person at all times when it is being loaded. The 
person who is responsible for loading the cargo tank is also responsible 
for ensuring that it is so attended.
    (2) Unloading. A motor carrier who transports hazardous materials by 
a cargo tank must ensure that the cargo tank is attended by a qualified 
person at all times during unloading. However, the carrier's obligation 
to ensure attendance during unloading ceases when:
    (i) The carrier's obligation for transporting the materials is 
fulfilled;
    (ii) The cargo tank has been placed upon the consignee's premises; 
and
    (iii) The motive power has been removed from the cargo tank and 
removed from the premises.
    (3) A qualified person ``attends'' the loading or unloading of a 
cargo tank only if, throughout the process:
    (i) Except for unloading operations subject to Sec. Sec.177.837(d) 
and 177.840(p) and (q), the qualified person is within 7.62 m (25 feet) 
of the cargo tank. The qualified person attending the unloading of a 
cargo tank must be alert and have an unobstructed view of the cargo tank 
and delivery hose to the maximum extent practicable during the unloading 
operation; or

[[Page 920]]

    (ii) The qualified person observes all loading or unloading 
operations by means of video cameras and monitors or instrumentation and 
signaling systems such as sensors, alarms, and electronic surveillance 
equipment located at a remote control station, and the loading or 
unloading system is equipped as follows:
    (A) For a video monitoring system used to meet the attendance 
requirement, the camera must be mounted so as to provide an unobstructed 
view of all equipment involved in the loading or unloading operations, 
including all valves, hoses, domes, and pressure relief devices;
    (B) For an instrumentation and signaling system used to meet the 
attendance requirement, the system must provide a surveillance 
capability at least equal to that of a human observer;
    (C) Upon loss of video monitoring capability or instrumentation and 
signaling systems, loading or unloading operations must be immediately 
terminated;
    (D) Shut-off valves operable from the remote control station must be 
provided;
    (E) In the event of a remote system failure, a qualified person must 
immediately resume attending the loading or unloading of the cargo tank 
as provided in paragraph (i)(3)(i) of this section;
    (F) A containment area must be provided capable of holding the 
contents of as many cargo tank motor vehicles as might be loaded at any 
single time; and
    (G) A qualified person must personally conduct a visual inspection 
of each cargo tank motor vehicle after it is loaded, prior to departure, 
for any damage that may have occurred during loading; or
    (iii) Hoses used in the loading or unloading operations are equipped 
with cable-connected wedges, plungers, or flapper valves located at each 
end of the hose, able to stop the flow of product from both the source 
and the receiving tank within one second without human intervention in 
the event of a hose rupture, disconnection, or separation.
    (A) Prior to each use, each hose must be inspected to ensure that it 
is of sound quality, without defects detectable through visual 
observation; and
    (B) The loading or unloading operations must be physically inspected 
by a qualified person at least once every sixty (60) minutes.
    (4) A person is ``qualified'' if he has been made aware of the 
nature of the hazardous material which is to be loaded or unloaded, has 
been instructed on the procedures to be followed in emergencies, and 
except for persons observing loading or unloading operations by means of 
video cameras and monitors or instrumentation and signaling systems such 
as sensors, alarms, and electronic surveillance equipment located at a 
remote control station and persons inspecting hoses in accordance with 
paragraph (i)(3)(iii) of this section, is authorized to move the cargo 
tank, and has the means to do so.
    (j) Except for a cargo tank conforming to Sec.173.29(b)(2) of this 
subchapter, a person may not drive a cargo tank motor vehicle containing 
a hazardous material regardless of quantity unless:
    (1) All manhole closures are closed and secured; and
    (2) All valves and other closures in liquid discharge systems are 
closed and free of leaks, except external emergency self-closing valves 
on MC 338 cargo tanks containing the residue of cryogenic liquids may 
remain either open or closed during transit.
    (k) [Reserved]
    (l) Use of cargo heaters when transporting certain hazardous 
material. Transportation includes loading, carrying, and unloading.
    (1) When transporting Class 1 (explosive) materials. A motor vehicle 
equipped with a cargo heater of any type may transport Class 1 
(explosive) materials only if the cargo heater is rendered inoperable 
by: (i) Draining or removing the cargo heater fuel tank; and (ii) 
disconnecting the heater's power source.
    (2) When transporting certain flammable material--(i) Use of 
combustion cargo heaters. A motor vehicle equipped with a combustion 
cargo heater may be used to transport Class 3 (flammable liquid) or 
Division 2.1 (flammable gas)

[[Page 921]]

materials only subject to the following conditions:
    (A) The combustion cargo heater is powered by diesel fuel or propane 
and each of the following requirements are met:
    (1) Electrical apparatus in the cargo compartment is non-sparking or 
explosion proof.
    (2) There is no combustion apparatus in the cargo compartment.
    (3) There is no connection for return of air from the cargo 
compartment to the combustion apparatus.
    (4) The heating system will not heat any part of the cargo to more 
than 54 [deg]C (130 [deg]F).
    (5) Heater requirements under Sec.393.77 of this title are 
complied with.
    (6) The heater unit and its fuel supply must be externally mounted 
on the truck or trailer.
    (7) The heater unit must retain combustion in a sealed combustion 
chamber.
    (8) The heater unit must utilize outside air for combustion (air 
from the cargo space cannot be used for combustion).
    (9) Heater unit combustion gases must be exhausted to the outside of 
the truck or trailer.
    (B) The combustion cargo heater is a catalytic heater and each of 
the following requirements are met:
    (1) The heater's surface temperature cannot exceed 54 [deg]C (130 
[deg]F)--either on a thermostatically controlled heater or on a heater 
without thermostatic control when the outside or ambient temperature is 
16 [deg]C (61 [deg]F) or less.
    (2) The heater is not ignited in a loaded vehicle.
    (3) There is no flame, either on the catalyst or anywhere in the 
heater.
    (4) The manufacturer has certified that the heater meets the 
requirements under paragraph (l)(2)(i)(B) of this section by permanently 
marking the heater ``MEETS DOT REQUIREMENTS FOR CATALYTIC HEATERS USED 
WITH FLAMMABLE LIQUID AND GAS.''
    (5) The heater is also marked ``DO NOT LOAD INTO OR USE IN CARGO 
COMPARTMENTS CONTAINING FLAMMABLE LIQUID OR GAS IF FLAME IS VISIBLE ON 
CATALYST OR IN HEATER.''
    (6) Heater requirements under Sec.393.77 of this title are 
complied with.
    (ii) [Reserved]
    (iii) Restrictions on automatic cargo-space-heating temperature 
control devices. Restrictions on these devices have two dimensions: 
Restrictions upon use and restrictions which apply when the device must 
not be used.
    (A) Use restrictions. An automatic cargo-space-heating temperature 
control device may be used when transporting Class 3 (flammable liquid) 
or Division 2.1 (flammable gas) materials only if each of the following 
requirements is met:
    (1) Electrical apparatus in the cargo compartment is nonsparking or 
explosion proof.
    (2) There is no combustion apparatus in the cargo compartment.
    (3) There is no connection for return of air from the cargo 
compartment to the combustion apparatus.
    (4) The heating system will not heat any part of the cargo to more 
than 54 [deg]C (129 [deg]F).
    (5) Heater requirements under Sec.393.77 of this title are 
complied with.
    (B) Protection against use. Class 3 (flammable liquid) or Division 
2.1 (flammable gas) materials may be transported by a vehicle, which is 
equipped with an automatic cargo-space-heating temperature control 
device that does not meet each requirement of paragraph (l)(2)(iii)(A) 
of this section, only if the device is first rendered inoperable, as 
follows:
    (1) Each cargo heater fuel tank, if other than LPG, must be emptied 
or removed.
    (2) Each LPG fuel tank for automatic temperature control equipment 
must have its discharge valve closed and its fuel feed line 
disconnected.
    (m) Tanks constructed and maintained in compliance with Spec. 106A 
or 110A (Sec. Sec.179.300, 179.301 of this subchapter) that are 
authorized for the shipment of hazardous materials by highway in part 
173 of this subchapter must be carried in accordance with the following 
requirements:
    (1) Tanks must be securely chocked or clamped on vehicles to prevent 
any shifting.
    (2) Equipment suitable for handling a tank must be provided at any 
point

[[Page 922]]

where a tank is to be loaded upon or removed from a vehicle.
    (3) No more than two cargo carrying vehicles may be in the same 
combination of vehicles.
    (4) Compliance with Sec. Sec.174.200 and 174.204 of this 
subchapter for combination rail freight, highway shipments and for 
trailer-on-flat-car service is required.
    (n) Specification 56, 57, IM 101, and IM 102 portable tanks, when 
loaded, may not be stacked on each other nor placed under other freight 
during transportation by motor vehicle.
    (o) Unloading of IM and UN portable tanks. No person may unload an 
IM or UN portable tank while it remains on a transport vehicle with the 
motive power unit attached except under the following conditions:
    (1) The unloading operation must be attended by a qualified person 
in accordance with the requirements in paragraph (i) of this section. 
The person performing unloading functions must be trained in handling 
emergencies that may occur during the unloading operation.
    (2) Prior to unloading, the operator of the vehicle on which the 
portable tank is transported must ascertain that the conditions of this 
paragraph (o) are met.
    (3) An IM or UN portable tank equipped with a bottom outlet as 
authorized in Column (7) of the Sec.172.101 Table of this subchapter 
by assignment of a T Code in the appropriate proper shipping name entry, 
and that contains a liquid hazardous material of Class 3, PG I or II, or 
PG III with a flash point of less than 100 [deg]F (38 [deg]C); Division 
5.1, PG I or II; or Division 6.1, PG I or II, must conform to the outlet 
requirements in Sec.178.275(d)(3) of this subchapter.

[29 FR 18795, Dec. 29, 1964. Redesignated at 32 FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967]

    Editorial Note: For Federal Register citations affecting Sec.
177.834, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the 
Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov.



Sec.177.835  Class 1 materials.

    (See also Sec.177.834 (a) to (j).)
    (a) Engine stopped. No Class 1 (explosive) materials may be loaded 
into or on or be unloaded from any motor vehicle with the engine 
running, except that the engine of a multipurpose bulk truck (see 
paragraph (d) of this section) and the engine of a cargo tank motor 
vehicle transporting a single bulk hazardous material for blasting may 
be used for the operation of the pumping equipment of the vehicle during 
loading or unloading.
    (b) Care in loading, unloading, or other handling of Class 1 
(explosive) materials. No bale hooks or other metal tools shall be used 
for the loading, unloading, or other handling of Class 1 (explosive) 
materials, nor shall any package or other container of Class 1 
(explosive) materials, except barrels or kegs, be rolled. No packages of 
Class 1 (explosive) materials shall be thrown or dropped during process 
of loading or unloading or handling of Class 1 (explosive) materials. 
Special care shall be exercised to the end that packages or other 
containers containing Class 1 (explosive) materials shall not catch fire 
from sparks or hot gases from the exhaust tailpipe.
    (1) Whenever tarpaulins are used for covering Class 1 (explosive) 
materials, they shall be secured by means of rope, wire, or other 
equally efficient tie downs. Class 1 (explosive) materials placards or 
markings required by Sec.177.823 shall be secured, in the appropriate 
locations, directly to the equipment transporting the Class 1 
(explosive) materials. If the vehicle is provided with placard boards, 
the placards must be applied to these boards.
    (2) [Reserved]
    (c) Class 1 (explosive) materials on vehicles in combination. 
Division 1.1 or 1.2 (explosive) materials may not be loaded into or 
carried on any vehicle or a combination of vehicles if:
    (1) More than two cargo carrying vehicles are in the combination;
    (2) Any full trailer in the combination has a wheel base of less 
than 184 inches;
    (3) Any vehicle in the combination is a cargo tank which is required 
to be marked or placarded under Sec.177.823; or
    (4) The other vehicle in the combination contains any:
    (i) Substances, explosive, n.o.s., Division 1.1A (explosive) 
material (Initiating explosive),

[[Page 923]]

    (ii) Packages of Class 7 (radioactive) materials bearing ``Yellow 
III'' labels,
    (iii) Division 2.3, Hazard Zone A or Hazard Zone B materials or 
Division 6.1, PG I, Hazard Zone A materials, or
    (iv) Hazardous materials in a portable tank or a DOT specification 
106A or 110A tank.
    (d) Multipurpose bulk trucks. When Sec.172.101 of this subchapter 
specifies that Class 1 (explosive) materials may be transported in 
accordance with Sec.173.66 of this subchapter (per special provision 
148 in Sec.172.102(c)(1)), these materials may be transported on the 
same vehicle with Division 5.1 (oxidizing) materials, or Class 8 
(corrosive) materials, and/or Combustible Liquid, n.o.s., NA1993 only 
under the conditions and requirements set forth in IME Standard 23 (IBR, 
see Sec.171.7 of this subchapter) and paragraph (g) of this section. 
In addition, the segregation requirements in Sec.177.848 do not apply.
    (e) No sharp projections inside body of vehicles. No motor vehicle 
transporting any kind of Class 1 (explosive) material shall have on the 
interior of the body in which the Class 1 (explosive) materials are 
contained, any inwardly projecting bolts, screws, nails, or other 
inwardly projecting parts likely to produce damage to any package or 
container of Class 1 (explosive) materials during the loading or 
unloading process or in transit.
    (f) Class 1 (explosive) materials vehicles, floors tight and lined. 
Motor vehicles transporting Division 1.1, 1.2, or 1.3 (explosive) 
materials shall have tight floors; shall have that portion of the 
interior in contact with the load lined with either non-metallic 
material or non-ferrous metals, except that the lining is not required 
for truck load shipments loaded by the Departments of the Army, Navy or 
Air Force of the United States Government provided the Class 1 
(explosive) materials are of such nature that they are not liable to 
leakage of dust, powder, or vapor which might become the cause of an 
explosion. The interior of the cargo space must be in good condition so 
that there will not be any likelihood of containers being damaged by 
exposed bolts, nuts, broken side panels or floor boards, or any similar 
projections.
    (g) No detonator assembly or booster with detonator may be 
transported on the same motor vehicle with any Division 1.1, 1.2 or 1.3 
material (except other detonator assemblies, boosters with detonators or 
detonators), detonating cord Division 1.4 material or Division 1.5 
material. No detonator may be transported on the same motor vehicle with 
any Division 1.1, 1.2 or 1.3 material (except other detonators, 
detonator assemblies or boosters with detonators), detonating cord 
Division 1.4 material or Division 1.5 material unless--
    (1) It is packed in a specification MC 201 (Sec.178.318 of this 
subchapter) container; or
    (2) The package conforms with requirements prescribed in Sec.
173.62 of this subchapter, and its use is restricted to instances when--
    (i) There is no Division 1.1, 1.2, 1.3 or 1.5 material loaded on the 
motor vehicle; and
    (ii) A separation of 61 cm (24 inches) is maintained between each 
package of detonators and each package of detonating cord; or
    (3) It is packed and loaded in accordance with a method approved by 
the Associate Administrator. One approved method requires that--
    (i) The detonators are in packagings as prescribed in Sec.173.63 
of this subchapter which in turn are loaded into suitable containers or 
separate compartments; and
    (ii) That both the detonators and the container or compartment meet 
the requirements of the IME Standard 22 (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this 
subchapter).
    (h) Lading within body or covered tailgate closed. Except as 
provided in paragraph (g) of this section, dealing with the 
transportation of liquid nitroglycerin, desensitized liquid 
nitroglycerin or diethylene glycol dinitrate, all of that portion of the 
lading of any motor vehicle which consists of Class 1 (explosive) 
materials shall be contained entirely within the body of the motor 
vehicle or within the horizontal outline thereof, without overhang or 
projection of any part of the load and if such motor vehicle has a 
tailboard or tailgate, it shall be closed and secured in place during 
such transportation. Every motor vehicle transporting Class

[[Page 924]]

1 (explosive) materials must either have a closed body or have the body 
thereof covered with a tarpaulin, and in either event care must be taken 
to protect the load from moisture and sparks, except that subject to 
other provisions of these regulations, Class 1 (explosive) materials 
other than black powder may be transported on flat-bed vehicles if the 
explosive portion of the load on each vehicle is packed in fire and 
water resistant containers or covered with a fire and water resistant 
tarpaulin.
    (i) Class 1 (explosive) materials to be protected against damage by 
other lading. No motor vehicle transporting any Class 1 (explosive) 
material may transport as a part of its load any metal or other articles 
or materials likely to damage such Class 1 (explosive) material or any 
package in which it is contained, unless the different parts of such 
load be so segregated or secured in place in or on the motor vehicle and 
separated by bulkheads or other suitable means as to prevent such 
damage.
    (j) Transfer of Class 1 (explosive) materials en route. No Division 
1.1, 1.2, or 1.3 (explosive) material shall be transferred from one 
container to another, or from one motor vehicle to another vehicle, or 
from another vehicle to a motor vehicle, on any public highway, street, 
or road, except in case of emergency. In such cases red electric 
lanterns, red emergency reflectors or red flags shall be set out in the 
manner prescribed for disabled or stopped motor vehicles. (See Motor 
Carrier Safety Regulations, part 392 of this title.) In any event, all 
practicable means, in addition to these hereinbefore prescribed, shall 
be taken to protect and warn other users of the highway against the 
hazard involved in any such transfer or against the hazard occasioned by 
the emergency making such transfer necessary.
    (k) Attendance of Class 1 (explosive) materials. Division 1.1, 1.2, 
or 1.3 materials that are stored during transportation in commerce must 
be attended and afforded surveillance in accordance with 49 CFR 397.5. A 
safe haven that conforms to NFPA 498 (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of the 
subchapter) constitutes a federally approved safe haven for the 
unattended storage of vehicles containing Division 1.1, 1.2, or 1.3 
materials.

[29 FR 18795, Dec. 29, 1964. Redesignated at 32 FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967]

    Editorial Note: For Federal Register citations affecting Sec.
177.835, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the 
Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov.



Sec.177.837  Class 3 materials.

    (See also Sec.177.834 (a) to (j).)
    (a) Engine stopped. Unless the engine of a cargo tank motor vehicle 
is to be used for the operation of a pump, Class 3 material may not be 
loaded into, or on, or unloaded from any cargo tank motor vehicle while 
the engine is running. The diesel engine of a cargo tank motor vehicle 
may be left running during the loading and unloading of a Class 3 
material if the ambient atmospheric temperature is at or below -12 
[deg]C (10 [deg]F).
    (b) Bonding and grounding containers other than cargo tanks prior to 
and during transfer of lading. For containers which are not in metallic 
contact with each other, either metallic bonds or ground conductors 
shall be provided for the neutralization of possible static charges 
prior to and during transfers of Class 3 (flammable liquid) materials 
between such containers. Such bonding shall be made by first connecting 
an electric conductor to the container to be filled and subsequently 
connecting the conductor to the container from which the liquid is to 
come, and not in any other order. To provide against ignition of vapors 
by discharge of static electricity, the latter connection shall be made 
at a point well removed from the opening from which the Class 3 
(flammable liquid) material is to be discharged.
    (c) Bonding and grounding cargo tanks before and during transfer of 
lading. (1) When a cargo tank is loaded through an open filling hole, 
one end of a bond wire shall be connected to the stationary system 
piping or integrally connected steel framing, and the other end to the 
shell of the cargo tank to provide a continuous electrical connection. 
(If bonding is to the framing, it is essential that piping and framing 
be

[[Page 925]]

electrically interconnected.) This connection must be made before any 
filling hole is opened, and must remain in place until after the last 
filling hole has been closed. Additional bond wires are not needed 
around All-Metal flexible or swivel joints, but are required for 
nonmetallic flexible connections in the stationary system piping. When a 
cargo tank is unloaded by a suction-piping system through an open 
filling hole of the cargo tank, electrical continuity shall be 
maintained from cargo tank to receiving tank.
    (2) When a cargo tank is loaded or unloaded through a vapor-tight 
(not open hole) top or bottom connection, so that there is no release of 
vapor at a point where a spark could occur, bonding or grounding is not 
required. Contact of the closed connection must be made before flow 
starts and must not be broken until after the flow is completed.
    (3) Bonding or grounding is not required when a cargo tank is 
unloaded through a nonvapor-tight connection into a stationary tank 
provided the metallic filling connection is maintained in contact with 
the filling hole.
    (d) Unloading combustible liquids. For a cargo tank unloading a 
material meeting the definition for combustible liquid in Sec.
173.150(f) of this subchapter, the qualified person attending the 
unloading operation must remain within 45.72 meters (150 feet) of the 
cargo tank and 7.62 meters (25 feet) of the delivery hose and must 
observe both the cargo tank and the receiving container at least once 
every five minutes during unloading operations that take more than five 
minutes to complete.

[29 FR 18795, Dec. 29, 1964]

    Editorial Note: For Federal Register citations affecting Sec.
177.837, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the 
Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov.



Sec.177.838  Class 4 (flammable solid) materials, Class 5 (oxidizing)
materials, and Division 4.2 (self-heating and pyrophoric liquid) 
materials.

    (See also Sec.177.834 (a) to (j).)
    (a) Lading within body or covered; tailgate closed; pick-up and 
delivery. All of that portion of the lading of any motor vehicle 
transporting Class 4 (flammable solid) or Class 5 (oxidizing) materials 
shall be contained entirely within the body of the motor vehicle and 
shall be covered by such body, by tarpaulins, or other suitable means, 
and if such motor vehicle has a tailboard or tailgate, it shall be 
closed and secured in place during such transportation: Provided, 
however, That the provisions of this paragraph need not apply to ``pick-
up and delivery'' motor vehicles when such motor vehicles are used in no 
other transportation than in and about cities, towns, or villages. 
Shipment in water-tight bulk containers need not be covered by a 
tarpaulin or other means.
    (b) Articles to be kept dry. Special care shall be taken in the 
loading of any motor vehicle with Class 4 (flammable solid) or Class 5 
(oxidizing) materials which are likely to become hazardous to transport 
when wet, to keep them from being wetted during the loading process and 
to keep them dry during transit. Special care shall also be taken in the 
loading of any motor vehicle with Class 4 (flammable solid) or Class 5 
(oxidizing) materials, which are likely to become more hazardous to 
transport by wetting, to keep them from being wetted during the loading 
process and to keep them dry during transit. Examples of such dangerous 
materials are charcoal screenings, ground, crushed, or pulverized 
charcoal, and lump charcoal.
    (c) Lading ventilation, precautions against spontaneous combustion. 
Whenever a motor carrier has knowledge concerning the hazards of 
spontaneous combustion or heating of any article to be loaded on a motor 
vehicle, such article shall be so loaded as to afford sufficient 
ventilation of the load to provide reasonable assurance against fire 
from this cause; and in such a case the motor vehicle shall be unloaded 
as soon as practicable after reaching its destination. Charcoal 
screenings, or ground, crushed, granulated, or pulverized charcoal, in 
bags, shall be so loaded that the bags are laid horizontally in the 
motor vehicle, and so piled that there will be spaces for effective air 
circulation, which spaces shall not be less than 10 cm (3.9 inches) 
wide; and air spaces shall be maintained between rows of bags. Bags 
shall not be piled

[[Page 926]]

closer than 15 cm (5.9 inches) from the top of any motor vehicle with a 
closed body.
    (d)-(e) [Reserved]
    (f) Nitrates, except ammonium nitrate having organic coating, must 
be loaded in closed or open type motor vehicles, which must be swept 
clean and be free of any projections capable of injuring bags when so 
packaged. When shipped in open type motor vehicles, the lading must be 
suitably covered. Ammonium nitrate having organic coating must not be 
loaded in all-metal vehicles, other than those made of aluminum or 
aluminum alloys of the closed type.
    (g) A motor vehicle may only contain 45.4 kg (100 pounds) or less 
net mass of material described as ``Smokeless powder for small arms, 
Division 4.1'' or ``Black powder for small arms, Division 4.1.''
    (h) Division 4.2 (pyrophoric liquid) materials in cylinders. 
Cylinders containing Division 4.2 (pyrophoric liquid) materials, unless 
packed in a strong box or case and secured therein to protect valves, 
must be loaded with all valves and safety relief devices in the vapor 
space. All cylinders must be secured so that no shifting occurs in 
transit.
    (i) Division 4.2 (self-heating liquid) material. Notwithstanding the 
segregation requirements of Sec.177.848(d), the following Division 4.2 
(self-heating) materials may be transported on the same transport 
vehicle with Class 8 (corrosive) materials. The hazardous materials must 
be palletized with a minimum height of 100 mm (4 inches) off the floor 
of the vehicle, and the self-heating material must be separated from the 
corrosive material by a minimum horizontal distance of 1.2 m (4 feet).
    (1) Sodium hydrosulfite or sodium dithionite, UN1384, in PG II or 
III packaged in UN 1A2 steel drums that meet the Packing Group II 
performance requirements of subpart M of part 178 of this title.
    (2) Thiourea dioxide, UN3341, in PG II or III packaged in UN 1G 
fiber drums meeting packing group II performance requirements of subpart 
M of part 178 of this subchapter.
    (3) Self-heating, solid, organic, n.o.s., UN3088, in PG II or III 
packaged in UN 1G fiber drums meeting the Packing Group II performance 
level requirements of subpart M of part 178 of this subchapter.

[29 FR 18795, Dec. 29, 1964. Redesignated at 32 FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967]

    Editorial Note: For Federal Register citations affecting Sec.
177.838, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the 
Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov.



Sec.177.839  Class 8 (corrosive) materials.

    (See also Sec.177.834(a) through (j).)
    (a) Nitric acid. No packaging of nitric acid of 50 percent or 
greater concentration may be loaded above any packaging containing any 
other kind of material.
    (b) Storage batteries. All storage batteries containing any 
electrolyte must be so loaded, if loaded with other lading, that all 
such batteries will be protected against other lading falling onto or 
against them, and adequate means must be provided in all cases for the 
protection and insulation of battery terminals against short circuits.

[Amdt. 177-87, 61 FR 27175, May 30, 1996]



Sec.177.840  Class 2 (gases) materials.

    (See also Sec.177.834 (a) to (j).)
    (a) Floors or platforms essentially flat. Cylinders containing Class 
2 (gases) materials shall not be loaded onto any part of the floor or 
platform of any motor vehicle which is not essentially flat; cylinders 
containing Class 2 (gases) materials may be loaded onto any motor 
vehicle not having a floor or platform only if such motor vehicle be 
equipped with suitable racks having adequate means for securing such 
cylinders in place therein. Nothing contained in this section shall be 
so construed as to prohibit the loading of such cylinders on any motor 
vehicle having a floor or platform and racks as hereinbefore described.
    (1) Cylinders. Cylinders containing Class 2 gases must be securely 
restrained in an upright or horizontal position, loaded in racks, or 
packed in boxes or crates to prevent the cylinders from being shifted, 
overturned or ejected from the motor vehicle under normal transportation 
conditions. A pressure relief device, when installed, must

[[Page 927]]

be in communication with the vapor space of a cylinder containing a 
Division 2.1 (flammable gas) material.
    (2) Cylinders for hydrogen, cryogenic liquid. A Specification DOT-4L 
cylinder containing hydrogen, cryogenic liquid may only be transported 
on a motor vehicle as follows:
    (i) The vehicle must have an open body equipped with a suitable rack 
or support having a means to hold the cylinder upright when subjected to 
an acceleration of 2 ``g'' in any horizontal direction;
    (ii) The combined total of the hydrogen venting rates, as marked, on 
the cylinders transported on one motor vehicle may not exceed 60 SCF per 
hour;
    (iii) The vehicle may not enter a tunnel; and
    (iv) Highway transportation is limited to private and contract 
carriage and to direct movement from point of origin to destination.
    (3) Cylinders containing material classed as Division 2.3, Hazard 
Zone A. (i) Notwithstanding the segregation requirements of Sec.
177.848(d), a cylinder containing a Division 2.3, Hazard Zone A 
materials may be transported on the same transport vehicle with 
materials classed as Division 2.1, Class 3, Class 4, Class 5, and Class 
8 if all of the following requirements are met:
    (A) The Division 2.3, Hazard Zone A material must be packaged as 
authorized by this subchapter. In addition, each package must be must be 
placed in a plastic bag which is taped closed and then overpacked in a 
UN 1A2 steel drum tested and marked for a PG II or higher performance 
level with insulation material inside to protect the cylinders from 
fire. The outside of the overpack must be marked with an indication that 
the inner packagings conform to the prescribed specifications.
    (B) A Division 2.1 material requiring strong non-bulk outer 
packagings in accordance with Sec.173.301(a)(9) of this subchapter 
must be overpacked in a UN 1A2 steel or 1H2 plastic drum tested and 
marked for a PG II or higher performance level. The outside of the 
overpack must be marked with an indication that the inner packagings 
conform to the prescribed specifications.
    (C) Packages containing Division 2.3 Hazard Zone A material must be 
separated within the transport vehicle from packages containing Division 
2.1, Class 3, Class 4, Class 5, and Class 8 materials by a minimum 
horizontal distance of 1.2 m (4 feet). In addition, all steel or plastic 
overpacks containing packages of Division 2.3, Hazard Zone A or Division 
2.1 material must be placed on pallets within the transport vehicle.
    (ii) Notwithstanding the segregation requirements of Sec.
177.848(d), Division 2.3, Hazard Zone A material may be transported on 
the same transport vehicle with non-bulk packagings and IBCs meeting a 
UN performance standard containing only the residue of Division 2.1, 
4.3, 5.1, and Class 3 and 8 materials if all of the following 
requirements are met:
    (A) The materials are transported in enclosed trailers equipped with 
inlet and outlet vent openings with a minimum total area of one square 
foot per 1,000 cubic feet of trailer volume. Electrical systems within 
the trailer's interior must be non-sparking or explosion proof.
    (B) Cylinders must be transported in an upright position and 
securely restrained within the trailer, or loaded into racks, secured to 
pallets, or packed in wooden or fiberboard boxes or crates to prevent 
the cylinders from shifting or overturning within the motor vehicle 
under normal transportation conditions. If cylinders are secured to a 
pallet, the pallet must be designed to transport 1,590 kg (3,500 lbs.) 
per pallet and the cylinders must be secured within the pallet by a web 
strap rated at 4,545 kg (10,000 lbs.).
    (C) A cylinder containing Division 2.3 Hazard Zone A materials must 
be separated from non-bulk packagings and IBCs meeting a UN performance 
standard containing the residue of materials in Division 2.1, 4.3, or 
5.1, or Class 3 or 8 by a minimum horizontal distance of 3 m (10 feet). 
The maximum gross weight of Division 2.3 Hazard Zone A material carried 
on one vehicle must not exceed 3,636 kg (8,000 lbs.).
    (D) Motor carriers must have a satisfactory safety rating as 
prescribed in 49 CFR part 385.
    (4) Cylinders for acetylene. Cylinders containing acetylene and 
manifolded as part of a mobile acetylene trailer

[[Page 928]]

system must be transported in accordance with Sec.173.301(g) of this 
subchapter.
    (b) Portable tank containers containing Class 2 (gases) materials 
shall be loaded on motor vehicles only as follows:
    (1) Onto a flat floor or platform of a motor vehicle.
    (2) Onto a suitable frame of a motor vehicle.
    (3) In either such case, such containers shall be safely and 
securely blocked or held down to prevent shifting relative to each other 
or to the supporting structure when in transit, particularly during 
sudden starts and stops and changes of direction of the vehicle.
    (4) Requirements of paragraphs (1) and (2) of this paragraph (b) 
shall not be construed as prohibiting stacking of containers provided 
the provisions of paragraph (3) of this paragraph (b) are fully complied 
with.
    (c) [Reserved]
    (d) Engine to be stopped in cargo tank motor vehicles, except for 
transfer pump. No Division 2.1 (flammable gas) material shall be loaded 
into or on or unloaded from any cargo tank motor vehicles with the 
engine running unless the engine is used for the operation of the 
transfer pump of the vehicle. Unless the delivery hose is equipped with 
a shut-off valve at its discharge end, the engine of the motor vehicle 
shall be stopped at the finish of such loading or unloading operation 
while the filling or discharge connections are disconnected.
    (e) Chlorine cargo tank motor vehicles shall be shipped only when 
equipped:
    (1) With a gas mask of a type approved by the National Institute of 
Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) Pittsburgh Research Center, U.S. 
Department of Health and Human Services for chlorine service; and
    (2) With an emergency kit for controlling leaks in fittings on the 
dome cover plate.
    (f) A cargo tank motor vehicle used for transportation of chlorine 
may not be moved, coupled or uncoupled, when any loading or unloading 
connections are attached to the vehicle, nor may it be left without the 
power unit attached unless the vehicle is chocked or equivalent means 
are provided to prevent motion. For additional requirements, see Sec.
173.315(o) of this subchapter.
    (g) Each liquid discharge valve on a cargo tank motor vehicle, other 
than an engine fuel line valve, must be closed during transportation 
except during loading and unloading.
    (h) The driver of a motor vehicle transporting a Division 2.1 
(flammable gas) material that is a cryogenic liquid in a package 
exceeding 450 L (119 gallons) of water capacity shall avoid unnecessary 
delays during transportation. If unforeseen conditions cause an 
excessive pressure rise, the driver shall manually vent the tank at a 
remote and safe location. For each shipment, the driver shall make a 
written record of the cargo tank pressure and ambient (outside) 
temperature:
    (1) At the start of each trip,
    (2) Immediately before and after any manual venting,
    (3) At least once every five hours, and
    (4) At the destination point.
    (i) No person may transport a Division 2.1 (flammable gas) material 
that is a cryogenic liquid in a cargo tank motor vehicle unless the 
pressure of the lading is equal to or less than that used to determine 
the marked rated holding time (MRHT) and the one-way travel time (OWTT), 
marked on the cargo tank in conformance with Sec.173.318(g) of this 
subchapter, is equal to or greater than the elapsed time between the 
start and termination of travel. This prohibition does not apply if, 
prior to expiration of the OWTT, the cargo tank is brought to full 
equilibration as specified in paragraph (j) of this section.
    (j) Full equilibration of a cargo tank transporting a Division 2.1 
(flammable gas) material that is a cryogenic liquid may only be done at 
a facility that loads or unloads a Division 2.1 (flammable gas) material 
that is a cryogenic liquid and must be performed and verified as 
follows:
    (1) The temperature and pressure of the liquid must be reduced by a 
manually controlled release of vapor; and
    (2) The pressure in the cargo tank must be measured at least ten 
minutes after the manual release is terminated.

[[Page 929]]

    (k) A carrier of carbon monoxide, cryogenic liquid must provide each 
driver with a self-contained air breathing apparatus that is approved by 
the National Institute of Occupational Safety and Health; for example, 
Mine Safety Appliance Co., Model 401, catalog number 461704.
    (l) Operating procedure. Each operator of a cargo tank motor vehicle 
that is subject to the emergency discharge control requirements in Sec.
173.315(n) of this subchapter must carry on or within the cargo tank 
motor vehicle written emergency discharge control procedures for all 
delivery operations. The procedures must describe the cargo tank motor 
vehicle's emergency discharge control features and, for a passive shut-
down capability, the parameters within which they are designed to 
function. The procedures must describe the process to be followed if a 
facility-provided hose is used for unloading when the cargo tank motor 
vehicle has a specially equipped delivery hose assembly to meet the 
requirements of Sec.173.315(n)(2) of this subchapter.
    (m) Cargo tank motor vehicle safety check. Before unloading from a 
cargo tank motor vehicle containing a liquefied compressed gas, the 
qualified person performing the function must check those components of 
the discharge system, including delivery hose assemblies and piping, 
that are readily observed during the normal course of unloading to 
assure that they are of sound quality, without obvious defects 
detectable through visual observation and audio awareness, and that 
connections are secure. This check must be made after the pressure in 
the discharge system has reached at least equilibrium with the pressure 
in the cargo tank. Operators need not use instruments or take 
extraordinary actions to check components not readily visible. No 
operator may unload liquefied compressed gases from a cargo tank motor 
vehicle with a delivery hose assembly found to have any condition 
identified in Sec.180.416(g)(1) of this subchapter or with piping 
systems found to have any condition identified in Sec.180.416(g)(2) of 
this subchapter.
    (n) Emergency shut down. If there is an unintentional release of 
product to the environment during unloading of a liquefied compressed 
gas, the qualified person unloading the cargo tank motor vehicle must 
promptly shut the internal self-closing stop valve or other primary 
means of closure and shut down all motive and auxiliary power equipment.
    (o) Daily test of off-truck remote shut-off activation device. For a 
cargo tank motor vehicle equipped with an off-truck remote means to 
close the internal self-closing stop valve and shut off all motive and 
auxiliary power equipment, an operator must successfully test the 
activation device within 18 hours prior to the first delivery of each 
day. For a wireless transmitter/receiver, the person conducting the test 
must be at least 45.72 m (150 feet) from the cargo tank and may have the 
cargo tank in his line of sight.
    (p) Unloading procedures for liquefied petroleum gas and anhydrous 
ammonia in metered delivery service. An operator must use the following 
procedures for unloading liquefied petroleum gas or anhydrous ammonia 
from a cargo tank motor vehicle in metered delivery service:
    (1) For a cargo tank with a capacity of 13,247.5 L (3,500 water 
gallons) or less, excluding delivery hose and piping, the qualified 
person attending the unloading operation must remain within 45.72 meters 
(150 feet) of the cargo tank and 7.62 meters (25 feet) of the delivery 
hose and must observe both the cargo tank and the receiving container at 
least once every five minutes when the internal self-closing stop valve 
is open during unloading operations that take more than five minutes to 
complete.
    (2) For a cargo tank with a capacity greater than 13,247.5 L (3,500 
water gallons), excluding delivery hose and piping, the qualified person 
attending the unloading operation must remain within 45.72 m (150 feet) 
of the cargo tank and 7.62 m (25 feet) of the delivery hose when the 
internal self-closing stop valve is open.
    (i) Except as provided in paragraph (p)(2)(ii) of this section, the 
qualified person attending the unloading operation must have an 
unobstructed view of the cargo tank and delivery hose to the maximum 
extent practicable, except during short periods when it is

[[Page 930]]

necessary to activate controls or monitor the receiving container.
    (ii) For deliveries where the qualified person attending the 
unloading operation cannot maintain an unobstructed view of the cargo 
tank, when the internal self-closing stop valve is open, the qualified 
person must observe both the cargo tank and the receiving container at 
least once every five minutes during unloading operations that take more 
than five minutes to complete. In addition, by the compliance dates 
specified in Sec. Sec.173.315(n)(5) and 180.405(m)(3) of this 
subchapter, the cargo tank motor vehicle must have an emergency 
discharge control capability that meets the requirements of Sec.
173.315(n)(2) or Sec.173.315(n)(4) of this subchapter.
    (q) Unloading procedures for liquefied petroleum gas and anhydrous 
ammonia in other than metered delivery service. An operator must use the 
following procedures for unloading liquefied petroleum gas or anhydrous 
ammonia from a cargo tank motor vehicle in other than metered delivery 
service:
    (1) The qualified person attending the unloading operation must 
remain within 7.62 m (25 feet) of the cargo tank when the internal self-
closing stop valve is open.
    (2) The qualified person attending the unloading operation must have 
an unobstructed view of the cargo tank and delivery hose to the maximum 
extent practicable, except during short periods when it is necessary to 
activate controls or monitor the receiving container.
    (r) Unloading using facility-provided hoses. A cargo tank motor 
vehicle equipped with a specially designed delivery hose assembly to 
meet the requirements of Sec.173.315(n)(2) of this subchapter may be 
unloaded using a delivery hose assembly provided by the receiving 
facility under the following conditions:
    (1) The qualified person monitoring unloading must visually examine 
the facility hose assembly for obvious defects prior to its use in the 
unloading operation.
    (2) The qualified person monitoring unloading must remain within 
arm's reach of the mechanical means of closure for the internal self-
closing stop valve when the internal self-closing stop valve is open 
except for short periods when it is necessary to activate controls or 
monitor the receiving container. For chlorine cargo tank motor vehicles, 
the qualified person must remain within arm's reach of a means to stop 
the flow of product except for short periods when it is necessary to 
activate controls or monitor the receiving container.
    (3) If the facility hose is equipped with a passive means to shut 
off the flow of product that conforms to and is maintained to the 
performance standard in Sec.173.315(n)(2) of this subchapter, the 
qualified person may attend the unloading operation in accordance with 
the attendance requirements prescribed for the material being unloaded 
in Sec.177.834 of this section.
    (s) Off-truck remote shut-off activation device. For a cargo tank 
motor vehicle with an off-truck remote control shut-off capability as 
required by Sec.173.315(n)(3) or (n)(4) of this subchapter, the 
qualified person attending the unloading operation must be in possession 
of the activation device at all times during the unloading process. This 
requirement does not apply if the activation device is part of a system 
that will shut off the unloading operation without human intervention in 
the event of a leak or separation in the hose.
    (t) Unloading without appropriate emergency discharge control 
equipment. Until a cargo tank motor vehicle is equipped with emergency 
discharge control equipment in conformance with Sec. Sec.173.315(n)(2) 
and 180.405(m)(1) of this subchapter, the qualified person attending the 
unloading operation must remain within arm's reach of a means to close 
the internal self-closing stop valve when the internal self-closing stop 
valve is open except during short periods when the qualified person must 
activate controls or monitor the receiving container. For chlorine cargo 
tank motor vehicles unloaded after December 31, 1999, the qualified 
person must remain within arm's reach of a means to stop the flow of 
product except for short periods when it is necessary to activate 
controls or monitor the receiving container.
    (u) Unloading of chlorine cargo tank motor vehicles. Unloading of 
chlorine

[[Page 931]]

from a cargo tank motor vehicle must be performed in compliance with 
Section 3 of the Chlorine Institute Pamphlet 57, ``Emergency Shut-off 
Systems for Bulk Transfer of Chlorine'' (IBR, see Sec.171.7 of this 
subchapter).

(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 
2137-0542)

[29 FR 18795, Dec. 29, 1964. Redesignated at 32 FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967]

    Editorial Note: For Federal Register citations affecting Sec.
177.840, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the 
Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov.



Sec.177.841  Division 6.1 and Division 2.3 materials.

    (See also Sec.177.834 (a) to (j).)
    (a) Arsenical compounds in bulk. Care shall be exercised in the 
loading and unloading of ``arsenical dust'', ``arsenic trioxide'', and 
``sodium arsenate'', allowable to be loaded into sift-proof, steel 
hopper-type or dump-type motor-vehicle bodies equipped with water-proof, 
dust-proof covers well secured in place on all openings, to accomplish 
such loading with the minimum spread of such compounds into the 
atmosphere by all means that are practicable; and no such loading or 
unloading shall be done near or adjacent to any place where there are or 
are likely to be, during the loading or unloading process assemblages of 
persons other than those engaged in the loading or unloading process, or 
upon any public highway or in any public place. Before any motor vehicle 
may be used for transporting any other articles, all detectable traces 
of arsenical materials must be removed therefrom by flushing with water, 
or by other appropriate method, and the marking removed.
    (b) [Reserved]
    (c) Division 2.3 (poisonous gas) or Division 6.1 (poisonous) 
materials. The transportation of a Division 2.3 (poisonous gas) or 
Division 6.1 (poisonous) material is not permitted if there is any 
interconnection between packagings.
    (d) [Reserved]
    (e) A motor carrier may not transport a package:
    (1) Except as provided in paragraph (e)(3) of this section, bearing 
or required to bear a POISON or POISON INHALATION HAZARD label or 
placard in the same motor vehicle with material that is marked as or 
known to be foodstuffs, feed or edible material intended for consumption 
by humans or animals unless the poisonous material is packaged in 
accordance with this subchapter and is:
    (i) Overpacked in a metal drum as specified in Sec.173.25(c) of 
this subchapter; or
    (ii) Loaded into a closed unit load device and the foodstuffs, feed, 
or other edible material are loaded into another closed unit load 
device;
    (2) Bearing or required to bear a POISON, POISON GAS or POISON 
INHALATION HAZARD label in the driver's compartment (including a sleeper 
berth) of a motor vehicle; or
    (3) Bearing a POISON label displaying the text ``PG III,'' or 
bearing a ``PG III'' mark adjacent to the POISON label, with materials 
marked as, or known to be, foodstuffs, feed or any other edible material 
intended for consumption by humans or animals, unless the package 
containing the Division 6.1, Packing Group III material is separated in 
a manner that, in the event of leakage from packages under conditions 
normally incident to transportation, commingling of hazardous materials 
with foodstuffs, feed or any other edible material would not occur.
    (f) Notwithstanding the segregation requirements of Sec.
177.848(d), when transported by highway by private or contract motor 
carrier, Division 6.1 PG I, Hazard Zone A toxic-by-inhalation (TIH) 
materials meeting the definition of a hazardous waste as provided in 
Sec.171.8 of this subchapter, may be transported on the same transport 
vehicle with materials classed as Class 3, Class 4, Class 5, and Class 
8. The Division 6.1 PG I, Hazard Zone A materials must be loaded on 
pallets and separated from the Class 3, Class 4, Class 5, and Class 8 
materials by a minimum horizontal distance of 2.74 m (9 feet) when in 
conformance with the following:
    (1) The TIH materials are packaged in combination packagings as 
prescribed in Sec.173.226(c) of this subchapter.
    (2) The combination packages containing TIH materials must be:
    (i) Filled and packed by the offeror's hazmat employees;

[[Page 932]]

    (ii) Be placed on pallets, when in a transport vehicle; and
    (iii) Separated from hazardous materials classed as Class 3, Class 8 
or Divisions 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 5.1, or 5.2 by a nine-foot (minimum 
distance) buffer zone, when in a transport vehicle. The buffer zone 
maybe established by:
    (A) A load lock;
    (B) Empty drums;
    (C) Drums containing hazardous materials (e.g., Class 9) that are 
compatible with materials in all other drums immediately around them; or
    (D) Drums containing non-hazardous materials that are compatible 
with materials in all other drums immediately around them.

[29 FR 18795, Dec. 29, 1964]

    Editorial Note: For Federal Register citations affecting Sec.
177.841, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the 
Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov.



Sec.177.842  Class 7 (radioactive) material.

    (a) The number of packages of Class 7 (radioactive) materials in any 
transport vehicle or in any single group in any storage location must be 
limited so that the total transport index number does not exceed 50. The 
total transport index of a group of packages and overpacks is determined 
by adding together the transport index number on the labels on the 
individual packages and overpacks in the group. This provision does not 
apply to exclusive use shipments described in Sec. Sec.173.441(b), 
173.457, and 173.427 of this subchapter.
    (b) Packages of Class 7 (radioactive) material bearing ``RADIOACTIVE 
YELLOW-II'' or ``RADIOACTIVE YELLOW-III'' labels may not be placed in a 
transport vehicle, storage location or in any other place closer than 
the distances shown in the following table to any area which may be 
continuously occupied by any passenger, employee, or animal, nor closer 
than the distances shown in the table to any package containing 
undeveloped film (if so marked), and must conform to the following 
conditions:
    (1) If more than one of these packages is present, the distance must 
be computed from the following table on the basis of the total transport 
index number determined by adding together the transport index number on 
the labels on the individual packages and overpacks in the vehicle or 
storeroom.
    (2) Where more than one group of packages is present in any single 
storage location, a single group may not have a total transport index 
greater than 50. Each group of packages must be handled and stowed not 
closer than 6 m (20 feet) (measured edge to edge) to any other group. 
The following table is to be used in accordance with the provisions of 
paragraph (b) of this section:

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                    Minimum separation distance in meters (feet) to nearest          Minimum
                                         undeveloped film in various times of transit              distance in
                              ------------------------------------------------------------------  meters (feet)
                                                                                                    to area of
                                                                                                   persons, or
                                                                                                     minimum
    Total transport index                                                                          distance in
                                  Up to 2     2-4 hours    4-8 hours    8-12 hours    Over 12     meters (feet)
                                   hours                                               hours      from dividing
                                                                                                   partition of
                                                                                                      cargo
                                                                                                   compartments
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
None.........................  0.0 (0)       0.0 (0)      0.0 (0)      0.0 (0)       0.0 (0)     0.0 (0)
0.1 to 1.0...................  0.3 (1)       0.6 (2)      0.9 (3)      1.2 (4)       1.5 (5)     0.3 (1)
1.1 to 5.0...................  0.9 (3)       1.2 (4)      1.8 (6)      2.4 (8)       3.4 (11)    0.6 (2)
5.1 to 10.0..................  1.2 (4)       1.8 (6)      2.7 (9)      3.4 (11)      4.6 (15)    0.9 (3)
10.1 to 20.0.................  1.5 (5)       2.4 (8)      3.7 (12)     4.9 (16)      6.7 (22)    1.2 (4)
20.1 to 30.0.................  2.1 (7)       3.0 (10)     4.6 (15)     6.1 (20)      8.8 (29)    1.5 (5)
30.1 to 40.0.................  2.4 (8)       3.4 (11)     5.2 (17)     6.7 (22)     10.1 (33)    1.8 (6)
40.1 to 50.0.................  2.7 (9)       3.7 (12)     5.8 (19)     7.3 (24)     11.0 (36)    2.1 (7)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Note: The distance in this table must be measured from the nearest point on the nearest packages of Class 7
  (radioactive) material.

    (c) Shipments of low specific activity materials and surface 
contaminated objects, as defined in Sec.173.403 of this subchapter, 
must be loaded so as to avoid spillage and scattering of loose 
materials. Loading restrictions are set forth in Sec.173.427 of this 
subchapter.

[[Page 933]]

    (d) Packages must be so blocked and braced that they cannot change 
position during conditions normally incident to transportation.
    (e) Persons should not remain unnecessarily in a vehicle containing 
Class 7 (radioactive) materials.
    (f) The number of packages of fissile Class 7 (radioactive) material 
in any non-exclusive use transport vehicle must be limited so that the 
sum of the criticality safety indices (CSIs) does not exceed 50. In 
loading and storage areas, fissile material packages must be grouped so 
that the sum of CSIs in any one group is not greater than 50; there may 
be more than one group of fissile material packages in a loading or 
storage area, so long as each group is at least 6 m (20 feet) away from 
all other such groups. All pertinent requirements of Sec. Sec.173.457 
and 173.459 apply.
    (g) For shipments transported under exclusive use conditions the 
radiation dose rate may not exceed 0.02 mSv per hour (2 mrem per hour) 
in any position normally occupied in the motor vehicle. For shipments 
transported as exclusive use under the provisions of Sec.173.441(b) of 
this subchapter for packages with external radiation levels in excess of 
2 mSv (200 mrem per hour) at the package surface, the motor vehicle must 
meet the requirements of a closed transport vehicle (see Sec.173.403 
of this subchapter). The sum of criticality safety indices (CSIs) for 
packages containing fissile material may not exceed 100 in an exclusive 
use vehicle.

[Amdt. 177-85, 60 FR 50334, Sept. 28, 1995, as amended at 63 FR 52850, 
Oct. 1, 1998; 66 FR 45385, Aug. 28, 2001; 69 FR 3696, Jan. 26, 2004]



Sec.177.843  Contamination of vehicles.

    (a) Each motor vehicle used for transporting Class 7 (radioactive) 
materials under exclusive use conditions in accordance with Sec.
173.427(b)(4), Sec.173.427(c), or Sec.173.443(b) of this subchapter 
must be surveyed with radiation detection instruments after each use. A 
vehicle may not be returned to Class 7 (radioactive) materials exclusive 
use transport service, and then only for a subsequent exclusive use 
shipment utilizing the provisions of any of the paragraphs Sec.
173.427(b)(4), Sec.173.427(c), or Sec.173.443(b), until the 
radiation dose rate at every accessible surface is 0.005 mSv/h (0.5 
mrem/h) or less and the non-fixed contamination is not greater than the 
level prescribed in Sec.173.443(a) of this subchapter.
    (b) This section does not apply to any vehicle used solely for 
transporting Class 7 (radioactive) material if a survey of the interior 
surface shows that the radiation dose rate does not exceed 0.1 mSv per 
hour (10 mrem per hour) at the interior surface or 0.02 mSv per hour (2 
mrem per hour) at 1 meter (3.3 feet) from any interior surface. These 
vehicles must be stenciled with the words ``For Radioactive Materials 
Use Only'' in lettering at least 7.6 cm (3 inches) high in a conspicuous 
place, on both sides of the exterior of the vehicle. These vehicles must 
be kept closed at all times other than loading and unloading.
    (c) In case of fire, accident, breakage, or unusual delay involving 
shipments of Class 7 (radioactive) material, see Sec. Sec.171.15, 
171.16 and 177.854 of this subchapter.
    (d) Each transport vehicle used to transport Division 6.2 materials 
must be disinfected prior to reuse if a Division 6.2 material is 
released from its packaging during transportation. Disinfection may be 
by any means effective for neutralizing the material released.

[Amdt. 177-3, 33 FR 14933, Oct. 4, 1968, as amended by Amdt. 177-35, 41 
FR 16131, Apr. 15, 1976; Amdt. 177-57, 48 FR 10247, Mar. 10, 1983; Amdt. 
177-78, 55 FR 52712, Dec. 21, 1990; Amdt. 177-85, 60 FR 50335, Sept. 28, 
1995; 63 FR 52850, Oct. 1, 1998; 65 FR 58631, Sept. 29, 2000; 67 FR 
53142, Aug. 14, 2002; 75 FR 53597, Sept. 1, 2010; 79 FR 40618, July 11, 
2014]



    Subpart C_Segregation and Separation Chart of Hazardous Materials



Sec.177.848  Segregation of hazardous materials.

    (a) This section applies to materials which meet one or more of the 
hazard classes defined in this subchapter and are:
    (1) In packages that must be labeled or placarded in accordance with 
part 172 of this subchapter;
    (2) In a compartment within a multi-compartmented cargo tank subject 
to

[[Page 934]]

the restrictions in Sec.173.33 of this subchapter; or
    (3) In a portable tank loaded in a transport vehicle or freight 
container.
    (b) When a transport vehicle is to be transported by vessel, other 
than a ferry vessel, hazardous materials on or within that vehicle must 
be stowed and segregated in accordance with Sec.176.83(b) of this 
subchapter.
    (c) In addition to the provisions of paragraph (d) of this section 
and except as provided in Sec.173.12(e) of this subchapter, cyanides, 
cyanide mixtures or solutions may not be stored, loaded and transported 
with acids if a mixture of the materials would generate hydrogen 
cyanide; Division 4.2 materials may not be stored, loaded and 
transported with Class 8 liquids; and Division 6.1 Packing Group I, 
Hazard Zone A material may not be stored, loaded and transported with 
Class 3 material, Class 8 liquids, and Division 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 5.1 or 
5.2 materials.
    (d) Except as otherwise provided in this subchapter, hazardous 
materials must be stored, loaded or transported in accordance with the 
following table and other provisions of this section:

[[Page 935]]



                                                                            Segregation Table for Hazardous Materials
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                                                                        6.1
                                                     1.1                                              2.3 gas    2.3 gas                                              liquids          8 liquids
       Class or division                   Notes     1.2    1.3    1.4    1.5    1.6    2.1    2.2     zone A     Zone B     3     4.1    4.2    4.3    5.1    5.2   PG I zone    7       only
                                                                                                                                                                         A
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Explosives....................  1.1 and  A          *      *      *      *      *      X      X      X          X          X      X      X      X      X      X      X          X      X
                                    1.2
Explosives....................      1.3  .........  *      *      *      *      *      X      .....  X          X          X      .....  X      X      X      X      X          .....  X
Explosives....................      1.4  .........  *      *      *      *      *      O      .....  O          O          O      .....  O      .....  .....  .....  O          .....  O
Very insensitive explosives...      1.5  A          *      *      *      *      *      X      X      X          X          X      X      X      X      X      X      X          X      X
Extremely insensitive               1.6  .........  *      *      *      *      *
 explosives.
Flammable gases...............      2.1  .........  X      X      O      X      .....  .....  .....  X          O          .....  .....  .....  .....  .....  .....  O          O
Non-toxic, non-flammable gases      2.2  .........  X      .....  .....  X
Poisonous gas Zone A..........      2.3  .........  X      X      O      X      .....  X      .....  .........  .........  X      X      X      X      X      X      .........  .....  X
Poisonous gas Zone B..........      2.3  .........  X      X      O      X      .....  O      .....  .........  .........  O      O      O      O      O      O      .........  .....  O
Flammable liquids.............        3  .........  X      X      O      X      .....  .....  .....  X          O          .....  .....  .....  .....  O      .....  X
Flammable solids..............      4.1  .........  X      .....  .....  X      .....  .....  .....  X          O          .....  .....  .....  .....  .....  .....  X          .....  O
Spontaneously combustible           4.2  .........  X      X      O      X      .....  .....  .....  X          O          .....  .....  .....  .....  .....  .....  X          .....  X
 materials.
Dangerous when wet materials..      4.3  .........  X      X      .....  X      .....  .....  .....  X          O          .....  .....  .....  .....  .....  .....  X          .....  O
Oxidizers.....................      5.1  A          X      X      .....  X      .....  .....  .....  X          O          O      .....  .....  .....  .....  .....  X          .....  O
Organic peroxides.............      5.2  .........  X      X      .....  X      .....  .....  .....  X          O          .....  .....  .....  .....  .....  .....  X          .....  O
Poisonous liquids PG I Zone A.      6.1  .........  X      X      O      X      .....  O      .....  .........  .........  X      X      X      X      X      X      .........  .....  X
Radioactive materials.........        7  .........  X      .....  .....  X      .....  O
Corrosive liquids.............        8  .........  X      X      O      X      .....  .....  .....  X          O          .....  O      X      O      O      O      X          .....  .........
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


[[Page 936]]

    (e) lnstructions for using the segregation table for hazardous 
materials are as follows:
    (1) The absence of any hazard class or division or a blank space in 
the table indicates that no restrictions apply.
    (2) The letter ``X'' in the table indicates that these materials may 
not be loaded, transported, or stored together in the same transport 
vehicle or storage facility during the course of transportation.
    (3) The letter ``O'' in the table indicates that these materials may 
not be loaded, transported, or stored together in the same transport 
vehicle or storage facility during the course of transportation unless 
separated in a manner that, in the event of leakage from packages under 
conditions normally incident to transportation, commingling of hazardous 
materials would not occur. Notwithstanding the methods of separation 
employed, Class 8 (corrosive) liquids may not be loaded above or 
adjacent to Class 4 (flammable) or Class 5 (oxidizing) materials; except 
that shippers may load truckload shipments of such materials together 
when it is known that the mixture of contents would not cause a fire or 
a dangerous evolution of heat or gas.
    (4) The ``*'' in the table indicates that segregation among 
different Class 1 (explosive) materials is governed by the compatibility 
table in paragraph (f) of this section.
    (5) The note ``A'' in the second column of the table means that, 
notwithstanding the requirements of the letter ``X'', ammonium nitrate 
(UN1942) and ammonium nitrate fertilizer may be loaded or stored with 
Division 1.1 (explosive) or Division 1.5 materials, unless otherwise 
prohibited by Sec.177.835(c).
    (6) When the Sec.172.101 table or Sec.172.402 of this subchapter 
requires a package to bear a subsidiary hazard label, segregation 
appropriate to the subsidiary hazard must be applied when that 
segregation is more restrictive than that required by the primary 
hazard. However, hazardous materials of the same class may be stowed 
together without regard to segregation required for any secondary hazard 
if the materials are not capable of reacting dangerously with each other 
and causing combustion or dangerous evolution of heat, evolution of 
flammable, poisonous, or asphyxiant gases, or formation of corrosive or 
unstable materials.
    (f) Class 1 (explosive) materials shall not be loaded, transported, 
or stored together, except as provided in this section, and in 
accordance with the following table:

                                                  Compatibility Table For Class 1 (Explosive) Materials
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Compatibility group                         A      B      C      D      E      F      G      H      J      K      L      N      S
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A............................................................  .....      X      X      X      X      X      X      X      X      X      X      X      X
B............................................................      X  .....      X   X(4)      X      X      X      X      X      X      X      X    4/5
C............................................................      X      X  .....      2      2      X      6      X      X      X      X      3    4/5
D............................................................      X   X(4)      2  .....      2      X      6      X      X      X      X      3    4/5
E............................................................      X      X      2      2  .....      X      6      X      X      X      X      3    4/5
F............................................................      X      X      X      X      X  .....      X      X      X      X      X      X    4/5
G............................................................      X      X      6      6      6      X  .....      X      X      X      X      X    4/5
H............................................................      X      X      X      X      X      X      X  .....      X      X      X      X    4/5
J............................................................      X      X      X      X      X      X      X      X  .....      X      X      X    4/5
K............................................................      X      X      X      X      X      X      X      X      X  .....      X      X    4/5
L............................................................      X      X      X      X      X      X      X      X      X      X      1      X      X
N............................................................      X      X      3      3      3      X      X      X      X      X      X  .....    4/5
S............................................................      X    4/5    4/5    4/5    4/5    4/5    4/5    4/5    4/5    4/5      X    4/5  .....
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (g) Instructions for using the compatibility table for Class 1 
(explosive) materials are as follows:
    (1) A blank space in the table indicates that no restrictions apply.
    (2) The letter ``X'' in the table indicates that explosives of 
different compatibility groups may not be carried on the same transport 
vehicle.
    (3) The numbers in the table mean the following:
    (i) ``1'' means an explosive from compatibility group L shall only 
be carried on the same transport vehicle with an identical explosive.
    (ii) ``2'' means any combination of explosives from compatibility 
groups C,

[[Page 937]]

D, or E is assigned to compatibility group E.
    (iii) ``3'' means any combination of explosives from compatibility 
groups C, D, or E with those in compatibility group N is assigned to 
compatibility group D.
    (iv) ``4'' means see Sec.177.835(g) when transporting detonators.
    (v) ``5'' means Division 1.4S fireworks may not be loaded on the 
same transport vehicle with Division 1.1 or 1.2 (explosive) materials.
    (vi) ``6'' means explosive articles in compatibility group G, other 
than fireworks and those requiring special handling, may be loaded, 
transported and stored with other explosive articles of compatibility 
groups C, D and E, provided that explosive substances (such as those not 
contained in articles) are not carried in the same transport vehicle.
    (h) Except as provided in paragraph (i) of this section, explosives 
of the same compatibility group but of different divisions may be 
transported together provided that the whole shipment is transported as 
though its entire contents were of the lower numerical division (i.e., 
Division 1.1 being lower than Division 1.2). For example, a mixed 
shipment of Division 1.2 (explosive) materials and Division 1.4 
(explosive) materials, both of compatibility group D, must be 
transported as Division 1.2 (explosive) materials.
    (i) When Division 1.5 materials, compatibility group D, are 
transported in the same freight container as Division 1.2 (explosive) 
materials, compatibility group D, the shipment must be transported as 
Division 1.1 (explosive) materials, compatibility group D.

[Amdt. 177-78, 55 FR 52712, Dec. 21, 1990]

    Editorial Note: For Federal Register citations affecting Sec.
177.848, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the 
Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov.



         Subpart D_Vehicles and Shipments in Transit; Accidents



Sec.177.854  Disabled vehicles and broken or leaking packages;
repairs.

    (a) Care of lading, hazardous materials. Whenever for any cause 
other than necessary traffic stops any motor vehicle transporting any 
hazardous material is stopped upon the traveled portion of any highway 
or shoulder thereof, special care shall be taken to guard the vehicle 
and its load or to take such steps as may be necessary to provide 
against hazard. Special effort shall be made to remove the motor vehicle 
to a place where the hazards of the materials being transported may be 
provided against. See Sec. Sec.392.22, 392.24, and 392.25 of this 
title for warning devices required to be displayed on the highway.
    (b) Disposition of containers found broken or leaking in transit. 
When leaks occur in packages or containers during the course of 
transportation, subsequent to initial loading, disposition of such 
package or container shall be made by the safest practical means 
afforded under paragraphs (c), (d), and (e) of this section.
    (c) Repairing or overpacking packages. (1) Packages may be repaired 
when safe and practicable, such repairing to be in accordance with the 
best and safest practice known and available.
    (2) Packages of hazardous materials that are damaged or found 
leaking during transportation, and hazardous materials that have spilled 
or leaked during transportation, may be forwarded to destination or 
returned to the shipper in a salvage drum in accordance with the 
requirements of Sec.173.3(c) of this subchapter.
    (d) Transportation of repaired packages. Any package repaired in 
accordance with the requirements of paragraph (c)(1) of this section may 
be transported to the nearest place at which it may safely be disposed 
of only in compliance with the following requirements:
    (1) The package must be safe for transportation.
    (2) The repair of the package must be adequate to prevent 
contamination of or hazardous admixture with other lading transported on 
the same motor vehicle therewith.
    (3) If the carrier is not himself the shipper, the consignee's name 
and address must be plainly marked on the repaired package.
    (e) Disposition of unsafe broken packages. In the event any leaking 
package

[[Page 938]]

or container cannot be safely and adequately repaired for transportation 
or transported, it shall be stored pending proper disposition in the 
safest and most expeditious manner possible.
    (f) Stopped vehicles; other dangerous articles. Whenever any motor 
vehicle transporting Class 3 (flammable liquid), Class 4 (flammable 
solid), Class 5 (oxidizing), Class 8 (corrosive), Class 2 (gases), or 
Division 6.1 (poisonous) materials, is stopped for any cause other than 
necessary traffic stops upon the traveled portion of any highway, or a 
shoulder next thereto, the following requirements shall be complied with 
during the period of such stop:
    (1) For motor vehicles other than cargo tank motor vehicles used for 
the transportation of Class 3 (flammable liquid) or Division 2.1 
(flammable gas) materials and not transporting Division 1.1, 1.2, or 1.3 
(explosive) materials, warning devices must be set out in the manner 
prescribed in Sec.392.22 of this title.
    (2) For cargo tanks used for the transportation of Class 3 
(flammable liquid) or Division 2.1 (flammable gas) materials, whether 
loaded or empty, and vehicles transporting Division 1.1, 1.2, or 1.3 
(explosive) materials, warning devices must be set out in the manner 
prescribed by Sec.392.25 of this title.
    (g) Repair and maintenance of vehicles containing certain hazardous 
materials--(1) General. No person may use heat, flame or spark producing 
devices to repair or maintain the cargo or fuel containment system of a 
motor vehicle required to be placarded, other than COMBUSTIBLE, in 
accordance with subpart F of part 172 of this subchapter. As used in 
this section, ``containment system'' includes all vehicle components 
intended physically to contain cargo or fuel during loading or filling, 
transport, or unloading.
    (2) Repair and maintenance inside a building. No person may perform 
repair or maintenance on a motor vehicle subject to paragraph (g)(1) of 
this section inside a building unless:
    (i) The motor vehicle's cargo and fuel containment systems are 
closed (except as necessary to maintain or repair the vehicle's motor) 
and do not show any indication of leakage;
    (ii) A means is provided, and a person capable to operate the motor 
vehicle is available, to immediately remove the motor vehicle if 
necessary in an emergency;
    (iii) The motor vehicle is removed from the enclosed area upon 
completion of repair or maintenance work; and
    (iv) For motor vehicles loaded with Division 1.1, 1.2, or 1.3 
(explosive), Class 3 (flammable liquid), or Division 2.1 (flammable gas) 
materials, all sources of spark, flame or glowing heat within the area 
of enclosure (including any heating system drawing air therefrom) are 
extinguished, made inoperable or rendered explosion-proof by a suitable 
method. Exception: Electrical equipment on the vehicle, necessary to 
accomplish the maintenance function, may remain operational.
    (h) No repair with flame unless gas-free. No repair of a cargo tank 
used for the transportation of any Class 3 (flammable liquid) or 
Division 6.1 (poisonous liquid) material, or any compartment thereof, or 
of any container for fuel of whatever nature, may be repaired by any 
method employing a flame, arc, or other means of welding, unless the 
tank or compartment shall first have been made gas-free.

[29 FR 18795, Dec. 29, 1964. Redesignated at 32 FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967]

    Editorial Note: For Federal Register citations affecting Sec.
177.854, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the 
Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov.



 Subpart E_Regulations Applying to Hazardous Material on Motor Vehicles 
                      Carrying Passengers for Hire



Sec.177.870  Regulations for passenger carrying vehicles.

    (a) Vehicles transporting passengers and property. In addition to 
the regulations in parts 170-189 of this subchapter the following 
requirements shall apply to vehicles transporting passengers and 
property.
    (b) No Class 1 (explosive) materials or other hazardous materials on 
passenger-carrying vehicles, exceptions. No hazardous materials except 
small-arms

[[Page 939]]

ammunition, emergency shipments of drugs, chemicals and hospital 
supplies, and the accompanying munitions of war of the Departments of 
the Army, Navy, and Air Force of the United States Government, are 
authorized by parts 170-189 of this subchapter to be transported on 
motor vehicles carrying passengers for hire where other practicable 
means of transportation is available.
    (c) Class 1 (explosive) materials in passenger-carrying space 
forbidden. No Class 1 (explosive) material, except small-arms 
ammunition, may be carried in the passenger-carrying space of any motor 
vehicle transporting passengers for hire.
    (d) Hazardous materials on passenger carrying vehicles; quantity. 
Where no other practicable means of transportation is available the 
following articles in the quantities as shown may be transported in 
motor vehicles carrying passengers for hire in a space other than that 
provided for passengers: Not to exceed 45 kg (99 pounds) gross weight of 
any or all of the kinds of Class 1 (explosive) materials permitted to be 
transported by passenger-carrying aircraft or rail car may be 
transported on a motor vehicle transporting passengers: Provided, 
however, That samples of Class 1 (explosive) materials for laboratory 
examination, not to exceed two samples, or a total of no more than 100 
detonators, Division 1.4 (explosive) materials at one time in a single 
motor vehicle, may be transported in a motor vehicle transporting 
passengers.
    (e) Articles other than Class 1 (explosive) materials on passenger-
carrying vehicles. The gross weight of any given class of hazardous 
material other than Class 1 (explosive) materials shall not exceed 45 kg 
(99 pounds), and the aggregate weight of all such other dangerous 
articles shall not exceed 225 kg (496 pounds). This provision does not 
apply to nontoxic, nonflammable refrigerants, when such refrigerant is 
for servicing operations of a motor carrier on whose motor vehicles the 
refrigerant is used. A cylinder secured against shifting while in 
transit and not exceeding 113 kg (250 pounds) gross weight may be 
transported.
    (f) Division 6.1 (poisonous) or Division 2.3 (poisonous gas) 
materials on passenger-carrying vehicles. No motor carrier may transport 
any extremely dangerous Division 6.1 (poisonous) or Division 2.3 
(poisonous gas) material, or any paranitroaniline, in any amount, in or 
on any bus while engaged in the transportation of passengers; or any 
less dangerous Division 6.1 (poisonous) material, which is other than a 
liquid, in any amount exceeding an aggregate of 45 kg (99 pounds) gross 
weight in or on any such bus.
    (g) Class 7 (radioactive) materials. In addition to the limitations 
prescribed in paragraphs (b) and (e) of this section, no person may 
transport any Class 7 (radioactive) material requiring labels under 
Sec. Sec.172.436, 172.438, and 172.440 of this subchapter in or on any 
motor vehicle carrying passengers for hire except where no other 
practicable means of transportation is available. Packages of Class 7 
(radioactive) materials must be stored only in the trunk or baggage 
compartment of the vehicle, and must not be stored in any compartment 
occupied by persons. Packages of Class 7 (radioactive) materials must be 
handled and placed in the vehicle as prescribed in Sec.177.842.

[29 FR 18795, Dec. 29, 1964. Redesignated at 32 FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967]

    Editorial Note: For Federal Register citations affecting Sec.
177.870, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the 
Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov.

[[Page 941]]



                              FINDING AIDS




  --------------------------------------------------------------------

  A list of CFR titles, subtitles, chapters, subchapters and parts and 
an alphabetical list of agencies publishing in the CFR are included in 
the CFR Index and Finding Aids volume to the Code of Federal Regulations 
which is published separately and revised annually.


  Table of CFR Titles and Chapters
  Alphabetical List of Agencies Appearing in the CFR
  List of CFR Sections Affected

[[Page 943]]



                    Table of CFR Titles and Chapters




                     (Revised as of October 1, 2019)

                      Title 1--General Provisions

         I  Administrative Committee of the Federal Register 
                (Parts 1--49)
        II  Office of the Federal Register (Parts 50--299)
       III  Administrative Conference of the United States (Parts 
                300--399)
        IV  Miscellaneous Agencies (Parts 400--599)
        VI  National Capital Planning Commission (Parts 600--699)

                    Title 2--Grants and Agreements

            Subtitle A--Office of Management and Budget Guidance 
                for Grants and Agreements
         I  Office of Management and Budget Governmentwide 
                Guidance for Grants and Agreements (Parts 2--199)
        II  Office of Management and Budget Guidance (Parts 200--
                299)
            Subtitle B--Federal Agency Regulations for Grants and 
                Agreements
       III  Department of Health and Human Services (Parts 300--
                399)
        IV  Department of Agriculture (Parts 400--499)
        VI  Department of State (Parts 600--699)
       VII  Agency for International Development (Parts 700--799)
      VIII  Department of Veterans Affairs (Parts 800--899)
        IX  Department of Energy (Parts 900--999)
         X  Department of the Treasury (Parts 1000--1099)
        XI  Department of Defense (Parts 1100--1199)
       XII  Department of Transportation (Parts 1200--1299)
      XIII  Department of Commerce (Parts 1300--1399)
       XIV  Department of the Interior (Parts 1400--1499)
        XV  Environmental Protection Agency (Parts 1500--1599)
     XVIII  National Aeronautics and Space Administration (Parts 
                1800--1899)
        XX  United States Nuclear Regulatory Commission (Parts 
                2000--2099)
      XXII  Corporation for National and Community Service (Parts 
                2200--2299)
     XXIII  Social Security Administration (Parts 2300--2399)
      XXIV  Department of Housing and Urban Development (Parts 
                2400--2499)
       XXV  National Science Foundation (Parts 2500--2599)
      XXVI  National Archives and Records Administration (Parts 
                2600--2699)

[[Page 944]]

     XXVII  Small Business Administration (Parts 2700--2799)
    XXVIII  Department of Justice (Parts 2800--2899)
      XXIX  Department of Labor (Parts 2900--2999)
       XXX  Department of Homeland Security (Parts 3000--3099)
      XXXI  Institute of Museum and Library Services (Parts 3100--
                3199)
     XXXII  National Endowment for the Arts (Parts 3200--3299)
    XXXIII  National Endowment for the Humanities (Parts 3300--
                3399)
     XXXIV  Department of Education (Parts 3400--3499)
      XXXV  Export-Import Bank of the United States (Parts 3500--
                3599)
     XXXVI  Office of National Drug Control Policy, Executive 
                Office of the President (Parts 3600--3699)
    XXXVII  Peace Corps (Parts 3700--3799)
     LVIII  Election Assistance Commission (Parts 5800--5899)
       LIX  Gulf Coast Ecosystem Restoration Council (Parts 5900--
                5999)

                        Title 3--The President

         I  Executive Office of the President (Parts 100--199)

                           Title 4--Accounts

         I  Government Accountability Office (Parts 1--199)

                   Title 5--Administrative Personnel

         I  Office of Personnel Management (Parts 1--1199)
        II  Merit Systems Protection Board (Parts 1200--1299)
       III  Office of Management and Budget (Parts 1300--1399)
        IV  Office of Personnel Management and Office of the 
                Director of National Intelligence (Parts 1400--
                1499)
         V  The International Organizations Employees Loyalty 
                Board (Parts 1500--1599)
        VI  Federal Retirement Thrift Investment Board (Parts 
                1600--1699)
      VIII  Office of Special Counsel (Parts 1800--1899)
        IX  Appalachian Regional Commission (Parts 1900--1999)
        XI  Armed Forces Retirement Home (Parts 2100--2199)
       XIV  Federal Labor Relations Authority, General Counsel of 
                the Federal Labor Relations Authority and Federal 
                Service Impasses Panel (Parts 2400--2499)
       XVI  Office of Government Ethics (Parts 2600--2699)
       XXI  Department of the Treasury (Parts 3100--3199)
      XXII  Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (Parts 3200--
                3299)
     XXIII  Department of Energy (Parts 3300--3399)
      XXIV  Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (Parts 3400--
                3499)
       XXV  Department of the Interior (Parts 3500--3599)
      XXVI  Department of Defense (Parts 3600--3699)

[[Page 945]]

    XXVIII  Department of Justice (Parts 3800--3899)
      XXIX  Federal Communications Commission (Parts 3900--3999)
       XXX  Farm Credit System Insurance Corporation (Parts 4000--
                4099)
      XXXI  Farm Credit Administration (Parts 4100--4199)
    XXXIII  U.S. International Development Finance Corporation 
                (Parts 4300--4399)
     XXXIV  Securities and Exchange Commission (Parts 4400--4499)
      XXXV  Office of Personnel Management (Parts 4500--4599)
     XXXVI  Department of Homeland Security (Parts 4600--4699)
    XXXVII  Federal Election Commission (Parts 4700--4799)
        XL  Interstate Commerce Commission (Parts 5000--5099)
       XLI  Commodity Futures Trading Commission (Parts 5100--
                5199)
      XLII  Department of Labor (Parts 5200--5299)
     XLIII  National Science Foundation (Parts 5300--5399)
       XLV  Department of Health and Human Services (Parts 5500--
                5599)
      XLVI  Postal Rate Commission (Parts 5600--5699)
     XLVII  Federal Trade Commission (Parts 5700--5799)
    XLVIII  Nuclear Regulatory Commission (Parts 5800--5899)
      XLIX  Federal Labor Relations Authority (Parts 5900--5999)
         L  Department of Transportation (Parts 6000--6099)
       LII  Export-Import Bank of the United States (Parts 6200--
                6299)
      LIII  Department of Education (Parts 6300--6399)
       LIV  Environmental Protection Agency (Parts 6400--6499)
        LV  National Endowment for the Arts (Parts 6500--6599)
       LVI  National Endowment for the Humanities (Parts 6600--
                6699)
      LVII  General Services Administration (Parts 6700--6799)
     LVIII  Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System 
                (Parts 6800--6899)
       LIX  National Aeronautics and Space Administration (Parts 
                6900--6999)
        LX  United States Postal Service (Parts 7000--7099)
       LXI  National Labor Relations Board (Parts 7100--7199)
      LXII  Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (Parts 7200--
                7299)
     LXIII  Inter-American Foundation (Parts 7300--7399)
      LXIV  Merit Systems Protection Board (Parts 7400--7499)
       LXV  Department of Housing and Urban Development (Parts 
                7500--7599)
      LXVI  National Archives and Records Administration (Parts 
                7600--7699)
     LXVII  Institute of Museum and Library Services (Parts 7700--
                7799)
    LXVIII  Commission on Civil Rights (Parts 7800--7899)
      LXIX  Tennessee Valley Authority (Parts 7900--7999)
       LXX  Court Services and Offender Supervision Agency for the 
                District of Columbia (Parts 8000--8099)
      LXXI  Consumer Product Safety Commission (Parts 8100--8199)
    LXXIII  Department of Agriculture (Parts 8300--8399)

[[Page 946]]

     LXXIV  Federal Mine Safety and Health Review Commission 
                (Parts 8400--8499)
     LXXVI  Federal Retirement Thrift Investment Board (Parts 
                8600--8699)
    LXXVII  Office of Management and Budget (Parts 8700--8799)
      LXXX  Federal Housing Finance Agency (Parts 9000--9099)
   LXXXIII  Special Inspector General for Afghanistan 
                Reconstruction (Parts 9300--9399)
    LXXXIV  Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection (Parts 9400--
                9499)
    LXXXVI  National Credit Union Administration (Parts 9600--
                9699)
     XCVII  Department of Homeland Security Human Resources 
                Management System (Department of Homeland 
                Security--Office of Personnel Management) (Parts 
                9700--9799)
    XCVIII  Council of the Inspectors General on Integrity and 
                Efficiency (Parts 9800--9899)
      XCIX  Military Compensation and Retirement Modernization 
                Commission (Parts 9900--9999)
         C  National Council on Disability (Parts 10000--10049)
        CI  National Mediation Board (Part 10101)

                      Title 6--Domestic Security

         I  Department of Homeland Security, Office of the 
                Secretary (Parts 1--199)
         X  Privacy and Civil Liberties Oversight Board (Parts 
                1000--1099)

                         Title 7--Agriculture

            Subtitle A--Office of the Secretary of Agriculture 
                (Parts 0--26)
            Subtitle B--Regulations of the Department of 
                Agriculture
         I  Agricultural Marketing Service (Standards, 
                Inspections, Marketing Practices), Department of 
                Agriculture (Parts 27--209)
        II  Food and Nutrition Service, Department of Agriculture 
                (Parts 210--299)
       III  Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service, Department 
                of Agriculture (Parts 300--399)
        IV  Federal Crop Insurance Corporation, Department of 
                Agriculture (Parts 400--499)
         V  Agricultural Research Service, Department of 
                Agriculture (Parts 500--599)
        VI  Natural Resources Conservation Service, Department of 
                Agriculture (Parts 600--699)
       VII  Farm Service Agency, Department of Agriculture (Parts 
                700--799)
      VIII  Agricultural Marketing Service (Federal Grain 
                Inspection Service, Fair Trade Practices Program), 
                Department of Agriculture (Parts 800--899)

[[Page 947]]

        IX  Agricultural Marketing Service (Marketing Agreements 
                and Orders; Fruits, Vegetables, Nuts), Department 
                of Agriculture (Parts 900--999)
         X  Agricultural Marketing Service (Marketing Agreements 
                and Orders; Milk), Department of Agriculture 
                (Parts 1000--1199)
        XI  Agricultural Marketing Service (Marketing Agreements 
                and Orders; Miscellaneous Commodities), Department 
                of Agriculture (Parts 1200--1299)
       XIV  Commodity Credit Corporation, Department of 
                Agriculture (Parts 1400--1499)
        XV  Foreign Agricultural Service, Department of 
                Agriculture (Parts 1500--1599)
       XVI  Rural Telephone Bank, Department of Agriculture (Parts 
                1600--1699)
      XVII  Rural Utilities Service, Department of Agriculture 
                (Parts 1700--1799)
     XVIII  Rural Housing Service, Rural Business-Cooperative 
                Service, Rural Utilities Service, and Farm Service 
                Agency, Department of Agriculture (Parts 1800--
                2099)
        XX  Local Television Loan Guarantee Board (Parts 2200--
                2299)
       XXV  Office of Advocacy and Outreach, Department of 
                Agriculture (Parts 2500--2599)
      XXVI  Office of Inspector General, Department of Agriculture 
                (Parts 2600--2699)
     XXVII  Office of Information Resources Management, Department 
                of Agriculture (Parts 2700--2799)
    XXVIII  Office of Operations, Department of Agriculture (Parts 
                2800--2899)
      XXIX  Office of Energy Policy and New Uses, Department of 
                Agriculture (Parts 2900--2999)
       XXX  Office of the Chief Financial Officer, Department of 
                Agriculture (Parts 3000--3099)
      XXXI  Office of Environmental Quality, Department of 
                Agriculture (Parts 3100--3199)
     XXXII  Office of Procurement and Property Management, 
                Department of Agriculture (Parts 3200--3299)
    XXXIII  Office of Transportation, Department of Agriculture 
                (Parts 3300--3399)
     XXXIV  National Institute of Food and Agriculture (Parts 
                3400--3499)
      XXXV  Rural Housing Service, Department of Agriculture 
                (Parts 3500--3599)
     XXXVI  National Agricultural Statistics Service, Department 
                of Agriculture (Parts 3600--3699)
    XXXVII  Economic Research Service, Department of Agriculture 
                (Parts 3700--3799)
   XXXVIII  World Agricultural Outlook Board, Department of 
                Agriculture (Parts 3800--3899)
       XLI  [Reserved]
      XLII  Rural Business-Cooperative Service and Rural Utilities 
                Service, Department of Agriculture (Parts 4200--
                4299)

[[Page 948]]

                    Title 8--Aliens and Nationality

         I  Department of Homeland Security (Parts 1--499)
         V  Executive Office for Immigration Review, Department of 
                Justice (Parts 1000--1399)

                 Title 9--Animals and Animal Products

         I  Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service, Department 
                of Agriculture (Parts 1--199)
        II  Agricultural Marketing Service (Federal Grain 
                Inspection Service, Fair Trade Practices Program), 
                Department of Agriculture (Parts 200--299)
       III  Food Safety and Inspection Service, Department of 
                Agriculture (Parts 300--599)

                           Title 10--Energy

         I  Nuclear Regulatory Commission (Parts 0--199)
        II  Department of Energy (Parts 200--699)
       III  Department of Energy (Parts 700--999)
         X  Department of Energy (General Provisions) (Parts 
                1000--1099)
      XIII  Nuclear Waste Technical Review Board (Parts 1300--
                1399)
      XVII  Defense Nuclear Facilities Safety Board (Parts 1700--
                1799)
     XVIII  Northeast Interstate Low-Level Radioactive Waste 
                Commission (Parts 1800--1899)

                      Title 11--Federal Elections

         I  Federal Election Commission (Parts 1--9099)
        II  Election Assistance Commission (Parts 9400--9499)

                      Title 12--Banks and Banking

         I  Comptroller of the Currency, Department of the 
                Treasury (Parts 1--199)
        II  Federal Reserve System (Parts 200--299)
       III  Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (Parts 300--399)
        IV  Export-Import Bank of the United States (Parts 400--
                499)
         V  (Parts 600--699) [Reserved]
        VI  Farm Credit Administration (Parts 600--699)
       VII  National Credit Union Administration (Parts 700--799)
      VIII  Federal Financing Bank (Parts 800--899)
        IX  Federal Housing Finance Board (Parts 900--999)
         X  Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection (Parts 1000--
                1099)
        XI  Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council 
                (Parts 1100--1199)
       XII  Federal Housing Finance Agency (Parts 1200--1299)
      XIII  Financial Stability Oversight Council (Parts 1300--
                1399)

[[Page 949]]

       XIV  Farm Credit System Insurance Corporation (Parts 1400--
                1499)
        XV  Department of the Treasury (Parts 1500--1599)
       XVI  Office of Financial Research (Parts 1600--1699)
      XVII  Office of Federal Housing Enterprise Oversight, 
                Department of Housing and Urban Development (Parts 
                1700--1799)
     XVIII  Community Development Financial Institutions Fund, 
                Department of the Treasury (Parts 1800--1899)

               Title 13--Business Credit and Assistance

         I  Small Business Administration (Parts 1--199)
       III  Economic Development Administration, Department of 
                Commerce (Parts 300--399)
        IV  Emergency Steel Guarantee Loan Board (Parts 400--499)
         V  Emergency Oil and Gas Guaranteed Loan Board (Parts 
                500--599)

                    Title 14--Aeronautics and Space

         I  Federal Aviation Administration, Department of 
                Transportation (Parts 1--199)
        II  Office of the Secretary, Department of Transportation 
                (Aviation Proceedings) (Parts 200--399)
       III  Commercial Space Transportation, Federal Aviation 
                Administration, Department of Transportation 
                (Parts 400--1199)
         V  National Aeronautics and Space Administration (Parts 
                1200--1299)
        VI  Air Transportation System Stabilization (Parts 1300--
                1399)

                 Title 15--Commerce and Foreign Trade

            Subtitle A--Office of the Secretary of Commerce (Parts 
                0--29)
            Subtitle B--Regulations Relating to Commerce and 
                Foreign Trade
         I  Bureau of the Census, Department of Commerce (Parts 
                30--199)
        II  National Institute of Standards and Technology, 
                Department of Commerce (Parts 200--299)
       III  International Trade Administration, Department of 
                Commerce (Parts 300--399)
        IV  Foreign-Trade Zones Board, Department of Commerce 
                (Parts 400--499)
       VII  Bureau of Industry and Security, Department of 
                Commerce (Parts 700--799)
      VIII  Bureau of Economic Analysis, Department of Commerce 
                (Parts 800--899)
        IX  National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, 
                Department of Commerce (Parts 900--999)
        XI  National Technical Information Service, Department of 
                Commerce (Parts 1100--1199)

[[Page 950]]

      XIII  East-West Foreign Trade Board (Parts 1300--1399)
       XIV  Minority Business Development Agency (Parts 1400--
                1499)
            Subtitle C--Regulations Relating to Foreign Trade 
                Agreements
        XX  Office of the United States Trade Representative 
                (Parts 2000--2099)
            Subtitle D--Regulations Relating to Telecommunications 
                and Information
     XXIII  National Telecommunications and Information 
                Administration, Department of Commerce (Parts 
                2300--2399) [Reserved]

                    Title 16--Commercial Practices

         I  Federal Trade Commission (Parts 0--999)
        II  Consumer Product Safety Commission (Parts 1000--1799)

             Title 17--Commodity and Securities Exchanges

         I  Commodity Futures Trading Commission (Parts 1--199)
        II  Securities and Exchange Commission (Parts 200--399)
        IV  Department of the Treasury (Parts 400--499)

          Title 18--Conservation of Power and Water Resources

         I  Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, Department of 
                Energy (Parts 1--399)
       III  Delaware River Basin Commission (Parts 400--499)
        VI  Water Resources Council (Parts 700--799)
      VIII  Susquehanna River Basin Commission (Parts 800--899)
      XIII  Tennessee Valley Authority (Parts 1300--1399)

                       Title 19--Customs Duties

         I  U.S. Customs and Border Protection, Department of 
                Homeland Security; Department of the Treasury 
                (Parts 0--199)
        II  United States International Trade Commission (Parts 
                200--299)
       III  International Trade Administration, Department of 
                Commerce (Parts 300--399)
        IV  U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement, Department 
                of Homeland Security (Parts 400--599) [Reserved]

                     Title 20--Employees' Benefits

         I  Office of Workers' Compensation Programs, Department 
                of Labor (Parts 1--199)
        II  Railroad Retirement Board (Parts 200--399)
       III  Social Security Administration (Parts 400--499)

[[Page 951]]

        IV  Employees' Compensation Appeals Board, Department of 
                Labor (Parts 500--599)
         V  Employment and Training Administration, Department of 
                Labor (Parts 600--699)
        VI  Office of Workers' Compensation Programs, Department 
                of Labor (Parts 700--799)
       VII  Benefits Review Board, Department of Labor (Parts 
                800--899)
      VIII  Joint Board for the Enrollment of Actuaries (Parts 
                900--999)
        IX  Office of the Assistant Secretary for Veterans' 
                Employment and Training Service, Department of 
                Labor (Parts 1000--1099)

                       Title 21--Food and Drugs

         I  Food and Drug Administration, Department of Health and 
                Human Services (Parts 1--1299)
        II  Drug Enforcement Administration, Department of Justice 
                (Parts 1300--1399)
       III  Office of National Drug Control Policy (Parts 1400--
                1499)

                      Title 22--Foreign Relations

         I  Department of State (Parts 1--199)
        II  Agency for International Development (Parts 200--299)
       III  Peace Corps (Parts 300--399)
        IV  International Joint Commission, United States and 
                Canada (Parts 400--499)
         V  Broadcasting Board of Governors (Parts 500--599)
       VII  Overseas Private Investment Corporation (Parts 700--
                799)
        IX  Foreign Service Grievance Board (Parts 900--999)
         X  Inter-American Foundation (Parts 1000--1099)
        XI  International Boundary and Water Commission, United 
                States and Mexico, United States Section (Parts 
                1100--1199)
       XII  United States International Development Cooperation 
                Agency (Parts 1200--1299)
      XIII  Millennium Challenge Corporation (Parts 1300--1399)
       XIV  Foreign Service Labor Relations Board; Federal Labor 
                Relations Authority; General Counsel of the 
                Federal Labor Relations Authority; and the Foreign 
                Service Impasse Disputes Panel (Parts 1400--1499)
        XV  African Development Foundation (Parts 1500--1599)
       XVI  Japan-United States Friendship Commission (Parts 
                1600--1699)
      XVII  United States Institute of Peace (Parts 1700--1799)

                          Title 23--Highways

         I  Federal Highway Administration, Department of 
                Transportation (Parts 1--999)

[[Page 952]]

        II  National Highway Traffic Safety Administration and 
                Federal Highway Administration, Department of 
                Transportation (Parts 1200--1299)
       III  National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 
                Department of Transportation (Parts 1300--1399)

                Title 24--Housing and Urban Development

            Subtitle A--Office of the Secretary, Department of 
                Housing and Urban Development (Parts 0--99)
            Subtitle B--Regulations Relating to Housing and Urban 
                Development
         I  Office of Assistant Secretary for Equal Opportunity, 
                Department of Housing and Urban Development (Parts 
                100--199)
        II  Office of Assistant Secretary for Housing-Federal 
                Housing Commissioner, Department of Housing and 
                Urban Development (Parts 200--299)
       III  Government National Mortgage Association, Department 
                of Housing and Urban Development (Parts 300--399)
        IV  Office of Housing and Office of Multifamily Housing 
                Assistance Restructuring, Department of Housing 
                and Urban Development (Parts 400--499)
         V  Office of Assistant Secretary for Community Planning 
                and Development, Department of Housing and Urban 
                Development (Parts 500--599)
        VI  Office of Assistant Secretary for Community Planning 
                and Development, Department of Housing and Urban 
                Development (Parts 600--699) [Reserved]
       VII  Office of the Secretary, Department of Housing and 
                Urban Development (Housing Assistance Programs and 
                Public and Indian Housing Programs) (Parts 700--
                799)
      VIII  Office of the Assistant Secretary for Housing--Federal 
                Housing Commissioner, Department of Housing and 
                Urban Development (Section 8 Housing Assistance 
                Programs, Section 202 Direct Loan Program, Section 
                202 Supportive Housing for the Elderly Program and 
                Section 811 Supportive Housing for Persons With 
                Disabilities Program) (Parts 800--899)
        IX  Office of Assistant Secretary for Public and Indian 
                Housing, Department of Housing and Urban 
                Development (Parts 900--1699)
       XII  Office of Inspector General, Department of Housing and 
                Urban Development (Parts 2000--2099)
        XV  Emergency Mortgage Insurance and Loan Programs, 
                Department of Housing and Urban Development (Parts 
                2700--2799) [Reserved]
        XX  Office of Assistant Secretary for Housing--Federal 
                Housing Commissioner, Department of Housing and 
                Urban Development (Parts 3200--3899)
      XXIV  Board of Directors of the HOPE for Homeowners Program 
                (Parts 4000--4099) [Reserved]
       XXV  Neighborhood Reinvestment Corporation (Parts 4100--
                4199)

[[Page 953]]

                           Title 25--Indians

         I  Bureau of Indian Affairs, Department of the Interior 
                (Parts 1--299)
        II  Indian Arts and Crafts Board, Department of the 
                Interior (Parts 300--399)
       III  National Indian Gaming Commission, Department of the 
                Interior (Parts 500--599)
        IV  Office of Navajo and Hopi Indian Relocation (Parts 
                700--899)
         V  Bureau of Indian Affairs, Department of the Interior, 
                and Indian Health Service, Department of Health 
                and Human Services (Part 900--999)
        VI  Office of the Assistant Secretary, Indian Affairs, 
                Department of the Interior (Parts 1000--1199)
       VII  Office of the Special Trustee for American Indians, 
                Department of the Interior (Parts 1200--1299)

                      Title 26--Internal Revenue

         I  Internal Revenue Service, Department of the Treasury 
                (Parts 1--End)

           Title 27--Alcohol, Tobacco Products and Firearms

         I  Alcohol and Tobacco Tax and Trade Bureau, Department 
                of the Treasury (Parts 1--399)
        II  Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms, and Explosives, 
                Department of Justice (Parts 400--699)

                   Title 28--Judicial Administration

         I  Department of Justice (Parts 0--299)
       III  Federal Prison Industries, Inc., Department of Justice 
                (Parts 300--399)
         V  Bureau of Prisons, Department of Justice (Parts 500--
                599)
        VI  Offices of Independent Counsel, Department of Justice 
                (Parts 600--699)
       VII  Office of Independent Counsel (Parts 700--799)
      VIII  Court Services and Offender Supervision Agency for the 
                District of Columbia (Parts 800--899)
        IX  National Crime Prevention and Privacy Compact Council 
                (Parts 900--999)
        XI  Department of Justice and Department of State (Parts 
                1100--1199)

                            Title 29--Labor

            Subtitle A--Office of the Secretary of Labor (Parts 
                0--99)
            Subtitle B--Regulations Relating to Labor
         I  National Labor Relations Board (Parts 100--199)

[[Page 954]]

        II  Office of Labor-Management Standards, Department of 
                Labor (Parts 200--299)
       III  National Railroad Adjustment Board (Parts 300--399)
        IV  Office of Labor-Management Standards, Department of 
                Labor (Parts 400--499)
         V  Wage and Hour Division, Department of Labor (Parts 
                500--899)
        IX  Construction Industry Collective Bargaining Commission 
                (Parts 900--999)
         X  National Mediation Board (Parts 1200--1299)
       XII  Federal Mediation and Conciliation Service (Parts 
                1400--1499)
       XIV  Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (Parts 1600--
                1699)
      XVII  Occupational Safety and Health Administration, 
                Department of Labor (Parts 1900--1999)
        XX  Occupational Safety and Health Review Commission 
                (Parts 2200--2499)
       XXV  Employee Benefits Security Administration, Department 
                of Labor (Parts 2500--2599)
     XXVII  Federal Mine Safety and Health Review Commission 
                (Parts 2700--2799)
        XL  Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (Parts 4000--
                4999)

                      Title 30--Mineral Resources

         I  Mine Safety and Health Administration, Department of 
                Labor (Parts 1--199)
        II  Bureau of Safety and Environmental Enforcement, 
                Department of the Interior (Parts 200--299)
        IV  Geological Survey, Department of the Interior (Parts 
                400--499)
         V  Bureau of Ocean Energy Management, Department of the 
                Interior (Parts 500--599)
       VII  Office of Surface Mining Reclamation and Enforcement, 
                Department of the Interior (Parts 700--999)
       XII  Office of Natural Resources Revenue, Department of the 
                Interior (Parts 1200--1299)

                 Title 31--Money and Finance: Treasury

            Subtitle A--Office of the Secretary of the Treasury 
                (Parts 0--50)
            Subtitle B--Regulations Relating to Money and Finance
         I  Monetary Offices, Department of the Treasury (Parts 
                51--199)
        II  Fiscal Service, Department of the Treasury (Parts 
                200--399)
        IV  Secret Service, Department of the Treasury (Parts 
                400--499)
         V  Office of Foreign Assets Control, Department of the 
                Treasury (Parts 500--599)
        VI  Bureau of Engraving and Printing, Department of the 
                Treasury (Parts 600--699)
       VII  Federal Law Enforcement Training Center, Department of 
                the Treasury (Parts 700--799)

[[Page 955]]

      VIII  Office of Investment Security, Department of the 
                Treasury (Parts 800--899)
        IX  Federal Claims Collection Standards (Department of the 
                Treasury--Department of Justice) (Parts 900--999)
         X  Financial Crimes Enforcement Network, Department of 
                the Treasury (Parts 1000--1099)

                      Title 32--National Defense

            Subtitle A--Department of Defense
         I  Office of the Secretary of Defense (Parts 1--399)
         V  Department of the Army (Parts 400--699)
        VI  Department of the Navy (Parts 700--799)
       VII  Department of the Air Force (Parts 800--1099)
            Subtitle B--Other Regulations Relating to National 
                Defense
       XII  Defense Logistics Agency (Parts 1200--1299)
       XVI  Selective Service System (Parts 1600--1699)
      XVII  Office of the Director of National Intelligence (Parts 
                1700--1799)
     XVIII  National Counterintelligence Center (Parts 1800--1899)
       XIX  Central Intelligence Agency (Parts 1900--1999)
        XX  Information Security Oversight Office, National 
                Archives and Records Administration (Parts 2000--
                2099)
       XXI  National Security Council (Parts 2100--2199)
      XXIV  Office of Science and Technology Policy (Parts 2400--
                2499)
     XXVII  Office for Micronesian Status Negotiations (Parts 
                2700--2799)
    XXVIII  Office of the Vice President of the United States 
                (Parts 2800--2899)

               Title 33--Navigation and Navigable Waters

         I  Coast Guard, Department of Homeland Security (Parts 
                1--199)
        II  Corps of Engineers, Department of the Army, Department 
                of Defense (Parts 200--399)
        IV  Saint Lawrence Seaway Development Corporation, 
                Department of Transportation (Parts 400--499)

                          Title 34--Education

            Subtitle A--Office of the Secretary, Department of 
                Education (Parts 1--99)
            Subtitle B--Regulations of the Offices of the 
                Department of Education
         I  Office for Civil Rights, Department of Education 
                (Parts 100--199)
        II  Office of Elementary and Secondary Education, 
                Department of Education (Parts 200--299)
       III  Office of Special Education and Rehabilitative 
                Services, Department of Education (Parts 300--399)

[[Page 956]]

        IV  Office of Career, Technical and Adult Education, 
                Department of Education (Parts 400--499)
         V  Office of Bilingual Education and Minority Languages 
                Affairs, Department of Education (Parts 500--599) 
                [Reserved]
        VI  Office of Postsecondary Education, Department of 
                Education (Parts 600--699)
       VII  Office of Educational Research and Improvement, 
                Department of Education (Parts 700--799) 
                [Reserved]
            Subtitle C--Regulations Relating to Education
        XI  (Parts 1100--1199) [Reserved]
       XII  National Council on Disability (Parts 1200--1299)

                          Title 35 [Reserved]

             Title 36--Parks, Forests, and Public Property

         I  National Park Service, Department of the Interior 
                (Parts 1--199)
        II  Forest Service, Department of Agriculture (Parts 200--
                299)
       III  Corps of Engineers, Department of the Army (Parts 
                300--399)
        IV  American Battle Monuments Commission (Parts 400--499)
         V  Smithsonian Institution (Parts 500--599)
        VI  [Reserved]
       VII  Library of Congress (Parts 700--799)
      VIII  Advisory Council on Historic Preservation (Parts 800--
                899)
        IX  Pennsylvania Avenue Development Corporation (Parts 
                900--999)
         X  Presidio Trust (Parts 1000--1099)
        XI  Architectural and Transportation Barriers Compliance 
                Board (Parts 1100--1199)
       XII  National Archives and Records Administration (Parts 
                1200--1299)
        XV  Oklahoma City National Memorial Trust (Parts 1500--
                1599)
       XVI  Morris K. Udall Scholarship and Excellence in National 
                Environmental Policy Foundation (Parts 1600--1699)

             Title 37--Patents, Trademarks, and Copyrights

         I  United States Patent and Trademark Office, Department 
                of Commerce (Parts 1--199)
        II  U.S. Copyright Office, Library of Congress (Parts 
                200--299)
       III  Copyright Royalty Board, Library of Congress (Parts 
                300--399)
        IV  National Institute of Standards and Technology, 
                Department of Commerce (Parts 400--599)

           Title 38--Pensions, Bonuses, and Veterans' Relief

         I  Department of Veterans Affairs (Parts 0--199)
        II  Armed Forces Retirement Home (Parts 200--299)

[[Page 957]]

                       Title 39--Postal Service

         I  United States Postal Service (Parts 1--999)
       III  Postal Regulatory Commission (Parts 3000--3099)

                  Title 40--Protection of Environment

         I  Environmental Protection Agency (Parts 1--1099)
        IV  Environmental Protection Agency and Department of 
                Justice (Parts 1400--1499)
         V  Council on Environmental Quality (Parts 1500--1599)
        VI  Chemical Safety and Hazard Investigation Board (Parts 
                1600--1699)
       VII  Environmental Protection Agency and Department of 
                Defense; Uniform National Discharge Standards for 
                Vessels of the Armed Forces (Parts 1700--1799)
      VIII  Gulf Coast Ecosystem Restoration Council (Parts 1800--
                1899)

          Title 41--Public Contracts and Property Management

            Subtitle A--Federal Procurement Regulations System 
                [Note]
            Subtitle B--Other Provisions Relating to Public 
                Contracts
        50  Public Contracts, Department of Labor (Parts 50-1--50-
                999)
        51  Committee for Purchase From People Who Are Blind or 
                Severely Disabled (Parts 51-1--51-99)
        60  Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs, Equal 
                Employment Opportunity, Department of Labor (Parts 
                60-1--60-999)
        61  Office of the Assistant Secretary for Veterans' 
                Employment and Training Service, Department of 
                Labor (Parts 61-1--61-999)
   62--100  [Reserved]
            Subtitle C--Federal Property Management Regulations 
                System
       101  Federal Property Management Regulations (Parts 101-1--
                101-99)
       102  Federal Management Regulation (Parts 102-1--102-299)
  103--104  [Reserved]
       105  General Services Administration (Parts 105-1--105-999)
       109  Department of Energy Property Management Regulations 
                (Parts 109-1--109-99)
       114  Department of the Interior (Parts 114-1--114-99)
       115  Environmental Protection Agency (Parts 115-1--115-99)
       128  Department of Justice (Parts 128-1--128-99)
  129--200  [Reserved]
            Subtitle D--Other Provisions Relating to Property 
                Management [Reserved]
            Subtitle E--Federal Information Resources Management 
                Regulations System [Reserved]
            Subtitle F--Federal Travel Regulation System
       300  General (Parts 300-1--300-99)
       301  Temporary Duty (TDY) Travel Allowances (Parts 301-1--
                301-99)

[[Page 958]]

       302  Relocation Allowances (Parts 302-1--302-99)
       303  Payment of Expenses Connected with the Death of 
                Certain Employees (Part 303-1--303-99)
       304  Payment of Travel Expenses from a Non-Federal Source 
                (Parts 304-1--304-99)

                        Title 42--Public Health

         I  Public Health Service, Department of Health and Human 
                Services (Parts 1--199)
        IV  Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, Department 
                of Health and Human Services (Parts 400--699)
         V  Office of Inspector General-Health Care, Department of 
                Health and Human Services (Parts 1000--1099)

                   Title 43--Public Lands: Interior

            Subtitle A--Office of the Secretary of the Interior 
                (Parts 1--199)
            Subtitle B--Regulations Relating to Public Lands
         I  Bureau of Reclamation, Department of the Interior 
                (Parts 400--999)
        II  Bureau of Land Management, Department of the Interior 
                (Parts 1000--9999)
       III  Utah Reclamation Mitigation and Conservation 
                Commission (Parts 10000--10099)

             Title 44--Emergency Management and Assistance

         I  Federal Emergency Management Agency, Department of 
                Homeland Security (Parts 0--399)
        IV  Department of Commerce and Department of 
                Transportation (Parts 400--499)

                       Title 45--Public Welfare

            Subtitle A--Department of Health and Human Services 
                (Parts 1--199)
            Subtitle B--Regulations Relating to Public Welfare
        II  Office of Family Assistance (Assistance Programs), 
                Administration for Children and Families, 
                Department of Health and Human Services (Parts 
                200--299)
       III  Office of Child Support Enforcement (Child Support 
                Enforcement Program), Administration for Children 
                and Families, Department of Health and Human 
                Services (Parts 300--399)
        IV  Office of Refugee Resettlement, Administration for 
                Children and Families, Department of Health and 
                Human Services (Parts 400--499)
         V  Foreign Claims Settlement Commission of the United 
                States, Department of Justice (Parts 500--599)

[[Page 959]]

        VI  National Science Foundation (Parts 600--699)
       VII  Commission on Civil Rights (Parts 700--799)
      VIII  Office of Personnel Management (Parts 800--899)
        IX  Denali Commission (Parts 900--999)
         X  Office of Community Services, Administration for 
                Children and Families, Department of Health and 
                Human Services (Parts 1000--1099)
        XI  National Foundation on the Arts and the Humanities 
                (Parts 1100--1199)
       XII  Corporation for National and Community Service (Parts 
                1200--1299)
      XIII  Administration for Children and Families, Department 
                of Health and Human Services (Parts 1300--1399)
       XVI  Legal Services Corporation (Parts 1600--1699)
      XVII  National Commission on Libraries and Information 
                Science (Parts 1700--1799)
     XVIII  Harry S. Truman Scholarship Foundation (Parts 1800--
                1899)
       XXI  Commission of Fine Arts (Parts 2100--2199)
     XXIII  Arctic Research Commission (Parts 2300--2399)
      XXIV  James Madison Memorial Fellowship Foundation (Parts 
                2400--2499)
       XXV  Corporation for National and Community Service (Parts 
                2500--2599)

                          Title 46--Shipping

         I  Coast Guard, Department of Homeland Security (Parts 
                1--199)
        II  Maritime Administration, Department of Transportation 
                (Parts 200--399)
       III  Coast Guard (Great Lakes Pilotage), Department of 
                Homeland Security (Parts 400--499)
        IV  Federal Maritime Commission (Parts 500--599)

                      Title 47--Telecommunication

         I  Federal Communications Commission (Parts 0--199)
        II  Office of Science and Technology Policy and National 
                Security Council (Parts 200--299)
       III  National Telecommunications and Information 
                Administration, Department of Commerce (Parts 
                300--399)
        IV  National Telecommunications and Information 
                Administration, Department of Commerce, and 
                National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 
                Department of Transportation (Parts 400--499)
         V  The First Responder Network Authority (Parts 500--599)

           Title 48--Federal Acquisition Regulations System

         1  Federal Acquisition Regulation (Parts 1--99)

[[Page 960]]

         2  Defense Acquisition Regulations System, Department of 
                Defense (Parts 200--299)
         3  Department of Health and Human Services (Parts 300--
                399)
         4  Department of Agriculture (Parts 400--499)
         5  General Services Administration (Parts 500--599)
         6  Department of State (Parts 600--699)
         7  Agency for International Development (Parts 700--799)
         8  Department of Veterans Affairs (Parts 800--899)
         9  Department of Energy (Parts 900--999)
        10  Department of the Treasury (Parts 1000--1099)
        12  Department of Transportation (Parts 1200--1299)
        13  Department of Commerce (Parts 1300--1399)
        14  Department of the Interior (Parts 1400--1499)
        15  Environmental Protection Agency (Parts 1500--1599)
        16  Office of Personnel Management, Federal Employees 
                Health Benefits Acquisition Regulation (Parts 
                1600--1699)
        17  Office of Personnel Management (Parts 1700--1799)
        18  National Aeronautics and Space Administration (Parts 
                1800--1899)
        19  Broadcasting Board of Governors (Parts 1900--1999)
        20  Nuclear Regulatory Commission (Parts 2000--2099)
        21  Office of Personnel Management, Federal Employees 
                Group Life Insurance Federal Acquisition 
                Regulation (Parts 2100--2199)
        23  Social Security Administration (Parts 2300--2399)
        24  Department of Housing and Urban Development (Parts 
                2400--2499)
        25  National Science Foundation (Parts 2500--2599)
        28  Department of Justice (Parts 2800--2899)
        29  Department of Labor (Parts 2900--2999)
        30  Department of Homeland Security, Homeland Security 
                Acquisition Regulation (HSAR) (Parts 3000--3099)
        34  Department of Education Acquisition Regulation (Parts 
                3400--3499)
        51  Department of the Army Acquisition Regulations (Parts 
                5100--5199) [Reserved]
        52  Department of the Navy Acquisition Regulations (Parts 
                5200--5299)
        53  Department of the Air Force Federal Acquisition 
                Regulation Supplement (Parts 5300--5399) 
                [Reserved]
        54  Defense Logistics Agency, Department of Defense (Parts 
                5400--5499)
        57  African Development Foundation (Parts 5700--5799)
        61  Civilian Board of Contract Appeals, General Services 
                Administration (Parts 6100--6199)
        99  Cost Accounting Standards Board, Office of Federal 
                Procurement Policy, Office of Management and 
                Budget (Parts 9900--9999)

[[Page 961]]

                       Title 49--Transportation

            Subtitle A--Office of the Secretary of Transportation 
                (Parts 1--99)
            Subtitle B--Other Regulations Relating to 
                Transportation
         I  Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety 
                Administration, Department of Transportation 
                (Parts 100--199)
        II  Federal Railroad Administration, Department of 
                Transportation (Parts 200--299)
       III  Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, 
                Department of Transportation (Parts 300--399)
        IV  Coast Guard, Department of Homeland Security (Parts 
                400--499)
         V  National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 
                Department of Transportation (Parts 500--599)
        VI  Federal Transit Administration, Department of 
                Transportation (Parts 600--699)
       VII  National Railroad Passenger Corporation (AMTRAK) 
                (Parts 700--799)
      VIII  National Transportation Safety Board (Parts 800--999)
         X  Surface Transportation Board (Parts 1000--1399)
        XI  Research and Innovative Technology Administration, 
                Department of Transportation (Parts 1400--1499) 
                [Reserved]
       XII  Transportation Security Administration, Department of 
                Homeland Security (Parts 1500--1699)

                   Title 50--Wildlife and Fisheries

         I  United States Fish and Wildlife Service, Department of 
                the Interior (Parts 1--199)
        II  National Marine Fisheries Service, National Oceanic 
                and Atmospheric Administration, Department of 
                Commerce (Parts 200--299)
       III  International Fishing and Related Activities (Parts 
                300--399)
        IV  Joint Regulations (United States Fish and Wildlife 
                Service, Department of the Interior and National 
                Marine Fisheries Service, National Oceanic and 
                Atmospheric Administration, Department of 
                Commerce); Endangered Species Committee 
                Regulations (Parts 400--499)
         V  Marine Mammal Commission (Parts 500--599)
        VI  Fishery Conservation and Management, National Oceanic 
                and Atmospheric Administration, Department of 
                Commerce (Parts 600--699)

[[Page 963]]





           Alphabetical List of Agencies Appearing in the CFR




                     (Revised as of October 1, 2019)

                                                  CFR Title, Subtitle or 
                     Agency                               Chapter

Administrative Conference of the United States    1, III
Advisory Council on Historic Preservation         36, VIII
Advocacy and Outreach, Office of                  7, XXV
Afghanistan Reconstruction, Special Inspector     5, LXXXIII
     General for
African Development Foundation                    22, XV
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 57
Agency for International Development              2, VII; 22, II
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 7
Agricultural Marketing Service                    7, I, VIII, IX, X, XI; 9, 
                                                  II
Agricultural Research Service                     7, V
Agriculture, Department of                        2, IV; 5, LXXIII
  Advocacy and Outreach, Office of                7, XXV
  Agricultural Marketing Service                  7, I, VIII, IX, X, XI; 9, 
                                                  II
  Agricultural Research Service                   7, V
  Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service      7, III; 9, I
  Chief Financial Officer, Office of              7, XXX
  Commodity Credit Corporation                    7, XIV
  Economic Research Service                       7, XXXVII
  Energy Policy and New Uses, Office of           2, IX; 7, XXIX
  Environmental Quality, Office of                7, XXXI
  Farm Service Agency                             7, VII, XVIII
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 4
  Federal Crop Insurance Corporation              7, IV
  Food and Nutrition Service                      7, II
  Food Safety and Inspection Service              9, III
  Foreign Agricultural Service                    7, XV
  Forest Service                                  36, II
  Information Resources Management, Office of     7, XXVII
  Inspector General, Office of                    7, XXVI
  National Agricultural Library                   7, XLI
  National Agricultural Statistics Service        7, XXXVI
  National Institute of Food and Agriculture      7, XXXIV
  Natural Resources Conservation Service          7, VI
  Operations, Office of                           7, XXVIII
  Procurement and Property Management, Office of  7, XXXII
  Rural Business-Cooperative Service              7, XVIII, XLII
  Rural Development Administration                7, XLII
  Rural Housing Service                           7, XVIII, XXXV
  Rural Telephone Bank                            7, XVI
  Rural Utilities Service                         7, XVII, XVIII, XLII
  Secretary of Agriculture, Office of             7, Subtitle A
  Transportation, Office of                       7, XXXIII
  World Agricultural Outlook Board                7, XXXVIII
Air Force, Department of                          32, VII
  Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement       48, 53
Air Transportation Stabilization Board            14, VI
Alcohol and Tobacco Tax and Trade Bureau          27, I
Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms, and Explosives,       27, II
     Bureau of
AMTRAK                                            49, VII
American Battle Monuments Commission              36, IV
American Indians, Office of the Special Trustee   25, VII
Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service        7, III; 9, I
Appalachian Regional Commission                   5, IX

[[Page 964]]

Architectural and Transportation Barriers         36, XI
     Compliance Board
Arctic Research Commission                        45, XXIII
Armed Forces Retirement Home                      5, XI; 38, II
Army, Department of                               32, V
  Engineers, Corps of                             33, II; 36, III
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 51
Bilingual Education and Minority Languages        34, V
     Affairs, Office of
Blind or Severely Disabled, Committee for         41, 51
     Purchase from People Who Are
Broadcasting Board of Governors                   22, V
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 19
Career, Technical, and Adult Education, Office    34, IV
     of
Census Bureau                                     15, I
Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services          42, IV
Central Intelligence Agency                       32, XIX
Chemical Safety and Hazard Investigation Board    40, VI
Chief Financial Officer, Office of                7, XXX
Child Support Enforcement, Office of              45, III
Children and Families, Administration for         45, II, III, IV, X, XIII
Civil Rights, Commission on                       5, LXVIII; 45, VII
Civil Rights, Office for                          34, I
Council of the Inspectors General on Integrity    5, XCVIII
     and Efficiency
Court Services and Offender Supervision Agency    5, LXX
     for the District of Columbia
Coast Guard                                       33, I; 46, I; 49, IV
Coast Guard (Great Lakes Pilotage)                46, III
Commerce, Department of                           2, XIII; 44, IV; 50, VI
  Census Bureau                                   15, I
  Economic Analysis, Bureau of                    15, VIII
  Economic Development Administration             13, III
  Emergency Management and Assistance             44, IV
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 13
  Foreign-Trade Zones Board                       15, IV
  Industry and Security, Bureau of                15, VII
  International Trade Administration              15, III; 19, III
  National Institute of Standards and Technology  15, II; 37, IV
  National Marine Fisheries Service               50, II, IV
  National Oceanic and Atmospheric                15, IX; 50, II, III, IV, 
       Administration                             VI
  National Technical Information Service          15, XI
  National Telecommunications and Information     15, XXIII; 47, III, IV
       Administration
  National Weather Service                        15, IX
  Patent and Trademark Office, United States      37, I
  Secretary of Commerce, Office of                15, Subtitle A
Commercial Space Transportation                   14, III
Commodity Credit Corporation                      7, XIV
Commodity Futures Trading Commission              5, XLI; 17, I
Community Planning and Development, Office of     24, V, VI
     Assistant Secretary for
Community Services, Office of                     45, X
Comptroller of the Currency                       12, I
Construction Industry Collective Bargaining       29, IX
     Commission
Consumer Financial Protection Bureau              5, LXXXIV; 12, X
Consumer Product Safety Commission                5, LXXI; 16, II
Copyright Royalty Board                           37, III
Corporation for National and Community Service    2, XXII; 45, XII, XXV
Cost Accounting Standards Board                   48, 99
Council on Environmental Quality                  40, V
Court Services and Offender Supervision Agency    5, LXX; 28, VIII
     for the District of Columbia
Customs and Border Protection                     19, I
Defense Contract Audit Agency                     32, I
Defense, Department of                            2, XI; 5, XXVI; 32, 
                                                  Subtitle A; 40, VII
  Advanced Research Projects Agency               32, I
  Air Force Department                            32, VII
  Army Department                                 32, V; 33, II; 36, III; 
                                                  48, 51

[[Page 965]]

  Defense Acquisition Regulations System          48, 2
  Defense Intelligence Agency                     32, I
  Defense Logistics Agency                        32, I, XII; 48, 54
  Engineers, Corps of                             33, II; 36, III
  National Imagery and Mapping Agency             32, I
  Navy Department                                 32, VI; 48, 52
  Secretary of Defense, Office of                 2, XI; 32, I
Defense Contract Audit Agency                     32, I
Defense Intelligence Agency                       32, I
Defense Logistics Agency                          32, XII; 48, 54
Defense Nuclear Facilities Safety Board           10, XVII
Delaware River Basin Commission                   18, III
Denali Commission                                 45, IX
Disability, National Council on                   5, C; 34, XII
District of Columbia, Court Services and          5, LXX; 28, VIII
     Offender Supervision Agency for the
Drug Enforcement Administration                   21, II
East-West Foreign Trade Board                     15, XIII
Economic Analysis, Bureau of                      15, VIII
Economic Development Administration               13, III
Economic Research Service                         7, XXXVII
Education, Department of                          2, XXXIV; 5, LIII
  Bilingual Education and Minority Languages      34, V
       Affairs, Office of
  Career, Technical, and Adult Education, Office  34, IV
       of
  Civil Rights, Office for                        34, I
  Educational Research and Improvement, Office    34, VII
       of
  Elementary and Secondary Education, Office of   34, II
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 34
  Postsecondary Education, Office of              34, VI
  Secretary of Education, Office of               34, Subtitle A
  Special Education and Rehabilitative Services,  34, III
       Office of
Educational Research and Improvement, Office of   34, VII
Election Assistance Commission                    2, LVIII; 11, II
Elementary and Secondary Education, Office of     34, II
Emergency Oil and Gas Guaranteed Loan Board       13, V
Emergency Steel Guarantee Loan Board              13, IV
Employee Benefits Security Administration         29, XXV
Employees' Compensation Appeals Board             20, IV
Employees Loyalty Board                           5, V
Employment and Training Administration            20, V
Employment Policy, National Commission for        1, IV
Employment Standards Administration               20, VI
Endangered Species Committee                      50, IV
Energy, Department of                             2, IX; 5, XXIII; 10, II, 
                                                  III, X
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 9
  Federal Energy Regulatory Commission            5, XXIV; 18, I
  Property Management Regulations                 41, 109
Energy, Office of                                 7, XXIX
Engineers, Corps of                               33, II; 36, III
Engraving and Printing, Bureau of                 31, VI
Environmental Protection Agency                   2, XV; 5, LIV; 40, I, IV, 
                                                  VII
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 15
  Property Management Regulations                 41, 115
Environmental Quality, Office of                  7, XXXI
Equal Employment Opportunity Commission           5, LXII; 29, XIV
Equal Opportunity, Office of Assistant Secretary  24, I
     for
Executive Office of the President                 3, I
  Environmental Quality, Council on               40, V
  Management and Budget, Office of                2, Subtitle A; 5, III, 
                                                  LXXVII; 14, VI; 48, 99
  National Drug Control Policy, Office of         2, XXXVI; 21, III
  National Security Council                       32, XXI; 47, 2
  Presidential Documents                          3
  Science and Technology Policy, Office of        32, XXIV; 47, II

[[Page 966]]

  Trade Representative, Office of the United      15, XX
       States
Export-Import Bank of the United States           2, XXXV; 5, LII; 12, IV
Family Assistance, Office of                      45, II
Farm Credit Administration                        5, XXXI; 12, VI
Farm Credit System Insurance Corporation          5, XXX; 12, XIV
Farm Service Agency                               7, VII, XVIII
Federal Acquisition Regulation                    48, 1
Federal Aviation Administration                   14, I
  Commercial Space Transportation                 14, III
Federal Claims Collection Standards               31, IX
Federal Communications Commission                 5, XXIX; 47, I
Federal Contract Compliance Programs, Office of   41, 60
Federal Crop Insurance Corporation                7, IV
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation             5, XXII; 12, III
Federal Election Commission                       5, XXXVII; 11, I
Federal Emergency Management Agency               44, I
Federal Employees Group Life Insurance Federal    48, 21
     Acquisition Regulation
Federal Employees Health Benefits Acquisition     48, 16
     Regulation
Federal Energy Regulatory Commission              5, XXIV; 18, I
Federal Financial Institutions Examination        12, XI
     Council
Federal Financing Bank                            12, VIII
Federal Highway Administration                    23, I, II
Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation            1, IV
Federal Housing Enterprise Oversight Office       12, XVII
Federal Housing Finance Agency                    5, LXXX; 12, XII
Federal Housing Finance Board                     12, IX
Federal Labor Relations Authority                 5, XIV, XLIX; 22, XIV
Federal Law Enforcement Training Center           31, VII
Federal Management Regulation                     41, 102
Federal Maritime Commission                       46, IV
Federal Mediation and Conciliation Service        29, XII
Federal Mine Safety and Health Review Commission  5, LXXIV; 29, XXVII
Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration       49, III
Federal Prison Industries, Inc.                   28, III
Federal Procurement Policy Office                 48, 99
Federal Property Management Regulations           41, 101
Federal Railroad Administration                   49, II
Federal Register, Administrative Committee of     1, I
Federal Register, Office of                       1, II
Federal Reserve System                            12, II
  Board of Governors                              5, LVIII
Federal Retirement Thrift Investment Board        5, VI, LXXVI
Federal Service Impasses Panel                    5, XIV
Federal Trade Commission                          5, XLVII; 16, I
Federal Transit Administration                    49, VI
Federal Travel Regulation System                  41, Subtitle F
Financial Crimes Enforcement Network              31, X
Financial Research Office                         12, XVI
Financial Stability Oversight Council             12, XIII
Fine Arts, Commission of                          45, XXI
Fiscal Service                                    31, II
Fish and Wildlife Service, United States          50, I, IV
Food and Drug Administration                      21, I
Food and Nutrition Service                        7, II
Food Safety and Inspection Service                9, III
Foreign Agricultural Service                      7, XV
Foreign Assets Control, Office of                 31, V
Foreign Claims Settlement Commission of the       45, V
     United States
Foreign Service Grievance Board                   22, IX
Foreign Service Impasse Disputes Panel            22, XIV
Foreign Service Labor Relations Board             22, XIV
Foreign-Trade Zones Board                         15, IV
Forest Service                                    36, II
General Services Administration                   5, LVII; 41, 105
  Contract Appeals, Board of                      48, 61
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 5

[[Page 967]]

  Federal Management Regulation                   41, 102
  Federal Property Management Regulations         41, 101
  Federal Travel Regulation System                41, Subtitle F
  General                                         41, 300
  Payment From a Non-Federal Source for Travel    41, 304
       Expenses
  Payment of Expenses Connected With the Death    41, 303
       of Certain Employees
  Relocation Allowances                           41, 302
  Temporary Duty (TDY) Travel Allowances          41, 301
Geological Survey                                 30, IV
Government Accountability Office                  4, I
Government Ethics, Office of                      5, XVI
Government National Mortgage Association          24, III
Grain Inspection, Packers and Stockyards          7, VIII; 9, II
     Administration
Gulf Coast Ecosystem Restoration Council          2, LIX; 40, VIII
Harry S. Truman Scholarship Foundation            45, XVIII
Health and Human Services, Department of          2, III; 5, XLV; 45, 
                                                  Subtitle A
  Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services        42, IV
  Child Support Enforcement, Office of            45, III
  Children and Families, Administration for       45, II, III, IV, X, XIII
  Community Services, Office of                   45, X
  Family Assistance, Office of                    45, II
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 3
  Food and Drug Administration                    21, I
  Indian Health Service                           25, V
  Inspector General (Health Care), Office of      42, V
  Public Health Service                           42, I
  Refugee Resettlement, Office of                 45, IV
Homeland Security, Department of                  2, XXX; 5, XXXVI; 6, I; 8, 
                                                  I
  Coast Guard                                     33, I; 46, I; 49, IV
  Coast Guard (Great Lakes Pilotage)              46, III
  Customs and Border Protection                   19, I
  Federal Emergency Management Agency             44, I
  Human Resources Management and Labor Relations  5, XCVII
       Systems
  Immigration and Customs Enforcement Bureau      19, IV
  Transportation Security Administration          49, XII
HOPE for Homeowners Program, Board of Directors   24, XXIV
     of
Housing and Urban Development, Department of      2, XXIV; 5, LXV; 24, 
                                                  Subtitle B
  Community Planning and Development, Office of   24, V, VI
       Assistant Secretary for
  Equal Opportunity, Office of Assistant          24, I
       Secretary for
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 24
  Federal Housing Enterprise Oversight, Office    12, XVII
       of
  Government National Mortgage Association        24, III
  Housing--Federal Housing Commissioner, Office   24, II, VIII, X, XX
       of Assistant Secretary for
  Housing, Office of, and Multifamily Housing     24, IV
       Assistance Restructuring, Office of
  Inspector General, Office of                    24, XII
  Public and Indian Housing, Office of Assistant  24, IX
       Secretary for
  Secretary, Office of                            24, Subtitle A, VII
Housing--Federal Housing Commissioner, Office of  24, II, VIII, X, XX
     Assistant Secretary for
Housing, Office of, and Multifamily Housing       24, IV
     Assistance Restructuring, Office of
Immigration and Customs Enforcement Bureau        19, IV
Immigration Review, Executive Office for          8, V
Independent Counsel, Office of                    28, VII
Independent Counsel, Offices of                   28, VI
Indian Affairs, Bureau of                         25, I, V
Indian Affairs, Office of the Assistant           25, VI
     Secretary
Indian Arts and Crafts Board                      25, II
Indian Health Service                             25, V

[[Page 968]]

Industry and Security, Bureau of                  15, VII
Information Resources Management, Office of       7, XXVII
Information Security Oversight Office, National   32, XX
     Archives and Records Administration
Inspector General
  Agriculture Department                          7, XXVI
  Health and Human Services Department            42, V
  Housing and Urban Development Department        24, XII, XV
Institute of Peace, United States                 22, XVII
Inter-American Foundation                         5, LXIII; 22, X
Interior, Department of                           2, XIV
  American Indians, Office of the Special         25, VII
       Trustee
  Endangered Species Committee                    50, IV
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 14
  Federal Property Management Regulations System  41, 114
  Fish and Wildlife Service, United States        50, I, IV
  Geological Survey                               30, IV
  Indian Affairs, Bureau of                       25, I, V
  Indian Affairs, Office of the Assistant         25, VI
       Secretary
  Indian Arts and Crafts Board                    25, II
  Land Management, Bureau of                      43, II
  National Indian Gaming Commission               25, III
  National Park Service                           36, I
  Natural Resource Revenue, Office of             30, XII
  Ocean Energy Management, Bureau of              30, V
  Reclamation, Bureau of                          43, I
  Safety and Enforcement Bureau, Bureau of        30, II
  Secretary of the Interior, Office of            2, XIV; 43, Subtitle A
  Surface Mining Reclamation and Enforcement,     30, VII
       Office of
Internal Revenue Service                          26, I
International Boundary and Water Commission,      22, XI
     United States and Mexico, United States 
     Section
International Development, United States Agency   22, II
     for
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 7
International Development Cooperation Agency,     22, XII
     United States
International Development Finance Corporation,    5, XXXIII; 22, VII
     U.S.
International Joint Commission, United States     22, IV
     and Canada
International Organizations Employees Loyalty     5, V
     Board
International Trade Administration                15, III; 19, III
International Trade Commission, United States     19, II
Interstate Commerce Commission                    5, XL
Investment Security, Office of                    31, VIII
James Madison Memorial Fellowship Foundation      45, XXIV
Japan-United States Friendship Commission         22, XVI
Joint Board for the Enrollment of Actuaries       20, VIII
Justice, Department of                            2, XXVIII; 5, XXVIII; 28, 
                                                  I, XI; 40, IV
  Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms, and Explosives,     27, II
       Bureau of
  Drug Enforcement Administration                 21, II
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 28
  Federal Claims Collection Standards             31, IX
  Federal Prison Industries, Inc.                 28, III
  Foreign Claims Settlement Commission of the     45, V
       United States
  Immigration Review, Executive Office for        8, V
  Independent Counsel, Offices of                 28, VI
  Prisons, Bureau of                              28, V
  Property Management Regulations                 41, 128
Labor, Department of                              2, XXIX; 5, XLII
  Employee Benefits Security Administration       29, XXV
  Employees' Compensation Appeals Board           20, IV
  Employment and Training Administration          20, V
  Employment Standards Administration             20, VI
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 29
  Federal Contract Compliance Programs, Office    41, 60
       of
  Federal Procurement Regulations System          41, 50

[[Page 969]]

  Labor-Management Standards, Office of           29, II, IV
  Mine Safety and Health Administration           30, I
  Occupational Safety and Health Administration   29, XVII
  Public Contracts                                41, 50
  Secretary of Labor, Office of                   29, Subtitle A
  Veterans' Employment and Training Service,      41, 61; 20, IX
       Office of the Assistant Secretary for
  Wage and Hour Division                          29, V
  Workers' Compensation Programs, Office of       20, I, VII
Labor-Management Standards, Office of             29, II, IV
Land Management, Bureau of                        43, II
Legal Services Corporation                        45, XVI
Libraries and Information Science, National       45, XVII
     Commission on
Library of Congress                               36, VII
  Copyright Royalty Board                         37, III
  U.S. Copyright Office                           37, II
Local Television Loan Guarantee Board             7, XX
Management and Budget, Office of                  5, III, LXXVII; 14, VI; 
                                                  48, 99
Marine Mammal Commission                          50, V
Maritime Administration                           46, II
Merit Systems Protection Board                    5, II, LXIV
Micronesian Status Negotiations, Office for       32, XXVII
Military Compensation and Retirement              5, XCIX
     Modernization Commission
Millennium Challenge Corporation                  22, XIII
Mine Safety and Health Administration             30, I
Minority Business Development Agency              15, XIV
Miscellaneous Agencies                            1, IV
Monetary Offices                                  31, I
Morris K. Udall Scholarship and Excellence in     36, XVI
     National Environmental Policy Foundation
Museum and Library Services, Institute of         2, XXXI
National Aeronautics and Space Administration     2, XVIII; 5, LIX; 14, V
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 18
National Agricultural Library                     7, XLI
National Agricultural Statistics Service          7, XXXVI
National and Community Service, Corporation for   2, XXII; 45, XII, XXV
National Archives and Records Administration      2, XXVI; 5, LXVI; 36, XII
  Information Security Oversight Office           32, XX
National Capital Planning Commission              1, IV, VI
National Counterintelligence Center               32, XVIII
National Credit Union Administration              5, LXXXVI; 12, VII
National Crime Prevention and Privacy Compact     28, IX
     Council
National Drug Control Policy, Office of           2, XXXVI; 21, III
National Endowment for the Arts                   2, XXXII
National Endowment for the Humanities             2, XXXIII
National Foundation on the Arts and the           45, XI
     Humanities
National Geospatial-Intelligence Agency           32, I
National Highway Traffic Safety Administration    23, II, III; 47, VI; 49, V
National Imagery and Mapping Agency               32, I
National Indian Gaming Commission                 25, III
National Institute of Food and Agriculture        7, XXXIV
National Institute of Standards and Technology    15, II; 37, IV
National Intelligence, Office of Director of      5, IV; 32, XVII
National Labor Relations Board                    5, LXI; 29, I
National Marine Fisheries Service                 50, II, IV
National Mediation Board                          5, CI; 29, X
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration   15, IX; 50, II, III, IV, 
                                                  VI
National Park Service                             36, I
National Railroad Adjustment Board                29, III
National Railroad Passenger Corporation (AMTRAK)  49, VII
National Science Foundation                       2, XXV; 5, XLIII; 45, VI
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 25
National Security Council                         32, XXI
National Security Council and Office of Science   47, II
   and Technology Policy
[[Page 970]]

National Technical Information Service            15, XI
National Telecommunications and Information       15, XXIII; 47, III, IV, V
     Administration
National Transportation Safety Board              49, VIII
Natural Resources Conservation Service            7, VI
Natural Resource Revenue, Office of               30, XII
Navajo and Hopi Indian Relocation, Office of      25, IV
Navy, Department of                               32, VI
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 52
Neighborhood Reinvestment Corporation             24, XXV
Northeast Interstate Low-Level Radioactive Waste  10, XVIII
     Commission
Nuclear Regulatory Commission                     2, XX; 5, XLVIII; 10, I
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 20
Occupational Safety and Health Administration     29, XVII
Occupational Safety and Health Review Commission  29, XX
Ocean Energy Management, Bureau of                30, V
Oklahoma City National Memorial Trust             36, XV
Operations Office                                 7, XXVIII
Patent and Trademark Office, United States        37, I
Payment From a Non-Federal Source for Travel      41, 304
     Expenses
Payment of Expenses Connected With the Death of   41, 303
     Certain Employees
Peace Corps                                       2, XXXVII; 22, III
Pennsylvania Avenue Development Corporation       36, IX
Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation              29, XL
Personnel Management, Office of                   5, I, XXXV; 5, IV; 45, 
                                                  VIII
  Human Resources Management and Labor Relations  5, XCVII
       Systems, Department of Homeland Security
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 17
  Federal Employees Group Life Insurance Federal  48, 21
       Acquisition Regulation
  Federal Employees Health Benefits Acquisition   48, 16
       Regulation
Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety           49, I
     Administration
Postal Regulatory Commission                      5, XLVI; 39, III
Postal Service, United States                     5, LX; 39, I
Postsecondary Education, Office of                34, VI
President's Commission on White House             1, IV
     Fellowships
Presidential Documents                            3
Presidio Trust                                    36, X
Prisons, Bureau of                                28, V
Privacy and Civil Liberties Oversight Board       6, X
Procurement and Property Management, Office of    7, XXXII
Public Contracts, Department of Labor             41, 50
Public and Indian Housing, Office of Assistant    24, IX
     Secretary for
Public Health Service                             42, I
Railroad Retirement Board                         20, II
Reclamation, Bureau of                            43, I
Refugee Resettlement, Office of                   45, IV
Relocation Allowances                             41, 302
Research and Innovative Technology                49, XI
     Administration
Rural Business-Cooperative Service                7, XVIII, XLII
Rural Development Administration                  7, XLII
Rural Housing Service                             7, XVIII, XXXV
Rural Telephone Bank                              7, XVI
Rural Utilities Service                           7, XVII, XVIII, XLII
Safety and Environmental Enforcement, Bureau of   30, II
Saint Lawrence Seaway Development Corporation     33, IV
Science and Technology Policy, Office of          32, XXIV
Science and Technology Policy, Office of, and     47, II
     National Security Council
Secret Service                                    31, IV
Securities and Exchange Commission                5, XXXIV; 17, II
Selective Service System                          32, XVI
Small Business Administration                     2, XXVII; 13, I
Smithsonian Institution                           36, V

[[Page 971]]

Social Security Administration                    2, XXIII; 20, III; 48, 23
Soldiers' and Airmen's Home, United States        5, XI
Special Counsel, Office of                        5, VIII
Special Education and Rehabilitative Services,    34, III
     Office of
State, Department of                              2, VI; 22, I; 28, XI
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 6
Surface Mining Reclamation and Enforcement,       30, VII
     Office of
Surface Transportation Board                      49, X
Susquehanna River Basin Commission                18, VIII
Tennessee Valley Authority                        5, LXIX; 18, XIII
Trade Representative, United States, Office of    15, XX
Transportation, Department of                     2, XII; 5, L
  Commercial Space Transportation                 14, III
  Emergency Management and Assistance             44, IV
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 12
  Federal Aviation Administration                 14, I
  Federal Highway Administration                  23, I, II
  Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration     49, III
  Federal Railroad Administration                 49, II
  Federal Transit Administration                  49, VI
  Maritime Administration                         46, II
  National Highway Traffic Safety Administration  23, II, III; 47, IV; 49, V
  Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety         49, I
       Administration
  Saint Lawrence Seaway Development Corporation   33, IV
  Secretary of Transportation, Office of          14, II; 49, Subtitle A
  Transportation Statistics Bureau                49, XI
Transportation, Office of                         7, XXXIII
Transportation Security Administration            49, XII
Transportation Statistics Bureau                  49, XI
Travel Allowances, Temporary Duty (TDY)           41, 301
Treasury, Department of the                       2, X;5, XXI; 12, XV; 17, 
                                                  IV; 31, IX
  Alcohol and Tobacco Tax and Trade Bureau        27, I
  Community Development Financial Institutions    12, XVIII
       Fund
  Comptroller of the Currency                     12, I
  Customs and Border Protection                   19, I
  Engraving and Printing, Bureau of               31, VI
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 10
  Federal Claims Collection Standards             31, IX
  Federal Law Enforcement Training Center         31, VII
  Financial Crimes Enforcement Network            31, X
  Fiscal Service                                  31, II
  Foreign Assets Control, Office of               31, V
  Internal Revenue Service                        26, I
  Investment Security, Office of                  31, VIII
  Monetary Offices                                31, I
  Secret Service                                  31, IV
  Secretary of the Treasury, Office of            31, Subtitle A
Truman, Harry S. Scholarship Foundation           45, XVIII
United States and Canada, International Joint     22, IV
     Commission
United States and Mexico, International Boundary  22, XI
     and Water Commission, United States Section
U.S. Copyright Office                             37, II
Utah Reclamation Mitigation and Conservation      43, III
     Commission
Veterans Affairs, Department of                   2, VIII; 38, I
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 8
Veterans' Employment and Training Service,        41, 61; 20, IX
     Office of the Assistant Secretary for
Vice President of the United States, Office of    32, XXVIII
Wage and Hour Division                            29, V
Water Resources Council                           18, VI
Workers' Compensation Programs, Office of         20, I, VII
World Agricultural Outlook Board                  7, XXXVIII

[[Page 973]]



List of CFR Sections Affected



All changes in this volume of the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) that 
were made by documents published in the Federal Register since January 
1, 2014 are enumerated in the following list. Entries indicate the 
nature of the changes effected. Page numbers refer to Federal Register 
pages. The user should consult the entries for chapters, parts and 
subparts as well as sections for revisions.
For changes to this volume of the CFR prior to this listing, consult the 
annual edition of the monthly List of CFR Sections Affected (LSA). The 
LSA is available at www.govinfo.gov. For changes to this volume of the 
CFR prior to 2001, see the ``List of CFR Sections Affected, 1949-1963, 
1964-1972, 1973-1985, and 1986-2000'' published in 11 separate volumes. 
The ``List of CFR Sections Affected 1986-2000'' is available at 
www.govinfo.gov.

                                  2014

49 CFR
                                                                   79 FR
                                                                    Page
Subtitle B
Chapter I
107 Authority citation revised.....................................46199
107.338 Added......................................................46199
107.705 (c) revised................................................15043
109 Heading revised................................................46199
    Policy statement...............................................55403
109.101--109.103 (Subpart E) Added.................................46199
171 Policy statement...............................................55403
171.7 (n)(3) revised...............................................15043
    (d)(2), (i), (p) and (ee) removed; (d)(3) through (8), (j) 
through (o) and (q) through (dd) redesignated as new (d)(2) 
through (7), new (i) through (m) and new (n) through (bb); (a)(1), 
new (q)(1) and new (u)(9) revised..................................40609
171.8 Amended......................................................46034
171.12 (a)(6) revised..............................................46034
171.24 (d)(1)(ii) and (iii) revised................................46034
171.25 (b)(3) revised..............................................46034
172 Policy statement...............................................55403
172.101 Table amended.......................................15043, 46034
172.102 (c)(1), (3) and (5) amended................................15045
    (c)(1) and (2) amended.........................................46036
172.203 (d)(2), (3) and (4) revised................................40609
172.310 (b) revised................................................40609
172.402 (d)(1) revised.............................................40609
172.403 (d) and (g)(2) revised.....................................40609
172.504 (e) Table 1 footnote 1 revised.............................40610
172.505 (b) revised................................................40610
173 Policy statement.................................55403, 56988, 56989
173.4 (a)(1)(iv) removed; (b) revised..............................40610
173.25 (a)(4) revised..............................................40610
173.62 (c)(5) table corrected; CFR correction......................43266
173.150 (g) added..................................................15045
173.185 Revised....................................................46036
173.219 (b)(3) revised.............................................46039
173.220 (d) and (f)(1) revised.....................................46039
173.401 (b)(4) revised; (b)(5) added...............................40610
173.403 Amended....................................................40610
173.410 (i)(3) revised.............................................40611
173.411 Revised....................................................40611
173.412 (f) and (k)(3)(ii) revised.................................40612
173.415 (a) revised................................................40612
173.416 (c) revised................................................40612
173.417 (a)(3), (b)(3) and Table 3 removed; (c) revised............40612
173.420 (a)(2)(ii) removed; (a)(3)(i) and (6) revised; (e) added 
                                                                   40612
173.421 Revised....................................................40613
173.422 Introductory text, (a) and (e) revised.....................40613
173.427 Revised....................................................40613

[[Page 974]]

173.433 (b) introductory text, (c) introductory text, (1), (d)(3) 
        and (h) revised............................................40614
173.435 Table amended..............................................40615
173.436 Table amended..............................................40615
173.443 Revised....................................................40616
173.465 (a) and (d)(1)(i) revised..................................40617
173.466 (a) revised................................................40617
173.469 (b)(2)(ii), (iii), (d)(1) and (2) revised; (e) added.......40617
173.473 (a)(1) revised.............................................40617
173.476 (a) revised................................................40617
173.477 (a) revised................................................40617
174 Policy statement...............................................55403
174.700 (e) removed................................................40618
174.715 (a) revised................................................40618
175 Policy statement...............................................55403
175.8 (a)(4) added.................................................46039
175.10 (a)(18) revised.............................................46040
175.30 (a)(5) added................................................46040
175.33 (a)(12) and (c)(5) added....................................46040
175.34 Added.......................................................15046
175.702 (b) revised; (c) removed...................................40618
175.705 (c) revised................................................40618
176 Policy statement...............................................55403
176.715 Revised....................................................40618
177 Authority citation revised.....................................40618
    Policy statement...............................................55403
177.843 (a) revised................................................40618

                                  2015

49 CFR
                                                                   80 FR
                                                                    Page
Subtitle B
Chapter I
105 Authority citation revised.....................................54436
105.5 (b) amended; eff. 11-9-15....................................54436
107.1 Amended; eff. 11-9-15........................................54437
107.113 (a) revised; eff. 11-9-15..................................54437
107.117 (e) revised; eff. 11-9-15..................................54437
107.705 (b) introductory text revised; eff. 11-9-15................54437
107.709 (b) revised; eff. 11-9-15..................................54437
107 Appendix A added; eff. 11-9-15.................................54438
171 Authority citation revised.....................................54440
    Policy statement...............................................71952
171.4 (c) revised...................................................1114
171.7 (a)(1), (s)(1), (t)(1), (v)(2), (w)(1) through (52), (dd)(1) 
        and (2) revised; (w)(53) through (58), (bb)(1)(ix), (x), 
        (xi), (xii) and (dd)(2)(iii) added..........................1114
    (k)(2), (3) and (4) redesignated as (k)(3), (4) and (5), new 
(k)(2) added.......................................................26746
    (r)(2) added...................................................79449
171.8 Amended................................................1116, 26746
    Regulation at 79 FR 46034 compliance date extended to 8-7-15 
                                                                    9217
    Amended; eff. 11-9-15..........................................54440
171.12 Regulation at 79 FR 46034 compliance date extended to 8-7-
        15..........................................................9217
171.22 (f)(4) correctly revised....................................72920
171.23 (b)(2) and (11)(iv) revised; (b)(11)(ix) added...............1116
    (a)(4)(ii) and (5) introductory text correctly revised.........72920
171.24 (d)(1)(ii) revised...........................................1116
    Regulation at 79 FR 46034 compliance date extended to 8-7-15 
                                                                    9217
    (c) correctly revised..........................................72920
171.25 (b)(3) revised...............................................1116
    Regulation at 79 FR 46034 compliance date extended to 8-7-15 
                                                                    9217
172 Policy statement...............................................71952
172.101 (f) and (k) introductory text revised.......................1116
    Table amended............................................1117, 79449
    Appendix B amended..............................................1144
    Regulation at 79 FR 46034 compliance date extended to 8-7-15 
                                                                    9217
    Table correctly amended........................................72920
172.102 (c)(1), (2) and (8)(ii) amended; (c)(4) introductory text 
        and Tables 1 and 2 revised..................................1146
    Regulation at 79 FR 46036 compliance date extended to 8-7-15 
                                                                    9217
    (c)(1) correctly amended.......................................72923
    (c)(1) amended.................................................79453
172.202 (d) correctly revised......................................72923
172.203 (k)(1) correctly revised...................................72923
172.204 (a)(2) revised..............................................1149
172.315 (a)(2) and (b)(2) revised...................................1149
172.317 (b) revised.................................................1150
172.322 (a)(2), (b) introductory text, (e) introductory text and 
        (2) revised; (e)(3) and (4) added...........................1150
172.326 (a) revised.................................................1150
172.327 (a) revised.................................................1150
172.407 (c)(1) and (d)(2)(iii) revised; (d)(2)(iv) added............1150
172.502 (b)(3) correctly removed...................................72923
172.512 (a)(3) revised..............................................1151
172.519 (c)(1) revised..............................................1151
172.704 (e)(2) correctly revised...................................72923
172.820 (a)(2) and (3) amended; (a)(4) and (b)(1)(i) added.........26746
173 Policy statement........................................17706, 71952

[[Page 975]]

173.2a (a)(1) revised...............................................1151
173.3 (c)(3) and (d)(3)(iv) revised; (f) added......................1151
173.4 (b) correctly revised........................................72924
173.4a (g)(2) revised...............................................1152
173.8 (a) correctly removed........................................72924
173.9 (e)(1) revised................................................1152
173.11 Added........................................................1153
173.24 (c) revised..................................................1154
173.25 (a)(4) revised...............................................1154
    (a)(4) correctly revised.......................................72924
173.41 Added.......................................................26746
173.62 (b) table and (c) table amended..............................1154
173.66 Added.......................................................79453
173.115 (m) added...................................................1156
173.121 (b)(1)(ii) revised..........................................1156
173.127 (a)(1) and (b) revised......................................1156
    (b)(2) correctly added.........................................72924
173.151 (b) revised.................................................1156
173.156 (b)(2)(iv) and (v) correctly revised.......................72924
173.161 (b)(2) revised..............................................1157
173.164 (a)(5) removed..............................................1157
173.166 Revised.....................................................1157
173.167 (a)(4) revised..............................................1159
173.176 Revised.....................................................1159
173.181 (c) revised.................................................1159
173.185 (b)(6) added; (c) introductory text, (1)(iii), (4)(v) and 
        (f)(3) revised..............................................1160
    Regulation at 79 FR 46036 compliance date extended to 8-7-15 
                                                                    9217
    Correctly revised..............................................72924
173.199 (a)(5) revised..............................................1160
    (a)(5) correctly revised.......................................72927
173.219 Regulation at 79 FR 46039 compliance date extended to 8-7-
        15..........................................................9217
173.220 (d) amended.................................................1160
    Regulation at 79 FR 46039 compliance date extended to 8-7-15 
                                                                    9217
173.225 (g) table amended...........................................1160
173.231 Added.......................................................1160
173.241 (a) revised................................................26747
173.242 (a) revised................................................26747
173.243 (a) revised................................................26748
173.251 Added.......................................................1161
173.301b (c)(1), (2)(ii) and (iii) revised..........................1161
173.302 Heading, (a)(1) and (2) revised.............................1161
    (a) correctly revised..........................................72927
173.302c Added......................................................1161
173.307 (a)(5) and (6) revised......................................1162
173.309 Introductory text and (e) added.............................1162
    (e)(2) correctly revised.......................................72927
173.314 (k)(2) correctly revised...................................72928
173.334 (b) correctly amended......................................72928
173.403 Amended.....................................................1162
173.420 (d) revised.................................................1162
173.415 (d) revised.................................................1163
173.416 (b) revised.................................................1163
173.417 (a)(1)(iii) and (b)(2) revised..............................1163
    (b)(2) correctly revised.......................................72928
173.420 (a)(2)(i) and (d)(2) correctly revised.....................72928
173.422 (c) correctly amended......................................72928
173.423 (a)(2) correctly revised...................................72928
173.426 (c) correctly revised......................................72928
173.428 (a) correctly revised......................................72928
173.435 Note (a) revised............................................1163
173.436 Table footnote (b) correctly revised.......................72928
173.466 (a) revised.................................................1163
173.473 Introductory text and (a)(1) revised........................1163
174 Policy statement...............................................71952
174.310 Added......................................................26748
175 Policy statement...............................................16579
175.8 Regulation at 79 FR 46039 compliance date extended to 8-7-15
                                                                    9217
175.9 (b)(6) introductory text and (v) revised......................1163
175.10 (a)(11) and (24) revised; (a)(18)(iii) and (iv) added........1164
    Regulation at 79 FR 46040 compliance date extended to 8-7-15 
                                                                    9217
    (a)(19) through (24) redesignated as (a)(20) through (25); new 
(a)(19) added; interim.............................................66821
    (a)(17)(v)(D) and (E) correctly revised........................72928
175.25 (b) and (c) revised..........................................1164
175.30 (a)(5) and (e)(1) removed; (e)(2) and (3) redesignated as 
        new (e)(1) and (2)..........................................1164
    Regulation at 79 FR 46040 compliance date extended to 8-7-15 
                                                                    9217
175.33 (a)(1)(i) revised; (a)(12) and (c)(5) removed................1164
    Regulation at 79 FR 46040 compliance date extended to 8-7-15 
                                                                    9217
175.630 (a) removed.................................................1164
175.705 (c) revised.................................................1164
176.80 (b) revised..................................................1164
176.83 (b) table revised............................................1164
176.84 Heading revised; table amended...............................1165

[[Page 976]]

176.104 (c)(3) correctly amended...................................72928
176.116 (e)(3) correctly amended...................................72928
176.905 (i) revised.................................................1165
    (i) correctly revised..........................................72928
177.835 (a) revised; (d) added.....................................79453
177.838 Heading and (g) correctly revised..........................72929

                                  2016

49 CFR
                                                                   81 FR
                                                                    Page
Chapter I
107 Authority citation revised.....................................42268
107.1 Amended.......................................................3665
107.329 Revised; interim...........................................42268
107.301--107.339 (Subpart D) Appendix A amended; interim...........42268
107.402 (d)(1)(i), (e) and (f) revised.............................35512
107.807 (b)(3) revised.............................................35513
171 Authority citation revised.....................................42268
171.1 (g) revised; interim.........................................42268
171.7 (g) revised..................................................25617
    Regulation at 81 FR 25617 eff. date corrected..................30202
    (k)(1) revised; (n)(13) through (21) redesignated as (n)(14) 
through (22); new (n)(13) added; Table 1 amended...................35513
171.8 Amended................................................3665, 18539
171.22 (f)(1) revised..............................................35513
171.23 (b)(10)(iv)(A) and (B) revised..............................35513
172.101 Table amended........................................3665, 35513
    Table amended; CFR correction...........................24038, 33602
172.102 (c)(1), (3) and (5) amended.................................3670
    (c)(1) amended.................................................35540
172.201 (d) revised................................................35540
172.202 (c) revised.................................................3671
172.301 (f) revised................................................35540
172.315 (a)(3) added................................................3671
172.326 (d) revised................................................35540
172.328 (e) revised................................................35540
172.330 (c) revised................................................35540
172.400a (a)(1) revised; (a)(8) added...............................3671
172.406 (d) revised................................................35540
172.407 (d)(4)(ii) revised.........................................35540
172.514 (c)(4) revised.............................................35540
172.604 (a) introductory text revised..............................35541
173.4a (a) introductory text revised...............................35541
173.12 (h) added....................................................3672
173.24a (c)(1)(iv) revised.........................................35541
173.27 (f)(2)(i) introductory text revised.........................35541
173.29 (f) added....................................................3672
173.40 (d)(1)(ii) revised...........................................3672
173.62 (c) table amended............................................3672
173.63 (d) added...................................................18539
173.150 (h) added...................................................3673
    (i) added......................................................18539
    (f)(3)(ix) and (x) revised; (f)(3)(xi) added...................35541
173.151 (e) added...................................................3673
    (f) added......................................................18539
173.152 (d) added..................................................18539
173.153 (d) added..................................................18539
173.154 (e) added..................................................18539
173.155 (d) added..................................................18540
173.156 (c) and (d) added...........................................3673
173.157 Added......................................................18540
173.158 (i) and (j) added...........................................3673
    (e) revised....................................................35541
173.159 (e) introductory text and (h) revised; (j) added............3673
    (e)(3) and (4) revised; (e)(5) added...........................18540
    (e)(4) revised; (k) added......................................35541
173.166 (e)(6) introductory text revised...........................35541
173.168 (g) added...................................................3674
173.170 (b) revised................................................35542
173.171 (b)(1) revised.............................................35542
173.181 (a) revised; (d) added......................................3674
173.184 (c) added...................................................3674
173.188 (a)(3) added................................................3675
173.193 (b) revised.................................................3675
173.199 (a)(4) revised.............................................35542
173.225 (d)(4) table revised.......................................35542
173.226 (f) added...................................................3675
173.241 (a) introductory text and (1) revised......................53956
173.242 (a) introductory text and (1) revised......................53956
173.243 (a) introductory text and (1) revised......................53957
173.301 (f)(1), (2) and (h)(2)(i) revised; (f)(7) added.............3675
    (g)(1)(iii) revised............................................35542
173.302 (f)(1) revised..............................................3676
173.302a (a)(1) and (5) revised; (c), (d) and (e) redesignated as 
        (d), (e) and (f); (a)(6) and new (c) added..................3676
173.304 (d) revised.................................................3676

[[Page 977]]

173.304a (a)(2) table amended.......................................3676
173.306 (a), (b), (f) and (k) revised; (e)(2) added.................3677
    (m) added......................................................18540
    (k)(1) revised.................................................35542
173.314 (h) added..................................................35542
173.315 (a)(2) table amended........................................3681
    (m)(1)(i) revised..............................................25617
    Regulation at 81 FR 25617 eff. date corrected..................30202
    (b)(1) revised; (b)(2) added...................................35543
173.319 (d)(2) table revised........................................3681
174.67 (g) revised..................................................3682
175.1 (d) added....................................................35543
175.8 (b)(1) revised...............................................35543
175.9 (b)(4) removed...............................................35543
175.10 (a)(19) revised.............................................31531
    (a)(6), (23) and (25) revised..................................35543
175.75 (e)(2) revised..............................................35544
176.30 (a)(4) revised..............................................35544
176.90 Revised......................................................3682
176.800 (a) revised.................................................3683
177.834 (i)(3), (4) and (l)(2)(i) revised; (l)(2)(ii) removed.......3683
    (i)(3) and (4) revised.........................................35544
177.838 Heading revised; (i) added..................................3684
177.840 (a)(3) added................................................3684
    (a)(4) added...................................................35544
177.841 (f) added...................................................3684
177.848 (e)(5) revised.............................................35544

                                  2017

49 CFR
                                                                   82 FR
                                                                    Page
Subtitle A
107.329 Revised....................................................18399
107.301--107.339 (Subpart D) Appendix A amended....................18399
107.502 (b) revised................................................15832
107.801 (a)(2) revised.............................................15832
107.805 (a), (c)(2), (d) and (f) revised...........................15833
171.1 (g) revised..................................................18400
171.2 (h)(1) revised...............................................15833
171.7 (a)(1), (h)(44), (t), (v) introductory text, (2), (w), (bb) 
        introductory text, (1) introductory text and (dd) revised; 
        (bb)(1)(xiii) through (xix) added..........................15833
171.8 Amended......................................................15836
171.12 (a)(1) and (4) revised......................................15836
171.23 (a) revised.................................................15837
172.101 Table and appendix B amended...............................15838
172.102 (c)(1), (2), (3), (5) and (9) amended; (c)(4) Table 2 
        revised....................................................15870
172.202 (a)(6)(viii) added.........................................15873
172.407 (c)(1)(i) and (iii) revised................................15873
172.447 Added......................................................15873
172.505 (b) revised................................................15874
173.4a (e)(3) revised..............................................15874
173.9 (e) revised..................................................15874
173.21 (f) introductory text and (1) revised.......................15875
    (f) introductory text and (1) revised; eff. 1-2-19.............15876
173.40 (a)(1) revised..............................................15876
173.50 (b)(6) revised..............................................15876
173.52 (b) Table 1 amended.........................................15876
173.62 (b) table and (c) table amended.............................15876
173.121 (b)(1)(iv) revised.........................................15878
173.124 Revised....................................................15879
173.165 Revised....................................................15880
173.185 Introductory text, (c)(2), (3), (4)(ii), (e) and (f)(4) 
        revised....................................................15881
173.217 (c)(3) revised.............................................15882
173.220 Revised....................................................15882
173.221 (d) added..................................................15884
173.225 (c)(8) table and (e) table revised.........................15884
173.301 (a)(1) and (2) revised.....................................15890
173.301b (a)(2), (c)(1) and (g) revised............................15891
173.303 (f)(1) revised.............................................15891
173.304b (b)(5) added..............................................15891
173.310 Revised....................................................15891
173.335 (a) revised................................................15891
174 Policy statement...............................................48006
175.10 (a)(7) revised..............................................15892
175.25 Revised.....................................................15892
175.33 (a)(3) revised..............................................15892
175.75 (c) and (e)(1) revised; (f) table amended...................15892
175.900 Revised....................................................15892
176.83 (a)(4)(ii) revised..........................................15892
176.84 (b) table amended...........................................15893
176.905 Revised....................................................15893
176.906 Added......................................................15894

                                  2018

49 CFR
                                                                   83 FR
                                                                    Page
Chapter I
107.329 Revised....................................................60744
107.301--107.339 (Subpart D) Appendix A amended....................60744
171.1 (g) revised..................................................60744

[[Page 978]]

171.7 (l)(1), (2), (5), (n)(7), and (o) revised; (l)(7) through 
        (11) redesignated as (l)(8) through (12); new (l)(7) and 
        (n)(23) added; (t)(1), (v)(2), (y)(1), (bb)(1) 
        introductory text, and (dd)(1) amended.....................55806
171.8 Amended; CFR correction.......................................5037
172.101 Table amended................................28166, 52891, 54683
172.102 (c)(2) amended.............................................52899
172.205 (j) added..................................................55806
172.407 (c) and (f) revised........................................55806
172.519 (c) and (f) revised........................................55807
172.604 (d) revised................................................55807
173.3 (e)(1) and (2) amended.......................................55807
173.5a (c)(1) revised..............................................55807
173.7 (a) introductory text amended................................55808
173.24a (b)(1) and (3) revised.....................................55808
173.31 (e) revised.................................................55808
173.56 (b)(2)(i) amended...........................................55809
173.129 Removed....................................................28168
173.150 (g) revised................................................55809
173.156 (b) revised................................................55809
173.158 (e) revised................................................28168
173.301 (a)(11) and (12) added.....................................55809
173.335 (a) revised................................................55810
174.310 (a)(3) and (5) revised.....................................48401
175.10 (a)(18) introductory text and (i) revised...................52899
175.30 (b) introductory text, (c) introductory text, and (1) 
        revised....................................................52899
175.33 Revised.....................................................52899
175.88 (c) revised.................................................52900
176.415 (b)(5) added...............................................55810

                                  2019

  (Regulations published from January 1, 2019, through October 1, 2019)

49 CFR
                                                                   84 FR
                                                                    Page
Chapter I
107 Authority citation revised......................................6947
107.301 Revised.....................................................6947
107.305 (a) revised.................................................6947
107.309 (a) revised.................................................6947
107.311 (a) and (b)(1) revised......................................6947
107.329 Revised....................................................37071
107.329 (c) added...................................................6947
107.301--107.339 (Subpart D) Appendix A amended....................37071
107.616 (a) revised.................................................3999
110 Authority citation revised......................................3999
110.1 Revised.......................................................3999
110.5 Revised.......................................................3999
110.10 Revised......................................................3999
110.20 Revised......................................................3999
110.30 Revised......................................................4000
110.40 Revised......................................................4000
110.50 Revised......................................................4000
110.60 Revised......................................................4000
110.70 Removed......................................................4000
110.80 Removed......................................................4000
110.90 Removed......................................................4000
110.100 Revised.....................................................4000
110.110 Revised.....................................................4000
110.120 Revised.....................................................4000
110.130 Revised.....................................................4001
130.1--130.21 Designated as Subpart A; heading added................6947
130.2 (a) and (d) revised...........................................6947
130.5 Amended.......................................................6947
130.31--130.33 Designated as Subpart B; heading added...............6948
130.31 Heading, (a) introductory text, and (b) amended..............6948
130.33 Heading revised..............................................6948
130.100--130.150 (Subpart C) Added..................................6948
171.1 (g) revised..................................................37071
171.7 (h) introductory text amended; (h)(45) through (51) 
        redesignated as (h)(46) through (52); new (h)(45) added.....6952
172.101 Table amended; interim......................................8027
172.102 (c)(2) amended; interim.....................................8027
173.121 (a)(2)(iv) and (v) amended; (a)(2)(vi) added................6952
173.185 Introductory text, (c)(1)(iii), and (4)(ii) revised; (g) 
        redesignated as (h); (c)(4)(vii), (5), and new (g) added; 
        interim.....................................................8028
174 Authority citation revised......................................6952
174.310 (a)(1) and (2) amended; (a)(6) and (7) added................6952
174.312 Added.......................................................6952


                                  [all]